diff options
| author | marha <marha@users.sourceforge.net> | 2011-03-25 10:41:05 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | marha <marha@users.sourceforge.net> | 2011-03-25 10:41:05 +0000 |
| commit | 272e57235cd60a2e65ac8258d96a02eb3939b687 (patch) | |
| tree | 789d74bd6ec1cc468f1f81aab97d4e4dfdb2d5c5 /libXt | |
| parent | b39f063f74bf0163eaf34db03134f226d18142ec (diff) | |
| download | vcxsrv-272e57235cd60a2e65ac8258d96a02eb3939b687.tar.gz vcxsrv-272e57235cd60a2e65ac8258d96a02eb3939b687.tar.bz2 vcxsrv-272e57235cd60a2e65ac8258d96a02eb3939b687.zip | |
git update until 25 Mar 2011
xserver
fontconfig
glproto
libXau
libXft
libXmu
libfontenc
libxcb
mesa
mkfontscale
pixman
randrproto
xkeyboard-config
xtrans
xwininfo
updated following packages:
xproto-7.0.21
xineramaproto-1.2.1
libXt-1.1.1
libxkbfile-1.0.7
libXpm-3.5.9
libXfont-1.4.3
libXaw-1.0.9
bdftopcf-1.0.3
encodings-1.0.4
fixesproto-5.0
font-adobe-100dpi-1.0.3
font-adobe-75dpi-1.0.3
font-adobe-utopia-100dpi-1.0.4
font-adobe-utopia-75dpi-1.0.4
font-adobe-utopia-type1-1.0.4
font-alias-1.0.3
font-arabic-misc-1.0.3
font-bh-100dpi-1.0.3
font-bh-75dpi-1.0.3
font-bh-lucidatypewriter-100dpi-1.0.3
font-bh-lucidatypewriter-75dpi-1.0.3
font-bh-ttf-1.0.3
font-bh-type1-1.0.3
font-bitstream-100dpi-1.0.3
font-bitstream-75dpi-1.0.3
font-bitstream-speedo-1.0.2
font-bitstream-type1-1.0.3
font-cronyx-cyrillic-1.0.3
font-cursor-misc-1.0.3
font-daewoo-misc-1.0.3
font-dec-misc-1.0.3
font-ibm-type1-1.0.3
font-isas-misc-1.0.3
font-jis-misc-1.0.3
font-micro-misc-1.0.3
font-misc-cyrillic-1.0.3
font-misc-ethiopic-1.0.3
font-misc-meltho-1.0.3
font-misc-misc-1.1.2
font-mutt-misc-1.0.3
font-schumacher-misc-1.1.2
font-screen-cyrillic-1.0.4
font-sony-misc-1.0.3
font-sun-misc-1.0.3
font-util-1.2.0
font-winitzki-cyrillic-1.0.3
font-xfree86-type1-1.0.4
Diffstat (limited to 'libXt')
410 files changed, 29554 insertions, 45290 deletions
diff --git a/libXt/COPYING b/libXt/COPYING index 4e743abf6..9e121b190 100644 --- a/libXt/COPYING +++ b/libXt/COPYING @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. -Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. +Copyright (c) 1993, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), diff --git a/libXt/ChangeLog b/libXt/ChangeLog deleted file mode 100644 index 484c7a23a..000000000 --- a/libXt/ChangeLog +++ /dev/null @@ -1,974 +0,0 @@ -commit e3bce11a8ea7e0175a6f08367bace9b0eb2b898a -Author: Rémi Cardona <remi@gentoo.org> -Date: Mon Mar 15 22:59:04 2010 +0100 - - libXt 1.0.8 - - Signed-off-by: Rémi Cardona <remi@gentoo.org> - -commit a1a8df535fa5ab3748404bdeb07e61beb604b14e -Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com> -Date: Thu Jan 14 20:07:46 2010 -0800 - - Update Sun license notices to current X.Org standard form - - Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com> - -commit 6393306d1a2eb8239f108a773f342495e1cfd85c -Author: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca> -Date: Thu Jan 14 15:57:31 2010 -0500 - - COPYING: add missing copyright notices - - Refer to: ActionHook.c - Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation - Copyright 1993 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. Mountain View, CA. - Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group - - Signed-off-by: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca> - Reviewed-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net> - Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com> - -commit b798093fc6cbcf35c095f3401586d2741adcd2cd -Author: Jeremy Huddleston <jeremyhu@freedesktop.org> -Date: Fri Dec 11 17:04:23 2009 -0800 - - darwin: xnu doesn't support poll on ttys on the master side. - - <rdar://problem/7360546> - - Signed-off-by: Jeremy Huddleston <jeremyhu@freedesktop.org> - -commit e0ac2ea8b211bdca848679ee59362384f0f97e36 -Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com> -Date: Mon Dec 7 22:28:53 2009 -0800 - - Fix make distcheck (./util/makestrs.1 left after distclean) - - Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com> - -commit 345633dc9c79b32a1b391dfb4dfedf87ae9e291b -Author: Rémi Cardona <remi@gentoo.org> -Date: Mon Nov 9 12:26:17 2009 +0100 - - Don't install makestrs on the system - - It has no known outside-libXt users. Let's not install it and its man page. - - Signed-off-by: Rémi Cardona <remi@gentoo.org> - Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com> - -commit ed31677bb9b1dd9498715a922763968917b87e49 -Author: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca> -Date: Fri Nov 27 20:56:04 2009 -0500 - - Makefile.am: add ChangeLog and INSTALL on MAINTAINERCLEANFILES - - Now that the INSTALL file is generated. - Allows running make maintainer-clean. - -commit 2d95ad4beed294a0a30fdb1d8e7798fa62455a41 -Author: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca> -Date: Wed Oct 28 14:09:10 2009 -0400 - - INSTALL, NEWS, README or AUTHORS files are missing/incorrect #24206 - - Add missing INSTALL file. Use standard GNU file on building tarball - README may have been updated - Remove AUTHORS file as it is empty and no content available yet. - Remove NEWS file as it is empty and no content available yet. - -commit 7cc872e9934f62bf56976d5592ce621e30b1f95a -Author: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca> -Date: Tue Oct 27 15:07:26 2009 -0400 - - Deploy the new XORG_DEFAULT_OPTIONS #24242 - - This macro aggregate a number of existing macros that sets commmon - X.Org components configuration options. It shields the configuration file from - future changes. - -commit 7ba57d7789362c2c2e646cc3b896802e6cbcb039 -Author: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca> -Date: Mon Oct 26 22:08:43 2009 -0400 - - Makefile.am: ChangeLog not required: EXTRA_DIST or *CLEANFILES #24432 - - ChangeLog filename is known to Automake and requires no further - coding in the makefile. - -commit b4309cadb1de581d191fce924dac8fc7e55e5fb8 -Author: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca> -Date: Thu Oct 22 12:34:19 2009 -0400 - - .gitignore: use common defaults with custom section # 24239 - - Using common defaults will reduce errors and maintenance. - Only the very small or inexistent custom section need periodic maintenance - when the structure of the component changes. Do not edit defaults. - -commit 80ff1f362eefabe4be62784b001500b49943f1a5 -Author: Jeremy Huddleston <jeremyhu@freedesktop.org> -Date: Wed Oct 21 12:47:26 2009 -0700 - - This is not a GNU project, so declare it foreign. - - On Wed, 2009-10-21 at 13:36 +1000, Peter Hutterer wrote: - > On Tue, Oct 20, 2009 at 08:23:55PM -0700, Jeremy Huddleston wrote: - > > I noticed an INSTALL file in xlsclients and libXvMC today, and it - > > was quite annoying to work around since 'autoreconf -fvi' replaces - > > it and git wants to commit it. Should these files even be in git? - > > Can I nuke them for the betterment of humanity and since they get - > > created by autoreconf anyways? - > - > See https://bugs.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=24206 - - As an interim measure, replace AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([dist-bzip2]) with - AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([foreign dist-bzip2]). This will prevent the generation - of the INSTALL file. It is also part of the 24206 solution. - - Signed-off-by: Jeremy Huddleston <jeremyhu@freedesktop.org> - -commit 5d63df924d7f66d2207c8db67e5d6cce8c7b245b -Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com> -Date: Thu Oct 8 21:50:35 2009 -0700 - - libXt 1.0.7 - - Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com> - -commit f82769a1a75e17f66b67a5f71dcf889955569a57 -Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com> -Date: Thu Oct 8 21:33:27 2009 -0700 - - Replace AC_DEFINE_DIR with AX_DEFINE_DIR from Autoconf Archive - -commit 0ce97e4422409de070af7fd70da590db12c58579 -Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com> -Date: Tue Oct 6 16:12:03 2009 -0700 - - Migrate to xorg macros 1.3 & XORG_DEFAULT_OPTIONS - - Includes adding many $(AM_V_GEN) calls for the AM_SILENT_RULES included - by XORG_DEFAULT_OPTIONS when automake-1.11 or newer is used - - Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com> - -commit 254e2e0a8197e47bcef3e3c0b461ef8156a1af64 -Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com> -Date: Tue Oct 6 16:29:59 2009 -0700 - - Use make rules instead of shell for loops to generate shadow man pages - - Allows parallel make and simpler build logs/error reporting - - Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com> - -commit fedc095da647b6f4fda8ca5edc5644458e2b2fbf -Author: Julien Cristau <jcristau@debian.org> -Date: Tue Aug 25 18:31:49 2009 +0200 - - Link against libICE - - libXt uses IceConnectionNumber() and IceProcessMessages(), so make sure - we link against -lICE. - - Signed-off-by: Julien Cristau <jcristau@debian.org> - -commit f77482f0618f954de1d080599ada058e9a3c24ff -Author: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com> -Date: Tue Jul 28 11:59:41 2009 +0200 - - Fix compilation of host tools in cross-compilation case - - At 36e9f0d351afbf7fd2595990b2d39e7c551f6420, a fix was added to use - the host gcc instead of the target gcc when cross-compiling - libXt. This fix works, but is not solve the whole problem: the CFLAGS - and LDFLAGS used with the host compilers are the one defined for the - target compiler (and the flags for both compilers might be very - different). - - This new fix let libXt obey to CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD and LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD - environment variables, and use them to compile the host tools in - util/. - - Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com> - -commit 369629611609f20c89499c1f6b5562a4f3cca983 -Author: Adam Jackson <ajax@redhat.com> -Date: Thu Jul 2 13:28:01 2009 -0400 - - libXt 1.0.6 - -commit 28677468c56888b18c44d71a62903d23e5c294cf -Author: Jon TURNEY <jon.turney@dronecode.org.uk> -Date: Tue May 19 23:25:15 2009 +0100 - - Cygwin/X: Build fix - - Commit c59dd27ecb1751f0b097046b2f892028e5a10a3e replaces __CYGWIN__ with WIN32 - in a preprocessor check, as the code is appropriate for both Cygwin and Mingw. - - But this isn't quite the right was to do this. Being a Win32 platform is - Cygwin's secret shame, and WIN32 isn't actually defined to avoid turning on - code specific to native-Win API ports - - (See http://www.cygwin.com/faq/faq.programming.html#faq.programming.preprocessor) - - Yes, this probably means WIN32 could bereplaced by __MINGW32__ everywhere in the - X sources... - -commit 535f8c5324205b92c15e8755008c33a2766832c8 -Author: John McKernan <john.mckernan@sun.com> -Date: Fri May 1 13:53:03 2009 -0700 - - Sun bug 4010369: Too slow to process Keycode 0 events in Xt Translation Mgr. - - Evaluation from original bug report against Solaris 2.6 in 1996: - - According to my investigation with the problem using debuggable - libXt and libXm, keycode 0 keypress events, which are given to - Xt's Translation Manager when inputting any cyrillic/greek characters, - are not cached in Xt's Translation Manager. At the TRANSLATE macro - in the Xt's source lib/Xt/TMkey.c, keycode 0 keyevents are always - given to XtTranslateKeycode() and it consumes a long time to parse - Motif's Translation Manager tables as many times as keycode 0 - keyevent are given. - - Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com> - -commit 061d3eebf7a0502afcd9c1831d67c8961feece8d -Author: John McKernan <john.mckernan@sun.com> -Date: Fri May 1 13:41:26 2009 -0700 - - Sun bug #1237023: Dtterm crashes in XtDisplayAccelerators() - - Don't try to printf if returned string is NULL - - Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com> - -commit e500631954c8d390e8705fde7f50d1acc006406e -Author: Jeremy Huddleston <jeremy@yuffie.local> -Date: Thu Mar 12 01:03:39 2009 -0700 - - darwin: Don't use poll() on versions of darwin before darwin10 - -commit 81792a4cb402c4e5275d63465bc5d65599e34a25 -Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com> -Date: Mon Feb 2 20:34:36 2009 -0800 - - Add README with pointers to mailing list, bugzilla & git repos - - Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com> - -commit f56a69f2cf7df1e7cdf2494c5408786e53467374 -Author: Paulo Cesar Pereira de Andrade <pcpa@mandriva.com.br> -Date: Fri Jan 30 18:22:10 2009 -0200 - - Janitor: ansification, make distcheck, compiler warnings, .gitignore. - - Most "compiler" warnings were actually sparse warnings, due to - assigning a integer to a pointer, or an external symbol without - a previous declaration. - -commit c1f227f94aec6f4555182965fc0d2d8f33fef01f -Author: Peter Breitenlohner <peb@mppmu.mpg.de> -Date: Mon Oct 20 18:50:37 2008 -0700 - - X.Org Bug 17942: libXt manpage formatting - - <http://bugs.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=17942> - -commit f488a6a218da6b543d1495e607ff1b31b0b48900 -Author: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org> -Date: Tue Sep 23 19:14:09 2008 +0300 - - configure.ac: Minor thinko - -commit 36e9f0d351afbf7fd2595990b2d39e7c551f6420 -Author: John Tapsell <johnflux@gmail.com> -Date: Tue Sep 23 19:00:42 2008 +0300 - - configure.ac: Use native compiler for build tools - - makestrs is used during the build, so use the native compiler (either - gcc or cc in $PATH, can be overridden as $CC_FOR_BUILD) instead of the - (possibly cross-) compiler. - -commit ace1676b0630dfe739c3bd712ed2b6e46bdb52f1 -Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com> -Date: Mon Jun 23 20:04:29 2008 -0700 - - Update ac_define_dir.m4 to 2008-04-12 version - -commit 556918e21fbb67131d979b04f29a0b59fcd87575 -Author: Alan Hourihane <alanh@tungstengraphics.com> -Date: Wed Apr 30 19:15:14 2008 +0100 - - Set a blank default search path for WIN32 - -commit 56444103a3b2159d334aa87d782fbca987118bbc -Author: Alan Hourihane <alanh@tungstengraphics.com> -Date: Tue Apr 29 22:44:54 2008 +0100 - - less speed, more haste - -commit a393450cbde80b6e7f0e1c4112363eb1313a6cdb -Author: Alan Hourihane <alanh@tungstengraphics.com> -Date: Tue Apr 29 22:16:05 2008 +0100 - - fix logic inverted problem - -commit cd83cf47412b4a5979e152990c3b0870751aee07 -Author: Colin Harrison <colin.harrison-at-virgin.net> -Date: Tue Apr 29 19:45:50 2008 +0100 - - Reduce the path searches on mingw - -commit bb6d2a09b87560ae396085ef0981b700924333cd -Author: Colin Harrison <colin.harrison-at-virgin.net> -Date: Tue Apr 29 13:45:06 2008 +0100 - - Xming specific configuration file settings - -commit 6baea764567c3327f1d85ba91375adaea6dab46d -Author: Alan Hourihane <alanh@tungstengraphics.com> -Date: Tue Apr 29 10:22:35 2008 +0100 - - Link with winsock for WIN32 platforms - -commit c59dd27ecb1751f0b097046b2f892028e5a10a3e -Author: Colin Harrison <colin.harrison-at-virgin.net> -Date: Tue Apr 29 10:19:55 2008 +0100 - - Fix some build issues for Win32 platforms - -commit 8e95cb765e88d36c35f868f650c86c62c31ad635 -Author: Colin Harrison <colin.harrison-at-virgin.net> -Date: Wed Apr 23 13:56:28 2008 +0100 - - Add __MINGW32__ - -commit 4b64b821a48fe493056271216dbe29d43376954b -Author: Matthieu Herrb <matthieu.herrb@laas.fr> -Date: Sun Mar 9 08:42:48 2008 +0100 - - nuke RCS Ids - -commit b648ed992d2c3ea8a7462a595e51a07085bf4688 -Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com> -Date: Fri Mar 7 15:52:27 2008 -0800 - - Solaris builds need to pass -intelabi to makestrs, even on SPARC - - For some reason, when Solaris moved to X11R6.0, the intelabi version - of StringDefs.c/.h was used on SPARC, so now we're stuck with 10+ years - of binaries built to use it. - -commit c044ea620446db676ee076484fed3268c4d7c695 -Author: James Cloos <cloos@jhcloos.com> -Date: Thu Dec 6 15:51:20 2007 -0500 - - Add missing PHONY line for automatic ChangeLog generation - -commit 6b483e355de6c5ee5dc635ab9b817bf72680b016 -Author: Julien Cristau <jcristau@debian.org> -Date: Sat Jun 23 15:20:09 2007 +0100 - - Allow C++ apps to build using libXt - -commit 845e51c740574db2f72a5e7c5462d8f56a3c4e22 -Author: Andreas Luik <luik@orthogon.com> -Date: Sun Apr 8 00:43:56 2007 +0300 - - Recalculate fd_set more aggressively (bug #808) - - select() can modify the fd set, so be a bit pessimistic and recalculate - it more often. - -commit 007d9e5f8b2edc3ff8ce8b2f96b8f56a417bb78d -Author: Matthieu Herrb <matthieu.herrb@laas.fr> -Date: Mon Feb 26 18:27:43 2007 +0100 - - Sync XtGetErrorDatabaseText() prototype with reality. - -commit 4e7031510d05471e77ff48355b23fc8e4302648c -Author: Ben Byer <bbyer@bbyer.(none)> -Date: Tue Feb 20 01:05:27 2007 -0800 - - added -flat_namespace to CFLAGS for Darwin - -commit 92452ca7a51fa77ea60eacd320dbd970e32653c9 -Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com> -Date: Sat Jan 27 22:29:03 2007 -0800 - - Version bump: 1.0.5 - -commit a5c7d56278e569257d3d64ff7681d0a484a1f817 -Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com> -Date: Sat Jan 27 22:26:55 2007 -0800 - - Replace static ChangeLog with dist-hook to generate from git log - -commit 67772a3f39c5e8c4019336b0bf4d32e70726b0c0 -Author: Eric S. Raymond <esr@thyrsus.com> -Date: Tue Jan 2 17:49:17 2007 -0800 - - Bug 9514: Markup error in makestrs.1x man page - - <https://bugs.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=9514> - -commit 75f83503ba1db628137ffc9d1d9e4f2a7a2fd97a -Merge: 2f201b1 153264a -Author: Jeremy C. Reed <reed@glacier.reedmedia.net> -Date: Sat Dec 9 09:31:02 2006 -0600 - - Merge branch 'master' of git+ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/xorg/lib/libXt - -commit 2f201b177816be7112884bda180d65f5fff19155 -Author: Jeremy C. Reed <reed@glacier.reedmedia.net> -Date: Sat Dec 9 09:28:04 2006 -0600 - - Don't use "INSTALL" during the build because INSTALL may be set by - build environment with settings for chown and make not work with - permissions of the builder. So use mkdir -p and cp instead. This - is for my bug #6599. - -commit 153264a7f290f98e01ed2dbd7265c977ec8ba7e1 -Author: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org> -Date: Wed Nov 8 16:16:02 2006 +0200 - - bump to 1.0.4 - -commit 0c1954765c32c1bd298111cc6bed2f090494c0cf -Author: Eric Anholt <eric@anholt.net> -Date: Fri Oct 27 12:35:38 2006 -0700 - - Fix .pc file with new autotools by using AC_DEFINE_DIR. - - With autoconf 2.60, $datadir now expands to use $datarootdir rather than just - $prefix, so the .pc referenced the undefined $datarootdir. AC_DEFINE_DIR - expands it all out for us. - -commit 3c166cc1efe86ca42180a64e14b6bbbc9744bc82 -Author: Eric Anholt <eric@anholt.net> -Date: Fri Oct 27 12:30:09 2006 -0700 - - Add more generated files to ignore. - -commit 8d18dfa21f8349c998675e1f9971de02ca99a1cd -Author: Adam Jackson <ajax@benzedrine.nwnk.net> -Date: Fri Oct 13 16:32:28 2006 -0400 - - Bump to 1.0.3 - -commit b54d069ea397486c6125943ffdb813482383576a -Author: Qiu-Yuan (Kathleen) Yang <qiu-yuan.yang@sun.com> -Date: Fri Sep 1 18:04:26 2006 -0700 - - Sun bug #4962001: Close memory leaks seen in Motif apps - - The function "GetResources" will return a copy of resources to the caller - and the caller has the responsibility to free the returned copy. However some - functions, such as "XtGetSubresources", "_XtGetResources", and - "XtGetApplicationResources" invoked "GetResources" without freeing the - returned resource copy. - -commit 6e48adfab0c020ab5d55b68f9b4cc63ed5d8b14c -Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com> -Date: Fri Sep 1 17:59:42 2006 -0700 - - Add *~ to .gitignore to skip over emacs droppings - -commit 1eeeff85bf9f293de875169f6dc54577de0443f1 -Author: David Nusinow <dnusinow@debian.org> -Date: Wed Aug 30 16:33:10 2006 -0400 - - Generate the internal manpage section using __libmansuffix__ - -commit e2f43888fe021aac27770afa6a64fb3cf3fab190 -Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com> -Date: Thu Jul 13 14:59:08 2006 -0700 - - renamed: .cvsignore -> .gitignore - -commit 3d3a1bc23f571daa7a876a21169d5a0c996ce7cc -Author: Adam Jackson <ajax@nwnk.net> -Date: Fri May 12 16:10:27 2006 +0000 - - Bump to 1.0.2 - -commit fc82234c73362d6f07acf2dcf72bcefd96850105 -Author: Matthieu Herrb <matthieu.herrb@laas.fr> -Date: Sun Apr 30 14:30:16 2006 +0000 - - Fix ERRORDB definition for the case where ${prefix} != /usr - -commit bc813392aa8f563e6cd385636b90a7496fcaa14e -Author: Adam Jackson <ajax@nwnk.net> -Date: Thu Apr 27 00:23:17 2006 +0000 - - Bump to 1.0.1 - -commit 1c55684a7411c35fce2a958d84be4c13b5349ea0 -Author: Alan Coopersmith <Alan.Coopersmith@sun.com> -Date: Sun Feb 12 18:19:22 2006 +0000 - - Bug #5628 <https://bugs.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=5628> Shadow pages - not created correctly when MANDIR & MANSUFFIX don't match. - -commit 6851a1faf46a4d8a85e481162c8ee84f66174f89 -Author: Kevin E Martin <kem@kem.org> -Date: Thu Dec 15 00:24:34 2005 +0000 - - Update package version number for final X11R7 release candidate. - -commit b9464aa563b650faefbb881d5b399659aa8c30bb -Author: Kevin E Martin <kem@kem.org> -Date: Sat Dec 10 16:29:07 2005 +0000 - - Add configure option to install makestrs and its manpage. - Add makestrs man page. - -commit 6be3ca4fb0d0f9a1361d45dfc094f0a7a85b27b4 -Author: Kevin E Martin <kem@kem.org> -Date: Wed Dec 7 16:17:08 2005 +0000 - - Add configure option to set the build's app-default dir, and put the result - in the xt.pc file for applications to use. - -commit 3186014010acbda9f8e3568a1e8076130212f600 -Author: Kevin E Martin <kem@kem.org> -Date: Tue Dec 6 22:48:44 2005 +0000 - - Change *man_SOURCES ==> *man_PRE to fix autotools warnings. - -commit 5801485b720e1dd3799737d9f127212afd3101c7 -Author: Kevin E Martin <kem@kem.org> -Date: Sat Dec 3 05:49:45 2005 +0000 - - Update package version number for X11R7 RC3 release. - -commit d480f9dbd3e07b4e139f2a1422f803e6e6264854 -Author: Kevin E Martin <kem@kem.org> -Date: Sat Dec 3 04:41:50 2005 +0000 - - Add check and cflags for malloc(0) returning NULL. - -commit 2a591fe7b3416d8609bd71cb068f9390105ffecf -Author: Alan Coopersmith <Alan.Coopersmith@sun.com> -Date: Mon Nov 28 22:03:06 2005 +0000 - - Change *mandir targets to use new *_MAN_DIR variables set by xorg-macros.m4 - update to fix bug #5167 (Linux prefers *.1x man pages in man1 subdir) - -commit 7a8979367e4ab1a6412fef9a027b7d38621d87b7 -Author: Alan Coopersmith <Alan.Coopersmith@sun.com> -Date: Wed Nov 23 22:33:07 2005 +0000 - - Bug #5003 <https://bugs.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=5003> Patch #3763 - <https://bugs.freedesktop.org/attachment.cgi?id=3763> Xorg code misuses - S_IF* macros - -commit 2533120c26185990d326fa14c92383f85239f3b7 -Author: Kevin E Martin <kem@kem.org> -Date: Sat Nov 19 07:15:43 2005 +0000 - - Update pkgconfig files to separate library build-time dependencies from - application build-time dependencies, and update package deps to work - with separate build roots. - -commit 3f332f9af360cd42f5ff1b6f16ac64f7d146ff34 -Author: Kevin E Martin <kem@kem.org> -Date: Wed Nov 9 21:19:13 2005 +0000 - - Update package version number for X11R7 RC2 release. - -commit f151f6dfa14c36cfa54ab3e55bb67f24a8a39dc6 -Author: Kean Johnson <kean@armory.com> -Date: Tue Nov 8 06:33:25 2005 +0000 - - See ChangeLog entry 2005-11-07 for details. - -commit 7ed0ec3136190288b0c450cdf2998000c43619df -Author: Kevin E Martin <kem@kem.org> -Date: Tue Nov 1 15:11:51 2005 +0000 - - Update pkgcheck dependencies to work with separate build roots. - -commit 33b861860b86b53840007010287f5483a503c8e9 -Author: Kevin E Martin <kem@kem.org> -Date: Wed Oct 19 02:48:11 2005 +0000 - - Update package version number for RC1 release. - -commit d3853ab17d7203e7fbdfcd5cc8ed3505e5aa6233 -Author: Kevin E Martin <kem@kem.org> -Date: Tue Oct 18 07:24:03 2005 +0000 - - Use $(INSTALL) instead of $(install_sh_DATA) for creating directories. - -commit 831a32df90d6b3db66d6c578f6e231d4aab2b760 -Author: Adam Jackson <ajax@nwnk.net> -Date: Tue Oct 18 03:10:14 2005 +0000 - - Split the 'install -d' over multiple lines so certain lame versions of - autotools don't flip out. - -commit 5e37faddaac8ac50ee4ca719975f9bf526e4c980 -Author: Alan Coopersmith <Alan.Coopersmith@sun.com> -Date: Tue Oct 18 01:50:02 2005 +0000 - - Add --with-xfile-search-path=<path> and default setting to match monolith - XFileSearchPathDefault in Imake (including extra directories used in - Debian section of linux.cf.) - -commit 52edad6913e3efd3fcec6c73e13d33bf8c3a5e65 -Author: Alan Coopersmith <Alan.Coopersmith@sun.com> -Date: Tue Oct 18 00:00:09 2005 +0000 - - Use @LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@ instead of $(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) in macro substitutions to - work better with BSD make - -commit 1fcb9d04dd8b2f78aff2d64e6db7588c973cdb5b -Author: Alan Coopersmith <Alan.Coopersmith@sun.com> -Date: Mon Oct 17 21:13:22 2005 +0000 - - Rename .shadows.DONE to shadows.DONE to avoid some make's thinking it's a - suffix rule (reported by Matthieu Herrb) - -commit 4423fc41efc97ad1559f281c2ce3c835ccc88c61 -Author: Alan Coopersmith <Alan.Coopersmith@sun.com> -Date: Thu Oct 13 04:27:16 2005 +0000 - - Add generated man pages to .cvsignore file - -commit 3c676e51ca509fff616495ac7354ac8b4ecde7e4 -Author: Alan Coopersmith <Alan.Coopersmith@sun.com> -Date: Wed Oct 12 00:22:32 2005 +0000 - - configure.ac Set up cpp pre-processing of man pages Add shadow man pages - for man pages that document multiple functions. - -commit 0543cf76a5e11133b5f76fa37b39cbe2985c1c75 -Author: Alan Coopersmith <Alan.Coopersmith@sun.com> -Date: Sat Sep 24 00:23:32 2005 +0000 - - Include <X11/XlibConf.h> to get correct XTHREADS settings in non-Imake - builds. - -commit 88374bab9adfe73dc445d4202a28e4d6021a674f -Author: Alan Coopersmith <Alan.Coopersmith@sun.com> -Date: Wed Sep 21 02:35:01 2005 +0000 - - Add checks for poll & snprintf & define old Imake names if found Enable XKB - usage in Xt unless --disable-xkb is specified Set STRINGSABIOPTIONS for - building StringDefs files on Solaris, SCO, and SVR4 systems. - -commit dbd0485a6e1926e7b94fdffb3e71de27c4a29012 -Author: Adam Jackson <ajax@nwnk.net> -Date: Mon Aug 1 23:59:39 2005 +0000 - - Properly define BUILT_FILES - -commit f4043547fbb2feb87f480388a695016b90f53279 -Author: Keith Packard <keithp@keithp.com> -Date: Mon Aug 1 23:47:55 2005 +0000 - - Move building of StringDefs files to src and fix them so that parallel make - works right. - -commit 027977140e19c5622331ac90eeb5e9bb9fe72640 -Author: Kevin E Martin <kem@kem.org> -Date: Fri Jul 29 21:22:52 2005 +0000 - - Various changes preparing packages for RC0: - - Verify and update package version numbers as needed - - Implement versioning scheme - - Change bug address to point to bugzilla bug entry form - - Disable loadable i18n in libX11 by default (use --enable-loadable-i18n to - reenable it) - - Fix makedepend to use pkgconfig and pass distcheck - - Update build script to build macros first - - Update modular Xorg version - -commit 28845cf017b991f7ed2dd23c005ab36ca43b97a5 -Author: Alan Coopersmith <Alan.Coopersmith@sun.com> -Date: Fri Jul 22 20:30:10 2005 +0000 - - Bug #3824: <https://bugs.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=3824> Correct - incomplete license statement from Sun. - -commit 052efe144da64f96fb1201a36933894d2d4bfb3c -Author: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org> -Date: Tue Jul 19 02:00:01 2005 +0000 - - distcheck fixes -- clean up after makestrs, don't list non-existant files. - -commit e1cd82cf0b4d51db42c5d71a63805b6fb9ad45b8 -Author: Matthieu Herrb <matthieu.herrb@laas.fr> -Date: Sun Jul 17 10:15:26 2005 +0000 - - Fix for building outside of srcdir. - -commit 40bf5c6a837430bf23f86b97fcde8237099511c0 -Author: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org> -Date: Sat Jul 16 07:37:19 2005 +0000 - - Set version number to 6.0.0 with -version-number. - -commit 265f56bafdca73f28a4937ebff86ac77a25f2d4b -Author: Keith Packard <keithp@keithp.com> -Date: Sat Jul 9 06:49:50 2005 +0000 - - Add .cvsignore files - -commit 63a4f8f76f5fb9159447878a4a85a14d0fbf4bf6 -Author: Alexander Gottwald <alexander.gottwald@s1999.tu-chemnitz.de> -Date: Thu Jun 30 12:23:32 2005 +0000 - - Add -no-undefined to linker command to build shared library on cygwin too - -commit 64b2b98096c6a5b2ac3af59796e07601eee4e28a -Author: Søren Sandmann Pedersen <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> -Date: Mon Jun 20 21:47:20 2005 +0000 - - - Make Xt install its internal files in /usr/include/X11, both in the - modular and the monolithic tree. - - Update XTrap to use #include <X11/internal-xt-headerI.h> - - Add XvMC to symlink.sh - -commit 6e10d9886cfe518d1407331a7a8e5bac85390249 -Author: Alexander Gottwald <alexander.gottwald@s1999.tu-chemnitz.de> -Date: Fri Jun 10 12:19:31 2005 +0000 - - ensure $(buildir)/src and $(builddir)/include/X11 exist before installing - generated files there - -commit 1b5fb35a8db7bcf568a2318118068b6c01169c14 -Author: Alexander Gottwald <alexander.gottwald@s1999.tu-chemnitz.de> -Date: Tue May 24 16:06:12 2005 +0000 - - separation of source and build directories - -commit e6db93aff3a4e92b8d13998866a787bdc08b6f35 -Author: Alexander Gottwald <alexander.gottwald@s1999.tu-chemnitz.de> -Date: Tue May 24 15:58:51 2005 +0000 - - Make source directory for templates configurable - -commit 82f3473668ed08af059e094a696911d2347e5d57 -Author: Alan Coopersmith <Alan.Coopersmith@sun.com> -Date: Sun May 22 19:05:11 2005 +0000 - - Convert man pages to long file names in lib/X11, lib/Xt, & lib/Xext - -commit 1c6db5c90aa4b4c7c82b0676416c2a9a0baa6c67 -Author: Alan Coopersmith <Alan.Coopersmith@sun.com> -Date: Sun May 22 04:25:43 2005 +0000 - - Check for <alloca.h> and define INCLUDE_ALLOCA_H if found, since - <Xalloca.h> requires it. - -commit 2e00049e9b02e26f858c3e4510641a735c03b086 -Author: Alan Coopersmith <Alan.Coopersmith@sun.com> -Date: Sat May 21 20:47:26 2005 +0000 - - Use $(install_sh_DATA) instead of "install" for better portability. Remove - duplicate installation lines. - Add AM_CFLAGS to pass through XT_CFLAGS & X11_CFLAGS - -commit a175c9ea92967441a7ad33d2f6c8bf26cbe954fe -Author: Adam Jackson <ajax@nwnk.net> -Date: Thu May 19 00:22:33 2005 +0000 - - revert last change, didn't do right thing at all, sorry for the noise - -commit 185284247a889358b2ea269424eb665a71079826 -Author: Adam Jackson <ajax@nwnk.net> -Date: Thu May 19 00:10:08 2005 +0000 - - Require automake 1.7 in AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE - -commit c7fe09644945e3725c0b67b84cd24d8475cea184 -Author: Søren Sandmann Pedersen <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> -Date: Wed May 18 19:34:25 2005 +0000 - - Also include include/X11 - -commit 605a76dcc93e277e1b26841a0225b7e0fb851b76 -Author: Søren Sandmann Pedersen <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> -Date: Wed May 18 15:38:31 2005 +0000 - - - conditionally include config.h in xc/lib/Xt sources - - add build system for lib/Xt - -commit b0a241cf7c7ab3840929da3b1aabdda7bab22517 -Author: Egbert Eich <eich@suse.de> -Date: Tue May 17 08:10:10 2005 +0000 - - gcc4 allows to check if sentinels are correct (a sentinel is the - terminating element in a varargs list). A sentinel needs to be NULL, - not 0 - which doesn't make a difference on 32bit but matters on 64bit. - Furthermore it can be told that functions have a printf-like format - string and argument list so that they can verify that both match. To - use these features certain attributes need to be set - which are - compiler specific. To do this we define macros which are expanded - depending on the compiler version. For now we put those in - include/Xfuncproto.h (the XFree86 DDX layer contains a file compiler.h - which however is not visible outside the DDX) (Bugzilla #3268). - -commit 2b42b9154f9886ab05da1c3d6ce75fd95f59e04e -Author: Alan Coopersmith <Alan.Coopersmith@sun.com> -Date: Sun May 15 20:52:39 2005 +0000 - - Add settings to bring Solaris builds closer to the ones Sun packages in - Solaris. Adds "BuildLikeSun" options for areas Sun deviates from the - way Xorg is packaged on other platforms. See comment in sun.cf for - details. Also, use system-provided Expat on Solaris 10 and other - cleanups. - Set shared library versions for Solaris builds to match versions used in - Solaris. Add missing SharedXfixesReqs and SharedXdamageReqs. - Add -solarisabi option to create XtStrings code compatibile with existing - Solaris binaries. (Off by default, on if "BuildLikeSun" is set in - sun.cf) - -commit 149898492fe56f6a096a875375faa7323f7e96f4 -Author: Alexander Gottwald <alexander.gottwald@s1999.tu-chemnitz.de> -Date: Wed Apr 20 09:35:50 2005 +0000 - - Bugzilla #3072 (https://bugs.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=3072) - attachment #2469 (https://bugs.freedesktop.org/attachment.cgi?id=2469): - fix uninitialized pointer in libXt on Win32. Reported by Dave Williss - -commit 85eb751e4e1683af6cee3ee9dce29f74911a639d -Author: Matthieu Herrb <matthieu.herrb@laas.fr> -Date: Mon Feb 21 21:08:27 2005 +0000 - - Convert lib/Xt to ANSI C (Thomas Dickey). Fixes for a few valgrind warnings - (Thomas Dickey). - -commit 94150cb72d9d641c64325cd70323d93b9a3701a5 -Author: Alan Coopersmith <Alan.Coopersmith@sun.com> -Date: Wed Jan 19 19:27:34 2005 +0000 - - doc/man/Xt/Imakefile - doc/man/Xt/XtAddCbk.man - doc/man/Xt/XtAddIn.man - doc/man/Xt/XtAllocGC.man - doc/man/Xt/XtAppE.man - doc/man/Xt/XtAppEM.man - doc/man/Xt/XtAppSTC.man - doc/man/Xt/XtClass.man - doc/man/Xt/XtConvSt.man - doc/man/Xt/XtConvert.man - doc/man/Xt/XtCreateSR.man - doc/man/Xt/XtDisplayI.man - doc/man/Xt/XtErr.man - doc/man/Xt/XtErrM.man - doc/man/Xt/XtExtEvDis.man - doc/man/Xt/XtGEDB.man - doc/man/Xt/XtGetANC.man - doc/man/Xt/XtGetActK.man - doc/man/Xt/XtGetAres.man - doc/man/Xt/XtGetSTO.man - doc/man/Xt/XtGetSres.man - doc/man/Xt/XtInit.man - doc/man/Xt/XtInitWC.man - doc/man/Xt/XtManChild.man - doc/man/Xt/XtOffset.man - doc/man/Xt/XtOwnSel.man - doc/man/Xt/XtRegDraw.man - doc/man/Xt/XtResPA.man - doc/man/Xt/XtSession.man - doc/man/Xt/XtSetLangP.man - doc/man/Xt/XtSetSP.man - doc/man/Xt/XtSetVal.man - //bugs.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=2331> Attachment #1718 - <https://bugs.freedesktop.org/attachment.cgi?id=1718> - -commit cd85103c7298be4a13909c07c95f5d53b069966e -Author: Matthieu Herrb <matthieu.herrb@laas.fr> -Date: Sun Jan 2 11:08:49 2005 +0000 - - Fix formatting. - -commit 054445f4238a98b7ea7910778ed110f5eff9d4f2 -Author: Matthieu Herrb <matthieu.herrb@laas.fr> -Date: Sun Oct 3 20:08:42 2004 +0000 - - Xt Manual pages fixes from Dmitry Bolkhovitanov (Bugzilla #1498, $1499). - -commit 045e3de107523f28e765da8239d6afa9f51d6ba2 -Author: Kevin E Martin <kem@kem.org> -Date: Wed Aug 11 21:14:17 2004 +0000 - - Apply PPC64 build patch (Bug #303, Mike A. Harris, Alan Coopersmith). - -commit 7a541dcaa28b6f97a647d0d8e0873f665ea372aa -Author: Eric Anholt <anholt@freebsd.org> -Date: Sat Jul 31 01:21:51 2004 +0000 - - Rename some COMPOSITE macros and enums to avoid conflicting with the - COMPOSITE extension's new macro. These appear to only be used - internally. - -commit b83924fa380f9e68c0c8a9dada6094c95fc44441 -Author: Egbert Eich <eich@suse.de> -Date: Fri Apr 23 18:43:54 2004 +0000 - - Merging XORG-CURRENT into trunk - -commit 1b4f95dee32054b4d14ed5f78e47371c544fc5ac -Author: Egbert Eich <eich@suse.de> -Date: Sun Mar 14 08:32:26 2004 +0000 - - Importing vendor version xf86-4_4_99_1 on Sun Mar 14 00:26:39 PST 2004 - -commit 83e661ed1cec6b14c60adbd48ab8588f6b13c391 -Author: Egbert Eich <eich@suse.de> -Date: Wed Mar 3 12:11:32 2004 +0000 - - Importing vendor version xf86-4_4_0 on Wed Mar 3 04:09:24 PST 2004 - -commit 77d281253982e2ebe27430f38b993927d879a005 -Author: Egbert Eich <eich@suse.de> -Date: Thu Feb 26 13:35:34 2004 +0000 - - readding XFree86's cvs IDs - -commit 0efb2e616125953a3773b9b6c9a530ad30ce9bc8 -Author: Egbert Eich <eich@suse.de> -Date: Thu Feb 26 09:22:45 2004 +0000 - - Importing vendor version xf86-4_3_99_903 on Wed Feb 26 01:21:00 PST 2004 - -commit 036e955dfcc31d3b6c081f84e4f0b85969ccdd12 -Author: Egbert Eich <eich@suse.de> -Date: Thu Jan 29 08:08:07 2004 +0000 - - Importing vendor version xf86-012804-2330 on Thu Jan 29 00:06:33 PST 2004 - -commit f81d7ef72c9b4f13e33efa812bed9446657ed003 -Author: Kaleb Keithley <kaleb@freedesktop.org> -Date: Tue Nov 25 19:28:16 2003 +0000 - - XFree86 4.3.99.16 Bring the tree up to date for the Cygwin folks - -commit bdc0667ef29e24b1a2188b11546d843a7d3e5ef6 -Author: Kaleb Keithley <kaleb@freedesktop.org> -Date: Fri Nov 14 16:48:49 2003 +0000 - - XFree86 4.3.0.1 - -commit 6a13c9e08bb042c81ae904c44a38a50d785c824e -Author: Kaleb Keithley <kaleb@freedesktop.org> -Date: Fri Nov 14 16:48:49 2003 +0000 - - Initial revision - -commit 0117b0b441d8835a11a2886f3c8aed937dcffa9d -Author: Kaleb Keithley <kaleb@freedesktop.org> -Date: Fri Nov 14 15:54:39 2003 +0000 - - R6.6 is the Xorg base-line diff --git a/libXt/INSTALL b/libXt/INSTALL deleted file mode 100644 index 8b82ade08..000000000 --- a/libXt/INSTALL +++ /dev/null @@ -1,291 +0,0 @@ -Installation Instructions -************************* - -Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2004, 2005, -2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This file is free documentation; the Free Software Foundation gives -unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it. - -Basic Installation -================== - - Briefly, the shell commands `./configure; make; make install' should -configure, build, and install this package. The following -more-detailed instructions are generic; see the `README' file for -instructions specific to this package. - - The `configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for -various system-dependent variables used during compilation. It uses -those values to create a `Makefile' in each directory of the package. -It may also create one or more `.h' files containing system-dependent -definitions. Finally, it creates a shell script `config.status' that -you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, and a -file `config.log' containing compiler output (useful mainly for -debugging `configure'). - - It can also use an optional file (typically called `config.cache' -and enabled with `--cache-file=config.cache' or simply `-C') that saves -the results of its tests to speed up reconfiguring. Caching is -disabled by default to prevent problems with accidental use of stale -cache files. - - If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try -to figure out how `configure' could check whether to do them, and mail -diffs or instructions to the address given in the `README' so they can -be considered for the next release. If you are using the cache, and at -some point `config.cache' contains results you don't want to keep, you -may remove or edit it. - - The file `configure.ac' (or `configure.in') is used to create -`configure' by a program called `autoconf'. You need `configure.ac' if -you want to change it or regenerate `configure' using a newer version -of `autoconf'. - -The simplest way to compile this package is: - - 1. `cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type - `./configure' to configure the package for your system. - - Running `configure' might take a while. While running, it prints - some messages telling which features it is checking for. - - 2. Type `make' to compile the package. - - 3. Optionally, type `make check' to run any self-tests that come with - the package. - - 4. Type `make install' to install the programs and any data files and - documentation. - - 5. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the - source code directory by typing `make clean'. To also remove the - files that `configure' created (so you can compile the package for - a different kind of computer), type `make distclean'. There is - also a `make maintainer-clean' target, but that is intended mainly - for the package's developers. If you use it, you may have to get - all sorts of other programs in order to regenerate files that came - with the distribution. - - 6. Often, you can also type `make uninstall' to remove the installed - files again. - -Compilers and Options -===================== - - Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that -the `configure' script does not know about. Run `./configure --help' -for details on some of the pertinent environment variables. - - You can give `configure' initial values for configuration parameters -by setting variables in the command line or in the environment. Here -is an example: - - ./configure CC=c99 CFLAGS=-g LIBS=-lposix - - *Note Defining Variables::, for more details. - -Compiling For Multiple Architectures -==================================== - - You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the -same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their -own directory. To do this, you can use GNU `make'. `cd' to the -directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run -the `configure' script. `configure' automatically checks for the -source code in the directory that `configure' is in and in `..'. - - With a non-GNU `make', it is safer to compile the package for one -architecture at a time in the source code directory. After you have -installed the package for one architecture, use `make distclean' before -reconfiguring for another architecture. - - On MacOS X 10.5 and later systems, you can create libraries and -executables that work on multiple system types--known as "fat" or -"universal" binaries--by specifying multiple `-arch' options to the -compiler but only a single `-arch' option to the preprocessor. Like -this: - - ./configure CC="gcc -arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc -arch ppc64" \ - CXX="g++ -arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc -arch ppc64" \ - CPP="gcc -E" CXXCPP="g++ -E" - - This is not guaranteed to produce working output in all cases, you -may have to build one architecture at a time and combine the results -using the `lipo' tool if you have problems. - -Installation Names -================== - - By default, `make install' installs the package's commands under -`/usr/local/bin', include files under `/usr/local/include', etc. You -can specify an installation prefix other than `/usr/local' by giving -`configure' the option `--prefix=PREFIX'. - - You can specify separate installation prefixes for -architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files. If you -pass the option `--exec-prefix=PREFIX' to `configure', the package uses -PREFIX as the prefix for installing programs and libraries. -Documentation and other data files still use the regular prefix. - - In addition, if you use an unusual directory layout you can give -options like `--bindir=DIR' to specify different values for particular -kinds of files. Run `configure --help' for a list of the directories -you can set and what kinds of files go in them. - - If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed -with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving `configure' the -option `--program-prefix=PREFIX' or `--program-suffix=SUFFIX'. - -Optional Features -================= - - Some packages pay attention to `--enable-FEATURE' options to -`configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package. -They may also pay attention to `--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE -is something like `gnu-as' or `x' (for the X Window System). The -`README' should mention any `--enable-' and `--with-' options that the -package recognizes. - - For packages that use the X Window System, `configure' can usually -find the X include and library files automatically, but if it doesn't, -you can use the `configure' options `--x-includes=DIR' and -`--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations. - -Particular systems -================== - - On HP-UX, the default C compiler is not ANSI C compatible. If GNU -CC is not installed, it is recommended to use the following options in -order to use an ANSI C compiler: - - ./configure CC="cc -Ae" - -and if that doesn't work, install pre-built binaries of GCC for HP-UX. - - On OSF/1 a.k.a. Tru64, some versions of the default C compiler cannot -parse its `<wchar.h>' header file. The option `-nodtk' can be used as -a workaround. If GNU CC is not installed, it is therefore recommended -to try - - ./configure CC="cc" - -and if that doesn't work, try - - ./configure CC="cc -nodtk" - -Specifying the System Type -========================== - - There may be some features `configure' cannot figure out -automatically, but needs to determine by the type of machine the package -will run on. Usually, assuming the package is built to be run on the -_same_ architectures, `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints -a message saying it cannot guess the machine type, give it the -`--build=TYPE' option. TYPE can either be a short name for the system -type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name which has the form: - - CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM - -where SYSTEM can have one of these forms: - - OS KERNEL-OS - - See the file `config.sub' for the possible values of each field. If -`config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't -need to know the machine type. - - If you are _building_ compiler tools for cross-compiling, you should -use the option `--target=TYPE' to select the type of system they will -produce code for. - - If you want to _use_ a cross compiler, that generates code for a -platform different from the build platform, you should specify the -"host" platform (i.e., that on which the generated programs will -eventually be run) with `--host=TYPE'. - -Sharing Defaults -================ - - If you want to set default values for `configure' scripts to share, -you can create a site shell script called `config.site' that gives -default values for variables like `CC', `cache_file', and `prefix'. -`configure' looks for `PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then -`PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists. Or, you can set the -`CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script. -A warning: not all `configure' scripts look for a site script. - -Defining Variables -================== - - Variables not defined in a site shell script can be set in the -environment passed to `configure'. However, some packages may run -configure again during the build, and the customized values of these -variables may be lost. In order to avoid this problem, you should set -them in the `configure' command line, using `VAR=value'. For example: - - ./configure CC=/usr/local2/bin/gcc - -causes the specified `gcc' to be used as the C compiler (unless it is -overridden in the site shell script). - -Unfortunately, this technique does not work for `CONFIG_SHELL' due to -an Autoconf bug. Until the bug is fixed you can use this workaround: - - CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash /bin/bash ./configure CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash - -`configure' Invocation -====================== - - `configure' recognizes the following options to control how it -operates. - -`--help' -`-h' - Print a summary of all of the options to `configure', and exit. - -`--help=short' -`--help=recursive' - Print a summary of the options unique to this package's - `configure', and exit. The `short' variant lists options used - only in the top level, while the `recursive' variant lists options - also present in any nested packages. - -`--version' -`-V' - Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the `configure' - script, and exit. - -`--cache-file=FILE' - Enable the cache: use and save the results of the tests in FILE, - traditionally `config.cache'. FILE defaults to `/dev/null' to - disable caching. - -`--config-cache' -`-C' - Alias for `--cache-file=config.cache'. - -`--quiet' -`--silent' -`-q' - Do not print messages saying which checks are being made. To - suppress all normal output, redirect it to `/dev/null' (any error - messages will still be shown). - -`--srcdir=DIR' - Look for the package's source code in directory DIR. Usually - `configure' can determine that directory automatically. - -`--prefix=DIR' - Use DIR as the installation prefix. *Note Installation Names:: - for more details, including other options available for fine-tuning - the installation locations. - -`--no-create' -`-n' - Run the configure checks, but stop before creating any output - files. - -`configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options. Run -`configure --help' for more details. - diff --git a/libXt/Makefile.am b/libXt/Makefile.am index 3560e28c4..e9e0316b7 100644 --- a/libXt/Makefile.am +++ b/libXt/Makefile.am @@ -19,13 +19,14 @@ # TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR # PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. -SUBDIRS = util src include man +SUBDIRS = util src include man specs + +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4 pkgconfigdir = $(libdir)/pkgconfig pkgconfig_DATA = xt.pc MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = ChangeLog INSTALL -EXTRA_DIST = xt.pc.in .PHONY: ChangeLog INSTALL diff --git a/libXt/Makefile.in b/libXt/Makefile.in deleted file mode 100644 index a5cc7eddf..000000000 --- a/libXt/Makefile.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,840 +0,0 @@ -# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.1 from Makefile.am. -# @configure_input@ - -# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, -# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, -# Inc. -# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without -# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A -# PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - -@SET_MAKE@ - -# -# Copyright © 2003 Keith Packard, Noah Levitt -# -# Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its -# documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that -# the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -# documentation, and that the name of Keith Packard not be used in -# advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without -# specific, written prior permission. Keith Packard makes no -# representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It -# is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty. -# -# KEITH PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, -# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO -# EVENT SHALL KEITH PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR -# CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, -# DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER -# TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR -# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. - -VPATH = @srcdir@ -pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ -pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ -pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ -pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@ -am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd -install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 -install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c -install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c -INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) -transform = $(program_transform_name) -NORMAL_INSTALL = : -PRE_INSTALL = : -POST_INSTALL = : -NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : -PRE_UNINSTALL = : -POST_UNINSTALL = : -build_triplet = @build@ -host_triplet = @host@ -subdir = . -DIST_COMMON = README $(am__configure_deps) $(srcdir)/Makefile.am \ - $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(srcdir)/config.h.in $(srcdir)/xt.pc.in \ - $(top_srcdir)/configure COPYING ChangeLog INSTALL compile \ - config.guess config.sub depcomp install-sh ltmain.sh missing -ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 -am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac -am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ - $(ACLOCAL_M4) -am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES = config.status config.cache config.log \ - configure.lineno config.status.lineno -mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d -CONFIG_HEADER = config.h -CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = xt.pc -CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES = -AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_$(V)) -am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY)) -am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@; -AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_$(V)) -am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY)) -am__v_at_0 = @ -SOURCES = -DIST_SOURCES = -RECURSIVE_TARGETS = all-recursive check-recursive dvi-recursive \ - html-recursive info-recursive install-data-recursive \ - install-dvi-recursive install-exec-recursive \ - install-html-recursive install-info-recursive \ - install-pdf-recursive install-ps-recursive install-recursive \ - installcheck-recursive installdirs-recursive pdf-recursive \ - ps-recursive uninstall-recursive -am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; -am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \ - $(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \ - *) f=$$p;; \ - esac; -am__strip_dir = f=`echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; -am__install_max = 40 -am__nobase_strip_setup = \ - srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*|]/\\\\&/g'` -am__nobase_strip = \ - for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed -e "s|$$srcdirstrip/||" -am__nobase_list = $(am__nobase_strip_setup); \ - for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \ - sed "s| $$srcdirstrip/| |;"' / .*\//!s/ .*/ ./; s,\( .*\)/[^/]*$$,\1,' | \ - $(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = "" } { files[$$2] = files[$$2] " " $$1; \ - if (++n[$$2] == $(am__install_max)) \ - { print $$2, files[$$2]; n[$$2] = 0; files[$$2] = "" } } \ - END { for (dir in files) print dir, files[dir] }' -am__base_list = \ - sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' | \ - sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' -am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(pkgconfigdir)" -DATA = $(pkgconfig_DATA) -RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS = mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive \ - distclean-recursive maintainer-clean-recursive -AM_RECURSIVE_TARGETS = $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS:-recursive=) \ - $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS:-recursive=) tags TAGS ctags CTAGS \ - distdir dist dist-all distcheck -ETAGS = etags -CTAGS = ctags -DIST_SUBDIRS = $(SUBDIRS) -DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) -distdir = $(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION) -top_distdir = $(distdir) -am__remove_distdir = \ - { test ! -d "$(distdir)" \ - || { find "$(distdir)" -type d ! -perm -200 -exec chmod u+w {} ';' \ - && rm -fr "$(distdir)"; }; } -am__relativize = \ - dir0=`pwd`; \ - sed_first='s,^\([^/]*\)/.*$$,\1,'; \ - sed_rest='s,^[^/]*/*,,'; \ - sed_last='s,^.*/\([^/]*\)$$,\1,'; \ - sed_butlast='s,/*[^/]*$$,,'; \ - while test -n "$$dir1"; do \ - first=`echo "$$dir1" | sed -e "$$sed_first"`; \ - if test "$$first" != "."; then \ - if test "$$first" = ".."; then \ - dir2=`echo "$$dir0" | sed -e "$$sed_last"`/"$$dir2"; \ - dir0=`echo "$$dir0" | sed -e "$$sed_butlast"`; \ - else \ - first2=`echo "$$dir2" | sed -e "$$sed_first"`; \ - if test "$$first2" = "$$first"; then \ - dir2=`echo "$$dir2" | sed -e "$$sed_rest"`; \ - else \ - dir2="../$$dir2"; \ - fi; \ - dir0="$$dir0"/"$$first"; \ - fi; \ - fi; \ - dir1=`echo "$$dir1" | sed -e "$$sed_rest"`; \ - done; \ - reldir="$$dir2" -DIST_ARCHIVES = $(distdir).tar.gz $(distdir).tar.bz2 -GZIP_ENV = --best -distuninstallcheck_listfiles = find . -type f -print -distcleancheck_listfiles = find . -type f -print -ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ -ADMIN_MAN_DIR = @ADMIN_MAN_DIR@ -ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX = @ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX@ -AMTAR = @AMTAR@ -AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY = @AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@ -APP_MAN_DIR = @APP_MAN_DIR@ -APP_MAN_SUFFIX = @APP_MAN_SUFFIX@ -AR = @AR@ -AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ -AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ -AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ -AWK = @AWK@ -CC = @CC@ -CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ -CC_FOR_BUILD = @CC_FOR_BUILD@ -CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ -CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD = @CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD@ -CHANGELOG_CMD = @CHANGELOG_CMD@ -CPP = @CPP@ -CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ -CWARNFLAGS = @CWARNFLAGS@ -CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ -DEFS = @DEFS@ -DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ -DRIVER_MAN_DIR = @DRIVER_MAN_DIR@ -DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX = @DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX@ -DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@ -DUMPBIN = @DUMPBIN@ -ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ -ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ -ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ -EGREP = @EGREP@ -EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ -FGREP = @FGREP@ -FILE_MAN_DIR = @FILE_MAN_DIR@ -FILE_MAN_SUFFIX = @FILE_MAN_SUFFIX@ -GREP = @GREP@ -INSTALL = @INSTALL@ -INSTALL_CMD = @INSTALL_CMD@ -INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ -INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ -INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ -INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ -LD = @LD@ -LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ -LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD = @LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD@ -LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ -LIBS = @LIBS@ -LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ -LIB_MAN_DIR = @LIB_MAN_DIR@ -LIB_MAN_SUFFIX = @LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@ -LIPO = @LIPO@ -LN_S = @LN_S@ -LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ -MAINT = @MAINT@ -MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ -MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS = @MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS@ -MISC_MAN_DIR = @MISC_MAN_DIR@ -MISC_MAN_SUFFIX = @MISC_MAN_SUFFIX@ -MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ -NM = @NM@ -NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@ -OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@ -OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ -OTOOL = @OTOOL@ -OTOOL64 = @OTOOL64@ -PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ -PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ -PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ -PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ -PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ -PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@ -PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ -PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ -PKG_CONFIG = @PKG_CONFIG@ -RANLIB = @RANLIB@ -RAWCPP = @RAWCPP@ -RAWCPPFLAGS = @RAWCPPFLAGS@ -SED = @SED@ -SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ -SHELL = @SHELL@ -STRINGSABIOPTIONS = @STRINGSABIOPTIONS@ -STRIP = @STRIP@ -VERSION = @VERSION@ -XFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT = @XFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT@ -XMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS = @XMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS@ -XTMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS = @XTMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS@ -XT_CFLAGS = @XT_CFLAGS@ -XT_LIBS = @XT_LIBS@ -abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ -abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ -abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ -abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ -ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ -ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@ -am__include = @am__include@ -am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ -am__quote = @am__quote@ -am__tar = @am__tar@ -am__untar = @am__untar@ -appdefaultdir = @appdefaultdir@ -bindir = @bindir@ -build = @build@ -build_alias = @build_alias@ -build_cpu = @build_cpu@ -build_os = @build_os@ -build_vendor = @build_vendor@ -builddir = @builddir@ -datadir = @datadir@ -datarootdir = @datarootdir@ -docdir = @docdir@ -dvidir = @dvidir@ -exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ -host = @host@ -host_alias = @host_alias@ -host_cpu = @host_cpu@ -host_os = @host_os@ -host_vendor = @host_vendor@ -htmldir = @htmldir@ -includedir = @includedir@ -infodir = @infodir@ -install_sh = @install_sh@ -libdir = @libdir@ -libexecdir = @libexecdir@ -localedir = @localedir@ -localstatedir = @localstatedir@ -lt_ECHO = @lt_ECHO@ -mandir = @mandir@ -mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ -oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ -pdfdir = @pdfdir@ -prefix = @prefix@ -program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ -psdir = @psdir@ -sbindir = @sbindir@ -sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ -srcdir = @srcdir@ -sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ -target_alias = @target_alias@ -top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@ -top_builddir = @top_builddir@ -top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ -SUBDIRS = util src include man -pkgconfigdir = $(libdir)/pkgconfig -pkgconfig_DATA = xt.pc -MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = ChangeLog INSTALL -EXTRA_DIST = xt.pc.in -all: config.h - $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) all-recursive - -.SUFFIXES: -am--refresh: - @: -$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) - @for dep in $?; do \ - case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ - *$$dep*) \ - echo ' cd $(srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign'; \ - $(am__cd) $(srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign \ - && exit 0; \ - exit 1;; \ - esac; \ - done; \ - echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign Makefile'; \ - $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \ - $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign Makefile -.PRECIOUS: Makefile -Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status - @case '$?' in \ - *config.status*) \ - echo ' $(SHELL) ./config.status'; \ - $(SHELL) ./config.status;; \ - *) \ - echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \ - cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \ - esac; - -$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) - $(SHELL) ./config.status --recheck - -$(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) - $(am__cd) $(srcdir) && $(AUTOCONF) -$(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) - $(am__cd) $(srcdir) && $(ACLOCAL) $(ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS) -$(am__aclocal_m4_deps): - -config.h: stamp-h1 - @if test ! -f $@; then \ - rm -f stamp-h1; \ - $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) stamp-h1; \ - else :; fi - -stamp-h1: $(srcdir)/config.h.in $(top_builddir)/config.status - @rm -f stamp-h1 - cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status config.h -$(srcdir)/config.h.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) - ($(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOHEADER)) - rm -f stamp-h1 - touch $@ - -distclean-hdr: - -rm -f config.h stamp-h1 -xt.pc: $(top_builddir)/config.status $(srcdir)/xt.pc.in - cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ - -mostlyclean-libtool: - -rm -f *.lo - -clean-libtool: - -rm -rf .libs _libs - -distclean-libtool: - -rm -f libtool config.lt -install-pkgconfigDATA: $(pkgconfig_DATA) - @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) - test -z "$(pkgconfigdir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(pkgconfigdir)" - @list='$(pkgconfig_DATA)'; test -n "$(pkgconfigdir)" || list=; \ - for p in $$list; do \ - if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ - echo "$$d$$p"; \ - done | $(am__base_list) | \ - while read files; do \ - echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(pkgconfigdir)'"; \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(pkgconfigdir)" || exit $$?; \ - done - -uninstall-pkgconfigDATA: - @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) - @list='$(pkgconfig_DATA)'; test -n "$(pkgconfigdir)" || list=; \ - files=`for p in $$list; do echo $$p; done | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; \ - test -n "$$files" || exit 0; \ - echo " ( cd '$(DESTDIR)$(pkgconfigdir)' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \ - cd "$(DESTDIR)$(pkgconfigdir)" && rm -f $$files - -# This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd -# into them and run `make' without going through this Makefile. -# To change the values of `make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles, -# (1) if the variable is set in `config.status', edit `config.status' -# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run `make'); -# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the `make' command line. -$(RECURSIVE_TARGETS): - @fail= failcom='exit 1'; \ - for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \ - case $$f in \ - *=* | --[!k]*);; \ - *k*) failcom='fail=yes';; \ - esac; \ - done; \ - dot_seen=no; \ - target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \ - list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ - echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \ - if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \ - dot_seen=yes; \ - local_target="$$target-am"; \ - else \ - local_target="$$target"; \ - fi; \ - ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \ - || eval $$failcom; \ - done; \ - if test "$$dot_seen" = "no"; then \ - $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \ - fi; test -z "$$fail" - -$(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS): - @fail= failcom='exit 1'; \ - for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \ - case $$f in \ - *=* | --[!k]*);; \ - *k*) failcom='fail=yes';; \ - esac; \ - done; \ - dot_seen=no; \ - case "$@" in \ - distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \ - *) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \ - esac; \ - rev=''; for subdir in $$list; do \ - if test "$$subdir" = "."; then :; else \ - rev="$$subdir $$rev"; \ - fi; \ - done; \ - rev="$$rev ."; \ - target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \ - for subdir in $$rev; do \ - echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \ - if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \ - local_target="$$target-am"; \ - else \ - local_target="$$target"; \ - fi; \ - ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \ - || eval $$failcom; \ - done && test -z "$$fail" -tags-recursive: - list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ - test "$$subdir" = . || ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) tags); \ - done -ctags-recursive: - list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ - test "$$subdir" = . || ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) ctags); \ - done - -ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES) - list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ - unique=`for i in $$list; do \ - if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ - done | \ - $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ - END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ - mkid -fID $$unique -tags: TAGS - -TAGS: tags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) config.h.in $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ - $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) - set x; \ - here=`pwd`; \ - if ($(ETAGS) --etags-include --version) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ - include_option=--etags-include; \ - empty_fix=.; \ - else \ - include_option=--include; \ - empty_fix=; \ - fi; \ - list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ - if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \ - test ! -f $$subdir/TAGS || \ - set "$$@" "$$include_option=$$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \ - fi; \ - done; \ - list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) config.h.in $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ - unique=`for i in $$list; do \ - if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ - done | \ - $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ - END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ - shift; \ - if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \ - test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \ - if test $$# -gt 0; then \ - $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ - "$$@" $$unique; \ - else \ - $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ - $$unique; \ - fi; \ - fi -ctags: CTAGS -CTAGS: ctags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) config.h.in $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ - $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) - list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) config.h.in $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ - unique=`for i in $$list; do \ - if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ - done | \ - $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ - END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ - test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \ - || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \ - $$unique - -GTAGS: - here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \ - && $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \ - && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here" - -distclean-tags: - -rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags - -distdir: $(DISTFILES) - $(am__remove_distdir) - test -d "$(distdir)" || mkdir "$(distdir)" - @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ - topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ - list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ - dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ - sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ - -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ - case $$dist_files in \ - */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ - sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ - sort -u` ;; \ - esac; \ - for file in $$dist_files; do \ - if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ - if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ - dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ - if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \ - find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ - fi; \ - if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ - cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ - find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ - fi; \ - cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ - else \ - test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \ - || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \ - || exit 1; \ - fi; \ - done - @list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ - if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \ - test -d "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \ - || $(MKDIR_P) "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \ - || exit 1; \ - fi; \ - done - @list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ - if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \ - dir1=$$subdir; dir2="$(distdir)/$$subdir"; \ - $(am__relativize); \ - new_distdir=$$reldir; \ - dir1=$$subdir; dir2="$(top_distdir)"; \ - $(am__relativize); \ - new_top_distdir=$$reldir; \ - echo " (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) top_distdir="$$new_top_distdir" distdir="$$new_distdir" \\"; \ - echo " am__remove_distdir=: am__skip_length_check=: am__skip_mode_fix=: distdir)"; \ - ($(am__cd) $$subdir && \ - $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \ - top_distdir="$$new_top_distdir" \ - distdir="$$new_distdir" \ - am__remove_distdir=: \ - am__skip_length_check=: \ - am__skip_mode_fix=: \ - distdir) \ - || exit 1; \ - fi; \ - done - $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \ - top_distdir="$(top_distdir)" distdir="$(distdir)" \ - dist-hook - -test -n "$(am__skip_mode_fix)" \ - || find "$(distdir)" -type d ! -perm -755 \ - -exec chmod u+rwx,go+rx {} \; -o \ - ! -type d ! -perm -444 -links 1 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \ - ! -type d ! -perm -400 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \ - ! -type d ! -perm -444 -exec $(install_sh) -c -m a+r {} {} \; \ - || chmod -R a+r "$(distdir)" -dist-gzip: distdir - tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).tar.gz - $(am__remove_distdir) -dist-bzip2: distdir - tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | bzip2 -9 -c >$(distdir).tar.bz2 - $(am__remove_distdir) - -dist-lzma: distdir - tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | lzma -9 -c >$(distdir).tar.lzma - $(am__remove_distdir) - -dist-xz: distdir - tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | xz -c >$(distdir).tar.xz - $(am__remove_distdir) - -dist-tarZ: distdir - tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | compress -c >$(distdir).tar.Z - $(am__remove_distdir) - -dist-shar: distdir - shar $(distdir) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).shar.gz - $(am__remove_distdir) - -dist-zip: distdir - -rm -f $(distdir).zip - zip -rq $(distdir).zip $(distdir) - $(am__remove_distdir) - -dist dist-all: distdir - tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).tar.gz - tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | bzip2 -9 -c >$(distdir).tar.bz2 - $(am__remove_distdir) - -# This target untars the dist file and tries a VPATH configuration. Then -# it guarantees that the distribution is self-contained by making another -# tarfile. -distcheck: dist - case '$(DIST_ARCHIVES)' in \ - *.tar.gz*) \ - GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -dc $(distdir).tar.gz | $(am__untar) ;;\ - *.tar.bz2*) \ - bzip2 -dc $(distdir).tar.bz2 | $(am__untar) ;;\ - *.tar.lzma*) \ - lzma -dc $(distdir).tar.lzma | $(am__untar) ;;\ - *.tar.xz*) \ - xz -dc $(distdir).tar.xz | $(am__untar) ;;\ - *.tar.Z*) \ - uncompress -c $(distdir).tar.Z | $(am__untar) ;;\ - *.shar.gz*) \ - GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -dc $(distdir).shar.gz | unshar ;;\ - *.zip*) \ - unzip $(distdir).zip ;;\ - esac - chmod -R a-w $(distdir); chmod a+w $(distdir) - mkdir $(distdir)/_build - mkdir $(distdir)/_inst - chmod a-w $(distdir) - test -d $(distdir)/_build || exit 0; \ - dc_install_base=`$(am__cd) $(distdir)/_inst && pwd | sed -e 's,^[^:\\/]:[\\/],/,'` \ - && dc_destdir="$${TMPDIR-/tmp}/am-dc-$$$$/" \ - && am__cwd=`pwd` \ - && $(am__cd) $(distdir)/_build \ - && ../configure --srcdir=.. --prefix="$$dc_install_base" \ - $(DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS) \ - && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \ - && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dvi \ - && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) check \ - && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install \ - && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) installcheck \ - && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) uninstall \ - && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distuninstallcheck_dir="$$dc_install_base" \ - distuninstallcheck \ - && chmod -R a-w "$$dc_install_base" \ - && ({ \ - (cd ../.. && umask 077 && mkdir "$$dc_destdir") \ - && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" install \ - && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" uninstall \ - && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" \ - distuninstallcheck_dir="$$dc_destdir" distuninstallcheck; \ - } || { rm -rf "$$dc_destdir"; exit 1; }) \ - && rm -rf "$$dc_destdir" \ - && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dist \ - && rm -rf $(DIST_ARCHIVES) \ - && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distcleancheck \ - && cd "$$am__cwd" \ - || exit 1 - $(am__remove_distdir) - @(echo "$(distdir) archives ready for distribution: "; \ - list='$(DIST_ARCHIVES)'; for i in $$list; do echo $$i; done) | \ - sed -e 1h -e 1s/./=/g -e 1p -e 1x -e '$$p' -e '$$x' -distuninstallcheck: - @$(am__cd) '$(distuninstallcheck_dir)' \ - && test `$(distuninstallcheck_listfiles) | wc -l` -le 1 \ - || { echo "ERROR: files left after uninstall:" ; \ - if test -n "$(DESTDIR)"; then \ - echo " (check DESTDIR support)"; \ - fi ; \ - $(distuninstallcheck_listfiles) ; \ - exit 1; } >&2 -distcleancheck: distclean - @if test '$(srcdir)' = . ; then \ - echo "ERROR: distcleancheck can only run from a VPATH build" ; \ - exit 1 ; \ - fi - @test `$(distcleancheck_listfiles) | wc -l` -eq 0 \ - || { echo "ERROR: files left in build directory after distclean:" ; \ - $(distcleancheck_listfiles) ; \ - exit 1; } >&2 -check-am: all-am -check: check-recursive -all-am: Makefile $(DATA) config.h -installdirs: installdirs-recursive -installdirs-am: - for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(pkgconfigdir)"; do \ - test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \ - done -install: install-recursive -install-exec: install-exec-recursive -install-data: install-data-recursive -uninstall: uninstall-recursive - -install-am: all-am - @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am - -installcheck: installcheck-recursive -install-strip: - $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ - install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ - `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \ - echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install -mostlyclean-generic: - -clean-generic: - -distclean-generic: - -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) - -test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES) - -maintainer-clean-generic: - @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" - @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." - -test -z "$(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES) -clean: clean-recursive - -clean-am: clean-generic clean-libtool mostlyclean-am - -distclean: distclean-recursive - -rm -f $(am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES) - -rm -f Makefile -distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-hdr \ - distclean-libtool distclean-tags - -dvi: dvi-recursive - -dvi-am: - -html: html-recursive - -html-am: - -info: info-recursive - -info-am: - -install-data-am: install-pkgconfigDATA - -install-dvi: install-dvi-recursive - -install-dvi-am: - -install-exec-am: - -install-html: install-html-recursive - -install-html-am: - -install-info: install-info-recursive - -install-info-am: - -install-man: - -install-pdf: install-pdf-recursive - -install-pdf-am: - -install-ps: install-ps-recursive - -install-ps-am: - -installcheck-am: - -maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-recursive - -rm -f $(am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES) - -rm -rf $(top_srcdir)/autom4te.cache - -rm -f Makefile -maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic - -mostlyclean: mostlyclean-recursive - -mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool - -pdf: pdf-recursive - -pdf-am: - -ps: ps-recursive - -ps-am: - -uninstall-am: uninstall-pkgconfigDATA - -.MAKE: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) all \ - ctags-recursive install-am install-strip tags-recursive - -.PHONY: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) CTAGS GTAGS \ - all all-am am--refresh check check-am clean clean-generic \ - clean-libtool ctags ctags-recursive dist dist-all dist-bzip2 \ - dist-gzip dist-hook dist-lzma dist-shar dist-tarZ dist-xz \ - dist-zip distcheck distclean distclean-generic distclean-hdr \ - distclean-libtool distclean-tags distcleancheck distdir \ - distuninstallcheck dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am \ - install install-am install-data install-data-am install-dvi \ - install-dvi-am install-exec install-exec-am install-html \ - install-html-am install-info install-info-am install-man \ - install-pdf install-pdf-am install-pkgconfigDATA install-ps \ - install-ps-am install-strip installcheck installcheck-am \ - installdirs installdirs-am maintainer-clean \ - maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic \ - mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags tags-recursive \ - uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-pkgconfigDATA - - -.PHONY: ChangeLog INSTALL - -INSTALL: - $(INSTALL_CMD) - -ChangeLog: - $(CHANGELOG_CMD) - -dist-hook: ChangeLog INSTALL - -# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. -# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. -.NOEXPORT: diff --git a/libXt/README b/libXt/README index 56773350f..45663cbcf 100644 --- a/libXt/README +++ b/libXt/README @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ libXt - X Toolkit Intrinsics library -Documentation for this library can be found in the included man pages, -the libXt spec from the doc/xorg-docs module, also available at: +Documentation for this library can be found in the included man pages; +the libXt spec from the specs directory of the source, also available at: http://xorg.freedesktop.org/releases/X11R7.0/doc/PDF/intrinsics.pdf diff --git a/libXt/aclocal.m4 b/libXt/aclocal.m4 deleted file mode 100644 index c7aa28c14..000000000 --- a/libXt/aclocal.m4 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10215 +0,0 @@ -# generated automatically by aclocal 1.11.1 -*- Autoconf -*- - -# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, -# 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without -# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A -# PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - -m4_ifndef([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION], - [m4_copy([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION], [AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION])])dnl -m4_if(m4_defn([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION]), [2.65],, -[m4_warning([this file was generated for autoconf 2.65. -You have another version of autoconf. It may work, but is not guaranteed to. -If you have problems, you may need to regenerate the build system entirely. -To do so, use the procedure documented by the package, typically `autoreconf'.])]) - -# libtool.m4 - Configure libtool for the host system. -*-Autoconf-*- -# -# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, -# 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# Written by Gordon Matzigkeit, 1996 -# -# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives -# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without -# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -m4_define([_LT_COPYING], [dnl -# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, -# 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# Written by Gordon Matzigkeit, 1996 -# -# This file is part of GNU Libtool. -# -# GNU Libtool is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as -# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of -# the License, or (at your option) any later version. -# -# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, -# if you distribute this file as part of a program or library that -# is built using GNU Libtool, you may include this file under the -# same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. -# -# GNU Libtool is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -# GNU General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with GNU Libtool; see the file COPYING. If not, a copy -# can be downloaded from http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html, or -# obtained by writing to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., -# 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -]) - -# serial 56 LT_INIT - - -# LT_PREREQ(VERSION) -# ------------------ -# Complain and exit if this libtool version is less that VERSION. -m4_defun([LT_PREREQ], -[m4_if(m4_version_compare(m4_defn([LT_PACKAGE_VERSION]), [$1]), -1, - [m4_default([$3], - [m4_fatal([Libtool version $1 or higher is required], - 63)])], - [$2])]) - - -# _LT_CHECK_BUILDDIR -# ------------------ -# Complain if the absolute build directory name contains unusual characters -m4_defun([_LT_CHECK_BUILDDIR], -[case `pwd` in - *\ * | *\ *) - AC_MSG_WARN([Libtool does not cope well with whitespace in `pwd`]) ;; -esac -]) - - -# LT_INIT([OPTIONS]) -# ------------------ -AC_DEFUN([LT_INIT], -[AC_PREREQ([2.58])dnl We use AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT -AC_BEFORE([$0], [LT_LANG])dnl -AC_BEFORE([$0], [LT_OUTPUT])dnl -AC_BEFORE([$0], [LTDL_INIT])dnl -m4_require([_LT_CHECK_BUILDDIR])dnl - -dnl Autoconf doesn't catch unexpanded LT_ macros by default: -m4_pattern_forbid([^_?LT_[A-Z_]+$])dnl -m4_pattern_allow([^(_LT_EOF|LT_DLGLOBAL|LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW|LT_MULTI_MODULE)$])dnl -dnl aclocal doesn't pull ltoptions.m4, ltsugar.m4, or ltversion.m4 -dnl unless we require an AC_DEFUNed macro: -AC_REQUIRE([LTOPTIONS_VERSION])dnl -AC_REQUIRE([LTSUGAR_VERSION])dnl -AC_REQUIRE([LTVERSION_VERSION])dnl -AC_REQUIRE([LTOBSOLETE_VERSION])dnl -m4_require([_LT_PROG_LTMAIN])dnl - -dnl Parse OPTIONS -_LT_SET_OPTIONS([$0], [$1]) - -# This can be used to rebuild libtool when needed -LIBTOOL_DEPS="$ltmain" - -# Always use our own libtool. -LIBTOOL='$(SHELL) $(top_builddir)/libtool' -AC_SUBST(LIBTOOL)dnl - -_LT_SETUP - -# Only expand once: -m4_define([LT_INIT]) -])# LT_INIT - -# Old names: -AU_ALIAS([AC_PROG_LIBTOOL], [LT_INIT]) -AU_ALIAS([AM_PROG_LIBTOOL], [LT_INIT]) -dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: -dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_LIBTOOL], []) -dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_LIBTOOL], []) - - -# _LT_CC_BASENAME(CC) -# ------------------- -# Calculate cc_basename. Skip known compiler wrappers and cross-prefix. -m4_defun([_LT_CC_BASENAME], -[for cc_temp in $1""; do - case $cc_temp in - compile | *[[\\/]]compile | ccache | *[[\\/]]ccache ) ;; - distcc | *[[\\/]]distcc | purify | *[[\\/]]purify ) ;; - \-*) ;; - *) break;; - esac -done -cc_basename=`$ECHO "X$cc_temp" | $Xsed -e 's%.*/%%' -e "s%^$host_alias-%%"` -]) - - -# _LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS -# ---------------------- -# It is okay to use these file commands and assume they have been set -# sensibly after `m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])'. -m4_defun([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS], -[: ${CP="cp -f"} -: ${MV="mv -f"} -: ${RM="rm -f"} -])# _LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS - - -# _LT_SETUP -# --------- -m4_defun([_LT_SETUP], -[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl -AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_BUILD])dnl -_LT_DECL([], [host_alias], [0], [The host system])dnl -_LT_DECL([], [host], [0])dnl -_LT_DECL([], [host_os], [0])dnl -dnl -_LT_DECL([], [build_alias], [0], [The build system])dnl -_LT_DECL([], [build], [0])dnl -_LT_DECL([], [build_os], [0])dnl -dnl -AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl -AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_LD])dnl -AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_NM])dnl -dnl -AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_LN_S])dnl -test -z "$LN_S" && LN_S="ln -s" -_LT_DECL([], [LN_S], [1], [Whether we need soft or hard links])dnl -dnl -AC_REQUIRE([LT_CMD_MAX_LEN])dnl -_LT_DECL([objext], [ac_objext], [0], [Object file suffix (normally "o")])dnl -_LT_DECL([], [exeext], [0], [Executable file suffix (normally "")])dnl -dnl -m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl -m4_require([_LT_CHECK_SHELL_FEATURES])dnl -m4_require([_LT_CMD_RELOAD])dnl -m4_require([_LT_CHECK_MAGIC_METHOD])dnl -m4_require([_LT_CMD_OLD_ARCHIVE])dnl -m4_require([_LT_CMD_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS])dnl - -_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT([ -# See if we are running on zsh, and set the options which allow our -# commands through without removal of \ escapes INIT. -if test -n "\${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then - setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST -fi -]) -if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then - setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST -fi - -_LT_CHECK_OBJDIR - -m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl -_LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH - -case $host_os in -aix3*) - # AIX sometimes has problems with the GCC collect2 program. For some - # reason, if we set the COLLECT_NAMES environment variable, the problems - # vanish in a puff of smoke. - if test "X${COLLECT_NAMES+set}" != Xset; then - COLLECT_NAMES= - export COLLECT_NAMES - fi - ;; -esac - -# Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting. It backslashifies -# metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings. -sed_quote_subst='s/\([["`$\\]]\)/\\\1/g' - -# Same as above, but do not quote variable references. -double_quote_subst='s/\([["`\\]]\)/\\\1/g' - -# Sed substitution to delay expansion of an escaped shell variable in a -# double_quote_subst'ed string. -delay_variable_subst='s/\\\\\\\\\\\$/\\\\\\$/g' - -# Sed substitution to delay expansion of an escaped single quote. -delay_single_quote_subst='s/'\''/'\'\\\\\\\'\''/g' - -# Sed substitution to avoid accidental globbing in evaled expressions -no_glob_subst='s/\*/\\\*/g' - -# Global variables: -ofile=libtool -can_build_shared=yes - -# All known linkers require a `.a' archive for static linking (except MSVC, -# which needs '.lib'). -libext=a - -with_gnu_ld="$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" - -old_CC="$CC" -old_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" - -# Set sane defaults for various variables -test -z "$CC" && CC=cc -test -z "$LTCC" && LTCC=$CC -test -z "$LTCFLAGS" && LTCFLAGS=$CFLAGS -test -z "$LD" && LD=ld -test -z "$ac_objext" && ac_objext=o - -_LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler]) - -# Only perform the check for file, if the check method requires it -test -z "$MAGIC_CMD" && MAGIC_CMD=file -case $deplibs_check_method in -file_magic*) - if test "$file_magic_cmd" = '$MAGIC_CMD'; then - _LT_PATH_MAGIC - fi - ;; -esac - -# Use C for the default configuration in the libtool script -LT_SUPPORTED_TAG([CC]) -_LT_LANG_C_CONFIG -_LT_LANG_DEFAULT_CONFIG -_LT_CONFIG_COMMANDS -])# _LT_SETUP - - -# _LT_PROG_LTMAIN -# --------------- -# Note that this code is called both from `configure', and `config.status' -# now that we use AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS to generate libtool. Notably, -# `config.status' has no value for ac_aux_dir unless we are using Automake, -# so we pass a copy along to make sure it has a sensible value anyway. -m4_defun([_LT_PROG_LTMAIN], -[m4_ifdef([AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE], [AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([ltmain.sh])])dnl -_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT([ac_aux_dir='$ac_aux_dir']) -ltmain="$ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh" -])# _LT_PROG_LTMAIN - - - -# So that we can recreate a full libtool script including additional -# tags, we accumulate the chunks of code to send to AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS -# in macros and then make a single call at the end using the `libtool' -# label. - - -# _LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT([INIT-COMMANDS]) -# ---------------------------------------- -# Register INIT-COMMANDS to be passed to AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS later. -m4_define([_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT], -[m4_ifval([$1], - [m4_append([_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_INIT], - [$1 -])])]) - -# Initialize. -m4_define([_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_INIT]) - - -# _LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL([COMMANDS]) -# ------------------------------ -# Register COMMANDS to be passed to AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS later. -m4_define([_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL], -[m4_ifval([$1], - [m4_append([_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS], - [$1 -])])]) - -# Initialize. -m4_define([_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS]) - - -# _LT_CONFIG_SAVE_COMMANDS([COMMANDS], [INIT_COMMANDS]) -# ----------------------------------------------------- -m4_defun([_LT_CONFIG_SAVE_COMMANDS], -[_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL([$1]) -_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT([$2]) -]) - - -# _LT_FORMAT_COMMENT([COMMENT]) -# ----------------------------- -# Add leading comment marks to the start of each line, and a trailing -# full-stop to the whole comment if one is not present already. -m4_define([_LT_FORMAT_COMMENT], -[m4_ifval([$1], [ -m4_bpatsubst([m4_bpatsubst([$1], [^ *], [# ])], - [['`$\]], [\\\&])]m4_bmatch([$1], [[!?.]$], [], [.]) -)]) - - - - - -# _LT_DECL([CONFIGNAME], VARNAME, VALUE, [DESCRIPTION], [IS-TAGGED?]) -# ------------------------------------------------------------------- -# CONFIGNAME is the name given to the value in the libtool script. -# VARNAME is the (base) name used in the configure script. -# VALUE may be 0, 1 or 2 for a computed quote escaped value based on -# VARNAME. Any other value will be used directly. -m4_define([_LT_DECL], -[lt_if_append_uniq([lt_decl_varnames], [$2], [, ], - [lt_dict_add_subkey([lt_decl_dict], [$2], [libtool_name], - [m4_ifval([$1], [$1], [$2])]) - lt_dict_add_subkey([lt_decl_dict], [$2], [value], [$3]) - m4_ifval([$4], - [lt_dict_add_subkey([lt_decl_dict], [$2], [description], [$4])]) - lt_dict_add_subkey([lt_decl_dict], [$2], - [tagged?], [m4_ifval([$5], [yes], [no])])]) -]) - - -# _LT_TAGDECL([CONFIGNAME], VARNAME, VALUE, [DESCRIPTION]) -# -------------------------------------------------------- -m4_define([_LT_TAGDECL], [_LT_DECL([$1], [$2], [$3], [$4], [yes])]) - - -# lt_decl_tag_varnames([SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1...]) -# ------------------------------------------------ -m4_define([lt_decl_tag_varnames], -[_lt_decl_filter([tagged?], [yes], $@)]) - - -# _lt_decl_filter(SUBKEY, VALUE, [SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1..]) -# --------------------------------------------------------- -m4_define([_lt_decl_filter], -[m4_case([$#], - [0], [m4_fatal([$0: too few arguments: $#])], - [1], [m4_fatal([$0: too few arguments: $#: $1])], - [2], [lt_dict_filter([lt_decl_dict], [$1], [$2], [], lt_decl_varnames)], - [3], [lt_dict_filter([lt_decl_dict], [$1], [$2], [$3], lt_decl_varnames)], - [lt_dict_filter([lt_decl_dict], $@)])[]dnl -]) - - -# lt_decl_quote_varnames([SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1...]) -# -------------------------------------------------- -m4_define([lt_decl_quote_varnames], -[_lt_decl_filter([value], [1], $@)]) - - -# lt_decl_dquote_varnames([SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1...]) -# --------------------------------------------------- -m4_define([lt_decl_dquote_varnames], -[_lt_decl_filter([value], [2], $@)]) - - -# lt_decl_varnames_tagged([SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1...]) -# --------------------------------------------------- -m4_define([lt_decl_varnames_tagged], -[m4_assert([$# <= 2])dnl -_$0(m4_quote(m4_default([$1], [[, ]])), - m4_ifval([$2], [[$2]], [m4_dquote(lt_decl_tag_varnames)]), - m4_split(m4_normalize(m4_quote(_LT_TAGS)), [ ]))]) -m4_define([_lt_decl_varnames_tagged], -[m4_ifval([$3], [lt_combine([$1], [$2], [_], $3)])]) - - -# lt_decl_all_varnames([SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1...]) -# ------------------------------------------------ -m4_define([lt_decl_all_varnames], -[_$0(m4_quote(m4_default([$1], [[, ]])), - m4_if([$2], [], - m4_quote(lt_decl_varnames), - m4_quote(m4_shift($@))))[]dnl -]) -m4_define([_lt_decl_all_varnames], -[lt_join($@, lt_decl_varnames_tagged([$1], - lt_decl_tag_varnames([[, ]], m4_shift($@))))dnl -]) - - -# _LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARE([VARNAME]) -# ------------------------------------ -# Quote a variable value, and forward it to `config.status' so that its -# declaration there will have the same value as in `configure'. VARNAME -# must have a single quote delimited value for this to work. -m4_define([_LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARE], -[$1='`$ECHO "X$][$1" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`']) - - -# _LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARATIONS -# ------------------------------ -# We delimit libtool config variables with single quotes, so when -# we write them to config.status, we have to be sure to quote all -# embedded single quotes properly. In configure, this macro expands -# each variable declared with _LT_DECL (and _LT_TAGDECL) into: -# -# <var>='`$ECHO "X$<var>" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -m4_defun([_LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARATIONS], -[m4_foreach([_lt_var], m4_quote(lt_decl_all_varnames), - [m4_n([_LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARE(_lt_var)])])]) - - -# _LT_LIBTOOL_TAGS -# ---------------- -# Output comment and list of tags supported by the script -m4_defun([_LT_LIBTOOL_TAGS], -[_LT_FORMAT_COMMENT([The names of the tagged configurations supported by this script])dnl -available_tags="_LT_TAGS"dnl -]) - - -# _LT_LIBTOOL_DECLARE(VARNAME, [TAG]) -# ----------------------------------- -# Extract the dictionary values for VARNAME (optionally with TAG) and -# expand to a commented shell variable setting: -# -# # Some comment about what VAR is for. -# visible_name=$lt_internal_name -m4_define([_LT_LIBTOOL_DECLARE], -[_LT_FORMAT_COMMENT(m4_quote(lt_dict_fetch([lt_decl_dict], [$1], - [description])))[]dnl -m4_pushdef([_libtool_name], - m4_quote(lt_dict_fetch([lt_decl_dict], [$1], [libtool_name])))[]dnl -m4_case(m4_quote(lt_dict_fetch([lt_decl_dict], [$1], [value])), - [0], [_libtool_name=[$]$1], - [1], [_libtool_name=$lt_[]$1], - [2], [_libtool_name=$lt_[]$1], - [_libtool_name=lt_dict_fetch([lt_decl_dict], [$1], [value])])[]dnl -m4_ifval([$2], [_$2])[]m4_popdef([_libtool_name])[]dnl -]) - - -# _LT_LIBTOOL_CONFIG_VARS -# ----------------------- -# Produce commented declarations of non-tagged libtool config variables -# suitable for insertion in the LIBTOOL CONFIG section of the `libtool' -# script. Tagged libtool config variables (even for the LIBTOOL CONFIG -# section) are produced by _LT_LIBTOOL_TAG_VARS. -m4_defun([_LT_LIBTOOL_CONFIG_VARS], -[m4_foreach([_lt_var], - m4_quote(_lt_decl_filter([tagged?], [no], [], lt_decl_varnames)), - [m4_n([_LT_LIBTOOL_DECLARE(_lt_var)])])]) - - -# _LT_LIBTOOL_TAG_VARS(TAG) -# ------------------------- -m4_define([_LT_LIBTOOL_TAG_VARS], -[m4_foreach([_lt_var], m4_quote(lt_decl_tag_varnames), - [m4_n([_LT_LIBTOOL_DECLARE(_lt_var, [$1])])])]) - - -# _LT_TAGVAR(VARNAME, [TAGNAME]) -# ------------------------------ -m4_define([_LT_TAGVAR], [m4_ifval([$2], [$1_$2], [$1])]) - - -# _LT_CONFIG_COMMANDS -# ------------------- -# Send accumulated output to $CONFIG_STATUS. Thanks to the lists of -# variables for single and double quote escaping we saved from calls -# to _LT_DECL, we can put quote escaped variables declarations -# into `config.status', and then the shell code to quote escape them in -# for loops in `config.status'. Finally, any additional code accumulated -# from calls to _LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT is expanded. -m4_defun([_LT_CONFIG_COMMANDS], -[AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([LT_OUTPUT], - dnl If the libtool generation code has been placed in $CONFIG_LT, - dnl instead of duplicating it all over again into config.status, - dnl then we will have config.status run $CONFIG_LT later, so it - dnl needs to know what name is stored there: - [AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([libtool], - [$SHELL $CONFIG_LT || AS_EXIT(1)], [CONFIG_LT='$CONFIG_LT'])], - dnl If the libtool generation code is destined for config.status, - dnl expand the accumulated commands and init code now: - [AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([libtool], - [_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS], [_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS_INIT])]) -])#_LT_CONFIG_COMMANDS - - -# Initialize. -m4_define([_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS_INIT], -[ - -# The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout -# if CDPATH is set. -(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH - -sed_quote_subst='$sed_quote_subst' -double_quote_subst='$double_quote_subst' -delay_variable_subst='$delay_variable_subst' -_LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARATIONS -LTCC='$LTCC' -LTCFLAGS='$LTCFLAGS' -compiler='$compiler_DEFAULT' - -# Quote evaled strings. -for var in lt_decl_all_varnames([[ \ -]], lt_decl_quote_varnames); do - case \`eval \\\\\$ECHO "X\\\\\$\$var"\` in - *[[\\\\\\\`\\"\\\$]]*) - eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\`\\\$ECHO \\"X\\\$\$var\\" | \\\$Xsed -e \\"\\\$sed_quote_subst\\"\\\`\\\\\\"" - ;; - *) - eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\$\$var\\\\\\"" - ;; - esac -done - -# Double-quote double-evaled strings. -for var in lt_decl_all_varnames([[ \ -]], lt_decl_dquote_varnames); do - case \`eval \\\\\$ECHO "X\\\\\$\$var"\` in - *[[\\\\\\\`\\"\\\$]]*) - eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\`\\\$ECHO \\"X\\\$\$var\\" | \\\$Xsed -e \\"\\\$double_quote_subst\\" -e \\"\\\$sed_quote_subst\\" -e \\"\\\$delay_variable_subst\\"\\\`\\\\\\"" - ;; - *) - eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\$\$var\\\\\\"" - ;; - esac -done - -# Fix-up fallback echo if it was mangled by the above quoting rules. -case \$lt_ECHO in -*'\\\[$]0 --fallback-echo"')dnl " - lt_ECHO=\`\$ECHO "X\$lt_ECHO" | \$Xsed -e 's/\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\[$]0 --fallback-echo"\[$]/\[$]0 --fallback-echo"/'\` - ;; -esac - -_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_INIT -]) - - -# LT_OUTPUT -# --------- -# This macro allows early generation of the libtool script (before -# AC_OUTPUT is called), incase it is used in configure for compilation -# tests. -AC_DEFUN([LT_OUTPUT], -[: ${CONFIG_LT=./config.lt} -AC_MSG_NOTICE([creating $CONFIG_LT]) -cat >"$CONFIG_LT" <<_LTEOF -#! $SHELL -# Generated by $as_me. -# Run this file to recreate a libtool stub with the current configuration. - -lt_cl_silent=false -SHELL=\${CONFIG_SHELL-$SHELL} -_LTEOF - -cat >>"$CONFIG_LT" <<\_LTEOF -AS_SHELL_SANITIZE -_AS_PREPARE - -exec AS_MESSAGE_FD>&1 -exec AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD>>config.log -{ - echo - AS_BOX([Running $as_me.]) -} >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD - -lt_cl_help="\ -\`$as_me' creates a local libtool stub from the current configuration, -for use in further configure time tests before the real libtool is -generated. - -Usage: $[0] [[OPTIONS]] - - -h, --help print this help, then exit - -V, --version print version number, then exit - -q, --quiet do not print progress messages - -d, --debug don't remove temporary files - -Report bugs to <bug-libtool@gnu.org>." - -lt_cl_version="\ -m4_ifset([AC_PACKAGE_NAME], [AC_PACKAGE_NAME ])config.lt[]dnl -m4_ifset([AC_PACKAGE_VERSION], [ AC_PACKAGE_VERSION]) -configured by $[0], generated by m4_PACKAGE_STRING. - -Copyright (C) 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -This config.lt script is free software; the Free Software Foundation -gives unlimited permision to copy, distribute and modify it." - -while test $[#] != 0 -do - case $[1] in - --version | --v* | -V ) - echo "$lt_cl_version"; exit 0 ;; - --help | --h* | -h ) - echo "$lt_cl_help"; exit 0 ;; - --debug | --d* | -d ) - debug=: ;; - --quiet | --q* | --silent | --s* | -q ) - lt_cl_silent=: ;; - - -*) AC_MSG_ERROR([unrecognized option: $[1] -Try \`$[0] --help' for more information.]) ;; - - *) AC_MSG_ERROR([unrecognized argument: $[1] -Try \`$[0] --help' for more information.]) ;; - esac - shift -done - -if $lt_cl_silent; then - exec AS_MESSAGE_FD>/dev/null -fi -_LTEOF - -cat >>"$CONFIG_LT" <<_LTEOF -_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS_INIT -_LTEOF - -cat >>"$CONFIG_LT" <<\_LTEOF -AC_MSG_NOTICE([creating $ofile]) -_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS -AS_EXIT(0) -_LTEOF -chmod +x "$CONFIG_LT" - -# configure is writing to config.log, but config.lt does its own redirection, -# appending to config.log, which fails on DOS, as config.log is still kept -# open by configure. Here we exec the FD to /dev/null, effectively closing -# config.log, so it can be properly (re)opened and appended to by config.lt. -if test "$no_create" != yes; then - lt_cl_success=: - test "$silent" = yes && - lt_config_lt_args="$lt_config_lt_args --quiet" - exec AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD>/dev/null - $SHELL "$CONFIG_LT" $lt_config_lt_args || lt_cl_success=false - exec AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD>>config.log - $lt_cl_success || AS_EXIT(1) -fi -])# LT_OUTPUT - - -# _LT_CONFIG(TAG) -# --------------- -# If TAG is the built-in tag, create an initial libtool script with a -# default configuration from the untagged config vars. Otherwise add code -# to config.status for appending the configuration named by TAG from the -# matching tagged config vars. -m4_defun([_LT_CONFIG], -[m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl -_LT_CONFIG_SAVE_COMMANDS([ - m4_define([_LT_TAG], m4_if([$1], [], [C], [$1]))dnl - m4_if(_LT_TAG, [C], [ - # See if we are running on zsh, and set the options which allow our - # commands through without removal of \ escapes. - if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then - setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST - fi - - cfgfile="${ofile}T" - trap "$RM \"$cfgfile\"; exit 1" 1 2 15 - $RM "$cfgfile" - - cat <<_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile" -#! $SHELL - -# `$ECHO "$ofile" | sed 's%^.*/%%'` - Provide generalized library-building support services. -# Generated automatically by $as_me ($PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION -# Libtool was configured on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`: -# NOTE: Changes made to this file will be lost: look at ltmain.sh. -# -_LT_COPYING -_LT_LIBTOOL_TAGS - -# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL CONFIG -_LT_LIBTOOL_CONFIG_VARS -_LT_LIBTOOL_TAG_VARS -# ### END LIBTOOL CONFIG - -_LT_EOF - - case $host_os in - aix3*) - cat <<\_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile" -# AIX sometimes has problems with the GCC collect2 program. For some -# reason, if we set the COLLECT_NAMES environment variable, the problems -# vanish in a puff of smoke. -if test "X${COLLECT_NAMES+set}" != Xset; then - COLLECT_NAMES= - export COLLECT_NAMES -fi -_LT_EOF - ;; - esac - - _LT_PROG_LTMAIN - - # We use sed instead of cat because bash on DJGPP gets confused if - # if finds mixed CR/LF and LF-only lines. Since sed operates in - # text mode, it properly converts lines to CR/LF. This bash problem - # is reportedly fixed, but why not run on old versions too? - sed '/^# Generated shell functions inserted here/q' "$ltmain" >> "$cfgfile" \ - || (rm -f "$cfgfile"; exit 1) - - _LT_PROG_XSI_SHELLFNS - - sed -n '/^# Generated shell functions inserted here/,$p' "$ltmain" >> "$cfgfile" \ - || (rm -f "$cfgfile"; exit 1) - - mv -f "$cfgfile" "$ofile" || - (rm -f "$ofile" && cp "$cfgfile" "$ofile" && rm -f "$cfgfile") - chmod +x "$ofile" -], -[cat <<_LT_EOF >> "$ofile" - -dnl Unfortunately we have to use $1 here, since _LT_TAG is not expanded -dnl in a comment (ie after a #). -# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $1 -_LT_LIBTOOL_TAG_VARS(_LT_TAG) -# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $1 -_LT_EOF -])dnl /m4_if -], -[m4_if([$1], [], [ - PACKAGE='$PACKAGE' - VERSION='$VERSION' - TIMESTAMP='$TIMESTAMP' - RM='$RM' - ofile='$ofile'], []) -])dnl /_LT_CONFIG_SAVE_COMMANDS -])# _LT_CONFIG - - -# LT_SUPPORTED_TAG(TAG) -# --------------------- -# Trace this macro to discover what tags are supported by the libtool -# --tag option, using: -# autoconf --trace 'LT_SUPPORTED_TAG:$1' -AC_DEFUN([LT_SUPPORTED_TAG], []) - - -# C support is built-in for now -m4_define([_LT_LANG_C_enabled], []) -m4_define([_LT_TAGS], []) - - -# LT_LANG(LANG) -# ------------- -# Enable libtool support for the given language if not already enabled. -AC_DEFUN([LT_LANG], -[AC_BEFORE([$0], [LT_OUTPUT])dnl -m4_case([$1], - [C], [_LT_LANG(C)], - [C++], [_LT_LANG(CXX)], - [Java], [_LT_LANG(GCJ)], - [Fortran 77], [_LT_LANG(F77)], - [Fortran], [_LT_LANG(FC)], - [Windows Resource], [_LT_LANG(RC)], - [m4_ifdef([_LT_LANG_]$1[_CONFIG], - [_LT_LANG($1)], - [m4_fatal([$0: unsupported language: "$1"])])])dnl -])# LT_LANG - - -# _LT_LANG(LANGNAME) -# ------------------ -m4_defun([_LT_LANG], -[m4_ifdef([_LT_LANG_]$1[_enabled], [], - [LT_SUPPORTED_TAG([$1])dnl - m4_append([_LT_TAGS], [$1 ])dnl - m4_define([_LT_LANG_]$1[_enabled], [])dnl - _LT_LANG_$1_CONFIG($1)])dnl -])# _LT_LANG - - -# _LT_LANG_DEFAULT_CONFIG -# ----------------------- -m4_defun([_LT_LANG_DEFAULT_CONFIG], -[AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CXX], - [LT_LANG(CXX)], - [m4_define([AC_PROG_CXX], defn([AC_PROG_CXX])[LT_LANG(CXX)])]) - -AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_F77], - [LT_LANG(F77)], - [m4_define([AC_PROG_F77], defn([AC_PROG_F77])[LT_LANG(F77)])]) - -AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_FC], - [LT_LANG(FC)], - [m4_define([AC_PROG_FC], defn([AC_PROG_FC])[LT_LANG(FC)])]) - -dnl The call to [A][M_PROG_GCJ] is quoted like that to stop aclocal -dnl pulling things in needlessly. -AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_GCJ], - [LT_LANG(GCJ)], - [AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([A][M_PROG_GCJ], - [LT_LANG(GCJ)], - [AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([LT_PROG_GCJ], - [LT_LANG(GCJ)], - [m4_ifdef([AC_PROG_GCJ], - [m4_define([AC_PROG_GCJ], defn([AC_PROG_GCJ])[LT_LANG(GCJ)])]) - m4_ifdef([A][M_PROG_GCJ], - [m4_define([A][M_PROG_GCJ], defn([A][M_PROG_GCJ])[LT_LANG(GCJ)])]) - m4_ifdef([LT_PROG_GCJ], - [m4_define([LT_PROG_GCJ], defn([LT_PROG_GCJ])[LT_LANG(GCJ)])])])])]) - -AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([LT_PROG_RC], - [LT_LANG(RC)], - [m4_define([LT_PROG_RC], defn([LT_PROG_RC])[LT_LANG(RC)])]) -])# _LT_LANG_DEFAULT_CONFIG - -# Obsolete macros: -AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_CXX], [LT_LANG(C++)]) -AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_F77], [LT_LANG(Fortran 77)]) -AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_FC], [LT_LANG(Fortran)]) -AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ], [LT_LANG(Java)]) -dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: -dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_CXX], []) -dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_F77], []) -dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_FC], []) -dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ], []) - - -# _LT_TAG_COMPILER -# ---------------- -m4_defun([_LT_TAG_COMPILER], -[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl - -_LT_DECL([LTCC], [CC], [1], [A C compiler])dnl -_LT_DECL([LTCFLAGS], [CFLAGS], [1], [LTCC compiler flags])dnl -_LT_TAGDECL([CC], [compiler], [1], [A language specific compiler])dnl -_LT_TAGDECL([with_gcc], [GCC], [0], [Is the compiler the GNU compiler?])dnl - -# If no C compiler was specified, use CC. -LTCC=${LTCC-"$CC"} - -# If no C compiler flags were specified, use CFLAGS. -LTCFLAGS=${LTCFLAGS-"$CFLAGS"} - -# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. -compiler=$CC -])# _LT_TAG_COMPILER - - -# _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE -# ------------------------ -# Check for compiler boilerplate output or warnings with -# the simple compiler test code. -m4_defun([_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE], -[m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl -ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext -echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext -eval "$ac_compile" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err -_lt_compiler_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err` -$RM conftest* -])# _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE - - -# _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE -# ---------------------- -# Check for linker boilerplate output or warnings with -# the simple link test code. -m4_defun([_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE], -[m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl -ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext -echo "$lt_simple_link_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext -eval "$ac_link" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err -_lt_linker_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err` -$RM -r conftest* -])# _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE - -# _LT_REQUIRED_DARWIN_CHECKS -# ------------------------- -m4_defun_once([_LT_REQUIRED_DARWIN_CHECKS],[ - case $host_os in - rhapsody* | darwin*) - AC_CHECK_TOOL([DSYMUTIL], [dsymutil], [:]) - AC_CHECK_TOOL([NMEDIT], [nmedit], [:]) - AC_CHECK_TOOL([LIPO], [lipo], [:]) - AC_CHECK_TOOL([OTOOL], [otool], [:]) - AC_CHECK_TOOL([OTOOL64], [otool64], [:]) - _LT_DECL([], [DSYMUTIL], [1], - [Tool to manipulate archived DWARF debug symbol files on Mac OS X]) - _LT_DECL([], [NMEDIT], [1], - [Tool to change global to local symbols on Mac OS X]) - _LT_DECL([], [LIPO], [1], - [Tool to manipulate fat objects and archives on Mac OS X]) - _LT_DECL([], [OTOOL], [1], - [ldd/readelf like tool for Mach-O binaries on Mac OS X]) - _LT_DECL([], [OTOOL64], [1], - [ldd/readelf like tool for 64 bit Mach-O binaries on Mac OS X 10.4]) - - AC_CACHE_CHECK([for -single_module linker flag],[lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod], - [lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod=no - if test -z "${LT_MULTI_MODULE}"; then - # By default we will add the -single_module flag. You can override - # by either setting the environment variable LT_MULTI_MODULE - # non-empty at configure time, or by adding -multi_module to the - # link flags. - rm -rf libconftest.dylib* - echo "int foo(void){return 1;}" > conftest.c - echo "$LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o libconftest.dylib \ --dynamiclib -Wl,-single_module conftest.c" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD - $LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o libconftest.dylib \ - -dynamiclib -Wl,-single_module conftest.c 2>conftest.err - _lt_result=$? - if test -f libconftest.dylib && test ! -s conftest.err && test $_lt_result = 0; then - lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod=yes - else - cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD - fi - rm -rf libconftest.dylib* - rm -f conftest.* - fi]) - AC_CACHE_CHECK([for -exported_symbols_list linker flag], - [lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list], - [lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=no - save_LDFLAGS=$LDFLAGS - echo "_main" > conftest.sym - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-exported_symbols_list,conftest.sym" - AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([],[])], - [lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=yes], - [lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=no]) - LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" - ]) - case $host_os in - rhapsody* | darwin1.[[012]]) - _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;; - darwin1.*) - _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;; - darwin*) # darwin 5.x on - # if running on 10.5 or later, the deployment target defaults - # to the OS version, if on x86, and 10.4, the deployment - # target defaults to 10.4. Don't you love it? - case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET-10.0},$host in - 10.0,*86*-darwin8*|10.0,*-darwin[[91]]*) - _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}dynamic_lookup' ;; - 10.[[012]]*) - _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;; - 10.*) - _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}dynamic_lookup' ;; - esac - ;; - esac - if test "$lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod" = "yes"; then - _lt_dar_single_mod='$single_module' - fi - if test "$lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list" = "yes"; then - _lt_dar_export_syms=' ${wl}-exported_symbols_list,$output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym' - else - _lt_dar_export_syms='~$NMEDIT -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}' - fi - if test "$DSYMUTIL" != ":"; then - _lt_dsymutil='~$DSYMUTIL $lib || :' - else - _lt_dsymutil= - fi - ;; - esac -]) - - -# _LT_DARWIN_LINKER_FEATURES -# -------------------------- -# Checks for linker and compiler features on darwin -m4_defun([_LT_DARWIN_LINKER_FEATURES], -[ - m4_require([_LT_REQUIRED_DARWIN_CHECKS]) - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=yes - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=unsupported - _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='' - _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes - _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)="$_lt_dar_allow_undefined" - case $cc_basename in - ifort*) _lt_dar_can_shared=yes ;; - *) _lt_dar_can_shared=$GCC ;; - esac - if test "$_lt_dar_can_shared" = "yes"; then - output_verbose_link_cmd=echo - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)="\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring $_lt_dar_single_mod${_lt_dsymutil}" - _LT_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)="\$CC \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib -bundle \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags${_lt_dsymutil}" - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="sed 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring ${_lt_dar_single_mod}${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}" - _LT_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)="sed -e 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib -bundle \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}" - m4_if([$1], [CXX], -[ if test "$lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod" != "yes"; then - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)="\$CC -r -keep_private_externs -nostdlib -o \${lib}-master.o \$libobjs~\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \${lib}-master.o \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring${_lt_dsymutil}" - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="sed 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC -r -keep_private_externs -nostdlib -o \${lib}-master.o \$libobjs~\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \${lib}-master.o \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}" - fi -],[]) - else - _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - fi -]) - -# _LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX -# ----------------------- -# Links a minimal program and checks the executable -# for the system default hardcoded library path. In most cases, -# this is /usr/lib:/lib, but when the MPI compilers are used -# the location of the communication and MPI libs are included too. -# If we don't find anything, use the default library path according -# to the aix ld manual. -m4_defun([_LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX], -[m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl -AC_LINK_IFELSE(AC_LANG_PROGRAM,[ -lt_aix_libpath_sed=' - /Import File Strings/,/^$/ { - /^0/ { - s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/ - p - } - }' -aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"` -# Check for a 64-bit object if we didn't find anything. -if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then - aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"` -fi],[]) -if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"; fi -])# _LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX - - -# _LT_SHELL_INIT(ARG) -# ------------------- -m4_define([_LT_SHELL_INIT], -[ifdef([AC_DIVERSION_NOTICE], - [AC_DIVERT_PUSH(AC_DIVERSION_NOTICE)], - [AC_DIVERT_PUSH(NOTICE)]) -$1 -AC_DIVERT_POP -])# _LT_SHELL_INIT - - -# _LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH -# ----------------------- -# Add some code to the start of the generated configure script which -# will find an echo command which doesn't interpret backslashes. -m4_defun([_LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH], -[_LT_SHELL_INIT([ -# Check that we are running under the correct shell. -SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} - -case X$lt_ECHO in -X*--fallback-echo) - # Remove one level of quotation (which was required for Make). - ECHO=`echo "$lt_ECHO" | sed 's,\\\\\[$]\\[$]0,'[$]0','` - ;; -esac - -ECHO=${lt_ECHO-echo} -if test "X[$]1" = X--no-reexec; then - # Discard the --no-reexec flag, and continue. - shift -elif test "X[$]1" = X--fallback-echo; then - # Avoid inline document here, it may be left over - : -elif test "X`{ $ECHO '\t'; } 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' ; then - # Yippee, $ECHO works! - : -else - # Restart under the correct shell. - exec $SHELL "[$]0" --no-reexec ${1+"[$]@"} -fi - -if test "X[$]1" = X--fallback-echo; then - # used as fallback echo - shift - cat <<_LT_EOF -[$]* -_LT_EOF - exit 0 -fi - -# The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout -# if CDPATH is set. -(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH - -if test -z "$lt_ECHO"; then - if test "X${echo_test_string+set}" != Xset; then - # find a string as large as possible, as long as the shell can cope with it - for cmd in 'sed 50q "[$]0"' 'sed 20q "[$]0"' 'sed 10q "[$]0"' 'sed 2q "[$]0"' 'echo test'; do - # expected sizes: less than 2Kb, 1Kb, 512 bytes, 16 bytes, ... - if { echo_test_string=`eval $cmd`; } 2>/dev/null && - { test "X$echo_test_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; } 2>/dev/null - then - break - fi - done - fi - - if test "X`{ $ECHO '\t'; } 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' && - echo_testing_string=`{ $ECHO "$echo_test_string"; } 2>/dev/null` && - test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then - : - else - # The Solaris, AIX, and Digital Unix default echo programs unquote - # backslashes. This makes it impossible to quote backslashes using - # echo "$something" | sed 's/\\/\\\\/g' - # - # So, first we look for a working echo in the user's PATH. - - lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR - for dir in $PATH /usr/ucb; do - IFS="$lt_save_ifs" - if (test -f $dir/echo || test -f $dir/echo$ac_exeext) && - test "X`($dir/echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' && - echo_testing_string=`($dir/echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` && - test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then - ECHO="$dir/echo" - break - fi - done - IFS="$lt_save_ifs" - - if test "X$ECHO" = Xecho; then - # We didn't find a better echo, so look for alternatives. - if test "X`{ print -r '\t'; } 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' && - echo_testing_string=`{ print -r "$echo_test_string"; } 2>/dev/null` && - test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then - # This shell has a builtin print -r that does the trick. - ECHO='print -r' - elif { test -f /bin/ksh || test -f /bin/ksh$ac_exeext; } && - test "X$CONFIG_SHELL" != X/bin/ksh; then - # If we have ksh, try running configure again with it. - ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} - export ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL - CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/ksh - export CONFIG_SHELL - exec $CONFIG_SHELL "[$]0" --no-reexec ${1+"[$]@"} - else - # Try using printf. - ECHO='printf %s\n' - if test "X`{ $ECHO '\t'; } 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' && - echo_testing_string=`{ $ECHO "$echo_test_string"; } 2>/dev/null` && - test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then - # Cool, printf works - : - elif echo_testing_string=`($ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL "[$]0" --fallback-echo '\t') 2>/dev/null` && - test "X$echo_testing_string" = 'X\t' && - echo_testing_string=`($ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL "[$]0" --fallback-echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` && - test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then - CONFIG_SHELL=$ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL - export CONFIG_SHELL - SHELL="$CONFIG_SHELL" - export SHELL - ECHO="$CONFIG_SHELL [$]0 --fallback-echo" - elif echo_testing_string=`($CONFIG_SHELL "[$]0" --fallback-echo '\t') 2>/dev/null` && - test "X$echo_testing_string" = 'X\t' && - echo_testing_string=`($CONFIG_SHELL "[$]0" --fallback-echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` && - test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then - ECHO="$CONFIG_SHELL [$]0 --fallback-echo" - else - # maybe with a smaller string... - prev=: - - for cmd in 'echo test' 'sed 2q "[$]0"' 'sed 10q "[$]0"' 'sed 20q "[$]0"' 'sed 50q "[$]0"'; do - if { test "X$echo_test_string" = "X`eval $cmd`"; } 2>/dev/null - then - break - fi - prev="$cmd" - done - - if test "$prev" != 'sed 50q "[$]0"'; then - echo_test_string=`eval $prev` - export echo_test_string - exec ${ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL-${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}} "[$]0" ${1+"[$]@"} - else - # Oops. We lost completely, so just stick with echo. - ECHO=echo - fi - fi - fi - fi - fi -fi - -# Copy echo and quote the copy suitably for passing to libtool from -# the Makefile, instead of quoting the original, which is used later. -lt_ECHO=$ECHO -if test "X$lt_ECHO" = "X$CONFIG_SHELL [$]0 --fallback-echo"; then - lt_ECHO="$CONFIG_SHELL \\\$\[$]0 --fallback-echo" -fi - -AC_SUBST(lt_ECHO) -]) -_LT_DECL([], [SHELL], [1], [Shell to use when invoking shell scripts]) -_LT_DECL([], [ECHO], [1], - [An echo program that does not interpret backslashes]) -])# _LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH - - -# _LT_ENABLE_LOCK -# --------------- -m4_defun([_LT_ENABLE_LOCK], -[AC_ARG_ENABLE([libtool-lock], - [AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-libtool-lock], - [avoid locking (might break parallel builds)])]) -test "x$enable_libtool_lock" != xno && enable_libtool_lock=yes - -# Some flags need to be propagated to the compiler or linker for good -# libtool support. -case $host in -ia64-*-hpux*) - # Find out which ABI we are using. - echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext - if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then - case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in - *ELF-32*) - HPUX_IA64_MODE="32" - ;; - *ELF-64*) - HPUX_IA64_MODE="64" - ;; - esac - fi - rm -rf conftest* - ;; -*-*-irix6*) - # Find out which ABI we are using. - echo '[#]line __oline__ "configure"' > conftest.$ac_ext - if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then - if test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes; then - case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in - *32-bit*) - LD="${LD-ld} -melf32bsmip" - ;; - *N32*) - LD="${LD-ld} -melf32bmipn32" - ;; - *64-bit*) - LD="${LD-ld} -melf64bmip" - ;; - esac - else - case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in - *32-bit*) - LD="${LD-ld} -32" - ;; - *N32*) - LD="${LD-ld} -n32" - ;; - *64-bit*) - LD="${LD-ld} -64" - ;; - esac - fi - fi - rm -rf conftest* - ;; - -x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu|x86_64-*linux*|ppc*-*linux*|powerpc*-*linux*| \ -s390*-*linux*|s390*-*tpf*|sparc*-*linux*) - # Find out which ABI we are using. - echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext - if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then - case `/usr/bin/file conftest.o` in - *32-bit*) - case $host in - x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu) - LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_i386_fbsd" - ;; - x86_64-*linux*) - LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_i386" - ;; - ppc64-*linux*|powerpc64-*linux*) - LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32ppclinux" - ;; - s390x-*linux*) - LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_s390" - ;; - sparc64-*linux*) - LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32_sparc" - ;; - esac - ;; - *64-bit*) - case $host in - x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu) - LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64_fbsd" - ;; - x86_64-*linux*) - LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64" - ;; - ppc*-*linux*|powerpc*-*linux*) - LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64ppc" - ;; - s390*-*linux*|s390*-*tpf*) - LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_s390" - ;; - sparc*-*linux*) - LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_sparc" - ;; - esac - ;; - esac - fi - rm -rf conftest* - ;; - -*-*-sco3.2v5*) - # On SCO OpenServer 5, we need -belf to get full-featured binaries. - SAVE_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -belf" - AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether the C compiler needs -belf], lt_cv_cc_needs_belf, - [AC_LANG_PUSH(C) - AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[]],[[]])],[lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=yes],[lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=no]) - AC_LANG_POP]) - if test x"$lt_cv_cc_needs_belf" != x"yes"; then - # this is probably gcc 2.8.0, egcs 1.0 or newer; no need for -belf - CFLAGS="$SAVE_CFLAGS" - fi - ;; -sparc*-*solaris*) - # Find out which ABI we are using. - echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext - if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then - case `/usr/bin/file conftest.o` in - *64-bit*) - case $lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld in - yes*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_sparc" ;; - *) - if ${LD-ld} -64 -r -o conftest2.o conftest.o >/dev/null 2>&1; then - LD="${LD-ld} -64" - fi - ;; - esac - ;; - esac - fi - rm -rf conftest* - ;; -esac - -need_locks="$enable_libtool_lock" -])# _LT_ENABLE_LOCK - - -# _LT_CMD_OLD_ARCHIVE -# ------------------- -m4_defun([_LT_CMD_OLD_ARCHIVE], -[AC_CHECK_TOOL(AR, ar, false) -test -z "$AR" && AR=ar -test -z "$AR_FLAGS" && AR_FLAGS=cru -_LT_DECL([], [AR], [1], [The archiver]) -_LT_DECL([], [AR_FLAGS], [1]) - -AC_CHECK_TOOL(STRIP, strip, :) -test -z "$STRIP" && STRIP=: -_LT_DECL([], [STRIP], [1], [A symbol stripping program]) - -AC_CHECK_TOOL(RANLIB, ranlib, :) -test -z "$RANLIB" && RANLIB=: -_LT_DECL([], [RANLIB], [1], - [Commands used to install an old-style archive]) - -# Determine commands to create old-style static archives. -old_archive_cmds='$AR $AR_FLAGS $oldlib$oldobjs' -old_postinstall_cmds='chmod 644 $oldlib' -old_postuninstall_cmds= - -if test -n "$RANLIB"; then - case $host_os in - openbsd*) - old_postinstall_cmds="$old_postinstall_cmds~\$RANLIB -t \$oldlib" - ;; - *) - old_postinstall_cmds="$old_postinstall_cmds~\$RANLIB \$oldlib" - ;; - esac - old_archive_cmds="$old_archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$oldlib" -fi -_LT_DECL([], [old_postinstall_cmds], [2]) -_LT_DECL([], [old_postuninstall_cmds], [2]) -_LT_TAGDECL([], [old_archive_cmds], [2], - [Commands used to build an old-style archive]) -])# _LT_CMD_OLD_ARCHIVE - - -# _LT_COMPILER_OPTION(MESSAGE, VARIABLE-NAME, FLAGS, -# [OUTPUT-FILE], [ACTION-SUCCESS], [ACTION-FAILURE]) -# ---------------------------------------------------------------- -# Check whether the given compiler option works -AC_DEFUN([_LT_COMPILER_OPTION], -[m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl -m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl -AC_CACHE_CHECK([$1], [$2], - [$2=no - m4_if([$4], , [ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext], [ac_outfile=$4]) - echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext - lt_compiler_flag="$3" - # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or - # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end. - # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins - # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly. - # The option is referenced via a variable to avoid confusing sed. - lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \ - -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ - -e 's: [[^ ]]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ - -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` - (eval echo "\"\$as_me:__oline__: $lt_compile\"" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD) - (eval "$lt_compile" 2>conftest.err) - ac_status=$? - cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD - echo "$as_me:__oline__: \$? = $ac_status" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD - if (exit $ac_status) && test -s "$ac_outfile"; then - # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized - # So say no if there are warnings other than the usual output. - $ECHO "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' >conftest.exp - $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2 - if test ! -s conftest.er2 || diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then - $2=yes - fi - fi - $RM conftest* -]) - -if test x"[$]$2" = xyes; then - m4_if([$5], , :, [$5]) -else - m4_if([$6], , :, [$6]) -fi -])# _LT_COMPILER_OPTION - -# Old name: -AU_ALIAS([AC_LIBTOOL_COMPILER_OPTION], [_LT_COMPILER_OPTION]) -dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: -dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_COMPILER_OPTION], []) - - -# _LT_LINKER_OPTION(MESSAGE, VARIABLE-NAME, FLAGS, -# [ACTION-SUCCESS], [ACTION-FAILURE]) -# ---------------------------------------------------- -# Check whether the given linker option works -AC_DEFUN([_LT_LINKER_OPTION], -[m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl -m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl -AC_CACHE_CHECK([$1], [$2], - [$2=no - save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $3" - echo "$lt_simple_link_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext - if (eval $ac_link 2>conftest.err) && test -s conftest$ac_exeext; then - # The linker can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized - # So say no if there are warnings - if test -s conftest.err; then - # Append any errors to the config.log. - cat conftest.err 1>&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD - $ECHO "X$_lt_linker_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' > conftest.exp - $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2 - if diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then - $2=yes - fi - else - $2=yes - fi - fi - $RM -r conftest* - LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" -]) - -if test x"[$]$2" = xyes; then - m4_if([$4], , :, [$4]) -else - m4_if([$5], , :, [$5]) -fi -])# _LT_LINKER_OPTION - -# Old name: -AU_ALIAS([AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION], [_LT_LINKER_OPTION]) -dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: -dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION], []) - - -# LT_CMD_MAX_LEN -#--------------- -AC_DEFUN([LT_CMD_MAX_LEN], -[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl -# find the maximum length of command line arguments -AC_MSG_CHECKING([the maximum length of command line arguments]) -AC_CACHE_VAL([lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len], [dnl - i=0 - teststring="ABCD" - - case $build_os in - msdosdjgpp*) - # On DJGPP, this test can blow up pretty badly due to problems in libc - # (any single argument exceeding 2000 bytes causes a buffer overrun - # during glob expansion). Even if it were fixed, the result of this - # check would be larger than it should be. - lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=12288; # 12K is about right - ;; - - gnu*) - # Under GNU Hurd, this test is not required because there is - # no limit to the length of command line arguments. - # Libtool will interpret -1 as no limit whatsoever - lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=-1; - ;; - - cygwin* | mingw* | cegcc*) - # On Win9x/ME, this test blows up -- it succeeds, but takes - # about 5 minutes as the teststring grows exponentially. - # Worse, since 9x/ME are not pre-emptively multitasking, - # you end up with a "frozen" computer, even though with patience - # the test eventually succeeds (with a max line length of 256k). - # Instead, let's just punt: use the minimum linelength reported by - # all of the supported platforms: 8192 (on NT/2K/XP). - lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192; - ;; - - amigaos*) - # On AmigaOS with pdksh, this test takes hours, literally. - # So we just punt and use a minimum line length of 8192. - lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192; - ;; - - netbsd* | freebsd* | openbsd* | darwin* | dragonfly*) - # This has been around since 386BSD, at least. Likely further. - if test -x /sbin/sysctl; then - lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`/sbin/sysctl -n kern.argmax` - elif test -x /usr/sbin/sysctl; then - lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`/usr/sbin/sysctl -n kern.argmax` - else - lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=65536 # usable default for all BSDs - fi - # And add a safety zone - lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 4` - lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \* 3` - ;; - - interix*) - # We know the value 262144 and hardcode it with a safety zone (like BSD) - lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=196608 - ;; - - osf*) - # Dr. Hans Ekkehard Plesser reports seeing a kernel panic running configure - # due to this test when exec_disable_arg_limit is 1 on Tru64. It is not - # nice to cause kernel panics so lets avoid the loop below. - # First set a reasonable default. - lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=16384 - # - if test -x /sbin/sysconfig; then - case `/sbin/sysconfig -q proc exec_disable_arg_limit` in - *1*) lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=-1 ;; - esac - fi - ;; - sco3.2v5*) - lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=102400 - ;; - sysv5* | sco5v6* | sysv4.2uw2*) - kargmax=`grep ARG_MAX /etc/conf/cf.d/stune 2>/dev/null` - if test -n "$kargmax"; then - lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`echo $kargmax | sed 's/.*[[ ]]//'` - else - lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=32768 - fi - ;; - *) - lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`(getconf ARG_MAX) 2> /dev/null` - if test -n "$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len"; then - lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 4` - lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \* 3` - else - # Make teststring a little bigger before we do anything with it. - # a 1K string should be a reasonable start. - for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ; do - teststring=$teststring$teststring - done - SHELL=${SHELL-${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}} - # If test is not a shell built-in, we'll probably end up computing a - # maximum length that is only half of the actual maximum length, but - # we can't tell. - while { test "X"`$SHELL [$]0 --fallback-echo "X$teststring$teststring" 2>/dev/null` \ - = "XX$teststring$teststring"; } >/dev/null 2>&1 && - test $i != 17 # 1/2 MB should be enough - do - i=`expr $i + 1` - teststring=$teststring$teststring - done - # Only check the string length outside the loop. - lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr "X$teststring" : ".*" 2>&1` - teststring= - # Add a significant safety factor because C++ compilers can tack on - # massive amounts of additional arguments before passing them to the - # linker. It appears as though 1/2 is a usable value. - lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 2` - fi - ;; - esac -]) -if test -n $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len ; then - AC_MSG_RESULT($lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len) -else - AC_MSG_RESULT(none) -fi -max_cmd_len=$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len -_LT_DECL([], [max_cmd_len], [0], - [What is the maximum length of a command?]) -])# LT_CMD_MAX_LEN - -# Old name: -AU_ALIAS([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_MAX_CMD_LEN], [LT_CMD_MAX_LEN]) -dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: -dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_MAX_CMD_LEN], []) - - -# _LT_HEADER_DLFCN -# ---------------- -m4_defun([_LT_HEADER_DLFCN], -[AC_CHECK_HEADERS([dlfcn.h], [], [], [AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT])dnl -])# _LT_HEADER_DLFCN - - -# _LT_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF (ACTION-IF-TRUE, ACTION-IF-TRUE-W-USCORE, -# ACTION-IF-FALSE, ACTION-IF-CROSS-COMPILING) -# ---------------------------------------------------------------- -m4_defun([_LT_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF], -[m4_require([_LT_HEADER_DLFCN])dnl -if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then : - [$4] -else - lt_dlunknown=0; lt_dlno_uscore=1; lt_dlneed_uscore=2 - lt_status=$lt_dlunknown - cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF -[#line __oline__ "configure" -#include "confdefs.h" - -#if HAVE_DLFCN_H -#include <dlfcn.h> -#endif - -#include <stdio.h> - -#ifdef RTLD_GLOBAL -# define LT_DLGLOBAL RTLD_GLOBAL -#else -# ifdef DL_GLOBAL -# define LT_DLGLOBAL DL_GLOBAL -# else -# define LT_DLGLOBAL 0 -# endif -#endif - -/* We may have to define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW in the command line if we - find out it does not work in some platform. */ -#ifndef LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW -# ifdef RTLD_LAZY -# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW RTLD_LAZY -# else -# ifdef DL_LAZY -# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW DL_LAZY -# else -# ifdef RTLD_NOW -# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW RTLD_NOW -# else -# ifdef DL_NOW -# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW DL_NOW -# else -# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW 0 -# endif -# endif -# endif -# endif -#endif - -void fnord() { int i=42;} -int main () -{ - void *self = dlopen (0, LT_DLGLOBAL|LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW); - int status = $lt_dlunknown; - - if (self) - { - if (dlsym (self,"fnord")) status = $lt_dlno_uscore; - else if (dlsym( self,"_fnord")) status = $lt_dlneed_uscore; - /* dlclose (self); */ - } - else - puts (dlerror ()); - - return status; -}] -_LT_EOF - if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_link) && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} 2>/dev/null; then - (./conftest; exit; ) >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD 2>/dev/null - lt_status=$? - case x$lt_status in - x$lt_dlno_uscore) $1 ;; - x$lt_dlneed_uscore) $2 ;; - x$lt_dlunknown|x*) $3 ;; - esac - else : - # compilation failed - $3 - fi -fi -rm -fr conftest* -])# _LT_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF - - -# LT_SYS_DLOPEN_SELF -# ------------------ -AC_DEFUN([LT_SYS_DLOPEN_SELF], -[m4_require([_LT_HEADER_DLFCN])dnl -if test "x$enable_dlopen" != xyes; then - enable_dlopen=unknown - enable_dlopen_self=unknown - enable_dlopen_self_static=unknown -else - lt_cv_dlopen=no - lt_cv_dlopen_libs= - - case $host_os in - beos*) - lt_cv_dlopen="load_add_on" - lt_cv_dlopen_libs= - lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes - ;; - - mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) - lt_cv_dlopen="LoadLibrary" - lt_cv_dlopen_libs= - ;; - - cygwin*) - lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" - lt_cv_dlopen_libs= - ;; - - darwin*) - # if libdl is installed we need to link against it - AC_CHECK_LIB([dl], [dlopen], - [lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldl"],[ - lt_cv_dlopen="dyld" - lt_cv_dlopen_libs= - lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes - ]) - ;; - - *) - AC_CHECK_FUNC([shl_load], - [lt_cv_dlopen="shl_load"], - [AC_CHECK_LIB([dld], [shl_load], - [lt_cv_dlopen="shl_load" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldld"], - [AC_CHECK_FUNC([dlopen], - [lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen"], - [AC_CHECK_LIB([dl], [dlopen], - [lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldl"], - [AC_CHECK_LIB([svld], [dlopen], - [lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-lsvld"], - [AC_CHECK_LIB([dld], [dld_link], - [lt_cv_dlopen="dld_link" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldld"]) - ]) - ]) - ]) - ]) - ]) - ;; - esac - - if test "x$lt_cv_dlopen" != xno; then - enable_dlopen=yes - else - enable_dlopen=no - fi - - case $lt_cv_dlopen in - dlopen) - save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" - test "x$ac_cv_header_dlfcn_h" = xyes && CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -DHAVE_DLFCN_H" - - save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" - wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl eval LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $export_dynamic_flag_spec\" - - save_LIBS="$LIBS" - LIBS="$lt_cv_dlopen_libs $LIBS" - - AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether a program can dlopen itself], - lt_cv_dlopen_self, [dnl - _LT_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF( - lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes, lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes, - lt_cv_dlopen_self=no, lt_cv_dlopen_self=cross) - ]) - - if test "x$lt_cv_dlopen_self" = xyes; then - wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl eval LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $lt_prog_compiler_static\" - AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether a statically linked program can dlopen itself], - lt_cv_dlopen_self_static, [dnl - _LT_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF( - lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=yes, lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=yes, - lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=no, lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=cross) - ]) - fi - - CPPFLAGS="$save_CPPFLAGS" - LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" - LIBS="$save_LIBS" - ;; - esac - - case $lt_cv_dlopen_self in - yes|no) enable_dlopen_self=$lt_cv_dlopen_self ;; - *) enable_dlopen_self=unknown ;; - esac - - case $lt_cv_dlopen_self_static in - yes|no) enable_dlopen_self_static=$lt_cv_dlopen_self_static ;; - *) enable_dlopen_self_static=unknown ;; - esac -fi -_LT_DECL([dlopen_support], [enable_dlopen], [0], - [Whether dlopen is supported]) -_LT_DECL([dlopen_self], [enable_dlopen_self], [0], - [Whether dlopen of programs is supported]) -_LT_DECL([dlopen_self_static], [enable_dlopen_self_static], [0], - [Whether dlopen of statically linked programs is supported]) -])# LT_SYS_DLOPEN_SELF - -# Old name: -AU_ALIAS([AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN_SELF], [LT_SYS_DLOPEN_SELF]) -dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: -dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN_SELF], []) - - -# _LT_COMPILER_C_O([TAGNAME]) -# --------------------------- -# Check to see if options -c and -o are simultaneously supported by compiler. -# This macro does not hard code the compiler like AC_PROG_CC_C_O. -m4_defun([_LT_COMPILER_C_O], -[m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl -m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl -m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl -AC_CACHE_CHECK([if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext], - [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)], - [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)=no - $RM -r conftest 2>/dev/null - mkdir conftest - cd conftest - mkdir out - echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext - - lt_compiler_flag="-o out/conftest2.$ac_objext" - # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or - # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end. - # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins - # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly. - lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \ - -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ - -e 's: [[^ ]]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ - -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` - (eval echo "\"\$as_me:__oline__: $lt_compile\"" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD) - (eval "$lt_compile" 2>out/conftest.err) - ac_status=$? - cat out/conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD - echo "$as_me:__oline__: \$? = $ac_status" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD - if (exit $ac_status) && test -s out/conftest2.$ac_objext - then - # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized - # So say no if there are warnings - $ECHO "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' > out/conftest.exp - $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' out/conftest.err >out/conftest.er2 - if test ! -s out/conftest.er2 || diff out/conftest.exp out/conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)=yes - fi - fi - chmod u+w . 2>&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD - $RM conftest* - # SGI C++ compiler will create directory out/ii_files/ for - # template instantiation - test -d out/ii_files && $RM out/ii_files/* && rmdir out/ii_files - $RM out/* && rmdir out - cd .. - $RM -r conftest - $RM conftest* -]) -_LT_TAGDECL([compiler_c_o], [lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o], [1], - [Does compiler simultaneously support -c and -o options?]) -])# _LT_COMPILER_C_O - - -# _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS([TAGNAME]) -# ---------------------------------- -# Check to see if we can do hard links to lock some files if needed -m4_defun([_LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS], -[m4_require([_LT_ENABLE_LOCK])dnl -m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl -_LT_COMPILER_C_O([$1]) - -hard_links="nottested" -if test "$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)" = no && test "$need_locks" != no; then - # do not overwrite the value of need_locks provided by the user - AC_MSG_CHECKING([if we can lock with hard links]) - hard_links=yes - $RM conftest* - ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no - touch conftest.a - ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>&5 || hard_links=no - ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no - AC_MSG_RESULT([$hard_links]) - if test "$hard_links" = no; then - AC_MSG_WARN([`$CC' does not support `-c -o', so `make -j' may be unsafe]) - need_locks=warn - fi -else - need_locks=no -fi -_LT_DECL([], [need_locks], [1], [Must we lock files when doing compilation?]) -])# _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS - - -# _LT_CHECK_OBJDIR -# ---------------- -m4_defun([_LT_CHECK_OBJDIR], -[AC_CACHE_CHECK([for objdir], [lt_cv_objdir], -[rm -f .libs 2>/dev/null -mkdir .libs 2>/dev/null -if test -d .libs; then - lt_cv_objdir=.libs -else - # MS-DOS does not allow filenames that begin with a dot. - lt_cv_objdir=_libs -fi -rmdir .libs 2>/dev/null]) -objdir=$lt_cv_objdir -_LT_DECL([], [objdir], [0], - [The name of the directory that contains temporary libtool files])dnl -m4_pattern_allow([LT_OBJDIR])dnl -AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(LT_OBJDIR, "$lt_cv_objdir/", - [Define to the sub-directory in which libtool stores uninstalled libraries.]) -])# _LT_CHECK_OBJDIR - - -# _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH([TAGNAME]) -# -------------------------------------- -# Check hardcoding attributes. -m4_defun([_LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH], -[AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to hardcode library paths into programs]) -_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)= -if test -n "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)" || - test -n "$_LT_TAGVAR(runpath_var, $1)" || - test "X$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)" = "Xyes" ; then - - # We can hardcode non-existent directories. - if test "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)" != no && - # If the only mechanism to avoid hardcoding is shlibpath_var, we - # have to relink, otherwise we might link with an installed library - # when we should be linking with a yet-to-be-installed one - ## test "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)" != no && - test "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)" != no; then - # Linking always hardcodes the temporary library directory. - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)=relink - else - # We can link without hardcoding, and we can hardcode nonexisting dirs. - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)=immediate - fi -else - # We cannot hardcode anything, or else we can only hardcode existing - # directories. - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)=unsupported -fi -AC_MSG_RESULT([$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)]) - -if test "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)" = relink || - test "$_LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)" = yes; then - # Fast installation is not supported - enable_fast_install=no -elif test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes || - test "$enable_shared" = no; then - # Fast installation is not necessary - enable_fast_install=needless -fi -_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_action], [0], - [How to hardcode a shared library path into an executable]) -])# _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH - - -# _LT_CMD_STRIPLIB -# ---------------- -m4_defun([_LT_CMD_STRIPLIB], -[m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP]) -striplib= -old_striplib= -AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether stripping libraries is possible]) -if test -n "$STRIP" && $STRIP -V 2>&1 | $GREP "GNU strip" >/dev/null; then - test -z "$old_striplib" && old_striplib="$STRIP --strip-debug" - test -z "$striplib" && striplib="$STRIP --strip-unneeded" - AC_MSG_RESULT([yes]) -else -# FIXME - insert some real tests, host_os isn't really good enough - case $host_os in - darwin*) - if test -n "$STRIP" ; then - striplib="$STRIP -x" - old_striplib="$STRIP -S" - AC_MSG_RESULT([yes]) - else - AC_MSG_RESULT([no]) - fi - ;; - *) - AC_MSG_RESULT([no]) - ;; - esac -fi -_LT_DECL([], [old_striplib], [1], [Commands to strip libraries]) -_LT_DECL([], [striplib], [1]) -])# _LT_CMD_STRIPLIB - - -# _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER([TAG]) -# ----------------------------- -# PORTME Fill in your ld.so characteristics -m4_defun([_LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER], -[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl -m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl -m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl -m4_require([_LT_DECL_OBJDUMP])dnl -m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl -AC_MSG_CHECKING([dynamic linker characteristics]) -m4_if([$1], - [], [ -if test "$GCC" = yes; then - case $host_os in - darwin*) lt_awk_arg="/^libraries:/,/LR/" ;; - *) lt_awk_arg="/^libraries:/" ;; - esac - lt_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | awk $lt_awk_arg | $SED -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g"` - if $ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $GREP ';' >/dev/null ; then - # if the path contains ";" then we assume it to be the separator - # otherwise default to the standard path separator (i.e. ":") - it is - # assumed that no part of a normal pathname contains ";" but that should - # okay in the real world where ";" in dirpaths is itself problematic. - lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $SED -e 's/;/ /g'` - else - lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $SED -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"` - fi - # Ok, now we have the path, separated by spaces, we can step through it - # and add multilib dir if necessary. - lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec= - lt_multi_os_dir=`$CC $CPPFLAGS $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS -print-multi-os-directory 2>/dev/null` - for lt_sys_path in $lt_search_path_spec; do - if test -d "$lt_sys_path/$lt_multi_os_dir"; then - lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec="$lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec $lt_sys_path/$lt_multi_os_dir" - else - test -d "$lt_sys_path" && \ - lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec="$lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec $lt_sys_path" - fi - done - lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO $lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec | awk ' -BEGIN {RS=" "; FS="/|\n";} { - lt_foo=""; - lt_count=0; - for (lt_i = NF; lt_i > 0; lt_i--) { - if ($lt_i != "" && $lt_i != ".") { - if ($lt_i == "..") { - lt_count++; - } else { - if (lt_count == 0) { - lt_foo="/" $lt_i lt_foo; - } else { - lt_count--; - } - } - } - } - if (lt_foo != "") { lt_freq[[lt_foo]]++; } - if (lt_freq[[lt_foo]] == 1) { print lt_foo; } -}'` - sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO $lt_search_path_spec` -else - sys_lib_search_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib" -fi]) -library_names_spec= -libname_spec='lib$name' -soname_spec= -shrext_cmds=".so" -postinstall_cmds= -postuninstall_cmds= -finish_cmds= -finish_eval= -shlibpath_var= -shlibpath_overrides_runpath=unknown -version_type=none -dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so" -sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib" -need_lib_prefix=unknown -hardcode_into_libs=no - -# when you set need_version to no, make sure it does not cause -set_version -# flags to be left without arguments -need_version=unknown - -case $host_os in -aix3*) - version_type=linux - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname.a' - shlibpath_var=LIBPATH - - # AIX 3 has no versioning support, so we append a major version to the name. - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - ;; - -aix[[4-9]]*) - version_type=linux - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - hardcode_into_libs=yes - if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then - # AIX 5 supports IA64 - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - else - # With GCC up to 2.95.x, collect2 would create an import file - # for dependence libraries. The import file would start with - # the line `#! .'. This would cause the generated library to - # depend on `.', always an invalid library. This was fixed in - # development snapshots of GCC prior to 3.0. - case $host_os in - aix4 | aix4.[[01]] | aix4.[[01]].*) - if { echo '#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 97)' - echo ' yes ' - echo '#endif'; } | ${CC} -E - | $GREP yes > /dev/null; then - : - else - can_build_shared=no - fi - ;; - esac - # AIX (on Power*) has no versioning support, so currently we can not hardcode correct - # soname into executable. Probably we can add versioning support to - # collect2, so additional links can be useful in future. - if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then - # If using run time linking (on AIX 4.2 or later) use lib<name>.so - # instead of lib<name>.a to let people know that these are not - # typical AIX shared libraries. - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - else - # We preserve .a as extension for shared libraries through AIX4.2 - # and later when we are not doing run time linking. - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.a $libname.a' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - fi - shlibpath_var=LIBPATH - fi - ;; - -amigaos*) - case $host_cpu in - powerpc) - # Since July 2007 AmigaOS4 officially supports .so libraries. - # When compiling the executable, add -use-dynld -Lsobjs: to the compileline. - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - ;; - m68k) - library_names_spec='$libname.ixlibrary $libname.a' - # Create ${libname}_ixlibrary.a entries in /sys/libs. - finish_eval='for lib in `ls $libdir/*.ixlibrary 2>/dev/null`; do libname=`$ECHO "X$lib" | $Xsed -e '\''s%^.*/\([[^/]]*\)\.ixlibrary$%\1%'\''`; test $RM /sys/libs/${libname}_ixlibrary.a; $show "cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a"; cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a || exit 1; done' - ;; - esac - ;; - -beos*) - library_names_spec='${libname}${shared_ext}' - dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so" - shlibpath_var=LIBRARY_PATH - ;; - -bsdi[[45]]*) - version_type=linux - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig $libdir' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - sys_lib_search_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/X11/lib /usr/contrib/lib /lib /usr/local/lib" - sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib" - # the default ld.so.conf also contains /usr/contrib/lib and - # /usr/X11R6/lib (/usr/X11 is a link to /usr/X11R6), but let us allow - # libtool to hard-code these into programs - ;; - -cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) - version_type=windows - shrext_cmds=".dll" - need_version=no - need_lib_prefix=no - - case $GCC,$host_os in - yes,cygwin* | yes,mingw* | yes,pw32* | yes,cegcc*) - library_names_spec='$libname.dll.a' - # DLL is installed to $(libdir)/../bin by postinstall_cmds - postinstall_cmds='base_file=`basename \${file}`~ - dlpath=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $dir/'\''\${base_file}'\''i; echo \$dlname'\''`~ - dldir=$destdir/`dirname \$dlpath`~ - test -d \$dldir || mkdir -p \$dldir~ - $install_prog $dir/$dlname \$dldir/$dlname~ - chmod a+x \$dldir/$dlname~ - if test -n '\''$stripme'\'' && test -n '\''$striplib'\''; then - eval '\''$striplib \$dldir/$dlname'\'' || exit \$?; - fi' - postuninstall_cmds='dldll=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $file; echo \$dlname'\''`~ - dlpath=$dir/\$dldll~ - $RM \$dlpath' - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - - case $host_os in - cygwin*) - # Cygwin DLLs use 'cyg' prefix rather than 'lib' - soname_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/cyg/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[[.]]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' - sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib /lib/w32api /lib /usr/local/lib" - ;; - mingw* | cegcc*) - # MinGW DLLs use traditional 'lib' prefix - soname_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[[.]]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' - sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | $GREP "^libraries:" | $SED -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g"` - if $ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | [$GREP ';[c-zC-Z]:/' >/dev/null]; then - # It is most probably a Windows format PATH printed by - # mingw gcc, but we are running on Cygwin. Gcc prints its search - # path with ; separators, and with drive letters. We can handle the - # drive letters (cygwin fileutils understands them), so leave them, - # especially as we might pass files found there to a mingw objdump, - # which wouldn't understand a cygwinified path. Ahh. - sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e 's/;/ /g'` - else - sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"` - fi - ;; - pw32*) - # pw32 DLLs use 'pw' prefix rather than 'lib' - library_names_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/pw/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[[.]]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' - ;; - esac - ;; - - *) - library_names_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[[.]]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext} $libname.lib' - ;; - esac - dynamic_linker='Win32 ld.exe' - # FIXME: first we should search . and the directory the executable is in - shlibpath_var=PATH - ;; - -darwin* | rhapsody*) - dynamic_linker="$host_os dyld" - version_type=darwin - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext ${libname}$shared_ext' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext' - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - shlibpath_var=DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH - shrext_cmds='`test .$module = .yes && echo .so || echo .dylib`' -m4_if([$1], [],[ - sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /usr/local/lib"]) - sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /lib /usr/lib' - ;; - -dgux*) - version_type=linux - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname$shared_ext' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - ;; - -freebsd1*) - dynamic_linker=no - ;; - -freebsd* | dragonfly*) - # DragonFly does not have aout. When/if they implement a new - # versioning mechanism, adjust this. - if test -x /usr/bin/objformat; then - objformat=`/usr/bin/objformat` - else - case $host_os in - freebsd[[123]]*) objformat=aout ;; - *) objformat=elf ;; - esac - fi - # Handle Gentoo/FreeBSD as it was Linux - case $host_vendor in - gentoo) - version_type=linux ;; - *) - version_type=freebsd-$objformat ;; - esac - - case $version_type in - freebsd-elf*) - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}' - need_version=no - need_lib_prefix=no - ;; - freebsd-*) - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}$versuffix' - need_version=yes - ;; - linux) - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - ;; - esac - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - case $host_os in - freebsd2*) - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - ;; - freebsd3.[[01]]* | freebsdelf3.[[01]]*) - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - hardcode_into_libs=yes - ;; - freebsd3.[[2-9]]* | freebsdelf3.[[2-9]]* | \ - freebsd4.[[0-5]] | freebsdelf4.[[0-5]] | freebsd4.1.1 | freebsdelf4.1.1) - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - hardcode_into_libs=yes - ;; - *) # from 4.6 on, and DragonFly - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - hardcode_into_libs=yes - ;; - esac - ;; - -gnu*) - version_type=linux - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}${major} ${libname}${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - hardcode_into_libs=yes - ;; - -hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) - # Give a soname corresponding to the major version so that dld.sl refuses to - # link against other versions. - version_type=sunos - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - case $host_cpu in - ia64*) - shrext_cmds='.so' - hardcode_into_libs=yes - dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.so" - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified. - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - if test "X$HPUX_IA64_MODE" = X32; then - sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib" - else - sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux64 /usr/local/lib/hpux64" - fi - sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec - ;; - hppa*64*) - shrext_cmds='.sl' - hardcode_into_libs=yes - dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl" - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH # How should we handle SHLIB_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified. - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/pa20_64 /usr/ccs/lib/pa20_64" - sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec - ;; - *) - shrext_cmds='.sl' - dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl" - shlibpath_var=SHLIB_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no # +s is required to enable SHLIB_PATH - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - ;; - esac - # HP-UX runs *really* slowly unless shared libraries are mode 555. - postinstall_cmds='chmod 555 $lib' - ;; - -interix[[3-9]]*) - version_type=linux - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - dynamic_linker='Interix 3.x ld.so.1 (PE, like ELF)' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - hardcode_into_libs=yes - ;; - -irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) - case $host_os in - nonstopux*) version_type=nonstopux ;; - *) - if test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes; then - version_type=linux - else - version_type=irix - fi ;; - esac - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}' - case $host_os in - irix5* | nonstopux*) - libsuff= shlibsuff= - ;; - *) - case $LD in # libtool.m4 will add one of these switches to LD - *-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ") - libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=32-bit;; - *-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ") - libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 libmagic=N32;; - *-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ") - libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 libmagic=64-bit;; - *) libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=never-match;; - esac - ;; - esac - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY${shlibsuff}_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff} /usr/local/lib${libsuff}" - sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff}" - hardcode_into_libs=yes - ;; - -# No shared lib support for Linux oldld, aout, or coff. -linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*) - dynamic_linker=no - ;; - -# This must be Linux ELF. -linux* | k*bsd*-gnu) - version_type=linux - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -n $libdir' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - # Some binutils ld are patched to set DT_RUNPATH - save_LDFLAGS=$LDFLAGS - save_libdir=$libdir - eval "libdir=/foo; wl=\"$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)\"; \ - LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)\"" - AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([],[])], - [AS_IF([ ($OBJDUMP -p conftest$ac_exeext) 2>/dev/null | grep "RUNPATH.*$libdir" >/dev/null], - [shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes])]) - LDFLAGS=$save_LDFLAGS - libdir=$save_libdir - - # This implies no fast_install, which is unacceptable. - # Some rework will be needed to allow for fast_install - # before this can be enabled. - hardcode_into_libs=yes - - # Append ld.so.conf contents to the search path - if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then - lt_ld_extra=`awk '/^include / { system(sprintf("cd /etc; cat %s 2>/dev/null", \[$]2)); skip = 1; } { if (!skip) print \[$]0; skip = 0; }' < /etc/ld.so.conf | $SED -e 's/#.*//;/^[ ]*hwcap[ ]/d;s/[:, ]/ /g;s/=[^=]*$//;s/=[^= ]* / /g;/^$/d' | tr '\n' ' '` - sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib $lt_ld_extra" - fi - - # We used to test for /lib/ld.so.1 and disable shared libraries on - # powerpc, because MkLinux only supported shared libraries with the - # GNU dynamic linker. Since this was broken with cross compilers, - # most powerpc-linux boxes support dynamic linking these days and - # people can always --disable-shared, the test was removed, and we - # assume the GNU/Linux dynamic linker is in use. - dynamic_linker='GNU/Linux ld.so' - ;; - -netbsd*) - version_type=sunos - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' - finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir' - dynamic_linker='NetBSD (a.out) ld.so' - else - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - dynamic_linker='NetBSD ld.elf_so' - fi - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - hardcode_into_libs=yes - ;; - -newsos6) - version_type=linux - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - ;; - -*nto* | *qnx*) - version_type=qnx - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - hardcode_into_libs=yes - dynamic_linker='ldqnx.so' - ;; - -openbsd*) - version_type=sunos - sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib" - need_lib_prefix=no - # Some older versions of OpenBSD (3.3 at least) *do* need versioned libs. - case $host_os in - openbsd3.3 | openbsd3.3.*) need_version=yes ;; - *) need_version=no ;; - esac - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' - finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then - case $host_os in - openbsd2.[[89]] | openbsd2.[[89]].*) - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - ;; - *) - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - ;; - esac - else - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - fi - ;; - -os2*) - libname_spec='$name' - shrext_cmds=".dll" - need_lib_prefix=no - library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext} $libname.a' - dynamic_linker='OS/2 ld.exe' - shlibpath_var=LIBPATH - ;; - -osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) - version_type=osf - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/shlib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib/cmplrs/cc /usr/lib /usr/local/lib /var/shlib" - sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec" - ;; - -rdos*) - dynamic_linker=no - ;; - -solaris*) - version_type=linux - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - hardcode_into_libs=yes - # ldd complains unless libraries are executable - postinstall_cmds='chmod +x $lib' - ;; - -sunos4*) - version_type=sunos - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' - finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/usr/etc" ldconfig $libdir' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then - need_lib_prefix=no - fi - need_version=yes - ;; - -sysv4 | sysv4.3*) - version_type=linux - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - case $host_vendor in - sni) - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - need_lib_prefix=no - runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH - ;; - siemens) - need_lib_prefix=no - ;; - motorola) - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - sys_lib_search_path_spec='/lib /usr/lib /usr/ccs/lib' - ;; - esac - ;; - -sysv4*MP*) - if test -d /usr/nec ;then - version_type=linux - library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}.$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$major' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - fi - ;; - -sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*) - version_type=freebsd-elf - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - hardcode_into_libs=yes - if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then - sys_lib_search_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /usr/gnu/lib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib /lib' - else - sys_lib_search_path_spec='/usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib' - case $host_os in - sco3.2v5*) - sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /lib" - ;; - esac - fi - sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/lib' - ;; - -tpf*) - # TPF is a cross-target only. Preferred cross-host = GNU/Linux. - version_type=linux - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - hardcode_into_libs=yes - ;; - -uts4*) - version_type=linux - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - ;; - -*) - dynamic_linker=no - ;; -esac -AC_MSG_RESULT([$dynamic_linker]) -test "$dynamic_linker" = no && can_build_shared=no - -variables_saved_for_relink="PATH $shlibpath_var $runpath_var" -if test "$GCC" = yes; then - variables_saved_for_relink="$variables_saved_for_relink GCC_EXEC_PREFIX COMPILER_PATH LIBRARY_PATH" -fi - -if test "${lt_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec+set}" = set; then - sys_lib_search_path_spec="$lt_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec" -fi -if test "${lt_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec+set}" = set; then - sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$lt_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec" -fi - -_LT_DECL([], [variables_saved_for_relink], [1], - [Variables whose values should be saved in libtool wrapper scripts and - restored at link time]) -_LT_DECL([], [need_lib_prefix], [0], - [Do we need the "lib" prefix for modules?]) -_LT_DECL([], [need_version], [0], [Do we need a version for libraries?]) -_LT_DECL([], [version_type], [0], [Library versioning type]) -_LT_DECL([], [runpath_var], [0], [Shared library runtime path variable]) -_LT_DECL([], [shlibpath_var], [0],[Shared library path variable]) -_LT_DECL([], [shlibpath_overrides_runpath], [0], - [Is shlibpath searched before the hard-coded library search path?]) -_LT_DECL([], [libname_spec], [1], [Format of library name prefix]) -_LT_DECL([], [library_names_spec], [1], - [[List of archive names. First name is the real one, the rest are links. - The last name is the one that the linker finds with -lNAME]]) -_LT_DECL([], [soname_spec], [1], - [[The coded name of the library, if different from the real name]]) -_LT_DECL([], [postinstall_cmds], [2], - [Command to use after installation of a shared archive]) -_LT_DECL([], [postuninstall_cmds], [2], - [Command to use after uninstallation of a shared archive]) -_LT_DECL([], [finish_cmds], [2], - [Commands used to finish a libtool library installation in a directory]) -_LT_DECL([], [finish_eval], [1], - [[As "finish_cmds", except a single script fragment to be evaled but - not shown]]) -_LT_DECL([], [hardcode_into_libs], [0], - [Whether we should hardcode library paths into libraries]) -_LT_DECL([], [sys_lib_search_path_spec], [2], - [Compile-time system search path for libraries]) -_LT_DECL([], [sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec], [2], - [Run-time system search path for libraries]) -])# _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER - - -# _LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX(TOOL) -# -------------------------- -# find a file program which can recognize shared library -AC_DEFUN([_LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX], -[m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl -AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $1]) -AC_CACHE_VAL(lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD, -[case $MAGIC_CMD in -[[\\/*] | ?:[\\/]*]) - lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" # Let the user override the test with a path. - ;; -*) - lt_save_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" - lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -dnl $ac_dummy forces splitting on constant user-supplied paths. -dnl POSIX.2 word splitting is done only on the output of word expansions, -dnl not every word. This closes a longstanding sh security hole. - ac_dummy="m4_if([$2], , $PATH, [$2])" - for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do - IFS="$lt_save_ifs" - test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. - if test -f $ac_dir/$1; then - lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$ac_dir/$1" - if test -n "$file_magic_test_file"; then - case $deplibs_check_method in - "file_magic "*) - file_magic_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "file_magic \(.*\)"` - MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD" - if eval $file_magic_cmd \$file_magic_test_file 2> /dev/null | - $EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then - : - else - cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2 - -*** Warning: the command libtool uses to detect shared libraries, -*** $file_magic_cmd, produces output that libtool cannot recognize. -*** The result is that libtool may fail to recognize shared libraries -*** as such. This will affect the creation of libtool libraries that -*** depend on shared libraries, but programs linked with such libtool -*** libraries will work regardless of this problem. Nevertheless, you -*** may want to report the problem to your system manager and/or to -*** bug-libtool@gnu.org - -_LT_EOF - fi ;; - esac - fi - break - fi - done - IFS="$lt_save_ifs" - MAGIC_CMD="$lt_save_MAGIC_CMD" - ;; -esac]) -MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD" -if test -n "$MAGIC_CMD"; then - AC_MSG_RESULT($MAGIC_CMD) -else - AC_MSG_RESULT(no) -fi -_LT_DECL([], [MAGIC_CMD], [0], - [Used to examine libraries when file_magic_cmd begins with "file"])dnl -])# _LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX - -# Old name: -AU_ALIAS([AC_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX], [_LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX]) -dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: -dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX], []) - - -# _LT_PATH_MAGIC -# -------------- -# find a file program which can recognize a shared library -m4_defun([_LT_PATH_MAGIC], -[_LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX(${ac_tool_prefix}file, /usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH) -if test -z "$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD"; then - if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then - _LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX(file, /usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH) - else - MAGIC_CMD=: - fi -fi -])# _LT_PATH_MAGIC - - -# LT_PATH_LD -# ---------- -# find the pathname to the GNU or non-GNU linker -AC_DEFUN([LT_PATH_LD], -[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl -AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl -AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_BUILD])dnl -m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl -m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl - -AC_ARG_WITH([gnu-ld], - [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-gnu-ld], - [assume the C compiler uses GNU ld @<:@default=no@:>@])], - [test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes], - [with_gnu_ld=no])dnl - -ac_prog=ld -if test "$GCC" = yes; then - # Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path. - AC_MSG_CHECKING([for ld used by $CC]) - case $host in - *-*-mingw*) - # gcc leaves a trailing carriage return which upsets mingw - ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5 | tr -d '\015'` ;; - *) - ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5` ;; - esac - case $ac_prog in - # Accept absolute paths. - [[\\/]]* | ?:[[\\/]]*) - re_direlt='/[[^/]][[^/]]*/\.\./' - # Canonicalize the pathname of ld - ac_prog=`$ECHO "$ac_prog"| $SED 's%\\\\%/%g'` - while $ECHO "$ac_prog" | $GREP "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do - ac_prog=`$ECHO $ac_prog| $SED "s%$re_direlt%/%"` - done - test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog" - ;; - "") - # If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC. - ac_prog=ld - ;; - *) - # If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH. - with_gnu_ld=unknown - ;; - esac -elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then - AC_MSG_CHECKING([for GNU ld]) -else - AC_MSG_CHECKING([for non-GNU ld]) -fi -AC_CACHE_VAL(lt_cv_path_LD, -[if test -z "$LD"; then - lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR - for ac_dir in $PATH; do - IFS="$lt_save_ifs" - test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. - if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" || test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exeext"; then - lt_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog" - # Check to see if the program is GNU ld. I'd rather use --version, - # but apparently some variants of GNU ld only accept -v. - # Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer. - case `"$lt_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 </dev/null` in - *GNU* | *'with BFD'*) - test "$with_gnu_ld" != no && break - ;; - *) - test "$with_gnu_ld" != yes && break - ;; - esac - fi - done - IFS="$lt_save_ifs" -else - lt_cv_path_LD="$LD" # Let the user override the test with a path. -fi]) -LD="$lt_cv_path_LD" -if test -n "$LD"; then - AC_MSG_RESULT($LD) -else - AC_MSG_RESULT(no) -fi -test -z "$LD" && AC_MSG_ERROR([no acceptable ld found in \$PATH]) -_LT_PATH_LD_GNU -AC_SUBST([LD]) - -_LT_TAGDECL([], [LD], [1], [The linker used to build libraries]) -])# LT_PATH_LD - -# Old names: -AU_ALIAS([AM_PROG_LD], [LT_PATH_LD]) -AU_ALIAS([AC_PROG_LD], [LT_PATH_LD]) -dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: -dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_LD], []) -dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_LD], []) - - -# _LT_PATH_LD_GNU -#- -------------- -m4_defun([_LT_PATH_LD_GNU], -[AC_CACHE_CHECK([if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld], lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld, -[# I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU lds only accept -v. -case `$LD -v 2>&1 </dev/null` in -*GNU* | *'with BFD'*) - lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=yes - ;; -*) - lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=no - ;; -esac]) -with_gnu_ld=$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld -])# _LT_PATH_LD_GNU - - -# _LT_CMD_RELOAD -# -------------- -# find reload flag for linker -# -- PORTME Some linkers may need a different reload flag. -m4_defun([_LT_CMD_RELOAD], -[AC_CACHE_CHECK([for $LD option to reload object files], - lt_cv_ld_reload_flag, - [lt_cv_ld_reload_flag='-r']) -reload_flag=$lt_cv_ld_reload_flag -case $reload_flag in -"" | " "*) ;; -*) reload_flag=" $reload_flag" ;; -esac -reload_cmds='$LD$reload_flag -o $output$reload_objs' -case $host_os in - darwin*) - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - reload_cmds='$LTCC $LTCFLAGS -nostdlib ${wl}-r -o $output$reload_objs' - else - reload_cmds='$LD$reload_flag -o $output$reload_objs' - fi - ;; -esac -_LT_DECL([], [reload_flag], [1], [How to create reloadable object files])dnl -_LT_DECL([], [reload_cmds], [2])dnl -])# _LT_CMD_RELOAD - - -# _LT_CHECK_MAGIC_METHOD -# ---------------------- -# how to check for library dependencies -# -- PORTME fill in with the dynamic library characteristics -m4_defun([_LT_CHECK_MAGIC_METHOD], -[m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP]) -m4_require([_LT_DECL_OBJDUMP]) -AC_CACHE_CHECK([how to recognize dependent libraries], -lt_cv_deplibs_check_method, -[lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$MAGIC_CMD' -lt_cv_file_magic_test_file= -lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='unknown' -# Need to set the preceding variable on all platforms that support -# interlibrary dependencies. -# 'none' -- dependencies not supported. -# `unknown' -- same as none, but documents that we really don't know. -# 'pass_all' -- all dependencies passed with no checks. -# 'test_compile' -- check by making test program. -# 'file_magic [[regex]]' -- check by looking for files in library path -# which responds to the $file_magic_cmd with a given extended regex. -# If you have `file' or equivalent on your system and you're not sure -# whether `pass_all' will *always* work, you probably want this one. - -case $host_os in -aix[[4-9]]*) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all - ;; - -beos*) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all - ;; - -bsdi[[45]]*) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [[0-9]][[0-9]]*-bit [[ML]]SB (shared object|dynamic lib)' - lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/usr/bin/file -L' - lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/shlib/libc.so - ;; - -cygwin*) - # func_win32_libid is a shell function defined in ltmain.sh - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ^x86 archive import|^x86 DLL' - lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='func_win32_libid' - ;; - -mingw* | pw32*) - # Base MSYS/MinGW do not provide the 'file' command needed by - # func_win32_libid shell function, so use a weaker test based on 'objdump', - # unless we find 'file', for example because we are cross-compiling. - if ( file / ) >/dev/null 2>&1; then - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ^x86 archive import|^x86 DLL' - lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='func_win32_libid' - else - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic file format pei*-i386(.*architecture: i386)?' - lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$OBJDUMP -f' - fi - ;; - -cegcc) - # use the weaker test based on 'objdump'. See mingw*. - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic file format pe-arm-.*little(.*architecture: arm)?' - lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$OBJDUMP -f' - ;; - -darwin* | rhapsody*) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all - ;; - -freebsd* | dragonfly*) - if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ > /dev/null; then - case $host_cpu in - i*86 ) - # Not sure whether the presence of OpenBSD here was a mistake. - # Let's accept both of them until this is cleared up. - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (FreeBSD|OpenBSD|DragonFly)/i[[3-9]]86 (compact )?demand paged shared library' - lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file - lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=`echo /usr/lib/libc.so.*` - ;; - esac - else - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all - fi - ;; - -gnu*) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all - ;; - -hpux10.20* | hpux11*) - lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file - case $host_cpu in - ia64*) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[[0-9]][[0-9]][[0-9]]|ELF-[[0-9]][[0-9]]) shared object file - IA64' - lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/hpux32/libc.so - ;; - hppa*64*) - [lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[0-9][0-9][0-9]|ELF-[0-9][0-9]) shared object file - PA-RISC [0-9].[0-9]'] - lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/pa20_64/libc.sl - ;; - *) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[[0-9]][[0-9]][[0-9]]|PA-RISC[[0-9]].[[0-9]]) shared library' - lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/libc.sl - ;; - esac - ;; - -interix[[3-9]]*) - # PIC code is broken on Interix 3.x, that's why |\.a not |_pic\.a here - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[[^/]]+(\.so|\.a)$' - ;; - -irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) - case $LD in - *-32|*"-32 ") libmagic=32-bit;; - *-n32|*"-n32 ") libmagic=N32;; - *-64|*"-64 ") libmagic=64-bit;; - *) libmagic=never-match;; - esac - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all - ;; - -# This must be Linux ELF. -linux* | k*bsd*-gnu) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all - ;; - -netbsd*) - if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ > /dev/null; then - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[[^/]]+(\.so\.[[0-9]]+\.[[0-9]]+|_pic\.a)$' - else - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[[^/]]+(\.so|_pic\.a)$' - fi - ;; - -newos6*) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [[0-9]][[0-9]]*-bit [[ML]]SB (executable|dynamic lib)' - lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file - lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/libnls.so - ;; - -*nto* | *qnx*) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all - ;; - -openbsd*) - if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[[^/]]+(\.so\.[[0-9]]+\.[[0-9]]+|\.so|_pic\.a)$' - else - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[[^/]]+(\.so\.[[0-9]]+\.[[0-9]]+|_pic\.a)$' - fi - ;; - -osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all - ;; - -rdos*) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all - ;; - -solaris*) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all - ;; - -sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all - ;; - -sysv4 | sysv4.3*) - case $host_vendor in - motorola) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [[0-9]][[0-9]]*-bit [[ML]]SB (shared object|dynamic lib) M[[0-9]][[0-9]]* Version [[0-9]]' - lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=`echo /usr/lib/libc.so*` - ;; - ncr) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all - ;; - sequent) - lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/bin/file' - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [[0-9]][[0-9]]*-bit [[LM]]SB (shared object|dynamic lib )' - ;; - sni) - lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/bin/file' - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method="file_magic ELF [[0-9]][[0-9]]*-bit [[LM]]SB dynamic lib" - lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/lib/libc.so - ;; - siemens) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all - ;; - pc) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all - ;; - esac - ;; - -tpf*) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all - ;; -esac -]) -file_magic_cmd=$lt_cv_file_magic_cmd -deplibs_check_method=$lt_cv_deplibs_check_method -test -z "$deplibs_check_method" && deplibs_check_method=unknown - -_LT_DECL([], [deplibs_check_method], [1], - [Method to check whether dependent libraries are shared objects]) -_LT_DECL([], [file_magic_cmd], [1], - [Command to use when deplibs_check_method == "file_magic"]) -])# _LT_CHECK_MAGIC_METHOD - - -# LT_PATH_NM -# ---------- -# find the pathname to a BSD- or MS-compatible name lister -AC_DEFUN([LT_PATH_NM], -[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl -AC_CACHE_CHECK([for BSD- or MS-compatible name lister (nm)], lt_cv_path_NM, -[if test -n "$NM"; then - # Let the user override the test. - lt_cv_path_NM="$NM" -else - lt_nm_to_check="${ac_tool_prefix}nm" - if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix" && test "$build" = "$host"; then - lt_nm_to_check="$lt_nm_to_check nm" - fi - for lt_tmp_nm in $lt_nm_to_check; do - lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR - for ac_dir in $PATH /usr/ccs/bin/elf /usr/ccs/bin /usr/ucb /bin; do - IFS="$lt_save_ifs" - test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. - tmp_nm="$ac_dir/$lt_tmp_nm" - if test -f "$tmp_nm" || test -f "$tmp_nm$ac_exeext" ; then - # Check to see if the nm accepts a BSD-compat flag. - # Adding the `sed 1q' prevents false positives on HP-UX, which says: - # nm: unknown option "B" ignored - # Tru64's nm complains that /dev/null is an invalid object file - case `"$tmp_nm" -B /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'` in - */dev/null* | *'Invalid file or object type'*) - lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm -B" - break - ;; - *) - case `"$tmp_nm" -p /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'` in - */dev/null*) - lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm -p" - break - ;; - *) - lt_cv_path_NM=${lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm"} # keep the first match, but - continue # so that we can try to find one that supports BSD flags - ;; - esac - ;; - esac - fi - done - IFS="$lt_save_ifs" - done - : ${lt_cv_path_NM=no} -fi]) -if test "$lt_cv_path_NM" != "no"; then - NM="$lt_cv_path_NM" -else - # Didn't find any BSD compatible name lister, look for dumpbin. - AC_CHECK_TOOLS(DUMPBIN, ["dumpbin -symbols" "link -dump -symbols"], :) - AC_SUBST([DUMPBIN]) - if test "$DUMPBIN" != ":"; then - NM="$DUMPBIN" - fi -fi -test -z "$NM" && NM=nm -AC_SUBST([NM]) -_LT_DECL([], [NM], [1], [A BSD- or MS-compatible name lister])dnl - -AC_CACHE_CHECK([the name lister ($NM) interface], [lt_cv_nm_interface], - [lt_cv_nm_interface="BSD nm" - echo "int some_variable = 0;" > conftest.$ac_ext - (eval echo "\"\$as_me:__oline__: $ac_compile\"" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD) - (eval "$ac_compile" 2>conftest.err) - cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD - (eval echo "\"\$as_me:__oline__: $NM \\\"conftest.$ac_objext\\\"\"" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD) - (eval "$NM \"conftest.$ac_objext\"" 2>conftest.err > conftest.out) - cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD - (eval echo "\"\$as_me:__oline__: output\"" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD) - cat conftest.out >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD - if $GREP 'External.*some_variable' conftest.out > /dev/null; then - lt_cv_nm_interface="MS dumpbin" - fi - rm -f conftest*]) -])# LT_PATH_NM - -# Old names: -AU_ALIAS([AM_PROG_NM], [LT_PATH_NM]) -AU_ALIAS([AC_PROG_NM], [LT_PATH_NM]) -dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: -dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_NM], []) -dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_NM], []) - - -# LT_LIB_M -# -------- -# check for math library -AC_DEFUN([LT_LIB_M], -[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl -LIBM= -case $host in -*-*-beos* | *-*-cygwin* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-darwin*) - # These system don't have libm, or don't need it - ;; -*-ncr-sysv4.3*) - AC_CHECK_LIB(mw, _mwvalidcheckl, LIBM="-lmw") - AC_CHECK_LIB(m, cos, LIBM="$LIBM -lm") - ;; -*) - AC_CHECK_LIB(m, cos, LIBM="-lm") - ;; -esac -AC_SUBST([LIBM]) -])# LT_LIB_M - -# Old name: -AU_ALIAS([AC_CHECK_LIBM], [LT_LIB_M]) -dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: -dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_CHECK_LIBM], []) - - -# _LT_COMPILER_NO_RTTI([TAGNAME]) -# ------------------------------- -m4_defun([_LT_COMPILER_NO_RTTI], -[m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl - -_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)= - -if test "$GCC" = yes; then - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)=' -fno-builtin' - - _LT_COMPILER_OPTION([if $compiler supports -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions], - lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions, - [-fno-rtti -fno-exceptions], [], - [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)="$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1) -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions"]) -fi -_LT_TAGDECL([no_builtin_flag], [lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag], [1], - [Compiler flag to turn off builtin functions]) -])# _LT_COMPILER_NO_RTTI - - -# _LT_CMD_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS -# ---------------------- -m4_defun([_LT_CMD_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS], -[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl -AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl -AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_NM])dnl -AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_LD])dnl -m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl -m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl -m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl - -# Check for command to grab the raw symbol name followed by C symbol from nm. -AC_MSG_CHECKING([command to parse $NM output from $compiler object]) -AC_CACHE_VAL([lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe], -[ -# These are sane defaults that work on at least a few old systems. -# [They come from Ultrix. What could be older than Ultrix?!! ;)] - -# Character class describing NM global symbol codes. -symcode='[[BCDEGRST]]' - -# Regexp to match symbols that can be accessed directly from C. -sympat='\([[_A-Za-z]][[_A-Za-z0-9]]*\)' - -# Define system-specific variables. -case $host_os in -aix*) - symcode='[[BCDT]]' - ;; -cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) - symcode='[[ABCDGISTW]]' - ;; -hpux*) - if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then - symcode='[[ABCDEGRST]]' - fi - ;; -irix* | nonstopux*) - symcode='[[BCDEGRST]]' - ;; -osf*) - symcode='[[BCDEGQRST]]' - ;; -solaris*) - symcode='[[BDRT]]' - ;; -sco3.2v5*) - symcode='[[DT]]' - ;; -sysv4.2uw2*) - symcode='[[DT]]' - ;; -sysv5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*) - symcode='[[ABDT]]' - ;; -sysv4) - symcode='[[DFNSTU]]' - ;; -esac - -# If we're using GNU nm, then use its standard symbol codes. -case `$NM -V 2>&1` in -*GNU* | *'with BFD'*) - symcode='[[ABCDGIRSTW]]' ;; -esac - -# Transform an extracted symbol line into a proper C declaration. -# Some systems (esp. on ia64) link data and code symbols differently, -# so use this general approach. -lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl="sed -n -e 's/^T .* \(.*\)$/extern int \1();/p' -e 's/^$symcode* .* \(.*\)$/extern char \1;/p'" - -# Transform an extracted symbol line into symbol name and symbol address -lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address="sed -n -e 's/^: \([[^ ]]*\) $/ {\\\"\1\\\", (void *) 0},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([[^ ]]*\) \([[^ ]]*\)$/ {\"\2\", (void *) \&\2},/p'" -lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix="sed -n -e 's/^: \([[^ ]]*\) $/ {\\\"\1\\\", (void *) 0},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([[^ ]]*\) \(lib[[^ ]]*\)$/ {\"\2\", (void *) \&\2},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([[^ ]]*\) \([[^ ]]*\)$/ {\"lib\2\", (void *) \&\2},/p'" - -# Handle CRLF in mingw tool chain -opt_cr= -case $build_os in -mingw*) - opt_cr=`$ECHO 'x\{0,1\}' | tr x '\015'` # option cr in regexp - ;; -esac - -# Try without a prefix underscore, then with it. -for ac_symprfx in "" "_"; do - - # Transform symcode, sympat, and symprfx into a raw symbol and a C symbol. - symxfrm="\\1 $ac_symprfx\\2 \\2" - - # Write the raw and C identifiers. - if test "$lt_cv_nm_interface" = "MS dumpbin"; then - # Fake it for dumpbin and say T for any non-static function - # and D for any global variable. - # Also find C++ and __fastcall symbols from MSVC++, - # which start with @ or ?. - lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe="$AWK ['"\ -" {last_section=section; section=\$ 3};"\ -" /Section length .*#relocs.*(pick any)/{hide[last_section]=1};"\ -" \$ 0!~/External *\|/{next};"\ -" / 0+ UNDEF /{next}; / UNDEF \([^|]\)*()/{next};"\ -" {if(hide[section]) next};"\ -" {f=0}; \$ 0~/\(\).*\|/{f=1}; {printf f ? \"T \" : \"D \"};"\ -" {split(\$ 0, a, /\||\r/); split(a[2], s)};"\ -" s[1]~/^[@?]/{print s[1], s[1]; next};"\ -" s[1]~prfx {split(s[1],t,\"@\"); print t[1], substr(t[1],length(prfx))}"\ -" ' prfx=^$ac_symprfx]" - else - lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe="sed -n -e 's/^.*[[ ]]\($symcode$symcode*\)[[ ]][[ ]]*$ac_symprfx$sympat$opt_cr$/$symxfrm/p'" - fi - - # Check to see that the pipe works correctly. - pipe_works=no - - rm -f conftest* - cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif -char nm_test_var; -void nm_test_func(void); -void nm_test_func(void){} -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif -int main(){nm_test_var='a';nm_test_func();return(0);} -_LT_EOF - - if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then - # Now try to grab the symbols. - nlist=conftest.nm - if AC_TRY_EVAL(NM conftest.$ac_objext \| $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe \> $nlist) && test -s "$nlist"; then - # Try sorting and uniquifying the output. - if sort "$nlist" | uniq > "$nlist"T; then - mv -f "$nlist"T "$nlist" - else - rm -f "$nlist"T - fi - - # Make sure that we snagged all the symbols we need. - if $GREP ' nm_test_var$' "$nlist" >/dev/null; then - if $GREP ' nm_test_func$' "$nlist" >/dev/null; then - cat <<_LT_EOF > conftest.$ac_ext -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -_LT_EOF - # Now generate the symbol file. - eval "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl"' < "$nlist" | $GREP -v main >> conftest.$ac_ext' - - cat <<_LT_EOF >> conftest.$ac_ext - -/* The mapping between symbol names and symbols. */ -const struct { - const char *name; - void *address; -} -lt__PROGRAM__LTX_preloaded_symbols[[]] = -{ - { "@PROGRAM@", (void *) 0 }, -_LT_EOF - $SED "s/^$symcode$symcode* \(.*\) \(.*\)$/ {\"\2\", (void *) \&\2},/" < "$nlist" | $GREP -v main >> conftest.$ac_ext - cat <<\_LT_EOF >> conftest.$ac_ext - {0, (void *) 0} -}; - -/* This works around a problem in FreeBSD linker */ -#ifdef FREEBSD_WORKAROUND -static const void *lt_preloaded_setup() { - return lt__PROGRAM__LTX_preloaded_symbols; -} -#endif - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif -_LT_EOF - # Now try linking the two files. - mv conftest.$ac_objext conftstm.$ac_objext - lt_save_LIBS="$LIBS" - lt_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" - LIBS="conftstm.$ac_objext" - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)" - if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_link) && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then - pipe_works=yes - fi - LIBS="$lt_save_LIBS" - CFLAGS="$lt_save_CFLAGS" - else - echo "cannot find nm_test_func in $nlist" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD - fi - else - echo "cannot find nm_test_var in $nlist" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD - fi - else - echo "cannot run $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD - fi - else - echo "$progname: failed program was:" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD - cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - fi - rm -rf conftest* conftst* - - # Do not use the global_symbol_pipe unless it works. - if test "$pipe_works" = yes; then - break - else - lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe= - fi -done -]) -if test -z "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe"; then - lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl= -fi -if test -z "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl"; then - AC_MSG_RESULT(failed) -else - AC_MSG_RESULT(ok) -fi - -_LT_DECL([global_symbol_pipe], [lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe], [1], - [Take the output of nm and produce a listing of raw symbols and C names]) -_LT_DECL([global_symbol_to_cdecl], [lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl], [1], - [Transform the output of nm in a proper C declaration]) -_LT_DECL([global_symbol_to_c_name_address], - [lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address], [1], - [Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair]) -_LT_DECL([global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix], - [lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix], [1], - [Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair when lib prefix is needed]) -]) # _LT_CMD_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS - - -# _LT_COMPILER_PIC([TAGNAME]) -# --------------------------- -m4_defun([_LT_COMPILER_PIC], -[m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl -_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)= -_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)= -_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)= - -AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $compiler option to produce PIC]) -m4_if([$1], [CXX], [ - # C++ specific cases for pic, static, wl, etc. - if test "$GXX" = yes; then - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static' - - case $host_os in - aix*) - # All AIX code is PIC. - if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then - # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' - fi - ;; - - amigaos*) - case $host_cpu in - powerpc) - # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC' - ;; - m68k) - # FIXME: we need at least 68020 code to build shared libraries, but - # adding the `-m68020' flag to GCC prevents building anything better, - # like `-m68040'. - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-m68020 -resident32 -malways-restore-a4' - ;; - esac - ;; - - beos* | irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux* | osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) - # PIC is the default for these OSes. - ;; - mingw* | cygwin* | os2* | pw32* | cegcc*) - # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being - # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example). - # Although the cygwin gcc ignores -fPIC, still need this for old-style - # (--disable-auto-import) libraries - m4_if([$1], [GCJ], [], - [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-DDLL_EXPORT']) - ;; - darwin* | rhapsody*) - # PIC is the default on this platform - # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fno-common' - ;; - *djgpp*) - # DJGPP does not support shared libraries at all - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)= - ;; - interix[[3-9]]*) - # Interix 3.x gcc -fpic/-fPIC options generate broken code. - # Instead, we relocate shared libraries at runtime. - ;; - sysv4*MP*) - if test -d /usr/nec; then - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=-Kconform_pic - fi - ;; - hpux*) - # PIC is the default for 64-bit PA HP-UX, but not for 32-bit - # PA HP-UX. On IA64 HP-UX, PIC is the default but the pic flag - # sets the default TLS model and affects inlining. - case $host_cpu in - hppa*64*) - ;; - *) - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC' - ;; - esac - ;; - *qnx* | *nto*) - # QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise - # it will coredump. - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC -shared' - ;; - *) - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC' - ;; - esac - else - case $host_os in - aix[[4-9]]*) - # All AIX code is PIC. - if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then - # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' - else - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-bnso -bI:/lib/syscalls.exp' - fi - ;; - chorus*) - case $cc_basename in - cxch68*) - # Green Hills C++ Compiler - # _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)="--no_auto_instantiation -u __main -u __premain -u _abort -r $COOL_DIR/lib/libOrb.a $MVME_DIR/lib/CC/libC.a $MVME_DIR/lib/classix/libcx.s.a" - ;; - esac - ;; - dgux*) - case $cc_basename in - ec++*) - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' - ;; - ghcx*) - # Green Hills C++ Compiler - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic' - ;; - *) - ;; - esac - ;; - freebsd* | dragonfly*) - # FreeBSD uses GNU C++ - ;; - hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) - case $cc_basename in - CC*) - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='${wl}-a ${wl}archive' - if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='+Z' - fi - ;; - aCC*) - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='${wl}-a ${wl}archive' - case $host_cpu in - hppa*64*|ia64*) - # +Z the default - ;; - *) - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='+Z' - ;; - esac - ;; - *) - ;; - esac - ;; - interix*) - # This is c89, which is MS Visual C++ (no shared libs) - # Anyone wants to do a port? - ;; - irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) - case $cc_basename in - CC*) - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared' - # CC pic flag -KPIC is the default. - ;; - *) - ;; - esac - ;; - linux* | k*bsd*-gnu) - case $cc_basename in - KCC*) - # KAI C++ Compiler - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='--backend -Wl,' - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC' - ;; - ecpc* ) - # old Intel C++ for x86_64 which still supported -KPIC. - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static' - ;; - icpc* ) - # Intel C++, used to be incompatible with GCC. - # ICC 10 doesn't accept -KPIC any more. - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC' - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static' - ;; - pgCC* | pgcpp*) - # Portland Group C++ compiler - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fpic' - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' - ;; - cxx*) - # Compaq C++ - # Make sure the PIC flag is empty. It appears that all Alpha - # Linux and Compaq Tru64 Unix objects are PIC. - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)= - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared' - ;; - xlc* | xlC*) - # IBM XL 8.0 on PPC - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-qpic' - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-qstaticlink' - ;; - *) - case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in - *Sun\ C*) - # Sun C++ 5.9 - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Qoption ld ' - ;; - esac - ;; - esac - ;; - lynxos*) - ;; - m88k*) - ;; - mvs*) - case $cc_basename in - cxx*) - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-W c,exportall' - ;; - *) - ;; - esac - ;; - netbsd*) - ;; - *qnx* | *nto*) - # QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise - # it will coredump. - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC -shared' - ;; - osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) - case $cc_basename in - KCC*) - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='--backend -Wl,' - ;; - RCC*) - # Rational C++ 2.4.1 - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic' - ;; - cxx*) - # Digital/Compaq C++ - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' - # Make sure the PIC flag is empty. It appears that all Alpha - # Linux and Compaq Tru64 Unix objects are PIC. - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)= - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared' - ;; - *) - ;; - esac - ;; - psos*) - ;; - solaris*) - case $cc_basename in - CC*) - # Sun C++ 4.2, 5.x and Centerline C++ - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Qoption ld ' - ;; - gcx*) - # Green Hills C++ Compiler - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-PIC' - ;; - *) - ;; - esac - ;; - sunos4*) - case $cc_basename in - CC*) - # Sun C++ 4.x - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic' - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' - ;; - lcc*) - # Lucid - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic' - ;; - *) - ;; - esac - ;; - sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*) - case $cc_basename in - CC*) - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' - ;; - esac - ;; - tandem*) - case $cc_basename in - NCC*) - # NonStop-UX NCC 3.20 - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' - ;; - *) - ;; - esac - ;; - vxworks*) - ;; - *) - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no - ;; - esac - fi -], -[ - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static' - - case $host_os in - aix*) - # All AIX code is PIC. - if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then - # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' - fi - ;; - - amigaos*) - case $host_cpu in - powerpc) - # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC' - ;; - m68k) - # FIXME: we need at least 68020 code to build shared libraries, but - # adding the `-m68020' flag to GCC prevents building anything better, - # like `-m68040'. - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-m68020 -resident32 -malways-restore-a4' - ;; - esac - ;; - - beos* | irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux* | osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) - # PIC is the default for these OSes. - ;; - - mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*) - # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being - # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example). - # Although the cygwin gcc ignores -fPIC, still need this for old-style - # (--disable-auto-import) libraries - m4_if([$1], [GCJ], [], - [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-DDLL_EXPORT']) - ;; - - darwin* | rhapsody*) - # PIC is the default on this platform - # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fno-common' - ;; - - hpux*) - # PIC is the default for 64-bit PA HP-UX, but not for 32-bit - # PA HP-UX. On IA64 HP-UX, PIC is the default but the pic flag - # sets the default TLS model and affects inlining. - case $host_cpu in - hppa*64*) - # +Z the default - ;; - *) - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC' - ;; - esac - ;; - - interix[[3-9]]*) - # Interix 3.x gcc -fpic/-fPIC options generate broken code. - # Instead, we relocate shared libraries at runtime. - ;; - - msdosdjgpp*) - # Just because we use GCC doesn't mean we suddenly get shared libraries - # on systems that don't support them. - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no - enable_shared=no - ;; - - *nto* | *qnx*) - # QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise - # it will coredump. - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC -shared' - ;; - - sysv4*MP*) - if test -d /usr/nec; then - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=-Kconform_pic - fi - ;; - - *) - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC' - ;; - esac - else - # PORTME Check for flag to pass linker flags through the system compiler. - case $host_os in - aix*) - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' - if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then - # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' - else - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-bnso -bI:/lib/syscalls.exp' - fi - ;; - - mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*) - # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being - # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example). - m4_if([$1], [GCJ], [], - [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-DDLL_EXPORT']) - ;; - - hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' - # PIC is the default for IA64 HP-UX and 64-bit HP-UX, but - # not for PA HP-UX. - case $host_cpu in - hppa*64*|ia64*) - # +Z the default - ;; - *) - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='+Z' - ;; - esac - # Is there a better lt_prog_compiler_static that works with the bundled CC? - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='${wl}-a ${wl}archive' - ;; - - irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' - # PIC (with -KPIC) is the default. - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared' - ;; - - linux* | k*bsd*-gnu) - case $cc_basename in - # old Intel for x86_64 which still supported -KPIC. - ecc*) - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static' - ;; - # icc used to be incompatible with GCC. - # ICC 10 doesn't accept -KPIC any more. - icc* | ifort*) - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC' - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static' - ;; - # Lahey Fortran 8.1. - lf95*) - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='--shared' - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='--static' - ;; - pgcc* | pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95*) - # Portland Group compilers (*not* the Pentium gcc compiler, - # which looks to be a dead project) - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fpic' - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' - ;; - ccc*) - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' - # All Alpha code is PIC. - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared' - ;; - xl*) - # IBM XL C 8.0/Fortran 10.1 on PPC - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-qpic' - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-qstaticlink' - ;; - *) - case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in - *Sun\ C*) - # Sun C 5.9 - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' - ;; - *Sun\ F*) - # Sun Fortran 8.3 passes all unrecognized flags to the linker - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='' - ;; - esac - ;; - esac - ;; - - newsos6) - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' - ;; - - *nto* | *qnx*) - # QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise - # it will coredump. - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC -shared' - ;; - - osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' - # All OSF/1 code is PIC. - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared' - ;; - - rdos*) - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared' - ;; - - solaris*) - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' - case $cc_basename in - f77* | f90* | f95*) - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Qoption ld ';; - *) - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,';; - esac - ;; - - sunos4*) - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Qoption ld ' - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-PIC' - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' - ;; - - sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3*) - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' - ;; - - sysv4*MP*) - if test -d /usr/nec ;then - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-Kconform_pic' - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' - fi - ;; - - sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*) - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC' - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' - ;; - - unicos*) - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,' - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no - ;; - - uts4*) - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic' - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic' - ;; - - *) - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no - ;; - esac - fi -]) -case $host_os in - # For platforms which do not support PIC, -DPIC is meaningless: - *djgpp*) - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)= - ;; - *) - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)="$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)@&t@m4_if([$1],[],[ -DPIC],[m4_if([$1],[CXX],[ -DPIC],[])])" - ;; -esac -AC_MSG_RESULT([$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)]) -_LT_TAGDECL([wl], [lt_prog_compiler_wl], [1], - [How to pass a linker flag through the compiler]) - -# -# Check to make sure the PIC flag actually works. -# -if test -n "$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)"; then - _LT_COMPILER_OPTION([if $compiler PIC flag $_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1) works], - [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works, $1)], - [$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)@&t@m4_if([$1],[],[ -DPIC],[m4_if([$1],[CXX],[ -DPIC],[])])], [], - [case $_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1) in - "" | " "*) ;; - *) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=" $_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)" ;; - esac], - [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)= - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no]) -fi -_LT_TAGDECL([pic_flag], [lt_prog_compiler_pic], [1], - [Additional compiler flags for building library objects]) - -# -# Check to make sure the static flag actually works. -# -wl=$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1) eval lt_tmp_static_flag=\"$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)\" -_LT_LINKER_OPTION([if $compiler static flag $lt_tmp_static_flag works], - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works, $1), - $lt_tmp_static_flag, - [], - [_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)=]) -_LT_TAGDECL([link_static_flag], [lt_prog_compiler_static], [1], - [Compiler flag to prevent dynamic linking]) -])# _LT_COMPILER_PIC - - -# _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS([TAGNAME]) -# ---------------------------- -# See if the linker supports building shared libraries. -m4_defun([_LT_LINKER_SHLIBS], -[AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_LD])dnl -AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_NM])dnl -m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl -m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl -m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl -m4_require([_LT_CMD_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS])dnl -m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl -AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries]) -m4_if([$1], [CXX], [ - _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' - case $host_os in - aix[[4-9]]*) - # If we're using GNU nm, then we don't want the "-C" option. - # -C means demangle to AIX nm, but means don't demangle with GNU nm - if $NM -V 2>&1 | $GREP 'GNU' > /dev/null; then - _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM -Bpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B")) && ([substr](\$ 3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$ 3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols' - else - _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM -BCpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B")) && ([substr](\$ 3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$ 3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols' - fi - ;; - pw32*) - _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)="$ltdll_cmds" - ;; - cygwin* | mingw* | cegcc*) - _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '\''/^[[BCDGRS]][[ ]]/s/.*[[ ]]\([[^ ]]*\)/\1 DATA/;/^.*[[ ]]__nm__/s/^.*[[ ]]__nm__\([[^ ]]*\)[[ ]][[^ ]]*/\1 DATA/;/^I[[ ]]/d;/^[[AITW]][[ ]]/s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' - ;; - *) - _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' - ;; - esac - _LT_TAGVAR(exclude_expsyms, $1)=['_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_|_GLOBAL__F[ID]_.*'] -], [ - runpath_var= - _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)= - _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)= - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)= - _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_needs_object, $1)=no - _LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=no - _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)= - _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=no - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=no - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)= - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld, $1)= - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)= - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=no - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=unsupported - _LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=no - _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=unknown - _LT_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)= - _LT_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)= - _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_new_cmds, $1)= - _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds, $1)= - _LT_TAGVAR(thread_safe_flag_spec, $1)= - _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)= - # include_expsyms should be a list of space-separated symbols to be *always* - # included in the symbol list - _LT_TAGVAR(include_expsyms, $1)= - # exclude_expsyms can be an extended regexp of symbols to exclude - # it will be wrapped by ` (' and `)$', so one must not match beginning or - # end of line. Example: `a|bc|.*d.*' will exclude the symbols `a' and `bc', - # as well as any symbol that contains `d'. - _LT_TAGVAR(exclude_expsyms, $1)=['_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_|_GLOBAL__F[ID]_.*'] - # Although _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is a valid symbol C name, most a.out - # platforms (ab)use it in PIC code, but their linkers get confused if - # the symbol is explicitly referenced. Since portable code cannot - # rely on this symbol name, it's probably fine to never include it in - # preloaded symbol tables. - # Exclude shared library initialization/finalization symbols. -dnl Note also adjust exclude_expsyms for C++ above. - extract_expsyms_cmds= - - case $host_os in - cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) - # FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time - # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using - # Microsoft Visual C++. - if test "$GCC" != yes; then - with_gnu_ld=no - fi - ;; - interix*) - # we just hope/assume this is gcc and not c89 (= MSVC++) - with_gnu_ld=yes - ;; - openbsd*) - with_gnu_ld=no - ;; - esac - - _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes - if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then - # If archive_cmds runs LD, not CC, wlarc should be empty - wlarc='${wl}' - - # Set some defaults for GNU ld with shared library support. These - # are reset later if shared libraries are not supported. Putting them - # here allows them to be overridden if necessary. - runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' - _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic' - # ancient GNU ld didn't support --whole-archive et. al. - if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP 'no-whole-archive' > /dev/null; then - _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive' - else - _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)= - fi - supports_anon_versioning=no - case `$LD -v 2>&1` in - *\ [[01]].* | *\ 2.[[0-9]].* | *\ 2.10.*) ;; # catch versions < 2.11 - *\ 2.11.93.0.2\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # RH7.3 ... - *\ 2.11.92.0.12\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # Mandrake 8.2 ... - *\ 2.11.*) ;; # other 2.11 versions - *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; - esac - - # See if GNU ld supports shared libraries. - case $host_os in - aix[[3-9]]*) - # On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken - if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then - _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2 - -*** Warning: the GNU linker, at least up to release 2.9.1, is reported -*** to be unable to reliably create shared libraries on AIX. -*** Therefore, libtool is disabling shared libraries support. If you -*** really care for shared libraries, you may want to modify your PATH -*** so that a non-GNU linker is found, and then restart. - -_LT_EOF - fi - ;; - - amigaos*) - case $host_cpu in - powerpc) - # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='' - ;; - m68k) - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes - ;; - esac - ;; - - beos*) - if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then - _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported - # Joseph Beckenbach <jrb3@best.com> says some releases of gcc - # support --undefined. This deserves some investigation. FIXME - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -nostart $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' - else - _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - fi - ;; - - cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) - # _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1) is actually meaningless, - # as there is no search path for DLLs. - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' - _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported - _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no - _LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=yes - _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '\''/^[[BCDGRS]][[ ]]/s/.*[[ ]]\([[^ ]]*\)/\1 DATA/'\'' | $SED -e '\''/^[[AITW]][[ ]]/s/.*[[ ]]//'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' - - if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib' - # If the export-symbols file already is a .def file (1st line - # is EXPORTS), use it as is; otherwise, prepend... - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then - cp $export_symbols $output_objdir/$soname.def; - else - echo EXPORTS > $output_objdir/$soname.def; - cat $export_symbols >> $output_objdir/$soname.def; - fi~ - $CC -shared $output_objdir/$soname.def $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib' - else - _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - fi - ;; - - interix[[3-9]]*) - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' - _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' - # Hack: On Interix 3.x, we cannot compile PIC because of a broken gcc. - # Instead, shared libraries are loaded at an image base (0x10000000 by - # default) and relocated if they conflict, which is a slow very memory - # consuming and fragmenting process. To avoid this, we pick a random, - # 256 KiB-aligned image base between 0x50000000 and 0x6FFC0000 at link - # time. Moving up from 0x10000000 also allows more sbrk(2) space. - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib' - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='sed "s,^,_," $export_symbols >$output_objdir/$soname.expsym~$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--retain-symbols-file,$output_objdir/$soname.expsym ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib' - ;; - - gnu* | linux* | tpf* | k*bsd*-gnu) - tmp_diet=no - if test "$host_os" = linux-dietlibc; then - case $cc_basename in - diet\ *) tmp_diet=yes;; # linux-dietlibc with static linking (!diet-dyn) - esac - fi - if $LD --help 2>&1 | $EGREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null \ - && test "$tmp_diet" = no - then - tmp_addflag= - tmp_sharedflag='-shared' - case $cc_basename,$host_cpu in - pgcc*) # Portland Group C compiler - _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $ECHO \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' - tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag' - ;; - pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95*) # Portland Group f77 and f90 compilers - _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $ECHO \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' - tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag -Mnomain' ;; - ecc*,ia64* | icc*,ia64*) # Intel C compiler on ia64 - tmp_addflag=' -i_dynamic' ;; - efc*,ia64* | ifort*,ia64*) # Intel Fortran compiler on ia64 - tmp_addflag=' -i_dynamic -nofor_main' ;; - ifc* | ifort*) # Intel Fortran compiler - tmp_addflag=' -nofor_main' ;; - lf95*) # Lahey Fortran 8.1 - _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)= - tmp_sharedflag='--shared' ;; - xl[[cC]]*) # IBM XL C 8.0 on PPC (deal with xlf below) - tmp_sharedflag='-qmkshrobj' - tmp_addflag= ;; - esac - case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in - *Sun\ C*) # Sun C 5.9 - _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive`new_convenience=; for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -z \"$conv\" || new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $ECHO \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' - _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_needs_object, $1)=yes - tmp_sharedflag='-G' ;; - *Sun\ F*) # Sun Fortran 8.3 - tmp_sharedflag='-G' ;; - esac - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC '"$tmp_sharedflag""$tmp_addflag"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' - - if test "x$supports_anon_versioning" = xyes; then - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ - cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ - echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ - $CC '"$tmp_sharedflag""$tmp_addflag"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-version-script ${wl}$output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib' - fi - - case $cc_basename in - xlf*) - # IBM XL Fortran 10.1 on PPC cannot create shared libs itself - _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='--whole-archive$convenience --no-whole-archive' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)= - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld, $1)='-rpath $libdir' - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname -o $lib' - if test "x$supports_anon_versioning" = xyes; then - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ - cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ - echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ - $LD -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname -version-script $output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib' - fi - ;; - esac - else - _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - fi - ;; - - netbsd*) - if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -o $lib' - wlarc= - else - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' - fi - ;; - - solaris*) - if $LD -v 2>&1 | $GREP 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then - _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2 - -*** Warning: The releases 2.8.* of the GNU linker cannot reliably -*** create shared libraries on Solaris systems. Therefore, libtool -*** is disabling shared libraries support. We urge you to upgrade GNU -*** binutils to release 2.9.1 or newer. Another option is to modify -*** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is -*** used, and then restart. - -_LT_EOF - elif $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' - else - _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - fi - ;; - - sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*) - case `$LD -v 2>&1` in - *\ [[01]].* | *\ 2.[[0-9]].* | *\ 2.1[[0-5]].*) - _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2 - -*** Warning: Releases of the GNU linker prior to 2.16.91.0.3 can not -*** reliably create shared libraries on SCO systems. Therefore, libtool -*** is disabling shared libraries support. We urge you to upgrade GNU -*** binutils to release 2.16.91.0.3 or newer. Another option is to modify -*** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is -*** used, and then restart. - -_LT_EOF - ;; - *) - # For security reasons, it is highly recommended that you always - # use absolute paths for naming shared libraries, and exclude the - # DT_RUNPATH tag from executables and libraries. But doing so - # requires that you compile everything twice, which is a pain. - if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' - else - _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - fi - ;; - esac - ;; - - sunos4*) - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -assert pure-text -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - wlarc= - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no - ;; - - *) - if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' - else - _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - fi - ;; - esac - - if test "$_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)" = no; then - runpath_var= - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)= - _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)= - _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)= - fi - else - # PORTME fill in a description of your system's linker (not GNU ld) - case $host_os in - aix3*) - _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported - _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=yes - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$LD -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -bE:$export_symbols -T512 -H512 -bM:SRE~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $output_objdir/$soname' - # Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there - # are no directories specified by -L. - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes - if test "$GCC" = yes && test -z "$lt_prog_compiler_static"; then - # Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a - # broken collect2. - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=unsupported - fi - ;; - - aix[[4-9]]*) - if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then - # On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't - # have to do anything special. - aix_use_runtimelinking=no - exp_sym_flag='-Bexport' - no_entry_flag="" - else - # If we're using GNU nm, then we don't want the "-C" option. - # -C means demangle to AIX nm, but means don't demangle with GNU nm - if $NM -V 2>&1 | $GREP 'GNU' > /dev/null; then - _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM -Bpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B")) && ([substr](\$ 3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$ 3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols' - else - _LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM -BCpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B")) && ([substr](\$ 3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$ 3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols' - fi - aix_use_runtimelinking=no - - # Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal - # AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we - # need to do runtime linking. - case $host_os in aix4.[[23]]|aix4.[[23]].*|aix[[5-9]]*) - for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do - if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then - aix_use_runtimelinking=yes - break - fi - done - ;; - esac - - exp_sym_flag='-bexport' - no_entry_flag='-bnoentry' - fi - - # When large executables or shared objects are built, AIX ld can - # have problems creating the table of contents. If linking a library - # or program results in "error TOC overflow" add -mminimal-toc to - # CXXFLAGS/CFLAGS for g++/gcc. In the cases where that is not - # enough to fix the problem, add -Wl,-bbigtoc to LDFLAGS. - - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=':' - _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes - _LT_TAGVAR(file_list_spec, $1)='${wl}-f,' - - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - case $host_os in aix4.[[012]]|aix4.[[012]].*) - # We only want to do this on AIX 4.2 and lower, the check - # below for broken collect2 doesn't work under 4.3+ - collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2` - if test -f "$collect2name" && - strings "$collect2name" | $GREP resolve_lib_name >/dev/null - then - # We have reworked collect2 - : - else - # We have old collect2 - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=unsupported - # It fails to find uninstalled libraries when the uninstalled - # path is not listed in the libpath. Setting hardcode_minus_L - # to unsupported forces relinking - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)= - fi - ;; - esac - shared_flag='-shared' - if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then - shared_flag="$shared_flag "'${wl}-G' - fi - else - # not using gcc - if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then - # VisualAge C++, Version 5.5 for AIX 5L for IA-64, Beta 3 Release - # chokes on -Wl,-G. The following line is correct: - shared_flag='-G' - else - if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then - shared_flag='${wl}-G' - else - shared_flag='${wl}-bM:SRE' - fi - fi - fi - - _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-bexpall' - # It seems that -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with - # underscore (_), so it is better to generate a list of symbols to export. - _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=yes - if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then - # Warning - without using the other runtime loading flags (-brtl), - # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library. - _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='-berok' - # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an - # empty executable. - _LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags `if test "x${allow_undefined_flag}" != "x"; then $ECHO "X${wl}${allow_undefined_flag}" | $Xsed; else :; fi` '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols $shared_flag" - else - if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib' - _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)="-z nodefs" - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags ${wl}${allow_undefined_flag} '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols" - else - # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an - # empty executable. - _LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" - # Warning - without using the other run time loading flags, - # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library. - _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-bernotok' - _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-berok' - # Exported symbols can be pulled into shared objects from archives - _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='$convenience' - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=yes - # This is similar to how AIX traditionally builds its shared libraries. - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs ${wl}-bnoentry $compiler_flags ${wl}-bE:$export_symbols${allow_undefined_flag}~$AR $AR_FLAGS $output_objdir/$libname$release.a $output_objdir/$soname' - fi - fi - ;; - - amigaos*) - case $host_cpu in - powerpc) - # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='' - ;; - m68k) - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes - ;; - esac - ;; - - bsdi[[45]]*) - _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)=-rdynamic - ;; - - cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) - # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using - # Microsoft Visual C++. - # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is - # no search path for DLLs. - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)=' ' - _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported - # Tell ltmain to make .lib files, not .a files. - libext=lib - # Tell ltmain to make .dll files, not .so files. - shrext_cmds=".dll" - # FIXME: Setting linknames here is a bad hack. - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -o $lib $libobjs $compiler_flags `$ECHO "X$deplibs" | $Xsed -e '\''s/ -lc$//'\''` -link -dll~linknames=' - # The linker will automatically build a .lib file if we build a DLL. - _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_new_cmds, $1)='true' - # FIXME: Should let the user specify the lib program. - _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='lib -OUT:$oldlib$oldobjs$old_deplibs' - _LT_TAGVAR(fix_srcfile_path, $1)='`cygpath -w "$srcfile"`' - _LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=yes - ;; - - darwin* | rhapsody*) - _LT_DARWIN_LINKER_FEATURES($1) - ;; - - dgux*) - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no - ;; - - freebsd1*) - _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - ;; - - # FreeBSD 2.2.[012] allows us to include c++rt0.o to get C++ constructor - # support. Future versions do this automatically, but an explicit c++rt0.o - # does not break anything, and helps significantly (at the cost of a little - # extra space). - freebsd2.2*) - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags /usr/lib/c++rt0.o' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no - ;; - - # Unfortunately, older versions of FreeBSD 2 do not have this feature. - freebsd2*) - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no - ;; - - # FreeBSD 3 and greater uses gcc -shared to do shared libraries. - freebsd* | dragonfly*) - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no - ;; - - hpux9*) - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' - else - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$LD -b +b $install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' - fi - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes - - # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, - # but as the default location of the library. - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes - _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' - ;; - - hpux10*) - if test "$GCC" = yes -a "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - else - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -b +h $soname +b $install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - fi - if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld, $1)='+b $libdir' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes - _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' - # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, - # but as the default location of the library. - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes - fi - ;; - - hpux11*) - if test "$GCC" = yes -a "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then - case $host_cpu in - hppa*64*) - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - ;; - ia64*) - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - ;; - *) - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - ;; - esac - else - case $host_cpu in - hppa*64*) - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - ;; - ia64*) - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - ;; - *) - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - ;; - esac - fi - if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: - - case $host_cpu in - hppa*64*|ia64*) - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no - ;; - *) - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes - _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' - - # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, - # but as the default location of the library. - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes - ;; - esac - fi - ;; - - irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' - # Try to use the -exported_symbol ld option, if it does not - # work, assume that -exports_file does not work either and - # implicitly export all symbols. - save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -shared ${wl}-exported_symbol ${wl}foo ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}/dev/null" - AC_LINK_IFELSE(int foo(void) {}, - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations ${wl}-exports_file ${wl}$export_symbols -o $lib' - ) - LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" - else - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -exports_file $export_symbols -o $lib' - fi - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)='no' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: - _LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=yes - _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes - ;; - - netbsd*) - if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' # a.out - else - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' # ELF - fi - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no - ;; - - newsos6) - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no - ;; - - *nto* | *qnx*) - ;; - - openbsd*) - if test -f /usr/libexec/ld.so; then - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes - if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' - _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' - else - case $host_os in - openbsd[[01]].* | openbsd2.[[0-7]] | openbsd2.[[0-7]].*) - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir' - ;; - *) - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' - ;; - esac - fi - else - _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - fi - ;; - - os2*) - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes - _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$ECHO "LIBRARY $libname INITINSTANCE" > $output_objdir/$libname.def~$ECHO "DESCRIPTION \"$libname\"" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$ECHO DATA >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$ECHO " SINGLE NONSHARED" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$ECHO EXPORTS >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~emxexp $libobjs >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$CC -Zdll -Zcrtdll -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $output_objdir/$libname.def' - _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_new_cmds, $1)='emximp -o $output_objdir/$libname.a $output_objdir/$libname.def' - ;; - - osf3*) - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' - else - _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' -expect_unresolved \*' - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' - fi - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)='no' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: - ;; - - osf4* | osf5*) # as osf3* with the addition of -msym flag - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-msym ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' - else - _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' -expect_unresolved \*' - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -msym -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='for i in `cat $export_symbols`; do printf "%s %s\\n" -exported_symbol "\$i" >> $lib.exp; done; printf "%s\\n" "-hidden">> $lib.exp~ - $CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} ${wl}-input ${wl}$lib.exp $compiler_flags $libobjs $deplibs -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib~$RM $lib.exp' - - # Both c and cxx compiler support -rpath directly - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-rpath $libdir' - fi - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)='no' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: - ;; - - solaris*) - _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' -z defs' - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - wlarc='${wl}' - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-z ${wl}text ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ - $CC -shared ${wl}-z ${wl}text ${wl}-M ${wl}$lib.exp ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp' - else - case `$CC -V 2>&1` in - *"Compilers 5.0"*) - wlarc='' - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ - $LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~$RM $lib.exp' - ;; - *) - wlarc='${wl}' - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ - $CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp' - ;; - esac - fi - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no - case $host_os in - solaris2.[[0-5]] | solaris2.[[0-5]].*) ;; - *) - # The compiler driver will combine and reorder linker options, - # but understands `-z linker_flag'. GCC discards it without `$wl', - # but is careful enough not to reorder. - # Supported since Solaris 2.6 (maybe 2.5.1?) - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-z ${wl}allextract$convenience ${wl}-z ${wl}defaultextract' - else - _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='-z allextract$convenience -z defaultextract' - fi - ;; - esac - _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes - ;; - - sunos4*) - if test "x$host_vendor" = xsequent; then - # Use $CC to link under sequent, because it throws in some extra .o - # files that make .init and .fini sections work. - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - else - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -assert pure-text -Bstatic -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - fi - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no - ;; - - sysv4) - case $host_vendor in - sni) - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes # is this really true??? - ;; - siemens) - ## LD is ld it makes a PLAMLIB - ## CC just makes a GrossModule. - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - _LT_TAGVAR(reload_cmds, $1)='$CC -r -o $output$reload_objs' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no - ;; - motorola) - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie - ;; - esac - runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no - ;; - - sysv4.3*) - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no - _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='-Bexport' - ;; - - sysv4*MP*) - if test -d /usr/nec; then - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no - runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH - hardcode_runpath_var=yes - _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes - fi - ;; - - sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[[01]].[[10]]* | unixware7* | sco3.2v5.0.[[024]]*) - _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,text' - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no - runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' - - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - else - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - fi - ;; - - sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*) - # Note: We can NOT use -z defs as we might desire, because we do not - # link with -lc, and that would cause any symbols used from libc to - # always be unresolved, which means just about no library would - # ever link correctly. If we're not using GNU ld we use -z text - # though, which does catch some bad symbols but isn't as heavy-handed - # as -z defs. - _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,text' - _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,nodefs' - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-R,$libdir' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=':' - _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes - _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-Bexport' - runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' - - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - else - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - fi - ;; - - uts4*) - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no - ;; - - *) - _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - ;; - esac - - if test x$host_vendor = xsni; then - case $host in - sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*) - _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-Blargedynsym' - ;; - esac - fi - fi -]) -AC_MSG_RESULT([$_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)]) -test "$_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)" = no && can_build_shared=no - -_LT_TAGVAR(with_gnu_ld, $1)=$with_gnu_ld - -_LT_DECL([], [libext], [0], [Old archive suffix (normally "a")])dnl -_LT_DECL([], [shrext_cmds], [1], [Shared library suffix (normally ".so")])dnl -_LT_DECL([], [extract_expsyms_cmds], [2], - [The commands to extract the exported symbol list from a shared archive]) - -# -# Do we need to explicitly link libc? -# -case "x$_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)" in -x|xyes) - # Assume -lc should be added - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=yes - - if test "$enable_shared" = yes && test "$GCC" = yes; then - case $_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1) in - *'~'*) - # FIXME: we may have to deal with multi-command sequences. - ;; - '$CC '*) - # Test whether the compiler implicitly links with -lc since on some - # systems, -lgcc has to come before -lc. If gcc already passes -lc - # to ld, don't add -lc before -lgcc. - AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether -lc should be explicitly linked in]) - $RM conftest* - echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext - - if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile) 2>conftest.err; then - soname=conftest - lib=conftest - libobjs=conftest.$ac_objext - deplibs= - wl=$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1) - pic_flag=$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1) - compiler_flags=-v - linker_flags=-v - verstring= - output_objdir=. - libname=conftest - lt_save_allow_undefined_flag=$_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1) - _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)= - if AC_TRY_EVAL(_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1) 2\>\&1 \| $GREP \" -lc \" \>/dev/null 2\>\&1) - then - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no - else - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=yes - fi - _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=$lt_save_allow_undefined_flag - else - cat conftest.err 1>&5 - fi - $RM conftest* - AC_MSG_RESULT([$_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)]) - ;; - esac - fi - ;; -esac - -_LT_TAGDECL([build_libtool_need_lc], [archive_cmds_need_lc], [0], - [Whether or not to add -lc for building shared libraries]) -_LT_TAGDECL([allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes], - [enable_shared_with_static_runtimes], [0], - [Whether or not to disallow shared libs when runtime libs are static]) -_LT_TAGDECL([], [export_dynamic_flag_spec], [1], - [Compiler flag to allow reflexive dlopens]) -_LT_TAGDECL([], [whole_archive_flag_spec], [1], - [Compiler flag to generate shared objects directly from archives]) -_LT_TAGDECL([], [compiler_needs_object], [1], - [Whether the compiler copes with passing no objects directly]) -_LT_TAGDECL([], [old_archive_from_new_cmds], [2], - [Create an old-style archive from a shared archive]) -_LT_TAGDECL([], [old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds], [2], - [Create a temporary old-style archive to link instead of a shared archive]) -_LT_TAGDECL([], [archive_cmds], [2], [Commands used to build a shared archive]) -_LT_TAGDECL([], [archive_expsym_cmds], [2]) -_LT_TAGDECL([], [module_cmds], [2], - [Commands used to build a loadable module if different from building - a shared archive.]) -_LT_TAGDECL([], [module_expsym_cmds], [2]) -_LT_TAGDECL([], [with_gnu_ld], [1], - [Whether we are building with GNU ld or not]) -_LT_TAGDECL([], [allow_undefined_flag], [1], - [Flag that allows shared libraries with undefined symbols to be built]) -_LT_TAGDECL([], [no_undefined_flag], [1], - [Flag that enforces no undefined symbols]) -_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_libdir_flag_spec], [1], - [Flag to hardcode $libdir into a binary during linking. - This must work even if $libdir does not exist]) -_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld], [1], - [[If ld is used when linking, flag to hardcode $libdir into a binary - during linking. This must work even if $libdir does not exist]]) -_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_libdir_separator], [1], - [Whether we need a single "-rpath" flag with a separated argument]) -_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_direct], [0], - [Set to "yes" if using DIR/libNAME${shared_ext} during linking hardcodes - DIR into the resulting binary]) -_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_direct_absolute], [0], - [Set to "yes" if using DIR/libNAME${shared_ext} during linking hardcodes - DIR into the resulting binary and the resulting library dependency is - "absolute", i.e impossible to change by setting ${shlibpath_var} if the - library is relocated]) -_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_minus_L], [0], - [Set to "yes" if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR - into the resulting binary]) -_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_shlibpath_var], [0], - [Set to "yes" if using SHLIBPATH_VAR=DIR during linking hardcodes DIR - into the resulting binary]) -_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_automatic], [0], - [Set to "yes" if building a shared library automatically hardcodes DIR - into the library and all subsequent libraries and executables linked - against it]) -_LT_TAGDECL([], [inherit_rpath], [0], - [Set to yes if linker adds runtime paths of dependent libraries - to runtime path list]) -_LT_TAGDECL([], [link_all_deplibs], [0], - [Whether libtool must link a program against all its dependency libraries]) -_LT_TAGDECL([], [fix_srcfile_path], [1], - [Fix the shell variable $srcfile for the compiler]) -_LT_TAGDECL([], [always_export_symbols], [0], - [Set to "yes" if exported symbols are required]) -_LT_TAGDECL([], [export_symbols_cmds], [2], - [The commands to list exported symbols]) -_LT_TAGDECL([], [exclude_expsyms], [1], - [Symbols that should not be listed in the preloaded symbols]) -_LT_TAGDECL([], [include_expsyms], [1], - [Symbols that must always be exported]) -_LT_TAGDECL([], [prelink_cmds], [2], - [Commands necessary for linking programs (against libraries) with templates]) -_LT_TAGDECL([], [file_list_spec], [1], - [Specify filename containing input files]) -dnl FIXME: Not yet implemented -dnl _LT_TAGDECL([], [thread_safe_flag_spec], [1], -dnl [Compiler flag to generate thread safe objects]) -])# _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS - - -# _LT_LANG_C_CONFIG([TAG]) -# ------------------------ -# Ensure that the configuration variables for a C compiler are suitably -# defined. These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG to write -# the compiler configuration to `libtool'. -m4_defun([_LT_LANG_C_CONFIG], -[m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl -lt_save_CC="$CC" -AC_LANG_PUSH(C) - -# Source file extension for C test sources. -ac_ext=c - -# Object file extension for compiled C test sources. -objext=o -_LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext - -# Code to be used in simple compile tests -lt_simple_compile_test_code="int some_variable = 0;" - -# Code to be used in simple link tests -lt_simple_link_test_code='int main(){return(0);}' - -_LT_TAG_COMPILER -# Save the default compiler, since it gets overwritten when the other -# tags are being tested, and _LT_TAGVAR(compiler, []) is a NOP. -compiler_DEFAULT=$CC - -# save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code -_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE -_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE - -if test -n "$compiler"; then - _LT_COMPILER_NO_RTTI($1) - _LT_COMPILER_PIC($1) - _LT_COMPILER_C_O($1) - _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS($1) - _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS($1) - _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER($1) - _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1) - LT_SYS_DLOPEN_SELF - _LT_CMD_STRIPLIB - - # Report which library types will actually be built - AC_MSG_CHECKING([if libtool supports shared libraries]) - AC_MSG_RESULT([$can_build_shared]) - - AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build shared libraries]) - test "$can_build_shared" = "no" && enable_shared=no - - # On AIX, shared libraries and static libraries use the same namespace, and - # are all built from PIC. - case $host_os in - aix3*) - test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no - if test -n "$RANLIB"; then - archive_cmds="$archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$lib" - postinstall_cmds='$RANLIB $lib' - fi - ;; - - aix[[4-9]]*) - if test "$host_cpu" != ia64 && test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = no ; then - test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no - fi - ;; - esac - AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_shared]) - - AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build static libraries]) - # Make sure either enable_shared or enable_static is yes. - test "$enable_shared" = yes || enable_static=yes - AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_static]) - - _LT_CONFIG($1) -fi -AC_LANG_POP -CC="$lt_save_CC" -])# _LT_LANG_C_CONFIG - - -# _LT_PROG_CXX -# ------------ -# Since AC_PROG_CXX is broken, in that it returns g++ if there is no c++ -# compiler, we have our own version here. -m4_defun([_LT_PROG_CXX], -[ -pushdef([AC_MSG_ERROR], [_lt_caught_CXX_error=yes]) -AC_PROG_CXX -if test -n "$CXX" && ( test "X$CXX" != "Xno" && - ( (test "X$CXX" = "Xg++" && `g++ -v >/dev/null 2>&1` ) || - (test "X$CXX" != "Xg++"))) ; then - AC_PROG_CXXCPP -else - _lt_caught_CXX_error=yes -fi -popdef([AC_MSG_ERROR]) -])# _LT_PROG_CXX - -dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: -dnl AC_DEFUN([_LT_PROG_CXX], []) - - -# _LT_LANG_CXX_CONFIG([TAG]) -# -------------------------- -# Ensure that the configuration variables for a C++ compiler are suitably -# defined. These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG to write -# the compiler configuration to `libtool'. -m4_defun([_LT_LANG_CXX_CONFIG], -[AC_REQUIRE([_LT_PROG_CXX])dnl -m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl -m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl - -AC_LANG_PUSH(C++) -_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no -_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)= -_LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no -_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)= -_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_needs_object, $1)=no -_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)= -_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no -_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=no -_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)= -_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld, $1)= -_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)= -_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=no -_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=unsupported -_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=no -_LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=no -_LT_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)= -_LT_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)= -_LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=unknown -_LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)=$old_archive_cmds -_LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)= -_LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)= -_LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=no - -# Source file extension for C++ test sources. -ac_ext=cpp - -# Object file extension for compiled C++ test sources. -objext=o -_LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext - -# No sense in running all these tests if we already determined that -# the CXX compiler isn't working. Some variables (like enable_shared) -# are currently assumed to apply to all compilers on this platform, -# and will be corrupted by setting them based on a non-working compiler. -if test "$_lt_caught_CXX_error" != yes; then - # Code to be used in simple compile tests - lt_simple_compile_test_code="int some_variable = 0;" - - # Code to be used in simple link tests - lt_simple_link_test_code='int main(int, char *[[]]) { return(0); }' - - # ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set. - _LT_TAG_COMPILER - - # save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code - _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE - _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE - - # Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. - lt_save_CC=$CC - lt_save_LD=$LD - lt_save_GCC=$GCC - GCC=$GXX - lt_save_with_gnu_ld=$with_gnu_ld - lt_save_path_LD=$lt_cv_path_LD - if test -n "${lt_cv_prog_gnu_ldcxx+set}"; then - lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ldcxx - else - $as_unset lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld - fi - if test -n "${lt_cv_path_LDCXX+set}"; then - lt_cv_path_LD=$lt_cv_path_LDCXX - else - $as_unset lt_cv_path_LD - fi - test -z "${LDCXX+set}" || LD=$LDCXX - CC=${CXX-"c++"} - compiler=$CC - _LT_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC - _LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler]) - - if test -n "$compiler"; then - # We don't want -fno-exception when compiling C++ code, so set the - # no_builtin_flag separately - if test "$GXX" = yes; then - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)=' -fno-builtin' - else - _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)= - fi - - if test "$GXX" = yes; then - # Set up default GNU C++ configuration - - LT_PATH_LD - - # Check if GNU C++ uses GNU ld as the underlying linker, since the - # archiving commands below assume that GNU ld is being used. - if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' - - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' - _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic' - - # If archive_cmds runs LD, not CC, wlarc should be empty - # XXX I think wlarc can be eliminated in ltcf-cxx, but I need to - # investigate it a little bit more. (MM) - wlarc='${wl}' - - # ancient GNU ld didn't support --whole-archive et. al. - if eval "`$CC -print-prog-name=ld` --help 2>&1" | - $GREP 'no-whole-archive' > /dev/null; then - _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive' - else - _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)= - fi - else - with_gnu_ld=no - wlarc= - - # A generic and very simple default shared library creation - # command for GNU C++ for the case where it uses the native - # linker, instead of GNU ld. If possible, this setting should - # overridden to take advantage of the native linker features on - # the platform it is being used on. - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $lib' - fi - - # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists - # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when - # linking a shared library. - output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP "\-L"' - - else - GXX=no - with_gnu_ld=no - wlarc= - fi - - # PORTME: fill in a description of your system's C++ link characteristics - AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries]) - _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes - case $host_os in - aix3*) - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - ;; - aix[[4-9]]*) - if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then - # On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't - # have to do anything special. - aix_use_runtimelinking=no - exp_sym_flag='-Bexport' - no_entry_flag="" - else - aix_use_runtimelinking=no - - # Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal - # AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we - # need to do runtime linking. - case $host_os in aix4.[[23]]|aix4.[[23]].*|aix[[5-9]]*) - for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do - case $ld_flag in - *-brtl*) - aix_use_runtimelinking=yes - break - ;; - esac - done - ;; - esac - - exp_sym_flag='-bexport' - no_entry_flag='-bnoentry' - fi - - # When large executables or shared objects are built, AIX ld can - # have problems creating the table of contents. If linking a library - # or program results in "error TOC overflow" add -mminimal-toc to - # CXXFLAGS/CFLAGS for g++/gcc. In the cases where that is not - # enough to fix the problem, add -Wl,-bbigtoc to LDFLAGS. - - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=':' - _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes - _LT_TAGVAR(file_list_spec, $1)='${wl}-f,' - - if test "$GXX" = yes; then - case $host_os in aix4.[[012]]|aix4.[[012]].*) - # We only want to do this on AIX 4.2 and lower, the check - # below for broken collect2 doesn't work under 4.3+ - collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2` - if test -f "$collect2name" && - strings "$collect2name" | $GREP resolve_lib_name >/dev/null - then - # We have reworked collect2 - : - else - # We have old collect2 - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=unsupported - # It fails to find uninstalled libraries when the uninstalled - # path is not listed in the libpath. Setting hardcode_minus_L - # to unsupported forces relinking - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)= - fi - esac - shared_flag='-shared' - if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then - shared_flag="$shared_flag "'${wl}-G' - fi - else - # not using gcc - if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then - # VisualAge C++, Version 5.5 for AIX 5L for IA-64, Beta 3 Release - # chokes on -Wl,-G. The following line is correct: - shared_flag='-G' - else - if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then - shared_flag='${wl}-G' - else - shared_flag='${wl}-bM:SRE' - fi - fi - fi - - _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-bexpall' - # It seems that -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with - # underscore (_), so it is better to generate a list of symbols to - # export. - _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=yes - if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then - # Warning - without using the other runtime loading flags (-brtl), - # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library. - _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='-berok' - # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an empty - # executable. - _LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" - - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags `if test "x${allow_undefined_flag}" != "x"; then $ECHO "X${wl}${allow_undefined_flag}" | $Xsed; else :; fi` '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols $shared_flag" - else - if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib' - _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)="-z nodefs" - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags ${wl}${allow_undefined_flag} '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols" - else - # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an - # empty executable. - _LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" - # Warning - without using the other run time loading flags, - # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library. - _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-bernotok' - _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-berok' - # Exported symbols can be pulled into shared objects from archives - _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='$convenience' - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=yes - # This is similar to how AIX traditionally builds its shared - # libraries. - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs ${wl}-bnoentry $compiler_flags ${wl}-bE:$export_symbols${allow_undefined_flag}~$AR $AR_FLAGS $output_objdir/$libname$release.a $output_objdir/$soname' - fi - fi - ;; - - beos*) - if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then - _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported - # Joseph Beckenbach <jrb3@best.com> says some releases of gcc - # support --undefined. This deserves some investigation. FIXME - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -nostart $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' - else - _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - fi - ;; - - chorus*) - case $cc_basename in - *) - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - ;; - esac - ;; - - cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) - # _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1) is actually meaningless, - # as there is no search path for DLLs. - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir' - _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported - _LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no - _LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=yes - - if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib' - # If the export-symbols file already is a .def file (1st line - # is EXPORTS), use it as is; otherwise, prepend... - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then - cp $export_symbols $output_objdir/$soname.def; - else - echo EXPORTS > $output_objdir/$soname.def; - cat $export_symbols >> $output_objdir/$soname.def; - fi~ - $CC -shared -nostdlib $output_objdir/$soname.def $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib' - else - _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - fi - ;; - darwin* | rhapsody*) - _LT_DARWIN_LINKER_FEATURES($1) - ;; - - dgux*) - case $cc_basename in - ec++*) - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - ;; - ghcx*) - # Green Hills C++ Compiler - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - ;; - *) - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - ;; - esac - ;; - - freebsd[[12]]*) - # C++ shared libraries reported to be fairly broken before - # switch to ELF - _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - ;; - - freebsd-elf*) - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no - ;; - - freebsd* | dragonfly*) - # FreeBSD 3 and later use GNU C++ and GNU ld with standard ELF - # conventions - _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes - ;; - - gnu*) - ;; - - hpux9*) - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: - _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes # Not in the search PATH, - # but as the default - # location of the library. - - case $cc_basename in - CC*) - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - ;; - aCC*) - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -b ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' - # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists - # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when - # linking a shared library. - # - # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from - # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them - # from the output so that they don't get included in the library - # dependencies. - output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`($CC -b $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1) | $EGREP "\-L"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; $ECHO "X$list" | $Xsed' - ;; - *) - if test "$GXX" = yes; then - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -shared -nostdlib -fPIC ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' - else - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - fi - ;; - esac - ;; - - hpux10*|hpux11*) - if test $with_gnu_ld = no; then - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: - - case $host_cpu in - hppa*64*|ia64*) - ;; - *) - _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' - ;; - esac - fi - case $host_cpu in - hppa*64*|ia64*) - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no - ;; - *) - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes # Not in the search PATH, - # but as the default - # location of the library. - ;; - esac - - case $cc_basename in - CC*) - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - ;; - aCC*) - case $host_cpu in - hppa*64*) - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' - ;; - ia64*) - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' - ;; - *) - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' - ;; - esac - # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists - # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when - # linking a shared library. - # - # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from - # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them - # from the output so that they don't get included in the library - # dependencies. - output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`($CC -b $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1) | $GREP "\-L"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; $ECHO "X$list" | $Xsed' - ;; - *) - if test "$GXX" = yes; then - if test $with_gnu_ld = no; then - case $host_cpu in - hppa*64*) - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' - ;; - ia64*) - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' - ;; - *) - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' - ;; - esac - fi - else - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - fi - ;; - esac - ;; - - interix[[3-9]]*) - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' - _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' - # Hack: On Interix 3.x, we cannot compile PIC because of a broken gcc. - # Instead, shared libraries are loaded at an image base (0x10000000 by - # default) and relocated if they conflict, which is a slow very memory - # consuming and fragmenting process. To avoid this, we pick a random, - # 256 KiB-aligned image base between 0x50000000 and 0x6FFC0000 at link - # time. Moving up from 0x10000000 also allows more sbrk(2) space. - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib' - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='sed "s,^,_," $export_symbols >$output_objdir/$soname.expsym~$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--retain-symbols-file,$output_objdir/$soname.expsym ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib' - ;; - irix5* | irix6*) - case $cc_basename in - CC*) - # SGI C++ - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -all -multigot $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' - - # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using - # "CC -ar", where "CC" is the IRIX C++ compiler. This is - # necessary to make sure instantiated templates are included - # in the archive. - _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -ar -WR,-u -o $oldlib $oldobjs' - ;; - *) - if test "$GXX" = yes; then - if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' - else - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` -o $lib' - fi - fi - _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes - ;; - esac - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: - _LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=yes - ;; - - linux* | k*bsd*-gnu) - case $cc_basename in - KCC*) - # Kuck and Associates, Inc. (KAI) C++ Compiler - - # KCC will only create a shared library if the output file - # ends with ".so" (or ".sl" for HP-UX), so rename the library - # to its proper name (with version) after linking. - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='tempext=`echo $shared_ext | $SED -e '\''s/\([[^()0-9A-Za-z{}]]\)/\\\\\1/g'\''`; templib=`echo $lib | $SED -e "s/\${tempext}\..*/.so/"`; $CC $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags --soname $soname -o \$templib; mv \$templib $lib' - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='tempext=`echo $shared_ext | $SED -e '\''s/\([[^()0-9A-Za-z{}]]\)/\\\\\1/g'\''`; templib=`echo $lib | $SED -e "s/\${tempext}\..*/.so/"`; $CC $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags --soname $soname -o \$templib ${wl}-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols; mv \$templib $lib' - # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists - # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when - # linking a shared library. - # - # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from - # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them - # from the output so that they don't get included in the library - # dependencies. - output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`$CC $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext -o libconftest$shared_ext 2>&1 | $GREP "ld"`; rm -f libconftest$shared_ext; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; $ECHO "X$list" | $Xsed' - - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' - _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic' - - # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using - # "CC -Bstatic", where "CC" is the KAI C++ compiler. - _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -Bstatic -o $oldlib $oldobjs' - ;; - icpc* | ecpc* ) - # Intel C++ - with_gnu_ld=yes - # version 8.0 and above of icpc choke on multiply defined symbols - # if we add $predep_objects and $postdep_objects, however 7.1 and - # earlier do not add the objects themselves. - case `$CC -V 2>&1` in - *"Version 7."*) - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' - ;; - *) # Version 8.0 or newer - tmp_idyn= - case $host_cpu in - ia64*) tmp_idyn=' -i_dynamic';; - esac - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared'"$tmp_idyn"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared'"$tmp_idyn"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' - ;; - esac - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' - _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic' - _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive$convenience ${wl}--no-whole-archive' - ;; - pgCC* | pgcpp*) - # Portland Group C++ compiler - case `$CC -V` in - *pgCC\ [[1-5]]* | *pgcpp\ [[1-5]]*) - _LT_TAGVAR(prelink_cmds, $1)='tpldir=Template.dir~ - rm -rf $tpldir~ - $CC --prelink_objects --instantiation_dir $tpldir $objs $libobjs $compile_deplibs~ - compile_command="$compile_command `find $tpldir -name \*.o | $NL2SP`"' - _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='tpldir=Template.dir~ - rm -rf $tpldir~ - $CC --prelink_objects --instantiation_dir $tpldir $oldobjs$old_deplibs~ - $AR $AR_FLAGS $oldlib$oldobjs$old_deplibs `find $tpldir -name \*.o | $NL2SP`~ - $RANLIB $oldlib' - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='tpldir=Template.dir~ - rm -rf $tpldir~ - $CC --prelink_objects --instantiation_dir $tpldir $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $convenience $postdep_objects~ - $CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs `find $tpldir -name \*.o | $NL2SP` $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname -o $lib' - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='tpldir=Template.dir~ - rm -rf $tpldir~ - $CC --prelink_objects --instantiation_dir $tpldir $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $convenience $postdep_objects~ - $CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs `find $tpldir -name \*.o | $NL2SP` $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file ${wl}$export_symbols -o $lib' - ;; - *) # Version 6 will use weak symbols - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname -o $lib' - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file ${wl}$export_symbols -o $lib' - ;; - esac - - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--rpath ${wl}$libdir' - _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic' - _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $ECHO \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' - ;; - cxx*) - # Compaq C++ - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols' - - runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-rpath $libdir' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: - - # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists - # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when - # linking a shared library. - # - # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from - # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them - # from the output so that they don't get included in the library - # dependencies. - output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP "ld"`; templist=`$ECHO "X$templist" | $Xsed -e "s/\(^.*ld.*\)\( .*ld .*$\)/\1/"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; $ECHO "X$list" | $Xsed' - ;; - xl*) - # IBM XL 8.0 on PPC, with GNU ld - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' - _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic' - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -qmkshrobj $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' - if test "x$supports_anon_versioning" = xyes; then - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ - cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ - echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ - $CC -qmkshrobj $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-version-script ${wl}$output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib' - fi - ;; - *) - case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in - *Sun\ C*) - # Sun C++ 5.9 - _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' -zdefs' - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-retain-symbols-file ${wl}$export_symbols' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir' - _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive`new_convenience=; for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -z \"$conv\" || new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $ECHO \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' - _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_needs_object, $1)=yes - - # Not sure whether something based on - # $CC $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext -o libconftest$shared_ext 2>&1 - # would be better. - output_verbose_link_cmd='echo' - - # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using - # "CC -xar", where "CC" is the Sun C++ compiler. This is - # necessary to make sure instantiated templates are included - # in the archive. - _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -xar -o $oldlib $oldobjs' - ;; - esac - ;; - esac - ;; - - lynxos*) - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - ;; - - m88k*) - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - ;; - - mvs*) - case $cc_basename in - cxx*) - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - ;; - *) - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - ;; - esac - ;; - - netbsd*) - if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $linker_flags' - wlarc= - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no - fi - # Workaround some broken pre-1.5 toolchains - output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP conftest.$objext | $SED -e "s:-lgcc -lc -lgcc::"' - ;; - - *nto* | *qnx*) - _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes - ;; - - openbsd2*) - # C++ shared libraries are fairly broken - _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - ;; - - openbsd*) - if test -f /usr/libexec/ld.so; then - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $lib' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' - if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols -o $lib' - _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E' - _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive' - fi - output_verbose_link_cmd=echo - else - _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - fi - ;; - - osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) - case $cc_basename in - KCC*) - # Kuck and Associates, Inc. (KAI) C++ Compiler - - # KCC will only create a shared library if the output file - # ends with ".so" (or ".sl" for HP-UX), so rename the library - # to its proper name (with version) after linking. - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='tempext=`echo $shared_ext | $SED -e '\''s/\([[^()0-9A-Za-z{}]]\)/\\\\\1/g'\''`; templib=`echo "$lib" | $SED -e "s/\${tempext}\..*/.so/"`; $CC $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags --soname $soname -o \$templib; mv \$templib $lib' - - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: - - # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using - # the KAI C++ compiler. - case $host in - osf3*) _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -Bstatic -o $oldlib $oldobjs' ;; - *) _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -o $oldlib $oldobjs' ;; - esac - ;; - RCC*) - # Rational C++ 2.4.1 - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - ;; - cxx*) - case $host in - osf3*) - _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' - ;; - *) - _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' -expect_unresolved \*' - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -msym -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='for i in `cat $export_symbols`; do printf "%s %s\\n" -exported_symbol "\$i" >> $lib.exp; done~ - echo "-hidden">> $lib.exp~ - $CC -shared$allow_undefined_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -msym -soname $soname ${wl}-input ${wl}$lib.exp `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib~ - $RM $lib.exp' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-rpath $libdir' - ;; - esac - - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: - - # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists - # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when - # linking a shared library. - # - # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from - # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them - # from the output so that they don't get included in the library - # dependencies. - output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP "ld" | $GREP -v "ld:"`; templist=`$ECHO "X$templist" | $Xsed -e "s/\(^.*ld.*\)\( .*ld.*$\)/\1/"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; $ECHO "X$list" | $Xsed' - ;; - *) - if test "$GXX" = yes && test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then - _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' - case $host in - osf3*) - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib ${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' - ;; - *) - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib ${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-msym ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' - ;; - esac - - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=: - - # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists - # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when - # linking a shared library. - output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP "\-L"' - - else - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - fi - ;; - esac - ;; - - psos*) - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - ;; - - sunos4*) - case $cc_basename in - CC*) - # Sun C++ 4.x - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - ;; - lcc*) - # Lucid - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - ;; - *) - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - ;; - esac - ;; - - solaris*) - case $cc_basename in - CC*) - # Sun C++ 4.2, 5.x and Centerline C++ - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc,$1)=yes - _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' -zdefs' - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags' - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ - $CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} ${wl}-M ${wl}$lib.exp -h$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp' - - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no - case $host_os in - solaris2.[[0-5]] | solaris2.[[0-5]].*) ;; - *) - # The compiler driver will combine and reorder linker options, - # but understands `-z linker_flag'. - # Supported since Solaris 2.6 (maybe 2.5.1?) - _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='-z allextract$convenience -z defaultextract' - ;; - esac - _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes - - output_verbose_link_cmd='echo' - - # Archives containing C++ object files must be created using - # "CC -xar", where "CC" is the Sun C++ compiler. This is - # necessary to make sure instantiated templates are included - # in the archive. - _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -xar -o $oldlib $oldobjs' - ;; - gcx*) - # Green Hills C++ Compiler - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-h $wl$soname -o $lib' - - # The C++ compiler must be used to create the archive. - _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC $LDFLAGS -archive -o $oldlib $oldobjs' - ;; - *) - # GNU C++ compiler with Solaris linker - if test "$GXX" = yes && test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then - _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-z ${wl}defs' - if $CC --version | $GREP -v '^2\.7' > /dev/null; then - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $LDFLAGS $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-h $wl$soname -o $lib' - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ - $CC -shared -nostdlib ${wl}-M $wl$lib.exp -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp' - - # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists - # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when - # linking a shared library. - output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP "\-L"' - else - # g++ 2.7 appears to require `-G' NOT `-shared' on this - # platform. - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G -nostdlib $LDFLAGS $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-h $wl$soname -o $lib' - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ - $CC -G -nostdlib ${wl}-M $wl$lib.exp -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp' - - # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists - # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when - # linking a shared library. - output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -G $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP "\-L"' - fi - - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-R $wl$libdir' - case $host_os in - solaris2.[[0-5]] | solaris2.[[0-5]].*) ;; - *) - _LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-z ${wl}allextract$convenience ${wl}-z ${wl}defaultextract' - ;; - esac - fi - ;; - esac - ;; - - sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[[01]].[[10]]* | unixware7* | sco3.2v5.0.[[024]]*) - _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,text' - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no - runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' - - case $cc_basename in - CC*) - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - ;; - *) - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - ;; - esac - ;; - - sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*) - # Note: We can NOT use -z defs as we might desire, because we do not - # link with -lc, and that would cause any symbols used from libc to - # always be unresolved, which means just about no library would - # ever link correctly. If we're not using GNU ld we use -z text - # though, which does catch some bad symbols but isn't as heavy-handed - # as -z defs. - _LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,text' - _LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,nodefs' - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-R,$libdir' - _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=':' - _LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes - _LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-Bexport' - runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' - - case $cc_basename in - CC*) - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - ;; - *) - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - _LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - ;; - esac - ;; - - tandem*) - case $cc_basename in - NCC*) - # NonStop-UX NCC 3.20 - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - ;; - *) - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - ;; - esac - ;; - - vxworks*) - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - ;; - - *) - # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support - _LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no - ;; - esac - - AC_MSG_RESULT([$_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)]) - test "$_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)" = no && can_build_shared=no - - _LT_TAGVAR(GCC, $1)="$GXX" - _LT_TAGVAR(LD, $1)="$LD" - - ## CAVEAT EMPTOR: - ## There is no encapsulation within the following macros, do not change - ## the running order or otherwise move them around unless you know exactly - ## what you are doing... - _LT_SYS_HIDDEN_LIBDEPS($1) - _LT_COMPILER_PIC($1) - _LT_COMPILER_C_O($1) - _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS($1) - _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS($1) - _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER($1) - _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1) - - _LT_CONFIG($1) - fi # test -n "$compiler" - - CC=$lt_save_CC - LDCXX=$LD - LD=$lt_save_LD - GCC=$lt_save_GCC - with_gnu_ld=$lt_save_with_gnu_ld - lt_cv_path_LDCXX=$lt_cv_path_LD - lt_cv_path_LD=$lt_save_path_LD - lt_cv_prog_gnu_ldcxx=$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld - lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=$lt_save_with_gnu_ld -fi # test "$_lt_caught_CXX_error" != yes - -AC_LANG_POP -])# _LT_LANG_CXX_CONFIG - - -# _LT_SYS_HIDDEN_LIBDEPS([TAGNAME]) -# --------------------------------- -# Figure out "hidden" library dependencies from verbose -# compiler output when linking a shared library. -# Parse the compiler output and extract the necessary -# objects, libraries and library flags. -m4_defun([_LT_SYS_HIDDEN_LIBDEPS], -[m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl -# Dependencies to place before and after the object being linked: -_LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1)= -_LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1)= -_LT_TAGVAR(predeps, $1)= -_LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)= -_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)= - -dnl we can't use the lt_simple_compile_test_code here, -dnl because it contains code intended for an executable, -dnl not a library. It's possible we should let each -dnl tag define a new lt_????_link_test_code variable, -dnl but it's only used here... -m4_if([$1], [], [cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF -int a; -void foo (void) { a = 0; } -_LT_EOF -], [$1], [CXX], [cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF -class Foo -{ -public: - Foo (void) { a = 0; } -private: - int a; -}; -_LT_EOF -], [$1], [F77], [cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF - subroutine foo - implicit none - integer*4 a - a=0 - return - end -_LT_EOF -], [$1], [FC], [cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF - subroutine foo - implicit none - integer a - a=0 - return - end -_LT_EOF -], [$1], [GCJ], [cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF -public class foo { - private int a; - public void bar (void) { - a = 0; - } -}; -_LT_EOF -]) -dnl Parse the compiler output and extract the necessary -dnl objects, libraries and library flags. -if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then - # Parse the compiler output and extract the necessary - # objects, libraries and library flags. - - # Sentinel used to keep track of whether or not we are before - # the conftest object file. - pre_test_object_deps_done=no - - for p in `eval "$output_verbose_link_cmd"`; do - case $p in - - -L* | -R* | -l*) - # Some compilers place space between "-{L,R}" and the path. - # Remove the space. - if test $p = "-L" || - test $p = "-R"; then - prev=$p - continue - else - prev= - fi - - if test "$pre_test_object_deps_done" = no; then - case $p in - -L* | -R*) - # Internal compiler library paths should come after those - # provided the user. The postdeps already come after the - # user supplied libs so there is no need to process them. - if test -z "$_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)"; then - _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)="${prev}${p}" - else - _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)="${_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)} ${prev}${p}" - fi - ;; - # The "-l" case would never come before the object being - # linked, so don't bother handling this case. - esac - else - if test -z "$_LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)"; then - _LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)="${prev}${p}" - else - _LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)="${_LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)} ${prev}${p}" - fi - fi - ;; - - *.$objext) - # This assumes that the test object file only shows up - # once in the compiler output. - if test "$p" = "conftest.$objext"; then - pre_test_object_deps_done=yes - continue - fi - - if test "$pre_test_object_deps_done" = no; then - if test -z "$_LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1)"; then - _LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1)="$p" - else - _LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1)="$_LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1) $p" - fi - else - if test -z "$_LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1)"; then - _LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1)="$p" - else - _LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1)="$_LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1) $p" - fi - fi - ;; - - *) ;; # Ignore the rest. - - esac - done - - # Clean up. - rm -f a.out a.exe -else - echo "libtool.m4: error: problem compiling $1 test program" -fi - -$RM -f confest.$objext - -# PORTME: override above test on systems where it is broken -m4_if([$1], [CXX], -[case $host_os in -interix[[3-9]]*) - # Interix 3.5 installs completely hosed .la files for C++, so rather than - # hack all around it, let's just trust "g++" to DTRT. - _LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects,$1)= - _LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects,$1)= - _LT_TAGVAR(postdeps,$1)= - ;; - -linux*) - case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in - *Sun\ C*) - # Sun C++ 5.9 - - # The more standards-conforming stlport4 library is - # incompatible with the Cstd library. Avoid specifying - # it if it's in CXXFLAGS. Ignore libCrun as - # -library=stlport4 depends on it. - case " $CXX $CXXFLAGS " in - *" -library=stlport4 "*) - solaris_use_stlport4=yes - ;; - esac - - if test "$solaris_use_stlport4" != yes; then - _LT_TAGVAR(postdeps,$1)='-library=Cstd -library=Crun' - fi - ;; - esac - ;; - -solaris*) - case $cc_basename in - CC*) - # The more standards-conforming stlport4 library is - # incompatible with the Cstd library. Avoid specifying - # it if it's in CXXFLAGS. Ignore libCrun as - # -library=stlport4 depends on it. - case " $CXX $CXXFLAGS " in - *" -library=stlport4 "*) - solaris_use_stlport4=yes - ;; - esac - - # Adding this requires a known-good setup of shared libraries for - # Sun compiler versions before 5.6, else PIC objects from an old - # archive will be linked into the output, leading to subtle bugs. - if test "$solaris_use_stlport4" != yes; then - _LT_TAGVAR(postdeps,$1)='-library=Cstd -library=Crun' - fi - ;; - esac - ;; -esac -]) - -case " $_LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1) " in -*" -lc "*) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no ;; -esac - _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_dirs, $1)= -if test -n "${_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)}"; then - _LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_dirs, $1)=`echo " ${_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)}" | ${SED} -e 's! -L! !g' -e 's!^ !!'` -fi -_LT_TAGDECL([], [compiler_lib_search_dirs], [1], - [The directories searched by this compiler when creating a shared library]) -_LT_TAGDECL([], [predep_objects], [1], - [Dependencies to place before and after the objects being linked to - create a shared library]) -_LT_TAGDECL([], [postdep_objects], [1]) -_LT_TAGDECL([], [predeps], [1]) -_LT_TAGDECL([], [postdeps], [1]) -_LT_TAGDECL([], [compiler_lib_search_path], [1], - [The library search path used internally by the compiler when linking - a shared library]) -])# _LT_SYS_HIDDEN_LIBDEPS - - -# _LT_PROG_F77 -# ------------ -# Since AC_PROG_F77 is broken, in that it returns the empty string -# if there is no fortran compiler, we have our own version here. -m4_defun([_LT_PROG_F77], -[ -pushdef([AC_MSG_ERROR], [_lt_disable_F77=yes]) -AC_PROG_F77 -if test -z "$F77" || test "X$F77" = "Xno"; then - _lt_disable_F77=yes -fi -popdef([AC_MSG_ERROR]) -])# _LT_PROG_F77 - -dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: -dnl AC_DEFUN([_LT_PROG_F77], []) - - -# _LT_LANG_F77_CONFIG([TAG]) -# -------------------------- -# Ensure that the configuration variables for a Fortran 77 compiler are -# suitably defined. These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG -# to write the compiler configuration to `libtool'. -m4_defun([_LT_LANG_F77_CONFIG], -[AC_REQUIRE([_LT_PROG_F77])dnl -AC_LANG_PUSH(Fortran 77) - -_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no -_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)= -_LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no -_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)= -_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)= -_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no -_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=no -_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)= -_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld, $1)= -_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)= -_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=no -_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=no -_LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=no -_LT_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)= -_LT_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)= -_LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=unknown -_LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)=$old_archive_cmds -_LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)= -_LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)= -_LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=no - -# Source file extension for f77 test sources. -ac_ext=f - -# Object file extension for compiled f77 test sources. -objext=o -_LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext - -# No sense in running all these tests if we already determined that -# the F77 compiler isn't working. Some variables (like enable_shared) -# are currently assumed to apply to all compilers on this platform, -# and will be corrupted by setting them based on a non-working compiler. -if test "$_lt_disable_F77" != yes; then - # Code to be used in simple compile tests - lt_simple_compile_test_code="\ - subroutine t - return - end -" - - # Code to be used in simple link tests - lt_simple_link_test_code="\ - program t - end -" - - # ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set. - _LT_TAG_COMPILER - - # save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code - _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE - _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE - - # Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. - lt_save_CC="$CC" - lt_save_GCC=$GCC - CC=${F77-"f77"} - compiler=$CC - _LT_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC - _LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler]) - GCC=$G77 - if test -n "$compiler"; then - AC_MSG_CHECKING([if libtool supports shared libraries]) - AC_MSG_RESULT([$can_build_shared]) - - AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build shared libraries]) - test "$can_build_shared" = "no" && enable_shared=no - - # On AIX, shared libraries and static libraries use the same namespace, and - # are all built from PIC. - case $host_os in - aix3*) - test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no - if test -n "$RANLIB"; then - archive_cmds="$archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$lib" - postinstall_cmds='$RANLIB $lib' - fi - ;; - aix[[4-9]]*) - if test "$host_cpu" != ia64 && test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = no ; then - test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no - fi - ;; - esac - AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_shared]) - - AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build static libraries]) - # Make sure either enable_shared or enable_static is yes. - test "$enable_shared" = yes || enable_static=yes - AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_static]) - - _LT_TAGVAR(GCC, $1)="$G77" - _LT_TAGVAR(LD, $1)="$LD" - - ## CAVEAT EMPTOR: - ## There is no encapsulation within the following macros, do not change - ## the running order or otherwise move them around unless you know exactly - ## what you are doing... - _LT_COMPILER_PIC($1) - _LT_COMPILER_C_O($1) - _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS($1) - _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS($1) - _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER($1) - _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1) - - _LT_CONFIG($1) - fi # test -n "$compiler" - - GCC=$lt_save_GCC - CC="$lt_save_CC" -fi # test "$_lt_disable_F77" != yes - -AC_LANG_POP -])# _LT_LANG_F77_CONFIG - - -# _LT_PROG_FC -# ----------- -# Since AC_PROG_FC is broken, in that it returns the empty string -# if there is no fortran compiler, we have our own version here. -m4_defun([_LT_PROG_FC], -[ -pushdef([AC_MSG_ERROR], [_lt_disable_FC=yes]) -AC_PROG_FC -if test -z "$FC" || test "X$FC" = "Xno"; then - _lt_disable_FC=yes -fi -popdef([AC_MSG_ERROR]) -])# _LT_PROG_FC - -dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: -dnl AC_DEFUN([_LT_PROG_FC], []) - - -# _LT_LANG_FC_CONFIG([TAG]) -# ------------------------- -# Ensure that the configuration variables for a Fortran compiler are -# suitably defined. These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG -# to write the compiler configuration to `libtool'. -m4_defun([_LT_LANG_FC_CONFIG], -[AC_REQUIRE([_LT_PROG_FC])dnl -AC_LANG_PUSH(Fortran) - -_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no -_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)= -_LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no -_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)= -_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)= -_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no -_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=no -_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)= -_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld, $1)= -_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)= -_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=no -_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=no -_LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=no -_LT_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)= -_LT_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)= -_LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=unknown -_LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)=$old_archive_cmds -_LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)= -_LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)= -_LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=no - -# Source file extension for fc test sources. -ac_ext=${ac_fc_srcext-f} - -# Object file extension for compiled fc test sources. -objext=o -_LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext - -# No sense in running all these tests if we already determined that -# the FC compiler isn't working. Some variables (like enable_shared) -# are currently assumed to apply to all compilers on this platform, -# and will be corrupted by setting them based on a non-working compiler. -if test "$_lt_disable_FC" != yes; then - # Code to be used in simple compile tests - lt_simple_compile_test_code="\ - subroutine t - return - end -" - - # Code to be used in simple link tests - lt_simple_link_test_code="\ - program t - end -" - - # ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set. - _LT_TAG_COMPILER - - # save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code - _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE - _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE - - # Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. - lt_save_CC="$CC" - lt_save_GCC=$GCC - CC=${FC-"f95"} - compiler=$CC - GCC=$ac_cv_fc_compiler_gnu - - _LT_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC - _LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler]) - - if test -n "$compiler"; then - AC_MSG_CHECKING([if libtool supports shared libraries]) - AC_MSG_RESULT([$can_build_shared]) - - AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build shared libraries]) - test "$can_build_shared" = "no" && enable_shared=no - - # On AIX, shared libraries and static libraries use the same namespace, and - # are all built from PIC. - case $host_os in - aix3*) - test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no - if test -n "$RANLIB"; then - archive_cmds="$archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$lib" - postinstall_cmds='$RANLIB $lib' - fi - ;; - aix[[4-9]]*) - if test "$host_cpu" != ia64 && test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = no ; then - test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no - fi - ;; - esac - AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_shared]) - - AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build static libraries]) - # Make sure either enable_shared or enable_static is yes. - test "$enable_shared" = yes || enable_static=yes - AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_static]) - - _LT_TAGVAR(GCC, $1)="$ac_cv_fc_compiler_gnu" - _LT_TAGVAR(LD, $1)="$LD" - - ## CAVEAT EMPTOR: - ## There is no encapsulation within the following macros, do not change - ## the running order or otherwise move them around unless you know exactly - ## what you are doing... - _LT_SYS_HIDDEN_LIBDEPS($1) - _LT_COMPILER_PIC($1) - _LT_COMPILER_C_O($1) - _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS($1) - _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS($1) - _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER($1) - _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1) - - _LT_CONFIG($1) - fi # test -n "$compiler" - - GCC=$lt_save_GCC - CC="$lt_save_CC" -fi # test "$_lt_disable_FC" != yes - -AC_LANG_POP -])# _LT_LANG_FC_CONFIG - - -# _LT_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG([TAG]) -# -------------------------- -# Ensure that the configuration variables for the GNU Java Compiler compiler -# are suitably defined. These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG -# to write the compiler configuration to `libtool'. -m4_defun([_LT_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG], -[AC_REQUIRE([LT_PROG_GCJ])dnl -AC_LANG_SAVE - -# Source file extension for Java test sources. -ac_ext=java - -# Object file extension for compiled Java test sources. -objext=o -_LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext - -# Code to be used in simple compile tests -lt_simple_compile_test_code="class foo {}" - -# Code to be used in simple link tests -lt_simple_link_test_code='public class conftest { public static void main(String[[]] argv) {}; }' - -# ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set. -_LT_TAG_COMPILER - -# save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code -_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE -_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE - -# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. -lt_save_CC="$CC" -lt_save_GCC=$GCC -GCC=yes -CC=${GCJ-"gcj"} -compiler=$CC -_LT_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC -_LT_TAGVAR(LD, $1)="$LD" -_LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler]) - -# GCJ did not exist at the time GCC didn't implicitly link libc in. -_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no - -_LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)=$old_archive_cmds - -if test -n "$compiler"; then - _LT_COMPILER_NO_RTTI($1) - _LT_COMPILER_PIC($1) - _LT_COMPILER_C_O($1) - _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS($1) - _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS($1) - _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1) - - _LT_CONFIG($1) -fi - -AC_LANG_RESTORE - -GCC=$lt_save_GCC -CC="$lt_save_CC" -])# _LT_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG - - -# _LT_LANG_RC_CONFIG([TAG]) -# ------------------------- -# Ensure that the configuration variables for the Windows resource compiler -# are suitably defined. These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG -# to write the compiler configuration to `libtool'. -m4_defun([_LT_LANG_RC_CONFIG], -[AC_REQUIRE([LT_PROG_RC])dnl -AC_LANG_SAVE - -# Source file extension for RC test sources. -ac_ext=rc - -# Object file extension for compiled RC test sources. -objext=o -_LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext - -# Code to be used in simple compile tests -lt_simple_compile_test_code='sample MENU { MENUITEM "&Soup", 100, CHECKED }' - -# Code to be used in simple link tests -lt_simple_link_test_code="$lt_simple_compile_test_code" - -# ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set. -_LT_TAG_COMPILER - -# save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code -_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE -_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE - -# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. -lt_save_CC="$CC" -lt_save_GCC=$GCC -GCC= -CC=${RC-"windres"} -compiler=$CC -_LT_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC -_LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler]) -_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)=yes - -if test -n "$compiler"; then - : - _LT_CONFIG($1) -fi - -GCC=$lt_save_GCC -AC_LANG_RESTORE -CC="$lt_save_CC" -])# _LT_LANG_RC_CONFIG - - -# LT_PROG_GCJ -# ----------- -AC_DEFUN([LT_PROG_GCJ], -[m4_ifdef([AC_PROG_GCJ], [AC_PROG_GCJ], - [m4_ifdef([A][M_PROG_GCJ], [A][M_PROG_GCJ], - [AC_CHECK_TOOL(GCJ, gcj,) - test "x${GCJFLAGS+set}" = xset || GCJFLAGS="-g -O2" - AC_SUBST(GCJFLAGS)])])[]dnl -]) - -# Old name: -AU_ALIAS([LT_AC_PROG_GCJ], [LT_PROG_GCJ]) -dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: -dnl AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_GCJ], []) - - -# LT_PROG_RC -# ---------- -AC_DEFUN([LT_PROG_RC], -[AC_CHECK_TOOL(RC, windres,) -]) - -# Old name: -AU_ALIAS([LT_AC_PROG_RC], [LT_PROG_RC]) -dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: -dnl AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_RC], []) - - -# _LT_DECL_EGREP -# -------------- -# If we don't have a new enough Autoconf to choose the best grep -# available, choose the one first in the user's PATH. -m4_defun([_LT_DECL_EGREP], -[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_EGREP])dnl -AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_FGREP])dnl -test -z "$GREP" && GREP=grep -_LT_DECL([], [GREP], [1], [A grep program that handles long lines]) -_LT_DECL([], [EGREP], [1], [An ERE matcher]) -_LT_DECL([], [FGREP], [1], [A literal string matcher]) -dnl Non-bleeding-edge autoconf doesn't subst GREP, so do it here too -AC_SUBST([GREP]) -]) - - -# _LT_DECL_OBJDUMP -# -------------- -# If we don't have a new enough Autoconf to choose the best objdump -# available, choose the one first in the user's PATH. -m4_defun([_LT_DECL_OBJDUMP], -[AC_CHECK_TOOL(OBJDUMP, objdump, false) -test -z "$OBJDUMP" && OBJDUMP=objdump -_LT_DECL([], [OBJDUMP], [1], [An object symbol dumper]) -AC_SUBST([OBJDUMP]) -]) - - -# _LT_DECL_SED -# ------------ -# Check for a fully-functional sed program, that truncates -# as few characters as possible. Prefer GNU sed if found. -m4_defun([_LT_DECL_SED], -[AC_PROG_SED -test -z "$SED" && SED=sed -Xsed="$SED -e 1s/^X//" -_LT_DECL([], [SED], [1], [A sed program that does not truncate output]) -_LT_DECL([], [Xsed], ["\$SED -e 1s/^X//"], - [Sed that helps us avoid accidentally triggering echo(1) options like -n]) -])# _LT_DECL_SED - -m4_ifndef([AC_PROG_SED], [ -# NOTE: This macro has been submitted for inclusion into # -# GNU Autoconf as AC_PROG_SED. When it is available in # -# a released version of Autoconf we should remove this # -# macro and use it instead. # - -m4_defun([AC_PROG_SED], -[AC_MSG_CHECKING([for a sed that does not truncate output]) -AC_CACHE_VAL(lt_cv_path_SED, -[# Loop through the user's path and test for sed and gsed. -# Then use that list of sed's as ones to test for truncation. -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for lt_ac_prog in sed gsed; do - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$lt_ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; then - lt_ac_sed_list="$lt_ac_sed_list $as_dir/$lt_ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" - fi - done - done -done -IFS=$as_save_IFS -lt_ac_max=0 -lt_ac_count=0 -# Add /usr/xpg4/bin/sed as it is typically found on Solaris -# along with /bin/sed that truncates output. -for lt_ac_sed in $lt_ac_sed_list /usr/xpg4/bin/sed; do - test ! -f $lt_ac_sed && continue - cat /dev/null > conftest.in - lt_ac_count=0 - echo $ECHO_N "0123456789$ECHO_C" >conftest.in - # Check for GNU sed and select it if it is found. - if "$lt_ac_sed" --version 2>&1 < /dev/null | grep 'GNU' > /dev/null; then - lt_cv_path_SED=$lt_ac_sed - break - fi - while true; do - cat conftest.in conftest.in >conftest.tmp - mv conftest.tmp conftest.in - cp conftest.in conftest.nl - echo >>conftest.nl - $lt_ac_sed -e 's/a$//' < conftest.nl >conftest.out || break - cmp -s conftest.out conftest.nl || break - # 10000 chars as input seems more than enough - test $lt_ac_count -gt 10 && break - lt_ac_count=`expr $lt_ac_count + 1` - if test $lt_ac_count -gt $lt_ac_max; then - lt_ac_max=$lt_ac_count - lt_cv_path_SED=$lt_ac_sed - fi - done -done -]) -SED=$lt_cv_path_SED -AC_SUBST([SED]) -AC_MSG_RESULT([$SED]) -])#AC_PROG_SED -])#m4_ifndef - -# Old name: -AU_ALIAS([LT_AC_PROG_SED], [AC_PROG_SED]) -dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: -dnl AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_SED], []) - - -# _LT_CHECK_SHELL_FEATURES -# ------------------------ -# Find out whether the shell is Bourne or XSI compatible, -# or has some other useful features. -m4_defun([_LT_CHECK_SHELL_FEATURES], -[AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether the shell understands some XSI constructs]) -# Try some XSI features -xsi_shell=no -( _lt_dummy="a/b/c" - test "${_lt_dummy##*/},${_lt_dummy%/*},"${_lt_dummy%"$_lt_dummy"}, \ - = c,a/b,, \ - && eval 'test $(( 1 + 1 )) -eq 2 \ - && test "${#_lt_dummy}" -eq 5' ) >/dev/null 2>&1 \ - && xsi_shell=yes -AC_MSG_RESULT([$xsi_shell]) -_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT([xsi_shell='$xsi_shell']) - -AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether the shell understands "+="]) -lt_shell_append=no -( foo=bar; set foo baz; eval "$[1]+=\$[2]" && test "$foo" = barbaz ) \ - >/dev/null 2>&1 \ - && lt_shell_append=yes -AC_MSG_RESULT([$lt_shell_append]) -_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT([lt_shell_append='$lt_shell_append']) - -if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then - lt_unset=unset -else - lt_unset=false -fi -_LT_DECL([], [lt_unset], [0], [whether the shell understands "unset"])dnl - -# test EBCDIC or ASCII -case `echo X|tr X '\101'` in - A) # ASCII based system - # \n is not interpreted correctly by Solaris 8 /usr/ucb/tr - lt_SP2NL='tr \040 \012' - lt_NL2SP='tr \015\012 \040\040' - ;; - *) # EBCDIC based system - lt_SP2NL='tr \100 \n' - lt_NL2SP='tr \r\n \100\100' - ;; -esac -_LT_DECL([SP2NL], [lt_SP2NL], [1], [turn spaces into newlines])dnl -_LT_DECL([NL2SP], [lt_NL2SP], [1], [turn newlines into spaces])dnl -])# _LT_CHECK_SHELL_FEATURES - - -# _LT_PROG_XSI_SHELLFNS -# --------------------- -# Bourne and XSI compatible variants of some useful shell functions. -m4_defun([_LT_PROG_XSI_SHELLFNS], -[case $xsi_shell in - yes) - cat << \_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile" - -# func_dirname file append nondir_replacement -# Compute the dirname of FILE. If nonempty, add APPEND to the result, -# otherwise set result to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT. -func_dirname () -{ - case ${1} in - */*) func_dirname_result="${1%/*}${2}" ;; - * ) func_dirname_result="${3}" ;; - esac -} - -# func_basename file -func_basename () -{ - func_basename_result="${1##*/}" -} - -# func_dirname_and_basename file append nondir_replacement -# perform func_basename and func_dirname in a single function -# call: -# dirname: Compute the dirname of FILE. If nonempty, -# add APPEND to the result, otherwise set result -# to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT. -# value returned in "$func_dirname_result" -# basename: Compute filename of FILE. -# value retuned in "$func_basename_result" -# Implementation must be kept synchronized with func_dirname -# and func_basename. For efficiency, we do not delegate to -# those functions but instead duplicate the functionality here. -func_dirname_and_basename () -{ - case ${1} in - */*) func_dirname_result="${1%/*}${2}" ;; - * ) func_dirname_result="${3}" ;; - esac - func_basename_result="${1##*/}" -} - -# func_stripname prefix suffix name -# strip PREFIX and SUFFIX off of NAME. -# PREFIX and SUFFIX must not contain globbing or regex special -# characters, hashes, percent signs, but SUFFIX may contain a leading -# dot (in which case that matches only a dot). -func_stripname () -{ - # pdksh 5.2.14 does not do ${X%$Y} correctly if both X and Y are - # positional parameters, so assign one to ordinary parameter first. - func_stripname_result=${3} - func_stripname_result=${func_stripname_result#"${1}"} - func_stripname_result=${func_stripname_result%"${2}"} -} - -# func_opt_split -func_opt_split () -{ - func_opt_split_opt=${1%%=*} - func_opt_split_arg=${1#*=} -} - -# func_lo2o object -func_lo2o () -{ - case ${1} in - *.lo) func_lo2o_result=${1%.lo}.${objext} ;; - *) func_lo2o_result=${1} ;; - esac -} - -# func_xform libobj-or-source -func_xform () -{ - func_xform_result=${1%.*}.lo -} - -# func_arith arithmetic-term... -func_arith () -{ - func_arith_result=$(( $[*] )) -} - -# func_len string -# STRING may not start with a hyphen. -func_len () -{ - func_len_result=${#1} -} - -_LT_EOF - ;; - *) # Bourne compatible functions. - cat << \_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile" - -# func_dirname file append nondir_replacement -# Compute the dirname of FILE. If nonempty, add APPEND to the result, -# otherwise set result to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT. -func_dirname () -{ - # Extract subdirectory from the argument. - func_dirname_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$dirname"` - if test "X$func_dirname_result" = "X${1}"; then - func_dirname_result="${3}" - else - func_dirname_result="$func_dirname_result${2}" - fi -} - -# func_basename file -func_basename () -{ - func_basename_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$basename"` -} - -dnl func_dirname_and_basename -dnl A portable version of this function is already defined in general.m4sh -dnl so there is no need for it here. - -# func_stripname prefix suffix name -# strip PREFIX and SUFFIX off of NAME. -# PREFIX and SUFFIX must not contain globbing or regex special -# characters, hashes, percent signs, but SUFFIX may contain a leading -# dot (in which case that matches only a dot). -# func_strip_suffix prefix name -func_stripname () -{ - case ${2} in - .*) func_stripname_result=`$ECHO "X${3}" \ - | $Xsed -e "s%^${1}%%" -e "s%\\\\${2}\$%%"`;; - *) func_stripname_result=`$ECHO "X${3}" \ - | $Xsed -e "s%^${1}%%" -e "s%${2}\$%%"`;; - esac -} - -# sed scripts: -my_sed_long_opt='1s/^\(-[[^=]]*\)=.*/\1/;q' -my_sed_long_arg='1s/^-[[^=]]*=//' - -# func_opt_split -func_opt_split () -{ - func_opt_split_opt=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$my_sed_long_opt"` - func_opt_split_arg=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$my_sed_long_arg"` -} - -# func_lo2o object -func_lo2o () -{ - func_lo2o_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"` -} - -# func_xform libobj-or-source -func_xform () -{ - func_xform_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e 's/\.[[^.]]*$/.lo/'` -} - -# func_arith arithmetic-term... -func_arith () -{ - func_arith_result=`expr "$[@]"` -} - -# func_len string -# STRING may not start with a hyphen. -func_len () -{ - func_len_result=`expr "$[1]" : ".*" 2>/dev/null || echo $max_cmd_len` -} - -_LT_EOF -esac - -case $lt_shell_append in - yes) - cat << \_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile" - -# func_append var value -# Append VALUE to the end of shell variable VAR. -func_append () -{ - eval "$[1]+=\$[2]" -} -_LT_EOF - ;; - *) - cat << \_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile" - -# func_append var value -# Append VALUE to the end of shell variable VAR. -func_append () -{ - eval "$[1]=\$$[1]\$[2]" -} - -_LT_EOF - ;; - esac -]) - -# Helper functions for option handling. -*- Autoconf -*- -# -# Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# Written by Gary V. Vaughan, 2004 -# -# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives -# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without -# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# serial 6 ltoptions.m4 - -# This is to help aclocal find these macros, as it can't see m4_define. -AC_DEFUN([LTOPTIONS_VERSION], [m4_if([1])]) - - -# _LT_MANGLE_OPTION(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME) -# ------------------------------------------ -m4_define([_LT_MANGLE_OPTION], -[[_LT_OPTION_]m4_bpatsubst($1__$2, [[^a-zA-Z0-9_]], [_])]) - - -# _LT_SET_OPTION(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME) -# --------------------------------------- -# Set option OPTION-NAME for macro MACRO-NAME, and if there is a -# matching handler defined, dispatch to it. Other OPTION-NAMEs are -# saved as a flag. -m4_define([_LT_SET_OPTION], -[m4_define(_LT_MANGLE_OPTION([$1], [$2]))dnl -m4_ifdef(_LT_MANGLE_DEFUN([$1], [$2]), - _LT_MANGLE_DEFUN([$1], [$2]), - [m4_warning([Unknown $1 option `$2'])])[]dnl -]) - - -# _LT_IF_OPTION(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME, IF-SET, [IF-NOT-SET]) -# ------------------------------------------------------------ -# Execute IF-SET if OPTION is set, IF-NOT-SET otherwise. -m4_define([_LT_IF_OPTION], -[m4_ifdef(_LT_MANGLE_OPTION([$1], [$2]), [$3], [$4])]) - - -# _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-LIST, IF-NOT-SET) -# ------------------------------------------------------- -# Execute IF-NOT-SET unless all options in OPTION-LIST for MACRO-NAME -# are set. -m4_define([_LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS], -[m4_foreach([_LT_Option], m4_split(m4_normalize([$2])), - [m4_ifdef(_LT_MANGLE_OPTION([$1], _LT_Option), - [m4_define([$0_found])])])[]dnl -m4_ifdef([$0_found], [m4_undefine([$0_found])], [$3 -])[]dnl -]) - - -# _LT_SET_OPTIONS(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-LIST) -# ---------------------------------------- -# OPTION-LIST is a space-separated list of Libtool options associated -# with MACRO-NAME. If any OPTION has a matching handler declared with -# LT_OPTION_DEFINE, dispatch to that macro; otherwise complain about -# the unknown option and exit. -m4_defun([_LT_SET_OPTIONS], -[# Set options -m4_foreach([_LT_Option], m4_split(m4_normalize([$2])), - [_LT_SET_OPTION([$1], _LT_Option)]) - -m4_if([$1],[LT_INIT],[ - dnl - dnl Simply set some default values (i.e off) if boolean options were not - dnl specified: - _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [dlopen], [enable_dlopen=no - ]) - _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [win32-dll], [enable_win32_dll=no - ]) - dnl - dnl If no reference was made to various pairs of opposing options, then - dnl we run the default mode handler for the pair. For example, if neither - dnl `shared' nor `disable-shared' was passed, we enable building of shared - dnl archives by default: - _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [shared disable-shared], [_LT_ENABLE_SHARED]) - _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [static disable-static], [_LT_ENABLE_STATIC]) - _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [pic-only no-pic], [_LT_WITH_PIC]) - _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [fast-install disable-fast-install], - [_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL]) - ]) -])# _LT_SET_OPTIONS - - - -# _LT_MANGLE_DEFUN(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME) -# ----------------------------------------- -m4_define([_LT_MANGLE_DEFUN], -[[_LT_OPTION_DEFUN_]m4_bpatsubst(m4_toupper([$1__$2]), [[^A-Z0-9_]], [_])]) - - -# LT_OPTION_DEFINE(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME, CODE) -# ----------------------------------------------- -m4_define([LT_OPTION_DEFINE], -[m4_define(_LT_MANGLE_DEFUN([$1], [$2]), [$3])[]dnl -])# LT_OPTION_DEFINE - - -# dlopen -# ------ -LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [dlopen], [enable_dlopen=yes -]) - -AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN], -[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [dlopen]) -AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete], -[$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you -put the `dlopen' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.]) -]) - -dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: -dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN], []) - - -# win32-dll -# --------- -# Declare package support for building win32 dll's. -LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [win32-dll], -[enable_win32_dll=yes - -case $host in -*-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-cegcc*) - AC_CHECK_TOOL(AS, as, false) - AC_CHECK_TOOL(DLLTOOL, dlltool, false) - AC_CHECK_TOOL(OBJDUMP, objdump, false) - ;; -esac - -test -z "$AS" && AS=as -_LT_DECL([], [AS], [0], [Assembler program])dnl - -test -z "$DLLTOOL" && DLLTOOL=dlltool -_LT_DECL([], [DLLTOOL], [0], [DLL creation program])dnl - -test -z "$OBJDUMP" && OBJDUMP=objdump -_LT_DECL([], [OBJDUMP], [0], [Object dumper program])dnl -])# win32-dll - -AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL], -[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl -_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [win32-dll]) -AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete], -[$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you -put the `win32-dll' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.]) -]) - -dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: -dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL], []) - - -# _LT_ENABLE_SHARED([DEFAULT]) -# ---------------------------- -# implement the --enable-shared flag, and supports the `shared' and -# `disable-shared' LT_INIT options. -# DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'. If omitted, it defaults to `yes'. -m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_SHARED], -[m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT], [m4_if($1, no, no, yes)])dnl -AC_ARG_ENABLE([shared], - [AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-shared@<:@=PKGS@:>@], - [build shared libraries @<:@default=]_LT_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT[@:>@])], - [p=${PACKAGE-default} - case $enableval in - yes) enable_shared=yes ;; - no) enable_shared=no ;; - *) - enable_shared=no - # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. - lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR," - for pkg in $enableval; do - IFS="$lt_save_ifs" - if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then - enable_shared=yes - fi - done - IFS="$lt_save_ifs" - ;; - esac], - [enable_shared=]_LT_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT) - - _LT_DECL([build_libtool_libs], [enable_shared], [0], - [Whether or not to build shared libraries]) -])# _LT_ENABLE_SHARED - -LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [shared], [_LT_ENABLE_SHARED([yes])]) -LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [disable-shared], [_LT_ENABLE_SHARED([no])]) - -# Old names: -AC_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_SHARED], -[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], m4_if([$1], [no], [disable-])[shared]) -]) - -AC_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_SHARED], -[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [disable-shared]) -]) - -AU_DEFUN([AM_ENABLE_SHARED], [AC_ENABLE_SHARED($@)]) -AU_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_SHARED], [AC_DISABLE_SHARED($@)]) - -dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: -dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_ENABLE_SHARED], []) -dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_SHARED], []) - - - -# _LT_ENABLE_STATIC([DEFAULT]) -# ---------------------------- -# implement the --enable-static flag, and support the `static' and -# `disable-static' LT_INIT options. -# DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'. If omitted, it defaults to `yes'. -m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_STATIC], -[m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT], [m4_if($1, no, no, yes)])dnl -AC_ARG_ENABLE([static], - [AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-static@<:@=PKGS@:>@], - [build static libraries @<:@default=]_LT_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT[@:>@])], - [p=${PACKAGE-default} - case $enableval in - yes) enable_static=yes ;; - no) enable_static=no ;; - *) - enable_static=no - # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. - lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR," - for pkg in $enableval; do - IFS="$lt_save_ifs" - if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then - enable_static=yes - fi - done - IFS="$lt_save_ifs" - ;; - esac], - [enable_static=]_LT_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT) - - _LT_DECL([build_old_libs], [enable_static], [0], - [Whether or not to build static libraries]) -])# _LT_ENABLE_STATIC - -LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [static], [_LT_ENABLE_STATIC([yes])]) -LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [disable-static], [_LT_ENABLE_STATIC([no])]) - -# Old names: -AC_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_STATIC], -[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], m4_if([$1], [no], [disable-])[static]) -]) - -AC_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_STATIC], -[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [disable-static]) -]) - -AU_DEFUN([AM_ENABLE_STATIC], [AC_ENABLE_STATIC($@)]) -AU_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_STATIC], [AC_DISABLE_STATIC($@)]) - -dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: -dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_ENABLE_STATIC], []) -dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_STATIC], []) - - - -# _LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL([DEFAULT]) -# ---------------------------------- -# implement the --enable-fast-install flag, and support the `fast-install' -# and `disable-fast-install' LT_INIT options. -# DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'. If omitted, it defaults to `yes'. -m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL], -[m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL_DEFAULT], [m4_if($1, no, no, yes)])dnl -AC_ARG_ENABLE([fast-install], - [AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-fast-install@<:@=PKGS@:>@], - [optimize for fast installation @<:@default=]_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL_DEFAULT[@:>@])], - [p=${PACKAGE-default} - case $enableval in - yes) enable_fast_install=yes ;; - no) enable_fast_install=no ;; - *) - enable_fast_install=no - # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. - lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR," - for pkg in $enableval; do - IFS="$lt_save_ifs" - if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then - enable_fast_install=yes - fi - done - IFS="$lt_save_ifs" - ;; - esac], - [enable_fast_install=]_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL_DEFAULT) - -_LT_DECL([fast_install], [enable_fast_install], [0], - [Whether or not to optimize for fast installation])dnl -])# _LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL - -LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [fast-install], [_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL([yes])]) -LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [disable-fast-install], [_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL([no])]) - -# Old names: -AU_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL], -[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], m4_if([$1], [no], [disable-])[fast-install]) -AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete], -[$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you put -the `fast-install' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.]) -]) - -AU_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL], -[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [disable-fast-install]) -AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete], -[$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you put -the `disable-fast-install' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.]) -]) - -dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: -dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL], []) -dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL], []) - - -# _LT_WITH_PIC([MODE]) -# -------------------- -# implement the --with-pic flag, and support the `pic-only' and `no-pic' -# LT_INIT options. -# MODE is either `yes' or `no'. If omitted, it defaults to `both'. -m4_define([_LT_WITH_PIC], -[AC_ARG_WITH([pic], - [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-pic], - [try to use only PIC/non-PIC objects @<:@default=use both@:>@])], - [pic_mode="$withval"], - [pic_mode=default]) - -test -z "$pic_mode" && pic_mode=m4_default([$1], [default]) - -_LT_DECL([], [pic_mode], [0], [What type of objects to build])dnl -])# _LT_WITH_PIC - -LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [pic-only], [_LT_WITH_PIC([yes])]) -LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [no-pic], [_LT_WITH_PIC([no])]) - -# Old name: -AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PICMODE], -[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [pic-only]) -AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete], -[$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you -put the `pic-only' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.]) -]) - -dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: -dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PICMODE], []) - - -m4_define([_LTDL_MODE], []) -LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [nonrecursive], - [m4_define([_LTDL_MODE], [nonrecursive])]) -LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [recursive], - [m4_define([_LTDL_MODE], [recursive])]) -LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [subproject], - [m4_define([_LTDL_MODE], [subproject])]) - -m4_define([_LTDL_TYPE], []) -LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [installable], - [m4_define([_LTDL_TYPE], [installable])]) -LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [convenience], - [m4_define([_LTDL_TYPE], [convenience])]) - -# ltsugar.m4 -- libtool m4 base layer. -*-Autoconf-*- -# -# Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# Written by Gary V. Vaughan, 2004 -# -# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives -# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without -# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# serial 6 ltsugar.m4 - -# This is to help aclocal find these macros, as it can't see m4_define. -AC_DEFUN([LTSUGAR_VERSION], [m4_if([0.1])]) - - -# lt_join(SEP, ARG1, [ARG2...]) -# ----------------------------- -# Produce ARG1SEPARG2...SEPARGn, omitting [] arguments and their -# associated separator. -# Needed until we can rely on m4_join from Autoconf 2.62, since all earlier -# versions in m4sugar had bugs. -m4_define([lt_join], -[m4_if([$#], [1], [], - [$#], [2], [[$2]], - [m4_if([$2], [], [], [[$2]_])$0([$1], m4_shift(m4_shift($@)))])]) -m4_define([_lt_join], -[m4_if([$#$2], [2], [], - [m4_if([$2], [], [], [[$1$2]])$0([$1], m4_shift(m4_shift($@)))])]) - - -# lt_car(LIST) -# lt_cdr(LIST) -# ------------ -# Manipulate m4 lists. -# These macros are necessary as long as will still need to support -# Autoconf-2.59 which quotes differently. -m4_define([lt_car], [[$1]]) -m4_define([lt_cdr], -[m4_if([$#], 0, [m4_fatal([$0: cannot be called without arguments])], - [$#], 1, [], - [m4_dquote(m4_shift($@))])]) -m4_define([lt_unquote], $1) - - -# lt_append(MACRO-NAME, STRING, [SEPARATOR]) -# ------------------------------------------ -# Redefine MACRO-NAME to hold its former content plus `SEPARATOR'`STRING'. -# Note that neither SEPARATOR nor STRING are expanded; they are appended -# to MACRO-NAME as is (leaving the expansion for when MACRO-NAME is invoked). -# No SEPARATOR is output if MACRO-NAME was previously undefined (different -# than defined and empty). -# -# This macro is needed until we can rely on Autoconf 2.62, since earlier -# versions of m4sugar mistakenly expanded SEPARATOR but not STRING. -m4_define([lt_append], -[m4_define([$1], - m4_ifdef([$1], [m4_defn([$1])[$3]])[$2])]) - - - -# lt_combine(SEP, PREFIX-LIST, INFIX, SUFFIX1, [SUFFIX2...]) -# ---------------------------------------------------------- -# Produce a SEP delimited list of all paired combinations of elements of -# PREFIX-LIST with SUFFIX1 through SUFFIXn. Each element of the list -# has the form PREFIXmINFIXSUFFIXn. -# Needed until we can rely on m4_combine added in Autoconf 2.62. -m4_define([lt_combine], -[m4_if(m4_eval([$# > 3]), [1], - [m4_pushdef([_Lt_sep], [m4_define([_Lt_sep], m4_defn([lt_car]))])]]dnl -[[m4_foreach([_Lt_prefix], [$2], - [m4_foreach([_Lt_suffix], - ]m4_dquote(m4_dquote(m4_shift(m4_shift(m4_shift($@)))))[, - [_Lt_sep([$1])[]m4_defn([_Lt_prefix])[$3]m4_defn([_Lt_suffix])])])])]) - - -# lt_if_append_uniq(MACRO-NAME, VARNAME, [SEPARATOR], [UNIQ], [NOT-UNIQ]) -# ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Iff MACRO-NAME does not yet contain VARNAME, then append it (delimited -# by SEPARATOR if supplied) and expand UNIQ, else NOT-UNIQ. -m4_define([lt_if_append_uniq], -[m4_ifdef([$1], - [m4_if(m4_index([$3]m4_defn([$1])[$3], [$3$2$3]), [-1], - [lt_append([$1], [$2], [$3])$4], - [$5])], - [lt_append([$1], [$2], [$3])$4])]) - - -# lt_dict_add(DICT, KEY, VALUE) -# ----------------------------- -m4_define([lt_dict_add], -[m4_define([$1($2)], [$3])]) - - -# lt_dict_add_subkey(DICT, KEY, SUBKEY, VALUE) -# -------------------------------------------- -m4_define([lt_dict_add_subkey], -[m4_define([$1($2:$3)], [$4])]) - - -# lt_dict_fetch(DICT, KEY, [SUBKEY]) -# ---------------------------------- -m4_define([lt_dict_fetch], -[m4_ifval([$3], - m4_ifdef([$1($2:$3)], [m4_defn([$1($2:$3)])]), - m4_ifdef([$1($2)], [m4_defn([$1($2)])]))]) - - -# lt_if_dict_fetch(DICT, KEY, [SUBKEY], VALUE, IF-TRUE, [IF-FALSE]) -# ----------------------------------------------------------------- -m4_define([lt_if_dict_fetch], -[m4_if(lt_dict_fetch([$1], [$2], [$3]), [$4], - [$5], - [$6])]) - - -# lt_dict_filter(DICT, [SUBKEY], VALUE, [SEPARATOR], KEY, [...]) -# -------------------------------------------------------------- -m4_define([lt_dict_filter], -[m4_if([$5], [], [], - [lt_join(m4_quote(m4_default([$4], [[, ]])), - lt_unquote(m4_split(m4_normalize(m4_foreach(_Lt_key, lt_car([m4_shiftn(4, $@)]), - [lt_if_dict_fetch([$1], _Lt_key, [$2], [$3], [_Lt_key ])])))))])[]dnl -]) - -# ltversion.m4 -- version numbers -*- Autoconf -*- -# -# Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# Written by Scott James Remnant, 2004 -# -# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives -# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without -# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# Generated from ltversion.in. - -# serial 3017 ltversion.m4 -# This file is part of GNU Libtool - -m4_define([LT_PACKAGE_VERSION], [2.2.6b]) -m4_define([LT_PACKAGE_REVISION], [1.3017]) - -AC_DEFUN([LTVERSION_VERSION], -[macro_version='2.2.6b' -macro_revision='1.3017' -_LT_DECL(, macro_version, 0, [Which release of libtool.m4 was used?]) -_LT_DECL(, macro_revision, 0) -]) - -# lt~obsolete.m4 -- aclocal satisfying obsolete definitions. -*-Autoconf-*- -# -# Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# Written by Scott James Remnant, 2004. -# -# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives -# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without -# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# serial 4 lt~obsolete.m4 - -# These exist entirely to fool aclocal when bootstrapping libtool. -# -# In the past libtool.m4 has provided macros via AC_DEFUN (or AU_DEFUN) -# which have later been changed to m4_define as they aren't part of the -# exported API, or moved to Autoconf or Automake where they belong. -# -# The trouble is, aclocal is a bit thick. It'll see the old AC_DEFUN -# in /usr/share/aclocal/libtool.m4 and remember it, then when it sees us -# using a macro with the same name in our local m4/libtool.m4 it'll -# pull the old libtool.m4 in (it doesn't see our shiny new m4_define -# and doesn't know about Autoconf macros at all.) -# -# So we provide this file, which has a silly filename so it's always -# included after everything else. This provides aclocal with the -# AC_DEFUNs it wants, but when m4 processes it, it doesn't do anything -# because those macros already exist, or will be overwritten later. -# We use AC_DEFUN over AU_DEFUN for compatibility with aclocal-1.6. -# -# Anytime we withdraw an AC_DEFUN or AU_DEFUN, remember to add it here. -# Yes, that means every name once taken will need to remain here until -# we give up compatibility with versions before 1.7, at which point -# we need to keep only those names which we still refer to. - -# This is to help aclocal find these macros, as it can't see m4_define. -AC_DEFUN([LTOBSOLETE_VERSION], [m4_if([1])]) - -m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION])]) -m4_ifndef([AC_PROG_EGREP], [AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_EGREP])]) -m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH])]) -m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_SHELL_INIT], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_SHELL_INIT])]) -m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX])]) -m4_ifndef([_LT_PROG_LTMAIN], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_PROG_LTMAIN])]) -m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_TAGVAR], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_TAGVAR])]) -m4_ifndef([AC_LTDL_ENABLE_INSTALL], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_ENABLE_INSTALL])]) -m4_ifndef([AC_LTDL_PREOPEN], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_PREOPEN])]) -m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_SYS_COMPILER], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_SYS_COMPILER])]) -m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LOCK], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LOCK])]) -m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_OLD_ARCHIVE], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_OLD_ARCHIVE])]) -m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF])]) -m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_CC_C_O], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_CC_C_O])]) -m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_HARD_LINK_LOCKS], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_HARD_LINK_LOCKS])]) -m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_OBJDIR], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_OBJDIR])]) -m4_ifndef([AC_LTDL_OBJDIR], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_OBJDIR])]) -m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_HARDCODE_LIBPATH], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_HARDCODE_LIBPATH])]) -m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_LIB_STRIP], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_LIB_STRIP])]) -m4_ifndef([AC_PATH_MAGIC], [AC_DEFUN([AC_PATH_MAGIC])]) -m4_ifndef([AC_PROG_LD_GNU], [AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_LD_GNU])]) -m4_ifndef([AC_PROG_LD_RELOAD_FLAG], [AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_LD_RELOAD_FLAG])]) -m4_ifndef([AC_DEPLIBS_CHECK_METHOD], [AC_DEFUN([AC_DEPLIBS_CHECK_METHOD])]) -m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_NO_RTTI], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_NO_RTTI])]) -m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_GLOBAL_SYMBOL_PIPE], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_GLOBAL_SYMBOL_PIPE])]) -m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC])]) -m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS])]) -m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_POSTDEP_PREDEP], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_POSTDEP_PREDEP])]) -m4_ifndef([LT_AC_PROG_EGREP], [AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_EGREP])]) -m4_ifndef([LT_AC_PROG_SED], [AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_SED])]) -m4_ifndef([_LT_CC_BASENAME], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_CC_BASENAME])]) -m4_ifndef([_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE])]) -m4_ifndef([_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE])]) -m4_ifndef([_AC_PROG_LIBTOOL], [AC_DEFUN([_AC_PROG_LIBTOOL])]) -m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])]) -m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_CHECK_DLFCN], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_CHECK_DLFCN])]) -m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER])]) -m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_TAGCONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_TAGCONFIG])]) -m4_ifndef([AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL], [AC_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL])]) -m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_CXX], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_CXX])]) -m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_F77], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_F77])]) -m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ])]) -m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_RC], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_RC])]) -m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_C_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_C_CONFIG])]) -m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_C_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_C_CONFIG])]) -m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_CXX_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_CXX_CONFIG])]) -m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_CXX_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_CXX_CONFIG])]) -m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_F77_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_F77_CONFIG])]) -m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_F77_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_F77_CONFIG])]) -m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG])]) -m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG])]) -m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_RC_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_RC_CONFIG])]) -m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_RC_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_RC_CONFIG])]) -m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG])]) -m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_FILE_LTDLL_C], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_FILE_LTDLL_C])]) - -# pkg.m4 - Macros to locate and utilise pkg-config. -*- Autoconf -*- -# -# Copyright © 2004 Scott James Remnant <scott@netsplit.com>. -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or -# (at your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but -# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. -# -# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you -# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a -# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under -# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. - -# PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG([MIN-VERSION]) -# ---------------------------------- -AC_DEFUN([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG], -[m4_pattern_forbid([^_?PKG_[A-Z_]+$]) -m4_pattern_allow([^PKG_CONFIG(_PATH)?$]) -AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG], [path to pkg-config utility])dnl -if test "x$ac_cv_env_PKG_CONFIG_set" != "xset"; then - AC_PATH_TOOL([PKG_CONFIG], [pkg-config]) -fi -if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then - _pkg_min_version=m4_default([$1], [0.9.0]) - AC_MSG_CHECKING([pkg-config is at least version $_pkg_min_version]) - if $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-pkgconfig-version $_pkg_min_version; then - AC_MSG_RESULT([yes]) - else - AC_MSG_RESULT([no]) - PKG_CONFIG="" - fi - -fi[]dnl -])# PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG - -# PKG_CHECK_EXISTS(MODULES, [ACTION-IF-FOUND], [ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]) -# -# Check to see whether a particular set of modules exists. Similar -# to PKG_CHECK_MODULES(), but does not set variables or print errors. -# -# -# Similar to PKG_CHECK_MODULES, make sure that the first instance of -# this or PKG_CHECK_MODULES is called, or make sure to call -# PKG_CHECK_EXISTS manually -# -------------------------------------------------------------- -AC_DEFUN([PKG_CHECK_EXISTS], -[AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])dnl -if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG" && \ - AC_RUN_LOG([$PKG_CONFIG --exists --print-errors "$1"]); then - m4_ifval([$2], [$2], [:]) -m4_ifvaln([$3], [else - $3])dnl -fi]) - - -# _PKG_CONFIG([VARIABLE], [COMMAND], [MODULES]) -# --------------------------------------------- -m4_define([_PKG_CONFIG], -[if test -n "$$1"; then - pkg_cv_[]$1="$$1" - elif test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then - PKG_CHECK_EXISTS([$3], - [pkg_cv_[]$1=`$PKG_CONFIG --[]$2 "$3" 2>/dev/null`], - [pkg_failed=yes]) - else - pkg_failed=untried -fi[]dnl -])# _PKG_CONFIG - -# _PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED -# ----------------------------- -AC_DEFUN([_PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED], -[AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG]) -if $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-pkgconfig-version 0.20; then - _pkg_short_errors_supported=yes -else - _pkg_short_errors_supported=no -fi[]dnl -])# _PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED - - -# PKG_CHECK_MODULES(VARIABLE-PREFIX, MODULES, [ACTION-IF-FOUND], -# [ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]) -# -# -# Note that if there is a possibility the first call to -# PKG_CHECK_MODULES might not happen, you should be sure to include an -# explicit call to PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG in your configure.ac -# -# -# -------------------------------------------------------------- -AC_DEFUN([PKG_CHECK_MODULES], -[AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])dnl -AC_ARG_VAR([$1][_CFLAGS], [C compiler flags for $1, overriding pkg-config])dnl -AC_ARG_VAR([$1][_LIBS], [linker flags for $1, overriding pkg-config])dnl - -pkg_failed=no -AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $1]) - -_PKG_CONFIG([$1][_CFLAGS], [cflags], [$2]) -_PKG_CONFIG([$1][_LIBS], [libs], [$2]) - -m4_define([_PKG_TEXT], [Alternatively, you may set the environment variables $1[]_CFLAGS -and $1[]_LIBS to avoid the need to call pkg-config. -See the pkg-config man page for more details.]) - -if test $pkg_failed = yes; then - _PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED - if test $_pkg_short_errors_supported = yes; then - $1[]_PKG_ERRORS=`$PKG_CONFIG --short-errors --print-errors "$2" 2>&1` - else - $1[]_PKG_ERRORS=`$PKG_CONFIG --print-errors "$2" 2>&1` - fi - # Put the nasty error message in config.log where it belongs - echo "$$1[]_PKG_ERRORS" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD - - ifelse([$4], , [AC_MSG_ERROR(dnl -[Package requirements ($2) were not met: - -$$1_PKG_ERRORS - -Consider adjusting the PKG_CONFIG_PATH environment variable if you -installed software in a non-standard prefix. - -_PKG_TEXT -])], - [AC_MSG_RESULT([no]) - $4]) -elif test $pkg_failed = untried; then - ifelse([$4], , [AC_MSG_FAILURE(dnl -[The pkg-config script could not be found or is too old. Make sure it -is in your PATH or set the PKG_CONFIG environment variable to the full -path to pkg-config. - -_PKG_TEXT - -To get pkg-config, see <http://pkg-config.freedesktop.org/>.])], - [$4]) -else - $1[]_CFLAGS=$pkg_cv_[]$1[]_CFLAGS - $1[]_LIBS=$pkg_cv_[]$1[]_LIBS - AC_MSG_RESULT([yes]) - ifelse([$3], , :, [$3]) -fi[]dnl -])# PKG_CHECK_MODULES - -dnl xorg-macros.m4. Generated from xorg-macros.m4.in xorgversion.m4 by configure. -dnl -dnl Copyright 2005-2006 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. -dnl -dnl Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a -dnl copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), -dnl to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation -dnl the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, -dnl and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the -dnl Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: -dnl -dnl The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next -dnl paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the -dnl Software. -dnl -dnl THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR -dnl IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -dnl FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL -dnl THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER -dnl LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING -dnl FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER -dnl DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - -# XORG_MACROS_VERSION(required-version) -# ------------------------------------- -# Minimum version: 1.1.0 -# -# If you're using a macro added in Version 1.1 or newer, include this in -# your configure.ac with the minimum required version, such as: -# XORG_MACROS_VERSION(1.1) -# -# To ensure that this macro is defined, also add: -# m4_ifndef([XORG_MACROS_VERSION], -# [m4_fatal([must install xorg-macros 1.1 or later before running autoconf/autogen])]) -# -# -# See the "minimum version" comment for each macro you use to see what -# version you require. -m4_defun([XORG_MACROS_VERSION],[ -m4_define([vers_have], [1.6.0]) -m4_define([maj_have], m4_substr(vers_have, 0, m4_index(vers_have, [.]))) -m4_define([maj_needed], m4_substr([$1], 0, m4_index([$1], [.]))) -m4_if(m4_cmp(maj_have, maj_needed), 0,, - [m4_fatal([xorg-macros major version ]maj_needed[ is required but ]vers_have[ found])]) -m4_if(m4_version_compare(vers_have, [$1]), -1, - [m4_fatal([xorg-macros version $1 or higher is required but ]vers_have[ found])]) -m4_undefine([vers_have]) -m4_undefine([maj_have]) -m4_undefine([maj_needed]) -]) # XORG_MACROS_VERSION - -# XORG_PROG_RAWCPP() -# ------------------ -# Minimum version: 1.0.0 -# -# Find cpp program and necessary flags for use in pre-processing text files -# such as man pages and config files -AC_DEFUN([XORG_PROG_RAWCPP],[ -AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CPP]) -AC_PATH_PROGS(RAWCPP, [cpp], [${CPP}], - [$PATH:/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/lib:/usr/libexec:/usr/ccs/lib:/usr/ccs/lbin:/lib]) - -# Check for flag to avoid builtin definitions - assumes unix is predefined, -# which is not the best choice for supporting other OS'es, but covers most -# of the ones we need for now. -AC_MSG_CHECKING([if $RAWCPP requires -undef]) -AC_LANG_CONFTEST([Does cpp redefine unix ?]) -if test `${RAWCPP} < conftest.$ac_ext | grep -c 'unix'` -eq 1 ; then - AC_MSG_RESULT([no]) -else - if test `${RAWCPP} -undef < conftest.$ac_ext | grep -c 'unix'` -eq 1 ; then - RAWCPPFLAGS=-undef - AC_MSG_RESULT([yes]) - # under Cygwin unix is still defined even with -undef - elif test `${RAWCPP} -undef -ansi < conftest.$ac_ext | grep -c 'unix'` -eq 1 ; then - RAWCPPFLAGS="-undef -ansi" - AC_MSG_RESULT([yes, with -ansi]) - else - AC_MSG_ERROR([${RAWCPP} defines unix with or without -undef. I don't know what to do.]) - fi -fi -rm -f conftest.$ac_ext - -AC_MSG_CHECKING([if $RAWCPP requires -traditional]) -AC_LANG_CONFTEST([Does cpp preserve "whitespace"?]) -if test `${RAWCPP} < conftest.$ac_ext | grep -c 'preserve \"'` -eq 1 ; then - AC_MSG_RESULT([no]) -else - if test `${RAWCPP} -traditional < conftest.$ac_ext | grep -c 'preserve \"'` -eq 1 ; then - RAWCPPFLAGS="${RAWCPPFLAGS} -traditional" - AC_MSG_RESULT([yes]) - else - AC_MSG_ERROR([${RAWCPP} does not preserve whitespace with or without -traditional. I don't know what to do.]) - fi -fi -rm -f conftest.$ac_ext -AC_SUBST(RAWCPPFLAGS) -]) # XORG_PROG_RAWCPP - -# XORG_MANPAGE_SECTIONS() -# ----------------------- -# Minimum version: 1.0.0 -# -# Determine which sections man pages go in for the different man page types -# on this OS - replaces *ManSuffix settings in old Imake *.cf per-os files. -# Not sure if there's any better way than just hardcoding by OS name. -# Override default settings by setting environment variables - -AC_DEFUN([XORG_MANPAGE_SECTIONS],[ -AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST]) - -if test x$APP_MAN_SUFFIX = x ; then - APP_MAN_SUFFIX=1 -fi -if test x$APP_MAN_DIR = x ; then - APP_MAN_DIR='$(mandir)/man$(APP_MAN_SUFFIX)' -fi - -if test x$LIB_MAN_SUFFIX = x ; then - LIB_MAN_SUFFIX=3 -fi -if test x$LIB_MAN_DIR = x ; then - LIB_MAN_DIR='$(mandir)/man$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX)' -fi - -if test x$FILE_MAN_SUFFIX = x ; then - case $host_os in - solaris*) FILE_MAN_SUFFIX=4 ;; - *) FILE_MAN_SUFFIX=5 ;; - esac -fi -if test x$FILE_MAN_DIR = x ; then - FILE_MAN_DIR='$(mandir)/man$(FILE_MAN_SUFFIX)' -fi - -if test x$MISC_MAN_SUFFIX = x ; then - case $host_os in - solaris*) MISC_MAN_SUFFIX=5 ;; - *) MISC_MAN_SUFFIX=7 ;; - esac -fi -if test x$MISC_MAN_DIR = x ; then - MISC_MAN_DIR='$(mandir)/man$(MISC_MAN_SUFFIX)' -fi - -if test x$DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX = x ; then - case $host_os in - solaris*) DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX=7 ;; - *) DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX=4 ;; - esac -fi -if test x$DRIVER_MAN_DIR = x ; then - DRIVER_MAN_DIR='$(mandir)/man$(DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX)' -fi - -if test x$ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX = x ; then - case $host_os in - solaris*) ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX=1m ;; - *) ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX=8 ;; - esac -fi -if test x$ADMIN_MAN_DIR = x ; then - ADMIN_MAN_DIR='$(mandir)/man$(ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX)' -fi - - -AC_SUBST([APP_MAN_SUFFIX]) -AC_SUBST([LIB_MAN_SUFFIX]) -AC_SUBST([FILE_MAN_SUFFIX]) -AC_SUBST([MISC_MAN_SUFFIX]) -AC_SUBST([DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX]) -AC_SUBST([ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX]) -AC_SUBST([APP_MAN_DIR]) -AC_SUBST([LIB_MAN_DIR]) -AC_SUBST([FILE_MAN_DIR]) -AC_SUBST([MISC_MAN_DIR]) -AC_SUBST([DRIVER_MAN_DIR]) -AC_SUBST([ADMIN_MAN_DIR]) -]) # XORG_MANPAGE_SECTIONS - -# XORG_CHECK_LINUXDOC -# ------------------- -# Minimum version: 1.0.0 -# -# Defines the variable MAKE_TEXT if the necessary tools and -# files are found. $(MAKE_TEXT) blah.sgml will then produce blah.txt. -# Whether or not the necessary tools and files are found can be checked -# with the AM_CONDITIONAL "BUILD_LINUXDOC" -AC_DEFUN([XORG_CHECK_LINUXDOC],[ -if test x$XORG_SGML_PATH = x ; then - XORG_SGML_PATH=$prefix/share/sgml -fi -HAVE_DEFS_ENT= - -if test x"$cross_compiling" = x"yes" ; then - HAVE_DEFS_ENT=no -else - AC_CHECK_FILE([$XORG_SGML_PATH/X11/defs.ent], [HAVE_DEFS_ENT=yes]) -fi - -AC_PATH_PROG(LINUXDOC, linuxdoc) -AC_PATH_PROG(PS2PDF, ps2pdf) - -AC_MSG_CHECKING([Whether to build documentation]) - -if test x$HAVE_DEFS_ENT != x && test x$LINUXDOC != x ; then - BUILDDOC=yes -else - BUILDDOC=no -fi - -AM_CONDITIONAL(BUILD_LINUXDOC, [test x$BUILDDOC = xyes]) - -AC_MSG_RESULT([$BUILDDOC]) - -AC_MSG_CHECKING([Whether to build pdf documentation]) - -if test x$PS2PDF != x && test x$BUILD_PDFDOC != xno; then - BUILDPDFDOC=yes -else - BUILDPDFDOC=no -fi - -AM_CONDITIONAL(BUILD_PDFDOC, [test x$BUILDPDFDOC = xyes]) - -AC_MSG_RESULT([$BUILDPDFDOC]) - -MAKE_TEXT="SGML_SEARCH_PATH=$XORG_SGML_PATH GROFF_NO_SGR=y $LINUXDOC -B txt" -MAKE_PS="SGML_SEARCH_PATH=$XORG_SGML_PATH $LINUXDOC -B latex --papersize=letter --output=ps" -MAKE_PDF="$PS2PDF" -MAKE_HTML="SGML_SEARCH_PATH=$XORG_SGML_PATH $LINUXDOC -B html --split=0" - -AC_SUBST(MAKE_TEXT) -AC_SUBST(MAKE_PS) -AC_SUBST(MAKE_PDF) -AC_SUBST(MAKE_HTML) -]) # XORG_CHECK_LINUXDOC - -# XORG_CHECK_DOCBOOK -# ------------------- -# Minimum version: 1.0.0 -# -# Checks for the ability to build output formats from SGML DocBook source. -# For XXX in {TXT, PDF, PS, HTML}, the AM_CONDITIONAL "BUILD_XXXDOC" -# indicates whether the necessary tools and files are found and, if set, -# $(MAKE_XXX) blah.sgml will produce blah.xxx. -AC_DEFUN([XORG_CHECK_DOCBOOK],[ -if test x$XORG_SGML_PATH = x ; then - XORG_SGML_PATH=$prefix/share/sgml -fi -HAVE_DEFS_ENT= -BUILDTXTDOC=no -BUILDPDFDOC=no -BUILDPSDOC=no -BUILDHTMLDOC=no - -AC_CHECK_FILE([$XORG_SGML_PATH/X11/defs.ent], [HAVE_DEFS_ENT=yes]) - -AC_PATH_PROG(DOCBOOKPS, docbook2ps) -AC_PATH_PROG(DOCBOOKPDF, docbook2pdf) -AC_PATH_PROG(DOCBOOKHTML, docbook2html) -AC_PATH_PROG(DOCBOOKTXT, docbook2txt) - -AC_MSG_CHECKING([Whether to build text documentation]) -if test x$HAVE_DEFS_ENT != x && test x$DOCBOOKTXT != x && - test x$BUILD_TXTDOC != xno; then - BUILDTXTDOC=yes -fi -AM_CONDITIONAL(BUILD_TXTDOC, [test x$BUILDTXTDOC = xyes]) -AC_MSG_RESULT([$BUILDTXTDOC]) - -AC_MSG_CHECKING([Whether to build PDF documentation]) -if test x$HAVE_DEFS_ENT != x && test x$DOCBOOKPDF != x && - test x$BUILD_PDFDOC != xno; then - BUILDPDFDOC=yes -fi -AM_CONDITIONAL(BUILD_PDFDOC, [test x$BUILDPDFDOC = xyes]) -AC_MSG_RESULT([$BUILDPDFDOC]) - -AC_MSG_CHECKING([Whether to build PostScript documentation]) -if test x$HAVE_DEFS_ENT != x && test x$DOCBOOKPS != x && - test x$BUILD_PSDOC != xno; then - BUILDPSDOC=yes -fi -AM_CONDITIONAL(BUILD_PSDOC, [test x$BUILDPSDOC = xyes]) -AC_MSG_RESULT([$BUILDPSDOC]) - -AC_MSG_CHECKING([Whether to build HTML documentation]) -if test x$HAVE_DEFS_ENT != x && test x$DOCBOOKHTML != x && - test x$BUILD_HTMLDOC != xno; then - BUILDHTMLDOC=yes -fi -AM_CONDITIONAL(BUILD_HTMLDOC, [test x$BUILDHTMLDOC = xyes]) -AC_MSG_RESULT([$BUILDHTMLDOC]) - -MAKE_TEXT="SGML_SEARCH_PATH=$XORG_SGML_PATH $DOCBOOKTXT" -MAKE_PS="SGML_SEARCH_PATH=$XORG_SGML_PATH $DOCBOOKPS" -MAKE_PDF="SGML_SEARCH_PATH=$XORG_SGML_PATH $DOCBOOKPDF" -MAKE_HTML="SGML_SEARCH_PATH=$XORG_SGML_PATH $DOCBOOKHTML" - -AC_SUBST(MAKE_TEXT) -AC_SUBST(MAKE_PS) -AC_SUBST(MAKE_PDF) -AC_SUBST(MAKE_HTML) -]) # XORG_CHECK_DOCBOOK - -# XORG_WITH_XMLTO -# ---------------- -# Minimum version: 1.5.0 -# -# Documentation tools are not always available on all platforms and sometimes -# not at the appropriate level. This macro enables a module to test for the -# presence of the tool and obtain it's path in separate variables. Coupled with -# the --with-xmlto option, it allows maximum flexibilty in making decisions -# as whether or not to use the xmlto package. -# -# Interface to module: -# HAVE_XMLTO: used in makefiles to conditionally generate documentation -# XMLTO: returns the path of the xmlto program found -# returns the path set by the user in the environment -# --with-xmlto: 'yes' user instructs the module to use xmlto -# 'no' user instructs the module not to use xmlto -# -# If the user sets the value of XMLTO, AC_PATH_PROG skips testing the path. -# -AC_DEFUN([XORG_WITH_XMLTO],[ -AC_ARG_VAR([XMLTO], [Path to xmlto command]) -AC_ARG_WITH(xmlto, - AS_HELP_STRING([--with-xmlto], - [Use xmlto to regenerate documentation (default: yes, if installed)]), - [use_xmlto=$withval], [use_xmlto=auto]) - -if test "x$use_xmlto" = x"auto"; then - AC_PATH_PROG([XMLTO], [xmlto]) - if test "x$XMLTO" = "x"; then - AC_MSG_WARN([xmlto not found - documentation targets will be skipped]) - have_xmlto=no - else - have_xmlto=yes - fi -elif test "x$use_xmlto" = x"yes" ; then - AC_PATH_PROG([XMLTO], [xmlto]) - if test "x$XMLTO" = "x"; then - AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-xmlto=yes specified but xmlto not found in PATH]) - fi - have_xmlto=yes -elif test "x$use_xmlto" = x"no" ; then - if test "x$XMLTO" != "x"; then - AC_MSG_WARN([ignoring XMLTO environment variable since --with-xmlto=no was specified]) - fi - have_xmlto=no -else - AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-xmlto expects 'yes' or 'no']) -fi -AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_XMLTO], [test "$have_xmlto" = yes]) -]) # XORG_CHECK_XMLTO - -# XORG_WITH_ASCIIDOC -# ---------------- -# Minimum version: 1.5.0 -# -# Documentation tools are not always available on all platforms and sometimes -# not at the appropriate level. This macro enables a module to test for the -# presence of the tool and obtain it's path in separate variables. Coupled with -# the --with-asciidoc option, it allows maximum flexibilty in making decisions -# as whether or not to use the asciidoc package. -# -# Interface to module: -# HAVE_ASCIIDOC: used in makefiles to conditionally generate documentation -# ASCIIDOC: returns the path of the asciidoc program found -# returns the path set by the user in the environment -# --with-asciidoc: 'yes' user instructs the module to use asciidoc -# 'no' user instructs the module not to use asciidoc -# -# If the user sets the value of ASCIIDOC, AC_PATH_PROG skips testing the path. -# -AC_DEFUN([XORG_WITH_ASCIIDOC],[ -AC_ARG_VAR([ASCIIDOC], [Path to asciidoc command]) -AC_ARG_WITH(asciidoc, - AS_HELP_STRING([--with-asciidoc], - [Use asciidoc to regenerate documentation (default: yes, if installed)]), - [use_asciidoc=$withval], [use_asciidoc=auto]) - -if test "x$use_asciidoc" = x"auto"; then - AC_PATH_PROG([ASCIIDOC], [asciidoc]) - if test "x$ASCIIDOC" = "x"; then - AC_MSG_WARN([asciidoc not found - documentation targets will be skipped]) - have_asciidoc=no - else - have_asciidoc=yes - fi -elif test "x$use_asciidoc" = x"yes" ; then - AC_PATH_PROG([ASCIIDOC], [asciidoc]) - if test "x$ASCIIDOC" = "x"; then - AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-asciidoc=yes specified but asciidoc not found in PATH]) - fi - have_asciidoc=yes -elif test "x$use_asciidoc" = x"no" ; then - if test "x$ASCIIDOC" != "x"; then - AC_MSG_WARN([ignoring ASCIIDOC environment variable since --with-asciidoc=no was specified]) - fi - have_asciidoc=no -else - AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-asciidoc expects 'yes' or 'no']) -fi -AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_ASCIIDOC], [test "$have_asciidoc" = yes]) -]) # XORG_CHECK_ASCIIDOC - -# XORG_WITH_DOXYGEN -# ---------------- -# Minimum version: 1.5.0 -# -# Documentation tools are not always available on all platforms and sometimes -# not at the appropriate level. This macro enables a module to test for the -# presence of the tool and obtain it's path in separate variables. Coupled with -# the --with-doxygen option, it allows maximum flexibilty in making decisions -# as whether or not to use the doxygen package. -# -# Interface to module: -# HAVE_DOXYGEN: used in makefiles to conditionally generate documentation -# DOXYGEN: returns the path of the doxygen program found -# returns the path set by the user in the environment -# --with-doxygen: 'yes' user instructs the module to use doxygen -# 'no' user instructs the module not to use doxygen -# -# If the user sets the value of DOXYGEN, AC_PATH_PROG skips testing the path. -# -AC_DEFUN([XORG_WITH_DOXYGEN],[ -AC_ARG_VAR([DOXYGEN], [Path to doxygen command]) -AC_ARG_WITH(doxygen, - AS_HELP_STRING([--with-doxygen], - [Use doxygen to regenerate documentation (default: yes, if installed)]), - [use_doxygen=$withval], [use_doxygen=auto]) - -if test "x$use_doxygen" = x"auto"; then - AC_PATH_PROG([DOXYGEN], [doxygen]) - if test "x$DOXYGEN" = "x"; then - AC_MSG_WARN([doxygen not found - documentation targets will be skipped]) - have_doxygen=no - else - have_doxygen=yes - fi -elif test "x$use_doxygen" = x"yes" ; then - AC_PATH_PROG([DOXYGEN], [doxygen]) - if test "x$DOXYGEN" = "x"; then - AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-doxygen=yes specified but doxygen not found in PATH]) - fi - have_doxygen=yes -elif test "x$use_doxygen" = x"no" ; then - if test "x$DOXYGEN" != "x"; then - AC_MSG_WARN([ignoring DOXYGEN environment variable since --with-doxygen=no was specified]) - fi - have_doxygen=no -else - AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-doxygen expects 'yes' or 'no']) -fi -AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_DOXYGEN], [test "$have_doxygen" = yes]) -]) # XORG_CHECK_DOXYGEN - -# XORG_WITH_GROFF -# ---------------- -# Minimum version: 1.6.0 -# -# Documentation tools are not always available on all platforms and sometimes -# not at the appropriate level. This macro enables a module to test for the -# presence of the tool and obtain it's path in separate variables. Coupled with -# the --with-groff option, it allows maximum flexibilty in making decisions -# as whether or not to use the groff package. -# -# Interface to module: -# HAVE_GROFF: used in makefiles to conditionally generate documentation -# HAVE_GROFF_MM: the memorandum macros (-mm) package -# HAVE_GROFF_MS: the -ms macros package -# GROFF: returns the path of the groff program found -# returns the path set by the user in the environment -# --with-groff: 'yes' user instructs the module to use groff -# 'no' user instructs the module not to use groff -# -# If the user sets the value of GROFF, AC_PATH_PROG skips testing the path. -# -# OS and distros often splits groff in a basic and full package, the former -# having the groff program and the later having devices, fonts and macros -# Checking for the groff executable is not enough. -# -# If macros are missing, we cannot assume that groff is useless, so we don't -# unset HAVE_GROFF or GROFF env variables. -# HAVE_GROFF_?? can never be true while HAVE_GROFF is false. -# -AC_DEFUN([XORG_WITH_GROFF],[ -AC_ARG_VAR([GROFF], [Path to groff command]) -AC_ARG_WITH(groff, - AS_HELP_STRING([--with-groff], - [Use groff to regenerate documentation (default: yes, if installed)]), - [use_groff=$withval], [use_groff=auto]) - -if test "x$use_groff" = x"auto"; then - AC_PATH_PROG([GROFF], [groff]) - if test "x$GROFF" = "x"; then - AC_MSG_WARN([groff not found - documentation targets will be skipped]) - have_groff=no - else - have_groff=yes - fi -elif test "x$use_groff" = x"yes" ; then - AC_PATH_PROG([GROFF], [groff]) - if test "x$GROFF" = "x"; then - AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-groff=yes specified but groff not found in PATH]) - fi - have_groff=yes -elif test "x$use_groff" = x"no" ; then - if test "x$GROFF" != "x"; then - AC_MSG_WARN([ignoring GROFF environment variable since --with-groff=no was specified]) - fi - have_groff=no -else - AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-groff expects 'yes' or 'no']) -fi -# We have groff, test for the presence of the macro packages -if test "x$have_groff" = x"yes"; then - AC_MSG_CHECKING([for ${GROFF} -ms macros]) - if ${GROFF} -ms -I. /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then - groff_ms_works=yes - else - groff_ms_works=no - fi - AC_MSG_RESULT([$groff_ms_works]) - AC_MSG_CHECKING([for ${GROFF} -mm macros]) - if ${GROFF} -mm -I. /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then - groff_mm_works=yes - else - groff_mm_works=no - fi - AC_MSG_RESULT([$groff_mm_works]) -fi -AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_GROFF], [test "$have_groff" = yes]) -AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_GROFF_MS], [test "$groff_ms_works" = yes]) -AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_GROFF_MM], [test "$groff_mm_works" = yes]) -]) # XORG_WITH_GROFF - -# XORG_WITH_FOP -# ---------------- -# Minimum version: 1.6.0 -# -# Documentation tools are not always available on all platforms and sometimes -# not at the appropriate level. This macro enables a module to test for the -# presence of the tool and obtain it's path in separate variables. Coupled with -# the --with-fop option, it allows maximum flexibilty in making decisions -# as whether or not to use the fop package. -# -# Interface to module: -# HAVE_FOP: used in makefiles to conditionally generate documentation -# FOP: returns the path of the fop program found -# returns the path set by the user in the environment -# --with-fop: 'yes' user instructs the module to use fop -# 'no' user instructs the module not to use fop -# -# If the user sets the value of FOP, AC_PATH_PROG skips testing the path. -# -AC_DEFUN([XORG_WITH_FOP],[ -AC_ARG_VAR([FOP], [Path to fop command]) -AC_ARG_WITH(fop, - AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fop], - [Use fop to regenerate documentation (default: yes, if installed)]), - [use_fop=$withval], [use_fop=auto]) - -if test "x$use_fop" = x"auto"; then - AC_PATH_PROG([FOP], [fop]) - if test "x$FOP" = "x"; then - AC_MSG_WARN([fop not found - documentation targets will be skipped]) - have_fop=no - else - have_fop=yes - fi -elif test "x$use_fop" = x"yes" ; then - AC_PATH_PROG([FOP], [fop]) - if test "x$FOP" = "x"; then - AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-fop=yes specified but fop not found in PATH]) - fi - have_fop=yes -elif test "x$use_fop" = x"no" ; then - if test "x$FOP" != "x"; then - AC_MSG_WARN([ignoring FOP environment variable since --with-fop=no was specified]) - fi - have_fop=no -else - AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-fop expects 'yes' or 'no']) -fi -AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_FOP], [test "$have_fop" = yes]) -]) # XORG_WITH_FOP - -# XORG_WITH_PS2PDF -# ---------------- -# Minimum version: 1.6.0 -# -# Documentation tools are not always available on all platforms and sometimes -# not at the appropriate level. This macro enables a module to test for the -# presence of the tool and obtain it's path in separate variables. Coupled with -# the --with-ps2pdf option, it allows maximum flexibilty in making decisions -# as whether or not to use the ps2pdf package. -# -# Interface to module: -# HAVE_PS2PDF: used in makefiles to conditionally generate documentation -# PS2PDF: returns the path of the ps2pdf program found -# returns the path set by the user in the environment -# --with-ps2pdf: 'yes' user instructs the module to use ps2pdf -# 'no' user instructs the module not to use ps2pdf -# -# If the user sets the value of PS2PDF, AC_PATH_PROG skips testing the path. -# -AC_DEFUN([XORG_WITH_PS2PDF],[ -AC_ARG_VAR([PS2PDF], [Path to ps2pdf command]) -AC_ARG_WITH(ps2pdf, - AS_HELP_STRING([--with-ps2pdf], - [Use ps2pdf to regenerate documentation (default: yes, if installed)]), - [use_ps2pdf=$withval], [use_ps2pdf=auto]) - -if test "x$use_ps2pdf" = x"auto"; then - AC_PATH_PROG([PS2PDF], [ps2pdf]) - if test "x$PS2PDF" = "x"; then - AC_MSG_WARN([ps2pdf not found - documentation targets will be skipped]) - have_ps2pdf=no - else - have_ps2pdf=yes - fi -elif test "x$use_ps2pdf" = x"yes" ; then - AC_PATH_PROG([PS2PDF], [ps2pdf]) - if test "x$PS2PDF" = "x"; then - AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-ps2pdf=yes specified but ps2pdf not found in PATH]) - fi - have_ps2pdf=yes -elif test "x$use_ps2pdf" = x"no" ; then - if test "x$PS2PDF" != "x"; then - AC_MSG_WARN([ignoring PS2PDF environment variable since --with-ps2pdf=no was specified]) - fi - have_ps2pdf=no -else - AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-ps2pdf expects 'yes' or 'no']) -fi -AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_PS2PDF], [test "$have_ps2pdf" = yes]) -]) # XORG_WITH_PS2PDF - -# XORG_ENABLE_DOCS (enable_docs=yes) -# ---------------- -# Minimum version: 1.6.0 -# -# Documentation tools are not always available on all platforms and sometimes -# not at the appropriate level. This macro enables a builder to skip all -# documentation targets except traditional man pages. -# Combined with the specific tool checking macros XORG_WITH_*, it provides -# maximum flexibilty in controlling documentation building. -# Refer to: -# XORG_WITH_XMLTO --with-xmlto -# XORG_WITH_ASCIIDOC --with-asciidoc -# XORG_WITH_DOXYGEN --with-doxygen -# XORG_WITH_FOP --with-fop -# XORG_WITH_GROFF --with-groff -# XORG_WITH_PS2PDF --with-ps2pdf -# -# Interface to module: -# ENABLE_DOCS: used in makefiles to conditionally generate documentation -# --enable-docs: 'yes' user instructs the module to generate docs -# 'no' user instructs the module not to generate docs -# parm1: specify the default value, yes or no. -# -AC_DEFUN([XORG_ENABLE_DOCS],[ -default=$1 -if test "x$default" = x ; then - default="yes" -fi -AC_ARG_ENABLE(docs, - AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-docs], - [Enable building the documentation (default: yes)]), - [build_docs=$enableval], [build_docs=$default]) -AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_DOCS, [test x$build_docs = xyes]) -AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build documentation]) -AC_MSG_RESULT([$build_docs]) -]) # XORG_ENABLE_DOCS - -# XORG_ENABLE_DEVEL_DOCS (enable_devel_docs=yes) -# ---------------- -# Minimum version: 1.6.0 -# -# This macro enables a builder to skip all developer documentation. -# Combined with the specific tool checking macros XORG_WITH_*, it provides -# maximum flexibilty in controlling documentation building. -# Refer to: -# XORG_WITH_XMLTO --with-xmlto -# XORG_WITH_ASCIIDOC --with-asciidoc -# XORG_WITH_DOXYGEN --with-doxygen -# XORG_WITH_FOP --with-fop -# XORG_WITH_GROFF --with-groff -# XORG_WITH_PS2PDF --with-ps2pdf -# -# Interface to module: -# ENABLE_DEVEL_DOCS: used in makefiles to conditionally generate developer docs -# --enable-devel-docs: 'yes' user instructs the module to generate developer docs -# 'no' user instructs the module not to generate developer docs -# parm1: specify the default value, yes or no. -# -AC_DEFUN([XORG_ENABLE_DEVEL_DOCS],[ -devel_default=$1 -if test "x$devel_default" = x ; then - devel_default="yes" -fi -AC_ARG_ENABLE(devel-docs, - AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-devel-docs], - [Enable building the developer documentation (default: yes)]), - [build_devel_docs=$enableval], [build_devel_docs=$devel_default]) -AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_DEVEL_DOCS, [test x$build_devel_docs = xyes]) -AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build developer documentation]) -AC_MSG_RESULT([$build_devel_docs]) -]) # XORG_ENABLE_DEVEL_DOCS - -# XORG_ENABLE_SPECS (enable_specs=yes) -# ---------------- -# Minimum version: 1.6.0 -# -# This macro enables a builder to skip all functional specification targets. -# Combined with the specific tool checking macros XORG_WITH_*, it provides -# maximum flexibilty in controlling documentation building. -# Refer to: -# XORG_WITH_XMLTO --with-xmlto -# XORG_WITH_ASCIIDOC --with-asciidoc -# XORG_WITH_DOXYGEN --with-doxygen -# XORG_WITH_FOP --with-fop -# XORG_WITH_GROFF --with-groff -# XORG_WITH_PS2PDF --with-ps2pdf -# -# Interface to module: -# ENABLE_SPECS: used in makefiles to conditionally generate specs -# --enable-specs: 'yes' user instructs the module to generate specs -# 'no' user instructs the module not to generate specs -# parm1: specify the default value, yes or no. -# -AC_DEFUN([XORG_ENABLE_SPECS],[ -spec_default=$1 -if test "x$spec_default" = x ; then - spec_default="yes" -fi -AC_ARG_ENABLE(specs, - AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-specs], - [Enable building the specs (default: yes)]), - [build_specs=$enableval], [build_specs=$spec_default]) -AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_SPECS, [test x$build_specs = xyes]) -AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build functional specifications]) -AC_MSG_RESULT([$build_specs]) -]) # XORG_ENABLE_SPECS - -# XORG_CHECK_MALLOC_ZERO -# ---------------------- -# Minimum version: 1.0.0 -# -# Defines {MALLOC,XMALLOC,XTMALLOC}_ZERO_CFLAGS appropriately if -# malloc(0) returns NULL. Packages should add one of these cflags to -# their AM_CFLAGS (or other appropriate *_CFLAGS) to use them. -AC_DEFUN([XORG_CHECK_MALLOC_ZERO],[ -AC_ARG_ENABLE(malloc0returnsnull, - AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-malloc0returnsnull], - [malloc(0) returns NULL (default: auto)]), - [MALLOC_ZERO_RETURNS_NULL=$enableval], - [MALLOC_ZERO_RETURNS_NULL=auto]) - -AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether malloc(0) returns NULL]) -if test "x$MALLOC_ZERO_RETURNS_NULL" = xauto; then - AC_RUN_IFELSE([ -char *malloc(); -char *realloc(); -char *calloc(); -main() { - char *m0, *r0, *c0, *p; - m0 = malloc(0); - p = malloc(10); - r0 = realloc(p,0); - c0 = calloc(0); - exit(m0 == 0 || r0 == 0 || c0 == 0 ? 0 : 1); -}], - [MALLOC_ZERO_RETURNS_NULL=yes], - [MALLOC_ZERO_RETURNS_NULL=no], - [MALLOC_ZERO_RETURNS_NULL=yes]) -fi -AC_MSG_RESULT([$MALLOC_ZERO_RETURNS_NULL]) - -if test "x$MALLOC_ZERO_RETURNS_NULL" = xyes; then - MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS="-DMALLOC_0_RETURNS_NULL" - XMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS=$MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS - XTMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS="$MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS -DXTMALLOC_BC" -else - MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS="" - XMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS="" - XTMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS="" -fi - -AC_SUBST([MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS]) -AC_SUBST([XMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS]) -AC_SUBST([XTMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS]) -]) # XORG_CHECK_MALLOC_ZERO - -# XORG_WITH_LINT() -# ---------------- -# Minimum version: 1.1.0 -# -# Sets up flags for source checkers such as lint and sparse if --with-lint -# is specified. (Use --with-lint=sparse for sparse.) -# Sets $LINT to name of source checker passed with --with-lint (default: lint) -# Sets $LINT_FLAGS to flags to pass to source checker -# Sets LINT automake conditional if enabled (default: disabled) -# -AC_DEFUN([XORG_WITH_LINT],[ - -# Allow checking code with lint, sparse, etc. -AC_ARG_WITH(lint, [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-lint], - [Use a lint-style source code checker (default: disabled)])], - [use_lint=$withval], [use_lint=no]) -if test "x$use_lint" = "xyes" ; then - LINT="lint" -else - LINT="$use_lint" -fi -if test "x$LINT_FLAGS" = "x" -a "x$LINT" != "xno" ; then - case $LINT in - lint|*/lint) - case $host_os in - solaris*) - LINT_FLAGS="-u -b -h -erroff=E_INDISTING_FROM_TRUNC2" - ;; - esac - ;; - esac -fi - -AC_SUBST(LINT) -AC_SUBST(LINT_FLAGS) -AM_CONDITIONAL(LINT, [test x$LINT != xno]) - -]) # XORG_WITH_LINT - -# XORG_LINT_LIBRARY(LIBNAME) -# -------------------------- -# Minimum version: 1.1.0 -# -# Sets up flags for building lint libraries for checking programs that call -# functions in the library. -# Disabled by default, enable with --enable-lint-library -# Sets: -# @LINTLIB@ - name of lint library file to make -# MAKE_LINT_LIB - automake conditional -# - -AC_DEFUN([XORG_LINT_LIBRARY],[ -AC_REQUIRE([XORG_WITH_LINT]) -# Build lint "library" for more indepth checks of programs calling this library -AC_ARG_ENABLE(lint-library, [AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-lint-library], - [Create lint library (default: disabled)])], - [make_lint_lib=$enableval], [make_lint_lib=no]) -if test "x$make_lint_lib" != "xno" ; then - if test "x$LINT" = "xno" ; then - AC_MSG_ERROR([Cannot make lint library without --with-lint]) - fi - if test "x$make_lint_lib" = "xyes" ; then - LINTLIB=llib-l$1.ln - else - LINTLIB=$make_lint_lib - fi -fi -AC_SUBST(LINTLIB) -AM_CONDITIONAL(MAKE_LINT_LIB, [test x$make_lint_lib != xno]) - -]) # XORG_LINT_LIBRARY - -# XORG_CWARNFLAGS -# --------------- -# Minimum version: 1.2.0 -# -# Defines CWARNFLAGS to enable C compiler warnings. -# -AC_DEFUN([XORG_CWARNFLAGS], [ -AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC]) -if test "x$GCC" = xyes ; then - CWARNFLAGS="-Wall -Wpointer-arith -Wstrict-prototypes -Wmissing-prototypes \ --Wmissing-declarations -Wnested-externs -fno-strict-aliasing \ --Wbad-function-cast -Wformat=2" - case `$CC -dumpversion` in - 3.4.* | 4.*) - CWARNFLAGS="$CWARNFLAGS -Wold-style-definition -Wdeclaration-after-statement" - ;; - esac -else - AC_CHECK_DECL([__SUNPRO_C], [SUNCC="yes"], [SUNCC="no"]) - if test "x$SUNCC" = "xyes"; then - CWARNFLAGS="-v" - fi -fi -AC_SUBST(CWARNFLAGS) -m4_ifdef([AM_SILENT_RULES], [AM_SILENT_RULES([yes])]) -]) # XORG_CWARNFLAGS - -# XORG_STRICT_OPTION -# ----------------------- -# Minimum version: 1.3.0 -# -# Add configure option to enable strict compilation -AC_DEFUN([XORG_STRICT_OPTION], [ -AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC]) -AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC_C99]) -AC_REQUIRE([XORG_CWARNFLAGS]) - -AC_ARG_ENABLE(strict-compilation, - AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-strict-compilation], - [Enable all warnings from compiler and make them errors (default: disabled)]), - [STRICT_COMPILE=$enableval], [STRICT_COMPILE=no]) -if test "x$STRICT_COMPILE" = "xyes"; then - AC_CHECK_DECL([__SUNPRO_C], [SUNCC="yes"], [SUNCC="no"]) - AC_CHECK_DECL([__INTEL_COMPILER], [INTELCC="yes"], [INTELCC="no"]) - if test "x$GCC" = xyes ; then - STRICT_CFLAGS="-pedantic -Werror" - elif test "x$SUNCC" = "xyes"; then - STRICT_CFLAGS="-errwarn" - elif test "x$INTELCC" = "xyes"; then - STRICT_CFLAGS="-Werror" - fi -fi -CWARNFLAGS="$CWARNFLAGS $STRICT_CFLAGS" -AC_SUBST([CWARNFLAGS]) -]) # XORG_STRICT_OPTION - -# XORG_DEFAULT_OPTIONS -# -------------------- -# Minimum version: 1.3.0 -# -# Defines default options for X.Org modules. -# -AC_DEFUN([XORG_DEFAULT_OPTIONS], [ -XORG_CWARNFLAGS -XORG_STRICT_OPTION -XORG_RELEASE_VERSION -XORG_CHANGELOG -XORG_INSTALL -XORG_MANPAGE_SECTIONS -]) # XORG_DEFAULT_OPTIONS - -# XORG_INSTALL() -# ---------------- -# Minimum version: 1.4.0 -# -# Defines the variable INSTALL_CMD as the command to copy -# INSTALL from $prefix/share/util-macros. -# -AC_DEFUN([XORG_INSTALL], [ -AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG]) -macros_datadir=`$PKG_CONFIG --print-errors --variable=pkgdatadir xorg-macros` -INSTALL_CMD="(cp -f "$macros_datadir/INSTALL" \$(top_srcdir)/.INSTALL.tmp && \ -mv \$(top_srcdir)/.INSTALL.tmp \$(top_srcdir)/INSTALL) \ -|| (rm -f \$(top_srcdir)/.INSTALL.tmp; touch \$(top_srcdir)/INSTALL; \ -echo 'util-macros \"pkgdatadir\" from xorg-macros.pc not found: installing possibly empty INSTALL.' >&2)" -AC_SUBST([INSTALL_CMD]) -]) # XORG_INSTALL -dnl Copyright 2005 Red Hat, Inc -dnl -dnl Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its -dnl documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that -dnl the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -dnl copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -dnl documentation. -dnl -dnl The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included -dnl in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. -dnl -dnl THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS -dnl OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF -dnl MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. -dnl IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR -dnl OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, -dnl ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR -dnl OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. -dnl -dnl Except as contained in this notice, the name of the copyright holders shall -dnl not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or -dnl other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization -dnl from the copyright holders. -dnl - -# XORG_RELEASE_VERSION -# -------------------- -# Adds --with/without-release-string and changes the PACKAGE and -# PACKAGE_TARNAME to use "$PACKAGE{_TARNAME}-$RELEASE_VERSION". If -# no option is given, PACKAGE and PACKAGE_TARNAME are unchanged. Also -# defines PACKAGE_VERSION_{MAJOR,MINOR,PATCHLEVEL} for modules to use. - -AC_DEFUN([XORG_RELEASE_VERSION],[ - AC_ARG_WITH(release-version, - AS_HELP_STRING([--with-release-version=STRING], - [Use release version string in package name]), - [RELEASE_VERSION="$withval"], - [RELEASE_VERSION=""]) - if test "x$RELEASE_VERSION" != "x"; then - PACKAGE="$PACKAGE-$RELEASE_VERSION" - PACKAGE_TARNAME="$PACKAGE_TARNAME-$RELEASE_VERSION" - AC_MSG_NOTICE([Building with package name set to $PACKAGE]) - fi - AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([PACKAGE_VERSION_MAJOR], - [`echo $PACKAGE_VERSION | cut -d . -f 1`], - [Major version of this package]) - PVM=`echo $PACKAGE_VERSION | cut -d . -f 2 | cut -d - -f 1` - if test "x$PVM" = "x"; then - PVM="0" - fi - AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([PACKAGE_VERSION_MINOR], - [$PVM], - [Minor version of this package]) - PVP=`echo $PACKAGE_VERSION | cut -d . -f 3 | cut -d - -f 1` - if test "x$PVP" = "x"; then - PVP="0" - fi - AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([PACKAGE_VERSION_PATCHLEVEL], - [$PVP], - [Patch version of this package]) -]) - -# XORG_CHANGELOG() -# ---------------- -# Minimum version: 1.2.0 -# -# Defines the variable CHANGELOG_CMD as the command to generate -# ChangeLog from git. -# -# -AC_DEFUN([XORG_CHANGELOG], [ -CHANGELOG_CMD="(GIT_DIR=\$(top_srcdir)/.git git log > \$(top_srcdir)/.changelog.tmp && \ -mv \$(top_srcdir)/.changelog.tmp \$(top_srcdir)/ChangeLog) \ -|| (rm -f \$(top_srcdir)/.changelog.tmp; touch \$(top_srcdir)/ChangeLog; \ -echo 'git directory not found: installing possibly empty changelog.' >&2)" -AC_SUBST([CHANGELOG_CMD]) -]) # XORG_CHANGELOG - -# Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION(VERSION) -# ---------------------------- -# Automake X.Y traces this macro to ensure aclocal.m4 has been -# generated from the m4 files accompanying Automake X.Y. -# (This private macro should not be called outside this file.) -AC_DEFUN([AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION], -[am__api_version='1.11' -dnl Some users find AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION and mistake it for a way to -dnl require some minimum version. Point them to the right macro. -m4_if([$1], [1.11.1], [], - [AC_FATAL([Do not call $0, use AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([$1]).])])dnl -]) - -# _AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION(VERSION) -# ----------------------------- -# aclocal traces this macro to find the Autoconf version. -# This is a private macro too. Using m4_define simplifies -# the logic in aclocal, which can simply ignore this definition. -m4_define([_AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION], []) - -# AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION -# ------------------------------- -# Call AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION and AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION so they can be traced. -# This function is AC_REQUIREd by AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE. -AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION], -[AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION([1.11.1])dnl -m4_ifndef([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION], - [m4_copy([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION], [AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION])])dnl -_AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION(m4_defn([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION]))]) - -# AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND -*- Autoconf -*- - -# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# For projects using AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([foo]), Autoconf sets -# $ac_aux_dir to `$srcdir/foo'. In other projects, it is set to -# `$srcdir', `$srcdir/..', or `$srcdir/../..'. -# -# Of course, Automake must honor this variable whenever it calls a -# tool from the auxiliary directory. The problem is that $srcdir (and -# therefore $ac_aux_dir as well) can be either absolute or relative, -# depending on how configure is run. This is pretty annoying, since -# it makes $ac_aux_dir quite unusable in subdirectories: in the top -# source directory, any form will work fine, but in subdirectories a -# relative path needs to be adjusted first. -# -# $ac_aux_dir/missing -# fails when called from a subdirectory if $ac_aux_dir is relative -# $top_srcdir/$ac_aux_dir/missing -# fails if $ac_aux_dir is absolute, -# fails when called from a subdirectory in a VPATH build with -# a relative $ac_aux_dir -# -# The reason of the latter failure is that $top_srcdir and $ac_aux_dir -# are both prefixed by $srcdir. In an in-source build this is usually -# harmless because $srcdir is `.', but things will broke when you -# start a VPATH build or use an absolute $srcdir. -# -# So we could use something similar to $top_srcdir/$ac_aux_dir/missing, -# iff we strip the leading $srcdir from $ac_aux_dir. That would be: -# am_aux_dir='\$(top_srcdir)/'`expr "$ac_aux_dir" : "$srcdir//*\(.*\)"` -# and then we would define $MISSING as -# MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing" -# This will work as long as MISSING is not called from configure, because -# unfortunately $(top_srcdir) has no meaning in configure. -# However there are other variables, like CC, which are often used in -# configure, and could therefore not use this "fixed" $ac_aux_dir. -# -# Another solution, used here, is to always expand $ac_aux_dir to an -# absolute PATH. The drawback is that using absolute paths prevent a -# configured tree to be moved without reconfiguration. - -AC_DEFUN([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND], -[dnl Rely on autoconf to set up CDPATH properly. -AC_PREREQ([2.50])dnl -# expand $ac_aux_dir to an absolute path -am_aux_dir=`cd $ac_aux_dir && pwd` -]) - -# AM_CONDITIONAL -*- Autoconf -*- - -# Copyright (C) 1997, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008 -# Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# serial 9 - -# AM_CONDITIONAL(NAME, SHELL-CONDITION) -# ------------------------------------- -# Define a conditional. -AC_DEFUN([AM_CONDITIONAL], -[AC_PREREQ(2.52)dnl - ifelse([$1], [TRUE], [AC_FATAL([$0: invalid condition: $1])], - [$1], [FALSE], [AC_FATAL([$0: invalid condition: $1])])dnl -AC_SUBST([$1_TRUE])dnl -AC_SUBST([$1_FALSE])dnl -_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([$1_TRUE])dnl -_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([$1_FALSE])dnl -m4_define([_AM_COND_VALUE_$1], [$2])dnl -if $2; then - $1_TRUE= - $1_FALSE='#' -else - $1_TRUE='#' - $1_FALSE= -fi -AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE( -[if test -z "${$1_TRUE}" && test -z "${$1_FALSE}"; then - AC_MSG_ERROR([[conditional "$1" was never defined. -Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally.]]) -fi])]) - -# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2009 -# Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# serial 10 - -# There are a few dirty hacks below to avoid letting `AC_PROG_CC' be -# written in clear, in which case automake, when reading aclocal.m4, -# will think it sees a *use*, and therefore will trigger all it's -# C support machinery. Also note that it means that autoscan, seeing -# CC etc. in the Makefile, will ask for an AC_PROG_CC use... - - -# _AM_DEPENDENCIES(NAME) -# ---------------------- -# See how the compiler implements dependency checking. -# NAME is "CC", "CXX", "GCJ", or "OBJC". -# We try a few techniques and use that to set a single cache variable. -# -# We don't AC_REQUIRE the corresponding AC_PROG_CC since the latter was -# modified to invoke _AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC); we would have a circular -# dependency, and given that the user is not expected to run this macro, -# just rely on AC_PROG_CC. -AC_DEFUN([_AM_DEPENDENCIES], -[AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_DEPDIR])dnl -AC_REQUIRE([AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS])dnl -AC_REQUIRE([AM_MAKE_INCLUDE])dnl -AC_REQUIRE([AM_DEP_TRACK])dnl - -ifelse([$1], CC, [depcc="$CC" am_compiler_list=], - [$1], CXX, [depcc="$CXX" am_compiler_list=], - [$1], OBJC, [depcc="$OBJC" am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc'], - [$1], UPC, [depcc="$UPC" am_compiler_list=], - [$1], GCJ, [depcc="$GCJ" am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc'], - [depcc="$$1" am_compiler_list=]) - -AC_CACHE_CHECK([dependency style of $depcc], - [am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type], -[if test -z "$AMDEP_TRUE" && test -f "$am_depcomp"; then - # We make a subdir and do the tests there. Otherwise we can end up - # making bogus files that we don't know about and never remove. For - # instance it was reported that on HP-UX the gcc test will end up - # making a dummy file named `D' -- because `-MD' means `put the output - # in D'. - mkdir conftest.dir - # Copy depcomp to subdir because otherwise we won't find it if we're - # using a relative directory. - cp "$am_depcomp" conftest.dir - cd conftest.dir - # We will build objects and dependencies in a subdirectory because - # it helps to detect inapplicable dependency modes. For instance - # both Tru64's cc and ICC support -MD to output dependencies as a - # side effect of compilation, but ICC will put the dependencies in - # the current directory while Tru64 will put them in the object - # directory. - mkdir sub - - am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=none - if test "$am_compiler_list" = ""; then - am_compiler_list=`sed -n ['s/^#*\([a-zA-Z0-9]*\))$/\1/p'] < ./depcomp` - fi - am__universal=false - m4_case([$1], [CC], - [case " $depcc " in #( - *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;; - esac], - [CXX], - [case " $depcc " in #( - *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;; - esac]) - - for depmode in $am_compiler_list; do - # Setup a source with many dependencies, because some compilers - # like to wrap large dependency lists on column 80 (with \), and - # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this. - # - # We need to recreate these files for each test, as the compiler may - # overwrite some of them when testing with obscure command lines. - # This happens at least with the AIX C compiler. - : > sub/conftest.c - for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6; do - echo '#include "conftst'$i'.h"' >> sub/conftest.c - # Using `: > sub/conftst$i.h' creates only sub/conftst1.h with - # Solaris 8's {/usr,}/bin/sh. - touch sub/conftst$i.h - done - echo "${am__include} ${am__quote}sub/conftest.Po${am__quote}" > confmf - - # We check with `-c' and `-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout" - # mode. It turns out that the SunPro C++ compiler does not properly - # handle `-M -o', and we need to detect this. Also, some Intel - # versions had trouble with output in subdirs - am__obj=sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o} - am__minus_obj="-o $am__obj" - case $depmode in - gcc) - # This depmode causes a compiler race in universal mode. - test "$am__universal" = false || continue - ;; - nosideeffect) - # after this tag, mechanisms are not by side-effect, so they'll - # only be used when explicitly requested - if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" = xyes; then - continue - else - break - fi - ;; - msvisualcpp | msvcmsys) - # This compiler won't grok `-c -o', but also, the minuso test has - # not run yet. These depmodes are late enough in the game, and - # so weak that their functioning should not be impacted. - am__obj=conftest.${OBJEXT-o} - am__minus_obj= - ;; - none) break ;; - esac - if depmode=$depmode \ - source=sub/conftest.c object=$am__obj \ - depfile=sub/conftest.Po tmpdepfile=sub/conftest.TPo \ - $SHELL ./depcomp $depcc -c $am__minus_obj sub/conftest.c \ - >/dev/null 2>conftest.err && - grep sub/conftst1.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && - grep sub/conftst6.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && - grep $am__obj sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && - ${MAKE-make} -s -f confmf > /dev/null 2>&1; then - # icc doesn't choke on unknown options, it will just issue warnings - # or remarks (even with -Werror). So we grep stderr for any message - # that says an option was ignored or not supported. - # When given -MP, icc 7.0 and 7.1 complain thusly: - # icc: Command line warning: ignoring option '-M'; no argument required - # The diagnosis changed in icc 8.0: - # icc: Command line remark: option '-MP' not supported - if (grep 'ignoring option' conftest.err || - grep 'not supported' conftest.err) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else - am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=$depmode - break - fi - fi - done - - cd .. - rm -rf conftest.dir -else - am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=none -fi -]) -AC_SUBST([$1DEPMODE], [depmode=$am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type]) -AM_CONDITIONAL([am__fastdep$1], [ - test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno \ - && test "$am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type" = gcc3]) -]) - - -# AM_SET_DEPDIR -# ------------- -# Choose a directory name for dependency files. -# This macro is AC_REQUIREd in _AM_DEPENDENCIES -AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_DEPDIR], -[AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT])dnl -AC_SUBST([DEPDIR], ["${am__leading_dot}deps"])dnl -]) - - -# AM_DEP_TRACK -# ------------ -AC_DEFUN([AM_DEP_TRACK], -[AC_ARG_ENABLE(dependency-tracking, -[ --disable-dependency-tracking speeds up one-time build - --enable-dependency-tracking do not reject slow dependency extractors]) -if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then - am_depcomp="$ac_aux_dir/depcomp" - AMDEPBACKSLASH='\' -fi -AM_CONDITIONAL([AMDEP], [test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno]) -AC_SUBST([AMDEPBACKSLASH])dnl -_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([AMDEPBACKSLASH])dnl -]) - -# Generate code to set up dependency tracking. -*- Autoconf -*- - -# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008 -# Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -#serial 5 - -# _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS -# ------------------------------ -AC_DEFUN([_AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS], -[{ - # Autoconf 2.62 quotes --file arguments for eval, but not when files - # are listed without --file. Let's play safe and only enable the eval - # if we detect the quoting. - case $CONFIG_FILES in - *\'*) eval set x "$CONFIG_FILES" ;; - *) set x $CONFIG_FILES ;; - esac - shift - for mf - do - # Strip MF so we end up with the name of the file. - mf=`echo "$mf" | sed -e 's/:.*$//'` - # Check whether this is an Automake generated Makefile or not. - # We used to match only the files named `Makefile.in', but - # some people rename them; so instead we look at the file content. - # Grep'ing the first line is not enough: some people post-process - # each Makefile.in and add a new line on top of each file to say so. - # Grep'ing the whole file is not good either: AIX grep has a line - # limit of 2048, but all sed's we know have understand at least 4000. - if sed -n 's,^#.*generated by automake.*,X,p' "$mf" | grep X >/dev/null 2>&1; then - dirpart=`AS_DIRNAME("$mf")` - else - continue - fi - # Extract the definition of DEPDIR, am__include, and am__quote - # from the Makefile without running `make'. - DEPDIR=`sed -n 's/^DEPDIR = //p' < "$mf"` - test -z "$DEPDIR" && continue - am__include=`sed -n 's/^am__include = //p' < "$mf"` - test -z "am__include" && continue - am__quote=`sed -n 's/^am__quote = //p' < "$mf"` - # When using ansi2knr, U may be empty or an underscore; expand it - U=`sed -n 's/^U = //p' < "$mf"` - # Find all dependency output files, they are included files with - # $(DEPDIR) in their names. We invoke sed twice because it is the - # simplest approach to changing $(DEPDIR) to its actual value in the - # expansion. - for file in `sed -n " - s/^$am__include $am__quote\(.*(DEPDIR).*\)$am__quote"'$/\1/p' <"$mf" | \ - sed -e 's/\$(DEPDIR)/'"$DEPDIR"'/g' -e 's/\$U/'"$U"'/g'`; do - # Make sure the directory exists. - test -f "$dirpart/$file" && continue - fdir=`AS_DIRNAME(["$file"])` - AS_MKDIR_P([$dirpart/$fdir]) - # echo "creating $dirpart/$file" - echo '# dummy' > "$dirpart/$file" - done - done -} -])# _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS - - -# AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS -# ----------------------------- -# This macro should only be invoked once -- use via AC_REQUIRE. -# -# This code is only required when automatic dependency tracking -# is enabled. FIXME. This creates each `.P' file that we will -# need in order to bootstrap the dependency handling code. -AC_DEFUN([AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS], -[AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([depfiles], - [test x"$AMDEP_TRUE" != x"" || _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS], - [AMDEP_TRUE="$AMDEP_TRUE" ac_aux_dir="$ac_aux_dir"]) -]) - -# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2005 -# Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# serial 8 - -# AM_CONFIG_HEADER is obsolete. It has been replaced by AC_CONFIG_HEADERS. -AU_DEFUN([AM_CONFIG_HEADER], [AC_CONFIG_HEADERS($@)]) - -# Do all the work for Automake. -*- Autoconf -*- - -# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, -# 2005, 2006, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# serial 16 - -# This macro actually does too much. Some checks are only needed if -# your package does certain things. But this isn't really a big deal. - -# AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(PACKAGE, VERSION, [NO-DEFINE]) -# AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([OPTIONS]) -# ----------------------------------------------- -# The call with PACKAGE and VERSION arguments is the old style -# call (pre autoconf-2.50), which is being phased out. PACKAGE -# and VERSION should now be passed to AC_INIT and removed from -# the call to AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE. -# We support both call styles for the transition. After -# the next Automake release, Autoconf can make the AC_INIT -# arguments mandatory, and then we can depend on a new Autoconf -# release and drop the old call support. -AC_DEFUN([AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE], -[AC_PREREQ([2.62])dnl -dnl Autoconf wants to disallow AM_ names. We explicitly allow -dnl the ones we care about. -m4_pattern_allow([^AM_[A-Z]+FLAGS$])dnl -AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION])dnl -AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl -if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`"; then - # Use -I$(srcdir) only when $(srcdir) != ., so that make's output - # is not polluted with repeated "-I." - AC_SUBST([am__isrc], [' -I$(srcdir)'])_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([am__isrc])dnl - # test to see if srcdir already configured - if test -f $srcdir/config.status; then - AC_MSG_ERROR([source directory already configured; run "make distclean" there first]) - fi -fi - -# test whether we have cygpath -if test -z "$CYGPATH_W"; then - if (cygpath --version) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then - CYGPATH_W='cygpath -w' - else - CYGPATH_W=echo - fi -fi -AC_SUBST([CYGPATH_W]) - -# Define the identity of the package. -dnl Distinguish between old-style and new-style calls. -m4_ifval([$2], -[m4_ifval([$3], [_AM_SET_OPTION([no-define])])dnl - AC_SUBST([PACKAGE], [$1])dnl - AC_SUBST([VERSION], [$2])], -[_AM_SET_OPTIONS([$1])dnl -dnl Diagnose old-style AC_INIT with new-style AM_AUTOMAKE_INIT. -m4_if(m4_ifdef([AC_PACKAGE_NAME], 1)m4_ifdef([AC_PACKAGE_VERSION], 1), 11,, - [m4_fatal([AC_INIT should be called with package and version arguments])])dnl - AC_SUBST([PACKAGE], ['AC_PACKAGE_TARNAME'])dnl - AC_SUBST([VERSION], ['AC_PACKAGE_VERSION'])])dnl - -_AM_IF_OPTION([no-define],, -[AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PACKAGE, "$PACKAGE", [Name of package]) - AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(VERSION, "$VERSION", [Version number of package])])dnl - -# Some tools Automake needs. -AC_REQUIRE([AM_SANITY_CHECK])dnl -AC_REQUIRE([AC_ARG_PROGRAM])dnl -AM_MISSING_PROG(ACLOCAL, aclocal-${am__api_version}) -AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOCONF, autoconf) -AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOMAKE, automake-${am__api_version}) -AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOHEADER, autoheader) -AM_MISSING_PROG(MAKEINFO, makeinfo) -AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH])dnl -AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP])dnl -AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl -# We need awk for the "check" target. The system "awk" is bad on -# some platforms. -AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_AWK])dnl -AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl -AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT])dnl -_AM_IF_OPTION([tar-ustar], [_AM_PROG_TAR([ustar])], - [_AM_IF_OPTION([tar-pax], [_AM_PROG_TAR([pax])], - [_AM_PROG_TAR([v7])])]) -_AM_IF_OPTION([no-dependencies],, -[AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CC], - [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC)], - [define([AC_PROG_CC], - defn([AC_PROG_CC])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC)])])dnl -AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CXX], - [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CXX)], - [define([AC_PROG_CXX], - defn([AC_PROG_CXX])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CXX)])])dnl -AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_OBJC], - [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(OBJC)], - [define([AC_PROG_OBJC], - defn([AC_PROG_OBJC])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(OBJC)])])dnl -]) -_AM_IF_OPTION([silent-rules], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_SILENT_RULES])])dnl -dnl The `parallel-tests' driver may need to know about EXEEXT, so add the -dnl `am__EXEEXT' conditional if _AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT was seen. This macro -dnl is hooked onto _AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT early, see below. -AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE(dnl -[m4_provide_if([_AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT], - [AM_CONDITIONAL([am__EXEEXT], [test -n "$EXEEXT"])])])dnl -]) - -dnl Hook into `_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT' early to learn its expansion. Do not -dnl add the conditional right here, as _AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT may be further -dnl mangled by Autoconf and run in a shell conditional statement. -m4_define([_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT], -m4_defn([_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT])[m4_provide([_AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT])]) - - -# When config.status generates a header, we must update the stamp-h file. -# This file resides in the same directory as the config header -# that is generated. The stamp files are numbered to have different names. - -# Autoconf calls _AC_AM_CONFIG_HEADER_HOOK (when defined) in the -# loop where config.status creates the headers, so we can generate -# our stamp files there. -AC_DEFUN([_AC_AM_CONFIG_HEADER_HOOK], -[# Compute $1's index in $config_headers. -_am_arg=$1 -_am_stamp_count=1 -for _am_header in $config_headers :; do - case $_am_header in - $_am_arg | $_am_arg:* ) - break ;; - * ) - _am_stamp_count=`expr $_am_stamp_count + 1` ;; - esac -done -echo "timestamp for $_am_arg" >`AS_DIRNAME(["$_am_arg"])`/stamp-h[]$_am_stamp_count]) - -# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH -# ------------------ -# Define $install_sh. -AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH], -[AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl -if test x"${install_sh}" != xset; then - case $am_aux_dir in - *\ * | *\ *) - install_sh="\${SHELL} '$am_aux_dir/install-sh'" ;; - *) - install_sh="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/install-sh" - esac -fi -AC_SUBST(install_sh)]) - -# Copyright (C) 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# serial 2 - -# Check whether the underlying file-system supports filenames -# with a leading dot. For instance MS-DOS doesn't. -AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT], -[rm -rf .tst 2>/dev/null -mkdir .tst 2>/dev/null -if test -d .tst; then - am__leading_dot=. -else - am__leading_dot=_ -fi -rmdir .tst 2>/dev/null -AC_SUBST([am__leading_dot])]) - -# Add --enable-maintainer-mode option to configure. -*- Autoconf -*- -# From Jim Meyering - -# Copyright (C) 1996, 1998, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008 -# Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# serial 5 - -# AM_MAINTAINER_MODE([DEFAULT-MODE]) -# ---------------------------------- -# Control maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles. -# Default is to disable them, unless `enable' is passed literally. -# For symmetry, `disable' may be passed as well. Anyway, the user -# can override the default with the --enable/--disable switch. -AC_DEFUN([AM_MAINTAINER_MODE], -[m4_case(m4_default([$1], [disable]), - [enable], [m4_define([am_maintainer_other], [disable])], - [disable], [m4_define([am_maintainer_other], [enable])], - [m4_define([am_maintainer_other], [enable]) - m4_warn([syntax], [unexpected argument to AM@&t@_MAINTAINER_MODE: $1])]) -AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to am_maintainer_other maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles]) - dnl maintainer-mode's default is 'disable' unless 'enable' is passed - AC_ARG_ENABLE([maintainer-mode], -[ --][am_maintainer_other][-maintainer-mode am_maintainer_other make rules and dependencies not useful - (and sometimes confusing) to the casual installer], - [USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=$enableval], - [USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=]m4_if(am_maintainer_other, [enable], [no], [yes])) - AC_MSG_RESULT([$USE_MAINTAINER_MODE]) - AM_CONDITIONAL([MAINTAINER_MODE], [test $USE_MAINTAINER_MODE = yes]) - MAINT=$MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE - AC_SUBST([MAINT])dnl -] -) - -AU_DEFUN([jm_MAINTAINER_MODE], [AM_MAINTAINER_MODE]) - -# Check to see how 'make' treats includes. -*- Autoconf -*- - -# Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# serial 4 - -# AM_MAKE_INCLUDE() -# ----------------- -# Check to see how make treats includes. -AC_DEFUN([AM_MAKE_INCLUDE], -[am_make=${MAKE-make} -cat > confinc << 'END' -am__doit: - @echo this is the am__doit target -.PHONY: am__doit -END -# If we don't find an include directive, just comment out the code. -AC_MSG_CHECKING([for style of include used by $am_make]) -am__include="#" -am__quote= -_am_result=none -# First try GNU make style include. -echo "include confinc" > confmf -# Ignore all kinds of additional output from `make'. -case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #( -*the\ am__doit\ target*) - am__include=include - am__quote= - _am_result=GNU - ;; -esac -# Now try BSD make style include. -if test "$am__include" = "#"; then - echo '.include "confinc"' > confmf - case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #( - *the\ am__doit\ target*) - am__include=.include - am__quote="\"" - _am_result=BSD - ;; - esac -fi -AC_SUBST([am__include]) -AC_SUBST([am__quote]) -AC_MSG_RESULT([$_am_result]) -rm -f confinc confmf -]) - -# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008 -# Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# serial 6 - -# AM_PROG_CC_C_O -# -------------- -# Like AC_PROG_CC_C_O, but changed for automake. -AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_CC_C_O], -[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC_C_O])dnl -AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl -AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([compile])dnl -# FIXME: we rely on the cache variable name because -# there is no other way. -set dummy $CC -am_cc=`echo $[2] | sed ['s/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g;s/^[0-9]/_/']` -eval am_t=\$ac_cv_prog_cc_${am_cc}_c_o -if test "$am_t" != yes; then - # Losing compiler, so override with the script. - # FIXME: It is wrong to rewrite CC. - # But if we don't then we get into trouble of one sort or another. - # A longer-term fix would be to have automake use am__CC in this case, - # and then we could set am__CC="\$(top_srcdir)/compile \$(CC)" - CC="$am_aux_dir/compile $CC" -fi -dnl Make sure AC_PROG_CC is never called again, or it will override our -dnl setting of CC. -m4_define([AC_PROG_CC], - [m4_fatal([AC_PROG_CC cannot be called after AM_PROG_CC_C_O])]) -]) - -# Fake the existence of programs that GNU maintainers use. -*- Autoconf -*- - -# Copyright (C) 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008 -# Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# serial 6 - -# AM_MISSING_PROG(NAME, PROGRAM) -# ------------------------------ -AC_DEFUN([AM_MISSING_PROG], -[AC_REQUIRE([AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN]) -$1=${$1-"${am_missing_run}$2"} -AC_SUBST($1)]) - - -# AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN -# ------------------ -# Define MISSING if not defined so far and test if it supports --run. -# If it does, set am_missing_run to use it, otherwise, to nothing. -AC_DEFUN([AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN], -[AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl -AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([missing])dnl -if test x"${MISSING+set}" != xset; then - case $am_aux_dir in - *\ * | *\ *) - MISSING="\${SHELL} \"$am_aux_dir/missing\"" ;; - *) - MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing" ;; - esac -fi -# Use eval to expand $SHELL -if eval "$MISSING --run true"; then - am_missing_run="$MISSING --run " -else - am_missing_run= - AC_MSG_WARN([`missing' script is too old or missing]) -fi -]) - -# Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# AM_PROG_MKDIR_P -# --------------- -# Check for `mkdir -p'. -AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_MKDIR_P], -[AC_PREREQ([2.60])dnl -AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl -dnl Automake 1.8 to 1.9.6 used to define mkdir_p. We now use MKDIR_P, -dnl while keeping a definition of mkdir_p for backward compatibility. -dnl @MKDIR_P@ is magic: AC_OUTPUT adjusts its value for each Makefile. -dnl However we cannot define mkdir_p as $(MKDIR_P) for the sake of -dnl Makefile.ins that do not define MKDIR_P, so we do our own -dnl adjustment using top_builddir (which is defined more often than -dnl MKDIR_P). -AC_SUBST([mkdir_p], ["$MKDIR_P"])dnl -case $mkdir_p in - [[\\/$]]* | ?:[[\\/]]*) ;; - */*) mkdir_p="\$(top_builddir)/$mkdir_p" ;; -esac -]) - -# Helper functions for option handling. -*- Autoconf -*- - -# Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# serial 4 - -# _AM_MANGLE_OPTION(NAME) -# ----------------------- -AC_DEFUN([_AM_MANGLE_OPTION], -[[_AM_OPTION_]m4_bpatsubst($1, [[^a-zA-Z0-9_]], [_])]) - -# _AM_SET_OPTION(NAME) -# ------------------------------ -# Set option NAME. Presently that only means defining a flag for this option. -AC_DEFUN([_AM_SET_OPTION], -[m4_define(_AM_MANGLE_OPTION([$1]), 1)]) - -# _AM_SET_OPTIONS(OPTIONS) -# ---------------------------------- -# OPTIONS is a space-separated list of Automake options. -AC_DEFUN([_AM_SET_OPTIONS], -[m4_foreach_w([_AM_Option], [$1], [_AM_SET_OPTION(_AM_Option)])]) - -# _AM_IF_OPTION(OPTION, IF-SET, [IF-NOT-SET]) -# ------------------------------------------- -# Execute IF-SET if OPTION is set, IF-NOT-SET otherwise. -AC_DEFUN([_AM_IF_OPTION], -[m4_ifset(_AM_MANGLE_OPTION([$1]), [$2], [$3])]) - -# Check to make sure that the build environment is sane. -*- Autoconf -*- - -# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2005, 2008 -# Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# serial 5 - -# AM_SANITY_CHECK -# --------------- -AC_DEFUN([AM_SANITY_CHECK], -[AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether build environment is sane]) -# Just in case -sleep 1 -echo timestamp > conftest.file -# Reject unsafe characters in $srcdir or the absolute working directory -# name. Accept space and tab only in the latter. -am_lf=' -' -case `pwd` in - *[[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf]]*) - AC_MSG_ERROR([unsafe absolute working directory name]);; -esac -case $srcdir in - *[[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf\ \ ]]*) - AC_MSG_ERROR([unsafe srcdir value: `$srcdir']);; -esac - -# Do `set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's -# arguments. Must try -L first in case configure is actually a -# symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks -# (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing -# directory). -if ( - set X `ls -Lt "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file 2> /dev/null` - if test "$[*]" = "X"; then - # -L didn't work. - set X `ls -t "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file` - fi - rm -f conftest.file - if test "$[*]" != "X $srcdir/configure conftest.file" \ - && test "$[*]" != "X conftest.file $srcdir/configure"; then - - # If neither matched, then we have a broken ls. This can happen - # if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a - # broken ls alias from the environment. This has actually - # happened. Such a system could not be considered "sane". - AC_MSG_ERROR([ls -t appears to fail. Make sure there is not a broken -alias in your environment]) - fi - - test "$[2]" = conftest.file - ) -then - # Ok. - : -else - AC_MSG_ERROR([newly created file is older than distributed files! -Check your system clock]) -fi -AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)]) - -# Copyright (C) 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# serial 1 - -# AM_SILENT_RULES([DEFAULT]) -# -------------------------- -# Enable less verbose build rules; with the default set to DEFAULT -# (`yes' being less verbose, `no' or empty being verbose). -AC_DEFUN([AM_SILENT_RULES], -[AC_ARG_ENABLE([silent-rules], -[ --enable-silent-rules less verbose build output (undo: `make V=1') - --disable-silent-rules verbose build output (undo: `make V=0')]) -case $enable_silent_rules in -yes) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=0;; -no) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=1;; -*) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=m4_if([$1], [yes], [0], [1]);; -esac -AC_SUBST([AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY])dnl -AM_BACKSLASH='\' -AC_SUBST([AM_BACKSLASH])dnl -_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([AM_BACKSLASH])dnl -]) - -# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP -# --------------------- -# One issue with vendor `install' (even GNU) is that you can't -# specify the program used to strip binaries. This is especially -# annoying in cross-compiling environments, where the build's strip -# is unlikely to handle the host's binaries. -# Fortunately install-sh will honor a STRIPPROG variable, so we -# always use install-sh in `make install-strip', and initialize -# STRIPPROG with the value of the STRIP variable (set by the user). -AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP], -[AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH])dnl -# Installed binaries are usually stripped using `strip' when the user -# run `make install-strip'. However `strip' might not be the right -# tool to use in cross-compilation environments, therefore Automake -# will honor the `STRIP' environment variable to overrule this program. -dnl Don't test for $cross_compiling = yes, because it might be `maybe'. -if test "$cross_compiling" != no; then - AC_CHECK_TOOL([STRIP], [strip], :) -fi -INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM="\$(install_sh) -c -s" -AC_SUBST([INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM])]) - -# Copyright (C) 2006, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# serial 2 - -# _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE(VARIABLE) -# --------------------------- -# Prevent Automake from outputting VARIABLE = @VARIABLE@ in Makefile.in. -# This macro is traced by Automake. -AC_DEFUN([_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE]) - -# AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE(VARIABLE) -# --------------------------- -# Public sister of _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE. -AC_DEFUN([AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE], [_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE($@)]) - -# Check how to create a tarball. -*- Autoconf -*- - -# Copyright (C) 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# serial 2 - -# _AM_PROG_TAR(FORMAT) -# -------------------- -# Check how to create a tarball in format FORMAT. -# FORMAT should be one of `v7', `ustar', or `pax'. -# -# Substitute a variable $(am__tar) that is a command -# writing to stdout a FORMAT-tarball containing the directory -# $tardir. -# tardir=directory && $(am__tar) > result.tar -# -# Substitute a variable $(am__untar) that extract such -# a tarball read from stdin. -# $(am__untar) < result.tar -AC_DEFUN([_AM_PROG_TAR], -[# Always define AMTAR for backward compatibility. -AM_MISSING_PROG([AMTAR], [tar]) -m4_if([$1], [v7], - [am__tar='${AMTAR} chof - "$$tardir"'; am__untar='${AMTAR} xf -'], - [m4_case([$1], [ustar],, [pax],, - [m4_fatal([Unknown tar format])]) -AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to create a $1 tar archive]) -# Loop over all known methods to create a tar archive until one works. -_am_tools='gnutar m4_if([$1], [ustar], [plaintar]) pax cpio none' -_am_tools=${am_cv_prog_tar_$1-$_am_tools} -# Do not fold the above two line into one, because Tru64 sh and -# Solaris sh will not grok spaces in the rhs of `-'. -for _am_tool in $_am_tools -do - case $_am_tool in - gnutar) - for _am_tar in tar gnutar gtar; - do - AM_RUN_LOG([$_am_tar --version]) && break - done - am__tar="$_am_tar --format=m4_if([$1], [pax], [posix], [$1]) -chf - "'"$$tardir"' - am__tar_="$_am_tar --format=m4_if([$1], [pax], [posix], [$1]) -chf - "'"$tardir"' - am__untar="$_am_tar -xf -" - ;; - plaintar) - # Must skip GNU tar: if it does not support --format= it doesn't create - # ustar tarball either. - (tar --version) >/dev/null 2>&1 && continue - am__tar='tar chf - "$$tardir"' - am__tar_='tar chf - "$tardir"' - am__untar='tar xf -' - ;; - pax) - am__tar='pax -L -x $1 -w "$$tardir"' - am__tar_='pax -L -x $1 -w "$tardir"' - am__untar='pax -r' - ;; - cpio) - am__tar='find "$$tardir" -print | cpio -o -H $1 -L' - am__tar_='find "$tardir" -print | cpio -o -H $1 -L' - am__untar='cpio -i -H $1 -d' - ;; - none) - am__tar=false - am__tar_=false - am__untar=false - ;; - esac - - # If the value was cached, stop now. We just wanted to have am__tar - # and am__untar set. - test -n "${am_cv_prog_tar_$1}" && break - - # tar/untar a dummy directory, and stop if the command works - rm -rf conftest.dir - mkdir conftest.dir - echo GrepMe > conftest.dir/file - AM_RUN_LOG([tardir=conftest.dir && eval $am__tar_ >conftest.tar]) - rm -rf conftest.dir - if test -s conftest.tar; then - AM_RUN_LOG([$am__untar <conftest.tar]) - grep GrepMe conftest.dir/file >/dev/null 2>&1 && break - fi -done -rm -rf conftest.dir - -AC_CACHE_VAL([am_cv_prog_tar_$1], [am_cv_prog_tar_$1=$_am_tool]) -AC_MSG_RESULT([$am_cv_prog_tar_$1])]) -AC_SUBST([am__tar]) -AC_SUBST([am__untar]) -]) # _AM_PROG_TAR - -m4_include([acinclude.m4]) diff --git a/libXt/autogen.sh b/libXt/autogen.sh new file mode 100644 index 000000000..904cd6746 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/autogen.sh @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +#! /bin/sh + +srcdir=`dirname $0` +test -z "$srcdir" && srcdir=. + +ORIGDIR=`pwd` +cd $srcdir + +autoreconf -v --install || exit 1 +cd $ORIGDIR || exit $? + +$srcdir/configure --enable-maintainer-mode "$@" diff --git a/libXt/compile b/libXt/compile deleted file mode 100644 index c0096a7b5..000000000 --- a/libXt/compile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,143 +0,0 @@ -#! /bin/sh -# Wrapper for compilers which do not understand `-c -o'. - -scriptversion=2009-10-06.20; # UTC - -# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2009 Free Software -# Foundation, Inc. -# Written by Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>. -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) -# any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -# GNU General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. - -# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you -# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a -# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under -# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. - -# This file is maintained in Automake, please report -# bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org> or send patches to -# <automake-patches@gnu.org>. - -case $1 in - '') - echo "$0: No command. Try \`$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2 - exit 1; - ;; - -h | --h*) - cat <<\EOF -Usage: compile [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS] - -Wrapper for compilers which do not understand `-c -o'. -Remove `-o dest.o' from ARGS, run PROGRAM with the remaining -arguments, and rename the output as expected. - -If you are trying to build a whole package this is not the -right script to run: please start by reading the file `INSTALL'. - -Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>. -EOF - exit $? - ;; - -v | --v*) - echo "compile $scriptversion" - exit $? - ;; -esac - -ofile= -cfile= -eat= - -for arg -do - if test -n "$eat"; then - eat= - else - case $1 in - -o) - # configure might choose to run compile as `compile cc -o foo foo.c'. - # So we strip `-o arg' only if arg is an object. - eat=1 - case $2 in - *.o | *.obj) - ofile=$2 - ;; - *) - set x "$@" -o "$2" - shift - ;; - esac - ;; - *.c) - cfile=$1 - set x "$@" "$1" - shift - ;; - *) - set x "$@" "$1" - shift - ;; - esac - fi - shift -done - -if test -z "$ofile" || test -z "$cfile"; then - # If no `-o' option was seen then we might have been invoked from a - # pattern rule where we don't need one. That is ok -- this is a - # normal compilation that the losing compiler can handle. If no - # `.c' file was seen then we are probably linking. That is also - # ok. - exec "$@" -fi - -# Name of file we expect compiler to create. -cofile=`echo "$cfile" | sed 's|^.*[\\/]||; s|^[a-zA-Z]:||; s/\.c$/.o/'` - -# Create the lock directory. -# Note: use `[/\\:.-]' here to ensure that we don't use the same name -# that we are using for the .o file. Also, base the name on the expected -# object file name, since that is what matters with a parallel build. -lockdir=`echo "$cofile" | sed -e 's|[/\\:.-]|_|g'`.d -while true; do - if mkdir "$lockdir" >/dev/null 2>&1; then - break - fi - sleep 1 -done -# FIXME: race condition here if user kills between mkdir and trap. -trap "rmdir '$lockdir'; exit 1" 1 2 15 - -# Run the compile. -"$@" -ret=$? - -if test -f "$cofile"; then - test "$cofile" = "$ofile" || mv "$cofile" "$ofile" -elif test -f "${cofile}bj"; then - test "${cofile}bj" = "$ofile" || mv "${cofile}bj" "$ofile" -fi - -rmdir "$lockdir" -exit $ret - -# Local Variables: -# mode: shell-script -# sh-indentation: 2 -# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) -# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" -# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" -# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC" -# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" -# End: diff --git a/libXt/config.guess b/libXt/config.guess deleted file mode 100644 index bf4849674..000000000 --- a/libXt/config.guess +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1517 +0,0 @@ -#! /bin/sh -# Attempt to guess a canonical system name. -# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, -# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 -# Free Software Foundation, Inc. - -timestamp='2009-12-30' - -# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or -# (at your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but -# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA -# 02110-1301, USA. -# -# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you -# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a -# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under -# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. - - -# Originally written by Per Bothner. Please send patches (context -# diff format) to <config-patches@gnu.org> and include a ChangeLog -# entry. -# -# This script attempts to guess a canonical system name similar to -# config.sub. If it succeeds, it prints the system name on stdout, and -# exits with 0. Otherwise, it exits with 1. -# -# You can get the latest version of this script from: -# http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.guess;hb=HEAD - -me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'` - -usage="\ -Usage: $0 [OPTION] - -Output the configuration name of the system \`$me' is run on. - -Operation modes: - -h, --help print this help, then exit - -t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit - -v, --version print version number, then exit - -Report bugs and patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>." - -version="\ -GNU config.guess ($timestamp) - -Originally written by Per Bothner. -Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, -2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free -Software Foundation, Inc. - -This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO -warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE." - -help=" -Try \`$me --help' for more information." - -# Parse command line -while test $# -gt 0 ; do - case $1 in - --time-stamp | --time* | -t ) - echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;; - --version | -v ) - echo "$version" ; exit ;; - --help | --h* | -h ) - echo "$usage"; exit ;; - -- ) # Stop option processing - shift; break ;; - - ) # Use stdin as input. - break ;; - -* ) - echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" >&2 - exit 1 ;; - * ) - break ;; - esac -done - -if test $# != 0; then - echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2 - exit 1 -fi - -trap 'exit 1' 1 2 15 - -# CC_FOR_BUILD -- compiler used by this script. Note that the use of a -# compiler to aid in system detection is discouraged as it requires -# temporary files to be created and, as you can see below, it is a -# headache to deal with in a portable fashion. - -# Historically, `CC_FOR_BUILD' used to be named `HOST_CC'. We still -# use `HOST_CC' if defined, but it is deprecated. - -# Portable tmp directory creation inspired by the Autoconf team. - -set_cc_for_build=' -trap "exitcode=\$?; (rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null) && exit \$exitcode" 0 ; -trap "rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null; exit 1" 1 2 13 15 ; -: ${TMPDIR=/tmp} ; - { tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "$TMPDIR/cgXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp" ; } || - { test -n "$RANDOM" && tmp=$TMPDIR/cg$$-$RANDOM && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) ; } || - { tmp=$TMPDIR/cg-$$ && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) && echo "Warning: creating insecure temp directory" >&2 ; } || - { echo "$me: cannot create a temporary directory in $TMPDIR" >&2 ; exit 1 ; } ; -dummy=$tmp/dummy ; -tmpfiles="$dummy.c $dummy.o $dummy.rel $dummy" ; -case $CC_FOR_BUILD,$HOST_CC,$CC in - ,,) echo "int x;" > $dummy.c ; - for c in cc gcc c89 c99 ; do - if ($c -c -o $dummy.o $dummy.c) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then - CC_FOR_BUILD="$c"; break ; - fi ; - done ; - if test x"$CC_FOR_BUILD" = x ; then - CC_FOR_BUILD=no_compiler_found ; - fi - ;; - ,,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$CC ;; - ,*,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$HOST_CC ;; -esac ; set_cc_for_build= ;' - -# This is needed to find uname on a Pyramid OSx when run in the BSD universe. -# (ghazi@noc.rutgers.edu 1994-08-24) -if (test -f /.attbin/uname) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then - PATH=$PATH:/.attbin ; export PATH -fi - -UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -m) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_MACHINE=unknown -UNAME_RELEASE=`(uname -r) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_RELEASE=unknown -UNAME_SYSTEM=`(uname -s) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_SYSTEM=unknown -UNAME_VERSION=`(uname -v) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_VERSION=unknown - -case "${UNAME_SYSTEM}" in -Linux|GNU/*) - eval $set_cc_for_build - cat <<-EOF > $dummy.c - #include <features.h> - #ifdef __UCLIBC__ - # ifdef __UCLIBC_CONFIG_VERSION__ - LIBC=uclibc __UCLIBC_CONFIG_VERSION__ - # else - LIBC=uclibc - # endif - #else - # ifdef __dietlibc__ - LIBC=dietlibc - # else - LIBC=gnu - # endif - #endif - EOF - eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep '^LIBC'` - ;; -esac - -# Note: order is significant - the case branches are not exclusive. - -case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in - *:NetBSD:*:*) - # NetBSD (nbsd) targets should (where applicable) match one or - # more of the tupples: *-*-netbsdelf*, *-*-netbsdaout*, - # *-*-netbsdecoff* and *-*-netbsd*. For targets that recently - # switched to ELF, *-*-netbsd* would select the old - # object file format. This provides both forward - # compatibility and a consistent mechanism for selecting the - # object file format. - # - # Note: NetBSD doesn't particularly care about the vendor - # portion of the name. We always set it to "unknown". - sysctl="sysctl -n hw.machine_arch" - UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`(/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || \ - /usr/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || echo unknown)` - case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in - armeb) machine=armeb-unknown ;; - arm*) machine=arm-unknown ;; - sh3el) machine=shl-unknown ;; - sh3eb) machine=sh-unknown ;; - sh5el) machine=sh5le-unknown ;; - *) machine=${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown ;; - esac - # The Operating System including object format, if it has switched - # to ELF recently, or will in the future. - case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in - arm*|i386|m68k|ns32k|sh3*|sparc|vax) - eval $set_cc_for_build - if echo __ELF__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \ - | grep -q __ELF__ - then - # Once all utilities can be ECOFF (netbsdecoff) or a.out (netbsdaout). - # Return netbsd for either. FIX? - os=netbsd - else - os=netbsdelf - fi - ;; - *) - os=netbsd - ;; - esac - # The OS release - # Debian GNU/NetBSD machines have a different userland, and - # thus, need a distinct triplet. However, they do not need - # kernel version information, so it can be replaced with a - # suitable tag, in the style of linux-gnu. - case "${UNAME_VERSION}" in - Debian*) - release='-gnu' - ;; - *) - release=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'` - ;; - esac - # Since CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM: - # contains redundant information, the shorter form: - # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM is used. - echo "${machine}-${os}${release}" - exit ;; - *:OpenBSD:*:*) - UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/OpenBSD.//'` - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - *:ekkoBSD:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-ekkobsd${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - *:SolidBSD:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-solidbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - macppc:MirBSD:*:*) - echo powerpc-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - *:MirBSD:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - alpha:OSF1:*:*) - case $UNAME_RELEASE in - *4.0) - UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $3}'` - ;; - *5.*) - UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $4}'` - ;; - esac - # According to Compaq, /usr/sbin/psrinfo has been available on - # OSF/1 and Tru64 systems produced since 1995. I hope that - # covers most systems running today. This code pipes the CPU - # types through head -n 1, so we only detect the type of CPU 0. - ALPHA_CPU_TYPE=`/usr/sbin/psrinfo -v | sed -n -e 's/^ The alpha \(.*\) processor.*$/\1/p' | head -n 1` - case "$ALPHA_CPU_TYPE" in - "EV4 (21064)") - UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;; - "EV4.5 (21064)") - UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;; - "LCA4 (21066/21068)") - UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;; - "EV5 (21164)") - UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev5" ;; - "EV5.6 (21164A)") - UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev56" ;; - "EV5.6 (21164PC)") - UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca56" ;; - "EV5.7 (21164PC)") - UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca57" ;; - "EV6 (21264)") - UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev6" ;; - "EV6.7 (21264A)") - UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev67" ;; - "EV6.8CB (21264C)") - UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;; - "EV6.8AL (21264B)") - UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;; - "EV6.8CX (21264D)") - UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;; - "EV6.9A (21264/EV69A)") - UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev69" ;; - "EV7 (21364)") - UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev7" ;; - "EV7.9 (21364A)") - UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev79" ;; - esac - # A Pn.n version is a patched version. - # A Vn.n version is a released version. - # A Tn.n version is a released field test version. - # A Xn.n version is an unreleased experimental baselevel. - # 1.2 uses "1.2" for uname -r. - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-osf`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/^[PVTX]//' | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'` - exit ;; - Alpha\ *:Windows_NT*:*) - # How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem? - # Should we change UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead - # of the specific Alpha model? - echo alpha-pc-interix - exit ;; - 21064:Windows_NT:50:3) - echo alpha-dec-winnt3.5 - exit ;; - Amiga*:UNIX_System_V:4.0:*) - echo m68k-unknown-sysv4 - exit ;; - *:[Aa]miga[Oo][Ss]:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-amigaos - exit ;; - *:[Mm]orph[Oo][Ss]:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-morphos - exit ;; - *:OS/390:*:*) - echo i370-ibm-openedition - exit ;; - *:z/VM:*:*) - echo s390-ibm-zvmoe - exit ;; - *:OS400:*:*) - echo powerpc-ibm-os400 - exit ;; - arm:RISC*:1.[012]*:*|arm:riscix:1.[012]*:*) - echo arm-acorn-riscix${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - arm:riscos:*:*|arm:RISCOS:*:*) - echo arm-unknown-riscos - exit ;; - SR2?01:HI-UX/MPP:*:* | SR8000:HI-UX/MPP:*:*) - echo hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxmpp - exit ;; - Pyramid*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:SMP_DC-OSx*:*:*) - # akee@wpdis03.wpafb.af.mil (Earle F. Ake) contributed MIS and NILE. - if test "`(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`" = att ; then - echo pyramid-pyramid-sysv3 - else - echo pyramid-pyramid-bsd - fi - exit ;; - NILE*:*:*:dcosx) - echo pyramid-pyramid-svr4 - exit ;; - DRS?6000:unix:4.0:6*) - echo sparc-icl-nx6 - exit ;; - DRS?6000:UNIX_SV:4.2*:7* | DRS?6000:isis:4.2*:7*) - case `/usr/bin/uname -p` in - sparc) echo sparc-icl-nx7; exit ;; - esac ;; - s390x:SunOS:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` - exit ;; - sun4H:SunOS:5.*:*) - echo sparc-hal-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` - exit ;; - sun4*:SunOS:5.*:* | tadpole*:SunOS:5.*:*) - echo sparc-sun-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` - exit ;; - i86pc:AuroraUX:5.*:* | i86xen:AuroraUX:5.*:*) - echo i386-pc-auroraux${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - i86pc:SunOS:5.*:* | i86xen:SunOS:5.*:*) - eval $set_cc_for_build - SUN_ARCH="i386" - # If there is a compiler, see if it is configured for 64-bit objects. - # Note that the Sun cc does not turn __LP64__ into 1 like gcc does. - # This test works for both compilers. - if [ "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != 'no_compiler_found' ]; then - if (echo '#ifdef __amd64'; echo IS_64BIT_ARCH; echo '#endif') | \ - (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \ - grep IS_64BIT_ARCH >/dev/null - then - SUN_ARCH="x86_64" - fi - fi - echo ${SUN_ARCH}-pc-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` - exit ;; - sun4*:SunOS:6*:*) - # According to config.sub, this is the proper way to canonicalize - # SunOS6. Hard to guess exactly what SunOS6 will be like, but - # it's likely to be more like Solaris than SunOS4. - echo sparc-sun-solaris3`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` - exit ;; - sun4*:SunOS:*:*) - case "`/usr/bin/arch -k`" in - Series*|S4*) - UNAME_RELEASE=`uname -v` - ;; - esac - # Japanese Language versions have a version number like `4.1.3-JL'. - echo sparc-sun-sunos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/'` - exit ;; - sun3*:SunOS:*:*) - echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - sun*:*:4.2BSD:*) - UNAME_RELEASE=`(sed 1q /etc/motd | awk '{print substr($5,1,3)}') 2>/dev/null` - test "x${UNAME_RELEASE}" = "x" && UNAME_RELEASE=3 - case "`/bin/arch`" in - sun3) - echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} - ;; - sun4) - echo sparc-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} - ;; - esac - exit ;; - aushp:SunOS:*:*) - echo sparc-auspex-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - # The situation for MiNT is a little confusing. The machine name - # can be virtually everything (everything which is not - # "atarist" or "atariste" at least should have a processor - # > m68000). The system name ranges from "MiNT" over "FreeMiNT" - # to the lowercase version "mint" (or "freemint"). Finally - # the system name "TOS" denotes a system which is actually not - # MiNT. But MiNT is downward compatible to TOS, so this should - # be no problem. - atarist[e]:*MiNT:*:* | atarist[e]:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*) - echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - atari*:*MiNT:*:* | atari*:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*) - echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - *falcon*:*MiNT:*:* | *falcon*:*mint:*:* | *falcon*:*TOS:*:*) - echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - milan*:*MiNT:*:* | milan*:*mint:*:* | *milan*:*TOS:*:*) - echo m68k-milan-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - hades*:*MiNT:*:* | hades*:*mint:*:* | *hades*:*TOS:*:*) - echo m68k-hades-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - *:*MiNT:*:* | *:*mint:*:* | *:*TOS:*:*) - echo m68k-unknown-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - m68k:machten:*:*) - echo m68k-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - powerpc:machten:*:*) - echo powerpc-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - RISC*:Mach:*:*) - echo mips-dec-mach_bsd4.3 - exit ;; - RISC*:ULTRIX:*:*) - echo mips-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - VAX*:ULTRIX*:*:*) - echo vax-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - 2020:CLIX:*:* | 2430:CLIX:*:*) - echo clipper-intergraph-clix${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - mips:*:*:UMIPS | mips:*:*:RISCos) - eval $set_cc_for_build - sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c -#ifdef __cplusplus -#include <stdio.h> /* for printf() prototype */ - int main (int argc, char *argv[]) { -#else - int main (argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; { -#endif - #if defined (host_mips) && defined (MIPSEB) - #if defined (SYSTYPE_SYSV) - printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssysv\n", argv[1]); exit (0); - #endif - #if defined (SYSTYPE_SVR4) - printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssvr4\n", argv[1]); exit (0); - #endif - #if defined (SYSTYPE_BSD43) || defined(SYSTYPE_BSD) - printf ("mips-mips-riscos%sbsd\n", argv[1]); exit (0); - #endif - #endif - exit (-1); - } -EOF - $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && - dummyarg=`echo "${UNAME_RELEASE}" | sed -n 's/\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'` && - SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy $dummyarg` && - { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; } - echo mips-mips-riscos${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - Motorola:PowerMAX_OS:*:*) - echo powerpc-motorola-powermax - exit ;; - Motorola:*:4.3:PL8-*) - echo powerpc-harris-powermax - exit ;; - Night_Hawk:*:*:PowerMAX_OS | Synergy:PowerMAX_OS:*:*) - echo powerpc-harris-powermax - exit ;; - Night_Hawk:Power_UNIX:*:*) - echo powerpc-harris-powerunix - exit ;; - m88k:CX/UX:7*:*) - echo m88k-harris-cxux7 - exit ;; - m88k:*:4*:R4*) - echo m88k-motorola-sysv4 - exit ;; - m88k:*:3*:R3*) - echo m88k-motorola-sysv3 - exit ;; - AViiON:dgux:*:*) - # DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures - UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p` - if [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88100 ] || [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88110 ] - then - if [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = m88kdguxelfx ] || \ - [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = x ] - then - echo m88k-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE} - else - echo m88k-dg-dguxbcs${UNAME_RELEASE} - fi - else - echo i586-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE} - fi - exit ;; - M88*:DolphinOS:*:*) # DolphinOS (SVR3) - echo m88k-dolphin-sysv3 - exit ;; - M88*:*:R3*:*) - # Delta 88k system running SVR3 - echo m88k-motorola-sysv3 - exit ;; - XD88*:*:*:*) # Tektronix XD88 system running UTekV (SVR3) - echo m88k-tektronix-sysv3 - exit ;; - Tek43[0-9][0-9]:UTek:*:*) # Tektronix 4300 system running UTek (BSD) - echo m68k-tektronix-bsd - exit ;; - *:IRIX*:*:*) - echo mips-sgi-irix`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/g'` - exit ;; - ????????:AIX?:[12].1:2) # AIX 2.2.1 or AIX 2.1.1 is RT/PC AIX. - echo romp-ibm-aix # uname -m gives an 8 hex-code CPU id - exit ;; # Note that: echo "'`uname -s`'" gives 'AIX ' - i*86:AIX:*:*) - echo i386-ibm-aix - exit ;; - ia64:AIX:*:*) - if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then - IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel` - else - IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE} - fi - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV} - exit ;; - *:AIX:2:3) - if grep bos325 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then - eval $set_cc_for_build - sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c - #include <sys/systemcfg.h> - - main() - { - if (!__power_pc()) - exit(1); - puts("powerpc-ibm-aix3.2.5"); - exit(0); - } -EOF - if $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy` - then - echo "$SYSTEM_NAME" - else - echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.5 - fi - elif grep bos324 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then - echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.4 - else - echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2 - fi - exit ;; - *:AIX:*:[456]) - IBM_CPU_ID=`/usr/sbin/lsdev -C -c processor -S available | sed 1q | awk '{ print $1 }'` - if /usr/sbin/lsattr -El ${IBM_CPU_ID} | grep ' POWER' >/dev/null 2>&1; then - IBM_ARCH=rs6000 - else - IBM_ARCH=powerpc - fi - if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then - IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel` - else - IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE} - fi - echo ${IBM_ARCH}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV} - exit ;; - *:AIX:*:*) - echo rs6000-ibm-aix - exit ;; - ibmrt:4.4BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*) - echo romp-ibm-bsd4.4 - exit ;; - ibmrt:*BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*) # covers RT/PC BSD and - echo romp-ibm-bsd${UNAME_RELEASE} # 4.3 with uname added to - exit ;; # report: romp-ibm BSD 4.3 - *:BOSX:*:*) - echo rs6000-bull-bosx - exit ;; - DPX/2?00:B.O.S.:*:*) - echo m68k-bull-sysv3 - exit ;; - 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:1.*:*) - echo m68k-hp-bsd - exit ;; - hp300:4.4BSD:*:* | 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:2.*:*) - echo m68k-hp-bsd4.4 - exit ;; - 9000/[34678]??:HP-UX:*:*) - HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'` - case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in - 9000/31? ) HP_ARCH=m68000 ;; - 9000/[34]?? ) HP_ARCH=m68k ;; - 9000/[678][0-9][0-9]) - if [ -x /usr/bin/getconf ]; then - sc_cpu_version=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_CPU_VERSION 2>/dev/null` - sc_kernel_bits=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_KERNEL_BITS 2>/dev/null` - case "${sc_cpu_version}" in - 523) HP_ARCH="hppa1.0" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_0 - 528) HP_ARCH="hppa1.1" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_1 - 532) # CPU_PA_RISC2_0 - case "${sc_kernel_bits}" in - 32) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0n" ;; - 64) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" ;; - '') HP_ARCH="hppa2.0" ;; # HP-UX 10.20 - esac ;; - esac - fi - if [ "${HP_ARCH}" = "" ]; then - eval $set_cc_for_build - sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c - - #define _HPUX_SOURCE - #include <stdlib.h> - #include <unistd.h> - - int main () - { - #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) - long bits = sysconf(_SC_KERNEL_BITS); - #endif - long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION); - - switch (cpu) - { - case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0"); break; - case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1"); break; - case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: - #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) - switch (bits) - { - case 64: puts ("hppa2.0w"); break; - case 32: puts ("hppa2.0n"); break; - default: puts ("hppa2.0"); break; - } break; - #else /* !defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) */ - puts ("hppa2.0"); break; - #endif - default: puts ("hppa1.0"); break; - } - exit (0); - } -EOF - (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null) && HP_ARCH=`$dummy` - test -z "$HP_ARCH" && HP_ARCH=hppa - fi ;; - esac - if [ ${HP_ARCH} = "hppa2.0w" ] - then - eval $set_cc_for_build - - # hppa2.0w-hp-hpux* has a 64-bit kernel and a compiler generating - # 32-bit code. hppa64-hp-hpux* has the same kernel and a compiler - # generating 64-bit code. GNU and HP use different nomenclature: - # - # $ CC_FOR_BUILD=cc ./config.guess - # => hppa2.0w-hp-hpux11.23 - # $ CC_FOR_BUILD="cc +DA2.0w" ./config.guess - # => hppa64-hp-hpux11.23 - - if echo __LP64__ | (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | - grep -q __LP64__ - then - HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" - else - HP_ARCH="hppa64" - fi - fi - echo ${HP_ARCH}-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV} - exit ;; - ia64:HP-UX:*:*) - HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'` - echo ia64-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV} - exit ;; - 3050*:HI-UX:*:*) - eval $set_cc_for_build - sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c - #include <unistd.h> - int - main () - { - long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION); - /* The order matters, because CPU_IS_HP_MC68K erroneously returns - true for CPU_PA_RISC1_0. CPU_IS_PA_RISC returns correct - results, however. */ - if (CPU_IS_PA_RISC (cpu)) - { - switch (cpu) - { - case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; - case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; - case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: puts ("hppa2.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; - default: puts ("hppa-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; - } - } - else if (CPU_IS_HP_MC68K (cpu)) - puts ("m68k-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); - else puts ("unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); - exit (0); - } -EOF - $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy` && - { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; } - echo unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2 - exit ;; - 9000/7??:4.3bsd:*:* | 9000/8?[79]:4.3bsd:*:* ) - echo hppa1.1-hp-bsd - exit ;; - 9000/8??:4.3bsd:*:*) - echo hppa1.0-hp-bsd - exit ;; - *9??*:MPE/iX:*:* | *3000*:MPE/iX:*:*) - echo hppa1.0-hp-mpeix - exit ;; - hp7??:OSF1:*:* | hp8?[79]:OSF1:*:* ) - echo hppa1.1-hp-osf - exit ;; - hp8??:OSF1:*:*) - echo hppa1.0-hp-osf - exit ;; - i*86:OSF1:*:*) - if [ -x /usr/sbin/sysversion ] ; then - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1mk - else - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1 - fi - exit ;; - parisc*:Lites*:*:*) - echo hppa1.1-hp-lites - exit ;; - C1*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C1*:*) - echo c1-convex-bsd - exit ;; - C2*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C2*:*) - if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc - then echo c32-convex-bsd - else echo c2-convex-bsd - fi - exit ;; - C34*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C34*:*) - echo c34-convex-bsd - exit ;; - C38*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C38*:*) - echo c38-convex-bsd - exit ;; - C4*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C4*:*) - echo c4-convex-bsd - exit ;; - CRAY*Y-MP:*:*:*) - echo ymp-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' - exit ;; - CRAY*[A-Z]90:*:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} \ - | sed -e 's/CRAY.*\([A-Z]90\)/\1/' \ - -e y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ \ - -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' - exit ;; - CRAY*TS:*:*:*) - echo t90-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' - exit ;; - CRAY*T3E:*:*:*) - echo alphaev5-cray-unicosmk${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' - exit ;; - CRAY*SV1:*:*:*) - echo sv1-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' - exit ;; - *:UNICOS/mp:*:*) - echo craynv-cray-unicosmp${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' - exit ;; - F30[01]:UNIX_System_V:*:* | F700:UNIX_System_V:*:*) - FUJITSU_PROC=`uname -m | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'` - FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'` - FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/ /_/'` - echo "${FUJITSU_PROC}-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}" - exit ;; - 5000:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*) - FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'` - FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/ /_/'` - echo "sparc-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}" - exit ;; - i*86:BSD/386:*:* | i*86:BSD/OS:*:* | *:Ascend\ Embedded/OS:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - sparc*:BSD/OS:*:*) - echo sparc-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - *:BSD/OS:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - *:FreeBSD:*:*) - case ${UNAME_MACHINE} in - pc98) - echo i386-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;; - amd64) - echo x86_64-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;; - *) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;; - esac - exit ;; - i*:CYGWIN*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-cygwin - exit ;; - *:MINGW*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mingw32 - exit ;; - i*:windows32*:*) - # uname -m includes "-pc" on this system. - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-mingw32 - exit ;; - i*:PW*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-pw32 - exit ;; - *:Interix*:*) - case ${UNAME_MACHINE} in - x86) - echo i586-pc-interix${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - authenticamd | genuineintel | EM64T) - echo x86_64-unknown-interix${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - IA64) - echo ia64-unknown-interix${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - esac ;; - [345]86:Windows_95:* | [345]86:Windows_98:* | [345]86:Windows_NT:*) - echo i${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mks - exit ;; - 8664:Windows_NT:*) - echo x86_64-pc-mks - exit ;; - i*:Windows_NT*:* | Pentium*:Windows_NT*:*) - # How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem? - # It also conflicts with pre-2.0 versions of AT&T UWIN. Should we - # UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead of i386? - echo i586-pc-interix - exit ;; - i*:UWIN*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-uwin - exit ;; - amd64:CYGWIN*:*:* | x86_64:CYGWIN*:*:*) - echo x86_64-unknown-cygwin - exit ;; - p*:CYGWIN*:*) - echo powerpcle-unknown-cygwin - exit ;; - prep*:SunOS:5.*:*) - echo powerpcle-unknown-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` - exit ;; - *:GNU:*:*) - # the GNU system - echo `echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}|sed -e 's,[-/].*$,,'`-unknown-${LIBC}`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's,/.*$,,'` - exit ;; - *:GNU/*:*:*) - # other systems with GNU libc and userland - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-`echo ${UNAME_SYSTEM} | sed 's,^[^/]*/,,' | tr '[A-Z]' '[a-z]'``echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`-${LIBC} - exit ;; - i*86:Minix:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-minix - exit ;; - alpha:Linux:*:*) - case `sed -n '/^cpu model/s/^.*: \(.*\)/\1/p' < /proc/cpuinfo` in - EV5) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;; - EV56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev56 ;; - PCA56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;; - PCA57) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;; - EV6) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev6 ;; - EV67) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev67 ;; - EV68*) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;; - esac - objdump --private-headers /bin/sh | grep -q ld.so.1 - if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC="gnulibc1" ; fi - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC} - exit ;; - arm*:Linux:*:*) - eval $set_cc_for_build - if echo __ARM_EABI__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \ - | grep -q __ARM_EABI__ - then - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC} - else - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}eabi - fi - exit ;; - avr32*:Linux:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC} - exit ;; - cris:Linux:*:*) - echo cris-axis-linux-${LIBC} - exit ;; - crisv32:Linux:*:*) - echo crisv32-axis-linux-${LIBC} - exit ;; - frv:Linux:*:*) - echo frv-unknown-linux-${LIBC} - exit ;; - i*86:Linux:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-${LIBC} - exit ;; - ia64:Linux:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC} - exit ;; - m32r*:Linux:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC} - exit ;; - m68*:Linux:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC} - exit ;; - mips:Linux:*:* | mips64:Linux:*:*) - eval $set_cc_for_build - sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c - #undef CPU - #undef ${UNAME_MACHINE} - #undef ${UNAME_MACHINE}el - #if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL) - CPU=${UNAME_MACHINE}el - #else - #if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB) - CPU=${UNAME_MACHINE} - #else - CPU= - #endif - #endif -EOF - eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep '^CPU'` - test x"${CPU}" != x && { echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}"; exit; } - ;; - or32:Linux:*:*) - echo or32-unknown-linux-${LIBC} - exit ;; - padre:Linux:*:*) - echo sparc-unknown-linux-${LIBC} - exit ;; - parisc64:Linux:*:* | hppa64:Linux:*:*) - echo hppa64-unknown-linux-${LIBC} - exit ;; - parisc:Linux:*:* | hppa:Linux:*:*) - # Look for CPU level - case `grep '^cpu[^a-z]*:' /proc/cpuinfo 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f2` in - PA7*) echo hppa1.1-unknown-linux-${LIBC} ;; - PA8*) echo hppa2.0-unknown-linux-${LIBC} ;; - *) echo hppa-unknown-linux-${LIBC} ;; - esac - exit ;; - ppc64:Linux:*:*) - echo powerpc64-unknown-linux-${LIBC} - exit ;; - ppc:Linux:*:*) - echo powerpc-unknown-linux-${LIBC} - exit ;; - s390:Linux:*:* | s390x:Linux:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-linux - exit ;; - sh64*:Linux:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC} - exit ;; - sh*:Linux:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC} - exit ;; - sparc:Linux:*:* | sparc64:Linux:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC} - exit ;; - vax:Linux:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-linux-${LIBC} - exit ;; - x86_64:Linux:*:*) - echo x86_64-unknown-linux-${LIBC} - exit ;; - xtensa*:Linux:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC} - exit ;; - i*86:DYNIX/ptx:4*:*) - # ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there. - # earlier versions are messed up and put the nodename in both - # sysname and nodename. - echo i386-sequent-sysv4 - exit ;; - i*86:UNIX_SV:4.2MP:2.*) - # Unixware is an offshoot of SVR4, but it has its own version - # number series starting with 2... - # I am not positive that other SVR4 systems won't match this, - # I just have to hope. -- rms. - # Use sysv4.2uw... so that sysv4* matches it. - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv4.2uw${UNAME_VERSION} - exit ;; - i*86:OS/2:*:*) - # If we were able to find `uname', then EMX Unix compatibility - # is probably installed. - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-os2-emx - exit ;; - i*86:XTS-300:*:STOP) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-stop - exit ;; - i*86:atheos:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-atheos - exit ;; - i*86:syllable:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-syllable - exit ;; - i*86:LynxOS:2.*:* | i*86:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | i*86:LynxOS:4.[02]*:*) - echo i386-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - i*86:*DOS:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-msdosdjgpp - exit ;; - i*86:*:4.*:* | i*86:SYSTEM_V:4.*:*) - UNAME_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed 's/\/MP$//'` - if grep Novell /usr/include/link.h >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-univel-sysv${UNAME_REL} - else - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv${UNAME_REL} - fi - exit ;; - i*86:*:5:[678]*) - # UnixWare 7.x, OpenUNIX and OpenServer 6. - case `/bin/uname -X | grep "^Machine"` in - *486*) UNAME_MACHINE=i486 ;; - *Pentium) UNAME_MACHINE=i586 ;; - *Pent*|*Celeron) UNAME_MACHINE=i686 ;; - esac - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}${UNAME_SYSTEM}${UNAME_VERSION} - exit ;; - i*86:*:3.2:*) - if test -f /usr/options/cb.name; then - UNAME_REL=`sed -n 's/.*Version //p' </usr/options/cb.name` - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-isc$UNAME_REL - elif /bin/uname -X 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then - UNAME_REL=`(/bin/uname -X|grep Release|sed -e 's/.*= //')` - (/bin/uname -X|grep i80486 >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i486 - (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium' >/dev/null) \ - && UNAME_MACHINE=i586 - (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pent *II' >/dev/null) \ - && UNAME_MACHINE=i686 - (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium Pro' >/dev/null) \ - && UNAME_MACHINE=i686 - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sco$UNAME_REL - else - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv32 - fi - exit ;; - pc:*:*:*) - # Left here for compatibility: - # uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about - # the processor, so we play safe by assuming i586. - # Note: whatever this is, it MUST be the same as what config.sub - # prints for the "djgpp" host, or else GDB configury will decide that - # this is a cross-build. - echo i586-pc-msdosdjgpp - exit ;; - Intel:Mach:3*:*) - echo i386-pc-mach3 - exit ;; - paragon:*:*:*) - echo i860-intel-osf1 - exit ;; - i860:*:4.*:*) # i860-SVR4 - if grep Stardent /usr/include/sys/uadmin.h >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then - echo i860-stardent-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Stardent Vistra i860-SVR4 - else # Add other i860-SVR4 vendors below as they are discovered. - echo i860-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Unknown i860-SVR4 - fi - exit ;; - mini*:CTIX:SYS*5:*) - # "miniframe" - echo m68010-convergent-sysv - exit ;; - mc68k:UNIX:SYSTEM5:3.51m) - echo m68k-convergent-sysv - exit ;; - M680?0:D-NIX:5.3:*) - echo m68k-diab-dnix - exit ;; - M68*:*:R3V[5678]*:*) - test -r /sysV68 && { echo 'm68k-motorola-sysv'; exit; } ;; - 3[345]??:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??A:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??/*:*:4.0:3.0 | 4400:*:4.0:3.0 | 4850:*:4.0:3.0 | SKA40:*:4.0:3.0 | SDS2:*:4.0:3.0 | SHG2:*:4.0:3.0 | S7501*:*:4.0:3.0) - OS_REL='' - test -r /etc/.relid \ - && OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid` - /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \ - && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } - /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \ - && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } ;; - 3[34]??:*:4.0:* | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:*) - /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \ - && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4; exit; } ;; - NCR*:*:4.2:* | MPRAS*:*:4.2:*) - OS_REL='.3' - test -r /etc/.relid \ - && OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid` - /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \ - && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } - /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \ - && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } - /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep pteron >/dev/null \ - && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } ;; - m68*:LynxOS:2.*:* | m68*:LynxOS:3.0*:*) - echo m68k-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - mc68030:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*) - echo m68k-atari-sysv4 - exit ;; - TSUNAMI:LynxOS:2.*:*) - echo sparc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - rs6000:LynxOS:2.*:*) - echo rs6000-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - PowerPC:LynxOS:2.*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:4.[02]*:*) - echo powerpc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - SM[BE]S:UNIX_SV:*:*) - echo mips-dde-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - RM*:ReliantUNIX-*:*:*) - echo mips-sni-sysv4 - exit ;; - RM*:SINIX-*:*:*) - echo mips-sni-sysv4 - exit ;; - *:SINIX-*:*:*) - if uname -p 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then - UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null` - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-sni-sysv4 - else - echo ns32k-sni-sysv - fi - exit ;; - PENTIUM:*:4.0*:*) # Unisys `ClearPath HMP IX 4000' SVR4/MP effort - # says <Richard.M.Bartel@ccMail.Census.GOV> - echo i586-unisys-sysv4 - exit ;; - *:UNIX_System_V:4*:FTX*) - # From Gerald Hewes <hewes@openmarket.com>. - # How about differentiating between stratus architectures? -djm - echo hppa1.1-stratus-sysv4 - exit ;; - *:*:*:FTX*) - # From seanf@swdc.stratus.com. - echo i860-stratus-sysv4 - exit ;; - i*86:VOS:*:*) - # From Paul.Green@stratus.com. - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-stratus-vos - exit ;; - *:VOS:*:*) - # From Paul.Green@stratus.com. - echo hppa1.1-stratus-vos - exit ;; - mc68*:A/UX:*:*) - echo m68k-apple-aux${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - news*:NEWS-OS:6*:*) - echo mips-sony-newsos6 - exit ;; - R[34]000:*System_V*:*:* | R4000:UNIX_SYSV:*:* | R*000:UNIX_SV:*:*) - if [ -d /usr/nec ]; then - echo mips-nec-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} - else - echo mips-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} - fi - exit ;; - BeBox:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on hardware made by Be, PPC only. - echo powerpc-be-beos - exit ;; - BeMac:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Mac or Mac clone, PPC only. - echo powerpc-apple-beos - exit ;; - BePC:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Intel PC compatible. - echo i586-pc-beos - exit ;; - BePC:Haiku:*:*) # Haiku running on Intel PC compatible. - echo i586-pc-haiku - exit ;; - SX-4:SUPER-UX:*:*) - echo sx4-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - SX-5:SUPER-UX:*:*) - echo sx5-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - SX-6:SUPER-UX:*:*) - echo sx6-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - SX-7:SUPER-UX:*:*) - echo sx7-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - SX-8:SUPER-UX:*:*) - echo sx8-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - SX-8R:SUPER-UX:*:*) - echo sx8r-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - Power*:Rhapsody:*:*) - echo powerpc-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - *:Rhapsody:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - *:Darwin:*:*) - UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` || UNAME_PROCESSOR=unknown - case $UNAME_PROCESSOR in - i386) - eval $set_cc_for_build - if [ "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != 'no_compiler_found' ]; then - if (echo '#ifdef __LP64__'; echo IS_64BIT_ARCH; echo '#endif') | \ - (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \ - grep IS_64BIT_ARCH >/dev/null - then - UNAME_PROCESSOR="x86_64" - fi - fi ;; - unknown) UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc ;; - esac - echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-apple-darwin${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - *:procnto*:*:* | *:QNX:[0123456789]*:*) - UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` - if test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = "x86"; then - UNAME_PROCESSOR=i386 - UNAME_MACHINE=pc - fi - echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-${UNAME_MACHINE}-nto-qnx${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - *:QNX:*:4*) - echo i386-pc-qnx - exit ;; - NSE-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*) - echo nse-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - NSR-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*) - echo nsr-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - *:NonStop-UX:*:*) - echo mips-compaq-nonstopux - exit ;; - BS2000:POSIX*:*:*) - echo bs2000-siemens-sysv - exit ;; - DS/*:UNIX_System_V:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-${UNAME_SYSTEM}-${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - *:Plan9:*:*) - # "uname -m" is not consistent, so use $cputype instead. 386 - # is converted to i386 for consistency with other x86 - # operating systems. - if test "$cputype" = "386"; then - UNAME_MACHINE=i386 - else - UNAME_MACHINE="$cputype" - fi - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-plan9 - exit ;; - *:TOPS-10:*:*) - echo pdp10-unknown-tops10 - exit ;; - *:TENEX:*:*) - echo pdp10-unknown-tenex - exit ;; - KS10:TOPS-20:*:* | KL10:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE4:TOPS-20:*:*) - echo pdp10-dec-tops20 - exit ;; - XKL-1:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE5:TOPS-20:*:*) - echo pdp10-xkl-tops20 - exit ;; - *:TOPS-20:*:*) - echo pdp10-unknown-tops20 - exit ;; - *:ITS:*:*) - echo pdp10-unknown-its - exit ;; - SEI:*:*:SEIUX) - echo mips-sei-seiux${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - *:DragonFly:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-dragonfly`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` - exit ;; - *:*VMS:*:*) - UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null` - case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in - A*) echo alpha-dec-vms ; exit ;; - I*) echo ia64-dec-vms ; exit ;; - V*) echo vax-dec-vms ; exit ;; - esac ;; - *:XENIX:*:SysV) - echo i386-pc-xenix - exit ;; - i*86:skyos:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-skyos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}` | sed -e 's/ .*$//' - exit ;; - i*86:rdos:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-rdos - exit ;; - i*86:AROS:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-aros - exit ;; -esac - -#echo '(No uname command or uname output not recognized.)' 1>&2 -#echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" 1>&2 - -eval $set_cc_for_build -cat >$dummy.c <<EOF -#ifdef _SEQUENT_ -# include <sys/types.h> -# include <sys/utsname.h> -#endif -main () -{ -#if defined (sony) -#if defined (MIPSEB) - /* BFD wants "bsd" instead of "newsos". Perhaps BFD should be changed, - I don't know.... */ - printf ("mips-sony-bsd\n"); exit (0); -#else -#include <sys/param.h> - printf ("m68k-sony-newsos%s\n", -#ifdef NEWSOS4 - "4" -#else - "" -#endif - ); exit (0); -#endif -#endif - -#if defined (__arm) && defined (__acorn) && defined (__unix) - printf ("arm-acorn-riscix\n"); exit (0); -#endif - -#if defined (hp300) && !defined (hpux) - printf ("m68k-hp-bsd\n"); exit (0); -#endif - -#if defined (NeXT) -#if !defined (__ARCHITECTURE__) -#define __ARCHITECTURE__ "m68k" -#endif - int version; - version=`(hostinfo | sed -n 's/.*NeXT Mach \([0-9]*\).*/\1/p') 2>/dev/null`; - if (version < 4) - printf ("%s-next-nextstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version); - else - printf ("%s-next-openstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version); - exit (0); -#endif - -#if defined (MULTIMAX) || defined (n16) -#if defined (UMAXV) - printf ("ns32k-encore-sysv\n"); exit (0); -#else -#if defined (CMU) - printf ("ns32k-encore-mach\n"); exit (0); -#else - printf ("ns32k-encore-bsd\n"); exit (0); -#endif -#endif -#endif - -#if defined (__386BSD__) - printf ("i386-pc-bsd\n"); exit (0); -#endif - -#if defined (sequent) -#if defined (i386) - printf ("i386-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0); -#endif -#if defined (ns32000) - printf ("ns32k-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0); -#endif -#endif - -#if defined (_SEQUENT_) - struct utsname un; - - uname(&un); - - if (strncmp(un.version, "V2", 2) == 0) { - printf ("i386-sequent-ptx2\n"); exit (0); - } - if (strncmp(un.version, "V1", 2) == 0) { /* XXX is V1 correct? */ - printf ("i386-sequent-ptx1\n"); exit (0); - } - printf ("i386-sequent-ptx\n"); exit (0); - -#endif - -#if defined (vax) -# if !defined (ultrix) -# include <sys/param.h> -# if defined (BSD) -# if BSD == 43 - printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3\n"); exit (0); -# else -# if BSD == 199006 - printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3reno\n"); exit (0); -# else - printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0); -# endif -# endif -# else - printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0); -# endif -# else - printf ("vax-dec-ultrix\n"); exit (0); -# endif -#endif - -#if defined (alliant) && defined (i860) - printf ("i860-alliant-bsd\n"); exit (0); -#endif - - exit (1); -} -EOF - -$CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy` && - { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; } - -# Apollos put the system type in the environment. - -test -d /usr/apollo && { echo ${ISP}-apollo-${SYSTYPE}; exit; } - -# Convex versions that predate uname can use getsysinfo(1) - -if [ -x /usr/convex/getsysinfo ] -then - case `getsysinfo -f cpu_type` in - c1*) - echo c1-convex-bsd - exit ;; - c2*) - if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc - then echo c32-convex-bsd - else echo c2-convex-bsd - fi - exit ;; - c34*) - echo c34-convex-bsd - exit ;; - c38*) - echo c38-convex-bsd - exit ;; - c4*) - echo c4-convex-bsd - exit ;; - esac -fi - -cat >&2 <<EOF -$0: unable to guess system type - -This script, last modified $timestamp, has failed to recognize -the operating system you are using. It is advised that you -download the most up to date version of the config scripts from - - http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.guess;hb=HEAD -and - http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.sub;hb=HEAD - -If the version you run ($0) is already up to date, please -send the following data and any information you think might be -pertinent to <config-patches@gnu.org> in order to provide the needed -information to handle your system. - -config.guess timestamp = $timestamp - -uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` -uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` -uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` -uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` - -/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null` -/bin/uname -X = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null` - -hostinfo = `(hostinfo) 2>/dev/null` -/bin/universe = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null` -/usr/bin/arch -k = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null` -/bin/arch = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null` -/usr/bin/oslevel = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null` -/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null` - -UNAME_MACHINE = ${UNAME_MACHINE} -UNAME_RELEASE = ${UNAME_RELEASE} -UNAME_SYSTEM = ${UNAME_SYSTEM} -UNAME_VERSION = ${UNAME_VERSION} -EOF - -exit 1 - -# Local variables: -# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) -# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='" -# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d" -# time-stamp-end: "'" -# End: diff --git a/libXt/config.h.in b/libXt/config.h.in deleted file mode 100644 index 7cc9fa402..000000000 --- a/libXt/config.h.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,92 +0,0 @@ -/* config.h.in. Generated from configure.ac by autoheader. */ - -/* Define to 1 if you have the <dlfcn.h> header file. */ -#undef HAVE_DLFCN_H - -/* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */ -#undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H - -/* Define to 1 if you have the `ws2_32' library (-lws2_32). */ -#undef HAVE_LIBWS2_32 - -/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */ -#undef HAVE_MEMORY_H - -/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */ -#undef HAVE_STDINT_H - -/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */ -#undef HAVE_STDLIB_H - -/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */ -#undef HAVE_STRINGS_H - -/* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */ -#undef HAVE_STRING_H - -/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */ -#undef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H - -/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */ -#undef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H - -/* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */ -#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H - -/* Define to 1 if Xalloca.h should include <alloca.h> */ -#undef INCLUDE_ALLOCA_H - -/* Define to the sub-directory in which libtool stores uninstalled libraries. - */ -#undef LT_OBJDIR - -/* Define to 1 if your C compiler doesn't accept -c and -o together. */ -#undef NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O - -/* Name of package */ -#undef PACKAGE - -/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */ -#undef PACKAGE_BUGREPORT - -/* Define to the full name of this package. */ -#undef PACKAGE_NAME - -/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */ -#undef PACKAGE_STRING - -/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */ -#undef PACKAGE_TARNAME - -/* Define to the home page for this package. */ -#undef PACKAGE_URL - -/* Define to the version of this package. */ -#undef PACKAGE_VERSION - -/* Major version of this package */ -#undef PACKAGE_VERSION_MAJOR - -/* Minor version of this package */ -#undef PACKAGE_VERSION_MINOR - -/* Patch version of this package */ -#undef PACKAGE_VERSION_PATCHLEVEL - -/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */ -#undef STDC_HEADERS - -/* Define to 1 if you have the "poll" function. */ -#undef USE_POLL - -/* Define to 1 if you have the "snprintf" function. */ -#undef USE_SNPRINTF - -/* Version number of package */ -#undef VERSION - -/* Define to 1 to use XKB for keysym resolution. */ -#undef XKB - -/* app default data directory */ -#undef appdefaultdir diff --git a/libXt/config.sub b/libXt/config.sub deleted file mode 100644 index 4c0d95941..000000000 --- a/libXt/config.sub +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1732 +0,0 @@ -#! /bin/sh -# Configuration validation subroutine script. -# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, -# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 -# Free Software Foundation, Inc. - -timestamp='2010-01-22' - -# This file is (in principle) common to ALL GNU software. -# The presence of a machine in this file suggests that SOME GNU software -# can handle that machine. It does not imply ALL GNU software can. -# -# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or -# (at your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -# GNU General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA -# 02110-1301, USA. -# -# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you -# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a -# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under -# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. - - -# Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>. Submit a context -# diff and a properly formatted GNU ChangeLog entry. -# -# Configuration subroutine to validate and canonicalize a configuration type. -# Supply the specified configuration type as an argument. -# If it is invalid, we print an error message on stderr and exit with code 1. -# Otherwise, we print the canonical config type on stdout and succeed. - -# You can get the latest version of this script from: -# http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.sub;hb=HEAD - -# This file is supposed to be the same for all GNU packages -# and recognize all the CPU types, system types and aliases -# that are meaningful with *any* GNU software. -# Each package is responsible for reporting which valid configurations -# it does not support. The user should be able to distinguish -# a failure to support a valid configuration from a meaningless -# configuration. - -# The goal of this file is to map all the various variations of a given -# machine specification into a single specification in the form: -# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM -# or in some cases, the newer four-part form: -# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM -# It is wrong to echo any other type of specification. - -me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'` - -usage="\ -Usage: $0 [OPTION] CPU-MFR-OPSYS - $0 [OPTION] ALIAS - -Canonicalize a configuration name. - -Operation modes: - -h, --help print this help, then exit - -t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit - -v, --version print version number, then exit - -Report bugs and patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>." - -version="\ -GNU config.sub ($timestamp) - -Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, -2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free -Software Foundation, Inc. - -This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO -warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE." - -help=" -Try \`$me --help' for more information." - -# Parse command line -while test $# -gt 0 ; do - case $1 in - --time-stamp | --time* | -t ) - echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;; - --version | -v ) - echo "$version" ; exit ;; - --help | --h* | -h ) - echo "$usage"; exit ;; - -- ) # Stop option processing - shift; break ;; - - ) # Use stdin as input. - break ;; - -* ) - echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" - exit 1 ;; - - *local*) - # First pass through any local machine types. - echo $1 - exit ;; - - * ) - break ;; - esac -done - -case $# in - 0) echo "$me: missing argument$help" >&2 - exit 1;; - 1) ;; - *) echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2 - exit 1;; -esac - -# Separate what the user gave into CPU-COMPANY and OS or KERNEL-OS (if any). -# Here we must recognize all the valid KERNEL-OS combinations. -maybe_os=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\2/'` -case $maybe_os in - nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | linux-dietlibc | linux-newlib* | linux-uclibc* | \ - uclinux-uclibc* | uclinux-gnu* | kfreebsd*-gnu* | knetbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* | \ - kopensolaris*-gnu* | \ - storm-chaos* | os2-emx* | rtmk-nova*) - os=-$maybe_os - basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'` - ;; - *) - basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/-[^-]*$//'` - if [ $basic_machine != $1 ] - then os=`echo $1 | sed 's/.*-/-/'` - else os=; fi - ;; -esac - -### Let's recognize common machines as not being operating systems so -### that things like config.sub decstation-3100 work. We also -### recognize some manufacturers as not being operating systems, so we -### can provide default operating systems below. -case $os in - -sun*os*) - # Prevent following clause from handling this invalid input. - ;; - -dec* | -mips* | -sequent* | -encore* | -pc532* | -sgi* | -sony* | \ - -att* | -7300* | -3300* | -delta* | -motorola* | -sun[234]* | \ - -unicom* | -ibm* | -next | -hp | -isi* | -apollo | -altos* | \ - -convergent* | -ncr* | -news | -32* | -3600* | -3100* | -hitachi* |\ - -c[123]* | -convex* | -sun | -crds | -omron* | -dg | -ultra | -tti* | \ - -harris | -dolphin | -highlevel | -gould | -cbm | -ns | -masscomp | \ - -apple | -axis | -knuth | -cray | -microblaze) - os= - basic_machine=$1 - ;; - -bluegene*) - os=-cnk - ;; - -sim | -cisco | -oki | -wec | -winbond) - os= - basic_machine=$1 - ;; - -scout) - ;; - -wrs) - os=-vxworks - basic_machine=$1 - ;; - -chorusos*) - os=-chorusos - basic_machine=$1 - ;; - -chorusrdb) - os=-chorusrdb - basic_machine=$1 - ;; - -hiux*) - os=-hiuxwe2 - ;; - -sco6) - os=-sco5v6 - basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` - ;; - -sco5) - os=-sco3.2v5 - basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` - ;; - -sco4) - os=-sco3.2v4 - basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` - ;; - -sco3.2.[4-9]*) - os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/sco3.2./sco3.2v/'` - basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` - ;; - -sco3.2v[4-9]*) - # Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer. - basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` - ;; - -sco5v6*) - # Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer. - basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` - ;; - -sco*) - os=-sco3.2v2 - basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` - ;; - -udk*) - basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` - ;; - -isc) - os=-isc2.2 - basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` - ;; - -clix*) - basic_machine=clipper-intergraph - ;; - -isc*) - basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` - ;; - -lynx*) - os=-lynxos - ;; - -ptx*) - basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-sequent/'` - ;; - -windowsnt*) - os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/windowsnt/winnt/'` - ;; - -psos*) - os=-psos - ;; - -mint | -mint[0-9]*) - basic_machine=m68k-atari - os=-mint - ;; -esac - -# Decode aliases for certain CPU-COMPANY combinations. -case $basic_machine in - # Recognize the basic CPU types without company name. - # Some are omitted here because they have special meanings below. - 1750a | 580 \ - | a29k \ - | alpha | alphaev[4-8] | alphaev56 | alphaev6[78] | alphapca5[67] \ - | alpha64 | alpha64ev[4-8] | alpha64ev56 | alpha64ev6[78] | alpha64pca5[67] \ - | am33_2.0 \ - | arc | arm | arm[bl]e | arme[lb] | armv[2345] | armv[345][lb] | avr | avr32 \ - | bfin \ - | c4x | clipper \ - | d10v | d30v | dlx | dsp16xx | dvp \ - | fido | fr30 | frv \ - | h8300 | h8500 | hppa | hppa1.[01] | hppa2.0 | hppa2.0[nw] | hppa64 \ - | i370 | i860 | i960 | ia64 \ - | ip2k | iq2000 \ - | lm32 \ - | m32c | m32r | m32rle | m68000 | m68k | m88k \ - | maxq | mb | microblaze | mcore | mep | metag \ - | mips | mipsbe | mipseb | mipsel | mipsle \ - | mips16 \ - | mips64 | mips64el \ - | mips64octeon | mips64octeonel \ - | mips64orion | mips64orionel \ - | mips64r5900 | mips64r5900el \ - | mips64vr | mips64vrel \ - | mips64vr4100 | mips64vr4100el \ - | mips64vr4300 | mips64vr4300el \ - | mips64vr5000 | mips64vr5000el \ - | mips64vr5900 | mips64vr5900el \ - | mipsisa32 | mipsisa32el \ - | mipsisa32r2 | mipsisa32r2el \ - | mipsisa64 | mipsisa64el \ - | mipsisa64r2 | mipsisa64r2el \ - | mipsisa64sb1 | mipsisa64sb1el \ - | mipsisa64sr71k | mipsisa64sr71kel \ - | mipstx39 | mipstx39el \ - | mn10200 | mn10300 \ - | moxie \ - | mt \ - | msp430 \ - | nios | nios2 \ - | ns16k | ns32k \ - | or32 \ - | pdp10 | pdp11 | pj | pjl \ - | powerpc | powerpc64 | powerpc64le | powerpcle | ppcbe \ - | pyramid \ - | rx \ - | score \ - | sh | sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[24]aeb | sh[23]e | sh[34]eb | sheb | shbe | shle | sh[1234]le | sh3ele \ - | sh64 | sh64le \ - | sparc | sparc64 | sparc64b | sparc64v | sparc86x | sparclet | sparclite \ - | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v \ - | spu | strongarm \ - | tahoe | thumb | tic4x | tic80 | tron \ - | ubicom32 \ - | v850 | v850e \ - | we32k \ - | x86 | xc16x | xscale | xscalee[bl] | xstormy16 | xtensa \ - | z8k | z80) - basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown - ;; - m6811 | m68hc11 | m6812 | m68hc12 | picochip) - # Motorola 68HC11/12. - basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown - os=-none - ;; - m88110 | m680[12346]0 | m683?2 | m68360 | m5200 | v70 | w65 | z8k) - ;; - ms1) - basic_machine=mt-unknown - ;; - - # We use `pc' rather than `unknown' - # because (1) that's what they normally are, and - # (2) the word "unknown" tends to confuse beginning users. - i*86 | x86_64) - basic_machine=$basic_machine-pc - ;; - # Object if more than one company name word. - *-*-*) - echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2 - exit 1 - ;; - # Recognize the basic CPU types with company name. - 580-* \ - | a29k-* \ - | alpha-* | alphaev[4-8]-* | alphaev56-* | alphaev6[78]-* \ - | alpha64-* | alpha64ev[4-8]-* | alpha64ev56-* | alpha64ev6[78]-* \ - | alphapca5[67]-* | alpha64pca5[67]-* | arc-* \ - | arm-* | armbe-* | armle-* | armeb-* | armv*-* \ - | avr-* | avr32-* \ - | bfin-* | bs2000-* \ - | c[123]* | c30-* | [cjt]90-* | c4x-* | c54x-* | c55x-* | c6x-* \ - | clipper-* | craynv-* | cydra-* \ - | d10v-* | d30v-* | dlx-* \ - | elxsi-* \ - | f30[01]-* | f700-* | fido-* | fr30-* | frv-* | fx80-* \ - | h8300-* | h8500-* \ - | hppa-* | hppa1.[01]-* | hppa2.0-* | hppa2.0[nw]-* | hppa64-* \ - | i*86-* | i860-* | i960-* | ia64-* \ - | ip2k-* | iq2000-* \ - | lm32-* \ - | m32c-* | m32r-* | m32rle-* \ - | m68000-* | m680[012346]0-* | m68360-* | m683?2-* | m68k-* \ - | m88110-* | m88k-* | maxq-* | mcore-* | metag-* | microblaze-* \ - | mips-* | mipsbe-* | mipseb-* | mipsel-* | mipsle-* \ - | mips16-* \ - | mips64-* | mips64el-* \ - | mips64octeon-* | mips64octeonel-* \ - | mips64orion-* | mips64orionel-* \ - | mips64r5900-* | mips64r5900el-* \ - | mips64vr-* | mips64vrel-* \ - | mips64vr4100-* | mips64vr4100el-* \ - | mips64vr4300-* | mips64vr4300el-* \ - | mips64vr5000-* | mips64vr5000el-* \ - | mips64vr5900-* | mips64vr5900el-* \ - | mipsisa32-* | mipsisa32el-* \ - | mipsisa32r2-* | mipsisa32r2el-* \ - | mipsisa64-* | mipsisa64el-* \ - | mipsisa64r2-* | mipsisa64r2el-* \ - | mipsisa64sb1-* | mipsisa64sb1el-* \ - | mipsisa64sr71k-* | mipsisa64sr71kel-* \ - | mipstx39-* | mipstx39el-* \ - | mmix-* \ - | mt-* \ - | msp430-* \ - | nios-* | nios2-* \ - | none-* | np1-* | ns16k-* | ns32k-* \ - | orion-* \ - | pdp10-* | pdp11-* | pj-* | pjl-* | pn-* | power-* \ - | powerpc-* | powerpc64-* | powerpc64le-* | powerpcle-* | ppcbe-* \ - | pyramid-* \ - | romp-* | rs6000-* | rx-* \ - | sh-* | sh[1234]-* | sh[24]a-* | sh[24]aeb-* | sh[23]e-* | sh[34]eb-* | sheb-* | shbe-* \ - | shle-* | sh[1234]le-* | sh3ele-* | sh64-* | sh64le-* \ - | sparc-* | sparc64-* | sparc64b-* | sparc64v-* | sparc86x-* | sparclet-* \ - | sparclite-* \ - | sparcv8-* | sparcv9-* | sparcv9b-* | sparcv9v-* | strongarm-* | sv1-* | sx?-* \ - | tahoe-* | thumb-* \ - | tic30-* | tic4x-* | tic54x-* | tic55x-* | tic6x-* | tic80-* \ - | tile-* | tilegx-* \ - | tron-* \ - | ubicom32-* \ - | v850-* | v850e-* | vax-* \ - | we32k-* \ - | x86-* | x86_64-* | xc16x-* | xps100-* | xscale-* | xscalee[bl]-* \ - | xstormy16-* | xtensa*-* \ - | ymp-* \ - | z8k-* | z80-*) - ;; - # Recognize the basic CPU types without company name, with glob match. - xtensa*) - basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown - ;; - # Recognize the various machine names and aliases which stand - # for a CPU type and a company and sometimes even an OS. - 386bsd) - basic_machine=i386-unknown - os=-bsd - ;; - 3b1 | 7300 | 7300-att | att-7300 | pc7300 | safari | unixpc) - basic_machine=m68000-att - ;; - 3b*) - basic_machine=we32k-att - ;; - a29khif) - basic_machine=a29k-amd - os=-udi - ;; - abacus) - basic_machine=abacus-unknown - ;; - adobe68k) - basic_machine=m68010-adobe - os=-scout - ;; - alliant | fx80) - basic_machine=fx80-alliant - ;; - altos | altos3068) - basic_machine=m68k-altos - ;; - am29k) - basic_machine=a29k-none - os=-bsd - ;; - amd64) - basic_machine=x86_64-pc - ;; - amd64-*) - basic_machine=x86_64-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` - ;; - amdahl) - basic_machine=580-amdahl - os=-sysv - ;; - amiga | amiga-*) - basic_machine=m68k-unknown - ;; - amigaos | amigados) - basic_machine=m68k-unknown - os=-amigaos - ;; - amigaunix | amix) - basic_machine=m68k-unknown - os=-sysv4 - ;; - apollo68) - basic_machine=m68k-apollo - os=-sysv - ;; - apollo68bsd) - basic_machine=m68k-apollo - os=-bsd - ;; - aros) - basic_machine=i386-pc - os=-aros - ;; - aux) - basic_machine=m68k-apple - os=-aux - ;; - balance) - basic_machine=ns32k-sequent - os=-dynix - ;; - blackfin) - basic_machine=bfin-unknown - os=-linux - ;; - blackfin-*) - basic_machine=bfin-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` - os=-linux - ;; - bluegene*) - basic_machine=powerpc-ibm - os=-cnk - ;; - c90) - basic_machine=c90-cray - os=-unicos - ;; - cegcc) - basic_machine=arm-unknown - os=-cegcc - ;; - convex-c1) - basic_machine=c1-convex - os=-bsd - ;; - convex-c2) - basic_machine=c2-convex - os=-bsd - ;; - convex-c32) - basic_machine=c32-convex - os=-bsd - ;; - convex-c34) - basic_machine=c34-convex - os=-bsd - ;; - convex-c38) - basic_machine=c38-convex - os=-bsd - ;; - cray | j90) - basic_machine=j90-cray - os=-unicos - ;; - craynv) - basic_machine=craynv-cray - os=-unicosmp - ;; - cr16) - basic_machine=cr16-unknown - os=-elf - ;; - crds | unos) - basic_machine=m68k-crds - ;; - crisv32 | crisv32-* | etraxfs*) - basic_machine=crisv32-axis - ;; - cris | cris-* | etrax*) - basic_machine=cris-axis - ;; - crx) - basic_machine=crx-unknown - os=-elf - ;; - da30 | da30-*) - basic_machine=m68k-da30 - ;; - decstation | decstation-3100 | pmax | pmax-* | pmin | dec3100 | decstatn) - basic_machine=mips-dec - ;; - decsystem10* | dec10*) - basic_machine=pdp10-dec - os=-tops10 - ;; - decsystem20* | dec20*) - basic_machine=pdp10-dec - os=-tops20 - ;; - delta | 3300 | motorola-3300 | motorola-delta \ - | 3300-motorola | delta-motorola) - basic_machine=m68k-motorola - ;; - delta88) - basic_machine=m88k-motorola - os=-sysv3 - ;; - dicos) - basic_machine=i686-pc - os=-dicos - ;; - djgpp) - basic_machine=i586-pc - os=-msdosdjgpp - ;; - dpx20 | dpx20-*) - basic_machine=rs6000-bull - os=-bosx - ;; - dpx2* | dpx2*-bull) - basic_machine=m68k-bull - os=-sysv3 - ;; - ebmon29k) - basic_machine=a29k-amd - os=-ebmon - ;; - elxsi) - basic_machine=elxsi-elxsi - os=-bsd - ;; - encore | umax | mmax) - basic_machine=ns32k-encore - ;; - es1800 | OSE68k | ose68k | ose | OSE) - basic_machine=m68k-ericsson - os=-ose - ;; - fx2800) - basic_machine=i860-alliant - ;; - genix) - basic_machine=ns32k-ns - ;; - gmicro) - basic_machine=tron-gmicro - os=-sysv - ;; - go32) - basic_machine=i386-pc - os=-go32 - ;; - h3050r* | hiux*) - basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi - os=-hiuxwe2 - ;; - h8300hms) - basic_machine=h8300-hitachi - os=-hms - ;; - h8300xray) - basic_machine=h8300-hitachi - os=-xray - ;; - h8500hms) - basic_machine=h8500-hitachi - os=-hms - ;; - harris) - basic_machine=m88k-harris - os=-sysv3 - ;; - hp300-*) - basic_machine=m68k-hp - ;; - hp300bsd) - basic_machine=m68k-hp - os=-bsd - ;; - hp300hpux) - basic_machine=m68k-hp - os=-hpux - ;; - hp3k9[0-9][0-9] | hp9[0-9][0-9]) - basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp - ;; - hp9k2[0-9][0-9] | hp9k31[0-9]) - basic_machine=m68000-hp - ;; - hp9k3[2-9][0-9]) - basic_machine=m68k-hp - ;; - hp9k6[0-9][0-9] | hp6[0-9][0-9]) - basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp - ;; - hp9k7[0-79][0-9] | hp7[0-79][0-9]) - basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp - ;; - hp9k78[0-9] | hp78[0-9]) - # FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp - basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp - ;; - hp9k8[67]1 | hp8[67]1 | hp9k80[24] | hp80[24] | hp9k8[78]9 | hp8[78]9 | hp9k893 | hp893) - # FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp - basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp - ;; - hp9k8[0-9][13679] | hp8[0-9][13679]) - basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp - ;; - hp9k8[0-9][0-9] | hp8[0-9][0-9]) - basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp - ;; - hppa-next) - os=-nextstep3 - ;; - hppaosf) - basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp - os=-osf - ;; - hppro) - basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp - os=-proelf - ;; - i370-ibm* | ibm*) - basic_machine=i370-ibm - ;; -# I'm not sure what "Sysv32" means. Should this be sysv3.2? - i*86v32) - basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'` - os=-sysv32 - ;; - i*86v4*) - basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'` - os=-sysv4 - ;; - i*86v) - basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'` - os=-sysv - ;; - i*86sol2) - basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'` - os=-solaris2 - ;; - i386mach) - basic_machine=i386-mach - os=-mach - ;; - i386-vsta | vsta) - basic_machine=i386-unknown - os=-vsta - ;; - iris | iris4d) - basic_machine=mips-sgi - case $os in - -irix*) - ;; - *) - os=-irix4 - ;; - esac - ;; - isi68 | isi) - basic_machine=m68k-isi - os=-sysv - ;; - m68knommu) - basic_machine=m68k-unknown - os=-linux - ;; - m68knommu-*) - basic_machine=m68k-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` - os=-linux - ;; - m88k-omron*) - basic_machine=m88k-omron - ;; - magnum | m3230) - basic_machine=mips-mips - os=-sysv - ;; - merlin) - basic_machine=ns32k-utek - os=-sysv - ;; - microblaze) - basic_machine=microblaze-xilinx - ;; - mingw32) - basic_machine=i386-pc - os=-mingw32 - ;; - mingw32ce) - basic_machine=arm-unknown - os=-mingw32ce - ;; - miniframe) - basic_machine=m68000-convergent - ;; - *mint | -mint[0-9]* | *MiNT | *MiNT[0-9]*) - basic_machine=m68k-atari - os=-mint - ;; - mipsEE* | ee | ps2) - basic_machine=mips64r5900el-scei - case $os in - -linux*) - ;; - *) - os=-elf - ;; - esac - ;; - iop) - basic_machine=mipsel-scei - os=-irx - ;; - dvp) - basic_machine=dvp-scei - os=-elf - ;; - mips3*-*) - basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'` - ;; - mips3*) - basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`-unknown - ;; - monitor) - basic_machine=m68k-rom68k - os=-coff - ;; - morphos) - basic_machine=powerpc-unknown - os=-morphos - ;; - msdos) - basic_machine=i386-pc - os=-msdos - ;; - ms1-*) - basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/ms1-/mt-/'` - ;; - mvs) - basic_machine=i370-ibm - os=-mvs - ;; - ncr3000) - basic_machine=i486-ncr - os=-sysv4 - ;; - netbsd386) - basic_machine=i386-unknown - os=-netbsd - ;; - netwinder) - basic_machine=armv4l-rebel - os=-linux - ;; - news | news700 | news800 | news900) - basic_machine=m68k-sony - os=-newsos - ;; - news1000) - basic_machine=m68030-sony - os=-newsos - ;; - news-3600 | risc-news) - basic_machine=mips-sony - os=-newsos - ;; - necv70) - basic_machine=v70-nec - os=-sysv - ;; - next | m*-next ) - basic_machine=m68k-next - case $os in - -nextstep* ) - ;; - -ns2*) - os=-nextstep2 - ;; - *) - os=-nextstep3 - ;; - esac - ;; - nh3000) - basic_machine=m68k-harris - os=-cxux - ;; - nh[45]000) - basic_machine=m88k-harris - os=-cxux - ;; - nindy960) - basic_machine=i960-intel - os=-nindy - ;; - mon960) - basic_machine=i960-intel - os=-mon960 - ;; - nonstopux) - basic_machine=mips-compaq - os=-nonstopux - ;; - np1) - basic_machine=np1-gould - ;; - nsr-tandem) - basic_machine=nsr-tandem - ;; - op50n-* | op60c-*) - basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki - os=-proelf - ;; - openrisc | openrisc-*) - basic_machine=or32-unknown - ;; - os400) - basic_machine=powerpc-ibm - os=-os400 - ;; - OSE68000 | ose68000) - basic_machine=m68000-ericsson - os=-ose - ;; - os68k) - basic_machine=m68k-none - os=-os68k - ;; - pa-hitachi) - basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi - os=-hiuxwe2 - ;; - paragon) - basic_machine=i860-intel - os=-osf - ;; - parisc) - basic_machine=hppa-unknown - os=-linux - ;; - parisc-*) - basic_machine=hppa-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` - os=-linux - ;; - pbd) - basic_machine=sparc-tti - ;; - pbb) - basic_machine=m68k-tti - ;; - pc532 | pc532-*) - basic_machine=ns32k-pc532 - ;; - pc98) - basic_machine=i386-pc - ;; - pc98-*) - basic_machine=i386-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` - ;; - pentium | p5 | k5 | k6 | nexgen | viac3) - basic_machine=i586-pc - ;; - pentiumpro | p6 | 6x86 | athlon | athlon_*) - basic_machine=i686-pc - ;; - pentiumii | pentium2 | pentiumiii | pentium3) - basic_machine=i686-pc - ;; - pentium4) - basic_machine=i786-pc - ;; - pentium-* | p5-* | k5-* | k6-* | nexgen-* | viac3-*) - basic_machine=i586-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` - ;; - pentiumpro-* | p6-* | 6x86-* | athlon-*) - basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` - ;; - pentiumii-* | pentium2-* | pentiumiii-* | pentium3-*) - basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` - ;; - pentium4-*) - basic_machine=i786-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` - ;; - pn) - basic_machine=pn-gould - ;; - power) basic_machine=power-ibm - ;; - ppc) basic_machine=powerpc-unknown - ;; - ppc-*) basic_machine=powerpc-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` - ;; - ppcle | powerpclittle | ppc-le | powerpc-little) - basic_machine=powerpcle-unknown - ;; - ppcle-* | powerpclittle-*) - basic_machine=powerpcle-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` - ;; - ppc64) basic_machine=powerpc64-unknown - ;; - ppc64-*) basic_machine=powerpc64-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` - ;; - ppc64le | powerpc64little | ppc64-le | powerpc64-little) - basic_machine=powerpc64le-unknown - ;; - ppc64le-* | powerpc64little-*) - basic_machine=powerpc64le-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` - ;; - ps2) - basic_machine=i386-ibm - ;; - pw32) - basic_machine=i586-unknown - os=-pw32 - ;; - rdos) - basic_machine=i386-pc - os=-rdos - ;; - rom68k) - basic_machine=m68k-rom68k - os=-coff - ;; - rm[46]00) - basic_machine=mips-siemens - ;; - rtpc | rtpc-*) - basic_machine=romp-ibm - ;; - s390 | s390-*) - basic_machine=s390-ibm - ;; - s390x | s390x-*) - basic_machine=s390x-ibm - ;; - sa29200) - basic_machine=a29k-amd - os=-udi - ;; - sb1) - basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1-unknown - ;; - sb1el) - basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1el-unknown - ;; - sde) - basic_machine=mipsisa32-sde - os=-elf - ;; - sei) - basic_machine=mips-sei - os=-seiux - ;; - sequent) - basic_machine=i386-sequent - ;; - sh) - basic_machine=sh-hitachi - os=-hms - ;; - sh5el) - basic_machine=sh5le-unknown - ;; - sh64) - basic_machine=sh64-unknown - ;; - sparclite-wrs | simso-wrs) - basic_machine=sparclite-wrs - os=-vxworks - ;; - sps7) - basic_machine=m68k-bull - os=-sysv2 - ;; - spur) - basic_machine=spur-unknown - ;; - st2000) - basic_machine=m68k-tandem - ;; - stratus) - basic_machine=i860-stratus - os=-sysv4 - ;; - sun2) - basic_machine=m68000-sun - ;; - sun2os3) - basic_machine=m68000-sun - os=-sunos3 - ;; - sun2os4) - basic_machine=m68000-sun - os=-sunos4 - ;; - sun3os3) - basic_machine=m68k-sun - os=-sunos3 - ;; - sun3os4) - basic_machine=m68k-sun - os=-sunos4 - ;; - sun4os3) - basic_machine=sparc-sun - os=-sunos3 - ;; - sun4os4) - basic_machine=sparc-sun - os=-sunos4 - ;; - sun4sol2) - basic_machine=sparc-sun - os=-solaris2 - ;; - sun3 | sun3-*) - basic_machine=m68k-sun - ;; - sun4) - basic_machine=sparc-sun - ;; - sun386 | sun386i | roadrunner) - basic_machine=i386-sun - ;; - sv1) - basic_machine=sv1-cray - os=-unicos - ;; - symmetry) - basic_machine=i386-sequent - os=-dynix - ;; - t3e) - basic_machine=alphaev5-cray - os=-unicos - ;; - t90) - basic_machine=t90-cray - os=-unicos - ;; - tic54x | c54x*) - basic_machine=tic54x-unknown - os=-coff - ;; - tic55x | c55x*) - basic_machine=tic55x-unknown - os=-coff - ;; - tic6x | c6x*) - basic_machine=tic6x-unknown - os=-coff - ;; - # This must be matched before tile*. - tilegx*) - basic_machine=tilegx-unknown - os=-linux-gnu - ;; - tile*) - basic_machine=tile-unknown - os=-linux-gnu - ;; - tx39) - basic_machine=mipstx39-unknown - ;; - tx39el) - basic_machine=mipstx39el-unknown - ;; - toad1) - basic_machine=pdp10-xkl - os=-tops20 - ;; - tower | tower-32) - basic_machine=m68k-ncr - ;; - tpf) - basic_machine=s390x-ibm - os=-tpf - ;; - udi29k) - basic_machine=a29k-amd - os=-udi - ;; - ultra3) - basic_machine=a29k-nyu - os=-sym1 - ;; - v810 | necv810) - basic_machine=v810-nec - os=-none - ;; - vaxv) - basic_machine=vax-dec - os=-sysv - ;; - vms) - basic_machine=vax-dec - os=-vms - ;; - vpp*|vx|vx-*) - basic_machine=f301-fujitsu - ;; - vxworks960) - basic_machine=i960-wrs - os=-vxworks - ;; - vxworks68) - basic_machine=m68k-wrs - os=-vxworks - ;; - vxworks29k) - basic_machine=a29k-wrs - os=-vxworks - ;; - w65*) - basic_machine=w65-wdc - os=-none - ;; - w89k-*) - basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond - os=-proelf - ;; - xbox) - basic_machine=i686-pc - os=-mingw32 - ;; - xps | xps100) - basic_machine=xps100-honeywell - ;; - ymp) - basic_machine=ymp-cray - os=-unicos - ;; - z8k-*-coff) - basic_machine=z8k-unknown - os=-sim - ;; - z80-*-coff) - basic_machine=z80-unknown - os=-sim - ;; - none) - basic_machine=none-none - os=-none - ;; - -# Here we handle the default manufacturer of certain CPU types. It is in -# some cases the only manufacturer, in others, it is the most popular. - w89k) - basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond - ;; - op50n) - basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki - ;; - op60c) - basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki - ;; - romp) - basic_machine=romp-ibm - ;; - mmix) - basic_machine=mmix-knuth - ;; - rs6000) - basic_machine=rs6000-ibm - ;; - vax) - basic_machine=vax-dec - ;; - pdp10) - # there are many clones, so DEC is not a safe bet - basic_machine=pdp10-unknown - ;; - pdp11) - basic_machine=pdp11-dec - ;; - we32k) - basic_machine=we32k-att - ;; - sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[24]aeb | sh[34]eb | sh[1234]le | sh[23]ele) - basic_machine=sh-unknown - ;; - sparc | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v) - basic_machine=sparc-sun - ;; - cydra) - basic_machine=cydra-cydrome - ;; - orion) - basic_machine=orion-highlevel - ;; - orion105) - basic_machine=clipper-highlevel - ;; - mac | mpw | mac-mpw) - basic_machine=m68k-apple - ;; - pmac | pmac-mpw) - basic_machine=powerpc-apple - ;; - *-unknown) - # Make sure to match an already-canonicalized machine name. - ;; - *) - echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2 - exit 1 - ;; -esac - -# Here we canonicalize certain aliases for manufacturers. -case $basic_machine in - *-digital*) - basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/digital.*/dec/'` - ;; - *-commodore*) - basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/commodore.*/cbm/'` - ;; - *) - ;; -esac - -# Decode manufacturer-specific aliases for certain operating systems. - -if [ x"$os" != x"" ] -then -case $os in - # First match some system type aliases - # that might get confused with valid system types. - # -solaris* is a basic system type, with this one exception. - -auroraux) - os=-auroraux - ;; - -solaris1 | -solaris1.*) - os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|solaris1|sunos4|'` - ;; - -solaris) - os=-solaris2 - ;; - -svr4*) - os=-sysv4 - ;; - -unixware*) - os=-sysv4.2uw - ;; - -gnu/linux*) - os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|gnu/linux|linux-gnu|'` - ;; - # First accept the basic system types. - # The portable systems comes first. - # Each alternative MUST END IN A *, to match a version number. - # -sysv* is not here because it comes later, after sysvr4. - -gnu* | -bsd* | -mach* | -minix* | -genix* | -ultrix* | -irix* \ - | -*vms* | -sco* | -esix* | -isc* | -aix* | -cnk* | -sunos | -sunos[34]*\ - | -hpux* | -unos* | -osf* | -luna* | -dgux* | -auroraux* | -solaris* \ - | -sym* | -kopensolaris* \ - | -amigaos* | -amigados* | -msdos* | -newsos* | -unicos* | -aof* \ - | -aos* | -aros* \ - | -nindy* | -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -ebmon* | -hms* | -mvs* \ - | -clix* | -riscos* | -uniplus* | -iris* | -rtu* | -xenix* \ - | -hiux* | -386bsd* | -knetbsd* | -mirbsd* | -netbsd* \ - | -openbsd* | -solidbsd* \ - | -ekkobsd* | -kfreebsd* | -freebsd* | -riscix* | -lynxos* \ - | -bosx* | -nextstep* | -cxux* | -aout* | -elf* | -oabi* \ - | -ptx* | -coff* | -ecoff* | -winnt* | -domain* | -vsta* \ - | -udi* | -eabi* | -lites* | -ieee* | -go32* | -aux* \ - | -chorusos* | -chorusrdb* | -cegcc* \ - | -cygwin* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \ - | -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -linux-newlib* | -linux-uclibc* \ - | -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* \ - | -interix* | -uwin* | -mks* | -rhapsody* | -darwin* | -opened* \ - | -openstep* | -oskit* | -conix* | -pw32* | -nonstopux* \ - | -storm-chaos* | -tops10* | -tenex* | -tops20* | -its* | -irx* \ - | -os2* | -vos* | -palmos* | -uclinux* | -nucleus* \ - | -morphos* | -superux* | -rtmk* | -rtmk-nova* | -windiss* \ - | -powermax* | -dnix* | -nx6 | -nx7 | -sei* | -dragonfly* \ - | -skyos* | -haiku* | -rdos* | -toppers* | -drops* | -es*) - # Remember, each alternative MUST END IN *, to match a version number. - ;; - -qnx*) - case $basic_machine in - x86-* | i*86-*) - ;; - *) - os=-nto$os - ;; - esac - ;; - -nto-qnx*) - ;; - -nto*) - os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|nto|nto-qnx|'` - ;; - -sim | -es1800* | -hms* | -xray | -os68k* | -none* | -v88r* \ - | -windows* | -osx | -abug | -netware* | -os9* | -beos* | -haiku* \ - | -macos* | -mpw* | -magic* | -mmixware* | -mon960* | -lnews*) - ;; - -mac*) - os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|mac|macos|'` - ;; - -linux-dietlibc) - os=-linux-dietlibc - ;; - -linux*) - os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|linux|linux-gnu|'` - ;; - -sunos5*) - os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos5|solaris2|'` - ;; - -sunos6*) - os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos6|solaris3|'` - ;; - -opened*) - os=-openedition - ;; - -os400*) - os=-os400 - ;; - -wince*) - os=-wince - ;; - -osfrose*) - os=-osfrose - ;; - -osf*) - os=-osf - ;; - -utek*) - os=-bsd - ;; - -dynix*) - os=-bsd - ;; - -acis*) - os=-aos - ;; - -atheos*) - os=-atheos - ;; - -syllable*) - os=-syllable - ;; - -386bsd) - os=-bsd - ;; - -ctix* | -uts*) - os=-sysv - ;; - -nova*) - os=-rtmk-nova - ;; - -ns2 ) - os=-nextstep2 - ;; - -nsk*) - os=-nsk - ;; - # Preserve the version number of sinix5. - -sinix5.*) - os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sinix|sysv|'` - ;; - -sinix*) - os=-sysv4 - ;; - -tpf*) - os=-tpf - ;; - -triton*) - os=-sysv3 - ;; - -oss*) - os=-sysv3 - ;; - -svr4) - os=-sysv4 - ;; - -svr3) - os=-sysv3 - ;; - -sysvr4) - os=-sysv4 - ;; - # This must come after -sysvr4. - -sysv*) - ;; - -ose*) - os=-ose - ;; - -es1800*) - os=-ose - ;; - -xenix) - os=-xenix - ;; - -*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*) - os=-mint - ;; - -aros*) - os=-aros - ;; - -kaos*) - os=-kaos - ;; - -zvmoe) - os=-zvmoe - ;; - -dicos*) - os=-dicos - ;; - -nacl*) - ;; - -none) - ;; - *) - # Get rid of the `-' at the beginning of $os. - os=`echo $os | sed 's/[^-]*-//'` - echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': system \`$os\' not recognized 1>&2 - exit 1 - ;; -esac -else - -# Here we handle the default operating systems that come with various machines. -# The value should be what the vendor currently ships out the door with their -# machine or put another way, the most popular os provided with the machine. - -# Note that if you're going to try to match "-MANUFACTURER" here (say, -# "-sun"), then you have to tell the case statement up towards the top -# that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating system. Otherwise, code above -# will signal an error saying that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating -# system, and we'll never get to this point. - -case $basic_machine in - score-*) - os=-elf - ;; - spu-*) - os=-elf - ;; - *-acorn) - os=-riscix1.2 - ;; - arm*-rebel) - os=-linux - ;; - arm*-semi) - os=-aout - ;; - c4x-* | tic4x-*) - os=-coff - ;; - # This must come before the *-dec entry. - pdp10-*) - os=-tops20 - ;; - pdp11-*) - os=-none - ;; - *-dec | vax-*) - os=-ultrix4.2 - ;; - m68*-apollo) - os=-domain - ;; - i386-sun) - os=-sunos4.0.2 - ;; - m68000-sun) - os=-sunos3 - # This also exists in the configure program, but was not the - # default. - # os=-sunos4 - ;; - m68*-cisco) - os=-aout - ;; - mep-*) - os=-elf - ;; - mips*-cisco) - os=-elf - ;; - mips*-*) - os=-elf - ;; - or32-*) - os=-coff - ;; - *-tti) # must be before sparc entry or we get the wrong os. - os=-sysv3 - ;; - sparc-* | *-sun) - os=-sunos4.1.1 - ;; - *-be) - os=-beos - ;; - *-haiku) - os=-haiku - ;; - *-ibm) - os=-aix - ;; - *-knuth) - os=-mmixware - ;; - *-wec) - os=-proelf - ;; - *-winbond) - os=-proelf - ;; - *-oki) - os=-proelf - ;; - *-hp) - os=-hpux - ;; - *-hitachi) - os=-hiux - ;; - i860-* | *-att | *-ncr | *-altos | *-motorola | *-convergent) - os=-sysv - ;; - *-cbm) - os=-amigaos - ;; - *-dg) - os=-dgux - ;; - *-dolphin) - os=-sysv3 - ;; - m68k-ccur) - os=-rtu - ;; - m88k-omron*) - os=-luna - ;; - *-next ) - os=-nextstep - ;; - *-sequent) - os=-ptx - ;; - *-crds) - os=-unos - ;; - *-ns) - os=-genix - ;; - i370-*) - os=-mvs - ;; - *-next) - os=-nextstep3 - ;; - *-gould) - os=-sysv - ;; - *-highlevel) - os=-bsd - ;; - *-encore) - os=-bsd - ;; - *-sgi) - os=-irix - ;; - *-siemens) - os=-sysv4 - ;; - *-masscomp) - os=-rtu - ;; - f30[01]-fujitsu | f700-fujitsu) - os=-uxpv - ;; - *-rom68k) - os=-coff - ;; - *-*bug) - os=-coff - ;; - *-apple) - os=-macos - ;; - *-atari*) - os=-mint - ;; - *) - os=-none - ;; -esac -fi - -# Here we handle the case where we know the os, and the CPU type, but not the -# manufacturer. We pick the logical manufacturer. -vendor=unknown -case $basic_machine in - *-unknown) - case $os in - -riscix*) - vendor=acorn - ;; - -sunos*) - vendor=sun - ;; - -cnk*|-aix*) - vendor=ibm - ;; - -beos*) - vendor=be - ;; - -hpux*) - vendor=hp - ;; - -mpeix*) - vendor=hp - ;; - -hiux*) - vendor=hitachi - ;; - -unos*) - vendor=crds - ;; - -dgux*) - vendor=dg - ;; - -luna*) - vendor=omron - ;; - -genix*) - vendor=ns - ;; - -mvs* | -opened*) - vendor=ibm - ;; - -os400*) - vendor=ibm - ;; - -ptx*) - vendor=sequent - ;; - -tpf*) - vendor=ibm - ;; - -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -windiss*) - vendor=wrs - ;; - -aux*) - vendor=apple - ;; - -hms*) - vendor=hitachi - ;; - -mpw* | -macos*) - vendor=apple - ;; - -*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*) - vendor=atari - ;; - -vos*) - vendor=stratus - ;; - esac - basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed "s/unknown/$vendor/"` - ;; -esac - -echo $basic_machine$os -exit - -# Local variables: -# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) -# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='" -# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d" -# time-stamp-end: "'" -# End: diff --git a/libXt/configure b/libXt/configure deleted file mode 100644 index 07b3cbd1f..000000000 --- a/libXt/configure +++ /dev/null @@ -1,14624 +0,0 @@ -#! /bin/sh -# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles. -# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.65 for libXt 1.0.8. -# -# Report bugs to <https://bugs.freedesktop.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=xorg>. -# -# -# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, -# 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, -# Inc. -# -# -# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it. -## -------------------- ## -## M4sh Initialization. ## -## -------------------- ## - -# Be more Bourne compatible -DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh -if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then : - emulate sh - NULLCMD=: - # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which - # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. - alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' - setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST -else - case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in #( - *posix*) : - set -o posix ;; #( - *) : - ;; -esac -fi - - -as_nl=' -' -export as_nl -# Printing a long string crashes Solaris 7 /usr/bin/printf. -as_echo='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\' -as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo -as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo -# Prefer a ksh shell builtin over an external printf program on Solaris, -# but without wasting forks for bash or zsh. -if test -z "$BASH_VERSION$ZSH_VERSION" \ - && (test "X`print -r -- $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then - as_echo='print -r --' - as_echo_n='print -rn --' -elif (test "X`printf %s $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then - as_echo='printf %s\n' - as_echo_n='printf %s' -else - if test "X`(/usr/ucb/echo -n -n $as_echo) 2>/dev/null`" = "X-n $as_echo"; then - as_echo_body='eval /usr/ucb/echo -n "$1$as_nl"' - as_echo_n='/usr/ucb/echo -n' - else - as_echo_body='eval expr "X$1" : "X\\(.*\\)"' - as_echo_n_body='eval - arg=$1; - case $arg in #( - *"$as_nl"*) - expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)$as_nl"; - arg=`expr "X$arg" : ".*$as_nl\\(.*\\)"`;; - esac; - expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)" | tr -d "$as_nl" - ' - export as_echo_n_body - as_echo_n='sh -c $as_echo_n_body as_echo' - fi - export as_echo_body - as_echo='sh -c $as_echo_body as_echo' -fi - -# The user is always right. -if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then - PATH_SEPARATOR=: - (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && { - (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 || - PATH_SEPARATOR=';' - } -fi - - -# IFS -# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order. Quoting is -# there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab. -# (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word -# splitting by setting IFS to empty value.) -IFS=" "" $as_nl" - -# Find who we are. Look in the path if we contain no directory separator. -case $0 in #(( - *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;; - *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break - done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - - ;; -esac -# We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND' -# in which case we are not to be found in the path. -if test "x$as_myself" = x; then - as_myself=$0 -fi -if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then - $as_echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2 - exit 1 -fi - -# Unset variables that we do not need and which cause bugs (e.g. in -# pre-3.0 UWIN ksh). But do not cause bugs in bash 2.01; the "|| exit 1" -# suppresses any "Segmentation fault" message there. '((' could -# trigger a bug in pdksh 5.2.14. -for as_var in BASH_ENV ENV MAIL MAILPATH -do eval test x\${$as_var+set} = xset \ - && ( (unset $as_var) || exit 1) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset $as_var || : -done -PS1='$ ' -PS2='> ' -PS4='+ ' - -# NLS nuisances. -LC_ALL=C -export LC_ALL -LANGUAGE=C -export LANGUAGE - -# CDPATH. -(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH - -if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" = x; then - as_bourne_compatible="if test -n \"\${ZSH_VERSION+set}\" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then : - emulate sh - NULLCMD=: - # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on \${1+\"\$@\"}, which - # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. - alias -g '\${1+\"\$@\"}'='\"\$@\"' - setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST -else - case \`(set -o) 2>/dev/null\` in #( - *posix*) : - set -o posix ;; #( - *) : - ;; -esac -fi -" - as_required="as_fn_return () { (exit \$1); } -as_fn_success () { as_fn_return 0; } -as_fn_failure () { as_fn_return 1; } -as_fn_ret_success () { return 0; } -as_fn_ret_failure () { return 1; } - -exitcode=0 -as_fn_success || { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_success failed.; } -as_fn_failure && { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_failure succeeded.; } -as_fn_ret_success || { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_ret_success failed.; } -as_fn_ret_failure && { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_ret_failure succeeded.; } -if ( set x; as_fn_ret_success y && test x = \"\$1\" ); then : - -else - exitcode=1; echo positional parameters were not saved. -fi -test x\$exitcode = x0 || exit 1" - as_suggested=" as_lineno_1=";as_suggested=$as_suggested$LINENO;as_suggested=$as_suggested" as_lineno_1a=\$LINENO - as_lineno_2=";as_suggested=$as_suggested$LINENO;as_suggested=$as_suggested" as_lineno_2a=\$LINENO - eval 'test \"x\$as_lineno_1'\$as_run'\" != \"x\$as_lineno_2'\$as_run'\" && - test \"x\`expr \$as_lineno_1'\$as_run' + 1\`\" = \"x\$as_lineno_2'\$as_run'\"' || exit 1 -test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2 || exit 1" - if (eval "$as_required") 2>/dev/null; then : - as_have_required=yes -else - as_have_required=no -fi - if test x$as_have_required = xyes && (eval "$as_suggested") 2>/dev/null; then : - -else - as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -as_found=false -for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - as_found=: - case $as_dir in #( - /*) - for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do - # Try only shells that exist, to save several forks. - as_shell=$as_dir/$as_base - if { test -f "$as_shell" || test -f "$as_shell.exe"; } && - { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_required" | as_run=a "$as_shell"; } 2>/dev/null; then : - CONFIG_SHELL=$as_shell as_have_required=yes - if { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_suggested" | as_run=a "$as_shell"; } 2>/dev/null; then : - break 2 -fi -fi - done;; - esac - as_found=false -done -$as_found || { if { test -f "$SHELL" || test -f "$SHELL.exe"; } && - { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_required" | as_run=a "$SHELL"; } 2>/dev/null; then : - CONFIG_SHELL=$SHELL as_have_required=yes -fi; } -IFS=$as_save_IFS - - - if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" != x; then : - # We cannot yet assume a decent shell, so we have to provide a - # neutralization value for shells without unset; and this also - # works around shells that cannot unset nonexistent variables. - BASH_ENV=/dev/null - ENV=/dev/null - (unset BASH_ENV) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset BASH_ENV ENV - export CONFIG_SHELL - exec "$CONFIG_SHELL" "$as_myself" ${1+"$@"} -fi - - if test x$as_have_required = xno; then : - $as_echo "$0: This script requires a shell more modern than all" - $as_echo "$0: the shells that I found on your system." - if test x${ZSH_VERSION+set} = xset ; then - $as_echo "$0: In particular, zsh $ZSH_VERSION has bugs and should" - $as_echo "$0: be upgraded to zsh 4.3.4 or later." - else - $as_echo "$0: Please tell bug-autoconf@gnu.org and -$0: https://bugs.freedesktop.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=xorg -$0: about your system, including any error possibly output -$0: before this message. Then install a modern shell, or -$0: manually run the script under such a shell if you do -$0: have one." - fi - exit 1 -fi -fi -fi -SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} -export SHELL -# Unset more variables known to interfere with behavior of common tools. -CLICOLOR_FORCE= GREP_OPTIONS= -unset CLICOLOR_FORCE GREP_OPTIONS - -## --------------------- ## -## M4sh Shell Functions. ## -## --------------------- ## -# as_fn_unset VAR -# --------------- -# Portably unset VAR. -as_fn_unset () -{ - { eval $1=; unset $1;} -} -as_unset=as_fn_unset - -# as_fn_set_status STATUS -# ----------------------- -# Set $? to STATUS, without forking. -as_fn_set_status () -{ - return $1 -} # as_fn_set_status - -# as_fn_exit STATUS -# ----------------- -# Exit the shell with STATUS, even in a "trap 0" or "set -e" context. -as_fn_exit () -{ - set +e - as_fn_set_status $1 - exit $1 -} # as_fn_exit - -# as_fn_mkdir_p -# ------------- -# Create "$as_dir" as a directory, including parents if necessary. -as_fn_mkdir_p () -{ - - case $as_dir in #( - -*) as_dir=./$as_dir;; - esac - test -d "$as_dir" || eval $as_mkdir_p || { - as_dirs= - while :; do - case $as_dir in #( - *\'*) as_qdir=`$as_echo "$as_dir" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; #'( - *) as_qdir=$as_dir;; - esac - as_dirs="'$as_qdir' $as_dirs" - as_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_dir" || -$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ - X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ - X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ - X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || -$as_echo X"$as_dir" | - sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\(\/\).*/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - s/.*/./; q'` - test -d "$as_dir" && break - done - test -z "$as_dirs" || eval "mkdir $as_dirs" - } || test -d "$as_dir" || as_fn_error "cannot create directory $as_dir" - - -} # as_fn_mkdir_p -# as_fn_append VAR VALUE -# ---------------------- -# Append the text in VALUE to the end of the definition contained in VAR. Take -# advantage of any shell optimizations that allow amortized linear growth over -# repeated appends, instead of the typical quadratic growth present in naive -# implementations. -if (eval "as_var=1; as_var+=2; test x\$as_var = x12") 2>/dev/null; then : - eval 'as_fn_append () - { - eval $1+=\$2 - }' -else - as_fn_append () - { - eval $1=\$$1\$2 - } -fi # as_fn_append - -# as_fn_arith ARG... -# ------------------ -# Perform arithmetic evaluation on the ARGs, and store the result in the -# global $as_val. Take advantage of shells that can avoid forks. The arguments -# must be portable across $(()) and expr. -if (eval "test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2") 2>/dev/null; then : - eval 'as_fn_arith () - { - as_val=$(( $* )) - }' -else - as_fn_arith () - { - as_val=`expr "$@" || test $? -eq 1` - } -fi # as_fn_arith - - -# as_fn_error ERROR [LINENO LOG_FD] -# --------------------------------- -# Output "`basename $0`: error: ERROR" to stderr. If LINENO and LOG_FD are -# provided, also output the error to LOG_FD, referencing LINENO. Then exit the -# script with status $?, using 1 if that was 0. -as_fn_error () -{ - as_status=$?; test $as_status -eq 0 && as_status=1 - if test "$3"; then - as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$2"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: $1" >&$3 - fi - $as_echo "$as_me: error: $1" >&2 - as_fn_exit $as_status -} # as_fn_error - -if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 && - test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then - as_expr=expr -else - as_expr=false -fi - -if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then - as_basename=basename -else - as_basename=false -fi - -if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then - as_dirname=dirname -else - as_dirname=false -fi - -as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" || -$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \ - X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ - X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || -$as_echo X/"$0" | - sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - s/.*/./; q'` - -# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges. -as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' -as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' -as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS -as_cr_digits='0123456789' -as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits - - - as_lineno_1=$LINENO as_lineno_1a=$LINENO - as_lineno_2=$LINENO as_lineno_2a=$LINENO - eval 'test "x$as_lineno_1'$as_run'" != "x$as_lineno_2'$as_run'" && - test "x`expr $as_lineno_1'$as_run' + 1`" = "x$as_lineno_2'$as_run'"' || { - # Blame Lee E. McMahon (1931-1989) for sed's syntax. :-) - sed -n ' - p - /[$]LINENO/= - ' <$as_myself | - sed ' - s/[$]LINENO.*/&-/ - t lineno - b - :lineno - N - :loop - s/[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_].*\n\)\(.*\)/\2\1\2/ - t loop - s/-\n.*// - ' >$as_me.lineno && - chmod +x "$as_me.lineno" || - { $as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2; as_fn_exit 1; } - - # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems - # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the - # original and so on. Autoconf is especially sensitive to this). - . "./$as_me.lineno" - # Exit status is that of the last command. - exit -} - -ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T= -case `echo -n x` in #((((( --n*) - case `echo 'xy\c'` in - *c*) ECHO_T=' ';; # ECHO_T is single tab character. - xy) ECHO_C='\c';; - *) echo `echo ksh88 bug on AIX 6.1` > /dev/null - ECHO_T=' ';; - esac;; -*) - ECHO_N='-n';; -esac - -rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file -if test -d conf$$.dir; then - rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file -else - rm -f conf$$.dir - mkdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null -fi -if (echo >conf$$.file) 2>/dev/null; then - if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then - as_ln_s='ln -s' - # ... but there are two gotchas: - # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail. - # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable. - # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -p'. - ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe || - as_ln_s='cp -p' - elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then - as_ln_s=ln - else - as_ln_s='cp -p' - fi -else - as_ln_s='cp -p' -fi -rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file -rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null - -if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then - as_mkdir_p='mkdir -p "$as_dir"' -else - test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p - as_mkdir_p=false -fi - -if test -x / >/dev/null 2>&1; then - as_test_x='test -x' -else - if ls -dL / >/dev/null 2>&1; then - as_ls_L_option=L - else - as_ls_L_option= - fi - as_test_x=' - eval sh -c '\'' - if test -d "$1"; then - test -d "$1/."; - else - case $1 in #( - -*)set "./$1";; - esac; - case `ls -ld'$as_ls_L_option' "$1" 2>/dev/null` in #(( - ???[sx]*):;;*)false;;esac;fi - '\'' sh - ' -fi -as_executable_p=$as_test_x - -# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name. -as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" - -# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name. -as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" - - - -# Check that we are running under the correct shell. -SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} - -case X$lt_ECHO in -X*--fallback-echo) - # Remove one level of quotation (which was required for Make). - ECHO=`echo "$lt_ECHO" | sed 's,\\\\\$\\$0,'$0','` - ;; -esac - -ECHO=${lt_ECHO-echo} -if test "X$1" = X--no-reexec; then - # Discard the --no-reexec flag, and continue. - shift -elif test "X$1" = X--fallback-echo; then - # Avoid inline document here, it may be left over - : -elif test "X`{ $ECHO '\t'; } 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' ; then - # Yippee, $ECHO works! - : -else - # Restart under the correct shell. - exec $SHELL "$0" --no-reexec ${1+"$@"} -fi - -if test "X$1" = X--fallback-echo; then - # used as fallback echo - shift - cat <<_LT_EOF -$* -_LT_EOF - exit 0 -fi - -# The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout -# if CDPATH is set. -(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH - -if test -z "$lt_ECHO"; then - if test "X${echo_test_string+set}" != Xset; then - # find a string as large as possible, as long as the shell can cope with it - for cmd in 'sed 50q "$0"' 'sed 20q "$0"' 'sed 10q "$0"' 'sed 2q "$0"' 'echo test'; do - # expected sizes: less than 2Kb, 1Kb, 512 bytes, 16 bytes, ... - if { echo_test_string=`eval $cmd`; } 2>/dev/null && - { test "X$echo_test_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; } 2>/dev/null - then - break - fi - done - fi - - if test "X`{ $ECHO '\t'; } 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' && - echo_testing_string=`{ $ECHO "$echo_test_string"; } 2>/dev/null` && - test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then - : - else - # The Solaris, AIX, and Digital Unix default echo programs unquote - # backslashes. This makes it impossible to quote backslashes using - # echo "$something" | sed 's/\\/\\\\/g' - # - # So, first we look for a working echo in the user's PATH. - - lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR - for dir in $PATH /usr/ucb; do - IFS="$lt_save_ifs" - if (test -f $dir/echo || test -f $dir/echo$ac_exeext) && - test "X`($dir/echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' && - echo_testing_string=`($dir/echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` && - test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then - ECHO="$dir/echo" - break - fi - done - IFS="$lt_save_ifs" - - if test "X$ECHO" = Xecho; then - # We didn't find a better echo, so look for alternatives. - if test "X`{ print -r '\t'; } 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' && - echo_testing_string=`{ print -r "$echo_test_string"; } 2>/dev/null` && - test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then - # This shell has a builtin print -r that does the trick. - ECHO='print -r' - elif { test -f /bin/ksh || test -f /bin/ksh$ac_exeext; } && - test "X$CONFIG_SHELL" != X/bin/ksh; then - # If we have ksh, try running configure again with it. - ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} - export ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL - CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/ksh - export CONFIG_SHELL - exec $CONFIG_SHELL "$0" --no-reexec ${1+"$@"} - else - # Try using printf. - ECHO='printf %s\n' - if test "X`{ $ECHO '\t'; } 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' && - echo_testing_string=`{ $ECHO "$echo_test_string"; } 2>/dev/null` && - test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then - # Cool, printf works - : - elif echo_testing_string=`($ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL "$0" --fallback-echo '\t') 2>/dev/null` && - test "X$echo_testing_string" = 'X\t' && - echo_testing_string=`($ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL "$0" --fallback-echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` && - test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then - CONFIG_SHELL=$ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL - export CONFIG_SHELL - SHELL="$CONFIG_SHELL" - export SHELL - ECHO="$CONFIG_SHELL $0 --fallback-echo" - elif echo_testing_string=`($CONFIG_SHELL "$0" --fallback-echo '\t') 2>/dev/null` && - test "X$echo_testing_string" = 'X\t' && - echo_testing_string=`($CONFIG_SHELL "$0" --fallback-echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` && - test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then - ECHO="$CONFIG_SHELL $0 --fallback-echo" - else - # maybe with a smaller string... - prev=: - - for cmd in 'echo test' 'sed 2q "$0"' 'sed 10q "$0"' 'sed 20q "$0"' 'sed 50q "$0"'; do - if { test "X$echo_test_string" = "X`eval $cmd`"; } 2>/dev/null - then - break - fi - prev="$cmd" - done - - if test "$prev" != 'sed 50q "$0"'; then - echo_test_string=`eval $prev` - export echo_test_string - exec ${ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL-${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}} "$0" ${1+"$@"} - else - # Oops. We lost completely, so just stick with echo. - ECHO=echo - fi - fi - fi - fi - fi -fi - -# Copy echo and quote the copy suitably for passing to libtool from -# the Makefile, instead of quoting the original, which is used later. -lt_ECHO=$ECHO -if test "X$lt_ECHO" = "X$CONFIG_SHELL $0 --fallback-echo"; then - lt_ECHO="$CONFIG_SHELL \\\$\$0 --fallback-echo" -fi - - - - -test -n "$DJDIR" || exec 7<&0 </dev/null -exec 6>&1 - -# Name of the host. -# hostname on some systems (SVR3.2, Linux) returns a bogus exit status, -# so uname gets run too. -ac_hostname=`(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q` - -# -# Initializations. -# -ac_default_prefix=/usr/local -ac_clean_files= -ac_config_libobj_dir=. -LIBOBJS= -cross_compiling=no -subdirs= -MFLAGS= -MAKEFLAGS= - -# Identity of this package. -PACKAGE_NAME='libXt' -PACKAGE_TARNAME='libXt' -PACKAGE_VERSION='1.0.8' -PACKAGE_STRING='libXt 1.0.8' -PACKAGE_BUGREPORT='https://bugs.freedesktop.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=xorg' -PACKAGE_URL='' - -# Factoring default headers for most tests. -ac_includes_default="\ -#include <stdio.h> -#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H -# include <sys/types.h> -#endif -#ifdef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H -# include <sys/stat.h> -#endif -#ifdef STDC_HEADERS -# include <stdlib.h> -# include <stddef.h> -#else -# ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H -# include <stdlib.h> -# endif -#endif -#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H -# if !defined STDC_HEADERS && defined HAVE_MEMORY_H -# include <memory.h> -# endif -# include <string.h> -#endif -#ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H -# include <strings.h> -#endif -#ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H -# include <inttypes.h> -#endif -#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H -# include <stdint.h> -#endif -#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H -# include <unistd.h> -#endif" - -ac_subst_vars='am__EXEEXT_FALSE -am__EXEEXT_TRUE -LTLIBOBJS -LIBOBJS -XTMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS -XMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS -MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS -RAWCPPFLAGS -RAWCPP -STRINGSABIOPTIONS -appdefaultdir -XFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT -XT_LIBS -XT_CFLAGS -LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD -CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD -CC_FOR_BUILD -OTOOL64 -OTOOL -LIPO -NMEDIT -DSYMUTIL -lt_ECHO -RANLIB -AR -OBJDUMP -LN_S -NM -ac_ct_DUMPBIN -DUMPBIN -LD -FGREP -SED -LIBTOOL -ADMIN_MAN_DIR -DRIVER_MAN_DIR -MISC_MAN_DIR -FILE_MAN_DIR -LIB_MAN_DIR -APP_MAN_DIR -ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX -DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX -MISC_MAN_SUFFIX -FILE_MAN_SUFFIX -LIB_MAN_SUFFIX -APP_MAN_SUFFIX -host_os -host_vendor -host_cpu -host -build_os -build_vendor -build_cpu -build -INSTALL_CMD -PKG_CONFIG -CHANGELOG_CMD -AM_BACKSLASH -AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY -CWARNFLAGS -EGREP -GREP -CPP -am__fastdepCC_FALSE -am__fastdepCC_TRUE -CCDEPMODE -AMDEPBACKSLASH -AMDEP_FALSE -AMDEP_TRUE -am__quote -am__include -DEPDIR -OBJEXT -EXEEXT -ac_ct_CC -CPPFLAGS -LDFLAGS -CFLAGS -CC -MAINT -MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE -MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE -am__untar -am__tar -AMTAR -am__leading_dot -SET_MAKE -AWK -mkdir_p -MKDIR_P -INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM -STRIP -install_sh -MAKEINFO -AUTOHEADER -AUTOMAKE -AUTOCONF -ACLOCAL -VERSION -PACKAGE -CYGPATH_W -am__isrc -INSTALL_DATA -INSTALL_SCRIPT -INSTALL_PROGRAM -target_alias -host_alias -build_alias -LIBS -ECHO_T -ECHO_N -ECHO_C -DEFS -mandir -localedir -libdir -psdir -pdfdir -dvidir -htmldir -infodir -docdir -oldincludedir -includedir -localstatedir -sharedstatedir -sysconfdir -datadir -datarootdir -libexecdir -sbindir -bindir -program_transform_name -prefix -exec_prefix -PACKAGE_URL -PACKAGE_BUGREPORT -PACKAGE_STRING -PACKAGE_VERSION -PACKAGE_TARNAME -PACKAGE_NAME -PATH_SEPARATOR -SHELL' -ac_subst_files='' -ac_user_opts=' -enable_option_checking -enable_maintainer_mode -enable_dependency_tracking -enable_silent_rules -enable_strict_compilation -with_release_version -enable_shared -enable_static -with_pic -enable_fast_install -with_gnu_ld -enable_libtool_lock -enable_xkb -with_xfile_search_path -with_appdefaultdir -enable_malloc0returnsnull -' - ac_precious_vars='build_alias -host_alias -target_alias -CC -CFLAGS -LDFLAGS -LIBS -CPPFLAGS -CPP -PKG_CONFIG -XT_CFLAGS -XT_LIBS' - - -# Initialize some variables set by options. -ac_init_help= -ac_init_version=false -ac_unrecognized_opts= -ac_unrecognized_sep= -# The variables have the same names as the options, with -# dashes changed to underlines. -cache_file=/dev/null -exec_prefix=NONE -no_create= -no_recursion= -prefix=NONE -program_prefix=NONE -program_suffix=NONE -program_transform_name=s,x,x, -silent= -site= -srcdir= -verbose= -x_includes=NONE -x_libraries=NONE - -# Installation directory options. -# These are left unexpanded so users can "make install exec_prefix=/foo" -# and all the variables that are supposed to be based on exec_prefix -# by default will actually change. -# Use braces instead of parens because sh, perl, etc. also accept them. -# (The list follows the same order as the GNU Coding Standards.) -bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin' -sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin' -libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec' -datarootdir='${prefix}/share' -datadir='${datarootdir}' -sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc' -sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com' -localstatedir='${prefix}/var' -includedir='${prefix}/include' -oldincludedir='/usr/include' -docdir='${datarootdir}/doc/${PACKAGE_TARNAME}' -infodir='${datarootdir}/info' -htmldir='${docdir}' -dvidir='${docdir}' -pdfdir='${docdir}' -psdir='${docdir}' -libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib' -localedir='${datarootdir}/locale' -mandir='${datarootdir}/man' - -ac_prev= -ac_dashdash= -for ac_option -do - # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it. - if test -n "$ac_prev"; then - eval $ac_prev=\$ac_option - ac_prev= - continue - fi - - case $ac_option in - *=*) ac_optarg=`expr "X$ac_option" : '[^=]*=\(.*\)'` ;; - *) ac_optarg=yes ;; - esac - - # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos. - - case $ac_dashdash$ac_option in - --) - ac_dashdash=yes ;; - - -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi) - ac_prev=bindir ;; - -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*) - bindir=$ac_optarg ;; - - -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu) - ac_prev=build_alias ;; - -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*) - build_alias=$ac_optarg ;; - - -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \ - | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c) - ac_prev=cache_file ;; - -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \ - | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*) - cache_file=$ac_optarg ;; - - --config-cache | -C) - cache_file=config.cache ;; - - -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad) - ac_prev=datadir ;; - -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=*) - datadir=$ac_optarg ;; - - -datarootdir | --datarootdir | --datarootdi | --datarootd | --dataroot \ - | --dataroo | --dataro | --datar) - ac_prev=datarootdir ;; - -datarootdir=* | --datarootdir=* | --datarootdi=* | --datarootd=* \ - | --dataroot=* | --dataroo=* | --dataro=* | --datar=*) - datarootdir=$ac_optarg ;; - - -disable-* | --disable-*) - ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*disable-\(.*\)'` - # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. - expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && - as_fn_error "invalid feature name: $ac_useropt" - ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt - ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'` - case $ac_user_opts in - *" -"enable_$ac_useropt" -"*) ;; - *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--disable-$ac_useropt_orig" - ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';; - esac - eval enable_$ac_useropt=no ;; - - -docdir | --docdir | --docdi | --doc | --do) - ac_prev=docdir ;; - -docdir=* | --docdir=* | --docdi=* | --doc=* | --do=*) - docdir=$ac_optarg ;; - - -dvidir | --dvidir | --dvidi | --dvid | --dvi | --dv) - ac_prev=dvidir ;; - -dvidir=* | --dvidir=* | --dvidi=* | --dvid=* | --dvi=* | --dv=*) - dvidir=$ac_optarg ;; - - -enable-* | --enable-*) - ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*enable-\([^=]*\)'` - # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. - expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && - as_fn_error "invalid feature name: $ac_useropt" - ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt - ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'` - case $ac_user_opts in - *" -"enable_$ac_useropt" -"*) ;; - *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--enable-$ac_useropt_orig" - ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';; - esac - eval enable_$ac_useropt=\$ac_optarg ;; - - -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \ - | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \ - | --exec | --exe | --ex) - ac_prev=exec_prefix ;; - -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \ - | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \ - | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*) - exec_prefix=$ac_optarg ;; - - -gas | --gas | --ga | --g) - # Obsolete; use --with-gas. - with_gas=yes ;; - - -help | --help | --hel | --he | -h) - ac_init_help=long ;; - -help=r* | --help=r* | --hel=r* | --he=r* | -hr*) - ac_init_help=recursive ;; - -help=s* | --help=s* | --hel=s* | --he=s* | -hs*) - ac_init_help=short ;; - - -host | --host | --hos | --ho) - ac_prev=host_alias ;; - -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*) - host_alias=$ac_optarg ;; - - -htmldir | --htmldir | --htmldi | --htmld | --html | --htm | --ht) - ac_prev=htmldir ;; - -htmldir=* | --htmldir=* | --htmldi=* | --htmld=* | --html=* | --htm=* \ - | --ht=*) - htmldir=$ac_optarg ;; - - -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \ - | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc) - ac_prev=includedir ;; - -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \ - | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*) - includedir=$ac_optarg ;; - - -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf) - ac_prev=infodir ;; - -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*) - infodir=$ac_optarg ;; - - -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd) - ac_prev=libdir ;; - -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*) - libdir=$ac_optarg ;; - - -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \ - | --libexe | --libex | --libe) - ac_prev=libexecdir ;; - -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \ - | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*) - libexecdir=$ac_optarg ;; - - -localedir | --localedir | --localedi | --localed | --locale) - ac_prev=localedir ;; - -localedir=* | --localedir=* | --localedi=* | --localed=* | --locale=*) - localedir=$ac_optarg ;; - - -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \ - | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst | --locals) - ac_prev=localstatedir ;; - -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \ - | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* | --locals=*) - localstatedir=$ac_optarg ;; - - -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m) - ac_prev=mandir ;; - -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*) - mandir=$ac_optarg ;; - - -nfp | --nfp | --nf) - # Obsolete; use --without-fp. - with_fp=no ;; - - -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \ - | --no-cr | --no-c | -n) - no_create=yes ;; - - -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \ - | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r) - no_recursion=yes ;; - - -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \ - | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \ - | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o) - ac_prev=oldincludedir ;; - -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \ - | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \ - | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*) - oldincludedir=$ac_optarg ;; - - -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p) - ac_prev=prefix ;; - -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*) - prefix=$ac_optarg ;; - - -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \ - | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p) - ac_prev=program_prefix ;; - -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \ - | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*) - program_prefix=$ac_optarg ;; - - -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \ - | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s) - ac_prev=program_suffix ;; - -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \ - | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*) - program_suffix=$ac_optarg ;; - - -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \ - | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \ - | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \ - | --program-transform | --program-transfor \ - | --program-transfo | --program-transf \ - | --program-trans | --program-tran \ - | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t) - ac_prev=program_transform_name ;; - -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \ - | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \ - | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \ - | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \ - | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \ - | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \ - | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*) - program_transform_name=$ac_optarg ;; - - -pdfdir | --pdfdir | --pdfdi | --pdfd | --pdf | --pd) - ac_prev=pdfdir ;; - -pdfdir=* | --pdfdir=* | --pdfdi=* | --pdfd=* | --pdf=* | --pd=*) - pdfdir=$ac_optarg ;; - - -psdir | --psdir | --psdi | --psd | --ps) - ac_prev=psdir ;; - -psdir=* | --psdir=* | --psdi=* | --psd=* | --ps=*) - psdir=$ac_optarg ;; - - -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ - | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil) - silent=yes ;; - - -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb) - ac_prev=sbindir ;; - -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \ - | --sbi=* | --sb=*) - sbindir=$ac_optarg ;; - - -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \ - | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \ - | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \ - | --sha | --sh) - ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;; - -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \ - | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \ - | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \ - | --sha=* | --sh=*) - sharedstatedir=$ac_optarg ;; - - -site | --site | --sit) - ac_prev=site ;; - -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*) - site=$ac_optarg ;; - - -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr) - ac_prev=srcdir ;; - -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*) - srcdir=$ac_optarg ;; - - -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \ - | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy) - ac_prev=sysconfdir ;; - -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \ - | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*) - sysconfdir=$ac_optarg ;; - - -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t) - ac_prev=target_alias ;; - -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*) - target_alias=$ac_optarg ;; - - -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb) - verbose=yes ;; - - -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | -V) - ac_init_version=: ;; - - -with-* | --with-*) - ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*with-\([^=]*\)'` - # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. - expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && - as_fn_error "invalid package name: $ac_useropt" - ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt - ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'` - case $ac_user_opts in - *" -"with_$ac_useropt" -"*) ;; - *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--with-$ac_useropt_orig" - ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';; - esac - eval with_$ac_useropt=\$ac_optarg ;; - - -without-* | --without-*) - ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*without-\(.*\)'` - # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. - expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && - as_fn_error "invalid package name: $ac_useropt" - ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt - ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'` - case $ac_user_opts in - *" -"with_$ac_useropt" -"*) ;; - *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--without-$ac_useropt_orig" - ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';; - esac - eval with_$ac_useropt=no ;; - - --x) - # Obsolete; use --with-x. - with_x=yes ;; - - -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \ - | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i) - ac_prev=x_includes ;; - -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \ - | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*) - x_includes=$ac_optarg ;; - - -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \ - | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l) - ac_prev=x_libraries ;; - -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \ - | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*) - x_libraries=$ac_optarg ;; - - -*) as_fn_error "unrecognized option: \`$ac_option' -Try \`$0 --help' for more information." - ;; - - *=*) - ac_envvar=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x\([^=]*\)='` - # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. - case $ac_envvar in #( - '' | [0-9]* | *[!_$as_cr_alnum]* ) - as_fn_error "invalid variable name: \`$ac_envvar'" ;; - esac - eval $ac_envvar=\$ac_optarg - export $ac_envvar ;; - - *) - # FIXME: should be removed in autoconf 3.0. - $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: you should use --build, --host, --target" >&2 - expr "x$ac_option" : ".*[^-._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && - $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: invalid host type: $ac_option" >&2 - : ${build_alias=$ac_option} ${host_alias=$ac_option} ${target_alias=$ac_option} - ;; - - esac -done - -if test -n "$ac_prev"; then - ac_option=--`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'` - as_fn_error "missing argument to $ac_option" -fi - -if test -n "$ac_unrecognized_opts"; then - case $enable_option_checking in - no) ;; - fatal) as_fn_error "unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" ;; - *) $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2 ;; - esac -fi - -# Check all directory arguments for consistency. -for ac_var in exec_prefix prefix bindir sbindir libexecdir datarootdir \ - datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir localstatedir includedir \ - oldincludedir docdir infodir htmldir dvidir pdfdir psdir \ - libdir localedir mandir -do - eval ac_val=\$$ac_var - # Remove trailing slashes. - case $ac_val in - */ ) - ac_val=`expr "X$ac_val" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)' \| "X$ac_val" : 'X\(.*\)'` - eval $ac_var=\$ac_val;; - esac - # Be sure to have absolute directory names. - case $ac_val in - [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) continue;; - NONE | '' ) case $ac_var in *prefix ) continue;; esac;; - esac - as_fn_error "expected an absolute directory name for --$ac_var: $ac_val" -done - -# There might be people who depend on the old broken behavior: `$host' -# used to hold the argument of --host etc. -# FIXME: To remove some day. -build=$build_alias -host=$host_alias -target=$target_alias - -# FIXME: To remove some day. -if test "x$host_alias" != x; then - if test "x$build_alias" = x; then - cross_compiling=maybe - $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: If you wanted to set the --build type, don't use --host. - If a cross compiler is detected then cross compile mode will be used." >&2 - elif test "x$build_alias" != "x$host_alias"; then - cross_compiling=yes - fi -fi - -ac_tool_prefix= -test -n "$host_alias" && ac_tool_prefix=$host_alias- - -test "$silent" = yes && exec 6>/dev/null - - -ac_pwd=`pwd` && test -n "$ac_pwd" && -ac_ls_di=`ls -di .` && -ac_pwd_ls_di=`cd "$ac_pwd" && ls -di .` || - as_fn_error "working directory cannot be determined" -test "X$ac_ls_di" = "X$ac_pwd_ls_di" || - as_fn_error "pwd does not report name of working directory" - - -# Find the source files, if location was not specified. -if test -z "$srcdir"; then - ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes - # Try the directory containing this script, then the parent directory. - ac_confdir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_myself" || -$as_expr X"$as_myself" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ - X"$as_myself" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ - X"$as_myself" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ - X"$as_myself" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || -$as_echo X"$as_myself" | - sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\(\/\).*/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - s/.*/./; q'` - srcdir=$ac_confdir - if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then - srcdir=.. - fi -else - ac_srcdir_defaulted=no -fi -if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then - test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes && srcdir="$ac_confdir or .." - as_fn_error "cannot find sources ($ac_unique_file) in $srcdir" -fi -ac_msg="sources are in $srcdir, but \`cd $srcdir' does not work" -ac_abs_confdir=`( - cd "$srcdir" && test -r "./$ac_unique_file" || as_fn_error "$ac_msg" - pwd)` -# When building in place, set srcdir=. -if test "$ac_abs_confdir" = "$ac_pwd"; then - srcdir=. -fi -# Remove unnecessary trailing slashes from srcdir. -# Double slashes in file names in object file debugging info -# mess up M-x gdb in Emacs. -case $srcdir in -*/) srcdir=`expr "X$srcdir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)' \| "X$srcdir" : 'X\(.*\)'`;; -esac -for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do - eval ac_env_${ac_var}_set=\${${ac_var}+set} - eval ac_env_${ac_var}_value=\$${ac_var} - eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set=\${${ac_var}+set} - eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value=\$${ac_var} -done - -# -# Report the --help message. -# -if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then - # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing. - # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh. - cat <<_ACEOF -\`configure' configures libXt 1.0.8 to adapt to many kinds of systems. - -Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]... - -To assign environment variables (e.g., CC, CFLAGS...), specify them as -VAR=VALUE. See below for descriptions of some of the useful variables. - -Defaults for the options are specified in brackets. - -Configuration: - -h, --help display this help and exit - --help=short display options specific to this package - --help=recursive display the short help of all the included packages - -V, --version display version information and exit - -q, --quiet, --silent do not print \`checking...' messages - --cache-file=FILE cache test results in FILE [disabled] - -C, --config-cache alias for \`--cache-file=config.cache' - -n, --no-create do not create output files - --srcdir=DIR find the sources in DIR [configure dir or \`..'] - -Installation directories: - --prefix=PREFIX install architecture-independent files in PREFIX - [$ac_default_prefix] - --exec-prefix=EPREFIX install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX - [PREFIX] - -By default, \`make install' will install all the files in -\`$ac_default_prefix/bin', \`$ac_default_prefix/lib' etc. You can specify -an installation prefix other than \`$ac_default_prefix' using \`--prefix', -for instance \`--prefix=\$HOME'. - -For better control, use the options below. - -Fine tuning of the installation directories: - --bindir=DIR user executables [EPREFIX/bin] - --sbindir=DIR system admin executables [EPREFIX/sbin] - --libexecdir=DIR program executables [EPREFIX/libexec] - --sysconfdir=DIR read-only single-machine data [PREFIX/etc] - --sharedstatedir=DIR modifiable architecture-independent data [PREFIX/com] - --localstatedir=DIR modifiable single-machine data [PREFIX/var] - --libdir=DIR object code libraries [EPREFIX/lib] - --includedir=DIR C header files [PREFIX/include] - --oldincludedir=DIR C header files for non-gcc [/usr/include] - --datarootdir=DIR read-only arch.-independent data root [PREFIX/share] - --datadir=DIR read-only architecture-independent data [DATAROOTDIR] - --infodir=DIR info documentation [DATAROOTDIR/info] - --localedir=DIR locale-dependent data [DATAROOTDIR/locale] - --mandir=DIR man documentation [DATAROOTDIR/man] - --docdir=DIR documentation root [DATAROOTDIR/doc/libXt] - --htmldir=DIR html documentation [DOCDIR] - --dvidir=DIR dvi documentation [DOCDIR] - --pdfdir=DIR pdf documentation [DOCDIR] - --psdir=DIR ps documentation [DOCDIR] -_ACEOF - - cat <<\_ACEOF - -Program names: - --program-prefix=PREFIX prepend PREFIX to installed program names - --program-suffix=SUFFIX append SUFFIX to installed program names - --program-transform-name=PROGRAM run sed PROGRAM on installed program names - -System types: - --build=BUILD configure for building on BUILD [guessed] - --host=HOST cross-compile to build programs to run on HOST [BUILD] -_ACEOF -fi - -if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then - case $ac_init_help in - short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of libXt 1.0.8:";; - esac - cat <<\_ACEOF - -Optional Features: - --disable-option-checking ignore unrecognized --enable/--with options - --disable-FEATURE do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no) - --enable-FEATURE[=ARG] include FEATURE [ARG=yes] - --enable-maintainer-mode enable make rules and dependencies not useful - (and sometimes confusing) to the casual installer - --disable-dependency-tracking speeds up one-time build - --enable-dependency-tracking do not reject slow dependency extractors - --enable-silent-rules less verbose build output (undo: `make V=1') - --disable-silent-rules verbose build output (undo: `make V=0') - --enable-strict-compilation - Enable all warnings from compiler and make them - errors (default: disabled) - --enable-shared[=PKGS] build shared libraries [default=yes] - --enable-static[=PKGS] build static libraries [default=yes] - --enable-fast-install[=PKGS] - optimize for fast installation [default=yes] - --disable-libtool-lock avoid locking (might break parallel builds) - --disable-xkb Disable XKB support - --enable-malloc0returnsnull - malloc(0) returns NULL (default: auto) - -Optional Packages: - --with-PACKAGE[=ARG] use PACKAGE [ARG=yes] - --without-PACKAGE do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no) - --with-release-version=STRING - Use release version string in package name - --with-pic try to use only PIC/non-PIC objects [default=use - both] - --with-gnu-ld assume the C compiler uses GNU ld [default=no] - --with-xfile-search-path=<path> - Set path to search for app-defaults and other files - --with-appdefaultdir=<path> - Set app-default directory (default: - ${datadir}/X11/app-defaults) - -Some influential environment variables: - CC C compiler command - CFLAGS C compiler flags - LDFLAGS linker flags, e.g. -L<lib dir> if you have libraries in a - nonstandard directory <lib dir> - LIBS libraries to pass to the linker, e.g. -l<library> - CPPFLAGS (Objective) C/C++ preprocessor flags, e.g. -I<include dir> if - you have headers in a nonstandard directory <include dir> - CPP C preprocessor - PKG_CONFIG path to pkg-config utility - XT_CFLAGS C compiler flags for XT, overriding pkg-config - XT_LIBS linker flags for XT, overriding pkg-config - -Use these variables to override the choices made by `configure' or to help -it to find libraries and programs with nonstandard names/locations. - -Report bugs to <https://bugs.freedesktop.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=xorg>. -_ACEOF -ac_status=$? -fi - -if test "$ac_init_help" = "recursive"; then - # If there are subdirs, report their specific --help. - for ac_dir in : $ac_subdirs_all; do test "x$ac_dir" = x: && continue - test -d "$ac_dir" || - { cd "$srcdir" && ac_pwd=`pwd` && srcdir=. && test -d "$ac_dir"; } || - continue - ac_builddir=. - -case "$ac_dir" in -.) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; -*) - ac_dir_suffix=/`$as_echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's|^\.[\\/]||'` - # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix. - ac_top_builddir_sub=`$as_echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's|/[^\\/]*|/..|g;s|/||'` - case $ac_top_builddir_sub in - "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; - *) ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;; - esac ;; -esac -ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd -ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix -# for backward compatibility: -ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix - -case $srcdir in - .) # We are building in place. - ac_srcdir=. - ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub - ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;; - [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute name. - ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix; - ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir - ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;; - *) # Relative name. - ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix - ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir - ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;; -esac -ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix - - cd "$ac_dir" || { ac_status=$?; continue; } - # Check for guested configure. - if test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu"; then - echo && - $SHELL "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu" --help=recursive - elif test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure"; then - echo && - $SHELL "$ac_srcdir/configure" --help=recursive - else - $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: no configuration information is in $ac_dir" >&2 - fi || ac_status=$? - cd "$ac_pwd" || { ac_status=$?; break; } - done -fi - -test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit $ac_status -if $ac_init_version; then - cat <<\_ACEOF -libXt configure 1.0.8 -generated by GNU Autoconf 2.65 - -Copyright (C) 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation -gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it. -_ACEOF - exit -fi - -## ------------------------ ## -## Autoconf initialization. ## -## ------------------------ ## - -# ac_fn_c_try_compile LINENO -# -------------------------- -# Try to compile conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded. -ac_fn_c_try_compile () -{ - as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack - rm -f conftest.$ac_objext - if { { ac_try="$ac_compile" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 - (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.err - ac_status=$? - if test -s conftest.err; then - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1 - cat conftest.er1 >&5 - mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err - fi - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - test $ac_status = 0; } && { - test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then : - ac_retval=0 -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - ac_retval=1 -fi - eval $as_lineno_stack; test "x$as_lineno_stack" = x && { as_lineno=; unset as_lineno;} - as_fn_set_status $ac_retval - -} # ac_fn_c_try_compile - -# ac_fn_c_check_decl LINENO SYMBOL VAR -# ------------------------------------ -# Tests whether SYMBOL is declared, setting cache variable VAR accordingly. -ac_fn_c_check_decl () -{ - as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $2 is declared" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking whether $2 is declared... " >&6; } -if { as_var=$3; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext -/* end confdefs.h. */ -$4 -int -main () -{ -#ifndef $2 - (void) $2; -#endif - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : - eval "$3=yes" -else - eval "$3=no" -fi -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -fi -eval ac_res=\$$3 - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } - eval $as_lineno_stack; test "x$as_lineno_stack" = x && { as_lineno=; unset as_lineno;} - -} # ac_fn_c_check_decl - -# ac_fn_c_try_cpp LINENO -# ---------------------- -# Try to preprocess conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded. -ac_fn_c_try_cpp () -{ - as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack - if { { ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 - (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.err - ac_status=$? - if test -s conftest.err; then - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1 - cat conftest.er1 >&5 - mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err - fi - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - test $ac_status = 0; } >/dev/null && { - test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - }; then : - ac_retval=0 -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - ac_retval=1 -fi - eval $as_lineno_stack; test "x$as_lineno_stack" = x && { as_lineno=; unset as_lineno;} - as_fn_set_status $ac_retval - -} # ac_fn_c_try_cpp - -# ac_fn_c_try_run LINENO -# ---------------------- -# Try to link conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded. Assumes -# that executables *can* be run. -ac_fn_c_try_run () -{ - as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack - if { { ac_try="$ac_link" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 - (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - test $ac_status = 0; } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' - { { case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 - (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - test $ac_status = 0; }; }; then : - ac_retval=0 -else - $as_echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - ac_retval=$ac_status -fi - rm -rf conftest.dSYM conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo - eval $as_lineno_stack; test "x$as_lineno_stack" = x && { as_lineno=; unset as_lineno;} - as_fn_set_status $ac_retval - -} # ac_fn_c_try_run - -# ac_fn_c_check_header_compile LINENO HEADER VAR INCLUDES -# ------------------------------------------------------- -# Tests whether HEADER exists and can be compiled using the include files in -# INCLUDES, setting the cache variable VAR accordingly. -ac_fn_c_check_header_compile () -{ - as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; } -if { as_var=$3; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext -/* end confdefs.h. */ -$4 -#include <$2> -_ACEOF -if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : - eval "$3=yes" -else - eval "$3=no" -fi -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -fi -eval ac_res=\$$3 - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } - eval $as_lineno_stack; test "x$as_lineno_stack" = x && { as_lineno=; unset as_lineno;} - -} # ac_fn_c_check_header_compile - -# ac_fn_c_try_link LINENO -# ----------------------- -# Try to link conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded. -ac_fn_c_try_link () -{ - as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack - rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext - if { { ac_try="$ac_link" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 - (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.err - ac_status=$? - if test -s conftest.err; then - grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1 - cat conftest.er1 >&5 - mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err - fi - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - test $ac_status = 0; } && { - test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || - test ! -s conftest.err - } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { - test "$cross_compiling" = yes || - $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext - }; then : - ac_retval=0 -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - - ac_retval=1 -fi - # Delete the IPA/IPO (Inter Procedural Analysis/Optimization) information - # created by the PGI compiler (conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo), as it would - # interfere with the next link command; also delete a directory that is - # left behind by Apple's compiler. We do this before executing the actions. - rm -rf conftest.dSYM conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo - eval $as_lineno_stack; test "x$as_lineno_stack" = x && { as_lineno=; unset as_lineno;} - as_fn_set_status $ac_retval - -} # ac_fn_c_try_link - -# ac_fn_c_check_func LINENO FUNC VAR -# ---------------------------------- -# Tests whether FUNC exists, setting the cache variable VAR accordingly -ac_fn_c_check_func () -{ - as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; } -if { as_var=$3; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext -/* end confdefs.h. */ -/* Define $2 to an innocuous variant, in case <limits.h> declares $2. - For example, HP-UX 11i <limits.h> declares gettimeofday. */ -#define $2 innocuous_$2 - -/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes, - which can conflict with char $2 (); below. - Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since - <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers. */ - -#ifdef __STDC__ -# include <limits.h> -#else -# include <assert.h> -#endif - -#undef $2 - -/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. - Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC - builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" -#endif -char $2 (); -/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements - to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named - something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ -#if defined __stub_$2 || defined __stub___$2 -choke me -#endif - -int -main () -{ -return $2 (); - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : - eval "$3=yes" -else - eval "$3=no" -fi -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext -fi -eval ac_res=\$$3 - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } - eval $as_lineno_stack; test "x$as_lineno_stack" = x && { as_lineno=; unset as_lineno;} - -} # ac_fn_c_check_func - -# ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel LINENO HEADER VAR INCLUDES -# ------------------------------------------------------- -# Tests whether HEADER exists, giving a warning if it cannot be compiled using -# the include files in INCLUDES and setting the cache variable VAR -# accordingly. -ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel () -{ - as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack - if { as_var=$3; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then : - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; } -if { as_var=$3; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -fi -eval ac_res=\$$3 - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } -else - # Is the header compilable? -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking $2 usability" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking $2 usability... " >&6; } -cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext -/* end confdefs.h. */ -$4 -#include <$2> -_ACEOF -if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : - ac_header_compiler=yes -else - ac_header_compiler=no -fi -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_header_compiler" >&6; } - -# Is the header present? -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking $2 presence" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking $2 presence... " >&6; } -cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include <$2> -_ACEOF -if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then : - ac_header_preproc=yes -else - ac_header_preproc=no -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_header_preproc" >&6; } - -# So? What about this header? -case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in #(( - yes:no: ) - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;} - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;} - ;; - no:yes:* ) - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: present but cannot be compiled" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;} - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;} - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;} - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;} - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;} -( cat <<\_ASBOX -## ---------------------------------------------------------------------- ## -## Report this to https://bugs.freedesktop.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=xorg ## -## ---------------------------------------------------------------------- ## -_ASBOX - ) | sed "s/^/$as_me: WARNING: /" >&2 - ;; -esac - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; } -if { as_var=$3; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - eval "$3=\$ac_header_compiler" -fi -eval ac_res=\$$3 - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } -fi - eval $as_lineno_stack; test "x$as_lineno_stack" = x && { as_lineno=; unset as_lineno;} - -} # ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel -cat >config.log <<_ACEOF -This file contains any messages produced by compilers while -running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake. - -It was created by libXt $as_me 1.0.8, which was -generated by GNU Autoconf 2.65. Invocation command line was - - $ $0 $@ - -_ACEOF -exec 5>>config.log -{ -cat <<_ASUNAME -## --------- ## -## Platform. ## -## --------- ## - -hostname = `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q` -uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` -uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` -uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` -uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` - -/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` -/bin/uname -X = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` - -/bin/arch = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` -/usr/bin/arch -k = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` -/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` -/usr/bin/hostinfo = `(/usr/bin/hostinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` -/bin/machine = `(/bin/machine) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` -/usr/bin/oslevel = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` -/bin/universe = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` - -_ASUNAME - -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - $as_echo "PATH: $as_dir" - done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -} >&5 - -cat >&5 <<_ACEOF - - -## ----------- ## -## Core tests. ## -## ----------- ## - -_ACEOF - - -# Keep a trace of the command line. -# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up. -# Strip out --silent because we don't want to record it for future runs. -# Also quote any args containing shell meta-characters. -# Make two passes to allow for proper duplicate-argument suppression. -ac_configure_args= -ac_configure_args0= -ac_configure_args1= -ac_must_keep_next=false -for ac_pass in 1 2 -do - for ac_arg - do - case $ac_arg in - -no-create | --no-c* | -n | -no-recursion | --no-r*) continue ;; - -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ - | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil) - continue ;; - *\'*) - ac_arg=`$as_echo "$ac_arg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; - esac - case $ac_pass in - 1) as_fn_append ac_configure_args0 " '$ac_arg'" ;; - 2) - as_fn_append ac_configure_args1 " '$ac_arg'" - if test $ac_must_keep_next = true; then - ac_must_keep_next=false # Got value, back to normal. - else - case $ac_arg in - *=* | --config-cache | -C | -disable-* | --disable-* \ - | -enable-* | --enable-* | -gas | --g* | -nfp | --nf* \ - | -q | -quiet | --q* | -silent | --sil* | -v | -verb* \ - | -with-* | --with-* | -without-* | --without-* | --x) - case "$ac_configure_args0 " in - "$ac_configure_args1"*" '$ac_arg' "* ) continue ;; - esac - ;; - -* ) ac_must_keep_next=true ;; - esac - fi - as_fn_append ac_configure_args " '$ac_arg'" - ;; - esac - done -done -{ ac_configure_args0=; unset ac_configure_args0;} -{ ac_configure_args1=; unset ac_configure_args1;} - -# When interrupted or exit'd, cleanup temporary files, and complete -# config.log. We remove comments because anyway the quotes in there -# would cause problems or look ugly. -# WARNING: Use '\'' to represent an apostrophe within the trap. -# WARNING: Do not start the trap code with a newline, due to a FreeBSD 4.0 bug. -trap 'exit_status=$? - # Save into config.log some information that might help in debugging. - { - echo - - cat <<\_ASBOX -## ---------------- ## -## Cache variables. ## -## ---------------- ## -_ASBOX - echo - # The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values, -( - for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n '\''s/^\([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=.*/\1/p'\''`; do - eval ac_val=\$$ac_var - case $ac_val in #( - *${as_nl}*) - case $ac_var in #( - *_cv_*) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&2;} ;; - esac - case $ac_var in #( - _ | IFS | as_nl) ;; #( - BASH_ARGV | BASH_SOURCE) eval $ac_var= ;; #( - *) { eval $ac_var=; unset $ac_var;} ;; - esac ;; - esac - done - (set) 2>&1 | - case $as_nl`(ac_space='\'' '\''; set) 2>&1` in #( - *${as_nl}ac_space=\ *) - sed -n \ - "s/'\''/'\''\\\\'\'''\''/g; - s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\''\\2'\''/p" - ;; #( - *) - sed -n "/^[_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*=/p" - ;; - esac | - sort -) - echo - - cat <<\_ASBOX -## ----------------- ## -## Output variables. ## -## ----------------- ## -_ASBOX - echo - for ac_var in $ac_subst_vars - do - eval ac_val=\$$ac_var - case $ac_val in - *\'\''*) ac_val=`$as_echo "$ac_val" | sed "s/'\''/'\''\\\\\\\\'\'''\''/g"`;; - esac - $as_echo "$ac_var='\''$ac_val'\''" - done | sort - echo - - if test -n "$ac_subst_files"; then - cat <<\_ASBOX -## ------------------- ## -## File substitutions. ## -## ------------------- ## -_ASBOX - echo - for ac_var in $ac_subst_files - do - eval ac_val=\$$ac_var - case $ac_val in - *\'\''*) ac_val=`$as_echo "$ac_val" | sed "s/'\''/'\''\\\\\\\\'\'''\''/g"`;; - esac - $as_echo "$ac_var='\''$ac_val'\''" - done | sort - echo - fi - - if test -s confdefs.h; then - cat <<\_ASBOX -## ----------- ## -## confdefs.h. ## -## ----------- ## -_ASBOX - echo - cat confdefs.h - echo - fi - test "$ac_signal" != 0 && - $as_echo "$as_me: caught signal $ac_signal" - $as_echo "$as_me: exit $exit_status" - } >&5 - rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* && - rm -f -r conftest* confdefs* conf$$* $ac_clean_files && - exit $exit_status -' 0 -for ac_signal in 1 2 13 15; do - trap 'ac_signal='$ac_signal'; as_fn_exit 1' $ac_signal -done -ac_signal=0 - -# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed. -rm -f -r conftest* confdefs.h - -$as_echo "/* confdefs.h */" > confdefs.h - -# Predefined preprocessor variables. - -cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF -#define PACKAGE_NAME "$PACKAGE_NAME" -_ACEOF - -cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF -#define PACKAGE_TARNAME "$PACKAGE_TARNAME" -_ACEOF - -cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF -#define PACKAGE_VERSION "$PACKAGE_VERSION" -_ACEOF - -cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF -#define PACKAGE_STRING "$PACKAGE_STRING" -_ACEOF - -cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF -#define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT" -_ACEOF - -cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF -#define PACKAGE_URL "$PACKAGE_URL" -_ACEOF - - -# Let the site file select an alternate cache file if it wants to. -# Prefer an explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones. -ac_site_file1=NONE -ac_site_file2=NONE -if test -n "$CONFIG_SITE"; then - ac_site_file1=$CONFIG_SITE -elif test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then - ac_site_file1=$prefix/share/config.site - ac_site_file2=$prefix/etc/config.site -else - ac_site_file1=$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site - ac_site_file2=$ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site -fi -for ac_site_file in "$ac_site_file1" "$ac_site_file2" -do - test "x$ac_site_file" = xNONE && continue - if test /dev/null != "$ac_site_file" && test -r "$ac_site_file"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&6;} - sed 's/^/| /' "$ac_site_file" >&5 - . "$ac_site_file" - fi -done - -if test -r "$cache_file"; then - # Some versions of bash will fail to source /dev/null (special files - # actually), so we avoid doing that. DJGPP emulates it as a regular file. - if test /dev/null != "$cache_file" && test -f "$cache_file"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: loading cache $cache_file" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: loading cache $cache_file" >&6;} - case $cache_file in - [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) . "$cache_file";; - *) . "./$cache_file";; - esac - fi -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating cache $cache_file" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: creating cache $cache_file" >&6;} - >$cache_file -fi - -# Check that the precious variables saved in the cache have kept the same -# value. -ac_cache_corrupted=false -for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do - eval ac_old_set=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set - eval ac_new_set=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_set - eval ac_old_val=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value - eval ac_new_val=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_value - case $ac_old_set,$ac_new_set in - set,) - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&2;} - ac_cache_corrupted=: ;; - ,set) - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&2;} - ac_cache_corrupted=: ;; - ,);; - *) - if test "x$ac_old_val" != "x$ac_new_val"; then - # differences in whitespace do not lead to failure. - ac_old_val_w=`echo x $ac_old_val` - ac_new_val_w=`echo x $ac_new_val` - if test "$ac_old_val_w" != "$ac_new_val_w"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&2;} - ac_cache_corrupted=: - else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: warning: ignoring whitespace changes in \`$ac_var' since the previous run:" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: warning: ignoring whitespace changes in \`$ac_var' since the previous run:" >&2;} - eval $ac_var=\$ac_old_val - fi - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: former value: \`$ac_old_val'" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: former value: \`$ac_old_val'" >&2;} - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: current value: \`$ac_new_val'" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: current value: \`$ac_new_val'" >&2;} - fi;; - esac - # Pass precious variables to config.status. - if test "$ac_new_set" = set; then - case $ac_new_val in - *\'*) ac_arg=$ac_var=`$as_echo "$ac_new_val" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; - *) ac_arg=$ac_var=$ac_new_val ;; - esac - case " $ac_configure_args " in - *" '$ac_arg' "*) ;; # Avoid dups. Use of quotes ensures accuracy. - *) as_fn_append ac_configure_args " '$ac_arg'" ;; - esac - fi -done -if $ac_cache_corrupted; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&2;} - as_fn_error "run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" "$LINENO" 5 -fi -## -------------------- ## -## Main body of script. ## -## -------------------- ## - -ac_ext=c -ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' -ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' -ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' -ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu - - -am__api_version='1.11' - -ac_aux_dir= -for ac_dir in "$srcdir" "$srcdir/.." "$srcdir/../.."; do - for ac_t in install-sh install.sh shtool; do - if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_t"; then - ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir - ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/$ac_t -c" - break 2 - fi - done -done -if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then - as_fn_error "cannot find install-sh, install.sh, or shtool in \"$srcdir\" \"$srcdir/..\" \"$srcdir/../..\"" "$LINENO" 5 -fi - -# These three variables are undocumented and unsupported, -# and are intended to be withdrawn in a future Autoconf release. -# They can cause serious problems if a builder's source tree is in a directory -# whose full name contains unusual characters. -ac_config_guess="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.guess" # Please don't use this var. -ac_config_sub="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub" # Please don't use this var. -ac_configure="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/configure" # Please don't use this var. - - -# Find a good install program. We prefer a C program (faster), -# so one script is as good as another. But avoid the broken or -# incompatible versions: -# SysV /etc/install, /usr/sbin/install -# SunOS /usr/etc/install -# IRIX /sbin/install -# AIX /bin/install -# AmigaOS /C/install, which installs bootblocks on floppy discs -# AIX 4 /usr/bin/installbsd, which doesn't work without a -g flag -# AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args -# SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff" -# OS/2's system install, which has a completely different semantic -# ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh. -# Reject install programs that cannot install multiple files. -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for a BSD-compatible install" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for a BSD-compatible install... " >&6; } -if test -z "$INSTALL"; then -if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - # Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements. -case $as_dir/ in #(( - ./ | .// | /[cC]/* | \ - /etc/* | /usr/sbin/* | /usr/etc/* | /sbin/* | /usr/afsws/bin/* | \ - ?:[\\/]os2[\\/]install[\\/]* | ?:[\\/]OS2[\\/]INSTALL[\\/]* | \ - /usr/ucb/* ) ;; - *) - # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install. - # Don't use installbsd from OSF since it installs stuff as root - # by default. - for ac_prog in ginstall scoinst install; do - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - if test $ac_prog = install && - grep dspmsg "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then - # AIX install. It has an incompatible calling convention. - : - elif test $ac_prog = install && - grep pwplus "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then - # program-specific install script used by HP pwplus--don't use. - : - else - rm -rf conftest.one conftest.two conftest.dir - echo one > conftest.one - echo two > conftest.two - mkdir conftest.dir - if "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" -c conftest.one conftest.two "`pwd`/conftest.dir" && - test -s conftest.one && test -s conftest.two && - test -s conftest.dir/conftest.one && - test -s conftest.dir/conftest.two - then - ac_cv_path_install="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext -c" - break 3 - fi - fi - fi - done - done - ;; -esac - - done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -rm -rf conftest.one conftest.two conftest.dir - -fi - if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then - INSTALL=$ac_cv_path_install - else - # As a last resort, use the slow shell script. Don't cache a - # value for INSTALL within a source directory, because that will - # break other packages using the cache if that directory is - # removed, or if the value is a relative name. - INSTALL=$ac_install_sh - fi -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $INSTALL" >&5 -$as_echo "$INSTALL" >&6; } - -# Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}. -# It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution. -test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}' - -test -z "$INSTALL_SCRIPT" && INSTALL_SCRIPT='${INSTALL}' - -test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644' - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether build environment is sane" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking whether build environment is sane... " >&6; } -# Just in case -sleep 1 -echo timestamp > conftest.file -# Reject unsafe characters in $srcdir or the absolute working directory -# name. Accept space and tab only in the latter. -am_lf=' -' -case `pwd` in - *[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf]*) - as_fn_error "unsafe absolute working directory name" "$LINENO" 5;; -esac -case $srcdir in - *[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf\ \ ]*) - as_fn_error "unsafe srcdir value: \`$srcdir'" "$LINENO" 5;; -esac - -# Do `set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's -# arguments. Must try -L first in case configure is actually a -# symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks -# (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing -# directory). -if ( - set X `ls -Lt "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file 2> /dev/null` - if test "$*" = "X"; then - # -L didn't work. - set X `ls -t "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file` - fi - rm -f conftest.file - if test "$*" != "X $srcdir/configure conftest.file" \ - && test "$*" != "X conftest.file $srcdir/configure"; then - - # If neither matched, then we have a broken ls. This can happen - # if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a - # broken ls alias from the environment. This has actually - # happened. Such a system could not be considered "sane". - as_fn_error "ls -t appears to fail. Make sure there is not a broken -alias in your environment" "$LINENO" 5 - fi - - test "$2" = conftest.file - ) -then - # Ok. - : -else - as_fn_error "newly created file is older than distributed files! -Check your system clock" "$LINENO" 5 -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 -$as_echo "yes" >&6; } -test "$program_prefix" != NONE && - program_transform_name="s&^&$program_prefix&;$program_transform_name" -# Use a double $ so make ignores it. -test "$program_suffix" != NONE && - program_transform_name="s&\$&$program_suffix&;$program_transform_name" -# Double any \ or $. -# By default was `s,x,x', remove it if useless. -ac_script='s/[\\$]/&&/g;s/;s,x,x,$//' -program_transform_name=`$as_echo "$program_transform_name" | sed "$ac_script"` - -# expand $ac_aux_dir to an absolute path -am_aux_dir=`cd $ac_aux_dir && pwd` - -if test x"${MISSING+set}" != xset; then - case $am_aux_dir in - *\ * | *\ *) - MISSING="\${SHELL} \"$am_aux_dir/missing\"" ;; - *) - MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing" ;; - esac -fi -# Use eval to expand $SHELL -if eval "$MISSING --run true"; then - am_missing_run="$MISSING --run " -else - am_missing_run= - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: \`missing' script is too old or missing" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: \`missing' script is too old or missing" >&2;} -fi - -if test x"${install_sh}" != xset; then - case $am_aux_dir in - *\ * | *\ *) - install_sh="\${SHELL} '$am_aux_dir/install-sh'" ;; - *) - install_sh="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/install-sh" - esac -fi - -# Installed binaries are usually stripped using `strip' when the user -# run `make install-strip'. However `strip' might not be the right -# tool to use in cross-compilation environments, therefore Automake -# will honor the `STRIP' environment variable to overrule this program. -if test "$cross_compiling" != no; then - if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then - # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}strip", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}strip; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_STRIP+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$STRIP"; then - ac_cv_prog_STRIP="$STRIP" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_STRIP="${ac_tool_prefix}strip" - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done - done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_STRIP -if test -n "$STRIP"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $STRIP" >&5 -$as_echo "$STRIP" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - -fi -if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_STRIP"; then - ac_ct_STRIP=$STRIP - # Extract the first word of "strip", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy strip; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="$ac_ct_STRIP" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="strip" - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done - done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -ac_ct_STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP -if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_STRIP" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_ct_STRIP" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - if test "x$ac_ct_STRIP" = x; then - STRIP=":" - else - case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in -yes:) -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} -ac_tool_warned=yes ;; -esac - STRIP=$ac_ct_STRIP - fi -else - STRIP="$ac_cv_prog_STRIP" -fi - -fi -INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM="\$(install_sh) -c -s" - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for a thread-safe mkdir -p" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for a thread-safe mkdir -p... " >&6; } -if test -z "$MKDIR_P"; then - if test "${ac_cv_path_mkdir+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/opt/sfw/bin -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_prog in mkdir gmkdir; do - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; } || continue - case `"$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" --version 2>&1` in #( - 'mkdir (GNU coreutils) '* | \ - 'mkdir (coreutils) '* | \ - 'mkdir (fileutils) '4.1*) - ac_cv_path_mkdir=$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext - break 3;; - esac - done - done - done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi - - test -d ./--version && rmdir ./--version - if test "${ac_cv_path_mkdir+set}" = set; then - MKDIR_P="$ac_cv_path_mkdir -p" - else - # As a last resort, use the slow shell script. Don't cache a - # value for MKDIR_P within a source directory, because that will - # break other packages using the cache if that directory is - # removed, or if the value is a relative name. - MKDIR_P="$ac_install_sh -d" - fi -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $MKDIR_P" >&5 -$as_echo "$MKDIR_P" >&6; } - -mkdir_p="$MKDIR_P" -case $mkdir_p in - [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]*) ;; - */*) mkdir_p="\$(top_builddir)/$mkdir_p" ;; -esac - -for ac_prog in gawk mawk nawk awk -do - # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_AWK+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$AWK"; then - ac_cv_prog_AWK="$AWK" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_AWK="$ac_prog" - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done - done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -AWK=$ac_cv_prog_AWK -if test -n "$AWK"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $AWK" >&5 -$as_echo "$AWK" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - - test -n "$AWK" && break -done - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)... " >&6; } -set x ${MAKE-make} -ac_make=`$as_echo "$2" | sed 's/+/p/g; s/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g'` -if { as_var=ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - cat >conftest.make <<\_ACEOF -SHELL = /bin/sh -all: - @echo '@@@%%%=$(MAKE)=@@@%%%' -_ACEOF -# GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering...", which would confuse us. -case `${MAKE-make} -f conftest.make 2>/dev/null` in - *@@@%%%=?*=@@@%%%*) - eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=yes;; - *) - eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=no;; -esac -rm -f conftest.make -fi -if eval test \$ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set = yes; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 -$as_echo "yes" >&6; } - SET_MAKE= -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } - SET_MAKE="MAKE=${MAKE-make}" -fi - -rm -rf .tst 2>/dev/null -mkdir .tst 2>/dev/null -if test -d .tst; then - am__leading_dot=. -else - am__leading_dot=_ -fi -rmdir .tst 2>/dev/null - -if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`"; then - # Use -I$(srcdir) only when $(srcdir) != ., so that make's output - # is not polluted with repeated "-I." - am__isrc=' -I$(srcdir)' - # test to see if srcdir already configured - if test -f $srcdir/config.status; then - as_fn_error "source directory already configured; run \"make distclean\" there first" "$LINENO" 5 - fi -fi - -# test whether we have cygpath -if test -z "$CYGPATH_W"; then - if (cygpath --version) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then - CYGPATH_W='cygpath -w' - else - CYGPATH_W=echo - fi -fi - - -# Define the identity of the package. - PACKAGE='libXt' - VERSION='1.0.8' - - -cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF -#define PACKAGE "$PACKAGE" -_ACEOF - - -cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF -#define VERSION "$VERSION" -_ACEOF - -# Some tools Automake needs. - -ACLOCAL=${ACLOCAL-"${am_missing_run}aclocal-${am__api_version}"} - - -AUTOCONF=${AUTOCONF-"${am_missing_run}autoconf"} - - -AUTOMAKE=${AUTOMAKE-"${am_missing_run}automake-${am__api_version}"} - - -AUTOHEADER=${AUTOHEADER-"${am_missing_run}autoheader"} - - -MAKEINFO=${MAKEINFO-"${am_missing_run}makeinfo"} - -# We need awk for the "check" target. The system "awk" is bad on -# some platforms. -# Always define AMTAR for backward compatibility. - -AMTAR=${AMTAR-"${am_missing_run}tar"} - -am__tar='${AMTAR} chof - "$$tardir"'; am__untar='${AMTAR} xf -' - - - - - - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether to enable maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking whether to enable maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles... " >&6; } - # Check whether --enable-maintainer-mode was given. -if test "${enable_maintainer_mode+set}" = set; then : - enableval=$enable_maintainer_mode; USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=$enableval -else - USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=no -fi - - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $USE_MAINTAINER_MODE" >&5 -$as_echo "$USE_MAINTAINER_MODE" >&6; } - if test $USE_MAINTAINER_MODE = yes; then - MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE= - MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE='#' -else - MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE='#' - MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE= -fi - - MAINT=$MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE - - - -# Require xorg-macros: XORG_DEFAULT_OPTIONS - - - - - - - - - - - -DEPDIR="${am__leading_dot}deps" - -ac_config_commands="$ac_config_commands depfiles" - - -am_make=${MAKE-make} -cat > confinc << 'END' -am__doit: - @echo this is the am__doit target -.PHONY: am__doit -END -# If we don't find an include directive, just comment out the code. -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for style of include used by $am_make" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for style of include used by $am_make... " >&6; } -am__include="#" -am__quote= -_am_result=none -# First try GNU make style include. -echo "include confinc" > confmf -# Ignore all kinds of additional output from `make'. -case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #( -*the\ am__doit\ target*) - am__include=include - am__quote= - _am_result=GNU - ;; -esac -# Now try BSD make style include. -if test "$am__include" = "#"; then - echo '.include "confinc"' > confmf - case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #( - *the\ am__doit\ target*) - am__include=.include - am__quote="\"" - _am_result=BSD - ;; - esac -fi - - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $_am_result" >&5 -$as_echo "$_am_result" >&6; } -rm -f confinc confmf - -# Check whether --enable-dependency-tracking was given. -if test "${enable_dependency_tracking+set}" = set; then : - enableval=$enable_dependency_tracking; -fi - -if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then - am_depcomp="$ac_aux_dir/depcomp" - AMDEPBACKSLASH='\' -fi - if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then - AMDEP_TRUE= - AMDEP_FALSE='#' -else - AMDEP_TRUE='#' - AMDEP_FALSE= -fi - - -ac_ext=c -ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' -ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' -ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' -ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu -if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then - # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}gcc", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}gcc; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$CC"; then - ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}gcc" - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done - done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC -if test -n "$CC"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5 -$as_echo "$CC" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - -fi -if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then - ac_ct_CC=$CC - # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="gcc" - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done - done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC -if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then - CC="" - else - case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in -yes:) -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} -ac_tool_warned=yes ;; -esac - CC=$ac_ct_CC - fi -else - CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC" -fi - -if test -z "$CC"; then - if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then - # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}cc", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}cc; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$CC"; then - ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}cc" - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done - done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC -if test -n "$CC"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5 -$as_echo "$CC" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - - fi -fi -if test -z "$CC"; then - # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy cc; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$CC"; then - ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. -else - ac_prog_rejected=no -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - if test "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then - ac_prog_rejected=yes - continue - fi - ac_cv_prog_CC="cc" - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done - done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then - # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it. - set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC - shift - if test $# != 0; then - # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one. - # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen - # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name. - shift - ac_cv_prog_CC="$as_dir/$ac_word${1+' '}$@" - fi -fi -fi -fi -CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC -if test -n "$CC"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5 -$as_echo "$CC" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - -fi -if test -z "$CC"; then - if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then - for ac_prog in cl.exe - do - # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$CC"; then - ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_CC="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog" - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done - done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC -if test -n "$CC"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5 -$as_echo "$CC" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - - test -n "$CC" && break - done -fi -if test -z "$CC"; then - ac_ct_CC=$CC - for ac_prog in cl.exe -do - # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_prog" - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done - done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC -if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - - test -n "$ac_ct_CC" && break -done - - if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then - CC="" - else - case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in -yes:) -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} -ac_tool_warned=yes ;; -esac - CC=$ac_ct_CC - fi -fi - -fi - - -test -z "$CC" && { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} -as_fn_error "no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH -See \`config.log' for more details." "$LINENO" 5; } - -# Provide some information about the compiler. -$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for C compiler version" >&5 -set X $ac_compile -ac_compiler=$2 -for ac_option in --version -v -V -qversion; do - { { ac_try="$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 - (eval "$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5") 2>conftest.err - ac_status=$? - if test -s conftest.err; then - sed '10a\ -... rest of stderr output deleted ... - 10q' conftest.err >conftest.er1 - cat conftest.er1 >&5 - fi - rm -f conftest.er1 conftest.err - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - test $ac_status = 0; } -done - -cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -int -main () -{ - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files -ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files a.out a.out.dSYM a.exe b.out" -# Try to create an executable without -o first, disregard a.out. -# It will help us diagnose broken compilers, and finding out an intuition -# of exeext. -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether the C compiler works" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking whether the C compiler works... " >&6; } -ac_link_default=`$as_echo "$ac_link" | sed 's/ -o *conftest[^ ]*//'` - -# The possible output files: -ac_files="a.out conftest.exe conftest a.exe a_out.exe b.out conftest.*" - -ac_rmfiles= -for ac_file in $ac_files -do - case $ac_file in - *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;; - * ) ac_rmfiles="$ac_rmfiles $ac_file";; - esac -done -rm -f $ac_rmfiles - -if { { ac_try="$ac_link_default" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 - (eval "$ac_link_default") 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - test $ac_status = 0; }; then : - # Autoconf-2.13 could set the ac_cv_exeext variable to `no'. -# So ignore a value of `no', otherwise this would lead to `EXEEXT = no' -# in a Makefile. We should not override ac_cv_exeext if it was cached, -# so that the user can short-circuit this test for compilers unknown to -# Autoconf. -for ac_file in $ac_files '' -do - test -f "$ac_file" || continue - case $ac_file in - *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) - ;; - [ab].out ) - # We found the default executable, but exeext='' is most - # certainly right. - break;; - *.* ) - if test "${ac_cv_exeext+set}" = set && test "$ac_cv_exeext" != no; - then :; else - ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'` - fi - # We set ac_cv_exeext here because the later test for it is not - # safe: cross compilers may not add the suffix if given an `-o' - # argument, so we may need to know it at that point already. - # Even if this section looks crufty: it has the advantage of - # actually working. - break;; - * ) - break;; - esac -done -test "$ac_cv_exeext" = no && ac_cv_exeext= - -else - ac_file='' -fi -if test -z "$ac_file"; then : - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -$as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -{ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} -{ as_fn_set_status 77 -as_fn_error "C compiler cannot create executables -See \`config.log' for more details." "$LINENO" 5; }; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 -$as_echo "yes" >&6; } -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for C compiler default output file name" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for C compiler default output file name... " >&6; } -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_file" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_file" >&6; } -ac_exeext=$ac_cv_exeext - -rm -f -r a.out a.out.dSYM a.exe conftest$ac_cv_exeext b.out -ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for suffix of executables" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for suffix of executables... " >&6; } -if { { ac_try="$ac_link" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 - (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - test $ac_status = 0; }; then : - # If both `conftest.exe' and `conftest' are `present' (well, observable) -# catch `conftest.exe'. For instance with Cygwin, `ls conftest' will -# work properly (i.e., refer to `conftest.exe'), while it won't with -# `rm'. -for ac_file in conftest.exe conftest conftest.*; do - test -f "$ac_file" || continue - case $ac_file in - *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;; - *.* ) ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'` - break;; - * ) break;; - esac -done -else - { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} -as_fn_error "cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link -See \`config.log' for more details." "$LINENO" 5; } -fi -rm -f conftest conftest$ac_cv_exeext -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_exeext" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_cv_exeext" >&6; } - -rm -f conftest.$ac_ext -EXEEXT=$ac_cv_exeext -ac_exeext=$EXEEXT -cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include <stdio.h> -int -main () -{ -FILE *f = fopen ("conftest.out", "w"); - return ferror (f) || fclose (f) != 0; - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files conftest.out" -# Check that the compiler produces executables we can run. If not, either -# the compiler is broken, or we cross compile. -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether we are cross compiling" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking whether we are cross compiling... " >&6; } -if test "$cross_compiling" != yes; then - { { ac_try="$ac_link" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 - (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - test $ac_status = 0; } - if { ac_try='./conftest$ac_cv_exeext' - { { case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 - (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - test $ac_status = 0; }; }; then - cross_compiling=no - else - if test "$cross_compiling" = maybe; then - cross_compiling=yes - else - { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} -as_fn_error "cannot run C compiled programs. -If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'. -See \`config.log' for more details." "$LINENO" 5; } - fi - fi -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $cross_compiling" >&5 -$as_echo "$cross_compiling" >&6; } - -rm -f conftest.$ac_ext conftest$ac_cv_exeext conftest.out -ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for suffix of object files" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for suffix of object files... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_objext+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -int -main () -{ - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -rm -f conftest.o conftest.obj -if { { ac_try="$ac_compile" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 - (eval "$ac_compile") 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - test $ac_status = 0; }; then : - for ac_file in conftest.o conftest.obj conftest.*; do - test -f "$ac_file" || continue; - case $ac_file in - *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM ) ;; - *) ac_cv_objext=`expr "$ac_file" : '.*\.\(.*\)'` - break;; - esac -done -else - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 -sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - -{ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} -as_fn_error "cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile -See \`config.log' for more details." "$LINENO" 5; } -fi -rm -f conftest.$ac_cv_objext conftest.$ac_ext -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_objext" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_cv_objext" >&6; } -OBJEXT=$ac_cv_objext -ac_objext=$OBJEXT -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -int -main () -{ -#ifndef __GNUC__ - choke me -#endif - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : - ac_compiler_gnu=yes -else - ac_compiler_gnu=no -fi -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu - -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&6; } -if test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes; then - GCC=yes -else - GCC= -fi -ac_test_CFLAGS=${CFLAGS+set} -ac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $CC accepts -g" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking whether $CC accepts -g... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_g+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - ac_save_c_werror_flag=$ac_c_werror_flag - ac_c_werror_flag=yes - ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no - CFLAGS="-g" - cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -int -main () -{ - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : - ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes -else - CFLAGS="" - cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -int -main () -{ - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : - -else - ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag - CFLAGS="-g" - cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -int -main () -{ - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : - ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes -fi -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -fi -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -fi -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext - ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&6; } -if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then - CFLAGS=$ac_save_CFLAGS -elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - CFLAGS="-g -O2" - else - CFLAGS="-g" - fi -else - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - CFLAGS="-O2" - else - CFLAGS= - fi -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_c89+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=no -ac_save_CC=$CC -cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include <stdarg.h> -#include <stdio.h> -#include <sys/types.h> -#include <sys/stat.h> -/* Most of the following tests are stolen from RCS 5.7's src/conf.sh. */ -struct buf { int x; }; -FILE * (*rcsopen) (struct buf *, struct stat *, int); -static char *e (p, i) - char **p; - int i; -{ - return p[i]; -} -static char *f (char * (*g) (char **, int), char **p, ...) -{ - char *s; - va_list v; - va_start (v,p); - s = g (p, va_arg (v,int)); - va_end (v); - return s; -} - -/* OSF 4.0 Compaq cc is some sort of almost-ANSI by default. It has - function prototypes and stuff, but not '\xHH' hex character constants. - These don't provoke an error unfortunately, instead are silently treated - as 'x'. The following induces an error, until -std is added to get - proper ANSI mode. Curiously '\x00'!='x' always comes out true, for an - array size at least. It's necessary to write '\x00'==0 to get something - that's true only with -std. */ -int osf4_cc_array ['\x00' == 0 ? 1 : -1]; - -/* IBM C 6 for AIX is almost-ANSI by default, but it replaces macro parameters - inside strings and character constants. */ -#define FOO(x) 'x' -int xlc6_cc_array[FOO(a) == 'x' ? 1 : -1]; - -int test (int i, double x); -struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);}; -struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);}; -int pairnames (int, char **, FILE *(*)(struct buf *, struct stat *, int), int, int); -int argc; -char **argv; -int -main () -{ -return f (e, argv, 0) != argv[0] || f (e, argv, 1) != argv[1]; - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -for ac_arg in '' -qlanglvl=extc89 -qlanglvl=ansi -std \ - -Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__" -do - CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg" - if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : - ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=$ac_arg -fi -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext - test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != "xno" && break -done -rm -f conftest.$ac_ext -CC=$ac_save_CC - -fi -# AC_CACHE_VAL -case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" in - x) - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: none needed" >&5 -$as_echo "none needed" >&6; } ;; - xno) - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: unsupported" >&5 -$as_echo "unsupported" >&6; } ;; - *) - CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&6; } ;; -esac -if test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != xno; then : - -fi - -ac_ext=c -ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' -ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' -ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' -ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu - -depcc="$CC" am_compiler_list= - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking dependency style of $depcc" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking dependency style of $depcc... " >&6; } -if test "${am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -z "$AMDEP_TRUE" && test -f "$am_depcomp"; then - # We make a subdir and do the tests there. Otherwise we can end up - # making bogus files that we don't know about and never remove. For - # instance it was reported that on HP-UX the gcc test will end up - # making a dummy file named `D' -- because `-MD' means `put the output - # in D'. - mkdir conftest.dir - # Copy depcomp to subdir because otherwise we won't find it if we're - # using a relative directory. - cp "$am_depcomp" conftest.dir - cd conftest.dir - # We will build objects and dependencies in a subdirectory because - # it helps to detect inapplicable dependency modes. For instance - # both Tru64's cc and ICC support -MD to output dependencies as a - # side effect of compilation, but ICC will put the dependencies in - # the current directory while Tru64 will put them in the object - # directory. - mkdir sub - - am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=none - if test "$am_compiler_list" = ""; then - am_compiler_list=`sed -n 's/^#*\([a-zA-Z0-9]*\))$/\1/p' < ./depcomp` - fi - am__universal=false - case " $depcc " in #( - *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;; - esac - - for depmode in $am_compiler_list; do - # Setup a source with many dependencies, because some compilers - # like to wrap large dependency lists on column 80 (with \), and - # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this. - # - # We need to recreate these files for each test, as the compiler may - # overwrite some of them when testing with obscure command lines. - # This happens at least with the AIX C compiler. - : > sub/conftest.c - for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6; do - echo '#include "conftst'$i'.h"' >> sub/conftest.c - # Using `: > sub/conftst$i.h' creates only sub/conftst1.h with - # Solaris 8's {/usr,}/bin/sh. - touch sub/conftst$i.h - done - echo "${am__include} ${am__quote}sub/conftest.Po${am__quote}" > confmf - - # We check with `-c' and `-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout" - # mode. It turns out that the SunPro C++ compiler does not properly - # handle `-M -o', and we need to detect this. Also, some Intel - # versions had trouble with output in subdirs - am__obj=sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o} - am__minus_obj="-o $am__obj" - case $depmode in - gcc) - # This depmode causes a compiler race in universal mode. - test "$am__universal" = false || continue - ;; - nosideeffect) - # after this tag, mechanisms are not by side-effect, so they'll - # only be used when explicitly requested - if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" = xyes; then - continue - else - break - fi - ;; - msvisualcpp | msvcmsys) - # This compiler won't grok `-c -o', but also, the minuso test has - # not run yet. These depmodes are late enough in the game, and - # so weak that their functioning should not be impacted. - am__obj=conftest.${OBJEXT-o} - am__minus_obj= - ;; - none) break ;; - esac - if depmode=$depmode \ - source=sub/conftest.c object=$am__obj \ - depfile=sub/conftest.Po tmpdepfile=sub/conftest.TPo \ - $SHELL ./depcomp $depcc -c $am__minus_obj sub/conftest.c \ - >/dev/null 2>conftest.err && - grep sub/conftst1.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && - grep sub/conftst6.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && - grep $am__obj sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && - ${MAKE-make} -s -f confmf > /dev/null 2>&1; then - # icc doesn't choke on unknown options, it will just issue warnings - # or remarks (even with -Werror). So we grep stderr for any message - # that says an option was ignored or not supported. - # When given -MP, icc 7.0 and 7.1 complain thusly: - # icc: Command line warning: ignoring option '-M'; no argument required - # The diagnosis changed in icc 8.0: - # icc: Command line remark: option '-MP' not supported - if (grep 'ignoring option' conftest.err || - grep 'not supported' conftest.err) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else - am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=$depmode - break - fi - fi - done - - cd .. - rm -rf conftest.dir -else - am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=none -fi - -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" >&5 -$as_echo "$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" >&6; } -CCDEPMODE=depmode=$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type - - if - test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno \ - && test "$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" = gcc3; then - am__fastdepCC_TRUE= - am__fastdepCC_FALSE='#' -else - am__fastdepCC_TRUE='#' - am__fastdepCC_FALSE= -fi - - - -ac_ext=c -ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' -ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' -ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' -ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking how to run the C preprocessor... " >&6; } -# On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory. -if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then - CPP= -fi -if test -z "$CPP"; then - if test "${ac_cv_prog_CPP+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - # Double quotes because CPP needs to be expanded - for CPP in "$CC -E" "$CC -E -traditional-cpp" "/lib/cpp" - do - ac_preproc_ok=false -for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes -do - # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc - # with a fresh cross-compiler works. - # Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since - # <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers. - # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser, - # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case. - cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#ifdef __STDC__ -# include <limits.h> -#else -# include <assert.h> -#endif - Syntax error -_ACEOF -if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then : - -else - # Broken: fails on valid input. -continue -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext - - # OK, works on sane cases. Now check whether nonexistent headers - # can be detected and how. - cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include <ac_nonexistent.h> -_ACEOF -if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then : - # Broken: success on invalid input. -continue -else - # Passes both tests. -ac_preproc_ok=: -break -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext - -done -# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped. -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext -if $ac_preproc_ok; then : - break -fi - - done - ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP - -fi - CPP=$ac_cv_prog_CPP -else - ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CPP" >&5 -$as_echo "$CPP" >&6; } -ac_preproc_ok=false -for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes -do - # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc - # with a fresh cross-compiler works. - # Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since - # <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers. - # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser, - # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case. - cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#ifdef __STDC__ -# include <limits.h> -#else -# include <assert.h> -#endif - Syntax error -_ACEOF -if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then : - -else - # Broken: fails on valid input. -continue -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext - - # OK, works on sane cases. Now check whether nonexistent headers - # can be detected and how. - cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include <ac_nonexistent.h> -_ACEOF -if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then : - # Broken: success on invalid input. -continue -else - # Passes both tests. -ac_preproc_ok=: -break -fi -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext - -done -# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped. -rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext -if $ac_preproc_ok; then : - -else - { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} -as_fn_error "C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check -See \`config.log' for more details." "$LINENO" 5; } -fi - -ac_ext=c -ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' -ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' -ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' -ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu - - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for grep that handles long lines and -e" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for grep that handles long lines and -e... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_path_GREP+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -z "$GREP"; then - ac_path_GREP_found=false - # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST - as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_prog in grep ggrep; do - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - ac_path_GREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" - { test -f "$ac_path_GREP" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_GREP"; } || continue -# Check for GNU ac_path_GREP and select it if it is found. - # Check for GNU $ac_path_GREP -case `"$ac_path_GREP" --version 2>&1` in -*GNU*) - ac_cv_path_GREP="$ac_path_GREP" ac_path_GREP_found=:;; -*) - ac_count=0 - $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in" - while : - do - cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp" - mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in" - cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl" - $as_echo 'GREP' >> "conftest.nl" - "$ac_path_GREP" -e 'GREP$' -e '-(cannot match)-' < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break - diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break - as_fn_arith $ac_count + 1 && ac_count=$as_val - if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_GREP_max-0}; then - # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one - ac_cv_path_GREP="$ac_path_GREP" - ac_path_GREP_max=$ac_count - fi - # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough - test $ac_count -gt 10 && break - done - rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;; -esac - - $ac_path_GREP_found && break 3 - done - done - done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - if test -z "$ac_cv_path_GREP"; then - as_fn_error "no acceptable grep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" "$LINENO" 5 - fi -else - ac_cv_path_GREP=$GREP -fi - -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_path_GREP" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_cv_path_GREP" >&6; } - GREP="$ac_cv_path_GREP" - - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for egrep" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for egrep... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_path_EGREP+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if echo a | $GREP -E '(a|b)' >/dev/null 2>&1 - then ac_cv_path_EGREP="$GREP -E" - else - if test -z "$EGREP"; then - ac_path_EGREP_found=false - # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST - as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_prog in egrep; do - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - ac_path_EGREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" - { test -f "$ac_path_EGREP" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_EGREP"; } || continue -# Check for GNU ac_path_EGREP and select it if it is found. - # Check for GNU $ac_path_EGREP -case `"$ac_path_EGREP" --version 2>&1` in -*GNU*) - ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_path_EGREP" ac_path_EGREP_found=:;; -*) - ac_count=0 - $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in" - while : - do - cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp" - mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in" - cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl" - $as_echo 'EGREP' >> "conftest.nl" - "$ac_path_EGREP" 'EGREP$' < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break - diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break - as_fn_arith $ac_count + 1 && ac_count=$as_val - if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_EGREP_max-0}; then - # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one - ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_path_EGREP" - ac_path_EGREP_max=$ac_count - fi - # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough - test $ac_count -gt 10 && break - done - rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;; -esac - - $ac_path_EGREP_found && break 3 - done - done - done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - if test -z "$ac_cv_path_EGREP"; then - as_fn_error "no acceptable egrep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" "$LINENO" 5 - fi -else - ac_cv_path_EGREP=$EGREP -fi - - fi -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&6; } - EGREP="$ac_cv_path_EGREP" - - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for ANSI C header files... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_header_stdc+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <stdarg.h> -#include <string.h> -#include <float.h> - -int -main () -{ - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : - ac_cv_header_stdc=yes -else - ac_cv_header_stdc=no -fi -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext - -if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then - # SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI. - cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include <string.h> - -_ACEOF -if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | - $EGREP "memchr" >/dev/null 2>&1; then : - -else - ac_cv_header_stdc=no -fi -rm -f conftest* - -fi - -if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then - # ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI. - cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include <stdlib.h> - -_ACEOF -if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | - $EGREP "free" >/dev/null 2>&1; then : - -else - ac_cv_header_stdc=no -fi -rm -f conftest* - -fi - -if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then - # /bin/cc in Irix-4.0.5 gets non-ANSI ctype macros unless using -ansi. - if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then : - : -else - cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include <ctype.h> -#include <stdlib.h> -#if ((' ' & 0x0FF) == 0x020) -# define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z') -# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? 'A' + ((c) - 'a') : (c)) -#else -# define ISLOWER(c) \ - (('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'i') \ - || ('j' <= (c) && (c) <= 'r') \ - || ('s' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z')) -# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? ((c) | 0x40) : (c)) -#endif - -#define XOR(e, f) (((e) && !(f)) || (!(e) && (f))) -int -main () -{ - int i; - for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) - if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i)) - || toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i)) - return 2; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then : - -else - ac_cv_header_stdc=no -fi -rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \ - conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext -fi - -fi -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_header_stdc" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_cv_header_stdc" >&6; } -if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then - -$as_echo "#define STDC_HEADERS 1" >>confdefs.h - -fi - -# On IRIX 5.3, sys/types and inttypes.h are conflicting. -for ac_header in sys/types.h sys/stat.h stdlib.h string.h memory.h strings.h \ - inttypes.h stdint.h unistd.h -do : - as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh` -ac_fn_c_check_header_compile "$LINENO" "$ac_header" "$as_ac_Header" "$ac_includes_default -" -eval as_val=\$$as_ac_Header - if test "x$as_val" = x""yes; then : - cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF -#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 -_ACEOF - -fi - -done - - - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $CC option to accept ISO C99" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $CC option to accept ISO C99... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_c99+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - ac_cv_prog_cc_c99=no -ac_save_CC=$CC -cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include <stdarg.h> -#include <stdbool.h> -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <wchar.h> -#include <stdio.h> - -// Check varargs macros. These examples are taken from C99 6.10.3.5. -#define debug(...) fprintf (stderr, __VA_ARGS__) -#define showlist(...) puts (#__VA_ARGS__) -#define report(test,...) ((test) ? puts (#test) : printf (__VA_ARGS__)) -static void -test_varargs_macros (void) -{ - int x = 1234; - int y = 5678; - debug ("Flag"); - debug ("X = %d\n", x); - showlist (The first, second, and third items.); - report (x>y, "x is %d but y is %d", x, y); -} - -// Check long long types. -#define BIG64 18446744073709551615ull -#define BIG32 4294967295ul -#define BIG_OK (BIG64 / BIG32 == 4294967297ull && BIG64 % BIG32 == 0) -#if !BIG_OK - your preprocessor is broken; -#endif -#if BIG_OK -#else - your preprocessor is broken; -#endif -static long long int bignum = -9223372036854775807LL; -static unsigned long long int ubignum = BIG64; - -struct incomplete_array -{ - int datasize; - double data[]; -}; - -struct named_init { - int number; - const wchar_t *name; - double average; -}; - -typedef const char *ccp; - -static inline int -test_restrict (ccp restrict text) -{ - // See if C++-style comments work. - // Iterate through items via the restricted pointer. - // Also check for declarations in for loops. - for (unsigned int i = 0; *(text+i) != '\0'; ++i) - continue; - return 0; -} - -// Check varargs and va_copy. -static void -test_varargs (const char *format, ...) -{ - va_list args; - va_start (args, format); - va_list args_copy; - va_copy (args_copy, args); - - const char *str; - int number; - float fnumber; - - while (*format) - { - switch (*format++) - { - case 's': // string - str = va_arg (args_copy, const char *); - break; - case 'd': // int - number = va_arg (args_copy, int); - break; - case 'f': // float - fnumber = va_arg (args_copy, double); - break; - default: - break; - } - } - va_end (args_copy); - va_end (args); -} - -int -main () -{ - - // Check bool. - _Bool success = false; - - // Check restrict. - if (test_restrict ("String literal") == 0) - success = true; - char *restrict newvar = "Another string"; - - // Check varargs. - test_varargs ("s, d' f .", "string", 65, 34.234); - test_varargs_macros (); - - // Check flexible array members. - struct incomplete_array *ia = - malloc (sizeof (struct incomplete_array) + (sizeof (double) * 10)); - ia->datasize = 10; - for (int i = 0; i < ia->datasize; ++i) - ia->data[i] = i * 1.234; - - // Check named initializers. - struct named_init ni = { - .number = 34, - .name = L"Test wide string", - .average = 543.34343, - }; - - ni.number = 58; - - int dynamic_array[ni.number]; - dynamic_array[ni.number - 1] = 543; - - // work around unused variable warnings - return (!success || bignum == 0LL || ubignum == 0uLL || newvar[0] == 'x' - || dynamic_array[ni.number - 1] != 543); - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -for ac_arg in '' -std=gnu99 -std=c99 -c99 -AC99 -xc99=all -qlanglvl=extc99 -do - CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg" - if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : - ac_cv_prog_cc_c99=$ac_arg -fi -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext - test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c99" != "xno" && break -done -rm -f conftest.$ac_ext -CC=$ac_save_CC - -fi -# AC_CACHE_VAL -case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c99" in - x) - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: none needed" >&5 -$as_echo "none needed" >&6; } ;; - xno) - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: unsupported" >&5 -$as_echo "unsupported" >&6; } ;; - *) - CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_c99" - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_c99" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_c99" >&6; } ;; -esac -if test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c99" != xno; then : - -fi - - - - -if test "x$ac_cv_env_PKG_CONFIG_set" != "xset"; then - if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then - # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}pkg-config", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}pkg-config; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - case $PKG_CONFIG in - [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) - ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG="$PKG_CONFIG" # Let the user override the test with a path. - ;; - *) - as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done - done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - - ;; -esac -fi -PKG_CONFIG=$ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG -if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $PKG_CONFIG" >&5 -$as_echo "$PKG_CONFIG" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - -fi -if test -z "$ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG"; then - ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG=$PKG_CONFIG - # Extract the first word of "pkg-config", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy pkg-config; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_path_ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - case $ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG in - [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) - ac_cv_path_ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG="$ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG" # Let the user override the test with a path. - ;; - *) - as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_path_ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done - done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - - ;; -esac -fi -ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG=$ac_cv_path_ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG -if test -n "$ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - if test "x$ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG" = x; then - PKG_CONFIG="" - else - case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in -yes:) -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} -ac_tool_warned=yes ;; -esac - PKG_CONFIG=$ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG - fi -else - PKG_CONFIG="$ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG" -fi - -fi -if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then - _pkg_min_version=0.9.0 - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking pkg-config is at least version $_pkg_min_version" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking pkg-config is at least version $_pkg_min_version... " >&6; } - if $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-pkgconfig-version $_pkg_min_version; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 -$as_echo "yes" >&6; } - else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } - PKG_CONFIG="" - fi - -fi -# Make sure we can run config.sub. -$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.sub" sun4 >/dev/null 2>&1 || - as_fn_error "cannot run $SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub" "$LINENO" 5 - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking build system type" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking build system type... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_build+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - ac_build_alias=$build_alias -test "x$ac_build_alias" = x && - ac_build_alias=`$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.guess"` -test "x$ac_build_alias" = x && - as_fn_error "cannot guess build type; you must specify one" "$LINENO" 5 -ac_cv_build=`$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.sub" $ac_build_alias` || - as_fn_error "$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub $ac_build_alias failed" "$LINENO" 5 - -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_build" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_cv_build" >&6; } -case $ac_cv_build in -*-*-*) ;; -*) as_fn_error "invalid value of canonical build" "$LINENO" 5;; -esac -build=$ac_cv_build -ac_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS='-' -set x $ac_cv_build -shift -build_cpu=$1 -build_vendor=$2 -shift; shift -# Remember, the first character of IFS is used to create $*, -# except with old shells: -build_os=$* -IFS=$ac_save_IFS -case $build_os in *\ *) build_os=`echo "$build_os" | sed 's/ /-/g'`;; esac - - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking host system type" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking host system type... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_host+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test "x$host_alias" = x; then - ac_cv_host=$ac_cv_build -else - ac_cv_host=`$SHELL "$ac_aux_dir/config.sub" $host_alias` || - as_fn_error "$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub $host_alias failed" "$LINENO" 5 -fi - -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_host" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_cv_host" >&6; } -case $ac_cv_host in -*-*-*) ;; -*) as_fn_error "invalid value of canonical host" "$LINENO" 5;; -esac -host=$ac_cv_host -ac_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS='-' -set x $ac_cv_host -shift -host_cpu=$1 -host_vendor=$2 -shift; shift -# Remember, the first character of IFS is used to create $*, -# except with old shells: -host_os=$* -IFS=$ac_save_IFS -case $host_os in *\ *) host_os=`echo "$host_os" | sed 's/ /-/g'`;; esac - - - - - -if test "x$GCC" = xyes ; then - CWARNFLAGS="-Wall -Wpointer-arith -Wstrict-prototypes -Wmissing-prototypes \ --Wmissing-declarations -Wnested-externs -fno-strict-aliasing \ --Wbad-function-cast -Wformat=2" - case `$CC -dumpversion` in - 3.4.* | 4.*) - CWARNFLAGS="$CWARNFLAGS -Wold-style-definition -Wdeclaration-after-statement" - ;; - esac -else - ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "__SUNPRO_C" "ac_cv_have_decl___SUNPRO_C" "$ac_includes_default" -if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl___SUNPRO_C" = x""yes; then : - SUNCC="yes" -else - SUNCC="no" -fi - - if test "x$SUNCC" = "xyes"; then - CWARNFLAGS="-v" - fi -fi - -# Check whether --enable-silent-rules was given. -if test "${enable_silent_rules+set}" = set; then : - enableval=$enable_silent_rules; -fi - -case $enable_silent_rules in -yes) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=0;; -no) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=1;; -*) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=0;; -esac -AM_BACKSLASH='\' - - - - - - - -# Check whether --enable-strict-compilation was given. -if test "${enable_strict_compilation+set}" = set; then : - enableval=$enable_strict_compilation; STRICT_COMPILE=$enableval -else - STRICT_COMPILE=no -fi - -if test "x$STRICT_COMPILE" = "xyes"; then - ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "__SUNPRO_C" "ac_cv_have_decl___SUNPRO_C" "$ac_includes_default" -if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl___SUNPRO_C" = x""yes; then : - SUNCC="yes" -else - SUNCC="no" -fi - - ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "__INTEL_COMPILER" "ac_cv_have_decl___INTEL_COMPILER" "$ac_includes_default" -if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl___INTEL_COMPILER" = x""yes; then : - INTELCC="yes" -else - INTELCC="no" -fi - - if test "x$GCC" = xyes ; then - STRICT_CFLAGS="-pedantic -Werror" - elif test "x$SUNCC" = "xyes"; then - STRICT_CFLAGS="-errwarn" - elif test "x$INTELCC" = "xyes"; then - STRICT_CFLAGS="-Werror" - fi -fi -CWARNFLAGS="$CWARNFLAGS $STRICT_CFLAGS" - - - - -# Check whether --with-release-version was given. -if test "${with_release_version+set}" = set; then : - withval=$with_release_version; RELEASE_VERSION="$withval" -else - RELEASE_VERSION="" -fi - - if test "x$RELEASE_VERSION" != "x"; then - PACKAGE="$PACKAGE-$RELEASE_VERSION" - PACKAGE_TARNAME="$PACKAGE_TARNAME-$RELEASE_VERSION" - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: Building with package name set to $PACKAGE" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: Building with package name set to $PACKAGE" >&6;} - fi - -cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF -#define PACKAGE_VERSION_MAJOR `echo $PACKAGE_VERSION | cut -d . -f 1` -_ACEOF - - PVM=`echo $PACKAGE_VERSION | cut -d . -f 2 | cut -d - -f 1` - if test "x$PVM" = "x"; then - PVM="0" - fi - -cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF -#define PACKAGE_VERSION_MINOR $PVM -_ACEOF - - PVP=`echo $PACKAGE_VERSION | cut -d . -f 3 | cut -d - -f 1` - if test "x$PVP" = "x"; then - PVP="0" - fi - -cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF -#define PACKAGE_VERSION_PATCHLEVEL $PVP -_ACEOF - - - -CHANGELOG_CMD="(GIT_DIR=\$(top_srcdir)/.git git log > \$(top_srcdir)/.changelog.tmp && \ -mv \$(top_srcdir)/.changelog.tmp \$(top_srcdir)/ChangeLog) \ -|| (rm -f \$(top_srcdir)/.changelog.tmp; touch \$(top_srcdir)/ChangeLog; \ -echo 'git directory not found: installing possibly empty changelog.' >&2)" - - - - -macros_datadir=`$PKG_CONFIG --print-errors --variable=pkgdatadir xorg-macros` -INSTALL_CMD="(cp -f "$macros_datadir/INSTALL" \$(top_srcdir)/.INSTALL.tmp && \ -mv \$(top_srcdir)/.INSTALL.tmp \$(top_srcdir)/INSTALL) \ -|| (rm -f \$(top_srcdir)/.INSTALL.tmp; touch \$(top_srcdir)/INSTALL; \ -echo 'util-macros \"pkgdatadir\" from xorg-macros.pc not found: installing possibly empty INSTALL.' >&2)" - - - - - -if test x$APP_MAN_SUFFIX = x ; then - APP_MAN_SUFFIX=1 -fi -if test x$APP_MAN_DIR = x ; then - APP_MAN_DIR='$(mandir)/man$(APP_MAN_SUFFIX)' -fi - -if test x$LIB_MAN_SUFFIX = x ; then - LIB_MAN_SUFFIX=3 -fi -if test x$LIB_MAN_DIR = x ; then - LIB_MAN_DIR='$(mandir)/man$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX)' -fi - -if test x$FILE_MAN_SUFFIX = x ; then - case $host_os in - solaris*) FILE_MAN_SUFFIX=4 ;; - *) FILE_MAN_SUFFIX=5 ;; - esac -fi -if test x$FILE_MAN_DIR = x ; then - FILE_MAN_DIR='$(mandir)/man$(FILE_MAN_SUFFIX)' -fi - -if test x$MISC_MAN_SUFFIX = x ; then - case $host_os in - solaris*) MISC_MAN_SUFFIX=5 ;; - *) MISC_MAN_SUFFIX=7 ;; - esac -fi -if test x$MISC_MAN_DIR = x ; then - MISC_MAN_DIR='$(mandir)/man$(MISC_MAN_SUFFIX)' -fi - -if test x$DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX = x ; then - case $host_os in - solaris*) DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX=7 ;; - *) DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX=4 ;; - esac -fi -if test x$DRIVER_MAN_DIR = x ; then - DRIVER_MAN_DIR='$(mandir)/man$(DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX)' -fi - -if test x$ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX = x ; then - case $host_os in - solaris*) ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX=1m ;; - *) ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX=8 ;; - esac -fi -if test x$ADMIN_MAN_DIR = x ; then - ADMIN_MAN_DIR='$(mandir)/man$(ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX)' -fi - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -ac_config_headers="$ac_config_headers config.h" - - -# Check for progs -ac_ext=c -ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' -ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' -ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' -ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu -if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then - # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}gcc", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}gcc; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$CC"; then - ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}gcc" - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done - done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC -if test -n "$CC"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5 -$as_echo "$CC" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - -fi -if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then - ac_ct_CC=$CC - # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="gcc" - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done - done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC -if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then - CC="" - else - case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in -yes:) -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} -ac_tool_warned=yes ;; -esac - CC=$ac_ct_CC - fi -else - CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC" -fi - -if test -z "$CC"; then - if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then - # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}cc", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}cc; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$CC"; then - ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}cc" - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done - done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC -if test -n "$CC"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5 -$as_echo "$CC" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - - fi -fi -if test -z "$CC"; then - # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy cc; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$CC"; then - ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. -else - ac_prog_rejected=no -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - if test "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then - ac_prog_rejected=yes - continue - fi - ac_cv_prog_CC="cc" - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done - done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then - # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it. - set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC - shift - if test $# != 0; then - # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one. - # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen - # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name. - shift - ac_cv_prog_CC="$as_dir/$ac_word${1+' '}$@" - fi -fi -fi -fi -CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC -if test -n "$CC"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5 -$as_echo "$CC" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - -fi -if test -z "$CC"; then - if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then - for ac_prog in cl.exe - do - # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$CC"; then - ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_CC="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog" - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done - done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC -if test -n "$CC"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5 -$as_echo "$CC" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - - test -n "$CC" && break - done -fi -if test -z "$CC"; then - ac_ct_CC=$CC - for ac_prog in cl.exe -do - # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_prog" - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done - done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC -if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - - test -n "$ac_ct_CC" && break -done - - if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then - CC="" - else - case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in -yes:) -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} -ac_tool_warned=yes ;; -esac - CC=$ac_ct_CC - fi -fi - -fi - - -test -z "$CC" && { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} -as_fn_error "no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH -See \`config.log' for more details." "$LINENO" 5; } - -# Provide some information about the compiler. -$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for C compiler version" >&5 -set X $ac_compile -ac_compiler=$2 -for ac_option in --version -v -V -qversion; do - { { ac_try="$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5" -case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 - (eval "$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5") 2>conftest.err - ac_status=$? - if test -s conftest.err; then - sed '10a\ -... rest of stderr output deleted ... - 10q' conftest.err >conftest.er1 - cat conftest.er1 >&5 - fi - rm -f conftest.er1 conftest.err - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - test $ac_status = 0; } -done - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -int -main () -{ -#ifndef __GNUC__ - choke me -#endif - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : - ac_compiler_gnu=yes -else - ac_compiler_gnu=no -fi -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu - -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&6; } -if test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes; then - GCC=yes -else - GCC= -fi -ac_test_CFLAGS=${CFLAGS+set} -ac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $CC accepts -g" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking whether $CC accepts -g... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_g+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - ac_save_c_werror_flag=$ac_c_werror_flag - ac_c_werror_flag=yes - ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no - CFLAGS="-g" - cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -int -main () -{ - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : - ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes -else - CFLAGS="" - cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -int -main () -{ - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : - -else - ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag - CFLAGS="-g" - cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -int -main () -{ - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : - ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes -fi -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -fi -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -fi -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext - ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&6; } -if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then - CFLAGS=$ac_save_CFLAGS -elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - CFLAGS="-g -O2" - else - CFLAGS="-g" - fi -else - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - CFLAGS="-O2" - else - CFLAGS= - fi -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_c89+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=no -ac_save_CC=$CC -cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext -/* end confdefs.h. */ -#include <stdarg.h> -#include <stdio.h> -#include <sys/types.h> -#include <sys/stat.h> -/* Most of the following tests are stolen from RCS 5.7's src/conf.sh. */ -struct buf { int x; }; -FILE * (*rcsopen) (struct buf *, struct stat *, int); -static char *e (p, i) - char **p; - int i; -{ - return p[i]; -} -static char *f (char * (*g) (char **, int), char **p, ...) -{ - char *s; - va_list v; - va_start (v,p); - s = g (p, va_arg (v,int)); - va_end (v); - return s; -} - -/* OSF 4.0 Compaq cc is some sort of almost-ANSI by default. It has - function prototypes and stuff, but not '\xHH' hex character constants. - These don't provoke an error unfortunately, instead are silently treated - as 'x'. The following induces an error, until -std is added to get - proper ANSI mode. Curiously '\x00'!='x' always comes out true, for an - array size at least. It's necessary to write '\x00'==0 to get something - that's true only with -std. */ -int osf4_cc_array ['\x00' == 0 ? 1 : -1]; - -/* IBM C 6 for AIX is almost-ANSI by default, but it replaces macro parameters - inside strings and character constants. */ -#define FOO(x) 'x' -int xlc6_cc_array[FOO(a) == 'x' ? 1 : -1]; - -int test (int i, double x); -struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);}; -struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);}; -int pairnames (int, char **, FILE *(*)(struct buf *, struct stat *, int), int, int); -int argc; -char **argv; -int -main () -{ -return f (e, argv, 0) != argv[0] || f (e, argv, 1) != argv[1]; - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -for ac_arg in '' -qlanglvl=extc89 -qlanglvl=ansi -std \ - -Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__" -do - CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg" - if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : - ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=$ac_arg -fi -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext - test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != "xno" && break -done -rm -f conftest.$ac_ext -CC=$ac_save_CC - -fi -# AC_CACHE_VAL -case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" in - x) - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: none needed" >&5 -$as_echo "none needed" >&6; } ;; - xno) - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: unsupported" >&5 -$as_echo "unsupported" >&6; } ;; - *) - CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&6; } ;; -esac -if test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != xno; then : - -fi - -ac_ext=c -ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' -ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' -ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' -ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu - -depcc="$CC" am_compiler_list= - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking dependency style of $depcc" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking dependency style of $depcc... " >&6; } -if test "${am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -z "$AMDEP_TRUE" && test -f "$am_depcomp"; then - # We make a subdir and do the tests there. Otherwise we can end up - # making bogus files that we don't know about and never remove. For - # instance it was reported that on HP-UX the gcc test will end up - # making a dummy file named `D' -- because `-MD' means `put the output - # in D'. - mkdir conftest.dir - # Copy depcomp to subdir because otherwise we won't find it if we're - # using a relative directory. - cp "$am_depcomp" conftest.dir - cd conftest.dir - # We will build objects and dependencies in a subdirectory because - # it helps to detect inapplicable dependency modes. For instance - # both Tru64's cc and ICC support -MD to output dependencies as a - # side effect of compilation, but ICC will put the dependencies in - # the current directory while Tru64 will put them in the object - # directory. - mkdir sub - - am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=none - if test "$am_compiler_list" = ""; then - am_compiler_list=`sed -n 's/^#*\([a-zA-Z0-9]*\))$/\1/p' < ./depcomp` - fi - am__universal=false - case " $depcc " in #( - *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;; - esac - - for depmode in $am_compiler_list; do - # Setup a source with many dependencies, because some compilers - # like to wrap large dependency lists on column 80 (with \), and - # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this. - # - # We need to recreate these files for each test, as the compiler may - # overwrite some of them when testing with obscure command lines. - # This happens at least with the AIX C compiler. - : > sub/conftest.c - for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6; do - echo '#include "conftst'$i'.h"' >> sub/conftest.c - # Using `: > sub/conftst$i.h' creates only sub/conftst1.h with - # Solaris 8's {/usr,}/bin/sh. - touch sub/conftst$i.h - done - echo "${am__include} ${am__quote}sub/conftest.Po${am__quote}" > confmf - - # We check with `-c' and `-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout" - # mode. It turns out that the SunPro C++ compiler does not properly - # handle `-M -o', and we need to detect this. Also, some Intel - # versions had trouble with output in subdirs - am__obj=sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o} - am__minus_obj="-o $am__obj" - case $depmode in - gcc) - # This depmode causes a compiler race in universal mode. - test "$am__universal" = false || continue - ;; - nosideeffect) - # after this tag, mechanisms are not by side-effect, so they'll - # only be used when explicitly requested - if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" = xyes; then - continue - else - break - fi - ;; - msvisualcpp | msvcmsys) - # This compiler won't grok `-c -o', but also, the minuso test has - # not run yet. These depmodes are late enough in the game, and - # so weak that their functioning should not be impacted. - am__obj=conftest.${OBJEXT-o} - am__minus_obj= - ;; - none) break ;; - esac - if depmode=$depmode \ - source=sub/conftest.c object=$am__obj \ - depfile=sub/conftest.Po tmpdepfile=sub/conftest.TPo \ - $SHELL ./depcomp $depcc -c $am__minus_obj sub/conftest.c \ - >/dev/null 2>conftest.err && - grep sub/conftst1.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && - grep sub/conftst6.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && - grep $am__obj sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && - ${MAKE-make} -s -f confmf > /dev/null 2>&1; then - # icc doesn't choke on unknown options, it will just issue warnings - # or remarks (even with -Werror). So we grep stderr for any message - # that says an option was ignored or not supported. - # When given -MP, icc 7.0 and 7.1 complain thusly: - # icc: Command line warning: ignoring option '-M'; no argument required - # The diagnosis changed in icc 8.0: - # icc: Command line remark: option '-MP' not supported - if (grep 'ignoring option' conftest.err || - grep 'not supported' conftest.err) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else - am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=$depmode - break - fi - fi - done - - cd .. - rm -rf conftest.dir -else - am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=none -fi - -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" >&5 -$as_echo "$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" >&6; } -CCDEPMODE=depmode=$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type - - if - test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno \ - && test "$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" = gcc3; then - am__fastdepCC_TRUE= - am__fastdepCC_FALSE='#' -else - am__fastdepCC_TRUE='#' - am__fastdepCC_FALSE= -fi - - -case `pwd` in - *\ * | *\ *) - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: Libtool does not cope well with whitespace in \`pwd\`" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: Libtool does not cope well with whitespace in \`pwd\`" >&2;} ;; -esac - - - -macro_version='2.2.6b' -macro_revision='1.3017' - - - - - - - - - - - - - -ltmain="$ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh" - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for a sed that does not truncate output" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for a sed that does not truncate output... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_path_SED+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - ac_script=s/aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa/bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb/ - for ac_i in 1 2 3 4 5 6 7; do - ac_script="$ac_script$as_nl$ac_script" - done - echo "$ac_script" 2>/dev/null | sed 99q >conftest.sed - { ac_script=; unset ac_script;} - if test -z "$SED"; then - ac_path_SED_found=false - # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST - as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_prog in sed gsed; do - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - ac_path_SED="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" - { test -f "$ac_path_SED" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_SED"; } || continue -# Check for GNU ac_path_SED and select it if it is found. - # Check for GNU $ac_path_SED -case `"$ac_path_SED" --version 2>&1` in -*GNU*) - ac_cv_path_SED="$ac_path_SED" ac_path_SED_found=:;; -*) - ac_count=0 - $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in" - while : - do - cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp" - mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in" - cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl" - $as_echo '' >> "conftest.nl" - "$ac_path_SED" -f conftest.sed < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break - diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break - as_fn_arith $ac_count + 1 && ac_count=$as_val - if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_SED_max-0}; then - # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one - ac_cv_path_SED="$ac_path_SED" - ac_path_SED_max=$ac_count - fi - # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough - test $ac_count -gt 10 && break - done - rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;; -esac - - $ac_path_SED_found && break 3 - done - done - done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - if test -z "$ac_cv_path_SED"; then - as_fn_error "no acceptable sed could be found in \$PATH" "$LINENO" 5 - fi -else - ac_cv_path_SED=$SED -fi - -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_path_SED" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_cv_path_SED" >&6; } - SED="$ac_cv_path_SED" - rm -f conftest.sed - -test -z "$SED" && SED=sed -Xsed="$SED -e 1s/^X//" - - - - - - - - - - - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for fgrep" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for fgrep... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_path_FGREP+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if echo 'ab*c' | $GREP -F 'ab*c' >/dev/null 2>&1 - then ac_cv_path_FGREP="$GREP -F" - else - if test -z "$FGREP"; then - ac_path_FGREP_found=false - # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST - as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_prog in fgrep; do - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - ac_path_FGREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" - { test -f "$ac_path_FGREP" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_FGREP"; } || continue -# Check for GNU ac_path_FGREP and select it if it is found. - # Check for GNU $ac_path_FGREP -case `"$ac_path_FGREP" --version 2>&1` in -*GNU*) - ac_cv_path_FGREP="$ac_path_FGREP" ac_path_FGREP_found=:;; -*) - ac_count=0 - $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in" - while : - do - cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp" - mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in" - cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl" - $as_echo 'FGREP' >> "conftest.nl" - "$ac_path_FGREP" FGREP < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break - diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break - as_fn_arith $ac_count + 1 && ac_count=$as_val - if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_FGREP_max-0}; then - # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one - ac_cv_path_FGREP="$ac_path_FGREP" - ac_path_FGREP_max=$ac_count - fi - # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough - test $ac_count -gt 10 && break - done - rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;; -esac - - $ac_path_FGREP_found && break 3 - done - done - done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - if test -z "$ac_cv_path_FGREP"; then - as_fn_error "no acceptable fgrep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" "$LINENO" 5 - fi -else - ac_cv_path_FGREP=$FGREP -fi - - fi -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_path_FGREP" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_cv_path_FGREP" >&6; } - FGREP="$ac_cv_path_FGREP" - - -test -z "$GREP" && GREP=grep - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -# Check whether --with-gnu-ld was given. -if test "${with_gnu_ld+set}" = set; then : - withval=$with_gnu_ld; test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes -else - with_gnu_ld=no -fi - -ac_prog=ld -if test "$GCC" = yes; then - # Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path. - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for ld used by $CC" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for ld used by $CC... " >&6; } - case $host in - *-*-mingw*) - # gcc leaves a trailing carriage return which upsets mingw - ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5 | tr -d '\015'` ;; - *) - ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5` ;; - esac - case $ac_prog in - # Accept absolute paths. - [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) - re_direlt='/[^/][^/]*/\.\./' - # Canonicalize the pathname of ld - ac_prog=`$ECHO "$ac_prog"| $SED 's%\\\\%/%g'` - while $ECHO "$ac_prog" | $GREP "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do - ac_prog=`$ECHO $ac_prog| $SED "s%$re_direlt%/%"` - done - test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog" - ;; - "") - # If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC. - ac_prog=ld - ;; - *) - # If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH. - with_gnu_ld=unknown - ;; - esac -elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for GNU ld" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for GNU ld... " >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for non-GNU ld" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for non-GNU ld... " >&6; } -fi -if test "${lt_cv_path_LD+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -z "$LD"; then - lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR - for ac_dir in $PATH; do - IFS="$lt_save_ifs" - test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. - if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" || test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exeext"; then - lt_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog" - # Check to see if the program is GNU ld. I'd rather use --version, - # but apparently some variants of GNU ld only accept -v. - # Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer. - case `"$lt_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 </dev/null` in - *GNU* | *'with BFD'*) - test "$with_gnu_ld" != no && break - ;; - *) - test "$with_gnu_ld" != yes && break - ;; - esac - fi - done - IFS="$lt_save_ifs" -else - lt_cv_path_LD="$LD" # Let the user override the test with a path. -fi -fi - -LD="$lt_cv_path_LD" -if test -n "$LD"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $LD" >&5 -$as_echo "$LD" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi -test -z "$LD" && as_fn_error "no acceptable ld found in \$PATH" "$LINENO" 5 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld... " >&6; } -if test "${lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - # I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU lds only accept -v. -case `$LD -v 2>&1 </dev/null` in -*GNU* | *'with BFD'*) - lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=yes - ;; -*) - lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=no - ;; -esac -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" >&5 -$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" >&6; } -with_gnu_ld=$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld - - - - - - - - - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for BSD- or MS-compatible name lister (nm)" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for BSD- or MS-compatible name lister (nm)... " >&6; } -if test "${lt_cv_path_NM+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$NM"; then - # Let the user override the test. - lt_cv_path_NM="$NM" -else - lt_nm_to_check="${ac_tool_prefix}nm" - if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix" && test "$build" = "$host"; then - lt_nm_to_check="$lt_nm_to_check nm" - fi - for lt_tmp_nm in $lt_nm_to_check; do - lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR - for ac_dir in $PATH /usr/ccs/bin/elf /usr/ccs/bin /usr/ucb /bin; do - IFS="$lt_save_ifs" - test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. - tmp_nm="$ac_dir/$lt_tmp_nm" - if test -f "$tmp_nm" || test -f "$tmp_nm$ac_exeext" ; then - # Check to see if the nm accepts a BSD-compat flag. - # Adding the `sed 1q' prevents false positives on HP-UX, which says: - # nm: unknown option "B" ignored - # Tru64's nm complains that /dev/null is an invalid object file - case `"$tmp_nm" -B /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'` in - */dev/null* | *'Invalid file or object type'*) - lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm -B" - break - ;; - *) - case `"$tmp_nm" -p /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'` in - */dev/null*) - lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm -p" - break - ;; - *) - lt_cv_path_NM=${lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm"} # keep the first match, but - continue # so that we can try to find one that supports BSD flags - ;; - esac - ;; - esac - fi - done - IFS="$lt_save_ifs" - done - : ${lt_cv_path_NM=no} -fi -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_path_NM" >&5 -$as_echo "$lt_cv_path_NM" >&6; } -if test "$lt_cv_path_NM" != "no"; then - NM="$lt_cv_path_NM" -else - # Didn't find any BSD compatible name lister, look for dumpbin. - if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then - for ac_prog in "dumpbin -symbols" "link -dump -symbols" - do - # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_DUMPBIN+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$DUMPBIN"; then - ac_cv_prog_DUMPBIN="$DUMPBIN" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_DUMPBIN="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog" - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done - done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -DUMPBIN=$ac_cv_prog_DUMPBIN -if test -n "$DUMPBIN"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $DUMPBIN" >&5 -$as_echo "$DUMPBIN" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - - test -n "$DUMPBIN" && break - done -fi -if test -z "$DUMPBIN"; then - ac_ct_DUMPBIN=$DUMPBIN - for ac_prog in "dumpbin -symbols" "link -dump -symbols" -do - # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DUMPBIN+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$ac_ct_DUMPBIN"; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DUMPBIN="$ac_ct_DUMPBIN" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DUMPBIN="$ac_prog" - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done - done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -ac_ct_DUMPBIN=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DUMPBIN -if test -n "$ac_ct_DUMPBIN"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_DUMPBIN" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_ct_DUMPBIN" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - - test -n "$ac_ct_DUMPBIN" && break -done - - if test "x$ac_ct_DUMPBIN" = x; then - DUMPBIN=":" - else - case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in -yes:) -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} -ac_tool_warned=yes ;; -esac - DUMPBIN=$ac_ct_DUMPBIN - fi -fi - - - if test "$DUMPBIN" != ":"; then - NM="$DUMPBIN" - fi -fi -test -z "$NM" && NM=nm - - - - - - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking the name lister ($NM) interface" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking the name lister ($NM) interface... " >&6; } -if test "${lt_cv_nm_interface+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - lt_cv_nm_interface="BSD nm" - echo "int some_variable = 0;" > conftest.$ac_ext - (eval echo "\"\$as_me:6040: $ac_compile\"" >&5) - (eval "$ac_compile" 2>conftest.err) - cat conftest.err >&5 - (eval echo "\"\$as_me:6043: $NM \\\"conftest.$ac_objext\\\"\"" >&5) - (eval "$NM \"conftest.$ac_objext\"" 2>conftest.err > conftest.out) - cat conftest.err >&5 - (eval echo "\"\$as_me:6046: output\"" >&5) - cat conftest.out >&5 - if $GREP 'External.*some_variable' conftest.out > /dev/null; then - lt_cv_nm_interface="MS dumpbin" - fi - rm -f conftest* -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_nm_interface" >&5 -$as_echo "$lt_cv_nm_interface" >&6; } - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether ln -s works" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking whether ln -s works... " >&6; } -LN_S=$as_ln_s -if test "$LN_S" = "ln -s"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 -$as_echo "yes" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no, using $LN_S" >&5 -$as_echo "no, using $LN_S" >&6; } -fi - -# find the maximum length of command line arguments -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking the maximum length of command line arguments" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking the maximum length of command line arguments... " >&6; } -if test "${lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - i=0 - teststring="ABCD" - - case $build_os in - msdosdjgpp*) - # On DJGPP, this test can blow up pretty badly due to problems in libc - # (any single argument exceeding 2000 bytes causes a buffer overrun - # during glob expansion). Even if it were fixed, the result of this - # check would be larger than it should be. - lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=12288; # 12K is about right - ;; - - gnu*) - # Under GNU Hurd, this test is not required because there is - # no limit to the length of command line arguments. - # Libtool will interpret -1 as no limit whatsoever - lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=-1; - ;; - - cygwin* | mingw* | cegcc*) - # On Win9x/ME, this test blows up -- it succeeds, but takes - # about 5 minutes as the teststring grows exponentially. - # Worse, since 9x/ME are not pre-emptively multitasking, - # you end up with a "frozen" computer, even though with patience - # the test eventually succeeds (with a max line length of 256k). - # Instead, let's just punt: use the minimum linelength reported by - # all of the supported platforms: 8192 (on NT/2K/XP). - lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192; - ;; - - amigaos*) - # On AmigaOS with pdksh, this test takes hours, literally. - # So we just punt and use a minimum line length of 8192. - lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192; - ;; - - netbsd* | freebsd* | openbsd* | darwin* | dragonfly*) - # This has been around since 386BSD, at least. Likely further. - if test -x /sbin/sysctl; then - lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`/sbin/sysctl -n kern.argmax` - elif test -x /usr/sbin/sysctl; then - lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`/usr/sbin/sysctl -n kern.argmax` - else - lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=65536 # usable default for all BSDs - fi - # And add a safety zone - lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 4` - lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \* 3` - ;; - - interix*) - # We know the value 262144 and hardcode it with a safety zone (like BSD) - lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=196608 - ;; - - osf*) - # Dr. Hans Ekkehard Plesser reports seeing a kernel panic running configure - # due to this test when exec_disable_arg_limit is 1 on Tru64. It is not - # nice to cause kernel panics so lets avoid the loop below. - # First set a reasonable default. - lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=16384 - # - if test -x /sbin/sysconfig; then - case `/sbin/sysconfig -q proc exec_disable_arg_limit` in - *1*) lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=-1 ;; - esac - fi - ;; - sco3.2v5*) - lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=102400 - ;; - sysv5* | sco5v6* | sysv4.2uw2*) - kargmax=`grep ARG_MAX /etc/conf/cf.d/stune 2>/dev/null` - if test -n "$kargmax"; then - lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`echo $kargmax | sed 's/.*[ ]//'` - else - lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=32768 - fi - ;; - *) - lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`(getconf ARG_MAX) 2> /dev/null` - if test -n "$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len"; then - lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 4` - lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \* 3` - else - # Make teststring a little bigger before we do anything with it. - # a 1K string should be a reasonable start. - for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ; do - teststring=$teststring$teststring - done - SHELL=${SHELL-${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}} - # If test is not a shell built-in, we'll probably end up computing a - # maximum length that is only half of the actual maximum length, but - # we can't tell. - while { test "X"`$SHELL $0 --fallback-echo "X$teststring$teststring" 2>/dev/null` \ - = "XX$teststring$teststring"; } >/dev/null 2>&1 && - test $i != 17 # 1/2 MB should be enough - do - i=`expr $i + 1` - teststring=$teststring$teststring - done - # Only check the string length outside the loop. - lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr "X$teststring" : ".*" 2>&1` - teststring= - # Add a significant safety factor because C++ compilers can tack on - # massive amounts of additional arguments before passing them to the - # linker. It appears as though 1/2 is a usable value. - lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 2` - fi - ;; - esac - -fi - -if test -n $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len ; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len" >&5 -$as_echo "$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: none" >&5 -$as_echo "none" >&6; } -fi -max_cmd_len=$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len - - - - - - -: ${CP="cp -f"} -: ${MV="mv -f"} -: ${RM="rm -f"} - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether the shell understands some XSI constructs" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking whether the shell understands some XSI constructs... " >&6; } -# Try some XSI features -xsi_shell=no -( _lt_dummy="a/b/c" - test "${_lt_dummy##*/},${_lt_dummy%/*},"${_lt_dummy%"$_lt_dummy"}, \ - = c,a/b,, \ - && eval 'test $(( 1 + 1 )) -eq 2 \ - && test "${#_lt_dummy}" -eq 5' ) >/dev/null 2>&1 \ - && xsi_shell=yes -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $xsi_shell" >&5 -$as_echo "$xsi_shell" >&6; } - - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether the shell understands \"+=\"" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking whether the shell understands \"+=\"... " >&6; } -lt_shell_append=no -( foo=bar; set foo baz; eval "$1+=\$2" && test "$foo" = barbaz ) \ - >/dev/null 2>&1 \ - && lt_shell_append=yes -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_shell_append" >&5 -$as_echo "$lt_shell_append" >&6; } - - -if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then - lt_unset=unset -else - lt_unset=false -fi - - - - - -# test EBCDIC or ASCII -case `echo X|tr X '\101'` in - A) # ASCII based system - # \n is not interpreted correctly by Solaris 8 /usr/ucb/tr - lt_SP2NL='tr \040 \012' - lt_NL2SP='tr \015\012 \040\040' - ;; - *) # EBCDIC based system - lt_SP2NL='tr \100 \n' - lt_NL2SP='tr \r\n \100\100' - ;; -esac - - - - - - - - - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $LD option to reload object files" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $LD option to reload object files... " >&6; } -if test "${lt_cv_ld_reload_flag+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - lt_cv_ld_reload_flag='-r' -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_ld_reload_flag" >&5 -$as_echo "$lt_cv_ld_reload_flag" >&6; } -reload_flag=$lt_cv_ld_reload_flag -case $reload_flag in -"" | " "*) ;; -*) reload_flag=" $reload_flag" ;; -esac -reload_cmds='$LD$reload_flag -o $output$reload_objs' -case $host_os in - darwin*) - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - reload_cmds='$LTCC $LTCFLAGS -nostdlib ${wl}-r -o $output$reload_objs' - else - reload_cmds='$LD$reload_flag -o $output$reload_objs' - fi - ;; -esac - - - - - - - - - -if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then - # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}objdump", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}objdump; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$OBJDUMP"; then - ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP="$OBJDUMP" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP="${ac_tool_prefix}objdump" - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done - done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -OBJDUMP=$ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP -if test -n "$OBJDUMP"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $OBJDUMP" >&5 -$as_echo "$OBJDUMP" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - -fi -if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP"; then - ac_ct_OBJDUMP=$OBJDUMP - # Extract the first word of "objdump", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy objdump; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OBJDUMP+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$ac_ct_OBJDUMP"; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OBJDUMP="$ac_ct_OBJDUMP" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OBJDUMP="objdump" - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done - done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -ac_ct_OBJDUMP=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OBJDUMP -if test -n "$ac_ct_OBJDUMP"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_OBJDUMP" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_ct_OBJDUMP" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - if test "x$ac_ct_OBJDUMP" = x; then - OBJDUMP="false" - else - case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in -yes:) -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} -ac_tool_warned=yes ;; -esac - OBJDUMP=$ac_ct_OBJDUMP - fi -else - OBJDUMP="$ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP" -fi - -test -z "$OBJDUMP" && OBJDUMP=objdump - - - - - - - - - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to recognize dependent libraries" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking how to recognize dependent libraries... " >&6; } -if test "${lt_cv_deplibs_check_method+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$MAGIC_CMD' -lt_cv_file_magic_test_file= -lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='unknown' -# Need to set the preceding variable on all platforms that support -# interlibrary dependencies. -# 'none' -- dependencies not supported. -# `unknown' -- same as none, but documents that we really don't know. -# 'pass_all' -- all dependencies passed with no checks. -# 'test_compile' -- check by making test program. -# 'file_magic [[regex]]' -- check by looking for files in library path -# which responds to the $file_magic_cmd with a given extended regex. -# If you have `file' or equivalent on your system and you're not sure -# whether `pass_all' will *always* work, you probably want this one. - -case $host_os in -aix[4-9]*) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all - ;; - -beos*) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all - ;; - -bsdi[45]*) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [ML]SB (shared object|dynamic lib)' - lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/usr/bin/file -L' - lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/shlib/libc.so - ;; - -cygwin*) - # func_win32_libid is a shell function defined in ltmain.sh - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ^x86 archive import|^x86 DLL' - lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='func_win32_libid' - ;; - -mingw* | pw32*) - # Base MSYS/MinGW do not provide the 'file' command needed by - # func_win32_libid shell function, so use a weaker test based on 'objdump', - # unless we find 'file', for example because we are cross-compiling. - if ( file / ) >/dev/null 2>&1; then - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ^x86 archive import|^x86 DLL' - lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='func_win32_libid' - else - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic file format pei*-i386(.*architecture: i386)?' - lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$OBJDUMP -f' - fi - ;; - -cegcc) - # use the weaker test based on 'objdump'. See mingw*. - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic file format pe-arm-.*little(.*architecture: arm)?' - lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$OBJDUMP -f' - ;; - -darwin* | rhapsody*) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all - ;; - -freebsd* | dragonfly*) - if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ > /dev/null; then - case $host_cpu in - i*86 ) - # Not sure whether the presence of OpenBSD here was a mistake. - # Let's accept both of them until this is cleared up. - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (FreeBSD|OpenBSD|DragonFly)/i[3-9]86 (compact )?demand paged shared library' - lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file - lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=`echo /usr/lib/libc.so.*` - ;; - esac - else - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all - fi - ;; - -gnu*) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all - ;; - -hpux10.20* | hpux11*) - lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file - case $host_cpu in - ia64*) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[0-9][0-9][0-9]|ELF-[0-9][0-9]) shared object file - IA64' - lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/hpux32/libc.so - ;; - hppa*64*) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[0-9][0-9][0-9]|ELF-[0-9][0-9]) shared object file - PA-RISC [0-9].[0-9]' - lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/pa20_64/libc.sl - ;; - *) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[0-9][0-9][0-9]|PA-RISC[0-9].[0-9]) shared library' - lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/libc.sl - ;; - esac - ;; - -interix[3-9]*) - # PIC code is broken on Interix 3.x, that's why |\.a not |_pic\.a here - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so|\.a)$' - ;; - -irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) - case $LD in - *-32|*"-32 ") libmagic=32-bit;; - *-n32|*"-n32 ") libmagic=N32;; - *-64|*"-64 ") libmagic=64-bit;; - *) libmagic=never-match;; - esac - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all - ;; - -# This must be Linux ELF. -linux* | k*bsd*-gnu) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all - ;; - -netbsd*) - if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ > /dev/null; then - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so\.[0-9]+\.[0-9]+|_pic\.a)$' - else - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so|_pic\.a)$' - fi - ;; - -newos6*) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [ML]SB (executable|dynamic lib)' - lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file - lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/libnls.so - ;; - -*nto* | *qnx*) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all - ;; - -openbsd*) - if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so\.[0-9]+\.[0-9]+|\.so|_pic\.a)$' - else - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so\.[0-9]+\.[0-9]+|_pic\.a)$' - fi - ;; - -osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all - ;; - -rdos*) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all - ;; - -solaris*) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all - ;; - -sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all - ;; - -sysv4 | sysv4.3*) - case $host_vendor in - motorola) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [ML]SB (shared object|dynamic lib) M[0-9][0-9]* Version [0-9]' - lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=`echo /usr/lib/libc.so*` - ;; - ncr) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all - ;; - sequent) - lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/bin/file' - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [LM]SB (shared object|dynamic lib )' - ;; - sni) - lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/bin/file' - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method="file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [LM]SB dynamic lib" - lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/lib/libc.so - ;; - siemens) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all - ;; - pc) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all - ;; - esac - ;; - -tpf*) - lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all - ;; -esac - -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_deplibs_check_method" >&5 -$as_echo "$lt_cv_deplibs_check_method" >&6; } -file_magic_cmd=$lt_cv_file_magic_cmd -deplibs_check_method=$lt_cv_deplibs_check_method -test -z "$deplibs_check_method" && deplibs_check_method=unknown - - - - - - - - - - - - -if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then - # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ar", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ar; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_AR+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$AR"; then - ac_cv_prog_AR="$AR" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_AR="${ac_tool_prefix}ar" - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done - done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -AR=$ac_cv_prog_AR -if test -n "$AR"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $AR" >&5 -$as_echo "$AR" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - -fi -if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_AR"; then - ac_ct_AR=$AR - # Extract the first word of "ar", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy ar; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$ac_ct_AR"; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR="$ac_ct_AR" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR="ar" - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done - done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -ac_ct_AR=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR -if test -n "$ac_ct_AR"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_AR" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_ct_AR" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - if test "x$ac_ct_AR" = x; then - AR="false" - else - case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in -yes:) -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} -ac_tool_warned=yes ;; -esac - AR=$ac_ct_AR - fi -else - AR="$ac_cv_prog_AR" -fi - -test -z "$AR" && AR=ar -test -z "$AR_FLAGS" && AR_FLAGS=cru - - - - - - - - - - - -if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then - # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}strip", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}strip; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_STRIP+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$STRIP"; then - ac_cv_prog_STRIP="$STRIP" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_STRIP="${ac_tool_prefix}strip" - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done - done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_STRIP -if test -n "$STRIP"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $STRIP" >&5 -$as_echo "$STRIP" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - -fi -if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_STRIP"; then - ac_ct_STRIP=$STRIP - # Extract the first word of "strip", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy strip; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="$ac_ct_STRIP" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="strip" - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done - done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -ac_ct_STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP -if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_STRIP" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_ct_STRIP" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - if test "x$ac_ct_STRIP" = x; then - STRIP=":" - else - case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in -yes:) -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} -ac_tool_warned=yes ;; -esac - STRIP=$ac_ct_STRIP - fi -else - STRIP="$ac_cv_prog_STRIP" -fi - -test -z "$STRIP" && STRIP=: - - - - - - -if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then - # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_RANLIB+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$RANLIB"; then - ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="$RANLIB" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib" - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done - done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB -if test -n "$RANLIB"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $RANLIB" >&5 -$as_echo "$RANLIB" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - -fi -if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"; then - ac_ct_RANLIB=$RANLIB - # Extract the first word of "ranlib", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy ranlib; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="$ac_ct_RANLIB" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="ranlib" - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done - done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -ac_ct_RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB -if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_RANLIB" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_ct_RANLIB" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - if test "x$ac_ct_RANLIB" = x; then - RANLIB=":" - else - case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in -yes:) -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} -ac_tool_warned=yes ;; -esac - RANLIB=$ac_ct_RANLIB - fi -else - RANLIB="$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB" -fi - -test -z "$RANLIB" && RANLIB=: - - - - - - -# Determine commands to create old-style static archives. -old_archive_cmds='$AR $AR_FLAGS $oldlib$oldobjs' -old_postinstall_cmds='chmod 644 $oldlib' -old_postuninstall_cmds= - -if test -n "$RANLIB"; then - case $host_os in - openbsd*) - old_postinstall_cmds="$old_postinstall_cmds~\$RANLIB -t \$oldlib" - ;; - *) - old_postinstall_cmds="$old_postinstall_cmds~\$RANLIB \$oldlib" - ;; - esac - old_archive_cmds="$old_archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$oldlib" -fi - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -# If no C compiler was specified, use CC. -LTCC=${LTCC-"$CC"} - -# If no C compiler flags were specified, use CFLAGS. -LTCFLAGS=${LTCFLAGS-"$CFLAGS"} - -# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. -compiler=$CC - - -# Check for command to grab the raw symbol name followed by C symbol from nm. -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking command to parse $NM output from $compiler object" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking command to parse $NM output from $compiler object... " >&6; } -if test "${lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - -# These are sane defaults that work on at least a few old systems. -# [They come from Ultrix. What could be older than Ultrix?!! ;)] - -# Character class describing NM global symbol codes. -symcode='[BCDEGRST]' - -# Regexp to match symbols that can be accessed directly from C. -sympat='\([_A-Za-z][_A-Za-z0-9]*\)' - -# Define system-specific variables. -case $host_os in -aix*) - symcode='[BCDT]' - ;; -cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) - symcode='[ABCDGISTW]' - ;; -hpux*) - if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then - symcode='[ABCDEGRST]' - fi - ;; -irix* | nonstopux*) - symcode='[BCDEGRST]' - ;; -osf*) - symcode='[BCDEGQRST]' - ;; -solaris*) - symcode='[BDRT]' - ;; -sco3.2v5*) - symcode='[DT]' - ;; -sysv4.2uw2*) - symcode='[DT]' - ;; -sysv5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*) - symcode='[ABDT]' - ;; -sysv4) - symcode='[DFNSTU]' - ;; -esac - -# If we're using GNU nm, then use its standard symbol codes. -case `$NM -V 2>&1` in -*GNU* | *'with BFD'*) - symcode='[ABCDGIRSTW]' ;; -esac - -# Transform an extracted symbol line into a proper C declaration. -# Some systems (esp. on ia64) link data and code symbols differently, -# so use this general approach. -lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl="sed -n -e 's/^T .* \(.*\)$/extern int \1();/p' -e 's/^$symcode* .* \(.*\)$/extern char \1;/p'" - -# Transform an extracted symbol line into symbol name and symbol address -lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address="sed -n -e 's/^: \([^ ]*\) $/ {\\\"\1\\\", (void *) 0},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([^ ]*\) \([^ ]*\)$/ {\"\2\", (void *) \&\2},/p'" -lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix="sed -n -e 's/^: \([^ ]*\) $/ {\\\"\1\\\", (void *) 0},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([^ ]*\) \(lib[^ ]*\)$/ {\"\2\", (void *) \&\2},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([^ ]*\) \([^ ]*\)$/ {\"lib\2\", (void *) \&\2},/p'" - -# Handle CRLF in mingw tool chain -opt_cr= -case $build_os in -mingw*) - opt_cr=`$ECHO 'x\{0,1\}' | tr x '\015'` # option cr in regexp - ;; -esac - -# Try without a prefix underscore, then with it. -for ac_symprfx in "" "_"; do - - # Transform symcode, sympat, and symprfx into a raw symbol and a C symbol. - symxfrm="\\1 $ac_symprfx\\2 \\2" - - # Write the raw and C identifiers. - if test "$lt_cv_nm_interface" = "MS dumpbin"; then - # Fake it for dumpbin and say T for any non-static function - # and D for any global variable. - # Also find C++ and __fastcall symbols from MSVC++, - # which start with @ or ?. - lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe="$AWK '"\ -" {last_section=section; section=\$ 3};"\ -" /Section length .*#relocs.*(pick any)/{hide[last_section]=1};"\ -" \$ 0!~/External *\|/{next};"\ -" / 0+ UNDEF /{next}; / UNDEF \([^|]\)*()/{next};"\ -" {if(hide[section]) next};"\ -" {f=0}; \$ 0~/\(\).*\|/{f=1}; {printf f ? \"T \" : \"D \"};"\ -" {split(\$ 0, a, /\||\r/); split(a[2], s)};"\ -" s[1]~/^[@?]/{print s[1], s[1]; next};"\ -" s[1]~prfx {split(s[1],t,\"@\"); print t[1], substr(t[1],length(prfx))}"\ -" ' prfx=^$ac_symprfx" - else - lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe="sed -n -e 's/^.*[ ]\($symcode$symcode*\)[ ][ ]*$ac_symprfx$sympat$opt_cr$/$symxfrm/p'" - fi - - # Check to see that the pipe works correctly. - pipe_works=no - - rm -f conftest* - cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif -char nm_test_var; -void nm_test_func(void); -void nm_test_func(void){} -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif -int main(){nm_test_var='a';nm_test_func();return(0);} -_LT_EOF - - if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_compile\""; } >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - test $ac_status = 0; }; then - # Now try to grab the symbols. - nlist=conftest.nm - if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$NM conftest.$ac_objext \| $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe \> $nlist\""; } >&5 - (eval $NM conftest.$ac_objext \| $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe \> $nlist) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - test $ac_status = 0; } && test -s "$nlist"; then - # Try sorting and uniquifying the output. - if sort "$nlist" | uniq > "$nlist"T; then - mv -f "$nlist"T "$nlist" - else - rm -f "$nlist"T - fi - - # Make sure that we snagged all the symbols we need. - if $GREP ' nm_test_var$' "$nlist" >/dev/null; then - if $GREP ' nm_test_func$' "$nlist" >/dev/null; then - cat <<_LT_EOF > conftest.$ac_ext -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -_LT_EOF - # Now generate the symbol file. - eval "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl"' < "$nlist" | $GREP -v main >> conftest.$ac_ext' - - cat <<_LT_EOF >> conftest.$ac_ext - -/* The mapping between symbol names and symbols. */ -const struct { - const char *name; - void *address; -} -lt__PROGRAM__LTX_preloaded_symbols[] = -{ - { "@PROGRAM@", (void *) 0 }, -_LT_EOF - $SED "s/^$symcode$symcode* \(.*\) \(.*\)$/ {\"\2\", (void *) \&\2},/" < "$nlist" | $GREP -v main >> conftest.$ac_ext - cat <<\_LT_EOF >> conftest.$ac_ext - {0, (void *) 0} -}; - -/* This works around a problem in FreeBSD linker */ -#ifdef FREEBSD_WORKAROUND -static const void *lt_preloaded_setup() { - return lt__PROGRAM__LTX_preloaded_symbols; -} -#endif - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif -_LT_EOF - # Now try linking the two files. - mv conftest.$ac_objext conftstm.$ac_objext - lt_save_LIBS="$LIBS" - lt_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" - LIBS="conftstm.$ac_objext" - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS$lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag" - if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_link\""; } >&5 - (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - test $ac_status = 0; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then - pipe_works=yes - fi - LIBS="$lt_save_LIBS" - CFLAGS="$lt_save_CFLAGS" - else - echo "cannot find nm_test_func in $nlist" >&5 - fi - else - echo "cannot find nm_test_var in $nlist" >&5 - fi - else - echo "cannot run $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe" >&5 - fi - else - echo "$progname: failed program was:" >&5 - cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - fi - rm -rf conftest* conftst* - - # Do not use the global_symbol_pipe unless it works. - if test "$pipe_works" = yes; then - break - else - lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe= - fi -done - -fi - -if test -z "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe"; then - lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl= -fi -if test -z "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: failed" >&5 -$as_echo "failed" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: ok" >&5 -$as_echo "ok" >&6; } -fi - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -# Check whether --enable-libtool-lock was given. -if test "${enable_libtool_lock+set}" = set; then : - enableval=$enable_libtool_lock; -fi - -test "x$enable_libtool_lock" != xno && enable_libtool_lock=yes - -# Some flags need to be propagated to the compiler or linker for good -# libtool support. -case $host in -ia64-*-hpux*) - # Find out which ABI we are using. - echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext - if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_compile\""; } >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - test $ac_status = 0; }; then - case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in - *ELF-32*) - HPUX_IA64_MODE="32" - ;; - *ELF-64*) - HPUX_IA64_MODE="64" - ;; - esac - fi - rm -rf conftest* - ;; -*-*-irix6*) - # Find out which ABI we are using. - echo '#line 7251 "configure"' > conftest.$ac_ext - if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_compile\""; } >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - test $ac_status = 0; }; then - if test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes; then - case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in - *32-bit*) - LD="${LD-ld} -melf32bsmip" - ;; - *N32*) - LD="${LD-ld} -melf32bmipn32" - ;; - *64-bit*) - LD="${LD-ld} -melf64bmip" - ;; - esac - else - case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in - *32-bit*) - LD="${LD-ld} -32" - ;; - *N32*) - LD="${LD-ld} -n32" - ;; - *64-bit*) - LD="${LD-ld} -64" - ;; - esac - fi - fi - rm -rf conftest* - ;; - -x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu|x86_64-*linux*|ppc*-*linux*|powerpc*-*linux*| \ -s390*-*linux*|s390*-*tpf*|sparc*-*linux*) - # Find out which ABI we are using. - echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext - if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_compile\""; } >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - test $ac_status = 0; }; then - case `/usr/bin/file conftest.o` in - *32-bit*) - case $host in - x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu) - LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_i386_fbsd" - ;; - x86_64-*linux*) - LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_i386" - ;; - ppc64-*linux*|powerpc64-*linux*) - LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32ppclinux" - ;; - s390x-*linux*) - LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_s390" - ;; - sparc64-*linux*) - LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32_sparc" - ;; - esac - ;; - *64-bit*) - case $host in - x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu) - LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64_fbsd" - ;; - x86_64-*linux*) - LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64" - ;; - ppc*-*linux*|powerpc*-*linux*) - LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64ppc" - ;; - s390*-*linux*|s390*-*tpf*) - LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_s390" - ;; - sparc*-*linux*) - LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_sparc" - ;; - esac - ;; - esac - fi - rm -rf conftest* - ;; - -*-*-sco3.2v5*) - # On SCO OpenServer 5, we need -belf to get full-featured binaries. - SAVE_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -belf" - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether the C compiler needs -belf" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking whether the C compiler needs -belf... " >&6; } -if test "${lt_cv_cc_needs_belf+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - ac_ext=c -ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' -ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' -ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' -ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu - - cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -int -main () -{ - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : - lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=yes -else - lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=no -fi -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext - ac_ext=c -ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' -ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' -ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' -ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu - -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_cc_needs_belf" >&5 -$as_echo "$lt_cv_cc_needs_belf" >&6; } - if test x"$lt_cv_cc_needs_belf" != x"yes"; then - # this is probably gcc 2.8.0, egcs 1.0 or newer; no need for -belf - CFLAGS="$SAVE_CFLAGS" - fi - ;; -sparc*-*solaris*) - # Find out which ABI we are using. - echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext - if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_compile\""; } >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - test $ac_status = 0; }; then - case `/usr/bin/file conftest.o` in - *64-bit*) - case $lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld in - yes*) LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_sparc" ;; - *) - if ${LD-ld} -64 -r -o conftest2.o conftest.o >/dev/null 2>&1; then - LD="${LD-ld} -64" - fi - ;; - esac - ;; - esac - fi - rm -rf conftest* - ;; -esac - -need_locks="$enable_libtool_lock" - - - case $host_os in - rhapsody* | darwin*) - if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then - # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}dsymutil", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}dsymutil; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$DSYMUTIL"; then - ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL="$DSYMUTIL" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL="${ac_tool_prefix}dsymutil" - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done - done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -DSYMUTIL=$ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL -if test -n "$DSYMUTIL"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $DSYMUTIL" >&5 -$as_echo "$DSYMUTIL" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - -fi -if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL"; then - ac_ct_DSYMUTIL=$DSYMUTIL - # Extract the first word of "dsymutil", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy dsymutil; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DSYMUTIL+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL"; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DSYMUTIL="$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DSYMUTIL="dsymutil" - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done - done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -ac_ct_DSYMUTIL=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DSYMUTIL -if test -n "$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_DSYMUTIL" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - if test "x$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL" = x; then - DSYMUTIL=":" - else - case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in -yes:) -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} -ac_tool_warned=yes ;; -esac - DSYMUTIL=$ac_ct_DSYMUTIL - fi -else - DSYMUTIL="$ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL" -fi - - if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then - # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}nmedit", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}nmedit; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$NMEDIT"; then - ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT="$NMEDIT" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT="${ac_tool_prefix}nmedit" - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done - done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -NMEDIT=$ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT -if test -n "$NMEDIT"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $NMEDIT" >&5 -$as_echo "$NMEDIT" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - -fi -if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT"; then - ac_ct_NMEDIT=$NMEDIT - # Extract the first word of "nmedit", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy nmedit; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_NMEDIT+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$ac_ct_NMEDIT"; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_NMEDIT="$ac_ct_NMEDIT" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_NMEDIT="nmedit" - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done - done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -ac_ct_NMEDIT=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_NMEDIT -if test -n "$ac_ct_NMEDIT"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_NMEDIT" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_ct_NMEDIT" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - if test "x$ac_ct_NMEDIT" = x; then - NMEDIT=":" - else - case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in -yes:) -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} -ac_tool_warned=yes ;; -esac - NMEDIT=$ac_ct_NMEDIT - fi -else - NMEDIT="$ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT" -fi - - if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then - # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}lipo", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}lipo; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_LIPO+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$LIPO"; then - ac_cv_prog_LIPO="$LIPO" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_LIPO="${ac_tool_prefix}lipo" - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done - done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -LIPO=$ac_cv_prog_LIPO -if test -n "$LIPO"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $LIPO" >&5 -$as_echo "$LIPO" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - -fi -if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_LIPO"; then - ac_ct_LIPO=$LIPO - # Extract the first word of "lipo", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy lipo; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_LIPO+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$ac_ct_LIPO"; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_LIPO="$ac_ct_LIPO" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_LIPO="lipo" - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done - done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -ac_ct_LIPO=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_LIPO -if test -n "$ac_ct_LIPO"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_LIPO" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_ct_LIPO" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - if test "x$ac_ct_LIPO" = x; then - LIPO=":" - else - case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in -yes:) -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} -ac_tool_warned=yes ;; -esac - LIPO=$ac_ct_LIPO - fi -else - LIPO="$ac_cv_prog_LIPO" -fi - - if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then - # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}otool", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}otool; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_OTOOL+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$OTOOL"; then - ac_cv_prog_OTOOL="$OTOOL" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_OTOOL="${ac_tool_prefix}otool" - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done - done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -OTOOL=$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL -if test -n "$OTOOL"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $OTOOL" >&5 -$as_echo "$OTOOL" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - -fi -if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL"; then - ac_ct_OTOOL=$OTOOL - # Extract the first word of "otool", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy otool; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$ac_ct_OTOOL"; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL="$ac_ct_OTOOL" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL="otool" - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done - done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -ac_ct_OTOOL=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL -if test -n "$ac_ct_OTOOL"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_OTOOL" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_ct_OTOOL" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - if test "x$ac_ct_OTOOL" = x; then - OTOOL=":" - else - case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in -yes:) -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} -ac_tool_warned=yes ;; -esac - OTOOL=$ac_ct_OTOOL - fi -else - OTOOL="$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL" -fi - - if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then - # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}otool64", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}otool64; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$OTOOL64"; then - ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64="$OTOOL64" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64="${ac_tool_prefix}otool64" - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done - done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -OTOOL64=$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64 -if test -n "$OTOOL64"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $OTOOL64" >&5 -$as_echo "$OTOOL64" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - -fi -if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64"; then - ac_ct_OTOOL64=$OTOOL64 - # Extract the first word of "otool64", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy otool64; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL64+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$ac_ct_OTOOL64"; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL64="$ac_ct_OTOOL64" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL64="otool64" - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done - done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -ac_ct_OTOOL64=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL64 -if test -n "$ac_ct_OTOOL64"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_OTOOL64" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_ct_OTOOL64" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - if test "x$ac_ct_OTOOL64" = x; then - OTOOL64=":" - else - case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in -yes:) -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} -ac_tool_warned=yes ;; -esac - OTOOL64=$ac_ct_OTOOL64 - fi -else - OTOOL64="$ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64" -fi - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for -single_module linker flag" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for -single_module linker flag... " >&6; } -if test "${lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod=no - if test -z "${LT_MULTI_MODULE}"; then - # By default we will add the -single_module flag. You can override - # by either setting the environment variable LT_MULTI_MODULE - # non-empty at configure time, or by adding -multi_module to the - # link flags. - rm -rf libconftest.dylib* - echo "int foo(void){return 1;}" > conftest.c - echo "$LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o libconftest.dylib \ --dynamiclib -Wl,-single_module conftest.c" >&5 - $LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o libconftest.dylib \ - -dynamiclib -Wl,-single_module conftest.c 2>conftest.err - _lt_result=$? - if test -f libconftest.dylib && test ! -s conftest.err && test $_lt_result = 0; then - lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod=yes - else - cat conftest.err >&5 - fi - rm -rf libconftest.dylib* - rm -f conftest.* - fi -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod" >&5 -$as_echo "$lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod" >&6; } - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for -exported_symbols_list linker flag" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for -exported_symbols_list linker flag... " >&6; } -if test "${lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=no - save_LDFLAGS=$LDFLAGS - echo "_main" > conftest.sym - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-exported_symbols_list,conftest.sym" - cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -int -main () -{ - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : - lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=yes -else - lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=no -fi -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext - LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" - -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list" >&5 -$as_echo "$lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list" >&6; } - case $host_os in - rhapsody* | darwin1.[012]) - _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;; - darwin1.*) - _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;; - darwin*) # darwin 5.x on - # if running on 10.5 or later, the deployment target defaults - # to the OS version, if on x86, and 10.4, the deployment - # target defaults to 10.4. Don't you love it? - case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET-10.0},$host in - 10.0,*86*-darwin8*|10.0,*-darwin[91]*) - _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}dynamic_lookup' ;; - 10.[012]*) - _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;; - 10.*) - _lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}dynamic_lookup' ;; - esac - ;; - esac - if test "$lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod" = "yes"; then - _lt_dar_single_mod='$single_module' - fi - if test "$lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list" = "yes"; then - _lt_dar_export_syms=' ${wl}-exported_symbols_list,$output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym' - else - _lt_dar_export_syms='~$NMEDIT -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}' - fi - if test "$DSYMUTIL" != ":"; then - _lt_dsymutil='~$DSYMUTIL $lib || :' - else - _lt_dsymutil= - fi - ;; - esac - -for ac_header in dlfcn.h -do : - ac_fn_c_check_header_compile "$LINENO" "dlfcn.h" "ac_cv_header_dlfcn_h" "$ac_includes_default -" -if test "x$ac_cv_header_dlfcn_h" = x""yes; then : - cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF -#define HAVE_DLFCN_H 1 -_ACEOF - -fi - -done - - - -# Set options - - - - enable_dlopen=no - - - enable_win32_dll=no - - - # Check whether --enable-shared was given. -if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then : - enableval=$enable_shared; p=${PACKAGE-default} - case $enableval in - yes) enable_shared=yes ;; - no) enable_shared=no ;; - *) - enable_shared=no - # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. - lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR," - for pkg in $enableval; do - IFS="$lt_save_ifs" - if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then - enable_shared=yes - fi - done - IFS="$lt_save_ifs" - ;; - esac -else - enable_shared=yes -fi - - - - - - - - - - # Check whether --enable-static was given. -if test "${enable_static+set}" = set; then : - enableval=$enable_static; p=${PACKAGE-default} - case $enableval in - yes) enable_static=yes ;; - no) enable_static=no ;; - *) - enable_static=no - # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. - lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR," - for pkg in $enableval; do - IFS="$lt_save_ifs" - if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then - enable_static=yes - fi - done - IFS="$lt_save_ifs" - ;; - esac -else - enable_static=yes -fi - - - - - - - - - - -# Check whether --with-pic was given. -if test "${with_pic+set}" = set; then : - withval=$with_pic; pic_mode="$withval" -else - pic_mode=default -fi - - -test -z "$pic_mode" && pic_mode=default - - - - - - - - # Check whether --enable-fast-install was given. -if test "${enable_fast_install+set}" = set; then : - enableval=$enable_fast_install; p=${PACKAGE-default} - case $enableval in - yes) enable_fast_install=yes ;; - no) enable_fast_install=no ;; - *) - enable_fast_install=no - # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. - lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR," - for pkg in $enableval; do - IFS="$lt_save_ifs" - if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then - enable_fast_install=yes - fi - done - IFS="$lt_save_ifs" - ;; - esac -else - enable_fast_install=yes -fi - - - - - - - - - - - -# This can be used to rebuild libtool when needed -LIBTOOL_DEPS="$ltmain" - -# Always use our own libtool. -LIBTOOL='$(SHELL) $(top_builddir)/libtool' - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -test -z "$LN_S" && LN_S="ln -s" - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then - setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST -fi - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for objdir" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for objdir... " >&6; } -if test "${lt_cv_objdir+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - rm -f .libs 2>/dev/null -mkdir .libs 2>/dev/null -if test -d .libs; then - lt_cv_objdir=.libs -else - # MS-DOS does not allow filenames that begin with a dot. - lt_cv_objdir=_libs -fi -rmdir .libs 2>/dev/null -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_objdir" >&5 -$as_echo "$lt_cv_objdir" >&6; } -objdir=$lt_cv_objdir - - - - - -cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF -#define LT_OBJDIR "$lt_cv_objdir/" -_ACEOF - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -case $host_os in -aix3*) - # AIX sometimes has problems with the GCC collect2 program. For some - # reason, if we set the COLLECT_NAMES environment variable, the problems - # vanish in a puff of smoke. - if test "X${COLLECT_NAMES+set}" != Xset; then - COLLECT_NAMES= - export COLLECT_NAMES - fi - ;; -esac - -# Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting. It backslashifies -# metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings. -sed_quote_subst='s/\(["`$\\]\)/\\\1/g' - -# Same as above, but do not quote variable references. -double_quote_subst='s/\(["`\\]\)/\\\1/g' - -# Sed substitution to delay expansion of an escaped shell variable in a -# double_quote_subst'ed string. -delay_variable_subst='s/\\\\\\\\\\\$/\\\\\\$/g' - -# Sed substitution to delay expansion of an escaped single quote. -delay_single_quote_subst='s/'\''/'\'\\\\\\\'\''/g' - -# Sed substitution to avoid accidental globbing in evaled expressions -no_glob_subst='s/\*/\\\*/g' - -# Global variables: -ofile=libtool -can_build_shared=yes - -# All known linkers require a `.a' archive for static linking (except MSVC, -# which needs '.lib'). -libext=a - -with_gnu_ld="$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" - -old_CC="$CC" -old_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" - -# Set sane defaults for various variables -test -z "$CC" && CC=cc -test -z "$LTCC" && LTCC=$CC -test -z "$LTCFLAGS" && LTCFLAGS=$CFLAGS -test -z "$LD" && LD=ld -test -z "$ac_objext" && ac_objext=o - -for cc_temp in $compiler""; do - case $cc_temp in - compile | *[\\/]compile | ccache | *[\\/]ccache ) ;; - distcc | *[\\/]distcc | purify | *[\\/]purify ) ;; - \-*) ;; - *) break;; - esac -done -cc_basename=`$ECHO "X$cc_temp" | $Xsed -e 's%.*/%%' -e "s%^$host_alias-%%"` - - -# Only perform the check for file, if the check method requires it -test -z "$MAGIC_CMD" && MAGIC_CMD=file -case $deplibs_check_method in -file_magic*) - if test "$file_magic_cmd" = '$MAGIC_CMD'; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for ${ac_tool_prefix}file" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for ${ac_tool_prefix}file... " >&6; } -if test "${lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - case $MAGIC_CMD in -[\\/*] | ?:[\\/]*) - lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" # Let the user override the test with a path. - ;; -*) - lt_save_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" - lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR - ac_dummy="/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH" - for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do - IFS="$lt_save_ifs" - test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. - if test -f $ac_dir/${ac_tool_prefix}file; then - lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$ac_dir/${ac_tool_prefix}file" - if test -n "$file_magic_test_file"; then - case $deplibs_check_method in - "file_magic "*) - file_magic_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "file_magic \(.*\)"` - MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD" - if eval $file_magic_cmd \$file_magic_test_file 2> /dev/null | - $EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then - : - else - cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2 - -*** Warning: the command libtool uses to detect shared libraries, -*** $file_magic_cmd, produces output that libtool cannot recognize. -*** The result is that libtool may fail to recognize shared libraries -*** as such. This will affect the creation of libtool libraries that -*** depend on shared libraries, but programs linked with such libtool -*** libraries will work regardless of this problem. Nevertheless, you -*** may want to report the problem to your system manager and/or to -*** bug-libtool@gnu.org - -_LT_EOF - fi ;; - esac - fi - break - fi - done - IFS="$lt_save_ifs" - MAGIC_CMD="$lt_save_MAGIC_CMD" - ;; -esac -fi - -MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD" -if test -n "$MAGIC_CMD"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $MAGIC_CMD" >&5 -$as_echo "$MAGIC_CMD" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - - - - -if test -z "$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD"; then - if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for file" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for file... " >&6; } -if test "${lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - case $MAGIC_CMD in -[\\/*] | ?:[\\/]*) - lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" # Let the user override the test with a path. - ;; -*) - lt_save_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" - lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR - ac_dummy="/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH" - for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do - IFS="$lt_save_ifs" - test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. - if test -f $ac_dir/file; then - lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$ac_dir/file" - if test -n "$file_magic_test_file"; then - case $deplibs_check_method in - "file_magic "*) - file_magic_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "file_magic \(.*\)"` - MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD" - if eval $file_magic_cmd \$file_magic_test_file 2> /dev/null | - $EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then - : - else - cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2 - -*** Warning: the command libtool uses to detect shared libraries, -*** $file_magic_cmd, produces output that libtool cannot recognize. -*** The result is that libtool may fail to recognize shared libraries -*** as such. This will affect the creation of libtool libraries that -*** depend on shared libraries, but programs linked with such libtool -*** libraries will work regardless of this problem. Nevertheless, you -*** may want to report the problem to your system manager and/or to -*** bug-libtool@gnu.org - -_LT_EOF - fi ;; - esac - fi - break - fi - done - IFS="$lt_save_ifs" - MAGIC_CMD="$lt_save_MAGIC_CMD" - ;; -esac -fi - -MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD" -if test -n "$MAGIC_CMD"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $MAGIC_CMD" >&5 -$as_echo "$MAGIC_CMD" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - - else - MAGIC_CMD=: - fi -fi - - fi - ;; -esac - -# Use C for the default configuration in the libtool script - -lt_save_CC="$CC" -ac_ext=c -ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' -ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' -ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' -ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu - - -# Source file extension for C test sources. -ac_ext=c - -# Object file extension for compiled C test sources. -objext=o -objext=$objext - -# Code to be used in simple compile tests -lt_simple_compile_test_code="int some_variable = 0;" - -# Code to be used in simple link tests -lt_simple_link_test_code='int main(){return(0);}' - - - - - - - -# If no C compiler was specified, use CC. -LTCC=${LTCC-"$CC"} - -# If no C compiler flags were specified, use CFLAGS. -LTCFLAGS=${LTCFLAGS-"$CFLAGS"} - -# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. -compiler=$CC - -# Save the default compiler, since it gets overwritten when the other -# tags are being tested, and _LT_TAGVAR(compiler, []) is a NOP. -compiler_DEFAULT=$CC - -# save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code -ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext -echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext -eval "$ac_compile" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err -_lt_compiler_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err` -$RM conftest* - -ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext -echo "$lt_simple_link_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext -eval "$ac_link" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err -_lt_linker_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err` -$RM -r conftest* - - -if test -n "$compiler"; then - -lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag= - -if test "$GCC" = yes; then - lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag=' -fno-builtin' - - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if $compiler supports -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking if $compiler supports -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions... " >&6; } -if test "${lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions=no - ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext - echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext - lt_compiler_flag="-fno-rtti -fno-exceptions" - # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or - # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end. - # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins - # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly. - # The option is referenced via a variable to avoid confusing sed. - lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \ - -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ - -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ - -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` - (eval echo "\"\$as_me:8509: $lt_compile\"" >&5) - (eval "$lt_compile" 2>conftest.err) - ac_status=$? - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:8513: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - if (exit $ac_status) && test -s "$ac_outfile"; then - # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized - # So say no if there are warnings other than the usual output. - $ECHO "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' >conftest.exp - $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2 - if test ! -s conftest.er2 || diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then - lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions=yes - fi - fi - $RM conftest* - -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions" >&5 -$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions" >&6; } - -if test x"$lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions" = xyes; then - lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag="$lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions" -else - : -fi - -fi - - - - - - - lt_prog_compiler_wl= -lt_prog_compiler_pic= -lt_prog_compiler_static= - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $compiler option to produce PIC" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $compiler option to produce PIC... " >&6; } - - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' - lt_prog_compiler_static='-static' - - case $host_os in - aix*) - # All AIX code is PIC. - if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then - # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor - lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' - fi - ;; - - amigaos*) - case $host_cpu in - powerpc) - # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support - lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC' - ;; - m68k) - # FIXME: we need at least 68020 code to build shared libraries, but - # adding the `-m68020' flag to GCC prevents building anything better, - # like `-m68040'. - lt_prog_compiler_pic='-m68020 -resident32 -malways-restore-a4' - ;; - esac - ;; - - beos* | irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux* | osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) - # PIC is the default for these OSes. - ;; - - mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*) - # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being - # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example). - # Although the cygwin gcc ignores -fPIC, still need this for old-style - # (--disable-auto-import) libraries - lt_prog_compiler_pic='-DDLL_EXPORT' - ;; - - darwin* | rhapsody*) - # PIC is the default on this platform - # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files - lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fno-common' - ;; - - hpux*) - # PIC is the default for 64-bit PA HP-UX, but not for 32-bit - # PA HP-UX. On IA64 HP-UX, PIC is the default but the pic flag - # sets the default TLS model and affects inlining. - case $host_cpu in - hppa*64*) - # +Z the default - ;; - *) - lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC' - ;; - esac - ;; - - interix[3-9]*) - # Interix 3.x gcc -fpic/-fPIC options generate broken code. - # Instead, we relocate shared libraries at runtime. - ;; - - msdosdjgpp*) - # Just because we use GCC doesn't mean we suddenly get shared libraries - # on systems that don't support them. - lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared=no - enable_shared=no - ;; - - *nto* | *qnx*) - # QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise - # it will coredump. - lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC -shared' - ;; - - sysv4*MP*) - if test -d /usr/nec; then - lt_prog_compiler_pic=-Kconform_pic - fi - ;; - - *) - lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC' - ;; - esac - else - # PORTME Check for flag to pass linker flags through the system compiler. - case $host_os in - aix*) - lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' - if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then - # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor - lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' - else - lt_prog_compiler_static='-bnso -bI:/lib/syscalls.exp' - fi - ;; - - mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*) - # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being - # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example). - lt_prog_compiler_pic='-DDLL_EXPORT' - ;; - - hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) - lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' - # PIC is the default for IA64 HP-UX and 64-bit HP-UX, but - # not for PA HP-UX. - case $host_cpu in - hppa*64*|ia64*) - # +Z the default - ;; - *) - lt_prog_compiler_pic='+Z' - ;; - esac - # Is there a better lt_prog_compiler_static that works with the bundled CC? - lt_prog_compiler_static='${wl}-a ${wl}archive' - ;; - - irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) - lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' - # PIC (with -KPIC) is the default. - lt_prog_compiler_static='-non_shared' - ;; - - linux* | k*bsd*-gnu) - case $cc_basename in - # old Intel for x86_64 which still supported -KPIC. - ecc*) - lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' - lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC' - lt_prog_compiler_static='-static' - ;; - # icc used to be incompatible with GCC. - # ICC 10 doesn't accept -KPIC any more. - icc* | ifort*) - lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' - lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC' - lt_prog_compiler_static='-static' - ;; - # Lahey Fortran 8.1. - lf95*) - lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' - lt_prog_compiler_pic='--shared' - lt_prog_compiler_static='--static' - ;; - pgcc* | pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95*) - # Portland Group compilers (*not* the Pentium gcc compiler, - # which looks to be a dead project) - lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' - lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fpic' - lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' - ;; - ccc*) - lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' - # All Alpha code is PIC. - lt_prog_compiler_static='-non_shared' - ;; - xl*) - # IBM XL C 8.0/Fortran 10.1 on PPC - lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' - lt_prog_compiler_pic='-qpic' - lt_prog_compiler_static='-qstaticlink' - ;; - *) - case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in - *Sun\ C*) - # Sun C 5.9 - lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC' - lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' - lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' - ;; - *Sun\ F*) - # Sun Fortran 8.3 passes all unrecognized flags to the linker - lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC' - lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' - lt_prog_compiler_wl='' - ;; - esac - ;; - esac - ;; - - newsos6) - lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC' - lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' - ;; - - *nto* | *qnx*) - # QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise - # it will coredump. - lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC -shared' - ;; - - osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) - lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' - # All OSF/1 code is PIC. - lt_prog_compiler_static='-non_shared' - ;; - - rdos*) - lt_prog_compiler_static='-non_shared' - ;; - - solaris*) - lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC' - lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' - case $cc_basename in - f77* | f90* | f95*) - lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Qoption ld ';; - *) - lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,';; - esac - ;; - - sunos4*) - lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Qoption ld ' - lt_prog_compiler_pic='-PIC' - lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' - ;; - - sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3*) - lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' - lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC' - lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' - ;; - - sysv4*MP*) - if test -d /usr/nec ;then - lt_prog_compiler_pic='-Kconform_pic' - lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' - fi - ;; - - sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*) - lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' - lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC' - lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' - ;; - - unicos*) - lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,' - lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared=no - ;; - - uts4*) - lt_prog_compiler_pic='-pic' - lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic' - ;; - - *) - lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared=no - ;; - esac - fi - -case $host_os in - # For platforms which do not support PIC, -DPIC is meaningless: - *djgpp*) - lt_prog_compiler_pic= - ;; - *) - lt_prog_compiler_pic="$lt_prog_compiler_pic -DPIC" - ;; -esac -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_prog_compiler_pic" >&5 -$as_echo "$lt_prog_compiler_pic" >&6; } - - - - - - -# -# Check to make sure the PIC flag actually works. -# -if test -n "$lt_prog_compiler_pic"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if $compiler PIC flag $lt_prog_compiler_pic works" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking if $compiler PIC flag $lt_prog_compiler_pic works... " >&6; } -if test "${lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works=no - ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext - echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext - lt_compiler_flag="$lt_prog_compiler_pic -DPIC" - # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or - # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end. - # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins - # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly. - # The option is referenced via a variable to avoid confusing sed. - lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \ - -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ - -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ - -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` - (eval echo "\"\$as_me:8848: $lt_compile\"" >&5) - (eval "$lt_compile" 2>conftest.err) - ac_status=$? - cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:8852: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - if (exit $ac_status) && test -s "$ac_outfile"; then - # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized - # So say no if there are warnings other than the usual output. - $ECHO "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' >conftest.exp - $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2 - if test ! -s conftest.er2 || diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then - lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works=yes - fi - fi - $RM conftest* - -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works" >&5 -$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works" >&6; } - -if test x"$lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works" = xyes; then - case $lt_prog_compiler_pic in - "" | " "*) ;; - *) lt_prog_compiler_pic=" $lt_prog_compiler_pic" ;; - esac -else - lt_prog_compiler_pic= - lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared=no -fi - -fi - - - - - - -# -# Check to make sure the static flag actually works. -# -wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl eval lt_tmp_static_flag=\"$lt_prog_compiler_static\" -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if $compiler static flag $lt_tmp_static_flag works" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking if $compiler static flag $lt_tmp_static_flag works... " >&6; } -if test "${lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works=no - save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $lt_tmp_static_flag" - echo "$lt_simple_link_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext - if (eval $ac_link 2>conftest.err) && test -s conftest$ac_exeext; then - # The linker can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized - # So say no if there are warnings - if test -s conftest.err; then - # Append any errors to the config.log. - cat conftest.err 1>&5 - $ECHO "X$_lt_linker_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' > conftest.exp - $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2 - if diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then - lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works=yes - fi - else - lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works=yes - fi - fi - $RM -r conftest* - LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" - -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works" >&5 -$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works" >&6; } - -if test x"$lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works" = xyes; then - : -else - lt_prog_compiler_static= -fi - - - - - - - - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext... " >&6; } -if test "${lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o=no - $RM -r conftest 2>/dev/null - mkdir conftest - cd conftest - mkdir out - echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext - - lt_compiler_flag="-o out/conftest2.$ac_objext" - # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or - # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end. - # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins - # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly. - lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \ - -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ - -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ - -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` - (eval echo "\"\$as_me:8953: $lt_compile\"" >&5) - (eval "$lt_compile" 2>out/conftest.err) - ac_status=$? - cat out/conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:8957: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - if (exit $ac_status) && test -s out/conftest2.$ac_objext - then - # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized - # So say no if there are warnings - $ECHO "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' > out/conftest.exp - $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' out/conftest.err >out/conftest.er2 - if test ! -s out/conftest.er2 || diff out/conftest.exp out/conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then - lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o=yes - fi - fi - chmod u+w . 2>&5 - $RM conftest* - # SGI C++ compiler will create directory out/ii_files/ for - # template instantiation - test -d out/ii_files && $RM out/ii_files/* && rmdir out/ii_files - $RM out/* && rmdir out - cd .. - $RM -r conftest - $RM conftest* - -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" >&5 -$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" >&6; } - - - - - - - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext... " >&6; } -if test "${lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o=no - $RM -r conftest 2>/dev/null - mkdir conftest - cd conftest - mkdir out - echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext - - lt_compiler_flag="-o out/conftest2.$ac_objext" - # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or - # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end. - # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins - # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly. - lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \ - -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ - -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ - -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` - (eval echo "\"\$as_me:9008: $lt_compile\"" >&5) - (eval "$lt_compile" 2>out/conftest.err) - ac_status=$? - cat out/conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:9012: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - if (exit $ac_status) && test -s out/conftest2.$ac_objext - then - # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized - # So say no if there are warnings - $ECHO "X$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $Xsed -e '/^$/d' > out/conftest.exp - $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' out/conftest.err >out/conftest.er2 - if test ! -s out/conftest.er2 || diff out/conftest.exp out/conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then - lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o=yes - fi - fi - chmod u+w . 2>&5 - $RM conftest* - # SGI C++ compiler will create directory out/ii_files/ for - # template instantiation - test -d out/ii_files && $RM out/ii_files/* && rmdir out/ii_files - $RM out/* && rmdir out - cd .. - $RM -r conftest - $RM conftest* - -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" >&5 -$as_echo "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" >&6; } - - - - -hard_links="nottested" -if test "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" = no && test "$need_locks" != no; then - # do not overwrite the value of need_locks provided by the user - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if we can lock with hard links" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking if we can lock with hard links... " >&6; } - hard_links=yes - $RM conftest* - ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no - touch conftest.a - ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>&5 || hard_links=no - ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $hard_links" >&5 -$as_echo "$hard_links" >&6; } - if test "$hard_links" = no; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: \`$CC' does not support \`-c -o', so \`make -j' may be unsafe" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: \`$CC' does not support \`-c -o', so \`make -j' may be unsafe" >&2;} - need_locks=warn - fi -else - need_locks=no -fi - - - - - - - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries... " >&6; } - - runpath_var= - allow_undefined_flag= - always_export_symbols=no - archive_cmds= - archive_expsym_cmds= - compiler_needs_object=no - enable_shared_with_static_runtimes=no - export_dynamic_flag_spec= - export_symbols_cmds='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' - hardcode_automatic=no - hardcode_direct=no - hardcode_direct_absolute=no - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec= - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld= - hardcode_libdir_separator= - hardcode_minus_L=no - hardcode_shlibpath_var=unsupported - inherit_rpath=no - link_all_deplibs=unknown - module_cmds= - module_expsym_cmds= - old_archive_from_new_cmds= - old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds= - thread_safe_flag_spec= - whole_archive_flag_spec= - # include_expsyms should be a list of space-separated symbols to be *always* - # included in the symbol list - include_expsyms= - # exclude_expsyms can be an extended regexp of symbols to exclude - # it will be wrapped by ` (' and `)$', so one must not match beginning or - # end of line. Example: `a|bc|.*d.*' will exclude the symbols `a' and `bc', - # as well as any symbol that contains `d'. - exclude_expsyms='_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_|_GLOBAL__F[ID]_.*' - # Although _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is a valid symbol C name, most a.out - # platforms (ab)use it in PIC code, but their linkers get confused if - # the symbol is explicitly referenced. Since portable code cannot - # rely on this symbol name, it's probably fine to never include it in - # preloaded symbol tables. - # Exclude shared library initialization/finalization symbols. - extract_expsyms_cmds= - - case $host_os in - cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) - # FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time - # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using - # Microsoft Visual C++. - if test "$GCC" != yes; then - with_gnu_ld=no - fi - ;; - interix*) - # we just hope/assume this is gcc and not c89 (= MSVC++) - with_gnu_ld=yes - ;; - openbsd*) - with_gnu_ld=no - ;; - esac - - ld_shlibs=yes - if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then - # If archive_cmds runs LD, not CC, wlarc should be empty - wlarc='${wl}' - - # Set some defaults for GNU ld with shared library support. These - # are reset later if shared libraries are not supported. Putting them - # here allows them to be overridden if necessary. - runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' - export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}--export-dynamic' - # ancient GNU ld didn't support --whole-archive et. al. - if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP 'no-whole-archive' > /dev/null; then - whole_archive_flag_spec="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive' - else - whole_archive_flag_spec= - fi - supports_anon_versioning=no - case `$LD -v 2>&1` in - *\ [01].* | *\ 2.[0-9].* | *\ 2.10.*) ;; # catch versions < 2.11 - *\ 2.11.93.0.2\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # RH7.3 ... - *\ 2.11.92.0.12\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # Mandrake 8.2 ... - *\ 2.11.*) ;; # other 2.11 versions - *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; - esac - - # See if GNU ld supports shared libraries. - case $host_os in - aix[3-9]*) - # On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken - if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then - ld_shlibs=no - cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2 - -*** Warning: the GNU linker, at least up to release 2.9.1, is reported -*** to be unable to reliably create shared libraries on AIX. -*** Therefore, libtool is disabling shared libraries support. If you -*** really care for shared libraries, you may want to modify your PATH -*** so that a non-GNU linker is found, and then restart. - -_LT_EOF - fi - ;; - - amigaos*) - case $host_cpu in - powerpc) - # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support - archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' - archive_expsym_cmds='' - ;; - m68k) - archive_cmds='$RM $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)' - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' - hardcode_minus_L=yes - ;; - esac - ;; - - beos*) - if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then - allow_undefined_flag=unsupported - # Joseph Beckenbach <jrb3@best.com> says some releases of gcc - # support --undefined. This deserves some investigation. FIXME - archive_cmds='$CC -nostart $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' - else - ld_shlibs=no - fi - ;; - - cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) - # _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, ) is actually meaningless, - # as there is no search path for DLLs. - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' - allow_undefined_flag=unsupported - always_export_symbols=no - enable_shared_with_static_runtimes=yes - export_symbols_cmds='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '\''/^[BCDGRS][ ]/s/.*[ ]\([^ ]*\)/\1 DATA/'\'' | $SED -e '\''/^[AITW][ ]/s/.*[ ]//'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols' - - if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then - archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib' - # If the export-symbols file already is a .def file (1st line - # is EXPORTS), use it as is; otherwise, prepend... - archive_expsym_cmds='if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then - cp $export_symbols $output_objdir/$soname.def; - else - echo EXPORTS > $output_objdir/$soname.def; - cat $export_symbols >> $output_objdir/$soname.def; - fi~ - $CC -shared $output_objdir/$soname.def $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib' - else - ld_shlibs=no - fi - ;; - - interix[3-9]*) - hardcode_direct=no - hardcode_shlibpath_var=no - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' - export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E' - # Hack: On Interix 3.x, we cannot compile PIC because of a broken gcc. - # Instead, shared libraries are loaded at an image base (0x10000000 by - # default) and relocated if they conflict, which is a slow very memory - # consuming and fragmenting process. To avoid this, we pick a random, - # 256 KiB-aligned image base between 0x50000000 and 0x6FFC0000 at link - # time. Moving up from 0x10000000 also allows more sbrk(2) space. - archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib' - archive_expsym_cmds='sed "s,^,_," $export_symbols >$output_objdir/$soname.expsym~$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--retain-symbols-file,$output_objdir/$soname.expsym ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib' - ;; - - gnu* | linux* | tpf* | k*bsd*-gnu) - tmp_diet=no - if test "$host_os" = linux-dietlibc; then - case $cc_basename in - diet\ *) tmp_diet=yes;; # linux-dietlibc with static linking (!diet-dyn) - esac - fi - if $LD --help 2>&1 | $EGREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null \ - && test "$tmp_diet" = no - then - tmp_addflag= - tmp_sharedflag='-shared' - case $cc_basename,$host_cpu in - pgcc*) # Portland Group C compiler - whole_archive_flag_spec='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $ECHO \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' - tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag' - ;; - pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95*) # Portland Group f77 and f90 compilers - whole_archive_flag_spec='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $ECHO \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' - tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag -Mnomain' ;; - ecc*,ia64* | icc*,ia64*) # Intel C compiler on ia64 - tmp_addflag=' -i_dynamic' ;; - efc*,ia64* | ifort*,ia64*) # Intel Fortran compiler on ia64 - tmp_addflag=' -i_dynamic -nofor_main' ;; - ifc* | ifort*) # Intel Fortran compiler - tmp_addflag=' -nofor_main' ;; - lf95*) # Lahey Fortran 8.1 - whole_archive_flag_spec= - tmp_sharedflag='--shared' ;; - xl[cC]*) # IBM XL C 8.0 on PPC (deal with xlf below) - tmp_sharedflag='-qmkshrobj' - tmp_addflag= ;; - esac - case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in - *Sun\ C*) # Sun C 5.9 - whole_archive_flag_spec='${wl}--whole-archive`new_convenience=; for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -z \"$conv\" || new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; $ECHO \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive' - compiler_needs_object=yes - tmp_sharedflag='-G' ;; - *Sun\ F*) # Sun Fortran 8.3 - tmp_sharedflag='-G' ;; - esac - archive_cmds='$CC '"$tmp_sharedflag""$tmp_addflag"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' - - if test "x$supports_anon_versioning" = xyes; then - archive_expsym_cmds='echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ - cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ - echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ - $CC '"$tmp_sharedflag""$tmp_addflag"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-version-script ${wl}$output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib' - fi - - case $cc_basename in - xlf*) - # IBM XL Fortran 10.1 on PPC cannot create shared libs itself - whole_archive_flag_spec='--whole-archive$convenience --no-whole-archive' - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec= - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld='-rpath $libdir' - archive_cmds='$LD -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname -o $lib' - if test "x$supports_anon_versioning" = xyes; then - archive_expsym_cmds='echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ - cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ - echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~ - $LD -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname -version-script $output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib' - fi - ;; - esac - else - ld_shlibs=no - fi - ;; - - netbsd*) - if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then - archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -o $lib' - wlarc= - else - archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' - archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' - fi - ;; - - solaris*) - if $LD -v 2>&1 | $GREP 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then - ld_shlibs=no - cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2 - -*** Warning: The releases 2.8.* of the GNU linker cannot reliably -*** create shared libraries on Solaris systems. Therefore, libtool -*** is disabling shared libraries support. We urge you to upgrade GNU -*** binutils to release 2.9.1 or newer. Another option is to modify -*** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is -*** used, and then restart. - -_LT_EOF - elif $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then - archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' - archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' - else - ld_shlibs=no - fi - ;; - - sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*) - case `$LD -v 2>&1` in - *\ [01].* | *\ 2.[0-9].* | *\ 2.1[0-5].*) - ld_shlibs=no - cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2 - -*** Warning: Releases of the GNU linker prior to 2.16.91.0.3 can not -*** reliably create shared libraries on SCO systems. Therefore, libtool -*** is disabling shared libraries support. We urge you to upgrade GNU -*** binutils to release 2.16.91.0.3 or newer. Another option is to modify -*** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is -*** used, and then restart. - -_LT_EOF - ;; - *) - # For security reasons, it is highly recommended that you always - # use absolute paths for naming shared libraries, and exclude the - # DT_RUNPATH tag from executables and libraries. But doing so - # requires that you compile everything twice, which is a pain. - if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' - archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' - archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' - else - ld_shlibs=no - fi - ;; - esac - ;; - - sunos4*) - archive_cmds='$LD -assert pure-text -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - wlarc= - hardcode_direct=yes - hardcode_shlibpath_var=no - ;; - - *) - if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then - archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' - archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib' - else - ld_shlibs=no - fi - ;; - esac - - if test "$ld_shlibs" = no; then - runpath_var= - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec= - export_dynamic_flag_spec= - whole_archive_flag_spec= - fi - else - # PORTME fill in a description of your system's linker (not GNU ld) - case $host_os in - aix3*) - allow_undefined_flag=unsupported - always_export_symbols=yes - archive_expsym_cmds='$LD -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -bE:$export_symbols -T512 -H512 -bM:SRE~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $output_objdir/$soname' - # Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there - # are no directories specified by -L. - hardcode_minus_L=yes - if test "$GCC" = yes && test -z "$lt_prog_compiler_static"; then - # Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a - # broken collect2. - hardcode_direct=unsupported - fi - ;; - - aix[4-9]*) - if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then - # On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't - # have to do anything special. - aix_use_runtimelinking=no - exp_sym_flag='-Bexport' - no_entry_flag="" - else - # If we're using GNU nm, then we don't want the "-C" option. - # -C means demangle to AIX nm, but means don't demangle with GNU nm - if $NM -V 2>&1 | $GREP 'GNU' > /dev/null; then - export_symbols_cmds='$NM -Bpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B")) && (substr(\$ 3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$ 3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols' - else - export_symbols_cmds='$NM -BCpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B")) && (substr(\$ 3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$ 3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols' - fi - aix_use_runtimelinking=no - - # Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal - # AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we - # need to do runtime linking. - case $host_os in aix4.[23]|aix4.[23].*|aix[5-9]*) - for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do - if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then - aix_use_runtimelinking=yes - break - fi - done - ;; - esac - - exp_sym_flag='-bexport' - no_entry_flag='-bnoentry' - fi - - # When large executables or shared objects are built, AIX ld can - # have problems creating the table of contents. If linking a library - # or program results in "error TOC overflow" add -mminimal-toc to - # CXXFLAGS/CFLAGS for g++/gcc. In the cases where that is not - # enough to fix the problem, add -Wl,-bbigtoc to LDFLAGS. - - archive_cmds='' - hardcode_direct=yes - hardcode_direct_absolute=yes - hardcode_libdir_separator=':' - link_all_deplibs=yes - file_list_spec='${wl}-f,' - - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - case $host_os in aix4.[012]|aix4.[012].*) - # We only want to do this on AIX 4.2 and lower, the check - # below for broken collect2 doesn't work under 4.3+ - collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2` - if test -f "$collect2name" && - strings "$collect2name" | $GREP resolve_lib_name >/dev/null - then - # We have reworked collect2 - : - else - # We have old collect2 - hardcode_direct=unsupported - # It fails to find uninstalled libraries when the uninstalled - # path is not listed in the libpath. Setting hardcode_minus_L - # to unsupported forces relinking - hardcode_minus_L=yes - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' - hardcode_libdir_separator= - fi - ;; - esac - shared_flag='-shared' - if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then - shared_flag="$shared_flag "'${wl}-G' - fi - else - # not using gcc - if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then - # VisualAge C++, Version 5.5 for AIX 5L for IA-64, Beta 3 Release - # chokes on -Wl,-G. The following line is correct: - shared_flag='-G' - else - if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then - shared_flag='${wl}-G' - else - shared_flag='${wl}-bM:SRE' - fi - fi - fi - - export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-bexpall' - # It seems that -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with - # underscore (_), so it is better to generate a list of symbols to export. - always_export_symbols=yes - if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then - # Warning - without using the other runtime loading flags (-brtl), - # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library. - allow_undefined_flag='-berok' - # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an - # empty executable. - cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -int -main () -{ - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : - -lt_aix_libpath_sed=' - /Import File Strings/,/^$/ { - /^0/ { - s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/ - p - } - }' -aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"` -# Check for a 64-bit object if we didn't find anything. -if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then - aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"` -fi -fi -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext -if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"; fi - - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" - archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags `if test "x${allow_undefined_flag}" != "x"; then $ECHO "X${wl}${allow_undefined_flag}" | $Xsed; else :; fi` '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols $shared_flag" - else - if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib' - allow_undefined_flag="-z nodefs" - archive_expsym_cmds="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags ${wl}${allow_undefined_flag} '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols" - else - # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an - # empty executable. - cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -int -main () -{ - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : - -lt_aix_libpath_sed=' - /Import File Strings/,/^$/ { - /^0/ { - s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/ - p - } - }' -aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"` -# Check for a 64-bit object if we didn't find anything. -if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then - aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"` -fi -fi -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext -if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"; fi - - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" - # Warning - without using the other run time loading flags, - # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library. - no_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-bernotok' - allow_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-berok' - # Exported symbols can be pulled into shared objects from archives - whole_archive_flag_spec='$convenience' - archive_cmds_need_lc=yes - # This is similar to how AIX traditionally builds its shared libraries. - archive_expsym_cmds="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs ${wl}-bnoentry $compiler_flags ${wl}-bE:$export_symbols${allow_undefined_flag}~$AR $AR_FLAGS $output_objdir/$libname$release.a $output_objdir/$soname' - fi - fi - ;; - - amigaos*) - case $host_cpu in - powerpc) - # see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support - archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib' - archive_expsym_cmds='' - ;; - m68k) - archive_cmds='$RM $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)' - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' - hardcode_minus_L=yes - ;; - esac - ;; - - bsdi[45]*) - export_dynamic_flag_spec=-rdynamic - ;; - - cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) - # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using - # Microsoft Visual C++. - # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is - # no search path for DLLs. - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=' ' - allow_undefined_flag=unsupported - # Tell ltmain to make .lib files, not .a files. - libext=lib - # Tell ltmain to make .dll files, not .so files. - shrext_cmds=".dll" - # FIXME: Setting linknames here is a bad hack. - archive_cmds='$CC -o $lib $libobjs $compiler_flags `$ECHO "X$deplibs" | $Xsed -e '\''s/ -lc$//'\''` -link -dll~linknames=' - # The linker will automatically build a .lib file if we build a DLL. - old_archive_from_new_cmds='true' - # FIXME: Should let the user specify the lib program. - old_archive_cmds='lib -OUT:$oldlib$oldobjs$old_deplibs' - fix_srcfile_path='`cygpath -w "$srcfile"`' - enable_shared_with_static_runtimes=yes - ;; - - darwin* | rhapsody*) - - - archive_cmds_need_lc=no - hardcode_direct=no - hardcode_automatic=yes - hardcode_shlibpath_var=unsupported - whole_archive_flag_spec='' - link_all_deplibs=yes - allow_undefined_flag="$_lt_dar_allow_undefined" - case $cc_basename in - ifort*) _lt_dar_can_shared=yes ;; - *) _lt_dar_can_shared=$GCC ;; - esac - if test "$_lt_dar_can_shared" = "yes"; then - output_verbose_link_cmd=echo - archive_cmds="\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring $_lt_dar_single_mod${_lt_dsymutil}" - module_cmds="\$CC \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib -bundle \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags${_lt_dsymutil}" - archive_expsym_cmds="sed 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring ${_lt_dar_single_mod}${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}" - module_expsym_cmds="sed -e 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib -bundle \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}" - - else - ld_shlibs=no - fi - - ;; - - dgux*) - archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' - hardcode_shlibpath_var=no - ;; - - freebsd1*) - ld_shlibs=no - ;; - - # FreeBSD 2.2.[012] allows us to include c++rt0.o to get C++ constructor - # support. Future versions do this automatically, but an explicit c++rt0.o - # does not break anything, and helps significantly (at the cost of a little - # extra space). - freebsd2.2*) - archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags /usr/lib/c++rt0.o' - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' - hardcode_direct=yes - hardcode_shlibpath_var=no - ;; - - # Unfortunately, older versions of FreeBSD 2 do not have this feature. - freebsd2*) - archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - hardcode_direct=yes - hardcode_minus_L=yes - hardcode_shlibpath_var=no - ;; - - # FreeBSD 3 and greater uses gcc -shared to do shared libraries. - freebsd* | dragonfly*) - archive_cmds='$CC -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' - hardcode_direct=yes - hardcode_shlibpath_var=no - ;; - - hpux9*) - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - archive_cmds='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' - else - archive_cmds='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$LD -b +b $install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib' - fi - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' - hardcode_libdir_separator=: - hardcode_direct=yes - - # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, - # but as the default location of the library. - hardcode_minus_L=yes - export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E' - ;; - - hpux10*) - if test "$GCC" = yes -a "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then - archive_cmds='$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - else - archive_cmds='$LD -b +h $soname +b $install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - fi - if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld='+b $libdir' - hardcode_libdir_separator=: - hardcode_direct=yes - hardcode_direct_absolute=yes - export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E' - # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, - # but as the default location of the library. - hardcode_minus_L=yes - fi - ;; - - hpux11*) - if test "$GCC" = yes -a "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then - case $host_cpu in - hppa*64*) - archive_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - ;; - ia64*) - archive_cmds='$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - ;; - *) - archive_cmds='$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - ;; - esac - else - case $host_cpu in - hppa*64*) - archive_cmds='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - ;; - ia64*) - archive_cmds='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - ;; - *) - archive_cmds='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - ;; - esac - fi - if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' - hardcode_libdir_separator=: - - case $host_cpu in - hppa*64*|ia64*) - hardcode_direct=no - hardcode_shlibpath_var=no - ;; - *) - hardcode_direct=yes - hardcode_direct_absolute=yes - export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E' - - # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, - # but as the default location of the library. - hardcode_minus_L=yes - ;; - esac - fi - ;; - - irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' - # Try to use the -exported_symbol ld option, if it does not - # work, assume that -exports_file does not work either and - # implicitly export all symbols. - save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -shared ${wl}-exported_symbol ${wl}foo ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}/dev/null" - cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext -/* end confdefs.h. */ -int foo(void) {} -_ACEOF -if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : - archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations ${wl}-exports_file ${wl}$export_symbols -o $lib' - -fi -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext - LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" - else - archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' - archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -exports_file $export_symbols -o $lib' - fi - archive_cmds_need_lc='no' - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' - hardcode_libdir_separator=: - inherit_rpath=yes - link_all_deplibs=yes - ;; - - netbsd*) - if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then - archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' # a.out - else - archive_cmds='$LD -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' # ELF - fi - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' - hardcode_direct=yes - hardcode_shlibpath_var=no - ;; - - newsos6) - archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - hardcode_direct=yes - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' - hardcode_libdir_separator=: - hardcode_shlibpath_var=no - ;; - - *nto* | *qnx*) - ;; - - openbsd*) - if test -f /usr/libexec/ld.so; then - hardcode_direct=yes - hardcode_shlibpath_var=no - hardcode_direct_absolute=yes - if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then - archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols' - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' - export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E' - else - case $host_os in - openbsd[01].* | openbsd2.[0-7] | openbsd2.[0-7].*) - archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' - ;; - *) - archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' - ;; - esac - fi - else - ld_shlibs=no - fi - ;; - - os2*) - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' - hardcode_minus_L=yes - allow_undefined_flag=unsupported - archive_cmds='$ECHO "LIBRARY $libname INITINSTANCE" > $output_objdir/$libname.def~$ECHO "DESCRIPTION \"$libname\"" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$ECHO DATA >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$ECHO " SINGLE NONSHARED" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$ECHO EXPORTS >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~emxexp $libobjs >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$CC -Zdll -Zcrtdll -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $output_objdir/$libname.def' - old_archive_from_new_cmds='emximp -o $output_objdir/$libname.a $output_objdir/$libname.def' - ;; - - osf3*) - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - allow_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' - archive_cmds='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' - else - allow_undefined_flag=' -expect_unresolved \*' - archive_cmds='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' - fi - archive_cmds_need_lc='no' - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' - hardcode_libdir_separator=: - ;; - - osf4* | osf5*) # as osf3* with the addition of -msym flag - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - allow_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*' - archive_cmds='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-msym ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring" | $Xsed` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' - else - allow_undefined_flag=' -expect_unresolved \*' - archive_cmds='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -msym -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib' - archive_expsym_cmds='for i in `cat $export_symbols`; do printf "%s %s\\n" -exported_symbol "\$i" >> $lib.exp; done; printf "%s\\n" "-hidden">> $lib.exp~ - $CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} ${wl}-input ${wl}$lib.exp $compiler_flags $libobjs $deplibs -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "X-set_version $verstring" | $Xsed` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib~$RM $lib.exp' - - # Both c and cxx compiler support -rpath directly - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-rpath $libdir' - fi - archive_cmds_need_lc='no' - hardcode_libdir_separator=: - ;; - - solaris*) - no_undefined_flag=' -z defs' - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - wlarc='${wl}' - archive_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-z ${wl}text ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - archive_expsym_cmds='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ - $CC -shared ${wl}-z ${wl}text ${wl}-M ${wl}$lib.exp ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp' - else - case `$CC -V 2>&1` in - *"Compilers 5.0"*) - wlarc='' - archive_cmds='$LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - archive_expsym_cmds='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ - $LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~$RM $lib.exp' - ;; - *) - wlarc='${wl}' - archive_cmds='$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - archive_expsym_cmds='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~ - $CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp' - ;; - esac - fi - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' - hardcode_shlibpath_var=no - case $host_os in - solaris2.[0-5] | solaris2.[0-5].*) ;; - *) - # The compiler driver will combine and reorder linker options, - # but understands `-z linker_flag'. GCC discards it without `$wl', - # but is careful enough not to reorder. - # Supported since Solaris 2.6 (maybe 2.5.1?) - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - whole_archive_flag_spec='${wl}-z ${wl}allextract$convenience ${wl}-z ${wl}defaultextract' - else - whole_archive_flag_spec='-z allextract$convenience -z defaultextract' - fi - ;; - esac - link_all_deplibs=yes - ;; - - sunos4*) - if test "x$host_vendor" = xsequent; then - # Use $CC to link under sequent, because it throws in some extra .o - # files that make .init and .fini sections work. - archive_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - else - archive_cmds='$LD -assert pure-text -Bstatic -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - fi - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' - hardcode_direct=yes - hardcode_minus_L=yes - hardcode_shlibpath_var=no - ;; - - sysv4) - case $host_vendor in - sni) - archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - hardcode_direct=yes # is this really true??? - ;; - siemens) - ## LD is ld it makes a PLAMLIB - ## CC just makes a GrossModule. - archive_cmds='$LD -G -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - reload_cmds='$CC -r -o $output$reload_objs' - hardcode_direct=no - ;; - motorola) - archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - hardcode_direct=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie - ;; - esac - runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' - hardcode_shlibpath_var=no - ;; - - sysv4.3*) - archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - hardcode_shlibpath_var=no - export_dynamic_flag_spec='-Bexport' - ;; - - sysv4*MP*) - if test -d /usr/nec; then - archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - hardcode_shlibpath_var=no - runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH - hardcode_runpath_var=yes - ld_shlibs=yes - fi - ;; - - sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | unixware7* | sco3.2v5.0.[024]*) - no_undefined_flag='${wl}-z,text' - archive_cmds_need_lc=no - hardcode_shlibpath_var=no - runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' - - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - archive_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - else - archive_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - fi - ;; - - sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*) - # Note: We can NOT use -z defs as we might desire, because we do not - # link with -lc, and that would cause any symbols used from libc to - # always be unresolved, which means just about no library would - # ever link correctly. If we're not using GNU ld we use -z text - # though, which does catch some bad symbols but isn't as heavy-handed - # as -z defs. - no_undefined_flag='${wl}-z,text' - allow_undefined_flag='${wl}-z,nodefs' - archive_cmds_need_lc=no - hardcode_shlibpath_var=no - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R,$libdir' - hardcode_libdir_separator=':' - link_all_deplibs=yes - export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-Bexport' - runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH' - - if test "$GCC" = yes; then - archive_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - else - archive_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags' - fi - ;; - - uts4*) - archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' - hardcode_shlibpath_var=no - ;; - - *) - ld_shlibs=no - ;; - esac - - if test x$host_vendor = xsni; then - case $host in - sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*) - export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-Blargedynsym' - ;; - esac - fi - fi - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ld_shlibs" >&5 -$as_echo "$ld_shlibs" >&6; } -test "$ld_shlibs" = no && can_build_shared=no - -with_gnu_ld=$with_gnu_ld - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -# -# Do we need to explicitly link libc? -# -case "x$archive_cmds_need_lc" in -x|xyes) - # Assume -lc should be added - archive_cmds_need_lc=yes - - if test "$enable_shared" = yes && test "$GCC" = yes; then - case $archive_cmds in - *'~'*) - # FIXME: we may have to deal with multi-command sequences. - ;; - '$CC '*) - # Test whether the compiler implicitly links with -lc since on some - # systems, -lgcc has to come before -lc. If gcc already passes -lc - # to ld, don't add -lc before -lgcc. - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether -lc should be explicitly linked in" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking whether -lc should be explicitly linked in... " >&6; } - $RM conftest* - echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext - - if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_compile\""; } >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - test $ac_status = 0; } 2>conftest.err; then - soname=conftest - lib=conftest - libobjs=conftest.$ac_objext - deplibs= - wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl - pic_flag=$lt_prog_compiler_pic - compiler_flags=-v - linker_flags=-v - verstring= - output_objdir=. - libname=conftest - lt_save_allow_undefined_flag=$allow_undefined_flag - allow_undefined_flag= - if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$archive_cmds 2\>\&1 \| $GREP \" -lc \" \>/dev/null 2\>\&1\""; } >&5 - (eval $archive_cmds 2\>\&1 \| $GREP \" -lc \" \>/dev/null 2\>\&1) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - test $ac_status = 0; } - then - archive_cmds_need_lc=no - else - archive_cmds_need_lc=yes - fi - allow_undefined_flag=$lt_save_allow_undefined_flag - else - cat conftest.err 1>&5 - fi - $RM conftest* - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $archive_cmds_need_lc" >&5 -$as_echo "$archive_cmds_need_lc" >&6; } - ;; - esac - fi - ;; -esac - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking dynamic linker characteristics" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking dynamic linker characteristics... " >&6; } - -if test "$GCC" = yes; then - case $host_os in - darwin*) lt_awk_arg="/^libraries:/,/LR/" ;; - *) lt_awk_arg="/^libraries:/" ;; - esac - lt_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | awk $lt_awk_arg | $SED -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g"` - if $ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $GREP ';' >/dev/null ; then - # if the path contains ";" then we assume it to be the separator - # otherwise default to the standard path separator (i.e. ":") - it is - # assumed that no part of a normal pathname contains ";" but that should - # okay in the real world where ";" in dirpaths is itself problematic. - lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $SED -e 's/;/ /g'` - else - lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $SED -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"` - fi - # Ok, now we have the path, separated by spaces, we can step through it - # and add multilib dir if necessary. - lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec= - lt_multi_os_dir=`$CC $CPPFLAGS $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS -print-multi-os-directory 2>/dev/null` - for lt_sys_path in $lt_search_path_spec; do - if test -d "$lt_sys_path/$lt_multi_os_dir"; then - lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec="$lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec $lt_sys_path/$lt_multi_os_dir" - else - test -d "$lt_sys_path" && \ - lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec="$lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec $lt_sys_path" - fi - done - lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO $lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec | awk ' -BEGIN {RS=" "; FS="/|\n";} { - lt_foo=""; - lt_count=0; - for (lt_i = NF; lt_i > 0; lt_i--) { - if ($lt_i != "" && $lt_i != ".") { - if ($lt_i == "..") { - lt_count++; - } else { - if (lt_count == 0) { - lt_foo="/" $lt_i lt_foo; - } else { - lt_count--; - } - } - } - } - if (lt_foo != "") { lt_freq[lt_foo]++; } - if (lt_freq[lt_foo] == 1) { print lt_foo; } -}'` - sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO $lt_search_path_spec` -else - sys_lib_search_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib" -fi -library_names_spec= -libname_spec='lib$name' -soname_spec= -shrext_cmds=".so" -postinstall_cmds= -postuninstall_cmds= -finish_cmds= -finish_eval= -shlibpath_var= -shlibpath_overrides_runpath=unknown -version_type=none -dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so" -sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib" -need_lib_prefix=unknown -hardcode_into_libs=no - -# when you set need_version to no, make sure it does not cause -set_version -# flags to be left without arguments -need_version=unknown - -case $host_os in -aix3*) - version_type=linux - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname.a' - shlibpath_var=LIBPATH - - # AIX 3 has no versioning support, so we append a major version to the name. - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - ;; - -aix[4-9]*) - version_type=linux - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - hardcode_into_libs=yes - if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then - # AIX 5 supports IA64 - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - else - # With GCC up to 2.95.x, collect2 would create an import file - # for dependence libraries. The import file would start with - # the line `#! .'. This would cause the generated library to - # depend on `.', always an invalid library. This was fixed in - # development snapshots of GCC prior to 3.0. - case $host_os in - aix4 | aix4.[01] | aix4.[01].*) - if { echo '#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 97)' - echo ' yes ' - echo '#endif'; } | ${CC} -E - | $GREP yes > /dev/null; then - : - else - can_build_shared=no - fi - ;; - esac - # AIX (on Power*) has no versioning support, so currently we can not hardcode correct - # soname into executable. Probably we can add versioning support to - # collect2, so additional links can be useful in future. - if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then - # If using run time linking (on AIX 4.2 or later) use lib<name>.so - # instead of lib<name>.a to let people know that these are not - # typical AIX shared libraries. - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - else - # We preserve .a as extension for shared libraries through AIX4.2 - # and later when we are not doing run time linking. - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.a $libname.a' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - fi - shlibpath_var=LIBPATH - fi - ;; - -amigaos*) - case $host_cpu in - powerpc) - # Since July 2007 AmigaOS4 officially supports .so libraries. - # When compiling the executable, add -use-dynld -Lsobjs: to the compileline. - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - ;; - m68k) - library_names_spec='$libname.ixlibrary $libname.a' - # Create ${libname}_ixlibrary.a entries in /sys/libs. - finish_eval='for lib in `ls $libdir/*.ixlibrary 2>/dev/null`; do libname=`$ECHO "X$lib" | $Xsed -e '\''s%^.*/\([^/]*\)\.ixlibrary$%\1%'\''`; test $RM /sys/libs/${libname}_ixlibrary.a; $show "cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a"; cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a || exit 1; done' - ;; - esac - ;; - -beos*) - library_names_spec='${libname}${shared_ext}' - dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so" - shlibpath_var=LIBRARY_PATH - ;; - -bsdi[45]*) - version_type=linux - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig $libdir' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - sys_lib_search_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/X11/lib /usr/contrib/lib /lib /usr/local/lib" - sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib" - # the default ld.so.conf also contains /usr/contrib/lib and - # /usr/X11R6/lib (/usr/X11 is a link to /usr/X11R6), but let us allow - # libtool to hard-code these into programs - ;; - -cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) - version_type=windows - shrext_cmds=".dll" - need_version=no - need_lib_prefix=no - - case $GCC,$host_os in - yes,cygwin* | yes,mingw* | yes,pw32* | yes,cegcc*) - library_names_spec='$libname.dll.a' - # DLL is installed to $(libdir)/../bin by postinstall_cmds - postinstall_cmds='base_file=`basename \${file}`~ - dlpath=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $dir/'\''\${base_file}'\''i; echo \$dlname'\''`~ - dldir=$destdir/`dirname \$dlpath`~ - test -d \$dldir || mkdir -p \$dldir~ - $install_prog $dir/$dlname \$dldir/$dlname~ - chmod a+x \$dldir/$dlname~ - if test -n '\''$stripme'\'' && test -n '\''$striplib'\''; then - eval '\''$striplib \$dldir/$dlname'\'' || exit \$?; - fi' - postuninstall_cmds='dldll=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $file; echo \$dlname'\''`~ - dlpath=$dir/\$dldll~ - $RM \$dlpath' - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - - case $host_os in - cygwin*) - # Cygwin DLLs use 'cyg' prefix rather than 'lib' - soname_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/cyg/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' - sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib /lib/w32api /lib /usr/local/lib" - ;; - mingw* | cegcc*) - # MinGW DLLs use traditional 'lib' prefix - soname_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' - sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | $GREP "^libraries:" | $SED -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g"` - if $ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $GREP ';[c-zC-Z]:/' >/dev/null; then - # It is most probably a Windows format PATH printed by - # mingw gcc, but we are running on Cygwin. Gcc prints its search - # path with ; separators, and with drive letters. We can handle the - # drive letters (cygwin fileutils understands them), so leave them, - # especially as we might pass files found there to a mingw objdump, - # which wouldn't understand a cygwinified path. Ahh. - sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e 's/;/ /g'` - else - sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"` - fi - ;; - pw32*) - # pw32 DLLs use 'pw' prefix rather than 'lib' - library_names_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/pw/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}' - ;; - esac - ;; - - *) - library_names_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext} $libname.lib' - ;; - esac - dynamic_linker='Win32 ld.exe' - # FIXME: first we should search . and the directory the executable is in - shlibpath_var=PATH - ;; - -darwin* | rhapsody*) - dynamic_linker="$host_os dyld" - version_type=darwin - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext ${libname}$shared_ext' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext' - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - shlibpath_var=DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH - shrext_cmds='`test .$module = .yes && echo .so || echo .dylib`' - - sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /usr/local/lib" - sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /lib /usr/lib' - ;; - -dgux*) - version_type=linux - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname$shared_ext' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - ;; - -freebsd1*) - dynamic_linker=no - ;; - -freebsd* | dragonfly*) - # DragonFly does not have aout. When/if they implement a new - # versioning mechanism, adjust this. - if test -x /usr/bin/objformat; then - objformat=`/usr/bin/objformat` - else - case $host_os in - freebsd[123]*) objformat=aout ;; - *) objformat=elf ;; - esac - fi - # Handle Gentoo/FreeBSD as it was Linux - case $host_vendor in - gentoo) - version_type=linux ;; - *) - version_type=freebsd-$objformat ;; - esac - - case $version_type in - freebsd-elf*) - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}' - need_version=no - need_lib_prefix=no - ;; - freebsd-*) - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}$versuffix' - need_version=yes - ;; - linux) - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - ;; - esac - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - case $host_os in - freebsd2*) - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - ;; - freebsd3.[01]* | freebsdelf3.[01]*) - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - hardcode_into_libs=yes - ;; - freebsd3.[2-9]* | freebsdelf3.[2-9]* | \ - freebsd4.[0-5] | freebsdelf4.[0-5] | freebsd4.1.1 | freebsdelf4.1.1) - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - hardcode_into_libs=yes - ;; - *) # from 4.6 on, and DragonFly - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - hardcode_into_libs=yes - ;; - esac - ;; - -gnu*) - version_type=linux - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}${major} ${libname}${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - hardcode_into_libs=yes - ;; - -hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) - # Give a soname corresponding to the major version so that dld.sl refuses to - # link against other versions. - version_type=sunos - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - case $host_cpu in - ia64*) - shrext_cmds='.so' - hardcode_into_libs=yes - dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.so" - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified. - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - if test "X$HPUX_IA64_MODE" = X32; then - sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib" - else - sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux64 /usr/local/lib/hpux64" - fi - sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec - ;; - hppa*64*) - shrext_cmds='.sl' - hardcode_into_libs=yes - dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl" - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH # How should we handle SHLIB_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified. - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/pa20_64 /usr/ccs/lib/pa20_64" - sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec - ;; - *) - shrext_cmds='.sl' - dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl" - shlibpath_var=SHLIB_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no # +s is required to enable SHLIB_PATH - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - ;; - esac - # HP-UX runs *really* slowly unless shared libraries are mode 555. - postinstall_cmds='chmod 555 $lib' - ;; - -interix[3-9]*) - version_type=linux - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - dynamic_linker='Interix 3.x ld.so.1 (PE, like ELF)' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - hardcode_into_libs=yes - ;; - -irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) - case $host_os in - nonstopux*) version_type=nonstopux ;; - *) - if test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes; then - version_type=linux - else - version_type=irix - fi ;; - esac - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}' - case $host_os in - irix5* | nonstopux*) - libsuff= shlibsuff= - ;; - *) - case $LD in # libtool.m4 will add one of these switches to LD - *-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ") - libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=32-bit;; - *-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ") - libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 libmagic=N32;; - *-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ") - libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 libmagic=64-bit;; - *) libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=never-match;; - esac - ;; - esac - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY${shlibsuff}_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff} /usr/local/lib${libsuff}" - sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff}" - hardcode_into_libs=yes - ;; - -# No shared lib support for Linux oldld, aout, or coff. -linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*) - dynamic_linker=no - ;; - -# This must be Linux ELF. -linux* | k*bsd*-gnu) - version_type=linux - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -n $libdir' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - # Some binutils ld are patched to set DT_RUNPATH - save_LDFLAGS=$LDFLAGS - save_libdir=$libdir - eval "libdir=/foo; wl=\"$lt_prog_compiler_wl\"; \ - LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"" - cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -int -main () -{ - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : - if ($OBJDUMP -p conftest$ac_exeext) 2>/dev/null | grep "RUNPATH.*$libdir" >/dev/null; then : - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes -fi -fi -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext - LDFLAGS=$save_LDFLAGS - libdir=$save_libdir - - # This implies no fast_install, which is unacceptable. - # Some rework will be needed to allow for fast_install - # before this can be enabled. - hardcode_into_libs=yes - - # Append ld.so.conf contents to the search path - if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then - lt_ld_extra=`awk '/^include / { system(sprintf("cd /etc; cat %s 2>/dev/null", \$2)); skip = 1; } { if (!skip) print \$0; skip = 0; }' < /etc/ld.so.conf | $SED -e 's/#.*//;/^[ ]*hwcap[ ]/d;s/[:, ]/ /g;s/=[^=]*$//;s/=[^= ]* / /g;/^$/d' | tr '\n' ' '` - sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib $lt_ld_extra" - fi - - # We used to test for /lib/ld.so.1 and disable shared libraries on - # powerpc, because MkLinux only supported shared libraries with the - # GNU dynamic linker. Since this was broken with cross compilers, - # most powerpc-linux boxes support dynamic linking these days and - # people can always --disable-shared, the test was removed, and we - # assume the GNU/Linux dynamic linker is in use. - dynamic_linker='GNU/Linux ld.so' - ;; - -netbsd*) - version_type=sunos - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' - finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir' - dynamic_linker='NetBSD (a.out) ld.so' - else - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - dynamic_linker='NetBSD ld.elf_so' - fi - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - hardcode_into_libs=yes - ;; - -newsos6) - version_type=linux - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - ;; - -*nto* | *qnx*) - version_type=qnx - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - hardcode_into_libs=yes - dynamic_linker='ldqnx.so' - ;; - -openbsd*) - version_type=sunos - sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib" - need_lib_prefix=no - # Some older versions of OpenBSD (3.3 at least) *do* need versioned libs. - case $host_os in - openbsd3.3 | openbsd3.3.*) need_version=yes ;; - *) need_version=no ;; - esac - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' - finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then - case $host_os in - openbsd2.[89] | openbsd2.[89].*) - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - ;; - *) - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - ;; - esac - else - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - fi - ;; - -os2*) - libname_spec='$name' - shrext_cmds=".dll" - need_lib_prefix=no - library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext} $libname.a' - dynamic_linker='OS/2 ld.exe' - shlibpath_var=LIBPATH - ;; - -osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) - version_type=osf - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/shlib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib/cmplrs/cc /usr/lib /usr/local/lib /var/shlib" - sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec" - ;; - -rdos*) - dynamic_linker=no - ;; - -solaris*) - version_type=linux - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - hardcode_into_libs=yes - # ldd complains unless libraries are executable - postinstall_cmds='chmod +x $lib' - ;; - -sunos4*) - version_type=sunos - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix' - finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/usr/etc" ldconfig $libdir' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then - need_lib_prefix=no - fi - need_version=yes - ;; - -sysv4 | sysv4.3*) - version_type=linux - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - case $host_vendor in - sni) - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - need_lib_prefix=no - runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH - ;; - siemens) - need_lib_prefix=no - ;; - motorola) - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - sys_lib_search_path_spec='/lib /usr/lib /usr/ccs/lib' - ;; - esac - ;; - -sysv4*MP*) - if test -d /usr/nec ;then - version_type=linux - library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}.$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$major' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - fi - ;; - -sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*) - version_type=freebsd-elf - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes - hardcode_into_libs=yes - if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then - sys_lib_search_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /usr/gnu/lib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib /lib' - else - sys_lib_search_path_spec='/usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib' - case $host_os in - sco3.2v5*) - sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /lib" - ;; - esac - fi - sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/lib' - ;; - -tpf*) - # TPF is a cross-target only. Preferred cross-host = GNU/Linux. - version_type=linux - need_lib_prefix=no - need_version=no - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no - hardcode_into_libs=yes - ;; - -uts4*) - version_type=linux - library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}' - soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major' - shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH - ;; - -*) - dynamic_linker=no - ;; -esac -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $dynamic_linker" >&5 -$as_echo "$dynamic_linker" >&6; } -test "$dynamic_linker" = no && can_build_shared=no - -variables_saved_for_relink="PATH $shlibpath_var $runpath_var" -if test "$GCC" = yes; then - variables_saved_for_relink="$variables_saved_for_relink GCC_EXEC_PREFIX COMPILER_PATH LIBRARY_PATH" -fi - -if test "${lt_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec+set}" = set; then - sys_lib_search_path_spec="$lt_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec" -fi -if test "${lt_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec+set}" = set; then - sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$lt_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec" -fi - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to hardcode library paths into programs" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking how to hardcode library paths into programs... " >&6; } -hardcode_action= -if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" || - test -n "$runpath_var" || - test "X$hardcode_automatic" = "Xyes" ; then - - # We can hardcode non-existent directories. - if test "$hardcode_direct" != no && - # If the only mechanism to avoid hardcoding is shlibpath_var, we - # have to relink, otherwise we might link with an installed library - # when we should be linking with a yet-to-be-installed one - ## test "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, )" != no && - test "$hardcode_minus_L" != no; then - # Linking always hardcodes the temporary library directory. - hardcode_action=relink - else - # We can link without hardcoding, and we can hardcode nonexisting dirs. - hardcode_action=immediate - fi -else - # We cannot hardcode anything, or else we can only hardcode existing - # directories. - hardcode_action=unsupported -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $hardcode_action" >&5 -$as_echo "$hardcode_action" >&6; } - -if test "$hardcode_action" = relink || - test "$inherit_rpath" = yes; then - # Fast installation is not supported - enable_fast_install=no -elif test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes || - test "$enable_shared" = no; then - # Fast installation is not necessary - enable_fast_install=needless -fi - - - - - - - if test "x$enable_dlopen" != xyes; then - enable_dlopen=unknown - enable_dlopen_self=unknown - enable_dlopen_self_static=unknown -else - lt_cv_dlopen=no - lt_cv_dlopen_libs= - - case $host_os in - beos*) - lt_cv_dlopen="load_add_on" - lt_cv_dlopen_libs= - lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes - ;; - - mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) - lt_cv_dlopen="LoadLibrary" - lt_cv_dlopen_libs= - ;; - - cygwin*) - lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" - lt_cv_dlopen_libs= - ;; - - darwin*) - # if libdl is installed we need to link against it - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for dlopen in -ldl" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for dlopen in -ldl... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS -LIBS="-ldl $LIBS" -cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. - Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC - builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" -#endif -char dlopen (); -int -main () -{ -return dlopen (); - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : - ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=yes -else - ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=no -fi -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext -LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&6; } -if test "x$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" = x""yes; then : - lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldl" -else - - lt_cv_dlopen="dyld" - lt_cv_dlopen_libs= - lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes - -fi - - ;; - - *) - ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "shl_load" "ac_cv_func_shl_load" -if test "x$ac_cv_func_shl_load" = x""yes; then : - lt_cv_dlopen="shl_load" -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for shl_load in -ldld" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for shl_load in -ldld... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS -LIBS="-ldld $LIBS" -cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. - Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC - builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" -#endif -char shl_load (); -int -main () -{ -return shl_load (); - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : - ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load=yes -else - ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load=no -fi -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext -LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" >&6; } -if test "x$ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" = x""yes; then : - lt_cv_dlopen="shl_load" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldld" -else - ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "dlopen" "ac_cv_func_dlopen" -if test "x$ac_cv_func_dlopen" = x""yes; then : - lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for dlopen in -ldl" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for dlopen in -ldl... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS -LIBS="-ldl $LIBS" -cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. - Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC - builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" -#endif -char dlopen (); -int -main () -{ -return dlopen (); - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : - ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=yes -else - ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=no -fi -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext -LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&6; } -if test "x$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" = x""yes; then : - lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldl" -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for dlopen in -lsvld" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for dlopen in -lsvld... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS -LIBS="-lsvld $LIBS" -cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. - Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC - builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" -#endif -char dlopen (); -int -main () -{ -return dlopen (); - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : - ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen=yes -else - ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen=no -fi -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext -LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen" >&6; } -if test "x$ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen" = x""yes; then : - lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-lsvld" -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for dld_link in -ldld" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for dld_link in -ldld... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS -LIBS="-ldld $LIBS" -cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. - Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC - builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" -#endif -char dld_link (); -int -main () -{ -return dld_link (); - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : - ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link=yes -else - ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link=no -fi -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext -LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link" >&6; } -if test "x$ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link" = x""yes; then : - lt_cv_dlopen="dld_link" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldld" -fi - - -fi - - -fi - - -fi - - -fi - - -fi - - ;; - esac - - if test "x$lt_cv_dlopen" != xno; then - enable_dlopen=yes - else - enable_dlopen=no - fi - - case $lt_cv_dlopen in - dlopen) - save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" - test "x$ac_cv_header_dlfcn_h" = xyes && CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -DHAVE_DLFCN_H" - - save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" - wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl eval LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $export_dynamic_flag_spec\" - - save_LIBS="$LIBS" - LIBS="$lt_cv_dlopen_libs $LIBS" - - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether a program can dlopen itself" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking whether a program can dlopen itself... " >&6; } -if test "${lt_cv_dlopen_self+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then : - lt_cv_dlopen_self=cross -else - lt_dlunknown=0; lt_dlno_uscore=1; lt_dlneed_uscore=2 - lt_status=$lt_dlunknown - cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF -#line 11388 "configure" -#include "confdefs.h" - -#if HAVE_DLFCN_H -#include <dlfcn.h> -#endif - -#include <stdio.h> - -#ifdef RTLD_GLOBAL -# define LT_DLGLOBAL RTLD_GLOBAL -#else -# ifdef DL_GLOBAL -# define LT_DLGLOBAL DL_GLOBAL -# else -# define LT_DLGLOBAL 0 -# endif -#endif - -/* We may have to define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW in the command line if we - find out it does not work in some platform. */ -#ifndef LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW -# ifdef RTLD_LAZY -# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW RTLD_LAZY -# else -# ifdef DL_LAZY -# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW DL_LAZY -# else -# ifdef RTLD_NOW -# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW RTLD_NOW -# else -# ifdef DL_NOW -# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW DL_NOW -# else -# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW 0 -# endif -# endif -# endif -# endif -#endif - -void fnord() { int i=42;} -int main () -{ - void *self = dlopen (0, LT_DLGLOBAL|LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW); - int status = $lt_dlunknown; - - if (self) - { - if (dlsym (self,"fnord")) status = $lt_dlno_uscore; - else if (dlsym( self,"_fnord")) status = $lt_dlneed_uscore; - /* dlclose (self); */ - } - else - puts (dlerror ()); - - return status; -} -_LT_EOF - if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_link\""; } >&5 - (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - test $ac_status = 0; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} 2>/dev/null; then - (./conftest; exit; ) >&5 2>/dev/null - lt_status=$? - case x$lt_status in - x$lt_dlno_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes ;; - x$lt_dlneed_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes ;; - x$lt_dlunknown|x*) lt_cv_dlopen_self=no ;; - esac - else : - # compilation failed - lt_cv_dlopen_self=no - fi -fi -rm -fr conftest* - - -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_dlopen_self" >&5 -$as_echo "$lt_cv_dlopen_self" >&6; } - - if test "x$lt_cv_dlopen_self" = xyes; then - wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl eval LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $lt_prog_compiler_static\" - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether a statically linked program can dlopen itself" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking whether a statically linked program can dlopen itself... " >&6; } -if test "${lt_cv_dlopen_self_static+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then : - lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=cross -else - lt_dlunknown=0; lt_dlno_uscore=1; lt_dlneed_uscore=2 - lt_status=$lt_dlunknown - cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF -#line 11484 "configure" -#include "confdefs.h" - -#if HAVE_DLFCN_H -#include <dlfcn.h> -#endif - -#include <stdio.h> - -#ifdef RTLD_GLOBAL -# define LT_DLGLOBAL RTLD_GLOBAL -#else -# ifdef DL_GLOBAL -# define LT_DLGLOBAL DL_GLOBAL -# else -# define LT_DLGLOBAL 0 -# endif -#endif - -/* We may have to define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW in the command line if we - find out it does not work in some platform. */ -#ifndef LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW -# ifdef RTLD_LAZY -# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW RTLD_LAZY -# else -# ifdef DL_LAZY -# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW DL_LAZY -# else -# ifdef RTLD_NOW -# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW RTLD_NOW -# else -# ifdef DL_NOW -# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW DL_NOW -# else -# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW 0 -# endif -# endif -# endif -# endif -#endif - -void fnord() { int i=42;} -int main () -{ - void *self = dlopen (0, LT_DLGLOBAL|LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW); - int status = $lt_dlunknown; - - if (self) - { - if (dlsym (self,"fnord")) status = $lt_dlno_uscore; - else if (dlsym( self,"_fnord")) status = $lt_dlneed_uscore; - /* dlclose (self); */ - } - else - puts (dlerror ()); - - return status; -} -_LT_EOF - if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_link\""; } >&5 - (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - test $ac_status = 0; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} 2>/dev/null; then - (./conftest; exit; ) >&5 2>/dev/null - lt_status=$? - case x$lt_status in - x$lt_dlno_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=yes ;; - x$lt_dlneed_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=yes ;; - x$lt_dlunknown|x*) lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=no ;; - esac - else : - # compilation failed - lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=no - fi -fi -rm -fr conftest* - - -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $lt_cv_dlopen_self_static" >&5 -$as_echo "$lt_cv_dlopen_self_static" >&6; } - fi - - CPPFLAGS="$save_CPPFLAGS" - LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" - LIBS="$save_LIBS" - ;; - esac - - case $lt_cv_dlopen_self in - yes|no) enable_dlopen_self=$lt_cv_dlopen_self ;; - *) enable_dlopen_self=unknown ;; - esac - - case $lt_cv_dlopen_self_static in - yes|no) enable_dlopen_self_static=$lt_cv_dlopen_self_static ;; - *) enable_dlopen_self_static=unknown ;; - esac -fi - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -striplib= -old_striplib= -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether stripping libraries is possible" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking whether stripping libraries is possible... " >&6; } -if test -n "$STRIP" && $STRIP -V 2>&1 | $GREP "GNU strip" >/dev/null; then - test -z "$old_striplib" && old_striplib="$STRIP --strip-debug" - test -z "$striplib" && striplib="$STRIP --strip-unneeded" - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 -$as_echo "yes" >&6; } -else -# FIXME - insert some real tests, host_os isn't really good enough - case $host_os in - darwin*) - if test -n "$STRIP" ; then - striplib="$STRIP -x" - old_striplib="$STRIP -S" - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 -$as_echo "yes" >&6; } - else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } - fi - ;; - *) - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } - ;; - esac -fi - - - - - - - - - - - - - # Report which library types will actually be built - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if libtool supports shared libraries" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking if libtool supports shared libraries... " >&6; } - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $can_build_shared" >&5 -$as_echo "$can_build_shared" >&6; } - - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether to build shared libraries" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking whether to build shared libraries... " >&6; } - test "$can_build_shared" = "no" && enable_shared=no - - # On AIX, shared libraries and static libraries use the same namespace, and - # are all built from PIC. - case $host_os in - aix3*) - test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no - if test -n "$RANLIB"; then - archive_cmds="$archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$lib" - postinstall_cmds='$RANLIB $lib' - fi - ;; - - aix[4-9]*) - if test "$host_cpu" != ia64 && test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = no ; then - test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no - fi - ;; - esac - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $enable_shared" >&5 -$as_echo "$enable_shared" >&6; } - - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether to build static libraries" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking whether to build static libraries... " >&6; } - # Make sure either enable_shared or enable_static is yes. - test "$enable_shared" = yes || enable_static=yes - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $enable_static" >&5 -$as_echo "$enable_static" >&6; } - - - - -fi -ac_ext=c -ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' -ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' -ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' -ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu - -CC="$lt_save_CC" - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ac_config_commands="$ac_config_commands libtool" - - - - -# Only expand once: - - -if test "x$CC" != xcc; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $CC and cc understand -c and -o together" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking whether $CC and cc understand -c and -o together... " >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether cc understands -c and -o together" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking whether cc understands -c and -o together... " >&6; } -fi -set dummy $CC; ac_cc=`$as_echo "$2" | - sed 's/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g;s/^[0-9]/_/'` -if { as_var=ac_cv_prog_cc_${ac_cc}_c_o; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -int -main () -{ - - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -# Make sure it works both with $CC and with simple cc. -# We do the test twice because some compilers refuse to overwrite an -# existing .o file with -o, though they will create one. -ac_try='$CC -c conftest.$ac_ext -o conftest2.$ac_objext >&5' -rm -f conftest2.* -if { { case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 - (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - test $ac_status = 0; } && - test -f conftest2.$ac_objext && { { case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 - (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - test $ac_status = 0; }; -then - eval ac_cv_prog_cc_${ac_cc}_c_o=yes - if test "x$CC" != xcc; then - # Test first that cc exists at all. - if { ac_try='cc -c conftest.$ac_ext >&5' - { { case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 - (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - test $ac_status = 0; }; }; then - ac_try='cc -c conftest.$ac_ext -o conftest2.$ac_objext >&5' - rm -f conftest2.* - if { { case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 - (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - test $ac_status = 0; } && - test -f conftest2.$ac_objext && { { case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 - (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - test $ac_status = 0; }; - then - # cc works too. - : - else - # cc exists but doesn't like -o. - eval ac_cv_prog_cc_${ac_cc}_c_o=no - fi - fi - fi -else - eval ac_cv_prog_cc_${ac_cc}_c_o=no -fi -rm -f core conftest* - -fi -if eval test \$ac_cv_prog_cc_${ac_cc}_c_o = yes; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 -$as_echo "yes" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } - -$as_echo "#define NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O 1" >>confdefs.h - -fi - -# FIXME: we rely on the cache variable name because -# there is no other way. -set dummy $CC -am_cc=`echo $2 | sed 's/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g;s/^[0-9]/_/'` -eval am_t=\$ac_cv_prog_cc_${am_cc}_c_o -if test "$am_t" != yes; then - # Losing compiler, so override with the script. - # FIXME: It is wrong to rewrite CC. - # But if we don't then we get into trouble of one sort or another. - # A longer-term fix would be to have automake use am__CC in this case, - # and then we could set am__CC="\$(top_srcdir)/compile \$(CC)" - CC="$am_aux_dir/compile $CC" -fi - - - -if test x"$CC_FOR_BUILD" = x; then - if test x"$cross_compiling" = xyes; then - for ac_prog in gcc cc -do - # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC_FOR_BUILD+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - if test -n "$CC_FOR_BUILD"; then - ac_cv_prog_CC_FOR_BUILD="$CC_FOR_BUILD" # Let the user override the test. -else -as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_prog_CC_FOR_BUILD="$ac_prog" - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done - done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - -fi -fi -CC_FOR_BUILD=$ac_cv_prog_CC_FOR_BUILD -if test -n "$CC_FOR_BUILD"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC_FOR_BUILD" >&5 -$as_echo "$CC_FOR_BUILD" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - - test -n "$CC_FOR_BUILD" && break -done - - else - CC_FOR_BUILD="$CC" - fi -fi - -CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD=${CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD-${CFLAGS}} - -LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD=${LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD-${LDFLAGS}} - - - -pkg_failed=no -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for XT" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for XT... " >&6; } - -if test -n "$XT_CFLAGS"; then - pkg_cv_XT_CFLAGS="$XT_CFLAGS" - elif test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then - if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG" && \ - { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$PKG_CONFIG --exists --print-errors \"sm ice x11 xproto kbproto\""; } >&5 - ($PKG_CONFIG --exists --print-errors "sm ice x11 xproto kbproto") 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - test $ac_status = 0; }; then - pkg_cv_XT_CFLAGS=`$PKG_CONFIG --cflags "sm ice x11 xproto kbproto" 2>/dev/null` -else - pkg_failed=yes -fi - else - pkg_failed=untried -fi -if test -n "$XT_LIBS"; then - pkg_cv_XT_LIBS="$XT_LIBS" - elif test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then - if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG" && \ - { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$PKG_CONFIG --exists --print-errors \"sm ice x11 xproto kbproto\""; } >&5 - ($PKG_CONFIG --exists --print-errors "sm ice x11 xproto kbproto") 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - test $ac_status = 0; }; then - pkg_cv_XT_LIBS=`$PKG_CONFIG --libs "sm ice x11 xproto kbproto" 2>/dev/null` -else - pkg_failed=yes -fi - else - pkg_failed=untried -fi - - - -if test $pkg_failed = yes; then - -if $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-pkgconfig-version 0.20; then - _pkg_short_errors_supported=yes -else - _pkg_short_errors_supported=no -fi - if test $_pkg_short_errors_supported = yes; then - XT_PKG_ERRORS=`$PKG_CONFIG --short-errors --print-errors "sm ice x11 xproto kbproto" 2>&1` - else - XT_PKG_ERRORS=`$PKG_CONFIG --print-errors "sm ice x11 xproto kbproto" 2>&1` - fi - # Put the nasty error message in config.log where it belongs - echo "$XT_PKG_ERRORS" >&5 - - as_fn_error "Package requirements (sm ice x11 xproto kbproto) were not met: - -$XT_PKG_ERRORS - -Consider adjusting the PKG_CONFIG_PATH environment variable if you -installed software in a non-standard prefix. - -Alternatively, you may set the environment variables XT_CFLAGS -and XT_LIBS to avoid the need to call pkg-config. -See the pkg-config man page for more details. -" "$LINENO" 5 -elif test $pkg_failed = untried; then - { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} -as_fn_error "The pkg-config script could not be found or is too old. Make sure it -is in your PATH or set the PKG_CONFIG environment variable to the full -path to pkg-config. - -Alternatively, you may set the environment variables XT_CFLAGS -and XT_LIBS to avoid the need to call pkg-config. -See the pkg-config man page for more details. - -To get pkg-config, see <http://pkg-config.freedesktop.org/>. -See \`config.log' for more details." "$LINENO" 5; } -else - XT_CFLAGS=$pkg_cv_XT_CFLAGS - XT_LIBS=$pkg_cv_XT_LIBS - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 -$as_echo "yes" >&6; } - : -fi - -# Needed for including Xalloca.h -ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "alloca.h" "ac_cv_header_alloca_h" "$ac_includes_default" -if test "x$ac_cv_header_alloca_h" = x""yes; then : - -$as_echo "#define INCLUDE_ALLOCA_H 1" >>confdefs.h - -fi - - - -# Map function checks to old Imake #defines -case $host_os in - # darwin has poll() but can't be used to poll character devices (atleast through SnowLeopard) - darwin*) ;; - *) - ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "poll" "ac_cv_func_poll" -if test "x$ac_cv_func_poll" = x""yes; then : - -$as_echo "#define USE_POLL 1" >>confdefs.h - -fi - - ;; -esac -ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "snprintf" "ac_cv_func_snprintf" -if test "x$ac_cv_func_snprintf" = x""yes; then : - -$as_echo "#define USE_SNPRINTF 1" >>confdefs.h - -fi - - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for main in -lws2_32" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for main in -lws2_32... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_lib_ws2_32_main+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS -LIBS="-lws2_32 $LIBS" -cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext -/* end confdefs.h. */ - - -int -main () -{ -return main (); - ; - return 0; -} -_ACEOF -if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : - ac_cv_lib_ws2_32_main=yes -else - ac_cv_lib_ws2_32_main=no -fi -rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ - conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext -LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_ws2_32_main" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_ws2_32_main" >&6; } -if test "x$ac_cv_lib_ws2_32_main" = x""yes; then : - cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF -#define HAVE_LIBWS2_32 1 -_ACEOF - - LIBS="-lws2_32 $LIBS" - -fi -ac_cv_lib_ws2_32=ac_cv_lib_ws2_32_main - - -# Options -# Check whether --enable-xkb was given. -if test "${enable_xkb+set}" = set; then : - enableval=$enable_xkb; XKB="$enableval" -else - XKB="yes" -fi - -if test "x$XKB" = "xyes" ; then - -$as_echo "#define XKB 1" >>confdefs.h - -fi - -# Replaces XFileSearchPathDefault from Imake configs -XFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT='$(sysconfdir)/X11/%L/%T/%N%C%S:$(sysconfdir)/X11/%l/%T/%N%C%S:$(sysconfdir)/X11/%T/%N%C%S:$(sysconfdir)/X11/%L/%T/%N%S:$(sysconfdir)/X11/%l/%T/%N%S:$(sysconfdir)/X11/%T/%N%S:$(datadir)/X11/%L/%T/%N%C%S:$(datadir)/X11/%l/%T/%N%C%S:$(datadir)/X11/%T/%N%C%S:$(datadir)/X11/%L/%T/%N%S:$(datadir)/X11/%l/%T/%N%S:$(datadir)/X11/%T/%N%S:$(libdir)/X11/%L/%T/%N%C%S:$(libdir)/X11/%l/%T/%N%C%S:$(libdir)/X11/%T/%N%C%S:$(libdir)/X11/%L/%T/%N%S:$(libdir)/X11/%l/%T/%N%S:$(libdir)/X11/%T/%N%S' - - -# Check whether --with-xfile-search-path was given. -if test "${with_xfile_search_path+set}" = set; then : - withval=$with_xfile_search_path; XFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT="$withval" -fi - - - - -# Check whether --with-appdefaultdir was given. -if test "${with_appdefaultdir+set}" = set; then : - withval=$with_appdefaultdir; appdefaultdir="$withval" -else - appdefaultdir=${datadir}/X11/app-defaults -fi - - - prefix_NONE= - exec_prefix_NONE= - test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix_NONE=yes && prefix=$ac_default_prefix - test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix_NONE=yes && exec_prefix=$prefix - eval ax_define_dir="\"$appdefaultdir\"" - eval ax_define_dir="\"$ax_define_dir\"" - appdefaultdir="$ax_define_dir" - - -cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF -#define appdefaultdir "$ax_define_dir" -_ACEOF - - test "$prefix_NONE" && prefix=NONE - test "$exec_prefix_NONE" && exec_prefix=NONE - - -# Replacement for Imake ToolkitStringsABIOptions, controls string tables -# generated by util/string.list in StringDefs.h & Shell.h -case $host_os in - solaris*) - # Solaris uses -intelabi even on SPARC - STRINGSABIOPTIONS="-intelabi -solarisabinames" - ;; - sco* | svr4*) - case $host_cpu in - i*86) STRINGSABIOPTIONS="-intelabi" ;; - *) STRINGSABIOPTIONS="" ;; - esac - ;; -esac - - -case $host_os in - darwin*) - OS_CFLAGS="-Wl,-flat_namespace" - ;; - *) - OS_CFLAGS= - ;; -esac - -XT_CFLAGS="$XT_CFLAGS $OS_CFLAGS" - -# Man page processing requirements - - -for ac_prog in cpp -do - # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } -if test "${ac_cv_path_RAWCPP+set}" = set; then : - $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 -else - case $RAWCPP in - [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) - ac_cv_path_RAWCPP="$RAWCPP" # Let the user override the test with a path. - ;; - *) - as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -as_dummy="$PATH:/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/lib:/usr/libexec:/usr/ccs/lib:/usr/ccs/lbin:/lib" -for as_dir in $as_dummy -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do - if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then - ac_cv_path_RAWCPP="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 - break 2 - fi -done - done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - - ;; -esac -fi -RAWCPP=$ac_cv_path_RAWCPP -if test -n "$RAWCPP"; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $RAWCPP" >&5 -$as_echo "$RAWCPP" >&6; } -else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -fi - - - test -n "$RAWCPP" && break -done -test -n "$RAWCPP" || RAWCPP="${CPP}" - - -# Check for flag to avoid builtin definitions - assumes unix is predefined, -# which is not the best choice for supporting other OS'es, but covers most -# of the ones we need for now. -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if $RAWCPP requires -undef" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking if $RAWCPP requires -undef... " >&6; } -cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext -/* end confdefs.h. */ -Does cpp redefine unix ? -_ACEOF -if test `${RAWCPP} < conftest.$ac_ext | grep -c 'unix'` -eq 1 ; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -else - if test `${RAWCPP} -undef < conftest.$ac_ext | grep -c 'unix'` -eq 1 ; then - RAWCPPFLAGS=-undef - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 -$as_echo "yes" >&6; } - # under Cygwin unix is still defined even with -undef - elif test `${RAWCPP} -undef -ansi < conftest.$ac_ext | grep -c 'unix'` -eq 1 ; then - RAWCPPFLAGS="-undef -ansi" - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes, with -ansi" >&5 -$as_echo "yes, with -ansi" >&6; } - else - as_fn_error "${RAWCPP} defines unix with or without -undef. I don't know what to do." "$LINENO" 5 - fi -fi -rm -f conftest.$ac_ext - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if $RAWCPP requires -traditional" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking if $RAWCPP requires -traditional... " >&6; } -cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext -/* end confdefs.h. */ -Does cpp preserve "whitespace"? -_ACEOF -if test `${RAWCPP} < conftest.$ac_ext | grep -c 'preserve \"'` -eq 1 ; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 -$as_echo "no" >&6; } -else - if test `${RAWCPP} -traditional < conftest.$ac_ext | grep -c 'preserve \"'` -eq 1 ; then - RAWCPPFLAGS="${RAWCPPFLAGS} -traditional" - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 -$as_echo "yes" >&6; } - else - as_fn_error "${RAWCPP} does not preserve whitespace with or without -traditional. I don't know what to do." "$LINENO" 5 - fi -fi -rm -f conftest.$ac_ext - - - - -# Check whether --enable-malloc0returnsnull was given. -if test "${enable_malloc0returnsnull+set}" = set; then : - enableval=$enable_malloc0returnsnull; MALLOC_ZERO_RETURNS_NULL=$enableval -else - MALLOC_ZERO_RETURNS_NULL=auto -fi - - -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether malloc(0) returns NULL" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking whether malloc(0) returns NULL... " >&6; } -if test "x$MALLOC_ZERO_RETURNS_NULL" = xauto; then - if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then : - MALLOC_ZERO_RETURNS_NULL=yes -else - cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext -/* end confdefs.h. */ - -char *malloc(); -char *realloc(); -char *calloc(); -main() { - char *m0, *r0, *c0, *p; - m0 = malloc(0); - p = malloc(10); - r0 = realloc(p,0); - c0 = calloc(0); - exit(m0 == 0 || r0 == 0 || c0 == 0 ? 0 : 1); -} -_ACEOF -if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then : - MALLOC_ZERO_RETURNS_NULL=yes -else - MALLOC_ZERO_RETURNS_NULL=no -fi -rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \ - conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext -fi - -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $MALLOC_ZERO_RETURNS_NULL" >&5 -$as_echo "$MALLOC_ZERO_RETURNS_NULL" >&6; } - -if test "x$MALLOC_ZERO_RETURNS_NULL" = xyes; then - MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS="-DMALLOC_0_RETURNS_NULL" - XMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS=$MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS - XTMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS="$MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS -DXTMALLOC_BC" -else - MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS="" - XMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS="" - XTMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS="" -fi - - - - - - -ac_config_files="$ac_config_files Makefile src/Makefile util/Makefile include/Makefile man/Makefile xt.pc" - -cat >confcache <<\_ACEOF -# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure -# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure -# scripts and configure runs, see configure's option --config-cache. -# It is not useful on other systems. If it contains results you don't -# want to keep, you may remove or edit it. -# -# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it -# the --recheck option to rerun configure. -# -# `ac_cv_env_foo' variables (set or unset) will be overridden when -# loading this file, other *unset* `ac_cv_foo' will be assigned the -# following values. - -_ACEOF - -# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values, -# but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient. -# So, we kill variables containing newlines. -# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly, -# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars. -( - for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^\([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=.*/\1/p'`; do - eval ac_val=\$$ac_var - case $ac_val in #( - *${as_nl}*) - case $ac_var in #( - *_cv_*) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&2;} ;; - esac - case $ac_var in #( - _ | IFS | as_nl) ;; #( - BASH_ARGV | BASH_SOURCE) eval $ac_var= ;; #( - *) { eval $ac_var=; unset $ac_var;} ;; - esac ;; - esac - done - - (set) 2>&1 | - case $as_nl`(ac_space=' '; set) 2>&1` in #( - *${as_nl}ac_space=\ *) - # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes: double-quote - # substitution turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \. - sed -n \ - "s/'/'\\\\''/g; - s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\\2'/p" - ;; #( - *) - # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes. - sed -n "/^[_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*=/p" - ;; - esac | - sort -) | - sed ' - /^ac_cv_env_/b end - t clear - :clear - s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*[{}].*\)$/test "${\1+set}" = set || &/ - t end - s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*\)$/\1=${\1=\2}/ - :end' >>confcache -if diff "$cache_file" confcache >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else - if test -w "$cache_file"; then - test "x$cache_file" != "x/dev/null" && - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: updating cache $cache_file" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: updating cache $cache_file" >&6;} - cat confcache >$cache_file - else - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" >&6;} - fi -fi -rm -f confcache - -test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix -# Let make expand exec_prefix. -test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}' - -DEFS=-DHAVE_CONFIG_H - -ac_libobjs= -ac_ltlibobjs= -for ac_i in : $LIBOBJS; do test "x$ac_i" = x: && continue - # 1. Remove the extension, and $U if already installed. - ac_script='s/\$U\././;s/\.o$//;s/\.obj$//' - ac_i=`$as_echo "$ac_i" | sed "$ac_script"` - # 2. Prepend LIBOBJDIR. When used with automake>=1.10 LIBOBJDIR - # will be set to the directory where LIBOBJS objects are built. - as_fn_append ac_libobjs " \${LIBOBJDIR}$ac_i\$U.$ac_objext" - as_fn_append ac_ltlibobjs " \${LIBOBJDIR}$ac_i"'$U.lo' -done -LIBOBJS=$ac_libobjs - -LTLIBOBJS=$ac_ltlibobjs - - - if test -n "$EXEEXT"; then - am__EXEEXT_TRUE= - am__EXEEXT_FALSE='#' -else - am__EXEEXT_TRUE='#' - am__EXEEXT_FALSE= -fi - -if test -z "${MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE}" && test -z "${MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE}"; then - as_fn_error "conditional \"MAINTAINER_MODE\" was never defined. -Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5 -fi -if test -z "${AMDEP_TRUE}" && test -z "${AMDEP_FALSE}"; then - as_fn_error "conditional \"AMDEP\" was never defined. -Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5 -fi -if test -z "${am__fastdepCC_TRUE}" && test -z "${am__fastdepCC_FALSE}"; then - as_fn_error "conditional \"am__fastdepCC\" was never defined. -Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5 -fi -if test -z "${am__fastdepCC_TRUE}" && test -z "${am__fastdepCC_FALSE}"; then - as_fn_error "conditional \"am__fastdepCC\" was never defined. -Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5 -fi - -: ${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status} -ac_write_fail=0 -ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files -ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files $CONFIG_STATUS" -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&6;} -as_write_fail=0 -cat >$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ASEOF || as_write_fail=1 -#! $SHELL -# Generated by $as_me. -# Run this file to recreate the current configuration. -# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging -# configure, is in config.log if it exists. - -debug=false -ac_cs_recheck=false -ac_cs_silent=false - -SHELL=\${CONFIG_SHELL-$SHELL} -export SHELL -_ASEOF -cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ASEOF || as_write_fail=1 -## -------------------- ## -## M4sh Initialization. ## -## -------------------- ## - -# Be more Bourne compatible -DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh -if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then : - emulate sh - NULLCMD=: - # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which - # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. - alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' - setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST -else - case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in #( - *posix*) : - set -o posix ;; #( - *) : - ;; -esac -fi - - -as_nl=' -' -export as_nl -# Printing a long string crashes Solaris 7 /usr/bin/printf. -as_echo='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\' -as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo -as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo -# Prefer a ksh shell builtin over an external printf program on Solaris, -# but without wasting forks for bash or zsh. -if test -z "$BASH_VERSION$ZSH_VERSION" \ - && (test "X`print -r -- $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then - as_echo='print -r --' - as_echo_n='print -rn --' -elif (test "X`printf %s $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then - as_echo='printf %s\n' - as_echo_n='printf %s' -else - if test "X`(/usr/ucb/echo -n -n $as_echo) 2>/dev/null`" = "X-n $as_echo"; then - as_echo_body='eval /usr/ucb/echo -n "$1$as_nl"' - as_echo_n='/usr/ucb/echo -n' - else - as_echo_body='eval expr "X$1" : "X\\(.*\\)"' - as_echo_n_body='eval - arg=$1; - case $arg in #( - *"$as_nl"*) - expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)$as_nl"; - arg=`expr "X$arg" : ".*$as_nl\\(.*\\)"`;; - esac; - expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)" | tr -d "$as_nl" - ' - export as_echo_n_body - as_echo_n='sh -c $as_echo_n_body as_echo' - fi - export as_echo_body - as_echo='sh -c $as_echo_body as_echo' -fi - -# The user is always right. -if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then - PATH_SEPARATOR=: - (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && { - (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 || - PATH_SEPARATOR=';' - } -fi - - -# IFS -# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order. Quoting is -# there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab. -# (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word -# splitting by setting IFS to empty value.) -IFS=" "" $as_nl" - -# Find who we are. Look in the path if we contain no directory separator. -case $0 in #(( - *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;; - *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR -for as_dir in $PATH -do - IFS=$as_save_IFS - test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. - test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break - done -IFS=$as_save_IFS - - ;; -esac -# We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND' -# in which case we are not to be found in the path. -if test "x$as_myself" = x; then - as_myself=$0 -fi -if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then - $as_echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2 - exit 1 -fi - -# Unset variables that we do not need and which cause bugs (e.g. in -# pre-3.0 UWIN ksh). But do not cause bugs in bash 2.01; the "|| exit 1" -# suppresses any "Segmentation fault" message there. '((' could -# trigger a bug in pdksh 5.2.14. -for as_var in BASH_ENV ENV MAIL MAILPATH -do eval test x\${$as_var+set} = xset \ - && ( (unset $as_var) || exit 1) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset $as_var || : -done -PS1='$ ' -PS2='> ' -PS4='+ ' - -# NLS nuisances. -LC_ALL=C -export LC_ALL -LANGUAGE=C -export LANGUAGE - -# CDPATH. -(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH - - -# as_fn_error ERROR [LINENO LOG_FD] -# --------------------------------- -# Output "`basename $0`: error: ERROR" to stderr. If LINENO and LOG_FD are -# provided, also output the error to LOG_FD, referencing LINENO. Then exit the -# script with status $?, using 1 if that was 0. -as_fn_error () -{ - as_status=$?; test $as_status -eq 0 && as_status=1 - if test "$3"; then - as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$2"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: $1" >&$3 - fi - $as_echo "$as_me: error: $1" >&2 - as_fn_exit $as_status -} # as_fn_error - - -# as_fn_set_status STATUS -# ----------------------- -# Set $? to STATUS, without forking. -as_fn_set_status () -{ - return $1 -} # as_fn_set_status - -# as_fn_exit STATUS -# ----------------- -# Exit the shell with STATUS, even in a "trap 0" or "set -e" context. -as_fn_exit () -{ - set +e - as_fn_set_status $1 - exit $1 -} # as_fn_exit - -# as_fn_unset VAR -# --------------- -# Portably unset VAR. -as_fn_unset () -{ - { eval $1=; unset $1;} -} -as_unset=as_fn_unset -# as_fn_append VAR VALUE -# ---------------------- -# Append the text in VALUE to the end of the definition contained in VAR. Take -# advantage of any shell optimizations that allow amortized linear growth over -# repeated appends, instead of the typical quadratic growth present in naive -# implementations. -if (eval "as_var=1; as_var+=2; test x\$as_var = x12") 2>/dev/null; then : - eval 'as_fn_append () - { - eval $1+=\$2 - }' -else - as_fn_append () - { - eval $1=\$$1\$2 - } -fi # as_fn_append - -# as_fn_arith ARG... -# ------------------ -# Perform arithmetic evaluation on the ARGs, and store the result in the -# global $as_val. Take advantage of shells that can avoid forks. The arguments -# must be portable across $(()) and expr. -if (eval "test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2") 2>/dev/null; then : - eval 'as_fn_arith () - { - as_val=$(( $* )) - }' -else - as_fn_arith () - { - as_val=`expr "$@" || test $? -eq 1` - } -fi # as_fn_arith - - -if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 && - test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then - as_expr=expr -else - as_expr=false -fi - -if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then - as_basename=basename -else - as_basename=false -fi - -if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then - as_dirname=dirname -else - as_dirname=false -fi - -as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" || -$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \ - X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ - X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || -$as_echo X/"$0" | - sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - s/.*/./; q'` - -# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges. -as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' -as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' -as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS -as_cr_digits='0123456789' -as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits - -ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T= -case `echo -n x` in #((((( --n*) - case `echo 'xy\c'` in - *c*) ECHO_T=' ';; # ECHO_T is single tab character. - xy) ECHO_C='\c';; - *) echo `echo ksh88 bug on AIX 6.1` > /dev/null - ECHO_T=' ';; - esac;; -*) - ECHO_N='-n';; -esac - -rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file -if test -d conf$$.dir; then - rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file -else - rm -f conf$$.dir - mkdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null -fi -if (echo >conf$$.file) 2>/dev/null; then - if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then - as_ln_s='ln -s' - # ... but there are two gotchas: - # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail. - # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable. - # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -p'. - ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe || - as_ln_s='cp -p' - elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then - as_ln_s=ln - else - as_ln_s='cp -p' - fi -else - as_ln_s='cp -p' -fi -rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file -rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null - - -# as_fn_mkdir_p -# ------------- -# Create "$as_dir" as a directory, including parents if necessary. -as_fn_mkdir_p () -{ - - case $as_dir in #( - -*) as_dir=./$as_dir;; - esac - test -d "$as_dir" || eval $as_mkdir_p || { - as_dirs= - while :; do - case $as_dir in #( - *\'*) as_qdir=`$as_echo "$as_dir" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; #'( - *) as_qdir=$as_dir;; - esac - as_dirs="'$as_qdir' $as_dirs" - as_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_dir" || -$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ - X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ - X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ - X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || -$as_echo X"$as_dir" | - sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\(\/\).*/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - s/.*/./; q'` - test -d "$as_dir" && break - done - test -z "$as_dirs" || eval "mkdir $as_dirs" - } || test -d "$as_dir" || as_fn_error "cannot create directory $as_dir" - - -} # as_fn_mkdir_p -if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then - as_mkdir_p='mkdir -p "$as_dir"' -else - test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p - as_mkdir_p=false -fi - -if test -x / >/dev/null 2>&1; then - as_test_x='test -x' -else - if ls -dL / >/dev/null 2>&1; then - as_ls_L_option=L - else - as_ls_L_option= - fi - as_test_x=' - eval sh -c '\'' - if test -d "$1"; then - test -d "$1/."; - else - case $1 in #( - -*)set "./$1";; - esac; - case `ls -ld'$as_ls_L_option' "$1" 2>/dev/null` in #(( - ???[sx]*):;;*)false;;esac;fi - '\'' sh - ' -fi -as_executable_p=$as_test_x - -# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name. -as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" - -# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name. -as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" - - -exec 6>&1 -## ----------------------------------- ## -## Main body of $CONFIG_STATUS script. ## -## ----------------------------------- ## -_ASEOF -test $as_write_fail = 0 && chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1 - -cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 -# Save the log message, to keep $0 and so on meaningful, and to -# report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their -# values after options handling. -ac_log=" -This file was extended by libXt $as_me 1.0.8, which was -generated by GNU Autoconf 2.65. Invocation command line was - - CONFIG_FILES = $CONFIG_FILES - CONFIG_HEADERS = $CONFIG_HEADERS - CONFIG_LINKS = $CONFIG_LINKS - CONFIG_COMMANDS = $CONFIG_COMMANDS - $ $0 $@ - -on `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q` -" - -_ACEOF - -case $ac_config_files in *" -"*) set x $ac_config_files; shift; ac_config_files=$*;; -esac - -case $ac_config_headers in *" -"*) set x $ac_config_headers; shift; ac_config_headers=$*;; -esac - - -cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 -# Files that config.status was made for. -config_files="$ac_config_files" -config_headers="$ac_config_headers" -config_commands="$ac_config_commands" - -_ACEOF - -cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 -ac_cs_usage="\ -\`$as_me' instantiates files and other configuration actions -from templates according to the current configuration. Unless the files -and actions are specified as TAGs, all are instantiated by default. - -Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [TAG]... - - -h, --help print this help, then exit - -V, --version print version number and configuration settings, then exit - --config print configuration, then exit - -q, --quiet, --silent - do not print progress messages - -d, --debug don't remove temporary files - --recheck update $as_me by reconfiguring in the same conditions - --file=FILE[:TEMPLATE] - instantiate the configuration file FILE - --header=FILE[:TEMPLATE] - instantiate the configuration header FILE - -Configuration files: -$config_files - -Configuration headers: -$config_headers - -Configuration commands: -$config_commands - -Report bugs to <https://bugs.freedesktop.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=xorg>." - -_ACEOF -cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 -ac_cs_config="`$as_echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/^ //; s/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`" -ac_cs_version="\\ -libXt config.status 1.0.8 -configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.65, - with options \\"\$ac_cs_config\\" - -Copyright (C) 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation -gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it." - -ac_pwd='$ac_pwd' -srcdir='$srcdir' -INSTALL='$INSTALL' -MKDIR_P='$MKDIR_P' -AWK='$AWK' -test -n "\$AWK" || AWK=awk -_ACEOF - -cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 -# The default lists apply if the user does not specify any file. -ac_need_defaults=: -while test $# != 0 -do - case $1 in - --*=*) - ac_option=`expr "X$1" : 'X\([^=]*\)='` - ac_optarg=`expr "X$1" : 'X[^=]*=\(.*\)'` - ac_shift=: - ;; - *) - ac_option=$1 - ac_optarg=$2 - ac_shift=shift - ;; - esac - - case $ac_option in - # Handling of the options. - -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r) - ac_cs_recheck=: ;; - --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v | -V ) - $as_echo "$ac_cs_version"; exit ;; - --config | --confi | --conf | --con | --co | --c ) - $as_echo "$ac_cs_config"; exit ;; - --debug | --debu | --deb | --de | --d | -d ) - debug=: ;; - --file | --fil | --fi | --f ) - $ac_shift - case $ac_optarg in - *\'*) ac_optarg=`$as_echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; - esac - as_fn_append CONFIG_FILES " '$ac_optarg'" - ac_need_defaults=false;; - --header | --heade | --head | --hea ) - $ac_shift - case $ac_optarg in - *\'*) ac_optarg=`$as_echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; - esac - as_fn_append CONFIG_HEADERS " '$ac_optarg'" - ac_need_defaults=false;; - --he | --h) - # Conflict between --help and --header - as_fn_error "ambiguous option: \`$1' -Try \`$0 --help' for more information.";; - --help | --hel | -h ) - $as_echo "$ac_cs_usage"; exit ;; - -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ - | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil | --si | --s) - ac_cs_silent=: ;; - - # This is an error. - -*) as_fn_error "unrecognized option: \`$1' -Try \`$0 --help' for more information." ;; - - *) as_fn_append ac_config_targets " $1" - ac_need_defaults=false ;; - - esac - shift -done - -ac_configure_extra_args= - -if $ac_cs_silent; then - exec 6>/dev/null - ac_configure_extra_args="$ac_configure_extra_args --silent" -fi - -_ACEOF -cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 -if \$ac_cs_recheck; then - set X '$SHELL' '$0' $ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args --no-create --no-recursion - shift - \$as_echo "running CONFIG_SHELL=$SHELL \$*" >&6 - CONFIG_SHELL='$SHELL' - export CONFIG_SHELL - exec "\$@" -fi - -_ACEOF -cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 -exec 5>>config.log -{ - echo - sed 'h;s/./-/g;s/^.../## /;s/...$/ ##/;p;x;p;x' <<_ASBOX -## Running $as_me. ## -_ASBOX - $as_echo "$ac_log" -} >&5 - -_ACEOF -cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 -# -# INIT-COMMANDS -# -AMDEP_TRUE="$AMDEP_TRUE" ac_aux_dir="$ac_aux_dir" - - -# The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout -# if CDPATH is set. -(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH - -sed_quote_subst='$sed_quote_subst' -double_quote_subst='$double_quote_subst' -delay_variable_subst='$delay_variable_subst' -macro_version='`$ECHO "X$macro_version" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -macro_revision='`$ECHO "X$macro_revision" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -enable_shared='`$ECHO "X$enable_shared" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -enable_static='`$ECHO "X$enable_static" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -pic_mode='`$ECHO "X$pic_mode" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -enable_fast_install='`$ECHO "X$enable_fast_install" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -host_alias='`$ECHO "X$host_alias" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -host='`$ECHO "X$host" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -host_os='`$ECHO "X$host_os" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -build_alias='`$ECHO "X$build_alias" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -build='`$ECHO "X$build" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -build_os='`$ECHO "X$build_os" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -SED='`$ECHO "X$SED" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -Xsed='`$ECHO "X$Xsed" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -GREP='`$ECHO "X$GREP" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -EGREP='`$ECHO "X$EGREP" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -FGREP='`$ECHO "X$FGREP" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -LD='`$ECHO "X$LD" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -NM='`$ECHO "X$NM" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -LN_S='`$ECHO "X$LN_S" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -max_cmd_len='`$ECHO "X$max_cmd_len" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -ac_objext='`$ECHO "X$ac_objext" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -exeext='`$ECHO "X$exeext" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -lt_unset='`$ECHO "X$lt_unset" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -lt_SP2NL='`$ECHO "X$lt_SP2NL" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -lt_NL2SP='`$ECHO "X$lt_NL2SP" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -reload_flag='`$ECHO "X$reload_flag" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -reload_cmds='`$ECHO "X$reload_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -OBJDUMP='`$ECHO "X$OBJDUMP" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -deplibs_check_method='`$ECHO "X$deplibs_check_method" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -file_magic_cmd='`$ECHO "X$file_magic_cmd" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -AR='`$ECHO "X$AR" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -AR_FLAGS='`$ECHO "X$AR_FLAGS" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -STRIP='`$ECHO "X$STRIP" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -RANLIB='`$ECHO "X$RANLIB" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -old_postinstall_cmds='`$ECHO "X$old_postinstall_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -old_postuninstall_cmds='`$ECHO "X$old_postuninstall_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -old_archive_cmds='`$ECHO "X$old_archive_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -CC='`$ECHO "X$CC" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -CFLAGS='`$ECHO "X$CFLAGS" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -compiler='`$ECHO "X$compiler" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -GCC='`$ECHO "X$GCC" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe='`$ECHO "X$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl='`$ECHO "X$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address='`$ECHO "X$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix='`$ECHO "X$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -objdir='`$ECHO "X$objdir" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -SHELL='`$ECHO "X$SHELL" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -ECHO='`$ECHO "X$ECHO" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -MAGIC_CMD='`$ECHO "X$MAGIC_CMD" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag='`$ECHO "X$lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -lt_prog_compiler_wl='`$ECHO "X$lt_prog_compiler_wl" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -lt_prog_compiler_pic='`$ECHO "X$lt_prog_compiler_pic" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -lt_prog_compiler_static='`$ECHO "X$lt_prog_compiler_static" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o='`$ECHO "X$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -need_locks='`$ECHO "X$need_locks" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -DSYMUTIL='`$ECHO "X$DSYMUTIL" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -NMEDIT='`$ECHO "X$NMEDIT" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -LIPO='`$ECHO "X$LIPO" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -OTOOL='`$ECHO "X$OTOOL" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -OTOOL64='`$ECHO "X$OTOOL64" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -libext='`$ECHO "X$libext" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -shrext_cmds='`$ECHO "X$shrext_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -extract_expsyms_cmds='`$ECHO "X$extract_expsyms_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -archive_cmds_need_lc='`$ECHO "X$archive_cmds_need_lc" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -enable_shared_with_static_runtimes='`$ECHO "X$enable_shared_with_static_runtimes" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -export_dynamic_flag_spec='`$ECHO "X$export_dynamic_flag_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -whole_archive_flag_spec='`$ECHO "X$whole_archive_flag_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -compiler_needs_object='`$ECHO "X$compiler_needs_object" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -old_archive_from_new_cmds='`$ECHO "X$old_archive_from_new_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds='`$ECHO "X$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -archive_cmds='`$ECHO "X$archive_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -archive_expsym_cmds='`$ECHO "X$archive_expsym_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -module_cmds='`$ECHO "X$module_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -module_expsym_cmds='`$ECHO "X$module_expsym_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -with_gnu_ld='`$ECHO "X$with_gnu_ld" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -allow_undefined_flag='`$ECHO "X$allow_undefined_flag" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -no_undefined_flag='`$ECHO "X$no_undefined_flag" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -hardcode_libdir_separator='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_libdir_separator" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -hardcode_direct='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_direct" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -hardcode_direct_absolute='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_direct_absolute" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -hardcode_minus_L='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_minus_L" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -hardcode_shlibpath_var='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_shlibpath_var" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -hardcode_automatic='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_automatic" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -inherit_rpath='`$ECHO "X$inherit_rpath" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -link_all_deplibs='`$ECHO "X$link_all_deplibs" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -fix_srcfile_path='`$ECHO "X$fix_srcfile_path" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -always_export_symbols='`$ECHO "X$always_export_symbols" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -export_symbols_cmds='`$ECHO "X$export_symbols_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -exclude_expsyms='`$ECHO "X$exclude_expsyms" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -include_expsyms='`$ECHO "X$include_expsyms" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -prelink_cmds='`$ECHO "X$prelink_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -file_list_spec='`$ECHO "X$file_list_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -variables_saved_for_relink='`$ECHO "X$variables_saved_for_relink" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -need_lib_prefix='`$ECHO "X$need_lib_prefix" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -need_version='`$ECHO "X$need_version" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -version_type='`$ECHO "X$version_type" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -runpath_var='`$ECHO "X$runpath_var" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -shlibpath_var='`$ECHO "X$shlibpath_var" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -shlibpath_overrides_runpath='`$ECHO "X$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -libname_spec='`$ECHO "X$libname_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -library_names_spec='`$ECHO "X$library_names_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -soname_spec='`$ECHO "X$soname_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -postinstall_cmds='`$ECHO "X$postinstall_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -postuninstall_cmds='`$ECHO "X$postuninstall_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -finish_cmds='`$ECHO "X$finish_cmds" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -finish_eval='`$ECHO "X$finish_eval" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -hardcode_into_libs='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_into_libs" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -sys_lib_search_path_spec='`$ECHO "X$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='`$ECHO "X$sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -hardcode_action='`$ECHO "X$hardcode_action" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -enable_dlopen='`$ECHO "X$enable_dlopen" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -enable_dlopen_self='`$ECHO "X$enable_dlopen_self" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -enable_dlopen_self_static='`$ECHO "X$enable_dlopen_self_static" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -old_striplib='`$ECHO "X$old_striplib" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' -striplib='`$ECHO "X$striplib" | $Xsed -e "$delay_single_quote_subst"`' - -LTCC='$LTCC' -LTCFLAGS='$LTCFLAGS' -compiler='$compiler_DEFAULT' - -# Quote evaled strings. -for var in SED \ -GREP \ -EGREP \ -FGREP \ -LD \ -NM \ -LN_S \ -lt_SP2NL \ -lt_NL2SP \ -reload_flag \ -OBJDUMP \ -deplibs_check_method \ -file_magic_cmd \ -AR \ -AR_FLAGS \ -STRIP \ -RANLIB \ -CC \ -CFLAGS \ -compiler \ -lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe \ -lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl \ -lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address \ -lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix \ -SHELL \ -ECHO \ -lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag \ -lt_prog_compiler_wl \ -lt_prog_compiler_pic \ -lt_prog_compiler_static \ -lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o \ -need_locks \ -DSYMUTIL \ -NMEDIT \ -LIPO \ -OTOOL \ -OTOOL64 \ -shrext_cmds \ -export_dynamic_flag_spec \ -whole_archive_flag_spec \ -compiler_needs_object \ -with_gnu_ld \ -allow_undefined_flag \ -no_undefined_flag \ -hardcode_libdir_flag_spec \ -hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld \ -hardcode_libdir_separator \ -fix_srcfile_path \ -exclude_expsyms \ -include_expsyms \ -file_list_spec \ -variables_saved_for_relink \ -libname_spec \ -library_names_spec \ -soname_spec \ -finish_eval \ -old_striplib \ -striplib; do - case \`eval \\\\\$ECHO "X\\\\\$\$var"\` in - *[\\\\\\\`\\"\\\$]*) - eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\`\\\$ECHO \\"X\\\$\$var\\" | \\\$Xsed -e \\"\\\$sed_quote_subst\\"\\\`\\\\\\"" - ;; - *) - eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\$\$var\\\\\\"" - ;; - esac -done - -# Double-quote double-evaled strings. -for var in reload_cmds \ -old_postinstall_cmds \ -old_postuninstall_cmds \ -old_archive_cmds \ -extract_expsyms_cmds \ -old_archive_from_new_cmds \ -old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds \ -archive_cmds \ -archive_expsym_cmds \ -module_cmds \ -module_expsym_cmds \ -export_symbols_cmds \ -prelink_cmds \ -postinstall_cmds \ -postuninstall_cmds \ -finish_cmds \ -sys_lib_search_path_spec \ -sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec; do - case \`eval \\\\\$ECHO "X\\\\\$\$var"\` in - *[\\\\\\\`\\"\\\$]*) - eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\`\\\$ECHO \\"X\\\$\$var\\" | \\\$Xsed -e \\"\\\$double_quote_subst\\" -e \\"\\\$sed_quote_subst\\" -e \\"\\\$delay_variable_subst\\"\\\`\\\\\\"" - ;; - *) - eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\$\$var\\\\\\"" - ;; - esac -done - -# Fix-up fallback echo if it was mangled by the above quoting rules. -case \$lt_ECHO in -*'\\\$0 --fallback-echo"') lt_ECHO=\`\$ECHO "X\$lt_ECHO" | \$Xsed -e 's/\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\$0 --fallback-echo"\$/\$0 --fallback-echo"/'\` - ;; -esac - -ac_aux_dir='$ac_aux_dir' -xsi_shell='$xsi_shell' -lt_shell_append='$lt_shell_append' - -# See if we are running on zsh, and set the options which allow our -# commands through without removal of \ escapes INIT. -if test -n "\${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then - setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST -fi - - - PACKAGE='$PACKAGE' - VERSION='$VERSION' - TIMESTAMP='$TIMESTAMP' - RM='$RM' - ofile='$ofile' - - - - -_ACEOF - -cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 - -# Handling of arguments. -for ac_config_target in $ac_config_targets -do - case $ac_config_target in - "depfiles") CONFIG_COMMANDS="$CONFIG_COMMANDS depfiles" ;; - "config.h") CONFIG_HEADERS="$CONFIG_HEADERS config.h" ;; - "libtool") CONFIG_COMMANDS="$CONFIG_COMMANDS libtool" ;; - "Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES Makefile" ;; - "src/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES src/Makefile" ;; - "util/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES util/Makefile" ;; - "include/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES include/Makefile" ;; - "man/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES man/Makefile" ;; - "xt.pc") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES xt.pc" ;; - - *) as_fn_error "invalid argument: \`$ac_config_target'" "$LINENO" 5;; - esac -done - - -# If the user did not use the arguments to specify the items to instantiate, -# then the envvar interface is used. Set only those that are not. -# We use the long form for the default assignment because of an extremely -# bizarre bug on SunOS 4.1.3. -if $ac_need_defaults; then - test "${CONFIG_FILES+set}" = set || CONFIG_FILES=$config_files - test "${CONFIG_HEADERS+set}" = set || CONFIG_HEADERS=$config_headers - test "${CONFIG_COMMANDS+set}" = set || CONFIG_COMMANDS=$config_commands -fi - -# Have a temporary directory for convenience. Make it in the build tree -# simply because there is no reason against having it here, and in addition, -# creating and moving files from /tmp can sometimes cause problems. -# Hook for its removal unless debugging. -# Note that there is a small window in which the directory will not be cleaned: -# after its creation but before its name has been assigned to `$tmp'. -$debug || -{ - tmp= - trap 'exit_status=$? - { test -z "$tmp" || test ! -d "$tmp" || rm -fr "$tmp"; } && exit $exit_status -' 0 - trap 'as_fn_exit 1' 1 2 13 15 -} -# Create a (secure) tmp directory for tmp files. - -{ - tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "./confXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && - test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp" -} || -{ - tmp=./conf$$-$RANDOM - (umask 077 && mkdir "$tmp") -} || as_fn_error "cannot create a temporary directory in ." "$LINENO" 5 - -# Set up the scripts for CONFIG_FILES section. -# No need to generate them if there are no CONFIG_FILES. -# This happens for instance with `./config.status config.h'. -if test -n "$CONFIG_FILES"; then - - -ac_cr=`echo X | tr X '\015'` -# On cygwin, bash can eat \r inside `` if the user requested igncr. -# But we know of no other shell where ac_cr would be empty at this -# point, so we can use a bashism as a fallback. -if test "x$ac_cr" = x; then - eval ac_cr=\$\'\\r\' -fi -ac_cs_awk_cr=`$AWK 'BEGIN { print "a\rb" }' </dev/null 2>/dev/null` -if test "$ac_cs_awk_cr" = "a${ac_cr}b"; then - ac_cs_awk_cr='\r' -else - ac_cs_awk_cr=$ac_cr -fi - -echo 'BEGIN {' >"$tmp/subs1.awk" && -_ACEOF - - -{ - echo "cat >conf$$subs.awk <<_ACEOF" && - echo "$ac_subst_vars" | sed 's/.*/&!$&$ac_delim/' && - echo "_ACEOF" -} >conf$$subs.sh || - as_fn_error "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5 -ac_delim_num=`echo "$ac_subst_vars" | grep -c '$'` -ac_delim='%!_!# ' -for ac_last_try in false false false false false :; do - . ./conf$$subs.sh || - as_fn_error "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5 - - ac_delim_n=`sed -n "s/.*$ac_delim\$/X/p" conf$$subs.awk | grep -c X` - if test $ac_delim_n = $ac_delim_num; then - break - elif $ac_last_try; then - as_fn_error "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5 - else - ac_delim="$ac_delim!$ac_delim _$ac_delim!! " - fi -done -rm -f conf$$subs.sh - -cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 -cat >>"\$tmp/subs1.awk" <<\\_ACAWK && -_ACEOF -sed -n ' -h -s/^/S["/; s/!.*/"]=/ -p -g -s/^[^!]*!// -:repl -t repl -s/'"$ac_delim"'$// -t delim -:nl -h -s/\(.\{148\}\)..*/\1/ -t more1 -s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/\\n"\\/ -p -n -b repl -:more1 -s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"\\/ -p -g -s/.\{148\}// -t nl -:delim -h -s/\(.\{148\}\)..*/\1/ -t more2 -s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"/ -p -b -:more2 -s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"\\/ -p -g -s/.\{148\}// -t delim -' <conf$$subs.awk | sed ' -/^[^""]/{ - N - s/\n// -} -' >>$CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1 -rm -f conf$$subs.awk -cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 -_ACAWK -cat >>"\$tmp/subs1.awk" <<_ACAWK && - for (key in S) S_is_set[key] = 1 - FS = "" - -} -{ - line = $ 0 - nfields = split(line, field, "@") - substed = 0 - len = length(field[1]) - for (i = 2; i < nfields; i++) { - key = field[i] - keylen = length(key) - if (S_is_set[key]) { - value = S[key] - line = substr(line, 1, len) "" value "" substr(line, len + keylen + 3) - len += length(value) + length(field[++i]) - substed = 1 - } else - len += 1 + keylen - } - - print line -} - -_ACAWK -_ACEOF -cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 -if sed "s/$ac_cr//" < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then - sed "s/$ac_cr\$//; s/$ac_cr/$ac_cs_awk_cr/g" -else - cat -fi < "$tmp/subs1.awk" > "$tmp/subs.awk" \ - || as_fn_error "could not setup config files machinery" "$LINENO" 5 -_ACEOF - -# VPATH may cause trouble with some makes, so we remove $(srcdir), -# ${srcdir} and @srcdir@ from VPATH if srcdir is ".", strip leading and -# trailing colons and then remove the whole line if VPATH becomes empty -# (actually we leave an empty line to preserve line numbers). -if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then - ac_vpsub='/^[ ]*VPATH[ ]*=/{ -s/:*\$(srcdir):*/:/ -s/:*\${srcdir}:*/:/ -s/:*@srcdir@:*/:/ -s/^\([^=]*=[ ]*\):*/\1/ -s/:*$// -s/^[^=]*=[ ]*$// -}' -fi - -cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 -fi # test -n "$CONFIG_FILES" - -# Set up the scripts for CONFIG_HEADERS section. -# No need to generate them if there are no CONFIG_HEADERS. -# This happens for instance with `./config.status Makefile'. -if test -n "$CONFIG_HEADERS"; then -cat >"$tmp/defines.awk" <<\_ACAWK || -BEGIN { -_ACEOF - -# Transform confdefs.h into an awk script `defines.awk', embedded as -# here-document in config.status, that substitutes the proper values into -# config.h.in to produce config.h. - -# Create a delimiter string that does not exist in confdefs.h, to ease -# handling of long lines. -ac_delim='%!_!# ' -for ac_last_try in false false :; do - ac_t=`sed -n "/$ac_delim/p" confdefs.h` - if test -z "$ac_t"; then - break - elif $ac_last_try; then - as_fn_error "could not make $CONFIG_HEADERS" "$LINENO" 5 - else - ac_delim="$ac_delim!$ac_delim _$ac_delim!! " - fi -done - -# For the awk script, D is an array of macro values keyed by name, -# likewise P contains macro parameters if any. Preserve backslash -# newline sequences. - -ac_word_re=[_$as_cr_Letters][_$as_cr_alnum]* -sed -n ' -s/.\{148\}/&'"$ac_delim"'/g -t rset -:rset -s/^[ ]*#[ ]*define[ ][ ]*/ / -t def -d -:def -s/\\$// -t bsnl -s/["\\]/\\&/g -s/^ \('"$ac_word_re"'\)\(([^()]*)\)[ ]*\(.*\)/P["\1"]="\2"\ -D["\1"]=" \3"/p -s/^ \('"$ac_word_re"'\)[ ]*\(.*\)/D["\1"]=" \2"/p -d -:bsnl -s/["\\]/\\&/g -s/^ \('"$ac_word_re"'\)\(([^()]*)\)[ ]*\(.*\)/P["\1"]="\2"\ -D["\1"]=" \3\\\\\\n"\\/p -t cont -s/^ \('"$ac_word_re"'\)[ ]*\(.*\)/D["\1"]=" \2\\\\\\n"\\/p -t cont -d -:cont -n -s/.\{148\}/&'"$ac_delim"'/g -t clear -:clear -s/\\$// -t bsnlc -s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"/p -d -:bsnlc -s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/\\\\\\n"\\/p -b cont -' <confdefs.h | sed ' -s/'"$ac_delim"'/"\\\ -"/g' >>$CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1 - -cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 - for (key in D) D_is_set[key] = 1 - FS = "" -} -/^[\t ]*#[\t ]*(define|undef)[\t ]+$ac_word_re([\t (]|\$)/ { - line = \$ 0 - split(line, arg, " ") - if (arg[1] == "#") { - defundef = arg[2] - mac1 = arg[3] - } else { - defundef = substr(arg[1], 2) - mac1 = arg[2] - } - split(mac1, mac2, "(") #) - macro = mac2[1] - prefix = substr(line, 1, index(line, defundef) - 1) - if (D_is_set[macro]) { - # Preserve the white space surrounding the "#". - print prefix "define", macro P[macro] D[macro] - next - } else { - # Replace #undef with comments. This is necessary, for example, - # in the case of _POSIX_SOURCE, which is predefined and required - # on some systems where configure will not decide to define it. - if (defundef == "undef") { - print "/*", prefix defundef, macro, "*/" - next - } - } -} -{ print } -_ACAWK -_ACEOF -cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 - as_fn_error "could not setup config headers machinery" "$LINENO" 5 -fi # test -n "$CONFIG_HEADERS" - - -eval set X " :F $CONFIG_FILES :H $CONFIG_HEADERS :C $CONFIG_COMMANDS" -shift -for ac_tag -do - case $ac_tag in - :[FHLC]) ac_mode=$ac_tag; continue;; - esac - case $ac_mode$ac_tag in - :[FHL]*:*);; - :L* | :C*:*) as_fn_error "invalid tag \`$ac_tag'" "$LINENO" 5;; - :[FH]-) ac_tag=-:-;; - :[FH]*) ac_tag=$ac_tag:$ac_tag.in;; - esac - ac_save_IFS=$IFS - IFS=: - set x $ac_tag - IFS=$ac_save_IFS - shift - ac_file=$1 - shift - - case $ac_mode in - :L) ac_source=$1;; - :[FH]) - ac_file_inputs= - for ac_f - do - case $ac_f in - -) ac_f="$tmp/stdin";; - *) # Look for the file first in the build tree, then in the source tree - # (if the path is not absolute). The absolute path cannot be DOS-style, - # because $ac_f cannot contain `:'. - test -f "$ac_f" || - case $ac_f in - [\\/$]*) false;; - *) test -f "$srcdir/$ac_f" && ac_f="$srcdir/$ac_f";; - esac || - as_fn_error "cannot find input file: \`$ac_f'" "$LINENO" 5;; - esac - case $ac_f in *\'*) ac_f=`$as_echo "$ac_f" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; esac - as_fn_append ac_file_inputs " '$ac_f'" - done - - # Let's still pretend it is `configure' which instantiates (i.e., don't - # use $as_me), people would be surprised to read: - # /* config.h. Generated by config.status. */ - configure_input='Generated from '` - $as_echo "$*" | sed 's|^[^:]*/||;s|:[^:]*/|, |g' - `' by configure.' - if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then - configure_input="$ac_file. $configure_input" - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating $ac_file" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: creating $ac_file" >&6;} - fi - # Neutralize special characters interpreted by sed in replacement strings. - case $configure_input in #( - *\&* | *\|* | *\\* ) - ac_sed_conf_input=`$as_echo "$configure_input" | - sed 's/[\\\\&|]/\\\\&/g'`;; #( - *) ac_sed_conf_input=$configure_input;; - esac - - case $ac_tag in - *:-:* | *:-) cat >"$tmp/stdin" \ - || as_fn_error "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5 ;; - esac - ;; - esac - - ac_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$ac_file" || -$as_expr X"$ac_file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ - X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ - X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ - X"$ac_file" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || -$as_echo X"$ac_file" | - sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\(\/\).*/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - s/.*/./; q'` - as_dir="$ac_dir"; as_fn_mkdir_p - ac_builddir=. - -case "$ac_dir" in -.) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; -*) - ac_dir_suffix=/`$as_echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's|^\.[\\/]||'` - # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix. - ac_top_builddir_sub=`$as_echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's|/[^\\/]*|/..|g;s|/||'` - case $ac_top_builddir_sub in - "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; - *) ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;; - esac ;; -esac -ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd -ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix -# for backward compatibility: -ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix - -case $srcdir in - .) # We are building in place. - ac_srcdir=. - ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub - ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;; - [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute name. - ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix; - ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir - ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;; - *) # Relative name. - ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix - ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir - ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;; -esac -ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix - - - case $ac_mode in - :F) - # - # CONFIG_FILE - # - - case $INSTALL in - [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_INSTALL=$INSTALL ;; - *) ac_INSTALL=$ac_top_build_prefix$INSTALL ;; - esac - ac_MKDIR_P=$MKDIR_P - case $MKDIR_P in - [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ;; - */*) ac_MKDIR_P=$ac_top_build_prefix$MKDIR_P ;; - esac -_ACEOF - -cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 -# If the template does not know about datarootdir, expand it. -# FIXME: This hack should be removed a few years after 2.60. -ac_datarootdir_hack=; ac_datarootdir_seen= -ac_sed_dataroot=' -/datarootdir/ { - p - q -} -/@datadir@/p -/@docdir@/p -/@infodir@/p -/@localedir@/p -/@mandir@/p' -case `eval "sed -n \"\$ac_sed_dataroot\" $ac_file_inputs"` in -*datarootdir*) ac_datarootdir_seen=yes;; -*@datadir@*|*@docdir@*|*@infodir@*|*@localedir@*|*@mandir@*) - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $ac_file_inputs seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_file_inputs seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting" >&2;} -_ACEOF -cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 - ac_datarootdir_hack=' - s&@datadir@&$datadir&g - s&@docdir@&$docdir&g - s&@infodir@&$infodir&g - s&@localedir@&$localedir&g - s&@mandir@&$mandir&g - s&\\\${datarootdir}&$datarootdir&g' ;; -esac -_ACEOF - -# Neutralize VPATH when `$srcdir' = `.'. -# Shell code in configure.ac might set extrasub. -# FIXME: do we really want to maintain this feature? -cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 -ac_sed_extra="$ac_vpsub -$extrasub -_ACEOF -cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 -:t -/@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b -s|@configure_input@|$ac_sed_conf_input|;t t -s&@top_builddir@&$ac_top_builddir_sub&;t t -s&@top_build_prefix@&$ac_top_build_prefix&;t t -s&@srcdir@&$ac_srcdir&;t t -s&@abs_srcdir@&$ac_abs_srcdir&;t t -s&@top_srcdir@&$ac_top_srcdir&;t t -s&@abs_top_srcdir@&$ac_abs_top_srcdir&;t t -s&@builddir@&$ac_builddir&;t t -s&@abs_builddir@&$ac_abs_builddir&;t t -s&@abs_top_builddir@&$ac_abs_top_builddir&;t t -s&@INSTALL@&$ac_INSTALL&;t t -s&@MKDIR_P@&$ac_MKDIR_P&;t t -$ac_datarootdir_hack -" -eval sed \"\$ac_sed_extra\" "$ac_file_inputs" | $AWK -f "$tmp/subs.awk" >$tmp/out \ - || as_fn_error "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5 - -test -z "$ac_datarootdir_hack$ac_datarootdir_seen" && - { ac_out=`sed -n '/\${datarootdir}/p' "$tmp/out"`; test -n "$ac_out"; } && - { ac_out=`sed -n '/^[ ]*datarootdir[ ]*:*=/p' "$tmp/out"`; test -z "$ac_out"; } && - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $ac_file contains a reference to the variable \`datarootdir' -which seems to be undefined. Please make sure it is defined." >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_file contains a reference to the variable \`datarootdir' -which seems to be undefined. Please make sure it is defined." >&2;} - - rm -f "$tmp/stdin" - case $ac_file in - -) cat "$tmp/out" && rm -f "$tmp/out";; - *) rm -f "$ac_file" && mv "$tmp/out" "$ac_file";; - esac \ - || as_fn_error "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5 - ;; - :H) - # - # CONFIG_HEADER - # - if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then - { - $as_echo "/* $configure_input */" \ - && eval '$AWK -f "$tmp/defines.awk"' "$ac_file_inputs" - } >"$tmp/config.h" \ - || as_fn_error "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5 - if diff "$ac_file" "$tmp/config.h" >/dev/null 2>&1; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_file is unchanged" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: $ac_file is unchanged" >&6;} - else - rm -f "$ac_file" - mv "$tmp/config.h" "$ac_file" \ - || as_fn_error "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5 - fi - else - $as_echo "/* $configure_input */" \ - && eval '$AWK -f "$tmp/defines.awk"' "$ac_file_inputs" \ - || as_fn_error "could not create -" "$LINENO" 5 - fi -# Compute "$ac_file"'s index in $config_headers. -_am_arg="$ac_file" -_am_stamp_count=1 -for _am_header in $config_headers :; do - case $_am_header in - $_am_arg | $_am_arg:* ) - break ;; - * ) - _am_stamp_count=`expr $_am_stamp_count + 1` ;; - esac -done -echo "timestamp for $_am_arg" >`$as_dirname -- "$_am_arg" || -$as_expr X"$_am_arg" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ - X"$_am_arg" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ - X"$_am_arg" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ - X"$_am_arg" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || -$as_echo X"$_am_arg" | - sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\(\/\).*/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - s/.*/./; q'`/stamp-h$_am_stamp_count - ;; - - :C) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: executing $ac_file commands" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: executing $ac_file commands" >&6;} - ;; - esac - - - case $ac_file$ac_mode in - "depfiles":C) test x"$AMDEP_TRUE" != x"" || { - # Autoconf 2.62 quotes --file arguments for eval, but not when files - # are listed without --file. Let's play safe and only enable the eval - # if we detect the quoting. - case $CONFIG_FILES in - *\'*) eval set x "$CONFIG_FILES" ;; - *) set x $CONFIG_FILES ;; - esac - shift - for mf - do - # Strip MF so we end up with the name of the file. - mf=`echo "$mf" | sed -e 's/:.*$//'` - # Check whether this is an Automake generated Makefile or not. - # We used to match only the files named `Makefile.in', but - # some people rename them; so instead we look at the file content. - # Grep'ing the first line is not enough: some people post-process - # each Makefile.in and add a new line on top of each file to say so. - # Grep'ing the whole file is not good either: AIX grep has a line - # limit of 2048, but all sed's we know have understand at least 4000. - if sed -n 's,^#.*generated by automake.*,X,p' "$mf" | grep X >/dev/null 2>&1; then - dirpart=`$as_dirname -- "$mf" || -$as_expr X"$mf" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ - X"$mf" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ - X"$mf" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ - X"$mf" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || -$as_echo X"$mf" | - sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\(\/\).*/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - s/.*/./; q'` - else - continue - fi - # Extract the definition of DEPDIR, am__include, and am__quote - # from the Makefile without running `make'. - DEPDIR=`sed -n 's/^DEPDIR = //p' < "$mf"` - test -z "$DEPDIR" && continue - am__include=`sed -n 's/^am__include = //p' < "$mf"` - test -z "am__include" && continue - am__quote=`sed -n 's/^am__quote = //p' < "$mf"` - # When using ansi2knr, U may be empty or an underscore; expand it - U=`sed -n 's/^U = //p' < "$mf"` - # Find all dependency output files, they are included files with - # $(DEPDIR) in their names. We invoke sed twice because it is the - # simplest approach to changing $(DEPDIR) to its actual value in the - # expansion. - for file in `sed -n " - s/^$am__include $am__quote\(.*(DEPDIR).*\)$am__quote"'$/\1/p' <"$mf" | \ - sed -e 's/\$(DEPDIR)/'"$DEPDIR"'/g' -e 's/\$U/'"$U"'/g'`; do - # Make sure the directory exists. - test -f "$dirpart/$file" && continue - fdir=`$as_dirname -- "$file" || -$as_expr X"$file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ - X"$file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ - X"$file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ - X"$file" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || -$as_echo X"$file" | - sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\(\/\).*/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - s/.*/./; q'` - as_dir=$dirpart/$fdir; as_fn_mkdir_p - # echo "creating $dirpart/$file" - echo '# dummy' > "$dirpart/$file" - done - done -} - ;; - "libtool":C) - - # See if we are running on zsh, and set the options which allow our - # commands through without removal of \ escapes. - if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then - setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST - fi - - cfgfile="${ofile}T" - trap "$RM \"$cfgfile\"; exit 1" 1 2 15 - $RM "$cfgfile" - - cat <<_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile" -#! $SHELL - -# `$ECHO "$ofile" | sed 's%^.*/%%'` - Provide generalized library-building support services. -# Generated automatically by $as_me ($PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION -# Libtool was configured on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`: -# NOTE: Changes made to this file will be lost: look at ltmain.sh. -# -# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, -# 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# Written by Gordon Matzigkeit, 1996 -# -# This file is part of GNU Libtool. -# -# GNU Libtool is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as -# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of -# the License, or (at your option) any later version. -# -# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, -# if you distribute this file as part of a program or library that -# is built using GNU Libtool, you may include this file under the -# same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. -# -# GNU Libtool is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -# GNU General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with GNU Libtool; see the file COPYING. If not, a copy -# can be downloaded from http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html, or -# obtained by writing to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., -# 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - - -# The names of the tagged configurations supported by this script. -available_tags="" - -# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL CONFIG - -# Which release of libtool.m4 was used? -macro_version=$macro_version -macro_revision=$macro_revision - -# Whether or not to build shared libraries. -build_libtool_libs=$enable_shared - -# Whether or not to build static libraries. -build_old_libs=$enable_static - -# What type of objects to build. -pic_mode=$pic_mode - -# Whether or not to optimize for fast installation. -fast_install=$enable_fast_install - -# The host system. -host_alias=$host_alias -host=$host -host_os=$host_os - -# The build system. -build_alias=$build_alias -build=$build -build_os=$build_os - -# A sed program that does not truncate output. -SED=$lt_SED - -# Sed that helps us avoid accidentally triggering echo(1) options like -n. -Xsed="\$SED -e 1s/^X//" - -# A grep program that handles long lines. -GREP=$lt_GREP - -# An ERE matcher. -EGREP=$lt_EGREP - -# A literal string matcher. -FGREP=$lt_FGREP - -# A BSD- or MS-compatible name lister. -NM=$lt_NM - -# Whether we need soft or hard links. -LN_S=$lt_LN_S - -# What is the maximum length of a command? -max_cmd_len=$max_cmd_len - -# Object file suffix (normally "o"). -objext=$ac_objext - -# Executable file suffix (normally ""). -exeext=$exeext - -# whether the shell understands "unset". -lt_unset=$lt_unset - -# turn spaces into newlines. -SP2NL=$lt_lt_SP2NL - -# turn newlines into spaces. -NL2SP=$lt_lt_NL2SP - -# How to create reloadable object files. -reload_flag=$lt_reload_flag -reload_cmds=$lt_reload_cmds - -# An object symbol dumper. -OBJDUMP=$lt_OBJDUMP - -# Method to check whether dependent libraries are shared objects. -deplibs_check_method=$lt_deplibs_check_method - -# Command to use when deplibs_check_method == "file_magic". -file_magic_cmd=$lt_file_magic_cmd - -# The archiver. -AR=$lt_AR -AR_FLAGS=$lt_AR_FLAGS - -# A symbol stripping program. -STRIP=$lt_STRIP - -# Commands used to install an old-style archive. -RANLIB=$lt_RANLIB -old_postinstall_cmds=$lt_old_postinstall_cmds -old_postuninstall_cmds=$lt_old_postuninstall_cmds - -# A C compiler. -LTCC=$lt_CC - -# LTCC compiler flags. -LTCFLAGS=$lt_CFLAGS - -# Take the output of nm and produce a listing of raw symbols and C names. -global_symbol_pipe=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe - -# Transform the output of nm in a proper C declaration. -global_symbol_to_cdecl=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl - -# Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair. -global_symbol_to_c_name_address=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address - -# Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair when lib prefix is needed. -global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix - -# The name of the directory that contains temporary libtool files. -objdir=$objdir - -# Shell to use when invoking shell scripts. -SHELL=$lt_SHELL - -# An echo program that does not interpret backslashes. -ECHO=$lt_ECHO - -# Used to examine libraries when file_magic_cmd begins with "file". -MAGIC_CMD=$MAGIC_CMD - -# Must we lock files when doing compilation? -need_locks=$lt_need_locks - -# Tool to manipulate archived DWARF debug symbol files on Mac OS X. -DSYMUTIL=$lt_DSYMUTIL - -# Tool to change global to local symbols on Mac OS X. -NMEDIT=$lt_NMEDIT - -# Tool to manipulate fat objects and archives on Mac OS X. -LIPO=$lt_LIPO - -# ldd/readelf like tool for Mach-O binaries on Mac OS X. -OTOOL=$lt_OTOOL - -# ldd/readelf like tool for 64 bit Mach-O binaries on Mac OS X 10.4. -OTOOL64=$lt_OTOOL64 - -# Old archive suffix (normally "a"). -libext=$libext - -# Shared library suffix (normally ".so"). -shrext_cmds=$lt_shrext_cmds - -# The commands to extract the exported symbol list from a shared archive. -extract_expsyms_cmds=$lt_extract_expsyms_cmds - -# Variables whose values should be saved in libtool wrapper scripts and -# restored at link time. -variables_saved_for_relink=$lt_variables_saved_for_relink - -# Do we need the "lib" prefix for modules? -need_lib_prefix=$need_lib_prefix - -# Do we need a version for libraries? -need_version=$need_version - -# Library versioning type. -version_type=$version_type - -# Shared library runtime path variable. -runpath_var=$runpath_var - -# Shared library path variable. -shlibpath_var=$shlibpath_var - -# Is shlibpath searched before the hard-coded library search path? -shlibpath_overrides_runpath=$shlibpath_overrides_runpath - -# Format of library name prefix. -libname_spec=$lt_libname_spec - -# List of archive names. First name is the real one, the rest are links. -# The last name is the one that the linker finds with -lNAME -library_names_spec=$lt_library_names_spec - -# The coded name of the library, if different from the real name. -soname_spec=$lt_soname_spec - -# Command to use after installation of a shared archive. -postinstall_cmds=$lt_postinstall_cmds - -# Command to use after uninstallation of a shared archive. -postuninstall_cmds=$lt_postuninstall_cmds - -# Commands used to finish a libtool library installation in a directory. -finish_cmds=$lt_finish_cmds - -# As "finish_cmds", except a single script fragment to be evaled but -# not shown. -finish_eval=$lt_finish_eval - -# Whether we should hardcode library paths into libraries. -hardcode_into_libs=$hardcode_into_libs - -# Compile-time system search path for libraries. -sys_lib_search_path_spec=$lt_sys_lib_search_path_spec - -# Run-time system search path for libraries. -sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$lt_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec - -# Whether dlopen is supported. -dlopen_support=$enable_dlopen - -# Whether dlopen of programs is supported. -dlopen_self=$enable_dlopen_self - -# Whether dlopen of statically linked programs is supported. -dlopen_self_static=$enable_dlopen_self_static - -# Commands to strip libraries. -old_striplib=$lt_old_striplib -striplib=$lt_striplib - - -# The linker used to build libraries. -LD=$lt_LD - -# Commands used to build an old-style archive. -old_archive_cmds=$lt_old_archive_cmds - -# A language specific compiler. -CC=$lt_compiler - -# Is the compiler the GNU compiler? -with_gcc=$GCC - -# Compiler flag to turn off builtin functions. -no_builtin_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag - -# How to pass a linker flag through the compiler. -wl=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_wl - -# Additional compiler flags for building library objects. -pic_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_pic - -# Compiler flag to prevent dynamic linking. -link_static_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_static - -# Does compiler simultaneously support -c and -o options? -compiler_c_o=$lt_lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o - -# Whether or not to add -lc for building shared libraries. -build_libtool_need_lc=$archive_cmds_need_lc - -# Whether or not to disallow shared libs when runtime libs are static. -allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes=$enable_shared_with_static_runtimes - -# Compiler flag to allow reflexive dlopens. -export_dynamic_flag_spec=$lt_export_dynamic_flag_spec - -# Compiler flag to generate shared objects directly from archives. -whole_archive_flag_spec=$lt_whole_archive_flag_spec - -# Whether the compiler copes with passing no objects directly. -compiler_needs_object=$lt_compiler_needs_object - -# Create an old-style archive from a shared archive. -old_archive_from_new_cmds=$lt_old_archive_from_new_cmds - -# Create a temporary old-style archive to link instead of a shared archive. -old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds=$lt_old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds - -# Commands used to build a shared archive. -archive_cmds=$lt_archive_cmds -archive_expsym_cmds=$lt_archive_expsym_cmds - -# Commands used to build a loadable module if different from building -# a shared archive. -module_cmds=$lt_module_cmds -module_expsym_cmds=$lt_module_expsym_cmds - -# Whether we are building with GNU ld or not. -with_gnu_ld=$lt_with_gnu_ld - -# Flag that allows shared libraries with undefined symbols to be built. -allow_undefined_flag=$lt_allow_undefined_flag - -# Flag that enforces no undefined symbols. -no_undefined_flag=$lt_no_undefined_flag - -# Flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary during linking. -# This must work even if \$libdir does not exist -hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=$lt_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec - -# If ld is used when linking, flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary -# during linking. This must work even if \$libdir does not exist. -hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld=$lt_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld - -# Whether we need a single "-rpath" flag with a separated argument. -hardcode_libdir_separator=$lt_hardcode_libdir_separator - -# Set to "yes" if using DIR/libNAME\${shared_ext} during linking hardcodes -# DIR into the resulting binary. -hardcode_direct=$hardcode_direct - -# Set to "yes" if using DIR/libNAME\${shared_ext} during linking hardcodes -# DIR into the resulting binary and the resulting library dependency is -# "absolute",i.e impossible to change by setting \${shlibpath_var} if the -# library is relocated. -hardcode_direct_absolute=$hardcode_direct_absolute - -# Set to "yes" if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR -# into the resulting binary. -hardcode_minus_L=$hardcode_minus_L - -# Set to "yes" if using SHLIBPATH_VAR=DIR during linking hardcodes DIR -# into the resulting binary. -hardcode_shlibpath_var=$hardcode_shlibpath_var - -# Set to "yes" if building a shared library automatically hardcodes DIR -# into the library and all subsequent libraries and executables linked -# against it. -hardcode_automatic=$hardcode_automatic - -# Set to yes if linker adds runtime paths of dependent libraries -# to runtime path list. -inherit_rpath=$inherit_rpath - -# Whether libtool must link a program against all its dependency libraries. -link_all_deplibs=$link_all_deplibs - -# Fix the shell variable \$srcfile for the compiler. -fix_srcfile_path=$lt_fix_srcfile_path - -# Set to "yes" if exported symbols are required. -always_export_symbols=$always_export_symbols - -# The commands to list exported symbols. -export_symbols_cmds=$lt_export_symbols_cmds - -# Symbols that should not be listed in the preloaded symbols. -exclude_expsyms=$lt_exclude_expsyms - -# Symbols that must always be exported. -include_expsyms=$lt_include_expsyms - -# Commands necessary for linking programs (against libraries) with templates. -prelink_cmds=$lt_prelink_cmds - -# Specify filename containing input files. -file_list_spec=$lt_file_list_spec - -# How to hardcode a shared library path into an executable. -hardcode_action=$hardcode_action - -# ### END LIBTOOL CONFIG - -_LT_EOF - - case $host_os in - aix3*) - cat <<\_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile" -# AIX sometimes has problems with the GCC collect2 program. For some -# reason, if we set the COLLECT_NAMES environment variable, the problems -# vanish in a puff of smoke. -if test "X${COLLECT_NAMES+set}" != Xset; then - COLLECT_NAMES= - export COLLECT_NAMES -fi -_LT_EOF - ;; - esac - - -ltmain="$ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh" - - - # We use sed instead of cat because bash on DJGPP gets confused if - # if finds mixed CR/LF and LF-only lines. Since sed operates in - # text mode, it properly converts lines to CR/LF. This bash problem - # is reportedly fixed, but why not run on old versions too? - sed '/^# Generated shell functions inserted here/q' "$ltmain" >> "$cfgfile" \ - || (rm -f "$cfgfile"; exit 1) - - case $xsi_shell in - yes) - cat << \_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile" - -# func_dirname file append nondir_replacement -# Compute the dirname of FILE. If nonempty, add APPEND to the result, -# otherwise set result to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT. -func_dirname () -{ - case ${1} in - */*) func_dirname_result="${1%/*}${2}" ;; - * ) func_dirname_result="${3}" ;; - esac -} - -# func_basename file -func_basename () -{ - func_basename_result="${1##*/}" -} - -# func_dirname_and_basename file append nondir_replacement -# perform func_basename and func_dirname in a single function -# call: -# dirname: Compute the dirname of FILE. If nonempty, -# add APPEND to the result, otherwise set result -# to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT. -# value returned in "$func_dirname_result" -# basename: Compute filename of FILE. -# value retuned in "$func_basename_result" -# Implementation must be kept synchronized with func_dirname -# and func_basename. For efficiency, we do not delegate to -# those functions but instead duplicate the functionality here. -func_dirname_and_basename () -{ - case ${1} in - */*) func_dirname_result="${1%/*}${2}" ;; - * ) func_dirname_result="${3}" ;; - esac - func_basename_result="${1##*/}" -} - -# func_stripname prefix suffix name -# strip PREFIX and SUFFIX off of NAME. -# PREFIX and SUFFIX must not contain globbing or regex special -# characters, hashes, percent signs, but SUFFIX may contain a leading -# dot (in which case that matches only a dot). -func_stripname () -{ - # pdksh 5.2.14 does not do ${X%$Y} correctly if both X and Y are - # positional parameters, so assign one to ordinary parameter first. - func_stripname_result=${3} - func_stripname_result=${func_stripname_result#"${1}"} - func_stripname_result=${func_stripname_result%"${2}"} -} - -# func_opt_split -func_opt_split () -{ - func_opt_split_opt=${1%%=*} - func_opt_split_arg=${1#*=} -} - -# func_lo2o object -func_lo2o () -{ - case ${1} in - *.lo) func_lo2o_result=${1%.lo}.${objext} ;; - *) func_lo2o_result=${1} ;; - esac -} - -# func_xform libobj-or-source -func_xform () -{ - func_xform_result=${1%.*}.lo -} - -# func_arith arithmetic-term... -func_arith () -{ - func_arith_result=$(( $* )) -} - -# func_len string -# STRING may not start with a hyphen. -func_len () -{ - func_len_result=${#1} -} - -_LT_EOF - ;; - *) # Bourne compatible functions. - cat << \_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile" - -# func_dirname file append nondir_replacement -# Compute the dirname of FILE. If nonempty, add APPEND to the result, -# otherwise set result to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT. -func_dirname () -{ - # Extract subdirectory from the argument. - func_dirname_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$dirname"` - if test "X$func_dirname_result" = "X${1}"; then - func_dirname_result="${3}" - else - func_dirname_result="$func_dirname_result${2}" - fi -} - -# func_basename file -func_basename () -{ - func_basename_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$basename"` -} - - -# func_stripname prefix suffix name -# strip PREFIX and SUFFIX off of NAME. -# PREFIX and SUFFIX must not contain globbing or regex special -# characters, hashes, percent signs, but SUFFIX may contain a leading -# dot (in which case that matches only a dot). -# func_strip_suffix prefix name -func_stripname () -{ - case ${2} in - .*) func_stripname_result=`$ECHO "X${3}" \ - | $Xsed -e "s%^${1}%%" -e "s%\\\\${2}\$%%"`;; - *) func_stripname_result=`$ECHO "X${3}" \ - | $Xsed -e "s%^${1}%%" -e "s%${2}\$%%"`;; - esac -} - -# sed scripts: -my_sed_long_opt='1s/^\(-[^=]*\)=.*/\1/;q' -my_sed_long_arg='1s/^-[^=]*=//' - -# func_opt_split -func_opt_split () -{ - func_opt_split_opt=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$my_sed_long_opt"` - func_opt_split_arg=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$my_sed_long_arg"` -} - -# func_lo2o object -func_lo2o () -{ - func_lo2o_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"` -} - -# func_xform libobj-or-source -func_xform () -{ - func_xform_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.lo/'` -} - -# func_arith arithmetic-term... -func_arith () -{ - func_arith_result=`expr "$@"` -} - -# func_len string -# STRING may not start with a hyphen. -func_len () -{ - func_len_result=`expr "$1" : ".*" 2>/dev/null || echo $max_cmd_len` -} - -_LT_EOF -esac - -case $lt_shell_append in - yes) - cat << \_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile" - -# func_append var value -# Append VALUE to the end of shell variable VAR. -func_append () -{ - eval "$1+=\$2" -} -_LT_EOF - ;; - *) - cat << \_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile" - -# func_append var value -# Append VALUE to the end of shell variable VAR. -func_append () -{ - eval "$1=\$$1\$2" -} - -_LT_EOF - ;; - esac - - - sed -n '/^# Generated shell functions inserted here/,$p' "$ltmain" >> "$cfgfile" \ - || (rm -f "$cfgfile"; exit 1) - - mv -f "$cfgfile" "$ofile" || - (rm -f "$ofile" && cp "$cfgfile" "$ofile" && rm -f "$cfgfile") - chmod +x "$ofile" - - ;; - - esac -done # for ac_tag - - -as_fn_exit 0 -_ACEOF -ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save - -test $ac_write_fail = 0 || - as_fn_error "write failure creating $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5 - - -# configure is writing to config.log, and then calls config.status. -# config.status does its own redirection, appending to config.log. -# Unfortunately, on DOS this fails, as config.log is still kept open -# by configure, so config.status won't be able to write to it; its -# output is simply discarded. So we exec the FD to /dev/null, -# effectively closing config.log, so it can be properly (re)opened and -# appended to by config.status. When coming back to configure, we -# need to make the FD available again. -if test "$no_create" != yes; then - ac_cs_success=: - ac_config_status_args= - test "$silent" = yes && - ac_config_status_args="$ac_config_status_args --quiet" - exec 5>/dev/null - $SHELL $CONFIG_STATUS $ac_config_status_args || ac_cs_success=false - exec 5>>config.log - # Use ||, not &&, to avoid exiting from the if with $? = 1, which - # would make configure fail if this is the last instruction. - $ac_cs_success || as_fn_exit $? -fi -if test -n "$ac_unrecognized_opts" && test "$enable_option_checking" != no; then - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2;} -fi - diff --git a/libXt/configure.ac b/libXt/configure.ac index ebda9f654..96f0ccb17 100644 --- a/libXt/configure.ac +++ b/libXt/configure.ac @@ -1,46 +1,54 @@ -dnl -dnl Copyright © 2003 Keith Packard, Noah Levitt -dnl -dnl Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its -dnl documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that -dnl the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -dnl copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -dnl documentation, and that the name of Keith Packard not be used in -dnl advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without -dnl specific, written prior permission. Keith Packard makes no -dnl representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It -dnl is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty. -dnl -dnl KEITH PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, -dnl INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO -dnl EVENT SHALL KEITH PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR -dnl CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, -dnl DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER -dnl TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR -dnl PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. -dnl -dnl Process this file with autoconf to create configure. - -AC_PREREQ([2.57]) - -dnl -dnl -AC_INIT(libXt, 1.0.8, [https://bugs.freedesktop.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=xorg], libXt) +# +# Copyright © 2003 Keith Packard, Noah Levitt +# +# Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its +# documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that +# the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that +# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting +# documentation, and that the name of Keith Packard not be used in +# advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without +# specific, written prior permission. Keith Packard makes no +# representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It +# is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty. +# +# KEITH PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, +# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO +# EVENT SHALL KEITH PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR +# CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, +# DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER +# TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR +# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. +# + +# Initialize Autoconf +AC_PREREQ([2.60]) +AC_INIT([libXt], [1.1.1], + [https://bugs.freedesktop.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=xorg], [libXt]) +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([Makefile.am]) +AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h]) +AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR([m4]) + +# Initialize Automake AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([foreign dist-bzip2]) AM_MAINTAINER_MODE -# Require xorg-macros: XORG_DEFAULT_OPTIONS +# Initialize libtool +AC_PROG_LIBTOOL + +# Require X.Org macros 1.8 or later for MAN_SUBSTS set by XORG_MANPAGE_SECTIONS m4_ifndef([XORG_MACROS_VERSION], - [m4_fatal([must install xorg-macros 1.3 or later before running autoconf/autogen])]) -XORG_MACROS_VERSION(1.3) + [m4_fatal([must install xorg-macros 1.8 or later before running autoconf/autogen])]) +XORG_MACROS_VERSION(1.8) XORG_DEFAULT_OPTIONS -AM_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h) +XORG_CHECK_MALLOC_ZERO -# Check for progs -AC_PROG_CC -AC_PROG_LIBTOOL -AM_PROG_CC_C_O +# Checks for header files. +AC_CHECK_HEADER([alloca.h], AC_DEFINE(INCLUDE_ALLOCA_H, 1, [Define to 1 if Xalloca.h should include <alloca.h>])) + +# Obtain compiler/linker options for depedencies +PKG_CHECK_MODULES(XT, sm ice x11 xproto kbproto) +# Set-up variables to use build machine compiler when cross-compiling if test x"$CC_FOR_BUILD" = x; then if test x"$cross_compiling" = xyes; then AC_CHECK_PROGS(CC_FOR_BUILD, gcc cc) @@ -54,27 +62,34 @@ AC_SUBST(CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD) LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD=${LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD-${LDFLAGS}} AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD) -PKG_CHECK_MODULES(XT, sm ice x11 xproto kbproto) - -# Needed for including Xalloca.h -AC_CHECK_HEADER([alloca.h], AC_DEFINE(INCLUDE_ALLOCA_H, 1, [Define to 1 if Xalloca.h should include <alloca.h>])) - # Map function checks to old Imake #defines case $host_os in - # darwin has poll() but can't be used to poll character devices (atleast through SnowLeopard) - darwin*) ;; + # darwin through Snow Leopard has poll() but can't be used to poll character devices. + darwin@<:@789@:>@*|darwin10*) ;; + darwin*) + _ac_xorg_macosx_version_min="" + if echo $CPPFLAGS $CFLAGS | grep -q mmacosx-version-min ; then + _ac_xorg_macosx_version_min=`echo $CPPFLAGS $CFLAGS | sed 's/^.*-mmacosx-version-min=\(@<:@^ @:>@*\).*$/\1/'` + else + _ac_xorg_macosx_version_min=$MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET + fi + case $_ac_xorg_macosx_version_min in + 10.@<:@0123456@:>@|10.@<:@0123456@:>@.*) ;; + *) + AC_CHECK_FUNC(poll, [AC_DEFINE(USE_POLL, 1, [poll() function is available])], ) + ;; + esac + unset _ac_xorg_macosx_version_min + ;; *) - AC_CHECK_FUNC(poll, AC_DEFINE(USE_POLL,1, - [Define to 1 if you have the "poll" function.])) + AC_CHECK_FUNC(poll, [AC_DEFINE(USE_POLL, 1, [poll() function is available])], ) ;; esac -AC_CHECK_FUNC(snprintf, AC_DEFINE(USE_SNPRINTF,1, - [Define to 1 if you have the "snprintf" function.])) AC_HAVE_LIBRARY(ws2_32) # Options -AC_ARG_ENABLE(xkb, AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-xkb], [Disable XKB support]), +AC_ARG_ENABLE(xkb, AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-xkb], [Disable XKB support]), XKB="$enableval", XKB="yes") if test "x$XKB" = "xyes" ; then AC_DEFINE(XKB, 1, [Define to 1 to use XKB for keysym resolution.]) @@ -84,13 +99,13 @@ fi XFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT='$(sysconfdir)/X11/%L/%T/%N%C%S:$(sysconfdir)/X11/%l/%T/%N%C%S:$(sysconfdir)/X11/%T/%N%C%S:$(sysconfdir)/X11/%L/%T/%N%S:$(sysconfdir)/X11/%l/%T/%N%S:$(sysconfdir)/X11/%T/%N%S:$(datadir)/X11/%L/%T/%N%C%S:$(datadir)/X11/%l/%T/%N%C%S:$(datadir)/X11/%T/%N%C%S:$(datadir)/X11/%L/%T/%N%S:$(datadir)/X11/%l/%T/%N%S:$(datadir)/X11/%T/%N%S:$(libdir)/X11/%L/%T/%N%C%S:$(libdir)/X11/%l/%T/%N%C%S:$(libdir)/X11/%T/%N%C%S:$(libdir)/X11/%L/%T/%N%S:$(libdir)/X11/%l/%T/%N%S:$(libdir)/X11/%T/%N%S' AC_ARG_WITH(xfile-search-path, - AC_HELP_STRING([--with-xfile-search-path=<path>], + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-xfile-search-path=<path>], [Set path to search for app-defaults and other files]), [XFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT="$withval"], []) AC_SUBST([XFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT]) AC_ARG_WITH(appdefaultdir, - AC_HELP_STRING([--with-appdefaultdir=<path>], + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-appdefaultdir=<path>], [Set app-default directory (default: ${datadir}/X11/app-defaults)]), [appdefaultdir="$withval"], [appdefaultdir=${datadir}/X11/app-defaults]) @@ -123,14 +138,11 @@ esac XT_CFLAGS="$XT_CFLAGS $OS_CFLAGS" -# Man page processing requirements -XORG_PROG_RAWCPP - -XORG_CHECK_MALLOC_ZERO - -AC_OUTPUT([Makefile - src/Makefile - util/Makefile - include/Makefile - man/Makefile - xt.pc]) +AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile + src/Makefile + util/Makefile + include/Makefile + man/Makefile + specs/Makefile + xt.pc]) +AC_OUTPUT diff --git a/libXt/depcomp b/libXt/depcomp deleted file mode 100644 index df8eea7e4..000000000 --- a/libXt/depcomp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,630 +0,0 @@ -#! /bin/sh -# depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects - -scriptversion=2009-04-28.21; # UTC - -# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2009 Free -# Software Foundation, Inc. - -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) -# any later version. - -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -# GNU General Public License for more details. - -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. - -# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you -# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a -# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under -# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. - -# Originally written by Alexandre Oliva <oliva@dcc.unicamp.br>. - -case $1 in - '') - echo "$0: No command. Try \`$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2 - exit 1; - ;; - -h | --h*) - cat <<\EOF -Usage: depcomp [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS] - -Run PROGRAMS ARGS to compile a file, generating dependencies -as side-effects. - -Environment variables: - depmode Dependency tracking mode. - source Source file read by `PROGRAMS ARGS'. - object Object file output by `PROGRAMS ARGS'. - DEPDIR directory where to store dependencies. - depfile Dependency file to output. - tmpdepfile Temporary file to use when outputing dependencies. - libtool Whether libtool is used (yes/no). - -Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>. -EOF - exit $? - ;; - -v | --v*) - echo "depcomp $scriptversion" - exit $? - ;; -esac - -if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then - echo "depcomp: Variables source, object and depmode must be set" 1>&2 - exit 1 -fi - -# Dependencies for sub/bar.o or sub/bar.obj go into sub/.deps/bar.Po. -depfile=${depfile-`echo "$object" | - sed 's|[^\\/]*$|'${DEPDIR-.deps}'/&|;s|\.\([^.]*\)$|.P\1|;s|Pobj$|Po|'`} -tmpdepfile=${tmpdepfile-`echo "$depfile" | sed 's/\.\([^.]*\)$/.T\1/'`} - -rm -f "$tmpdepfile" - -# Some modes work just like other modes, but use different flags. We -# parameterize here, but still list the modes in the big case below, -# to make depend.m4 easier to write. Note that we *cannot* use a case -# here, because this file can only contain one case statement. -if test "$depmode" = hp; then - # HP compiler uses -M and no extra arg. - gccflag=-M - depmode=gcc -fi - -if test "$depmode" = dashXmstdout; then - # This is just like dashmstdout with a different argument. - dashmflag=-xM - depmode=dashmstdout -fi - -cygpath_u="cygpath -u -f -" -if test "$depmode" = msvcmsys; then - # This is just like msvisualcpp but w/o cygpath translation. - # Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward - # slashes to satisfy depend.m4 - cygpath_u="sed s,\\\\\\\\,/,g" - depmode=msvisualcpp -fi - -case "$depmode" in -gcc3) -## gcc 3 implements dependency tracking that does exactly what -## we want. Yay! Note: for some reason libtool 1.4 doesn't like -## it if -MD -MP comes after the -MF stuff. Hmm. -## Unfortunately, FreeBSD c89 acceptance of flags depends upon -## the command line argument order; so add the flags where they -## appear in depend2.am. Note that the slowdown incurred here -## affects only configure: in makefiles, %FASTDEP% shortcuts this. - for arg - do - case $arg in - -c) set fnord "$@" -MT "$object" -MD -MP -MF "$tmpdepfile" "$arg" ;; - *) set fnord "$@" "$arg" ;; - esac - shift # fnord - shift # $arg - done - "$@" - stat=$? - if test $stat -eq 0; then : - else - rm -f "$tmpdepfile" - exit $stat - fi - mv "$tmpdepfile" "$depfile" - ;; - -gcc) -## There are various ways to get dependency output from gcc. Here's -## why we pick this rather obscure method: -## - Don't want to use -MD because we'd like the dependencies to end -## up in a subdir. Having to rename by hand is ugly. -## (We might end up doing this anyway to support other compilers.) -## - The DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT environment variable makes gcc act like -## -MM, not -M (despite what the docs say). -## - Using -M directly means running the compiler twice (even worse -## than renaming). - if test -z "$gccflag"; then - gccflag=-MD, - fi - "$@" -Wp,"$gccflag$tmpdepfile" - stat=$? - if test $stat -eq 0; then : - else - rm -f "$tmpdepfile" - exit $stat - fi - rm -f "$depfile" - echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" - alpha=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz -## The second -e expression handles DOS-style file names with drive letters. - sed -e 's/^[^:]*: / /' \ - -e 's/^['$alpha']:\/[^:]*: / /' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" -## This next piece of magic avoids the `deleted header file' problem. -## The problem is that when a header file which appears in a .P file -## is deleted, the dependency causes make to die (because there is -## typically no way to rebuild the header). We avoid this by adding -## dummy dependencies for each header file. Too bad gcc doesn't do -## this for us directly. - tr ' ' ' -' < "$tmpdepfile" | -## Some versions of gcc put a space before the `:'. On the theory -## that the space means something, we add a space to the output as -## well. -## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation -## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. - sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" - rm -f "$tmpdepfile" - ;; - -hp) - # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by - # looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run, - # since it is checked for above. - exit 1 - ;; - -sgi) - if test "$libtool" = yes; then - "$@" "-Wp,-MDupdate,$tmpdepfile" - else - "$@" -MDupdate "$tmpdepfile" - fi - stat=$? - if test $stat -eq 0; then : - else - rm -f "$tmpdepfile" - exit $stat - fi - rm -f "$depfile" - - if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then # yes, the sourcefile depend on other files - echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" - - # Clip off the initial element (the dependent). Don't try to be - # clever and replace this with sed code, as IRIX sed won't handle - # lines with more than a fixed number of characters (4096 in - # IRIX 6.2 sed, 8192 in IRIX 6.5). We also remove comment lines; - # the IRIX cc adds comments like `#:fec' to the end of the - # dependency line. - tr ' ' ' -' < "$tmpdepfile" \ - | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' | \ - tr ' -' ' ' >> "$depfile" - echo >> "$depfile" - - # The second pass generates a dummy entry for each header file. - tr ' ' ' -' < "$tmpdepfile" \ - | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' -e 's/$/:/' \ - >> "$depfile" - else - # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just - # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile - # "include basename.Plo" scheme. - echo "#dummy" > "$depfile" - fi - rm -f "$tmpdepfile" - ;; - -aix) - # The C for AIX Compiler uses -M and outputs the dependencies - # in a .u file. In older versions, this file always lives in the - # current directory. Also, the AIX compiler puts `$object:' at the - # start of each line; $object doesn't have directory information. - # Version 6 uses the directory in both cases. - dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'` - test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir= - base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'` - if test "$libtool" = yes; then - tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u - tmpdepfile2=$base.u - tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.u - "$@" -Wc,-M - else - tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u - tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.u - tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.u - "$@" -M - fi - stat=$? - - if test $stat -eq 0; then : - else - rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" - exit $stat - fi - - for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" - do - test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break - done - if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then - # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h'. - # Do two passes, one to just change these to - # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'. - sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" - # That's a tab and a space in the []. - sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[ ]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" - else - # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just - # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile - # "include basename.Plo" scheme. - echo "#dummy" > "$depfile" - fi - rm -f "$tmpdepfile" - ;; - -icc) - # Intel's C compiler understands `-MD -MF file'. However on - # icc -MD -MF foo.d -c -o sub/foo.o sub/foo.c - # ICC 7.0 will fill foo.d with something like - # foo.o: sub/foo.c - # foo.o: sub/foo.h - # which is wrong. We want: - # sub/foo.o: sub/foo.c - # sub/foo.o: sub/foo.h - # sub/foo.c: - # sub/foo.h: - # ICC 7.1 will output - # foo.o: sub/foo.c sub/foo.h - # and will wrap long lines using \ : - # foo.o: sub/foo.c ... \ - # sub/foo.h ... \ - # ... - - "$@" -MD -MF "$tmpdepfile" - stat=$? - if test $stat -eq 0; then : - else - rm -f "$tmpdepfile" - exit $stat - fi - rm -f "$depfile" - # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h', - # or `foo.o: dep1.h dep2.h \', or ` dep3.h dep4.h \'. - # Do two passes, one to just change these to - # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'. - sed "s,^[^:]*:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" - # Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation - # correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. - sed 's,^[^:]*: \(.*\)$,\1,;s/^\\$//;/^$/d;/:$/d' < "$tmpdepfile" | - sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" - rm -f "$tmpdepfile" - ;; - -hp2) - # The "hp" stanza above does not work with aCC (C++) and HP's ia64 - # compilers, which have integrated preprocessors. The correct option - # to use with these is +Maked; it writes dependencies to a file named - # 'foo.d', which lands next to the object file, wherever that - # happens to be. - # Much of this is similar to the tru64 case; see comments there. - dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'` - test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir= - base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'` - if test "$libtool" = yes; then - tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d - tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.d - "$@" -Wc,+Maked - else - tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d - tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d - "$@" +Maked - fi - stat=$? - if test $stat -eq 0; then : - else - rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" - exit $stat - fi - - for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" - do - test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break - done - if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then - sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" - # Add `dependent.h:' lines. - sed -ne '2,${ - s/^ *// - s/ \\*$// - s/$/:/ - p - }' "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" - else - echo "#dummy" > "$depfile" - fi - rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile2" - ;; - -tru64) - # The Tru64 compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side - # effect. `cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into `foo.o.d'. - # At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put - # dependencies in `foo.d' instead, so we check for that too. - # Subdirectories are respected. - dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'` - test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir= - base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'` - - if test "$libtool" = yes; then - # With Tru64 cc, shared objects can also be used to make a - # static library. This mechanism is used in libtool 1.4 series to - # handle both shared and static libraries in a single compilation. - # With libtool 1.4, dependencies were output in $dir.libs/$base.lo.d. - # - # With libtool 1.5 this exception was removed, and libtool now - # generates 2 separate objects for the 2 libraries. These two - # compilations output dependencies in $dir.libs/$base.o.d and - # in $dir$base.o.d. We have to check for both files, because - # one of the two compilations can be disabled. We should prefer - # $dir$base.o.d over $dir.libs/$base.o.d because the latter is - # automatically cleaned when .libs/ is deleted, while ignoring - # the former would cause a distcleancheck panic. - tmpdepfile1=$dir.libs/$base.lo.d # libtool 1.4 - tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.o.d # libtool 1.5 - tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.o.d # libtool 1.5 - tmpdepfile4=$dir.libs/$base.d # Compaq CCC V6.2-504 - "$@" -Wc,-MD - else - tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.o.d - tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d - tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.d - tmpdepfile4=$dir$base.d - "$@" -MD - fi - - stat=$? - if test $stat -eq 0; then : - else - rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" "$tmpdepfile4" - exit $stat - fi - - for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" "$tmpdepfile4" - do - test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break - done - if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then - sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" - # That's a tab and a space in the []. - sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[ ]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" - else - echo "#dummy" > "$depfile" - fi - rm -f "$tmpdepfile" - ;; - -#nosideeffect) - # This comment above is used by automake to tell side-effect - # dependency tracking mechanisms from slower ones. - -dashmstdout) - # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must* - # always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o. - "$@" || exit $? - - # Remove the call to Libtool. - if test "$libtool" = yes; then - while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do - shift - done - shift - fi - - # Remove `-o $object'. - IFS=" " - for arg - do - case $arg in - -o) - shift - ;; - $object) - shift - ;; - *) - set fnord "$@" "$arg" - shift # fnord - shift # $arg - ;; - esac - done - - test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M - # Require at least two characters before searching for `:' - # in the target name. This is to cope with DOS-style filenames: - # a dependency such as `c:/foo/bar' could be seen as target `c' otherwise. - "$@" $dashmflag | - sed 's:^[ ]*[^: ][^:][^:]*\:[ ]*:'"$object"'\: :' > "$tmpdepfile" - rm -f "$depfile" - cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" - tr ' ' ' -' < "$tmpdepfile" | \ -## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation -## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. - sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" - rm -f "$tmpdepfile" - ;; - -dashXmstdout) - # This case only exists to satisfy depend.m4. It is never actually - # run, as this mode is specially recognized in the preamble. - exit 1 - ;; - -makedepend) - "$@" || exit $? - # Remove any Libtool call - if test "$libtool" = yes; then - while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do - shift - done - shift - fi - # X makedepend - shift - cleared=no eat=no - for arg - do - case $cleared in - no) - set ""; shift - cleared=yes ;; - esac - if test $eat = yes; then - eat=no - continue - fi - case "$arg" in - -D*|-I*) - set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;; - # Strip any option that makedepend may not understand. Remove - # the object too, otherwise makedepend will parse it as a source file. - -arch) - eat=yes ;; - -*|$object) - ;; - *) - set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;; - esac - done - obj_suffix=`echo "$object" | sed 's/^.*\././'` - touch "$tmpdepfile" - ${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@" - rm -f "$depfile" - cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" - sed '1,2d' "$tmpdepfile" | tr ' ' ' -' | \ -## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation -## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. - sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" - rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile".bak - ;; - -cpp) - # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must* - # always write the preprocessed file to stdout. - "$@" || exit $? - - # Remove the call to Libtool. - if test "$libtool" = yes; then - while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do - shift - done - shift - fi - - # Remove `-o $object'. - IFS=" " - for arg - do - case $arg in - -o) - shift - ;; - $object) - shift - ;; - *) - set fnord "$@" "$arg" - shift # fnord - shift # $arg - ;; - esac - done - - "$@" -E | - sed -n -e '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \ - -e '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' | - sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile" - rm -f "$depfile" - echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" - cat < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" - sed < "$tmpdepfile" '/^$/d;s/^ //;s/ \\$//;s/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" - rm -f "$tmpdepfile" - ;; - -msvisualcpp) - # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must* - # always write the preprocessed file to stdout. - "$@" || exit $? - - # Remove the call to Libtool. - if test "$libtool" = yes; then - while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do - shift - done - shift - fi - - IFS=" " - for arg - do - case "$arg" in - -o) - shift - ;; - $object) - shift - ;; - "-Gm"|"/Gm"|"-Gi"|"/Gi"|"-ZI"|"/ZI") - set fnord "$@" - shift - shift - ;; - *) - set fnord "$@" "$arg" - shift - shift - ;; - esac - done - "$@" -E 2>/dev/null | - sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::\1:p' | $cygpath_u | sort -u > "$tmpdepfile" - rm -f "$depfile" - echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" - sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s:: \1 \\:p' >> "$depfile" - echo " " >> "$depfile" - sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile" - rm -f "$tmpdepfile" - ;; - -msvcmsys) - # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by - # looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run, - # since it is checked for above. - exit 1 - ;; - -none) - exec "$@" - ;; - -*) - echo "Unknown depmode $depmode" 1>&2 - exit 1 - ;; -esac - -exit 0 - -# Local Variables: -# mode: shell-script -# sh-indentation: 2 -# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) -# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" -# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" -# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC" -# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" -# End: diff --git a/libXt/include/Makefile.in b/libXt/include/Makefile.in deleted file mode 100644 index f95b465ba..000000000 --- a/libXt/include/Makefile.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,552 +0,0 @@ -# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.1 from Makefile.am. -# @configure_input@ - -# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, -# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, -# Inc. -# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without -# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A -# PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - -@SET_MAKE@ - -VPATH = @srcdir@ -pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ -pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ -pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ -pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@ -am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd -install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 -install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c -install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c -INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) -transform = $(program_transform_name) -NORMAL_INSTALL = : -PRE_INSTALL = : -POST_INSTALL = : -NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : -PRE_UNINSTALL = : -POST_UNINSTALL = : -build_triplet = @build@ -host_triplet = @host@ -subdir = include -DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in \ - $(xtinclude_HEADERS) -ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 -am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac -am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ - $(ACLOCAL_M4) -mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d -CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h -CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = -CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES = -AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_$(V)) -am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY)) -am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@; -AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_$(V)) -am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY)) -am__v_at_0 = @ -SOURCES = -DIST_SOURCES = -am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; -am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \ - $(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \ - *) f=$$p;; \ - esac; -am__strip_dir = f=`echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; -am__install_max = 40 -am__nobase_strip_setup = \ - srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*|]/\\\\&/g'` -am__nobase_strip = \ - for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed -e "s|$$srcdirstrip/||" -am__nobase_list = $(am__nobase_strip_setup); \ - for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \ - sed "s| $$srcdirstrip/| |;"' / .*\//!s/ .*/ ./; s,\( .*\)/[^/]*$$,\1,' | \ - $(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = "" } { files[$$2] = files[$$2] " " $$1; \ - if (++n[$$2] == $(am__install_max)) \ - { print $$2, files[$$2]; n[$$2] = 0; files[$$2] = "" } } \ - END { for (dir in files) print dir, files[dir] }' -am__base_list = \ - sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' | \ - sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' -am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(xtincludedir)" \ - "$(DESTDIR)$(xtincludedir)" -HEADERS = $(nodist_xtinclude_HEADERS) $(xtinclude_HEADERS) -ETAGS = etags -CTAGS = ctags -DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) -ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ -ADMIN_MAN_DIR = @ADMIN_MAN_DIR@ -ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX = @ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX@ -AMTAR = @AMTAR@ -AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY = @AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@ -APP_MAN_DIR = @APP_MAN_DIR@ -APP_MAN_SUFFIX = @APP_MAN_SUFFIX@ -AR = @AR@ -AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ -AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ -AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ -AWK = @AWK@ -CC = @CC@ -CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ -CC_FOR_BUILD = @CC_FOR_BUILD@ -CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ -CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD = @CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD@ -CHANGELOG_CMD = @CHANGELOG_CMD@ -CPP = @CPP@ -CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ -CWARNFLAGS = @CWARNFLAGS@ -CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ -DEFS = @DEFS@ -DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ -DRIVER_MAN_DIR = @DRIVER_MAN_DIR@ -DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX = @DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX@ -DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@ -DUMPBIN = @DUMPBIN@ -ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ -ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ -ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ -EGREP = @EGREP@ -EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ -FGREP = @FGREP@ -FILE_MAN_DIR = @FILE_MAN_DIR@ -FILE_MAN_SUFFIX = @FILE_MAN_SUFFIX@ -GREP = @GREP@ -INSTALL = @INSTALL@ -INSTALL_CMD = @INSTALL_CMD@ -INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ -INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ -INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ -INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ -LD = @LD@ -LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ -LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD = @LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD@ -LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ -LIBS = @LIBS@ -LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ -LIB_MAN_DIR = @LIB_MAN_DIR@ -LIB_MAN_SUFFIX = @LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@ -LIPO = @LIPO@ -LN_S = @LN_S@ -LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ -MAINT = @MAINT@ -MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ -MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS = @MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS@ -MISC_MAN_DIR = @MISC_MAN_DIR@ -MISC_MAN_SUFFIX = @MISC_MAN_SUFFIX@ -MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ -NM = @NM@ -NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@ -OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@ -OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ -OTOOL = @OTOOL@ -OTOOL64 = @OTOOL64@ -PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ -PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ -PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ -PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ -PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ -PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@ -PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ -PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ -PKG_CONFIG = @PKG_CONFIG@ -RANLIB = @RANLIB@ -RAWCPP = @RAWCPP@ -RAWCPPFLAGS = @RAWCPPFLAGS@ -SED = @SED@ -SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ -SHELL = @SHELL@ -STRINGSABIOPTIONS = @STRINGSABIOPTIONS@ -STRIP = @STRIP@ -VERSION = @VERSION@ -XFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT = @XFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT@ -XMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS = @XMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS@ -XTMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS = @XTMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS@ -XT_CFLAGS = @XT_CFLAGS@ -XT_LIBS = @XT_LIBS@ -abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ -abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ -abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ -abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ -ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ -ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@ -am__include = @am__include@ -am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ -am__quote = @am__quote@ -am__tar = @am__tar@ -am__untar = @am__untar@ -appdefaultdir = @appdefaultdir@ -bindir = @bindir@ -build = @build@ -build_alias = @build_alias@ -build_cpu = @build_cpu@ -build_os = @build_os@ -build_vendor = @build_vendor@ -builddir = @builddir@ -datadir = @datadir@ -datarootdir = @datarootdir@ -docdir = @docdir@ -dvidir = @dvidir@ -exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ -host = @host@ -host_alias = @host_alias@ -host_cpu = @host_cpu@ -host_os = @host_os@ -host_vendor = @host_vendor@ -htmldir = @htmldir@ -includedir = @includedir@ -infodir = @infodir@ -install_sh = @install_sh@ -libdir = @libdir@ -libexecdir = @libexecdir@ -localedir = @localedir@ -localstatedir = @localstatedir@ -lt_ECHO = @lt_ECHO@ -mandir = @mandir@ -mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ -oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ -pdfdir = @pdfdir@ -prefix = @prefix@ -program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ -psdir = @psdir@ -sbindir = @sbindir@ -sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ -srcdir = @srcdir@ -sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ -target_alias = @target_alias@ -top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@ -top_builddir = @top_builddir@ -top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ -xtincludedir = ${includedir}/X11 -xtinclude_HEADERS = \ - X11/Composite.h \ - X11/CompositeP.h \ - X11/ConstrainP.h \ - X11/Constraint.h \ - X11/Core.h \ - X11/CoreP.h \ - X11/Intrinsic.h \ - X11/IntrinsicP.h \ - X11/Object.h \ - X11/ObjectP.h \ - X11/RectObj.h \ - X11/RectObjP.h \ - X11/ResConfigP.h \ - X11/ShellP.h \ - X11/Vendor.h \ - X11/VendorP.h \ - \ - X11/CallbackI.h \ - X11/ConvertI.h \ - X11/CreateI.h \ - X11/EventI.h \ - X11/HookObjI.h \ - X11/InitialI.h \ - X11/IntrinsicI.h \ - X11/PassivGraI.h \ - X11/ResourceI.h \ - X11/SelectionI.h \ - X11/ShellI.h \ - X11/ThreadsI.h \ - X11/TranslateI.h \ - X11/VarargsI.h \ - X11/Xtos.h - -nodist_xtinclude_HEADERS = \ - X11/StringDefs.h \ - X11/Shell.h - -DISTCLEANFILES = \ - X11/StringDefs.h \ - X11/Shell.h - -all: all-am - -.SUFFIXES: -$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) - @for dep in $?; do \ - case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ - *$$dep*) \ - ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \ - && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \ - exit 1;; \ - esac; \ - done; \ - echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign include/Makefile'; \ - $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \ - $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign include/Makefile -.PRECIOUS: Makefile -Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status - @case '$?' in \ - *config.status*) \ - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \ - *) \ - echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \ - cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \ - esac; - -$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh - -$(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh -$(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh -$(am__aclocal_m4_deps): - -mostlyclean-libtool: - -rm -f *.lo - -clean-libtool: - -rm -rf .libs _libs -install-nodist_xtincludeHEADERS: $(nodist_xtinclude_HEADERS) - @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) - test -z "$(xtincludedir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(xtincludedir)" - @list='$(nodist_xtinclude_HEADERS)'; test -n "$(xtincludedir)" || list=; \ - for p in $$list; do \ - if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ - echo "$$d$$p"; \ - done | $(am__base_list) | \ - while read files; do \ - echo " $(INSTALL_HEADER) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(xtincludedir)'"; \ - $(INSTALL_HEADER) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(xtincludedir)" || exit $$?; \ - done - -uninstall-nodist_xtincludeHEADERS: - @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) - @list='$(nodist_xtinclude_HEADERS)'; test -n "$(xtincludedir)" || list=; \ - files=`for p in $$list; do echo $$p; done | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; \ - test -n "$$files" || exit 0; \ - echo " ( cd '$(DESTDIR)$(xtincludedir)' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \ - cd "$(DESTDIR)$(xtincludedir)" && rm -f $$files -install-xtincludeHEADERS: $(xtinclude_HEADERS) - @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) - test -z "$(xtincludedir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(xtincludedir)" - @list='$(xtinclude_HEADERS)'; test -n "$(xtincludedir)" || list=; \ - for p in $$list; do \ - if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ - echo "$$d$$p"; \ - done | $(am__base_list) | \ - while read files; do \ - echo " $(INSTALL_HEADER) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(xtincludedir)'"; \ - $(INSTALL_HEADER) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(xtincludedir)" || exit $$?; \ - done - -uninstall-xtincludeHEADERS: - @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) - @list='$(xtinclude_HEADERS)'; test -n "$(xtincludedir)" || list=; \ - files=`for p in $$list; do echo $$p; done | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; \ - test -n "$$files" || exit 0; \ - echo " ( cd '$(DESTDIR)$(xtincludedir)' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \ - cd "$(DESTDIR)$(xtincludedir)" && rm -f $$files - -ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES) - list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ - unique=`for i in $$list; do \ - if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ - done | \ - $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ - END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ - mkid -fID $$unique -tags: TAGS - -TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ - $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) - set x; \ - here=`pwd`; \ - list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ - unique=`for i in $$list; do \ - if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ - done | \ - $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ - END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ - shift; \ - if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \ - test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \ - if test $$# -gt 0; then \ - $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ - "$$@" $$unique; \ - else \ - $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ - $$unique; \ - fi; \ - fi -ctags: CTAGS -CTAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ - $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) - list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ - unique=`for i in $$list; do \ - if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ - done | \ - $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ - END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ - test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \ - || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \ - $$unique - -GTAGS: - here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \ - && $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \ - && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here" - -distclean-tags: - -rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags - -distdir: $(DISTFILES) - @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ - topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ - list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ - dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ - sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ - -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ - case $$dist_files in \ - */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ - sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ - sort -u` ;; \ - esac; \ - for file in $$dist_files; do \ - if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ - if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ - dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ - if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \ - find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ - fi; \ - if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ - cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ - find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ - fi; \ - cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ - else \ - test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \ - || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \ - || exit 1; \ - fi; \ - done -check-am: all-am -check: check-am -all-am: Makefile $(HEADERS) -installdirs: - for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(xtincludedir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(xtincludedir)"; do \ - test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \ - done -install: install-am -install-exec: install-exec-am -install-data: install-data-am -uninstall: uninstall-am - -install-am: all-am - @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am - -installcheck: installcheck-am -install-strip: - $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ - install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ - `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \ - echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install -mostlyclean-generic: - -clean-generic: - -distclean-generic: - -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) - -test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES) - -test -z "$(DISTCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(DISTCLEANFILES) - -maintainer-clean-generic: - @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" - @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." -clean: clean-am - -clean-am: clean-generic clean-libtool mostlyclean-am - -distclean: distclean-am - -rm -f Makefile -distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-tags - -dvi: dvi-am - -dvi-am: - -html: html-am - -html-am: - -info: info-am - -info-am: - -install-data-am: install-nodist_xtincludeHEADERS \ - install-xtincludeHEADERS - -install-dvi: install-dvi-am - -install-dvi-am: - -install-exec-am: - -install-html: install-html-am - -install-html-am: - -install-info: install-info-am - -install-info-am: - -install-man: - -install-pdf: install-pdf-am - -install-pdf-am: - -install-ps: install-ps-am - -install-ps-am: - -installcheck-am: - -maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am - -rm -f Makefile -maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic - -mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am - -mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool - -pdf: pdf-am - -pdf-am: - -ps: ps-am - -ps-am: - -uninstall-am: uninstall-nodist_xtincludeHEADERS \ - uninstall-xtincludeHEADERS - -.MAKE: install-am install-strip - -.PHONY: CTAGS GTAGS all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic \ - clean-libtool ctags distclean distclean-generic \ - distclean-libtool distclean-tags distdir dvi dvi-am html \ - html-am info info-am install install-am install-data \ - install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \ - install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \ - install-info-am install-man install-nodist_xtincludeHEADERS \ - install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am \ - install-strip install-xtincludeHEADERS installcheck \ - installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \ - maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic \ - mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags uninstall \ - uninstall-am uninstall-nodist_xtincludeHEADERS \ - uninstall-xtincludeHEADERS - - -# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. -# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. -.NOEXPORT: diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/CallbackI.h b/libXt/include/X11/CallbackI.h index 64e815256..5adb54eb6 100644 --- a/libXt/include/X11/CallbackI.h +++ b/libXt/include/X11/CallbackI.h @@ -1,4 +1,3 @@ -/* $Xorg: CallbackI.h,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:54 xorgcvs Exp $ */ /*********************************************************** Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group @@ -45,7 +44,6 @@ ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. ******************************************************************/ -/* $XFree86$ */ /**************************************************************** * diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/Composite.h b/libXt/include/X11/Composite.h index c3c982868..e845fead2 100644 --- a/libXt/include/X11/Composite.h +++ b/libXt/include/X11/Composite.h @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -/* $Xorg: Composite.h,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:54 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /*********************************************************** Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group @@ -46,7 +44,6 @@ ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. ******************************************************************/ -/* $XFree86$ */ #ifndef _XtComposite_h #define _XtComposite_h diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/CompositeP.h b/libXt/include/X11/CompositeP.h index e93275ace..b51dcd3c3 100644 --- a/libXt/include/X11/CompositeP.h +++ b/libXt/include/X11/CompositeP.h @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -/* $Xorg: CompositeP.h,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:54 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /*********************************************************** Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/ConstrainP.h b/libXt/include/X11/ConstrainP.h index 7030a3411..53c01c160 100644 --- a/libXt/include/X11/ConstrainP.h +++ b/libXt/include/X11/ConstrainP.h @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -/* $Xorg: ConstrainP.h,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:54 xorgcvs Exp $ */ -/* $oHeader: ConstrainP.h,v 1.2 88/08/18 15:54:15 asente Exp $ */ /*********************************************************** Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/Constraint.h b/libXt/include/X11/Constraint.h index 977e7eeac..f04155c58 100644 --- a/libXt/include/X11/Constraint.h +++ b/libXt/include/X11/Constraint.h @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -/* $Xorg: Constraint.h,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:54 xorgcvs Exp $ */ -/* $oHeader: Constraint.h,v 1.2 88/08/18 15:54:18 asente Exp $ */ /*********************************************************** Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/ConvertI.h b/libXt/include/X11/ConvertI.h index f3f7fb0ba..b66b3c0a5 100644 --- a/libXt/include/X11/ConvertI.h +++ b/libXt/include/X11/ConvertI.h @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -/* $Xorg: ConvertI.h,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:54 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /*********************************************************** Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group @@ -46,7 +44,6 @@ ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. ******************************************************************/ -/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/ConvertI.h,v 1.3 2001/12/14 19:56:09 dawes Exp $ */ _XFUNCPROTOBEGIN diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/Core.h b/libXt/include/X11/Core.h index 5127b501a..4303aff57 100644 --- a/libXt/include/X11/Core.h +++ b/libXt/include/X11/Core.h @@ -1,8 +1,3 @@ -/* -* $Xorg: Core.h,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:54 xorgcvs Exp $ -* $oHeader: Core.h,v 1.2 88/08/18 15:54:32 asente Exp $ -*/ - /*********************************************************** Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/CoreP.h b/libXt/include/X11/CoreP.h index 57836e615..989ba16e2 100644 --- a/libXt/include/X11/CoreP.h +++ b/libXt/include/X11/CoreP.h @@ -1,8 +1,3 @@ -/* -* $Xorg: CoreP.h,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:54 xorgcvs Exp $ -* $oHeader: CoreP.h,v 1.2 88/08/18 15:54:37 asente Exp $ -*/ - /*********************************************************** Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/CreateI.h b/libXt/include/X11/CreateI.h index e0ca9a3a6..e00ba6550 100644 --- a/libXt/include/X11/CreateI.h +++ b/libXt/include/X11/CreateI.h @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -/* $XFree86$ */ - #ifndef _XtcreateI_h #define _XtcreateI_h diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/EventI.h b/libXt/include/X11/EventI.h index d2d1d0f43..0b95b070e 100644 --- a/libXt/include/X11/EventI.h +++ b/libXt/include/X11/EventI.h @@ -1,6 +1,3 @@ -/* $Xorg: EventI.h,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:54 xorgcvs Exp $ */ -/* $oHeader: EventI.h,v 1.3 88/08/24 09:21:11 asente Exp $ */ - /*********************************************************** Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group @@ -47,7 +44,6 @@ ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. ******************************************************************/ -/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/EventI.h,v 1.3 2001/12/14 19:56:12 dawes Exp $ */ /* * Event.h - exported types and functions for toolkit event handler diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/HookObjI.h b/libXt/include/X11/HookObjI.h index c0858c2b5..94c0cbbf8 100644 --- a/libXt/include/X11/HookObjI.h +++ b/libXt/include/X11/HookObjI.h @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -/* $Xorg: HookObjI.h,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:55 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /* Copyright 1994, 1998 The Open Group diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/InitialI.h b/libXt/include/X11/InitialI.h index 2ae9b743c..28b34d706 100644 --- a/libXt/include/X11/InitialI.h +++ b/libXt/include/X11/InitialI.h @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -/* $Xorg: InitialI.h,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:55 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /*********************************************************** Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group @@ -46,7 +44,6 @@ ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. ******************************************************************/ -/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/InitialI.h,v 3.10 2001/12/14 19:56:18 dawes Exp $ */ #ifndef _XtinitialI_h #define _XtinitialI_h diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/Intrinsic.h b/libXt/include/X11/Intrinsic.h index 0461b842f..d09acad54 100644 --- a/libXt/include/X11/Intrinsic.h +++ b/libXt/include/X11/Intrinsic.h @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -/* $Xorg: Intrinsic.h,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:55 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /*********************************************************** Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts, @@ -48,7 +46,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group. */ -/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/Intrinsic.h,v 3.8 2001/12/14 19:56:22 dawes Exp $ */ #ifndef _XtIntrinsic_h #define _XtIntrinsic_h @@ -1858,6 +1855,15 @@ extern void XtFree( char* /* ptr */ ); +#ifndef _X_RESTRICT_KYWD +# define _X_RESTRICT_KYWD +#endif +extern Cardinal XtAsprintf( + String *new_string, + _Xconst char * _X_RESTRICT_KYWD format, + ... +) _X_ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(2,3); + #ifdef XTTRACEMEMORY extern char *_XtMalloc( /* implementation-private */ diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/IntrinsicI.h b/libXt/include/X11/IntrinsicI.h index d88166fc3..845ab483a 100644 --- a/libXt/include/X11/IntrinsicI.h +++ b/libXt/include/X11/IntrinsicI.h @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -/* $Xorg: IntrinsicI.h,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:55 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /*********************************************************** Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group @@ -46,7 +44,6 @@ ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. ******************************************************************/ -/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/IntrinsicI.h,v 3.8 2001/12/14 19:56:25 dawes Exp $ */ #ifndef _XtintrinsicI_h #define _XtintrinsicI_h @@ -111,37 +108,6 @@ SOFTWARE. #define _XBCOPYFUNC _XtBcopy #include <X11/Xfuncs.h> -/* If the alignment characteristics of your machine are right, these may be - faster */ - -#ifdef UNALIGNED - -#define XtMemmove(dst, src, size) \ - if ((char *)(dst) != (char *)(src)) { \ - if (size == sizeof(int)) \ - *((int *) (dst)) = *((int *) (src)); \ - else if (size == sizeof(char)) \ - *((char *) (dst)) = *((char *) (src)); \ - else if (size == sizeof(short)) \ - *((short *) (dst)) = *((short *) (src)); \ - else \ - (void) memcpy((char *) (dst), (char *) (src), (int) (size)); \ - } - -#define XtBZero(dst, size) \ - if (size == sizeof(int)) \ - *((int *) (dst)) = 0; \ - else \ - bzero((char *) (dst), (int) (size)) - -#define XtMemcmp(b1, b2, size) \ - (size == sizeof(int) ? \ - *((int *) (b1)) != *((int *) (b2)) \ - : memcmp((char *) (b1), (char *) (b2), (int) (size)) \ - ) - -#else - #define XtMemmove(dst, src, size) \ if ((char *)(dst) != (char *)(src)) { \ (void) memcpy((char *) (dst), (char *) (src), (int) (size)); \ @@ -153,8 +119,6 @@ SOFTWARE. #define XtMemcmp(b1, b2, size) \ memcmp((char *) (b1), (char *) (b2), (int) (size)) -#endif - /**************************************************************** * diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/IntrinsicP.h b/libXt/include/X11/IntrinsicP.h index 517c55d2b..bb6570bbf 100644 --- a/libXt/include/X11/IntrinsicP.h +++ b/libXt/include/X11/IntrinsicP.h @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -/* $Xorg: IntrinsicP.h,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:55 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /*********************************************************** Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group @@ -46,7 +44,6 @@ ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. ******************************************************************/ -/* $XFree86$ */ #ifndef _XtintrinsicP_h #define _XtintrinsicP_h diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/Object.h b/libXt/include/X11/Object.h index 5ef65de3c..584fe3deb 100644 --- a/libXt/include/X11/Object.h +++ b/libXt/include/X11/Object.h @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -/* $Xorg: Object.h,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:56 xorgcvs Exp $ */ -/* $oHeader: Object.h,v 1.2 88/08/18 15:55:32 asente Exp $ */ /*********************************************************** Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/ObjectP.h b/libXt/include/X11/ObjectP.h index 0f484d2fd..d71d22f1d 100644 --- a/libXt/include/X11/ObjectP.h +++ b/libXt/include/X11/ObjectP.h @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -/* $Xorg: ObjectP.h,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:56 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /*********************************************************** Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/PassivGraI.h b/libXt/include/X11/PassivGraI.h index 10591ac4d..353732f30 100644 --- a/libXt/include/X11/PassivGraI.h +++ b/libXt/include/X11/PassivGraI.h @@ -1,7 +1,3 @@ -/* -* $Xorg: PassivGraI.h,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:56 xorgcvs Exp $ -*/ - /******************************************************** Copyright 1988 by Hewlett-Packard Company @@ -51,7 +47,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group. */ -/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/PassivGraI.h,v 1.3 2001/12/14 19:56:27 dawes Exp $ */ #ifndef _PDI_h_ #define _PDI_h_ diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/RectObj.h b/libXt/include/X11/RectObj.h index 81e43a5e2..e582112f6 100644 --- a/libXt/include/X11/RectObj.h +++ b/libXt/include/X11/RectObj.h @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -/* $Xorg: RectObj.h,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:56 xorgcvs Exp $ */ -/* $oHeader: RectObj.h,v 1.2 88/08/18 17:39:17 asente Exp $ */ /*********************************************************** Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/RectObjP.h b/libXt/include/X11/RectObjP.h index d6ffb7823..1fc06f22e 100644 --- a/libXt/include/X11/RectObjP.h +++ b/libXt/include/X11/RectObjP.h @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -/* $Xorg: RectObjP.h,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:56 xorgcvs Exp $ */ -/* $oHeader: RectObjP.h,v 1.2 88/08/18 15:55:52 asente Exp $ */ /*********************************************************** Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/ResConfigP.h b/libXt/include/X11/ResConfigP.h index a06cda715..0c94577bb 100644 --- a/libXt/include/X11/ResConfigP.h +++ b/libXt/include/X11/ResConfigP.h @@ -1,4 +1,3 @@ -/* $Xorg: ResConfigP.h,v 1.5 2001/02/09 02:03:56 xorgcvs Exp $ */ /* Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group @@ -52,7 +51,6 @@ dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from the IBM Corporation. ******************************************************************/ -/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/ResConfigP.h,v 3.7 2001/12/20 19:40:59 tsi Exp $ */ #ifndef _RESCONFIGP_H #define _RESCONFIGP_H diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/ResourceI.h b/libXt/include/X11/ResourceI.h index 3db97f83e..4533f0642 100644 --- a/libXt/include/X11/ResourceI.h +++ b/libXt/include/X11/ResourceI.h @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -/* $Xorg: ResourceI.h,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:56 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /*********************************************************** Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group @@ -46,7 +44,6 @@ ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. ******************************************************************/ -/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/ResourceI.h,v 1.5 2001/12/14 19:56:28 dawes Exp $ */ /**************************************************************** * diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/SelectionI.h b/libXt/include/X11/SelectionI.h index e589aece5..7f39b8799 100644 --- a/libXt/include/X11/SelectionI.h +++ b/libXt/include/X11/SelectionI.h @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -/* $Xorg: SelectionI.h,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:58 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /*********************************************************** Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/ShellI.h b/libXt/include/X11/ShellI.h index 6a093d791..c1ee0b159 100644 --- a/libXt/include/X11/ShellI.h +++ b/libXt/include/X11/ShellI.h @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -/* $XFree86$ */ - #ifndef _XtShellInternal_h #define _XtShellInternal_h diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/ShellP.h b/libXt/include/X11/ShellP.h index 7297d3321..07d96669b 100644 --- a/libXt/include/X11/ShellP.h +++ b/libXt/include/X11/ShellP.h @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -/* $Xorg: ShellP.h,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:58 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /*********************************************************** Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/ThreadsI.h b/libXt/include/X11/ThreadsI.h index b1c51e73f..ff6dee3da 100644 --- a/libXt/include/X11/ThreadsI.h +++ b/libXt/include/X11/ThreadsI.h @@ -1,8 +1,6 @@ -/* $Xorg: ThreadsI.h,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:59 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /************************************************************ -Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. +Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/TranslateI.h b/libXt/include/X11/TranslateI.h index 6cc3099cf..9ff59e946 100644 --- a/libXt/include/X11/TranslateI.h +++ b/libXt/include/X11/TranslateI.h @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -/* $Xorg: TranslateI.h,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:59 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /*********************************************************** Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group @@ -46,7 +44,6 @@ ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. ******************************************************************/ -/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/TranslateI.h,v 1.3 2001/12/14 19:56:32 dawes Exp $ */ /* * TranslateI.h - Header file private to translation management diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/VarargsI.h b/libXt/include/X11/VarargsI.h index 76ce9bc7e..b3e6827ee 100644 --- a/libXt/include/X11/VarargsI.h +++ b/libXt/include/X11/VarargsI.h @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -/* $Xorg: VarargsI.h,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:59 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /* Copyright 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1998 The Open Group @@ -25,7 +23,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group. */ -/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/VarargsI.h,v 3.6 2001/12/14 19:56:32 dawes Exp $ */ #ifndef _VarargsI_h_ #define _VarargsI_h_ diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/Vendor.h b/libXt/include/X11/Vendor.h index 633d17aa1..f7a6639a9 100644 --- a/libXt/include/X11/Vendor.h +++ b/libXt/include/X11/Vendor.h @@ -1,8 +1,3 @@ -/* -* $Xorg: Vendor.h,v 1.5 2001/02/09 02:03:59 xorgcvs Exp $ -* $oHeader: Vendor.h,v 1.2 88/08/18 15:56:44 asente Exp $ -*/ - /*********************************************************** Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/VendorP.h b/libXt/include/X11/VendorP.h index e60857d9e..2815e579b 100644 --- a/libXt/include/X11/VendorP.h +++ b/libXt/include/X11/VendorP.h @@ -1,8 +1,3 @@ -/* -* $Xorg: VendorP.h,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:59 xorgcvs Exp $ -* $oHeader: VendorP.h,v 1.2 88/08/18 15:56:48 asente Exp $ -*/ - /*********************************************************** Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group diff --git a/libXt/include/X11/Xtos.h b/libXt/include/X11/Xtos.h index 013b2416c..707932190 100644 --- a/libXt/include/X11/Xtos.h +++ b/libXt/include/X11/Xtos.h @@ -1,7 +1,3 @@ -/* -* $Xorg: Xtos.h,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:59 xorgcvs Exp $ -*/ - /*********************************************************** Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group @@ -48,7 +44,6 @@ ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. ******************************************************************/ -/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/Xtos.h,v 3.12tsi Exp $ */ #ifndef _Xtos_h #define _Xtos_h diff --git a/libXt/install-sh b/libXt/install-sh deleted file mode 100644 index 6781b987b..000000000 --- a/libXt/install-sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,520 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/sh -# install - install a program, script, or datafile - -scriptversion=2009-04-28.21; # UTC - -# This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was -# later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the -# following copyright and license. -# -# Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium -# -# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy -# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to -# deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the -# rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or -# sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is -# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: -# -# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in -# all copies or substantial portions of the Software. -# -# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR -# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE -# X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN -# AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC- -# TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. -# -# Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not -# be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal- -# ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor- -# tium. -# -# -# FSF changes to this file are in the public domain. -# -# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent -# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it -# when there is no Makefile. -# -# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written -# from scratch. - -nl=' -' -IFS=" "" $nl" - -# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script - -# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it. -doit=${DOITPROG-} -if test -z "$doit"; then - doit_exec=exec -else - doit_exec=$doit -fi - -# Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path; -# or use environment vars. - -chgrpprog=${CHGRPPROG-chgrp} -chmodprog=${CHMODPROG-chmod} -chownprog=${CHOWNPROG-chown} -cmpprog=${CMPPROG-cmp} -cpprog=${CPPROG-cp} -mkdirprog=${MKDIRPROG-mkdir} -mvprog=${MVPROG-mv} -rmprog=${RMPROG-rm} -stripprog=${STRIPPROG-strip} - -posix_glob='?' -initialize_posix_glob=' - test "$posix_glob" != "?" || { - if (set -f) 2>/dev/null; then - posix_glob= - else - posix_glob=: - fi - } -' - -posix_mkdir= - -# Desired mode of installed file. -mode=0755 - -chgrpcmd= -chmodcmd=$chmodprog -chowncmd= -mvcmd=$mvprog -rmcmd="$rmprog -f" -stripcmd= - -src= -dst= -dir_arg= -dst_arg= - -copy_on_change=false -no_target_directory= - -usage="\ -Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE - or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY - or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES... - or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES... - -In the 1st form, copy SRCFILE to DSTFILE. -In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY. -In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES. - -Options: - --help display this help and exit. - --version display version info and exit. - - -c (ignored) - -C install only if different (preserve the last data modification time) - -d create directories instead of installing files. - -g GROUP $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP. - -m MODE $chmodprog installed files to MODE. - -o USER $chownprog installed files to USER. - -s $stripprog installed files. - -t DIRECTORY install into DIRECTORY. - -T report an error if DSTFILE is a directory. - -Environment variables override the default commands: - CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CMPPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG - RMPROG STRIPPROG -" - -while test $# -ne 0; do - case $1 in - -c) ;; - - -C) copy_on_change=true;; - - -d) dir_arg=true;; - - -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2" - shift;; - - --help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;; - - -m) mode=$2 - case $mode in - *' '* | *' '* | *' -'* | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*) - echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2 - exit 1;; - esac - shift;; - - -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2" - shift;; - - -s) stripcmd=$stripprog;; - - -t) dst_arg=$2 - shift;; - - -T) no_target_directory=true;; - - --version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;; - - --) shift - break;; - - -*) echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2 - exit 1;; - - *) break;; - esac - shift -done - -if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then - # When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create. - # When -t is used, the destination is already specified. - # Otherwise, the last argument is the destination. Remove it from $@. - for arg - do - if test -n "$dst_arg"; then - # $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg. - set fnord "$@" "$dst_arg" - shift # fnord - fi - shift # arg - dst_arg=$arg - done -fi - -if test $# -eq 0; then - if test -z "$dir_arg"; then - echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2 - exit 1 - fi - # It's OK to call `install-sh -d' without argument. - # This can happen when creating conditional directories. - exit 0 -fi - -if test -z "$dir_arg"; then - trap '(exit $?); exit' 1 2 13 15 - - # Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes. - # However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps. - case $mode in - # Optimize common cases. - *644) cp_umask=133;; - *755) cp_umask=22;; - - *[0-7]) - if test -z "$stripcmd"; then - u_plus_rw= - else - u_plus_rw='% 200' - fi - cp_umask=`expr '(' 777 - $mode % 1000 ')' $u_plus_rw`;; - *) - if test -z "$stripcmd"; then - u_plus_rw= - else - u_plus_rw=,u+rw - fi - cp_umask=$mode$u_plus_rw;; - esac -fi - -for src -do - # Protect names starting with `-'. - case $src in - -*) src=./$src;; - esac - - if test -n "$dir_arg"; then - dst=$src - dstdir=$dst - test -d "$dstdir" - dstdir_status=$? - else - - # Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command - # might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad - # if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'. - if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then - echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2 - exit 1 - fi - - if test -z "$dst_arg"; then - echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2 - exit 1 - fi - - dst=$dst_arg - # Protect names starting with `-'. - case $dst in - -*) dst=./$dst;; - esac - - # If destination is a directory, append the input filename; won't work - # if double slashes aren't ignored. - if test -d "$dst"; then - if test -n "$no_target_directory"; then - echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is a directory" >&2 - exit 1 - fi - dstdir=$dst - dst=$dstdir/`basename "$src"` - dstdir_status=0 - else - # Prefer dirname, but fall back on a substitute if dirname fails. - dstdir=` - (dirname "$dst") 2>/dev/null || - expr X"$dst" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ - X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ - X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ - X"$dst" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || - echo X"$dst" | - sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\(\/\).*/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - s/.*/./; q' - ` - - test -d "$dstdir" - dstdir_status=$? - fi - fi - - obsolete_mkdir_used=false - - if test $dstdir_status != 0; then - case $posix_mkdir in - '') - # Create intermediate dirs using mode 755 as modified by the umask. - # This is like FreeBSD 'install' as of 1997-10-28. - umask=`umask` - case $stripcmd.$umask in - # Optimize common cases. - *[2367][2367]) mkdir_umask=$umask;; - .*0[02][02] | .[02][02] | .[02]) mkdir_umask=22;; - - *[0-7]) - mkdir_umask=`expr $umask + 22 \ - - $umask % 100 % 40 + $umask % 20 \ - - $umask % 10 % 4 + $umask % 2 - `;; - *) mkdir_umask=$umask,go-w;; - esac - - # With -d, create the new directory with the user-specified mode. - # Otherwise, rely on $mkdir_umask. - if test -n "$dir_arg"; then - mkdir_mode=-m$mode - else - mkdir_mode= - fi - - posix_mkdir=false - case $umask in - *[123567][0-7][0-7]) - # POSIX mkdir -p sets u+wx bits regardless of umask, which - # is incompatible with FreeBSD 'install' when (umask & 300) != 0. - ;; - *) - tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/ins$RANDOM-$$ - trap 'ret=$?; rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null; exit $ret' 0 - - if (umask $mkdir_umask && - exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$tmpdir/d") >/dev/null 2>&1 - then - if test -z "$dir_arg" || { - # Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m. - # HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or - # other-writeable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't. - # FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory. - ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"` - case $ls_ld_tmpdir in - d????-?r-*) different_mode=700;; - d????-?--*) different_mode=755;; - *) false;; - esac && - $mkdirprog -m$different_mode -p -- "$tmpdir" && { - ls_ld_tmpdir_1=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"` - test "$ls_ld_tmpdir" = "$ls_ld_tmpdir_1" - } - } - then posix_mkdir=: - fi - rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir" - else - # Remove any dirs left behind by ancient mkdir implementations. - rmdir ./$mkdir_mode ./-p ./-- 2>/dev/null - fi - trap '' 0;; - esac;; - esac - - if - $posix_mkdir && ( - umask $mkdir_umask && - $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir" - ) - then : - else - - # The umask is ridiculous, or mkdir does not conform to POSIX, - # or it failed possibly due to a race condition. Create the - # directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go. - - case $dstdir in - /*) prefix='/';; - -*) prefix='./';; - *) prefix='';; - esac - - eval "$initialize_posix_glob" - - oIFS=$IFS - IFS=/ - $posix_glob set -f - set fnord $dstdir - shift - $posix_glob set +f - IFS=$oIFS - - prefixes= - - for d - do - test -z "$d" && continue - - prefix=$prefix$d - if test -d "$prefix"; then - prefixes= - else - if $posix_mkdir; then - (umask=$mkdir_umask && - $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir") && break - # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently. - test -d "$prefix" || exit 1 - else - case $prefix in - *\'*) qprefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; - *) qprefix=$prefix;; - esac - prefixes="$prefixes '$qprefix'" - fi - fi - prefix=$prefix/ - done - - if test -n "$prefixes"; then - # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently. - (umask $mkdir_umask && - eval "\$doit_exec \$mkdirprog $prefixes") || - test -d "$dstdir" || exit 1 - obsolete_mkdir_used=true - fi - fi - fi - - if test -n "$dir_arg"; then - { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } && - { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } && - { test "$obsolete_mkdir_used$chowncmd$chgrpcmd" = false || - test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dst"; } || exit 1 - else - - # Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory. - dsttmp=$dstdir/_inst.$$_ - rmtmp=$dstdir/_rm.$$_ - - # Trap to clean up those temp files at exit. - trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0 - - # Copy the file name to the temp name. - (umask $cp_umask && $doit_exec $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp") && - - # and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits. - # - # If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to - # ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore - # errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command. - # - { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } && - { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } && - { test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } && - { test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } && - - # If -C, don't bother to copy if it wouldn't change the file. - if $copy_on_change && - old=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dst" 2>/dev/null` && - new=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dsttmp" 2>/dev/null` && - - eval "$initialize_posix_glob" && - $posix_glob set -f && - set X $old && old=:$2:$4:$5:$6 && - set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 && - $posix_glob set +f && - - test "$old" = "$new" && - $cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1 - then - rm -f "$dsttmp" - else - # Rename the file to the real destination. - $doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null || - - # The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else - # to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not - # support -f. - { - # Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location. - # We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some - # systems and the destination file might be busy for other - # reasons. In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new - # file should still install successfully. - { - test ! -f "$dst" || - $doit $rmcmd -f "$dst" 2>/dev/null || - { $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null && - { $doit $rmcmd -f "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; } - } || - { echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2 - (exit 1); exit 1 - } - } && - - # Now rename the file to the real destination. - $doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst" - } - fi || exit 1 - - trap '' 0 - fi -done - -# Local variables: -# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) -# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" -# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" -# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC" -# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" -# End: diff --git a/libXt/ltmain.sh b/libXt/ltmain.sh deleted file mode 100644 index a72f2fd78..000000000 --- a/libXt/ltmain.sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8406 +0,0 @@ -# Generated from ltmain.m4sh. - -# ltmain.sh (GNU libtool) 2.2.6b -# Written by Gordon Matzigkeit <gord@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1996 - -# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO -# warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - -# GNU Libtool is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or -# (at your option) any later version. -# -# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, -# if you distribute this file as part of a program or library that -# is built using GNU Libtool, you may include this file under the -# same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. -# -# GNU Libtool is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but -# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with GNU Libtool; see the file COPYING. If not, a copy -# can be downloaded from http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html, -# or obtained by writing to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., -# 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - -# Usage: $progname [OPTION]... [MODE-ARG]... -# -# Provide generalized library-building support services. -# -# --config show all configuration variables -# --debug enable verbose shell tracing -# -n, --dry-run display commands without modifying any files -# --features display basic configuration information and exit -# --mode=MODE use operation mode MODE -# --preserve-dup-deps don't remove duplicate dependency libraries -# --quiet, --silent don't print informational messages -# --tag=TAG use configuration variables from tag TAG -# -v, --verbose print informational messages (default) -# --version print version information -# -h, --help print short or long help message -# -# MODE must be one of the following: -# -# clean remove files from the build directory -# compile compile a source file into a libtool object -# execute automatically set library path, then run a program -# finish complete the installation of libtool libraries -# install install libraries or executables -# link create a library or an executable -# uninstall remove libraries from an installed directory -# -# MODE-ARGS vary depending on the MODE. -# Try `$progname --help --mode=MODE' for a more detailed description of MODE. -# -# When reporting a bug, please describe a test case to reproduce it and -# include the following information: -# -# host-triplet: $host -# shell: $SHELL -# compiler: $LTCC -# compiler flags: $LTCFLAGS -# linker: $LD (gnu? $with_gnu_ld) -# $progname: (GNU libtool) 2.2.6b -# automake: $automake_version -# autoconf: $autoconf_version -# -# Report bugs to <bug-libtool@gnu.org>. - -PROGRAM=ltmain.sh -PACKAGE=libtool -VERSION=2.2.6b -TIMESTAMP="" -package_revision=1.3017 - -# Be Bourne compatible -if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then - emulate sh - NULLCMD=: - # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which - # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. - alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' - setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST -else - case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in *posix*) set -o posix;; esac -fi -BIN_SH=xpg4; export BIN_SH # for Tru64 -DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh - -# NLS nuisances: We save the old values to restore during execute mode. -# Only set LANG and LC_ALL to C if already set. -# These must not be set unconditionally because not all systems understand -# e.g. LANG=C (notably SCO). -lt_user_locale= -lt_safe_locale= -for lt_var in LANG LANGUAGE LC_ALL LC_CTYPE LC_COLLATE LC_MESSAGES -do - eval "if test \"\${$lt_var+set}\" = set; then - save_$lt_var=\$$lt_var - $lt_var=C - export $lt_var - lt_user_locale=\"$lt_var=\\\$save_\$lt_var; \$lt_user_locale\" - lt_safe_locale=\"$lt_var=C; \$lt_safe_locale\" - fi" -done - -$lt_unset CDPATH - - - - - -: ${CP="cp -f"} -: ${ECHO="echo"} -: ${EGREP="/bin/grep -E"} -: ${FGREP="/bin/grep -F"} -: ${GREP="/bin/grep"} -: ${LN_S="ln -s"} -: ${MAKE="make"} -: ${MKDIR="mkdir"} -: ${MV="mv -f"} -: ${RM="rm -f"} -: ${SED="/bin/sed"} -: ${SHELL="${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}"} -: ${Xsed="$SED -e 1s/^X//"} - -# Global variables: -EXIT_SUCCESS=0 -EXIT_FAILURE=1 -EXIT_MISMATCH=63 # $? = 63 is used to indicate version mismatch to missing. -EXIT_SKIP=77 # $? = 77 is used to indicate a skipped test to automake. - -exit_status=$EXIT_SUCCESS - -# Make sure IFS has a sensible default -lt_nl=' -' -IFS=" $lt_nl" - -dirname="s,/[^/]*$,," -basename="s,^.*/,," - -# func_dirname_and_basename file append nondir_replacement -# perform func_basename and func_dirname in a single function -# call: -# dirname: Compute the dirname of FILE. If nonempty, -# add APPEND to the result, otherwise set result -# to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT. -# value returned in "$func_dirname_result" -# basename: Compute filename of FILE. -# value retuned in "$func_basename_result" -# Implementation must be kept synchronized with func_dirname -# and func_basename. For efficiency, we do not delegate to -# those functions but instead duplicate the functionality here. -func_dirname_and_basename () -{ - # Extract subdirectory from the argument. - func_dirname_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$dirname"` - if test "X$func_dirname_result" = "X${1}"; then - func_dirname_result="${3}" - else - func_dirname_result="$func_dirname_result${2}" - fi - func_basename_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$basename"` -} - -# Generated shell functions inserted here. - -# Work around backward compatibility issue on IRIX 6.5. On IRIX 6.4+, sh -# is ksh but when the shell is invoked as "sh" and the current value of -# the _XPG environment variable is not equal to 1 (one), the special -# positional parameter $0, within a function call, is the name of the -# function. -progpath="$0" - -# The name of this program: -# In the unlikely event $progname began with a '-', it would play havoc with -# func_echo (imagine progname=-n), so we prepend ./ in that case: -func_dirname_and_basename "$progpath" -progname=$func_basename_result -case $progname in - -*) progname=./$progname ;; -esac - -# Make sure we have an absolute path for reexecution: -case $progpath in - [\\/]*|[A-Za-z]:\\*) ;; - *[\\/]*) - progdir=$func_dirname_result - progdir=`cd "$progdir" && pwd` - progpath="$progdir/$progname" - ;; - *) - save_IFS="$IFS" - IFS=: - for progdir in $PATH; do - IFS="$save_IFS" - test -x "$progdir/$progname" && break - done - IFS="$save_IFS" - test -n "$progdir" || progdir=`pwd` - progpath="$progdir/$progname" - ;; -esac - -# Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting. It backslashifies -# metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings. -Xsed="${SED}"' -e 1s/^X//' -sed_quote_subst='s/\([`"$\\]\)/\\\1/g' - -# Same as above, but do not quote variable references. -double_quote_subst='s/\(["`\\]\)/\\\1/g' - -# Re-`\' parameter expansions in output of double_quote_subst that were -# `\'-ed in input to the same. If an odd number of `\' preceded a '$' -# in input to double_quote_subst, that '$' was protected from expansion. -# Since each input `\' is now two `\'s, look for any number of runs of -# four `\'s followed by two `\'s and then a '$'. `\' that '$'. -bs='\\' -bs2='\\\\' -bs4='\\\\\\\\' -dollar='\$' -sed_double_backslash="\ - s/$bs4/&\\ -/g - s/^$bs2$dollar/$bs&/ - s/\\([^$bs]\\)$bs2$dollar/\\1$bs2$bs$dollar/g - s/\n//g" - -# Standard options: -opt_dry_run=false -opt_help=false -opt_quiet=false -opt_verbose=false -opt_warning=: - -# func_echo arg... -# Echo program name prefixed message, along with the current mode -# name if it has been set yet. -func_echo () -{ - $ECHO "$progname${mode+: }$mode: $*" -} - -# func_verbose arg... -# Echo program name prefixed message in verbose mode only. -func_verbose () -{ - $opt_verbose && func_echo ${1+"$@"} - - # A bug in bash halts the script if the last line of a function - # fails when set -e is in force, so we need another command to - # work around that: - : -} - -# func_error arg... -# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error. -func_error () -{ - $ECHO "$progname${mode+: }$mode: "${1+"$@"} 1>&2 -} - -# func_warning arg... -# Echo program name prefixed warning message to standard error. -func_warning () -{ - $opt_warning && $ECHO "$progname${mode+: }$mode: warning: "${1+"$@"} 1>&2 - - # bash bug again: - : -} - -# func_fatal_error arg... -# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error, and exit. -func_fatal_error () -{ - func_error ${1+"$@"} - exit $EXIT_FAILURE -} - -# func_fatal_help arg... -# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error, followed by -# a help hint, and exit. -func_fatal_help () -{ - func_error ${1+"$@"} - func_fatal_error "$help" -} -help="Try \`$progname --help' for more information." ## default - - -# func_grep expression filename -# Check whether EXPRESSION matches any line of FILENAME, without output. -func_grep () -{ - $GREP "$1" "$2" >/dev/null 2>&1 -} - - -# func_mkdir_p directory-path -# Make sure the entire path to DIRECTORY-PATH is available. -func_mkdir_p () -{ - my_directory_path="$1" - my_dir_list= - - if test -n "$my_directory_path" && test "$opt_dry_run" != ":"; then - - # Protect directory names starting with `-' - case $my_directory_path in - -*) my_directory_path="./$my_directory_path" ;; - esac - - # While some portion of DIR does not yet exist... - while test ! -d "$my_directory_path"; do - # ...make a list in topmost first order. Use a colon delimited - # list incase some portion of path contains whitespace. - my_dir_list="$my_directory_path:$my_dir_list" - - # If the last portion added has no slash in it, the list is done - case $my_directory_path in */*) ;; *) break ;; esac - - # ...otherwise throw away the child directory and loop - my_directory_path=`$ECHO "X$my_directory_path" | $Xsed -e "$dirname"` - done - my_dir_list=`$ECHO "X$my_dir_list" | $Xsed -e 's,:*$,,'` - - save_mkdir_p_IFS="$IFS"; IFS=':' - for my_dir in $my_dir_list; do - IFS="$save_mkdir_p_IFS" - # mkdir can fail with a `File exist' error if two processes - # try to create one of the directories concurrently. Don't - # stop in that case! - $MKDIR "$my_dir" 2>/dev/null || : - done - IFS="$save_mkdir_p_IFS" - - # Bail out if we (or some other process) failed to create a directory. - test -d "$my_directory_path" || \ - func_fatal_error "Failed to create \`$1'" - fi -} - - -# func_mktempdir [string] -# Make a temporary directory that won't clash with other running -# libtool processes, and avoids race conditions if possible. If -# given, STRING is the basename for that directory. -func_mktempdir () -{ - my_template="${TMPDIR-/tmp}/${1-$progname}" - - if test "$opt_dry_run" = ":"; then - # Return a directory name, but don't create it in dry-run mode - my_tmpdir="${my_template}-$$" - else - - # If mktemp works, use that first and foremost - my_tmpdir=`mktemp -d "${my_template}-XXXXXXXX" 2>/dev/null` - - if test ! -d "$my_tmpdir"; then - # Failing that, at least try and use $RANDOM to avoid a race - my_tmpdir="${my_template}-${RANDOM-0}$$" - - save_mktempdir_umask=`umask` - umask 0077 - $MKDIR "$my_tmpdir" - umask $save_mktempdir_umask - fi - - # If we're not in dry-run mode, bomb out on failure - test -d "$my_tmpdir" || \ - func_fatal_error "cannot create temporary directory \`$my_tmpdir'" - fi - - $ECHO "X$my_tmpdir" | $Xsed -} - - -# func_quote_for_eval arg -# Aesthetically quote ARG to be evaled later. -# This function returns two values: FUNC_QUOTE_FOR_EVAL_RESULT -# is double-quoted, suitable for a subsequent eval, whereas -# FUNC_QUOTE_FOR_EVAL_UNQUOTED_RESULT has merely all characters -# which are still active within double quotes backslashified. -func_quote_for_eval () -{ - case $1 in - *[\\\`\"\$]*) - func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result=`$ECHO "X$1" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` ;; - *) - func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result="$1" ;; - esac - - case $func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result in - # Double-quote args containing shell metacharacters to delay - # word splitting, command substitution and and variable - # expansion for a subsequent eval. - # Many Bourne shells cannot handle close brackets correctly - # in scan sets, so we specify it separately. - *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") - func_quote_for_eval_result="\"$func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result\"" - ;; - *) - func_quote_for_eval_result="$func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result" - esac -} - - -# func_quote_for_expand arg -# Aesthetically quote ARG to be evaled later; same as above, -# but do not quote variable references. -func_quote_for_expand () -{ - case $1 in - *[\\\`\"]*) - my_arg=`$ECHO "X$1" | $Xsed \ - -e "$double_quote_subst" -e "$sed_double_backslash"` ;; - *) - my_arg="$1" ;; - esac - - case $my_arg in - # Double-quote args containing shell metacharacters to delay - # word splitting and command substitution for a subsequent eval. - # Many Bourne shells cannot handle close brackets correctly - # in scan sets, so we specify it separately. - *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") - my_arg="\"$my_arg\"" - ;; - esac - - func_quote_for_expand_result="$my_arg" -} - - -# func_show_eval cmd [fail_exp] -# Unless opt_silent is true, then output CMD. Then, if opt_dryrun is -# not true, evaluate CMD. If the evaluation of CMD fails, and FAIL_EXP -# is given, then evaluate it. -func_show_eval () -{ - my_cmd="$1" - my_fail_exp="${2-:}" - - ${opt_silent-false} || { - func_quote_for_expand "$my_cmd" - eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result" - } - - if ${opt_dry_run-false}; then :; else - eval "$my_cmd" - my_status=$? - if test "$my_status" -eq 0; then :; else - eval "(exit $my_status); $my_fail_exp" - fi - fi -} - - -# func_show_eval_locale cmd [fail_exp] -# Unless opt_silent is true, then output CMD. Then, if opt_dryrun is -# not true, evaluate CMD. If the evaluation of CMD fails, and FAIL_EXP -# is given, then evaluate it. Use the saved locale for evaluation. -func_show_eval_locale () -{ - my_cmd="$1" - my_fail_exp="${2-:}" - - ${opt_silent-false} || { - func_quote_for_expand "$my_cmd" - eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result" - } - - if ${opt_dry_run-false}; then :; else - eval "$lt_user_locale - $my_cmd" - my_status=$? - eval "$lt_safe_locale" - if test "$my_status" -eq 0; then :; else - eval "(exit $my_status); $my_fail_exp" - fi - fi -} - - - - - -# func_version -# Echo version message to standard output and exit. -func_version () -{ - $SED -n '/^# '$PROGRAM' (GNU /,/# warranty; / { - s/^# // - s/^# *$// - s/\((C)\)[ 0-9,-]*\( [1-9][0-9]*\)/\1\2/ - p - }' < "$progpath" - exit $? -} - -# func_usage -# Echo short help message to standard output and exit. -func_usage () -{ - $SED -n '/^# Usage:/,/# -h/ { - s/^# // - s/^# *$// - s/\$progname/'$progname'/ - p - }' < "$progpath" - $ECHO - $ECHO "run \`$progname --help | more' for full usage" - exit $? -} - -# func_help -# Echo long help message to standard output and exit. -func_help () -{ - $SED -n '/^# Usage:/,/# Report bugs to/ { - s/^# // - s/^# *$// - s*\$progname*'$progname'* - s*\$host*'"$host"'* - s*\$SHELL*'"$SHELL"'* - s*\$LTCC*'"$LTCC"'* - s*\$LTCFLAGS*'"$LTCFLAGS"'* - s*\$LD*'"$LD"'* - s/\$with_gnu_ld/'"$with_gnu_ld"'/ - s/\$automake_version/'"`(automake --version) 2>/dev/null |$SED 1q`"'/ - s/\$autoconf_version/'"`(autoconf --version) 2>/dev/null |$SED 1q`"'/ - p - }' < "$progpath" - exit $? -} - -# func_missing_arg argname -# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error and set global -# exit_cmd. -func_missing_arg () -{ - func_error "missing argument for $1" - exit_cmd=exit -} - -exit_cmd=: - - - - - -# Check that we have a working $ECHO. -if test "X$1" = X--no-reexec; then - # Discard the --no-reexec flag, and continue. - shift -elif test "X$1" = X--fallback-echo; then - # Avoid inline document here, it may be left over - : -elif test "X`{ $ECHO '\t'; } 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t'; then - # Yippee, $ECHO works! - : -else - # Restart under the correct shell, and then maybe $ECHO will work. - exec $SHELL "$progpath" --no-reexec ${1+"$@"} -fi - -if test "X$1" = X--fallback-echo; then - # used as fallback echo - shift - cat <<EOF -$* -EOF - exit $EXIT_SUCCESS -fi - -magic="%%%MAGIC variable%%%" -magic_exe="%%%MAGIC EXE variable%%%" - -# Global variables. -# $mode is unset -nonopt= -execute_dlfiles= -preserve_args= -lo2o="s/\\.lo\$/.${objext}/" -o2lo="s/\\.${objext}\$/.lo/" -extracted_archives= -extracted_serial=0 - -opt_dry_run=false -opt_duplicate_deps=false -opt_silent=false -opt_debug=: - -# If this variable is set in any of the actions, the command in it -# will be execed at the end. This prevents here-documents from being -# left over by shells. -exec_cmd= - -# func_fatal_configuration arg... -# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error, followed by -# a configuration failure hint, and exit. -func_fatal_configuration () -{ - func_error ${1+"$@"} - func_error "See the $PACKAGE documentation for more information." - func_fatal_error "Fatal configuration error." -} - - -# func_config -# Display the configuration for all the tags in this script. -func_config () -{ - re_begincf='^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL' - re_endcf='^# ### END LIBTOOL' - - # Default configuration. - $SED "1,/$re_begincf CONFIG/d;/$re_endcf CONFIG/,\$d" < "$progpath" - - # Now print the configurations for the tags. - for tagname in $taglist; do - $SED -n "/$re_begincf TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$/,/$re_endcf TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$/p" < "$progpath" - done - - exit $? -} - -# func_features -# Display the features supported by this script. -func_features () -{ - $ECHO "host: $host" - if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then - $ECHO "enable shared libraries" - else - $ECHO "disable shared libraries" - fi - if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then - $ECHO "enable static libraries" - else - $ECHO "disable static libraries" - fi - - exit $? -} - -# func_enable_tag tagname -# Verify that TAGNAME is valid, and either flag an error and exit, or -# enable the TAGNAME tag. We also add TAGNAME to the global $taglist -# variable here. -func_enable_tag () -{ - # Global variable: - tagname="$1" - - re_begincf="^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$" - re_endcf="^# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$" - sed_extractcf="/$re_begincf/,/$re_endcf/p" - - # Validate tagname. - case $tagname in - *[!-_A-Za-z0-9,/]*) - func_fatal_error "invalid tag name: $tagname" - ;; - esac - - # Don't test for the "default" C tag, as we know it's - # there but not specially marked. - case $tagname in - CC) ;; - *) - if $GREP "$re_begincf" "$progpath" >/dev/null 2>&1; then - taglist="$taglist $tagname" - - # Evaluate the configuration. Be careful to quote the path - # and the sed script, to avoid splitting on whitespace, but - # also don't use non-portable quotes within backquotes within - # quotes we have to do it in 2 steps: - extractedcf=`$SED -n -e "$sed_extractcf" < "$progpath"` - eval "$extractedcf" - else - func_error "ignoring unknown tag $tagname" - fi - ;; - esac -} - -# Parse options once, thoroughly. This comes as soon as possible in -# the script to make things like `libtool --version' happen quickly. -{ - - # Shorthand for --mode=foo, only valid as the first argument - case $1 in - clean|clea|cle|cl) - shift; set dummy --mode clean ${1+"$@"}; shift - ;; - compile|compil|compi|comp|com|co|c) - shift; set dummy --mode compile ${1+"$@"}; shift - ;; - execute|execut|execu|exec|exe|ex|e) - shift; set dummy --mode execute ${1+"$@"}; shift - ;; - finish|finis|fini|fin|fi|f) - shift; set dummy --mode finish ${1+"$@"}; shift - ;; - install|instal|insta|inst|ins|in|i) - shift; set dummy --mode install ${1+"$@"}; shift - ;; - link|lin|li|l) - shift; set dummy --mode link ${1+"$@"}; shift - ;; - uninstall|uninstal|uninsta|uninst|unins|unin|uni|un|u) - shift; set dummy --mode uninstall ${1+"$@"}; shift - ;; - esac - - # Parse non-mode specific arguments: - while test "$#" -gt 0; do - opt="$1" - shift - - case $opt in - --config) func_config ;; - - --debug) preserve_args="$preserve_args $opt" - func_echo "enabling shell trace mode" - opt_debug='set -x' - $opt_debug - ;; - - -dlopen) test "$#" -eq 0 && func_missing_arg "$opt" && break - execute_dlfiles="$execute_dlfiles $1" - shift - ;; - - --dry-run | -n) opt_dry_run=: ;; - --features) func_features ;; - --finish) mode="finish" ;; - - --mode) test "$#" -eq 0 && func_missing_arg "$opt" && break - case $1 in - # Valid mode arguments: - clean) ;; - compile) ;; - execute) ;; - finish) ;; - install) ;; - link) ;; - relink) ;; - uninstall) ;; - - # Catch anything else as an error - *) func_error "invalid argument for $opt" - exit_cmd=exit - break - ;; - esac - - mode="$1" - shift - ;; - - --preserve-dup-deps) - opt_duplicate_deps=: ;; - - --quiet|--silent) preserve_args="$preserve_args $opt" - opt_silent=: - ;; - - --verbose| -v) preserve_args="$preserve_args $opt" - opt_silent=false - ;; - - --tag) test "$#" -eq 0 && func_missing_arg "$opt" && break - preserve_args="$preserve_args $opt $1" - func_enable_tag "$1" # tagname is set here - shift - ;; - - # Separate optargs to long options: - -dlopen=*|--mode=*|--tag=*) - func_opt_split "$opt" - set dummy "$func_opt_split_opt" "$func_opt_split_arg" ${1+"$@"} - shift - ;; - - -\?|-h) func_usage ;; - --help) opt_help=: ;; - --version) func_version ;; - - -*) func_fatal_help "unrecognized option \`$opt'" ;; - - *) nonopt="$opt" - break - ;; - esac - done - - - case $host in - *cygwin* | *mingw* | *pw32* | *cegcc*) - # don't eliminate duplications in $postdeps and $predeps - opt_duplicate_compiler_generated_deps=: - ;; - *) - opt_duplicate_compiler_generated_deps=$opt_duplicate_deps - ;; - esac - - # Having warned about all mis-specified options, bail out if - # anything was wrong. - $exit_cmd $EXIT_FAILURE -} - -# func_check_version_match -# Ensure that we are using m4 macros, and libtool script from the same -# release of libtool. -func_check_version_match () -{ - if test "$package_revision" != "$macro_revision"; then - if test "$VERSION" != "$macro_version"; then - if test -z "$macro_version"; then - cat >&2 <<_LT_EOF -$progname: Version mismatch error. This is $PACKAGE $VERSION, but the -$progname: definition of this LT_INIT comes from an older release. -$progname: You should recreate aclocal.m4 with macros from $PACKAGE $VERSION -$progname: and run autoconf again. -_LT_EOF - else - cat >&2 <<_LT_EOF -$progname: Version mismatch error. This is $PACKAGE $VERSION, but the -$progname: definition of this LT_INIT comes from $PACKAGE $macro_version. -$progname: You should recreate aclocal.m4 with macros from $PACKAGE $VERSION -$progname: and run autoconf again. -_LT_EOF - fi - else - cat >&2 <<_LT_EOF -$progname: Version mismatch error. This is $PACKAGE $VERSION, revision $package_revision, -$progname: but the definition of this LT_INIT comes from revision $macro_revision. -$progname: You should recreate aclocal.m4 with macros from revision $package_revision -$progname: of $PACKAGE $VERSION and run autoconf again. -_LT_EOF - fi - - exit $EXIT_MISMATCH - fi -} - - -## ----------- ## -## Main. ## -## ----------- ## - -$opt_help || { - # Sanity checks first: - func_check_version_match - - if test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes && test "$build_old_libs" != yes; then - func_fatal_configuration "not configured to build any kind of library" - fi - - test -z "$mode" && func_fatal_error "error: you must specify a MODE." - - - # Darwin sucks - eval std_shrext=\"$shrext_cmds\" - - - # Only execute mode is allowed to have -dlopen flags. - if test -n "$execute_dlfiles" && test "$mode" != execute; then - func_error "unrecognized option \`-dlopen'" - $ECHO "$help" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - - # Change the help message to a mode-specific one. - generic_help="$help" - help="Try \`$progname --help --mode=$mode' for more information." -} - - -# func_lalib_p file -# True iff FILE is a libtool `.la' library or `.lo' object file. -# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out -# determined imposters. -func_lalib_p () -{ - test -f "$1" && - $SED -e 4q "$1" 2>/dev/null \ - | $GREP "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE" > /dev/null 2>&1 -} - -# func_lalib_unsafe_p file -# True iff FILE is a libtool `.la' library or `.lo' object file. -# This function implements the same check as func_lalib_p without -# resorting to external programs. To this end, it redirects stdin and -# closes it afterwards, without saving the original file descriptor. -# As a safety measure, use it only where a negative result would be -# fatal anyway. Works if `file' does not exist. -func_lalib_unsafe_p () -{ - lalib_p=no - if test -f "$1" && test -r "$1" && exec 5<&0 <"$1"; then - for lalib_p_l in 1 2 3 4 - do - read lalib_p_line - case "$lalib_p_line" in - \#\ Generated\ by\ *$PACKAGE* ) lalib_p=yes; break;; - esac - done - exec 0<&5 5<&- - fi - test "$lalib_p" = yes -} - -# func_ltwrapper_script_p file -# True iff FILE is a libtool wrapper script -# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out -# determined imposters. -func_ltwrapper_script_p () -{ - func_lalib_p "$1" -} - -# func_ltwrapper_executable_p file -# True iff FILE is a libtool wrapper executable -# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out -# determined imposters. -func_ltwrapper_executable_p () -{ - func_ltwrapper_exec_suffix= - case $1 in - *.exe) ;; - *) func_ltwrapper_exec_suffix=.exe ;; - esac - $GREP "$magic_exe" "$1$func_ltwrapper_exec_suffix" >/dev/null 2>&1 -} - -# func_ltwrapper_scriptname file -# Assumes file is an ltwrapper_executable -# uses $file to determine the appropriate filename for a -# temporary ltwrapper_script. -func_ltwrapper_scriptname () -{ - func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result="" - if func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$1"; then - func_dirname_and_basename "$1" "" "." - func_stripname '' '.exe' "$func_basename_result" - func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result="$func_dirname_result/$objdir/${func_stripname_result}_ltshwrapper" - fi -} - -# func_ltwrapper_p file -# True iff FILE is a libtool wrapper script or wrapper executable -# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out -# determined imposters. -func_ltwrapper_p () -{ - func_ltwrapper_script_p "$1" || func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$1" -} - - -# func_execute_cmds commands fail_cmd -# Execute tilde-delimited COMMANDS. -# If FAIL_CMD is given, eval that upon failure. -# FAIL_CMD may read-access the current command in variable CMD! -func_execute_cmds () -{ - $opt_debug - save_ifs=$IFS; IFS='~' - for cmd in $1; do - IFS=$save_ifs - eval cmd=\"$cmd\" - func_show_eval "$cmd" "${2-:}" - done - IFS=$save_ifs -} - - -# func_source file -# Source FILE, adding directory component if necessary. -# Note that it is not necessary on cygwin/mingw to append a dot to -# FILE even if both FILE and FILE.exe exist: automatic-append-.exe -# behavior happens only for exec(3), not for open(2)! Also, sourcing -# `FILE.' does not work on cygwin managed mounts. -func_source () -{ - $opt_debug - case $1 in - */* | *\\*) . "$1" ;; - *) . "./$1" ;; - esac -} - - -# func_infer_tag arg -# Infer tagged configuration to use if any are available and -# if one wasn't chosen via the "--tag" command line option. -# Only attempt this if the compiler in the base compile -# command doesn't match the default compiler. -# arg is usually of the form 'gcc ...' -func_infer_tag () -{ - $opt_debug - if test -n "$available_tags" && test -z "$tagname"; then - CC_quoted= - for arg in $CC; do - func_quote_for_eval "$arg" - CC_quoted="$CC_quoted $func_quote_for_eval_result" - done - case $@ in - # Blanks in the command may have been stripped by the calling shell, - # but not from the CC environment variable when configure was run. - " $CC "* | "$CC "* | " `$ECHO $CC` "* | "`$ECHO $CC` "* | " $CC_quoted"* | "$CC_quoted "* | " `$ECHO $CC_quoted` "* | "`$ECHO $CC_quoted` "*) ;; - # Blanks at the start of $base_compile will cause this to fail - # if we don't check for them as well. - *) - for z in $available_tags; do - if $GREP "^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $z$" < "$progpath" > /dev/null; then - # Evaluate the configuration. - eval "`${SED} -n -e '/^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$z'$/,/^# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$z'$/p' < $progpath`" - CC_quoted= - for arg in $CC; do - # Double-quote args containing other shell metacharacters. - func_quote_for_eval "$arg" - CC_quoted="$CC_quoted $func_quote_for_eval_result" - done - case "$@ " in - " $CC "* | "$CC "* | " `$ECHO $CC` "* | "`$ECHO $CC` "* | " $CC_quoted"* | "$CC_quoted "* | " `$ECHO $CC_quoted` "* | "`$ECHO $CC_quoted` "*) - # The compiler in the base compile command matches - # the one in the tagged configuration. - # Assume this is the tagged configuration we want. - tagname=$z - break - ;; - esac - fi - done - # If $tagname still isn't set, then no tagged configuration - # was found and let the user know that the "--tag" command - # line option must be used. - if test -z "$tagname"; then - func_echo "unable to infer tagged configuration" - func_fatal_error "specify a tag with \`--tag'" -# else -# func_verbose "using $tagname tagged configuration" - fi - ;; - esac - fi -} - - - -# func_write_libtool_object output_name pic_name nonpic_name -# Create a libtool object file (analogous to a ".la" file), -# but don't create it if we're doing a dry run. -func_write_libtool_object () -{ - write_libobj=${1} - if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then - write_lobj=\'${2}\' - else - write_lobj=none - fi - - if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then - write_oldobj=\'${3}\' - else - write_oldobj=none - fi - - $opt_dry_run || { - cat >${write_libobj}T <<EOF -# $write_libobj - a libtool object file -# Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION -# -# Please DO NOT delete this file! -# It is necessary for linking the library. - -# Name of the PIC object. -pic_object=$write_lobj - -# Name of the non-PIC object -non_pic_object=$write_oldobj - -EOF - $MV "${write_libobj}T" "${write_libobj}" - } -} - -# func_mode_compile arg... -func_mode_compile () -{ - $opt_debug - # Get the compilation command and the source file. - base_compile= - srcfile="$nonopt" # always keep a non-empty value in "srcfile" - suppress_opt=yes - suppress_output= - arg_mode=normal - libobj= - later= - pie_flag= - - for arg - do - case $arg_mode in - arg ) - # do not "continue". Instead, add this to base_compile - lastarg="$arg" - arg_mode=normal - ;; - - target ) - libobj="$arg" - arg_mode=normal - continue - ;; - - normal ) - # Accept any command-line options. - case $arg in - -o) - test -n "$libobj" && \ - func_fatal_error "you cannot specify \`-o' more than once" - arg_mode=target - continue - ;; - - -pie | -fpie | -fPIE) - pie_flag="$pie_flag $arg" - continue - ;; - - -shared | -static | -prefer-pic | -prefer-non-pic) - later="$later $arg" - continue - ;; - - -no-suppress) - suppress_opt=no - continue - ;; - - -Xcompiler) - arg_mode=arg # the next one goes into the "base_compile" arg list - continue # The current "srcfile" will either be retained or - ;; # replaced later. I would guess that would be a bug. - - -Wc,*) - func_stripname '-Wc,' '' "$arg" - args=$func_stripname_result - lastarg= - save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=',' - for arg in $args; do - IFS="$save_ifs" - func_quote_for_eval "$arg" - lastarg="$lastarg $func_quote_for_eval_result" - done - IFS="$save_ifs" - func_stripname ' ' '' "$lastarg" - lastarg=$func_stripname_result - - # Add the arguments to base_compile. - base_compile="$base_compile $lastarg" - continue - ;; - - *) - # Accept the current argument as the source file. - # The previous "srcfile" becomes the current argument. - # - lastarg="$srcfile" - srcfile="$arg" - ;; - esac # case $arg - ;; - esac # case $arg_mode - - # Aesthetically quote the previous argument. - func_quote_for_eval "$lastarg" - base_compile="$base_compile $func_quote_for_eval_result" - done # for arg - - case $arg_mode in - arg) - func_fatal_error "you must specify an argument for -Xcompile" - ;; - target) - func_fatal_error "you must specify a target with \`-o'" - ;; - *) - # Get the name of the library object. - test -z "$libobj" && { - func_basename "$srcfile" - libobj="$func_basename_result" - } - ;; - esac - - # Recognize several different file suffixes. - # If the user specifies -o file.o, it is replaced with file.lo - case $libobj in - *.[cCFSifmso] | \ - *.ada | *.adb | *.ads | *.asm | \ - *.c++ | *.cc | *.ii | *.class | *.cpp | *.cxx | \ - *.[fF][09]? | *.for | *.java | *.obj | *.sx) - func_xform "$libobj" - libobj=$func_xform_result - ;; - esac - - case $libobj in - *.lo) func_lo2o "$libobj"; obj=$func_lo2o_result ;; - *) - func_fatal_error "cannot determine name of library object from \`$libobj'" - ;; - esac - - func_infer_tag $base_compile - - for arg in $later; do - case $arg in - -shared) - test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes && \ - func_fatal_configuration "can not build a shared library" - build_old_libs=no - continue - ;; - - -static) - build_libtool_libs=no - build_old_libs=yes - continue - ;; - - -prefer-pic) - pic_mode=yes - continue - ;; - - -prefer-non-pic) - pic_mode=no - continue - ;; - esac - done - - func_quote_for_eval "$libobj" - test "X$libobj" != "X$func_quote_for_eval_result" \ - && $ECHO "X$libobj" | $GREP '[]~#^*{};<>?"'"'"' &()|`$[]' \ - && func_warning "libobj name \`$libobj' may not contain shell special characters." - func_dirname_and_basename "$obj" "/" "" - objname="$func_basename_result" - xdir="$func_dirname_result" - lobj=${xdir}$objdir/$objname - - test -z "$base_compile" && \ - func_fatal_help "you must specify a compilation command" - - # Delete any leftover library objects. - if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then - removelist="$obj $lobj $libobj ${libobj}T" - else - removelist="$lobj $libobj ${libobj}T" - fi - - # On Cygwin there's no "real" PIC flag so we must build both object types - case $host_os in - cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*) - pic_mode=default - ;; - esac - if test "$pic_mode" = no && test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then - # non-PIC code in shared libraries is not supported - pic_mode=default - fi - - # Calculate the filename of the output object if compiler does - # not support -o with -c - if test "$compiler_c_o" = no; then - output_obj=`$ECHO "X$srcfile" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%' -e 's%\.[^.]*$%%'`.${objext} - lockfile="$output_obj.lock" - else - output_obj= - need_locks=no - lockfile= - fi - - # Lock this critical section if it is needed - # We use this script file to make the link, it avoids creating a new file - if test "$need_locks" = yes; then - until $opt_dry_run || ln "$progpath" "$lockfile" 2>/dev/null; do - func_echo "Waiting for $lockfile to be removed" - sleep 2 - done - elif test "$need_locks" = warn; then - if test -f "$lockfile"; then - $ECHO "\ -*** ERROR, $lockfile exists and contains: -`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null` - -This indicates that another process is trying to use the same -temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because -your compiler does not support \`-c' and \`-o' together. If you -repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better -avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better -compiler." - - $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - removelist="$removelist $output_obj" - $ECHO "$srcfile" > "$lockfile" - fi - - $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist - removelist="$removelist $lockfile" - trap '$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE' 1 2 15 - - if test -n "$fix_srcfile_path"; then - eval srcfile=\"$fix_srcfile_path\" - fi - func_quote_for_eval "$srcfile" - qsrcfile=$func_quote_for_eval_result - - # Only build a PIC object if we are building libtool libraries. - if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then - # Without this assignment, base_compile gets emptied. - fbsd_hideous_sh_bug=$base_compile - - if test "$pic_mode" != no; then - command="$base_compile $qsrcfile $pic_flag" - else - # Don't build PIC code - command="$base_compile $qsrcfile" - fi - - func_mkdir_p "$xdir$objdir" - - if test -z "$output_obj"; then - # Place PIC objects in $objdir - command="$command -o $lobj" - fi - - func_show_eval_locale "$command" \ - 'test -n "$output_obj" && $RM $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE' - - if test "$need_locks" = warn && - test "X`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`" != "X$srcfile"; then - $ECHO "\ -*** ERROR, $lockfile contains: -`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null` - -but it should contain: -$srcfile - -This indicates that another process is trying to use the same -temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because -your compiler does not support \`-c' and \`-o' together. If you -repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better -avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better -compiler." - - $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - - # Just move the object if needed, then go on to compile the next one - if test -n "$output_obj" && test "X$output_obj" != "X$lobj"; then - func_show_eval '$MV "$output_obj" "$lobj"' \ - 'error=$?; $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $error' - fi - - # Allow error messages only from the first compilation. - if test "$suppress_opt" = yes; then - suppress_output=' >/dev/null 2>&1' - fi - fi - - # Only build a position-dependent object if we build old libraries. - if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then - if test "$pic_mode" != yes; then - # Don't build PIC code - command="$base_compile $qsrcfile$pie_flag" - else - command="$base_compile $qsrcfile $pic_flag" - fi - if test "$compiler_c_o" = yes; then - command="$command -o $obj" - fi - - # Suppress compiler output if we already did a PIC compilation. - command="$command$suppress_output" - func_show_eval_locale "$command" \ - '$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE' - - if test "$need_locks" = warn && - test "X`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`" != "X$srcfile"; then - $ECHO "\ -*** ERROR, $lockfile contains: -`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null` - -but it should contain: -$srcfile - -This indicates that another process is trying to use the same -temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because -your compiler does not support \`-c' and \`-o' together. If you -repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better -avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better -compiler." - - $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - - # Just move the object if needed - if test -n "$output_obj" && test "X$output_obj" != "X$obj"; then - func_show_eval '$MV "$output_obj" "$obj"' \ - 'error=$?; $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $error' - fi - fi - - $opt_dry_run || { - func_write_libtool_object "$libobj" "$objdir/$objname" "$objname" - - # Unlock the critical section if it was locked - if test "$need_locks" != no; then - removelist=$lockfile - $RM "$lockfile" - fi - } - - exit $EXIT_SUCCESS -} - -$opt_help || { -test "$mode" = compile && func_mode_compile ${1+"$@"} -} - -func_mode_help () -{ - # We need to display help for each of the modes. - case $mode in - "") - # Generic help is extracted from the usage comments - # at the start of this file. - func_help - ;; - - clean) - $ECHO \ -"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=clean RM [RM-OPTION]... FILE... - -Remove files from the build directory. - -RM is the name of the program to use to delete files associated with each FILE -(typically \`/bin/rm'). RM-OPTIONS are options (such as \`-f') to be passed -to RM. - -If FILE is a libtool library, object or program, all the files associated -with it are deleted. Otherwise, only FILE itself is deleted using RM." - ;; - - compile) - $ECHO \ -"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=compile COMPILE-COMMAND... SOURCEFILE - -Compile a source file into a libtool library object. - -This mode accepts the following additional options: - - -o OUTPUT-FILE set the output file name to OUTPUT-FILE - -no-suppress do not suppress compiler output for multiple passes - -prefer-pic try to building PIC objects only - -prefer-non-pic try to building non-PIC objects only - -shared do not build a \`.o' file suitable for static linking - -static only build a \`.o' file suitable for static linking - -COMPILE-COMMAND is a command to be used in creating a \`standard' object file -from the given SOURCEFILE. - -The output file name is determined by removing the directory component from -SOURCEFILE, then substituting the C source code suffix \`.c' with the -library object suffix, \`.lo'." - ;; - - execute) - $ECHO \ -"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=execute COMMAND [ARGS]... - -Automatically set library path, then run a program. - -This mode accepts the following additional options: - - -dlopen FILE add the directory containing FILE to the library path - -This mode sets the library path environment variable according to \`-dlopen' -flags. - -If any of the ARGS are libtool executable wrappers, then they are translated -into their corresponding uninstalled binary, and any of their required library -directories are added to the library path. - -Then, COMMAND is executed, with ARGS as arguments." - ;; - - finish) - $ECHO \ -"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=finish [LIBDIR]... - -Complete the installation of libtool libraries. - -Each LIBDIR is a directory that contains libtool libraries. - -The commands that this mode executes may require superuser privileges. Use -the \`--dry-run' option if you just want to see what would be executed." - ;; - - install) - $ECHO \ -"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=install INSTALL-COMMAND... - -Install executables or libraries. - -INSTALL-COMMAND is the installation command. The first component should be -either the \`install' or \`cp' program. - -The following components of INSTALL-COMMAND are treated specially: - - -inst-prefix PREFIX-DIR Use PREFIX-DIR as a staging area for installation - -The rest of the components are interpreted as arguments to that command (only -BSD-compatible install options are recognized)." - ;; - - link) - $ECHO \ -"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=link LINK-COMMAND... - -Link object files or libraries together to form another library, or to -create an executable program. - -LINK-COMMAND is a command using the C compiler that you would use to create -a program from several object files. - -The following components of LINK-COMMAND are treated specially: - - -all-static do not do any dynamic linking at all - -avoid-version do not add a version suffix if possible - -dlopen FILE \`-dlpreopen' FILE if it cannot be dlopened at runtime - -dlpreopen FILE link in FILE and add its symbols to lt_preloaded_symbols - -export-dynamic allow symbols from OUTPUT-FILE to be resolved with dlsym(3) - -export-symbols SYMFILE - try to export only the symbols listed in SYMFILE - -export-symbols-regex REGEX - try to export only the symbols matching REGEX - -LLIBDIR search LIBDIR for required installed libraries - -lNAME OUTPUT-FILE requires the installed library libNAME - -module build a library that can dlopened - -no-fast-install disable the fast-install mode - -no-install link a not-installable executable - -no-undefined declare that a library does not refer to external symbols - -o OUTPUT-FILE create OUTPUT-FILE from the specified objects - -objectlist FILE Use a list of object files found in FILE to specify objects - -precious-files-regex REGEX - don't remove output files matching REGEX - -release RELEASE specify package release information - -rpath LIBDIR the created library will eventually be installed in LIBDIR - -R[ ]LIBDIR add LIBDIR to the runtime path of programs and libraries - -shared only do dynamic linking of libtool libraries - -shrext SUFFIX override the standard shared library file extension - -static do not do any dynamic linking of uninstalled libtool libraries - -static-libtool-libs - do not do any dynamic linking of libtool libraries - -version-info CURRENT[:REVISION[:AGE]] - specify library version info [each variable defaults to 0] - -weak LIBNAME declare that the target provides the LIBNAME interface - -All other options (arguments beginning with \`-') are ignored. - -Every other argument is treated as a filename. Files ending in \`.la' are -treated as uninstalled libtool libraries, other files are standard or library -object files. - -If the OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.la', then a libtool library is created, -only library objects (\`.lo' files) may be specified, and \`-rpath' is -required, except when creating a convenience library. - -If OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.a' or \`.lib', then a standard library is created -using \`ar' and \`ranlib', or on Windows using \`lib'. - -If OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.lo' or \`.${objext}', then a reloadable object file -is created, otherwise an executable program is created." - ;; - - uninstall) - $ECHO \ -"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=uninstall RM [RM-OPTION]... FILE... - -Remove libraries from an installation directory. - -RM is the name of the program to use to delete files associated with each FILE -(typically \`/bin/rm'). RM-OPTIONS are options (such as \`-f') to be passed -to RM. - -If FILE is a libtool library, all the files associated with it are deleted. -Otherwise, only FILE itself is deleted using RM." - ;; - - *) - func_fatal_help "invalid operation mode \`$mode'" - ;; - esac - - $ECHO - $ECHO "Try \`$progname --help' for more information about other modes." - - exit $? -} - - # Now that we've collected a possible --mode arg, show help if necessary - $opt_help && func_mode_help - - -# func_mode_execute arg... -func_mode_execute () -{ - $opt_debug - # The first argument is the command name. - cmd="$nonopt" - test -z "$cmd" && \ - func_fatal_help "you must specify a COMMAND" - - # Handle -dlopen flags immediately. - for file in $execute_dlfiles; do - test -f "$file" \ - || func_fatal_help "\`$file' is not a file" - - dir= - case $file in - *.la) - # Check to see that this really is a libtool archive. - func_lalib_unsafe_p "$file" \ - || func_fatal_help "\`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" - - # Read the libtool library. - dlname= - library_names= - func_source "$file" - - # Skip this library if it cannot be dlopened. - if test -z "$dlname"; then - # Warn if it was a shared library. - test -n "$library_names" && \ - func_warning "\`$file' was not linked with \`-export-dynamic'" - continue - fi - - func_dirname "$file" "" "." - dir="$func_dirname_result" - - if test -f "$dir/$objdir/$dlname"; then - dir="$dir/$objdir" - else - if test ! -f "$dir/$dlname"; then - func_fatal_error "cannot find \`$dlname' in \`$dir' or \`$dir/$objdir'" - fi - fi - ;; - - *.lo) - # Just add the directory containing the .lo file. - func_dirname "$file" "" "." - dir="$func_dirname_result" - ;; - - *) - func_warning "\`-dlopen' is ignored for non-libtool libraries and objects" - continue - ;; - esac - - # Get the absolute pathname. - absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd` - test -n "$absdir" && dir="$absdir" - - # Now add the directory to shlibpath_var. - if eval "test -z \"\$$shlibpath_var\""; then - eval "$shlibpath_var=\"\$dir\"" - else - eval "$shlibpath_var=\"\$dir:\$$shlibpath_var\"" - fi - done - - # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set shlibpath_var - # rather than running their programs. - libtool_execute_magic="$magic" - - # Check if any of the arguments is a wrapper script. - args= - for file - do - case $file in - -*) ;; - *) - # Do a test to see if this is really a libtool program. - if func_ltwrapper_script_p "$file"; then - func_source "$file" - # Transform arg to wrapped name. - file="$progdir/$program" - elif func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$file"; then - func_ltwrapper_scriptname "$file" - func_source "$func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result" - # Transform arg to wrapped name. - file="$progdir/$program" - fi - ;; - esac - # Quote arguments (to preserve shell metacharacters). - func_quote_for_eval "$file" - args="$args $func_quote_for_eval_result" - done - - if test "X$opt_dry_run" = Xfalse; then - if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then - # Export the shlibpath_var. - eval "export $shlibpath_var" - fi - - # Restore saved environment variables - for lt_var in LANG LANGUAGE LC_ALL LC_CTYPE LC_COLLATE LC_MESSAGES - do - eval "if test \"\${save_$lt_var+set}\" = set; then - $lt_var=\$save_$lt_var; export $lt_var - else - $lt_unset $lt_var - fi" - done - - # Now prepare to actually exec the command. - exec_cmd="\$cmd$args" - else - # Display what would be done. - if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then - eval "\$ECHO \"\$shlibpath_var=\$$shlibpath_var\"" - $ECHO "export $shlibpath_var" - fi - $ECHO "$cmd$args" - exit $EXIT_SUCCESS - fi -} - -test "$mode" = execute && func_mode_execute ${1+"$@"} - - -# func_mode_finish arg... -func_mode_finish () -{ - $opt_debug - libdirs="$nonopt" - admincmds= - - if test -n "$finish_cmds$finish_eval" && test -n "$libdirs"; then - for dir - do - libdirs="$libdirs $dir" - done - - for libdir in $libdirs; do - if test -n "$finish_cmds"; then - # Do each command in the finish commands. - func_execute_cmds "$finish_cmds" 'admincmds="$admincmds -'"$cmd"'"' - fi - if test -n "$finish_eval"; then - # Do the single finish_eval. - eval cmds=\"$finish_eval\" - $opt_dry_run || eval "$cmds" || admincmds="$admincmds - $cmds" - fi - done - fi - - # Exit here if they wanted silent mode. - $opt_silent && exit $EXIT_SUCCESS - - $ECHO "X----------------------------------------------------------------------" | $Xsed - $ECHO "Libraries have been installed in:" - for libdir in $libdirs; do - $ECHO " $libdir" - done - $ECHO - $ECHO "If you ever happen to want to link against installed libraries" - $ECHO "in a given directory, LIBDIR, you must either use libtool, and" - $ECHO "specify the full pathname of the library, or use the \`-LLIBDIR'" - $ECHO "flag during linking and do at least one of the following:" - if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then - $ECHO " - add LIBDIR to the \`$shlibpath_var' environment variable" - $ECHO " during execution" - fi - if test -n "$runpath_var"; then - $ECHO " - add LIBDIR to the \`$runpath_var' environment variable" - $ECHO " during linking" - fi - if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then - libdir=LIBDIR - eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" - - $ECHO " - use the \`$flag' linker flag" - fi - if test -n "$admincmds"; then - $ECHO " - have your system administrator run these commands:$admincmds" - fi - if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then - $ECHO " - have your system administrator add LIBDIR to \`/etc/ld.so.conf'" - fi - $ECHO - - $ECHO "See any operating system documentation about shared libraries for" - case $host in - solaris2.[6789]|solaris2.1[0-9]) - $ECHO "more information, such as the ld(1), crle(1) and ld.so(8) manual" - $ECHO "pages." - ;; - *) - $ECHO "more information, such as the ld(1) and ld.so(8) manual pages." - ;; - esac - $ECHO "X----------------------------------------------------------------------" | $Xsed - exit $EXIT_SUCCESS -} - -test "$mode" = finish && func_mode_finish ${1+"$@"} - - -# func_mode_install arg... -func_mode_install () -{ - $opt_debug - # There may be an optional sh(1) argument at the beginning of - # install_prog (especially on Windows NT). - if test "$nonopt" = "$SHELL" || test "$nonopt" = /bin/sh || - # Allow the use of GNU shtool's install command. - $ECHO "X$nonopt" | $GREP shtool >/dev/null; then - # Aesthetically quote it. - func_quote_for_eval "$nonopt" - install_prog="$func_quote_for_eval_result " - arg=$1 - shift - else - install_prog= - arg=$nonopt - fi - - # The real first argument should be the name of the installation program. - # Aesthetically quote it. - func_quote_for_eval "$arg" - install_prog="$install_prog$func_quote_for_eval_result" - - # We need to accept at least all the BSD install flags. - dest= - files= - opts= - prev= - install_type= - isdir=no - stripme= - for arg - do - if test -n "$dest"; then - files="$files $dest" - dest=$arg - continue - fi - - case $arg in - -d) isdir=yes ;; - -f) - case " $install_prog " in - *[\\\ /]cp\ *) ;; - *) prev=$arg ;; - esac - ;; - -g | -m | -o) - prev=$arg - ;; - -s) - stripme=" -s" - continue - ;; - -*) - ;; - *) - # If the previous option needed an argument, then skip it. - if test -n "$prev"; then - prev= - else - dest=$arg - continue - fi - ;; - esac - - # Aesthetically quote the argument. - func_quote_for_eval "$arg" - install_prog="$install_prog $func_quote_for_eval_result" - done - - test -z "$install_prog" && \ - func_fatal_help "you must specify an install program" - - test -n "$prev" && \ - func_fatal_help "the \`$prev' option requires an argument" - - if test -z "$files"; then - if test -z "$dest"; then - func_fatal_help "no file or destination specified" - else - func_fatal_help "you must specify a destination" - fi - fi - - # Strip any trailing slash from the destination. - func_stripname '' '/' "$dest" - dest=$func_stripname_result - - # Check to see that the destination is a directory. - test -d "$dest" && isdir=yes - if test "$isdir" = yes; then - destdir="$dest" - destname= - else - func_dirname_and_basename "$dest" "" "." - destdir="$func_dirname_result" - destname="$func_basename_result" - - # Not a directory, so check to see that there is only one file specified. - set dummy $files; shift - test "$#" -gt 1 && \ - func_fatal_help "\`$dest' is not a directory" - fi - case $destdir in - [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;; - *) - for file in $files; do - case $file in - *.lo) ;; - *) - func_fatal_help "\`$destdir' must be an absolute directory name" - ;; - esac - done - ;; - esac - - # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set variables rather - # than running their programs. - libtool_install_magic="$magic" - - staticlibs= - future_libdirs= - current_libdirs= - for file in $files; do - - # Do each installation. - case $file in - *.$libext) - # Do the static libraries later. - staticlibs="$staticlibs $file" - ;; - - *.la) - # Check to see that this really is a libtool archive. - func_lalib_unsafe_p "$file" \ - || func_fatal_help "\`$file' is not a valid libtool archive" - - library_names= - old_library= - relink_command= - func_source "$file" - - # Add the libdir to current_libdirs if it is the destination. - if test "X$destdir" = "X$libdir"; then - case "$current_libdirs " in - *" $libdir "*) ;; - *) current_libdirs="$current_libdirs $libdir" ;; - esac - else - # Note the libdir as a future libdir. - case "$future_libdirs " in - *" $libdir "*) ;; - *) future_libdirs="$future_libdirs $libdir" ;; - esac - fi - - func_dirname "$file" "/" "" - dir="$func_dirname_result" - dir="$dir$objdir" - - if test -n "$relink_command"; then - # Determine the prefix the user has applied to our future dir. - inst_prefix_dir=`$ECHO "X$destdir" | $Xsed -e "s%$libdir\$%%"` - - # Don't allow the user to place us outside of our expected - # location b/c this prevents finding dependent libraries that - # are installed to the same prefix. - # At present, this check doesn't affect windows .dll's that - # are installed into $libdir/../bin (currently, that works fine) - # but it's something to keep an eye on. - test "$inst_prefix_dir" = "$destdir" && \ - func_fatal_error "error: cannot install \`$file' to a directory not ending in $libdir" - - if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then - # Stick the inst_prefix_dir data into the link command. - relink_command=`$ECHO "X$relink_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@inst_prefix_dir@%-inst-prefix-dir $inst_prefix_dir%"` - else - relink_command=`$ECHO "X$relink_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@inst_prefix_dir@%%"` - fi - - func_warning "relinking \`$file'" - func_show_eval "$relink_command" \ - 'func_fatal_error "error: relink \`$file'\'' with the above command before installing it"' - fi - - # See the names of the shared library. - set dummy $library_names; shift - if test -n "$1"; then - realname="$1" - shift - - srcname="$realname" - test -n "$relink_command" && srcname="$realname"T - - # Install the shared library and build the symlinks. - func_show_eval "$install_prog $dir/$srcname $destdir/$realname" \ - 'exit $?' - tstripme="$stripme" - case $host_os in - cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) - case $realname in - *.dll.a) - tstripme="" - ;; - esac - ;; - esac - if test -n "$tstripme" && test -n "$striplib"; then - func_show_eval "$striplib $destdir/$realname" 'exit $?' - fi - - if test "$#" -gt 0; then - # Delete the old symlinks, and create new ones. - # Try `ln -sf' first, because the `ln' binary might depend on - # the symlink we replace! Solaris /bin/ln does not understand -f, - # so we also need to try rm && ln -s. - for linkname - do - test "$linkname" != "$realname" \ - && func_show_eval "(cd $destdir && { $LN_S -f $realname $linkname || { $RM $linkname && $LN_S $realname $linkname; }; })" - done - fi - - # Do each command in the postinstall commands. - lib="$destdir/$realname" - func_execute_cmds "$postinstall_cmds" 'exit $?' - fi - - # Install the pseudo-library for information purposes. - func_basename "$file" - name="$func_basename_result" - instname="$dir/$name"i - func_show_eval "$install_prog $instname $destdir/$name" 'exit $?' - - # Maybe install the static library, too. - test -n "$old_library" && staticlibs="$staticlibs $dir/$old_library" - ;; - - *.lo) - # Install (i.e. copy) a libtool object. - - # Figure out destination file name, if it wasn't already specified. - if test -n "$destname"; then - destfile="$destdir/$destname" - else - func_basename "$file" - destfile="$func_basename_result" - destfile="$destdir/$destfile" - fi - - # Deduce the name of the destination old-style object file. - case $destfile in - *.lo) - func_lo2o "$destfile" - staticdest=$func_lo2o_result - ;; - *.$objext) - staticdest="$destfile" - destfile= - ;; - *) - func_fatal_help "cannot copy a libtool object to \`$destfile'" - ;; - esac - - # Install the libtool object if requested. - test -n "$destfile" && \ - func_show_eval "$install_prog $file $destfile" 'exit $?' - - # Install the old object if enabled. - if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then - # Deduce the name of the old-style object file. - func_lo2o "$file" - staticobj=$func_lo2o_result - func_show_eval "$install_prog \$staticobj \$staticdest" 'exit $?' - fi - exit $EXIT_SUCCESS - ;; - - *) - # Figure out destination file name, if it wasn't already specified. - if test -n "$destname"; then - destfile="$destdir/$destname" - else - func_basename "$file" - destfile="$func_basename_result" - destfile="$destdir/$destfile" - fi - - # If the file is missing, and there is a .exe on the end, strip it - # because it is most likely a libtool script we actually want to - # install - stripped_ext="" - case $file in - *.exe) - if test ! -f "$file"; then - func_stripname '' '.exe' "$file" - file=$func_stripname_result - stripped_ext=".exe" - fi - ;; - esac - - # Do a test to see if this is really a libtool program. - case $host in - *cygwin* | *mingw*) - if func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$file"; then - func_ltwrapper_scriptname "$file" - wrapper=$func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result - else - func_stripname '' '.exe' "$file" - wrapper=$func_stripname_result - fi - ;; - *) - wrapper=$file - ;; - esac - if func_ltwrapper_script_p "$wrapper"; then - notinst_deplibs= - relink_command= - - func_source "$wrapper" - - # Check the variables that should have been set. - test -z "$generated_by_libtool_version" && \ - func_fatal_error "invalid libtool wrapper script \`$wrapper'" - - finalize=yes - for lib in $notinst_deplibs; do - # Check to see that each library is installed. - libdir= - if test -f "$lib"; then - func_source "$lib" - fi - libfile="$libdir/"`$ECHO "X$lib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%g'` ### testsuite: skip nested quoting test - if test -n "$libdir" && test ! -f "$libfile"; then - func_warning "\`$lib' has not been installed in \`$libdir'" - finalize=no - fi - done - - relink_command= - func_source "$wrapper" - - outputname= - if test "$fast_install" = no && test -n "$relink_command"; then - $opt_dry_run || { - if test "$finalize" = yes; then - tmpdir=`func_mktempdir` - func_basename "$file$stripped_ext" - file="$func_basename_result" - outputname="$tmpdir/$file" - # Replace the output file specification. - relink_command=`$ECHO "X$relink_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$outputname"'%g'` - - $opt_silent || { - func_quote_for_expand "$relink_command" - eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result" - } - if eval "$relink_command"; then : - else - func_error "error: relink \`$file' with the above command before installing it" - $opt_dry_run || ${RM}r "$tmpdir" - continue - fi - file="$outputname" - else - func_warning "cannot relink \`$file'" - fi - } - else - # Install the binary that we compiled earlier. - file=`$ECHO "X$file$stripped_ext" | $Xsed -e "s%\([^/]*\)$%$objdir/\1%"` - fi - fi - - # remove .exe since cygwin /usr/bin/install will append another - # one anyway - case $install_prog,$host in - */usr/bin/install*,*cygwin*) - case $file:$destfile in - *.exe:*.exe) - # this is ok - ;; - *.exe:*) - destfile=$destfile.exe - ;; - *:*.exe) - func_stripname '' '.exe' "$destfile" - destfile=$func_stripname_result - ;; - esac - ;; - esac - func_show_eval "$install_prog\$stripme \$file \$destfile" 'exit $?' - $opt_dry_run || if test -n "$outputname"; then - ${RM}r "$tmpdir" - fi - ;; - esac - done - - for file in $staticlibs; do - func_basename "$file" - name="$func_basename_result" - - # Set up the ranlib parameters. - oldlib="$destdir/$name" - - func_show_eval "$install_prog \$file \$oldlib" 'exit $?' - - if test -n "$stripme" && test -n "$old_striplib"; then - func_show_eval "$old_striplib $oldlib" 'exit $?' - fi - - # Do each command in the postinstall commands. - func_execute_cmds "$old_postinstall_cmds" 'exit $?' - done - - test -n "$future_libdirs" && \ - func_warning "remember to run \`$progname --finish$future_libdirs'" - - if test -n "$current_libdirs"; then - # Maybe just do a dry run. - $opt_dry_run && current_libdirs=" -n$current_libdirs" - exec_cmd='$SHELL $progpath $preserve_args --finish$current_libdirs' - else - exit $EXIT_SUCCESS - fi -} - -test "$mode" = install && func_mode_install ${1+"$@"} - - -# func_generate_dlsyms outputname originator pic_p -# Extract symbols from dlprefiles and create ${outputname}S.o with -# a dlpreopen symbol table. -func_generate_dlsyms () -{ - $opt_debug - my_outputname="$1" - my_originator="$2" - my_pic_p="${3-no}" - my_prefix=`$ECHO "$my_originator" | sed 's%[^a-zA-Z0-9]%_%g'` - my_dlsyms= - - if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then - if test -n "$NM" && test -n "$global_symbol_pipe"; then - my_dlsyms="${my_outputname}S.c" - else - func_error "not configured to extract global symbols from dlpreopened files" - fi - fi - - if test -n "$my_dlsyms"; then - case $my_dlsyms in - "") ;; - *.c) - # Discover the nlist of each of the dlfiles. - nlist="$output_objdir/${my_outputname}.nm" - - func_show_eval "$RM $nlist ${nlist}S ${nlist}T" - - # Parse the name list into a source file. - func_verbose "creating $output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" - - $opt_dry_run || $ECHO > "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\ -/* $my_dlsyms - symbol resolution table for \`$my_outputname' dlsym emulation. */ -/* Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern \"C\" { -#endif - -/* External symbol declarations for the compiler. */\ -" - - if test "$dlself" = yes; then - func_verbose "generating symbol list for \`$output'" - - $opt_dry_run || echo ': @PROGRAM@ ' > "$nlist" - - # Add our own program objects to the symbol list. - progfiles=`$ECHO "X$objs$old_deplibs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` - for progfile in $progfiles; do - func_verbose "extracting global C symbols from \`$progfile'" - $opt_dry_run || eval "$NM $progfile | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'" - done - - if test -n "$exclude_expsyms"; then - $opt_dry_run || { - eval '$EGREP -v " ($exclude_expsyms)$" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T' - eval '$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"' - } - fi - - if test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then - $opt_dry_run || { - eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T' - eval '$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"' - } - fi - - # Prepare the list of exported symbols - if test -z "$export_symbols"; then - export_symbols="$output_objdir/$outputname.exp" - $opt_dry_run || { - $RM $export_symbols - eval "${SED} -n -e '/^: @PROGRAM@ $/d' -e 's/^.* \(.*\)$/\1/p' "'< "$nlist" > "$export_symbols"' - case $host in - *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* ) - eval "echo EXPORTS "'> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"' - eval 'cat "$export_symbols" >> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"' - ;; - esac - } - else - $opt_dry_run || { - eval "${SED} -e 's/\([].[*^$]\)/\\\\\1/g' -e 's/^/ /' -e 's/$/$/'"' < "$export_symbols" > "$output_objdir/$outputname.exp"' - eval '$GREP -f "$output_objdir/$outputname.exp" < "$nlist" > "$nlist"T' - eval '$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"' - case $host in - *cygwin | *mingw* | *cegcc* ) - eval "echo EXPORTS "'> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"' - eval 'cat "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"' - ;; - esac - } - fi - fi - - for dlprefile in $dlprefiles; do - func_verbose "extracting global C symbols from \`$dlprefile'" - func_basename "$dlprefile" - name="$func_basename_result" - $opt_dry_run || { - eval '$ECHO ": $name " >> "$nlist"' - eval "$NM $dlprefile 2>/dev/null | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'" - } - done - - $opt_dry_run || { - # Make sure we have at least an empty file. - test -f "$nlist" || : > "$nlist" - - if test -n "$exclude_expsyms"; then - $EGREP -v " ($exclude_expsyms)$" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T - $MV "$nlist"T "$nlist" - fi - - # Try sorting and uniquifying the output. - if $GREP -v "^: " < "$nlist" | - if sort -k 3 </dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1; then - sort -k 3 - else - sort +2 - fi | - uniq > "$nlist"S; then - : - else - $GREP -v "^: " < "$nlist" > "$nlist"S - fi - - if test -f "$nlist"S; then - eval "$global_symbol_to_cdecl"' < "$nlist"S >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"' - else - $ECHO '/* NONE */' >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" - fi - - $ECHO >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\ - -/* The mapping between symbol names and symbols. */ -typedef struct { - const char *name; - void *address; -} lt_dlsymlist; -" - case $host in - *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* ) - $ECHO >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\ -/* DATA imports from DLLs on WIN32 con't be const, because - runtime relocations are performed -- see ld's documentation - on pseudo-relocs. */" - lt_dlsym_const= ;; - *osf5*) - echo >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\ -/* This system does not cope well with relocations in const data */" - lt_dlsym_const= ;; - *) - lt_dlsym_const=const ;; - esac - - $ECHO >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\ -extern $lt_dlsym_const lt_dlsymlist -lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols[]; -$lt_dlsym_const lt_dlsymlist -lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols[] = -{\ - { \"$my_originator\", (void *) 0 }," - - case $need_lib_prefix in - no) - eval "$global_symbol_to_c_name_address" < "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" - ;; - *) - eval "$global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix" < "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" - ;; - esac - $ECHO >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\ - {0, (void *) 0} -}; - -/* This works around a problem in FreeBSD linker */ -#ifdef FREEBSD_WORKAROUND -static const void *lt_preloaded_setup() { - return lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols; -} -#endif - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif\ -" - } # !$opt_dry_run - - pic_flag_for_symtable= - case "$compile_command " in - *" -static "*) ;; - *) - case $host in - # compiling the symbol table file with pic_flag works around - # a FreeBSD bug that causes programs to crash when -lm is - # linked before any other PIC object. But we must not use - # pic_flag when linking with -static. The problem exists in - # FreeBSD 2.2.6 and is fixed in FreeBSD 3.1. - *-*-freebsd2*|*-*-freebsd3.0*|*-*-freebsdelf3.0*) - pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag -DFREEBSD_WORKAROUND" ;; - *-*-hpux*) - pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag" ;; - *) - if test "X$my_pic_p" != Xno; then - pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag" - fi - ;; - esac - ;; - esac - symtab_cflags= - for arg in $LTCFLAGS; do - case $arg in - -pie | -fpie | -fPIE) ;; - *) symtab_cflags="$symtab_cflags $arg" ;; - esac - done - - # Now compile the dynamic symbol file. - func_show_eval '(cd $output_objdir && $LTCC$symtab_cflags -c$no_builtin_flag$pic_flag_for_symtable "$my_dlsyms")' 'exit $?' - - # Clean up the generated files. - func_show_eval '$RM "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "$nlist" "${nlist}S" "${nlist}T"' - - # Transform the symbol file into the correct name. - symfileobj="$output_objdir/${my_outputname}S.$objext" - case $host in - *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* ) - if test -f "$output_objdir/$my_outputname.def"; then - compile_command=`$ECHO "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/$my_outputname.def $symfileobj%"` - finalize_command=`$ECHO "X$finalize_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/$my_outputname.def $symfileobj%"` - else - compile_command=`$ECHO "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"` - finalize_command=`$ECHO "X$finalize_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"` - fi - ;; - *) - compile_command=`$ECHO "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"` - finalize_command=`$ECHO "X$finalize_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"` - ;; - esac - ;; - *) - func_fatal_error "unknown suffix for \`$my_dlsyms'" - ;; - esac - else - # We keep going just in case the user didn't refer to - # lt_preloaded_symbols. The linker will fail if global_symbol_pipe - # really was required. - - # Nullify the symbol file. - compile_command=`$ECHO "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e "s% @SYMFILE@%%"` - finalize_command=`$ECHO "X$finalize_command" | $Xsed -e "s% @SYMFILE@%%"` - fi -} - -# func_win32_libid arg -# return the library type of file 'arg' -# -# Need a lot of goo to handle *both* DLLs and import libs -# Has to be a shell function in order to 'eat' the argument -# that is supplied when $file_magic_command is called. -func_win32_libid () -{ - $opt_debug - win32_libid_type="unknown" - win32_fileres=`file -L $1 2>/dev/null` - case $win32_fileres in - *ar\ archive\ import\ library*) # definitely import - win32_libid_type="x86 archive import" - ;; - *ar\ archive*) # could be an import, or static - if eval $OBJDUMP -f $1 | $SED -e '10q' 2>/dev/null | - $EGREP 'file format pe-i386(.*architecture: i386)?' >/dev/null ; then - win32_nmres=`eval $NM -f posix -A $1 | - $SED -n -e ' - 1,100{ - / I /{ - s,.*,import, - p - q - } - }'` - case $win32_nmres in - import*) win32_libid_type="x86 archive import";; - *) win32_libid_type="x86 archive static";; - esac - fi - ;; - *DLL*) - win32_libid_type="x86 DLL" - ;; - *executable*) # but shell scripts are "executable" too... - case $win32_fileres in - *MS\ Windows\ PE\ Intel*) - win32_libid_type="x86 DLL" - ;; - esac - ;; - esac - $ECHO "$win32_libid_type" -} - - - -# func_extract_an_archive dir oldlib -func_extract_an_archive () -{ - $opt_debug - f_ex_an_ar_dir="$1"; shift - f_ex_an_ar_oldlib="$1" - func_show_eval "(cd \$f_ex_an_ar_dir && $AR x \"\$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib\")" 'exit $?' - if ($AR t "$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib" | sort | sort -uc >/dev/null 2>&1); then - : - else - func_fatal_error "object name conflicts in archive: $f_ex_an_ar_dir/$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib" - fi -} - - -# func_extract_archives gentop oldlib ... -func_extract_archives () -{ - $opt_debug - my_gentop="$1"; shift - my_oldlibs=${1+"$@"} - my_oldobjs="" - my_xlib="" - my_xabs="" - my_xdir="" - - for my_xlib in $my_oldlibs; do - # Extract the objects. - case $my_xlib in - [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) my_xabs="$my_xlib" ;; - *) my_xabs=`pwd`"/$my_xlib" ;; - esac - func_basename "$my_xlib" - my_xlib="$func_basename_result" - my_xlib_u=$my_xlib - while :; do - case " $extracted_archives " in - *" $my_xlib_u "*) - func_arith $extracted_serial + 1 - extracted_serial=$func_arith_result - my_xlib_u=lt$extracted_serial-$my_xlib ;; - *) break ;; - esac - done - extracted_archives="$extracted_archives $my_xlib_u" - my_xdir="$my_gentop/$my_xlib_u" - - func_mkdir_p "$my_xdir" - - case $host in - *-darwin*) - func_verbose "Extracting $my_xabs" - # Do not bother doing anything if just a dry run - $opt_dry_run || { - darwin_orig_dir=`pwd` - cd $my_xdir || exit $? - darwin_archive=$my_xabs - darwin_curdir=`pwd` - darwin_base_archive=`basename "$darwin_archive"` - darwin_arches=`$LIPO -info "$darwin_archive" 2>/dev/null | $GREP Architectures 2>/dev/null || true` - if test -n "$darwin_arches"; then - darwin_arches=`$ECHO "$darwin_arches" | $SED -e 's/.*are://'` - darwin_arch= - func_verbose "$darwin_base_archive has multiple architectures $darwin_arches" - for darwin_arch in $darwin_arches ; do - func_mkdir_p "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}" - $LIPO -thin $darwin_arch -output "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}/${darwin_base_archive}" "${darwin_archive}" - cd "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}" - func_extract_an_archive "`pwd`" "${darwin_base_archive}" - cd "$darwin_curdir" - $RM "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}/${darwin_base_archive}" - done # $darwin_arches - ## Okay now we've a bunch of thin objects, gotta fatten them up :) - darwin_filelist=`find unfat-$$ -type f -name \*.o -print -o -name \*.lo -print | $SED -e "$basename" | sort -u` - darwin_file= - darwin_files= - for darwin_file in $darwin_filelist; do - darwin_files=`find unfat-$$ -name $darwin_file -print | $NL2SP` - $LIPO -create -output "$darwin_file" $darwin_files - done # $darwin_filelist - $RM -rf unfat-$$ - cd "$darwin_orig_dir" - else - cd $darwin_orig_dir - func_extract_an_archive "$my_xdir" "$my_xabs" - fi # $darwin_arches - } # !$opt_dry_run - ;; - *) - func_extract_an_archive "$my_xdir" "$my_xabs" - ;; - esac - my_oldobjs="$my_oldobjs "`find $my_xdir -name \*.$objext -print -o -name \*.lo -print | $NL2SP` - done - - func_extract_archives_result="$my_oldobjs" -} - - - -# func_emit_wrapper_part1 [arg=no] -# -# Emit the first part of a libtool wrapper script on stdout. -# For more information, see the description associated with -# func_emit_wrapper(), below. -func_emit_wrapper_part1 () -{ - func_emit_wrapper_part1_arg1=no - if test -n "$1" ; then - func_emit_wrapper_part1_arg1=$1 - fi - - $ECHO "\ -#! $SHELL - -# $output - temporary wrapper script for $objdir/$outputname -# Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION -# -# The $output program cannot be directly executed until all the libtool -# libraries that it depends on are installed. -# -# This wrapper script should never be moved out of the build directory. -# If it is, it will not operate correctly. - -# Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting. It backslashifies -# metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings. -Xsed='${SED} -e 1s/^X//' -sed_quote_subst='$sed_quote_subst' - -# Be Bourne compatible -if test -n \"\${ZSH_VERSION+set}\" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then - emulate sh - NULLCMD=: - # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on \${1+\"\$@\"}, which - # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. - alias -g '\${1+\"\$@\"}'='\"\$@\"' - setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST -else - case \`(set -o) 2>/dev/null\` in *posix*) set -o posix;; esac -fi -BIN_SH=xpg4; export BIN_SH # for Tru64 -DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh - -# The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout -# if CDPATH is set. -(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH - -relink_command=\"$relink_command\" - -# This environment variable determines our operation mode. -if test \"\$libtool_install_magic\" = \"$magic\"; then - # install mode needs the following variables: - generated_by_libtool_version='$macro_version' - notinst_deplibs='$notinst_deplibs' -else - # When we are sourced in execute mode, \$file and \$ECHO are already set. - if test \"\$libtool_execute_magic\" != \"$magic\"; then - ECHO=\"$qecho\" - file=\"\$0\" - # Make sure echo works. - if test \"X\$1\" = X--no-reexec; then - # Discard the --no-reexec flag, and continue. - shift - elif test \"X\`{ \$ECHO '\t'; } 2>/dev/null\`\" = 'X\t'; then - # Yippee, \$ECHO works! - : - else - # Restart under the correct shell, and then maybe \$ECHO will work. - exec $SHELL \"\$0\" --no-reexec \${1+\"\$@\"} - fi - fi\ -" - $ECHO "\ - - # Find the directory that this script lives in. - thisdir=\`\$ECHO \"X\$file\" | \$Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'\` - test \"x\$thisdir\" = \"x\$file\" && thisdir=. - - # Follow symbolic links until we get to the real thisdir. - file=\`ls -ld \"\$file\" | ${SED} -n 's/.*-> //p'\` - while test -n \"\$file\"; do - destdir=\`\$ECHO \"X\$file\" | \$Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*\$%%'\` - - # If there was a directory component, then change thisdir. - if test \"x\$destdir\" != \"x\$file\"; then - case \"\$destdir\" in - [\\\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\\\/]*) thisdir=\"\$destdir\" ;; - *) thisdir=\"\$thisdir/\$destdir\" ;; - esac - fi - - file=\`\$ECHO \"X\$file\" | \$Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'\` - file=\`ls -ld \"\$thisdir/\$file\" | ${SED} -n 's/.*-> //p'\` - done -" -} -# end: func_emit_wrapper_part1 - -# func_emit_wrapper_part2 [arg=no] -# -# Emit the second part of a libtool wrapper script on stdout. -# For more information, see the description associated with -# func_emit_wrapper(), below. -func_emit_wrapper_part2 () -{ - func_emit_wrapper_part2_arg1=no - if test -n "$1" ; then - func_emit_wrapper_part2_arg1=$1 - fi - - $ECHO "\ - - # Usually 'no', except on cygwin/mingw when embedded into - # the cwrapper. - WRAPPER_SCRIPT_BELONGS_IN_OBJDIR=$func_emit_wrapper_part2_arg1 - if test \"\$WRAPPER_SCRIPT_BELONGS_IN_OBJDIR\" = \"yes\"; then - # special case for '.' - if test \"\$thisdir\" = \".\"; then - thisdir=\`pwd\` - fi - # remove .libs from thisdir - case \"\$thisdir\" in - *[\\\\/]$objdir ) thisdir=\`\$ECHO \"X\$thisdir\" | \$Xsed -e 's%[\\\\/][^\\\\/]*$%%'\` ;; - $objdir ) thisdir=. ;; - esac - fi - - # Try to get the absolute directory name. - absdir=\`cd \"\$thisdir\" && pwd\` - test -n \"\$absdir\" && thisdir=\"\$absdir\" -" - - if test "$fast_install" = yes; then - $ECHO "\ - program=lt-'$outputname'$exeext - progdir=\"\$thisdir/$objdir\" - - if test ! -f \"\$progdir/\$program\" || - { file=\`ls -1dt \"\$progdir/\$program\" \"\$progdir/../\$program\" 2>/dev/null | ${SED} 1q\`; \\ - test \"X\$file\" != \"X\$progdir/\$program\"; }; then - - file=\"\$\$-\$program\" - - if test ! -d \"\$progdir\"; then - $MKDIR \"\$progdir\" - else - $RM \"\$progdir/\$file\" - fi" - - $ECHO "\ - - # relink executable if necessary - if test -n \"\$relink_command\"; then - if relink_command_output=\`eval \$relink_command 2>&1\`; then : - else - $ECHO \"\$relink_command_output\" >&2 - $RM \"\$progdir/\$file\" - exit 1 - fi - fi - - $MV \"\$progdir/\$file\" \"\$progdir/\$program\" 2>/dev/null || - { $RM \"\$progdir/\$program\"; - $MV \"\$progdir/\$file\" \"\$progdir/\$program\"; } - $RM \"\$progdir/\$file\" - fi" - else - $ECHO "\ - program='$outputname' - progdir=\"\$thisdir/$objdir\" -" - fi - - $ECHO "\ - - if test -f \"\$progdir/\$program\"; then" - - # Export our shlibpath_var if we have one. - if test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes && test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -n "$temp_rpath"; then - $ECHO "\ - # Add our own library path to $shlibpath_var - $shlibpath_var=\"$temp_rpath\$$shlibpath_var\" - - # Some systems cannot cope with colon-terminated $shlibpath_var - # The second colon is a workaround for a bug in BeOS R4 sed - $shlibpath_var=\`\$ECHO \"X\$$shlibpath_var\" | \$Xsed -e 's/::*\$//'\` - - export $shlibpath_var -" - fi - - # fixup the dll searchpath if we need to. - if test -n "$dllsearchpath"; then - $ECHO "\ - # Add the dll search path components to the executable PATH - PATH=$dllsearchpath:\$PATH -" - fi - - $ECHO "\ - if test \"\$libtool_execute_magic\" != \"$magic\"; then - # Run the actual program with our arguments. -" - case $host in - # Backslashes separate directories on plain windows - *-*-mingw | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*) - $ECHO "\ - exec \"\$progdir\\\\\$program\" \${1+\"\$@\"} -" - ;; - - *) - $ECHO "\ - exec \"\$progdir/\$program\" \${1+\"\$@\"} -" - ;; - esac - $ECHO "\ - \$ECHO \"\$0: cannot exec \$program \$*\" 1>&2 - exit 1 - fi - else - # The program doesn't exist. - \$ECHO \"\$0: error: \\\`\$progdir/\$program' does not exist\" 1>&2 - \$ECHO \"This script is just a wrapper for \$program.\" 1>&2 - $ECHO \"See the $PACKAGE documentation for more information.\" 1>&2 - exit 1 - fi -fi\ -" -} -# end: func_emit_wrapper_part2 - - -# func_emit_wrapper [arg=no] -# -# Emit a libtool wrapper script on stdout. -# Don't directly open a file because we may want to -# incorporate the script contents within a cygwin/mingw -# wrapper executable. Must ONLY be called from within -# func_mode_link because it depends on a number of variables -# set therein. -# -# ARG is the value that the WRAPPER_SCRIPT_BELONGS_IN_OBJDIR -# variable will take. If 'yes', then the emitted script -# will assume that the directory in which it is stored is -# the $objdir directory. This is a cygwin/mingw-specific -# behavior. -func_emit_wrapper () -{ - func_emit_wrapper_arg1=no - if test -n "$1" ; then - func_emit_wrapper_arg1=$1 - fi - - # split this up so that func_emit_cwrapperexe_src - # can call each part independently. - func_emit_wrapper_part1 "${func_emit_wrapper_arg1}" - func_emit_wrapper_part2 "${func_emit_wrapper_arg1}" -} - - -# func_to_host_path arg -# -# Convert paths to host format when used with build tools. -# Intended for use with "native" mingw (where libtool itself -# is running under the msys shell), or in the following cross- -# build environments: -# $build $host -# mingw (msys) mingw [e.g. native] -# cygwin mingw -# *nix + wine mingw -# where wine is equipped with the `winepath' executable. -# In the native mingw case, the (msys) shell automatically -# converts paths for any non-msys applications it launches, -# but that facility isn't available from inside the cwrapper. -# Similar accommodations are necessary for $host mingw and -# $build cygwin. Calling this function does no harm for other -# $host/$build combinations not listed above. -# -# ARG is the path (on $build) that should be converted to -# the proper representation for $host. The result is stored -# in $func_to_host_path_result. -func_to_host_path () -{ - func_to_host_path_result="$1" - if test -n "$1" ; then - case $host in - *mingw* ) - lt_sed_naive_backslashify='s|\\\\*|\\|g;s|/|\\|g;s|\\|\\\\|g' - case $build in - *mingw* ) # actually, msys - # awkward: cmd appends spaces to result - lt_sed_strip_trailing_spaces="s/[ ]*\$//" - func_to_host_path_tmp1=`( cmd //c echo "$1" |\ - $SED -e "$lt_sed_strip_trailing_spaces" ) 2>/dev/null || echo ""` - func_to_host_path_result=`echo "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" |\ - $SED -e "$lt_sed_naive_backslashify"` - ;; - *cygwin* ) - func_to_host_path_tmp1=`cygpath -w "$1"` - func_to_host_path_result=`echo "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" |\ - $SED -e "$lt_sed_naive_backslashify"` - ;; - * ) - # Unfortunately, winepath does not exit with a non-zero - # error code, so we are forced to check the contents of - # stdout. On the other hand, if the command is not - # found, the shell will set an exit code of 127 and print - # *an error message* to stdout. So we must check for both - # error code of zero AND non-empty stdout, which explains - # the odd construction: - func_to_host_path_tmp1=`winepath -w "$1" 2>/dev/null` - if test "$?" -eq 0 && test -n "${func_to_host_path_tmp1}"; then - func_to_host_path_result=`echo "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" |\ - $SED -e "$lt_sed_naive_backslashify"` - else - # Allow warning below. - func_to_host_path_result="" - fi - ;; - esac - if test -z "$func_to_host_path_result" ; then - func_error "Could not determine host path corresponding to" - func_error " '$1'" - func_error "Continuing, but uninstalled executables may not work." - # Fallback: - func_to_host_path_result="$1" - fi - ;; - esac - fi -} -# end: func_to_host_path - -# func_to_host_pathlist arg -# -# Convert pathlists to host format when used with build tools. -# See func_to_host_path(), above. This function supports the -# following $build/$host combinations (but does no harm for -# combinations not listed here): -# $build $host -# mingw (msys) mingw [e.g. native] -# cygwin mingw -# *nix + wine mingw -# -# Path separators are also converted from $build format to -# $host format. If ARG begins or ends with a path separator -# character, it is preserved (but converted to $host format) -# on output. -# -# ARG is a pathlist (on $build) that should be converted to -# the proper representation on $host. The result is stored -# in $func_to_host_pathlist_result. -func_to_host_pathlist () -{ - func_to_host_pathlist_result="$1" - if test -n "$1" ; then - case $host in - *mingw* ) - lt_sed_naive_backslashify='s|\\\\*|\\|g;s|/|\\|g;s|\\|\\\\|g' - # Remove leading and trailing path separator characters from - # ARG. msys behavior is inconsistent here, cygpath turns them - # into '.;' and ';.', and winepath ignores them completely. - func_to_host_pathlist_tmp2="$1" - # Once set for this call, this variable should not be - # reassigned. It is used in tha fallback case. - func_to_host_pathlist_tmp1=`echo "$func_to_host_pathlist_tmp2" |\ - $SED -e 's|^:*||' -e 's|:*$||'` - case $build in - *mingw* ) # Actually, msys. - # Awkward: cmd appends spaces to result. - lt_sed_strip_trailing_spaces="s/[ ]*\$//" - func_to_host_pathlist_tmp2=`( cmd //c echo "$func_to_host_pathlist_tmp1" |\ - $SED -e "$lt_sed_strip_trailing_spaces" ) 2>/dev/null || echo ""` - func_to_host_pathlist_result=`echo "$func_to_host_pathlist_tmp2" |\ - $SED -e "$lt_sed_naive_backslashify"` - ;; - *cygwin* ) - func_to_host_pathlist_tmp2=`cygpath -w -p "$func_to_host_pathlist_tmp1"` - func_to_host_pathlist_result=`echo "$func_to_host_pathlist_tmp2" |\ - $SED -e "$lt_sed_naive_backslashify"` - ;; - * ) - # unfortunately, winepath doesn't convert pathlists - func_to_host_pathlist_result="" - func_to_host_pathlist_oldIFS=$IFS - IFS=: - for func_to_host_pathlist_f in $func_to_host_pathlist_tmp1 ; do - IFS=$func_to_host_pathlist_oldIFS - if test -n "$func_to_host_pathlist_f" ; then - func_to_host_path "$func_to_host_pathlist_f" - if test -n "$func_to_host_path_result" ; then - if test -z "$func_to_host_pathlist_result" ; then - func_to_host_pathlist_result="$func_to_host_path_result" - else - func_to_host_pathlist_result="$func_to_host_pathlist_result;$func_to_host_path_result" - fi - fi - fi - IFS=: - done - IFS=$func_to_host_pathlist_oldIFS - ;; - esac - if test -z "$func_to_host_pathlist_result" ; then - func_error "Could not determine the host path(s) corresponding to" - func_error " '$1'" - func_error "Continuing, but uninstalled executables may not work." - # Fallback. This may break if $1 contains DOS-style drive - # specifications. The fix is not to complicate the expression - # below, but for the user to provide a working wine installation - # with winepath so that path translation in the cross-to-mingw - # case works properly. - lt_replace_pathsep_nix_to_dos="s|:|;|g" - func_to_host_pathlist_result=`echo "$func_to_host_pathlist_tmp1" |\ - $SED -e "$lt_replace_pathsep_nix_to_dos"` - fi - # Now, add the leading and trailing path separators back - case "$1" in - :* ) func_to_host_pathlist_result=";$func_to_host_pathlist_result" - ;; - esac - case "$1" in - *: ) func_to_host_pathlist_result="$func_to_host_pathlist_result;" - ;; - esac - ;; - esac - fi -} -# end: func_to_host_pathlist - -# func_emit_cwrapperexe_src -# emit the source code for a wrapper executable on stdout -# Must ONLY be called from within func_mode_link because -# it depends on a number of variable set therein. -func_emit_cwrapperexe_src () -{ - cat <<EOF - -/* $cwrappersource - temporary wrapper executable for $objdir/$outputname - Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION - - The $output program cannot be directly executed until all the libtool - libraries that it depends on are installed. - - This wrapper executable should never be moved out of the build directory. - If it is, it will not operate correctly. - - Currently, it simply execs the wrapper *script* "$SHELL $output", - but could eventually absorb all of the scripts functionality and - exec $objdir/$outputname directly. -*/ -EOF - cat <<"EOF" -#include <stdio.h> -#include <stdlib.h> -#ifdef _MSC_VER -# include <direct.h> -# include <process.h> -# include <io.h> -# define setmode _setmode -#else -# include <unistd.h> -# include <stdint.h> -# ifdef __CYGWIN__ -# include <io.h> -# define HAVE_SETENV -# ifdef __STRICT_ANSI__ -char *realpath (const char *, char *); -int putenv (char *); -int setenv (const char *, const char *, int); -# endif -# endif -#endif -#include <malloc.h> -#include <stdarg.h> -#include <assert.h> -#include <string.h> -#include <ctype.h> -#include <errno.h> -#include <fcntl.h> -#include <sys/stat.h> - -#if defined(PATH_MAX) -# define LT_PATHMAX PATH_MAX -#elif defined(MAXPATHLEN) -# define LT_PATHMAX MAXPATHLEN -#else -# define LT_PATHMAX 1024 -#endif - -#ifndef S_IXOTH -# define S_IXOTH 0 -#endif -#ifndef S_IXGRP -# define S_IXGRP 0 -#endif - -#ifdef _MSC_VER -# define S_IXUSR _S_IEXEC -# define stat _stat -# ifndef _INTPTR_T_DEFINED -# define intptr_t int -# endif -#endif - -#ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR -# define DIR_SEPARATOR '/' -# define PATH_SEPARATOR ':' -#endif - -#if defined (_WIN32) || defined (__MSDOS__) || defined (__DJGPP__) || \ - defined (__OS2__) -# define HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM -# define FOPEN_WB "wb" -# ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR_2 -# define DIR_SEPARATOR_2 '\\' -# endif -# ifndef PATH_SEPARATOR_2 -# define PATH_SEPARATOR_2 ';' -# endif -#endif - -#ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR_2 -# define IS_DIR_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR) -#else /* DIR_SEPARATOR_2 */ -# define IS_DIR_SEPARATOR(ch) \ - (((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR) || ((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR_2)) -#endif /* DIR_SEPARATOR_2 */ - -#ifndef PATH_SEPARATOR_2 -# define IS_PATH_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == PATH_SEPARATOR) -#else /* PATH_SEPARATOR_2 */ -# define IS_PATH_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == PATH_SEPARATOR_2) -#endif /* PATH_SEPARATOR_2 */ - -#ifdef __CYGWIN__ -# define FOPEN_WB "wb" -#endif - -#ifndef FOPEN_WB -# define FOPEN_WB "w" -#endif -#ifndef _O_BINARY -# define _O_BINARY 0 -#endif - -#define XMALLOC(type, num) ((type *) xmalloc ((num) * sizeof(type))) -#define XFREE(stale) do { \ - if (stale) { free ((void *) stale); stale = 0; } \ -} while (0) - -#undef LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF -#if defined DEBUGWRAPPER -# define LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF(args) ltwrapper_debugprintf args -static void -ltwrapper_debugprintf (const char *fmt, ...) -{ - va_list args; - va_start (args, fmt); - (void) vfprintf (stderr, fmt, args); - va_end (args); -} -#else -# define LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF(args) -#endif - -const char *program_name = NULL; - -void *xmalloc (size_t num); -char *xstrdup (const char *string); -const char *base_name (const char *name); -char *find_executable (const char *wrapper); -char *chase_symlinks (const char *pathspec); -int make_executable (const char *path); -int check_executable (const char *path); -char *strendzap (char *str, const char *pat); -void lt_fatal (const char *message, ...); -void lt_setenv (const char *name, const char *value); -char *lt_extend_str (const char *orig_value, const char *add, int to_end); -void lt_opt_process_env_set (const char *arg); -void lt_opt_process_env_prepend (const char *arg); -void lt_opt_process_env_append (const char *arg); -int lt_split_name_value (const char *arg, char** name, char** value); -void lt_update_exe_path (const char *name, const char *value); -void lt_update_lib_path (const char *name, const char *value); - -static const char *script_text_part1 = -EOF - - func_emit_wrapper_part1 yes | - $SED -e 's/\([\\"]\)/\\\1/g' \ - -e 's/^/ "/' -e 's/$/\\n"/' - echo ";" - cat <<EOF - -static const char *script_text_part2 = -EOF - func_emit_wrapper_part2 yes | - $SED -e 's/\([\\"]\)/\\\1/g' \ - -e 's/^/ "/' -e 's/$/\\n"/' - echo ";" - - cat <<EOF -const char * MAGIC_EXE = "$magic_exe"; -const char * LIB_PATH_VARNAME = "$shlibpath_var"; -EOF - - if test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes && test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -n "$temp_rpath"; then - func_to_host_pathlist "$temp_rpath" - cat <<EOF -const char * LIB_PATH_VALUE = "$func_to_host_pathlist_result"; -EOF - else - cat <<"EOF" -const char * LIB_PATH_VALUE = ""; -EOF - fi - - if test -n "$dllsearchpath"; then - func_to_host_pathlist "$dllsearchpath:" - cat <<EOF -const char * EXE_PATH_VARNAME = "PATH"; -const char * EXE_PATH_VALUE = "$func_to_host_pathlist_result"; -EOF - else - cat <<"EOF" -const char * EXE_PATH_VARNAME = ""; -const char * EXE_PATH_VALUE = ""; -EOF - fi - - if test "$fast_install" = yes; then - cat <<EOF -const char * TARGET_PROGRAM_NAME = "lt-$outputname"; /* hopefully, no .exe */ -EOF - else - cat <<EOF -const char * TARGET_PROGRAM_NAME = "$outputname"; /* hopefully, no .exe */ -EOF - fi - - - cat <<"EOF" - -#define LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX "--lt-" -#define LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX_LENGTH 5 - -static const size_t opt_prefix_len = LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX_LENGTH; -static const char *ltwrapper_option_prefix = LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX; - -static const char *dumpscript_opt = LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX "dump-script"; - -static const size_t env_set_opt_len = LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX_LENGTH + 7; -static const char *env_set_opt = LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX "env-set"; - /* argument is putenv-style "foo=bar", value of foo is set to bar */ - -static const size_t env_prepend_opt_len = LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX_LENGTH + 11; -static const char *env_prepend_opt = LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX "env-prepend"; - /* argument is putenv-style "foo=bar", new value of foo is bar${foo} */ - -static const size_t env_append_opt_len = LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX_LENGTH + 10; -static const char *env_append_opt = LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX "env-append"; - /* argument is putenv-style "foo=bar", new value of foo is ${foo}bar */ - -int -main (int argc, char *argv[]) -{ - char **newargz; - int newargc; - char *tmp_pathspec; - char *actual_cwrapper_path; - char *actual_cwrapper_name; - char *target_name; - char *lt_argv_zero; - intptr_t rval = 127; - - int i; - - program_name = (char *) xstrdup (base_name (argv[0])); - LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(main) argv[0] : %s\n", argv[0])); - LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(main) program_name : %s\n", program_name)); - - /* very simple arg parsing; don't want to rely on getopt */ - for (i = 1; i < argc; i++) - { - if (strcmp (argv[i], dumpscript_opt) == 0) - { -EOF - case "$host" in - *mingw* | *cygwin* ) - # make stdout use "unix" line endings - echo " setmode(1,_O_BINARY);" - ;; - esac - - cat <<"EOF" - printf ("%s", script_text_part1); - printf ("%s", script_text_part2); - return 0; - } - } - - newargz = XMALLOC (char *, argc + 1); - tmp_pathspec = find_executable (argv[0]); - if (tmp_pathspec == NULL) - lt_fatal ("Couldn't find %s", argv[0]); - LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(main) found exe (before symlink chase) at : %s\n", - tmp_pathspec)); - - actual_cwrapper_path = chase_symlinks (tmp_pathspec); - LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(main) found exe (after symlink chase) at : %s\n", - actual_cwrapper_path)); - XFREE (tmp_pathspec); - - actual_cwrapper_name = xstrdup( base_name (actual_cwrapper_path)); - strendzap (actual_cwrapper_path, actual_cwrapper_name); - - /* wrapper name transforms */ - strendzap (actual_cwrapper_name, ".exe"); - tmp_pathspec = lt_extend_str (actual_cwrapper_name, ".exe", 1); - XFREE (actual_cwrapper_name); - actual_cwrapper_name = tmp_pathspec; - tmp_pathspec = 0; - - /* target_name transforms -- use actual target program name; might have lt- prefix */ - target_name = xstrdup (base_name (TARGET_PROGRAM_NAME)); - strendzap (target_name, ".exe"); - tmp_pathspec = lt_extend_str (target_name, ".exe", 1); - XFREE (target_name); - target_name = tmp_pathspec; - tmp_pathspec = 0; - - LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(main) libtool target name: %s\n", - target_name)); -EOF - - cat <<EOF - newargz[0] = - XMALLOC (char, (strlen (actual_cwrapper_path) + - strlen ("$objdir") + 1 + strlen (actual_cwrapper_name) + 1)); - strcpy (newargz[0], actual_cwrapper_path); - strcat (newargz[0], "$objdir"); - strcat (newargz[0], "/"); -EOF - - cat <<"EOF" - /* stop here, and copy so we don't have to do this twice */ - tmp_pathspec = xstrdup (newargz[0]); - - /* do NOT want the lt- prefix here, so use actual_cwrapper_name */ - strcat (newargz[0], actual_cwrapper_name); - - /* DO want the lt- prefix here if it exists, so use target_name */ - lt_argv_zero = lt_extend_str (tmp_pathspec, target_name, 1); - XFREE (tmp_pathspec); - tmp_pathspec = NULL; -EOF - - case $host_os in - mingw*) - cat <<"EOF" - { - char* p; - while ((p = strchr (newargz[0], '\\')) != NULL) - { - *p = '/'; - } - while ((p = strchr (lt_argv_zero, '\\')) != NULL) - { - *p = '/'; - } - } -EOF - ;; - esac - - cat <<"EOF" - XFREE (target_name); - XFREE (actual_cwrapper_path); - XFREE (actual_cwrapper_name); - - lt_setenv ("BIN_SH", "xpg4"); /* for Tru64 */ - lt_setenv ("DUALCASE", "1"); /* for MSK sh */ - lt_update_lib_path (LIB_PATH_VARNAME, LIB_PATH_VALUE); - lt_update_exe_path (EXE_PATH_VARNAME, EXE_PATH_VALUE); - - newargc=0; - for (i = 1; i < argc; i++) - { - if (strncmp (argv[i], env_set_opt, env_set_opt_len) == 0) - { - if (argv[i][env_set_opt_len] == '=') - { - const char *p = argv[i] + env_set_opt_len + 1; - lt_opt_process_env_set (p); - } - else if (argv[i][env_set_opt_len] == '\0' && i + 1 < argc) - { - lt_opt_process_env_set (argv[++i]); /* don't copy */ - } - else - lt_fatal ("%s missing required argument", env_set_opt); - continue; - } - if (strncmp (argv[i], env_prepend_opt, env_prepend_opt_len) == 0) - { - if (argv[i][env_prepend_opt_len] == '=') - { - const char *p = argv[i] + env_prepend_opt_len + 1; - lt_opt_process_env_prepend (p); - } - else if (argv[i][env_prepend_opt_len] == '\0' && i + 1 < argc) - { - lt_opt_process_env_prepend (argv[++i]); /* don't copy */ - } - else - lt_fatal ("%s missing required argument", env_prepend_opt); - continue; - } - if (strncmp (argv[i], env_append_opt, env_append_opt_len) == 0) - { - if (argv[i][env_append_opt_len] == '=') - { - const char *p = argv[i] + env_append_opt_len + 1; - lt_opt_process_env_append (p); - } - else if (argv[i][env_append_opt_len] == '\0' && i + 1 < argc) - { - lt_opt_process_env_append (argv[++i]); /* don't copy */ - } - else - lt_fatal ("%s missing required argument", env_append_opt); - continue; - } - if (strncmp (argv[i], ltwrapper_option_prefix, opt_prefix_len) == 0) - { - /* however, if there is an option in the LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX - namespace, but it is not one of the ones we know about and - have already dealt with, above (inluding dump-script), then - report an error. Otherwise, targets might begin to believe - they are allowed to use options in the LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX - namespace. The first time any user complains about this, we'll - need to make LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX a configure-time option - or a configure.ac-settable value. - */ - lt_fatal ("Unrecognized option in %s namespace: '%s'", - ltwrapper_option_prefix, argv[i]); - } - /* otherwise ... */ - newargz[++newargc] = xstrdup (argv[i]); - } - newargz[++newargc] = NULL; - - LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(main) lt_argv_zero : %s\n", (lt_argv_zero ? lt_argv_zero : "<NULL>"))); - for (i = 0; i < newargc; i++) - { - LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(main) newargz[%d] : %s\n", i, (newargz[i] ? newargz[i] : "<NULL>"))); - } - -EOF - - case $host_os in - mingw*) - cat <<"EOF" - /* execv doesn't actually work on mingw as expected on unix */ - rval = _spawnv (_P_WAIT, lt_argv_zero, (const char * const *) newargz); - if (rval == -1) - { - /* failed to start process */ - LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(main) failed to launch target \"%s\": errno = %d\n", lt_argv_zero, errno)); - return 127; - } - return rval; -EOF - ;; - *) - cat <<"EOF" - execv (lt_argv_zero, newargz); - return rval; /* =127, but avoids unused variable warning */ -EOF - ;; - esac - - cat <<"EOF" -} - -void * -xmalloc (size_t num) -{ - void *p = (void *) malloc (num); - if (!p) - lt_fatal ("Memory exhausted"); - - return p; -} - -char * -xstrdup (const char *string) -{ - return string ? strcpy ((char *) xmalloc (strlen (string) + 1), - string) : NULL; -} - -const char * -base_name (const char *name) -{ - const char *base; - -#if defined (HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM) - /* Skip over the disk name in MSDOS pathnames. */ - if (isalpha ((unsigned char) name[0]) && name[1] == ':') - name += 2; -#endif - - for (base = name; *name; name++) - if (IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (*name)) - base = name + 1; - return base; -} - -int -check_executable (const char *path) -{ - struct stat st; - - LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(check_executable) : %s\n", - path ? (*path ? path : "EMPTY!") : "NULL!")); - if ((!path) || (!*path)) - return 0; - - if ((stat (path, &st) >= 0) - && (st.st_mode & (S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH))) - return 1; - else - return 0; -} - -int -make_executable (const char *path) -{ - int rval = 0; - struct stat st; - - LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(make_executable) : %s\n", - path ? (*path ? path : "EMPTY!") : "NULL!")); - if ((!path) || (!*path)) - return 0; - - if (stat (path, &st) >= 0) - { - rval = chmod (path, st.st_mode | S_IXOTH | S_IXGRP | S_IXUSR); - } - return rval; -} - -/* Searches for the full path of the wrapper. Returns - newly allocated full path name if found, NULL otherwise - Does not chase symlinks, even on platforms that support them. -*/ -char * -find_executable (const char *wrapper) -{ - int has_slash = 0; - const char *p; - const char *p_next; - /* static buffer for getcwd */ - char tmp[LT_PATHMAX + 1]; - int tmp_len; - char *concat_name; - - LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(find_executable) : %s\n", - wrapper ? (*wrapper ? wrapper : "EMPTY!") : "NULL!")); - - if ((wrapper == NULL) || (*wrapper == '\0')) - return NULL; - - /* Absolute path? */ -#if defined (HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM) - if (isalpha ((unsigned char) wrapper[0]) && wrapper[1] == ':') - { - concat_name = xstrdup (wrapper); - if (check_executable (concat_name)) - return concat_name; - XFREE (concat_name); - } - else - { -#endif - if (IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (wrapper[0])) - { - concat_name = xstrdup (wrapper); - if (check_executable (concat_name)) - return concat_name; - XFREE (concat_name); - } -#if defined (HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM) - } -#endif - - for (p = wrapper; *p; p++) - if (*p == '/') - { - has_slash = 1; - break; - } - if (!has_slash) - { - /* no slashes; search PATH */ - const char *path = getenv ("PATH"); - if (path != NULL) - { - for (p = path; *p; p = p_next) - { - const char *q; - size_t p_len; - for (q = p; *q; q++) - if (IS_PATH_SEPARATOR (*q)) - break; - p_len = q - p; - p_next = (*q == '\0' ? q : q + 1); - if (p_len == 0) - { - /* empty path: current directory */ - if (getcwd (tmp, LT_PATHMAX) == NULL) - lt_fatal ("getcwd failed"); - tmp_len = strlen (tmp); - concat_name = - XMALLOC (char, tmp_len + 1 + strlen (wrapper) + 1); - memcpy (concat_name, tmp, tmp_len); - concat_name[tmp_len] = '/'; - strcpy (concat_name + tmp_len + 1, wrapper); - } - else - { - concat_name = - XMALLOC (char, p_len + 1 + strlen (wrapper) + 1); - memcpy (concat_name, p, p_len); - concat_name[p_len] = '/'; - strcpy (concat_name + p_len + 1, wrapper); - } - if (check_executable (concat_name)) - return concat_name; - XFREE (concat_name); - } - } - /* not found in PATH; assume curdir */ - } - /* Relative path | not found in path: prepend cwd */ - if (getcwd (tmp, LT_PATHMAX) == NULL) - lt_fatal ("getcwd failed"); - tmp_len = strlen (tmp); - concat_name = XMALLOC (char, tmp_len + 1 + strlen (wrapper) + 1); - memcpy (concat_name, tmp, tmp_len); - concat_name[tmp_len] = '/'; - strcpy (concat_name + tmp_len + 1, wrapper); - - if (check_executable (concat_name)) - return concat_name; - XFREE (concat_name); - return NULL; -} - -char * -chase_symlinks (const char *pathspec) -{ -#ifndef S_ISLNK - return xstrdup (pathspec); -#else - char buf[LT_PATHMAX]; - struct stat s; - char *tmp_pathspec = xstrdup (pathspec); - char *p; - int has_symlinks = 0; - while (strlen (tmp_pathspec) && !has_symlinks) - { - LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("checking path component for symlinks: %s\n", - tmp_pathspec)); - if (lstat (tmp_pathspec, &s) == 0) - { - if (S_ISLNK (s.st_mode) != 0) - { - has_symlinks = 1; - break; - } - - /* search backwards for last DIR_SEPARATOR */ - p = tmp_pathspec + strlen (tmp_pathspec) - 1; - while ((p > tmp_pathspec) && (!IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (*p))) - p--; - if ((p == tmp_pathspec) && (!IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (*p))) - { - /* no more DIR_SEPARATORS left */ - break; - } - *p = '\0'; - } - else - { - char *errstr = strerror (errno); - lt_fatal ("Error accessing file %s (%s)", tmp_pathspec, errstr); - } - } - XFREE (tmp_pathspec); - - if (!has_symlinks) - { - return xstrdup (pathspec); - } - - tmp_pathspec = realpath (pathspec, buf); - if (tmp_pathspec == 0) - { - lt_fatal ("Could not follow symlinks for %s", pathspec); - } - return xstrdup (tmp_pathspec); -#endif -} - -char * -strendzap (char *str, const char *pat) -{ - size_t len, patlen; - - assert (str != NULL); - assert (pat != NULL); - - len = strlen (str); - patlen = strlen (pat); - - if (patlen <= len) - { - str += len - patlen; - if (strcmp (str, pat) == 0) - *str = '\0'; - } - return str; -} - -static void -lt_error_core (int exit_status, const char *mode, - const char *message, va_list ap) -{ - fprintf (stderr, "%s: %s: ", program_name, mode); - vfprintf (stderr, message, ap); - fprintf (stderr, ".\n"); - - if (exit_status >= 0) - exit (exit_status); -} - -void -lt_fatal (const char *message, ...) -{ - va_list ap; - va_start (ap, message); - lt_error_core (EXIT_FAILURE, "FATAL", message, ap); - va_end (ap); -} - -void -lt_setenv (const char *name, const char *value) -{ - LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(lt_setenv) setting '%s' to '%s'\n", - (name ? name : "<NULL>"), - (value ? value : "<NULL>"))); - { -#ifdef HAVE_SETENV - /* always make a copy, for consistency with !HAVE_SETENV */ - char *str = xstrdup (value); - setenv (name, str, 1); -#else - int len = strlen (name) + 1 + strlen (value) + 1; - char *str = XMALLOC (char, len); - sprintf (str, "%s=%s", name, value); - if (putenv (str) != EXIT_SUCCESS) - { - XFREE (str); - } -#endif - } -} - -char * -lt_extend_str (const char *orig_value, const char *add, int to_end) -{ - char *new_value; - if (orig_value && *orig_value) - { - int orig_value_len = strlen (orig_value); - int add_len = strlen (add); - new_value = XMALLOC (char, add_len + orig_value_len + 1); - if (to_end) - { - strcpy (new_value, orig_value); - strcpy (new_value + orig_value_len, add); - } - else - { - strcpy (new_value, add); - strcpy (new_value + add_len, orig_value); - } - } - else - { - new_value = xstrdup (add); - } - return new_value; -} - -int -lt_split_name_value (const char *arg, char** name, char** value) -{ - const char *p; - int len; - if (!arg || !*arg) - return 1; - - p = strchr (arg, (int)'='); - - if (!p) - return 1; - - *value = xstrdup (++p); - - len = strlen (arg) - strlen (*value); - *name = XMALLOC (char, len); - strncpy (*name, arg, len-1); - (*name)[len - 1] = '\0'; - - return 0; -} - -void -lt_opt_process_env_set (const char *arg) -{ - char *name = NULL; - char *value = NULL; - - if (lt_split_name_value (arg, &name, &value) != 0) - { - XFREE (name); - XFREE (value); - lt_fatal ("bad argument for %s: '%s'", env_set_opt, arg); - } - - lt_setenv (name, value); - XFREE (name); - XFREE (value); -} - -void -lt_opt_process_env_prepend (const char *arg) -{ - char *name = NULL; - char *value = NULL; - char *new_value = NULL; - - if (lt_split_name_value (arg, &name, &value) != 0) - { - XFREE (name); - XFREE (value); - lt_fatal ("bad argument for %s: '%s'", env_prepend_opt, arg); - } - - new_value = lt_extend_str (getenv (name), value, 0); - lt_setenv (name, new_value); - XFREE (new_value); - XFREE (name); - XFREE (value); -} - -void -lt_opt_process_env_append (const char *arg) -{ - char *name = NULL; - char *value = NULL; - char *new_value = NULL; - - if (lt_split_name_value (arg, &name, &value) != 0) - { - XFREE (name); - XFREE (value); - lt_fatal ("bad argument for %s: '%s'", env_append_opt, arg); - } - - new_value = lt_extend_str (getenv (name), value, 1); - lt_setenv (name, new_value); - XFREE (new_value); - XFREE (name); - XFREE (value); -} - -void -lt_update_exe_path (const char *name, const char *value) -{ - LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(lt_update_exe_path) modifying '%s' by prepending '%s'\n", - (name ? name : "<NULL>"), - (value ? value : "<NULL>"))); - - if (name && *name && value && *value) - { - char *new_value = lt_extend_str (getenv (name), value, 0); - /* some systems can't cope with a ':'-terminated path #' */ - int len = strlen (new_value); - while (((len = strlen (new_value)) > 0) && IS_PATH_SEPARATOR (new_value[len-1])) - { - new_value[len-1] = '\0'; - } - lt_setenv (name, new_value); - XFREE (new_value); - } -} - -void -lt_update_lib_path (const char *name, const char *value) -{ - LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(lt_update_lib_path) modifying '%s' by prepending '%s'\n", - (name ? name : "<NULL>"), - (value ? value : "<NULL>"))); - - if (name && *name && value && *value) - { - char *new_value = lt_extend_str (getenv (name), value, 0); - lt_setenv (name, new_value); - XFREE (new_value); - } -} - - -EOF -} -# end: func_emit_cwrapperexe_src - -# func_mode_link arg... -func_mode_link () -{ - $opt_debug - case $host in - *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*) - # It is impossible to link a dll without this setting, and - # we shouldn't force the makefile maintainer to figure out - # which system we are compiling for in order to pass an extra - # flag for every libtool invocation. - # allow_undefined=no - - # FIXME: Unfortunately, there are problems with the above when trying - # to make a dll which has undefined symbols, in which case not - # even a static library is built. For now, we need to specify - # -no-undefined on the libtool link line when we can be certain - # that all symbols are satisfied, otherwise we get a static library. - allow_undefined=yes - ;; - *) - allow_undefined=yes - ;; - esac - libtool_args=$nonopt - base_compile="$nonopt $@" - compile_command=$nonopt - finalize_command=$nonopt - - compile_rpath= - finalize_rpath= - compile_shlibpath= - finalize_shlibpath= - convenience= - old_convenience= - deplibs= - old_deplibs= - compiler_flags= - linker_flags= - dllsearchpath= - lib_search_path=`pwd` - inst_prefix_dir= - new_inherited_linker_flags= - - avoid_version=no - dlfiles= - dlprefiles= - dlself=no - export_dynamic=no - export_symbols= - export_symbols_regex= - generated= - libobjs= - ltlibs= - module=no - no_install=no - objs= - non_pic_objects= - precious_files_regex= - prefer_static_libs=no - preload=no - prev= - prevarg= - release= - rpath= - xrpath= - perm_rpath= - temp_rpath= - thread_safe=no - vinfo= - vinfo_number=no - weak_libs= - single_module="${wl}-single_module" - func_infer_tag $base_compile - - # We need to know -static, to get the right output filenames. - for arg - do - case $arg in - -shared) - test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes && \ - func_fatal_configuration "can not build a shared library" - build_old_libs=no - break - ;; - -all-static | -static | -static-libtool-libs) - case $arg in - -all-static) - if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test -z "$link_static_flag"; then - func_warning "complete static linking is impossible in this configuration" - fi - if test -n "$link_static_flag"; then - dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static - fi - prefer_static_libs=yes - ;; - -static) - if test -z "$pic_flag" && test -n "$link_static_flag"; then - dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static - fi - prefer_static_libs=built - ;; - -static-libtool-libs) - if test -z "$pic_flag" && test -n "$link_static_flag"; then - dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static - fi - prefer_static_libs=yes - ;; - esac - build_libtool_libs=no - build_old_libs=yes - break - ;; - esac - done - - # See if our shared archives depend on static archives. - test -n "$old_archive_from_new_cmds" && build_old_libs=yes - - # Go through the arguments, transforming them on the way. - while test "$#" -gt 0; do - arg="$1" - shift - func_quote_for_eval "$arg" - qarg=$func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result - func_append libtool_args " $func_quote_for_eval_result" - - # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it. - if test -n "$prev"; then - case $prev in - output) - func_append compile_command " @OUTPUT@" - func_append finalize_command " @OUTPUT@" - ;; - esac - - case $prev in - dlfiles|dlprefiles) - if test "$preload" = no; then - # Add the symbol object into the linking commands. - func_append compile_command " @SYMFILE@" - func_append finalize_command " @SYMFILE@" - preload=yes - fi - case $arg in - *.la | *.lo) ;; # We handle these cases below. - force) - if test "$dlself" = no; then - dlself=needless - export_dynamic=yes - fi - prev= - continue - ;; - self) - if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then - dlself=yes - elif test "$prev" = dlfiles && test "$dlopen_self" != yes; then - dlself=yes - else - dlself=needless - export_dynamic=yes - fi - prev= - continue - ;; - *) - if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then - dlfiles="$dlfiles $arg" - else - dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $arg" - fi - prev= - continue - ;; - esac - ;; - expsyms) - export_symbols="$arg" - test -f "$arg" \ - || func_fatal_error "symbol file \`$arg' does not exist" - prev= - continue - ;; - expsyms_regex) - export_symbols_regex="$arg" - prev= - continue - ;; - framework) - case $host in - *-*-darwin*) - case "$deplibs " in - *" $qarg.ltframework "*) ;; - *) deplibs="$deplibs $qarg.ltframework" # this is fixed later - ;; - esac - ;; - esac - prev= - continue - ;; - inst_prefix) - inst_prefix_dir="$arg" - prev= - continue - ;; - objectlist) - if test -f "$arg"; then - save_arg=$arg - moreargs= - for fil in `cat "$save_arg"` - do -# moreargs="$moreargs $fil" - arg=$fil - # A libtool-controlled object. - - # Check to see that this really is a libtool object. - if func_lalib_unsafe_p "$arg"; then - pic_object= - non_pic_object= - - # Read the .lo file - func_source "$arg" - - if test -z "$pic_object" || - test -z "$non_pic_object" || - test "$pic_object" = none && - test "$non_pic_object" = none; then - func_fatal_error "cannot find name of object for \`$arg'" - fi - - # Extract subdirectory from the argument. - func_dirname "$arg" "/" "" - xdir="$func_dirname_result" - - if test "$pic_object" != none; then - # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in. - pic_object="$xdir$pic_object" - - if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then - if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test "$dlopen_support" = yes; then - dlfiles="$dlfiles $pic_object" - prev= - continue - else - # If libtool objects are unsupported, then we need to preload. - prev=dlprefiles - fi - fi - - # CHECK ME: I think I busted this. -Ossama - if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then - # Preload the old-style object. - dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $pic_object" - prev= - fi - - # A PIC object. - func_append libobjs " $pic_object" - arg="$pic_object" - fi - - # Non-PIC object. - if test "$non_pic_object" != none; then - # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in. - non_pic_object="$xdir$non_pic_object" - - # A standard non-PIC object - func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object" - if test -z "$pic_object" || test "$pic_object" = none ; then - arg="$non_pic_object" - fi - else - # If the PIC object exists, use it instead. - # $xdir was prepended to $pic_object above. - non_pic_object="$pic_object" - func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object" - fi - else - # Only an error if not doing a dry-run. - if $opt_dry_run; then - # Extract subdirectory from the argument. - func_dirname "$arg" "/" "" - xdir="$func_dirname_result" - - func_lo2o "$arg" - pic_object=$xdir$objdir/$func_lo2o_result - non_pic_object=$xdir$func_lo2o_result - func_append libobjs " $pic_object" - func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object" - else - func_fatal_error "\`$arg' is not a valid libtool object" - fi - fi - done - else - func_fatal_error "link input file \`$arg' does not exist" - fi - arg=$save_arg - prev= - continue - ;; - precious_regex) - precious_files_regex="$arg" - prev= - continue - ;; - release) - release="-$arg" - prev= - continue - ;; - rpath | xrpath) - # We need an absolute path. - case $arg in - [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;; - *) - func_fatal_error "only absolute run-paths are allowed" - ;; - esac - if test "$prev" = rpath; then - case "$rpath " in - *" $arg "*) ;; - *) rpath="$rpath $arg" ;; - esac - else - case "$xrpath " in - *" $arg "*) ;; - *) xrpath="$xrpath $arg" ;; - esac - fi - prev= - continue - ;; - shrext) - shrext_cmds="$arg" - prev= - continue - ;; - weak) - weak_libs="$weak_libs $arg" - prev= - continue - ;; - xcclinker) - linker_flags="$linker_flags $qarg" - compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $qarg" - prev= - func_append compile_command " $qarg" - func_append finalize_command " $qarg" - continue - ;; - xcompiler) - compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $qarg" - prev= - func_append compile_command " $qarg" - func_append finalize_command " $qarg" - continue - ;; - xlinker) - linker_flags="$linker_flags $qarg" - compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $wl$qarg" - prev= - func_append compile_command " $wl$qarg" - func_append finalize_command " $wl$qarg" - continue - ;; - *) - eval "$prev=\"\$arg\"" - prev= - continue - ;; - esac - fi # test -n "$prev" - - prevarg="$arg" - - case $arg in - -all-static) - if test -n "$link_static_flag"; then - # See comment for -static flag below, for more details. - func_append compile_command " $link_static_flag" - func_append finalize_command " $link_static_flag" - fi - continue - ;; - - -allow-undefined) - # FIXME: remove this flag sometime in the future. - func_fatal_error "\`-allow-undefined' must not be used because it is the default" - ;; - - -avoid-version) - avoid_version=yes - continue - ;; - - -dlopen) - prev=dlfiles - continue - ;; - - -dlpreopen) - prev=dlprefiles - continue - ;; - - -export-dynamic) - export_dynamic=yes - continue - ;; - - -export-symbols | -export-symbols-regex) - if test -n "$export_symbols" || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then - func_fatal_error "more than one -exported-symbols argument is not allowed" - fi - if test "X$arg" = "X-export-symbols"; then - prev=expsyms - else - prev=expsyms_regex - fi - continue - ;; - - -framework) - prev=framework - continue - ;; - - -inst-prefix-dir) - prev=inst_prefix - continue - ;; - - # The native IRIX linker understands -LANG:*, -LIST:* and -LNO:* - # so, if we see these flags be careful not to treat them like -L - -L[A-Z][A-Z]*:*) - case $with_gcc/$host in - no/*-*-irix* | /*-*-irix*) - func_append compile_command " $arg" - func_append finalize_command " $arg" - ;; - esac - continue - ;; - - -L*) - func_stripname '-L' '' "$arg" - dir=$func_stripname_result - if test -z "$dir"; then - if test "$#" -gt 0; then - func_fatal_error "require no space between \`-L' and \`$1'" - else - func_fatal_error "need path for \`-L' option" - fi - fi - # We need an absolute path. - case $dir in - [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;; - *) - absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd` - test -z "$absdir" && \ - func_fatal_error "cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$dir'" - dir="$absdir" - ;; - esac - case "$deplibs " in - *" -L$dir "*) ;; - *) - deplibs="$deplibs -L$dir" - lib_search_path="$lib_search_path $dir" - ;; - esac - case $host in - *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*) - testbindir=`$ECHO "X$dir" | $Xsed -e 's*/lib$*/bin*'` - case :$dllsearchpath: in - *":$dir:"*) ;; - ::) dllsearchpath=$dir;; - *) dllsearchpath="$dllsearchpath:$dir";; - esac - case :$dllsearchpath: in - *":$testbindir:"*) ;; - ::) dllsearchpath=$testbindir;; - *) dllsearchpath="$dllsearchpath:$testbindir";; - esac - ;; - esac - continue - ;; - - -l*) - if test "X$arg" = "X-lc" || test "X$arg" = "X-lm"; then - case $host in - *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-beos* | *-cegcc*) - # These systems don't actually have a C or math library (as such) - continue - ;; - *-*-os2*) - # These systems don't actually have a C library (as such) - test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue - ;; - *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly*) - # Do not include libc due to us having libc/libc_r. - test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue - ;; - *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012]) - # Rhapsody C and math libraries are in the System framework - deplibs="$deplibs System.ltframework" - continue - ;; - *-*-sco3.2v5* | *-*-sco5v6*) - # Causes problems with __ctype - test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue - ;; - *-*-sysv4.2uw2* | *-*-sysv5* | *-*-unixware* | *-*-OpenUNIX*) - # Compiler inserts libc in the correct place for threads to work - test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue - ;; - esac - elif test "X$arg" = "X-lc_r"; then - case $host in - *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly*) - # Do not include libc_r directly, use -pthread flag. - continue - ;; - esac - fi - deplibs="$deplibs $arg" - continue - ;; - - -module) - module=yes - continue - ;; - - # Tru64 UNIX uses -model [arg] to determine the layout of C++ - # classes, name mangling, and exception handling. - # Darwin uses the -arch flag to determine output architecture. - -model|-arch|-isysroot) - compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $arg" - func_append compile_command " $arg" - func_append finalize_command " $arg" - prev=xcompiler - continue - ;; - - -mt|-mthreads|-kthread|-Kthread|-pthread|-pthreads|--thread-safe|-threads) - compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $arg" - func_append compile_command " $arg" - func_append finalize_command " $arg" - case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in - *" $arg "*) ;; - * ) new_inherited_linker_flags="$new_inherited_linker_flags $arg" ;; - esac - continue - ;; - - -multi_module) - single_module="${wl}-multi_module" - continue - ;; - - -no-fast-install) - fast_install=no - continue - ;; - - -no-install) - case $host in - *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-*-darwin* | *-cegcc*) - # The PATH hackery in wrapper scripts is required on Windows - # and Darwin in order for the loader to find any dlls it needs. - func_warning "\`-no-install' is ignored for $host" - func_warning "assuming \`-no-fast-install' instead" - fast_install=no - ;; - *) no_install=yes ;; - esac - continue - ;; - - -no-undefined) - allow_undefined=no - continue - ;; - - -objectlist) - prev=objectlist - continue - ;; - - -o) prev=output ;; - - -precious-files-regex) - prev=precious_regex - continue - ;; - - -release) - prev=release - continue - ;; - - -rpath) - prev=rpath - continue - ;; - - -R) - prev=xrpath - continue - ;; - - -R*) - func_stripname '-R' '' "$arg" - dir=$func_stripname_result - # We need an absolute path. - case $dir in - [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;; - *) - func_fatal_error "only absolute run-paths are allowed" - ;; - esac - case "$xrpath " in - *" $dir "*) ;; - *) xrpath="$xrpath $dir" ;; - esac - continue - ;; - - -shared) - # The effects of -shared are defined in a previous loop. - continue - ;; - - -shrext) - prev=shrext - continue - ;; - - -static | -static-libtool-libs) - # The effects of -static are defined in a previous loop. - # We used to do the same as -all-static on platforms that - # didn't have a PIC flag, but the assumption that the effects - # would be equivalent was wrong. It would break on at least - # Digital Unix and AIX. - continue - ;; - - -thread-safe) - thread_safe=yes - continue - ;; - - -version-info) - prev=vinfo - continue - ;; - - -version-number) - prev=vinfo - vinfo_number=yes - continue - ;; - - -weak) - prev=weak - continue - ;; - - -Wc,*) - func_stripname '-Wc,' '' "$arg" - args=$func_stripname_result - arg= - save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=',' - for flag in $args; do - IFS="$save_ifs" - func_quote_for_eval "$flag" - arg="$arg $wl$func_quote_for_eval_result" - compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $func_quote_for_eval_result" - done - IFS="$save_ifs" - func_stripname ' ' '' "$arg" - arg=$func_stripname_result - ;; - - -Wl,*) - func_stripname '-Wl,' '' "$arg" - args=$func_stripname_result - arg= - save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=',' - for flag in $args; do - IFS="$save_ifs" - func_quote_for_eval "$flag" - arg="$arg $wl$func_quote_for_eval_result" - compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $wl$func_quote_for_eval_result" - linker_flags="$linker_flags $func_quote_for_eval_result" - done - IFS="$save_ifs" - func_stripname ' ' '' "$arg" - arg=$func_stripname_result - ;; - - -Xcompiler) - prev=xcompiler - continue - ;; - - -Xlinker) - prev=xlinker - continue - ;; - - -XCClinker) - prev=xcclinker - continue - ;; - - # -msg_* for osf cc - -msg_*) - func_quote_for_eval "$arg" - arg="$func_quote_for_eval_result" - ;; - - # -64, -mips[0-9] enable 64-bit mode on the SGI compiler - # -r[0-9][0-9]* specifies the processor on the SGI compiler - # -xarch=*, -xtarget=* enable 64-bit mode on the Sun compiler - # +DA*, +DD* enable 64-bit mode on the HP compiler - # -q* pass through compiler args for the IBM compiler - # -m*, -t[45]*, -txscale* pass through architecture-specific - # compiler args for GCC - # -F/path gives path to uninstalled frameworks, gcc on darwin - # -p, -pg, --coverage, -fprofile-* pass through profiling flag for GCC - # @file GCC response files - -64|-mips[0-9]|-r[0-9][0-9]*|-xarch=*|-xtarget=*|+DA*|+DD*|-q*|-m*| \ - -t[45]*|-txscale*|-p|-pg|--coverage|-fprofile-*|-F*|@*) - func_quote_for_eval "$arg" - arg="$func_quote_for_eval_result" - func_append compile_command " $arg" - func_append finalize_command " $arg" - compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $arg" - continue - ;; - - # Some other compiler flag. - -* | +*) - func_quote_for_eval "$arg" - arg="$func_quote_for_eval_result" - ;; - - *.$objext) - # A standard object. - objs="$objs $arg" - ;; - - *.lo) - # A libtool-controlled object. - - # Check to see that this really is a libtool object. - if func_lalib_unsafe_p "$arg"; then - pic_object= - non_pic_object= - - # Read the .lo file - func_source "$arg" - - if test -z "$pic_object" || - test -z "$non_pic_object" || - test "$pic_object" = none && - test "$non_pic_object" = none; then - func_fatal_error "cannot find name of object for \`$arg'" - fi - - # Extract subdirectory from the argument. - func_dirname "$arg" "/" "" - xdir="$func_dirname_result" - - if test "$pic_object" != none; then - # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in. - pic_object="$xdir$pic_object" - - if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then - if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test "$dlopen_support" = yes; then - dlfiles="$dlfiles $pic_object" - prev= - continue - else - # If libtool objects are unsupported, then we need to preload. - prev=dlprefiles - fi - fi - - # CHECK ME: I think I busted this. -Ossama - if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then - # Preload the old-style object. - dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $pic_object" - prev= - fi - - # A PIC object. - func_append libobjs " $pic_object" - arg="$pic_object" - fi - - # Non-PIC object. - if test "$non_pic_object" != none; then - # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in. - non_pic_object="$xdir$non_pic_object" - - # A standard non-PIC object - func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object" - if test -z "$pic_object" || test "$pic_object" = none ; then - arg="$non_pic_object" - fi - else - # If the PIC object exists, use it instead. - # $xdir was prepended to $pic_object above. - non_pic_object="$pic_object" - func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object" - fi - else - # Only an error if not doing a dry-run. - if $opt_dry_run; then - # Extract subdirectory from the argument. - func_dirname "$arg" "/" "" - xdir="$func_dirname_result" - - func_lo2o "$arg" - pic_object=$xdir$objdir/$func_lo2o_result - non_pic_object=$xdir$func_lo2o_result - func_append libobjs " $pic_object" - func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object" - else - func_fatal_error "\`$arg' is not a valid libtool object" - fi - fi - ;; - - *.$libext) - # An archive. - deplibs="$deplibs $arg" - old_deplibs="$old_deplibs $arg" - continue - ;; - - *.la) - # A libtool-controlled library. - - if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then - # This library was specified with -dlopen. - dlfiles="$dlfiles $arg" - prev= - elif test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then - # The library was specified with -dlpreopen. - dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $arg" - prev= - else - deplibs="$deplibs $arg" - fi - continue - ;; - - # Some other compiler argument. - *) - # Unknown arguments in both finalize_command and compile_command need - # to be aesthetically quoted because they are evaled later. - func_quote_for_eval "$arg" - arg="$func_quote_for_eval_result" - ;; - esac # arg - - # Now actually substitute the argument into the commands. - if test -n "$arg"; then - func_append compile_command " $arg" - func_append finalize_command " $arg" - fi - done # argument parsing loop - - test -n "$prev" && \ - func_fatal_help "the \`$prevarg' option requires an argument" - - if test "$export_dynamic" = yes && test -n "$export_dynamic_flag_spec"; then - eval arg=\"$export_dynamic_flag_spec\" - func_append compile_command " $arg" - func_append finalize_command " $arg" - fi - - oldlibs= - # calculate the name of the file, without its directory - func_basename "$output" - outputname="$func_basename_result" - libobjs_save="$libobjs" - - if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then - # get the directories listed in $shlibpath_var - eval shlib_search_path=\`\$ECHO \"X\${$shlibpath_var}\" \| \$Xsed -e \'s/:/ /g\'\` - else - shlib_search_path= - fi - eval sys_lib_search_path=\"$sys_lib_search_path_spec\" - eval sys_lib_dlsearch_path=\"$sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec\" - - func_dirname "$output" "/" "" - output_objdir="$func_dirname_result$objdir" - # Create the object directory. - func_mkdir_p "$output_objdir" - - # Determine the type of output - case $output in - "") - func_fatal_help "you must specify an output file" - ;; - *.$libext) linkmode=oldlib ;; - *.lo | *.$objext) linkmode=obj ;; - *.la) linkmode=lib ;; - *) linkmode=prog ;; # Anything else should be a program. - esac - - specialdeplibs= - - libs= - # Find all interdependent deplibs by searching for libraries - # that are linked more than once (e.g. -la -lb -la) - for deplib in $deplibs; do - if $opt_duplicate_deps ; then - case "$libs " in - *" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $deplib" ;; - esac - fi - libs="$libs $deplib" - done - - if test "$linkmode" = lib; then - libs="$predeps $libs $compiler_lib_search_path $postdeps" - - # Compute libraries that are listed more than once in $predeps - # $postdeps and mark them as special (i.e., whose duplicates are - # not to be eliminated). - pre_post_deps= - if $opt_duplicate_compiler_generated_deps; then - for pre_post_dep in $predeps $postdeps; do - case "$pre_post_deps " in - *" $pre_post_dep "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $pre_post_deps" ;; - esac - pre_post_deps="$pre_post_deps $pre_post_dep" - done - fi - pre_post_deps= - fi - - deplibs= - newdependency_libs= - newlib_search_path= - need_relink=no # whether we're linking any uninstalled libtool libraries - notinst_deplibs= # not-installed libtool libraries - notinst_path= # paths that contain not-installed libtool libraries - - case $linkmode in - lib) - passes="conv dlpreopen link" - for file in $dlfiles $dlprefiles; do - case $file in - *.la) ;; - *) - func_fatal_help "libraries can \`-dlopen' only libtool libraries: $file" - ;; - esac - done - ;; - prog) - compile_deplibs= - finalize_deplibs= - alldeplibs=no - newdlfiles= - newdlprefiles= - passes="conv scan dlopen dlpreopen link" - ;; - *) passes="conv" - ;; - esac - - for pass in $passes; do - # The preopen pass in lib mode reverses $deplibs; put it back here - # so that -L comes before libs that need it for instance... - if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,link"; then - ## FIXME: Find the place where the list is rebuilt in the wrong - ## order, and fix it there properly - tmp_deplibs= - for deplib in $deplibs; do - tmp_deplibs="$deplib $tmp_deplibs" - done - deplibs="$tmp_deplibs" - fi - - if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,link" || - test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,scan"; then - libs="$deplibs" - deplibs= - fi - if test "$linkmode" = prog; then - case $pass in - dlopen) libs="$dlfiles" ;; - dlpreopen) libs="$dlprefiles" ;; - link) libs="$deplibs %DEPLIBS% $dependency_libs" ;; - esac - fi - if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,dlpreopen"; then - # Collect and forward deplibs of preopened libtool libs - for lib in $dlprefiles; do - # Ignore non-libtool-libs - dependency_libs= - case $lib in - *.la) func_source "$lib" ;; - esac - - # Collect preopened libtool deplibs, except any this library - # has declared as weak libs - for deplib in $dependency_libs; do - deplib_base=`$ECHO "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e "$basename"` - case " $weak_libs " in - *" $deplib_base "*) ;; - *) deplibs="$deplibs $deplib" ;; - esac - done - done - libs="$dlprefiles" - fi - if test "$pass" = dlopen; then - # Collect dlpreopened libraries - save_deplibs="$deplibs" - deplibs= - fi - - for deplib in $libs; do - lib= - found=no - case $deplib in - -mt|-mthreads|-kthread|-Kthread|-pthread|-pthreads|--thread-safe|-threads) - if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then - compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" - finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" - else - compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $deplib" - if test "$linkmode" = lib ; then - case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in - *" $deplib "*) ;; - * ) new_inherited_linker_flags="$new_inherited_linker_flags $deplib" ;; - esac - fi - fi - continue - ;; - -l*) - if test "$linkmode" != lib && test "$linkmode" != prog; then - func_warning "\`-l' is ignored for archives/objects" - continue - fi - func_stripname '-l' '' "$deplib" - name=$func_stripname_result - if test "$linkmode" = lib; then - searchdirs="$newlib_search_path $lib_search_path $compiler_lib_search_dirs $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path" - else - searchdirs="$newlib_search_path $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path" - fi - for searchdir in $searchdirs; do - for search_ext in .la $std_shrext .so .a; do - # Search the libtool library - lib="$searchdir/lib${name}${search_ext}" - if test -f "$lib"; then - if test "$search_ext" = ".la"; then - found=yes - else - found=no - fi - break 2 - fi - done - done - if test "$found" != yes; then - # deplib doesn't seem to be a libtool library - if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then - compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" - finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" - else - deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" - test "$linkmode" = lib && newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" - fi - continue - else # deplib is a libtool library - # If $allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes && $deplib is a stdlib, - # We need to do some special things here, and not later. - if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then - case " $predeps $postdeps " in - *" $deplib "*) - if func_lalib_p "$lib"; then - library_names= - old_library= - func_source "$lib" - for l in $old_library $library_names; do - ll="$l" - done - if test "X$ll" = "X$old_library" ; then # only static version available - found=no - func_dirname "$lib" "" "." - ladir="$func_dirname_result" - lib=$ladir/$old_library - if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then - compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" - finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" - else - deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" - test "$linkmode" = lib && newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" - fi - continue - fi - fi - ;; - *) ;; - esac - fi - fi - ;; # -l - *.ltframework) - if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then - compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" - finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" - else - deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" - if test "$linkmode" = lib ; then - case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in - *" $deplib "*) ;; - * ) new_inherited_linker_flags="$new_inherited_linker_flags $deplib" ;; - esac - fi - fi - continue - ;; - -L*) - case $linkmode in - lib) - deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" - test "$pass" = conv && continue - newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" - func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib" - newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path $func_stripname_result" - ;; - prog) - if test "$pass" = conv; then - deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" - continue - fi - if test "$pass" = scan; then - deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" - else - compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" - finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" - fi - func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib" - newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path $func_stripname_result" - ;; - *) - func_warning "\`-L' is ignored for archives/objects" - ;; - esac # linkmode - continue - ;; # -L - -R*) - if test "$pass" = link; then - func_stripname '-R' '' "$deplib" - dir=$func_stripname_result - # Make sure the xrpath contains only unique directories. - case "$xrpath " in - *" $dir "*) ;; - *) xrpath="$xrpath $dir" ;; - esac - fi - deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" - continue - ;; - *.la) lib="$deplib" ;; - *.$libext) - if test "$pass" = conv; then - deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" - continue - fi - case $linkmode in - lib) - # Linking convenience modules into shared libraries is allowed, - # but linking other static libraries is non-portable. - case " $dlpreconveniencelibs " in - *" $deplib "*) ;; - *) - valid_a_lib=no - case $deplibs_check_method in - match_pattern*) - set dummy $deplibs_check_method; shift - match_pattern_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$1 \(.*\)"` - if eval "\$ECHO \"X$deplib\"" 2>/dev/null | $Xsed -e 10q \ - | $EGREP "$match_pattern_regex" > /dev/null; then - valid_a_lib=yes - fi - ;; - pass_all) - valid_a_lib=yes - ;; - esac - if test "$valid_a_lib" != yes; then - $ECHO - $ECHO "*** Warning: Trying to link with static lib archive $deplib." - $ECHO "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" - $ECHO "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" - $ECHO "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have" - $ECHO "*** because the file extensions .$libext of this argument makes me believe" - $ECHO "*** that it is just a static archive that I should not use here." - else - $ECHO - $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the" - $ECHO "*** static library $deplib is not portable!" - deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" - fi - ;; - esac - continue - ;; - prog) - if test "$pass" != link; then - deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" - else - compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" - finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" - fi - continue - ;; - esac # linkmode - ;; # *.$libext - *.lo | *.$objext) - if test "$pass" = conv; then - deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" - elif test "$linkmode" = prog; then - if test "$pass" = dlpreopen || test "$dlopen_support" != yes || test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then - # If there is no dlopen support or we're linking statically, - # we need to preload. - newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $deplib" - compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" - finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" - else - newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $deplib" - fi - fi - continue - ;; - %DEPLIBS%) - alldeplibs=yes - continue - ;; - esac # case $deplib - - if test "$found" = yes || test -f "$lib"; then : - else - func_fatal_error "cannot find the library \`$lib' or unhandled argument \`$deplib'" - fi - - # Check to see that this really is a libtool archive. - func_lalib_unsafe_p "$lib" \ - || func_fatal_error "\`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" - - func_dirname "$lib" "" "." - ladir="$func_dirname_result" - - dlname= - dlopen= - dlpreopen= - libdir= - library_names= - old_library= - inherited_linker_flags= - # If the library was installed with an old release of libtool, - # it will not redefine variables installed, or shouldnotlink - installed=yes - shouldnotlink=no - avoidtemprpath= - - - # Read the .la file - func_source "$lib" - - # Convert "-framework foo" to "foo.ltframework" - if test -n "$inherited_linker_flags"; then - tmp_inherited_linker_flags=`$ECHO "X$inherited_linker_flags" | $Xsed -e 's/-framework \([^ $]*\)/\1.ltframework/g'` - for tmp_inherited_linker_flag in $tmp_inherited_linker_flags; do - case " $new_inherited_linker_flags " in - *" $tmp_inherited_linker_flag "*) ;; - *) new_inherited_linker_flags="$new_inherited_linker_flags $tmp_inherited_linker_flag";; - esac - done - fi - dependency_libs=`$ECHO "X $dependency_libs" | $Xsed -e 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` - if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,link" || - test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,scan" || - { test "$linkmode" != prog && test "$linkmode" != lib; }; then - test -n "$dlopen" && dlfiles="$dlfiles $dlopen" - test -n "$dlpreopen" && dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $dlpreopen" - fi - - if test "$pass" = conv; then - # Only check for convenience libraries - deplibs="$lib $deplibs" - if test -z "$libdir"; then - if test -z "$old_library"; then - func_fatal_error "cannot find name of link library for \`$lib'" - fi - # It is a libtool convenience library, so add in its objects. - convenience="$convenience $ladir/$objdir/$old_library" - old_convenience="$old_convenience $ladir/$objdir/$old_library" - elif test "$linkmode" != prog && test "$linkmode" != lib; then - func_fatal_error "\`$lib' is not a convenience library" - fi - tmp_libs= - for deplib in $dependency_libs; do - deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" - if $opt_duplicate_deps ; then - case "$tmp_libs " in - *" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $deplib" ;; - esac - fi - tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib" - done - continue - fi # $pass = conv - - - # Get the name of the library we link against. - linklib= - for l in $old_library $library_names; do - linklib="$l" - done - if test -z "$linklib"; then - func_fatal_error "cannot find name of link library for \`$lib'" - fi - - # This library was specified with -dlopen. - if test "$pass" = dlopen; then - if test -z "$libdir"; then - func_fatal_error "cannot -dlopen a convenience library: \`$lib'" - fi - if test -z "$dlname" || - test "$dlopen_support" != yes || - test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then - # If there is no dlname, no dlopen support or we're linking - # statically, we need to preload. We also need to preload any - # dependent libraries so libltdl's deplib preloader doesn't - # bomb out in the load deplibs phase. - dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $lib $dependency_libs" - else - newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $lib" - fi - continue - fi # $pass = dlopen - - # We need an absolute path. - case $ladir in - [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs_ladir="$ladir" ;; - *) - abs_ladir=`cd "$ladir" && pwd` - if test -z "$abs_ladir"; then - func_warning "cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$ladir'" - func_warning "passing it literally to the linker, although it might fail" - abs_ladir="$ladir" - fi - ;; - esac - func_basename "$lib" - laname="$func_basename_result" - - # Find the relevant object directory and library name. - if test "X$installed" = Xyes; then - if test ! -f "$libdir/$linklib" && test -f "$abs_ladir/$linklib"; then - func_warning "library \`$lib' was moved." - dir="$ladir" - absdir="$abs_ladir" - libdir="$abs_ladir" - else - dir="$libdir" - absdir="$libdir" - fi - test "X$hardcode_automatic" = Xyes && avoidtemprpath=yes - else - if test ! -f "$ladir/$objdir/$linklib" && test -f "$abs_ladir/$linklib"; then - dir="$ladir" - absdir="$abs_ladir" - # Remove this search path later - notinst_path="$notinst_path $abs_ladir" - else - dir="$ladir/$objdir" - absdir="$abs_ladir/$objdir" - # Remove this search path later - notinst_path="$notinst_path $abs_ladir" - fi - fi # $installed = yes - func_stripname 'lib' '.la' "$laname" - name=$func_stripname_result - - # This library was specified with -dlpreopen. - if test "$pass" = dlpreopen; then - if test -z "$libdir" && test "$linkmode" = prog; then - func_fatal_error "only libraries may -dlpreopen a convenience library: \`$lib'" - fi - # Prefer using a static library (so that no silly _DYNAMIC symbols - # are required to link). - if test -n "$old_library"; then - newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $dir/$old_library" - # Keep a list of preopened convenience libraries to check - # that they are being used correctly in the link pass. - test -z "$libdir" && \ - dlpreconveniencelibs="$dlpreconveniencelibs $dir/$old_library" - # Otherwise, use the dlname, so that lt_dlopen finds it. - elif test -n "$dlname"; then - newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $dir/$dlname" - else - newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $dir/$linklib" - fi - fi # $pass = dlpreopen - - if test -z "$libdir"; then - # Link the convenience library - if test "$linkmode" = lib; then - deplibs="$dir/$old_library $deplibs" - elif test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then - compile_deplibs="$dir/$old_library $compile_deplibs" - finalize_deplibs="$dir/$old_library $finalize_deplibs" - else - deplibs="$lib $deplibs" # used for prog,scan pass - fi - continue - fi - - - if test "$linkmode" = prog && test "$pass" != link; then - newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path $ladir" - deplibs="$lib $deplibs" - - linkalldeplibs=no - if test "$link_all_deplibs" != no || test -z "$library_names" || - test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then - linkalldeplibs=yes - fi - - tmp_libs= - for deplib in $dependency_libs; do - case $deplib in - -L*) func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib" - newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path $func_stripname_result" - ;; - esac - # Need to link against all dependency_libs? - if test "$linkalldeplibs" = yes; then - deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" - else - # Need to hardcode shared library paths - # or/and link against static libraries - newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" - fi - if $opt_duplicate_deps ; then - case "$tmp_libs " in - *" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $deplib" ;; - esac - fi - tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib" - done # for deplib - continue - fi # $linkmode = prog... - - if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then - if test -n "$library_names" && - { { test "$prefer_static_libs" = no || - test "$prefer_static_libs,$installed" = "built,yes"; } || - test -z "$old_library"; }; then - # We need to hardcode the library path - if test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -z "$avoidtemprpath" ; then - # Make sure the rpath contains only unique directories. - case "$temp_rpath:" in - *"$absdir:"*) ;; - *) temp_rpath="$temp_rpath$absdir:" ;; - esac - fi - - # Hardcode the library path. - # Skip directories that are in the system default run-time - # search path. - case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in - *" $absdir "*) ;; - *) - case "$compile_rpath " in - *" $absdir "*) ;; - *) compile_rpath="$compile_rpath $absdir" - esac - ;; - esac - case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in - *" $libdir "*) ;; - *) - case "$finalize_rpath " in - *" $libdir "*) ;; - *) finalize_rpath="$finalize_rpath $libdir" - esac - ;; - esac - fi # $linkmode,$pass = prog,link... - - if test "$alldeplibs" = yes && - { test "$deplibs_check_method" = pass_all || - { test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && - test -n "$library_names"; }; }; then - # We only need to search for static libraries - continue - fi - fi - - link_static=no # Whether the deplib will be linked statically - use_static_libs=$prefer_static_libs - if test "$use_static_libs" = built && test "$installed" = yes; then - use_static_libs=no - fi - if test -n "$library_names" && - { test "$use_static_libs" = no || test -z "$old_library"; }; then - case $host in - *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc*) - # No point in relinking DLLs because paths are not encoded - notinst_deplibs="$notinst_deplibs $lib" - need_relink=no - ;; - *) - if test "$installed" = no; then - notinst_deplibs="$notinst_deplibs $lib" - need_relink=yes - fi - ;; - esac - # This is a shared library - - # Warn about portability, can't link against -module's on some - # systems (darwin). Don't bleat about dlopened modules though! - dlopenmodule="" - for dlpremoduletest in $dlprefiles; do - if test "X$dlpremoduletest" = "X$lib"; then - dlopenmodule="$dlpremoduletest" - break - fi - done - if test -z "$dlopenmodule" && test "$shouldnotlink" = yes && test "$pass" = link; then - $ECHO - if test "$linkmode" = prog; then - $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the executable $output against the loadable module" - else - $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the loadable module" - fi - $ECHO "*** $linklib is not portable!" - fi - if test "$linkmode" = lib && - test "$hardcode_into_libs" = yes; then - # Hardcode the library path. - # Skip directories that are in the system default run-time - # search path. - case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in - *" $absdir "*) ;; - *) - case "$compile_rpath " in - *" $absdir "*) ;; - *) compile_rpath="$compile_rpath $absdir" - esac - ;; - esac - case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in - *" $libdir "*) ;; - *) - case "$finalize_rpath " in - *" $libdir "*) ;; - *) finalize_rpath="$finalize_rpath $libdir" - esac - ;; - esac - fi - - if test -n "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds"; then - # figure out the soname - set dummy $library_names - shift - realname="$1" - shift - libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""` - # use dlname if we got it. it's perfectly good, no? - if test -n "$dlname"; then - soname="$dlname" - elif test -n "$soname_spec"; then - # bleh windows - case $host in - *cygwin* | mingw* | *cegcc*) - func_arith $current - $age - major=$func_arith_result - versuffix="-$major" - ;; - esac - eval soname=\"$soname_spec\" - else - soname="$realname" - fi - - # Make a new name for the extract_expsyms_cmds to use - soroot="$soname" - func_basename "$soroot" - soname="$func_basename_result" - func_stripname 'lib' '.dll' "$soname" - newlib=libimp-$func_stripname_result.a - - # If the library has no export list, then create one now - if test -f "$output_objdir/$soname-def"; then : - else - func_verbose "extracting exported symbol list from \`$soname'" - func_execute_cmds "$extract_expsyms_cmds" 'exit $?' - fi - - # Create $newlib - if test -f "$output_objdir/$newlib"; then :; else - func_verbose "generating import library for \`$soname'" - func_execute_cmds "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds" 'exit $?' - fi - # make sure the library variables are pointing to the new library - dir=$output_objdir - linklib=$newlib - fi # test -n "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds" - - if test "$linkmode" = prog || test "$mode" != relink; then - add_shlibpath= - add_dir= - add= - lib_linked=yes - case $hardcode_action in - immediate | unsupported) - if test "$hardcode_direct" = no; then - add="$dir/$linklib" - case $host in - *-*-sco3.2v5.0.[024]*) add_dir="-L$dir" ;; - *-*-sysv4*uw2*) add_dir="-L$dir" ;; - *-*-sysv5OpenUNIX* | *-*-sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | \ - *-*-unixware7*) add_dir="-L$dir" ;; - *-*-darwin* ) - # if the lib is a (non-dlopened) module then we can not - # link against it, someone is ignoring the earlier warnings - if /usr/bin/file -L $add 2> /dev/null | - $GREP ": [^:]* bundle" >/dev/null ; then - if test "X$dlopenmodule" != "X$lib"; then - $ECHO "*** Warning: lib $linklib is a module, not a shared library" - if test -z "$old_library" ; then - $ECHO - $ECHO "*** And there doesn't seem to be a static archive available" - $ECHO "*** The link will probably fail, sorry" - else - add="$dir/$old_library" - fi - elif test -n "$old_library"; then - add="$dir/$old_library" - fi - fi - esac - elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = no; then - case $host in - *-*-sunos*) add_shlibpath="$dir" ;; - esac - add_dir="-L$dir" - add="-l$name" - elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = no; then - add_shlibpath="$dir" - add="-l$name" - else - lib_linked=no - fi - ;; - relink) - if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes && - test "$hardcode_direct_absolute" = no; then - add="$dir/$linklib" - elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = yes; then - add_dir="-L$dir" - # Try looking first in the location we're being installed to. - if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then - case $libdir in - [\\/]*) - add_dir="$add_dir -L$inst_prefix_dir$libdir" - ;; - esac - fi - add="-l$name" - elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then - add_shlibpath="$dir" - add="-l$name" - else - lib_linked=no - fi - ;; - *) lib_linked=no ;; - esac - - if test "$lib_linked" != yes; then - func_fatal_configuration "unsupported hardcode properties" - fi - - if test -n "$add_shlibpath"; then - case :$compile_shlibpath: in - *":$add_shlibpath:"*) ;; - *) compile_shlibpath="$compile_shlibpath$add_shlibpath:" ;; - esac - fi - if test "$linkmode" = prog; then - test -n "$add_dir" && compile_deplibs="$add_dir $compile_deplibs" - test -n "$add" && compile_deplibs="$add $compile_deplibs" - else - test -n "$add_dir" && deplibs="$add_dir $deplibs" - test -n "$add" && deplibs="$add $deplibs" - if test "$hardcode_direct" != yes && - test "$hardcode_minus_L" != yes && - test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then - case :$finalize_shlibpath: in - *":$libdir:"*) ;; - *) finalize_shlibpath="$finalize_shlibpath$libdir:" ;; - esac - fi - fi - fi - - if test "$linkmode" = prog || test "$mode" = relink; then - add_shlibpath= - add_dir= - add= - # Finalize command for both is simple: just hardcode it. - if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes && - test "$hardcode_direct_absolute" = no; then - add="$libdir/$linklib" - elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = yes; then - add_dir="-L$libdir" - add="-l$name" - elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then - case :$finalize_shlibpath: in - *":$libdir:"*) ;; - *) finalize_shlibpath="$finalize_shlibpath$libdir:" ;; - esac - add="-l$name" - elif test "$hardcode_automatic" = yes; then - if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir" && - test -f "$inst_prefix_dir$libdir/$linklib" ; then - add="$inst_prefix_dir$libdir/$linklib" - else - add="$libdir/$linklib" - fi - else - # We cannot seem to hardcode it, guess we'll fake it. - add_dir="-L$libdir" - # Try looking first in the location we're being installed to. - if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then - case $libdir in - [\\/]*) - add_dir="$add_dir -L$inst_prefix_dir$libdir" - ;; - esac - fi - add="-l$name" - fi - - if test "$linkmode" = prog; then - test -n "$add_dir" && finalize_deplibs="$add_dir $finalize_deplibs" - test -n "$add" && finalize_deplibs="$add $finalize_deplibs" - else - test -n "$add_dir" && deplibs="$add_dir $deplibs" - test -n "$add" && deplibs="$add $deplibs" - fi - fi - elif test "$linkmode" = prog; then - # Here we assume that one of hardcode_direct or hardcode_minus_L - # is not unsupported. This is valid on all known static and - # shared platforms. - if test "$hardcode_direct" != unsupported; then - test -n "$old_library" && linklib="$old_library" - compile_deplibs="$dir/$linklib $compile_deplibs" - finalize_deplibs="$dir/$linklib $finalize_deplibs" - else - compile_deplibs="-l$name -L$dir $compile_deplibs" - finalize_deplibs="-l$name -L$dir $finalize_deplibs" - fi - elif test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then - # Not a shared library - if test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then - # We're trying link a shared library against a static one - # but the system doesn't support it. - - # Just print a warning and add the library to dependency_libs so - # that the program can be linked against the static library. - $ECHO - $ECHO "*** Warning: This system can not link to static lib archive $lib." - $ECHO "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" - $ECHO "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" - $ECHO "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have." - if test "$module" = yes; then - $ECHO "*** But as you try to build a module library, libtool will still create " - $ECHO "*** a static module, that should work as long as the dlopening application" - $ECHO "*** is linked with the -dlopen flag to resolve symbols at runtime." - if test -z "$global_symbol_pipe"; then - $ECHO - $ECHO "*** However, this would only work if libtool was able to extract symbol" - $ECHO "*** lists from a program, using \`nm' or equivalent, but libtool could" - $ECHO "*** not find such a program. So, this module is probably useless." - $ECHO "*** \`nm' from GNU binutils and a full rebuild may help." - fi - if test "$build_old_libs" = no; then - build_libtool_libs=module - build_old_libs=yes - else - build_libtool_libs=no - fi - fi - else - deplibs="$dir/$old_library $deplibs" - link_static=yes - fi - fi # link shared/static library? - - if test "$linkmode" = lib; then - if test -n "$dependency_libs" && - { test "$hardcode_into_libs" != yes || - test "$build_old_libs" = yes || - test "$link_static" = yes; }; then - # Extract -R from dependency_libs - temp_deplibs= - for libdir in $dependency_libs; do - case $libdir in - -R*) func_stripname '-R' '' "$libdir" - temp_xrpath=$func_stripname_result - case " $xrpath " in - *" $temp_xrpath "*) ;; - *) xrpath="$xrpath $temp_xrpath";; - esac;; - *) temp_deplibs="$temp_deplibs $libdir";; - esac - done - dependency_libs="$temp_deplibs" - fi - - newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path $absdir" - # Link against this library - test "$link_static" = no && newdependency_libs="$abs_ladir/$laname $newdependency_libs" - # ... and its dependency_libs - tmp_libs= - for deplib in $dependency_libs; do - newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" - if $opt_duplicate_deps ; then - case "$tmp_libs " in - *" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $deplib" ;; - esac - fi - tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib" - done - - if test "$link_all_deplibs" != no; then - # Add the search paths of all dependency libraries - for deplib in $dependency_libs; do - case $deplib in - -L*) path="$deplib" ;; - *.la) - func_dirname "$deplib" "" "." - dir="$func_dirname_result" - # We need an absolute path. - case $dir in - [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) absdir="$dir" ;; - *) - absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd` - if test -z "$absdir"; then - func_warning "cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$dir'" - absdir="$dir" - fi - ;; - esac - if $GREP "^installed=no" $deplib > /dev/null; then - case $host in - *-*-darwin*) - depdepl= - eval deplibrary_names=`${SED} -n -e 's/^library_names=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib` - if test -n "$deplibrary_names" ; then - for tmp in $deplibrary_names ; do - depdepl=$tmp - done - if test -f "$absdir/$objdir/$depdepl" ; then - depdepl="$absdir/$objdir/$depdepl" - darwin_install_name=`${OTOOL} -L $depdepl | awk '{if (NR == 2) {print $1;exit}}'` - if test -z "$darwin_install_name"; then - darwin_install_name=`${OTOOL64} -L $depdepl | awk '{if (NR == 2) {print $1;exit}}'` - fi - compiler_flags="$compiler_flags ${wl}-dylib_file ${wl}${darwin_install_name}:${depdepl}" - linker_flags="$linker_flags -dylib_file ${darwin_install_name}:${depdepl}" - path= - fi - fi - ;; - *) - path="-L$absdir/$objdir" - ;; - esac - else - eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib` - test -z "$libdir" && \ - func_fatal_error "\`$deplib' is not a valid libtool archive" - test "$absdir" != "$libdir" && \ - func_warning "\`$deplib' seems to be moved" - - path="-L$absdir" - fi - ;; - esac - case " $deplibs " in - *" $path "*) ;; - *) deplibs="$path $deplibs" ;; - esac - done - fi # link_all_deplibs != no - fi # linkmode = lib - done # for deplib in $libs - if test "$pass" = link; then - if test "$linkmode" = "prog"; then - compile_deplibs="$new_inherited_linker_flags $compile_deplibs" - finalize_deplibs="$new_inherited_linker_flags $finalize_deplibs" - else - compiler_flags="$compiler_flags "`$ECHO "X $new_inherited_linker_flags" | $Xsed -e 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` - fi - fi - dependency_libs="$newdependency_libs" - if test "$pass" = dlpreopen; then - # Link the dlpreopened libraries before other libraries - for deplib in $save_deplibs; do - deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" - done - fi - if test "$pass" != dlopen; then - if test "$pass" != conv; then - # Make sure lib_search_path contains only unique directories. - lib_search_path= - for dir in $newlib_search_path; do - case "$lib_search_path " in - *" $dir "*) ;; - *) lib_search_path="$lib_search_path $dir" ;; - esac - done - newlib_search_path= - fi - - if test "$linkmode,$pass" != "prog,link"; then - vars="deplibs" - else - vars="compile_deplibs finalize_deplibs" - fi - for var in $vars dependency_libs; do - # Add libraries to $var in reverse order - eval tmp_libs=\"\$$var\" - new_libs= - for deplib in $tmp_libs; do - # FIXME: Pedantically, this is the right thing to do, so - # that some nasty dependency loop isn't accidentally - # broken: - #new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" - # Pragmatically, this seems to cause very few problems in - # practice: - case $deplib in - -L*) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;; - -R*) ;; - *) - # And here is the reason: when a library appears more - # than once as an explicit dependence of a library, or - # is implicitly linked in more than once by the - # compiler, it is considered special, and multiple - # occurrences thereof are not removed. Compare this - # with having the same library being listed as a - # dependency of multiple other libraries: in this case, - # we know (pedantically, we assume) the library does not - # need to be listed more than once, so we keep only the - # last copy. This is not always right, but it is rare - # enough that we require users that really mean to play - # such unportable linking tricks to link the library - # using -Wl,-lname, so that libtool does not consider it - # for duplicate removal. - case " $specialdeplibs " in - *" $deplib "*) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;; - *) - case " $new_libs " in - *" $deplib "*) ;; - *) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;; - esac - ;; - esac - ;; - esac - done - tmp_libs= - for deplib in $new_libs; do - case $deplib in - -L*) - case " $tmp_libs " in - *" $deplib "*) ;; - *) tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib" ;; - esac - ;; - *) tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib" ;; - esac - done - eval $var=\"$tmp_libs\" - done # for var - fi - # Last step: remove runtime libs from dependency_libs - # (they stay in deplibs) - tmp_libs= - for i in $dependency_libs ; do - case " $predeps $postdeps $compiler_lib_search_path " in - *" $i "*) - i="" - ;; - esac - if test -n "$i" ; then - tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $i" - fi - done - dependency_libs=$tmp_libs - done # for pass - if test "$linkmode" = prog; then - dlfiles="$newdlfiles" - fi - if test "$linkmode" = prog || test "$linkmode" = lib; then - dlprefiles="$newdlprefiles" - fi - - case $linkmode in - oldlib) - if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then - func_warning "\`-dlopen' is ignored for archives" - fi - - case " $deplibs" in - *\ -l* | *\ -L*) - func_warning "\`-l' and \`-L' are ignored for archives" ;; - esac - - test -n "$rpath" && \ - func_warning "\`-rpath' is ignored for archives" - - test -n "$xrpath" && \ - func_warning "\`-R' is ignored for archives" - - test -n "$vinfo" && \ - func_warning "\`-version-info/-version-number' is ignored for archives" - - test -n "$release" && \ - func_warning "\`-release' is ignored for archives" - - test -n "$export_symbols$export_symbols_regex" && \ - func_warning "\`-export-symbols' is ignored for archives" - - # Now set the variables for building old libraries. - build_libtool_libs=no - oldlibs="$output" - objs="$objs$old_deplibs" - ;; - - lib) - # Make sure we only generate libraries of the form `libNAME.la'. - case $outputname in - lib*) - func_stripname 'lib' '.la' "$outputname" - name=$func_stripname_result - eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\" - eval libname=\"$libname_spec\" - ;; - *) - test "$module" = no && \ - func_fatal_help "libtool library \`$output' must begin with \`lib'" - - if test "$need_lib_prefix" != no; then - # Add the "lib" prefix for modules if required - func_stripname '' '.la' "$outputname" - name=$func_stripname_result - eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\" - eval libname=\"$libname_spec\" - else - func_stripname '' '.la' "$outputname" - libname=$func_stripname_result - fi - ;; - esac - - if test -n "$objs"; then - if test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then - func_fatal_error "cannot build libtool library \`$output' from non-libtool objects on this host:$objs" - else - $ECHO - $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the non-libtool" - $ECHO "*** objects $objs is not portable!" - libobjs="$libobjs $objs" - fi - fi - - test "$dlself" != no && \ - func_warning "\`-dlopen self' is ignored for libtool libraries" - - set dummy $rpath - shift - test "$#" -gt 1 && \ - func_warning "ignoring multiple \`-rpath's for a libtool library" - - install_libdir="$1" - - oldlibs= - if test -z "$rpath"; then - if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then - # Building a libtool convenience library. - # Some compilers have problems with a `.al' extension so - # convenience libraries should have the same extension an - # archive normally would. - oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext $oldlibs" - build_libtool_libs=convenience - build_old_libs=yes - fi - - test -n "$vinfo" && \ - func_warning "\`-version-info/-version-number' is ignored for convenience libraries" - - test -n "$release" && \ - func_warning "\`-release' is ignored for convenience libraries" - else - - # Parse the version information argument. - save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=':' - set dummy $vinfo 0 0 0 - shift - IFS="$save_ifs" - - test -n "$7" && \ - func_fatal_help "too many parameters to \`-version-info'" - - # convert absolute version numbers to libtool ages - # this retains compatibility with .la files and attempts - # to make the code below a bit more comprehensible - - case $vinfo_number in - yes) - number_major="$1" - number_minor="$2" - number_revision="$3" - # - # There are really only two kinds -- those that - # use the current revision as the major version - # and those that subtract age and use age as - # a minor version. But, then there is irix - # which has an extra 1 added just for fun - # - case $version_type in - darwin|linux|osf|windows|none) - func_arith $number_major + $number_minor - current=$func_arith_result - age="$number_minor" - revision="$number_revision" - ;; - freebsd-aout|freebsd-elf|sunos) - current="$number_major" - revision="$number_minor" - age="0" - ;; - irix|nonstopux) - func_arith $number_major + $number_minor - current=$func_arith_result - age="$number_minor" - revision="$number_minor" - lt_irix_increment=no - ;; - esac - ;; - no) - current="$1" - revision="$2" - age="$3" - ;; - esac - - # Check that each of the things are valid numbers. - case $current in - 0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;; - *) - func_error "CURRENT \`$current' must be a nonnegative integer" - func_fatal_error "\`$vinfo' is not valid version information" - ;; - esac - - case $revision in - 0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;; - *) - func_error "REVISION \`$revision' must be a nonnegative integer" - func_fatal_error "\`$vinfo' is not valid version information" - ;; - esac - - case $age in - 0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;; - *) - func_error "AGE \`$age' must be a nonnegative integer" - func_fatal_error "\`$vinfo' is not valid version information" - ;; - esac - - if test "$age" -gt "$current"; then - func_error "AGE \`$age' is greater than the current interface number \`$current'" - func_fatal_error "\`$vinfo' is not valid version information" - fi - - # Calculate the version variables. - major= - versuffix= - verstring= - case $version_type in - none) ;; - - darwin) - # Like Linux, but with the current version available in - # verstring for coding it into the library header - func_arith $current - $age - major=.$func_arith_result - versuffix="$major.$age.$revision" - # Darwin ld doesn't like 0 for these options... - func_arith $current + 1 - minor_current=$func_arith_result - xlcverstring="${wl}-compatibility_version ${wl}$minor_current ${wl}-current_version ${wl}$minor_current.$revision" - verstring="-compatibility_version $minor_current -current_version $minor_current.$revision" - ;; - - freebsd-aout) - major=".$current" - versuffix=".$current.$revision"; - ;; - - freebsd-elf) - major=".$current" - versuffix=".$current" - ;; - - irix | nonstopux) - if test "X$lt_irix_increment" = "Xno"; then - func_arith $current - $age - else - func_arith $current - $age + 1 - fi - major=$func_arith_result - - case $version_type in - nonstopux) verstring_prefix=nonstopux ;; - *) verstring_prefix=sgi ;; - esac - verstring="$verstring_prefix$major.$revision" - - # Add in all the interfaces that we are compatible with. - loop=$revision - while test "$loop" -ne 0; do - func_arith $revision - $loop - iface=$func_arith_result - func_arith $loop - 1 - loop=$func_arith_result - verstring="$verstring_prefix$major.$iface:$verstring" - done - - # Before this point, $major must not contain `.'. - major=.$major - versuffix="$major.$revision" - ;; - - linux) - func_arith $current - $age - major=.$func_arith_result - versuffix="$major.$age.$revision" - ;; - - osf) - func_arith $current - $age - major=.$func_arith_result - versuffix=".$current.$age.$revision" - verstring="$current.$age.$revision" - - # Add in all the interfaces that we are compatible with. - loop=$age - while test "$loop" -ne 0; do - func_arith $current - $loop - iface=$func_arith_result - func_arith $loop - 1 - loop=$func_arith_result - verstring="$verstring:${iface}.0" - done - - # Make executables depend on our current version. - verstring="$verstring:${current}.0" - ;; - - qnx) - major=".$current" - versuffix=".$current" - ;; - - sunos) - major=".$current" - versuffix=".$current.$revision" - ;; - - windows) - # Use '-' rather than '.', since we only want one - # extension on DOS 8.3 filesystems. - func_arith $current - $age - major=$func_arith_result - versuffix="-$major" - ;; - - *) - func_fatal_configuration "unknown library version type \`$version_type'" - ;; - esac - - # Clear the version info if we defaulted, and they specified a release. - if test -z "$vinfo" && test -n "$release"; then - major= - case $version_type in - darwin) - # we can't check for "0.0" in archive_cmds due to quoting - # problems, so we reset it completely - verstring= - ;; - *) - verstring="0.0" - ;; - esac - if test "$need_version" = no; then - versuffix= - else - versuffix=".0.0" - fi - fi - - # Remove version info from name if versioning should be avoided - if test "$avoid_version" = yes && test "$need_version" = no; then - major= - versuffix= - verstring="" - fi - - # Check to see if the archive will have undefined symbols. - if test "$allow_undefined" = yes; then - if test "$allow_undefined_flag" = unsupported; then - func_warning "undefined symbols not allowed in $host shared libraries" - build_libtool_libs=no - build_old_libs=yes - fi - else - # Don't allow undefined symbols. - allow_undefined_flag="$no_undefined_flag" - fi - - fi - - func_generate_dlsyms "$libname" "$libname" "yes" - libobjs="$libobjs $symfileobj" - test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs= - - if test "$mode" != relink; then - # Remove our outputs, but don't remove object files since they - # may have been created when compiling PIC objects. - removelist= - tempremovelist=`$ECHO "$output_objdir/*"` - for p in $tempremovelist; do - case $p in - *.$objext | *.gcno) - ;; - $output_objdir/$outputname | $output_objdir/$libname.* | $output_objdir/${libname}${release}.*) - if test "X$precious_files_regex" != "X"; then - if $ECHO "$p" | $EGREP -e "$precious_files_regex" >/dev/null 2>&1 - then - continue - fi - fi - removelist="$removelist $p" - ;; - *) ;; - esac - done - test -n "$removelist" && \ - func_show_eval "${RM}r \$removelist" - fi - - # Now set the variables for building old libraries. - if test "$build_old_libs" = yes && test "$build_libtool_libs" != convenience ; then - oldlibs="$oldlibs $output_objdir/$libname.$libext" - - # Transform .lo files to .o files. - oldobjs="$objs "`$ECHO "X$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e '/\.'${libext}'$/d' -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` - fi - - # Eliminate all temporary directories. - #for path in $notinst_path; do - # lib_search_path=`$ECHO "X$lib_search_path " | $Xsed -e "s% $path % %g"` - # deplibs=`$ECHO "X$deplibs " | $Xsed -e "s% -L$path % %g"` - # dependency_libs=`$ECHO "X$dependency_libs " | $Xsed -e "s% -L$path % %g"` - #done - - if test -n "$xrpath"; then - # If the user specified any rpath flags, then add them. - temp_xrpath= - for libdir in $xrpath; do - temp_xrpath="$temp_xrpath -R$libdir" - case "$finalize_rpath " in - *" $libdir "*) ;; - *) finalize_rpath="$finalize_rpath $libdir" ;; - esac - done - if test "$hardcode_into_libs" != yes || test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then - dependency_libs="$temp_xrpath $dependency_libs" - fi - fi - - # Make sure dlfiles contains only unique files that won't be dlpreopened - old_dlfiles="$dlfiles" - dlfiles= - for lib in $old_dlfiles; do - case " $dlprefiles $dlfiles " in - *" $lib "*) ;; - *) dlfiles="$dlfiles $lib" ;; - esac - done - - # Make sure dlprefiles contains only unique files - old_dlprefiles="$dlprefiles" - dlprefiles= - for lib in $old_dlprefiles; do - case "$dlprefiles " in - *" $lib "*) ;; - *) dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $lib" ;; - esac - done - - if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then - if test -n "$rpath"; then - case $host in - *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-*-beos* | *-cegcc*) - # these systems don't actually have a c library (as such)! - ;; - *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012]) - # Rhapsody C library is in the System framework - deplibs="$deplibs System.ltframework" - ;; - *-*-netbsd*) - # Don't link with libc until the a.out ld.so is fixed. - ;; - *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly*) - # Do not include libc due to us having libc/libc_r. - ;; - *-*-sco3.2v5* | *-*-sco5v6*) - # Causes problems with __ctype - ;; - *-*-sysv4.2uw2* | *-*-sysv5* | *-*-unixware* | *-*-OpenUNIX*) - # Compiler inserts libc in the correct place for threads to work - ;; - *) - # Add libc to deplibs on all other systems if necessary. - if test "$build_libtool_need_lc" = "yes"; then - deplibs="$deplibs -lc" - fi - ;; - esac - fi - - # Transform deplibs into only deplibs that can be linked in shared. - name_save=$name - libname_save=$libname - release_save=$release - versuffix_save=$versuffix - major_save=$major - # I'm not sure if I'm treating the release correctly. I think - # release should show up in the -l (ie -lgmp5) so we don't want to - # add it in twice. Is that correct? - release="" - versuffix="" - major="" - newdeplibs= - droppeddeps=no - case $deplibs_check_method in - pass_all) - # Don't check for shared/static. Everything works. - # This might be a little naive. We might want to check - # whether the library exists or not. But this is on - # osf3 & osf4 and I'm not really sure... Just - # implementing what was already the behavior. - newdeplibs=$deplibs - ;; - test_compile) - # This code stresses the "libraries are programs" paradigm to its - # limits. Maybe even breaks it. We compile a program, linking it - # against the deplibs as a proxy for the library. Then we can check - # whether they linked in statically or dynamically with ldd. - $opt_dry_run || $RM conftest.c - cat > conftest.c <<EOF - int main() { return 0; } -EOF - $opt_dry_run || $RM conftest - if $LTCC $LTCFLAGS -o conftest conftest.c $deplibs; then - ldd_output=`ldd conftest` - for i in $deplibs; do - case $i in - -l*) - func_stripname -l '' "$i" - name=$func_stripname_result - if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then - case " $predeps $postdeps " in - *" $i "*) - newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $i" - i="" - ;; - esac - fi - if test -n "$i" ; then - libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""` - deplib_matches=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$library_names_spec\""` - set dummy $deplib_matches; shift - deplib_match=$1 - if test `expr "$ldd_output" : ".*$deplib_match"` -ne 0 ; then - newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $i" - else - droppeddeps=yes - $ECHO - $ECHO "*** Warning: dynamic linker does not accept needed library $i." - $ECHO "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" - $ECHO "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" - $ECHO "*** shared version of the library, which I believe you do not have" - $ECHO "*** because a test_compile did reveal that the linker did not use it for" - $ECHO "*** its dynamic dependency list that programs get resolved with at runtime." - fi - fi - ;; - *) - newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $i" - ;; - esac - done - else - # Error occurred in the first compile. Let's try to salvage - # the situation: Compile a separate program for each library. - for i in $deplibs; do - case $i in - -l*) - func_stripname -l '' "$i" - name=$func_stripname_result - $opt_dry_run || $RM conftest - if $LTCC $LTCFLAGS -o conftest conftest.c $i; then - ldd_output=`ldd conftest` - if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then - case " $predeps $postdeps " in - *" $i "*) - newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $i" - i="" - ;; - esac - fi - if test -n "$i" ; then - libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""` - deplib_matches=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$library_names_spec\""` - set dummy $deplib_matches; shift - deplib_match=$1 - if test `expr "$ldd_output" : ".*$deplib_match"` -ne 0 ; then - newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $i" - else - droppeddeps=yes - $ECHO - $ECHO "*** Warning: dynamic linker does not accept needed library $i." - $ECHO "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" - $ECHO "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" - $ECHO "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have" - $ECHO "*** because a test_compile did reveal that the linker did not use this one" - $ECHO "*** as a dynamic dependency that programs can get resolved with at runtime." - fi - fi - else - droppeddeps=yes - $ECHO - $ECHO "*** Warning! Library $i is needed by this library but I was not able to" - $ECHO "*** make it link in! You will probably need to install it or some" - $ECHO "*** library that it depends on before this library will be fully" - $ECHO "*** functional. Installing it before continuing would be even better." - fi - ;; - *) - newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $i" - ;; - esac - done - fi - ;; - file_magic*) - set dummy $deplibs_check_method; shift - file_magic_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$1 \(.*\)"` - for a_deplib in $deplibs; do - case $a_deplib in - -l*) - func_stripname -l '' "$a_deplib" - name=$func_stripname_result - if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then - case " $predeps $postdeps " in - *" $a_deplib "*) - newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib" - a_deplib="" - ;; - esac - fi - if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then - libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""` - for i in $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path; do - potential_libs=`ls $i/$libname[.-]* 2>/dev/null` - for potent_lib in $potential_libs; do - # Follow soft links. - if ls -lLd "$potent_lib" 2>/dev/null | - $GREP " -> " >/dev/null; then - continue - fi - # The statement above tries to avoid entering an - # endless loop below, in case of cyclic links. - # We might still enter an endless loop, since a link - # loop can be closed while we follow links, - # but so what? - potlib="$potent_lib" - while test -h "$potlib" 2>/dev/null; do - potliblink=`ls -ld $potlib | ${SED} 's/.* -> //'` - case $potliblink in - [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) potlib="$potliblink";; - *) potlib=`$ECHO "X$potlib" | $Xsed -e 's,[^/]*$,,'`"$potliblink";; - esac - done - if eval $file_magic_cmd \"\$potlib\" 2>/dev/null | - $SED -e 10q | - $EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then - newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib" - a_deplib="" - break 2 - fi - done - done - fi - if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then - droppeddeps=yes - $ECHO - $ECHO "*** Warning: linker path does not have real file for library $a_deplib." - $ECHO "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" - $ECHO "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" - $ECHO "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have" - $ECHO "*** because I did check the linker path looking for a file starting" - if test -z "$potlib" ; then - $ECHO "*** with $libname but no candidates were found. (...for file magic test)" - else - $ECHO "*** with $libname and none of the candidates passed a file format test" - $ECHO "*** using a file magic. Last file checked: $potlib" - fi - fi - ;; - *) - # Add a -L argument. - newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib" - ;; - esac - done # Gone through all deplibs. - ;; - match_pattern*) - set dummy $deplibs_check_method; shift - match_pattern_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$1 \(.*\)"` - for a_deplib in $deplibs; do - case $a_deplib in - -l*) - func_stripname -l '' "$a_deplib" - name=$func_stripname_result - if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then - case " $predeps $postdeps " in - *" $a_deplib "*) - newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib" - a_deplib="" - ;; - esac - fi - if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then - libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""` - for i in $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path; do - potential_libs=`ls $i/$libname[.-]* 2>/dev/null` - for potent_lib in $potential_libs; do - potlib="$potent_lib" # see symlink-check above in file_magic test - if eval "\$ECHO \"X$potent_lib\"" 2>/dev/null | $Xsed -e 10q | \ - $EGREP "$match_pattern_regex" > /dev/null; then - newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib" - a_deplib="" - break 2 - fi - done - done - fi - if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then - droppeddeps=yes - $ECHO - $ECHO "*** Warning: linker path does not have real file for library $a_deplib." - $ECHO "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" - $ECHO "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" - $ECHO "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have" - $ECHO "*** because I did check the linker path looking for a file starting" - if test -z "$potlib" ; then - $ECHO "*** with $libname but no candidates were found. (...for regex pattern test)" - else - $ECHO "*** with $libname and none of the candidates passed a file format test" - $ECHO "*** using a regex pattern. Last file checked: $potlib" - fi - fi - ;; - *) - # Add a -L argument. - newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib" - ;; - esac - done # Gone through all deplibs. - ;; - none | unknown | *) - newdeplibs="" - tmp_deplibs=`$ECHO "X $deplibs" | $Xsed \ - -e 's/ -lc$//' -e 's/ -[LR][^ ]*//g'` - if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then - for i in $predeps $postdeps ; do - # can't use Xsed below, because $i might contain '/' - tmp_deplibs=`$ECHO "X $tmp_deplibs" | $Xsed -e "s,$i,,"` - done - fi - if $ECHO "X $tmp_deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/[ ]//g' | - $GREP . >/dev/null; then - $ECHO - if test "X$deplibs_check_method" = "Xnone"; then - $ECHO "*** Warning: inter-library dependencies are not supported in this platform." - else - $ECHO "*** Warning: inter-library dependencies are not known to be supported." - fi - $ECHO "*** All declared inter-library dependencies are being dropped." - droppeddeps=yes - fi - ;; - esac - versuffix=$versuffix_save - major=$major_save - release=$release_save - libname=$libname_save - name=$name_save - - case $host in - *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012]) - # On Rhapsody replace the C library with the System framework - newdeplibs=`$ECHO "X $newdeplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/ -lc / System.ltframework /'` - ;; - esac - - if test "$droppeddeps" = yes; then - if test "$module" = yes; then - $ECHO - $ECHO "*** Warning: libtool could not satisfy all declared inter-library" - $ECHO "*** dependencies of module $libname. Therefore, libtool will create" - $ECHO "*** a static module, that should work as long as the dlopening" - $ECHO "*** application is linked with the -dlopen flag." - if test -z "$global_symbol_pipe"; then - $ECHO - $ECHO "*** However, this would only work if libtool was able to extract symbol" - $ECHO "*** lists from a program, using \`nm' or equivalent, but libtool could" - $ECHO "*** not find such a program. So, this module is probably useless." - $ECHO "*** \`nm' from GNU binutils and a full rebuild may help." - fi - if test "$build_old_libs" = no; then - oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext" - build_libtool_libs=module - build_old_libs=yes - else - build_libtool_libs=no - fi - else - $ECHO "*** The inter-library dependencies that have been dropped here will be" - $ECHO "*** automatically added whenever a program is linked with this library" - $ECHO "*** or is declared to -dlopen it." - - if test "$allow_undefined" = no; then - $ECHO - $ECHO "*** Since this library must not contain undefined symbols," - $ECHO "*** because either the platform does not support them or" - $ECHO "*** it was explicitly requested with -no-undefined," - $ECHO "*** libtool will only create a static version of it." - if test "$build_old_libs" = no; then - oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext" - build_libtool_libs=module - build_old_libs=yes - else - build_libtool_libs=no - fi - fi - fi - fi - # Done checking deplibs! - deplibs=$newdeplibs - fi - # Time to change all our "foo.ltframework" stuff back to "-framework foo" - case $host in - *-*-darwin*) - newdeplibs=`$ECHO "X $newdeplibs" | $Xsed -e 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` - new_inherited_linker_flags=`$ECHO "X $new_inherited_linker_flags" | $Xsed -e 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` - deplibs=`$ECHO "X $deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` - ;; - esac - - # move library search paths that coincide with paths to not yet - # installed libraries to the beginning of the library search list - new_libs= - for path in $notinst_path; do - case " $new_libs " in - *" -L$path/$objdir "*) ;; - *) - case " $deplibs " in - *" -L$path/$objdir "*) - new_libs="$new_libs -L$path/$objdir" ;; - esac - ;; - esac - done - for deplib in $deplibs; do - case $deplib in - -L*) - case " $new_libs " in - *" $deplib "*) ;; - *) new_libs="$new_libs $deplib" ;; - esac - ;; - *) new_libs="$new_libs $deplib" ;; - esac - done - deplibs="$new_libs" - - # All the library-specific variables (install_libdir is set above). - library_names= - old_library= - dlname= - - # Test again, we may have decided not to build it any more - if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then - if test "$hardcode_into_libs" = yes; then - # Hardcode the library paths - hardcode_libdirs= - dep_rpath= - rpath="$finalize_rpath" - test "$mode" != relink && rpath="$compile_rpath$rpath" - for libdir in $rpath; do - if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then - if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then - if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then - hardcode_libdirs="$libdir" - else - # Just accumulate the unique libdirs. - case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in - *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*) - ;; - *) - hardcode_libdirs="$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir" - ;; - esac - fi - else - eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" - dep_rpath="$dep_rpath $flag" - fi - elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then - case "$perm_rpath " in - *" $libdir "*) ;; - *) perm_rpath="$perm_rpath $libdir" ;; - esac - fi - done - # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath. - if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" && - test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then - libdir="$hardcode_libdirs" - if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld"; then - eval dep_rpath=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld\" - else - eval dep_rpath=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" - fi - fi - if test -n "$runpath_var" && test -n "$perm_rpath"; then - # We should set the runpath_var. - rpath= - for dir in $perm_rpath; do - rpath="$rpath$dir:" - done - eval "$runpath_var='$rpath\$$runpath_var'; export $runpath_var" - fi - test -n "$dep_rpath" && deplibs="$dep_rpath $deplibs" - fi - - shlibpath="$finalize_shlibpath" - test "$mode" != relink && shlibpath="$compile_shlibpath$shlibpath" - if test -n "$shlibpath"; then - eval "$shlibpath_var='$shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var'; export $shlibpath_var" - fi - - # Get the real and link names of the library. - eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\" - eval library_names=\"$library_names_spec\" - set dummy $library_names - shift - realname="$1" - shift - - if test -n "$soname_spec"; then - eval soname=\"$soname_spec\" - else - soname="$realname" - fi - if test -z "$dlname"; then - dlname=$soname - fi - - lib="$output_objdir/$realname" - linknames= - for link - do - linknames="$linknames $link" - done - - # Use standard objects if they are pic - test -z "$pic_flag" && libobjs=`$ECHO "X$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` - test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs= - - delfiles= - if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then - $opt_dry_run || cp "$export_symbols" "$output_objdir/$libname.uexp" - export_symbols="$output_objdir/$libname.uexp" - delfiles="$delfiles $export_symbols" - fi - - orig_export_symbols= - case $host_os in - cygwin* | mingw* | cegcc*) - if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -z "$export_symbols_regex"; then - # exporting using user supplied symfile - if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" != xEXPORTS; then - # and it's NOT already a .def file. Must figure out - # which of the given symbols are data symbols and tag - # them as such. So, trigger use of export_symbols_cmds. - # export_symbols gets reassigned inside the "prepare - # the list of exported symbols" if statement, so the - # include_expsyms logic still works. - orig_export_symbols="$export_symbols" - export_symbols= - always_export_symbols=yes - fi - fi - ;; - esac - - # Prepare the list of exported symbols - if test -z "$export_symbols"; then - if test "$always_export_symbols" = yes || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then - func_verbose "generating symbol list for \`$libname.la'" - export_symbols="$output_objdir/$libname.exp" - $opt_dry_run || $RM $export_symbols - cmds=$export_symbols_cmds - save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' - for cmd in $cmds; do - IFS="$save_ifs" - eval cmd=\"$cmd\" - func_len " $cmd" - len=$func_len_result - if test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len" || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; then - func_show_eval "$cmd" 'exit $?' - skipped_export=false - else - # The command line is too long to execute in one step. - func_verbose "using reloadable object file for export list..." - skipped_export=: - # Break out early, otherwise skipped_export may be - # set to false by a later but shorter cmd. - break - fi - done - IFS="$save_ifs" - if test -n "$export_symbols_regex" && test "X$skipped_export" != "X:"; then - func_show_eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$export_symbols" > "${export_symbols}T"' - func_show_eval '$MV "${export_symbols}T" "$export_symbols"' - fi - fi - fi - - if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then - tmp_export_symbols="$export_symbols" - test -n "$orig_export_symbols" && tmp_export_symbols="$orig_export_symbols" - $opt_dry_run || eval '$ECHO "X$include_expsyms" | $Xsed | $SP2NL >> "$tmp_export_symbols"' - fi - - if test "X$skipped_export" != "X:" && test -n "$orig_export_symbols"; then - # The given exports_symbols file has to be filtered, so filter it. - func_verbose "filter symbol list for \`$libname.la' to tag DATA exports" - # FIXME: $output_objdir/$libname.filter potentially contains lots of - # 's' commands which not all seds can handle. GNU sed should be fine - # though. Also, the filter scales superlinearly with the number of - # global variables. join(1) would be nice here, but unfortunately - # isn't a blessed tool. - $opt_dry_run || $SED -e '/[ ,]DATA/!d;s,\(.*\)\([ \,].*\),s|^\1$|\1\2|,' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$libname.filter - delfiles="$delfiles $export_symbols $output_objdir/$libname.filter" - export_symbols=$output_objdir/$libname.def - $opt_dry_run || $SED -f $output_objdir/$libname.filter < $orig_export_symbols > $export_symbols - fi - - tmp_deplibs= - for test_deplib in $deplibs; do - case " $convenience " in - *" $test_deplib "*) ;; - *) - tmp_deplibs="$tmp_deplibs $test_deplib" - ;; - esac - done - deplibs="$tmp_deplibs" - - if test -n "$convenience"; then - if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec" && - test "$compiler_needs_object" = yes && - test -z "$libobjs"; then - # extract the archives, so we have objects to list. - # TODO: could optimize this to just extract one archive. - whole_archive_flag_spec= - fi - if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then - save_libobjs=$libobjs - eval libobjs=\"\$libobjs $whole_archive_flag_spec\" - test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs= - else - gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x" - generated="$generated $gentop" - - func_extract_archives $gentop $convenience - libobjs="$libobjs $func_extract_archives_result" - test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs= - fi - fi - - if test "$thread_safe" = yes && test -n "$thread_safe_flag_spec"; then - eval flag=\"$thread_safe_flag_spec\" - linker_flags="$linker_flags $flag" - fi - - # Make a backup of the uninstalled library when relinking - if test "$mode" = relink; then - $opt_dry_run || eval '(cd $output_objdir && $RM ${realname}U && $MV $realname ${realname}U)' || exit $? - fi - - # Do each of the archive commands. - if test "$module" = yes && test -n "$module_cmds" ; then - if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$module_expsym_cmds"; then - eval test_cmds=\"$module_expsym_cmds\" - cmds=$module_expsym_cmds - else - eval test_cmds=\"$module_cmds\" - cmds=$module_cmds - fi - else - if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$archive_expsym_cmds"; then - eval test_cmds=\"$archive_expsym_cmds\" - cmds=$archive_expsym_cmds - else - eval test_cmds=\"$archive_cmds\" - cmds=$archive_cmds - fi - fi - - if test "X$skipped_export" != "X:" && - func_len " $test_cmds" && - len=$func_len_result && - test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len" || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; then - : - else - # The command line is too long to link in one step, link piecewise - # or, if using GNU ld and skipped_export is not :, use a linker - # script. - - # Save the value of $output and $libobjs because we want to - # use them later. If we have whole_archive_flag_spec, we - # want to use save_libobjs as it was before - # whole_archive_flag_spec was expanded, because we can't - # assume the linker understands whole_archive_flag_spec. - # This may have to be revisited, in case too many - # convenience libraries get linked in and end up exceeding - # the spec. - if test -z "$convenience" || test -z "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then - save_libobjs=$libobjs - fi - save_output=$output - output_la=`$ECHO "X$output" | $Xsed -e "$basename"` - - # Clear the reloadable object creation command queue and - # initialize k to one. - test_cmds= - concat_cmds= - objlist= - last_robj= - k=1 - - if test -n "$save_libobjs" && test "X$skipped_export" != "X:" && test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then - output=${output_objdir}/${output_la}.lnkscript - func_verbose "creating GNU ld script: $output" - $ECHO 'INPUT (' > $output - for obj in $save_libobjs - do - $ECHO "$obj" >> $output - done - $ECHO ')' >> $output - delfiles="$delfiles $output" - elif test -n "$save_libobjs" && test "X$skipped_export" != "X:" && test "X$file_list_spec" != X; then - output=${output_objdir}/${output_la}.lnk - func_verbose "creating linker input file list: $output" - : > $output - set x $save_libobjs - shift - firstobj= - if test "$compiler_needs_object" = yes; then - firstobj="$1 " - shift - fi - for obj - do - $ECHO "$obj" >> $output - done - delfiles="$delfiles $output" - output=$firstobj\"$file_list_spec$output\" - else - if test -n "$save_libobjs"; then - func_verbose "creating reloadable object files..." - output=$output_objdir/$output_la-${k}.$objext - eval test_cmds=\"$reload_cmds\" - func_len " $test_cmds" - len0=$func_len_result - len=$len0 - - # Loop over the list of objects to be linked. - for obj in $save_libobjs - do - func_len " $obj" - func_arith $len + $func_len_result - len=$func_arith_result - if test "X$objlist" = X || - test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len"; then - func_append objlist " $obj" - else - # The command $test_cmds is almost too long, add a - # command to the queue. - if test "$k" -eq 1 ; then - # The first file doesn't have a previous command to add. - eval concat_cmds=\"$reload_cmds $objlist $last_robj\" - else - # All subsequent reloadable object files will link in - # the last one created. - eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~$reload_cmds $objlist $last_robj~\$RM $last_robj\" - fi - last_robj=$output_objdir/$output_la-${k}.$objext - func_arith $k + 1 - k=$func_arith_result - output=$output_objdir/$output_la-${k}.$objext - objlist=$obj - func_len " $last_robj" - func_arith $len0 + $func_len_result - len=$func_arith_result - fi - done - # Handle the remaining objects by creating one last - # reloadable object file. All subsequent reloadable object - # files will link in the last one created. - test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~ - eval concat_cmds=\"\${concat_cmds}$reload_cmds $objlist $last_robj\" - if test -n "$last_robj"; then - eval concat_cmds=\"\${concat_cmds}~\$RM $last_robj\" - fi - delfiles="$delfiles $output" - - else - output= - fi - - if ${skipped_export-false}; then - func_verbose "generating symbol list for \`$libname.la'" - export_symbols="$output_objdir/$libname.exp" - $opt_dry_run || $RM $export_symbols - libobjs=$output - # Append the command to create the export file. - test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~ - eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds$export_symbols_cmds\" - if test -n "$last_robj"; then - eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~\$RM $last_robj\" - fi - fi - - test -n "$save_libobjs" && - func_verbose "creating a temporary reloadable object file: $output" - - # Loop through the commands generated above and execute them. - save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' - for cmd in $concat_cmds; do - IFS="$save_ifs" - $opt_silent || { - func_quote_for_expand "$cmd" - eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result" - } - $opt_dry_run || eval "$cmd" || { - lt_exit=$? - - # Restore the uninstalled library and exit - if test "$mode" = relink; then - ( cd "$output_objdir" && \ - $RM "${realname}T" && \ - $MV "${realname}U" "$realname" ) - fi - - exit $lt_exit - } - done - IFS="$save_ifs" - - if test -n "$export_symbols_regex" && ${skipped_export-false}; then - func_show_eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$export_symbols" > "${export_symbols}T"' - func_show_eval '$MV "${export_symbols}T" "$export_symbols"' - fi - fi - - if ${skipped_export-false}; then - if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then - tmp_export_symbols="$export_symbols" - test -n "$orig_export_symbols" && tmp_export_symbols="$orig_export_symbols" - $opt_dry_run || eval '$ECHO "X$include_expsyms" | $Xsed | $SP2NL >> "$tmp_export_symbols"' - fi - - if test -n "$orig_export_symbols"; then - # The given exports_symbols file has to be filtered, so filter it. - func_verbose "filter symbol list for \`$libname.la' to tag DATA exports" - # FIXME: $output_objdir/$libname.filter potentially contains lots of - # 's' commands which not all seds can handle. GNU sed should be fine - # though. Also, the filter scales superlinearly with the number of - # global variables. join(1) would be nice here, but unfortunately - # isn't a blessed tool. - $opt_dry_run || $SED -e '/[ ,]DATA/!d;s,\(.*\)\([ \,].*\),s|^\1$|\1\2|,' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$libname.filter - delfiles="$delfiles $export_symbols $output_objdir/$libname.filter" - export_symbols=$output_objdir/$libname.def - $opt_dry_run || $SED -f $output_objdir/$libname.filter < $orig_export_symbols > $export_symbols - fi - fi - - libobjs=$output - # Restore the value of output. - output=$save_output - - if test -n "$convenience" && test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then - eval libobjs=\"\$libobjs $whole_archive_flag_spec\" - test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs= - fi - # Expand the library linking commands again to reset the - # value of $libobjs for piecewise linking. - - # Do each of the archive commands. - if test "$module" = yes && test -n "$module_cmds" ; then - if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$module_expsym_cmds"; then - cmds=$module_expsym_cmds - else - cmds=$module_cmds - fi - else - if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$archive_expsym_cmds"; then - cmds=$archive_expsym_cmds - else - cmds=$archive_cmds - fi - fi - fi - - if test -n "$delfiles"; then - # Append the command to remove temporary files to $cmds. - eval cmds=\"\$cmds~\$RM $delfiles\" - fi - - # Add any objects from preloaded convenience libraries - if test -n "$dlprefiles"; then - gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x" - generated="$generated $gentop" - - func_extract_archives $gentop $dlprefiles - libobjs="$libobjs $func_extract_archives_result" - test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs= - fi - - save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' - for cmd in $cmds; do - IFS="$save_ifs" - eval cmd=\"$cmd\" - $opt_silent || { - func_quote_for_expand "$cmd" - eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result" - } - $opt_dry_run || eval "$cmd" || { - lt_exit=$? - - # Restore the uninstalled library and exit - if test "$mode" = relink; then - ( cd "$output_objdir" && \ - $RM "${realname}T" && \ - $MV "${realname}U" "$realname" ) - fi - - exit $lt_exit - } - done - IFS="$save_ifs" - - # Restore the uninstalled library and exit - if test "$mode" = relink; then - $opt_dry_run || eval '(cd $output_objdir && $RM ${realname}T && $MV $realname ${realname}T && $MV ${realname}U $realname)' || exit $? - - if test -n "$convenience"; then - if test -z "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then - func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"' - fi - fi - - exit $EXIT_SUCCESS - fi - - # Create links to the real library. - for linkname in $linknames; do - if test "$realname" != "$linkname"; then - func_show_eval '(cd "$output_objdir" && $RM "$linkname" && $LN_S "$realname" "$linkname")' 'exit $?' - fi - done - - # If -module or -export-dynamic was specified, set the dlname. - if test "$module" = yes || test "$export_dynamic" = yes; then - # On all known operating systems, these are identical. - dlname="$soname" - fi - fi - ;; - - obj) - if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then - func_warning "\`-dlopen' is ignored for objects" - fi - - case " $deplibs" in - *\ -l* | *\ -L*) - func_warning "\`-l' and \`-L' are ignored for objects" ;; - esac - - test -n "$rpath" && \ - func_warning "\`-rpath' is ignored for objects" - - test -n "$xrpath" && \ - func_warning "\`-R' is ignored for objects" - - test -n "$vinfo" && \ - func_warning "\`-version-info' is ignored for objects" - - test -n "$release" && \ - func_warning "\`-release' is ignored for objects" - - case $output in - *.lo) - test -n "$objs$old_deplibs" && \ - func_fatal_error "cannot build library object \`$output' from non-libtool objects" - - libobj=$output - func_lo2o "$libobj" - obj=$func_lo2o_result - ;; - *) - libobj= - obj="$output" - ;; - esac - - # Delete the old objects. - $opt_dry_run || $RM $obj $libobj - - # Objects from convenience libraries. This assumes - # single-version convenience libraries. Whenever we create - # different ones for PIC/non-PIC, this we'll have to duplicate - # the extraction. - reload_conv_objs= - gentop= - # reload_cmds runs $LD directly, so let us get rid of - # -Wl from whole_archive_flag_spec and hope we can get by with - # turning comma into space.. - wl= - - if test -n "$convenience"; then - if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then - eval tmp_whole_archive_flags=\"$whole_archive_flag_spec\" - reload_conv_objs=$reload_objs\ `$ECHO "X$tmp_whole_archive_flags" | $Xsed -e 's|,| |g'` - else - gentop="$output_objdir/${obj}x" - generated="$generated $gentop" - - func_extract_archives $gentop $convenience - reload_conv_objs="$reload_objs $func_extract_archives_result" - fi - fi - - # Create the old-style object. - reload_objs="$objs$old_deplibs "`$ECHO "X$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e '/\.'${libext}$'/d' -e '/\.lib$/d' -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`" $reload_conv_objs" ### testsuite: skip nested quoting test - - output="$obj" - func_execute_cmds "$reload_cmds" 'exit $?' - - # Exit if we aren't doing a library object file. - if test -z "$libobj"; then - if test -n "$gentop"; then - func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"' - fi - - exit $EXIT_SUCCESS - fi - - if test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then - if test -n "$gentop"; then - func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"' - fi - - # Create an invalid libtool object if no PIC, so that we don't - # accidentally link it into a program. - # $show "echo timestamp > $libobj" - # $opt_dry_run || eval "echo timestamp > $libobj" || exit $? - exit $EXIT_SUCCESS - fi - - if test -n "$pic_flag" || test "$pic_mode" != default; then - # Only do commands if we really have different PIC objects. - reload_objs="$libobjs $reload_conv_objs" - output="$libobj" - func_execute_cmds "$reload_cmds" 'exit $?' - fi - - if test -n "$gentop"; then - func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"' - fi - - exit $EXIT_SUCCESS - ;; - - prog) - case $host in - *cygwin*) func_stripname '' '.exe' "$output" - output=$func_stripname_result.exe;; - esac - test -n "$vinfo" && \ - func_warning "\`-version-info' is ignored for programs" - - test -n "$release" && \ - func_warning "\`-release' is ignored for programs" - - test "$preload" = yes \ - && test "$dlopen_support" = unknown \ - && test "$dlopen_self" = unknown \ - && test "$dlopen_self_static" = unknown && \ - func_warning "\`LT_INIT([dlopen])' not used. Assuming no dlopen support." - - case $host in - *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012]) - # On Rhapsody replace the C library is the System framework - compile_deplibs=`$ECHO "X $compile_deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/ -lc / System.ltframework /'` - finalize_deplibs=`$ECHO "X $finalize_deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/ -lc / System.ltframework /'` - ;; - esac - - case $host in - *-*-darwin*) - # Don't allow lazy linking, it breaks C++ global constructors - # But is supposedly fixed on 10.4 or later (yay!). - if test "$tagname" = CXX ; then - case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET-10.0} in - 10.[0123]) - compile_command="$compile_command ${wl}-bind_at_load" - finalize_command="$finalize_command ${wl}-bind_at_load" - ;; - esac - fi - # Time to change all our "foo.ltframework" stuff back to "-framework foo" - compile_deplibs=`$ECHO "X $compile_deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` - finalize_deplibs=`$ECHO "X $finalize_deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` - ;; - esac - - - # move library search paths that coincide with paths to not yet - # installed libraries to the beginning of the library search list - new_libs= - for path in $notinst_path; do - case " $new_libs " in - *" -L$path/$objdir "*) ;; - *) - case " $compile_deplibs " in - *" -L$path/$objdir "*) - new_libs="$new_libs -L$path/$objdir" ;; - esac - ;; - esac - done - for deplib in $compile_deplibs; do - case $deplib in - -L*) - case " $new_libs " in - *" $deplib "*) ;; - *) new_libs="$new_libs $deplib" ;; - esac - ;; - *) new_libs="$new_libs $deplib" ;; - esac - done - compile_deplibs="$new_libs" - - - compile_command="$compile_command $compile_deplibs" - finalize_command="$finalize_command $finalize_deplibs" - - if test -n "$rpath$xrpath"; then - # If the user specified any rpath flags, then add them. - for libdir in $rpath $xrpath; do - # This is the magic to use -rpath. - case "$finalize_rpath " in - *" $libdir "*) ;; - *) finalize_rpath="$finalize_rpath $libdir" ;; - esac - done - fi - - # Now hardcode the library paths - rpath= - hardcode_libdirs= - for libdir in $compile_rpath $finalize_rpath; do - if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then - if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then - if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then - hardcode_libdirs="$libdir" - else - # Just accumulate the unique libdirs. - case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in - *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*) - ;; - *) - hardcode_libdirs="$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir" - ;; - esac - fi - else - eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" - rpath="$rpath $flag" - fi - elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then - case "$perm_rpath " in - *" $libdir "*) ;; - *) perm_rpath="$perm_rpath $libdir" ;; - esac - fi - case $host in - *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*) - testbindir=`${ECHO} "$libdir" | ${SED} -e 's*/lib$*/bin*'` - case :$dllsearchpath: in - *":$libdir:"*) ;; - ::) dllsearchpath=$libdir;; - *) dllsearchpath="$dllsearchpath:$libdir";; - esac - case :$dllsearchpath: in - *":$testbindir:"*) ;; - ::) dllsearchpath=$testbindir;; - *) dllsearchpath="$dllsearchpath:$testbindir";; - esac - ;; - esac - done - # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath. - if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" && - test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then - libdir="$hardcode_libdirs" - eval rpath=\" $hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" - fi - compile_rpath="$rpath" - - rpath= - hardcode_libdirs= - for libdir in $finalize_rpath; do - if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then - if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then - if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then - hardcode_libdirs="$libdir" - else - # Just accumulate the unique libdirs. - case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in - *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*) - ;; - *) - hardcode_libdirs="$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir" - ;; - esac - fi - else - eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" - rpath="$rpath $flag" - fi - elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then - case "$finalize_perm_rpath " in - *" $libdir "*) ;; - *) finalize_perm_rpath="$finalize_perm_rpath $libdir" ;; - esac - fi - done - # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath. - if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" && - test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then - libdir="$hardcode_libdirs" - eval rpath=\" $hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" - fi - finalize_rpath="$rpath" - - if test -n "$libobjs" && test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then - # Transform all the library objects into standard objects. - compile_command=`$ECHO "X$compile_command" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` - finalize_command=`$ECHO "X$finalize_command" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` - fi - - func_generate_dlsyms "$outputname" "@PROGRAM@" "no" - - # template prelinking step - if test -n "$prelink_cmds"; then - func_execute_cmds "$prelink_cmds" 'exit $?' - fi - - wrappers_required=yes - case $host in - *cygwin* | *mingw* ) - if test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then - wrappers_required=no - fi - ;; - *cegcc) - # Disable wrappers for cegcc, we are cross compiling anyway. - wrappers_required=no - ;; - *) - if test "$need_relink" = no || test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then - wrappers_required=no - fi - ;; - esac - if test "$wrappers_required" = no; then - # Replace the output file specification. - compile_command=`$ECHO "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g'` - link_command="$compile_command$compile_rpath" - - # We have no uninstalled library dependencies, so finalize right now. - exit_status=0 - func_show_eval "$link_command" 'exit_status=$?' - - # Delete the generated files. - if test -f "$output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}"; then - func_show_eval '$RM "$output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}"' - fi - - exit $exit_status - fi - - if test -n "$compile_shlibpath$finalize_shlibpath"; then - compile_command="$shlibpath_var=\"$compile_shlibpath$finalize_shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var\" $compile_command" - fi - if test -n "$finalize_shlibpath"; then - finalize_command="$shlibpath_var=\"$finalize_shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var\" $finalize_command" - fi - - compile_var= - finalize_var= - if test -n "$runpath_var"; then - if test -n "$perm_rpath"; then - # We should set the runpath_var. - rpath= - for dir in $perm_rpath; do - rpath="$rpath$dir:" - done - compile_var="$runpath_var=\"$rpath\$$runpath_var\" " - fi - if test -n "$finalize_perm_rpath"; then - # We should set the runpath_var. - rpath= - for dir in $finalize_perm_rpath; do - rpath="$rpath$dir:" - done - finalize_var="$runpath_var=\"$rpath\$$runpath_var\" " - fi - fi - - if test "$no_install" = yes; then - # We don't need to create a wrapper script. - link_command="$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" - # Replace the output file specification. - link_command=`$ECHO "X$link_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g'` - # Delete the old output file. - $opt_dry_run || $RM $output - # Link the executable and exit - func_show_eval "$link_command" 'exit $?' - exit $EXIT_SUCCESS - fi - - if test "$hardcode_action" = relink; then - # Fast installation is not supported - link_command="$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" - relink_command="$finalize_var$finalize_command$finalize_rpath" - - func_warning "this platform does not like uninstalled shared libraries" - func_warning "\`$output' will be relinked during installation" - else - if test "$fast_install" != no; then - link_command="$finalize_var$compile_command$finalize_rpath" - if test "$fast_install" = yes; then - relink_command=`$ECHO "X$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%\$progdir/\$file%g'` - else - # fast_install is set to needless - relink_command= - fi - else - link_command="$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" - relink_command="$finalize_var$finalize_command$finalize_rpath" - fi - fi - - # Replace the output file specification. - link_command=`$ECHO "X$link_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output_objdir/$outputname"'%g'` - - # Delete the old output files. - $opt_dry_run || $RM $output $output_objdir/$outputname $output_objdir/lt-$outputname - - func_show_eval "$link_command" 'exit $?' - - # Now create the wrapper script. - func_verbose "creating $output" - - # Quote the relink command for shipping. - if test -n "$relink_command"; then - # Preserve any variables that may affect compiler behavior - for var in $variables_saved_for_relink; do - if eval test -z \"\${$var+set}\"; then - relink_command="{ test -z \"\${$var+set}\" || $lt_unset $var || { $var=; export $var; }; }; $relink_command" - elif eval var_value=\$$var; test -z "$var_value"; then - relink_command="$var=; export $var; $relink_command" - else - func_quote_for_eval "$var_value" - relink_command="$var=$func_quote_for_eval_result; export $var; $relink_command" - fi - done - relink_command="(cd `pwd`; $relink_command)" - relink_command=`$ECHO "X$relink_command" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` - fi - - # Quote $ECHO for shipping. - if test "X$ECHO" = "X$SHELL $progpath --fallback-echo"; then - case $progpath in - [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) qecho="$SHELL $progpath --fallback-echo";; - *) qecho="$SHELL `pwd`/$progpath --fallback-echo";; - esac - qecho=`$ECHO "X$qecho" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` - else - qecho=`$ECHO "X$ECHO" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` - fi - - # Only actually do things if not in dry run mode. - $opt_dry_run || { - # win32 will think the script is a binary if it has - # a .exe suffix, so we strip it off here. - case $output in - *.exe) func_stripname '' '.exe' "$output" - output=$func_stripname_result ;; - esac - # test for cygwin because mv fails w/o .exe extensions - case $host in - *cygwin*) - exeext=.exe - func_stripname '' '.exe' "$outputname" - outputname=$func_stripname_result ;; - *) exeext= ;; - esac - case $host in - *cygwin* | *mingw* ) - func_dirname_and_basename "$output" "" "." - output_name=$func_basename_result - output_path=$func_dirname_result - cwrappersource="$output_path/$objdir/lt-$output_name.c" - cwrapper="$output_path/$output_name.exe" - $RM $cwrappersource $cwrapper - trap "$RM $cwrappersource $cwrapper; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15 - - func_emit_cwrapperexe_src > $cwrappersource - - # The wrapper executable is built using the $host compiler, - # because it contains $host paths and files. If cross- - # compiling, it, like the target executable, must be - # executed on the $host or under an emulation environment. - $opt_dry_run || { - $LTCC $LTCFLAGS -o $cwrapper $cwrappersource - $STRIP $cwrapper - } - - # Now, create the wrapper script for func_source use: - func_ltwrapper_scriptname $cwrapper - $RM $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result - trap "$RM $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15 - $opt_dry_run || { - # note: this script will not be executed, so do not chmod. - if test "x$build" = "x$host" ; then - $cwrapper --lt-dump-script > $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result - else - func_emit_wrapper no > $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result - fi - } - ;; - * ) - $RM $output - trap "$RM $output; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15 - - func_emit_wrapper no > $output - chmod +x $output - ;; - esac - } - exit $EXIT_SUCCESS - ;; - esac - - # See if we need to build an old-fashioned archive. - for oldlib in $oldlibs; do - - if test "$build_libtool_libs" = convenience; then - oldobjs="$libobjs_save $symfileobj" - addlibs="$convenience" - build_libtool_libs=no - else - if test "$build_libtool_libs" = module; then - oldobjs="$libobjs_save" - build_libtool_libs=no - else - oldobjs="$old_deplibs $non_pic_objects" - if test "$preload" = yes && test -f "$symfileobj"; then - oldobjs="$oldobjs $symfileobj" - fi - fi - addlibs="$old_convenience" - fi - - if test -n "$addlibs"; then - gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x" - generated="$generated $gentop" - - func_extract_archives $gentop $addlibs - oldobjs="$oldobjs $func_extract_archives_result" - fi - - # Do each command in the archive commands. - if test -n "$old_archive_from_new_cmds" && test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then - cmds=$old_archive_from_new_cmds - else - - # Add any objects from preloaded convenience libraries - if test -n "$dlprefiles"; then - gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x" - generated="$generated $gentop" - - func_extract_archives $gentop $dlprefiles - oldobjs="$oldobjs $func_extract_archives_result" - fi - - # POSIX demands no paths to be encoded in archives. We have - # to avoid creating archives with duplicate basenames if we - # might have to extract them afterwards, e.g., when creating a - # static archive out of a convenience library, or when linking - # the entirety of a libtool archive into another (currently - # not supported by libtool). - if (for obj in $oldobjs - do - func_basename "$obj" - $ECHO "$func_basename_result" - done | sort | sort -uc >/dev/null 2>&1); then - : - else - $ECHO "copying selected object files to avoid basename conflicts..." - gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x" - generated="$generated $gentop" - func_mkdir_p "$gentop" - save_oldobjs=$oldobjs - oldobjs= - counter=1 - for obj in $save_oldobjs - do - func_basename "$obj" - objbase="$func_basename_result" - case " $oldobjs " in - " ") oldobjs=$obj ;; - *[\ /]"$objbase "*) - while :; do - # Make sure we don't pick an alternate name that also - # overlaps. - newobj=lt$counter-$objbase - func_arith $counter + 1 - counter=$func_arith_result - case " $oldobjs " in - *[\ /]"$newobj "*) ;; - *) if test ! -f "$gentop/$newobj"; then break; fi ;; - esac - done - func_show_eval "ln $obj $gentop/$newobj || cp $obj $gentop/$newobj" - oldobjs="$oldobjs $gentop/$newobj" - ;; - *) oldobjs="$oldobjs $obj" ;; - esac - done - fi - eval cmds=\"$old_archive_cmds\" - - func_len " $cmds" - len=$func_len_result - if test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len" || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; then - cmds=$old_archive_cmds - else - # the command line is too long to link in one step, link in parts - func_verbose "using piecewise archive linking..." - save_RANLIB=$RANLIB - RANLIB=: - objlist= - concat_cmds= - save_oldobjs=$oldobjs - oldobjs= - # Is there a better way of finding the last object in the list? - for obj in $save_oldobjs - do - last_oldobj=$obj - done - eval test_cmds=\"$old_archive_cmds\" - func_len " $test_cmds" - len0=$func_len_result - len=$len0 - for obj in $save_oldobjs - do - func_len " $obj" - func_arith $len + $func_len_result - len=$func_arith_result - func_append objlist " $obj" - if test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len"; then - : - else - # the above command should be used before it gets too long - oldobjs=$objlist - if test "$obj" = "$last_oldobj" ; then - RANLIB=$save_RANLIB - fi - test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~ - eval concat_cmds=\"\${concat_cmds}$old_archive_cmds\" - objlist= - len=$len0 - fi - done - RANLIB=$save_RANLIB - oldobjs=$objlist - if test "X$oldobjs" = "X" ; then - eval cmds=\"\$concat_cmds\" - else - eval cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~\$old_archive_cmds\" - fi - fi - fi - func_execute_cmds "$cmds" 'exit $?' - done - - test -n "$generated" && \ - func_show_eval "${RM}r$generated" - - # Now create the libtool archive. - case $output in - *.la) - old_library= - test "$build_old_libs" = yes && old_library="$libname.$libext" - func_verbose "creating $output" - - # Preserve any variables that may affect compiler behavior - for var in $variables_saved_for_relink; do - if eval test -z \"\${$var+set}\"; then - relink_command="{ test -z \"\${$var+set}\" || $lt_unset $var || { $var=; export $var; }; }; $relink_command" - elif eval var_value=\$$var; test -z "$var_value"; then - relink_command="$var=; export $var; $relink_command" - else - func_quote_for_eval "$var_value" - relink_command="$var=$func_quote_for_eval_result; export $var; $relink_command" - fi - done - # Quote the link command for shipping. - relink_command="(cd `pwd`; $SHELL $progpath $preserve_args --mode=relink $libtool_args @inst_prefix_dir@)" - relink_command=`$ECHO "X$relink_command" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` - if test "$hardcode_automatic" = yes ; then - relink_command= - fi - - # Only create the output if not a dry run. - $opt_dry_run || { - for installed in no yes; do - if test "$installed" = yes; then - if test -z "$install_libdir"; then - break - fi - output="$output_objdir/$outputname"i - # Replace all uninstalled libtool libraries with the installed ones - newdependency_libs= - for deplib in $dependency_libs; do - case $deplib in - *.la) - func_basename "$deplib" - name="$func_basename_result" - eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib` - test -z "$libdir" && \ - func_fatal_error "\`$deplib' is not a valid libtool archive" - newdependency_libs="$newdependency_libs $libdir/$name" - ;; - *) newdependency_libs="$newdependency_libs $deplib" ;; - esac - done - dependency_libs="$newdependency_libs" - newdlfiles= - - for lib in $dlfiles; do - case $lib in - *.la) - func_basename "$lib" - name="$func_basename_result" - eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $lib` - test -z "$libdir" && \ - func_fatal_error "\`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" - newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $libdir/$name" - ;; - *) newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $lib" ;; - esac - done - dlfiles="$newdlfiles" - newdlprefiles= - for lib in $dlprefiles; do - case $lib in - *.la) - # Only pass preopened files to the pseudo-archive (for - # eventual linking with the app. that links it) if we - # didn't already link the preopened objects directly into - # the library: - func_basename "$lib" - name="$func_basename_result" - eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $lib` - test -z "$libdir" && \ - func_fatal_error "\`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" - newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $libdir/$name" - ;; - esac - done - dlprefiles="$newdlprefiles" - else - newdlfiles= - for lib in $dlfiles; do - case $lib in - [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs="$lib" ;; - *) abs=`pwd`"/$lib" ;; - esac - newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $abs" - done - dlfiles="$newdlfiles" - newdlprefiles= - for lib in $dlprefiles; do - case $lib in - [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs="$lib" ;; - *) abs=`pwd`"/$lib" ;; - esac - newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $abs" - done - dlprefiles="$newdlprefiles" - fi - $RM $output - # place dlname in correct position for cygwin - tdlname=$dlname - case $host,$output,$installed,$module,$dlname in - *cygwin*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll | *mingw*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll | *cegcc*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll) tdlname=../bin/$dlname ;; - esac - $ECHO > $output "\ -# $outputname - a libtool library file -# Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION -# -# Please DO NOT delete this file! -# It is necessary for linking the library. - -# The name that we can dlopen(3). -dlname='$tdlname' - -# Names of this library. -library_names='$library_names' - -# The name of the static archive. -old_library='$old_library' - -# Linker flags that can not go in dependency_libs. -inherited_linker_flags='$new_inherited_linker_flags' - -# Libraries that this one depends upon. -dependency_libs='$dependency_libs' - -# Names of additional weak libraries provided by this library -weak_library_names='$weak_libs' - -# Version information for $libname. -current=$current -age=$age -revision=$revision - -# Is this an already installed library? -installed=$installed - -# Should we warn about portability when linking against -modules? -shouldnotlink=$module - -# Files to dlopen/dlpreopen -dlopen='$dlfiles' -dlpreopen='$dlprefiles' - -# Directory that this library needs to be installed in: -libdir='$install_libdir'" - if test "$installed" = no && test "$need_relink" = yes; then - $ECHO >> $output "\ -relink_command=\"$relink_command\"" - fi - done - } - - # Do a symbolic link so that the libtool archive can be found in - # LD_LIBRARY_PATH before the program is installed. - func_show_eval '( cd "$output_objdir" && $RM "$outputname" && $LN_S "../$outputname" "$outputname" )' 'exit $?' - ;; - esac - exit $EXIT_SUCCESS -} - -{ test "$mode" = link || test "$mode" = relink; } && - func_mode_link ${1+"$@"} - - -# func_mode_uninstall arg... -func_mode_uninstall () -{ - $opt_debug - RM="$nonopt" - files= - rmforce= - exit_status=0 - - # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set variables rather - # than running their programs. - libtool_install_magic="$magic" - - for arg - do - case $arg in - -f) RM="$RM $arg"; rmforce=yes ;; - -*) RM="$RM $arg" ;; - *) files="$files $arg" ;; - esac - done - - test -z "$RM" && \ - func_fatal_help "you must specify an RM program" - - rmdirs= - - origobjdir="$objdir" - for file in $files; do - func_dirname "$file" "" "." - dir="$func_dirname_result" - if test "X$dir" = X.; then - objdir="$origobjdir" - else - objdir="$dir/$origobjdir" - fi - func_basename "$file" - name="$func_basename_result" - test "$mode" = uninstall && objdir="$dir" - - # Remember objdir for removal later, being careful to avoid duplicates - if test "$mode" = clean; then - case " $rmdirs " in - *" $objdir "*) ;; - *) rmdirs="$rmdirs $objdir" ;; - esac - fi - - # Don't error if the file doesn't exist and rm -f was used. - if { test -L "$file"; } >/dev/null 2>&1 || - { test -h "$file"; } >/dev/null 2>&1 || - test -f "$file"; then - : - elif test -d "$file"; then - exit_status=1 - continue - elif test "$rmforce" = yes; then - continue - fi - - rmfiles="$file" - - case $name in - *.la) - # Possibly a libtool archive, so verify it. - if func_lalib_p "$file"; then - func_source $dir/$name - - # Delete the libtool libraries and symlinks. - for n in $library_names; do - rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$n" - done - test -n "$old_library" && rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$old_library" - - case "$mode" in - clean) - case " $library_names " in - # " " in the beginning catches empty $dlname - *" $dlname "*) ;; - *) rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$dlname" ;; - esac - test -n "$libdir" && rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$name $objdir/${name}i" - ;; - uninstall) - if test -n "$library_names"; then - # Do each command in the postuninstall commands. - func_execute_cmds "$postuninstall_cmds" 'test "$rmforce" = yes || exit_status=1' - fi - - if test -n "$old_library"; then - # Do each command in the old_postuninstall commands. - func_execute_cmds "$old_postuninstall_cmds" 'test "$rmforce" = yes || exit_status=1' - fi - # FIXME: should reinstall the best remaining shared library. - ;; - esac - fi - ;; - - *.lo) - # Possibly a libtool object, so verify it. - if func_lalib_p "$file"; then - - # Read the .lo file - func_source $dir/$name - - # Add PIC object to the list of files to remove. - if test -n "$pic_object" && - test "$pic_object" != none; then - rmfiles="$rmfiles $dir/$pic_object" - fi - - # Add non-PIC object to the list of files to remove. - if test -n "$non_pic_object" && - test "$non_pic_object" != none; then - rmfiles="$rmfiles $dir/$non_pic_object" - fi - fi - ;; - - *) - if test "$mode" = clean ; then - noexename=$name - case $file in - *.exe) - func_stripname '' '.exe' "$file" - file=$func_stripname_result - func_stripname '' '.exe' "$name" - noexename=$func_stripname_result - # $file with .exe has already been added to rmfiles, - # add $file without .exe - rmfiles="$rmfiles $file" - ;; - esac - # Do a test to see if this is a libtool program. - if func_ltwrapper_p "$file"; then - if func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$file"; then - func_ltwrapper_scriptname "$file" - relink_command= - func_source $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result - rmfiles="$rmfiles $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result" - else - relink_command= - func_source $dir/$noexename - fi - - # note $name still contains .exe if it was in $file originally - # as does the version of $file that was added into $rmfiles - rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$name $objdir/${name}S.${objext}" - if test "$fast_install" = yes && test -n "$relink_command"; then - rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/lt-$name" - fi - if test "X$noexename" != "X$name" ; then - rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/lt-${noexename}.c" - fi - fi - fi - ;; - esac - func_show_eval "$RM $rmfiles" 'exit_status=1' - done - objdir="$origobjdir" - - # Try to remove the ${objdir}s in the directories where we deleted files - for dir in $rmdirs; do - if test -d "$dir"; then - func_show_eval "rmdir $dir >/dev/null 2>&1" - fi - done - - exit $exit_status -} - -{ test "$mode" = uninstall || test "$mode" = clean; } && - func_mode_uninstall ${1+"$@"} - -test -z "$mode" && { - help="$generic_help" - func_fatal_help "you must specify a MODE" -} - -test -z "$exec_cmd" && \ - func_fatal_help "invalid operation mode \`$mode'" - -if test -n "$exec_cmd"; then - eval exec "$exec_cmd" - exit $EXIT_FAILURE -fi - -exit $exit_status - - -# The TAGs below are defined such that we never get into a situation -# in which we disable both kinds of libraries. Given conflicting -# choices, we go for a static library, that is the most portable, -# since we can't tell whether shared libraries were disabled because -# the user asked for that or because the platform doesn't support -# them. This is particularly important on AIX, because we don't -# support having both static and shared libraries enabled at the same -# time on that platform, so we default to a shared-only configuration. -# If a disable-shared tag is given, we'll fallback to a static-only -# configuration. But we'll never go from static-only to shared-only. - -# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-shared -build_libtool_libs=no -build_old_libs=yes -# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-shared - -# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-static -build_old_libs=`case $build_libtool_libs in yes) echo no;; *) echo yes;; esac` -# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-static - -# Local Variables: -# mode:shell-script -# sh-indentation:2 -# End: -# vi:sw=2 - diff --git a/libXt/acinclude.m4 b/libXt/m4/ax_define_dir.m4 index b7501e8dd..b74d155fd 100644 --- a/libXt/acinclude.m4 +++ b/libXt/m4/ax_define_dir.m4 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ # =========================================================================== -# http://www.nongnu.org/autoconf-archive/ax_define_dir.html +# http://www.gnu.org/software/autoconf-archive/ax_define_dir.html # =========================================================================== # # SYNOPSIS @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ # # Example: # -# AX_DEFINE_DIR([DATADIR], [datadir], [Where data are placed to.]) +# AX_DEFINE_DIR([DATADIR], [datadir], [Where data are placed to.]) # # LICENSE # @@ -27,7 +27,10 @@ # # Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification, are # permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright notice -# and this notice are preserved. +# and this notice are preserved. This file is offered as-is, without any +# warranty. + +#serial 6 AU_ALIAS([AC_DEFINE_DIR], [AX_DEFINE_DIR]) AC_DEFUN([AX_DEFINE_DIR], [ diff --git a/libXt/man/Makefile.am b/libXt/man/Makefile.am index 140648e75..305598dde 100644 --- a/libXt/man/Makefile.am +++ b/libXt/man/Makefile.am @@ -1,811 +1,492 @@ libmandir = $(LIB_MAN_DIR) -LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX = $(LIB_MAN_DIR:@mandir@/man%=%) - -libman_PRE = \ - XtAddActions.man \ - XtAddCallback.man \ - XtAddEventHandler.man \ - XtAddExposureToRegion.man \ - XtAddGrab.man \ - XtAddInput.man \ - XtAllocateGC.man \ - XtAppAddActionHook.man \ - XtAppAddActions.man \ - XtAppAddBlockHook.man \ - XtAppAddConverter.man \ - XtAppAddInput.man \ - XtAppAddSignal.man \ - XtAppAddTimeOut.man \ - XtAppAddWorkProc.man \ - XtAppCreateShell.man \ - XtAppError.man \ - XtAppErrorMsg.man \ - XtAppGetErrorDatabase.man \ - XtAppGetSelectionTimeout.man \ - XtAppInitialize.man \ - XtAppLock.man \ - XtAppNextEvent.man \ - XtAppReleaseCacheRefs.man \ - XtAppSetExitFlag.man \ - XtAppSetFallbackResources.man \ - XtAppSetTypeConverter.man \ - XtBuildEventMask.man \ - XtCallAcceptFocus.man \ - XtCallActionProc.man \ - XtCallCallbacks.man \ - XtClass.man \ - XtConfigureWidget.man \ - XtConvert.man \ - XtConvertAndStore.man \ - XtCreateApplicationContext.man \ - XtCreateApplicationShell.man \ - XtCreatePopupShell.man \ - XtCreateSelectionRequest.man \ - XtCreateWidget.man \ - XtCreateWindow.man \ - XtDisplay.man \ - XtDisplayInitialize.man \ - XtDisplayStringConversionWarning.man \ - XtDisplayToApplicationContext.man \ - XtError.man \ - XtErrorMsg.man \ - XtFindFile.man \ - XtGetActionKeysym.man \ - XtGetActionList.man \ - XtGetApplicationNameAndClass.man \ - XtGetApplicationResources.man \ - XtGetClassExtension.man \ - XtGetDisplays.man \ - XtGetErrorDatabase.man \ - XtGetGC.man \ - XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget.man \ - XtGetKeysymTable.man \ - XtGetResourceList.man \ - XtGetSelectionParameters.man \ - XtGetSelectionRequest.man \ - XtGetSelectionTimeout.man \ - XtGetSelectionValue.man \ - XtGetSelectionValueIncremental.man \ - XtGetSubresources.man \ - XtGrabKey.man \ - XtHooksOfDisplay.man \ - XtInitialize.man \ - XtInitializeWidgetClass.man \ - XtInsertEventTypeHandler.man \ - XtLastEventProcessed.man \ - XtMakeGeometryRequest.man \ - XtMalloc.man \ - XtManageChildren.man \ - XtMapWidget.man \ - XtName.man \ - XtNameToWidget.man \ - XtNextEvent.man \ - XtOffset.man \ - XtOpenApplication.man \ - XtOwnSelection.man \ - XtParent.man \ - XtParseAcceleratorTable.man \ - XtParseTranslationTable.man \ - XtPopdown.man \ - XtPopup.man \ - XtProcessLock.man \ - XtQueryGeometry.man \ - XtRealizeWidget.man \ - XtRegisterDrawable.man \ - XtRegisterGrabAction.man \ - XtReservePropertyAtom.man \ - XtResolvePathname.man \ - XtSessionGetToken.man \ - XtSetArg.man \ - XtSetKeyTranslator.man \ - XtSetKeyboardFocus.man \ - XtSetLanguageProc.man \ - XtSetMultiClickTime.man \ - XtSetSelectionParameters.man \ - XtSetSensitive.man \ - XtSetValues.man \ - XtSetWMColormapWindows.man \ - XtStringConversionWarning.man \ - XtToolkitThreadInitialize.man \ - XtTranslateCoords.man \ +libman_PRE = \ + $(all_shadows:=.man) \ + XtAddActions.man \ + XtAddCallback.man \ + XtAddEventHandler.man \ + XtAddExposureToRegion.man \ + XtAddGrab.man \ + XtAddInput.man \ + XtAllocateGC.man \ + XtAppAddActionHook.man \ + XtAppAddActions.man \ + XtAppAddBlockHook.man \ + XtAppAddConverter.man \ + XtAppAddInput.man \ + XtAppAddSignal.man \ + XtAppAddTimeOut.man \ + XtAppAddWorkProc.man \ + XtAppCreateShell.man \ + XtAppError.man \ + XtAppErrorMsg.man \ + XtAppGetErrorDatabase.man \ + XtAppGetSelectionTimeout.man \ + XtAppInitialize.man \ + XtAppLock.man \ + XtAppNextEvent.man \ + XtAppReleaseCacheRefs.man \ + XtAppSetExitFlag.man \ + XtAppSetFallbackResources.man \ + XtAppSetTypeConverter.man \ + XtBuildEventMask.man \ + XtCallAcceptFocus.man \ + XtCallActionProc.man \ + XtCallCallbacks.man \ + XtClass.man \ + XtConfigureWidget.man \ + XtConvert.man \ + XtConvertAndStore.man \ + XtCreateApplicationContext.man \ + XtCreateApplicationShell.man \ + XtCreatePopupShell.man \ + XtCreateSelectionRequest.man \ + XtCreateWidget.man \ + XtCreateWindow.man \ + XtDisplay.man \ + XtDisplayInitialize.man \ + XtDisplayStringConversionWarning.man \ + XtDisplayToApplicationContext.man \ + XtError.man \ + XtErrorMsg.man \ + XtFindFile.man \ + XtGetActionKeysym.man \ + XtGetActionList.man \ + XtGetApplicationNameAndClass.man \ + XtGetApplicationResources.man \ + XtGetClassExtension.man \ + XtGetDisplays.man \ + XtGetErrorDatabase.man \ + XtGetGC.man \ + XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget.man \ + XtGetKeysymTable.man \ + XtGetResourceList.man \ + XtGetSelectionParameters.man \ + XtGetSelectionRequest.man \ + XtGetSelectionTimeout.man \ + XtGetSelectionValue.man \ + XtGetSelectionValueIncremental.man \ + XtGetSubresources.man \ + XtGrabKey.man \ + XtHooksOfDisplay.man \ + XtInitialize.man \ + XtInitializeWidgetClass.man \ + XtInsertEventTypeHandler.man \ + XtLastEventProcessed.man \ + XtMakeGeometryRequest.man \ + XtMalloc.man \ + XtManageChildren.man \ + XtMapWidget.man \ + XtName.man \ + XtNameToWidget.man \ + XtNextEvent.man \ + XtOffset.man \ + XtOpenApplication.man \ + XtOwnSelection.man \ + XtParent.man \ + XtParseAcceleratorTable.man \ + XtParseTranslationTable.man \ + XtPopdown.man \ + XtPopup.man \ + XtProcessLock.man \ + XtQueryGeometry.man \ + XtRealizeWidget.man \ + XtRegisterDrawable.man \ + XtRegisterGrabAction.man \ + XtReservePropertyAtom.man \ + XtResolvePathname.man \ + XtSessionGetToken.man \ + XtSetArg.man \ + XtSetKeyTranslator.man \ + XtSetKeyboardFocus.man \ + XtSetLanguageProc.man \ + XtSetMultiClickTime.man \ + XtSetSelectionParameters.man \ + XtSetSensitive.man \ + XtSetValues.man \ + XtSetWMColormapWindows.man \ + XtStringConversionWarning.man \ + XtToolkitThreadInitialize.man \ + XtTranslateCoords.man \ XtVaCreateArgsList.man -libman_DATA = $(libman_PRE:man=@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) \ - $(all_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) +libman_DATA = $(libman_PRE:man=@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) EXTRA_DIST = $(libman_PRE) - CLEANFILES = $(libman_DATA) -# Rules for generating files using the C pre-processor -# (Replaces CppFileTarget from Imake) - -SED = sed - SUFFIXES = .$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) .man -# Translate XCOMM into pound sign with sed, rather than passing -DXCOMM=XCOMM -# to cpp, because that trick does not work on all ANSI C preprocessors. -# Delete line numbers from the cpp output (-P is not portable, I guess). -# Allow XCOMM to be preceded by whitespace and provide a means of generating -# output lines with trailing backslashes. -# Allow XHASH to always be substituted, even in cases where XCOMM isn't. - -CPP_SED_MAGIC = $(SED) -e '/^\# *[0-9][0-9]* *.*$$/d' \ - -e '/^\#line *[0-9][0-9]* *.*$$/d' \ - -e '/^[ ]*XCOMM$$/s/XCOMM/\#/' \ - -e '/^[ ]*XCOMM[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/s/XCOMM/\#/' \ - -e '/^[ ]*XHASH/s/XHASH/\#/' \ - -e '/\@\@$$/s/\@\@$$/\\/' - -# Strings to replace in man pages -XORGRELSTRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ - XORGMANNAME = X Version 11 - XSERVERNAME = Xorg - -MANDEFS = \ - -D__vendorversion__="\"$(XORGRELSTRING)\" \"$(XORGMANNAME)\"" \ - -D__xorgversion__="\"$(XORGRELSTRING)\" \"$(XORGMANNAME)\"" \ - -D__appmansuffix__=$(APP_MAN_SUFFIX) \ - -D__filemansuffix__=$(FILE_MAN_SUFFIX) \ - -D__libmansuffix__=$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) \ - -D__miscmansuffix__=$(MISC_MAN_SUFFIX) \ - -D__drivermansuffix__=$(DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX) \ - -D__adminmansuffix__=$(ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX) \ - -D__projectroot__=$(prefix) - -.man.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX): - $(AM_V_GEN)$(RAWCPP) $(RAWCPPFLAGS) $(MANDEFS) $(EXTRAMANDEFS) < $< | $(CPP_SED_MAGIC) > $@ - - -# Generate man page shadow files (Replaces InstallManPageAliases from Imake) - -all_shadows = \ - $(XtAddCallback_shadows) \ - $(XtAddEventHandler_shadows) \ - $(XtAddGrab_shadows) \ - $(XtAppAddConverter_shadows) \ - $(XtAppAddInput_shadows) \ - $(XtAppAddTimeOut_shadows) \ - $(XtAppAddWorkProc_shadows) \ - $(XtAppCreateShell_shadows) \ - $(XtAppError_shadows) \ - $(XtAppErrorMsg_shadows) \ - $(XtAppGetErrorDatabase_shadows) \ - $(XtAppGetSelectionTimeout_shadows) \ - $(XtAppNextEvent_shadows) \ - $(XtNextEvent_shadows) \ - $(XtCallCallbacks_shadows) \ - $(XtClass_shadows) \ - $(XtConfigureWidget_shadows) \ - $(XtConvert_shadows) \ - $(XtConvertAndStore_shadows) \ - $(XtCreateApplicationContext_shadows) \ - $(XtCreatePopupShell_shadows) \ - $(XtCreateWidget_shadows) \ - $(XtDisplay_shadows) \ - $(XtDisplayInitialize_shadows) \ - $(XtGetGC_shadows) \ - $(XtGetResourceList_shadows) \ - $(XtGetSelectionValue_shadows) \ - $(XtGetSubresources_shadows) \ - $(XtGetApplicationResources_shadows) \ - $(XtMakeGeometryRequest_shadows) \ - $(XtMalloc_shadows) \ - $(XtManageChildren_shadows) \ - $(XtMapWidget_shadows) \ - $(XtNameToWidget_shadows) \ - $(XtOffset_shadows) \ - $(XtOwnSelection_shadows) \ - $(XtParseAcceleratorTable_shadows) \ - $(XtParseTranslationTable_shadows) \ - $(XtPopdown_shadows) \ - $(XtPopup_shadows) \ - $(XtRealizeWidget_shadows) \ - $(XtSetArg_shadows) \ - $(XtSetKeyTranslator_shadows) \ - $(XtSetSensitive_shadows) \ - $(XtSetValues_shadows) \ - $(XtGetKeysymTable_shadows) \ - $(XtAppSetTypeConverter_shadows) \ - $(XtAppAddActionHook_shadows) \ - $(XtSetMultiClickTime_shadows) \ - $(XtInsertEventTypeHandler_shadows) \ - $(XtLastEventProcessed_shadows) \ - $(XtAppAddSignal_shadows) \ - $(XtAddInput_shadows) \ - $(XtAppAddBlockHook_shadows) \ - $(XtAppInitialize_shadows) \ - $(XtSessionGetToken_shadows) \ - $(XtErrorMsg_shadows) \ - $(XtError_shadows) \ - $(XtGetErrorDatabase_shadows) \ - $(XtGetSelectionValueIncremental_shadows) \ - $(XtGetSelectionTimeout_shadows) \ - $(XtCreateSelectionRequest_shadows) \ - $(XtReservePropertyAtom_shadows) \ - $(XtGrabKey_shadows) \ - $(XtRegisterDrawable_shadows) \ - $(XtAppSetExitFlag_shadows) \ - $(XtAppLock_shadows) \ - $(XtProcessLock_shadows) \ - $(XtOpenApplication_shadows) - - - -XtAddCallback_shadows = \ - XtAddCallbacks \ - XtRemoveCallback \ - XtRemoveCallbacks \ - XtRemoveAllCallbacks - -XtAddEventHandler_shadows = \ - XtAddRawEventHandler \ - XtRemoveEventHandler \ - XtRemoveRawEventHandler \ - XtInsertEventHandler \ - XtInsertRawEventHandler - -XtAddGrab_shadows = \ - XtRemoveGrab - -XtAppAddConverter_shadows = \ - XtAddConverter - -XtAppAddInput_shadows = \ - XtRemoveInput - -XtAppAddTimeOut_shadows = \ - XtRemoveTimeOut - -XtAppAddWorkProc_shadows = \ - XtRemoveWorkProc - -XtAppCreateShell_shadows = \ - XtVaAppCreateShell - -XtAppError_shadows = \ - XtAppSetErrorHandler \ - XtAppSetWarningHandler \ - XtAppWarning - -XtAppErrorMsg_shadows = \ - XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler \ - XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler \ - XtAppWarningMsg - -XtAppGetErrorDatabase_shadows = \ - XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText - -XtAppGetSelectionTimeout_shadows = \ - XtAppSetSelectionTimeout - -XtAppNextEvent_shadows = \ - XtAppPending \ - XtAppPeekEvent \ - XtAppProcessEvent \ - XtDispatchEvent \ - XtAppMainLoop - -XtNextEvent_shadows = \ - XtPending \ - XtPeekEvent \ - XtProcessEvent \ - XtMainLoop - -XtCallCallbacks_shadows = \ - XtCallCallbackList \ - XtHasCallbacks - -XtClass_shadows = \ - XtSuperclass \ - XtIsSubclass \ - XtCheckSubclass \ - XtIsObject \ - XtIsRectObj \ - XtIsWidget \ - XtIsComposite \ - XtIsConstraint \ - XtIsShell \ - XtIsOverrideShell \ - XtIsWMShell \ - XtIsVendorShell \ - XtIsTransientShell \ - XtIsTopLevelShell \ - XtIsApplicationShell \ - XtIsSessionShell - -XtConfigureWidget_shadows = \ - XtMoveWidget \ - XtResizeWidget - -XtConvert_shadows = \ - XtDirectConvert - -XtConvertAndStore_shadows = \ - XtCallConverter - -XtCreateApplicationContext_shadows = \ - XtDestroyApplicationContext \ - XtWidgetToApplicationContext \ - XtToolkitInitialize - -XtCreatePopupShell_shadows = \ - XtVaCreatePopupShell - -XtCreateWidget_shadows = \ - XtVaCreateWidget \ - XtCreateManagedWidget \ - XtVaCreateManagedWidget \ - XtDestroyWidget - -XtDisplay_shadows = \ - \ - XtDisplayOfObject \ - XtScreen \ - XtScreenOfObject \ - XtWindow \ - XtWindowOfObject - -XtDisplayInitialize_shadows = \ - XtOpenDisplay \ - XtCloseDisplay \ - XtDatabase \ - XtScreenDatabase - -XtGetGC_shadows = \ - XtReleaseGC - -XtGetResourceList_shadows = \ - XtGetConstraintResourceList - -XtGetSelectionValue_shadows = \ - XtGetSelectionValues - -XtGetSubresources_shadows = \ - XtVaGetSubresources - -XtGetApplicationResources_shadows = \ - XtVaGetApplicationResources - -XtMakeGeometryRequest_shadows = \ - XtMakeResizeRequest - -XtMalloc_shadows = \ - XtCalloc \ - XtRealloc \ - XtFree \ - XtNew \ - XtNewString - -XtManageChildren_shadows = \ - XtManageChild \ - XtUnmanageChildren \ - XtUnmanageChild \ - XtIsManaged \ - XtChangeManagedSet - -XtMapWidget_shadows = \ - XtSetMappedWhenManaged \ - XtUnmapWidget - -XtNameToWidget_shadows = \ - XtWindowToWidget - -XtOffset_shadows = \ - XtOffsetOf \ - XtNumber - -XtOwnSelection_shadows = \ - XtOwnSelectionIncremental \ - XtDisownSelection - -XtParseAcceleratorTable_shadows = \ - XtInstallAccelerators \ - XtInstallAllAccelerators - -XtParseTranslationTable_shadows = \ - XtAugmentTranslations \ - XtOverrideTranslations \ - XtUninstallTranslations - -XtPopdown_shadows = \ - XtCallbackPopdown \ - MenuPopdown - -XtPopup_shadows = \ - XtPopupSpringLoaded \ - XtCallbackNone \ - XtCallbackNonexclusive \ - XtCallbackExclusive \ - MenuPopup - -XtRealizeWidget_shadows = \ - XtIsRealized \ - XtUnrealizeWidget - -XtSetArg_shadows = \ - XtMergeArgLists - -XtSetKeyTranslator_shadows = \ - XtTranslateKeycode \ - XtRegisterCaseConverter \ - XtConvertCase - -XtSetSensitive_shadows = \ - XtIsSensitive - -XtSetValues_shadows = \ - XtVaSetValues \ - XtSetSubvalues \ - XtGetValues \ - XtVaGetValues \ - XtGetSubvalues \ - XtVaGetSubvalues \ - XtVaSetSubvalues - -XtGetKeysymTable_shadows = \ - XtKeysymToKeycodeList - -XtAppSetTypeConverter_shadows = \ - XtSetTypeConverter - -XtAppAddActionHook_shadows = \ - XtRemoveActionHook - -XtSetMultiClickTime_shadows = \ - XtGetMultiClickTime - -XtInsertEventTypeHandler_shadows = \ - XtRemoveEventTypeHandler \ - XtRegisterExtensionSelector \ - XtSetEventDispatcher \ - XtDispatchEventToWidget - -XtLastEventProcessed_shadows = \ - XtLastTimestampProcessed - -XtAppAddSignal_shadows = \ - XtNoticeSignal \ - XtRemoveSignal - -XtAddInput_shadows = \ - XtAddTimeOut \ - XtAddWorkProc - -XtAppAddBlockHook_shadows = \ - XtRemoveBlockHook - -XtAppInitialize_shadows = \ - XtVaAppInitialize - -XtSessionGetToken_shadows = \ - XtSessionReturnToken - -XtErrorMsg_shadows = \ - XtSetErrorMsgHandler \ - XtSetWarningMsgHandler \ - XtWarningMsg - -XtError_shadows = \ - XtSetErrorHandler \ - XtSetWarningHandler \ - XtWarning - -XtGetErrorDatabase_shadows = \ - XtGetErrorDatabaseText - -XtGetSelectionValueIncremental_shadows = \ - XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental - -XtGetSelectionTimeout_shadows = \ - XtSetSelectionTimeout - -XtCreateSelectionRequest_shadows = \ - XtSendSelectionRequest \ - XtCancelSelectionRequest - -XtReservePropertyAtom_shadows = \ - XtReleasePropertyAtom - -XtGrabKey_shadows = \ - XtUngrabKey \ - XtGrabKeyboard \ - XtUngrabKeyboard \ - XtGrabButton \ - XtUngrabButton \ - XtGrabPointer \ - XtUngrabPointer - -XtRegisterDrawable_shadows = \ - XtUnregisterDrawable - -XtAppSetExitFlag_shadows = \ - XtAppGetExitFlag - -XtAppLock_shadows = \ - XtAppUnlock - -XtProcessLock_shadows = \ - XtProcessUnlock - -XtOpenApplication_shadows = \ - XtVaOpenApplication - -XtAddCallback_shadowmen = $(XtAddCallback_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtAddCallback_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAddCallback.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ - -XtAddEventHandler_shadowmen = $(XtAddEventHandler_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtAddEventHandler_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAddEventHandler.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ - -XtAddGrab_shadowmen = $(XtAddGrab_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtAddGrab_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAddGrab.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ - -XtAppAddConverter_shadowmen = $(XtAppAddConverter_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtAppAddConverter_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppAddConverter.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ - -XtAppAddInput_shadowmen = $(XtAppAddInput_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtAppAddInput_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppAddInput.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ - -XtAppAddTimeOut_shadowmen = $(XtAppAddTimeOut_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtAppAddTimeOut_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppAddTimeOut.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ - -XtAppAddWorkProc_shadowmen = $(XtAppAddWorkProc_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtAppAddWorkProc_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppAddWorkProc.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ - -XtAppCreateShell_shadowmen = $(XtAppCreateShell_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtAppCreateShell_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppCreateShell.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ - -XtAppError_shadowmen = $(XtAppError_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtAppError_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppError.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ - -XtAppErrorMsg_shadowmen = $(XtAppErrorMsg_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtAppErrorMsg_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppErrorMsg.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ - -XtAppGetErrorDatabase_shadowmen = $(XtAppGetErrorDatabase_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtAppGetErrorDatabase_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppGetErrorDatabase.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ - -XtAppGetSelectionTimeout_shadowmen = $(XtAppGetSelectionTimeout_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtAppGetSelectionTimeout_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppGetSelectionTimeout.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ +all_shadows = \ + $(XtAddCallback_shadows) \ + $(XtAddEventHandler_shadows) \ + $(XtAddGrab_shadows) \ + $(XtAppAddConverter_shadows) \ + $(XtAppAddInput_shadows) \ + $(XtAppAddTimeOut_shadows) \ + $(XtAppAddWorkProc_shadows) \ + $(XtAppCreateShell_shadows) \ + $(XtAppError_shadows) \ + $(XtAppErrorMsg_shadows) \ + $(XtAppGetErrorDatabase_shadows) \ + $(XtAppGetSelectionTimeout_shadows) \ + $(XtAppNextEvent_shadows) \ + $(XtNextEvent_shadows) \ + $(XtCallCallbacks_shadows) \ + $(XtClass_shadows) \ + $(XtConfigureWidget_shadows) \ + $(XtConvert_shadows) \ + $(XtConvertAndStore_shadows) \ + $(XtCreateApplicationContext_shadows) \ + $(XtCreatePopupShell_shadows) \ + $(XtCreateWidget_shadows) \ + $(XtDisplay_shadows) \ + $(XtDisplayInitialize_shadows) \ + $(XtGetGC_shadows) \ + $(XtGetResourceList_shadows) \ + $(XtGetSelectionValue_shadows) \ + $(XtGetSubresources_shadows) \ + $(XtGetApplicationResources_shadows) \ + $(XtMakeGeometryRequest_shadows) \ + $(XtMalloc_shadows) \ + $(XtManageChildren_shadows) \ + $(XtMapWidget_shadows) \ + $(XtNameToWidget_shadows) \ + $(XtOffset_shadows) \ + $(XtOwnSelection_shadows) \ + $(XtParseAcceleratorTable_shadows) \ + $(XtParseTranslationTable_shadows) \ + $(XtPopdown_shadows) \ + $(XtPopup_shadows) \ + $(XtRealizeWidget_shadows) \ + $(XtSetArg_shadows) \ + $(XtSetKeyTranslator_shadows) \ + $(XtSetSensitive_shadows) \ + $(XtSetValues_shadows) \ + $(XtGetKeysymTable_shadows) \ + $(XtAppSetTypeConverter_shadows) \ + $(XtAppAddActionHook_shadows) \ + $(XtSetMultiClickTime_shadows) \ + $(XtInsertEventTypeHandler_shadows) \ + $(XtLastEventProcessed_shadows) \ + $(XtAppAddSignal_shadows) \ + $(XtAddInput_shadows) \ + $(XtAppAddBlockHook_shadows) \ + $(XtAppInitialize_shadows) \ + $(XtSessionGetToken_shadows) \ + $(XtErrorMsg_shadows) \ + $(XtError_shadows) \ + $(XtGetErrorDatabase_shadows) \ + $(XtGetSelectionValueIncremental_shadows) \ + $(XtGetSelectionTimeout_shadows) \ + $(XtCreateSelectionRequest_shadows) \ + $(XtReservePropertyAtom_shadows) \ + $(XtGrabKey_shadows) \ + $(XtRegisterDrawable_shadows) \ + $(XtAppSetExitFlag_shadows) \ + $(XtAppLock_shadows) \ + $(XtProcessLock_shadows) \ + $(XtOpenApplication_shadows) + +XtAddCallback_shadows = \ + XtAddCallbacks \ + XtRemoveCallback \ + XtRemoveCallbacks \ + XtRemoveAllCallbacks + +XtAddEventHandler_shadows = \ + XtAddRawEventHandler \ + XtRemoveEventHandler \ + XtRemoveRawEventHandler \ + XtInsertEventHandler \ + XtInsertRawEventHandler + +XtAddGrab_shadows = \ + XtRemoveGrab + +XtAppAddConverter_shadows = \ + XtAddConverter + +XtAppAddInput_shadows = \ + XtRemoveInput + +XtAppAddTimeOut_shadows = \ + XtRemoveTimeOut + +XtAppAddWorkProc_shadows = \ + XtRemoveWorkProc + +XtAppCreateShell_shadows = \ + XtVaAppCreateShell + +XtAppError_shadows = \ + XtAppSetErrorHandler \ + XtAppSetWarningHandler \ + XtAppWarning + +XtAppErrorMsg_shadows = \ + XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler \ + XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler \ + XtAppWarningMsg + +XtAppGetErrorDatabase_shadows = \ + XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText + +XtAppGetSelectionTimeout_shadows = \ + XtAppSetSelectionTimeout + +XtAppNextEvent_shadows = \ + XtAppPending \ + XtAppPeekEvent \ + XtAppProcessEvent \ + XtDispatchEvent \ + XtAppMainLoop + +XtNextEvent_shadows = \ + XtPending \ + XtPeekEvent \ + XtProcessEvent \ + XtMainLoop + +XtCallCallbacks_shadows = \ + XtCallCallbackList \ + XtHasCallbacks + +XtClass_shadows = \ + XtSuperclass \ + XtIsSubclass \ + XtCheckSubclass \ + XtIsObject \ + XtIsRectObj \ + XtIsWidget \ + XtIsComposite \ + XtIsConstraint \ + XtIsShell \ + XtIsOverrideShell \ + XtIsWMShell \ + XtIsVendorShell \ + XtIsTransientShell \ + XtIsTopLevelShell \ + XtIsApplicationShell \ + XtIsSessionShell + +XtConfigureWidget_shadows = \ + XtMoveWidget \ + XtResizeWidget + +XtConvert_shadows = \ + XtDirectConvert + +XtConvertAndStore_shadows = \ + XtCallConverter + +XtCreateApplicationContext_shadows = \ + XtDestroyApplicationContext \ + XtWidgetToApplicationContext \ + XtToolkitInitialize + +XtCreatePopupShell_shadows = \ + XtVaCreatePopupShell + +XtCreateWidget_shadows = \ + XtVaCreateWidget \ + XtCreateManagedWidget \ + XtVaCreateManagedWidget \ + XtDestroyWidget + +XtDisplay_shadows = \ + XtDisplayOfObject \ + XtScreen \ + XtScreenOfObject \ + XtWindow \ + XtWindowOfObject + +XtDisplayInitialize_shadows = \ + XtOpenDisplay \ + XtCloseDisplay \ + XtDatabase \ + XtScreenDatabase + +XtGetGC_shadows = \ + XtReleaseGC + +XtGetResourceList_shadows = \ + XtGetConstraintResourceList + +XtGetSelectionValue_shadows = \ + XtGetSelectionValues + +XtGetSubresources_shadows = \ + XtVaGetSubresources + +XtGetApplicationResources_shadows = \ + XtVaGetApplicationResources + +XtMakeGeometryRequest_shadows = \ + XtMakeResizeRequest + +XtMalloc_shadows = \ + XtCalloc \ + XtRealloc \ + XtFree \ + XtNew \ + XtNewString \ + XtAsprintf + +XtManageChildren_shadows = \ + XtManageChild \ + XtUnmanageChildren \ + XtUnmanageChild \ + XtIsManaged \ + XtChangeManagedSet + +XtMapWidget_shadows = \ + XtSetMappedWhenManaged \ + XtUnmapWidget + +XtNameToWidget_shadows = \ + XtWindowToWidget + +XtOffset_shadows = \ + XtOffsetOf \ + XtNumber + +XtOwnSelection_shadows = \ + XtOwnSelectionIncremental \ + XtDisownSelection + +XtParseAcceleratorTable_shadows = \ + XtInstallAccelerators \ + XtInstallAllAccelerators + +XtParseTranslationTable_shadows = \ + XtAugmentTranslations \ + XtOverrideTranslations \ + XtUninstallTranslations + +XtPopdown_shadows = \ + XtCallbackPopdown \ + MenuPopdown + +XtPopup_shadows = \ + XtPopupSpringLoaded \ + XtCallbackNone \ + XtCallbackNonexclusive \ + XtCallbackExclusive \ + MenuPopup + +XtRealizeWidget_shadows = \ + XtIsRealized \ + XtUnrealizeWidget + +XtSetArg_shadows = \ + XtMergeArgLists + +XtSetKeyTranslator_shadows = \ + XtTranslateKeycode \ + XtRegisterCaseConverter \ + XtConvertCase + +XtSetSensitive_shadows = \ + XtIsSensitive + +XtSetValues_shadows = \ + XtVaSetValues \ + XtSetSubvalues \ + XtGetValues \ + XtVaGetValues \ + XtGetSubvalues \ + XtVaGetSubvalues \ + XtVaSetSubvalues -XtAppNextEvent_shadowmen = $(XtAppNextEvent_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtAppNextEvent_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppNextEvent.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ +XtGetKeysymTable_shadows = \ + XtKeysymToKeycodeList -XtNextEvent_shadowmen = $(XtNextEvent_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtNextEvent_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtNextEvent.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ +XtAppSetTypeConverter_shadows = \ + XtSetTypeConverter -XtCallCallbacks_shadowmen = $(XtCallCallbacks_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtCallCallbacks_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtCallCallbacks.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ +XtAppAddActionHook_shadows = \ + XtRemoveActionHook -XtClass_shadowmen = $(XtClass_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtClass_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtClass.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ +XtSetMultiClickTime_shadows = \ + XtGetMultiClickTime -XtConfigureWidget_shadowmen = $(XtConfigureWidget_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtConfigureWidget_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtConfigureWidget.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ +XtInsertEventTypeHandler_shadows = \ + XtRemoveEventTypeHandler \ + XtRegisterExtensionSelector \ + XtSetEventDispatcher \ + XtDispatchEventToWidget + +XtLastEventProcessed_shadows = \ + XtLastTimestampProcessed + +XtAppAddSignal_shadows = \ + XtNoticeSignal \ + XtRemoveSignal + +XtAddInput_shadows = \ + XtAddTimeOut \ + XtAddWorkProc + +XtAppAddBlockHook_shadows = \ + XtRemoveBlockHook -XtConvert_shadowmen = $(XtConvert_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtConvert_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtConvert.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ +XtAppInitialize_shadows = \ + XtVaAppInitialize -XtConvertAndStore_shadowmen = $(XtConvertAndStore_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtConvertAndStore_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtConvertAndStore.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ +XtSessionGetToken_shadows = \ + XtSessionReturnToken -XtCreateApplicationContext_shadowmen = $(XtCreateApplicationContext_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtCreateApplicationContext_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtCreateApplicationContext.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ +XtErrorMsg_shadows = \ + XtSetErrorMsgHandler \ + XtSetWarningMsgHandler \ + XtWarningMsg -XtCreatePopupShell_shadowmen = $(XtCreatePopupShell_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtCreatePopupShell_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtCreatePopupShell.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ +XtError_shadows = \ + XtSetErrorHandler \ + XtSetWarningHandler \ + XtWarning -XtCreateWidget_shadowmen = $(XtCreateWidget_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtCreateWidget_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtCreateWidget.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ +XtGetErrorDatabase_shadows = \ + XtGetErrorDatabaseText -XtDisplay_shadowmen = $(XtDisplay_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtDisplay_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtDisplay.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ +XtGetSelectionValueIncremental_shadows = \ + XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental -XtDisplayInitialize_shadowmen = $(XtDisplayInitialize_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtDisplayInitialize_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtDisplayInitialize.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ +XtGetSelectionTimeout_shadows = \ + XtSetSelectionTimeout -XtGetGC_shadowmen = $(XtGetGC_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtGetGC_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtGetGC.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ +XtCreateSelectionRequest_shadows = \ + XtSendSelectionRequest \ + XtCancelSelectionRequest -XtGetResourceList_shadowmen = $(XtGetResourceList_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtGetResourceList_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtGetResourceList.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ +XtReservePropertyAtom_shadows = \ + XtReleasePropertyAtom -XtGetSelectionValue_shadowmen = $(XtGetSelectionValue_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtGetSelectionValue_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtGetSelectionValue.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ +XtGrabKey_shadows = \ + XtUngrabKey \ + XtGrabKeyboard \ + XtUngrabKeyboard \ + XtGrabButton \ + XtUngrabButton \ + XtGrabPointer \ + XtUngrabPointer -XtGetSubresources_shadowmen = $(XtGetSubresources_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtGetSubresources_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtGetSubresources.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ +XtRegisterDrawable_shadows = \ + XtUnregisterDrawable -XtGetApplicationResources_shadowmen = $(XtGetApplicationResources_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtGetApplicationResources_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtGetApplicationResources.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ +XtAppSetExitFlag_shadows = \ + XtAppGetExitFlag -XtMakeGeometryRequest_shadowmen = $(XtMakeGeometryRequest_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtMakeGeometryRequest_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtMakeGeometryRequest.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ +XtAppLock_shadows = \ + XtAppUnlock -XtMalloc_shadowmen = $(XtMalloc_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtMalloc_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtMalloc.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ +XtProcessLock_shadows = \ + XtProcessUnlock -XtManageChildren_shadowmen = $(XtManageChildren_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtManageChildren_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtManageChildren.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ - -XtMapWidget_shadowmen = $(XtMapWidget_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtMapWidget_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtMapWidget.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ - -XtNameToWidget_shadowmen = $(XtNameToWidget_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtNameToWidget_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtNameToWidget.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ - -XtOffset_shadowmen = $(XtOffset_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtOffset_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtOffset.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ - -XtOwnSelection_shadowmen = $(XtOwnSelection_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtOwnSelection_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtOwnSelection.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ - -XtParseAcceleratorTable_shadowmen = $(XtParseAcceleratorTable_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtParseAcceleratorTable_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtParseAcceleratorTable.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ - -XtParseTranslationTable_shadowmen = $(XtParseTranslationTable_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtParseTranslationTable_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtParseTranslationTable.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ - -XtPopdown_shadowmen = $(XtPopdown_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtPopdown_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtPopdown.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ - -XtPopup_shadowmen = $(XtPopup_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtPopup_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtPopup.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ - -XtRealizeWidget_shadowmen = $(XtRealizeWidget_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtRealizeWidget_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtRealizeWidget.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ - -XtSetArg_shadowmen = $(XtSetArg_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtSetArg_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtSetArg.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ - -XtSetKeyTranslator_shadowmen = $(XtSetKeyTranslator_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtSetKeyTranslator_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtSetKeyTranslator.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ - -XtSetSensitive_shadowmen = $(XtSetSensitive_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtSetSensitive_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtSetSensitive.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ - -XtSetValues_shadowmen = $(XtSetValues_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtSetValues_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtSetValues.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ - -XtGetKeysymTable_shadowmen = $(XtGetKeysymTable_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtGetKeysymTable_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtGetKeysymTable.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ - -XtAppSetTypeConverter_shadowmen = $(XtAppSetTypeConverter_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtAppSetTypeConverter_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppSetTypeConverter.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ - -XtAppAddActionHook_shadowmen = $(XtAppAddActionHook_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtAppAddActionHook_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppAddActionHook.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ - -XtSetMultiClickTime_shadowmen = $(XtSetMultiClickTime_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtSetMultiClickTime_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtSetMultiClickTime.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ - -XtInsertEventTypeHandler_shadowmen = $(XtInsertEventTypeHandler_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtInsertEventTypeHandler_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtInsertEventTypeHandler.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ - -XtLastEventProcessed_shadowmen = $(XtLastEventProcessed_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtLastEventProcessed_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtLastEventProcessed.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ - -XtAppAddSignal_shadowmen = $(XtAppAddSignal_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtAppAddSignal_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppAddSignal.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ - -XtAddInput_shadowmen = $(XtAddInput_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtAddInput_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAddInput.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ - -XtAppAddBlockHook_shadowmen = $(XtAppAddBlockHook_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtAppAddBlockHook_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppAddBlockHook.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ - -XtAppInitialize_shadowmen = $(XtAppInitialize_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtAppInitialize_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppInitialize.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ - -XtSessionGetToken_shadowmen = $(XtSessionGetToken_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtSessionGetToken_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtSessionGetToken.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ - -XtErrorMsg_shadowmen = $(XtErrorMsg_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtErrorMsg_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtErrorMsg.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ - -XtError_shadowmen = $(XtError_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtError_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtError.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ - -XtGetErrorDatabase_shadowmen = $(XtGetErrorDatabase_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtGetErrorDatabase_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtGetErrorDatabase.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ - -XtGetSelectionValueIncremental_shadowmen = $(XtGetSelectionValueIncremental_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtGetSelectionValueIncremental_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtGetSelectionValueIncremental.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ - -XtGetSelectionTimeout_shadowmen = $(XtGetSelectionTimeout_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtGetSelectionTimeout_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtGetSelectionTimeout.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ - -XtCreateSelectionRequest_shadowmen = $(XtCreateSelectionRequest_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtCreateSelectionRequest_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtCreateSelectionRequest.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ - -XtReservePropertyAtom_shadowmen = $(XtReservePropertyAtom_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtReservePropertyAtom_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtReservePropertyAtom.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ - -XtGrabKey_shadowmen = $(XtGrabKey_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtGrabKey_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtGrabKey.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ - -XtRegisterDrawable_shadowmen = $(XtRegisterDrawable_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtRegisterDrawable_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtRegisterDrawable.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ - -XtAppSetExitFlag_shadowmen = $(XtAppSetExitFlag_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtAppSetExitFlag_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppSetExitFlag.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ - -XtAppLock_shadowmen = $(XtAppLock_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtAppLock_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppLock.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ - -XtProcessLock_shadowmen = $(XtProcessLock_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtProcessLock_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtProcessLock.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ - -XtOpenApplication_shadowmen = $(XtOpenApplication_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -$(XtOpenApplication_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtOpenApplication.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ +XtOpenApplication_shadows = \ + XtVaOpenApplication +# String replacements in MAN_SUBSTS now come from xorg-macros.m4 via configure +.man.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX): + $(AM_V_GEN)$(SED) $(MAN_SUBSTS) < $< > $@ diff --git a/libXt/man/Makefile.in b/libXt/man/Makefile.in deleted file mode 100644 index 27dafc324..000000000 --- a/libXt/man/Makefile.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1167 +0,0 @@ -# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.1 from Makefile.am. -# @configure_input@ - -# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, -# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, -# Inc. -# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without -# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A -# PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - -@SET_MAKE@ - -VPATH = @srcdir@ -pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ -pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ -pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ -pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@ -am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd -install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 -install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c -install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c -INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) -transform = $(program_transform_name) -NORMAL_INSTALL = : -PRE_INSTALL = : -POST_INSTALL = : -NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : -PRE_UNINSTALL = : -POST_UNINSTALL = : -build_triplet = @build@ -host_triplet = @host@ -subdir = man -DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in -ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 -am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac -am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ - $(ACLOCAL_M4) -mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d -CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h -CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = -CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES = -AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_$(V)) -am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY)) -am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@; -AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_$(V)) -am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY)) -am__v_at_0 = @ -SOURCES = -DIST_SOURCES = -am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; -am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \ - $(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \ - *) f=$$p;; \ - esac; -am__strip_dir = f=`echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; -am__install_max = 40 -am__nobase_strip_setup = \ - srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*|]/\\\\&/g'` -am__nobase_strip = \ - for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed -e "s|$$srcdirstrip/||" -am__nobase_list = $(am__nobase_strip_setup); \ - for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \ - sed "s| $$srcdirstrip/| |;"' / .*\//!s/ .*/ ./; s,\( .*\)/[^/]*$$,\1,' | \ - $(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = "" } { files[$$2] = files[$$2] " " $$1; \ - if (++n[$$2] == $(am__install_max)) \ - { print $$2, files[$$2]; n[$$2] = 0; files[$$2] = "" } } \ - END { for (dir in files) print dir, files[dir] }' -am__base_list = \ - sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' | \ - sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' -am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(libmandir)" -DATA = $(libman_DATA) -DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) -ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ -ADMIN_MAN_DIR = @ADMIN_MAN_DIR@ -ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX = @ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX@ -AMTAR = @AMTAR@ -AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY = @AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@ -APP_MAN_DIR = @APP_MAN_DIR@ -APP_MAN_SUFFIX = @APP_MAN_SUFFIX@ -AR = @AR@ -AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ -AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ -AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ -AWK = @AWK@ -CC = @CC@ -CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ -CC_FOR_BUILD = @CC_FOR_BUILD@ -CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ -CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD = @CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD@ -CHANGELOG_CMD = @CHANGELOG_CMD@ -CPP = @CPP@ -CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ -CWARNFLAGS = @CWARNFLAGS@ -CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ -DEFS = @DEFS@ -DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ -DRIVER_MAN_DIR = @DRIVER_MAN_DIR@ -DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX = @DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX@ -DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@ -DUMPBIN = @DUMPBIN@ -ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ -ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ -ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ -EGREP = @EGREP@ -EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ -FGREP = @FGREP@ -FILE_MAN_DIR = @FILE_MAN_DIR@ -FILE_MAN_SUFFIX = @FILE_MAN_SUFFIX@ -GREP = @GREP@ -INSTALL = @INSTALL@ -INSTALL_CMD = @INSTALL_CMD@ -INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ -INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ -INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ -INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ -LD = @LD@ -LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ -LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD = @LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD@ -LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ -LIBS = @LIBS@ -LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ -LIB_MAN_DIR = @LIB_MAN_DIR@ -LIB_MAN_SUFFIX = @LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@ -LIPO = @LIPO@ -LN_S = @LN_S@ -LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ -MAINT = @MAINT@ -MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ -MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS = @MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS@ -MISC_MAN_DIR = @MISC_MAN_DIR@ -MISC_MAN_SUFFIX = @MISC_MAN_SUFFIX@ -MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ -NM = @NM@ -NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@ -OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@ -OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ -OTOOL = @OTOOL@ -OTOOL64 = @OTOOL64@ -PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ -PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ -PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ -PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ -PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ -PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@ -PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ -PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ -PKG_CONFIG = @PKG_CONFIG@ -RANLIB = @RANLIB@ -RAWCPP = @RAWCPP@ -RAWCPPFLAGS = @RAWCPPFLAGS@ - -# Rules for generating files using the C pre-processor -# (Replaces CppFileTarget from Imake) -SED = sed -SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ -SHELL = @SHELL@ -STRINGSABIOPTIONS = @STRINGSABIOPTIONS@ -STRIP = @STRIP@ -VERSION = @VERSION@ -XFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT = @XFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT@ -XMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS = @XMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS@ -XTMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS = @XTMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS@ -XT_CFLAGS = @XT_CFLAGS@ -XT_LIBS = @XT_LIBS@ -abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ -abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ -abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ -abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ -ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ -ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@ -am__include = @am__include@ -am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ -am__quote = @am__quote@ -am__tar = @am__tar@ -am__untar = @am__untar@ -appdefaultdir = @appdefaultdir@ -bindir = @bindir@ -build = @build@ -build_alias = @build_alias@ -build_cpu = @build_cpu@ -build_os = @build_os@ -build_vendor = @build_vendor@ -builddir = @builddir@ -datadir = @datadir@ -datarootdir = @datarootdir@ -docdir = @docdir@ -dvidir = @dvidir@ -exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ -host = @host@ -host_alias = @host_alias@ -host_cpu = @host_cpu@ -host_os = @host_os@ -host_vendor = @host_vendor@ -htmldir = @htmldir@ -includedir = @includedir@ -infodir = @infodir@ -install_sh = @install_sh@ -libdir = @libdir@ -libexecdir = @libexecdir@ -localedir = @localedir@ -localstatedir = @localstatedir@ -lt_ECHO = @lt_ECHO@ -mandir = @mandir@ -mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ -oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ -pdfdir = @pdfdir@ -prefix = @prefix@ -program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ -psdir = @psdir@ -sbindir = @sbindir@ -sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ -srcdir = @srcdir@ -sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ -target_alias = @target_alias@ -top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@ -top_builddir = @top_builddir@ -top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ -libmandir = $(LIB_MAN_DIR) -LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX = $(LIB_MAN_DIR:@mandir@/man%=%) -libman_PRE = \ - XtAddActions.man \ - XtAddCallback.man \ - XtAddEventHandler.man \ - XtAddExposureToRegion.man \ - XtAddGrab.man \ - XtAddInput.man \ - XtAllocateGC.man \ - XtAppAddActionHook.man \ - XtAppAddActions.man \ - XtAppAddBlockHook.man \ - XtAppAddConverter.man \ - XtAppAddInput.man \ - XtAppAddSignal.man \ - XtAppAddTimeOut.man \ - XtAppAddWorkProc.man \ - XtAppCreateShell.man \ - XtAppError.man \ - XtAppErrorMsg.man \ - XtAppGetErrorDatabase.man \ - XtAppGetSelectionTimeout.man \ - XtAppInitialize.man \ - XtAppLock.man \ - XtAppNextEvent.man \ - XtAppReleaseCacheRefs.man \ - XtAppSetExitFlag.man \ - XtAppSetFallbackResources.man \ - XtAppSetTypeConverter.man \ - XtBuildEventMask.man \ - XtCallAcceptFocus.man \ - XtCallActionProc.man \ - XtCallCallbacks.man \ - XtClass.man \ - XtConfigureWidget.man \ - XtConvert.man \ - XtConvertAndStore.man \ - XtCreateApplicationContext.man \ - XtCreateApplicationShell.man \ - XtCreatePopupShell.man \ - XtCreateSelectionRequest.man \ - XtCreateWidget.man \ - XtCreateWindow.man \ - XtDisplay.man \ - XtDisplayInitialize.man \ - XtDisplayStringConversionWarning.man \ - XtDisplayToApplicationContext.man \ - XtError.man \ - XtErrorMsg.man \ - XtFindFile.man \ - XtGetActionKeysym.man \ - XtGetActionList.man \ - XtGetApplicationNameAndClass.man \ - XtGetApplicationResources.man \ - XtGetClassExtension.man \ - XtGetDisplays.man \ - XtGetErrorDatabase.man \ - XtGetGC.man \ - XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget.man \ - XtGetKeysymTable.man \ - XtGetResourceList.man \ - XtGetSelectionParameters.man \ - XtGetSelectionRequest.man \ - XtGetSelectionTimeout.man \ - XtGetSelectionValue.man \ - XtGetSelectionValueIncremental.man \ - XtGetSubresources.man \ - XtGrabKey.man \ - XtHooksOfDisplay.man \ - XtInitialize.man \ - XtInitializeWidgetClass.man \ - XtInsertEventTypeHandler.man \ - XtLastEventProcessed.man \ - XtMakeGeometryRequest.man \ - XtMalloc.man \ - XtManageChildren.man \ - XtMapWidget.man \ - XtName.man \ - XtNameToWidget.man \ - XtNextEvent.man \ - XtOffset.man \ - XtOpenApplication.man \ - XtOwnSelection.man \ - XtParent.man \ - XtParseAcceleratorTable.man \ - XtParseTranslationTable.man \ - XtPopdown.man \ - XtPopup.man \ - XtProcessLock.man \ - XtQueryGeometry.man \ - XtRealizeWidget.man \ - XtRegisterDrawable.man \ - XtRegisterGrabAction.man \ - XtReservePropertyAtom.man \ - XtResolvePathname.man \ - XtSessionGetToken.man \ - XtSetArg.man \ - XtSetKeyTranslator.man \ - XtSetKeyboardFocus.man \ - XtSetLanguageProc.man \ - XtSetMultiClickTime.man \ - XtSetSelectionParameters.man \ - XtSetSensitive.man \ - XtSetValues.man \ - XtSetWMColormapWindows.man \ - XtStringConversionWarning.man \ - XtToolkitThreadInitialize.man \ - XtTranslateCoords.man \ - XtVaCreateArgsList.man - -libman_DATA = $(libman_PRE:man=@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) \ - $(all_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) - -EXTRA_DIST = $(libman_PRE) -CLEANFILES = $(libman_DATA) -SUFFIXES = .$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) .man - -# Translate XCOMM into pound sign with sed, rather than passing -DXCOMM=XCOMM -# to cpp, because that trick does not work on all ANSI C preprocessors. -# Delete line numbers from the cpp output (-P is not portable, I guess). -# Allow XCOMM to be preceded by whitespace and provide a means of generating -# output lines with trailing backslashes. -# Allow XHASH to always be substituted, even in cases where XCOMM isn't. -CPP_SED_MAGIC = $(SED) -e '/^\# *[0-9][0-9]* *.*$$/d' \ - -e '/^\#line *[0-9][0-9]* *.*$$/d' \ - -e '/^[ ]*XCOMM$$/s/XCOMM/\#/' \ - -e '/^[ ]*XCOMM[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/s/XCOMM/\#/' \ - -e '/^[ ]*XHASH/s/XHASH/\#/' \ - -e '/\@\@$$/s/\@\@$$/\\/' - - -# Strings to replace in man pages -XORGRELSTRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ -XORGMANNAME = X Version 11 -XSERVERNAME = Xorg -MANDEFS = \ - -D__vendorversion__="\"$(XORGRELSTRING)\" \"$(XORGMANNAME)\"" \ - -D__xorgversion__="\"$(XORGRELSTRING)\" \"$(XORGMANNAME)\"" \ - -D__appmansuffix__=$(APP_MAN_SUFFIX) \ - -D__filemansuffix__=$(FILE_MAN_SUFFIX) \ - -D__libmansuffix__=$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) \ - -D__miscmansuffix__=$(MISC_MAN_SUFFIX) \ - -D__drivermansuffix__=$(DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX) \ - -D__adminmansuffix__=$(ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX) \ - -D__projectroot__=$(prefix) - - -# Generate man page shadow files (Replaces InstallManPageAliases from Imake) -all_shadows = \ - $(XtAddCallback_shadows) \ - $(XtAddEventHandler_shadows) \ - $(XtAddGrab_shadows) \ - $(XtAppAddConverter_shadows) \ - $(XtAppAddInput_shadows) \ - $(XtAppAddTimeOut_shadows) \ - $(XtAppAddWorkProc_shadows) \ - $(XtAppCreateShell_shadows) \ - $(XtAppError_shadows) \ - $(XtAppErrorMsg_shadows) \ - $(XtAppGetErrorDatabase_shadows) \ - $(XtAppGetSelectionTimeout_shadows) \ - $(XtAppNextEvent_shadows) \ - $(XtNextEvent_shadows) \ - $(XtCallCallbacks_shadows) \ - $(XtClass_shadows) \ - $(XtConfigureWidget_shadows) \ - $(XtConvert_shadows) \ - $(XtConvertAndStore_shadows) \ - $(XtCreateApplicationContext_shadows) \ - $(XtCreatePopupShell_shadows) \ - $(XtCreateWidget_shadows) \ - $(XtDisplay_shadows) \ - $(XtDisplayInitialize_shadows) \ - $(XtGetGC_shadows) \ - $(XtGetResourceList_shadows) \ - $(XtGetSelectionValue_shadows) \ - $(XtGetSubresources_shadows) \ - $(XtGetApplicationResources_shadows) \ - $(XtMakeGeometryRequest_shadows) \ - $(XtMalloc_shadows) \ - $(XtManageChildren_shadows) \ - $(XtMapWidget_shadows) \ - $(XtNameToWidget_shadows) \ - $(XtOffset_shadows) \ - $(XtOwnSelection_shadows) \ - $(XtParseAcceleratorTable_shadows) \ - $(XtParseTranslationTable_shadows) \ - $(XtPopdown_shadows) \ - $(XtPopup_shadows) \ - $(XtRealizeWidget_shadows) \ - $(XtSetArg_shadows) \ - $(XtSetKeyTranslator_shadows) \ - $(XtSetSensitive_shadows) \ - $(XtSetValues_shadows) \ - $(XtGetKeysymTable_shadows) \ - $(XtAppSetTypeConverter_shadows) \ - $(XtAppAddActionHook_shadows) \ - $(XtSetMultiClickTime_shadows) \ - $(XtInsertEventTypeHandler_shadows) \ - $(XtLastEventProcessed_shadows) \ - $(XtAppAddSignal_shadows) \ - $(XtAddInput_shadows) \ - $(XtAppAddBlockHook_shadows) \ - $(XtAppInitialize_shadows) \ - $(XtSessionGetToken_shadows) \ - $(XtErrorMsg_shadows) \ - $(XtError_shadows) \ - $(XtGetErrorDatabase_shadows) \ - $(XtGetSelectionValueIncremental_shadows) \ - $(XtGetSelectionTimeout_shadows) \ - $(XtCreateSelectionRequest_shadows) \ - $(XtReservePropertyAtom_shadows) \ - $(XtGrabKey_shadows) \ - $(XtRegisterDrawable_shadows) \ - $(XtAppSetExitFlag_shadows) \ - $(XtAppLock_shadows) \ - $(XtProcessLock_shadows) \ - $(XtOpenApplication_shadows) - -XtAddCallback_shadows = \ - XtAddCallbacks \ - XtRemoveCallback \ - XtRemoveCallbacks \ - XtRemoveAllCallbacks - -XtAddEventHandler_shadows = \ - XtAddRawEventHandler \ - XtRemoveEventHandler \ - XtRemoveRawEventHandler \ - XtInsertEventHandler \ - XtInsertRawEventHandler - -XtAddGrab_shadows = \ - XtRemoveGrab - -XtAppAddConverter_shadows = \ - XtAddConverter - -XtAppAddInput_shadows = \ - XtRemoveInput - -XtAppAddTimeOut_shadows = \ - XtRemoveTimeOut - -XtAppAddWorkProc_shadows = \ - XtRemoveWorkProc - -XtAppCreateShell_shadows = \ - XtVaAppCreateShell - -XtAppError_shadows = \ - XtAppSetErrorHandler \ - XtAppSetWarningHandler \ - XtAppWarning - -XtAppErrorMsg_shadows = \ - XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler \ - XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler \ - XtAppWarningMsg - -XtAppGetErrorDatabase_shadows = \ - XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText - -XtAppGetSelectionTimeout_shadows = \ - XtAppSetSelectionTimeout - -XtAppNextEvent_shadows = \ - XtAppPending \ - XtAppPeekEvent \ - XtAppProcessEvent \ - XtDispatchEvent \ - XtAppMainLoop - -XtNextEvent_shadows = \ - XtPending \ - XtPeekEvent \ - XtProcessEvent \ - XtMainLoop - -XtCallCallbacks_shadows = \ - XtCallCallbackList \ - XtHasCallbacks - -XtClass_shadows = \ - XtSuperclass \ - XtIsSubclass \ - XtCheckSubclass \ - XtIsObject \ - XtIsRectObj \ - XtIsWidget \ - XtIsComposite \ - XtIsConstraint \ - XtIsShell \ - XtIsOverrideShell \ - XtIsWMShell \ - XtIsVendorShell \ - XtIsTransientShell \ - XtIsTopLevelShell \ - XtIsApplicationShell \ - XtIsSessionShell - -XtConfigureWidget_shadows = \ - XtMoveWidget \ - XtResizeWidget - -XtConvert_shadows = \ - XtDirectConvert - -XtConvertAndStore_shadows = \ - XtCallConverter - -XtCreateApplicationContext_shadows = \ - XtDestroyApplicationContext \ - XtWidgetToApplicationContext \ - XtToolkitInitialize - -XtCreatePopupShell_shadows = \ - XtVaCreatePopupShell - -XtCreateWidget_shadows = \ - XtVaCreateWidget \ - XtCreateManagedWidget \ - XtVaCreateManagedWidget \ - XtDestroyWidget - -XtDisplay_shadows = \ - \ - XtDisplayOfObject \ - XtScreen \ - XtScreenOfObject \ - XtWindow \ - XtWindowOfObject - -XtDisplayInitialize_shadows = \ - XtOpenDisplay \ - XtCloseDisplay \ - XtDatabase \ - XtScreenDatabase - -XtGetGC_shadows = \ - XtReleaseGC - -XtGetResourceList_shadows = \ - XtGetConstraintResourceList - -XtGetSelectionValue_shadows = \ - XtGetSelectionValues - -XtGetSubresources_shadows = \ - XtVaGetSubresources - -XtGetApplicationResources_shadows = \ - XtVaGetApplicationResources - -XtMakeGeometryRequest_shadows = \ - XtMakeResizeRequest - -XtMalloc_shadows = \ - XtCalloc \ - XtRealloc \ - XtFree \ - XtNew \ - XtNewString - -XtManageChildren_shadows = \ - XtManageChild \ - XtUnmanageChildren \ - XtUnmanageChild \ - XtIsManaged \ - XtChangeManagedSet - -XtMapWidget_shadows = \ - XtSetMappedWhenManaged \ - XtUnmapWidget - -XtNameToWidget_shadows = \ - XtWindowToWidget - -XtOffset_shadows = \ - XtOffsetOf \ - XtNumber - -XtOwnSelection_shadows = \ - XtOwnSelectionIncremental \ - XtDisownSelection - -XtParseAcceleratorTable_shadows = \ - XtInstallAccelerators \ - XtInstallAllAccelerators - -XtParseTranslationTable_shadows = \ - XtAugmentTranslations \ - XtOverrideTranslations \ - XtUninstallTranslations - -XtPopdown_shadows = \ - XtCallbackPopdown \ - MenuPopdown - -XtPopup_shadows = \ - XtPopupSpringLoaded \ - XtCallbackNone \ - XtCallbackNonexclusive \ - XtCallbackExclusive \ - MenuPopup - -XtRealizeWidget_shadows = \ - XtIsRealized \ - XtUnrealizeWidget - -XtSetArg_shadows = \ - XtMergeArgLists - -XtSetKeyTranslator_shadows = \ - XtTranslateKeycode \ - XtRegisterCaseConverter \ - XtConvertCase - -XtSetSensitive_shadows = \ - XtIsSensitive - -XtSetValues_shadows = \ - XtVaSetValues \ - XtSetSubvalues \ - XtGetValues \ - XtVaGetValues \ - XtGetSubvalues \ - XtVaGetSubvalues \ - XtVaSetSubvalues - -XtGetKeysymTable_shadows = \ - XtKeysymToKeycodeList - -XtAppSetTypeConverter_shadows = \ - XtSetTypeConverter - -XtAppAddActionHook_shadows = \ - XtRemoveActionHook - -XtSetMultiClickTime_shadows = \ - XtGetMultiClickTime - -XtInsertEventTypeHandler_shadows = \ - XtRemoveEventTypeHandler \ - XtRegisterExtensionSelector \ - XtSetEventDispatcher \ - XtDispatchEventToWidget - -XtLastEventProcessed_shadows = \ - XtLastTimestampProcessed - -XtAppAddSignal_shadows = \ - XtNoticeSignal \ - XtRemoveSignal - -XtAddInput_shadows = \ - XtAddTimeOut \ - XtAddWorkProc - -XtAppAddBlockHook_shadows = \ - XtRemoveBlockHook - -XtAppInitialize_shadows = \ - XtVaAppInitialize - -XtSessionGetToken_shadows = \ - XtSessionReturnToken - -XtErrorMsg_shadows = \ - XtSetErrorMsgHandler \ - XtSetWarningMsgHandler \ - XtWarningMsg - -XtError_shadows = \ - XtSetErrorHandler \ - XtSetWarningHandler \ - XtWarning - -XtGetErrorDatabase_shadows = \ - XtGetErrorDatabaseText - -XtGetSelectionValueIncremental_shadows = \ - XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental - -XtGetSelectionTimeout_shadows = \ - XtSetSelectionTimeout - -XtCreateSelectionRequest_shadows = \ - XtSendSelectionRequest \ - XtCancelSelectionRequest - -XtReservePropertyAtom_shadows = \ - XtReleasePropertyAtom - -XtGrabKey_shadows = \ - XtUngrabKey \ - XtGrabKeyboard \ - XtUngrabKeyboard \ - XtGrabButton \ - XtUngrabButton \ - XtGrabPointer \ - XtUngrabPointer - -XtRegisterDrawable_shadows = \ - XtUnregisterDrawable - -XtAppSetExitFlag_shadows = \ - XtAppGetExitFlag - -XtAppLock_shadows = \ - XtAppUnlock - -XtProcessLock_shadows = \ - XtProcessUnlock - -XtOpenApplication_shadows = \ - XtVaOpenApplication - -XtAddCallback_shadowmen = $(XtAddCallback_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtAddEventHandler_shadowmen = $(XtAddEventHandler_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtAddGrab_shadowmen = $(XtAddGrab_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtAppAddConverter_shadowmen = $(XtAppAddConverter_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtAppAddInput_shadowmen = $(XtAppAddInput_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtAppAddTimeOut_shadowmen = $(XtAppAddTimeOut_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtAppAddWorkProc_shadowmen = $(XtAppAddWorkProc_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtAppCreateShell_shadowmen = $(XtAppCreateShell_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtAppError_shadowmen = $(XtAppError_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtAppErrorMsg_shadowmen = $(XtAppErrorMsg_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtAppGetErrorDatabase_shadowmen = $(XtAppGetErrorDatabase_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtAppGetSelectionTimeout_shadowmen = $(XtAppGetSelectionTimeout_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtAppNextEvent_shadowmen = $(XtAppNextEvent_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtNextEvent_shadowmen = $(XtNextEvent_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtCallCallbacks_shadowmen = $(XtCallCallbacks_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtClass_shadowmen = $(XtClass_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtConfigureWidget_shadowmen = $(XtConfigureWidget_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtConvert_shadowmen = $(XtConvert_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtConvertAndStore_shadowmen = $(XtConvertAndStore_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtCreateApplicationContext_shadowmen = $(XtCreateApplicationContext_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtCreatePopupShell_shadowmen = $(XtCreatePopupShell_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtCreateWidget_shadowmen = $(XtCreateWidget_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtDisplay_shadowmen = $(XtDisplay_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtDisplayInitialize_shadowmen = $(XtDisplayInitialize_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtGetGC_shadowmen = $(XtGetGC_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtGetResourceList_shadowmen = $(XtGetResourceList_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtGetSelectionValue_shadowmen = $(XtGetSelectionValue_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtGetSubresources_shadowmen = $(XtGetSubresources_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtGetApplicationResources_shadowmen = $(XtGetApplicationResources_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtMakeGeometryRequest_shadowmen = $(XtMakeGeometryRequest_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtMalloc_shadowmen = $(XtMalloc_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtManageChildren_shadowmen = $(XtManageChildren_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtMapWidget_shadowmen = $(XtMapWidget_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtNameToWidget_shadowmen = $(XtNameToWidget_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtOffset_shadowmen = $(XtOffset_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtOwnSelection_shadowmen = $(XtOwnSelection_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtParseAcceleratorTable_shadowmen = $(XtParseAcceleratorTable_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtParseTranslationTable_shadowmen = $(XtParseTranslationTable_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtPopdown_shadowmen = $(XtPopdown_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtPopup_shadowmen = $(XtPopup_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtRealizeWidget_shadowmen = $(XtRealizeWidget_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtSetArg_shadowmen = $(XtSetArg_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtSetKeyTranslator_shadowmen = $(XtSetKeyTranslator_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtSetSensitive_shadowmen = $(XtSetSensitive_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtSetValues_shadowmen = $(XtSetValues_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtGetKeysymTable_shadowmen = $(XtGetKeysymTable_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtAppSetTypeConverter_shadowmen = $(XtAppSetTypeConverter_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtAppAddActionHook_shadowmen = $(XtAppAddActionHook_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtSetMultiClickTime_shadowmen = $(XtSetMultiClickTime_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtInsertEventTypeHandler_shadowmen = $(XtInsertEventTypeHandler_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtLastEventProcessed_shadowmen = $(XtLastEventProcessed_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtAppAddSignal_shadowmen = $(XtAppAddSignal_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtAddInput_shadowmen = $(XtAddInput_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtAppAddBlockHook_shadowmen = $(XtAppAddBlockHook_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtAppInitialize_shadowmen = $(XtAppInitialize_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtSessionGetToken_shadowmen = $(XtSessionGetToken_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtErrorMsg_shadowmen = $(XtErrorMsg_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtError_shadowmen = $(XtError_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtGetErrorDatabase_shadowmen = $(XtGetErrorDatabase_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtGetSelectionValueIncremental_shadowmen = $(XtGetSelectionValueIncremental_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtGetSelectionTimeout_shadowmen = $(XtGetSelectionTimeout_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtCreateSelectionRequest_shadowmen = $(XtCreateSelectionRequest_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtReservePropertyAtom_shadowmen = $(XtReservePropertyAtom_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtGrabKey_shadowmen = $(XtGrabKey_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtRegisterDrawable_shadowmen = $(XtRegisterDrawable_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtAppSetExitFlag_shadowmen = $(XtAppSetExitFlag_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtAppLock_shadowmen = $(XtAppLock_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtProcessLock_shadowmen = $(XtProcessLock_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -XtOpenApplication_shadowmen = $(XtOpenApplication_shadows:=.@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) -all: all-am - -.SUFFIXES: -.SUFFIXES: .$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) .man -$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) - @for dep in $?; do \ - case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ - *$$dep*) \ - ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \ - && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \ - exit 1;; \ - esac; \ - done; \ - echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign man/Makefile'; \ - $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \ - $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign man/Makefile -.PRECIOUS: Makefile -Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status - @case '$?' in \ - *config.status*) \ - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \ - *) \ - echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \ - cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \ - esac; - -$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh - -$(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh -$(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh -$(am__aclocal_m4_deps): - -mostlyclean-libtool: - -rm -f *.lo - -clean-libtool: - -rm -rf .libs _libs -install-libmanDATA: $(libman_DATA) - @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) - test -z "$(libmandir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(libmandir)" - @list='$(libman_DATA)'; test -n "$(libmandir)" || list=; \ - for p in $$list; do \ - if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ - echo "$$d$$p"; \ - done | $(am__base_list) | \ - while read files; do \ - echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(libmandir)'"; \ - $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(libmandir)" || exit $$?; \ - done - -uninstall-libmanDATA: - @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) - @list='$(libman_DATA)'; test -n "$(libmandir)" || list=; \ - files=`for p in $$list; do echo $$p; done | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; \ - test -n "$$files" || exit 0; \ - echo " ( cd '$(DESTDIR)$(libmandir)' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \ - cd "$(DESTDIR)$(libmandir)" && rm -f $$files -tags: TAGS -TAGS: - -ctags: CTAGS -CTAGS: - - -distdir: $(DISTFILES) - @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ - topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ - list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ - dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ - sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ - -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ - case $$dist_files in \ - */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ - sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ - sort -u` ;; \ - esac; \ - for file in $$dist_files; do \ - if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ - if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ - dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ - if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \ - find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ - fi; \ - if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ - cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ - find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ - fi; \ - cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ - else \ - test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \ - || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \ - || exit 1; \ - fi; \ - done -check-am: all-am -check: check-am -all-am: Makefile $(DATA) -installdirs: - for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(libmandir)"; do \ - test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \ - done -install: install-am -install-exec: install-exec-am -install-data: install-data-am -uninstall: uninstall-am - -install-am: all-am - @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am - -installcheck: installcheck-am -install-strip: - $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ - install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ - `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \ - echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install -mostlyclean-generic: - -clean-generic: - -test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES) - -distclean-generic: - -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) - -test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES) - -maintainer-clean-generic: - @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" - @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." -clean: clean-am - -clean-am: clean-generic clean-libtool mostlyclean-am - -distclean: distclean-am - -rm -f Makefile -distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic - -dvi: dvi-am - -dvi-am: - -html: html-am - -html-am: - -info: info-am - -info-am: - -install-data-am: install-libmanDATA - -install-dvi: install-dvi-am - -install-dvi-am: - -install-exec-am: - -install-html: install-html-am - -install-html-am: - -install-info: install-info-am - -install-info-am: - -install-man: - -install-pdf: install-pdf-am - -install-pdf-am: - -install-ps: install-ps-am - -install-ps-am: - -installcheck-am: - -maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am - -rm -f Makefile -maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic - -mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am - -mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool - -pdf: pdf-am - -pdf-am: - -ps: ps-am - -ps-am: - -uninstall-am: uninstall-libmanDATA - -.MAKE: install-am install-strip - -.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic clean-libtool \ - distclean distclean-generic distclean-libtool distdir dvi \ - dvi-am html html-am info info-am install install-am \ - install-data install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am \ - install-exec install-exec-am install-html install-html-am \ - install-info install-info-am install-libmanDATA install-man \ - install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am \ - install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \ - maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \ - mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am \ - uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-libmanDATA - - -.man.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX): - $(AM_V_GEN)$(RAWCPP) $(RAWCPPFLAGS) $(MANDEFS) $(EXTRAMANDEFS) < $< | $(CPP_SED_MAGIC) > $@ -$(XtAddCallback_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAddCallback.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtAddEventHandler_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAddEventHandler.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtAddGrab_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAddGrab.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtAppAddConverter_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppAddConverter.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtAppAddInput_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppAddInput.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtAppAddTimeOut_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppAddTimeOut.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtAppAddWorkProc_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppAddWorkProc.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtAppCreateShell_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppCreateShell.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtAppError_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppError.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtAppErrorMsg_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppErrorMsg.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtAppGetErrorDatabase_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppGetErrorDatabase.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtAppGetSelectionTimeout_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppGetSelectionTimeout.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtAppNextEvent_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppNextEvent.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtNextEvent_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtNextEvent.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtCallCallbacks_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtCallCallbacks.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtClass_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtClass.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtConfigureWidget_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtConfigureWidget.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtConvert_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtConvert.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtConvertAndStore_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtConvertAndStore.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtCreateApplicationContext_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtCreateApplicationContext.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtCreatePopupShell_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtCreatePopupShell.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtCreateWidget_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtCreateWidget.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtDisplay_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtDisplay.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtDisplayInitialize_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtDisplayInitialize.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtGetGC_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtGetGC.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtGetResourceList_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtGetResourceList.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtGetSelectionValue_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtGetSelectionValue.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtGetSubresources_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtGetSubresources.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtGetApplicationResources_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtGetApplicationResources.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtMakeGeometryRequest_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtMakeGeometryRequest.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtMalloc_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtMalloc.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtManageChildren_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtManageChildren.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtMapWidget_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtMapWidget.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtNameToWidget_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtNameToWidget.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtOffset_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtOffset.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtOwnSelection_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtOwnSelection.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtParseAcceleratorTable_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtParseAcceleratorTable.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtParseTranslationTable_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtParseTranslationTable.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtPopdown_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtPopdown.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtPopup_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtPopup.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtRealizeWidget_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtRealizeWidget.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtSetArg_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtSetArg.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtSetKeyTranslator_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtSetKeyTranslator.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtSetSensitive_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtSetSensitive.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtSetValues_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtSetValues.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtGetKeysymTable_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtGetKeysymTable.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtAppSetTypeConverter_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppSetTypeConverter.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtAppAddActionHook_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppAddActionHook.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtSetMultiClickTime_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtSetMultiClickTime.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtInsertEventTypeHandler_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtInsertEventTypeHandler.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtLastEventProcessed_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtLastEventProcessed.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtAppAddSignal_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppAddSignal.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtAddInput_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAddInput.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtAppAddBlockHook_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppAddBlockHook.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtAppInitialize_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppInitialize.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtSessionGetToken_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtSessionGetToken.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtErrorMsg_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtErrorMsg.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtError_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtError.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtGetErrorDatabase_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtGetErrorDatabase.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtGetSelectionValueIncremental_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtGetSelectionValueIncremental.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtGetSelectionTimeout_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtGetSelectionTimeout.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtCreateSelectionRequest_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtCreateSelectionRequest.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtReservePropertyAtom_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtReservePropertyAtom.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtGrabKey_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtGrabKey.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtRegisterDrawable_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtRegisterDrawable.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtAppSetExitFlag_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppSetExitFlag.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtAppLock_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtAppLock.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtProcessLock_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtProcessLock.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ -$(XtOpenApplication_shadowmen): - $(AM_V_GEN)echo .so man$(LIB_MAN_DIR_SUFFIX)/XtOpenApplication.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) > $@ - -# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. -# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. -.NOEXPORT: diff --git a/libXt/man/MenuPopdown.man b/libXt/man/MenuPopdown.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e40b612eb --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/MenuPopdown.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtPopdown.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/MenuPopup.man b/libXt/man/MenuPopup.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0267c01e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/MenuPopup.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtPopup.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAddActions.man b/libXt/man/XtAddActions.man index 19208eb1d..c2944703f 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtAddActions.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtAddActions.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtAddAct.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:57 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining @@ -26,8 +24,6 @@ .\" other dealing in this Software without prior written authorization .\" from the X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtAddAct.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:23 dawes Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics @@ -143,7 +139,7 @@ Specifies the number of entries in this action table. has been replaced by .ZN XtAppAddActions . .SH "SEE ALSO" -XtAppAddActions(3Xt) +XtAppAddActions(__libmansuffix__) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAddCallback.man b/libXt/man/XtAddCallback.man index 167f58673..b400a1d1c 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtAddCallback.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtAddCallback.man @@ -1,6 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtAddCbk.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:57 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" $XdotOrg: $ -.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining @@ -27,8 +24,6 @@ .\" other dealing in this Software without prior written authorization .\" from the X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtAddCbk.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:49 tsi Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics @@ -187,7 +182,7 @@ The function removes all the callback procedures from the specified widget's callback list. .SH "SEE ALSO" -XtCallCallbacks(3Xt) +XtCallCallbacks(__libmansuffix__) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAddCallbacks.man b/libXt/man/XtAddCallbacks.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0dbea456f --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtAddCallbacks.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAddCallback.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAddConverter.man b/libXt/man/XtAddConverter.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4fe07cf84 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtAddConverter.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppAddConverter.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAddEventHandler.man b/libXt/man/XtAddEventHandler.man index 83179d331..ce8c6ae4c 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtAddEventHandler.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtAddEventHandler.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtAddEHand.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:57 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a @@ -25,8 +23,6 @@ .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the .\" X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtAddEHand.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:49 tsi Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics @@ -234,8 +230,8 @@ for the specified events. If the procedure is already registered with the same \fIclient_data\fP value, the specified mask augments the existing mask and the procedure is repositioned in the list. .SH "SEE ALSO" -XtAppNextEvent(3Xt), -XtBuildEventMask(3Xt) +XtAppNextEvent(__libmansuffix__), +XtBuildEventMask(__libmansuffix__) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAddExposureToRegion.man b/libXt/man/XtAddExposureToRegion.man index 3d2964b87..df102628f 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtAddExposureToRegion.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtAddExposureToRegion.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtAddETReg.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:57 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining @@ -26,8 +24,6 @@ .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization .\" from the X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtAddETReg.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:23 dawes Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAddGrab.man b/libXt/man/XtAddGrab.man index 597a683fe..652210a54 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtAddGrab.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtAddGrab.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtAddGrab.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:57 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining @@ -26,8 +24,6 @@ .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization .\" from the X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtAddGrab.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:23 dawes Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAddInput.man b/libXt/man/XtAddInput.man index 37170c5b1..98f2b1d52 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtAddInput.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtAddInput.man @@ -1,6 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtAddIn.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:57 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" $XdotOrg: $ -.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a @@ -26,8 +23,6 @@ .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the .\" X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtAddIn.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:49 tsi Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics @@ -166,7 +161,7 @@ has been replaced by has been replaced by .ZN XtAppAddWorkProc . .SH "SEE ALSO" -XtAppAddInput(3Xt), XtAppAddTimeOut(3Xt), XtAppAddWorkProc(3Xt) +XtAppAddInput(__libmansuffix__), XtAppAddTimeOut(__libmansuffix__), XtAppAddWorkProc(__libmansuffix__) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAddRawEventHandler.man b/libXt/man/XtAddRawEventHandler.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ab49e9e81 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtAddRawEventHandler.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAddEventHandler.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAddTimeOut.man b/libXt/man/XtAddTimeOut.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bd5858404 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtAddTimeOut.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAddInput.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAddWorkProc.man b/libXt/man/XtAddWorkProc.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bd5858404 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtAddWorkProc.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAddInput.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAllocateGC.man b/libXt/man/XtAllocateGC.man index a5010d8c6..1305f7dfd 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtAllocateGC.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtAllocateGC.man @@ -1,6 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtAllocGC.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:57 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" $XdotOrg: $ -.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a @@ -26,8 +23,6 @@ .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the .\" X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtAllocGC.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:49 tsi Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppAddActionHook.man b/libXt/man/XtAppAddActionHook.man index 1e52b0f8d..fe4bf6c20 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtAppAddActionHook.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtAppAddActionHook.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtActHook.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:57 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a @@ -25,8 +23,6 @@ .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the .\" X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtActHook.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:49 tsi Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppAddActions.man b/libXt/man/XtAppAddActions.man index 632a14e39..f473df4a0 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtAppAddActions.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtAppAddActions.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtAppAAct.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:57 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining @@ -26,8 +24,6 @@ .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization .\" from the X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtAppAAct.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:23 dawes Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics @@ -147,7 +143,7 @@ The function adds the specified action table and registers it with the translation manager. .SH "SEE ALSO" -XtParseTranslationTable(3Xt) +XtParseTranslationTable(__libmansuffix__) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppAddBlockHook.man b/libXt/man/XtAppAddBlockHook.man index 752f7ad90..3fe151f78 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtAppAddBlockHook.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtAppAddBlockHook.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtBlockH.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:58 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a @@ -25,8 +23,6 @@ .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the .\" X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtBlockH.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:49 tsi Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppAddConverter.man b/libXt/man/XtAppAddConverter.man index aec7bc2e7..40afe04dd 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtAppAddConverter.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtAppAddConverter.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtAppAC.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:57 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining @@ -26,8 +24,6 @@ .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization .\" from the X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtAppAC.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:49 tsi Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics @@ -169,8 +165,8 @@ with \fIcache_type\fP equal to for old-format type converters. It has been superseded by .ZN XtSetTypeConverter . .SH "SEE ALSO" -XtConvert(3Xt), -XtStringConversionWarning(3Xt) +XtConvert(__libmansuffix__), +XtStringConversionWarning(__libmansuffix__) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppAddInput.man b/libXt/man/XtAppAddInput.man index 1eb34d820..235e55f9a 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtAppAddInput.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtAppAddInput.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtAppAI.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:57 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining @@ -25,7 +23,7 @@ .\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization .\" from the X Consortium. -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtAppAI.man,v 1.5 2001/02/09 03:47:49 tsi Exp $ +.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics @@ -180,7 +178,7 @@ The function causes the \*(xI read routine to stop watching for input from the input source. .SH "SEE ALSO" -XtAppAddTimeOut(3Xt),XtAppAddSignal(3Xt) +XtAppAddTimeOut(__libmansuffix__),XtAppAddSignal(__libmansuffix__) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppAddSignal.man b/libXt/man/XtAppAddSignal.man index 59d7520f8..846823217 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtAppAddSignal.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtAppAddSignal.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtAppASig.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:57 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a @@ -25,8 +23,6 @@ .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the .\" X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtAppASig.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:23 dawes Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics @@ -191,7 +187,7 @@ function is called to remove the specified Intrinsics signal handler. The client should disable the source of the signal before calling .ZN XtRemoveSignal . .SH "SEE ALSO" -XtAppAddTimeOut(3Xt),XtAppAddInput(3Xt),XtAppAddWorkProc(3Xt) +XtAppAddTimeOut(__libmansuffix__),XtAppAddInput(__libmansuffix__),XtAppAddWorkProc(__libmansuffix__) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppAddTimeOut.man b/libXt/man/XtAppAddTimeOut.man index 69beb53df..658f76dab 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtAppAddTimeOut.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtAppAddTimeOut.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtAppATO.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:57 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining @@ -26,8 +24,6 @@ .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization .\" from the X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtAppATO.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:49 tsi Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics @@ -163,7 +159,7 @@ The function removes the timeout. Note that timeouts are automatically removed once they trigger. .SH "SEE ALSO" -XtAppAddInput(3Xt),XtAppAddSignal(3Xt) +XtAppAddInput(__libmansuffix__),XtAppAddSignal(__libmansuffix__) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppAddWorkProc.man b/libXt/man/XtAppAddWorkProc.man index 0967fe50e..4a7cd753b 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtAppAddWorkProc.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtAppAddWorkProc.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtAppAWP.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:57 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining @@ -26,8 +24,6 @@ .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization .\" from the X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtAppAWP.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:23 dawes Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics @@ -158,7 +154,7 @@ The .ZN XtRemoveWorkProc function explicitly removes the specified background work procedure. .SH "SEE ALSO" -XtAppNextEvent(3Xt) +XtAppNextEvent(__libmansuffix__) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppCreateShell.man b/libXt/man/XtAppCreateShell.man index 9c1d1da2e..4e6f42fb8 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtAppCreateShell.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtAppCreateShell.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtAppCSh.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:58 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a @@ -25,8 +23,6 @@ .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the .\" X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtAppCSh.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:49 tsi Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics @@ -175,7 +171,7 @@ Note that the widget returned by has the \s-1WM_COMMAND\s+1 property set for session managers (see Chapter 4). .SH "SEE ALSO" -XtCreateWidget(3Xt) +XtCreateWidget(__libmansuffix__) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppError.man b/libXt/man/XtAppError.man index 76d82de34..605f2ad04 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtAppError.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtAppError.man @@ -1,6 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtAppE.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:58 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" $XdotOrg: $ -.\" .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining @@ -27,8 +24,6 @@ .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization .\" from the X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtAppE.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:49 tsi Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics @@ -174,8 +169,8 @@ The function calls the installed nonfatal error procedure and passes the specified message. .SH "SEE ALSO" -XtAppGetErrorDatabase(3Xt), -XtAppErrorMsg(3Xt) +XtAppGetErrorDatabase(__libmansuffix__), +XtAppErrorMsg(__libmansuffix__) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppErrorMsg.man b/libXt/man/XtAppErrorMsg.man index 1d06929e5..68137c93d 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtAppErrorMsg.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtAppErrorMsg.man @@ -1,6 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtAppEM.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:58 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" $XdotOrg: $ -.\" .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining @@ -27,8 +24,6 @@ .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization .\" from the X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtAppEM.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:49 tsi Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics @@ -187,8 +182,8 @@ The function calls the high-level error handler and passes the specified information. .SH "SEE ALSO" -XtAppGetErrorDatabase(3Xt), -XtAppError(3Xt) +XtAppGetErrorDatabase(__libmansuffix__), +XtAppError(__libmansuffix__) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppGetErrorDatabase.man b/libXt/man/XtAppGetErrorDatabase.man index 6f8f0c049..a28189eda 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtAppGetErrorDatabase.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtAppGetErrorDatabase.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtAppGEDB.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:58 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining @@ -26,8 +24,6 @@ .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization .\" from the X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtAppGEDB.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:24 dawes Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics @@ -172,8 +168,8 @@ returns the appropriate message from the error database or returns the specified default message if one is not found in the error database. .SH "SEE ALSO" -XtAppError(3Xt), -XtAppErrorMsg(3Xt) +XtAppError(__libmansuffix__), +XtAppErrorMsg(__libmansuffix__) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText.man b/libXt/man/XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e9bf5b482 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppGetErrorDatabase.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppGetExitFlag.man b/libXt/man/XtAppGetExitFlag.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0601c62c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtAppGetExitFlag.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppSetExitFlag.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppGetSelectionTimeout.man b/libXt/man/XtAppGetSelectionTimeout.man index e04d25e8d..bb20331c7 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtAppGetSelectionTimeout.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtAppGetSelectionTimeout.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtAppGSTO.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:58 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining @@ -26,8 +24,6 @@ .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization .\" from the X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtAppGSTO.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:24 dawes Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics @@ -159,7 +155,7 @@ The function sets the \*(xI's selection timeout mechanism. Note that most applications should not set the selection timeout. .SH "SEE ALSO" -XtOwnSelection(3Xt) +XtOwnSelection(__libmansuffix__) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppInitialize.man b/libXt/man/XtAppInitialize.man index c048be681..8f7d8e466 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtAppInitialize.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtAppInitialize.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtAppInit.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:58 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a @@ -25,8 +23,6 @@ .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the .\" X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtAppInit.man,v 1.5 2003/04/28 22:18:18 herrb Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics @@ -202,7 +198,7 @@ and .ZN XtVaOpenApplication respectively. .SH "SEE ALSO" -XtOpenApplication(3Xt), XtVaOpenApplication(3Xt) +XtOpenApplication(__libmansuffix__), XtVaOpenApplication(__libmansuffix__) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppLock.man b/libXt/man/XtAppLock.man index 1838c2315..199e1db7c 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtAppLock.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtAppLock.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtAppLock.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:58 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a @@ -25,8 +23,6 @@ .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the .\" X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtAppLock.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:24 dawes Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppMainLoop.man b/libXt/man/XtAppMainLoop.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..89b2e7b98 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtAppMainLoop.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppNextEvent.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppNextEvent.man b/libXt/man/XtAppNextEvent.man index 1c2e804a2..e7278a5f3 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtAppNextEvent.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtAppNextEvent.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtAppNEv.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:58 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining @@ -25,7 +23,6 @@ .\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization .\" from the X Consortium. -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtAppNEv.man,v 1.5 2001/01/27 18:20:24 dawes Exp $ .\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppPeekEvent.man b/libXt/man/XtAppPeekEvent.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..89b2e7b98 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtAppPeekEvent.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppNextEvent.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppPending.man b/libXt/man/XtAppPending.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..89b2e7b98 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtAppPending.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppNextEvent.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppProcessEvent.man b/libXt/man/XtAppProcessEvent.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..89b2e7b98 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtAppProcessEvent.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppNextEvent.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppReleaseCacheRefs.man b/libXt/man/XtAppReleaseCacheRefs.man index d55c39f37..202343a90 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtAppReleaseCacheRefs.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtAppReleaseCacheRefs.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtAppRCR.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:58 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a @@ -25,8 +23,6 @@ .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the .\" X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtAppRCR.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:24 dawes Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppSetErrorHandler.man b/libXt/man/XtAppSetErrorHandler.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8162df20a --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtAppSetErrorHandler.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppError.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler.man b/libXt/man/XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eebf6de40 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppErrorMsg.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppSetExitFlag.man b/libXt/man/XtAppSetExitFlag.man index e416f5339..ebba4288c 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtAppSetExitFlag.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtAppSetExitFlag.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtAppSEF.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:58 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a @@ -25,8 +23,6 @@ .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the .\" X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtAppSEF.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:24 dawes Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppSetFallbackResources.man b/libXt/man/XtAppSetFallbackResources.man index d957db59c..8818cbb43 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtAppSetFallbackResources.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtAppSetFallbackResources.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtAppSetFR.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:58 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a @@ -25,7 +23,6 @@ .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the .\" X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtAppSetFR.man,v 1.6 2003/04/28 22:18:18 herrb Exp $ .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppSetSelectionTimeout.man b/libXt/man/XtAppSetSelectionTimeout.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5c0083a40 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtAppSetSelectionTimeout.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppGetSelectionTimeout.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppSetTypeConverter.man b/libXt/man/XtAppSetTypeConverter.man index a5bc2264e..6363542de 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtAppSetTypeConverter.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtAppSetTypeConverter.man @@ -1,6 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtAppSTC.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:58 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" $XdotOrg: $ -.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a @@ -26,8 +23,6 @@ .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the .\" X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtAppSTC.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:49 tsi Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppSetWarningHandler.man b/libXt/man/XtAppSetWarningHandler.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8162df20a --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtAppSetWarningHandler.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppError.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler.man b/libXt/man/XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eebf6de40 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppErrorMsg.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppUnlock.man b/libXt/man/XtAppUnlock.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0e541c75b --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtAppUnlock.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppLock.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppWarning.man b/libXt/man/XtAppWarning.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8162df20a --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtAppWarning.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppError.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAppWarningMsg.man b/libXt/man/XtAppWarningMsg.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eebf6de40 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtAppWarningMsg.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppErrorMsg.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAsprintf.man b/libXt/man/XtAsprintf.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..50eaf7669 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtAsprintf.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtMalloc.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtAugmentTranslations.man b/libXt/man/XtAugmentTranslations.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4f4cdde78 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtAugmentTranslations.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtParseTranslationTable.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtBuildEventMask.man b/libXt/man/XtBuildEventMask.man index d6415ac55..2068fe084 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtBuildEventMask.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtBuildEventMask.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtBEMask.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:58 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining @@ -26,8 +24,6 @@ .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization .\" from the X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtBEMask.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:24 dawes Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics @@ -151,7 +147,7 @@ structure by and sent to the server when event handlers and translations are installed or removed on the realized widget. .SH "SEE ALSO" -XtAddEventHandler(3Xt) +XtAddEventHandler(__libmansuffix__) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br diff --git a/libXt/man/XtCallAcceptFocus.man b/libXt/man/XtCallAcceptFocus.man index 72f9603aa..310610b6e 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtCallAcceptFocus.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtCallAcceptFocus.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtCallAFoc.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:59 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining @@ -26,8 +24,6 @@ .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization .\" from the X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtCallAFoc.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:24 dawes Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics @@ -149,7 +145,7 @@ If accept_focus is NULL, returns .ZN False . .SH "SEE ALSO" -XtSetKeyboardFocus(3Xt) +XtSetKeyboardFocus(__libmansuffix__) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br diff --git a/libXt/man/XtCallActionProc.man b/libXt/man/XtCallActionProc.man index 2a30cff87..4141281c0 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtCallActionProc.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtCallActionProc.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtCallActP.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:59 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a @@ -25,8 +23,6 @@ .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the .\" X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtCallActP.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:50 tsi Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics diff --git a/libXt/man/XtCallCallbackList.man b/libXt/man/XtCallCallbackList.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c254850b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtCallCallbackList.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtCallCallbacks.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtCallCallbacks.man b/libXt/man/XtCallCallbacks.man index ee3fd0977..7642e0056 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtCallCallbacks.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtCallCallbacks.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtCallCbks.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:59 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a @@ -25,8 +23,6 @@ .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the .\" X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtCallCbks.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:50 tsi Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics @@ -181,7 +177,7 @@ If the callback list exists and has at least one callback registered, it returns .ZN XtCallbackHasSome . .SH "SEE ALSO" -XtAddCallback(3Xt) +XtAddCallback(__libmansuffix__) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br diff --git a/libXt/man/XtCallConverter.man b/libXt/man/XtCallConverter.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ab31ca4f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtCallConverter.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtConvertAndStore.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtCallbackExclusive.man b/libXt/man/XtCallbackExclusive.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0267c01e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtCallbackExclusive.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtPopup.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtCallbackNone.man b/libXt/man/XtCallbackNone.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0267c01e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtCallbackNone.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtPopup.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtCallbackNonexclusive.man b/libXt/man/XtCallbackNonexclusive.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0267c01e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtCallbackNonexclusive.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtPopup.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtCallbackPopdown.man b/libXt/man/XtCallbackPopdown.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e40b612eb --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtCallbackPopdown.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtPopdown.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtCalloc.man b/libXt/man/XtCalloc.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..50eaf7669 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtCalloc.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtMalloc.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtCancelSelectionRequest.man b/libXt/man/XtCancelSelectionRequest.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e6df724f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtCancelSelectionRequest.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtCreateSelectionRequest.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtChangeManagedSet.man b/libXt/man/XtChangeManagedSet.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..98b4bb699 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtChangeManagedSet.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtManageChildren.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtCheckSubclass.man b/libXt/man/XtCheckSubclass.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..99800c983 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtCheckSubclass.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtClass.man b/libXt/man/XtClass.man index d7e1e5890..ac5f17c6a 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtClass.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtClass.man @@ -1,6 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtClass.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:59 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" $XdotOrg: $ -.\" .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining @@ -27,8 +24,6 @@ .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization .\" from the X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtClass.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:24 dawes Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics @@ -237,8 +232,8 @@ and .LP The .SH "SEE ALSO" -XtAppErrorMsg(3Xt), -XtDisplay(3Xt) +XtAppErrorMsg(__libmansuffix__), +XtDisplay(__libmansuffix__) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br diff --git a/libXt/man/XtCloseDisplay.man b/libXt/man/XtCloseDisplay.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0a0994caf --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtCloseDisplay.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtDisplayInitialize.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtConfigureWidget.man b/libXt/man/XtConfigureWidget.man index 73242c6f5..c2027dc87 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtConfigureWidget.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtConfigureWidget.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtConfWid.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:59 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining @@ -26,8 +24,6 @@ .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization .\" from the X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtConfWid.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:50 tsi Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics @@ -216,8 +212,8 @@ There are very few times to use instead, you should use .ZN XtResizeWidget . .SH "SEE ALSO" -XtMakeGeometryRequest(3Xt), -XtQueryGeometry(3Xt) +XtMakeGeometryRequest(__libmansuffix__), +XtQueryGeometry(__libmansuffix__) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br diff --git a/libXt/man/XtConvert.man b/libXt/man/XtConvert.man index 7828bbd11..892443a77 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtConvert.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtConvert.man @@ -1,6 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtConvert.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:59 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" $XdotOrg: $ -.\" .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining @@ -27,8 +24,6 @@ .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization .\" from the X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtConvert.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:50 tsi Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics @@ -184,10 +179,10 @@ the client should check to_return.address for non-NULL. has been replaced by .ZN XtCallConverter . .SH "SEE ALSO" -XtAppAddConverter(3Xt), -XtStringConversionWarning(3Xt), -XtConvertAndStore(3Xt), -XtCallConverter(3Xt) +XtAppAddConverter(__libmansuffix__), +XtStringConversionWarning(__libmansuffix__), +XtConvertAndStore(__libmansuffix__), +XtCallConverter(__libmansuffix__) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br diff --git a/libXt/man/XtConvertAndStore.man b/libXt/man/XtConvertAndStore.man index e0d4a666e..a3fc66261 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtConvertAndStore.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtConvertAndStore.man @@ -1,6 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtConvSt.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:59 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" $XdotOrg: $ -.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a @@ -26,8 +23,6 @@ .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the .\" X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtConvSt.man,v 1.4 2003/04/28 22:18:18 herrb Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics @@ -219,7 +214,7 @@ in order to decrement the reference count when the converted value is no longer required. The \fIcache_ref_return\fP argument should be NULL if the caller is unwilling or unable to store the value. .SH "SEE ALSO" -XtAppReleaseCacheRefs(3Xt) +XtAppReleaseCacheRefs(__libmansuffix__) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br diff --git a/libXt/man/XtConvertCase.man b/libXt/man/XtConvertCase.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..db8383720 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtConvertCase.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtSetKeyTranslator.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtCreateApplicationContext.man b/libXt/man/XtCreateApplicationContext.man index bfd85bfb1..4ca5a4383 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtCreateApplicationContext.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtCreateApplicationContext.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtCreACon.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:59 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining @@ -26,8 +24,6 @@ .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization .\" from the X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtCreACon.man,v 1.3 2003/04/28 22:18:18 herrb Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics @@ -172,7 +168,7 @@ If was previously called it returns immediately. .LP .SH "SEE ALSO" -XtDisplayInitialize(3Xt) +XtDisplayInitialize(__libmansuffix__) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br diff --git a/libXt/man/XtCreateApplicationShell.man b/libXt/man/XtCreateApplicationShell.man index b2b9bb110..c6118ca5f 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtCreateApplicationShell.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtCreateApplicationShell.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtCreASh.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:59 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining @@ -26,8 +24,6 @@ .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization .\" from the X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtCreASh.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:50 tsi Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics @@ -153,7 +149,7 @@ and the default application context created by This routine has been replaced by .ZN XtAppCreateShell . .SH "SEE ALSO" -XtAppCreateShell(3Xt) +XtAppCreateShell(__libmansuffix__) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br diff --git a/libXt/man/XtCreateManagedWidget.man b/libXt/man/XtCreateManagedWidget.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e3e83b412 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtCreateManagedWidget.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtCreateWidget.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtCreatePopupShell.man b/libXt/man/XtCreatePopupShell.man index aaf6f4eaf..a32a11924 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtCreatePopupShell.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtCreatePopupShell.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtCrePSh.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:59 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining @@ -26,8 +24,6 @@ .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization .\" from the X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtCrePSh.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:50 tsi Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics @@ -172,9 +168,9 @@ an unspecified number of pop-ups. You can look to see if an appropriate unused shell (that is, not currently popped up) exists and create a new shell if needed. .SH "SEE ALSO" -XtCreateWidget(3Xt), -XtPopdown(3Xt), -XtPopup(3Xt) +XtCreateWidget(__libmansuffix__), +XtPopdown(__libmansuffix__), +XtPopup(__libmansuffix__) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br diff --git a/libXt/man/XtCreateSelectionRequest.man b/libXt/man/XtCreateSelectionRequest.man index 8df427083..1b0eef1db 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtCreateSelectionRequest.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtCreateSelectionRequest.man @@ -1,6 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtCreateSR.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:00 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" $XdotOrg: $ -.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a @@ -26,8 +23,6 @@ .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the .\" X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtCreateSR.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:25 dawes Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics diff --git a/libXt/man/XtCreateWidget.man b/libXt/man/XtCreateWidget.man index 36b1f63f9..32d33eda7 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtCreateWidget.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtCreateWidget.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtCreWid.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:59 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining @@ -26,8 +24,6 @@ .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization .\" from the X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtCreWid.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:50 tsi Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics @@ -304,8 +300,8 @@ records, callback lists and, if the widget is a subclass of .ZN compositeWidgetClass , children. .SH "SEE ALSO" -XtAppCreateShell(3Xt), -XtCreatePopupShell(3Xt) +XtAppCreateShell(__libmansuffix__), +XtCreatePopupShell(__libmansuffix__) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br diff --git a/libXt/man/XtCreateWindow.man b/libXt/man/XtCreateWindow.man index f4c96e9b1..7ba7cdf90 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtCreateWindow.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtCreateWindow.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtCreWin.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:59 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining @@ -26,8 +24,6 @@ .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization .\" from the X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtCreWin.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:50 tsi Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics diff --git a/libXt/man/XtDatabase.man b/libXt/man/XtDatabase.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0a0994caf --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtDatabase.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtDisplayInitialize.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtDestroyApplicationContext.man b/libXt/man/XtDestroyApplicationContext.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ae5d5b5c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtDestroyApplicationContext.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtCreateApplicationContext.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtDestroyWidget.man b/libXt/man/XtDestroyWidget.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e3e83b412 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtDestroyWidget.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtCreateWidget.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtDirectConvert.man b/libXt/man/XtDirectConvert.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..517ae3ed5 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtDirectConvert.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtConvert.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtDisownSelection.man b/libXt/man/XtDisownSelection.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bda68eb07 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtDisownSelection.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtOwnSelection.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtDispatchEvent.man b/libXt/man/XtDispatchEvent.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..89b2e7b98 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtDispatchEvent.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppNextEvent.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtDispatchEventToWidget.man b/libXt/man/XtDispatchEventToWidget.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3a421f7a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtDispatchEventToWidget.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtInsertEventTypeHandler.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtDisplay.man b/libXt/man/XtDisplay.man index 4a542c582..7b474dbb7 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtDisplay.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtDisplay.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtDisplay.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:00 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a @@ -25,8 +23,6 @@ .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the .\" X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtDisplay.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:25 dawes Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics diff --git a/libXt/man/XtDisplayInitialize.man b/libXt/man/XtDisplayInitialize.man index 5d559e185..a36c1cc9e 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtDisplayInitialize.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtDisplayInitialize.man @@ -1,6 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtDisplayI.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:00 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" $XdotOrg: $ -.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a @@ -26,8 +23,6 @@ .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the .\" X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtDisplayI.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:50 tsi Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics @@ -264,8 +259,8 @@ initialized by .ZN XtDisplayInitialize , the results are undefined. .SH "SEE ALSO" -XtAppCreateShell(3Xt), -XtCreateApplicationContext(3Xt) +XtAppCreateShell(__libmansuffix__), +XtCreateApplicationContext(__libmansuffix__) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br diff --git a/libXt/man/XtDisplayOfObject.man b/libXt/man/XtDisplayOfObject.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b9e795c95 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtDisplayOfObject.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtDisplay.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtDisplayStringConversionWarning.man b/libXt/man/XtDisplayStringConversionWarning.man index e0b0ec435..b9d61f45e 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtDisplayStringConversionWarning.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtDisplayStringConversionWarning.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtDStrCW.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:00 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining @@ -26,8 +24,6 @@ .\" other dealing in this Software without prior written authorization .\" from the X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtDStrCW.man,v 1.4 2003/04/28 22:18:18 herrb Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics diff --git a/libXt/man/XtDisplayToApplicationContext.man b/libXt/man/XtDisplayToApplicationContext.man index c80279dd9..4ac8ebc8e 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtDisplayToApplicationContext.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtDisplayToApplicationContext.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtDisACon.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:00 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a @@ -25,8 +23,6 @@ .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the .\" X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtDisACon.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:25 dawes Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics diff --git a/libXt/man/XtError.man b/libXt/man/XtError.man index 65d3e9259..ca1f616c1 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtError.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtError.man @@ -1,6 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtErr.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:00 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" $XdotOrg: $ -.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a @@ -26,8 +23,6 @@ .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the .\" X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtErr.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:50 tsi Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics @@ -170,7 +165,7 @@ The function has been superceded by .ZN XtAppWarning . .SH "SEE ALSO" -.BR XtAppError (3Xt) +.BR XtAppError (__libmansuffix__) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br diff --git a/libXt/man/XtErrorMsg.man b/libXt/man/XtErrorMsg.man index ab18c6581..c66ed6276 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtErrorMsg.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtErrorMsg.man @@ -1,6 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtErrM.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:00 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" $XdotOrg: $ -.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a @@ -26,8 +23,6 @@ .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the .\" X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtErrM.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:50 tsi Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics @@ -180,7 +175,7 @@ The function has been superceded by .ZN XtAppWarningMsg .SH "SEE ALSO" -.BR XtAppErrorMsg (3Xt) +.BR XtAppErrorMsg (__libmansuffix__) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br diff --git a/libXt/man/XtFindFile.man b/libXt/man/XtFindFile.man index 80c27f19a..8eaa35ce4 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtFindFile.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtFindFile.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtFindF.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:00 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a @@ -25,8 +23,6 @@ .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the .\" X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtFindF.man,v 1.4 2002/10/12 16:06:41 herrb Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics diff --git a/libXt/man/XtFree.man b/libXt/man/XtFree.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..50eaf7669 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtFree.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtMalloc.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtGetActionKeysym.man b/libXt/man/XtGetActionKeysym.man index 28e1d7891..6627c356e 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtGetActionKeysym.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtGetActionKeysym.man @@ -1,6 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtGetActK.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:00 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" $XdotOrg: $ -.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a @@ -26,8 +23,6 @@ .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the .\" X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtGetActK.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:26 dawes Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics diff --git a/libXt/man/XtGetActionList.man b/libXt/man/XtGetActionList.man index 88f8b15d6..7c0e610de 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtGetActionList.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtGetActionList.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtGetActL.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:00 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a @@ -25,8 +23,6 @@ .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the .\" X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtGetActL.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:51 tsi Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics diff --git a/libXt/man/XtGetApplicationNameAndClass.man b/libXt/man/XtGetApplicationNameAndClass.man index 2b50b04f7..a3ddd1760 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtGetApplicationNameAndClass.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtGetApplicationNameAndClass.man @@ -1,6 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtGetANC.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:00 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" $XdotOrg: $ -.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a @@ -26,8 +23,6 @@ .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the .\" X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtGetANC.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:51 tsi Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics @@ -151,7 +146,7 @@ has been closed, the result is undefined. The returned strings are owned by the Intrinsics and must not be modified or freed by the caller. .SH "SEE ALSO" -.BR XtDisplayInitialize (3Xt) +.BR XtDisplayInitialize (__libmansuffix__) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br diff --git a/libXt/man/XtGetApplicationResources.man b/libXt/man/XtGetApplicationResources.man index 609b33eac..251ee64eb 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtGetApplicationResources.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtGetApplicationResources.man @@ -1,6 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtGetAres.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:00 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" $XdotOrg: $ -.\" .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining @@ -27,8 +24,6 @@ .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization .\" from the X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtGetAres.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:51 tsi Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics diff --git a/libXt/man/XtGetClassExtension.man b/libXt/man/XtGetClassExtension.man index d71e4cbce..c190124e0 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtGetClassExtension.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtGetClassExtension.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtGetClExt.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:00 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a @@ -25,8 +23,6 @@ .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the .\" X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtGetClExt.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:51 tsi Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics diff --git a/libXt/man/XtGetConstraintResourceList.man b/libXt/man/XtGetConstraintResourceList.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c5e4aebe1 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtGetConstraintResourceList.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtGetResourceList.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtGetDisplays.man b/libXt/man/XtGetDisplays.man index 21f1ba7bb..2f9ec7050 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtGetDisplays.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtGetDisplays.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtGetDisp.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:00 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a @@ -25,8 +23,6 @@ .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the .\" X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtGetDisp.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:26 dawes Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics diff --git a/libXt/man/XtGetErrorDatabase.man b/libXt/man/XtGetErrorDatabase.man index a72f0de8a..d859646cc 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtGetErrorDatabase.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtGetErrorDatabase.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtGEDB.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:00 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining @@ -26,8 +24,6 @@ .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization .\" from the X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtGEDB.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:50 tsi Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics @@ -164,8 +160,8 @@ The function has been superceded by .ZN XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText . .SH "SEE ALSO" -.BR XtAppGetErrorDatabase (3Xt) -.BR XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText (3Xt) +.BR XtAppGetErrorDatabase (__libmansuffix__) +.BR XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText (__libmansuffix__) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br diff --git a/libXt/man/XtGetErrorDatabaseText.man b/libXt/man/XtGetErrorDatabaseText.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..35025af24 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtGetErrorDatabaseText.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtGetErrorDatabase.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtGetGC.man b/libXt/man/XtGetGC.man index 235dfc0fc..feee1b2d4 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtGetGC.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtGetGC.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtGetGC.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:00 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining @@ -26,8 +24,6 @@ .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization .\" from the X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtGetGC.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:26 dawes Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics diff --git a/libXt/man/XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget.man b/libXt/man/XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget.man index ab63c6660..e56348761 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtGetKFoc.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:00 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a @@ -25,8 +23,6 @@ .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the .\" X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtGetKFoc.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:26 dawes Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics @@ -141,9 +137,9 @@ Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof. function returns the widget that would be the end result of keyboard event forwarding for a keyboard event for the specified widget. .SH "SEE ALSO" -XtInsertEventTypeHandler(3Xt), XtRemoveEventTypeHandler(3Xt), -XtRegisterExtensionSelector(3Xt), XtSetEventDispatcher(3Xt), -XtDispatchEventToWidget(3Xt) +XtInsertEventTypeHandler(__libmansuffix__), XtRemoveEventTypeHandler(__libmansuffix__), +XtRegisterExtensionSelector(__libmansuffix__), XtSetEventDispatcher(__libmansuffix__), +XtDispatchEventToWidget(__libmansuffix__) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br diff --git a/libXt/man/XtGetKeysymTable.man b/libXt/man/XtGetKeysymTable.man index 0166f2016..bd10d5006 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtGetKeysymTable.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtGetKeysymTable.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtKeysym.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:01 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining @@ -26,8 +24,6 @@ .\" other dealing in this Software without prior written authorization .\" from the X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtKeysym.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:51 tsi Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics diff --git a/libXt/man/XtGetMultiClickTime.man b/libXt/man/XtGetMultiClickTime.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e9cef71e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtGetMultiClickTime.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtSetMultiClickTime.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtGetResourceList.man b/libXt/man/XtGetResourceList.man index 5599a558d..4ca88a514 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtGetResourceList.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtGetResourceList.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtGetRList.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:00 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining @@ -26,8 +24,6 @@ .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization .\" from the X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtGetRList.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:51 tsi Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics @@ -183,8 +179,8 @@ should be freed using .ZN XtFree when it is no longer needed. .SH "SEE ALSO" -XtGetSubresources(3Xt), -XtOffset(3Xt) +XtGetSubresources(__libmansuffix__), +XtOffset(__libmansuffix__) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br diff --git a/libXt/man/XtGetSelectionParameters.man b/libXt/man/XtGetSelectionParameters.man index 8ae16839f..9536290f2 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtGetSelectionParameters.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtGetSelectionParameters.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtGetSP.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:00 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a @@ -25,8 +23,6 @@ .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the .\" X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtGetSP.man,v 1.4 2003/04/28 22:18:19 herrb Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics @@ -164,7 +160,7 @@ or from within the last call to an .ZN XtConvertSelectionIncrProc with a new request_id. .SH "SEE ALSO" -XtSetSelectionParameters(3Xt) +XtSetSelectionParameters(__libmansuffix__) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br diff --git a/libXt/man/XtGetSelectionRequest.man b/libXt/man/XtGetSelectionRequest.man index e8cd0b8ef..7643e2897 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtGetSelectionRequest.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtGetSelectionRequest.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtGetSR.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:00 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a @@ -25,8 +23,6 @@ .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the .\" X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtGetSR.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:51 tsi Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics diff --git a/libXt/man/XtGetSelectionTimeout.man b/libXt/man/XtGetSelectionTimeout.man index f6923d162..288d704f8 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtGetSelectionTimeout.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtGetSelectionTimeout.man @@ -1,6 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtGetSTO.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:00 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" $XdotOrg: $ -.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a @@ -26,8 +23,6 @@ .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the .\" X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtGetSTO.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:27 dawes Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics @@ -149,7 +144,7 @@ The function has been superceded by .ZN XtAppSetSelectionTimeout . .SH "SEE ALSO" -.BR XtAppGetSelectionTimeout (3Xt) +.BR XtAppGetSelectionTimeout (__libmansuffix__) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br diff --git a/libXt/man/XtGetSelectionValue.man b/libXt/man/XtGetSelectionValue.man index 37e51562f..9ee8a66e5 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtGetSelectionValue.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtGetSelectionValue.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtGetSVal.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:00 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining @@ -26,8 +24,6 @@ .\" other dealing in this Software without prior written authorization .\" from the X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtGetSVal.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:51 tsi Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics @@ -192,8 +188,8 @@ as would be when calling .ZN XtGetSelectionValue repeatedly. .SH "SEE ALSO" -XtAppGetSelectionTimeout(3Xt), -XtOwnSelection(3Xt) +XtAppGetSelectionTimeout(__libmansuffix__), +XtOwnSelection(__libmansuffix__) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br diff --git a/libXt/man/XtGetSelectionValueIncremental.man b/libXt/man/XtGetSelectionValueIncremental.man index 02c3fb834..f2360a7b5 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtGetSelectionValueIncremental.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtGetSelectionValueIncremental.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtGetSValI.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:01 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a @@ -25,8 +23,6 @@ .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the .\" X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtGetSValI.man,v 1.4 2003/04/28 22:18:19 herrb Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics diff --git a/libXt/man/XtGetSelectionValues.man b/libXt/man/XtGetSelectionValues.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..34d5174ac --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtGetSelectionValues.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtGetSelectionValue.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental.man b/libXt/man/XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d794f093 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtGetSelectionValueIncremental.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtGetSubresources.man b/libXt/man/XtGetSubresources.man index 0a31c703f..b0df4d7e0 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtGetSubresources.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtGetSubresources.man @@ -1,6 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtGetSres.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:01 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" $XdotOrg: $ -.\" .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining @@ -27,8 +24,6 @@ .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization .\" from the X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtGetSres.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:51 tsi Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics diff --git a/libXt/man/XtGetSubvalues.man b/libXt/man/XtGetSubvalues.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a7e954eed --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtGetSubvalues.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtSetValues.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtGetValues.man b/libXt/man/XtGetValues.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a7e954eed --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtGetValues.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtSetValues.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtGrabButton.man b/libXt/man/XtGrabButton.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d7d5c3c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtGrabButton.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtGrabKey.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtGrabKey.man b/libXt/man/XtGrabKey.man index 97b15ed43..51193cac7 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtGrabKey.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtGrabKey.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtGrabKey.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:01 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a @@ -25,8 +23,6 @@ .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the .\" X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtGrabKey.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:51 tsi Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics diff --git a/libXt/man/XtGrabKeyboard.man b/libXt/man/XtGrabKeyboard.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d7d5c3c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtGrabKeyboard.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtGrabKey.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtGrabPointer.man b/libXt/man/XtGrabPointer.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d7d5c3c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtGrabPointer.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtGrabKey.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtHasCallbacks.man b/libXt/man/XtHasCallbacks.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c254850b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtHasCallbacks.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtCallCallbacks.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtHooksOfDisplay.man b/libXt/man/XtHooksOfDisplay.man index d17351c8a..b29c7cfcf 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtHooksOfDisplay.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtHooksOfDisplay.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtHookOD.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:01 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a @@ -25,8 +23,6 @@ .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the .\" X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtHookOD.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:27 dawes Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics diff --git a/libXt/man/XtInitialize.man b/libXt/man/XtInitialize.man index 729597553..50d57c23d 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtInitialize.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtInitialize.man @@ -1,6 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtInit.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:01 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" $XdotOrg: $ -.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a @@ -26,8 +23,6 @@ .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the .\" X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtInit.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:51 tsi Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics @@ -170,7 +165,7 @@ created shell. The semantics of calling more than once are undefined. This routine has been replaced by .ZN XtAppInitialize . .SH "SEE ALSO" -.BR XtAppInitialize (3Xt) +.BR XtAppInitialize (__libmansuffix__) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br diff --git a/libXt/man/XtInitializeWidgetClass.man b/libXt/man/XtInitializeWidgetClass.man index 8fac28060..8a56f4318 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtInitializeWidgetClass.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtInitializeWidgetClass.man @@ -1,6 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtInitWC.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:01 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" $XdotOrg: $ -.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a @@ -26,8 +23,6 @@ .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the .\" X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtInitWC.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:27 dawes Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics diff --git a/libXt/man/XtInsertEventHandler.man b/libXt/man/XtInsertEventHandler.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ab49e9e81 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtInsertEventHandler.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAddEventHandler.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtInsertEventTypeHandler.man b/libXt/man/XtInsertEventTypeHandler.man index 75aeedc35..04ab0fe1f 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtInsertEventTypeHandler.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtInsertEventTypeHandler.man @@ -1,6 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtExtEvDis.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:00 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" $XdotOrg: $ -.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a @@ -26,8 +23,6 @@ .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the .\" X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtExtEvDis.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:50 tsi Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics @@ -287,7 +282,7 @@ if any event handler was called and otherwise. .LP .SH "SEE ALSO" -XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget(3Xt) +XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget(__libmansuffix__) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br diff --git a/libXt/man/XtInsertRawEventHandler.man b/libXt/man/XtInsertRawEventHandler.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ab49e9e81 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtInsertRawEventHandler.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAddEventHandler.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtInstallAccelerators.man b/libXt/man/XtInstallAccelerators.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fa38d2688 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtInstallAccelerators.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtParseAcceleratorTable.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtInstallAllAccelerators.man b/libXt/man/XtInstallAllAccelerators.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fa38d2688 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtInstallAllAccelerators.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtParseAcceleratorTable.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtIsApplicationShell.man b/libXt/man/XtIsApplicationShell.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..99800c983 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtIsApplicationShell.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtIsComposite.man b/libXt/man/XtIsComposite.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..99800c983 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtIsComposite.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtIsConstraint.man b/libXt/man/XtIsConstraint.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..99800c983 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtIsConstraint.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtIsManaged.man b/libXt/man/XtIsManaged.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..98b4bb699 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtIsManaged.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtManageChildren.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtIsObject.man b/libXt/man/XtIsObject.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..99800c983 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtIsObject.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtIsOverrideShell.man b/libXt/man/XtIsOverrideShell.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..99800c983 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtIsOverrideShell.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtIsRealized.man b/libXt/man/XtIsRealized.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ad4af05da --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtIsRealized.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtRealizeWidget.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtIsRectObj.man b/libXt/man/XtIsRectObj.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..99800c983 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtIsRectObj.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtIsSensitive.man b/libXt/man/XtIsSensitive.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7bd86fd36 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtIsSensitive.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtSetSensitive.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtIsSessionShell.man b/libXt/man/XtIsSessionShell.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..99800c983 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtIsSessionShell.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtIsShell.man b/libXt/man/XtIsShell.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..99800c983 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtIsShell.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtIsSubclass.man b/libXt/man/XtIsSubclass.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..99800c983 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtIsSubclass.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtIsTopLevelShell.man b/libXt/man/XtIsTopLevelShell.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..99800c983 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtIsTopLevelShell.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtIsTransientShell.man b/libXt/man/XtIsTransientShell.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..99800c983 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtIsTransientShell.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtIsVendorShell.man b/libXt/man/XtIsVendorShell.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..99800c983 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtIsVendorShell.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtIsWMShell.man b/libXt/man/XtIsWMShell.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..99800c983 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtIsWMShell.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtIsWidget.man b/libXt/man/XtIsWidget.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..99800c983 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtIsWidget.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtKeysymToKeycodeList.man b/libXt/man/XtKeysymToKeycodeList.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7720a2fa4 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtKeysymToKeycodeList.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtGetKeysymTable.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtLastEventProcessed.man b/libXt/man/XtLastEventProcessed.man index a47f661ea..757194a0f 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtLastEventProcessed.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtLastEventProcessed.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtLastProc.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:01 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a @@ -25,8 +23,6 @@ .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the .\" X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtLastProc.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:27 dawes Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics diff --git a/libXt/man/XtLastTimestampProcessed.man b/libXt/man/XtLastTimestampProcessed.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4aac3cc18 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtLastTimestampProcessed.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtLastEventProcessed.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtMainLoop.man b/libXt/man/XtMainLoop.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f049c5b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtMainLoop.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtNextEvent.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtMakeGeometryRequest.man b/libXt/man/XtMakeGeometryRequest.man index 4bb0343d4..346670b1d 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtMakeGeometryRequest.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtMakeGeometryRequest.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtMakGReq.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:01 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining @@ -26,8 +24,6 @@ .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization .\" from the X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtMakGReq.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:51 tsi Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics @@ -233,8 +229,8 @@ If the widget is not interested in replies, it can pass NULL for width_return and height_return. .SH "SEE ALSO" -XtConfigureWidget(3Xt), -XtQueryGeometery(3Xt) +XtConfigureWidget(__libmansuffix__), +XtQueryGeometery(__libmansuffix__) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br diff --git a/libXt/man/XtMakeResizeRequest.man b/libXt/man/XtMakeResizeRequest.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..864fc524e --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtMakeResizeRequest.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtMakeGeometryRequest.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtMalloc.man b/libXt/man/XtMalloc.man index 69761958f..70183ece6 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtMalloc.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtMalloc.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtMalloc.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:01 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining @@ -26,8 +24,6 @@ .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization .\" from the X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtMalloc.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:28 dawes Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics @@ -143,6 +139,8 @@ void XtFree(char *\fIptr\fP); \fItype\fP *XtNew(\fItype\fP); .HP String XtNewString(String \fIstring\fP); +.HP +Cardinal XtAsprintf(String *\fInew_string\fP, const char *\fIformat\fP, ...); .SH ARGUMENTS .IP \fInum\fP 1i Specifies the number of bytes or array elements. @@ -156,6 +154,10 @@ desired. Specifies a previously declared string. .IP \fItype\fP 1i Specifies a previously declared data type. +.IP \fInew_string\fP 1i +Specifies a pointer to write a newly allocated string to. +.IP \fIformat\fP 1i +Specifies a formatting string as defined by sprintf(3c) .SH DESCRIPTION The .ZN XtMalloc @@ -230,6 +232,18 @@ with the following arguments specified: .ta .5i (strcpy(XtMalloc((unsigned) strlen(str) + 1), str)) .De +.LP +The +.ZN XtAsprintf +function allocates space for a string large enough to hold the string +specified by the sprintf(3c) format pattern when used with the remaining +arguments, and fills it with the formatted results. +The address of the allocated string is placed into the pointer passed as ret. +The length of the string (not including the terminating null byte) is returned. +If there is insufficient memory to allocate the new block, +.ZN XtAsprintf +calls +.ZN XtErrorMsg . .SH "SEE ALSO" .br \fI\*(xT\fP diff --git a/libXt/man/XtManageChild.man b/libXt/man/XtManageChild.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..98b4bb699 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtManageChild.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtManageChildren.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtManageChildren.man b/libXt/man/XtManageChildren.man index 3182bc5f7..4e96da355 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtManageChildren.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtManageChildren.man @@ -1,6 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtManChild.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:01 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" $XdotOrg: $ -.\" .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining @@ -27,8 +24,6 @@ .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization .\" from the X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtManChild.man,v 1.4 2004/05/08 12:05:07 herrb Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics @@ -346,8 +341,8 @@ is managed, or .ZN False otherwise. .SH "SEE ALSO" -XtMapWidget(3Xt), -XtRealizeWidget(3Xt) +XtMapWidget(__libmansuffix__), +XtRealizeWidget(__libmansuffix__) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br diff --git a/libXt/man/XtMapWidget.man b/libXt/man/XtMapWidget.man index 9c4edf8d7..0c63c2c8d 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtMapWidget.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtMapWidget.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtMapWid.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:01 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining @@ -26,8 +24,6 @@ .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization .\" from the X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtMapWid.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:28 dawes Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics @@ -169,7 +165,7 @@ and .ZN XtUnmapWidget explicitly. .SH "SEE ALSO" -XtManageChildren(3Xt) +XtManageChildren(__libmansuffix__) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br diff --git a/libXt/man/XtMergeArgLists.man b/libXt/man/XtMergeArgLists.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7a9296aad --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtMergeArgLists.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtSetArg.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtMoveWidget.man b/libXt/man/XtMoveWidget.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..172b53b4c --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtMoveWidget.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtConfigureWidget.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtName.man b/libXt/man/XtName.man index d79f79124..d271c9dd9 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtName.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtName.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtName.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:01 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a @@ -25,8 +23,6 @@ .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the .\" X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtName.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:28 dawes Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics diff --git a/libXt/man/XtNameToWidget.man b/libXt/man/XtNameToWidget.man index d95d4cd86..042e54005 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtNameToWidget.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtNameToWidget.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtNameTWid.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:01 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining @@ -26,8 +24,6 @@ .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization .\" from the X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtNameTWid.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:28 dawes Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics diff --git a/libXt/man/XtNew.man b/libXt/man/XtNew.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..50eaf7669 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtNew.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtMalloc.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtNewString.man b/libXt/man/XtNewString.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..50eaf7669 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtNewString.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtMalloc.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtNextEvent.man b/libXt/man/XtNextEvent.man index 5c742dcdf..3aed18dd5 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtNextEvent.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtNextEvent.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtNextEv.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:01 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining @@ -26,8 +24,6 @@ .\" other dealing in this Software without prior written authorization .\" from the X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtNextEv.man,v 1.4 2001/01/27 18:20:28 dawes Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics @@ -179,8 +175,8 @@ has been replaced by has been replaced by .ZN XtAppMainLoop . .SH "SEE ALSO" -XtAppNextEvent(3xt), XtAppPending(3Xt), XtAppPeekEvent(3Xt), -XtAppProcessEvent(3Xt), XtAppMainLoop(3Xt) +XtAppNextEvent(3xt), XtAppPending(__libmansuffix__), XtAppPeekEvent(__libmansuffix__), +XtAppProcessEvent(__libmansuffix__), XtAppMainLoop(__libmansuffix__) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br diff --git a/libXt/man/XtNoticeSignal.man b/libXt/man/XtNoticeSignal.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b06beefa8 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtNoticeSignal.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppAddSignal.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtNumber.man b/libXt/man/XtNumber.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2e725f3f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtNumber.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtOffset.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtOffset.man b/libXt/man/XtOffset.man index 90252c784..f8d1c08b2 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtOffset.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtOffset.man @@ -1,6 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtOffset.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:01 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" $XdotOrg: $ -.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a @@ -26,8 +23,6 @@ .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the .\" X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtOffset.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:28 dawes Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics @@ -167,8 +162,8 @@ The macro returns the number of elements in the specified argument lists, resources lists, and other counted arrays. .SH "SEE ALSO" -XtGetResourceList(3Xt), -XtSetArg(3Xt) +XtGetResourceList(__libmansuffix__), +XtSetArg(__libmansuffix__) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br diff --git a/libXt/man/XtOffsetOf.man b/libXt/man/XtOffsetOf.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2e725f3f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtOffsetOf.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtOffset.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtOpenApplication.man b/libXt/man/XtOpenApplication.man index 96993454a..be3de19fe 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtOpenApplication.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtOpenApplication.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtOpenApp.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:01 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a @@ -25,8 +23,6 @@ .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the .\" X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtOpenApp.man,v 1.5 2001/03/07 15:13:09 tsi Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics @@ -204,7 +200,7 @@ and .ZN XtVaOpenApplication respectively. .SH "SEE ALSO" -XtAppInitialize(3Xt), XtVaAppInitialize(3Xt) +XtAppInitialize(__libmansuffix__), XtVaAppInitialize(__libmansuffix__) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br diff --git a/libXt/man/XtOpenDisplay.man b/libXt/man/XtOpenDisplay.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0a0994caf --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtOpenDisplay.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtDisplayInitialize.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtOverrideTranslations.man b/libXt/man/XtOverrideTranslations.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4f4cdde78 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtOverrideTranslations.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtParseTranslationTable.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtOwnSelection.man b/libXt/man/XtOwnSelection.man index cdf35641c..2d77f77fe 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtOwnSelection.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtOwnSelection.man @@ -1,6 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtOwnSel.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:02 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" $XdotOrg: $ -.\" .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining @@ -27,8 +24,6 @@ .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization .\" from the X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtOwnSel.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:51 tsi Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics @@ -223,8 +218,8 @@ before the call to finishes after the call to .ZN XtDisownSelection . .SH "SEE ALSO" -XtAppGetSelectionTimeout(3Xt), -XtGetSelectionValue(3Xt) +XtAppGetSelectionTimeout(__libmansuffix__), +XtGetSelectionValue(__libmansuffix__) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br diff --git a/libXt/man/XtOwnSelectionIncremental.man b/libXt/man/XtOwnSelectionIncremental.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bda68eb07 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtOwnSelectionIncremental.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtOwnSelection.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtParent.man b/libXt/man/XtParent.man index 07b318207..f45a6f464 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtParent.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtParent.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtParent.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:02 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining @@ -26,8 +24,6 @@ .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization .\" from the X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtParent.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:29 dawes Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics diff --git a/libXt/man/XtParseAcceleratorTable.man b/libXt/man/XtParseAcceleratorTable.man index a8cf9501e..e54e16db8 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtParseAcceleratorTable.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtParseAcceleratorTable.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtParATab.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:02 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining @@ -26,8 +24,6 @@ .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization .\" from the X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtParATab.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:28 dawes Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics diff --git a/libXt/man/XtParseTranslationTable.man b/libXt/man/XtParseTranslationTable.man index bd9c9007a..43a2e5cbe 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtParseTranslationTable.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtParseTranslationTable.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtParTTab.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:02 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining @@ -26,8 +24,6 @@ .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization .\" from the X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtParTTab.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:28 dawes Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics @@ -184,10 +180,10 @@ The .ZN XtUninstallTranslations function causes the entire translation table for widget to be removed. .SH "SEE ALSO" -XtAppAddActions(3Xt), -XtCreatePopupShell(3Xt), -XtParseAcceleratorTable(3Xt), -XtPopup(3Xt) +XtAppAddActions(__libmansuffix__), +XtCreatePopupShell(__libmansuffix__), +XtParseAcceleratorTable(__libmansuffix__), +XtPopup(__libmansuffix__) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br diff --git a/libXt/man/XtPeekEvent.man b/libXt/man/XtPeekEvent.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f049c5b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtPeekEvent.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtNextEvent.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtPending.man b/libXt/man/XtPending.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f049c5b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtPending.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtNextEvent.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtPopdown.man b/libXt/man/XtPopdown.man index 4ae647d64..af4519700 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtPopdown.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtPopdown.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtPopdown.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:02 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining @@ -26,8 +24,6 @@ .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization .\" from the X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtPopdown.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:29 dawes Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics @@ -227,8 +223,8 @@ gets to the application top-level shell widget and cannot find a matching shell, it generates an error. .SH "SEE ALSO" -XtCreatePopupShell(3Xt), -XtPopup(3Xt) +XtCreatePopupShell(__libmansuffix__), +XtPopup(__libmansuffix__) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br diff --git a/libXt/man/XtPopup.man b/libXt/man/XtPopup.man index 6e50b85c2..23830db16 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtPopup.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtPopup.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtPopup.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:02 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining @@ -26,8 +24,6 @@ .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization .\" from the X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtPopup.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:29 dawes Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics @@ -320,8 +316,8 @@ If gets to the application widget and cannot find a matching shell, it generates an error. .SH "SEE ALSO" -XtCreatePopupShell(3Xt), -XtPopdown(3Xt) +XtCreatePopupShell(__libmansuffix__), +XtPopdown(__libmansuffix__) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br diff --git a/libXt/man/XtPopupSpringLoaded.man b/libXt/man/XtPopupSpringLoaded.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0267c01e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtPopupSpringLoaded.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtPopup.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtProcessEvent.man b/libXt/man/XtProcessEvent.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f049c5b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtProcessEvent.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtNextEvent.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtProcessLock.man b/libXt/man/XtProcessLock.man index 19790ef2f..af2565465 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtProcessLock.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtProcessLock.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtProcLock.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:02 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a @@ -25,8 +23,6 @@ .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the .\" X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtProcLock.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:29 dawes Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics diff --git a/libXt/man/XtProcessUnlock.man b/libXt/man/XtProcessUnlock.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..81d6a157a --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtProcessUnlock.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtProcessLock.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtQueryGeometry.man b/libXt/man/XtQueryGeometry.man index eb3cdd42e..735a6a48b 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtQueryGeometry.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtQueryGeometry.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtQueryGeo.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:02 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining @@ -26,8 +24,6 @@ .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization .\" from the X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtQueryGeo.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:51 tsi Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics @@ -163,8 +159,8 @@ replaces it with a pointer to an .ZN XtWidgetGeometry structure with request_mode=0 before calling query_geometry. .SH "SEE ALSO" -XtConfigureWidget(3Xt), -XtMakeGeometryRequest(3Xt) +XtConfigureWidget(__libmansuffix__), +XtMakeGeometryRequest(__libmansuffix__) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br diff --git a/libXt/man/XtRealizeWidget.man b/libXt/man/XtRealizeWidget.man index ecc11f37c..5846de7ba 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtRealizeWidget.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtRealizeWidget.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtRealize.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:02 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining @@ -26,8 +24,6 @@ .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization .\" from the X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtRealize.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:29 dawes Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics @@ -208,7 +204,7 @@ again. If the widget was managed, it will be unmanaged automatically before its window is freed. .SH "SEE ALSO" -XtManageChildren(3Xt) +XtManageChildren(__libmansuffix__) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br diff --git a/libXt/man/XtRealloc.man b/libXt/man/XtRealloc.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..50eaf7669 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtRealloc.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtMalloc.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtRegisterCaseConverter.man b/libXt/man/XtRegisterCaseConverter.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..db8383720 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtRegisterCaseConverter.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtSetKeyTranslator.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtRegisterDrawable.man b/libXt/man/XtRegisterDrawable.man index 30724a307..2e9a00be3 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtRegisterDrawable.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtRegisterDrawable.man @@ -1,6 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtRegDraw.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:02 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" $XdotOrg: $ -.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a @@ -26,8 +23,6 @@ .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the .\" X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtRegDraw.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:29 dawes Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics diff --git a/libXt/man/XtRegisterExtensionSelector.man b/libXt/man/XtRegisterExtensionSelector.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3a421f7a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtRegisterExtensionSelector.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtInsertEventTypeHandler.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtRegisterGrabAction.man b/libXt/man/XtRegisterGrabAction.man index 4e1fbfb3c..62cdff4cd 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtRegisterGrabAction.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtRegisterGrabAction.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtRegGA.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:02 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a @@ -25,8 +23,6 @@ .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the .\" X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtRegGA.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:52 tsi Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics diff --git a/libXt/man/XtReleaseGC.man b/libXt/man/XtReleaseGC.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..30a347bb1 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtReleaseGC.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtGetGC.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtReleasePropertyAtom.man b/libXt/man/XtReleasePropertyAtom.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ec9e585dd --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtReleasePropertyAtom.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtReservePropertyAtom.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtRemoveActionHook.man b/libXt/man/XtRemoveActionHook.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..55f3b9d71 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtRemoveActionHook.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppAddActionHook.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtRemoveAllCallbacks.man b/libXt/man/XtRemoveAllCallbacks.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0dbea456f --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtRemoveAllCallbacks.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAddCallback.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtRemoveBlockHook.man b/libXt/man/XtRemoveBlockHook.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e9de4ebb5 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtRemoveBlockHook.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppAddBlockHook.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtRemoveCallback.man b/libXt/man/XtRemoveCallback.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0dbea456f --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtRemoveCallback.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAddCallback.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtRemoveCallbacks.man b/libXt/man/XtRemoveCallbacks.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0dbea456f --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtRemoveCallbacks.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAddCallback.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtRemoveEventHandler.man b/libXt/man/XtRemoveEventHandler.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ab49e9e81 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtRemoveEventHandler.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAddEventHandler.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtRemoveEventTypeHandler.man b/libXt/man/XtRemoveEventTypeHandler.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3a421f7a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtRemoveEventTypeHandler.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtInsertEventTypeHandler.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtRemoveGrab.man b/libXt/man/XtRemoveGrab.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a78d77ac3 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtRemoveGrab.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAddGrab.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtRemoveInput.man b/libXt/man/XtRemoveInput.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7e1415db6 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtRemoveInput.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppAddInput.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtRemoveRawEventHandler.man b/libXt/man/XtRemoveRawEventHandler.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ab49e9e81 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtRemoveRawEventHandler.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAddEventHandler.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtRemoveSignal.man b/libXt/man/XtRemoveSignal.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b06beefa8 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtRemoveSignal.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppAddSignal.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtRemoveTimeOut.man b/libXt/man/XtRemoveTimeOut.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ab83b910e --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtRemoveTimeOut.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppAddTimeOut.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtRemoveWorkProc.man b/libXt/man/XtRemoveWorkProc.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4dc035b38 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtRemoveWorkProc.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppAddWorkProc.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtReservePropertyAtom.man b/libXt/man/XtReservePropertyAtom.man index 358cb7c54..1f1e9d7fd 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtReservePropertyAtom.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtReservePropertyAtom.man @@ -1,6 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtResPA.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:02 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" $XdotOrg: $ -.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a @@ -26,8 +23,6 @@ .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the .\" X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtResPA.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:29 dawes Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics diff --git a/libXt/man/XtResizeWidget.man b/libXt/man/XtResizeWidget.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..172b53b4c --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtResizeWidget.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtConfigureWidget.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtResolvePathname.man b/libXt/man/XtResolvePathname.man index d1bed4173..1fd3e5fad 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtResolvePathname.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtResolvePathname.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtResPath.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:02 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a @@ -25,8 +23,6 @@ .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the .\" X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtResPath.man,v 1.4 2002/10/12 16:06:41 herrb Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics diff --git a/libXt/man/XtScreen.man b/libXt/man/XtScreen.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b9e795c95 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtScreen.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtDisplay.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtScreenDatabase.man b/libXt/man/XtScreenDatabase.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0a0994caf --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtScreenDatabase.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtDisplayInitialize.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtScreenOfObject.man b/libXt/man/XtScreenOfObject.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b9e795c95 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtScreenOfObject.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtDisplay.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtSendSelectionRequest.man b/libXt/man/XtSendSelectionRequest.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e6df724f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtSendSelectionRequest.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtCreateSelectionRequest.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtSessionGetToken.man b/libXt/man/XtSessionGetToken.man index 0f46f009e..0c78c7769 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtSessionGetToken.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtSessionGetToken.man @@ -1,6 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtSession.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:02 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" $XdotOrg: $ -.\" .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining @@ -27,8 +24,6 @@ .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization .\" from the X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtSession.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:29 dawes Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics diff --git a/libXt/man/XtSessionReturnToken.man b/libXt/man/XtSessionReturnToken.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fa369370b --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtSessionReturnToken.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtSessionGetToken.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtSetArg.man b/libXt/man/XtSetArg.man index fa8d60798..83eb2018a 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtSetArg.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtSetArg.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtSetArg.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:02 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining @@ -26,8 +24,6 @@ .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization .\" from the X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtSetArg.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:52 tsi Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics @@ -203,7 +199,7 @@ When it is no longer needed, free the returned storage by using .ZN XtFree . .SH "SEE ALSO" -XtOffset(3Xt) +XtOffset(__libmansuffix__) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br diff --git a/libXt/man/XtSetErrorHandler.man b/libXt/man/XtSetErrorHandler.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e65c3f157 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtSetErrorHandler.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtError.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtSetErrorMsgHandler.man b/libXt/man/XtSetErrorMsgHandler.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bb7e3870c --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtSetErrorMsgHandler.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtErrorMsg.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtSetEventDispatcher.man b/libXt/man/XtSetEventDispatcher.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3a421f7a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtSetEventDispatcher.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtInsertEventTypeHandler.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtSetKeyTranslator.man b/libXt/man/XtSetKeyTranslator.man index 88e4b0687..275aa3f55 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtSetKeyTranslator.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtSetKeyTranslator.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtSetKTr.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:02 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining @@ -26,8 +24,6 @@ .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization .\" from the X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtSetKTr.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:52 tsi Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics diff --git a/libXt/man/XtSetKeyboardFocus.man b/libXt/man/XtSetKeyboardFocus.man index d58da9eac..ae09e3391 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtSetKeyboardFocus.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtSetKeyboardFocus.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtSetKFoc.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:02 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining @@ -26,8 +24,6 @@ .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization .\" from the X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtSetKFoc.man,v 1.3 2002/10/12 16:06:41 herrb Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics @@ -185,7 +181,7 @@ event is generated for descendant if .ZN FocusNotify events have been selected by the descendant. .SH "SEE ALSO" -XtCallAcceptFocus(3Xt) +XtCallAcceptFocus(__libmansuffix__) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br diff --git a/libXt/man/XtSetLanguageProc.man b/libXt/man/XtSetLanguageProc.man index 1c33a6fd4..193fe258c 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtSetLanguageProc.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtSetLanguageProc.man @@ -1,6 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtSetLangP.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:03 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" $XdotOrg: $ -.\" .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining @@ -27,8 +24,6 @@ .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization .\" from the X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtSetLangP.man,v 1.4 2003/05/29 21:48:05 herrb Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics diff --git a/libXt/man/XtSetMappedWhenManaged.man b/libXt/man/XtSetMappedWhenManaged.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..73caf7da7 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtSetMappedWhenManaged.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtMapWidget.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtSetMultiClickTime.man b/libXt/man/XtSetMultiClickTime.man index eebc6baf8..0a2ba501f 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtSetMultiClickTime.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtSetMultiClickTime.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtClickT.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:41:59 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a @@ -25,8 +23,6 @@ .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the .\" X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtClickT.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:25 dawes Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics diff --git a/libXt/man/XtSetSelectionParameters.man b/libXt/man/XtSetSelectionParameters.man index 74b016452..b9795e1b3 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtSetSelectionParameters.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtSetSelectionParameters.man @@ -1,6 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtSetSP.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:03 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" $XdotOrg: $ -.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a @@ -26,8 +23,6 @@ .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the .\" X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtSetSP.man,v 1.4 2003/04/28 22:18:21 herrb Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics @@ -185,7 +180,7 @@ and .ZN XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental cannot be used to make selection requests with parameterized targets. .SH "SEE ALSO" -XtGetSelectionParameters(3Xt) +XtGetSelectionParameters(__libmansuffix__) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br diff --git a/libXt/man/XtSetSelectionTimeout.man b/libXt/man/XtSetSelectionTimeout.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..41e58206b --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtSetSelectionTimeout.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtGetSelectionTimeout.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtSetSensitive.man b/libXt/man/XtSetSensitive.man index 207790a32..e9f9bc4e5 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtSetSensitive.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtSetSensitive.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtSetSens.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:03 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining @@ -26,8 +24,6 @@ .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization .\" from the X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtSetSens.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:30 dawes Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics diff --git a/libXt/man/XtSetSubvalues.man b/libXt/man/XtSetSubvalues.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a7e954eed --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtSetSubvalues.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtSetValues.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtSetTypeConverter.man b/libXt/man/XtSetTypeConverter.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..df22e6811 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtSetTypeConverter.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppSetTypeConverter.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtSetValues.man b/libXt/man/XtSetValues.man index fe9751822..a07e9b698 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtSetValues.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtSetValues.man @@ -1,6 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtSetVal.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:03 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" $XdotOrg: $ -.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a @@ -26,8 +23,6 @@ .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the .\" X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtSetVal.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:52 tsi Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics diff --git a/libXt/man/XtSetWMColormapWindows.man b/libXt/man/XtSetWMColormapWindows.man index ffc4e953f..20c63be67 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtSetWMColormapWindows.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtSetWMColormapWindows.man @@ -1,6 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtSetWMC.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:03 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" $XdotOrg: $ -.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a @@ -26,8 +23,6 @@ .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the .\" X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtSetWMC.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:30 dawes Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics diff --git a/libXt/man/XtSetWarningHandler.man b/libXt/man/XtSetWarningHandler.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e65c3f157 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtSetWarningHandler.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtError.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtSetWarningMsgHandler.man b/libXt/man/XtSetWarningMsgHandler.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bb7e3870c --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtSetWarningMsgHandler.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtErrorMsg.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtStringConversionWarning.man b/libXt/man/XtStringConversionWarning.man index a2a47ab94..ddbdd7dee 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtStringConversionWarning.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtStringConversionWarning.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtStrCW.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:03 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining @@ -26,8 +24,6 @@ .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization .\" from the X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtStrCW.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:30 dawes Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics @@ -149,10 +145,10 @@ type ``string'', class ``XtToolkitError, and the default message string has been replaced by .ZN XtDisplayStringConversionWarning . .SH "SEE ALSO" -XtAppAddConverter(3Xt), +XtAppAddConverter(__libmansuffix__), XtAppErrorMsg(3t), -XtConvert(3Xt), -XtDisplayStringConversionWarning(3Xt) +XtConvert(__libmansuffix__), +XtDisplayStringConversionWarning(__libmansuffix__) .br \fI\*(xT\fP .br diff --git a/libXt/man/XtSuperclass.man b/libXt/man/XtSuperclass.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..99800c983 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtSuperclass.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtToolkitInitialize.man b/libXt/man/XtToolkitInitialize.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ae5d5b5c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtToolkitInitialize.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtCreateApplicationContext.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtToolkitThreadInitialize.man b/libXt/man/XtToolkitThreadInitialize.man index 7df914522..005c7dcf7 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtToolkitThreadInitialize.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtToolkitThreadInitialize.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtThreadI.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:03 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a @@ -25,8 +23,6 @@ .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the .\" X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtThreadI.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:30 dawes Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics diff --git a/libXt/man/XtTranslateCoords.man b/libXt/man/XtTranslateCoords.man index f0b41db78..6da57a543 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtTranslateCoords.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtTranslateCoords.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtTransC.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:03 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining @@ -26,8 +24,6 @@ .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization .\" from the X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtTransC.man,v 1.3 2001/02/09 03:47:52 tsi Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics diff --git a/libXt/man/XtTranslateKeycode.man b/libXt/man/XtTranslateKeycode.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..db8383720 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtTranslateKeycode.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtSetKeyTranslator.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtUngrabButton.man b/libXt/man/XtUngrabButton.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d7d5c3c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtUngrabButton.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtGrabKey.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtUngrabKey.man b/libXt/man/XtUngrabKey.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d7d5c3c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtUngrabKey.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtGrabKey.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtUngrabKeyboard.man b/libXt/man/XtUngrabKeyboard.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d7d5c3c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtUngrabKeyboard.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtGrabKey.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtUngrabPointer.man b/libXt/man/XtUngrabPointer.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d7d5c3c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtUngrabPointer.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtGrabKey.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtUninstallTranslations.man b/libXt/man/XtUninstallTranslations.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4f4cdde78 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtUninstallTranslations.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtParseTranslationTable.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtUnmanageChild.man b/libXt/man/XtUnmanageChild.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..98b4bb699 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtUnmanageChild.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtManageChildren.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtUnmanageChildren.man b/libXt/man/XtUnmanageChildren.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..98b4bb699 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtUnmanageChildren.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtManageChildren.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtUnmapWidget.man b/libXt/man/XtUnmapWidget.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..73caf7da7 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtUnmapWidget.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtMapWidget.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtUnrealizeWidget.man b/libXt/man/XtUnrealizeWidget.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ad4af05da --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtUnrealizeWidget.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtRealizeWidget.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtUnregisterDrawable.man b/libXt/man/XtUnregisterDrawable.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..612b3acf4 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtUnregisterDrawable.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtRegisterDrawable.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtVaAppCreateShell.man b/libXt/man/XtVaAppCreateShell.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3c4fa8bb7 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtVaAppCreateShell.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppCreateShell.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtVaAppInitialize.man b/libXt/man/XtVaAppInitialize.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..803169a2b --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtVaAppInitialize.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppInitialize.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtVaCreateArgsList.man b/libXt/man/XtVaCreateArgsList.man index f9b053df9..99bcc952b 100644 --- a/libXt/man/XtVaCreateArgsList.man +++ b/libXt/man/XtVaCreateArgsList.man @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: XtVaCrArgL.man,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:04 cpqbld Exp $ -.\" .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium .\" .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining @@ -26,8 +24,6 @@ .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization .\" from the X Consortium. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/doc/man/Xt/XtVaCrArgL.man,v 1.2 2001/01/27 18:20:30 dawes Exp $ -.\" .ds tk X Toolkit .ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface .ds xI Intrinsics diff --git a/libXt/man/XtVaCreateManagedWidget.man b/libXt/man/XtVaCreateManagedWidget.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e3e83b412 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtVaCreateManagedWidget.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtCreateWidget.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtVaCreatePopupShell.man b/libXt/man/XtVaCreatePopupShell.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d5872aa54 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtVaCreatePopupShell.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtCreatePopupShell.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtVaCreateWidget.man b/libXt/man/XtVaCreateWidget.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e3e83b412 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtVaCreateWidget.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtCreateWidget.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtVaGetApplicationResources.man b/libXt/man/XtVaGetApplicationResources.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b2492206a --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtVaGetApplicationResources.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtGetApplicationResources.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtVaGetSubresources.man b/libXt/man/XtVaGetSubresources.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a787a72dc --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtVaGetSubresources.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtGetSubresources.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtVaGetSubvalues.man b/libXt/man/XtVaGetSubvalues.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a7e954eed --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtVaGetSubvalues.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtSetValues.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtVaGetValues.man b/libXt/man/XtVaGetValues.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a7e954eed --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtVaGetValues.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtSetValues.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtVaOpenApplication.man b/libXt/man/XtVaOpenApplication.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e4bf6c070 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtVaOpenApplication.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtOpenApplication.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtVaSetSubvalues.man b/libXt/man/XtVaSetSubvalues.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a7e954eed --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtVaSetSubvalues.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtSetValues.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtVaSetValues.man b/libXt/man/XtVaSetValues.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a7e954eed --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtVaSetValues.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtSetValues.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtWarning.man b/libXt/man/XtWarning.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e65c3f157 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtWarning.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtError.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtWarningMsg.man b/libXt/man/XtWarningMsg.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bb7e3870c --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtWarningMsg.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtErrorMsg.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtWidgetToApplicationContext.man b/libXt/man/XtWidgetToApplicationContext.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ae5d5b5c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtWidgetToApplicationContext.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtCreateApplicationContext.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtWindow.man b/libXt/man/XtWindow.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b9e795c95 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtWindow.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtDisplay.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtWindowOfObject.man b/libXt/man/XtWindowOfObject.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b9e795c95 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtWindowOfObject.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtDisplay.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/man/XtWindowToWidget.man b/libXt/man/XtWindowToWidget.man new file mode 100644 index 000000000..777c44f5d --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/man/XtWindowToWidget.man @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man__libmansuffix__/XtNameToWidget.__libmansuffix__ diff --git a/libXt/missing b/libXt/missing deleted file mode 100644 index 28055d2ae..000000000 --- a/libXt/missing +++ /dev/null @@ -1,376 +0,0 @@ -#! /bin/sh -# Common stub for a few missing GNU programs while installing. - -scriptversion=2009-04-28.21; # UTC - -# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, -# 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# Originally by Fran,cois Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1996. - -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) -# any later version. - -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -# GNU General Public License for more details. - -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. - -# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you -# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a -# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under -# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. - -if test $# -eq 0; then - echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information" - exit 1 -fi - -run=: -sed_output='s/.* --output[ =]\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p' -sed_minuso='s/.* -o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p' - -# In the cases where this matters, `missing' is being run in the -# srcdir already. -if test -f configure.ac; then - configure_ac=configure.ac -else - configure_ac=configure.in -fi - -msg="missing on your system" - -case $1 in ---run) - # Try to run requested program, and just exit if it succeeds. - run= - shift - "$@" && exit 0 - # Exit code 63 means version mismatch. This often happens - # when the user try to use an ancient version of a tool on - # a file that requires a minimum version. In this case we - # we should proceed has if the program had been absent, or - # if --run hadn't been passed. - if test $? = 63; then - run=: - msg="probably too old" - fi - ;; - - -h|--h|--he|--hel|--help) - echo "\ -$0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]... - -Handle \`PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...' for when PROGRAM is missing, or return an -error status if there is no known handling for PROGRAM. - -Options: - -h, --help display this help and exit - -v, --version output version information and exit - --run try to run the given command, and emulate it if it fails - -Supported PROGRAM values: - aclocal touch file \`aclocal.m4' - autoconf touch file \`configure' - autoheader touch file \`config.h.in' - autom4te touch the output file, or create a stub one - automake touch all \`Makefile.in' files - bison create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch] - flex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c - help2man touch the output file - lex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c - makeinfo touch the output file - tar try tar, gnutar, gtar, then tar without non-portable flags - yacc create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch] - -Version suffixes to PROGRAM as well as the prefixes \`gnu-', \`gnu', and -\`g' are ignored when checking the name. - -Send bug reports to <bug-automake@gnu.org>." - exit $? - ;; - - -v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version) - echo "missing $scriptversion (GNU Automake)" - exit $? - ;; - - -*) - echo 1>&2 "$0: Unknown \`$1' option" - echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information" - exit 1 - ;; - -esac - -# normalize program name to check for. -program=`echo "$1" | sed ' - s/^gnu-//; t - s/^gnu//; t - s/^g//; t'` - -# Now exit if we have it, but it failed. Also exit now if we -# don't have it and --version was passed (most likely to detect -# the program). This is about non-GNU programs, so use $1 not -# $program. -case $1 in - lex*|yacc*) - # Not GNU programs, they don't have --version. - ;; - - tar*) - if test -n "$run"; then - echo 1>&2 "ERROR: \`tar' requires --run" - exit 1 - elif test "x$2" = "x--version" || test "x$2" = "x--help"; then - exit 1 - fi - ;; - - *) - if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then - # We have it, but it failed. - exit 1 - elif test "x$2" = "x--version" || test "x$2" = "x--help"; then - # Could not run --version or --help. This is probably someone - # running `$TOOL --version' or `$TOOL --help' to check whether - # $TOOL exists and not knowing $TOOL uses missing. - exit 1 - fi - ;; -esac - -# If it does not exist, or fails to run (possibly an outdated version), -# try to emulate it. -case $program in - aclocal*) - echo 1>&2 "\ -WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if - you modified \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'. You might want - to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages. Grab them from - any GNU archive site." - touch aclocal.m4 - ;; - - autoconf*) - echo 1>&2 "\ -WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if - you modified \`${configure_ac}'. You might want to install the - \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them from any GNU - archive site." - touch configure - ;; - - autoheader*) - echo 1>&2 "\ -WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if - you modified \`acconfig.h' or \`${configure_ac}'. You might want - to install the \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them - from any GNU archive site." - files=`sed -n 's/^[ ]*A[CM]_CONFIG_HEADER(\([^)]*\)).*/\1/p' ${configure_ac}` - test -z "$files" && files="config.h" - touch_files= - for f in $files; do - case $f in - *:*) touch_files="$touch_files "`echo "$f" | - sed -e 's/^[^:]*://' -e 's/:.*//'`;; - *) touch_files="$touch_files $f.in";; - esac - done - touch $touch_files - ;; - - automake*) - echo 1>&2 "\ -WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if - you modified \`Makefile.am', \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'. - You might want to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages. - Grab them from any GNU archive site." - find . -type f -name Makefile.am -print | - sed 's/\.am$/.in/' | - while read f; do touch "$f"; done - ;; - - autom4te*) - echo 1>&2 "\ -WARNING: \`$1' is needed, but is $msg. - You might have modified some files without having the - proper tools for further handling them. - You can get \`$1' as part of \`Autoconf' from any GNU - archive site." - - file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"` - test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"` - if test -f "$file"; then - touch $file - else - test -z "$file" || exec >$file - echo "#! /bin/sh" - echo "# Created by GNU Automake missing as a replacement of" - echo "# $ $@" - echo "exit 0" - chmod +x $file - exit 1 - fi - ;; - - bison*|yacc*) - echo 1>&2 "\ -WARNING: \`$1' $msg. You should only need it if - you modified a \`.y' file. You may need the \`Bison' package - in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get - \`Bison' from any GNU archive site." - rm -f y.tab.c y.tab.h - if test $# -ne 1; then - eval LASTARG="\${$#}" - case $LASTARG in - *.y) - SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/c/'` - if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then - cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.c - fi - SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/h/'` - if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then - cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.h - fi - ;; - esac - fi - if test ! -f y.tab.h; then - echo >y.tab.h - fi - if test ! -f y.tab.c; then - echo 'main() { return 0; }' >y.tab.c - fi - ;; - - lex*|flex*) - echo 1>&2 "\ -WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if - you modified a \`.l' file. You may need the \`Flex' package - in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get - \`Flex' from any GNU archive site." - rm -f lex.yy.c - if test $# -ne 1; then - eval LASTARG="\${$#}" - case $LASTARG in - *.l) - SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/l$/c/'` - if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then - cp "$SRCFILE" lex.yy.c - fi - ;; - esac - fi - if test ! -f lex.yy.c; then - echo 'main() { return 0; }' >lex.yy.c - fi - ;; - - help2man*) - echo 1>&2 "\ -WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if - you modified a dependency of a manual page. You may need the - \`Help2man' package in order for those modifications to take - effect. You can get \`Help2man' from any GNU archive site." - - file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"` - test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"` - if test -f "$file"; then - touch $file - else - test -z "$file" || exec >$file - echo ".ab help2man is required to generate this page" - exit $? - fi - ;; - - makeinfo*) - echo 1>&2 "\ -WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if - you modified a \`.texi' or \`.texinfo' file, or any other file - indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual. The spurious - call might also be the consequence of using a buggy \`make' (AIX, - DU, IRIX). You might want to install the \`Texinfo' package or - the \`GNU make' package. Grab either from any GNU archive site." - # The file to touch is that specified with -o ... - file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"` - test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"` - if test -z "$file"; then - # ... or it is the one specified with @setfilename ... - infile=`echo "$*" | sed 's/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/'` - file=`sed -n ' - /^@setfilename/{ - s/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/ - p - q - }' $infile` - # ... or it is derived from the source name (dir/f.texi becomes f.info) - test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$infile" | sed 's,.*/,,;s,.[^.]*$,,'`.info - fi - # If the file does not exist, the user really needs makeinfo; - # let's fail without touching anything. - test -f $file || exit 1 - touch $file - ;; - - tar*) - shift - - # We have already tried tar in the generic part. - # Look for gnutar/gtar before invocation to avoid ugly error - # messages. - if (gnutar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then - gnutar "$@" && exit 0 - fi - if (gtar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then - gtar "$@" && exit 0 - fi - firstarg="$1" - if shift; then - case $firstarg in - *o*) - firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/o//` - tar "$firstarg" "$@" && exit 0 - ;; - esac - case $firstarg in - *h*) - firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/h//` - tar "$firstarg" "$@" && exit 0 - ;; - esac - fi - - echo 1>&2 "\ -WARNING: I can't seem to be able to run \`tar' with the given arguments. - You may want to install GNU tar or Free paxutils, or check the - command line arguments." - exit 1 - ;; - - *) - echo 1>&2 "\ -WARNING: \`$1' is needed, and is $msg. - You might have modified some files without having the - proper tools for further handling them. Check the \`README' file, - it often tells you about the needed prerequisites for installing - this package. You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in case - some other package would contain this missing \`$1' program." - exit 1 - ;; -esac - -exit 0 - -# Local variables: -# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) -# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" -# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" -# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC" -# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" -# End: diff --git a/libXt/specs/CH01 b/libXt/specs/CH01 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..78f128bd7 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/specs/CH01 @@ -0,0 +1,2471 @@ +.\" $Xorg: CH01,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:42 cpqbld Exp $ +.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994 +.\" X Consortium +.\" +.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining +.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the +.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including +.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, +.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to +.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to +.\" the following conditions: +.\" +.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included +.\" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. +.\" +.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS +.\" OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF +.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. +.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR +.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, +.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR +.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. +.\" +.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall +.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or +.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization +.\" from the X Consortium. +.\" +.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994 +.\" Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts. +.\" +.\" Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this documentation for any +.\" purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright +.\" notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this +.\" permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of +.\" Digital not be used in in advertising or publicity pertaining +.\" to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. +.\" Digital makes no representations about the suitability of the +.\" software described herein for any purpose. +.\" It is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty. +.\" +\& +.sp 1 +.ce 3 +\s+1\fBChapter 1\fP\s-1 + +\s+1\fBIntrinsics and Widgets\fP\s-1 +.sp 2 +.if \n(GS .nr nh*hl 1 +.nr H1 1 +.nr H2 0 +.nr H3 0 +.nr H4 0 +.nr H5 0 +.LP +.XS +\fBChapter 1 \(em Intrinsics and Widgets\fP +.XE +The \*(xI are a programming library tailored to the special requirements +of user interface construction within a network window system, +specifically the X Window System. +The \*(xI and a widget set make up an \*(tk. + +.NH 2 +Intrinsics +.XS +\fB\*(SN Intrinsics\fP +.XE +.LP +The \*(xI provide the base mechanism necessary to build +a wide variety of interoperating widget sets and application environments. +The Intrinsics are a layer on top of Xlib, the +C Library X Interface. They extend the +fundamental abstractions provided by the X Window System while still +remaining independent of any particular user interface policy or +style. +.LP +The Intrinsics use object-oriented programming techniques to supply a +consistent architecture for constructing and composing user interface +components, known as widgets. This +allows programmers to extend a widget set in new ways, either by +deriving new widgets from existing ones (subclassing) or by writing +entirely new widgets following the established conventions. +.LP +When the \*(xI were first conceived, the root of the object +hierarchy was a widget class named +Core. +.IN "Core" +In Release 4 of the +\*(xI, three nonwidget superclasses were added above Core. +These superclasses are described in Chapter 12. The name of the class +now at the root of the Intrinsics class hierarchy is +Object. +.IN "Object" +The remainder of this +specification refers uniformly to \fIwidgets\fP and \fICore\fP +as if they were the +base class for all \*(xI operations. The argument descriptions +for each Intrinsics procedure and Chapter 12 describe which operations +are defined for the nonwidget superclasses of Core. The reader may +determine by context whether a specific reference to \fIwidget\fP +actually means ``widget'' or ``object.'' + +.NH 2 +Languages +.XS +\fB\*(SN Languages\fP +.XE +.LP +The Intrinsics are intended to be used for two programming purposes. +Programmers writing widgets will be using most of the facilities +provided by the +Intrinsics to construct user interface components from the simple, such +as buttons and scrollbars, to the complex, such as control panels and +property sheets. Application programmers will use a much smaller subset of +the Intrinsics procedures in combination with one or more sets of widgets to +construct and present complete user interfaces on an X display. The +Intrinsics +programming interfaces primarily +intended for application use are designed to be callable from most +procedural programming languages. Therefore, most arguments are passed by +reference rather than by value. The interfaces primarily +intended for widget programmers are expected to be used principally +from the C language. In these cases, the usual C programming +conventions apply. In this specification, the term \fIclient\fP refers to +any module, widget, or application that calls an Intrinsics procedure. +.LP +Applications that use the \*(xI mechanisms +must include the header files +.Pn < X11/Intrinsic.h > +and +.Pn < X11/StringDefs.h >, +or their equivalent, +and they may also include +.Pn < X11/Xatoms.h > +and +.Pn < X11/Shell.h >. +In addition, widget implementations should include +.Pn < X11/IntrinsicP.h > +instead of +.Pn < X11/Intrinsic.h >. +.LP +The applications must also include the additional header files for +each widget class that they are to use (for example, +.Pn < X11/Xaw/Label.h > +or +.Pn < X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h >). +On a POSIX-based system, +the \*(xI object library file is named +.PN libXt.a +and is usually referenced as \-lXt when linking the application. + +.NH 2 +Procedures and Macros +.LP +.XS +\fB\*(SN Procedures and Macros\fP +.XE +All functions defined in this specification except those specified below +may be implemented as C macros with arguments. C applications may use +``#undef'' to remove a macro definition and ensure that the actual function +is referenced. Any such macro will expand to a single expression that +has the same precedence as a function call and that evaluates each +of its arguments exactly once, fully protected by parentheses, so that +arbitrary expressions may be used as arguments. +.LP +The following symbols are macros that do not have function +equivalents and that may expand their arguments in a manner other +than that described above: +.PN XtCheckSubclass , +.PN XtNew , +.PN XtNumber , +.PN XtOffsetOf , +.PN XtOffset , +and +.PN XtSetArg . + +.NH 2 +Widgets +.LP +.XS +\fB\*(SN Widgets\fP +.XE +.LP +The fundamental abstraction and data type of the \*(tk is the widget, +which is a combination of an X window and its associated +input and display semantics +and which is dynamically allocated and contains state information. +Some widgets display information (for example, text or graphics), +and others are merely containers for other widgets (for example, a menu box). +Some widgets are output-only and do not react to pointer or keyboard input, +and others change their display in response to input +and can invoke functions that an application has attached to them. +.LP +Every widget belongs to exactly one widget class, which is statically +allocated and initialized and which contains the operations allowable on +widgets of that class. +Logically, a widget class is the procedures and data associated +with all widgets belonging to that class. +These procedures and data can be inherited by +subclasses. +Physically, a widget class is a pointer to a structure. +The contents of this structure are constant for all widgets of the widget +class but will vary from class to class. +(Here, ``constant'' means the class structure is initialized at compile time +and never changed, except for a one-time class initialization +and in-place compilation of resource lists, +which takes place when the first widget of the class or subclass is created.) +For further information, +see Section 2.5. +.LP +The distribution of the declarations and code for a new widget class +among a public .h file for application programmer use, a private .h file +for widget programmer use, +and the implementation .c file is described in Section 1.6. +The predefined widget classes adhere to these conventions. +.LP +A widget instance is composed of two parts: +.IP \(bu 5 +A data structure which contains instance-specific values. +.IP \(bu 5 +A class structure which contains information that is applicable to +all widgets of that class. +.LP +Much of the input/output of a widget (for example, fonts, colors, sizes, +or border widths) is customizable by users. +.LP +This chapter discusses the base widget classes, +Core, Composite, and Constraint, and +ends with a discussion of widget classing. + +.NH 3 +Core Widgets +.XS +\*(SN Core Widgets +.XE +.LP +.IN "Core" "" "@DEF@" +The +Core +widget class contains the definitions of fields common to all widgets. +All widgets classes are subclasses of the +Core class, +which is defined by the +.PN CoreClassPart +and +.PN CorePart +structures. + +.NH 4 +CoreClassPart Structure +.XS +\*(SN CoreClassPart Structure +.XE +.LP +All widget classes contain the fields defined in the +.PN CoreClassPart +structure. +.LP +.IN "CoreClassPart" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 3.5i +.ta .5i 3.5i +typedef struct { + WidgetClass superclass; See Section 1.6 + String class_name; See Chapter 9 + Cardinal widget_size; See Section 1.6 + XtProc class_initialize; See Section 1.6 + XtWidgetClassProc class_part_initialize; See Section 1.6 + XtEnum class_inited; See Section 1.6 + XtInitProc initialize; See Section 2.5 + XtArgsProc initialize_hook; See Section 2.5 + XtRealizeProc realize; See Section 2.6 + XtActionList actions; See Chapter 10 + Cardinal num_actions; See Chapter 10 + XtResourceList resources; See Chapter 9 + Cardinal num_resources; See Chapter 9 + XrmClass xrm_class; Private to resource manager + Boolean compress_motion; See Section 7.9 + XtEnum compress_exposure; See Section 7.9 + Boolean compress_enterleave; See Section 7.9 + Boolean visible_interest; See Section 7.10 + XtWidgetProc destroy; See Section 2.8 + XtWidgetProc resize; See Chapter 6 + XtExposeProc expose; See Section 7.10 + XtSetValuesFunc set_values; See Section 9.7 + XtArgsFunc set_values_hook; See Section 9.7 + XtAlmostProc set_values_almost; See Section 9.7 + XtArgsProc get_values_hook; See Section 9.7 + XtAcceptFocusProc accept_focus; See Section 7.3 + XtVersionType version; See Section 1.6 + XtPointer callback_private; Private to callbacks + String tm_table; See Chapter 10 + XtGeometryHandler query_geometry; See Chapter 6 + XtStringProc display_accelerator; See Chapter 10 + XtPointer extension; See Section 1.6 +} CoreClassPart; +.De +.LP +.eM +All widget classes have the Core class fields as their first component. +The prototypical +.PN WidgetClass +and +.PN CoreWidgetClass +are defined with only this set of fields. +.LP +.IN "Core" +.IN "WidgetClass" "" "@DEF@" +.IN "CoreWidgetClass" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 3i +.ta .5i 3i +typedef struct { + CoreClassPart core_class; +} WidgetClassRec, *WidgetClass, CoreClassRec, *CoreWidgetClass; +.De +.LP +.eM +Various routines can cast widget class pointers, as needed, +to specific widget class types. +.LP +The single occurrences of the class record and pointer for +creating instances of Core are +.LP +In +.PN IntrinsicP.h : +.LP +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 3i +.ta .5i 3i +extern WidgetClassRec widgetClassRec; +#define coreClassRec widgetClassRec +.De +.LP +.eM +In +.PN Intrinsic.h : +.LP +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 3i +.ta .5i 3i +extern WidgetClass widgetClass, coreWidgetClass; +.De +.LP +.eM +The opaque types +.PN Widget +and +.PN WidgetClass +and the opaque variable +.PN widgetClass +are defined for generic actions on widgets. +In order to make these types opaque and ensure that the compiler +does not allow applications to access private data, the \*(xI use +incomplete structure definitions in +.PN Intrinsic.h : +.LP +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 3i +.ta .5i 3i +typedef struct _WidgetClassRec *WidgetClass, *CoreWidgetClass; +.De +.eM + +.NH 4 +CorePart Structure +.XS +\*(SN CorePart Structure +.XE +.LP +All widget instances contain the fields defined in the +.PN CorePart +structure. +.LP +.IN "CorePart" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 3i +.ta .5i 3i +typedef struct _CorePart { + Widget self; Described below + WidgetClass widget_class; See Section 1.6 + Widget parent; See Section 2.5 + Boolean being_destroyed; See Section 2.8 + XtCallbackList destroy_callbacks; See Section 2.8 + XtPointer constraints; See Section 3.6 + Position x; See Chapter 6 + Position y; See Chapter 6 + Dimension width; See Chapter 6 + Dimension height; See Chapter 6 + Dimension border_width; See Chapter 6 + Boolean managed; See Chapter 3 + Boolean sensitive; See Section 7.7 + Boolean ancestor_sensitive; See Section 7.7 + XtTranslations accelerators; See Chapter 10 + Pixel border_pixel; See Section 2.6 + Pixmap border_pixmap; See Section 2.6 + WidgetList popup_list; See Chapter 5 + Cardinal num_popups; See Chapter 5 + String name; See Chapter 9 + Screen *screen; See Section 2.6 + Colormap colormap; See Section 2.6 + Window window; See Section 2.6 + Cardinal depth; See Section 2.6 + Pixel background_pixel; See Section 2.6 + Pixmap background_pixmap; See Section 2.6 + Boolean visible; See Section 7.10 + Boolean mapped_when_managed; See Chapter 3 +} CorePart; +.De +.LP +.eM +All widget instances have the Core fields as their first component. +The prototypical type +.PN Widget +is defined with only this set of fields. +.LP +.IN "Widget" "" "@DEF@" +.IN "CoreWidget" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 3i +.ta .5i 3i +typedef struct { + CorePart core; +} WidgetRec, *Widget, CoreRec, *CoreWidget; +.De +.LP +.eM +Various routines can cast widget pointers, as needed, +to specific widget types. +.LP +In order to make these types opaque and ensure that the compiler +does not allow applications to access private data, the \*(xI use +incomplete structure definitions in +.PN Intrinsic.h . +.LP +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 3i +.ta .5i 3i +typedef struct _WidgetRec *Widget, *CoreWidget; +.De +.eM + +.NH 4 +Core Resources +.LP +.XS +\fB\*(SN Core Resources\fP +.XE +.LP +.IN "CoreWidget" "Resources" +The resource names, classes, and representation types specified in the +.PN coreClassRec +resource list are +.LP +.TS +lw(1.5i) lw(1.5i) lw(2.5i) . +_ +.sp 6p +Name Class Representation +.sp 6p +_ +.sp 6p +XtNaccelerators XtCAccelerators XtRAcceleratorTable +XtNbackground XtCBackground XtRPixel +XtNbackgroundPixmap XtCPixmap XtRPixmap +XtNborderColor XtCBorderColor XtRPixel +XtNborderPixmap XtCPixmap XtRPixmap +XtNcolormap XtCColormap XtRColormap +XtNdepth XtCDepth XtRInt +XtNmappedWhenManaged XtCMappedWhenManaged XtRBoolean +XtNscreen XtCScreen XtRScreen +XtNtranslations XtCTranslations XtRTranslationTable +.sp 6p +_ +.TE +.LP +Additional resources are defined for all widgets via the +.PN objectClassRec +and +.PN rectObjClassRec +resource lists; see Sections 12.2 and 12.3 for details. + +.NH 4 +CorePart Default Values +.XS +\*(SN CorePart Default Values +.XE +.LP +The default values for the Core fields, which are filled in by the \*(xI, +from the resource lists, and by the initialize procedures, are +.LP +.TS +lw(1.5i) lw(4.25i) . +_ +.sp 6p +Field Default Value +.sp 6p +_ +.sp 6p +self Address of the widget structure (may not be changed). +T{ +widget_class +T} T{ +\fIwidget_class\fP argument to +.PN XtCreateWidget +(may not be changed). +T} +T{ +parent +T} T{ +\fIparent\fP argument to +.PN XtCreateWidget +(may not be changed). +T} +being_destroyed Parent's \fIbeing_destroyed\fP value. +destroy_callbacks NULL +constraints NULL +x 0 +y 0 +width 0 +height 0 +border_width 1 +T{ +managed +T} T{ +.PN False +T} +T{ +sensitive +T} T{ +.PN True +T} +ancestor_sensitive T{ +logical AND of parent's \fIsensitive\fP and +\fIancestor_sensitive\fP values. +T} +accelerators NULL +T{ +border_pixel +T} T{ +.PN XtDefaultForeground +T} +border_pixmap T{ +.PN XtUnspecifiedPixmap +T} +popup_list NULL +num_popups 0 +T{ +name +T} T{ +\fIname\fP argument to +.PN XtCreateWidget +(may not be changed). +T} +T{ +screen +T} T{ +Parent's \fIscreen\fP; top-level widget gets screen from display specifier +.br +(may not be changed). +T} +colormap Parent's \fIcolormap\fP value. +window NULL +depth Parent's \fIdepth\fP; top-level widget gets root window depth. +T{ +background_pixel +T} T{ +.PN XtDefaultBackground +T} +background_pixmap T{ +.PN XtUnspecifiedPixmap +T} +T{ +visible +T} T{ +.PN True +T} +T{ +mapped_when_managed +T} T{ +.PN True +T} +.sp 6p +_ +.TE +.LP +.IN XtUnspecifiedPixmap "" "@DEF@" +.PN XtUnspecifiedPixmap +is a symbolic constant guaranteed to be unequal to +any valid Pixmap id, +.PN None , +and +.PN ParentRelative . + +.NH 3 +Composite Widgets +.XS +\*(SN Composite Widgets +.XE +.LP +.IN "Composite" "" "@DEF@" +The Composite +widget class is a subclass of the +Core +widget class (see Chapter 3). +Composite widgets are intended to be containers for other widgets. +The additional data used by composite widgets are defined by the +.PN CompositeClassPart +and +.PN CompositePart +structures. + +.NH 4 +CompositeClassPart Structure +.XS +\*(SN CompositeClassPart Structure +.XE +.LP +In addition to the +Core +class fields, +widgets of the Composite class have the following class fields. +.LP +.IN "CompositeClassPart" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 3.5i +.ta .5i 3.5i +typedef struct { + XtGeometryHandler geometry_manager; See Chapter 6 + XtWidgetProc change_managed; See Chapter 3 + XtWidgetProc insert_child; See Chapter 3 + XtWidgetProc delete_child; See Chapter 3 + XtPointer extension; See Section 1.6 +} CompositeClassPart; +.De +.LP +.eM +The extension record defined for +.PN CompositeClassPart +with \fIrecord_type\fP +equal to +.PN \s-1NULLQUARK\s+1 +is +.PN CompositeClassExtensionRec . +.LP +.IN "CompositeClassExtensionRec" "" "@DEF@" +.IN "CompositeClassExtension" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 3.5i +.ta .5i 3.5i +typedef struct { + XtPointer next_extension; See Section 1.6.12 + XrmQuark record_type; See Section 1.6.12 + long version; See Section 1.6.12 + Cardinal record_size; See Section 1.6.12 + Boolean accepts_objects; See Section 2.5.2 + Boolean allows_change_managed_set; See Section 3.4.3 +} CompositeClassExtensionRec, *CompositeClassExtension; +.De +.LP +.eM +Composite +classes have the Composite class fields immediately following the +Core class fields. +.LP +.IN "CompositeWidgetClass" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 3i +.ta .5i 3i +typedef struct { + CoreClassPart core_class; + CompositeClassPart composite_class; +} CompositeClassRec, *CompositeWidgetClass; +.De +.LP +.eM +The single occurrences of the class record and pointer for creating +instances of Composite are +.LP +In +.PN IntrinsicP.h : +.LP +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 3i +.ta .5i 3i +extern CompositeClassRec compositeClassRec; +.De +.LP +.eM +In +.PN Intrinsic.h : +.LP +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 3i +.ta .5i 3i +extern WidgetClass compositeWidgetClass; +.De +.LP +.eM +The opaque types +.PN CompositeWidget +and +.PN CompositeWidgetClass +and the opaque variable +.PN compositeWidgetClass +are defined for generic operations on widgets whose class +is Composite or a subclass of Composite. +The symbolic constant for the +.PN CompositeClassExtension +version identifier is +.PN XtCompositeExtensionVersion +(see Section 1.6.12). +.PN Intrinsic.h +uses an incomplete structure +definition to ensure that the compiler catches attempts to access +private data. +.LP +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 3i +.ta .5i 3i +typedef struct _CompositeClassRec *CompositeWidgetClass; +.De +.eM + +.NH 4 +CompositePart Structure +.XS +\*(SN CompositePart Structure +.XE +.LP +In addition to the +Core instance +fields, +widgets of the Composite class have the following +instance fields defined in the +.PN CompositePart +structure. +.LP +.IN "CompositePart" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 3i +.ta .5i 3i +typedef struct { + WidgetList children; See Chapter 3 + Cardinal num_children; See Chapter 3 + Cardinal num_slots; See Chapter 3 + XtOrderProc insert_position; See Section 3.2 +} CompositePart; +.De +.LP +.eM +Composite +widgets have the Composite instance fields immediately following the Core +instance fields. +.LP +.IN "CompositeWidget" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 3i +.ta .5i 3i +typedef struct { + CorePart core; + CompositePart composite; +} CompositeRec, *CompositeWidget; +.De +.LP +.eM +.PN Intrinsic.h +uses an incomplete structure definition to ensure that the +compiler catches attempts to access private data. +.LP +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 3i +.ta .5i 3i +typedef struct _CompositeRec *CompositeWidget; +.De +.eM + +.NH 4 +Composite Resources +.XS +\fB\*(SN Composite Resources\fP +.XE +.LP +.IN "CompositeWidget" "Resources" +The resource names, classes, and representation types +that are specified in +the +.PN compositeClassRec +resource list are +.LP +.TS +lw(1.5i) lw(1.5i) lw(2i) . +_ +.sp 6p +Name Class Representation +.sp 6p +_ +.sp 6p +XtNchildren XtCReadOnly XtRWidgetList +XtNinsertPosition XtCInsertPosition XtRFunction +XtNnumChildren XtCReadOnly XtRCardinal +.sp 6p +_ +.TE + +.NH 4 +CompositePart Default Values +.XS +\*(SN CompositePart Default Values +.XE +.LP +The default values for the Composite fields, +which are filled in from the +Composite +resource list and by the +Composite +initialize procedure, are +.LP +.TS +l l . +_ +.sp 6p +Field Default Value +.sp 6p +_ +.sp 6p +children NULL +num_children 0 +num_slots 0 +insert_position Internal function to insert at end +.sp 6p +_ +.TE +.LP +The \fIchildren\fP, \fInum_children\fP, +and \fIinsert_position\fP fields are declared +as resources; +.IN XtNinsertPosition +XtNinsertPosition +is a settable resource, +.IN XtNchildren +XtNchildren +and +.IN XtNnumChildren +XtNnumChildren +may be read by any client but should only be modified by the composite +widget class procedures. + +.NH 3 +Constraint Widgets +.XS +\*(SN Constraint Widgets +.XE +.LP +.IN "Constraint" "" "@DEF@" +The Constraint +widget class is a subclass of the +Composite +widget class (see Section 3.6). Constraint +widgets maintain additional state +data for each child; for example, client-defined constraints on the child's +geometry. +The additional data used by constraint widgets are defined by the +.PN ConstraintClassPart +and +.PN ConstraintPart +structures. + +.NH 4 +ConstraintClassPart Structure +.XS +\*(SN ConstraintClassPart Structure +.XE +.LP +In addition to the +Core +and +Composite +class fields, +widgets of the Constraint class +have the following class fields. +.LP +.IN "ConstraintClassPart" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 3i +.ta .5i 3i +typedef struct { + XtResourceList resources; See Chapter 9 + Cardinal num_resources; See Chapter 9 + Cardinal constraint_size; See Section 3.6 + XtInitProc initialize; See Section 3.6 + XtWidgetProc destroy; See Section 3.6 + XtSetValuesFunc set_values; See Section 9.7.2 + XtPointer extension; See Section 1.6 +} ConstraintClassPart; +.De +.LP +.eM +The extension record defined for +.PN ConstraintClassPart +with \fIrecord_type\fP equal to +.PN \s-1NULLQUARK\s+1 +is +.PN ConstraintClassExtensionRec . +.LP +.IN "ConstraintClassExtensionRec" "" "@DEF@" +.IN "ConstraintClassExtension" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 3i +.ta .5i 3i +typedef struct { + XtPointer next_extension; See Section 1.6.12 + XrmQuark record_type; See Section 1.6.12 + long version; See Section 1.6.12 + Cardinal record_size; See Section 1.6.12 + XtArgsProc get_values_hook; See Section 9.7.1 +} ConstraintClassExtensionRec, *ConstraintClassExtension; +.De +.LP +.eM +Constraint +classes have the Constraint class fields immediately following the +Composite class fields. +.LP +.IN "ConstraintWidgetClass" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 3i +.ta .5i 3i +typedef struct _ConstraintClassRec { + CoreClassPart core_class; + CompositeClassPart composite_class; + ConstraintClassPart constraint_class; +} ConstraintClassRec, *ConstraintWidgetClass; +.De +.LP +.eM +The single occurrences of the class record and pointer for creating +instances of Constraint are +.LP +In +.PN IntrinsicP.h : +.LP +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 3i +.ta .5i 3i +extern ConstraintClassRec constraintClassRec; +.De +.LP +.eM +In +.PN Intrinsic.h : +.LP +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 3i +.ta .5i 3i +extern WidgetClass constraintWidgetClass; +.De +.LP +.eM +The opaque types +.PN ConstraintWidget +and +.PN ConstraintWidgetClass +and the opaque variable +.PN constraintWidgetClass +are defined for generic operations on widgets +whose class is Constraint or a subclass +of Constraint. +The symbolic constant for the +.PN ConstraintClassExtension +version identifier is +.PN XtConstraintExtensionVersion +(see Section 1.6.12). +.PN Intrinsic.h +uses an incomplete structure definition to ensure that the +compiler catches attempts to access private data. +.LP +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 3i +.ta .5i 3i +typedef struct _ConstraintClassRec *ConstraintWidgetClass; +.De +.eM + +.NH 4 +ConstraintPart Structure +.XS +\*(SN ConstraintPart Structure +.XE +.LP +In addition to the +Core +and +Composite instance +fields, +widgets of the Constraint class have the following unused +instance fields defined in the +.PN ConstraintPart +structure +.LP +.IN "ConstraintPart" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 3i +.ta .5i 3i +typedef struct { + int empty; +} ConstraintPart; +.De +.LP +.eM +Constraint +widgets have the Constraint instance fields immediately following the +Composite instance fields. +.LP +.IN "ConstraintWidget" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 3i +.ta .5i 3i +typedef struct { + CorePart core; + CompositePart composite; + ConstraintPart constraint; +} ConstraintRec, *ConstraintWidget; +.De +.LP +.eM +.PN Intrinsic.h +uses an incomplete structure definition to ensure that the +compiler catches attempts to access private data. +.LP +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 3i +.ta .5i 3i +typedef struct _ConstraintRec *ConstraintWidget; +.De +.eM + +.NH 4 +Constraint Resources +.XS +\fB\*(SN Constraint Resources\fP +.XE +.LP +The +.PN constraintClassRec +\fIcore_class\fP and \fIconstraint_class resources\fP fields are NULL, +and the \fInum_resources\fP fields are zero; +no additional resources beyond those declared by +the superclasses +are defined for +Constraint. + +.NH 2 +Implementation-Specific Types +.XS +\fB\*(SN Implementation-Specific Types\fP +.XE +.LP +To increase the portability of widget and application source code +between different system environments, the \*(xI define several +types whose precise representation is explicitly dependent upon, +and chosen by, each individual implementation of the \*(xI. +.LP +These implementation-defined types are +.IN "Boolean" "" "@DEF@" +.IP \fBBoolean\fP 11 +A datum that contains a zero or nonzero value. +Unless explicitly stated, clients should not assume +that the nonzero value is equal to the symbolic +value +.PN True . +.IN "Cardinal" "" "@DEF@" +.IP \fBCardinal\fP 11 +An unsigned integer datum with a minimum range of [0..2^16-1]. +.IN "Dimension" "" "@DEF@" +.IP \fBDimension\fP 11 +An unsigned integer datum with a minimum range of [0..2^16-1]. +.IN "Position" "" "@DEF@" +.IP \fBPosition\fP 11 +A signed integer datum with a minimum range of [-2^15..2^15-1]. +.IN "XtPointer" "" "@DEF@" +.IP \fBXtPointer\fP 11 +A datum large enough to contain the largest of a char*, int*, function +pointer, structure pointer, or long value. A pointer +to any type or function, or a long value may be converted +to an +.PN XtPointer +and back again and the result will +compare equal to the original value. In ANSI C +environments it is expected that +.PN XtPointer +will be +defined as void*. +.IN "XtArgVal" "" "@DEF@" +.IP \fBXtArgVal\fP 11 +A datum large enough to contain an +.PN XtPointer , +.PN Cardinal , +.PN Dimension , +or +.PN Position +value. +.IN "XtEnum" "" "@DEF@" +.IP \fBXtEnum\fP 11 +An integer datum large enough to encode at least 128 distinct +values, two of which are the symbolic values +.PN True +and +.PN False . +The symbolic values +.PN \s-1TRUE\s+1 +and +.PN \s-1FALSE\s+1 +are +also defined to be equal to +.PN True +and +.PN False , +respectively. +.LP +In addition to these specific types, the precise order of the +fields within the structure declarations for any of the instance +part records +.PN ObjectPart , +.PN RectObjPart , +.PN CorePart , +.PN CompositePart , +.PN ShellPart , +.PN WMShellPart , +.PN TopLevelShellPart , +and +.PN ApplicationShellPart +is implementation-defined. These +structures may also have additional private +fields internal to the implementation. +The +.PN ObjectPart , +.PN RectObjPart , +and +.PN CorePart +structures must be defined so that any member with the same name +appears at the same offset in +.PN ObjectRec , +.PN RectObjRec , +and +.PN CoreRec +.Pn ( WidgetRec ). +No other relations between the offsets of any two +fields may be assumed. + +.NH 2 +Widget Classing +.LP +.XS +\fB\*(SN Widget Classing\fP +.XE +.IN "widget_class" "" "@DEF@" +The \fIwidget_class\fP field of a widget points to its widget class structure, +which contains information that is constant across all widgets of that class. +As a consequence, +widgets usually do not implement directly callable procedures; +rather, they implement procedures, called methods, that are available through +their widget class structure. +These methods are invoked by generic procedures that envelop common actions +around the methods implemented by the widget class. +Such procedures are applicable to all widgets +of that class and also to widgets whose classes are subclasses of that class. +.LP +All widget classes are a subclass of +Core +and can be subclassed further. +Subclassing reduces the amount of code and declarations +necessary to make a +new widget class that is similar to an existing class. +For example, you do not have to describe every resource your widget uses in an +.PN XtResourceList . +Instead, you describe only the resources your widget has +that its superclass does not. +Subclasses usually inherit many of their superclasses' procedures +(for example, the expose procedure or geometry handler). +.LP +Subclassing, however, can be taken too far. +If you create a subclass that inherits none of the procedures of its +superclass, +you should consider whether you have chosen the most +appropriate superclass. +.LP +To make good use of subclassing, +widget declarations and naming conventions are highly stylized. +A widget consists of three files: +.IP \(bu 5 +A public .h file, used by client widgets or applications. +.IP \(bu 5 +A private .h file, used by widgets whose classes +are subclasses of the widget class. +.IP \(bu 5 +A .c file, which implements the widget. + +.NH 3 +Widget Naming Conventions +.XS +\fB\*(SN Widget Naming Conventions\fP +.XE +.LP +The \*(xI provide a vehicle by which programmers can create +new widgets and organize a collection of widgets into an application. +To ensure that applications need not deal with as many styles of capitalization +and spelling as the number of widget classes it uses, +the following guidelines should be followed when writing new widgets: +.IP \(bu 5 +Use the X library naming conventions that are applicable. +For example, a record component name is all lowercase +and uses underscores (_) for compound words (for example, background_pixmap). +Type and procedure names start with uppercase and use capitalization for +compound words (for example, +.PN ArgList +or +.PN XtSetValues ). +.IP \(bu 5 +A resource name is spelled identically to the field name +except that compound names use capitalization rather than underscore. +To let the compiler catch spelling errors, +each resource name should have a symbolic identifier prefixed with +``XtN''. +For example, +the \fIbackground_pixmap\fP field has the corresponding identifier +XtNbackgroundPixmap, +which is defined as the string ``backgroundPixmap''. +Many predefined names are listed in +.Pn < X11/StringDefs.h >. +Before you invent a new name, +you should make sure there is not already a name that you can use. +.IP \(bu 5 +A resource class string starts with a capital letter +and uses capitalization for compound names (for example,``BorderWidth''). +Each resource class string should have a symbolic identifier prefixed with +``XtC'' +(for example, XtCBorderWidth). +Many predefined classes are listed in +.Pn < X11/StringDefs.h >. +.IP \(bu 5 +A resource representation string is spelled identically to the type name +(for example, ``TranslationTable''). +Each representation string should have a symbolic identifier prefixed with +``XtR'' +(for example, XtRTranslationTable). +Many predefined representation types are listed in +.Pn < X11/StringDefs.h >. +.IP \(bu 5 +New widget classes start with a capital and use uppercase for compound +words. +Given a new class name AbcXyz, you should derive several names: +.RS +.IP \- 5 +Additional widget instance structure part name AbcXyzPart. +.IP \- 5 +Complete widget instance structure names AbcXyzRec and _AbcXyzRec. +.IP \- 5 +Widget instance structure pointer type name AbcXyzWidget. +.IP \- 5 +Additional class structure part name AbcXyzClassPart. +.IP \- 5 +Complete class structure names AbcXyzClassRec and _AbcXyzClassRec. +.IP \- 5 +Class structure pointer type name AbcXyzWidgetClass. +.IP \- 5 +Class structure variable abcXyzClassRec. +.IP \- 5 +Class structure pointer variable abcXyzWidgetClass. +.RE +.IP \(bu 5 +Action procedures available to translation specifications should follow the +same naming conventions as procedures. +That is, +they start with a capital letter, and compound names use uppercase +(for example, ``Highlight'' and ``NotifyClient''). +.LP +The symbolic identifiers XtN..., XtC..., and XtR... +may be implemented +as macros, as global symbols, or as a mixture of the two. The +(implicit) type of the identifier is +.PN String . +The pointer value itself +is not significant; clients must not assume that inequality of two +identifiers implies inequality of the resource name, class, or +representation string. Clients should also note that although global +symbols permit savings in literal storage in some environments, they +also introduce the possibility of multiple definition conflicts when +applications attempt to use independently developed widgets +simultaneously. + +.NH 3 +Widget Subclassing in Public .h Files +.XS +\*(SN Widget Subclassing in Public .h Files +.XE +.LP +The public .h file for a widget class is imported by clients +and contains +.IP \(bu 5 +A reference to the public .h file for the superclass. +.IP \(bu 5 +Symbolic identifiers for +the names and classes of the new resources that this widget adds +to its superclass. +The definitions should +have a single space between the definition name and the value and no +trailing space or comment in order to reduce the possibility of +compiler warnings from similar declarations in multiple classes. +.IP \(bu 5 +Type declarations for any new resource data types defined by the class. +.IP \(bu 5 +The class record pointer variable used to create widget instances. +.IP \(bu 5 +The C type that corresponds to widget instances of this class. +.IP \(bu 5 +Entry points for new class methods. +.LP +For example, the following is the public .h file for a possible +implementation of a Label widget: +.LP +.Ds +.TA .5i 1.75i +.ta .5i 1.75i +#ifndef LABEL_H +#define LABEL_H + +/* New resources */ +#define XtNjustify "justify" +#define XtNforeground "foreground" +#define XtNlabel "label" +#define XtNfont "font" +#define XtNinternalWidth "internalWidth" +#define XtNinternalHeight "internalHeight" + +/* Class record pointer */ +extern WidgetClass labelWidgetClass; + +/* C Widget type definition */ +typedef struct _LabelRec *LabelWidget; + +/* New class method entry points */ +extern void LabelSetText(); + /* Widget w */ + /* String text */ + +extern String LabelGetText(); + /* Widget w */ + +#endif LABEL_H +.De +.LP +The conditional inclusion of the text allows the application +to include header files for different widgets without being concerned +that they already may be included as a superclass of another widget. +.LP +To accommodate operating systems with file name length restrictions, +the name of the public .h file is the first ten characters of the +widget class. +For example, +the public .h file for the +Constraint +widget class is +.PN Constraint.h . + +.NH 3 +Widget Subclassing in Private .h Files +.XS +\*(SN Widget Subclassing in Private .h Files +.XE +.LP +The private .h file for a widget is imported by widget classes that are +subclasses of the widget and contains +.IP \(bu 5 +A reference to the public .h file for the class. +.IP \(bu 5 +A reference to the private .h file for the superclass. +.IP \(bu 5 +Symbolic identifiers for any new resource representation types defined +by the class. The definitions should have a single space between the +definition name and the value and no trailing space or comment. +.IP \(bu 5 +A structure part definition for +the new fields that the widget instance adds to its superclass's +widget structure. +.IP \(bu 5 +The complete widget instance structure definition for this widget. +.IP \(bu 5 +A structure part definition for +the new fields that this widget class adds to its superclass's +constraint +structure if the widget class is a subclass of +Constraint. +.IP \(bu 5 +The complete +constraint +structure definition if the widget class is a subclass of +Constraint. +.IP \(bu 5 +Type definitions for any new procedure types used by class methods +declared in the widget class part. +.IP \(bu 5 +A structure part definition for +the new fields that this widget class adds to its superclass's widget class +structure. +.IP \(bu 5 +The complete widget class structure definition for this widget. +.IP \(bu 5 +The complete widget class extension structure definition +for this widget, if any. +.IP \(bu 5 +The symbolic constant identifying the class extension version, if any. +.IP \(bu 5 +The name of the global class structure variable containing the generic +class structure for this class. +.IP \(bu 5 +An inherit constant for each new procedure in the widget class part structure. +.LP +For example, the following is the private .h file for a possible Label widget: +.LP +.Ds +.TA .5i 3i +.ta .5i 3i +#ifndef LABELP_H +#define LABELP_H + +#include <X11/Label.h> + +/* New representation types used by the Label widget */ +#define XtRJustify "Justify" + +/* New fields for the Label widget record */ +typedef struct { +/* Settable resources */ + Pixel foreground; + XFontStruct *font; + String label; /* text to display */ + XtJustify justify; + Dimension internal_width; /* # pixels horizontal border */ + Dimension internal_height; /* # pixels vertical border */ + +/* Data derived from resources */ + GC normal_GC; + GC gray_GC; + Pixmap gray_pixmap; + Position label_x; + Position label_y; + Dimension label_width; + Dimension label_height; + Cardinal label_len; + Boolean display_sensitive; +} LabelPart; +.De +.sp +.Ds +.TA .5i 3i +.ta .5i 3i +/* Full instance record declaration */ +typedef struct _LabelRec { + CorePart core; + LabelPart label; +} LabelRec; + +/* Types for Label class methods */ +typedef void (*LabelSetTextProc)(); + /* Widget w */ + /* String text */ + +typedef String (*LabelGetTextProc)(); + /* Widget w */ + +/* New fields for the Label widget class record */ +typedef struct { + LabelSetTextProc set_text; + LabelGetTextProc get_text; + XtPointer extension; +} LabelClassPart; + +/* Full class record declaration */ +typedef struct _LabelClassRec { + CoreClassPart core_class; + LabelClassPart label_class; +} LabelClassRec; + +/* Class record variable */ +extern LabelClassRec labelClassRec; + +#define LabelInheritSetText((LabelSetTextProc)_XtInherit) +#define LabelInheritGetText((LabelGetTextProc)_XtInherit) +#endif LABELP_H +.De +.LP +To accommodate operating systems with file name length restrictions, +the name of the private .h file is the first nine characters of the +widget class followed by a capital P. +For example, +the private .h file for the +Constraint +widget class is +.PN ConstrainP.h . + +.NH 3 +Widget Subclassing in .c Files +.XS +\*(SN Widget Subclassing in .c Files +.XE +.LP +The .c file for a widget contains the structure initializer +for the class record variable, +which contains the following parts: +.IP \(bu 5 +Class information (for example, \fIsuperclass\fP, \fIclass_name\fP, +\fIwidget_size\fP, +\fIclass_initialize\fP, and \fIclass_inited\fP). +.IP \(bu 5 +Data constants (for example, \fIresources\fP and \fInum_resources\fP, +\fIactions\fP and \fInum_actions\fP, \fIvisible_interest\fP, +\fIcompress_motion\fP, +\fIcompress_exposure\fP, and \fIversion\fP). +.IP \(bu 5 +Widget operations (for example, \fIinitialize\fP, \fIrealize\fP, \fIdestroy\fP, +\fIresize\fP, \fIexpose\fP, \fIset_values\fP, \fIaccept_focus\fP, +and any new operations specific to +the widget). +.LP +.IN "superclass" "" "@DEF@" +The \fIsuperclass\fP field points to the superclass +global class +record, declared in the superclass private .h file. +For direct subclasses of the generic core widget, +\fIsuperclass\fP should be initialized to the address of the +.PN widgetClassRec +structure. +The superclass is used for class chaining operations and for +inheriting or enveloping a superclass's operations +(see Sections 1.6.7, 1.6.9, and 1.6.10). +.LP +.IN "class_name" "" "@DEF@" +The \fIclass_name\fP field contains the text name for this class, +which is used by +the resource manager. +For example, the Label widget has the string ``Label''. +More than one widget class can share the same text class name. +This string must be permanently allocated prior to or during the +execution of the class initialization procedure and must not be +subsequently deallocated. + +.LP +.IN "widget_size" "" "@DEF@" +The \fIwidget_size\fP field is the size of the corresponding widget +instance structure +(not the size of the class structure). +.LP +.IN "version" "" "@DEF@" +The \fIversion\fP field indicates the toolkit +implementation version number and is used for +runtime consistency checking of the \*(tk and widgets in an application. +Widget writers must set it to the +implementation-defined symbolic value +.PN XtVersion +in the widget class structure initialization. +Those widget writers who believe that their widget binaries are compatible +with other implementations of the \*(xI can put the special value +.PN XtVersionDontCheck +in the \fIversion\fP field to disable version checking for those widgets. +If a widget needs to compile alternative code for different +revisions of the \*(xI interface definition, it may use the symbol +.PN XtSpecificationRelease , +as described in Chapter 13. +Use of +.PN XtVersion +allows the \*(xI implementation to recognize widget binaries +that were compiled with older implementations. +.LP +The \fIextension\fP field is for future upward compatibility. +If the widget programmer adds fields to class parts, +all subclass structure layouts change, +requiring complete recompilation. +To allow clients to avoid recompilation, +an extension field at the end of each class part can point to a record +that contains any additional class information required. +.LP +All other fields are described in their respective sections. +.LP +The .c file also contains the declaration of the global class +structure pointer variable used to create instances of the class. +The following is an abbreviated version of the .c file +for a Label widget. +The resources table is described in Chapter 9. +.LP +.Ds +.TA .5i 1.5i 3i +.ta .5i 1.5i 3i + +/* Resources specific to Label */ +static XtResource resources[] = { + {XtNforeground, XtCForeground, XtRPixel, sizeof(Pixel), + XtOffset(LabelWidget, label.foreground), XtRString, + XtDefaultForeground}, + {XtNfont, XtCFont, XtRFontStruct, sizeof(XFontStruct *), + XtOffset(LabelWidget, label.font),XtRString, + XtDefaultFont}, + {XtNlabel, XtCLabel, XtRString, sizeof(String), + XtOffset(LabelWidget, label.label), XtRString, NULL}, + . + . + . +} + +/* Forward declarations of procedures */ +static void ClassInitialize(); +static void Initialize(); +static void Realize(); +static void SetText(); +static void GetText(); + . + . + . +.De +.sp +.Ds +.TA .5i 2i 3i +.ta .5i 2i 3i +/* Class record constant */ +LabelClassRec labelClassRec = { + { + /* core_class fields */ + /* superclass */ (WidgetClass)&coreClassRec, + /* class_name */ "Label", + /* widget_size */ sizeof(LabelRec), + /* class_initialize */ ClassInitialize, + /* class_part_initialize */ NULL, + /* class_inited */ False, + /* initialize */ Initialize, + /* initialize_hook */ NULL, + /* realize */ Realize, + /* actions */ NULL, + /* num_actions */ 0, + /* resources */ resources, + /* num_resources */ XtNumber(resources), + /* xrm_class */ NULLQUARK, + /* compress_motion */ True, + /* compress_exposure */ True, + /* compress_enterleave */ True, + /* visible_interest */ False, + /* destroy */ NULL, + /* resize */ Resize, + /* expose */ Redisplay, + /* set_values */ SetValues, + /* set_values_hook */ NULL, + /* set_values_almost */ XtInheritSetValuesAlmost, + /* get_values_hook */ NULL, + /* accept_focus */ NULL, + /* version */ XtVersion, + /* callback_offsets */ NULL, + /* tm_table */ NULL, + /* query_geometry */ XtInheritQueryGeometry, + /* display_accelerator */ NULL, + /* extension */ NULL + }, + { + /* Label_class fields */ + /* get_text */ GetText, + /* set_text */ SetText, + /* extension */ NULL + } +}; + +/* Class record pointer */ +WidgetClass labelWidgetClass = (WidgetClass) &labelClassRec; + +/* New method access routines */ +void LabelSetText(w, text) + Widget w; + String text; +{ + LabelWidgetClass lwc = (Label WidgetClass)XtClass(w); + XtCheckSubclass(w, labelWidgetClass, NULL); + *(lwc->label_class.set_text)(w, text) +} +/* Private procedures */ + . + . + . +.De + +.NH 3 +Widget Class and Superclass Look Up +.XS +\*(SN Widget Class and Superclass Look Up +.XE +.LP +To obtain the class of a widget, use +.PN XtClass . +.IN "XtClass" "" "@DEF@" +.LP +.sM +.FD 0 +WidgetClass XtClass(\fIw\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget. \*(oI +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtClass +function returns a pointer to the widget's class structure. +.sp +.LP +To obtain the superclass of a widget, use +.PN XtSuperclass . +.IN "XtSuperclass" "" "@DEF@" +.LP +.sM +.FD 0 +WidgetClass XtSuperclass(\fIw\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget. \*(oI +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtSuperclass +function returns a pointer to the widget's superclass class structure. + +.NH 3 +Widget Subclass Verification +.XS +\*(SN Widget Subclass Verification +.XE +.LP +To check the subclass to which a widget belongs, use +.PN XtIsSubclass . +.IN "XtIsSubclass" "" "@DEF@" +.LP +.sM +.FD 0 +Boolean XtIsSubclass(\fIw\fP, \fIwidget_class\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + WidgetClass \fIwidget_class\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget or object instance whose class is to be checked. \*(oI +.IP \fIwidget_class\fP 1i +Specifies the widget class for which to test. \*(oC +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtIsSubclass +function returns +.PN True +if the class of the specified widget is equal to +or is a subclass of the specified class. +The widget's class can be any number of subclasses down the chain +and need not be an immediate subclass of the specified class. +Composite widgets that need to restrict the class of the items they +contain can use +.PN XtIsSubclass +to find out if a widget belongs to the desired class of objects. +.sp +.LP +To test if a given widget belongs to a subclass of an \*(xI-defined +class, the \*(xI define macros or functions equivalent to +.PN XtIsSubclass +for each of the built-in classes. These procedures are +.PN XtIsObject , +.PN XtIsRectObj , +.PN XtIsWidget , +.PN XtIsComposite , +.PN XtIsConstraint , +.PN XtIsShell , +.PN XtIsOverrideShell , +.PN XtIsWMShell , +.PN XtIsVendorShell , +.PN XtIsTransientShell , +.PN XtIsTopLevelShell , +.PN XtIsApplicationShell , +and +.PN XtIsSessionShell . +.IN "XtIsObject" "" "@DEF@" +.IN "XtIsRectObj" "" "@DEF@" +.IN "XtIsWidget" "" "@DEF@" +.IN "XtIsComposite" "" "@DEF@" +.IN "XtIsConstraint" "" "@DEF@" +.IN "XtIsShell" "" "@DEF@" +.IN "XtIsOverrideShell" "" "@DEF@" +.IN "XtIsWMShell" "" "@DEF@" +.IN "XtIsVendorShell" "" "@DEF@" +.IN "XtIsTransientShell" "" "@DEF@" +.IN "XtIsTopLevelShell" "" "@DEF@" +.IN "XtIsApplicationShell" "" "@DEF@" +.IN "XtIsSessionShell" "" "@DEF@" +.LP +All these macros and functions have the same argument description. +.LP +.sM +.FD 0 +Boolean XtIs\fI<class>\fP (\fIw\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget or object instance whose class is to be checked. \*(oI +.LP +.eM +These procedures may be faster than calling +.PN XtIsSubclass +directly for the built-in classes. +.sp +.LP +To check a widget's class +and to generate a debugging error message, use +.PN XtCheckSubclass , +defined in +.Pn < X11/IntrinsicP.h >: +.IN "XtCheckSubclass" "" "@DEF@" +.LP +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtCheckSubclass(\fIw\fP, \fIwidget_class\fP, \fImessage\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + WidgetClass \fIwidget_class\fP; +.br + String \fImessage\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget or object whose class is to be checked. \*(oI +.IP \fIwidget_class\fP 1i +Specifies the widget class for which to test. \*(oC +.ds Me used +.IP \fImessage\fP 1i +Specifies the message to be used. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtCheckSubclass +macro determines if the class of the specified widget is equal to +or is a subclass of the specified class. +The widget's class can be any number of subclasses down the chain +and need not be an immediate subclass of the specified class. +If the specified widget's class is not a subclass, +.PN XtCheckSubclass +constructs an error message from the supplied message, +the widget's actual class, and the expected class and calls +.PN XtErrorMsg . +.PN XtCheckSubclass +should be used at the entry point of exported routines to ensure +that the client has passed in a valid widget class for the exported operation. +.LP +.PN XtCheckSubclass +is only executed when the module has been compiled with the compiler symbol +DEBUG defined; otherwise, it is defined as the empty string +and generates no code. + +.NH 3 +Superclass Chaining +.XS +\*(SN Superclass Chaining +.XE +.LP +.IN "Chaining" "superclass" +.IN "Chaining" "Subclass" +.IN "Superclass Chaining" "" "@DEF@" +.IN "Subclass Chaining" "" "@DEF@" +.IN "Inheritance" +While most fields in a widget class structure are self-contained, +some fields are linked to their corresponding fields in their superclass +structures. +With a linked field, +the \*(xI access the field's value only after accessing its corresponding +superclass value (called downward superclass chaining) or +before accessing its corresponding superclass value (called upward superclass +chaining). The self-contained fields are +.sp +.ta 2i +In all widget classes: \fIclass_name\fP +.br + \fIclass_initialize\fP +.br + \fIwidget_size\fP +.br + \fIrealize\fP +.br + \fIvisible_interest\fP +.br + \fIresize\fP +.br + \fIexpose\fP +.br + \fIaccept_focus\fP +.br + \fIcompress_motion\fP +.br + \fIcompress_exposure\fP +.br + \fIcompress_enterleave\fP +.br + \fIset_values_almost\fP +.br + \fItm_table\fP +.br + \fIversion\fP +.br + \fIallocate\fP +.br + \fIdeallocate\fP +.sp +In Composite widget classes: \fIgeometry_manager\fP +.br + \fIchange_managed\fP +.br + \fIinsert_child\fP +.br + \fIdelete_child\fP +.br + \fIaccepts_objects\fP +.br + \fIallows_change_managed_set\fP +.sp +In Constraint widget classes: \fIconstraint_size\fP +.sp +In Shell widget classes: \fIroot_geometry_manager\fP +.sp +.LP +With downward superclass chaining, +the invocation of an operation first accesses the field from the +Object, +RectObj, +and +Core +class structures, then from the subclass structure, and so on down the class chain to +that widget's class structure. These superclass-to-subclass fields are +.sp +.ta 1i +.br + \fIclass_part_initialize\fP +.br + \fIget_values_hook\fP +.br + \fIinitialize\fP +.br + \fIinitialize_hook\fP +.br + \fIset_values\fP +.br + \fIset_values_hook\fP +.br + \fIresources\fP +.sp +.LP +In addition, for subclasses of +Constraint, +the following fields of the +.PN ConstraintClassPart +and +.PN ConstraintClassExtensionRec +structures are chained from the +Constraint +class down to the subclass: +.ta 1i +.br + \fIresources\fP +.br + \fIinitialize\fP +.br + \fIset_values\fP +.br + \fIget_values_hook\fP +.sp +.LP +With upward superclass chaining, +the invocation of an operation first accesses the field from the widget +class structure, then from the superclass structure, +and so on up the class chain to the +Core, +RectObj, +and +Object +class structures. +The subclass-to-superclass fields are +.sp +.ta 1i +.br + \fIdestroy\fP +.br + \fIactions\fP +.sp +.LP +For subclasses of +Constraint, +the following field of +.PN ConstraintClassPart +is chained from the subclass up to the +Constraint class: +.sp +.ta 1i +.br + \fIdestroy\fP + +.NH 3 +Class Initialization: class_initialize and class_part_initialize Procedures +.XS +\*(SN Class Initialization: class_initialize and class_part_initialize Procedures +.XE +.LP +.IN "Class Initialization" +.IN "Initialization" +Many class records can be initialized completely at compile or link time. +In some cases, however, +a class may need to register type converters or perform other sorts of +once-only runtime initialization. +.LP +Because the C language does not have initialization procedures +that are invoked automatically when a program starts up, +a widget class can declare a class_initialize procedure +that will be automatically called exactly once by the \*(xI. +A class initialization procedure pointer is of type +.PN XtProc : +.IN "class_initialize procedure" "" "@DEF@" +.IN "XtProc" "" "@DEF@" +.LP +.sM +.FD 0 +typedef void (*XtProc)(void); +.FN +.LP +.eM +A widget class indicates that it has no class initialization procedure by +specifying NULL in the \fIclass_initialize\fP field. +.LP +In addition to the class initialization that is done exactly once, +some classes perform initialization for fields in their parts +of the class record. +These are performed not just for the particular class, +but for subclasses as well, and are +done in the class's class part initialization procedure, +a pointer to which is stored in the \fIclass_part_initialize\fP field. +The class_part_initialize procedure pointer is of type +.PN XtWidgetClassProc . +.IN "XtWidgetClassProc" "" "@DEF@" +.LP +.sM +.FD 0 +typedef void (*XtWidgetClassProc)(WidgetClass); +.br + WidgetClass \fIwidget_class\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIwidget_class\fP 1i +Points to the class structure for the class being initialized. +.LP +.eM +During class initialization, +the class part initialization procedures for the class and all its superclasses +are called in superclass-to-subclass order on the class record. +These procedures have the responsibility of doing any dynamic initializations +necessary to their class's part of the record. +The most common is the resolution of any inherited methods defined in the +class. +For example, +if a widget class C has superclasses +Core, +Composite, +A, and B, the class record for C first is passed to +Core 's +class_part_initialize procedure. +This resolves any inherited Core methods and compiles the textual +representations of the resource list and action table that are defined in the +class record. +Next, Composite's +class_part_initialize procedure is called to initialize the +composite part of C's class record. +Finally, the class_part_initialize procedures for A, B, and C, in that order, +are called. +For further information, +see Section 1.6.9. +Classes that do not define any new class fields +or that need no extra processing for them can specify NULL +in the \fIclass_part_initialize\fP field. +.LP +All widget classes, whether they have a class initialization procedure or not, +must start with their \fIclass_inited\fP field +.PN False . +.LP +The first time a widget of a class is created, +.PN XtCreateWidget +ensures that the widget class and all superclasses are initialized, in +superclass-to-subclass order, by checking each \fIclass_inited\fP field and, +if it is +.PN False , +by calling the class_initialize and the class_part_initialize procedures +for the class and all its superclasses. +The \*(xI then set the \fIclass_inited\fP field to a nonzero value. +After the one-time initialization, +a class structure is constant. +.LP +The following example provides the class initialization procedure for a Label class. +.LP +.Ds +.TA .5i 2i +.ta .5i 2i +static void ClassInitialize() +{ + XtSetTypeConverter(XtRString, XtRJustify, CvtStringToJustify, + NULL, 0, XtCacheNone, NULL); +} +.De + +.NH 3 +Initializing a Widget Class +.XS +\fB\*(SN Initializing a Widget Class\fP +.XE +.IN "Widget" "class initialization" +.LP +A class is initialized when the first widget of that class or any +subclass is created. +To initialize a widget class without creating any widgets, use +.PN XtInitializeWidgetClass . +.IN "XtInitializeWidgetClass" "" "@DEF@" +.LP +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtInitializeWidgetClass(\fIobject_class\fP) +.br + WidgetClass \fIobject_class\fP; +.br +.FN +.IP \fIobject_class\fP 1i +Specifies the object class to initialize. May be +.PN objectClass +or any subclass thereof. +.LP +.eM +If the specified widget class is already initialized, +.PN XtInitializeWidgetClass +returns immediately. +.LP +If the class initialization procedure registers type converters, +these type converters are not available until the first object +of the class or subclass is created or +.PN XtInitializeWidgetClass +is called +(see Section 9.6). + +.NH 3 +Inheritance of Superclass Operations +.XS +\*(SN Inheritance of Superclass Operations +.XE +.LP +A widget class is free to use any of its superclass's self-contained +operations rather than implementing its own code. +The most frequently inherited operations are +.IP +expose +.IP +realize +.IP +insert_child +.IP +delete_child +.IP +geometry_manager +.IP +set_values_almost +.LP +To inherit an operation \fIxyz\fP, +specify the constant +.PN XtInherit \fIXyz\fP +in your class record. +.LP +Every class that declares a new procedure in its widget class part must +provide for inheriting the procedure in its class_part_initialize +procedure. +The chained operations declared in Core +and Constraint +records are never inherited. +Widget classes that do nothing beyond what their superclass does +specify NULL for chained procedures +in their class records. +.LP +Inheriting works by comparing the value of the field with a known, special +value and by copying in the superclass's value for that field if a match +occurs. +This special value, called the inheritance constant, +is usually the \*(xI internal value +.PN _XtInherit +cast to the appropriate type. +.PN _XtInherit +is a procedure that issues an error message if it is actually called. +.LP +For example, +.PN CompositeP.h +contains these definitions: +.LP +.Ds +.TA .25i 1.5i 3i +.ta .25i 1.5i 3i +#define XtInheritGeometryManager ((XtGeometryHandler) _XtInherit) +#define XtInheritChangeManaged ((XtWidgetProc) _XtInherit) +#define XtInheritInsertChild ((XtArgsProc) _XtInherit) +#define XtInheritDeleteChild ((XtWidgetProc) _XtInherit) +.De +.LP +Composite's class_part_initialize procedure begins as follows: +.LP +.Ds +.TA .2i 1.5i 3i +.ta .2i 1.5i 3i +static void CompositeClassPartInitialize(widgetClass) + WidgetClass widgetClass; +{ + CompositeWidgetClass wc = (CompositeWidgetClass)widgetClass; + CompositeWidgetClass super = (CompositeWidgetClass)wc->core_class.superclass; + + if (wc->composite_class.geometry_manager == XtInheritGeometryManager) { + wc->composite_class.geometry_manager = super->composite_class.geometry_manager; + } + + if (wc->composite_class.change_managed == XtInheritChangeManaged) { + wc->composite_class.change_managed = super->composite_class.change_managed; + } + . + . + . +.De +.LP +Nonprocedure fields may be inherited in the same manner as procedure +fields. The class may declare any reserved value it wishes for +the inheritance constant for its new fields. The following inheritance +constants are defined: +.LP +For Object: +.IP +.PN XtInheritAllocate +.IP +.PN XtInheritDeallocate +.LP +For Core: +.IP +.PN XtInheritRealize +.IP +.PN XtInheritResize +.IP +.PN XtInheritExpose +.IP +.PN XtInheritSetValuesAlmost +.IP +.PN XtInheritAcceptFocus +.IP +.PN XtInheritQueryGeometry +.IP +.PN XtInheritTranslations +.IP +.PN XtInheritDisplayAccelerator +.LP +For Composite: +.IP +.PN XtInheritGeometryManager +.IP +.PN XtInheritChangeManaged +.IP +.PN XtInheritInsertChild +.IP +.PN XtInheritDeleteChild +.LP +For Shell: +.IP +.PN XtInheritRootGeometryManager + +.NH 3 +Invocation of Superclass Operations +.XS +\*(SN Invocation of Superclass Operations +.XE +.LP +A widget sometimes needs to call a superclass operation +that is not chained. +For example, +a widget's expose procedure might call its superclass's \fIexpose\fP +and then perform a little more work on its own. +For example, a Composite +class with predefined managed children can implement insert_child +by first calling its superclass's \fIinsert_child\fP +.IN "insert_child procedure" +and then calling +.PN XtManageChild +to add the child to the managed set. +.LP +.NT +A class method should not use +.PN XtSuperclass +but should instead call the class method of its own specific superclass +directly through the superclass record. +That is, it should use its own class pointers only, +not the widget's class pointers, +as the widget's class may be a subclass of the +class whose implementation is being referenced. +.NE +This technique is referred to as \fIenveloping\fP the superclass's operation. + +.NH 3 +Class Extension Records +.XS +\*(SN Class Extension Records +.XE +.IN "Widget" "class extension records" +.LP +It may be necessary at times to add new fields to already existing +widget class structures. To permit this to be done without requiring +recompilation of all subclasses, the last field in a class part structure +should be an extension pointer. If no extension fields for a class +have yet been defined, subclasses should initialize the value of the +extension pointer to NULL. +.LP +If extension fields exist, as is the case with the +Composite, +Constraint, +and +Shell +classes, subclasses can provide values for these fields by setting the +\fIextension\fP pointer for the appropriate part in their class structure to +point to a statically declared extension record containing the +additional fields. +Setting the \fIextension\fP field is never mandatory; code that uses fields +in the extension record must always check the \fIextension\fP field and take +some appropriate default action if it is NULL. +.LP +In order to permit multiple subclasses and libraries to chain extension +records from a single \fIextension\fP field, extension records should be +declared as a linked list, and each extension record definition should +contain the following four fields at the beginning of the structure +declaration: +.LP +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 3i +.ta .5i 3i +struct { + XtPointer next_extension; + XrmQuark record_type; + long version; + Cardinal record_size; +}; +.De +.IP \fInext_extension\fP 1.25i +Specifies the next record in the list, or NULL. +.IP \fIrecord_type\fP 1.25i +Specifies the particular structure declaration to which +each extension record instance conforms. +.IP \fIversion\fP 1.25i +Specifies a version id symbolic constant supplied by +the definer of the structure. +.IP \fIrecord_size\fP 1.25i +Specifies the total number of bytes allocated for the +extension record. +.LP +.eM +The \fIrecord_type\fP field identifies the contents of the extension record +and is used by the definer of the record to locate its particular +extension record in the list. The +\fIrecord_type\fP field is normally assigned the +result of +.PN XrmStringToQuark +for a registered string constant. The +\*(xI reserve all record type strings beginning with the two +characters ``XT'' for future standard uses. The value +.PN \s-1NULLQUARK\s+1 +may also be used +by the class part owner in extension records attached to its own class +part extension field to identify the extension record unique to that +particular class. +.LP +The \fIversion\fP field is an owner-defined constant that may be used to +identify binary files that have been compiled with alternate +definitions of the remainder of the extension record data structure. The private +header file for a widget class should provide a symbolic constant for +subclasses to use to initialize this field. +The \fIrecord_size\fP field value includes the four common header fields and +should normally be initialized with +.PN sizeof (). +.LP +Any value stored in the class part extension fields of +.PN CompositeClassPart , +.PN ConstraintClassPart , +or +.PN ShellClassPart +must point to an extension record conforming to this definition. +.LP +The \*(xI provide a utility function for widget writers to locate a +particular class extension record in a linked list, given a widget class +and the offset of the \fIextension\fP field in the class record. +.LP +To locate a class extension record, use +.PN XtGetClassExtension . +.IN "XtGetClassExtension" "" "@DEF@" +.LP +.sM +.FD 0 +XtPointer XtGetClassExtension(\fIobject_class\fP, \fIbyte_offset\fP, \ +\fItype\fP, \fIversion\fP, \fIrecord_size\fP) +.br + WidgetClass \fIobject_class\fP; +.br + Cardinal \fIbyte_offset\fP; +.br + XrmQuark \fItype\fP; +.br + long \fIversion\fP; +.br + Cardinal \fIrecord_size\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIobject_class\fP 1i +Specifies the object class containing the extension list to be searched. +.IP \fIbyte_offset\fP 1i +Specifies the offset in bytes from the base of the +class record of the extension field to be searched. +.IP \fItype\fP 1i +Specifies the record_type of the class extension to be located. +.IP \fIversion\fP 1i +Specifies the minimum acceptable version of the class +extension required for a match. +.IP \fIrecord_size\fP 1i +Specifies the minimum acceptable length of the class +extension record required for a match, or 0. +.LP +.eM +The list of extension records at the specified offset in the specified +object class will be searched for a match on the specified type, +a version greater than or equal to the specified version, and a record +size greater than or equal the specified record_size if it is nonzero. +.PN XtGetClassExtension +returns a pointer to a matching extension record or NULL if no match +is found. The returned extension record must not be modified or +freed by the caller if the caller is not the extension owner. +.bp diff --git a/libXt/specs/CH02 b/libXt/specs/CH02 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cbb4bb8a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/specs/CH02 @@ -0,0 +1,3165 @@ +.\" $Xorg: CH02,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:42 cpqbld Exp $ +.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994 +.\" X Consortium +.\" +.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining +.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the +.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including +.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, +.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to +.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to +.\" the following conditions: +.\" +.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included +.\" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. +.\" +.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS +.\" OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF +.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. +.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR +.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, +.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR +.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. +.\" +.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall +.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or +.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization +.\" from the X Consortium. +.\" +.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994 +.\" Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts. +.\" +.\" Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this documentation for any +.\" purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright +.\" notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this +.\" permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of +.\" Digital not be used in in advertising or publicity pertaining +.\" to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. +.\" Digital makes no representations about the suitability of the +.\" software described herein for any purpose. +.\" It is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty. +.\" +\& +.sp 1 +.ce 3 +\s+1\fBChapter 2\fP\s-1 + +\s+1\fBWidget Instantiation\fP\s-1 +.sp 2 +.nr H1 2 +.nr H2 0 +.nr H3 0 +.nr H4 0 +.nr H5 0 +.LP +.XS +Chapter 2 \(em Widget Instantiation +.XE +A hierarchy of widget instances constitutes a widget tree. +The shell widget returned by +.PN XtAppCreateShell +is the root of the widget tree instance. +The widgets with one or more children are the intermediate nodes of that tree, +and the widgets with no children of any kind are the leaves of the widget tree. +With the exception of pop-up children (see Chapter 5), +this widget tree instance defines the associated X Window tree. +.LP +Widgets can be either composite or primitive. +Both kinds of widgets can contain children, +but the \*(xI provide a set of management mechanisms for constructing +and interfacing between composite widgets, their children, and +other clients. +.LP +Composite widgets, that is, members of the class +.PN compositeWidgetClass , +are containers for an arbitrary, +but widget implementation-defined, collection of children, +which may be instantiated by the composite widget itself, +by other clients, or by a combination of the two. +Composite widgets also contain methods for managing the geometry (layout) +of any child widget. +Under unusual circumstances, +a composite widget may have zero children, +but it usually has at least one. +By contrast, +primitive widgets that contain children typically instantiate +specific children of known classes themselves and do not expect external +clients to do so. +Primitive widgets also do not have general geometry management methods. +.LP +In addition, +the \*(xI recursively perform many operations +(for example, realization and destruction) +on composite widgets and all their children. +Primitive widgets that have children must be prepared +to perform the recursive operations themselves on behalf of their children. +.LP +A widget tree is manipulated by several \*(xI functions. +For example, +.PN XtRealizeWidget +traverses the tree downward and recursively realizes all +pop-up widgets and children of composite widgets. +.PN XtDestroyWidget +traverses the tree downward and destroys all pop-up widgets +and children of composite widgets. +The functions that fetch and modify resources traverse the tree upward +and determine the inheritance of resources from a widget's ancestors. +.PN XtMakeGeometryRequest +traverses the tree up one level and calls the geometry manager +that is responsible for a widget child's geometry. +.LP +To facilitate upward traversal of the widget tree, +each widget has a pointer to its parent widget. +The +Shell +widget that +.PN XtAppCreateShell +returns has a \fIparent\fP pointer of NULL. +.LP +To facilitate downward traversal of the widget tree, +the \fIchildren\fP field of +each composite widget is a pointer to an array of child widgets, +which includes all normal children created, +not just the subset of children that are managed by the composite widget's +geometry manager. +Primitive widgets +that instantiate children are entirely responsible for all operations +that require downward traversal below themselves. +In addition, +every widget has a pointer to an array of pop-up children. + +.NH 2 +Initializing the \*(tk +.XS +\fB\*(SN Initializing the \*(tk\fP +.XE +.LP +Before an application can call any \*(xI function +other than +.PN XtSetLanguageProc +and +.PN XtToolkitThreadInitialize , +it must initialize the \*(xI by using +.IP \(bu 5 +.PN XtToolkitInitialize , +which initializes the \*(xI internals +.IP \(bu 5 +.PN XtCreateApplicationContext , +which initializes the per-application state +.IP \(bu 5 +.PN XtDisplayInitialize +or +.PN XtOpenDisplay , +which initializes the per-display state +.IP \(bu 5 +.PN XtAppCreateShell , +which creates the root of a widget tree +.LP +Or an application can call the convenience procedure +.PN XtOpenApplication , +which combines the functions of the preceding procedures. +An application wishing to use the ANSI C locale mechanism should call +.PN XtSetLanguageProc +prior to calling +.PN XtDisplayInitialize , +.PN XtOpenDisplay , +.PN XtOpenApplication , +or +.PN XtAppInitialize . +.LP +Multiple instances of \*(tk applications may be implemented +in a single address space. +Each instance needs to be able to read +input and dispatch events independently of any other instance. +Further, an application instance may need multiple display connections +to have widgets on multiple displays. +From the application's point of view, multiple display connections +usually are treated together as a single unit +for purposes of event dispatching. +.IN "application context" "" "@DEF@" +To accommodate both requirements, +the \*(xI define application contexts, +each of which provides the information needed to distinguish one application +instance from another. +The major component of an application context is a list of one or more X +.PN Display +pointers for that application. +The \*(xI handle all display connections within a single application +context simultaneously, handling input in a round-robin fashion. +The application context type +.PN XtAppContext +.IN "XtAppContext" "" "@DEF@" +is opaque to clients. +.sp +.LP +To initialize the \*(xI internals, use +.PN XtToolkitInitialize . +.LP +.IN "XtToolkitInitialize" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtToolkitInitialize() +.FN +.LP +.eM +If +.PN XtToolkitInitialize +was previously called, it returns immediately. +When +.PN XtToolkitThreadInitialize +is called before +.PN XtToolkitInitialize , +the latter is protected against +simultaneous activation by multiple threads. +.sp +.LP +To create an application context, use +.PN XtCreateApplicationContext . +.LP +.IN "XtCreateApplicationContext" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +XtAppContext XtCreateApplicationContext() +.FN +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtCreateApplicationContext +function returns an application context, +which is an opaque type. +Every application must have at least one application context. +.sp +.LP +To destroy an application context and close any +remaining display connections in it, use +.PN XtDestroyApplicationContext . +.LP +.IN "XtDestroyApplicationContext" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtDestroyApplicationContext(\fIapp_context\fP) +.br + XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i +Specifies the application context. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtDestroyApplicationContext +function destroys the specified application context. +If called from within an event dispatch (for example, in a callback procedure), +.PN XtDestroyApplicationContext +does not destroy the application context until the dispatch is complete. +.sp +.LP +To get the application context in which a given widget was created, use +.PN XtWidgetToApplicationContext . +.LP +.IN "XtWidgetToApplicationContext" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +XtAppContext XtWidgetToApplicationContext(\fIw\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget for which you want the application context. \*(oI +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtWidgetToApplicationContext +function returns the application context for the specified widget. +.sp +.LP +To initialize a display and add it to an application context, use +.PN XtDisplayInitialize . +.LP +.IN "XtDisplayInitialize" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtDisplayInitialize(\fIapp_context\fP, \fIdisplay\fP, \ +\fIapplication_name\fP, \fIapplication_class\fP, +.br + \fIoptions\fP, \fInum_options\fP, \fIargc\fP, \fIargv\fP) +.br + XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; +.br + Display *\fIdisplay\fP; +.br + String \fIapplication_name\fP; +.br + String \fIapplication_class\fP; +.br + XrmOptionDescRec *\fIoptions\fP; +.br + Cardinal \fInum_options\fP; +.br + int *\fIargc\fP; +.br + String *\fIargv\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1.4i +Specifies the application context. +.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1.4i +Specifies a previously opened display connection. Note that a single +display connection can be in at most one application context. +.IP \fIapplication_name\fP 1.4i +Specifies the name of the application instance. +.IP \fIapplication_class\fP 1.4i +Specifies the class name of this application, +which is usually the generic name for all instances of this application. +.IP \fIoptions\fP 1.4i +Specifies how to parse the command line for any application-specific resources. +The \fIoptions\fP argument is passed as a parameter to +.PN XrmParseCommand . +For further information, +see Section 15.9 in \fI\*(xL\fP and Section 2.4 of this specification. +.IP \fInum_options\fP 1.4i +Specifies the number of entries in the options list. +.IP \fIargc\fP 1.4i +Specifies a pointer to the number of command line parameters. +.IP \fIargv\fP 1.4i +Specifies the list of command line parameters. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtDisplayInitialize +function retrieves the language string to be +used for the specified display (see Section 11.11), +calls the language procedure (if set) with that language string, +builds the resource database for the default screen, calls the Xlib +.PN XrmParseCommand +function to parse the command line, +and performs other per-display initialization. +After +.PN XrmParseCommand +has been called, +\fIargc\fP and \fIargv\fP contain only those parameters that +were not in the standard option table or in the table specified by the +\fIoptions\fP argument. +If the modified \fIargc\fP is not zero, +most applications simply print out the modified \fIargv\fP along with a message +listing the allowable options. +On POSIX-based systems, +the application name is usually the final component of \fIargv\fP[0]. +If the synchronous resource is +.PN True , +.PN XtDisplayInitialize +calls the Xlib +.PN XSynchronize +function to put Xlib into synchronous mode for this display connection +and any others currently open in the application context. +See Sections 2.3 and 2.4 for details on the \fIapplication_name\fP, +\fIapplication_class\fP, \fIoptions\fP, and \fInum_options\fP arguments. +.LP +.PN XtDisplayInitialize +calls +.PN XrmSetDatabase +to associate the resource database of the default screen with the +display before returning. + +.KS +.LP +To open a display, initialize it, and then +add it to an application context, use +.PN XtOpenDisplay . +.LP +.IN "XtOpenDisplay" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +Display *XtOpenDisplay(\fIapp_context\fP, \fIdisplay_string\fP, \ +\fIapplication_name\fP, \fIapplication_class\fP, +.br + \fIoptions\fP, \fInum_options\fP, \fIargc\fP, \fIargv\fP) +.br + XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; +.br + String \fIdisplay_string\fP; +.br + String \fIapplication_name\fP; +.br + String \fIapplication_class\fP; +.br + XrmOptionDescRec *\fIoptions\fP; +.br + Cardinal \fInum_options\fP; +.br + int *\fIargc\fP; +.br + String *\fIargv\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1.4i +Specifies the application context. +.IP \fIdisplay_string\fP 1.4i +Specifies the display string, or NULL. +.IP \fIapplication_name\fP 1.4i +Specifies the name of the application instance, or NULL. +.IP \fIapplication_class\fP 1.4i +Specifies the class name of this application, +which is usually the generic name for all instances of this application. +.IP \fIoptions\fP 1.4i +Specifies how to parse the command line for any application-specific resources. +The options argument is passed as a parameter to +.PN XrmParseCommand . +.IP \fInum_options\fP 1.4i +Specifies the number of entries in the options list. +.IP \fIargc\fP 1.4i +Specifies a pointer to the number of command line parameters. +.IP \fIargv\fP 1.4i +Specifies the list of command line parameters. +.KE +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtOpenDisplay +function calls +.PN XOpenDisplay +with the specified \fIdisplay_string\fP. +If \fIdisplay_string\fP is NULL, +.PN XtOpenDisplay +uses the current value of the \-display option specified in \fIargv\fP. +If no display is specified in \fIargv\fP, +the user's default display is retrieved from the environment. +On POSIX-based systems, +this is the value of the +.PN \s-1DISPLAY\s+1 +environment variable. +.LP +If this succeeds, +.PN XtOpenDisplay +then calls +.PN XtDisplayInitialize +and passes it the opened display and +the value of the \-name option specified in \fIargv\fP as the application name. +If no \-name option is specified +and \fIapplication_name\fP is +non-NULL, \fIapplication_name\fP is passed to +.PN XtDisplayInitialize . +If \fIapplication_name\fP is NULL and if the environment variable +.PN \s-1RESOURCE_NAME\s+1 +is set, the value of +.PN \s-1RESOURCE_NAME\s+1 +is used. Otherwise, the application +name is the name used to invoke the program. On implementations that +conform to ANSI C Hosted Environment support, the application name will +be \fIargv\fP[0] less any directory and file type components, that is, the +final component of \fIargv\fP[0], if specified. If \fIargv\fP[0] does not exist or +is the empty string, the application name is ``main''. +.PN XtOpenDisplay +returns the newly opened display or NULL if it failed. +.LP +See Section 7.12 for information regarding the use of +.PN XtOpenDisplay +in multiple threads. +.sp +.LP +To close a display and remove it from an application context, use +.PN XtCloseDisplay . +.LP +.IN "XtCloseDisplay" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtCloseDisplay(\fIdisplay\fP) +.br + Display *\fIdisplay\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i +Specifies the display. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtCloseDisplay +function calls +.PN XCloseDisplay +with the specified \fIdisplay\fP as soon as it is safe to do so. +If called from within an event dispatch (for example, a callback procedure), +.PN XtCloseDisplay +does not close the display until the dispatch is complete. +Note that applications need only call +.PN XtCloseDisplay +if they are to continue executing after closing the display; +otherwise, they should call +.PN XtDestroyApplicationContext . +.LP +See Section 7.12 for information regarding the use of +.PN XtCloseDisplay +in multiple threads. + +.NH 2 +Establishing the Locale +.XS +\fB\*(SN Establishing the Locale\fP +.XE +.LP +Resource databases are specified to be created in the current process +locale. During display initialization prior to creating the +per-screen resource database, the \*(xI will call out to a specified +application procedure to set the locale according to options found on +the command line or in the per-display resource specifications. +.LP +The callout procedure provided by the application is of type +.PN XtLanguageProc . +.LP +.IN "XtLanguageProc" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +typedef String (*XtLanguageProc)(Display*, String, XtPointer); +.br + Display *\fIdisplay\fP; +.br + String \fIlanguage\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i +Passes the display. +.IP \fIlanguage\fP +Passes the initial language value obtained from the command line +or server per-display resource specifications. +.IP \fIclient_data\fP +Passes the additional client data specified in the call to +.PN XtSetLanguageProc . +.LP +.eM +The language procedure allows an application to set the locale to +the value of the language resource determined by +.PN XtDisplayInitialize . +The function returns a new language string that +will be subsequently used by +.PN XtDisplayInitialize +to establish the path for loading resource files. The returned +string will be copied by the \*(xI into new memory. +.LP +Initially, no language procedure is set by the \*(xI. +To set the language procedure for use by +.PN XtDisplayInitialize , +use +.PN XtSetLanguageProc . +.LP +.IN XtSetLanguageProc "" "@DEF@" +.IN "language procedure" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +XtLanguageProc XtSetLanguageProc(\fIapp_context\fP, \fIproc\fP, \fIclient_data\fP) +.br + XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; +.br + XtLanguageProc \fIproc\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i +Specifies the application context in which the language procedure is +to be used, or NULL. +.IP \fIproc\fP 1i +Specifies the language procedure. +.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i +Specifies additional client data to be passed to the language +procedure when it is called. +.LP +.eM +.PN XtSetLanguageProc +sets the language procedure that will be called from +.PN XtDisplayInitialize +for all subsequent Displays initialized in the specified application +context. If \fIapp_context\fP is NULL, the specified language +procedure is registered in all application contexts created by the +calling process, including any future application contexts that may +be created. If \fIproc\fP is NULL, a default language procedure is +registered. +.PN XtSetLanguageProc +returns the previously registered language procedure. +If a language procedure has not yet been registered, the return value +is unspecified, but if this return value is used in a subsequent call to +.PN XtSetLanguageProc , +it will cause the default language procedure to be registered. +.LP +The default language procedure does the following: +.IP \(bu 5 +Sets the locale according to the environment. On ANSI C-based +systems this is done by calling +.PN setlocale ( +.PN LC_ALL , +\fIlanguage\fP ). +If an error is encountered, a warning message is issued with +.PN XtWarning . +.IP \(bu 5 +Calls +.PN XSupportsLocale +to verify that the current locale is supported. +If the locale is not supported, a warning message is issued with +.PN XtWarning +and the locale is set to ``C''. +.IP \(bu 5 +Calls +.PN XSetLocaleModifiers +specifying the empty string. +.IP \(bu 5 +Returns the value of the current locale. On ANSI C-based systems this +is the return value from a final call to +.PN setlocale ( +.PN LC_ALL , +NULL ). +.LP +A client wishing to use this mechanism to establish locale can do so +by calling +.PN XtSetLanguageProc +prior to +.PN XtDisplayInitialize , +as in the following example. +.LP +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i + Widget top; + XtSetLanguageProc(NULL, NULL, NULL); + top = XtOpenApplication(...); + ... +.De + +.NH 2 +Loading the Resource Database +.XS +\fB\*(SN Loading the Resource Database\fP +.XE +.LP +The +.PN XtDisplayInitialize +function first determines the language +string to be used for the specified display. It then +creates a resource database for the default screen of the display by +combining the following sources in order, with the entries in the +first named source having highest precedence: + +.IP \(bu 5 +Application command line (\fIargc\fP, \fIargv\fP). +.IP \(bu 5 +Per-host user environment resource file on the local host. +.IP \(bu 5 +Per-screen resource specifications from the server. +.IP \(bu 5 +Per-display resource specifications from the server or from +.br +the user preference file on the local host. +.IP \(bu 5 +Application-specific user resource file on the local host. +.IP \(bu 5 +Application-specific class resource file on the local host. + +.LP +When the resource database for a particular screen on the display +is needed (either internally, or when +.PN XtScreenDatabase +is called), +it is created in the following manner using the sources listed +above in the same order: + +.IP \(bu 5 +A temporary database, the ``server resource database'', is +created from the string returned by +.PN XResourceManagerString +or, if +.PN XResourceManagerString +returns NULL, the contents of a resource file in the user's home +directory. On POSIX-based systems, the usual name for this user +preference resource file is $HOME/\fB.Xdefaults\fP. +.IN ".Xdefaults" "" "@DEF@" + +.IP \(bu 5 +If a language procedure has been set, +.PN XtDisplayInitialize +first searches the command line for the option ``-xnlLanguage'', or +for a -xrm option that specifies the xnlLanguage/XnlLanguage resource, +as specified by Section 2.4. +If such a resource is found, the value is assumed to be +entirely in XPCS, the X Portable Character Set. If neither option is +specified on the command line, +.PN XtDisplayInitialize +queries the server resource database (which is assumed to be entirely +in XPCS) for the resource +\fIname\fP\fB.xnlLanguage\fP, class \fIClass\fP\fB.XnlLanguage\fP +where \fIname\fP +.IN "xnlLanguage" "" "@DEF@" +.IN "Resources" "xnlLanguage" +and \fIClass\fP are the \fIapplication_name\fP and +\fIapplication_class\fP specified to +.PN XtDisplayInitialize . +The language procedure is then invoked with +the resource value if found, else the empty string. The +string returned from the language procedure is saved for all future +references in the \*(xI that require the per-display language string. + +.IP \(bu 5 +The screen resource database is initialized by parsing the command +line in the manner specified by Section 2.4. + +.IP \(bu 5 +If a language procedure has not been set, +the initial database is then queried for the resource +\fIname\fP\fB.xnlLanguage\fP, class \fIClass\fP\fB.XnlLanguage\fP +as specified above. +If this database query fails, the server resource database is +queried; if this query also fails, the language is determined from +the environment; on POSIX-based systems, this is done by retrieving the +value of the +.PN \s-1LANG\s+1 +environment variable. If no language string is +found, the empty string is used. +This language string is saved for all future references in the \*(xI +that require the per-display language string. + +.IP \(bu 5 +After determining the language string, the user's environment resource +file is then merged into the initial resource database if the file exists. +This file is user-, host-, and process-specific and is expected to +contain user preferences that are to override those specifications in +the per-display and per-screen resources. +On POSIX-based systems, the user's environment resource file name is +specified by the value of the +.PN \s-1XENVIRONMENT\s+1 +environment variable. +If this environment variable does not exist, the user's home directory +is searched for a file named +.PN \&.Xdefaults-\fIhost\fP , +where \fIhost\fP is the host name of the machine on which the +application is running. + +.IP \(bu 5 +The per-screen resource specifications are then merged into the screen +resource database, if they exist. These specifications are the string +returned by +.PN XScreenResourceString +for the respective screen and are owned entirely by the user. + +.IP \(bu 5 +Next, the server resource database created earlier is merged into the +screen resource database. The server property, and corresponding user +preference file, are owned and constructed entirely by the user. + +.IP \(bu 5 +The application-specific user resource file from the local host is +then merged into the screen resource database. +This file contains user customizations and is stored +in a directory owned by the user. +Either the user or the application or both can store resource specifications +in the file. Each should be prepared to find and respect entries made +by the other. +The file name is found by calling +.PN XrmSetDatabase +with the current screen resource database, after preserving the +original display-associated database, then calling +.PN XtResolvePathname +with the parameters +(\fIdisplay\fP, NULL, NULL, NULL, \fIpath\fP, NULL, 0, NULL), +where \fIpath\fP is defined in an operating-system-specific way. +On POSIX-based systems, \fIpath\fP is defined to be the value +of the environment variable +.PN \s-1XUSERFILESEARCHPATH\s+1 +if this is defined. If +.PN \s-1XUSERFILESEARCHPATH\s+1 +is not defined, an implementation-dependent default value is used. +This default value is constrained in the following manner: + +.RS +.IP \- 3 +If the environment variable +.PN \s-1XAPPLRESDIR\s+1 +is not defined, the default +.PN \s-1XUSERFILESEARCHPATH\s+1 +must contain at least six entries. These entries must contain +.IN "XUSERFILESEARCHPATH" "" "@DEF@" +.IN "XAPPLRESDIR" "" "@DEF@" +.IN "$HOME" +$HOME as the directory prefix, plus the following substitutions: + +.nf +.ta .3i 1.5i 2i +1. %C, %N, %L or %C, %N, %l, %t, %c +2. %C, %N, %l +3. %C, %N +4. %N, %L or %N, %l, %t, %c +5. %N, %l +6. %N +.fi + +The order of these six entries within the path must be as given above. +The order and use of substitutions within a given entry are +implementation-dependent. + +.IP \- 3 +If +.PN \s-1XAPPLRESDIR\s+1 +is defined, the default +.PN \s-1XUSERFILESEARCHPATH\s+1 +must contain at least seven entries. These entries must contain the +following directory prefixes and substitutions: + +.ne 1.1 +.nf +.ta .3i 1.6i 2.2i 3.3i 3.7i +1. $XAPPLRESDIR with %C, %N, %L or %C, %N, %l, %t, %c +2. $XAPPLRESDIR with %C, %N, %l +3. $XAPPLRESDIR with %C, %N +4. $XAPPLRESDIR with %N, %L or %N, %l, %t, %c +5. $XAPPLRESDIR with %N, %l +6. $XAPPLRESDIR with %N +7. $HOME with %N +.fi + +The order of these seven entries within the path must be as given above. +The order and use of substitutions within a given entry are +implementation-dependent. +.RE + +.IP \(bu 5 +Last, the application-specific class resource file from the local +host is merged into the screen resource database. +This file is owned by the application and is usually installed in +a system directory when the application is installed. +It may contain sitewide customizations specified by the system manager. +The name of the application class resource file is found by calling +.PN XtResolvePathname +with the parameters +(\fIdisplay\fP, ``app-defaults'', NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, NULL). +This file is expected to be provided by the developer of the application +and may be required for the application to function properly. +A simple application that wants to be assured of having a minimal +set of resources in the absence of its class resource file can declare +fallback resource specifications with +.PN XtAppSetFallbackResources . +Note that the customization substitution string is retrieved +dynamically by +.PN XtResolvePathname +so that the resolved file name of the application class resource file +can be affected by any of the earlier sources for the screen resource +database, even though the contents of the class resource file have +lowest precedence. After calling +.PN XtResolvePathname , +the original display-associated database is restored. +.sp +.LP +To obtain the resource database for a particular screen, use +.PN XtScreenDatabase . +.LP +.IN "XtScreenDatabase" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +XrmDatabase XtScreenDatabase(\fIscreen\fP) +.br + Screen *\fIscreen\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIscreen\fP 1i +Specifies the screen whose resource database is to be returned. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtScreenDatabase +function returns the fully merged resource database as specified above, +associated with the specified screen. If the specified \fIscreen\fP +does not belong to a +.PN Display +initialized by +.PN XtDisplayInitialize , +the results are undefined. +.sp +.LP +To obtain the default resource database associated with a particular display, use +.PN XtDatabase . +.LP +.IN "XtDatabase" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +XrmDatabase XtDatabase(\fIdisplay\fP) +.br + Display *\fIdisplay\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i +Specifies the display. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtDatabase +function is equivalent to +.PN XrmGetDatabase . +It returns the database associated with the specified display, or +NULL if a database has not been set. +.sp +.LP +To specify a default set of resource values that will be used to +initialize the resource database if no application-specific class +resource file is found (the last of the six sources listed above), +use +.PN XtAppSetFallbackResources . +.LP +.IN "XtAppSetFallbackResources" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtAppSetFallbackResources(\fIapp_context\fP, \fIspecification_list\fP) +.br + XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; +.br + String *\fIspecification_list\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1.25i +Specifies the application context in which +the fallback specifications will be used. +.IP \fIspecification_list\fP 1.25i +Specifies a NULL-terminated list of +resource specifications to preload +the database, or NULL. +.LP +.eM +Each entry in \fIspecification_list\fP points to a string in the format of +.PN XrmPutLineResource . +Following a call to +.PN XtAppSetFallbackResources , +when a resource database is being created for a particular screen and +the \*(xI are not able +to find or read an application-specific class resource file according to the +rules given above and if \fIspecification_list\fP is not NULL, the +resource specifications in \fIspecification_list\fP will be merged +into the screen resource database in place of the application-specific +class resource file. +.PN XtAppSetFallbackResources +is not +required to copy \fIspecification_list\fP; the caller must ensure that the +contents of the list and of the strings addressed by the list remain +valid until all displays are initialized or until +.PN XtAppSetFallbackResources +is called again. The value NULL for +\fIspecification_list\fP removes any previous fallback resource specification +for the application context. The intended use for fallback resources +is to provide a minimal +number of resources that will make the application usable (or at +least terminate with helpful diagnostic messages) when some problem +exists in finding and loading the application defaults file. + +.NH 2 +Parsing the Command Line +.XS +\fB\*(SN Parsing the Command Line\fP +.XE +.LP +The +.PN XtOpenDisplay +function first parses the command line for the following options: +.IP \-display 1i +Specifies the display name for +.PN XOpenDisplay . +.IP \-name 1i +Sets the resource name prefix, +which overrides the application name passed to +.PN XtOpenDisplay . +.IP \-xnllanguage 1i +Specifies the initial language string for establishing locale +and for finding application class resource files. +.LP +.PN XtDisplayInitialize +has a table of standard command line options that are passed to +.PN XrmParseCommand +for adding resources to the resource database, +and it takes as a parameter additional +application-specific resource abbreviations. +.IN "XrmOptionDescRec" "" "@DEF@" +The format of this table is described in Section 15.9 in \fI\*(xL\fP. +.LP +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 2.75i +.ta .5i 2.75i +typedef enum { + XrmoptionNoArg, /* Value is specified in OptionDescRec.value */ + XrmoptionIsArg, /* Value is the option string itself */ + XrmoptionStickyArg, /* Value is characters immediately following option */ + XrmoptionSepArg, /* Value is next argument in argv */ + XrmoptionResArg, /* Use the next argument as input to XrmPutLineResource*/ + XrmoptionSkipArg, /* Ignore this option and the next argument in argv */ + XrmoptionSkipNArgs, /* Ignore this option and the next */ + /* OptionDescRec.value arguments in argv */ + XrmoptionSkipLine /* Ignore this option and the rest of argv */ +} XrmOptionKind; + +typedef struct { + char *option; /* Option name in argv */ + char *specifier; /* Resource name (without application name) */ + XrmOptionKind argKind; /* Location of the resource value */ + XPointer value; /* Value to provide if XrmoptionNoArg */ +} XrmOptionDescRec, *XrmOptionDescList; + +.De +.LP +.eM +The standard table contains the following entries: +.TS H +l l l l . +_ +.sp 6p +.TH +Option String Resource Name Argument Kind Resource Value +.sp 6p +_ +.sp 6p +\-background *background SepArg next argument +\-bd *borderColor SepArg next argument +\-bg *background SepArg next argument +\-borderwidth .borderWidth SepArg next argument +\-bordercolor *borderColor SepArg next argument +\-bw .borderWidth SepArg next argument +\-display .display SepArg next argument +\-fg *foreground SepArg next argument +\-fn *font SepArg next argument +\-font *font SepArg next argument +\-foreground *foreground SepArg next argument +\-geometry .geometry SepArg next argument +\-iconic .iconic NoArg ``true'' +\-name .name SepArg next argument +\-reverse .reverseVideo NoArg ``on'' +\-rv .reverseVideo NoArg ``on'' ++rv .reverseVideo NoArg ``off'' +\-selectionTimeout .selectionTimeout SepArg next argument +\-synchronous .synchronous NoArg ``on'' ++synchronous .synchronous NoArg ``off'' +\-title .title SepArg next argument +\-xnllanguage .xnlLanguage SepArg next argument +\-xrm next argument ResArg next argument +\-xtsessionID .sessionID SepArg next argument +.sp 6p +_ +.TE +.LP +Note that any unique abbreviation for an option name in the standard table +or in the application table is accepted. +.LP +If reverseVideo is +.PN True , +the values of +.PN XtDefaultForeground +and +.PN XtDefaultBackground +are exchanged for all screens on the Display. +.LP +.IN "synchronous" "" "@DEF@" +.IN "Resources" "synchronous" +The value of the synchronous resource specifies whether or not +Xlib is put into synchronous mode. If a value is found in the resource +database during display initialization, +.PN XtDisplayInitialize +makes a call to +.PN XSynchronize +for all display +connections currently open in the application context. Therefore, +when multiple displays are initialized in the same application +context, the most recent value specified for the synchronous resource +is used for all displays in the application context. +.LP +.IN "selectionTimeout" "" "@DEF@" +.IN "Resources" "selectionTimeout" +The value of the selectionTimeout resource applies to all displays +opened in the same application context. When multiple displays are +initialized in the same application context, the most recent value +specified is used for all displays in the application context. +.LP +The \-xrm option provides a method of setting any resource in an application. +The next argument should be a quoted string identical in format to a line in +the user resource file. +For example, +to give a red background to all command buttons in an application named +.PN xmh , +you can start it up as +.LP +.Ds +xmh \-xrm 'xmh*Command.background: red' +.DE +.LP +When it parses the command line, +.PN XtDisplayInitialize +merges the application option table with the standard option table +before calling the Xlib +.PN XrmParseCommand +function. +An entry in the application table with the same name as an entry +in the standard table overrides the standard table entry. +If an option name is a prefix of another option name, +both names are kept in the merged table. +The \*(xI reserve all option names +beginning with the characters ``-xt'' for future standard uses. + +.NH 2 +Creating Widgets +.XS +\fB\*(SN Creating Widgets\fP +.XE +.LP +The creation of widget instances is a three-phase process: +.IP 1. 5 +The widgets are allocated and initialized with resources +and are optionally added to the managed subset of their parent. +.IP 2. 5 +All composite widgets are notified of their managed children +in a bottom-up traversal of the widget tree. +.IP 3. 5 +The widgets create X windows, which then are mapped. +.LP +.EQ +delim $$ +.EN +To start the first phase, +the application calls +.PN XtCreateWidget +for all its widgets and adds some (usually, most or all) of its widgets +to their respective parents' managed set by calling +.PN XtManageChild . +To avoid an $O( n sup 2 )$ creation process where each composite widget +lays itself out each time a widget is created and managed, +parent widgets are not notified of changes in their managed set +during this phase. +.EQ +delim off +.EN +.LP +After all widgets have been created, +the application calls +.PN XtRealizeWidget +with the top-level widget to execute the second and third phases. +.PN XtRealizeWidget +first recursively traverses the widget tree in a postorder (bottom-up) +traversal and then notifies each composite widget with one +or more managed children by means of its change_managed procedure. +.LP +Notifying a parent about its managed set involves geometry layout and +possibly geometry negotiation. +A parent deals with constraints on its size imposed from above +(for example, when a user specifies the application window size) +and suggestions made from below (for example, +when a primitive child computes its preferred size). +One difference between the two can cause geometry changes to ripple +in both directions through the widget tree. +The parent may force some of its children to change size and position +and may issue geometry requests to its own parent in order to better +accommodate all its children. +You cannot predict where anything will go on the screen +until this process finishes. +.LP +Consequently, in the first and second phases, +no X windows are actually created, because it is likely +that they will get moved around after creation. +This avoids unnecessary requests to the X server. +.LP +Finally, +.PN XtRealizeWidget +starts the third phase by making a preorder (top-down) traversal +of the widget tree, allocates an X window to each widget by means of +its realize procedure, and finally maps the widgets that are managed. + +.NH 3 +Creating and Merging Argument Lists +.XS +\fB\*(SN Creating and Merging Argument Lists\fP +.XE +.LP +Many \*(xI functions may be passed pairs of resource names and +values. +These are passed as an arglist, a pointer to an array of +.PN Arg +structures, which contains +.IN "ArgList" "" "@DEF@" +.IN "Arg" "" "@DEF@" +.LP +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 3i +.ta .5i 3i +typedef struct { + String name; + XtArgVal value; +} Arg, *ArgList; +.De +.LP +.eM +where +.PN XtArgVal +is as defined in Section 1.5. +.LP +If the size of the resource is less than or equal to the size of an +.PN XtArgVal , +the resource value is stored directly in \fIvalue\fP; +otherwise, a pointer to it is stored in \fIvalue\fP. +.LP +To set values in an +.PN ArgList , +use +.PN XtSetArg . +.LP +.IN "XtSetArg" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtSetArg(\fIarg\fP, \fIname\fP, \fIvalue\fP) +.br + Arg \fIarg\fP; +.br + String \fIname\fP; +.br + XtArgVal \fIvalue\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIarg\fP 1i +Specifies the \fIname/value\fP pair to set. +.IP \fIname\fP 1i +Specifies the name of the resource. +.IP \fIvalue\fP 1i +Specifies the value of the resource if it will fit in an +.PN XtArgVal , +else the address. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtSetArg +function is usually used in a highly stylized manner to +minimize the probability of making a mistake; for example: +.LP +.Ds +.TA .5i 3i +.ta .5i 3i +Arg args[20]; +int n; + +n = 0; +XtSetArg(args[n], XtNheight, 100); n++; +XtSetArg(args[n], XtNwidth, 200); n++; +XtSetValues(widget, args, n); +.De +.LP +Alternatively, an application can statically declare the argument list +and use +.PN XtNumber : +.LP +.Ds +.TA .5i 3i +.ta .5i 3i +static Args args[] = { + {XtNheight, (XtArgVal) 100}, + {XtNwidth, (XtArgVal) 200}, +}; +XtSetValues(Widget, args, XtNumber(args)); +.De +.LP +Note that you should not use expressions with side effects such as +auto-increment or auto-decrement +within the first argument to +.PN XtSetArg . +.PN XtSetArg +can be implemented as a macro that evaluates the first argument twice. +.sp +.LP +To merge two +arglist arrays, use +.PN XtMergeArgLists . +.LP +.IN "XtMergeArgLists" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +ArgList XtMergeArgLists(\fIargs1\fP, \fInum_args1\fP, \fIargs2\fP, \ +\fInum_args2\fP) +.br + ArgList \fIargs1\fP; +.br + Cardinal \fInum_args1\fP; +.br + ArgList \fIargs2\fP; +.br + Cardinal \fInum_args2\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIargs1\fP 1i +Specifies the first argument list. +.IP \fInum_args1\fP 1i +Specifies the number of entries in the first argument list. +.IP \fIargs2\fP 1i +Specifies the second argument list. +.IP \fInum_args2\fP 1i +Specifies the number of entries in the second argument list. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtMergeArgLists +function allocates enough storage to hold the combined +arglist arrays and copies them into it. +Note that it does not check for duplicate entries. +The length of the returned list is the sum of the lengths of the +specified lists. +When it is no longer needed, +free the returned storage by using +.PN XtFree . +.sp +.LP +.IN "varargs" "" "@DEF@" +All \*(xI interfaces that require +.PN ArgList +arguments have analogs +conforming to the ANSI C variable argument list +(traditionally called ``varargs'') +calling convention. The name of the analog is formed by prefixing +``Va'' to the name of the corresponding +.PN ArgList +procedure; e.g., +.PN XtVaCreateWidget . +Each procedure named \fBXtVa\fP\fIsomething\fP takes as its +last arguments, in place of the corresponding +.PN ArgList / +.PN Cardinal +parameters, a variable parameter list of resource name and +value pairs where each name is of type +.PN String +and each value is of type +.PN XtArgVal . +The end of the list is identified by a \fIname\fP entry +containing NULL. Developers writing in the C language wishing to pass +resource name and value pairs to any of these interfaces may use the +.PN ArgList +and varargs forms interchangeably. +.LP +Two special names are defined for use only in varargs lists: +.PN XtVaTypedArg +and +.PN XtVaNestedList . +.sp +.LP +.IN "XtVaTypedArg" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.Ds 0 +#define XtVaTypedArg "XtVaTypedArg" +.De +.LP +.eM +If the name +.PN XtVaTypedArg +is specified in place of a resource +name, then the following four arguments are interpreted as a +\fIname/type/value/size\fP tuple \fIwhere\fP name is of type +.PN String , +\fItype\fP is of type +.PN String , +\fIvalue\fP is of type +.PN XtArgVal , +and \fIsize\fP is of type int. When a varargs list containing +.PN XtVaTypedArg +is processed, a resource type +conversion (see Section 9.6) is performed if necessary to convert the +value into the format required by the associated resource. If \fItype\fP is +XtRString, then \fIvalue\fP contains a pointer to the string and \fIsize\fP +contains the number of bytes allocated, including the trailing null +byte. If \fItype\fP is not XtRString, then \fIif\fP size is +less than or equal to +\fBsizeof\fP(\fBXtArgVal\fP), the value should be the data cast to the type +.PN XtArgVal , +otherwise \fIvalue\fP is a pointer to the data. If the type +conversion fails for any reason, a warning message is issued and the +list entry is skipped. +.sp +.LP +.IN "XtVaNestedList" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.Ds 0 +#define XtVaNestedList "XtVaNestedList" +.De +.LP +.eM +If the name +.PN XtVaNestedList +is specified in place of a resource name, +then the following argument is interpreted as an +.PN XtVarArgsList +value, which specifies another +varargs list that is logically inserted into the original list at the +point of declaration. The end of the nested list is identified with a +name entry containing NULL. Varargs lists may nest to any depth. +.sp +.LP +To dynamically allocate a varargs list for use with +.PN XtVaNestedList +in multiple calls, use +.PN XtVaCreateArgsList . +.IN "XtVaCreateArgsList" "" "@DEF@" +.sp +.LP +.sM +.Ds 0 +typedef XtPointer XtVarArgsList; +.De +.LP +.FD 0 +XtVarArgsList XtVaCreateArgsList(\fIunused\fP, ...) +.br + XtPointer \fIunused\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIunused\fP 1i +This argument is not currently used and must be specified as NULL. +.IP ... 1i +Specifies a variable parameter list of resource +name and value pairs. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtVaCreateArgsList +function allocates memory and copies its arguments into a +single list pointer, which may be used with +.PN XtVaNestedList . +The end of +both lists is identified by a \fIname\fP entry containing NULL. Any entries +of type +.PN XtVaTypedArg +are copied as specified without applying +conversions. Data passed by reference (including Strings) are not +copied, only the pointers themselves; the caller must ensure that the +data remain valid for the lifetime of the created varargs list. The +list should be freed using +.PN XtFree +when no longer needed. +.LP +Use of resource files and of the resource database is generally +encouraged over lengthy arglist or varargs lists whenever possible in +order to permit modification without recompilation. + +.NH 3 +Creating a Widget Instance +.XS +\fB\*(SN Creating a Widget Instance\fP +.XE +.LP +To create an instance of a widget, use +.PN XtCreateWidget . +.LP +.IN "XtCreateWidget" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +Widget XtCreateWidget(\fIname\fP, \fIobject_class\fP, \fIparent\fP, \ +\fIargs\fP, \fInum_args\fP) +.br + String \fIname\fP; +.br + WidgetClass \fIobject_class\fP; +.br + Widget \fIparent\fP; +.br + ArgList \fIargs\fP; +.br + Cardinal \fInum_args\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIname\fP 1i +Specifies the resource instance name for the created widget, +which is used for retrieving resources +and, for that reason, should not be the same as any other widget +that is a child of the same parent. +.IP \fIobject_class\fP 1i +Specifies the widget class pointer for the created object. \*(oC +.IP \fIparent\fP 1i +Specifies the parent widget. \*(oI +.IP \fIargs\fP 1i +Specifies the argument list to override any other resource specifications. +.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i +Specifies the number of entries in the argument list. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtCreateWidget +function performs all the boilerplate operations of widget +creation, doing the following in order: +.IP \(bu 5 +Checks to see if the class_initialize procedure has been called for this class +and for all superclasses and, if not, calls those necessary in a +superclass-to-subclass order. +.IP \(bu 5 +If the specified class is not +.PN coreWidgetClass +or a subclass thereof, +and the parent's class is a subclass of +.PN compositeWidgetClass +and either no extension record in +the parent's composite class part extension field exists with the +\fIrecord_type\fP +.PN \s-1NULLQUARK\s+1 +or the \fIaccepts_objects\fP field in the extension +record is +.PN False , +.PN XtCreateWidget +issues a fatal error; see Section 3.1 and Chapter 12. +.IP \(bu 5 +If the specified class contains an extension record in the object class +part \fIextension\fP field with \fIrecord_type\fP +.PN \s-1NULLQUARK\s+1 +and the \fIallocate\fP field is not NULL, +the procedure is invoked to allocate memory +for the widget instance. If the parent is a member of the class +.PN constraintWidgetClass , +the procedure also allocates memory for the +parent's constraints and stores the address of this memory into the +\fIconstraints\fP field. If no allocate procedure is found, the \*(xI +allocate memory for the widget and, when applicable, the constraints, +and initializes the \fIconstraints\fP field. +.IP \(bu 5 +Initializes the Core nonresource data fields +\fIself\fP, \fIparent\fP, \fIwidget_class\fP, \fIbeing_destroyed\fP, +\fIname\fP, \fImanaged\fP, \fIwindow\fP, \fIvisible\fP, +\fIpopup_list\fP, and \fInum_popups\fP. +.IP \(bu 5 +Initializes the resource fields (for example, \fIbackground_pixel\fP) +by using the +.PN CoreClassPart +resource lists specified for this class and all superclasses. +.IP \(bu 5 +If the parent is a member of the class +.PN constraintWidgetClass , +initializes the resource fields of the constraints record +by using the +.PN ConstraintClassPart +resource lists specified for the parent's class +and all superclasses up to +.PN constraintWidgetClass . +.IP \(bu 5 +Calls the initialize procedures for the widget starting at the +Object +initialize procedure on down to the widget's initialize procedure. +.IP \(bu 5 +If the parent is a member of the class +.PN constraintWidgetClass , +calls the +.PN ConstraintClassPart +initialize procedures, +starting at +.PN constraintWidgetClass +on down to the parent's +.PN ConstraintClassPart +initialize procedure. +.IP \(bu 5 +If the parent is a member of the class +.PN compositeWidgetClass , +puts the widget into its parent's children list by calling its parent's +insert_child procedure. +For further information, +see Section 3.1. +.sp +.LP +To create an instance of a widget using varargs lists, use +.PN XtVaCreateWidget . +.LP +.IN "XtVaCreateWidget" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +Widget XtVaCreateWidget(\fIname\fP, \fIobject_class\fP, \fIparent\fP, ...) +.br + String \fIname\fP; +.br + WidgetClass \fIobject_class\fP; +.br + Widget \fIparent\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIname\fP 1i +Specifies the resource name for the created widget. +.IP \fIobject_class\fP 1i +Specifies the widget class pointer for the created object. \*(oC +.IP \fIparent\fP 1i +Specifies the parent widget. \*(oI +.IP ... 1i +Specifies the variable argument list to override any other +resource specifications. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtVaCreateWidget +procedure is identical in function to +.PN XtCreateWidget +with the \fIargs\fP and \fInum_args\fP parameters replaced by a varargs list, +as described +in Section 2.5.1. + +.NH 3 +Creating an Application Shell Instance +.XS +\fB\*(SN Creating an Application Shell Instance\fP +.XE +.LP +An application can have multiple top-level widgets, each of which +specifies a unique widget tree +that can potentially be on different screens or displays. +An application uses +.PN XtAppCreateShell +to create independent widget trees. +.LP +.IN "XtAppCreateShell" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +Widget XtAppCreateShell(\fIname\fP, \ +\fIapplication_class\fP, \fIwidget_class\fP, \fIdisplay\fP, \ +\fIargs\fP, \fInum_args\fP) +.br + String \fIname\fP; +.br + String \fIapplication_class\fP; +.br + WidgetClass \fIwidget_class\fP; +.br + Display *\fIdisplay\fP; +.br + ArgList \fIargs\fP; +.br + Cardinal \fInum_args\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIname\fP 1.25i +Specifies the instance name of the shell widget. +If \fIname\fP is NULL, +the application name passed to +.PN XtDisplayInitialize +is used. +.IP \fIapplication_class\fP 1.25i +Specifies the resource class string to be used in +place of the widget \fIclass_name\fP string when +\fIwidget_class\fP is +.PN applicationShellWidgetClass +or a subclass thereof. +.IP \fIwidget_class\fP 1.25i +Specifies the widget class for the top-level widget (e.g., +.PN applicationShellWidgetClass ). +.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1.25i +Specifies the display for the default screen +and for the resource database used to retrieve +the shell widget resources. +.IP \fIargs\fP 1.25i +Specifies the argument list to override any other resource specifications. +.IP \fInum_args\fP 1.25i +Specifies the number of entries in the argument list. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtAppCreateShell +function +creates a new shell widget instance as the root of a widget tree. +The screen resource for this widget is determined by first scanning +\fIargs\fP for the XtNscreen argument. If no XtNscreen argument is +found, the resource database associated with the default screen of +the specified display is queried for the resource \fIname\fP.screen, +class \fIClass\fP.Screen where \fIClass\fP is the specified +\fIapplication_class\fP if \fIwidget_class\fP is +.PN applicationShellWidgetClass +or a subclass thereof. If \fIwidget_class\fP is not +.PN application\%Shell\%Widget\%Class +or a subclass, \fIClass\fP is the \fIclass_name\fP +field from the +.PN CoreClassPart +of the specified \fIwidget_class\fP. +If this query fails, the default +screen of the specified display is used. Once the screen is determined, +the resource database associated with that screen is used to retrieve +all remaining resources for the shell widget not specified in +\fIargs\fP. The widget name and \fIClass\fP as determined above are +used as the leftmost (i.e., root) components in all fully qualified +resource names for objects within this widget tree. + +.LP +If the specified widget class is a subclass of WMShell, the name and +\fIClass\fP as determined above will be stored into the +.PN \s-1WM_CLASS\s+1 +property on the widget's window when it becomes realized. +If the specified \fIwidget_class\fP is +.PN applicationShellWidgetClass +or a subclass thereof, the +.PN \s-1WM_COMMAND\s+1 +property will also be set from the values of the XtNargv and +XtNargc resources. + +.LP +To create multiple top-level shells within a single (logical) +application, +you can use one of two methods: +.IP \(bu 5 +Designate one shell as the real top-level shell and +create the others as pop-up children of it by using +.PN XtCreatePopupShell . +.IP \(bu 5 +Have all shells as pop-up children of an unrealized top-level shell. +.LP +The first method, +which is best used when there is a clear choice for what is the main window, +leads to resource specifications like the following: +.LP +.Ds +.TA 2i +.ta 2i +xmail.geometry:... (the main window) +xmail.read.geometry:... (the read window) +xmail.compose.geometry:... (the compose window) +.De +.LP +The second method, +which is best if there is no main window, +leads to resource specifications like the following: +.LP +.Ds +.TA 2i +.ta 2i +xmail.headers.geometry:... (the headers window) +xmail.read.geometry:... (the read window) +xmail.compose.geometry:... (the compose window) +.De +.sp +.LP +To create a top-level widget that is the root of a widget tree using +varargs lists, use +.PN XtVaAppCreateShell . +.LP +.IN "XtVaAppCreateShell" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +Widget XtVaAppCreateShell(\fIname\fP, \fIapplication_class\fP, \ +\fIwidget_class\fP, \fIdisplay\fP, ...) +.br + String \fIname\fP; +.br + String \fIapplication_class\fP; +.br + WidgetClass \fIwidget_class\fP; +.br + Display *\fIdisplay\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIname\fP 1.5i +Specifies the instance name of the shell widget. +If \fIname\fP is NULL, +the application name passed to +.PN XtDisplayInitialize +is used. +.IP \fIapplication_class\fP 1.5i +Specifies the resource class string to be used in +place of the widget \fIclass_name\fP string when +\fIwidget_class\fP is +.PN applicationShellWidgetClass +or a subclass thereof. +.IP \fIwidget_class\fP 1.5i +Specifies the widget class for the top-level widget. +.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1.5i +Specifies the display for the default screen +and for the resource database used to retrieve +the shell widget resources. +.IP ... 1.5i +Specifies the variable argument list to override any other +resource specifications. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtVaAppCreateShell +procedure is identical in function to +.PN XtAppCreateShell +with the \fIargs\fP and \fInum_args\fP parameters replaced by a varargs list, as +described in Section 2.5.1. + +.NH 3 +Convenience Procedure to Initialize an Application +.XS +\fB\*(SN Convenience Procedure to Initialize an Application\fP +.XE +.LP +To initialize the \*(xI internals, create an application context, +open and initialize a display, and create the initial root shell +instance, an application may use +.PN XtOpenApplication +or +.PN XtVaOpenApplication . +.LP +.IN "XtOpenApplication" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +Widget XtOpenApplication(\fIapp_context_return\fP, \fIapplication_class\fP, \ +\fIoptions\fP, \fInum_options\fP, +.br + \fIargc_in_out\fP, \fIargv_in_out\fP, \ +\fIfallback_resources\fP, \fIwidget_class\fP, \fIargs\fP, \fInum_args\fP) +.br + XtAppContext *\fIapp_context_return\fP; +.br + String \fIapplication_class\fP; +.br + XrmOptionDescList \fIoptions\fP; +.br + Cardinal \fInum_options\fP; +.br + int *\fIargc_in_out\fP; +.br + String *\fIargv_in_out\fP; +.br + String *\fIfallback_resources\fP; +.br + WidgetClass \fIwidget_class\fP; +.br + ArgList \fIargs\fP; +.br + Cardinal \fInum_args\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIapp_context_return\fP 1.5i +Returns the application context, if non-NULL. +.IP \fIapplication_class\fP 1.5i +Specifies the class name of the application. +.IP \fIoptions\fP 1.5i +Specifies the command line options table. +.IP \fInum_options\fP 1.5i +Specifies the number of entries in \fIoptions\fP. +.IP \fIargc_in_out\fP 1.5i +Specifies a pointer to the number of command line arguments. +.IP \fIargv_in_out\fP 1.5i +Specifies a pointer to the command line arguments. +.IP \fIfallback_resources\fP 1.5i +Specifies resource values to be used if the application class resource +file cannot be opened or read, or NULL. +.IP \fIwidget_class\fP 1.5i +Specifies the class of the widget to be created. Must be shellWidgetClass +or a subclass. +.br +.IP \fIargs\fP 1.5i +Specifies the argument list to override any +other resource specifications for the created shell widget. +.IP \fInum_args\fP 1.5i +Specifies the number of entries in the argument list. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtOpenApplication +function calls +.PN XtToolkitInitialize +followed by +.PN XtCreateApplicationContext , +then calls +.PN XtOpenDisplay +with \fIdisplay_string\fP NULL and +\fIapplication_name\fP NULL, and finally calls +.PN XtAppCreateShell +with \fIname\fP NULL, the specified \fIwidget_class\fP, +an argument list and count, +and returns the created shell. +The recommended \fIwidget_class\fP is +.PN sessionShellWidgetClass . +The argument list and count are created by merging +the specified \fIargs\fP and \fInum_args\fP with a list +containing the specified \fIargc\fP and \fIargv\fP. +The modified \fIargc\fP and \fIargv\fP returned by +.PN XtDisplayInitialize +are returned in \fIargc_in_out\fP and \fIargv_in_out\fP. If +\fIapp_context_return\fP is not NULL, the created application context is +also returned. If the display specified by the command line cannot be +opened, an error message is issued and +.PN XtOpenApplication +terminates the application. If \fIfallback_resources\fP is non-NULL, +.PN XtAppSetFallbackResources +is called with the value prior to calling +.PN XtOpenDisplay . +.sp +.LP +.IN "XtVaOpenApplication" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +Widget XtVaOpenApplication(\fIapp_context_return\fP, \fIapplication_class\fP, \ +\fIoptions\fP, \fInum_options\fP, +.br + \fIargc_in_out\fP, \fIargv_in_out\fP, \ +\fIfallback_resources\fP, \fIwidget_class\fP, ...) +.br + XtAppContext *\fIapp_context_return\fP; +.br + String \fIapplication_class\fP; +.br + XrmOptionDescList \fIoptions\fP; +.br + Cardinal \fInum_options\fP; +.br + int *\fIargc_in_out\fP; +.br + String *\fIargv_in_out\fP; +.br + String *\fIfallback_resources\fP; +.br + WidgetClass \fIwidget_class\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIapp_context_return\fP 1.5i +Returns the application context, if non-NULL. +.IP \fIapplication_class\fP 1.5i +Specifies the class name of the application. +.IP \fIoptions\fP 1.5i +Specifies the command line options table. +.IP \fInum_options\fP 1.5i +Specifies the number of entries in \fIoptions\fP. +.IP \fIargc_in_out\fP 1.5i +Specifies a pointer to the number of command line arguments. +.IP \fIargv_in_out\fP 1.5i +Specifies the command line arguments array. +.IP \fIfallback_resources\fP 1.5i +Specifies resource values to be used if the application class +resource file cannot be opened, or NULL. +.IP \fIwidget_class\fP 1.5i +Specifies the class of the widget to be created. Must be shellWidgetClass +or a subclass. +.IP ... 1.5i +Specifies the variable argument list to override any other +resource specifications for the created shell. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtVaOpenApplication +procedure is identical in function to +.PN XtOpenApplication +with the \fIargs\fP and \fInum_args\fP parameters replaced by a varargs list, +as described +in Section 2.5.1. + +.NH 3 +Widget Instance Allocation: The allocate Procedure +.XS +\*(SN Widget Instance Allocation: The allocate Procedure +.XE +.IN "Widget Allocation" +.LP +A widget class may optionally provide an instance allocation procedure +in the +.PN ObjectClassExtension +record. +.LP +When the call to create a widget includes a varargs list containing +.PN XtVaTypedArg , +these arguments will be passed to the allocation procedure in an +.PN XtTypedArgList . +.LP +.IN "XtTypedArgList" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 3i +.ta .5i 3i +typedef struct { + String name; + String type; + XtArgVal value; + int size; +} XtTypedArg, *XtTypedArgList; +.De +.LP +.eM +.IN "allocate procedure" "" "@DEF@" +The allocate procedure pointer in the +.PN ObjectClassExtension +record is of type +.PN XtAllocateProc . +.LP +.IN "XtAllocateProc" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +typedef void (*XtAllocateProc)(WidgetClass, Cardinal*, Cardinal*, ArgList, \ +Cardinal*, + XtTypedArgList, Cardinal*, \ +Widget*, XtPointer*); +.br + WidgetClass \fIwidget_class\fP; +.br + Cardinal* \fIconstraint_size\fP; +.br + Cardinal* \fImore_bytes\fP; +.br + ArgList \fIargs\fP; +.br + Cardinal* \fInum_args\fP; +.br + XtTypedArgList \fItyped_args\fP, +.br + Cardinal* \fInum_typed_args\fP; +.br + Widget* \fInew_return\fP; +.br + XtPointer* \fImore_bytes_return\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIwidget_class\fP 1.5i +Specifies the widget class of the instance to allocate. +.IP \fIconstraint_size\fP 1.5i +Specifies the size of the constraint record to allocate, or 0. +.IP \fImore_bytes\fP 1.5i +Specifies the number of auxiliary bytes of memory to allocate. +.IP \fIargs\fP 1.5i +Specifies the argument list as given in the call to create the widget. +.IP \fInum_args\fP 1.5i +Specifies the number of arguments. +.IP \fItyped_args\fP 1.5i +Specifies the list of typed arguments given in the call to create the widget. +.IP \fInum_typed_args\fP 1.5i +Specifies the number of typed arguments. +.IP \fInew_return\fP 1.5i +Returns a pointer to the newly allocated instance, or NULL in case of error. +.IP \fImore_bytes_return\fP 1.5i +Returns the auxiliary memory if it was requested, or NULL +if requested and an error occurred; otherwise, unchanged. +.LP +.eM +At widget allocation time, if an extension record with \fIrecord_type\fP +equal to +.PN \s-1NULLQUARK\s+1 +is located through the object class part \fIextension\fP field +and the \fIallocate\fP field is not NULL, the +.PN XtAllocateProc +will be invoked to allocate memory for the widget. If no ObjectClassPart +extension record is declared with \fIrecord_type equal\fP to +.PN \s-1NULLQUARK\s+1 , +then +.PN XtInheritAllocate +and +.PN XtInheritDeallocate +are assumed. +If no +.PN XtAllocateProc +is found, the \*(xI will allocate memory for the widget. +.LP +An +.PN XtAllocateProc +must perform the following: +.IP \(bu 5 +Allocate memory for the widget instance and return it in \fInew_return\fP. +The memory must be at least \fIwc->core_class.widget_size\fP bytes in length, +double-word aligned. +.IP \(bu 5 +Initialize the \fIcore.constraints\fP field in the instance record to NULL +or to point to a constraint record. If \fIconstraint_size\fP +is not 0, the procedure must allocate memory for the constraint record. +The memory must be double-word aligned. +.IP \(bu 5 +If \fImore_bytes\fP is not 0, then the address of a block of memory +at least \fImore_bytes\fP in size, double-word aligned, must be +returned in the \fImore_bytes_return\fP parameter, +or NULL to indicate an error. +.LP +A class allocation procedure that envelops the allocation procedure of a +superclass must rely on the enveloped procedure to perform the instance +and constraint allocation. +Allocation procedures should refrain from initializing fields in the +widget record except to store pointers to newly allocated additional memory. +Under no circumstances should an allocation procedure that envelopes +its superclass allocation procedure modify fields in the +instance part of any superclass. + +.NH 3 +Widget Instance Initialization: The initialize Procedure +.XS +\*(SN Widget Instance Initialization: The initialize Procedure +.XE +.IN "Initialization" +.IN "Chaining" +.IN "Superclass Chaining" +.IN "Inheritance" +.LP +The initialize procedure pointer in a widget class is of type +.PN XtInitProc . +.LP +.IN "XtInitProc" "" "@DEF@" +.IN "initialize procedure" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +typedef void (*XtInitProc)(Widget, Widget, ArgList, Cardinal*); +.br + Widget \fIrequest\fP; +.br + Widget \fInew\fP; +.br + ArgList \fIargs\fP; +.br + Cardinal *\fInum_args\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIrequest\fP 1i +Specifies a copy of the widget with resource values as requested by the +argument list, the resource database, and the widget defaults. +.IP \fInew\fP 1i +Specifies the widget with the new values, both resource and nonresource, +that are actually allowed. +.IP \fIargs\fP 1i +Specifies the argument list passed by the client, for +computing derived resource values. +If the client created the widget using a varargs form, any resources +specified via +.PN XtVaTypedArg +are converted to the widget representation and the list is transformed +into the +.PN ArgList +format. +.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i +Specifies the number of entries in the argument list. +.LP +.eM +An initialization procedure performs the following: +.IP \(bu 5 +Allocates space for and copies any resources referenced by address +that the client is allowed to free or modify +after the widget has been created. +For example, +if a widget has a field that is a +.PN String , +it may choose not to +depend on the characters at that address remaining constant +but dynamically allocate space for the string and copy it to the new space. +Widgets that do not copy one or more resources referenced +by address should clearly so state in their user documentation. +.NT +It is not necessary to allocate space for or to copy callback lists. +.NE +.IP \(bu 5 +Computes values for unspecified resource fields. +For example, if \fIwidth\fP and \fIheight\fP are zero, +the widget should compute an appropriate width and height +based on its other resources. +.NT +A widget may directly assign only +its own \fIwidth\fP and \fIheight\fP within the initialize, initialize_hook, +set_values, and +set_values_hook procedures; see Chapter 6. +.NE +.IP \(bu 5 +Computes values for uninitialized nonresource fields that are derived from +resource fields. +For example, graphics contexts (GCs) that the widget uses are derived from +resources like background, foreground, and font. +.LP +An initialization procedure also can check certain fields for +internal consistency. +For example, it makes no sense to specify a colormap for a depth +that does not support that colormap. +.LP +Initialization procedures are called in superclass-to-subclass order +after all fields specified in the resource lists have been +initialized. The initialize procedure does not need to examine +\fIargs\fP and \fInum_args\fP +if all public resources are declared in the resource list. +Most of the initialization code for a specific widget class deals with fields +defined in that class and not with fields defined in its superclasses. +.LP +If a subclass does not need an initialization procedure +because it does not need to perform any of the above operations, +it can specify NULL for the \fIinitialize\fP field in the class record. +.LP +Sometimes a subclass may want to overwrite values filled in by its +superclass. +In particular, size calculations of a superclass often are +incorrect for a subclass, and in this case, +the subclass must modify or recalculate fields declared +and computed by its superclass. +.LP +As an example, +a subclass can visually surround its superclass display. +In this case, the width and height calculated by the superclass initialize +procedure are too small and need to be incremented by the size of the surround. +The subclass needs to know if its superclass's size was calculated by the +superclass or was specified explicitly. +All widgets must place themselves into whatever size is explicitly given, +but they should compute a reasonable size if no size is requested. +.LP +The \fIrequest\fP and \fInew\fP arguments provide the necessary information for +a subclass to determine the difference between an explicitly specified field +and a field computed by a superclass. +The \fIrequest\fP widget is a copy of the widget as initialized by the +arglist and resource database. +The \fInew\fP widget starts with the values in the request, +but it has been updated by all superclass initialization procedures called +so far. +A subclass initialize procedure can compare these two to resolve +any potential conflicts. +.LP +In the above example, +the subclass with the visual surround can see +if the \fIwidth\fP and \fIheight\fP in the \fIrequest\fP widget are zero. +If so, +it adds its surround size to the \fIwidth\fP and \fIheight\fP +fields in the \fInew\fP widget. +If not, it must make do with the size originally specified. +.LP +The \fInew\fP widget will become the actual widget instance record. +Therefore, +the initialization procedure should do all its work on the \fInew\fP widget; +the \fIrequest\fP widget should never be modified. +If the initialize procedure +needs to call any routines that operate on a widget, +it should specify \fInew\fP as the widget instance. + +.NH 3 +Constraint Instance Initialization: The ConstraintClassPart initialize Procedure +.XS +\*(SN Constraint Instance Initialization: The ConstraintClassPart initialize Procedure +.XE +.IN "Initialization" +.IN "XtInitProc" +.IN "initialize procedure" +.IN "Chaining" +.IN "Superclass Chaining" +.IN "Inheritance" +.LP +The constraint initialization procedure pointer, found in the +.PN ConstraintClassPart +\fIinitialize\fP field of the widget class record, is of type +.PN XtInitProc . +The values passed to the parent constraint initialization procedures +are the same as those passed to the child's class widget initialization +procedures. +.LP +The \fIconstraints\fP field of the \fIrequest\fP widget points to a copy of the +constraints record as initialized by the arglist and resource database. +.LP +The constraint initialization procedure should compute any constraint fields +derived from constraint resources. +It can make further changes to the \fInew\fP widget to make the widget +and any other constraint fields +conform to the specified constraints, for example, +changing the widget's size or position. +.LP +If a constraint class does not need a constraint initialization procedure, +it can specify NULL for the \fIinitialize\fP field of the +.PN ConstraintClassPart +in the class record. + +.NH 3 +Nonwidget Data Initialization: The initialize_hook Procedure +.XS +\*(SN Nonwidget Data Initialization: The initialize_hook Procedure +.XE +.IN "Initialization" +.LP +.NT +The initialize_hook procedure is obsolete, as the same information +is now available to the initialize procedure. The procedure has been +retained for those widgets that used it in previous releases. +.NE +.LP +The initialize_hook procedure pointer is of type +.PN XtArgsProc : +.LP +.IN "initialize_hook procedure" "" "@DEF@" +.IN "XtArgsProc" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +typedef void (*XtArgsProc)(Widget, ArgList, Cardinal*); +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + ArgList \fIargs\fP; +.br + Cardinal *\fInum_args\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget. +.IP \fIargs\fP 1i +Specifies the argument list passed by the client. +If the client created the widget using a varargs form, any resources +specified via +.PN XtVaTypedArg +are converted to the widget representation and the list is transformed +into the +.PN ArgList +format. +.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i +Specifies the number of entries in the argument list. +.LP +.eM +If this procedure is not NULL, +it is called immediately after the corresponding initialize +procedure or in its place if the \fIinitialize\fP field is NULL. +.LP +The initialize_hook procedure allows a widget instance to initialize +nonresource data using information from the specified argument list +as if it were a resource. + +.NH 2 +Realizing Widgets +.XS +\fB\*(SN Realizing Widgets\fP +.XE +.LP +To realize a widget instance, use +.PN XtRealizeWidget . +.LP +.IN "XtRealizeWidget" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtRealizeWidget(\fIw\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget. \*(cI +.eM +.LP +If the widget is already realized, +.PN XtRealizeWidget +simply returns. +Otherwise it performs the following: +.IP \(bu 5 +Binds all action names in the widget's +translation table to procedures (see Section 10.1.2). +.IP \(bu 5 +Makes a postorder traversal of the widget tree rooted +at the specified widget and calls each non-NULL change_managed procedure +of all composite widgets that have one or more managed children. +.IP \(bu 5 +Constructs an +.PN XSetWindowAttributes +structure filled in with information derived from the +Core +widget fields and calls the realize procedure for the widget, +which adds any widget-specific attributes and creates the X window. +.IP \(bu 5 +If the widget is +not a subclass of +.PN compositeWidgetClass , +.PN XtRealizeWidget +returns; otherwise it continues and performs the following: +.RS +.IP \- 5 +Descends recursively to each of the widget's +managed children and calls the realize procedures. +Primitive widgets that instantiate children are responsible for realizing +those children themselves. +.IP \- 5 +Maps all of the managed children windows that have \fImapped_when_managed\fP +.PN True . +If a widget is managed but \fImapped_when_managed\fP is +.PN False , +the widget is allocated visual space but is not displayed. +.RE +.LP +If the widget is a top-level shell widget (that is, it has no parent), and +\fImapped_when_managed\fP is +.PN True , +.PN XtRealizeWidget +maps the widget window. +.LP +.PN XtCreateWidget , +.PN XtVaCreateWidget , +.PN XtRealizeWidget , +.PN XtManageChildren , +.PN XtUnmanage\%Children , +.PN XtUnrealizeWidget , +.PN XtSetMappedWhenManaged , +and +.PN XtDestroy\%Widget +maintain the following invariants: +.IP \(bu 5 +If a composite widget is realized, then all its managed children are realized. +.IP \(bu 5 +If a composite widget is realized, then all its managed children that have +\fImapped_when_managed\fP +.PN True +are mapped. +.LP +All \*(xI functions and all widget routines should accept +either realized or unrealized widgets. +When calling the realize or change_managed +procedures for children of a composite +widget, +.PN XtRealizeWidget +calls the procedures in reverse order of +appearance in the +.PN CompositePart +\fIchildren\fP list. By default, this +ordering of the realize procedures will +result in the stacking order of any newly created subwindows being +top-to-bottom in the order of appearance on the list, and the most +recently created child will be at the bottom. +.sp +.LP +To check whether or not a widget has been realized, use +.PN XtIsRealized . +.LP +.IN "XtIsRealized" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +Boolean XtIsRealized(\fIw\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget. \*(oI +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtIsRealized +function returns +.PN True +if the widget has been realized, +that is, if the widget has a nonzero window ID. +If the specified object is not a widget, the state of the nearest +widget ancestor is returned. +.LP +Some widget procedures (for example, set_values) might wish to +operate differently +after the widget has been realized. + +.NH 3 +Widget Instance Window Creation: The realize Procedure +.XS +\*(SN Widget Instance Window Creation: The realize Procedure +.XE +.LP +The realize procedure pointer in a widget class is of type +.PN XtRealizeProc . +.LP +.IN "XtRealizeProc" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +typedef void (*XtRealizeProc)(Widget, XtValueMask*, XSetWindowAttributes*); +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + XtValueMask *\fIvalue_mask\fP; +.br + XSetWindowAttributes *\fIattributes\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget. +.IP \fIvalue_mask\fP 1i +Specifies which fields in the \fIattributes\fP structure are used. +.IP \fIattributes\fP 1i +Specifies the window attributes to use in the +.PN XCreateWindow +call. +.LP +.eM +The realize procedure must create the widget's window. +.LP +Before calling the class realize procedure, the generic +.PN XtRealizeWidget +function fills in a mask and a corresponding +.PN XSetWindowAttributes +structure. +It sets the following fields in \fIattributes\fP and +corresponding bits in \fIvalue_mask\fP +based on information in the widget +core +structure: +.IP \(bu 5 +The \fIbackground_pixmap\fP (or \fIbackground_pixel\fP if \fIbackground_pixmap\fP is +.PN XtUnspecifiedPixmap ) +is filled in from the corresponding field. +.IP \(bu 5 +The \fIborder_pixmap\fP (or \fIborder_pixel\fP if \fIborder_pixmap\fP is +.PN XtUnspecifiedPixmap ) +is filled in from the corresponding field. +.IP \(bu 5 +The \fIcolormap\fP is filled in from the corresponding field. +.IP \(bu 5 +The \fIevent_mask\fP is filled in based on the event handlers registered, +the event translations specified, whether the \fIexpose\fP field is non-NULL, +and whether \fIvisible_interest\fP is +.PN True . +.IP \(bu 5 +The \fIbit_gravity\fP is set to +.PN NorthWestGravity +if the \fIexpose\fP field is NULL. +.LP +These or any other fields in attributes and the corresponding bits in +\fIvalue_mask\fP can be set by the realize procedure. +.LP +Note that because realize is not a chained operation, +the widget class realize procedure must update the +.PN XSetWindowAttributes +structure with all the appropriate fields from +non-Core +superclasses. +.LP +.IN "Inheritance" +A widget class can inherit its realize procedure from its superclass +during class initialization. +The realize procedure defined for +.PN coreWidgetClass +calls +.PN XtCreateWindow +with the passed \fIvalue_mask\fP and \fIattributes\fP +and with \fIwindow_class\fP and \fIvisual\fP set to +.PN CopyFromParent . +Both +.PN compositeWidgetClass +and +.PN constraintWidgetClass +inherit this realize procedure, and most new widget subclasses +can do the same (see Section 1.6.10). +.LP +The most common noninherited realize procedures set \fIbit_gravity\fP in the mask +and attributes to the appropriate value and then create the window. +For example, depending on its justification, Label might set \fIbit_gravity\fP to +.PN WestGravity , +.PN CenterGravity , +or +.PN EastGravity . +Consequently, shrinking it would just move the bits appropriately, +and no +exposure +event is needed for repainting. +.LP +If a composite widget's children should be realized in an order other +than that specified +(to control the stacking order, for example), +it should call +.PN XtRealizeWidget +on its children itself in the appropriate order from within its own +realize procedure. +.LP +Widgets that have children and whose class is not a subclass of +.PN compositeWidgetClass +are responsible for calling +.PN XtRealizeWidget +on their children, usually from within the realize procedure. +.LP +Realize procedures cannot manage or unmanage their descendants. + +.NH 3 +Window Creation Convenience Routine +.XS +\*(SN Window Creation Convenience Routine +.XE +.LP +Rather than call the Xlib +.PN XCreateWindow +.IN "realize procedure" +function explicitly, a realize procedure should normally call the \*(xI analog +.PN XtCreateWindow , +which simplifies the creation of windows for widgets. +.LP +.IN "XtCreateWindow" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtCreateWindow(\fIw\fP, \fIwindow_class\fP, \fIvisual\fP, \ +\fIvalue_mask\fP, \fIattributes\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + unsigned int \fIwindow_class\fP; +.br + Visual *\fIvisual\fP; +.br + XtValueMask \fIvalue_mask\fP; +.br + XSetWindowAttributes *\fIattributes\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget that defines the additional window attributed. \*(cI +.IP \fIwindow_class\fP 1i +Specifies the Xlib window class (for example, +.PN InputOutput , +.PN InputOnly , +or +.PN CopyFromParent ). +.IP \fIvisual\fP 1i +Specifies the visual type (usually +.PN CopyFromParent ). +.ds Vm attribute fields to use +.IP \fIvalue_mask\fP 1i +Specifies which fields in the \fIattributes\fP structure are used. +.IP \fIattributes\fP 1i +Specifies the window attributes to use in the +.PN XCreateWindow +call. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtCreateWindow +function calls the Xlib +.PN XCreateWindow +function with values from the widget structure and the passed parameters. +Then, it assigns the created window to the widget's \fIwindow\fP field. +.LP +.PN XtCreateWindow +evaluates the following fields of the widget core +structure: \fIdepth\fP, \fIscreen\fP, \fIparent->core.window\fP, \fIx\fP, +\fIy\fP, \fIwidth\fP, \fIheight\fP, and +\fIborder_width\fP. + +.NH 2 +Obtaining Window Information from a Widget +.XS +\fB\*(SN Obtaining Window Information from a Widget\fP +.XE +.LP +The +Core +widget class definition contains the screen and window ids. +The \fIwindow\fP field may be NULL for a while +(see Sections 2.5 and 2.6). +.LP +The display pointer, the parent widget, screen pointer, +and window of a widget are available to the widget writer by means of macros +and to the application writer by means of functions. +.LP +.IN "XtDisplay" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +Display *XtDisplay(\fIw\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget. \*(cI +.LP +.eM +.PN XtDisplay +returns the display pointer for the specified widget. +.sp +.LP +.IN "XtParent" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +Widget XtParent(\fIw\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget. \*(oI +.LP +.eM +.PN XtParent +returns the parent object for the specified widget. The returned object +will be of class Object or a subclass. +.sp +.LP +.IN "XtScreen" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +Screen *XtScreen(\fIw\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget. \*(cI +.LP +.eM +.PN XtScreen +returns the screen pointer for the specified widget. +.sp +.LP +.IN "XtWindow" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +Window XtWindow(\fIw\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget. \*(cI +.LP +.eM +.PN XtWindow +returns the window of the specified widget. +.sp +.LP +The display pointer, screen pointer, and window of a widget or +of the closest widget ancestor of a nonwidget object are available +by means of +.PN XtDisplayOfObject , +.PN XtScreenOfObject , +and +.PN XtWindowOfObject . +.IN "XtDisplayOfObject" "" "@DEF@" +.sp +.LP +.sM +.FD 0 +Display *XtDisplayOfObject(\fIobject\fP) +.br + Widget \fIobject\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIobject\fP 1i +Specifies the object. \*(oI +.LP +.eM +.PN XtDisplayOfObject +is identical in function to +.PN XtDisplay +if the object is a widget; otherwise +.PN XtDisplayOfObject +returns the display +pointer for the nearest ancestor of \fIobject\fP that is of class +Widget or a subclass thereof. +.LP +.IN "XtScreenOfObject" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +Screen *XtScreenOfObject(\fIobject\fP) +.br + Widget \fIobject\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIobject\fP 1i +Specifies the object. \*(oI +.LP +.eM +.PN XtScreenOfObject +is identical in function to +.PN XtScreen +if the object is a widget; otherwise +.PN XtScreenOfObject +returns the screen pointer +for the nearest ancestor of \fIobject\fP that is of class +Widget or a subclass thereof. +.LP +.IN "XtWindowOfObject" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +Window XtWindowOfObject(\fIobject\fP) +.br + Widget \fIobject\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIobject\fP 1i +Specifies the object. \*(oI +.LP +.eM +.PN XtWindowOfObject +is identical in function to +.PN XtWindow +if the object is a widget; otherwise +.PN XtWindowOfObject +returns the window for the nearest ancestor of \fIobject\fP that is of class +Widget or a subclass thereof. +.sp +.LP +To retrieve the instance name of an object, use +.PN XtName . +.LP +.IN "XtName" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +String XtName(\fIobject\fP) +.br + Widget \fIobject\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIobject\fP 1i +Specifies the object whose name is desired. \*(oI +.LP +.eM +.PN XtName +returns a pointer to the instance name of the specified object. +The storage is owned by the \*(xI and must not be modified. The +name is not qualified by the names of any of the object's ancestors. +.LP +Several window attributes are locally cached in the widget instance. +Thus, they can be set by the resource manager and +.PN XtSetValues +as well as used by routines that derive structures from these values +(for example, \fIdepth\fP for deriving pixmaps, +\fIbackground_pixel\fP for deriving GCs, and so on) or in the +.PN XtCreateWindow +call. +.LP +The \fIx\fP, \fIy\fP, \fIwidth\fP, \fIheight\fP, and \fIborder_width\fP +window attributes are available to +geometry managers. +These fields are maintained synchronously inside the \*(xI. +When an +.PN XConfigureWindow +is issued by the \*(xI on the widget's window (on request of its parent), +these values are updated immediately rather than some time later +when the server generates a +.PN ConfigureNotify +event. +(In fact, most widgets do not select +.PN SubstructureNotify +events.) +This ensures that all geometry calculations are based on the internally +consistent toolkit world rather than on either +an inconsistent world updated by asynchronous +.PN ConfigureNotify +events or a consistent, but slow, world in which geometry managers +ask the server +for window sizes whenever they need to lay out their managed children +(see Chapter 6). + +.NH 3 +Unrealizing Widgets +.XS +\fB\*(SN Unrealizing Widgets\fP +.XE +.LP +To destroy the windows associated with a widget and its +non-pop-up descendants, use +.PN XtUnrealizeWidget . +.LP +.IN "XtUnrealizeWidget" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtUnrealizeWidget(\fIw\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget. \*(cI +.LP +.eM +If the widget is currently unrealized, +.PN XtUnrealizeWidget +simply returns. Otherwise it performs the following: +.IP \(bu 5 +Unmanages the widget if the widget is managed. +.IP \(bu 5 +Makes a postorder (child-to-parent) traversal of the widget tree +rooted at the specified widget and, for each widget that has +declared a callback list resource named ``unrealizeCallback'', executes the +procedures on the +.IN XtNunrealizeCallback +XtNunrealizeCallback +list. +.IN "unrealizeCallback" "" "@DEF@" +.IP \(bu 5 +Destroys the widget's window and any subwindows by calling +.PN XDestroyWindow +with the specified widget's \fIwindow\fP field. +.LP +Any events in the queue or which arrive following a call to +.PN XtUnrealizeWidget +will be dispatched as if the window(s) of the +unrealized widget(s) had never existed. + +.NH 2 +Destroying Widgets +.XS +\fB\*(SN Destroying Widgets\fP +.XE +.LP +The \*(xI provide support +.IP \(bu 5 +To destroy all the pop-up children of the widget being destroyed +and destroy all children of composite widgets. +.IP \(bu 5 +To remove (and unmap) the widget from its parent. +.IP \(bu 5 +To call the callback procedures that have been registered to trigger +when the widget is destroyed. +.IP \(bu 5 +To minimize the number of things a widget has to deallocate when destroyed. +.IP \(bu 5 +To minimize the number of +.PN XDestroyWindow +calls when destroying a widget tree. +.sp +.LP +To destroy a widget instance, use +.PN XtDestroyWidget . +.LP +.IN "XtDestroyWidget" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtDestroyWidget(\fIw\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget. \*(oI +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtDestroyWidget +function provides the only method of destroying a widget, +including widgets that need to destroy themselves. +It can be called at any time, +including from an application callback routine of the widget being destroyed. +This requires a two-phase destroy process in order to avoid dangling +references to destroyed widgets. +.LP +In phase 1, +.PN XtDestroyWidget +performs the following: +.IP \(bu 5 +If the \fIbeing_destroyed\fP field of the widget is +.PN True , +it returns immediately. +.IP \(bu 5 +Recursively descends the widget tree and +sets the \fIbeing_destroyed\fP field to +.PN True +for the widget and all normal and pop-up children. +.IP \(bu 5 +Adds the widget to a list of widgets (the destroy list) that should be +destroyed when it is safe to do so. +.LP +Entries on the destroy list satisfy the invariant that +if w2 occurs after w1 on the destroy list, then w2 is not a descendent, +either normal or pop-up, of w1. +.LP +Phase 2 occurs when all procedures that should execute as a result of +the current event have been called, including all procedures registered with +the event and translation managers, +that is, when the current invocation of +.PN XtDispatchEvent +is about to return, or immediately if not in +.PN XtDispatchEvent . +.LP +In phase 2, +.PN XtDestroyWidget +performs the following on each entry in the destroy list in the order +specified: +.IP \(bu 5 +If the widget is not a pop-up child and the widget's parent is a subclass of +.PN composite\%WidgetClass , +and if the parent is not being destroyed, +it calls +.PN XtUnmanageChild +on the widget and then calls the widget's parent's delete_child procedure +(see Section 3.3). +.IP \(bu 5 +Calls the destroy callback procedures registered on the widget +and all normal and pop-up descendants in postorder (it calls child +callbacks before parent callbacks). +.LP +The +.PN XtDestroyWidget +function then makes second traversal of the widget and all normal +and pop-up descendants to perform the following three items on each +widget in postorder: +.IP \(bu 5 +If the widget is not a pop-up child and the widget's parent is a subclass of +.PN constraint\%WidgetClass , +it calls the +.PN ConstraintClassPart +destroy procedure for the parent, +then for the parent's superclass, +until finally it calls the +.PN ConstraintClassPart +destroy procedure for +.PN constraintWidgetClass . +.IP \(bu 5 +Calls the +.PN CoreClassPart +destroy procedure declared in the widget class, +then the destroy procedure declared in its superclass, +until finally it calls the destroy procedure declared in the Object +class record. Callback lists are deallocated. +.IP \(bu 5 +If the widget class object class part contains an +.PN ObjectClassExtension +record with the record_type +.PN \s-1NULLQUARK\s+1 +and the \fIdeallocate\fP field is not NULL, +calls the deallocate procedure to deallocate the instance and if one +exists, the constraint record. Otherwise, the \*(xI will deallocate +the widget instance record and if one exists, the constraint record. +.IP \(bu 5 +Calls +.PN XDestroyWindow +if the specified widget is realized (that is, has an X window). +The server recursively destroys all normal descendant windows. +(Windows of realized pop-up Shell children, and their +descendants, are destroyed by a shell class destroy procedure.) + +.NH 3 +Adding and Removing Destroy Callbacks +.XS +\fB\*(SN Adding and Removing Destroy Callbacks\fP +.XE +.LP +When an application needs to perform additional processing during the +destruction of a widget, +it should register a destroy callback procedure for the widget. +The destroy callback procedures use the mechanism described in Chapter 8. +.IN "Destroy Callbacks" +The destroy callback list is identified by the resource name +XtNdestroyCallback. +.LP +For example, the following adds an application-supplied destroy callback +procedure \fIClientDestroy\fP with client data to a widget by calling +.PN XtAddCallback . +.IN "XtAddCallback" +.Ds +XtAddCallback(\fIw\fP, XtNdestroyCallback, \fIClientDestroy\fP, \fIclient_data\fP) +.De +.LP +Similarly, the following removes the application-supplied destroy callback +procedure \fIClientDestroy\fP by calling +.PN XtRemoveCallback . +.IN "XtRemoveCallback" +.Ds +XtRemoveCallback(\fIw\fP, XtNdestroyCallback, \fIClientDestroy\fP, \fIclient_data\fP) +.De +.LP +The \fIClientDestroy\fP argument is of type +.PN XtCallbackProc ; +see Section 8.1. + +.NH 3 +Dynamic Data Deallocation: The destroy Procedure +.XS +\*(SN Dynamic Data Deallocation: The destroy Procedure +.XE +.LP +.IN "destroy procedure" "" "@DEF@" +The destroy procedure pointers in the +.PN ObjectClassPart , +.PN RectObjClassPart , +and +.PN CoreClassPart +structures are of type +.PN XtWidgetProc . +.LP +.IN "XtWidgetProc" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +typedef void (*XtWidgetProc)(Widget); +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget being destroyed. +.LP +.eM +The destroy procedures are called in subclass-to-superclass order. +Therefore, a widget's destroy procedure should deallocate only storage +that is specific to the subclass and should ignore the storage +allocated by any of its superclasses. +The destroy procedure should deallocate only resources that have been +explicitly created by the subclass. +Any resource that was obtained from the resource database +or passed in an argument list was not created by the widget +and therefore should not be destroyed by it. +If a widget does not need to deallocate any storage, +the destroy procedure entry in its class record can be NULL. +.LP +Deallocating storage includes, but is not limited to, +the following steps: +.IP \(bu 5 +Calling +.PN XtFree +on dynamic storage allocated with +.PN XtMalloc , +.PN XtCalloc , +and so on. +.IP \(bu 5 +Calling +.PN XFreePixmap +on pixmaps created with direct X calls. +.IP \(bu 5 +Calling +.PN XtReleaseGC +on GCs allocated with +.PN XtGetGC . +.IP \(bu 5 +Calling +.PN XFreeGC +on GCs allocated with direct X calls. +.IP \(bu 5 +Calling +.PN XtRemoveEventHandler +on event handlers added to other widgets. +.IP \(bu 5 +Calling +.PN XtRemoveTimeOut +on timers created with +.PN XtAppAddTimeOut . +.IP \(bu 5 +Calling +.PN XtDestroyWidget +for each child if the widget has children +and is not a subclass of +.PN compositeWidgetClass . +.LP +During destroy phase 2 for each widget, the \*(xI remove the widget +from the modal cascade, unregister all event handlers, remove all key, +keyboard, button, and pointer grabs and remove all callback procedures +registered on the widget. Any outstanding selection transfers will time out. + +.NH 3 +Dynamic Constraint Data Deallocation: The ConstraintClassPart destroy Procedure +.XS +\*(SN Dynamic Constraint Data Deallocation: The ConstraintClassPart destroy Procedure +.XE +.LP +The constraint destroy procedure identified in the +.PN ConstraintClassPart +structure is called for a widget whose parent is a subclass of +.PN constraintWidgetClass . +This constraint destroy procedure pointer is of type +.PN XtWidgetProc . +The constraint destroy procedures are called in subclass-to-superclass order, +starting at the class of the widget's parent and ending at +.PN constraint\%WidgetClass . +Therefore, a parent's constraint destroy procedure should deallocate only +storage that is specific to the constraint subclass +and not storage allocated by any of its superclasses. +.LP +If a parent does not need to deallocate any constraint storage, +the constraint destroy procedure entry +in its class record can be NULL. + +.NH 3 +Widget Instance Deallocation: The deallocate Procedure +.XS +\*(SN Widget Instance Deallocation: The deallocate Procedure +.XE +.LP +.IN "deallocate procedure" "" "@DEF@" +The deallocate procedure pointer in the +.PN ObjectClassExtension +record is of type +.PN XtDeallocateProc . +.LP +.IN "XtDeallocateProc" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +typedef void (*XtDeallocateProc)(Widget, XtPointer); +.br + Widget \fIwidget\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fImore_bytes\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIwidget\fP 1i +Specifies the widget being destroyed. +.IP \fImore_bytes\fP 1i +Specifies the auxiliary memory received from the corresponding allocator +along with the widget, or NULL. +.LP +.eM +When a widget is destroyed, if an +.PN ObjectClassExtension +record exists in the object class part \fIextension\fP field +with \fIrecord_type\fP +.PN \s-1NULLQUARK\s+1 +and the \fIdeallocate\fP field is not NULL, the +.PN XtDeallocateProc +will be called. +If no ObjectClassPart extension record is declared with \fIrecord_type\fP +equal to +.PN \s-1NULLQUARK\s+1 , +then +.PN XtInheritAllocate +and +.PN XtInheritDeallocate +are assumed. +The responsibilities of the deallocate procedure are to deallocate the +memory specified by \fImore_bytes\fP if it is not NULL, +to deallocate the constraints record as specified by the +widget's \fIcore.constraints\fP field if it is +not NULL, and to deallocate the widget instance itself. +.LP +If no +.PN XtDeallocateProc +is found, it is assumed that the \*(xI +originally allocated the memory and is responsible for freeing it. + +.NH 2 +Exiting from an Application +.XS +\fB\*(SN Exiting from an Application\fP +.XE +.LP +All \*(tk applications should terminate +by calling +.PN XtDestroyApplicationContext +and then exiting +using the +standard method for their operating system (typically, by calling +.PN exit +for POSIX-based systems). +The quickest way to make the windows disappear while exiting is to call +.PN XtUnmapWidget +on each top-level shell widget. +The \*(xI have no resources beyond those in the program image, +and the X server will free its resources when its connection +to the application is broken. +.LP +Depending upon the widget set in use, it may be necessary to explicitly +destroy individual widgets or widget trees with +.PN XtDestroyWidget +before calling +.PN XtDestroyApplicationContext +in order to ensure that any +required widget cleanup is properly executed. The application developer +must refer to the widget documentation to learn if a widget needs to +perform cleanup beyond that performed automatically by the +operating system. If the client is a session participant +(see Section 4.2), then the client may wish to resign from the session +before exiting. See Section 4.2.4 for details. +.bp diff --git a/libXt/specs/CH03 b/libXt/specs/CH03 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f96a79781 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/specs/CH03 @@ -0,0 +1,1031 @@ +.\" $Xorg: CH03,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:44 cpqbld Exp $ +.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994 +.\" X Consortium +.\" +.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining +.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the +.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including +.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, +.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to +.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to +.\" the following conditions: +.\" +.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included +.\" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. +.\" +.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS +.\" OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF +.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. +.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR +.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, +.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR +.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. +.\" +.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall +.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or +.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization +.\" from the X Consortium. +.\" +.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994 +.\" Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts. +.\" +.\" Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this documentation for any +.\" purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright +.\" notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this +.\" permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of +.\" Digital not be used in in advertising or publicity pertaining +.\" to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. +.\" Digital makes no representations about the suitability of the +.\" software described herein for any purpose. +.\" It is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty. +.\" +\& +.sp 1 +.ce 3 +\s+1\fBChapter 3\fP\s-1 + +\s+1\fBComposite Widgets and Their Children\fP\s-1 +.sp 2 +.nr H1 3 +.nr H2 0 +.nr H3 0 +.nr H4 0 +.nr H5 0 +.LP +.XS +Chapter 3 \(em Composite Widgets and Their Children +.XE +.IN "Composite widgets" +Composite widgets (widgets whose class is a subclass of +.PN compositeWidgetClass ) +can have an arbitrary number of children. +Consequently, they are responsible for much more than primitive widgets. +Their responsibilities (either implemented directly by the widget class +or indirectly by \*(xI functions) include: +.IP \(bu 5 +Overall management of children from creation to destruction. +.IP \(bu 5 +Destruction of descendants when the composite widget is destroyed. +.IP \(bu 5 +Physical arrangement (geometry management) of a displayable subset of +children (that is, the managed children). +.IP \(bu 5 +Mapping and unmapping of a subset of the managed children. +.LP +Overall management is handled by the generic procedures +.PN XtCreateWidget +and +.PN XtDestroyWidget . +.PN XtCreateWidget +adds children to their parent by calling the parent's insert_child +procedure. +.PN XtDestroyWidget +removes children from their parent by calling the parent's delete_child +procedure and ensures that all children of a destroyed composite widget +also get destroyed. +.LP +Only a subset of the total number of children is actually managed by +the geometry manager and hence possibly visible. +For example, a composite editor widget +supporting multiple editing buffers might allocate one child +widget for each file buffer, +but it might display only a small number of the existing buffers. +Widgets that are in this displayable subset are called managed widgets +and enter into geometry manager calculations. +The other children are called unmanaged widgets +and, by definition, are not mapped by the \*(xI. +.LP +Children are added to and removed from their parent's managed set by using +.PN XtManageChild , +.PN XtManageChildren , +.PN XtUnmanageChild , +.PN XtUnmanageChildren , +and +.PN XtChangeManagedSet , +which notify the parent to recalculate the physical layout of its children +by calling the parent's change_managed procedure. +The +.PN XtCreateManagedWidget +convenience function calls +.PN XtCreateWidget +and +.PN XtManageChild +on the result. +.LP +Most managed children are mapped, +but some widgets can be in a state where they take up physical space +but do not show anything. +Managed widgets are not mapped automatically +if their \fImap_when_managed\fP field is +.PN False . +The default is +.PN True +and is changed by using +.PN XtSetMappedWhenManaged . +.LP +Each composite widget class declares a geometry manager, +which is responsible for figuring out where the managed children +should appear within the composite widget's window. +Geometry management techniques fall into four classes: +.IP "Fixed boxes" 1.6i +Fixed boxes have a fixed number of children created by the parent. +All these children are managed, +and none ever makes geometry manager requests. +.IP "Homogeneous boxes" 1.6i +Homogeneous boxes treat all children equally and apply the same geometry +constraints to each child. +Many clients insert and delete widgets freely. +.IP "Heterogeneous boxes" 1.6i +Heterogeneous boxes have a specific location where each child is placed. +This location usually is not specified in pixels, +because the window may be resized, but is expressed rather +in terms of the relationship between a child +and the parent or between the child and other specific children. +The class of heterogeneous boxes is usually a subclass of +Constraint. +.IP "Shell boxes" 1.6i +Shell boxes typically have only one child, +and the child's size is usually +exactly the size of the shell. +The geometry manager must communicate with the window manager, if it exists, +and the box must also accept +.PN ConfigureNotify +events when the window size is changed by the window manager. + +.NH 2 +Addition of Children to a Composite Widget: The insert_child Procedure +.XS +\*(SN Addition of Children to a Composite Widget: The insert_child Procedure +.XE +.LP +.IN "insert_child procedure" +To add a child to +the parent's list of children, the +.PN XtCreateWidget +function calls the parent's class routine insert_child. +The insert_child procedure pointer in a composite widget is of type +.PN XtWidgetProc . +.LP +.IN "insert_child procedure" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +typedef void (*XtWidgetProc)(Widget); +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Passes the newly created child. +.LP +.eM +Most composite widgets inherit their superclass's operation. +The insert_child routine in +.PN CompositeWidgetClass calls the insert_position procedure +and inserts the child at the specified position +in the \fIchildren\fP list, expanding it if necessary. +.LP +Some composite widgets define their own insert_child routine +so that they can order their children in some convenient way, +create companion controller widgets for a new widget, +or limit the number or class of their child widgets. +A composite widget class that wishes +to allow nonwidget children (see Chapter 12) must specify a +.PN CompositeClassExtension +extension record as described +in Section 1.4.2.1 and set the \fIaccepts_objects\fP field in this record to +.PN True . +If the +.PN CompositeClassExtension +record is not specified or the +\fIaccepts_objects\fP field is +.PN False , +the composite widget can assume that all its children are of a subclass of Core +without an explicit subclass test in the insert_child procedure. +.LP +If there is not enough room to insert a new child in the \fIchildren\fP array +(that is, \fInum_children\fP is equal to \fInum_slots\fP), +the insert_child procedure must first reallocate the array +and update \fInum_slots\fP. +The insert_child procedure then places the child at the appropriate position +in the array and increments the \fInum_children\fP field. + +.NH 2 +Insertion Order of Children: The insert_position Procedure +.XS +\fB\*(SN Insertion Order of Children: The insert_position Procedure\fP +.XE +.LP +Instances of composite widgets sometimes need to specify more about the order in which +their children are kept. +For example, +an application may want a set of command buttons in some logical order +grouped by function, +and it may want buttons that represent file names to be kept +in alphabetical order without constraining the order in which the +buttons are created. +.LP +An application controls the presentation order of a set of children by +supplying an +.IN XtNinsertPosition +XtNinsertPosition +resource. +The insert_position procedure pointer in a composite widget instance is of type +.PN XtOrderProc . +.LP +.IN "XtOrderProc" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +typedef Cardinal (*XtOrderProc)(Widget); +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Passes the newly created widget. +.LP +.eM +Composite widgets that allow clients to order their children (usually +homogeneous boxes) can call their widget instance's insert_position +procedure from the class's insert_child procedure to determine where a new +child should go in its \fIchildren\fP array. +Thus, a client using a composite class can apply different sorting criteria +to widget instances of the class, passing in a different insert_position +procedure resource when it creates each composite widget instance. +.LP +The return value of the insert_position procedure +indicates how many children should go before the widget. +Returning zero indicates that the widget should go before all other children, +and returning \fInum_children\fP indicates that it should go after all other children. +The default insert_position function returns \fInum_children\fP +and can be overridden by a specific composite widget's resource list +or by the argument list provided when the composite widget is created. + +.NH 2 +Deletion of Children: The delete_child Procedure +.XS +\*(SN Deletion of Children: The delete_child Procedure +.XE +.LP +.IN "delete_child procedure" +.LP +To remove the child from the parent's \fIchildren\fP list, the +.PN XtDestroyWidget +function eventually causes a call to the Composite parent's class delete_child +procedure. +The delete_child procedure pointer is of type +.PN XtWidgetProc . +.LP +.IN "delete_child procedure" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +typedef void (*XtWidgetProc)(Widget); +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP +Passes the child being deleted. +.LP +.eM +Most widgets inherit the delete_child procedure from their superclass. +Composite widgets that create companion widgets define their own +delete_child procedure to remove these companion widgets. + +.NH 2 +Adding and Removing Children from the Managed Set +.XS +\fB\*(SN Adding and Removing Children from the Managed Set\fP +.XE +.LP +The \*(xI provide a set of generic routines to permit the addition of +widgets to or the removal of widgets from a composite widget's managed set. +.IN "change_managed procedure" +These generic routines eventually call the composite widget's change_managed +procedure if the procedure pointer is non-NULL. +The change_managed procedure pointer is of type +.PN XtWidgetProc . +The widget argument specifies the composite widget whose managed child +set has been modified. + +.NH 3 +Managing Children +.XS +\fB\*(SN Managing Children\fP +.XE +.LP +To add a list of widgets to the geometry-managed (and hence displayable) +subset of their Composite parent, use +.PN XtManageChildren . +.LP +.IN "XtManageChildren" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +typedef Widget *WidgetList; +.sp +void XtManageChildren(\fIchildren\fP, \fInum_children\fP) +.br + WidgetList \fIchildren\fP; +.br + Cardinal \fInum_children\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIchildren\fP 1i +Specifies a list of child widgets. Each child must be of class +RectObj or any subclass thereof. +.IP \fInum_children\fP 1i +Specifies the number of children in the list. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtManageChildren +function performs the following: +.IP \(bu 5 +Issues an error if the children do not all have the same parent or +if the parent's class is not a subclass of +.PN compositeWidgetClass . +.IP \(bu 5 +Returns immediately if the common parent is being destroyed; +otherwise, for each unique child on the list, +.PN XtManageChildren +ignores the child if it already is managed or is being destroyed, +and marks it if not. +.IP \(bu 5 +If the parent is realized and after all children have been marked, +it makes some of the newly managed children viewable: +.RS +.IP \- 5 +Calls the change_managed routine of the widgets' parent. +.IP \- 5 +Calls +.PN XtRealizeWidget +on each previously unmanaged child that is unrealized. +.IP \- 5 +Maps each previously unmanaged child that has \fImap_when_managed\fP +.PN True . +.RE +.LP +Managing children is independent of the ordering of children and +independent of creating and deleting children. +The layout routine of the parent +should consider children whose \fImanaged\fP field is +.PN True +and should ignore all other children. +Note that some composite widgets, especially fixed boxes, call +.PN XtManageChild +from their insert_child procedure. +.LP +If the parent widget is realized, +its change_managed procedure is called to notify it +that its set of managed children has changed. +The parent can reposition and resize any of its children. +It moves each child as needed by calling +.PN XtMoveWidget , +which first updates the \fIx\fP and \fIy\fP fields and which then calls +.PN XMoveWindow . +.LP +If the composite widget wishes to change the size or border width of any of +its children, it calls +.PN XtResizeWidget , +which first updates the +\fIwidth\fP, \fIheight\fP, and \fIborder_width\fP +fields and then calls +.PN XConfigureWindow . +Simultaneous repositioning and resizing may be done with +.PN XtConfigureWidget ; +see Section 6.6. +.sp +.LP +To add a single child to its parent widget's set of managed children, use +.PN XtManageChild . +.LP +.IN "XtManageChild" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtManageChild(\fIchild\fP) +.br + Widget \fIchild\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIchild\fP 1i +Specifies the child. \*(rI +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtManageChild +function constructs a +.PN WidgetList +of length 1 and calls +.PN XtManageChildren . +.sp +.LP +To create and manage a child widget in a single procedure, use +.PN XtCreateManagedWidget +or +.PN XtVaCreateManagedWidget . +.LP +.IN "XtCreateManagedWidget" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +Widget XtCreateManagedWidget(\fIname\fP, \fIwidget_class\fP, \fIparent\fP, \ +\fIargs\fP, \fInum_args\fP) +.br + String \fIname\fP; +.br + WidgetClass \fIwidget_class\fP; +.br + Widget \fIparent\fP; +.br + ArgList \fIargs\fP; +.br + Cardinal \fInum_args\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIname\fP 1i +Specifies the resource instance name for the created widget. +.IP \fIwidget_class\fP 1i +Specifies the widget class pointer for the created widget. \*(rC +.IP \fIparent\fP 1i +Specifies the parent widget. Must be of class Composite or any +subclass thereof. +.IP \fIargs\fP 1i +Specifies the argument list to override any other resource specifications. +.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i +Specifies the number of entries in the argument list. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtCreateManagedWidget +function is a convenience routine that calls +.PN XtCreateWidget +and +.PN XtManageChild . +.sp +.LP +.IN "XtVaCreateManagedWidget" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +Widget XtVaCreateManagedWidget(\fIname\fP, \fIwidget_class\fP, \fIparent\fP, ...) +.br + String \fIname\fP; +.br + WidgetClass \fIwidget_class\fP; +.br + Widget \fIparent\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIname\fP 1i +Specifies the resource instance name for the created widget. +.IP \fIwidget_class\fP 1i +Specifies the widget class pointer for the created widget. \*(rC +.IP \fIparent\fP 1i +Specifies the parent widget. Must be of class Composite or any +subclass thereof. +.IP ... 1i +Specifies the variable argument list to override any other +resource specifications. +.LP +.eM +.PN XtVaCreateManagedWidget +is identical in function to +.PN XtCreateManagedWidget +with the \fIargs\fP and \fInum_args\fP parameters replaced +by a varargs list, as described in Section 2.5.1. + +.NH 3 +Unmanaging Children +.XS +\fB\*(SN Unmanaging Children\fP +.XE +.LP +To remove a list of children from a parent widget's managed list, use +.PN XtUnmanageChildren . +.LP +.IN "XtUnmanageChildren" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtUnmanageChildren(\fIchildren\fP, \fInum_children\fP) +.br + WidgetList \fIchildren\fP; +.br + Cardinal \fInum_children\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIchildren\fP 1i +Specifies a list of child widgets. Each child must be of class +RectObj or any subclass thereof. +.IP \fInum_children\fP 1i +Specifies the number of children. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtUnmanageChildren +function performs the following: +.IP \(bu 5 +Returns immediately if the common parent is being destroyed. +.IP \(bu 5 +Issues an error if the children do not all have the same parent +or if the parent is not a subclass of +.PN compositeWidgetClass . +.IP \(bu 5 +For each unique child on the list, +.PN XtUnmanageChildren +ignores the child if it is unmanaged; otherwise it performs the following: +.RS +.IP \- 5 +Marks the child as unmanaged. +.IP \- 5 +If the child is realized and the \fImap_when_managed\fP field is +.PN True , +it is unmapped. +.RE +.IP \(bu 5 +If the parent is realized and if any children have become unmanaged, +calls the change_managed routine of the widgets' parent. +.LP +.PN XtUnmanageChildren +does not destroy the child widgets. +Removing widgets from a parent's managed set is often a temporary banishment, +and some time later the client may manage the children again. +To destroy widgets entirely, +.PN XtDestroyWidget +should be called instead; +see Section 2.9. +.sp +.LP +To remove a single child from its parent widget's managed set, use +.PN XtUnmanageChild . +.LP +.IN "XtUnmanageChild" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtUnmanageChild(\fIchild\fP) +.br + Widget \fIchild\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIchild\fP 1i +Specifies the child. \*(rI +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtUnmanageChild +function constructs a widget list +of length 1 and calls +.PN XtUnmanageChildren . +.LP +These functions are low-level routines that are used by generic +composite widget building routines. +In addition, composite widgets can provide widget-specific, +high-level convenience procedures. + +.NH 3 +Bundling Changes to the Managed Set +.XS +\fB\*(SN Bundling Changes to the Managed Set\fP +.XE +.LP +A client may simultaneously unmanage and manage children +with a single call to the \*(xI. In this same call the +client may provide a callback procedure that can modify the +geometries of one or more children. The composite widget class +defines whether this single client call results in separate invocations +of the change_managed method, one to unmanage and the other to +manage, or in just a single invocation. +.\" .LP +.\" The composite widget class specifies how its change_managed method +.\" should be invoked by declaring a +.\" .PN CompositeClassExtension +.\" structure as described in section 1.4.2.1. If the +.\" \fIallows_change_managed_set\fP field in the +.\" .PN CompositeClassExtension +.\" record is +.\" .PN False , +.\" the change_managed method will be invoked twice; once before any +.\" geometry changes are requested by the client callback and once +.\" after. If the \fIallows_change_managed_set\fP field is +.\" .PN True , +.\" the change_managed method will be invoked just once after the +.\" specified children have been marked as unmanaged or managed and +.\" the client's callback has been invoked. +.\" If no +.\" .PN CompositeClassExtension +.\" record is found in the extension field of the +.\" composite class part with record type +.\" .PN \s-1NULLQUARK\s+1 +.\" and version greater +.\" than 1 and if +.\" .PN XtInheritChangeManaged +.\" was specified in the class record during class initialization, the +.\" value of the \fIallows_change_managed_set\fP +.\" field will be inherited from the superclass. +.LP +To simultaneously remove from and add to the geometry-managed +set of children of a composite parent, use +.PN XtChangeManagedSet . +.LP +.IN "XtChangeManagedSet" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtChangeManagedSet(\fIunmanage_children\fP, \fInum_unmanage_children\fP, + \fIdo_change_proc\fP, \fIclient_data\fP, + \fImanage_children\fP, \fInum_manage_children\fP) +.br + WidgetList \fIunmanage_children\fP; +.br + Cardinal \fInum_unmanage_children\fP; +.br + XtDoChangeProc \fIdo_change_proc\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; +.br + WidgetList \fImanage_children\fP; +.br + Cardinal \fInum_manage_children\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIunmanage_children\fP 1.8i +Specifies the list of widget children to initially remove from the managed set. +.IP \fInum_unmanage_children\fP 1.8i +Specifies the number of entries in the \fIunmanage_children\fP list. +.IP \fIdo_change_proc\fP 1.8i +Specifies a procedure to invoke between unmanaging +and managing the children, or NULL. +.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1.8i +Specifies client data to be passed to the do_change_proc. +.IP \fImanage_children\fP 1.8i +Specifies the list of widget children to finally add to the managed set. +.IP \fInum_manage_children\fP 1.8i +Specifies the number of entries in the \fImanage_children\fP list. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtChangeManagedSet +function performs the following: +.IP \(bu 5 +Returns immediately if \fInum_unmanage_children\fP and +\fInum_manage_children\fP are both 0. +.IP \(bu 5 +Issues a warning and returns if the widgets specified in the +\fImanage_children\fP and +the \fIunmanage_children\fP lists do not all have the same parent or if +that parent is not a subclass of +.PN compositeWidgetClass . +.IP \(bu 5 +Returns immediately if the common parent is being destroyed. +.IP \(bu 5 +If \fIdo_change_proc\fP is not NULL and the parent's +.PN CompositeClassExtension +\fIallows_change_managed_set\fP field is +.PN False , +then +.PN XtChangeManagedSet +performs the following: +.RS +.IP \- 5 +Calls +.PN XtUnmanageChildren +(\fIunmanage_children\fP, \fInum_unmanage_children\fP). +.IP \- 5 +Calls the \fIdo_change_proc\fP. +.IP \- 5 +Calls +.PN XtManageChildren +(\fImanage_children\fP, \fInum_manage_children\fP). +.RE +.IP \(bu 5 +Otherwise, the following is performed: +.RS +.IP \- 5 +For each child on the \fIunmanage_children\fP list; if the child is +already unmanaged it is ignored, otherwise it is marked as unmanaged, +and if it is realized and its \fImap_when_managed\fP field is +.PN True , +it is unmapped. +.IP \- 5 +If \fIdo_change_proc\fP is non-NULL, the procedure is invoked. +.IP \- 5 +For each child on the \fImanage_children\fP list; if the child is already +managed or is being destroyed, it is ignored; otherwise it is +marked as managed. +.IP \- 5 +If the parent is realized and after all children have been marked, +the change_managed method of the parent is invoked, and subsequently +some of the newly managed children are made viewable by calling +.PN XtRealizeWidget +on each previously unmanaged child that is unrealized and +mapping each previously unmanaged child that has \fImap_when_managed\fP +.PN True . +.RE +.LP +If no +.PN CompositeClassExtension +record is found in the parent's composite class part \fIextension\fP field +with record type +.PN \s-1NULLQUARK\s+1 +and version greater than 1, and if +.PN XtInheritChangeManaged +was specified in the parent's class record during class initialization, +the value of the \fIallows_change_managed_set\fP +field is inherited from the superclass. The value inherited from +.PN compositeWidgetClass +for the \fIallows_change_managed_set\fP field is +.PN False . +.LP +It is not an error to include a child in both the \fIunmanage_children\fP +and the \fImanage_children\fP lists. The effect of such a call is that +the child remains managed following the call, but the \fIdo_change_proc\fP is +able to affect the child while it is in an unmanaged state. +.sp +.LP +The \fIdo_change_proc\fP is of type +.PN XtDoChangeProc . +.LP +.IN "XtDoChangeProc" "" "@DEF" +.sM +.FD 0 +typedef void (*XtDoChangeProc)(Widget, WidgetList, Cardinal*, WidgetList, Cardinal*, XtPointer); +.br + Widget \fIcomposite_parent\fP; +.br + WidgetList \fIunmange_children\fP; +.br + Cardinal *\fInum_unmanage_children\fP; +.br + WidgetList \fImanage_children\fP; +.br + Cardinal *\fInum_manage_children\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIcomposite_parent\fP 1.8i +Passes the composite parent whose managed set is being altered. +.IP \fIunmanage_children\fP 1.8i +Passes the list of children just removed from the managed set. +.IP \fInum_unmanage_children\fP 1.8i +Passes the number of entries in the \fIunmanage_children\fP list. +.IP \fImanage_children\fP 1.8i +Passes the list of children about to be added to the managed set. +.IP \fInum_manage_children\fP 1.8i +Passes the number of entries in the \fImanage_children\fP list. +.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1.8i +Passes the client data passed to +.PN XtChangeManagedSet . +.LP +.eM +The \fIdo_change_proc\fP procedure is used by the caller of +.PN XtChangeManagedSet +to make changes to one or more children at the point when the +managed set contains the fewest entries. These changes may +involve geometry requests, and in this case the caller of +.PN XtChangeManagedSet +may take advantage of the fact that the \*(xI internally grant +geometry requests made by unmanaged children without invoking +the parent's geometry manager. To achieve this advantage, if +the \fIdo_change_proc\fP procedure +changes the geometry of a child or of a descendant of a child, then +that child should be included in the \fIunmanage_children\fP and +\fImanage_children\fP lists. + +.NH 3 +Determining if a Widget Is Managed +.XS +\fB\*(SN Determining if a Widget Is Managed\fP +.XE +.LP +To determine the managed state of a given child widget, use +.PN XtIsManaged . +.LP +.IN "XtIsManaged" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +Boolean XtIsManaged(\fIw\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP\^; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget. \*(oI +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtIsManaged +function returns +.PN True +if the specified widget is of class RectObj or any subclass thereof +and is managed, or +.PN False +otherwise. + +.NH 2 +Controlling When Widgets Get Mapped +.XS +\fB\*(SN Controlling When Widgets Get Mapped\fP +.XE +.LP +A widget is normally mapped if it is managed. +However, +this behavior can be overridden by setting the XtNmappedWhenManaged resource +for the widget when it is created +or by setting the \fImap_when_managed\fP field to +.PN False . +.sp +.LP +To change the value of a given widget's \fImap_when_managed\fP field, use +.PN XtSetMappedWhenManaged . +.LP +.IN "XtSetMappedWhenManaged" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtSetMappedWhenManaged(\fIw\fP, \fImap_when_managed\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + Boolean \fImap_when_managed\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget. \*(cI +.IP \fImap_when_managed\fP 1i +Specifies a Boolean value that indicates the new value +that is stored into the widget's \fImap_when_managed\fP +field. +.LP +.eM +If the widget is realized and managed, +and if \fImap_when_managed\fP is +.PN True , +.PN XtSetMappedWhenManaged +maps the window. +If the widget is realized and managed, +and if \fImap_when_managed\fP is +.PN False , +it unmaps the window. +.PN XtSetMappedWhenManaged +is a convenience function that is equivalent to (but slightly faster than) +calling +.PN XtSetValues +and setting the new value for the XtNmappedWhenManaged resource +then mapping the widget as appropriate. +As an alternative to using +.PN XtSetMappedWhenManaged +to control mapping, +a client may set \fImapped_when_managed\fP to +.PN False +and use +.PN XtMapWidget +and +.PN XtUnmapWidget +explicitly. +.sp +.LP +To map a widget explicitly, use +.PN XtMapWidget . +.LP +.IN "XtMapWidget" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +XtMapWidget(\fIw\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP\^; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget. \*(cI +.LP +.eM +To unmap a widget explicitly, use +.PN XtUnmapWidget . +.LP +.IN "XtUnmapWidget" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +XtUnmapWidget(\fIw\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP\^; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget. \*(cI +.LP +.eM + +.NH 2 +Constrained Composite Widgets +.XS +\*(SN Constrained Composite Widgets +.XE +.LP +The Constraint +widget class is a subclass of +.PN compositeWidgetClass . +The name is derived from the fact that constraint widgets +may manage the geometry +of their children based on constraints associated with each child. +These constraints can be as simple as the maximum width and height +the parent will allow the child to occupy or can be as complicated as +how other children should change if this child is moved or resized. +Constraint +widgets let a parent define constraints as resources that are supplied for their children. +For example, if the +Constraint +parent defines the maximum sizes for its children, +these new size resources are retrieved for each child as if they were +resources that were defined by the child widget's class. +Accordingly, +constraint resources may be included in the argument list or resource file just +like any other resource for the child. +.LP +Constraint +widgets have all the responsibilities of normal composite widgets +and, in addition, must process and act upon the constraint information +associated with each of their children. +.LP +To make it easy for widgets and the \*(xI to keep track of the +constraints associated with a child, +every widget has a \fIconstraints\fP field, +which is the address of a parent-specific structure that contains +constraint information about the child. +If a child's parent does not belong to a subclass of +.PN constraintWidgetClass , +then the child's \fIconstraints\fP field is NULL. +.LP +Subclasses of +Constraint +can add constraint data to the constraint record defined by their superclass. +To allow this, widget writers should define the constraint +records in their private .h file by using the same conventions as used for +widget records. +For example, a widget class that needs to maintain a maximum +width and height for each child might define its constraint record as +follows: +.LP +.Ds +.TA .5i 3i +.ta .5i 3i +typedef struct { + Dimension max_width, max_height; +} MaxConstraintPart; + +typedef struct { + MaxConstraintPart max; +} MaxConstraintRecord, *MaxConstraint; +.De +.LP +A subclass of this widget class that also needs to maintain a minimum size would +define its constraint record as follows: +.LP +.Ds +.TA .5i 3i +.ta .5i 3i +typedef struct { + Dimension min_width, min_height; +} MinConstraintPart; + +typedef struct { + MaxConstraintPart max; + MinConstraintPart min; +} MaxMinConstraintRecord, *MaxMinConstraint; +.De +.LP +Constraints are allocated, initialized, deallocated, and otherwise maintained +insofar as possible by the \*(xI. +The Constraint class record part has several entries that facilitate this. +All entries in +.PN ConstraintClassPart +are fields and procedures that are defined and implemented by the parent, +but they are called whenever actions are performed on the parent's children. +.LP +The +.PN XtCreateWidget +function uses the \fIconstraint_size\fP field in the parent's class record +to allocate a constraint record when a child is created. +.PN XtCreateWidget +also uses the constraint resources to fill in resource fields in the +constraint record associated with a child. +It then calls the constraint initialize procedure so that the parent +can compute constraint fields that are derived from constraint resources +and can possibly move or resize the child to conform to the given constraints. +.LP +When the +.PN XtGetValues +and +.PN XtSetValues +functions are executed +on a child, they use the constraint resources to get the values or +set the values of constraints associated with that child. +.PN XtSetValues +then calls the constraint set_values procedures so that the parent can +recompute derived constraint fields and move or resize the child +as appropriate. +If a +Constraint +widget class or any of its superclasses have declared a +.PN ConstraintClassExtension +record in the +.PN ConstraintClassPart +\fIextension\fP +fields with a record type of +.PN \s-1NULLQUARK\s+1 +and the \fIget_values_hook\fP field in +.IN "get_values_hook procedure" +.IN "Constraint" "get_values_hook" +the extension record is non-NULL, +.PN XtGetValues +calls the get_values_hook +procedure(s) to allow the parent to return derived constraint fields. +.LP +The +.PN XtDestroyWidget +function calls the constraint destroy procedure to deallocate any +dynamic storage associated with a constraint record. +The constraint record itself must not be deallocated by the constraint +destroy procedure; +.PN XtDestroyWidget +does this automatically. +.bp diff --git a/libXt/specs/CH04 b/libXt/specs/CH04 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0291aa333 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/specs/CH04 @@ -0,0 +1,1998 @@ +.\" $Xorg: CH04,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:44 cpqbld Exp $ +.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994 +.\" X Consortium +.\" +.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining +.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the +.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including +.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, +.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to +.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to +.\" the following conditions: +.\" +.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included +.\" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. +.\" +.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS +.\" OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF +.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. +.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR +.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, +.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR +.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. +.\" +.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall +.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or +.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization +.\" from the X Consortium. +.\" +.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994 +.\" Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts. +.\" +.\" Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this documentation for any +.\" purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright +.\" notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this +.\" permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of +.\" Digital not be used in in advertising or publicity pertaining +.\" to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. +.\" Digital makes no representations about the suitability of the +.\" software described herein for any purpose. +.\" It is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty. +.\" +\& +.sp 1 +.ce 3 +\s+1\fBChapter 4\fP\s-1 + +\s+1\fBShell Widgets\fP\s-1 +.sp 2 +.nr H1 4 +.nr H2 0 +.nr H3 0 +.nr H4 0 +.nr H5 0 +.LP +.XS +Chapter 4 \(em Shell Widgets +.XE +.IN "Shell" "" "@DEF@" +.LP +Shell widgets hold an application's top-level widgets to allow them to +communicate with the window manager and session manager. +Shells have been designed to be as nearly invisible as possible. +Clients have to create them, +but they should never have to worry about their sizes. +.LP +If a shell widget is resized from the outside (typically by a window manager), +the shell widget also resizes its managed child widget automatically. +Similarly, if the shell's child widget needs to change size, +it can make a geometry request to the shell, +and the shell negotiates the size change with the outer environment. +Clients should never attempt to change the size of their shells directly. +.LP +The five types of public shells are: +.TS +lw(1.5i) lw(4.25i). +T{ +.PN OverrideShell +T} T{ +Used for shell windows that completely bypass the window manager +(for example, pop-up menu shells). +T} +.sp +T{ +.PN TransientShell +T} T{ +Used for shell windows that have the +.PN \s-1WM_TRANSIENT_FOR\s+1 +property set. The effect of this property is dependent upon the +window manager being used. +T} +.sp +T{ +.PN TopLevelShell +T} T{ +Used for normal top-level windows +(for example, any additional top-level widgets an application needs). +T} +.sp +T{ +.PN ApplicationShell +T} T{ +Formerly used for the single main top-level window that +the window manager identifies as an application instance and +made obsolete by SessionShell. +T} +.IN "ApplicationShell" "" "@DEF@" +.sp +T{ +.PN SessionShell +T} T{ +Used for the single main top-level window that +the window manager identifies as an application instance and +that interacts with the session manager. +T} +.IN "SessionShell" "" "@DEF@" +.TE + +.NH 2 +Shell Widget Definitions +.XS +\*(SN Shell Widget Definitions +.XE +.LP +Widgets negotiate their size and position with their parent widget, +that is, the widget that directly contains them. +Widgets at the top of the hierarchy do not have parent widgets. +Instead, they must deal with the outside world. +To provide for this, +each top-level widget is encapsulated in a special widget, called a +shell widget. +.LP +Shell +widgets, whose class is a subclass of the +Composite class, +encapsulate other widgets and can allow a widget to avoid the +geometry clipping imposed by the parent-child window relationship. +They also can provide a layer of communication with the window manager. +.LP +The eight different types of shells are: +.TS +lw(1.5i) lw(4.5i). +T{ +.PN Shell +T} T{ +The base class for shell widgets; provides the +fields needed for all types of shells. +Shell +is a direct subclass of +.PN compositeWidgetClass . +T} +.sp 6p +T{ +.PN OverrideShell +T} T{ +A subclass of Shell; used for shell windows that completely +bypass the window manager. +T} +.sp 6p +T{ +.PN WMShell +T} T{ +A subclass of Shell; contains fields needed by the +common window manager protocol. +T} +.sp 6p +T{ +.PN VendorShell +T} T{ +A subclass of WMShell; contains fields used by +vendor-specific window managers. +T} +.sp 6p +T{ +.PN TransientShell +T} T{ +A subclass of VendorShell; used for shell windows that +desire the +.PN \s-1WM_TRANSIENT_FOR\s+1 +property. +T} +.sp 6p +T{ +.PN TopLevelShell +T} T{ +A subclass of VendorShell; used for normal top-level windows. +T} +.sp 6p +T{ +.PN ApplicationShell +T} T{ +A subclass of TopLevelShell; may be used for an application's additional +root windows. +T} +.sp 6p +T{ +.PN SessionShell +T} T{ +A subclass of ApplicationShell; used for an application's +main root window. +T} +.TE +.LP +Note that the classes +Shell, +WMShell, +and +VendorShell +are internal and should not be instantiated or subclassed. +Only +OverrrideShell, +TransientShell, +TopLevelShell, +ApplicationShell, +and +SessionShell +are intended for public use. + +.NH 3 +ShellClassPart Definitions +.XS +\*(SN ShellClassPart Definitions +.XE +.LP +Only the +Shell +class has additional class fields, which are all contained in the +.PN ShellClassExtensionRec . +None of the other Shell classes have any additional class fields: +.LP +.KS +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 2.5i 4.5i +.ta .5i 2.5i 4.5i +typedef struct { + XtPointer extension; +} ShellClassPart, OverrideShellClassPart, +WMShellClassPart, VendorShellClassPart, TransientShellClassPart, +TopLevelShellClassPart, ApplicationShellClassPart, SessionShellClassPart; +.De +.LP +.eM +.KE +The full Shell class record definitions are: +.IN "ShellClassExtension" "" "@DEF@" +.IN "ShellClassExtensionRec" "" "@DEF@" +.LP +.KS +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 2.5i 4.5i +.ta .5i 2.5i 4.5i +typedef struct _ShellClassRec { + CoreClassPart core_class; + CompositeClassPart composite_class; + ShellClassPart shell_class; +} ShellClassRec; +.De +.KE +.KS +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 2.5i 4.5i +.ta .5i 2.5i 4.5i +typedef struct { + XtPointer next_extension; See Section 1.6.12 + XrmQuark record_type; See Section 1.6.12 + long version; See Section 1.6.12 + Cardinal record_size; See Section 1.6.12 + XtGeometryHandler root_geometry_manager; See below +} ShellClassExtensionRec, *ShellClassExtension; +.De +.KE +.KS +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 2.5i 4.5i +.ta .5i 2.5i 4.5i +typedef struct _OverrideShellClassRec { + CoreClassPart core_class; + CompositeClassPart composite_class; + ShellClassPart shell_class; + OverrideShellClassPart override_shell_class; +} OverrideShellClassRec; +.De +.KE +.KS +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 2.5i 4.5i +.ta .5i 2.5i 4.5i +typedef struct _WMShellClassRec { + CoreClassPart core_class; + CompositeClassPart composite_class; + ShellClassPart shell_class; + WMShellClassPart wm_shell_class; +} WMShellClassRec; +.De +.KE +.KS +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 2.5i 4.5i +.ta .5i 2.5i 4.5i +typedef struct _VendorShellClassRec { + CoreClassPart core_class; + CompositeClassPart composite_class; + ShellClassPart shell_class; + WMShellClassPart wm_shell_class; + VendorShellClassPart vendor_shell_class; +} VendorShellClassRec; +.De +.KE +.KS +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 2.5i 4.5i +.ta .5i 2.5i 4.5i +typedef struct _TransientShellClassRec { + CoreClassPart core_class; + CompositeClassPart composite_class; + ShellClassPart shell_class; + WMShellClassPart wm_shell_class; + VendorShellClassPart vendor_shell_class; + TransientShellClassPart transient_shell_class; +} TransientShellClassRec; +.De +.KE +.KS +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 2.5i 4.5i +.ta .5i 2.5i 4.5i +typedef struct _TopLevelShellClassRec { + CoreClassPart core_class; + CompositeClassPart composite_class; + ShellClassPart shell_class; + WMShellClassPart wm_shell_class; + VendorShellClassPart vendor_shell_class; + TopLevelShellClassPart top_level_shell_class; +} TopLevelShellClassRec; +.De +.KE +.KS +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 2.5i 4.5i +.ta .5i 2.5i 4.5i +typedef struct _ApplicationShellClassRec { + CoreClassPart core_class; + CompositeClassPart composite_class; + ShellClassPart shell_class; + WMShellClassPart wm_shell_class; + VendorShellClassPart vendor_shell_class; + TopLevelShellClassPart top_level_shell_class; + ApplicationShellClassPart application_shell_class; +} ApplicationShellClassRec; +.De +.KE +.KS +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 2.5i 4.5i +.ta .5i 2.5i 4.5i +typedef struct _SessionShellClassRec { + CoreClassPart core_class; + CompositeClassPart composite_class; + ShellClassPart shell_class; + WMShellClassPart wm_shell_class; + VendorShellClassPart vendor_shell_class; + TopLevelShellClassPart top_level_shell_class; + ApplicationShellClassPart application_shell_class; + SessionShellClassPart session_shell_class; +} SessionShellClassRec; +.De +.LP +.eM +.KE +.KS +The single occurrences of the class records and pointers for creating +instances of shells are: +.LP +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 3i +.ta .5i 3i +extern ShellClassRec shellClassRec; +extern OverrideShellClassRec overrideShellClassRec; +extern WMShellClassRec wmShellClassRec; +extern VendorShellClassRec vendorShellClassRec; +extern TransientShellClassRec transientShellClassRec; +extern TopLevelShellClassRec topLevelShellClassRec; +extern ApplicationShellClassRec applicationShellClassRec; +extern SessionShellClassRec sessionShellClassRec; +.sp +extern WidgetClass shellWidgetClass; +extern WidgetClass overrideShellWidgetClass; +extern WidgetClass wmShellWidgetClass; +extern WidgetClass vendorShellWidgetClass; +extern WidgetClass transientShellWidgetClass; +extern WidgetClass topLevelShellWidgetClass; +extern WidgetClass applicationShellWidgetClass; +extern WidgetClass sessionShellWidgetClass; +.De +.LP +.eM +.KE +.KS +The following opaque types and opaque variables are defined +for generic operations on widgets whose class is a subclass of +Shell. +.TS +lw(2.75i) lw(2.75i). +_ +.sp 6p +Types Variables +.sp 6p +_ +.sp 6p +T{ +.PN ShellWidget +T} T{ +.PN shellWidgetClass +T} +T{ +.PN OverrideShellWidget +T} T{ +.PN overrideShellWidgetClass +T} +T{ +.PN WMShellWidget +T} T{ +.PN wmShellWidgetClass +T} +T{ +.PN VendorShellWidget +T} T{ +.PN vendorShellWidgetClass +T} +T{ +.PN TransientShellWidget +T} T{ +.PN transientShellWidgetClass +T} +T{ +.PN TopLevelShellWidget +T} T{ +.PN topLevelShellWidgetClass +T} +T{ +.PN ApplicationShellWidget +T} T{ +.PN applicationShellWidgetClass +T} +T{ +.PN SessionShellWidget +T} T{ +.PN sessionShellWidgetClass +T} +.PN ShellWidgetClass +.PN OverrideShellWidgetClass +.PN WMShellWidgetClass +.PN VendorShellWidgetClass +.PN TransientShellWidgetClass +.PN TopLevelShellWidgetClass +.PN ApplicationShellWidgetClass +.PN SessionShellWidgetClass +.sp 6p +_ +.TE +.KE +.LP +The declarations for all Intrinsics-defined shells except +VendorShell appear in +.PN Shell.h +and +.PN ShellP.h . +VendorShell has separate public and private .h files which are included by +.PN Shell.h +and +.PN ShellP.h . +.LP +.PN Shell.h +uses incomplete structure definitions to ensure that the +compiler catches attempts to access private data in any of the Shell +instance or class data structures. +.LP +The symbolic constant for the +.PN ShellClassExtension +version identifier is +.PN XtShellExtensionVersion +(see Section 1.6.12). +.IN "XtShellExtensionVersion" "" "@DEF@" +.LP +.IN "Shell" "root_geometry_manager" +.IN "root_geometry_manager procedure" +The root_geometry_manager procedure acts as +the parent geometry manager for geometry requests made by shell +widgets. When a shell widget calls either +.PN XtMakeGeometryRequest +or +.PN XtMakeResizeRequest , +the root_geometry_manager procedure is invoked to +negotiate the new geometry with the window manager. If the window +manager permits the new geometry, the root_geometry_manager +procedure should +return +.PN XtGeometryYes ; +if the window manager denies the geometry +request or does not change the window geometry within some timeout +interval (equal to \fIwm_timeout\fP in the case of WMShells), the +.IN "Shell" "wm_timeout" "@DEF@" +.IN "wm_timeout" "" "@DEF@" +root_geometry_manager procedure should return +.PN XtGeometryNo . +If the window manager makes some alternative geometry change, the +root_geometry_manager procedure may return either +.PN XtGeometryNo +and handle the new geometry as a resize or +.PN XtGeometryAlmost +in anticipation that the shell will accept the compromise. If the +compromise is not accepted, the new size must then be handled as a +resize. Subclasses of +Shell +that wish to provide their own +root_geometry_manager procedures are strongly encouraged to use enveloping to +invoke their superclass's root_geometry_manager procedure under most +situations, as the window manager interaction may be very complex. +.LP +If no +.PN ShellClassPart +extension record is declared with \fIrecord_type\fP +equal to +.PN \s-1NULLQUARK\s+1 , +then +.PN XtInheritRootGeometryManager +is assumed. + +.NH 3 +ShellPart Definition +.XS +\*(SN ShellPart Definition +.XE +.LP +The various shell widgets have the following additional instance +fields defined in +their widget records: +.LP +.IN "ShellPart" "" "@DEF@" +.KS +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 2.5i 4.5i +.ta .5i 2.5i 4.5i +typedef struct { + String geometry; + XtCreatePopupChildProc create_popup_child_proc; + XtGrabKind grab_kind; + Boolean spring_loaded; + Boolean popped_up; + Boolean allow_shell_resize; + Boolean client_specified; + Boolean save_under; + Boolean override_redirect; + XtCallbackList popup_callback; + XtCallbackList popdown_callback; + Visual * visual; +} ShellPart; +.De +.KE +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 2.5i 4.5i +.ta .5i 2.5i 4.5i +typedef struct { + int empty; +} OverrideShellPart; +.De +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 1i 1.5i 2.5i +.ta .5i 1i 1.5i 2.5i +typedef struct { + String title; + int wm_timeout; + Boolean wait_for_wm; + Boolean transient; + Boolean urgency; + Widget client_leader; + String window_role; + struct _OldXSizeHints { + long flags; + int x, y; + int width, height; + int min_width, min_height; + int max_width, max_height; + int width_inc, height_inc; + struct { + int x; + int y; + } min_aspect, max_aspect; + } size_hints; + XWMHints wm_hints; + int base_width, base_height, win_gravity; + Atom title_encoding; +} WMShellPart; +.De +.KS +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 2.5i 4.5i +.ta .5i 2.5i 4.5i +typedef struct { + int vendor_specific; +} VendorShellPart; +.De +.KE +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 2.5i 4.5i +.ta .5i 2.5i 4.5i +typedef struct { + Widget transient_for; +} TransientShellPart; + +typedef struct { + String icon_name; + Boolean iconic; + Atom icon_name_encoding; +} TopLevelShellPart; +.De +.KS +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 2.5i 4.5i +.ta .5i 2.5i 4.5i +typedef struct { + char * class; + XrmClass xrm_class; + int argc; + char ** argv; +} ApplicationShellPart; +.De +.KE +.KS +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 2.5i 4.5i +.ta .5i 2.5i 4.5i +typedef struct { + SmcConn connection; + String session_id; + String * restart_command; + String * clone_command; + String * discard_command; + String * resign_command; + String * shutdown_command; + String * environment; + String current_dir; + String program_path; + unsigned char restart_style; + Boolean join_session; + XtCallbackList save_callbacks; + XtCallbackList interact_callbacks; + XtCallbackList cancel_callbacks; + XtCallbackList save_complete_callbacks; + XtCallbackList die_callbacks; + XtCallbackList error_callbacks; +} SessionShellPart; +.De +.LP +.eM +.KE +.KS +The full shell widget instance record definitions are: +.LP +.IN "ShellWidget" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 2.5i 4.5i +.ta .5i 2.5i 4.5i +typedef struct { + CorePart core; + CompositePart composite; + ShellPart shell; +} ShellRec, *ShellWidget; +.De +.KE +.KS +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 2.5i 4.5i +.ta .5i 2.5i 4.5i +typedef struct { + CorePart core; + CompositePart composite; + ShellPart shell; + OverrideShellPart override; +} OverrideShellRec, *OverrideShellWidget; +.De +.KE +.KS +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 2.5i 4.5i +.ta .5i 2.5i 4.5i +typedef struct { + CorePart core; + CompositePart composite; + ShellPart shell; + WMShellPart wm; +} WMShellRec, *WMShellWidget; +.De +.KE +.KS +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 2.5i 4.5i +.ta .5i 2.5i 4.5i +typedef struct { + CorePart core; + CompositePart composite; + ShellPart shell; + WMShellPart wm; + VendorShellPart vendor; +} VendorShellRec, *VendorShellWidget; +.De +.KE +.KS +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 2.5i 4.5i +.ta .5i 2.5i 4.5i +typedef struct { + CorePart core; + CompositePart composite; + ShellPart shell; + WMShellPart wm; + VendorShellPart vendor; + TransientShellPart transient; +} TransientShellRec, *TransientShellWidget; +.De +.KE +.KS +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 2.5i 4.5i +.ta .5i 2.5i 4.5i +typedef struct { + CorePart core; + CompositePart composite; + ShellPart shell; + WMShellPart wm; + VendorShellPart vendor; + TopLevelShellPart topLevel; +} TopLevelShellRec, *TopLevelShellWidget; +.De +.KE +.KS +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 2.5i 4.5i +.ta .5i 2.5i 4.5i +.IN "ApplicationShellWidget" "" "@DEF@" +typedef struct { + CorePart core; + CompositePart composite; + ShellPart shell; + WMShellPart wm; + VendorShellPart vendor; + TopLevelShellPart topLevel; + ApplicationShellPart application; +} ApplicationShellRec, *ApplicationShellWidget; +.De +.KE +.KS +.IN "SessionShellWidget" "" "@DEF@" +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 2.5i 4.5i +.ta .5i 2.5i 4.5i +typedef struct { + CorePart core; + CompositePart composite; + ShellPart shell; + WMShellPart wm; + VendorShellPart vendor; + TopLevelShellPart topLevel; + ApplicationShellPart application; + SessionShellPart session; +} SessionShellRec, *SessionShellWidget; +.De +.LP +.eM +.KE + +.NH 3 +Shell Resources +.XS +\fB\*(SN Shell Resources\fP +.XE +.LP +.IN "ShellWidget" "Resources" +The resource names, classes, and representation types specified in +the +.PN shellClassRec +resource list are: +.LP +.TS +lw(1.7i) lw(1.7i) lw(1.2i) . +_ +.sp 6p +Name Class Representation +.sp 6p +_ +.sp 6p +XtNallowShellResize XtCAllowShellResize XtRBoolean +XtNcreatePopupChildProc XtCCreatePopupChildProc XtRFunction +XtNgeometry XtCGeometry XtRString +XtNoverrideRedirect XtCOverrideRedirect XtRBoolean +XtNpopdownCallback XtCCallback XtRCallback +XtNpopupCallback XtCCallback XtRCallback +XtNsaveUnder XtCSaveUnder XtRBoolean +XtNvisual XtCVisual XtRVisual +.sp 6p +_ +.TE +.LP +OverrideShell +declares no additional resources beyond those defined by +Shell. +.LP +The resource names, classes, and representation types specified in +the +.PN wmShellClassRec +.IN "WMShell" "resources" +resource list are: +.LP +.TS +lw(2.1i) lw(2.1i) lw(1.2i) . +_ +.sp 6p +Name Class Representation +.sp 6p +_ +.sp 6p +XtNbaseHeight XtCBaseHeight XtRInt +XtNbaseWidth XtCBaseWidth XtRInt +XtNclientLeader XtCClientLeader XtRWidget +XtNheightInc XtCHeightInc XtRInt +XtNiconMask XtCIconMask XtRBitmap +XtNiconPixmap XtCIconPixmap XtRBitmap +XtNiconWindow XtCIconWindow XtRWindow +XtNiconX XtCIconX XtRInt +XtNiconY XtCIconY XtRInt +XtNinitialState XtCInitialState XtRInitialState +XtNinput XtCInput XtRBool +XtNmaxAspectX XtCMaxAspectX XtRInt +XtNmaxAspectY XtCMaxAspectY XtRInt +XtNmaxHeight XtCMaxHeight XtRInt +XtNmaxWidth XtCMaxWidth XtRInt +XtNminAspectX XtCMinAspectX XtRInt +XtNminAspectY XtCMinAspectY XtRInt +XtNminHeight XtCMinHeight XtRInt +XtNminWidth XtCMinWidth XtRInt +XtNtitle XtCTitle XtRString +XtNtitleEncoding XtCTitleEncoding XtRAtom +XtNtransient XtCTransient XtRBoolean +XtNwaitforwm, XtNwaitForWm XtCWaitforwm, XtCWaitForWm XtRBoolean +XtNwidthInc XtCWidthInc XtRInt +XtNwindowRole XtCWindowRole XtRString +XtNwinGravity XtCWinGravity XtRGravity +XtNwindowGroup XtCWindowGroup XtRWindow +XtNwmTimeout XtCWmTimeout XtRInt +XtNurgency XtCUrgency XtRBoolean +.sp 6p +_ +.TE +.LP +The class resource list for +VendorShell +is implementation-defined. +.LP +The resource names, classes, and representation types that are specified in the +.PN transient\%ShellClassRec +.IN "TransientShell" "resources" +resource list are: +.LP +.TS +lw(1.7i) lw(1.7i) lw(1.2i) . +_ +.sp 6p +Name Class Representation +.sp 6p +_ +.sp 6p +XtNtransientFor XtCTransientFor XtRWidget +.sp 6p +_ +.TE +.LP +The resource names, classes, and representation types that are specified in the +.PN topLevelShellClassRec +.IN "TopLevelShell" "resources" +resource list are: +.LP +.TS +lw(1.7i) lw(1.7i) lw(1.2i) . +_ +.sp 6p +Name Class Representation +.sp 6p +_ +.sp 6p +XtNiconName XtCIconName XtRString +XtNiconNameEncoding XtCIconNameEncoding XtRAtom +XtNiconic XtCIconic XtRBoolean +.sp 6p +_ +.TE +.LP +The resource names, classes, and representation types that are specified in the +.PN application\%ShellClassRec +resource list are: +.LP +.TS +lw(1.7i) lw(1.7i) lw(1.2i) . +_ +.sp 6p +Name Class Representation +.sp 6p +_ +.sp 6p +XtNargc XtCArgc XtRInt +XtNargv XtCArgv XtRStringArray +.sp 6p +_ +.TE +.LP +.KS +The resource names, classes, and representation types that are specified +in the +.PN sessionShellClassRec +resource list are: +.LP +.TS +lw(1.7i) lw(1.7i) lw(1.2i) . +_ +.sp 6p +Name Class Representation +.sp 6p +_ +XtNcancelCallback XtCCallback XtRCallback +XtNcloneCommand XtCCloneCommand XtRCommandArgArray +XtNconnection XtCConnection XtRSmcConn +XtNcurrentDirectory XtCCurrentDirectory XtRDirectoryString +XtNdieCallback XtCCallback XtRCallback +XtNdiscardCommand XtCDiscardCommand XtRCommandArgArray +XtNenvironment XtCEnvironment XtREnvironmentArray +XtNerrorCallback XtCCallback XtRCallback +XtNinteractCallback XtCCallback XtRCallback +XtNjoinSession XtCJoinSession XtRBoolean +XtNprogramPath XtCProgramPath XtRString +XtNresignCommand XtCResignCommand XtRCommandArgArray +XtNrestartCommand XtCRestartCommand XtRCommandArgArray +XtNrestartStyle XtCRestartStyle XtRRestartStyle +XtNsaveCallback XtCCallback XtRCallback +XtNsaveCompleteCallback XtCCallback XtRCallback +XtNsessionID XtCSessionID XtRString +XtNshutdownCommand XtCShutdownCommand XtRCommandArgArray +.sp 6p +_ +.TE +.KE +.NH 3 +ShellPart Default Values +.XS +\fB\*(SN ShellPart Default Values\fP +.XE +.LP +The default values for fields common to all classes of public shells +(filled in by the +Shell +resource lists and the +Shell +initialize procedures) are: +.TS +lw(1.75i) lw(3i). +_ +.sp 6p +Field Default Value +.sp 6p +_ +.sp 6p +geometry NULL +create_popup_child_proc NULL +grab_kind (none) +spring_loaded (none) +popped_up T{ +.PN False +T} +allow_shell_resize T{ +.PN False +T} +client_specified (internal) +save_under T{ +.PN True +for +OverrideShell +and +TransientShell, +.PN False +otherwise +T} +override_redirect T{ +.PN True +for +OverrideShell, +.PN False +otherwise +T} +popup_callback NULL +popdown_callback NULL +visual T{ +.PN CopyFromParent +T} +.sp 6p +_ +.TE +.LP +The \fIgeometry\fP field specifies the size and position +and is usually given only on a command line or in a defaults file. +If the \fIgeometry\fP field is non-NULL when +a widget of class WMShell +is realized, the geometry specification is parsed using +.PN XWMGeometry +with a default geometry +string constructed from the values of \fIx\fP, \fIy\fP, \fIwidth\fP, +\fIheight\fP, \fIwidth_inc\fP, +and \fIheight_inc\fP and the size and position flags in the window manager +size hints are set. If the geometry specifies an x or y position, +then +.PN USPosition +is set. If the geometry specifies a width or height, then +.PN USSize +is set. Any fields in the geometry specification +override the corresponding values in the +Core \fIx\fP, \fIy\fP, \fIwidth\fP, and \fIheight\fP fields. +If \fIgeometry\fP is NULL or contains only a partial specification, then the +Core \fIx\fP, \fIy\fP, \fIwidth\fP, and \fIheight\fP fields are used and +.PN PPosition +and +.PN PSize +are set as appropriate. +The geometry string is not copied by any of the \*(xI +Shell classes; a client specifying the string in an arglist +or varargs list must ensure +that the value remains valid until the shell widget is realized. +For further information on the geometry string, see Section 16.4 +in \fI\*(xL\fP. +.LP +The \fIcreate_popup_child_proc\fP procedure is called by the +.PN XtPopup +procedure and may remain NULL. +The \fIgrab_kind\fP, \fIspring_loaded\fP, +and \fIpopped_up\fP fields maintain widget +state information as described under +.PN XtPopup , +.PN XtMenuPopup , +.PN XtPopdown , +and +.PN XtMenuPopdown . +.IN "allowShellResize" "" "@DEF@" +The \fIallow_shell_resize\fP field controls whether the widget contained +by the shell is allowed to try to resize itself. +If allow_shell_resize is +.PN False , +any geometry requests made by the child will always return +.PN XtGeometryNo +without interacting with the window manager. +Setting \fIsave_under\fP +.PN True +instructs the server to attempt +to save the contents of windows obscured by the shell when it is mapped +and to restore those contents automatically when the shell is unmapped. +It is useful for pop-up menus. +Setting \fIoverride_redirect\fP +.PN True +determines +whether the window manager can intercede when the shell window +is mapped. +For further information on override_redirect, +see Section 3.2 in \fI\*(xL\fP and Sections 4.1.10 and 4.2.2 in the +\fI\*(xC\fP. +The pop-up and pop-down callbacks are called during +.PN XtPopup +and +.PN XtPopdown . +The default value of the \fIvisual\fP resource is the symbolic value +.PN CopyFromParent . +The \*(xI do not need to query the parent's visual type when the +default value is used; if a client using +.PN XtGetValues +to examine the visual type receives the value +.PN CopyFromParent , +it must then use +.PN XGetWindowAttributes +if it needs the actual visual type. + +.LP +The default values for Shell fields in +WMShell +and its subclasses are: +.LP +.IN "XtUnspecifiedShellInt" "" "@DEF@" +.IN "XtUnspecifiedWindow" +.TS +lw(1i) lw(4i). +_ +.sp 6p +Field Default Value +.sp 6p +_ +.sp 6p +title T{ +Icon name, if specified, otherwise the application's name +T} +wm_timeout Five seconds, in units of milliseconds +wait_for_wm T{ +.PN True +T} +transient T{ +.PN True +for +TransientShell, +.PN False +otherwise +T} +urgency T{ +.PN False +T} +client_leader NULL +window_role NULL +min_width \fBXtUnspecifiedShellInt\fP +min_height \fBXtUnspecifiedShellInt\fP +max_width \fBXtUnspecifiedShellInt\fP +max_height \fBXtUnspecifiedShellInt\fP +width_inc \fBXtUnspecifiedShellInt\fP +height_inc \fBXtUnspecifiedShellInt\fP +min_aspect_x \fBXtUnspecifiedShellInt\fP +min_aspect_y \fBXtUnspecifiedShellInt\fP +max_aspect_x \fBXtUnspecifiedShellInt\fP +max_aspect_y \fBXtUnspecifiedShellInt\fP +input T{ +.PN False +T} +initial_state Normal +icon_pixmap None +icon_window None +icon_x \fBXtUnspecifiedShellInt\fP +icon_y \fBXtUnspecifiedShellInt\fP +icon_mask None +window_group \fBXtUnspecifiedWindow\fP +base_width \fBXtUnspecifiedShellInt\fP +base_height \fBXtUnspecifiedShellInt\fP +win_gravity \fBXtUnspecifiedShellInt\fP +title_encoding See text +.sp 6p +_ +.TE +.LP +The \fItitle\fP and +\fItitle_encoding\fP fields are stored in the +.PN \s-1WM_NAME\s+1 +property on the shell's window by the WMShell realize procedure. +If the \fItitle_encoding\fP field is +.PN None , +the \fItitle\fP string is assumed to be in the encoding of the current +locale and the encoding of the +.PN \s-1WM_NAME\s+1 +property is set to +.PN XStdICCTextStyle . +If a language procedure has not been set +the default value of \fItitle_encoding\fP is +\fB\s-1XA_STRING\s+1\fP, otherwise the default value is +.PN None . +The \fIwm_timeout\fP field specifies, in milliseconds, +the amount of time a shell is to wait for +confirmation of a geometry request to the window manager. +If none comes back within that time, +the shell assumes the window manager is not functioning properly +and sets \fIwait_for_wm\fP to +.PN False +(later events may reset this value). +When \fIwait_for_wm\fP is +.PN False , +the shell does not wait for a response, but relies on asynchronous +notification. +If \fItransient\fP is +.PN True , +the +.PN \s-1WM_TRANSIENT_FOR\s+1 +property +will be stored on the shell window with a value as specified below. +The interpretation of this property is specific to the window manager +under which the application is run; see the \fI\*(xC\fP for more details. +.LP +The realize and set_values procedures of WMShell store the +.PN \s-1WM_CLIENT_LEADER\s+1 +property on the shell window. +When \fIclient_leader\fP is not NULL and the client leader widget is +realized, the property will be created with the value of the window of the +client leader widget. +When \fIclient_leader\fP is NULL and the shell widget has a NULL parent, +the widget's window is used as the value of the +property. +When \fIclient_leader\fP is NULL and the shell widget has a non-NULL parent, +a search is made for the closest shell ancestor +with a non-NULL \fIclient_leader\fP, +and if none is found the shell ancestor with a NULL parent is the result. +If the resulting widget is realized, the property is created +with the value of the widget's window. +.LP +When the value of \fIwindow_role\fP is not NULL, the +realize and set_values procedures store the +.PN \s-1WM_WINDOW_ROLE\s+1 +property on the shell's window with the value of the resource. +.LP +All other resources specify fields in the window manager hints +and the window manager size hints. +The realize and set_values procedures of +WMShell +set the corresponding flag bits in the +hints if any of the fields contain nondefault values. In addition, if +a flag bit is set that refers to a field with the value +.PN XtUnspecifiedShellInt , +the value of the field is modified as follows: +.br +.sp +.TS +lw(2i) lw(3i). +_ +.sp 6p +Field Replacement +.sp 6p +_ +.sp 6p +base_width, base_height 0 +width_inc, height_inc 1 +max_width, max_height 32767 +min_width, min_height 1 +min_aspect_x, min_aspect_y -1 +max_aspect_x, max_aspect_y -1 +icon_x, icon_y -1 +win_gravity T{ +Value returned by +.PN XWMGeometry +if called, +else \fBNorthWestGravity\fP +T} +.sp 6p +_ +.TE + +.IN "XWMGeometry" +.LP +If the shell widget has a non-NULL parent, then the +realize and set_values procedures replace the value +.PN XtUnspecifiedWindow +.IN "XtUnspecifiedWindow" "" "@DEF@" +in the \fIwindow_group\fP field with the window id of the root widget +of the widget tree if the +root widget is realized. The symbolic constant +.PN XtUnspecifiedWindowGroup +.IN "XtUnspecifiedWindowGroup" "" "@DEF@" +may be used to indicate that the \fIwindow_group\fP hint flag bit is not +to be set. If \fItransient\fP is +.PN True , +the shell's class is not a subclass of +TransientShell, +and \fIwindow_group\fP is not +.PN XtUnspecifiedWindowGroup , +the WMShell realize and set_values procedures then store the +.PN \s-1WM_TRANSIENT_FOR\s+1 +property with the value of \fIwindow_group\fP. +.LP +.KS +Transient +shells have the following additional resource: +.TS +l l. +_ +.sp 6p +Field Default Value +.sp 6p +_ +.sp 6p +transient_for NULL +.sp 6p +_ +.TE +.KE +.LP +The realize and set_values procedures of +TransientShell +store the +.PN \s-1WM_TRANSIENT_FOR\s+1 +property on the shell window if \fItransient\fP is +.PN True . +If \fItransient_for\fP is non-NULL and the widget specified by +\fItransient_for\fP is realized, then its window is used as the value of the +.PN \s-1WM_TRANSIENT_FOR\s+1 +property; otherwise, the value of \fIwindow_group\fP is used. +.LP +.PN TopLevel +shells have the the following additional resources: +.TS +l l. +_ +.sp 6p +Field Default Value +.sp 6p +_ +.sp 6p +icon_name Shell widget's name +iconic T{ +.PN False +T} +icon_name_encoding See text +.sp 6p +_ +.TE +.LP +The \fIicon_name\fP +and \fIicon_name_encoding\fP fields are stored in the +.PN \s-1WM_ICON_NAME\s+1 +property on the shell's window by the TopLevelShell realize +procedure. +If the \fIicon_name_encoding\fP field is +.PN None , +the \fIicon_name\fP string is assumed to be in the encoding of the +current locale and the encoding of the +.PN \s-1WM_ICON_NAME\s+1 +property is set to +.PN XStdICCTextStyle . +If a language procedure has not been set, +the default value of \fIicon_name_encoding\fP is +\fB\s-1XA_STRING\s+1\fP, otherwise the default value is +.PN None . +The \fIiconic\fP field may be used by a client to request +that the window manager iconify or deiconify the shell; the +TopLevelShell +set_values procedure will send the appropriate +.PN \s-1WM_CHANGE_STATE\s+1 +message (as specified by the \fI\*(xC\fP) +if this resource is changed from +.PN False +to +.PN True +and will call +.PN XtPopup +specifying \fIgrab_kind\fP as +.PN XtGrabNone +if \fIiconic\fP is changed from +.PN True +to +.PN False . +The XtNiconic resource is also an alternative way to set +the XtNinitialState resource +to indicate that a shell should be initially displayed as an icon; the +TopLevelShell +initialize procedure will set \fIinitial_state\fP to +.PN IconicState +if \fIiconic\fP is +.PN True . +.LP +Application +shells have the following additional resources: +.br +.ne 4 +.TS +l l. +_ +.sp 6p +Field Default Value +.sp 6p +_ +.sp 6p +argc 0 +argv NULL +.sp 6p +_ +.TE +.LP +The \fIargc\fP and \fIargv\fP fields are used to initialize +the standard property +.PN \s-1WM_COMMAND\s+1 . +See the \fI\*(xC\fP for more information. +.LP +The default values for the SessionShell instance fields, +which are filled in from the resource lists and by the +initialize procedure, are +.TS +l l. +_ +.sp 6p +Field Default Value +.sp 6p +_ +.sp 6p +cancel_callbacks NULL +clone_command See text +connection NULL +current_dir NULL +die_callbacks NULL +discard_command NULL +environment NULL +error_callbacks NULL +interact_callbacks NULL +join_session T{ +.PN True +T} +program_path See text +resign_command NULL +restart_command See text +restart_style T{ +.PN SmRestartIfRunning +T} +save_callbacks NULL +save_complete_callbacks NULL +session_id NULL +shutdown_command NULL +.sp 6p +_ +.TE +.LP +The \fIconnection\fP field contains the session connection object or NULL +if a session connection is not being managed by this widget. +.LP +The \fIsession_id\fP is an identification assigned to the session +participant by the session manager. +The \fIsession_id\fP will be passed to the session +manager as the client identifier of the previous session. +When a connection is established with the session manager, +the client id assigned by the session manager is stored +in the \fIsession_id\fP field. +When not NULL, the \fIsession_id\fP of the Session shell widget that +is at the root of the widget tree of the client leader widget will be +used to create the +.PN \s-1SM_CLIENT_ID\s+1 +property on the client leader's window. +.LP +If \fIjoin_session\fP is +.PN False , +the widget will not attempt to establish a +connection to the session manager at shell creation time. +See Sections 4.2.1 and 4.2.4 +for more information on the functionality of this resource. +.LP +The \fIrestart_command\fP, \fIclone_command\fP, \fIdiscard_command\fP, +\fIresign_command\fP, \fIshutdown_command\fP, \fIenvironment\fP, +\fIcurrent_dir\fP, \fIprogram_path\fP, and +\fIrestart_style\fP fields contain standard session properties. +.LP +When a session connection is established or newly managed by the shell, +the shell initialize and set_values methods check the values of the +\fIrestart_command\fP, \fIclone_command\fP, and \fIprogram_path\fP +resources. At that time, if \fIrestart_command\fP is NULL, the value +of the \fIargv\fP resource will be copied to \fIrestart_command\fP. +Whether or not \fIrestart_command\fP was NULL, +if \*Q\fR-xtsessionID\fP\*U \*Q\fR<session id>\*U does not +already appear in the \fIrestart_command\fP, it will be added by the +initialize and set_values methods at the beginning of the command arguments; +if the \*Q\fR-xtsessionID\fP\*U argument already appears with an incorrect +\fRsession id\fP in the following argument, that argument +will be replaced with the current \fRsession id\fP. +.LP +After this, the shell initialize and set_values procedures check the +\fIclone_command\fP. If \fIclone_command\fP is NULL, +\fIrestart_command\fP will be copied to \fIclone_command\fP, +except the \*Q\fR-xtsessionID\fP\*U and following argument will not be copied. +.LP +Finally, the shell initialize and set_values procedures check the +\fIprogram_path\fP. If \fIprogram_path\fP is NULL, the +first element of \fIrestart_command\fP is copied to \fIprogram_path\fP. +.LP +The possible values of \fIrestart_style\fP are +.PN SmRestartIfRunning , +.PN SmRestartAnyway , +.PN SmRestartImmediately , +and +.PN SmRestartNever . +A resource converter is registered for this resource; +for the strings that it recognizes, +see Section 9.6.1. +.LP +The resource type EnvironmentArray is a NULL-terminated array of +pointers to strings; +each string has the format "name=value". +The `=' character may not appear in the name, +and the string is terminated by a null character. + +.NH 2 +Session Participation +.XS +\fB\*(SN Session Participation\fP +.XE +.LP +Applications can participate in a user's session, exchanging messages +with the session manager as described in the \fIX Session Management +Protocol\fP and the \fIX Session Management Library\fP. +.LP +When a widget of +.PN sessionShellWidgetClass +or a subclass is created, the widget provides support for the application +as a session participant and continues to provide support until the +widget is destroyed. + +.NH 3 +Joining a Session +.XS +\fB\*(SN Joining a Session\fP +.XE +.LP +When a Session shell is created, +if \fIconnection\fP is NULL, +and if \fIjoin_session\fP is +.PN True , +and if \fIargv\fP or \fIrestart_command\fP is not NULL, +and if in POSIX environments the +.PN \s-1SESSION_MANAGER\s+1 +environment variable is defined, +the shell will attempt to establish a new connection with the session manager. +.LP +To transfer management of an existing session connection from an +application to the shell at widget creation time, pass the existing +session connection ID as the \fIconnection\fP resource value +when creating the Session shell, +and if the other creation-time conditions on session participation are met, +the widget will maintain the connection with the session manager. +The application must ensure that only one +Session shell manages the connection. +.LP +In the Session shell set_values procedure, +if \fIjoin_session\fP changes from +.PN False +to +.PN True +and \fIconnection\fP is NULL and when in POSIX environments the +.PN \s-1SESSION_MANAGER\s+1 +environment variable is defined, +the shell will attempt to open a connection to the session manager. +If \fIconnection\fP changes from NULL to non-NULL, the +Session shell +will take over management of that session connection and will set +\fIjoin_session\fP to +.PN True . +If \fIjoin_session\fP changes from +.PN False +to +.PN True +and \fIconnection\fP is not NULL, the +Session shell will take over management of the session connection. +.LP +When a successful connection has been established, \fIconnection\fP +contains the session connection ID for the session participant. +When the shell begins to manage the connection, it will call +.PN XtAppAddInput +to register the handler which watches for protocol messages +from the session manager. +When the attempt to connect fails, a warning message is issued +and \fIconnection\fP is set to NULL. +.LP +While the connection is being managed, if a +.PN SaveYourself , +.PN SaveYourselfPhase2 , +.PN Interact , +.PN ShutdownCancelled , +.PN SaveComplete , +or +.PN Die +message is received from the session manager, the Session shell will +call out to application callback procedures registered +on the respective callback list of the Session shell and will +send +.PN SaveYourselfPhase2Request , +.PN InteractRequest , +.PN InteractDone , +.PN SaveYourselfDone , +and +.PN ConnectionClosed +messages as appropriate. +Initially, all of the client's session properties are undefined. +When any of the session property resource values are defined or change, +the Session shell initialize and set_values procedures +will update the client's session property value by a +.PN SetProperties +or a +.PN DeleteProperties +message, as appropriate. +The session ProcessID and UserID properties are always set by the shell +when it is possible to determine the value of these properties. + +.NH 3 +Saving Application State +.XS +\fB\*(SN Saving Application State\fP +.XE +.LP +The session manager instigates an application checkpoint by sending a +.PN SaveYourself +request. +Applications are responsible for saving their state in response to the +request. +.LP +When the +.PN SaveYourself +request arrives, the procedures registered on the +Session shell's save callback list are called. +If the application does not register any save callback procedures on +the save callback list, the shell will report to the session manager +that the application failed to save its state. +Each procedure on the save callback list receives a token +in the \fIcall_data\fP parameter. +.sp +.LP +.KS +The checkpoint token in the \fIcall_data\fP parameter is of type +.PN XtCheckpointToken . +.LP +.IN "XtCheckpointToken" "" "@DEF@" +.IN "XtCheckpointTokenRec" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 2i 4i +.ta .5i 2i 4i +typedef struct { + int save_type; + int interact_style; + Boolean shutdown; + Boolean fast; + Boolean cancel_shutdown + int phase; + int interact_dialog_type; /* return */ + Boolean request_cancel; /* return */ + Boolean request_next_phase; /* return */ + Boolean save_success; /* return */ +} XtCheckpointTokenRec, *XtCheckpointToken; +.De +.LP +.eM +.KE +The \fIsave_type\fP, \fIinteract_style\fP, \fIshutdown\fP, and \fIfast\fP +fields of the token contain the parameters of the +.PN SaveYourself +message. +The possible values of \fIsave_type\fP are +.PN SmSaveLocal , +.PN SmSaveGlobal , +and +.PN SmSaveBoth ; +these indicate the type of information to be saved. +The possible values of \fIinteract_style\fP are +.PN SmInteractStyleNone , +.PN SmInteractStyleErrors , +and +.PN SmInteractStyleAny ; +these indicate whether user interaction would be permitted +and, if so, what kind of interaction. +If \fIshutdown\fP is +.PN True , +the checkpoint is being performed in preparation for the end of the session. +If \fIfast\fP is +.PN True , +the client should perform the checkpoint as quickly as possible. +If \fIcancel_shutdown\fP is +.PN True , +a +.PN ShutdownCancelled +message has been received for the current save operation. (See Section 4.4.4.) +The \fIphase\fP is used by manager clients, such as a window manager, +to distinguish between the first and second phase of a save operation. +The \fIphase\fP will be either 1 or 2. +The remaining fields in the checkpoint token structure are provided for +the application to communicate with the shell. +.LP +Upon entry to the first application save callback procedure, the return +fields in the token have the following initial values: +\fIinteract_dialog_type\fP is +.PN SmDialogNormal ; +\fIrequest_cancel\fP is +.PN False ; +\fIrequest_next_phase\fP is +.PN False ; +and \fIsave_success\fP is +.PN True . +When a token is returned with any of the four return fields containing +a noninitial value, and when the field is applicable, subsequent tokens +passed to the application during the current save operation +will always contain the noninitial value. +.LP +The purpose of the token's \fIsave_success\fP field is to +indicate the outcome of the entire operation to the +session manager and ultimately, to the user. +Returning +.PN False +indicates some portion of the application state +could not be successfully saved. If any token is returned +to the shell with \fIsave_success\fP +.PN False , +tokens subsequently received +by the application for the current save operation will show +\fIsave_success\fP as +.PN False . +When the shell sends the final status of the checkpoint to the +session manager, it will indicate failure to save application state +if any token was returned with \fIsave_success\fP +.PN False . +.LP +Session participants that manage and save the state of other clients +should structure their save or interact callbacks to +set \fIrequest_next_phase\fP to +.PN True +when phase is 1, which will cause the shell to send the +.PN SaveYourselfPhase2Request +when the first phase is complete. When the +.PN SaveYourselfPhase2 +message is received, the shell will invoke the save callbacks a +second time with \fIphase\fP equal to 2. +Manager clients should save the state of other clients +when the callbacks are invoked the second time and \fIphase\fP equal to 2. +.LP +The application may request additional tokens while a checkpoint is under way, +and these additional tokens must be returned by an explicit call. +.sp +.LP +.KS +To request an additional token for a save callback response that has a +deferred outcome, use +.PN XtSessionGetToken . +.LP +.IN "XtSessionGetToken" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +XtCheckpointToken XtSessionGetToken(\fIwidget\fP) +.br + Widget \fIwidget\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIwidget\fP 1i +Specifies the Session shell widget which manages session participation. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtSessionGetToken +function will return NULL if no checkpoint operation is currently under way. +.KE +.sp +.LP +.KS +To indicate the completion of checkpoint processing including user +interaction, the application must signal the Session shell +by returning all tokens. +(See Sections 4.2.2.2 and 4.2.2.4). +To return a token, use +.PN XtSessionReturnToken . +.LP +.IN "XtSessionReturnToken" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtSessionReturnToken(\fItoken\fP) +.br + XtCheckpointToken \fItoken\fP; +.FN +.IP \fItoken\fP 1i +Specifies a token that was received as the \fIcall_data\fP by a procedure +on the interact callback list or a token that was received by a call to +.PN XtSessionGetToken . +.LP +.eM +.KE +.LP +Tokens passed as \fIcall_data\fP to save callbacks are implicitly +returned when the save callback procedure returns. +A save callback procedure should not call +.PN XtSessionReturnToken +on the token passed in its \fIcall_data\fP. + +.NH 4 +Requesting Interaction +.XS +\fB\*(SN Requesting Interaction\fP +.XE +.LP +When the token \fIinteract_style\fP allows user interaction, +the application may +interact with the user during the checkpoint, but must wait for permission +to interact. +Applications request permission to interact with the user during the +checkpointing operation by registering a procedure on the Session +shell's interact callback list. When all save callback procedures have +returned, and each time a token that was granted by a call to +.PN XtSessionGetToken +is returned, the Session shell examines the interact callback list. +If interaction is permitted and the interact callback list is not empty, +the shell will send an +.PN InteractRequest +to the session manager when an interact request is not already outstanding +for the application. +.LP +The type of interaction dialog that will be requested is specified by +the \fIinteract_dialog_type\fP field in the checkpoint token. +The possible values for \fIinteract_dialog_type\fP are +.PN SmDialogError +and +.PN SmDialogNormal . +If a token is returned with \fIinteract_dialog_type\fP containing +.PN SmDialogError , +the interact request and any subsequent interact requests will be for +an error dialog; otherwise, the request will be for a normal dialog with +the user. +.LP +When a token is returned with \fIsave_success\fP +.PN False +or \fIinteract_dialog_type\fP +.PN SmDialogError , +tokens subsequently passed to callbacks during the same active +.PN SaveYourself +response will reflect these changed values, indicating that +an error condition has occurred during the checkpoint. +.LP +The \fIrequest_cancel\fP field is a return value for interact callbacks only. +Upon return from a procedure on the save callback list, the value +of the token's \fIrequest_cancel\fP field is not examined by the shell. +This is also true of tokens received through a call to +.PN XtSessionGetToken . + +.NH 4 +Interacting with the User during a Checkpoint +.XS +\fB\*(SN Interacting with the User during a Checkpoint\fP +.XE +.LP +When the session manager grants the application's request for user interaction, +the Session shell receives an +.PN Interact +message. +The procedures registered on the interact callback list are executed, +but not as if executing a typical callback list. +These procedures are individually executed in +sequence, with a checkpoint token functioning as the sequencing mechanism. +Each step in the sequence begins by removing a procedure +from the interact callback list +and executing it with a token passed in the \fIcall_data\fP. +The interact callback will typically pop up a dialog box and return. +When the user interaction and associated application checkpointing has +completed, the application must return the token by calling +.PN XtSessionReturnToken . +Returning the token completes the current step and triggers the next step +in the sequence. +.LP +During interaction the client may request cancellation of a shutdown. +When a token passed as \fIcall_data\fP to an interact procedure is returned, +if \fIshutdown\fP is +.PN True +and \fIcancel_shutdown\fP is +.PN False , +\fIrequest_cancel\fP indicates whether the +application requests that the pending shutdown be cancelled. +If \fIrequest_cancel\fP is +.PN True , +the field will also be +.PN True +in any tokens subsequently granted during the checkpoint operation. +When a token is returned requesting cancellation of +the session shutdown, pending interact procedures will still be +called by the Session shell. +When all interact procedures have been removed from the interact callback +list, executed, and the final interact token returned to the shell, an +.PN InteractDone +message is sent to the session manager, indicating whether +a pending session shutdown is requested to be cancelled. + +.NH 4 +Responding to a Shutdown Cancellation +.XS +\fB\*(SN Responding to a Shutdown Cancellation\fP +.XE +.LP +Callbacks registered on the cancel callback list are invoked when the +Session shell processes a +.PN ShutdownCancelled +message from the session manager. This may occur during the +processing of save callbacks, while waiting for interact permission, +during user interaction, or after the save operation is complete and +the application is expecting a +.PN SaveComplete +or a +.PN Die +message. +The \fIcall_data\fP for these callbacks is NULL. +.LP +When the shell notices that a pending shutdown has been cancelled, +the token \fIcancel_shutdown\fP field will be +.PN True +in tokens subsequently given to the application. +.LP +Receiving notice of a shutdown cancellation does not cancel the +pending execution of save callbacks or interact callbacks. +After the cancel callbacks execute, if \fIinteract_style\fP is not +.PN SmInteractStyleNone +and the interact list is not empty, +the procedures on the interact callback list will be executed +and passed a token with \fIinteract_style\fP +.PN SmInteractStyleNone . +The application should not interact with the user, and the Session shell +will not send an +.PN InteractDone +message. + +.NH 4 +Completing a Save +.XS +\fB\*(SN Completing a Save\fP +.XE +.LP +When there is no user interaction, the shell regards the application +as having finished saving state when all callback procedures +on the save callback list have returned, and any additional tokens +passed out by +.PN XtSessionGetToken +have been returned by corresponding calls to +.PN XtSessionReturnToken . +If the save operation involved user interaction, +the above completion conditions apply, and in addition, all requests for +interaction have been granted or cancelled, +and all tokens passed to interact callbacks have been returned +through calls to +.PN XtSessionReturnToken . +If the save operation involved a manager client that requested the +second phase, the above conditions apply to both the first and second +phase of the save operation. +.br +.LP +When the application has finished saving state, +the Session shell will report the result to the session manager by +sending the +.PN SaveYourselfDone +message. +If the session is continuing, the shell will receive the +.PN SaveComplete +message when all applications have completed saving state. +This message indicates that applications may again allow changes +to their state. The shell will execute the save_complete callbacks. +The \fIcall_data\fP for these callbacks is NULL. + +.NH 3 +Responding to a Shutdown +.XS +\fB\*(SN Responding to a Shutdown\fP +.XE +.LP +Callbacks registered on the die callback list are invoked when the +session manager sends a +.PN Die +message. +The callbacks on this list should do whatever is appropriate to quit +the application. +Before executing procedures on the die callback list, +the Session shell will close the connection to the session manager +and will remove the handler that watches for protocol messages. +The \fIcall_data\fP for these callbacks is NULL. + +.NH 3 +Resigning from a Session +.XS +\fB\*(SN Resigning from a Session\fP +.XE +.LP +When the Session shell widget is destroyed, the destroy method will +close the connection to the session manager by sending a +.PN ConnectionClosed +protocol message and will remove the input callback +that was watching for session protocol messages. +.LP +When +.PN XtSetValues +is used to set \fIjoin_session\fP to +.PN False , +the set_values method of the Session shell will close the +connection to the session manager if one exists by sending a +.PN ConnectionClosed +message, and \fIconnection\fP will be set to NULL. +.LP +Applications that exit in response to user actions and that do not +wait for phase 2 destroy to complete on +the Session shell should set \fIjoin_session\fP to +.PN False +before exiting. +.LP +When +.PN XtSetValues +is used to set \fIconnection\fP to NULL, +the Session shell will stop managing the connection, if one exists. +However, that session connection will not be closed. +.LP +Applications that wish to ensure continuation of a session connection +beyond the destruction of the shell should first retrieve the +\fIconnection\fP resource value, +then set the \fIconnection\fP resource to NULL, +and then they may safely destroy the widget without losing control +of the session connection. +.LP +The error callback list will be called if an unrecoverable +communications error occurs while the shell is managing the connection. +The shell will close the connection, set \fIconnection\fP to NULL, +remove the input callback, and +call the procedures registered on the error callback list. +The \fIcall_data\fP for these callbacks is NULL. +.bp diff --git a/libXt/specs/CH05 b/libXt/specs/CH05 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4f15beab0 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/specs/CH05 @@ -0,0 +1,783 @@ +.\" $Xorg: CH05,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:44 cpqbld Exp $ +.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994 +.\" X Consortium +.\" +.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining +.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the +.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including +.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, +.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to +.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to +.\" the following conditions: +.\" +.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included +.\" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. +.\" +.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS +.\" OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF +.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. +.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR +.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, +.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR +.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. +.\" +.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall +.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or +.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization +.\" from the X Consortium. +.\" +.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994 +.\" Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts. +.\" +.\" Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this documentation for any +.\" purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright +.\" notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this +.\" permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of +.\" Digital not be used in in advertising or publicity pertaining +.\" to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. +.\" Digital makes no representations about the suitability of the +.\" software described herein for any purpose. +.\" It is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty. +.\" +\& +.sp 1 +.ce 3 +\s+1\fBChapter 5\fP\s-1 + +\s+1\fBPop-Up Widgets\fP\s-1 +.sp 2 +.nr H1 5 +.nr H2 0 +.nr H3 0 +.nr H4 0 +.nr H5 0 +.LP +.XS +Chapter 5 \(em Pop-Up Widgets +.XE +Pop-up widgets are used to create windows outside of the +window hierarchy defined by the widget tree. +Each pop-up child has a window that is a descendant of the root window, +so that the pop-up window is not clipped by the pop-up widget's parent window. +.\"One thing that all pop-ups in common is that they break +.\"the widget/window hierarchy. +.\"Pop-ups windows are not geometry constrained by their parent widget. +.\"Instead, they are window children of the root. +Therefore, pop-ups are created and attached differently to their widget parent +than normal widget children. +.LP +A parent of a pop-up widget does not actively manage its pop-up children; +in fact, it usually does not operate upon them in any way. +The \fIpopup_list\fP field in the +.PN CorePart +structure contains the list of its pop-up children. +This pop-up list exists mainly to provide the proper place in the widget +hierarchy for the pop-up to get resources and to provide a place for +.PN XtDestroyWidget +to look for all extant children. +.LP +A +composite +widget can have both normal and pop-up children. +A pop-up can be popped up from almost anywhere, not just by its parent. +The term \fIchild\fP always refers to a normal, geometry-managed widget +on the composite widget's list of children, and the term +\fIpop-up child\fP always refers to a +widget on the pop-up list. +.IN "pop-up" "" "@DEF@" +.IN "pop-up" "list" +.IN "pop-up" "child" + +.NH 2 +Pop-Up Widget Types +.LP +.XS +\fB\*(SN Pop-Up Widget Types\fP +.XE +There are three kinds of pop-up widgets: +.IP \(bu 5 +Modeless pop-ups +.IP +A modeless pop-up (for example, a dialog box that does not prevent +continued interaction with the rest of the application) +can usually be manipulated by the window manager +and looks like any other application window from the +user's point of view. +The application main window itself is a special case of a modeless pop-up. +.IP \(bu 5 +Modal pop-ups +.IP +A modal pop-up (for example, a dialog box that requires user input to +continue) +can sometimes be manipulated by the window manager, +and except for events that occur in the dialog box, +it disables user-event distribution to the rest of the application. +.IP \(bu 5 +Spring-loaded pop-ups +.IP +A spring-loaded pop-up (for example, a menu) +can seldom be manipulated by the window manager, +and except for events that occur in the pop-up or its descendants, +it disables user-event distribution to all other applications. +.LP +Modal pop-ups and spring-loaded pop-ups are very similar and should be coded as +if they were the same. +In fact, the same widget (for example, a ButtonBox or Menu widget) can be used both +as a modal pop-up and as a spring-loaded pop-up within the same application. +The main difference is that spring-loaded pop-ups are brought up +with the pointer and, because of the grab that the pointer button causes, +require different processing by the \*(xI. +Furthermore, all user input remap events occurring outside the spring-loaded +pop-up (e.g., in a descendant) are also delivered to the spring-loaded +pop-up after they have been dispatched to the appropriate descendant, so +that, for example, button-up can take down a spring-loaded pop-up no +matter where the +button-up occurs. +.LP +Any kind of pop-up, in turn, can pop up other widgets. +Modal and spring-loaded pop-ups can constrain user events to +the most recent such pop-up or allow user events to be dispatched +to any of the modal or spring-loaded pop-ups +currently mapped. +.LP +Regardless of their type, +all pop-up widget classes are responsible for communicating with the +X window manager and therefore are subclasses of +one of the +Shell +widget classes. + +.NH 2 +Creating a Pop-Up Shell +.XS +\fB\*(SN Creating a Pop-Up Shell\fP +.XE +.LP +.IN "pop-up" "shell" +.IN "pop-up" "child" +For a widget to be popped up, +it must be the child of a pop-up shell widget. +None of the \*(xI-supplied shells will +simultaneously manage more than one child. +Both the shell and child taken together are referred to as the pop-up. +When you need to use a pop-up, +you always refer to the pop-up by the pop-up shell, +not the child. +.sp +.LP +To create a pop-up shell, use +.PN XtCreatePopupShell . +.LP +.IN "XtCreatePopupShell" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +Widget XtCreatePopupShell(\fIname\fP, \fIwidget_class\fP, \fIparent\fP, \ +\fIargs\fP, \fInum_args\fP) +.br + String \fIname\fP; +.br + WidgetClass \fIwidget_class\fP; +.br + Widget \fIparent\fP; +.br + ArgList \fIargs\fP; +.br + Cardinal \fInum_args\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIname\fP 1i +Specifies the instance name for the created shell widget. +.IP \fIwidget_class\fP 1i +Specifies the widget class pointer for the created shell widget. +.IP \fIparent\fP 1i +Specifies the parent widget. \*(cI +.IP \fIargs\fP 1i +Specifies the argument list to override any other resource specifications. +.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i +Specifies the number of entries in the argument list. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtCreatePopupShell +function ensures that the specified class is a subclass of +Shell +and, rather than using insert_child to attach the widget to the parent's +.IN "insert_child procedure" +\fIchildren\fP list, +attaches the shell to the parent's \fIpopup_list\fP directly. +.LP +The screen resource for this widget is determined by first scanning +\fIargs\fP for the XtNscreen argument. If no XtNscreen argument is +found, the resource database associated with the parent's screen +is queried for the resource \fIname\fP.screen, class +\fIClass\fP.Screen where \fIClass\fP is the \fIclass_name\fP +field from the +.PN CoreClassPart +of the specified \fIwidget_class\fP. +If this query fails, the parent's screen is used. +Once the screen is determined, +the resource database associated with that screen is used to retrieve +all remaining resources for the widget not specified in +\fIargs\fP. + +.LP +A spring-loaded pop-up invoked from a translation table via +.PN XtMenuPopup +must already exist +at the time that the translation is invoked, +so the translation manager can find the shell by name. +Pop-ups invoked in other ways can be created when +the pop-up actually is needed. +This delayed creation of the shell is particularly useful when you pop up +an unspecified number of pop-ups. +You can look to see if an appropriate unused shell (that is, not +currently popped up) exists and create a new shell if needed. +.sp +.LP +To create a pop-up shell using varargs lists, use +.PN XtVaCreatePopupShell . +.LP +.IN "XtVaCreatePopupShell" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +Widget XtVaCreatePopupShell(\fIname\fP, \fIwidget_class\fP, \fIparent\fP, ...) +.br + String \fIname\fP; +.br + WidgetClass \fIwidget_class\fP; +.br + Widget \fIparent\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIname\fP 1i +Specifies the instance name for the created shell widget. +.IP \fIwidget_class\fP 1i +Specifies the widget class pointer for the created shell widget. +.IP \fIparent\fP 1i +Specifies the parent widget. \*(cI +.IP ... 1i +Specifies the variable argument list to override any other +resource specifications. +.LP +.eM +.PN XtVaCreatePopupShell +is identical in function to +.PN XtCreatePopupShell +with \fIthe\fP args and \fInum_args\fP parameters replaced by a varargs list as +described in Section 2.5.1. + +.NH 2 +Creating Pop-Up Children +.XS +\fB\*(SN Creating Pop-Up Children\fP +.XE +.LP +Once a pop-up shell is created, +the single child of the pop-up shell can be created +either statically or dynamically. +.LP +At startup, +an application can create the child of the pop-up shell, +which is appropriate for pop-up children composed of a fixed set +of widgets. +The application can change the state of the subparts of +the pop-up child as the application state changes. +For example, if an application creates a static menu, +it can call +.PN XtSetSensitive +(or, in general, +.PN XtSetValues ) +on any of the buttons that make up the menu. +Creating the pop-up child early means that pop-up time is minimized, +especially if the application calls +.PN XtRealizeWidget +on the pop-up shell at startup. +When the menu is needed, +all the widgets that make up the menu already exist and need only be mapped. +The menu should pop up as quickly as the X server can respond. +.LP +Alternatively, +an application can postpone the creation of the child until it is needed, +which minimizes application startup time and allows the pop-up child to +reconfigure itself each time it is popped up. +In this case, +the pop-up child creation routine might poll the application +to find out if it should change the sensitivity of any of its subparts. +.LP +Pop-up child creation does not map the pop-up, +even if you create the child and call +.PN XtRealizeWidget +on the pop-up shell. +.LP +All shells have pop-up and pop-down callbacks, +which provide the opportunity either to make last-minute changes to a +pop-up child before it is popped up or to change it after it is popped down. +Note that excessive use of pop-up callbacks can make +popping up occur more slowly. + +.NH 2 +Mapping a Pop-Up Widget +.XS +\fB\*(SN Mapping a Pop-Up Widget\fP +.XE +.LP +Pop-ups can be popped up through several mechanisms: +.IP \(bu 5 +A call to +.PN XtPopup +or +.PN XtPopupSpringLoaded . +.IP \(bu 5 +One of the supplied callback procedures +.PN XtCallbackNone , +.PN XtCallbackNonexclusive , +or +.PN XtCallbackExclusive . +.IP \(bu 5 +The standard translation action +.PN XtMenuPopup . +.LP +Some of these routines take an argument of type +.PN XtGrabKind , +which is defined as +.sp +.sM +.Ds 0 +typedef enum {XtGrabNone, XtGrabNonexclusive, XtGrabExclusive} XtGrabKind; +.De +.sp +.eM +.LP +The create_popup_child_proc procedure pointer +in the shell widget instance record is of type +.PN XtCreatePopupChildProc . +.LP +.IN "create_popup_child_proc" +.IN "Shell" "create_popup_child_proc" +.IN "XtCreatePopupChildProc" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +typedef void (*XtCreatePopupChildProc)(Widget); +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the shell widget being popped up. +.LP +.eM +To map a pop-up from within an application, use +.PN XtPopup . +.LP +.IN "XtPopup" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtPopup(\fIpopup_shell\fP, \fIgrab_kind\fP) +.br + Widget \fIpopup_shell\fP; +.br + XtGrabKind \fIgrab_kind\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIpopup_shell\fP 1i +Specifies the shell widget. +.IP \fIgrab_kind\fP 1i +Specifies the way in which user events should be constrained. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtPopup +function performs the following: +.IP \(bu 5 +Calls +.PN XtCheckSubclass +to ensure \fIpopup_shell\fP's class is a subclass of +.PN shellWidgetClass . +.IP \(bu 5 +Raises the window and returns if the shell's \fIpopped_up\fP field is already +.PN True . +.IP \(bu 5 +Calls the callback procedures on the shell's \fIpopup_callback\fP list, +specifying a pointer to the value of \fIgrab_kind\fP as the \fIcall_data\fP +argument. +.IP \(bu 5 +Sets the shell \fIpopped_up\fP field to +.PN True , +the shell \fIspring_loaded\fP field to +.PN False , +and the shell \fIgrab_kind\fP field from \fIgrab_kind\fP. +.IP \(bu 5 +If the shell's \fIcreate_popup_child_proc\fP field is non-NULL, +.PN XtPopup +calls it with \fIpopup_shell\fP as the parameter. +.IP \(bu 5 +If \fIgrab_kind\fP is either +.PN XtGrabNonexclusive +or +.PN XtGrabExclusive , +it calls +.LP +.Ds +XtAddGrab(\fIpopup_shell\fP, (\fIgrab_kind\fP == XtGrabExclusive), False) +.De +.IP \(bu 5 +Calls +.PN XtRealizeWidget +with \fIpopup_shell\fP specified. +.IP \(bu 5 +Calls +.PN XMapRaised +with the window of \fIpopup_shell\fP. +.sp +.LP +To map a spring-loaded pop-up from within an application, use +.PN XtPopupSpringLoaded . +.LP +.IN "XtPopupSpringLoaded" "" @DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtPopupSpringLoaded(\fIpopup_shell\fP) +.br + Widget \fIpopup_shell\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIpopup_shell\fP 1i +Specifies the shell widget to be popped up. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtPopupSpringLoaded +function performs exactly as +.PN XtPopup +except that it sets the shell \fIspring_loaded\fP field to +.PN True +and always calls +.PN XtAddGrab +with \fIexclusive\fP +.PN True +and \fIspring-loaded\fP +.PN True . +.sp +.LP +To map a pop-up from a given widget's callback list, +you also can register one of the +.PN XtCallbackNone , +.PN XtCallbackNonexclusive , +or +.PN XtCallbackExclusive +convenience routines as callbacks, using the pop-up shell widget as the +client data. +.LP +.IN "XtCallbackNone" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtCallbackNone(\fIw\fP, \fIclient_data\fP, \fIcall_data\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIcall_data\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget. +.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i +Specifies the pop-up shell. +.IP \fIcall_data\fP 1i +Specifies the callback data argument, +which is not used by this procedure. +.sp +.LP +.IN "XtCallbackNonexclusive" "" "@DEF@" +.FD 0 +void XtCallbackNonexclusive(\fIw\fP, \fIclient_data\fP, \fIcall_data\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIcall_data\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget. +.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i +Specifies the pop-up shell. +.IP \fIcall_data\fP 1i +Specifies the callback data argument, +which is not used by this procedure. +.sp +.LP +.IN "XtCallbackExclusive" "" "@DEF@" +.FD 0 +void XtCallbackExclusive(\fIw\fP, \fIclient_data\fP, \fIcall_data\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIcall_data\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget. +.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i +Specifies the pop-up shell. +.IP \fIcall_data\fP 1i +Specifies the callback data argument, +which is not used by this procedure. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtCallbackNone , +.PN XtCallbackNonexclusive , +and +.PN XtCallbackExclusive +functions call +.PN XtPopup +with the shell specified by the \fIclient_data\fP argument +and \fIgrab_kind\fP set as the name specifies. +.PN XtCallbackNone , +.PN XtCallbackNonexclusive , +and +.PN XtCallbackExclusive +specify +.PN XtGrabNone , +.PN XtGrabNonexclusive , +and +.PN XtGrabExclusive , +respectively. +Each function then sets the widget that executed the callback list +to be insensitive by calling +.PN XtSetSensitive . +Using these functions in callbacks is not required. +In particular, +an application must provide customized code for +callbacks that create pop-up shells dynamically or that must do more than +desensitizing the button. +.sp +.LP +Within a translation table, +to pop up a menu when a key or pointer button is pressed or when the pointer +is moved into a widget, use +.PN XtMenuPopup , +or its synonym, +.PN MenuPopup . +From a translation writer's point of view, +the definition for this translation action is +.LP +.IN "MenuPopup" "" "@DEF@" +.IN "XtMenuPopup" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtMenuPopup(\fIshell_name\fP) +.br + String \fIshell_name\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIshell_name\fP 1i +Specifies the name of the shell widget to pop up. +.LP +.eM +.PN XtMenuPopup +is known to the translation manager, +which registers the corresponding built-in action procedure +.PN XtMenuPopupAction +using +.PN XtRegisterGrabAction +specifying \fIowner_events\fP +.PN True , +\fIevent_mask\fP +.PN ButtonPressMask +\fB|\fP +.PN ButtonReleaseMask , +and \fIpointer_mode\fP and \fIkeyboard_mode\fP +.PN GrabModeAsync . +.LP +If +.PN XtMenuPopup +is invoked on +.PN ButtonPress , +it calls +.PN XtPopupSpringLoaded +on the specified shell widget. +If +.PN XtMenuPopup +is invoked on +.PN KeyPress +or +.PN EnterWindow , +it calls +.PN XtPopup +on the specified shell widget with \fIgrab_kind\fP set to +.PN XtGrabNonexclusive . +Otherwise, the translation manager generates a +warning message and ignores the action. +.LP +.PN XtMenuPopup +tries to find the shell by searching the widget tree starting at +the widget in which it is invoked. +If it finds a shell with the specified name in the pop-up children of +that widget, it pops up the shell with the appropriate parameters. +Otherwise, it moves up the parent chain to find a pop-up child with the +specified name. +If +.PN XtMenuPopup +gets to the application top-level shell widget and has not +found a matching shell, it generates a warning and returns immediately. + +.NH 2 +Unmapping a Pop-Up Widget +.XS +\fB\*(SN Unmapping a Pop-Up Widget\fP +.XE +.LP +Pop-ups can be popped down through several mechanisms: +.IP \(bu 5 +A call to +.PN XtPopdown +.IP \(bu 5 +The supplied callback procedure +.PN XtCallbackPopdown +.IP \(bu 5 +The standard translation action +.PN XtMenuPopdown +.sp +.LP +To unmap a pop-up from within an application, use +.PN XtPopdown . +.LP +.IN "XtPopdown" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtPopdown(\fIpopup_shell\fP) +.br + Widget \fIpopup_shell\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIpopup_shell\fP 1i +Specifies the shell widget to pop down. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtPopdown +function performs the following: +.IP \(bu 5 +Calls +.PN XtCheckSubclass +.\".PN XtCheckSubclass(popup_shell, popupShellWidgetClass) +to ensure \fIpopup_shell\fP's class is a subclass of +.PN shellWidgetClass . +.IP \(bu 5 +Checks that the \fIpopped_up\fP field of \fIpopup_shell\fP is +.PN True ; +otherwise, it returns immediately. +.IP \(bu 5 +Unmaps \fIpopup_shell\fP's window and, if \fIoverride_redirect\fP is +.PN False , +sends a synthetic +.PN UnmapNotify +event as specified by the \fI\*(xC\fP. +.IP \(bu 5 +If \fIpopup_shell\fP's \fIgrab_kind\fP is either +.PN XtGrabNonexclusive +or +.PN XtGrabExclusive , +it calls +.PN XtRemoveGrab . +.\".PN XtRemoveGrab(popup_shell) +.IP \(bu 5 +Sets \fIpopup_shell\fP's \fIpopped_up\fP field to +.PN False . +.IP \(bu 5 +Calls the callback procedures on the shell's \fIpopdown_callback\fP list, +specifying a pointer to the value of the shell's \fIgrab_kind\fP field +as the \fIcall_data\fP argument. +.sp +.LP +To pop down a pop-up from a callback list, you may use the callback +.PN XtCallbackPopdown . +.LP +.IN "XtCallbackPopdown" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtCallbackPopdown(\fIw\fP, \fIclient_data\fP, \fIcall_data\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIcall_data\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget. +.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i +Specifies a pointer to the +.PN XtPopdownID +structure. +.IP \fIcall_data\fP 1i +Specifies the callback data argument, +which is not used by this procedure. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtCallbackPopdown +function casts the \fIclient_data\fP parameter to a pointer of type +.PN XtPopdownID . +.LP +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 3i +.ta .5i 3i +typedef struct { + Widget shell_widget; + Widget enable_widget; +} XtPopdownIDRec, *XtPopdownID; +.De +.LP +.eM +The \fIshell_widget\fP is the pop-up shell to pop down, +and the \fIenable_widget\fP is usually the widget that was used to pop it up +in one of the pop-up callback convenience procedures. +.LP +.PN XtCallbackPopdown +calls +.PN XtPopdown +with the specified \fIshell_widget\fP +and then calls +.PN XtSetSensitive +to resensitize \fIenable_widget\fP. +.sp +.LP +Within a translation table, +to pop down a spring-loaded menu when a key or pointer button is +released or when the +pointer is moved into a widget, use +.PN XtMenuPopdown +or its synonym, +.PN MenuPopdown . +From a translation writer's point of view, +the definition for this translation action is +.LP +.IN "XtMenuPopdown" "" "@DEF@" +.IN "MenuPopdown" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtMenuPopdown(\fIshell_name\fP) +.br + String \fIshell_name\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIshell_name\fP 1i +Specifies the name of the shell widget to pop down. +.LP +.eM +If a shell name is not given, +.PN XtMenuPopdown +calls +.PN XtPopdown +with the widget for which the translation is specified. +If \fIshell_name\fP is specified in the translation table, +.PN XtMenuPopdown +tries to find the shell by looking up the widget tree starting at the +widget in which it is invoked. +If it finds a shell with the specified name in the pop-up children +of that widget, it pops down the shell; +otherwise, it moves up the parent chain to find a pop-up child with the +specified name. +If +.PN XtMenuPopdown +gets to the application top-level shell widget +and cannot find a matching shell, +it generates a warning and returns immediately. +.bp diff --git a/libXt/specs/CH06 b/libXt/specs/CH06 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..34c2861b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/specs/CH06 @@ -0,0 +1,1110 @@ +.\" $Xorg: CH06,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:45 cpqbld Exp $ +.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994 +.\" X Consortium +.\" +.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining +.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the +.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including +.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, +.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to +.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to +.\" the following conditions: +.\" +.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included +.\" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. +.\" +.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS +.\" OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF +.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. +.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR +.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, +.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR +.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. +.\" +.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall +.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or +.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization +.\" from the X Consortium. +.\" +.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994 +.\" Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts. +.\" +.\" Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this documentation for any +.\" purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright +.\" notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this +.\" permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of +.\" Digital not be used in in advertising or publicity pertaining +.\" to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. +.\" Digital makes no representations about the suitability of the +.\" software described herein for any purpose. +.\" It is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty. +.\" +\& +.sp 1 +.ce 3 +\s+1\fBChapter 6\fP\s-1 + +\s+1\fBGeometry Management\fP\s-1 +.sp 2 +.nr H1 6 +.nr H2 0 +.nr H3 0 +.nr H4 0 +.nr H5 0 +.LP +.XS +Chapter 6 \(em Geometry Management +.XE +.LP +.IN "geometry_manager procedure" +.IN "Geometry Management" +.IN "Configure Window" +A widget does not directly control its size and location; +rather, its parent is responsible for controlling them. +Although the position of children is usually left up to their parent, +the widgets themselves often have the best idea of their optimal sizes +and, possibly, preferred locations. +.LP +To resolve physical layout conflicts between sibling widgets and between +a widget and its parent, the \*(xI provide the geometry management mechanism. +Almost all +composite +widgets have a geometry manager specified in the \fIgeometry_manager\fP field +in the widget class record that is responsible for the size, position, and +stacking order of the widget's children. +The only exception is fixed boxes, +which create their children themselves and can ensure that +their children will never make a geometry request. + +.NH 2 +Initiating Geometry Changes +.LP +.XS +\*(SN Initiating Geometry Changes +.XE +Parents, children, and clients each initiate geometry changes differently. +Because a parent has absolute control of its children's geometry, +it changes the geometry directly by calling +.PN XtMove\%Widget , +.PN XtResizeWidget , +or +.PN XtConfigureWidget . +A child must ask its parent for a geometry change by calling +.PN XtMakeGeometryRequest +or +.PN XtMakeResizeRequest . +An application or other client code initiates a geometry change by calling +.PN XtSetValues +on the appropriate geometry fields, +thereby giving the widget the opportunity to modify or reject the client +request before it gets propagated to the parent and the opportunity +to respond appropriately to the parent's reply. +.LP +When a widget that needs to change its size, position, border width, +or stacking depth asks its parent's geometry manager to make the desired +changes, +the geometry manager can allow the request, disallow the request, or +suggest a compromise. +.LP +When the geometry manager is asked to change the geometry of a child, +the geometry manager may also rearrange and resize any or all +of the other children that it controls. +The geometry manager can move children around freely using +.PN XtMoveWidget . +When it resizes a child (that is, changes the width, height, or +border width) other than the one making the request, +it should do so by calling +.PN XtResizeWidget . +The requesting child may be given special treatment; see Section 6.5. +It can simultaneously move and resize a child with a single call to +.PN XtConfigureWidget . +.LP +Often, geometry managers find that they can satisfy a request only if +they can reconfigure a widget that they are not in control of; in particular, +the +composite +widget may want to change its own size. +In this case, +the geometry manager makes a request to its parent's geometry manager. +Geometry requests can cascade this way to arbitrary depth. +.LP +Because such cascaded arbitration of widget geometry can involve extended +negotiation, +windows are not actually allocated to widgets at application +startup until all widgets are satisfied with their geometry; +see Sections 2.5 and 2.6. +.NT Notes +.IP 1. 5 +The \*(xI treatment of stacking requests is deficient in several areas. +Stacking requests for unrealized widgets are granted but will have no effect. +In addition, there is no way to do an +.PN XtSetValues +that will generate a stacking geometry request. +.IP 2. 5 +After a successful geometry request (one that returned +.PN XtGeometryYes ), +a widget does not know whether its resize procedure has been called. +Widgets should have resize procedures that can be called more than once +without ill effects. +.NE + +.NH 2 +General Geometry Manager Requests +.XS +\*(SN General Geometry Manager Requests +.XE +.LP +When making a geometry request, the child specifies an +.PN XtWidgetGeometry +structure. +.LP +.IN "XtGeometryMask" +.KS +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 3i +.ta .5i 3i +typedef unsigned long XtGeometryMask; + +typedef struct { + XtGeometryMask request_mode; + Position x, y; + Dimension width, height; + Dimension border_width; + Widget sibling; + int stack_mode; +} XtWidgetGeometry; +.De +.eM +.KE +.LP +To make a general geometry manager request from a widget, use +.PN XtMakeGeometryRequest . +.LP +.IN "XtMakeGeometryRequest" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +XtGeometryResult XtMakeGeometryRequest(\fIw\fP, \fIrequest\fP, \ +\fIreply_return\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + XtWidgetGeometry *\fIrequest\fP; +.br + XtWidgetGeometry *\fIreply_return\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget making the request. \*(rI +.IP \fIrequest\fP 1i +Specifies the desired widget geometry (size, position, border width, +and stacking order). +.IP \fIreply_return\fP 1i +Returns the allowed widget size, or may be NULL +if the requesting widget is not interested in handling +.PN XtGeometryAlmost . +.LP +.eM +Depending on the condition, +.PN XtMakeGeometryRequest +performs the following: +.IP \(bu 5 +If the widget is unmanaged or the widget's parent is not realized, +it makes the changes and returns +.PN XtGeometryYes . +.IP \(bu 5 +If the parent's class is not a subclass of +.PN compositeWidgetClass +or the parent's \fIgeometry_manager\fP field is NULL, +it issues an error. +.IP \(bu 5 +If the widget's \fIbeing_destroyed\fP field is +.PN True , +it returns +.PN XtGeometryNo . +.IP \(bu 5 +If the widget \fIx\fP, \fIy\fP, \fIwidth\fP, \fIheight\fP, and +\fIborder_width\fP fields are +all equal to the requested values, +it returns +.PN XtGeometryYes ; +otherwise, it calls the parent's geometry_manager procedure +with the given parameters. +.IP \(bu 5 +If the parent's geometry manager returns +.PN XtGeometryYes +and if +.PN XtCWQueryOnly +is not set in \fIrequest->request_mode\fP +and if the widget is realized, +.PN XtMakeGeometryRequest +calls the +.PN XConfigureWindow +Xlib function to reconfigure the widget's window (set its size, location, +and stacking order as appropriate). +.IP \(bu 5 +If the geometry manager returns +.PN XtGeometryDone , +the change has been approved and actually has been done. +In this case, +.PN XtMakeGeometryRequest +does no configuring and returns +.PN XtGeometryYes . +.PN XtMakeGeometryRequest +never returns +.PN XtGeometryDone . +.IP \(bu 5 +Otherwise, +.PN XtMakeGeometryRequest +just returns the resulting value from the parent's geometry manager. +.LP +Children of primitive widgets are always unmanaged; therefore, +.PN XtMakeGeometryRequest +always returns +.PN XtGeometryYes +when called by a child of a primitive widget. +.LP +The return codes from geometry managers are +.IN "XtGeometryResult" +.LP +.KS +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 1.75i +.ta .5i 1.75i +typedef enum { + XtGeometryYes, + XtGeometryNo, + XtGeometryAlmost, + XtGeometryDone +} XtGeometryResult; +.De +.eM +.KE +.LP +The \fIrequest_mode\fP definitions are from +.Pn < X11/X.h >. +.LP +.sM +.TS +lw(.5i) lw(2.5i) lw(.75i). +T{ +#define +T} T{ +.PN CWX +T} T{ +(1<<0) +T} +T{ +#define +T} T{ +.PN CWY +T} T{ +(1<<1) +T} +T{ +#define +T} T{ +.PN CWWidth +T} T{ +(1<<2) +T} +T{ +#define +T} T{ +.PN CWHeight +T} T{ +(1<<3) +T} +T{ +#define +T} T{ +.PN CWBorderWidth +T} T{ +(1<<4) +T} +T{ +#define +T} T{ +.PN CWSibling +T} T{ +(1<<5) +T} +T{ +#define +T} T{ +.PN CWStackMode +T} T{ +(1<<6) +T} +.TE +.LP +.eM +The \*(xI also support the following value. +.LP +.sM +.TS +lw(.5i) lw(2.5i) lw(.75i). +T{ +#define +T} T{ +.PN XtCWQueryOnly +T} T{ +(1<<7) +T} +.TE +.LP +.eM +.PN XtCWQueryOnly +indicates that the corresponding geometry request is only a query +as to what would happen if this geometry request were made +and that no widgets should actually be changed. +.LP +.PN XtMakeGeometryRequest , +like the +.PN XConfigureWindow +Xlib function, uses \fIrequest_mode\fP to determine which fields in the +.PN XtWidgetGeometry +structure the caller wants to specify. +.LP +The \fIstack_mode\fP definitions are from +.Pn < X11/X.h >: +.LP +.sM +.TS +lw(.5i) lw(2.5i) lw(.75i). +T{ +#define +T} T{ +.PN Above +T} T{ +0 +T} +T{ +#define +T} T{ +.PN Below +T} T{ +1 +T} +T{ +#define +T} T{ +.PN TopIf +T} T{ +2 +T} +T{ +#define +T} T{ +.PN BottomIf +T} T{ +3 +T} +T{ +#define +T} T{ +.PN Opposite +T} T{ +4 +T} +.TE +.LP +.eM +The \*(xI also support the following value. +.LP +.sM +.TS +lw(.5i) lw(2.5i) lw(.75i). +T{ +#define +T} T{ +.PN XtSMDontChange +T} T{ +5 +T} +.TE +.LP +.eM +For definition and behavior of +.PN Above , +.PN Below , +.PN TopIf , +.PN BottomIf , +and +.PN Opposite , +see Section 3.7 in \fI\*(xL\fP. +.PN XtSMDontChange +indicates that the widget wants its current stacking order preserved. + +.NH 2 +Resize Requests +.XS +\*(SN Resize Requests +.XE +.LP +To make a simple resize request from a widget, you can use +.PN XtMakeResizeRequest +as an alternative to +.PN XtMakeGeometryRequest . +.LP +.IN "XtMakeResizeRequest" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +XtGeometryResult XtMakeResizeRequest(\fIw\fP, \fIwidth\fP, \fIheight\fP, \ +\fIwidth_return\fP, \fIheight_return\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + Dimension \fIwidth\fP, \fIheight\fP; +.br + Dimension *\fIwidth_return\fP, *\fIheight_return\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget making the request. \*(rI +.IP \fIwidth\fP 1i +Specify the desired widget width and height. +.br +.ns +.IP \fIheight\fP 1i +.IP \fIwidth_return\fP 1i +Return the allowed widget width and height. +.br +.ns +.IP \fIheight_return\fP 1i +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtMakeResizeRequest +function, a simple interface to +.PN XtMakeGeometryRequest , +creates an +.PN XtWidgetGeometry +structure and specifies that width and height should change +by setting \fIrequest_mode\fP to +.PN CWWidth +\fB|\fP +.PN CWHeight . +The geometry manager is free to modify any of the other window attributes +(position or stacking order) to satisfy the resize request. +If the return value is +.PN XtGeometryAlmost , +\fIwidth_return\fP and \fIheight_return\fP contain a compromise width and height. +If these are acceptable, +the widget should immediately call +.PN XtMakeResizeRequest +again and request that the compromise width and height be applied. +If the widget is not interested in +.PN XtGeometryAlmost +replies, +it can pass NULL for \fIwidth_return\fP and \fIheight_return\fP. + +.NH 2 +Potential Geometry Changes +.XS +\*(SN Potential Geometry Changes +.XE +.LP +Sometimes a geometry manager cannot respond to +a geometry request from a child without first making a geometry request +to the widget's own parent (the original requestor's grandparent). +If the request to the grandparent would allow the parent to satisfy the +original request, +the geometry manager can make the intermediate geometry request +as if it were the originator. +On the other hand, +if the geometry manager already has determined that the original request +cannot be completely satisfied (for example, if it always denies +position changes), +it needs to tell the grandparent to respond to the intermediate request +without actually changing the geometry +because it does not know if the child will accept the compromise. +To accomplish this, the geometry manager uses +.PN XtCWQueryOnly +in the intermediate request. +.LP +When +.PN XtCWQueryOnly +is used, the geometry manager needs to cache +enough information to exactly reconstruct the intermediate request. +If the grandparent's response to the intermediate query was +.PN XtGeometryAlmost , +the geometry manager needs to cache the entire +reply geometry in the event the child accepts the parent's compromise. +.LP +If the grandparent's response was +.PN XtGeometryAlmost , +it may also be necessary to cache the entire reply geometry from +the grandparent when +.PN XtCWQueryOnly +is not used. +If the geometry manager is still able to satisfy the original request, +it may immediately accept the grandparent's compromise +and then act on the child's request. +If the grandparent's compromise geometry is insufficient to allow +the child's request and if the geometry manager is willing to offer +a different compromise to the child, +the grandparent's compromise should not be accepted until the child +has accepted the new compromise. +.LP +Note that a compromise geometry returned with +.PN XtGeometryAlmost +is guaranteed only for the next call to the same widget; +therefore, a cache of size 1 is sufficient. + +.NH 2 +Child Geometry Management: The geometry_manager Procedure +.XS +\*(SN Child Geometry Management: The geometry_manager Procedure +.XE +.LP +The geometry_manager procedure pointer in a composite widget class is of type +.PN XtGeometryHandler . +.LP +.IN "XtGeometryHandler" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +typedef XtGeometryResult (*XtGeometryHandler)(Widget, XtWidgetGeometry*, \ +XtWidgetGeometry*); +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + XtWidgetGeometry *\fIrequest\fP; +.br + XtWidgetGeometry *\fIgeometry_return\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1.2i +Passes the widget making the request. +.IP \fIrequest\fP 1.2i +Passes the new geometry the child desires. +.IP \fIgeometry_return\fP 1.2i +Passes a geometry structure in which the geometry manager may store a +compromise. +.LP +.eM +A class can inherit its superclass's geometry manager during class +initialization. +.LP +A bit set to zero in the request's \fIrequest_mode\fP +field means that the child widget +does not care about the value of the corresponding field, +so the geometry manager can change this field as it wishes. +A bit set to 1 means that the child wants that geometry element set +to the value in the corresponding field. +.LP +If the geometry manager can satisfy all changes requested +and if +.PN XtCWQueryOnly +is not specified, +it updates the widget's \fIx\fP, \fIy\fP, \fIwidth\fP, \fIheight\fP, +and \fIborder_width\fP fields +appropriately. +Then, it returns +.PN XtGeometryYes , +and the values pointed to by the \fIgeometry_return\fP argument are undefined. +The widget's window is moved and resized automatically by +.PN XtMakeGeometryRequest . +.LP +Homogeneous composite widgets often find it convenient to treat the widget +making the request the same as any other widget, including reconfiguring +it using +.PN XtConfigureWidget +or +.PN XtResizeWidget +as part of its layout process, unless +.PN XtCWQueryOnly +is specified. +If it does this, +it should return +.PN XtGeometryDone +to inform +.PN XtMakeGeometryRequest +that it does not need to do the configuration itself. +.NT +To remain +compatible with layout techniques used in older widgets (before +.PN XtGeometryDone +was added to the \*(xI), a geometry manager should avoid using +.PN XtResizeWidget +or +.PN XtConfigureWidget +on the child making +the request because the layout process of the child may be in an +intermediate state in which it is not prepared to handle a call to its +resize procedure. A self-contained widget set may choose this +alternative geometry management scheme, however, provided that it +clearly warns widget developers of the compatibility consequences. +.NE +.LP +Although +.PN XtMakeGeometryRequest +resizes the widget's window +(if the geometry +manager returns +.PN XtGeometryYes ), +it does not call the widget class's resize procedure. +The requesting widget must perform whatever +resizing calculations are needed explicitly. +.LP +If the geometry manager disallows the request, +the widget cannot change its geometry. +The values pointed to by \fIgeometry_return\fP are undefined, +and the geometry manager returns +.PN XtGeometryNo . +.LP +Sometimes the geometry manager cannot satisfy the request exactly +but may be able to satisfy a similar request. +That is, +it could satisfy only a subset of the requests (for example, +size but not position) or a lesser request +(for example, it cannot make the child as big as the +request but it can make the child bigger than its current size). +In such cases, +the geometry manager fills in the structure pointed to by +\fIgeometry_return\fP with the actual changes +it is willing to make, including an appropriate \fIrequest_mode\fP mask, and returns +.PN XtGeometryAlmost . +If a bit in \fIgeometry_return->request_mode\fP is zero, +the geometry manager agrees not to change the corresponding value +if \fIgeometry_return\fP is used immediately +in a new request. +If a bit is 1, +the geometry manager does change that element to the corresponding +value in \fIgeometry_return\fP. +More bits may be set in \fIgeometry_return->request_mode\fP +than in the original request if +the geometry manager intends to change other fields should the +child accept the compromise. +.LP +When +.PN XtGeometryAlmost +is returned, +the widget must decide if the compromise suggested in \fIgeometry_return\fP +is acceptable. +If it is, the widget must not change its geometry directly; +rather, it must make another call to +.PN XtMakeGeometryRequest . +.LP +If the next geometry request from this child uses the +\fIgeometry_return\fP values filled in by the geometry manager with an +.PN XtGeometryAlmost +return and if there have been no intervening geometry requests on +either its parent or any of its other children, +the geometry manager must grant the request, if possible. +That is, if the child asks immediately with the returned geometry, +it should get an answer of +.PN XtGeometryYes . +However, +dynamic behavior in +the user's window manager may affect the final outcome. +.LP +To return +.PN XtGeometryYes , +the geometry manager frequently rearranges the position of other managed +children by calling +.PN XtMoveWidget . +However, a few geometry managers may sometimes change the +size of other managed children by calling +.PN XtResizeWidget +or +.PN XtConfigureWidget . +If +.PN XtCWQueryOnly +is specified, +the geometry manager must return data describing +how it would react to this geometry +request without actually moving or resizing any widgets. +.LP +Geometry managers must not assume that the \fIrequest\fP +and \fIgeometry_return\fP arguments point to independent storage. +The caller is permitted to use the same field for both, +and the geometry manager must allocate its own temporary storage, +if necessary. + +.NH 2 +Widget Placement and Sizing +.XS +\*(SN Widget Placement and Sizing +.XE +.LP +To move a sibling widget of the child making the geometry request, +the parent uses +.PN XtMoveWidget . +.LP +.IN "XtMoveWidget" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtMoveWidget(\fIw\fP, \fIx\fP, \fIy\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + Position \fIx\fP; +.br + Position \fIy\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget. \*(rI +.IP \fIx\fP 1i +.br +.ns +.IP \fIy\fP 1i +Specify the new widget x and y coordinates. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtMoveWidget +function returns immediately if the specified geometry fields +are the same as the old values. +Otherwise, +.PN XtMoveWidget +writes the new \fIx\fP and \fIy\fP values into the object +and, if the object is a widget and is realized, issues an Xlib +.PN XMoveWindow +call on the widget's window. +.sp +.LP +To resize a sibling widget of the child making the geometry request, +the parent uses +.PN XtResizeWidget . +.LP +.IN "XtResizeWidget" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtResizeWidget(\fIw\fP, \fIwidth\fP, \fIheight\fP, \fIborder_width\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + Dimension \fIwidth\fP; +.br + Dimension \fIheight\fP; +.br + Dimension \fIborder_width\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget. \*(rI +.IP \fIwidth\fP 1i +.br +.ns +.IP \fIheight\fP 1i +.br +.ns +.IP \fIborder_width\fP 1i +Specify the new widget size. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtResizeWidget +function returns immediately if the specified geometry fields +are the same as the old values. +Otherwise, +.PN XtResizeWidget +writes the new \fIwidth\fP, \fIheight\fP, and \fIborder_width\fP values into +the object and, if the object is a widget and is realized, issues an +.PN XConfigureWindow +call on the widget's window. +.LP +If the new width or height is different from the old values, +.PN XtResizeWidget +calls the object's resize procedure to notify it of the size change. +.sp +.LP +To move and resize the sibling widget of the child making the geometry request, +the parent uses +.PN XtConfigureWidget . +.LP +.IN "XtConfigureWidget" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtConfigureWidget(\fIw\fP, \fIx\fP, \fIy\fP, \fIwidth\fP, \fIheight\fP, \ +\fIborder_width\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + Position \fIx\fP; +.br + Position \fIy\fP; +.br + Dimension \fIwidth\fP; +.br + Dimension \fIheight\fP; +.br + Dimension \fIborder_width\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget. \*(rI +.IP \fIx\fP 1i +.br +.ns +.IP \fIy\fP 1i +Specify the new widget x and y coordinates. +.IP \fIwidth\fP 1i +.br +.ns +.IP \fIheight\fP 1i +.br +.ns +.IP \fIborder_width\fP 1i +Specify the new widget size. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtConfigureWidget +function returns immediately if the specified new geometry fields +are all equal to the current values. +Otherwise, +.PN XtConfigureWidget +writes the new \fIx\fP, \fIy\fP, \fIwidth\fP, \fIheight\fP, +and \fIborder_width\fP values +into the object and, if the object is a widget and is realized, makes an Xlib +.PN XConfigureWindow +call on the widget's window. +.LP +If the new width or height is different from its old value, +.PN XtConfigureWidget +calls the object's resize procedure to notify it of the size change; +otherwise, it simply returns. +.sp +.LP +To resize a child widget that already has the new values of its width, +height, and border width, the parent uses +.PN XtResizeWindow . +.LP +.IN "XtResizeWindow" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtResizeWindow(\fIw\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget. \*(cI +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtResizeWindow +function calls the +.PN XConfigureWindow +Xlib function to make the window of the specified widget match its width, +height, and border width. +This request is done unconditionally because there is no +inexpensive way to tell if these +values match the current values. +Note that the widget's resize procedure is not called. +.LP +There are very few times to use +.PN XtResizeWindow ; +instead, the parent should use +.PN XtResizeWidget . + +.NH 2 +Preferred Geometry +.XS +\*(SN Preferred Geometry +.XE +.LP +Some parents may be willing to adjust their layouts to accommodate the +preferred geometries of their children. +They can use +.PN XtQueryGeometry +to obtain the preferred geometry +and, as they see fit, can use or ignore any portion of the response. +.sp +.LP +To query a child widget's preferred geometry, use +.PN XtQueryGeometry . +.LP +.IN "XtQueryGeometry" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +XtGeometryResult XtQueryGeometry(\fIw\fP, \fIintended\fP, \ +\fIpreferred_return\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + XtWidgetGeometry *\fIintended\fP; +.br + XtWidgetGeometry *\fIpreferred_return\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1.1i +Specifies the widget. \*(rI +.IP \fIintended\fP 1.1i +Specifies the new geometry the parent plans to give to the child, or +NULL. +.IP \fIpreferred_return\fP 1.1i +Returns the child widget's preferred geometry. +.LP +.eM +To discover a child's preferred geometry, +the child's parent stores the new +geometry in the corresponding fields of +the intended structure, sets the corresponding bits in \fIintended.request_mode\fP, +and calls +.PN XtQueryGeometry . +The parent should set only those fields that are important to it so +that the child can determine whether it may be able to attempt changes to +other fields. +.LP +.PN XtQueryGeometry +clears all bits in the \fIpreferred_return->request_mode\fP +field and checks the +\fIquery_geometry\fP field of the specified widget's class record. +If \fIquery_geometry\fP is not NULL, +.PN XtQueryGeometry +calls the query_geometry procedure and passes as arguments the +specified widget, \fIintended\fP, and \fIpreferred_return\fP structures. +If the \fIintended\fP argument is NULL, +.PN XtQueryGeometry +replaces it with a pointer to an +.PN XtWidgetGeometry +structure with \fIrequest_mode\fP equal to zero before calling the +query_geometry procedure. +.NT +If +.PN XtQueryGeometry +is called from within a geometry_manager +procedure for the widget that issued +.PN XtMakeGeometryRequest +or +.PN XtMakeResizeRequest , +the results +are not guaranteed to be consistent with the requested changes. The +change request passed to the geometry manager takes precedence over +the preferred geometry. +.NE +.sp +.LP +The query_geometry procedure pointer is of type +.PN XtGeometryHandler . +.LP +.IN "query_geometry procedure" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +typedef XtGeometryResult (*XtGeometryHandler)(Widget, XtWidgetGeometry*, \ +XtWidgetGeometry*); +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + XtWidgetGeometry *\fIrequest\fP; +.br + XtWidgetGeometry *\fIpreferred_return\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1.2i +Passes the child widget whose preferred geometry is required. +.IP \fIrequest\fP 1.2i +Passes the geometry changes that the parent plans to make. +.IP \fIpreferred_return\fP 1.2i +Passes a structure in which the child returns its preferred geometry. +.LP +.eM +.IN "query_geometry procedure" +The query_geometry procedure is expected to examine the bits set in +\fIrequest->request_mode\fP, evaluate the preferred geometry of the widget, +and store the result in \fIpreferred_return\fP +(setting the bits in \fIpreferred_return->request_mode\fP corresponding +to those geometry fields that it cares about). +If the proposed geometry change is acceptable without modification, +the query_geometry procedure should return +.PN XtGeometryYes . +If at least one field in \fIpreferred_return\fP +with a bit set in \fIpreferred_return->request_mode\fP +is different +from the corresponding field in \fIrequest\fP +or if a bit was set in \fIpreferred_return->request_mode\fP +that was not set in the request, +the query_geometry procedure should return +.PN XtGeometryAlmost . +If the preferred geometry is identical to the current geometry, +the query_geometry procedure should return +.PN XtGeometryNo . +.NT +The query_geometry procedure may assume +that no +.PN XtMakeResizeRequest +or +.PN XtMakeGeometryRequest +is in progress +for the specified widget; that is, it is not required to construct +a reply consistent with the requested geometry if such a request +were actually outstanding. +.NE +.LP +After calling the query_geometry procedure +or if the \fIquery_geometry\fP field is NULL, +.PN XtQueryGeometry +examines all the unset bits in \fIpreferred_return->request_mode\fP +and sets the corresponding fields in \fIpreferred_return\fP +to the current values from the widget instance. +If +.PN CWStackMode +is not set, +the \fIstack_mode\fP field is set to +.PN XtSMDontChange . +.PN XtQueryGeometry +returns the value returned by the query_geometry procedure or +.PN XtGeometryYes +if the \fIquery_geometry\fP field is NULL. +.LP +Therefore, the caller can interpret a return of +.PN XtGeometryYes +as not needing to evaluate the contents of the reply and, more important, +not needing to modify its layout plans. +A return of +.PN XtGeometryAlmost +means either that both the parent and the child expressed interest +in at least one common field and the child's preference does not match +the parent's intentions or that the child expressed interest in a field that +the parent might need to consider. +A return value of +.PN XtGeometryNo +means that both the parent and the child expressed interest in a field and +that the child suggests that the field's current value in the widget instance +is its preferred value. +In addition, whether or not the caller ignores the return value or the +reply mask, it is guaranteed that the \fIpreferred_return\fP structure contains complete +geometry information for the child. +.LP +Parents are expected to call +.PN XtQueryGeometry +in their layout routine and wherever else the information is significant +after change_managed has been called. +The first time it is invoked, +the changed_managed procedure may assume that the child's current geometry +is its preferred geometry. +Thus, the child is still responsible for storing values +into its own geometry during its initialize procedure. + +.NH 2 +Size Change Management: The resize Procedure +.XS +\*(SN Size Change Management: The resize Procedure +.XE +.LP +A child can be resized by its parent at any time. +Widgets usually need to know when they have changed size +so that they can lay out their displayed data again to match the new size. +When a parent resizes a child, it calls +.PN XtResizeWidget , +which updates the geometry fields in the widget, +configures the window if the widget is realized, +and calls the child's resize procedure to notify the child. +The resize procedure pointer is of type +.PN XtWidgetProc . +.IN "resize procedure" "" "@DEF@" +.LP +If a class need not recalculate anything when a widget is resized, +it can specify NULL for the \fIresize\fP field in its class record. +This is an unusual case and should occur only for widgets +with very trivial display semantics. +The resize procedure takes a widget as its only argument. +The \fIx\fP, \fIy\fP, \fIwidth\fP, \fIheight\fP, +and \fIborder_width\fP fields of the widget contain the new values. +The resize procedure should recalculate the layout of internal data +as needed. +(For example, a centered Label in a window that changes size +should recalculate the starting position of the text.) +The widget must obey resize as a command and must not treat it as a request. +A widget must not issue an +.PN XtMakeGeometryRequest +or +.PN XtMakeResizeRequest +call from its resize procedure. +.bp diff --git a/libXt/specs/CH07 b/libXt/specs/CH07 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..07b36746b --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/specs/CH07 @@ -0,0 +1,3555 @@ +.\" $Xorg: CH07,v 1.4 2000/08/17 19:42:45 cpqbld Exp $ +.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994 +.\" X Consortium +.\" +.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining +.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the +.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including +.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, +.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to +.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to +.\" the following conditions: +.\" +.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included +.\" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. +.\" +.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS +.\" OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF +.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. +.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR +.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, +.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR +.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. +.\" +.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall +.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or +.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization +.\" from the X Consortium. +.\" +.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994 +.\" Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts. +.\" +.\" Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this documentation for any +.\" purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright +.\" notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this +.\" permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of +.\" Digital not be used in in advertising or publicity pertaining +.\" to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. +.\" Digital makes no representations about the suitability of the +.\" software described herein for any purpose. +.\" It is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty. +.\" +\& +.sp 1 +.ce 3 +\s+1\fBChapter 7\fP\s-1 + +\s+1\fBEvent Management\fP\s-1 +.sp 2 +.nr H1 7 +.nr H2 0 +.nr H3 0 +.nr H4 0 +.nr H5 0 +.LP +.XS +Chapter 7 \(em Event Management +.XE +While Xlib allows the reading and processing of events anywhere in an application, +widgets in the \*(tk neither directly read events +nor grab the server or pointer. +Widgets register procedures that are to be called +when an event or class of events occurs in that widget. +.LP +A typical application consists of startup code followed by an event loop +that reads events and dispatches them by calling +the procedures that widgets have registered. +The default event loop provided by the \*(xI is +.PN XtAppMainLoop . +.LP +The event manager is a collection of functions to perform the following tasks: +.IP \(bu 5 +Add or remove event sources other than X server events (in particular, +timer interrupts, file input, or POSIX signals). +.IP \(bu 5 +Query the status of event sources. +.IP \(bu 5 +Add or remove procedures to be called when an event occurs for a particular +widget. +.IP \(bu 5 +Enable and +disable the dispatching of user-initiated events (keyboard and pointer events) +for a particular widget. +.IP \(bu 5 +Constrain the dispatching of events to a cascade of pop-up widgets. +.IP \(bu 5 +Register procedures to be called when specific events arrive. +.IP \(bu 5 +Register procedures to be called when the \*(xI will block. +.IP \(bu 5 +Enable safe operation in a multi-threaded environment. +.LP +Most widgets do not need to call any of the event handler functions explicitly. +The normal interface to X events is through the higher-level +translation manager, +which maps sequences of X events, with modifiers, into procedure calls. +Applications rarely use any of the event manager routines besides +.PN XtAppMainLoop . + +.NH 2 +Adding and Deleting Additional Event Sources +.XS +\fB\*(SN Adding and Deleting Additional Event Sources\fP +.XE +.LP +While most applications are driven only by X events, +some applications need to incorporate other sources of input +into the \*(xI event-handling mechanism. +The event manager provides routines to integrate notification of timer events +and file data pending into this mechanism. +.LP +The next section describes functions that provide input gathering from files. +The application registers the files with the \*(xI read routine. +When input is pending on one of the files, +the registered callback procedures are invoked. + +.NH 3 +Adding and Removing Input Sources +.XS +\fB\*(SN Adding and Removing Input Sources\fP +.XE +.LP +To register a new file as an input source for a given application context, use +.PN XtAppAddInput . +.LP +.IN "XtAppAddInput" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +XtInputId XtAppAddInput(\fIapp_context\fP, \fIsource\fP, \fIcondition\fP, \ +\fIproc\fP, \fIclient_data\fP) +.br + XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; +.br + int \fIsource\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIcondition\fP; +.br + XtInputCallbackProc \fIproc\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i +Specifies the application context that identifies the application. +.IP \fIsource\fP 1i +Specifies the source file descriptor on a POSIX-based system +or other operating-system-dependent device specification. +.IP \fIcondition\fP 1i +Specifies the mask that indicates a read, write, or exception condition +or some other operating-system-dependent condition. +.IP \fIproc\fP 1i +Specifies the procedure to be called when the condition is found. +.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i +Specifies an argument passed to the specified procedure +when it is called. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtAppAddInput +function registers with the \*(xI read routine a new source of events, +which is usually file input but can also be file output. +Note that \fIfile\fP should be loosely interpreted to mean any sink +or source of data. +.PN XtAppAddInput +also specifies the conditions under which the source can generate events. +When an event is pending on this source, +the callback procedure is called. +.LP +The legal values for the \fIcondition\fP argument are operating-system-dependent. +On a POSIX-based system, +\fIsource\fP is a file number and the condition is some union of the following: +.IN "XtInputReadMask" "" "@DEF@" +.IP \fBXtInputReadMask\fR 1.5i +Specifies that \fIproc\fP is to be called when \fIsource\fP has data to be read. +.IN "XtInputWriteMask" "" "@DEF@" +.IP \fBXtInputWriteMask\fR 1.5i +Specifies that \fIproc\fP is to be called when \fIsource\fP is ready +for writing. +.IN "XtInputExceptMask" "" "@DEF@" +.IP \fBXtInputExceptMask\fR 1.5i +Specifies that \fIproc\fP is to be called when \fIsource\fP has +exception data. +.LP +Callback procedure pointers used to handle file events are of +type +.PN XtInputCallbackProc . +.LP +.IN "XtInputCallbackProc" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +typedef void (*XtInputCallbackProc)(XtPointer, int*, XtInputId*); +.br + XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; +.br + int *\fIsource\fP; +.br + XtInputId *\fIid\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i +Passes the client data argument that was registered for this procedure in +.PN XtApp\%AddInput . +.IP \fIsource\fP 1i +Passes the source file descriptor generating the event. +.IP \fIid\fP 1i +Passes the id returned from the corresponding +.PN XtAppAddInput +call. +.LP +.eM +See Section 7.12 for information regarding the use of +.PN XtAppAddInput +in multiple threads. +.sp +.LP +To discontinue a source of input, use +.PN XtRemoveInput . +.LP +.IN "XtRemoveInput" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtRemoveInput(\fIid\fP) +.br + XtInputId \fIid\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIid\fP 1i +Specifies the id returned from the corresponding +.PN XtAppAddInput +call. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtRemoveInput +function causes the \*(xI read routine to stop watching for events +from the file source specified by \fIid\fP. +.LP +See Section 7.12 for information regarding the use of +.PN XtRemoveInput +in multiple threads. + +.NH 3 +Adding and Removing Blocking Notifications +.XS +\fB\*(SN Adding and Removing Blocking Notifications\fP +.XE +.LP +Occasionally it is desirable for an application to receive notification +when the \*(xI event manager detects no pending input from file sources +and no pending input from X server event sources and is about to block +in an operating system call. +.sp +.LP +To register a hook that is called immediately prior to event blocking, use +.PN XtAppAddBlockHook . +.LP +.IN "XtAppAddBlockHook" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +XtBlockHookId XtAppAddBlockHook(\fIapp_context\fP, \fIproc\fP, \ +\fIclient_data\fP) +.br + XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; +.br + XtBlockHookProc \fIproc\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i +Specifies the application context that identifies the application. +.IP \fIproc\fP 1i +Specifies the procedure to be called before blocking. +.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i +Specifies an argument passed to the specified procedure when it is called. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtAppAddBlockHook +function registers the specified procedure and returns an identifier for it. +The hook procedure \fIproc\fP is called at any time in the future when +the \*(xI are about to block pending some input. +.LP +The procedure pointers used to provide notification of event blocking +are of type +.PN XtBlockHookProc . +.LP +.IN "XtBlockHookProc" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +typedef void (*XtBlockHookProc)(XtPointer); +.br + XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i +Passes the client data argument that was registered for this procedure in +.PN XtApp\%AddBlockHook . +.LP +.eM +To discontinue the use of a procedure for blocking notification, use +.PN XtRemoveBlockHook . +.LP +.IN "XtRemoveBlockHook" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtRemoveBlockHook(\fIid\fP) +.br + XtBlockHookId \fIid\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIid\fP 1i +Specifies the identifier returned from the corresponding call to +.PN XtAppAddBlockHook . +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtRemoveBlockHook +function removes the specified procedure from the list of procedures +that are called by the \*(xI read routine before blocking on event sources. + +.NH 3 +Adding and Removing Timeouts +.XS +\fB\*(SN Adding and Removing Timeouts\fP +.XE +.LP +The timeout facility notifies the application or the widget +through a callback procedure that a specified time interval has elapsed. +Timeout values are uniquely identified by an interval id. +.sp +.LP +To register a timeout callback, use +.PN XtAppAddTimeOut . +.LP +.IN "XtAppAddTimeOut" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +XtIntervalId XtAppAddTimeOut(\fIapp_context\fP, \fIinterval\fP, \fIproc\fP, \ +\fIclient_data\fP) +.br + XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; +.br + unsigned long \fIinterval\fP; +.br + XtTimerCallbackProc \fIproc\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i +Specifies the application context for which the timer is to be set. +.IP \fIinterval\fP 1i +Specifies the time interval in milliseconds. +.IP \fIproc\fP 1i +Specifies the procedure to be called when the time expires. +.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i +Specifies an argument passed to the specified procedure +when it is called. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtAppAddTimeOut +function creates a timeout and returns an identifier for it. +The timeout value is set to \fIinterval\fP. +The callback procedure \fIproc\fP is called when +.PN XtAppNextEvent +or +.PN XtAppProcessEvent +is next called after the time interval elapses, +and then the timeout is removed. +.LP +Callback procedure pointers used with timeouts are of +type +.PN XtTimerCallbackProc . +.LP +.IN "XtTimerCallbackProc" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +typedef void (*XtTimerCallbackProc)(XtPointer, XtIntervalId*); +.br + XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; +.br + XtIntervalId *\fItimer\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i +Passes the client data argument that was registered for this procedure in +.PN XtApp\%AddTimeOut . +.IP \fItimer\fP 1i +Passes the id returned from the corresponding +.PN XtAppAddTimeOut +call. +.LP +.eM +See Section 7.12 for information regarding the use of +.PN XtAppAddTimeOut +in multiple threads. +.sp +.LP +To clear a timeout value, use +.PN XtRemoveTimeOut . +.LP +.IN "XtRemoveTimeOut" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtRemoveTimeOut(\fItimer\fP) +.br + XtIntervalId \fItimer\fP; +.FN +.IP \fItimer\fP 1i +Specifies the id for the timeout request to be cleared. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtRemoveTimeOut +function removes the pending timeout. +Note that timeouts are automatically removed once they trigger. +.LP +Please refer to Section 7.12 for information regarding the use of +.PN XtRemoveTimeOut +in multiple threads. + +.NH 3 +Adding and Removing Signal Callbacks +.XS +\fB\*(SN Adding and Removing Signal Callbacks\fP +.XE +.LP +The signal facility notifies the application or the widget through a +callback procedure that a signal or other external asynchronous event +has occurred. The registered callback procedures are uniquely identified +by a signal id. +.sp +.LP +Prior to establishing a signal handler, the application or widget should +call +.PN XtAppAddSignal +and store the resulting identifier in a place accessible to the signal +handler. When a signal arrives, the signal handler should call +.PN XtNoticeSignal +to notify the \*(xI that a signal has occured. To register a signal +callback use +.PN XtAppAddSignal . +.LP +.IN "XtAppAddSignal" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +XtSignalId XtAppAddSignal(\fIapp_context\fP, \fIproc\fP, \fIclient_data\fP) +.br + XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; +.br + XtSignalCallbackProc \fIproc\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i +Specifies the application context that identifies the application. +.IP \fIproc\fP 1i +Specifies the procedure to be called when the signal is noticed. +.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i +Specifies an argument passed to the specified procedure when it is called. +.LP +.eM +The callback procedure pointers used to handle signal events are of type +.PN XtSignalCallbackProc . +.LP +.IN "XtSignalCallbackProc" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +typedef void (*XtSignalCallbackProc)(XtPointer, XtSignalId*); +.br + XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; +.br + XtSignalId *\fIid\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i +Passes the client data argument that was registered for this procedure in +.PN XtAppAddSignal . +.IP \fIid\fP 1i +Passes the id returned from the corresponding +.PN XtAppAddSignal +call. +.LP +.eM +To notify the \*(xI that a signal has occured, use +.PN XtNoticeSignal . +.LP +.IN "XtNoticeSignal" "" "@DEF@" +.sp +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtNoticeSignal(\fIid\fP) +.br + XtSignalId \fIid\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIid\fP 1i +Specifies the id returned from the corresponding +.PN XtAppAddSignal +call. +.LP +.eM +On a POSIX-based system, +.PN XtNoticeSignal +is the only \*(xI function that can safely be called from a signal handler. +If +.PN XtNoticeSignal +is invoked multiple times before the \*(xI are able to invoke the +registered callback, the callback is only called once. +Logically, the \*(xI maintain ``pending'' flag for each registered callback. +This flag is initially +.PN False +and is set to +.PN True +by +.PN XtNoticeSignal . +When +.PN XtAppNextEvent +or +.PN XtAppProcessEvent +(with a mask including +.PN XtIMSignal ) +is called, all registered callbacks with ``pending'' +.PN True +are invoked and the flags are reset to +.PN False . +.LP +If the signal handler wants to track how many times the signal has been +raised, it can keep its own private counter. Typically the handler would +not do any other work; the callback does the actual processing for the +signal. The \*(xI never block signals from being raised, so if a given +signal can be raised multiple times before the \*(xI can invoke the +callback for that signal, the callback must be designed to deal with +this. In another case, a signal might be raised just after the \*(xI +sets the pending flag to +.PN False +but before the callback can get control, in which case the pending flag +will still be +.PN True +after the callback returns, and the \*(xI will invoke the callback +again, even though all of the signal raises have been handled. The +callback must also be prepared to handle this case. +.LP +To remove a registered signal callback, call +.PN XtRemoveSignal . +.LP +.IN "XtRemoveSignal" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtRemoveSignal(\fIid\fP) +.br + XtSignalId \fIid\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIid\fP 1i +Specifies the id returned by the corresponding call to +.PN XtAppAddSignal . +.LP +.eM +The client should typically disable the source of the signal before calling +.PN XtRemoveSignal . +If the signal could have been raised again before the source was disabled +and the client wants to process it, then after disabling the source but +before calling +.PN XtRemoveSignal +the client can test for signals with +.PN XtAppPending +and process them by calling +.PN XtAppProcessEvent +with the mask +.PN XtIMSignal . + +.NH 2 +Constraining Events to a Cascade of Widgets +.XS +\fB\*(SN Constraining Events to a Cascade of Widgets\fP +.XE +.LP +.IN "Grabbing Input" +.IN "Input Grabbing" +Modal widgets are widgets that, except for the input directed to them, +lock out user input to the application. +.LP +When a modal menu or modal dialog box is popped up using +.PN XtPopup , +user events (keyboard and pointer events) that occur outside the modal +widget should be delivered to the modal widget or ignored. +In no case will user events be delivered to a widget outside +the modal widget. +.LP +Menus can pop up submenus, and dialog boxes can pop up further dialog +boxes to create a pop-up cascade. +In this case, +user events may be delivered to one of several modal widgets in the cascade. +.LP +Display-related events should be delivered outside the modal cascade so that +exposure events and the like keep the application's display up-to-date. +Any event that occurs within the cascade is delivered as usual. +The user events delivered to the most recent spring-loaded shell +in the cascade when they occur outside the cascade are called remap events +and are +.PN KeyPress , +.PN KeyRelease , +.PN ButtonPress , +and +.PN ButtonRelease . +The user events ignored when they occur outside the cascade are +.PN MotionNotify +and +.PN EnterNotify . +All other events are delivered normally. +In particular, note that this is one +way in which widgets can receive +.PN LeaveNotify +events without first receiving +.PN EnterNotify +events; they should be prepared to deal with +this, typically by ignoring any unmatched +.PN LeaveNotify +events. +.LP +.PN XtPopup +uses the +.PN XtAddGrab +and +.PN XtRemoveGrab +functions to constrain user events to a modal cascade +and subsequently to remove a grab when the modal widget is popped down. + +.sp +.LP +To constrain or redirect user input to a modal widget, use +.PN XtAddGrab . +.LP +.IN "XtAddGrab" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtAddGrab(\fIw\fP, \fIexclusive\fP, \fIspring_loaded\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + Boolean \fIexclusive\fP; +.br + Boolean \fIspring_loaded\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget to add to the modal cascade. \*(cI +.IP \fIexclusive\fP 1i +Specifies whether user events should be dispatched exclusively to this widget +or also to previous widgets in the cascade. +.IP \fIspring_loaded\fP 1i +Specifies whether this widget was popped up because the user pressed +a pointer button. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtAddGrab +function appends the widget to the modal cascade +and checks that \fIexclusive\fP is +.PN True +if \fIspring_loaded\fP is +.PN True . +If this condition is not met, +.PN XtAddGrab +generates a warning message. +.LP +The modal cascade is used by +.PN XtDispatchEvent +when it tries to dispatch a user event. +When at least one modal widget is in the widget cascade, +.PN XtDispatchEvent +first determines if the event should be delivered. +It starts at the most recent cascade entry and follows the cascade up to and +including the most recent cascade entry added with the \fIexclusive\fP parameter +.PN True . +.LP +This subset of the modal cascade along with all descendants of these widgets +comprise the active subset. +User events that occur outside the widgets in this subset are ignored +or remapped. +Modal menus with submenus generally add a submenu widget to the cascade +with \fIexclusive\fP +.PN False . +Modal dialog boxes that need to restrict user input to the most deeply nested +dialog box add a subdialog widget to the cascade with \fIexclusive\fP +.PN True . +User events that occur within the active subset are delivered to the +appropriate widget, which is usually a child or further descendant of the modal +widget. +.LP +Regardless of where in the application they occur, +remap events are always delivered to the most recent widget in the active +subset of the cascade registered with \fIspring_loaded\fP +.PN True , +if any such widget exists. +If the event +occurred in the active subset of the cascade but outside the +spring-loaded widget, it is delivered normally before being +delivered also to the spring-loaded widget. +Regardless of where it is dispatched, the \*(xI do not modify +the contents of the event. +.sp +.LP +To remove the redirection of user input to a modal widget, use +.PN XtRemoveGrab . +.LP +.IN "XtRemoveGrab" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtRemoveGrab(\fIw\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget to remove from the modal cascade. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtRemoveGrab +function removes widgets from the modal cascade starting +at the most recent widget up to and including the specified widget. +It issues a warning if the specified widget is not on the modal cascade. + +.NH 3 +Requesting Key and Button Grabs +.XS +\fB\*(SN Requesting Key and Button Grabs\fP +.XE +.LP +The \*(xI provide a set of key and button grab interfaces that +are parallel to those provided by Xlib and that allow the \*(xI +to modify event dispatching when necessary. \*(tk applications and +widgets that need to passively grab keys or buttons or actively grab +the keyboard or pointer should use the +following \*(xI routines rather than the corresponding Xlib +routines. +.sp +.LP +To passively grab a single key of the keyboard, use +.PN XtGrabKey . +.LP +.IN "XtGrabKey" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtGrabKey(\fIwidget\fP, \fIkeycode\fP, \fImodifiers\fP, \ +\fIowner_events\fP, \fIpointer_mode\fP, \fIkeyboard_mode\fP) +.br + Widget \fIwidget\fP; +.br + KeyCode \fIkeycode\fP; +.br + Modifiers \fImodifiers\fP; +.br + Boolean \fIowner_events\fP; +.br + int \fIpointer_mode\fP, \fIkeyboard_mode\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIwidget\fP 1i +Specifies the widget in whose window the key is to be grabbed. \*(cI +.sp 6p +.IP \fIkeycode\fP +.br +.ns +.IP \fImodifiers\fP +.br +.ns +.IP \fIowner_events\fP +.br +.ns +.IP \fIpointer_mode\fP +.br +.ns +.IP \fIkeyboard_mode\fP 1i +Specify arguments to +.PN XGrabKey ; +see Section 12.2 in \fI\*(xL\fP. +.LP +.eM +.PN XtGrabKey +calls +.PN XGrabKey +specifying the widget's window as the grab +window if the widget is realized. The remaining arguments are exactly +as for +.PN XGrabKey . +If the widget is not realized, or is later unrealized, the call to +.PN XGrabKey +is performed (again) when +the widget is realized and its window becomes mapped. In the future, +if +.PN XtDispatchEvent +is called with a +.PN KeyPress +event matching the specified keycode and modifiers (which may be +.PN AnyKey +or +.PN AnyModifier , +respectively) for the +widget's window, the \*(xI will call +.PN XtUngrabKeyboard +with the timestamp from the +.PN KeyPress +event if either of the following conditions is true: +.IP \(bu 3 +There is a modal cascade and the widget is not in +the active subset of the cascade and the keyboard was not previously +grabbed, or +.IP \(bu 3 +.PN XFilterEvent +returns +.PN True . + +.sp +.LP +To cancel a passive key grab, use +.PN XtUngrabKey . +.LP +.IN "XtUngrabKey" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtUngrabKey(\fIwidget\fP, \fIkeycode\fP\fI, modifiers\fP) +.br + Widget \fIwidget\fP; +.br + KeyCode \fIkeycode\fP; +.br + Modifiers \fImodifiers\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIwidget\fP 1i +Specifies the widget in whose window the key was grabbed. +.sp 6p +.IP \fIkeycode\fP +.br +.ns +.IP \fImodifiers\fP 1i +Specify arguments to +.PN XUngrabKey ; +see Section 12.2 in \fI\*(xL\fP. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtUngrabKey +procedure calls +.PN XUngrabKey +specifying the widget's +window as the ungrab window if the widget is realized. The remaining +arguments are exactly as for +.PN XUngrabKey . +If the widget is not realized, +.PN XtUngrabKey +removes a deferred +.PN XtGrabKey +request, if any, for the specified widget, keycode, and modifiers. +.sp +.LP +To actively grab the keyboard, use +.PN XtGrabKeyboard . +.LP +.IN "XtGrabKeyboard" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +int XtGrabKeyboard(\fIwidget\fP, \fIowner_events\fP, \fIpointer_mode\fP, \ +\fIkeyboard_mode\fP, \fItime\fP) +.br + Widget \fIwidget\fP; +.br + Boolean \fIowner_events\fP; +.br + int \fIpointer_mode\fP, \fIkeyboard_mode\fP; +.br + Time \fItime\fP; +.br +.FN +.IP \fIwidget\fP 1i +Specifies the widget for whose window the keyboard is to be grabbed. +\*(cI +.sp 6p +.IP \fIowner_events\fP +.br +.ns +.IP \fIpointer_mode\fP +.br +.ns +.IP \fIkeyboard_mode\fP +.br +.ns +.IP \fItime\fP 1i +Specify arguments to +.PN XGrabKeyboard ; +see Section 12.2 in \fI\*(xL\fP. +.LP +.eM +If the specified widget is realized, +.PN XtGrabKeyboard +calls +.PN XGrabKeyboard +specifying the widget's window as the grab window. The remaining +arguments and return value are exactly as for +.PN XGrabKeyboard . +If the widget is not realized, +.PN XtGrabKeyboard +immediately returns +.PN GrabNotViewable . +No future automatic ungrab is implied by +.PN XtGrabKeyboard . +.sp +.LP +To cancel an active keyboard grab, use +.PN XtUngrabKeyboard . +.LP +.IN "XtUngrabKeyboard" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtUngrabKeyboard(\fIwidget\fP, \fItime\fP) +.br + Widget \fIwidget\fP; +.br + Time \fItime\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIwidget\fP 1i +Specifies the widget that has the active keyboard grab. +.IP \fItime\fP 1i +Specifies the additional argument to +.PN XUngrabKeyboard ; +see Section 12.2 in \fI\*(xL\fP. +.LP +.eM +.PN XtUngrabKeyboard +calls +.PN XUngrabKeyboard +with the specified time. +.sp +.LP +To passively grab a single pointer button, use +.PN XtGrabButton . +.LP +.IN "XtGrabButton" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtGrabButton(\fIwidget\fP, \fIbutton\fP, \fImodifiers\fP, \ +\fIowner_events\fP, \fIevent_mask\fP, \fIpointer_mode\fP, + \fIkeyboard_mode\fP, \fIconfine_to\fP, \fIcursor\fP) +.br + Widget \fIwidget\fP; +.br + int \fIbutton\fP; +.br + Modifiers \fImodifiers\fP; +.br + Boolean \fIowner_events\fP; +.br + unsigned int \fIevent_mask\fP; +.br + int \fIpointer_mode\fP, \fIkeyboard_mode\fP; +.br + Window \fIconfine_to\fP; +.br + Cursor \fIcursor\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIwidget\fP 1i +Specifies the widget in whose window the button is to be grabbed. \*(cI +.sp 6p +.IP \fIbutton\fP +.br +.ns +.IP \fImodifiers\fP +.br +.ns +.IP \fIowner_events\fP +.br +.ns +.IP \fIevent_mask\fP +.br +.ns +.IP \fIpointer_mode\fP +.br +.ns +.IP \fIkeyboard_mode\fP +.br +.ns +.IP \fIconfine_to\fP +.br +.ns +.IP \fIcursor\fP 1i +Specify arguments to +.PN XGrabButton ; +see Section 12.1 in \fI\*(xL\fP. +.LP +.eM +.PN XtGrabButton +calls +.PN XGrabButton +specifying the widget's window as the +grab window if the widget is realized. The remaining arguments are +exactly as for +.PN XGrabButton . +If the widget is not realized, or is later unrealized, the call to +.PN XGrabButton +is performed (again) +when the widget is realized and its window becomes mapped. In the +future, if +.PN XtDispatchEvent +is called with a +.PN ButtonPress +event matching the specified button and modifiers (which may be +.PN AnyButton +or +.PN AnyModifier , +respectively) +for the widget's window, the \*(xI will call +.PN XtUngrabPointer +with the timestamp from the +.PN ButtonPress +event if either of the following conditions is true: +.IP \(bu 3 +There is a modal cascade and the +widget is not in the active subset of the cascade and the pointer was +not previously grabbed, or +.IP \(bu 3 +.PN XFilterEvent +returns +.PN True . + +.sp +.LP +To cancel a passive button grab, use +.PN XtUngrabButton . +.LP +.IN "XtUngrabButton" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtUngrabButton(\fIwidget\fP, \fIbutton\fP, \fImodifiers\fP) +.br + Widget \fIwidget\fP; +.br + unsigned int \fIbutton\fP; +.br + Modifiers \fImodifiers\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIwidget\fP 1i +Specifies the widget in whose window the button was grabbed. +.IP \fIbutton\fP +.br +.ns +.IP \fImodifiers\fP 1i +Specify arguments to +.PN XUngrabButton ; +see Section 12.1 in \fI\*(xL\fP. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtUngrabButton +procedure calls +.PN XUngrabButton +specifying the +widget's window as the ungrab window if the widget is realized. The +remaining arguments are exactly as for +.PN XUngrabButton . +If the widget is not realized, +.PN XtUngrabButton +removes a deferred +.PN XtGrabButton +request, if any, for the specified widget, button, and modifiers. +.sp +.LP +To actively grab the pointer, use +.PN XtGrabPointer . +.LP +.IN "XtGrabPointer" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +int XtGrabPointer(\fIwidget\fP, \fIowner_events\fP, \fIevent_mask\fP, \ +\fIpointer_mode\fP, \fIkeyboard_mode\fP, + \fIconfine_to\fP, \fIcursor\fP, \fItime\fP) +.br + Widget \fIwidget\fP; +.br + Boolean \fIowner_events\fP; +.br + unsigned int \fIevent_mask\fP; +.br + int \fIpointer_mode\fP, \fIkeyboard_mode\fP; +.br + Window \fIconfine_to\fP; +.br + Cursor \fIcursor\fP; +.br + Time \fItime\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIwidget\fP 1i +Specifies the widget for whose window the pointer is to be grabbed. \*(cI +.sp 6p +.IP \fIowner_events\fP +.br +.ns +.IP \fIevent_mask\fP +.br +.ns +.IP \fIpointer_mode\fP +.br +.ns +.IP \fIkeyboard_mode\fP +.br +.ns +.IP \fIconfine_to\fP +.br +.ns +.IP \fIcursor\fP +.br +.ns +.IP \fItime\fP 1i +Specify arguments to +.PN XGrabPointer ; +see Section 12.1 in \fI\*(xL\fP. +.LP +.eM +If the specified widget is realized, +.PN XtGrabPointer +calls +.PN XGrabPointer , +specifying the widget's window as the grab window. The remaining +arguments and return value are exactly as for +.PN XGrabPointer . +If the widget is not realized, +.PN XtGrabPointer +immediately returns +.PN GrabNotViewable . +No future automatic ungrab is implied by +.PN XtGrabPointer . +.sp +.LP +To cancel an active pointer grab, use +.PN XtUngrabPointer . +.LP +.IN "XtUngrabPointer" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtUngrabPointer(\fIwidget\fP, \fItime\fP) +.br + Widget \fIwidget\fP; +.br + Time \fItime\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIwidget\fP 1i +Specifies the widget that has the active pointer grab. +.IP \fItime\fP 1i +Specifies the time argument to +.PN XUngrabPointer ; +see Section 12.1 in \fI\*(xL\fP. +.LP +.eM +.PN XtUngrabPointer +calls +.PN XUngrabPointer +with the specified time. + +.NH 2 +Focusing Events on a Child +.XS +\fB\*(SN Focusing Events on a Child\fP +.XE +.LP +To redirect keyboard input to a normal descendant of a +widget without calling +.PN XSetInputFocus , +use +.PN XtSetKeyboardFocus . +.LP +.IN "XtSetKeyboardFocus" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtSetKeyboardFocus(\fIsubtree\fP\, \fIdescendant\fP) +.br + Widget \fIsubtree\fP, \fIdescendant\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIsubtree\fP 1i +Specifies the subtree of the hierarchy for which the keyboard focus is +to be set. \*(cI +.IP \fIdescendant\fP 1i +Specifies either the normal (non-pop-up) descendant of \fIsubtree\fP to which +keyboard events are logically directed, or +.PN None . +It is not an error to specify +.PN None +when no input focus was previously set. \*(oI +.LP +.eM +.PN XtSetKeyboardFocus +causes +.PN XtDispatchEvent +to remap keyboard events occurring within the specified subtree +and dispatch them to the specified descendant widget or to an ancestor. +If the descendant's class is not a subclass of Core, the descendant is +replaced by its closest windowed ancestor. +.LP +When there is no modal cascade, keyboard events can be dispatched +to a widget in one of five ways. Assume the server delivered the +event to the window for widget E (because of X input focus, key or +keyboard grabs, or pointer position). +.IP \(bu 3 +If neither E nor any of E's ancestors have redirected the keyboard +focus, or if the event activated a grab for E as specified by a call +to +.PN XtGrabKey +with any value of \fIowner_events\fP, or +if the keyboard is actively grabbed by E with \fIowner_events\fP +.PN False +via +.PN XtGrabKeyboard +or +.PN XtGrabKey +on a previous key press, the event is dispatched to E. +.IP \(bu 3 +Beginning with the ancestor of E closest to the root that has +redirected the keyboard focus or E if no such ancestor exists, if +the target of that focus redirection has in turn redirected the +keyboard focus, recursively follow this focus chain to find a widget +F that has not redirected focus. +.RS +.IP \- 3 +If E is the final focus target widget F or a descendant of F, the +event is dispatched to E. +.IP \- 3 +If E is not F, an ancestor of F, or a descendant of F, and the event +activated a grab for E as specified by a call to +.PN XtGrabKey +for E, +.PN XtUngrabKeyboard +is called. +.IP \- 3 +If E is an ancestor of F, and the event is a key press, and either +.RS +.IP + 3 +E has grabbed the key with +.PN XtGrabKey +and \fIowner_events\fP +.PN False , +or +.IP + 3 +E has grabbed the key with +.PN XtGrabKey +and \fIowner_events\fP +.PN True , +and the coordinates of the event are outside the rectangle specified +by E's geometry, +.RE +then the event is dispatched to E. +.IP \- 3 +Otherwise, define A as the closest common ancestor of E and F: +.RS +.IP + 3 +If there is an active keyboard grab for any widget via either +.PN XtGrabKeyboard +or +.PN XtGrabKey +on a previous key press, or +if no widget between F and A (noninclusive) has grabbed +the key and modifier combination with +.PN XtGrabKey +and any value of \fIowner_events\fP, the event is dispatched to F. +.IP + 3 +Else, the event is dispatched to the ancestor of F closest to A +that has grabbed the key and modifier combination with +.PN XtGrabKey . +.RE +.RE +.LP +When there is a modal cascade, if the final destination widget as +identified above is in the active subset of the cascade, the event is +dispatched; otherwise the event is remapped to a spring-loaded shell +or discarded. +Regardless of where it is dispatched, the \*(xI do not modify +the contents of the event. +.LP +When \fIsubtree\fP or one of its descendants acquires the X input focus +or the pointer moves into the subtree such that keyboard events would +now be delivered to the subtree, a +.PN FocusIn +event is generated for the descendant if +.PN FocusChange +events have been selected by the descendant. +Similarly, when \fIsubtree\fP loses the X input focus +or the keyboard focus for one of its ancestors, a +.PN FocusOut +event is generated for descendant if +.PN FocusChange +events have been selected by the descendant. +.sp +.LP +A widget tree may also actively manage the X server input focus. To +do so, a widget class specifies an accept_focus procedure. +.LP +.IN "accept_focus procedure" +The accept_focus procedure pointer is of type +.PN XtAcceptFocusProc . +.LP +.IN "XtAcceptFocusProc" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +typedef Boolean (*XtAcceptFocusProc)(Widget, Time*); +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + Time *\fItime\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget. +.IP \fItime\fP 1i +Specifies the X time of the event causing the accept focus. +.LP +.eM +Widgets that need the input focus can call +.PN XSetInputFocus +explicitly, pursuant to the restrictions of the \fI\*(xC\fP. +To allow outside agents, such as the parent, +to cause a widget to take the input focus, +every widget exports an accept_focus procedure. +The widget returns a value indicating +whether it actually took the focus or not, +so that the parent can give the focus to another widget. +Widgets that need to know when they lose the input focus must use +the Xlib focus notification mechanism explicitly +(typically by specifying translations for +.PN FocusIn +and +.PN FocusOut +events). +Widgets classes that never want the input focus should set the +\fIaccept_focus\fP field to NULL. +.sp +.LP +To call a widget's accept_focus procedure, use +.PN XtCallAcceptFocus . +.LP +.IN "XtCallAcceptFocus" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +Boolean XtCallAcceptFocus(\fIw\fP, \fItime\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + Time *\fItime\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget. \*(cI +.IP \fItime\fP 1i +Specifies the X time of the event that is causing the focus change. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtCallAcceptFocus +function calls the specified widget's accept_focus procedure, +passing it the specified widget and time, and returns what the accept_focus +procedure returns. +If \fIaccept_focus\fP is NULL, +.PN XtCallAcceptFocus +returns +.PN False . + +.NH 3 +Events for Drawables That Are Not a Widget's Window +.XS +\fB\*(SN Events for Drawables That Are Not a Widget's Window\fP +.XE +.LP +Sometimes an application must handle events for drawables that are not +associated with widgets in its widget tree. Examples include handling +.PN GraphicsExpose +and +.PN NoExpose +events on Pixmaps, and handling +.PN PropertyNotify +events on the root window. +.LP +To register a drawable with the \*(xI event dispatching, use +.PN XtRegisterDrawable . +.LP +.IN "XtRegisterDrawable" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtRegisterDrawable(\fIdisplay\fP, \fIdrawable\fP, \fIwidget\fP) +.br + Display *\fIdisplay\fP; +.br + Drawable \fIdrawable\fP; +.br + Widget \fIwidget\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i +Specifies the drawable's display. +.IP \fIdrawable\fP 1i +Specifies the drawable to register. +.IP \fIwidget\fP 1i +Specifies the widget to register the drawable for. +.LP +.eM +.PN XtRegisterDrawable +associates the specified drawable with the specified widget +so that future calls to +.PN XtWindowToWidget +with the drawable will return the widget. +The default event dispatcher will dispatch future events that +arrive for the drawable to the widget in the same manner as +events that contain the widget's window. +.LP +If the drawable is already registered with another widget, or if the +drawable is the window of a widget in the client's widget tree, the +results of calling +.PN XtRegisterDrawable +are undefined. + +.LP +To unregister a drawable with the Intrinsics event dispatching, use +.PN XtUnregisterDrawable . +.LP +.IN "XtUnregisterDrawable" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtUnregisterDrawable(\fIdisplay\fP, \fIdrawable\fP) +.br + Display *\fIdisplay\fP; +.br + Drawable \fIdrawable\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i +Specifies the drawable's display. +.IP \fIdrawable\fP 1i +Specifies the drawable to unregister. +.LP +.eM +.PN XtUnregisterDrawable +removes an association created with +.PN XtRegisterDrawable . +If the drawable is the window of a widget in the client's widget tree +the results of calling +.PN XtUnregisterDrawable +are undefined. + +.NH 2 +Querying Event Sources +.XS +\fB\*(SN Querying Event Sources\fP +.XE +.LP +The event manager provides several functions to examine and read events +(including file and timer events) that are in the queue. +The next three functions are \*(xI equivalents of the +.PN XPending , +.PN XPeekEvent , +and +.PN XNextEvent +Xlib calls. +.sp +.LP +.IN "Events" +To determine if there are any events on the input queue for a given application, +use +.PN XtAppPending . +.LP +.IN "XtAppPending" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +XtInputMask XtAppPending(\fIapp_context\fP) +.br + XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i +Specifies the application context that identifies the application to check. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtAppPending +function returns a nonzero value if there are +events pending from the X server, timer pending, other input sources +pending, or signal sources pending. The +value returned is a bit mask that is the OR of +.PN XtIMXEvent , +.PN XtIMTimer , +.PN XtIMAlternateInput , +and +.PN XtIMSignal +(see +.PN XtAppProcessEvent ). +If there are no events pending, +.PN XtAppPending +flushes the output buffers of each Display in the application context +and returns zero. +.sp +.LP +To return the event from the head of a given application's input queue +without removing input from the queue, use +.PN XtAppPeekEvent . +.LP +.IN "XtAppPeekEvent" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +Boolean XtAppPeekEvent(\fIapp_context\fP, \fIevent_return\fP) +.br + XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; +.br + XEvent *\fIevent_return\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i +Specifies the application context that identifies the application. +.IP \fIevent_return\fP 1i +Returns the event information to the specified event structure. +.LP +.eM +If there is an X event in the queue, +.PN XtAppPeekEvent +copies it into \fIevent_return\fP and returns +.PN True . +If no X input is on the queue, +.PN XtAppPeekEvent +flushes the output buffers of each Display in the application context +and blocks until some input is available +(possibly calling some timeout callbacks in the interim). +If the next available input is an X event, +.PN XtAppPeekEvent +fills in \fIevent_return\fP and returns +.PN True . +Otherwise, the input is for an input source +registered with +.PN XtAppAddInput , +and +.PN XtAppPeekEvent +returns +.PN False . +.FS +The sample implementations provides XtAppPeekEvent as described. Timeout callbacks +are called while blocking for input. If some input for an input source is +available, +.PN XtAppPeekEvent +will return +.PN True +without returning an event. +.FE +.sp +.LP +To remove and return the event +from the head of a given application's X event queue, +use +.PN XtAppNextEvent . +.LP +.IN "XtAppNextEvent" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtAppNextEvent(\fIapp_context\fP, \fIevent_return\fP) +.br + XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; +.br + XEvent *\fIevent_return\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i +Specifies the application context that identifies the application. +.IP \fIevent_return\fP 1i +Returns the event information to the specified event structure. +.LP +.eM +If the X event queue is empty, +.PN XtAppNextEvent +flushes the X output buffers of each Display in the application context +and waits for an X event while looking at the other input sources +and timeout values and calling any callback procedures triggered by them. +This wait time can be used for background processing; +see Section 7.8. + +.NH 2 +Dispatching Events +.XS +\fB\*(SN Dispatching Events\fP +.XE +.LP +The \*(xI provide functions that dispatch events +to widgets or other application code. +Every client interested in X events on a widget uses +.PN XtAddEventHandler +to register which events it is +interested in and a procedure (event handler) to be called +when the event happens in that window. +The translation manager automatically registers event handlers for widgets +that use translation tables; see Chapter 10. +.sp +.LP +Applications that need direct control of the processing of different types +of input should use +.PN XtAppProcessEvent . +.LP +.IN "XtAppProcessEvent" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtAppProcessEvent(\fIapp_context\fP, \fImask\fP) +.br + XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; +.br + XtInputMask \fImask\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i +Specifies the application context that identifies the +application for which to process input. +.IP \fImask\fP 1i +Specifies what types of events to process. +The mask is the bitwise inclusive OR of any combination of +.PN XtIMXEvent , +.PN XtIMTimer , +.PN XtIMAlternateInput , +and +.PN XtIMSignal . +As a convenience, +.PN Intrinsic.h +defines the symbolic name +.PN XtIMAll +to be the bitwise inclusive OR of these four event types. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtAppProcessEvent +function processes one timer, input source, signal source, or X event. +If there is no event or input of the appropriate type to process, then +.PN XtAppProcessEvent +blocks until there is. +If there is more than one type of input available to process, +it is undefined which will get processed. +Usually, this procedure is not called by client applications; see +.PN XtAppMainLoop . +.PN XtAppProcessEvent +processes timer events by calling any appropriate timer callbacks, +input sources by calling any appropriate input callbacks, +signal source by calling any appropriate signal callbacks, +and X events by +calling +.PN XtDispatchEvent . +.LP +When an X event is received, +it is passed to +.PN XtDispatchEvent , +which calls the appropriate event handlers +and passes them the widget, the event, and client-specific data +registered with each procedure. +If no handlers for that event are registered, +the event is ignored and the dispatcher simply returns. + +.sp +.LP +To dispatch an event returned by +.PN XtAppNextEvent , +retrieved directly from the Xlib queue, or synthetically constructed, +to any registered event filters or event handlers, call +.PN XtDispatchEvent . +.LP +.IN "XtDispatchEvent" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +Boolean XtDispatchEvent(\fIevent\fP) +.br + XEvent *\fIevent\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIevent\fP 1i +Specifies a pointer to the event structure to be dispatched +to the appropriate event handlers. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtDispatchEvent +function first calls +.PN XFilterEvent +with the \fIevent\fP and the window of the widget to which the +\*(xI intend to dispatch the event, or the event window if +the \*(xI would not dispatch the event to any handlers. +If +.PN XFilterEvent +returns +.PN True +and the event activated a server grab as identified +by a previous call to +.PN XtGrabKey +or +.PN XtGrabButton , +.PN XtDispatchEvent +calls +.PN XtUngrabKeyboard +or +.PN XtUngrabPointer +with the timestamp from the event and immediately returns +.PN True . +If +.PN XFilterEvent +returns +.PN True +and a grab was not activated, +.PN XtDispatchEvent +just immediately returns +.PN True . +Otherwise, +.PN XtDispatchEvent +sends the event to the event handler functions that +have been previously registered with the dispatch routine. +.PN XtDispatchEvent +returns +.PN True +if +.PN XFilterEvent +returned +.PN True , +or if the event was dispatched to some handler, and +.PN False +if it found no handler to which to dispatch the event. +.PN XtDispatchEvent +records the last timestamp in any event that +contains a timestamp (see +.PN XtLastTimestampProcessed ), +regardless of whether it was filtered or dispatched. +If a modal cascade is active with \fIspring_loaded\fP +.PN True , +and if the event is a remap event as defined by +.PN XtAddGrab , +.PN XtDispatchEvent +may dispatch the event a second time. If it does so, +.PN XtDispatchEvent +will call +.PN XFilterEvent +again with the window of the spring-loaded widget prior to the second +dispatch, and if +.PN XFilterEvent +returns +.PN True , +the second dispatch will not be performed. + +.NH 2 +The Application Input Loop +.XS +\fB\*(SN The Application Input Loop\fP +.XE +.LP +To process all input from a given application in a continuous loop, +use the convenience procedure +.PN XtAppMainLoop . +.LP +.IN "XtAppMainLoop" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtAppMainLoop(\fIapp_context\fP) +.br + XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i +Specifies the application context that identifies the application. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtAppMainLoop +function first reads the next incoming X event by calling +.PN XtAppNextEvent +and then dispatches the event to the appropriate registered procedure +by calling +.PN XtDispatchEvent . +This constitutes the main loop of \*(tk applications. +There is nothing special about +.PN XtAppMainLoop ; +it simply calls +.PN XtAppNextEvent +and then +.PN XtDispatchEvent +in a conditional loop. +At the bottom of the loop, it checks to see if the specified +application context's destroy flag is set. +If the flag is set, the loop breaks. +The whole loop is enclosed between a matching +.PN XtAppLock +and +.PN XtAppUnlock . +.LP +Applications can provide their own version of this loop, +which tests some global termination flag or tests that the number +of top-level widgets is larger than zero before circling back to the call to +.PN XtAppNextEvent . + +.NH 2 +Setting and Checking the Sensitivity State of a Widget +.XS +\fB\*(SN Setting and Checking the Sensitivity State of a Widget\fP +.XE +.LP +Many widgets have a mode in which they assume a different appearance +(for example, are grayed out or stippled), do not respond to user events, +and become dormant. +.LP +When dormant, +a widget is considered to be insensitive. +If a widget is insensitive, +the event manager does not dispatch any events to the widget +with an event type of +.PN KeyPress , +.PN KeyRelease , +.PN ButtonPress , +.PN ButtonRelease , +.PN MotionNotify , +.PN EnterNotify , +.PN LeaveNotify , +.PN FocusIn , +or +.PN FocusOut . +.LP +A widget can be insensitive because its \fIsensitive\fP field is +.PN False +or because one of its ancestors is insensitive and thus the widget's +\fIancestor_sensitive\fP field also is +.PN False . +A widget can but does not need to distinguish these two cases visually. +.NT +Pop-up shells will have +\fIancestor_sensitive\fP +.PN False +if the parent was insensitive when the shell +was created. Since +.PN XtSetSensitive +on the parent will not +modify the resource of the pop-up child, clients are advised to include +a resource specification of the form +``*TransientShell.ancestorSensitive: True'' +in the application defaults resource file or to +otherwise ensure that the parent is +sensitive when creating pop-up shells. +.NE +.sp +.LP +To set the sensitivity state of a widget, use +.PN XtSetSensitive . +.LP +.IN "XtSetSensitive" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtSetSensitive(\fIw\fP, \fIsensitive\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + Boolean \fIsensitive\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget. \*(rI +.IP \fIsensitive\fP 1i +Specifies whether the widget should receive +keyboard, pointer, and focus events. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtSetSensitive +function first calls +.PN XtSetValues +on the current widget with an argument list specifying the +XtNsensitive resource and the new value. +If \fIsensitive\fP is +.PN False +and the widget's class is a subclass of +Composite, +.PN XtSetSensitive +recursively propagates the new value +down the child tree by calling +.PN XtSetValues +on each child to set \fIancestor_sensitive\fP to +.PN False . +If \fIsensitive\fP is +.PN True +and the widget's class is a subclass of +Composite +and the widget's \fIancestor_sensitive\fP field is +.PN True , +.PN XtSetSensitive +sets the \fIancestor_sensitive\fP of each child to +.PN True +and then recursively calls +.PN XtSetValues +on each normal descendant that is now sensitive to set +\fIancestor_sensitive\fP to +.PN True . +.LP +.PN XtSetSensitive +calls +.PN XtSetValues +to change the \fIsensitive\fP and \fIancestor_sensitive\fP fields +of each affected widget. +Therefore, when one of these changes, +the widget's set_values procedure should +take whatever display actions are needed +(for example, graying out or stippling the widget). +.LP +.PN XtSetSensitive +maintains the invariant that, if the parent has either \fIsensitive\fP +or \fIancestor_sensitive\fP +.PN False , +then all children have \fIancestor_sensitive\fP +.PN False . +.sp +.LP +To check the current sensitivity state of a widget, +use +.PN XtIsSensitive . +.LP +.IN "XtIsSensitive" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +Boolean XtIsSensitive(\fIw\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the object. \*(oI +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtIsSensitive +function returns +.PN True +or +.PN False +to indicate whether user input events are being dispatched. +If object's class is a subclass of RectObj and +both \fIsensitive\fP and \fIancestor_sensitive\fP are +.PN True , +.PN XtIsSensitive +returns +.PN True ; +otherwise, it returns +.PN False . + +.NH 2 +Adding Background Work Procedures +.XS +\fB\*(SN Adding Background Work Procedures\fP +.XE +.LP +The \*(xI have some limited support for background processing. +Because most applications spend most of their time waiting for input, +you can register an idle-time work procedure +that is called when the toolkit would otherwise block in +.PN XtAppNextEvent +or +.PN XtAppProcessEvent . +Work procedure pointers are of type +.PN XtWorkProc . +.LP +.IN "XtWorkProc" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +typedef Boolean (*XtWorkProc)(XtPointer); +.br + XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i +Passes the client data specified when the work procedure was registered. +.LP +.eM +This procedure should return +.PN True +when it is done to indicate that it +should be removed. +If the procedure returns +.PN False , +it will remain registered and called again when the +application is next idle. +Work procedures should be very judicious about how much they do. +If they run for more than a small part of a second, +interactive feel is likely to suffer. +.sp +.LP +To register a work procedure for a given application, use +.PN XtAppAddWorkProc . +.LP +.IN "XtAppAddWorkProc" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +XtWorkProcId XtAppAddWorkProc(\fIapp_context\fP, \fIproc\fP, \fIclient_data\fP) +.br + XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; +.br + XtWorkProc \fIproc\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i +Specifies the application context that identifies the application. +.IP \fIproc\fP 1i +Specifies the procedure to be called when the application is idle. +.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i +Specifies the argument passed to the specified procedure +when it is called. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtAppAddWorkProc +function adds the specified work procedure for the application identified +by \fIapp_context\fP +and returns an opaque unique identifier for this work procedure. +Multiple work procedures can be registered, +and the most recently added one is always the one that is called. +However, if a work procedure adds another work procedure, +the newly added one has lower priority than the current one. +.sp +.LP +To remove a work procedure, either return +.PN True +from the procedure when it is called or use +.PN XtRemoveWorkProc +outside of the procedure. +.LP +.IN "XtRemoveWorkProc" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtRemoveWorkProc(\fIid\fP) +.br + XtWorkProcId \fIid\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIid\fP 1i +Specifies which work procedure to remove. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtRemoveWorkProc +function explicitly removes the specified background work procedure. + +.NH 2 +X Event Filters +.XS +\*(SN X Event Filters +.XE +.LP +The event manager provides filters that can be applied to +specific X events. +The filters, which screen out events that are redundant or are temporarily +unwanted, handle +pointer motion compression, +enter/leave compression, and +exposure compression. + +.NH 3 +Pointer Motion Compression +.XS +\*(SN Pointer Motion Compression +.XE +.LP +Widgets can have a hard time keeping up with a rapid stream of +pointer motion events. Furthermore, +they usually do not care about every motion event. To throw out +redundant motion events, the widget class field \fIcompress_motion\fP should be +.PN True . +.IN "compress_motion field" +When a request for an event would return a motion event, +the \*(xI check if there are any other motion events +for the same widget immediately +following the current one and, if so, skip all but the last of them. + +.NH 3 +Enter/Leave Compression +.XS +\*(SN Enter/Leave Compression +.XE +.LP +To throw out pairs of enter and leave events that have no intervening events, +as can happen when the user moves the pointer across a widget +without stopping in it, +the widget class field \fIcompress_enterleave\fP should be +.PN True . +.IN "compress_enterleave field" +These enter and leave events are not delivered to the client +if they are found together in the input queue. + +.NH 3 +Exposure Compression +.XS +\*(SN Exposure Compression +.XE +.LP +.IN "compress_expose field" +Many widgets prefer to process a series of exposure events as a +single expose region rather than as individual rectangles. Widgets +with complex displays might use the expose region as a clip list +in a graphics context, and widgets with simple displays might +ignore the region entirely and redisplay their whole window or +might get the bounding box from the region and redisplay only that +rectangle. +.LP +In either case, these widgets do not care about getting partial exposure events. +The \fIcompress_exposure\fP field in the widget class +structure specifies the type and number of exposure events that are +dispatched to the widget's expose procedure. This field must be +initialized to one of the following values: +.sp +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA 3i +.ta 3i +#define XtExposeNoCompress ((XtEnum)False) +#define XtExposeCompressSeries ((XtEnum)True) +#define XtExposeCompressMultiple <implementation-defined> +#define XtExposeCompressMaximal <implementation-defined> +.De +.LP +.eM +optionally ORed with any combination of the following flags (all with +implementation-defined values): +.PN XtExposeGraphicsExpose , +.PN XtExposeGraphicsExposeMerged , +.PN XtExposeNoExpose , +and +.PN XtExposeNoRegion . + +.LP +If the \fIcompress_exposure\fP field in the widget class structure does not +specify +.PN XtExposeNoCompress , +the event manager calls the widget's expose procedure only +once for a series of exposure events. +In this case, all +.PN Expose +or +.PN GraphicsExpose +events are accumulated into a region. +When the final event is received, +the event manager replaces the rectangle in the event with the +bounding box for the region +and calls the widget's expose procedure, +passing the modified exposure event and (unless +.PN XtExposeNoRegion +is specified) the region. +For more information on regions, see Section 16.5 in \fI\*(xL\fP.) +.LP +The values have the following interpretation: +.sp +.LP +.PN XtExposeNoCompress +.IN "XtExposeNoCompress" "" "@DEF@" +.IP +No exposure compression is performed; every selected event is +individually dispatched to the expose procedure with a \fIregion\fP +argument of NULL. +.sp +.LP +.PN XtExposeCompressSeries +.IN "XtExposeCompressSeries" "" "@DEF@" +.IP +Each series of exposure events is coalesced into a single event, +which is dispatched +when an exposure event with count equal to zero is reached. +.sp +.LP +.PN XtExposeCompressMultiple +.IN "XtExposeCompressMultiple" "" "@DEF@" +.IP +Consecutive series of exposure events are coalesced into a single +event, which is dispatched +when an exposure event with count equal to zero is reached and either +the event queue is empty or the next event is not an exposure event +for the same widget. +.sp +.LP +.PN XtExposeCompressMaximal +.IN "XtExposeCompressMaximal" "" "@DEF" +.IP +All expose series currently in the queue for the widget +are coalesced into a single +event without regard to intervening nonexposure events. If a +partial series is in the end of the queue, the \*(xI will +block until the end of the series is received. +.sp +.LP +The additional flags have the following meaning: +.sp +.LP +.PN XtExposeGraphicsExpose +.IN "XtExposeGraphicsExpose" "" "@DEF@" +.IP +Specifies that +.PN GraphicsExpose +events are also to be dispatched to +the expose procedure. +.PN GraphicsExpose +events are compressed, if specified, in the same manner as +.PN Expose +events. +.sp +.LP +.PN XtExposeGraphicsExposeMerged +.IN "XtExposeGraphicsExposeMerged" "" "@DEF@" +.IP +Specifies in the case of +.PN XtExposeCompressMultiple +and +.PN XtExposeCompressMaximal +that series of +.PN GraphicsExpose +and +.PN Expose +events are to be compressed together, with the final event type +determining the type of the event passed to the expose procedure. +If this flag is not set, then only series of the same event type +as the event at the head of the queue are coalesced. This flag +also implies +.PN XtExposeGraphicsExpose . +.sp +.LP +.PN XtExposeNoExpose +.IN "XtExposeNoExpose" "" "@DEF@" +.IP +Specifies that +.PN NoExpose +events are also to be dispatched to the expose procedure. +.PN NoExpose +events are never coalesced with +other exposure events or with each other. +.sp +.LP +.PN XtExposeNoRegion +.IN "XtExposeNoRegion" "" "@DEF" +.IP +Specifies that the final region argument passed to the expose +procedure is NULL. The rectangle in the event will still +contain bounding box information for the entire series of +compressed exposure events. This option saves processing time when the +region is not needed by the widget. + +.NH 2 +Widget Exposure and Visibility +.XS +\*(SN Widget Exposure and Visibility +.XE +.LP +Every primitive widget and some composite widgets display data on the screen +by means of direct Xlib calls. +Widgets cannot simply write to the screen and forget what they have done. +They must keep enough state to redisplay the window or parts +of it if a portion is obscured and then reexposed. + +.NH 3 +Redisplay of a Widget: The expose Procedure +.XS +\*(SN Redisplay of a Widget: The expose Procedure +.XE +.IN "expose procedure" +.LP +The expose procedure pointer in a widget class is of type +.PN XtExposeProc . +.LP +.IN "XtExposeProc" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +typedef void (*XtExposeProc)(Widget, XEvent*, Region); +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + XEvent *\fIevent\fP; +.br + Region \fIregion\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget instance requiring redisplay. +.IP \fIevent\fP 1i +Specifies the exposure event giving the rectangle requiring redisplay. +.IP \fIregion\fP 1i +Specifies the union of all rectangles in this exposure sequence. +.LP +.eM +The redisplay of a widget upon exposure is the responsibility of the +expose procedure in the widget's class record. +If a widget has no display semantics, +it can specify NULL for the \fIexpose\fP field. +Many composite widgets serve only as containers for their children +and have no expose procedure. +.NT +If the \fIexpose\fP procedure is NULL, +.PN XtRealizeWidget +fills in a default bit gravity of +.PN NorthWestGravity +before it calls the widget's realize procedure. +.NE +.LP +If the widget's \fIcompress_exposure\fP class field specifies +.PN XtExposeNoCompress +or +.PN XtExposeNoRegion , +or if the event type is +.PN NoExpose +(see Section 7.9.3), +\fIregion\fP is NULL. If +.PN XtExposeNoCompress +is not specified and the event type is not +.PN NoExpose , +the event is the final event in the compressed series +but \fIx\fP, \fIy\fP, \fIwidth\fP, and \fIheight\fP contain +the bounding box for all the compressed events. +The region is created and destroyed by the \*(xI, but +the widget is permitted to modify the region contents. +.LP +A small simple widget (for example, Label) can ignore the bounding box +information in the event and redisplay the entire window. +A more complicated widget (for example, Text) can use the bounding box +information to minimize the amount of calculation and redisplay it does. +A very complex widget uses the region as a clip list in a GC and +ignores the event information. +The expose procedure is not chained and is therefore +responsible for exposure of all superclass data +as well as its own. +.LP +However, +it often is possible to anticipate the display needs of several levels +of subclassing. +For example, rather than implement separate display procedures for +the widgets Label, Pushbutton, and Toggle, +you could write a single display routine in Label that uses display state +fields like +.LP +.DS +Boolean invert; +Boolean highlight; +Dimension highlight_width; +.DE +Label would have \fIinvert\fP and \fIhighlight\fP always +.PN False +and \fIhighlight_width\fP zero. +Pushbutton would dynamically set \fIhighlight\fP and \fIhighlight_width\fP, +but it would leave \fIinvert\fP always +.PN False . +Finally, Toggle would dynamically set all three. +In this case, +the expose procedures for Pushbutton and Toggle inherit +their superclass's expose procedure; +see Section 1.6.10. + +.NH 3 +Widget Visibility +.XS +\*(SN Widget Visibility +.XE +.LP +Some widgets may use substantial computing resources to produce the +data they will display. +However, this effort is wasted if the widget is not actually visible +on the screen, that is, if the widget is obscured by another application +or is iconified. +.LP +.IN "Visibility" +The \fIvisible\fP field in the +core +widget structure provides a hint to the widget that it need not compute +display data. +This field is guaranteed to be +.PN True +by the time an +exposure +event is processed if any part of the widget is visible, +but is +.PN False +if the widget is fully obscured. +.LP +Widgets can use or ignore the \fIvisible\fP hint. +If they ignore it, +they should have \fIvisible_interest\fP in their widget class record set +.PN False . +In such cases, +the \fIvisible\fP field is initialized +.PN True +and never changes. +If \fIvisible_interest\fP is +.PN True , +the event manager asks for +.PN VisibilityNotify +events for the widget and sets \fIvisible\fP to +.PN True +on +.PN VisibilityUnobscured +or +.PN VisibilityPartiallyObscured +.IN VisibilityNotify +events and +.PN False +on +.PN VisibilityFullyObscured +events. + +.NH 2 +X Event Handlers +.XS +\*(SN X Event Handlers +.XE +.LP +Event handlers are procedures called when specified events +occur in a widget. +Most widgets need not use event handlers explicitly. +Instead, they use the \*(xI translation manager. +Event handler procedure pointers are of the type +.PN XtEventHandler . +.LP +.IN "XtEventHandler" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +typedef void (*XtEventHandler)(Widget, XtPointer, XEvent*, Boolean*); +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; +.br + XEvent *\fIevent\fP; +.br + Boolean *\fIcontinue_to_dispatch\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget for which the event arrived. +.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i +Specifies any client-specific information registered with the event handler. +.IP \fIevent\fP 1i +Specifies the triggering event. +.IP \fIcontinue_to_dispatch\fP 1i +Specifies whether the remaining event +handlers registered for the current event +should be called. +.LP +.eM +After receiving an event and before calling any event handlers, the +Boolean pointed to by \fIcontinue_to_dispatch\fP is initialized to +.PN True . +When an event handler is called, it may decide that further processing +of the event is not desirable and may store +.PN False +in this Boolean, in +which case any handlers remaining to be called for the event are +ignored. +.LP +The circumstances under which the \*(xI may add event handlers +to a widget are currently implementation-dependent. Clients must +therefore be aware that storing +.PN False +into the \fIcontinue_to_dispatch\fP argument can lead to portability problems. + +.NH 3 +Event Handlers That Select Events +.XS +\*(SN Event Handlers That Select Events +.XE +.LP +To register an event handler procedure with the dispatch mechanism, use +.PN XtAddEventHandler . +.LP +.IN "XtAddEventHandler" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtAddEventHandler(\fIw\fP, \fIevent_mask\fP, \fInonmaskable\fP, \ +\fIproc\fP, \fIclient_data\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + EventMask \fIevent_mask\fP; +.br + Boolean \fInonmaskable\fP; +.br + XtEventHandler \fIproc\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget for which this event handler is being registered. \*(cI +.IP \fIevent_mask\fP 1i +Specifies the event mask for which to call this procedure. +.IP \fInonmaskable\fP 1i +Specifies whether this procedure should be +called on the nonmaskable events +.Pn ( GraphicsExpose , +.PN NoExpose , +.PN SelectionClear , +.PN SelectionRequest , +.PN SelectionNotify , +.PN ClientMessage , +and +.PN MappingNotify ). +.IP \fIproc\fP 1i +Specifies the procedure to be called. +.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i +Specifies additional data to be passed to the event handler. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtAddEventHandler +function registers a procedure with the dispatch mechanism that is +to be called when an event that matches the mask occurs on the specified +widget. +Each widget has a single registered event handler list, which will +contain any procedure/client_data pair exactly once regardless of +the manner in which it is registered. +If the procedure is already registered with the same \fIclient_data\fP +value, +the specified mask augments the existing mask. +If the widget is realized, +.PN XtAddEventHandler +calls +.PN XSelectInput , +if necessary. +The order in which this procedure is called relative to other handlers +registered for the same event is not defined. +.sp +.LP +To remove a previously registered event handler, use +.PN XtRemoveEventHandler . +.LP +.IN "XtRemoveEventHandler" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtRemoveEventHandler(\fIw\fP, \fIevent_mask\fP, \fInonmaskable\fP, \ +\fIproc\fP, \fIclient_data\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + EventMask \fIevent_mask\fP; +.br + Boolean \fInonmaskable\fP; +.br + XtEventHandler \fIproc\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget for which this procedure is registered. \*(cI +.IP \fIevent_mask\fP 1i +Specifies the event mask for which to unregister this procedure. +.IP \fInonmaskable\fP 1i +Specifies whether this procedure should be +removed on the nonmaskable events +.Pn ( GraphicsExpose , +.PN NoExpose , +.PN SelectionClear , +.PN SelectionRequest , +.PN SelectionNotify , +.PN ClientMessage , +and +.PN MappingNotify ). +.IP \fIproc\fP 1i +Specifies the procedure to be removed. +.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i +Specifies the registered client data. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtRemoveEventHandler +function unregisters an event handler registered with +.PN XtAddEventHandler +or +.PN XtInsertEventHandler +for the specified events. +The request is ignored if \fIclient_data\fP does not match the value given +when the handler was registered. +If the widget is realized and no other event handler requires the event, +.PN XtRemoveEventHandler +calls +.PN XSelectInput . +If the specified procedure has not been registered +or if it has been registered with a different value of \fIclient_data\fP, +.PN XtRemoveEventHandler +returns without reporting an error. +.LP +To stop a procedure registered with +.PN XtAddEventHandler +or +.PN XtInsertEventHandler +from receiving all selected events, call +.PN XtRemoveEventHandler +with an \fIevent_mask\fP of +.PN XtAllEvents +and \fInonmaskable\fP +.PN True . +The procedure will continue to receive any events +that have been specified in calls to +.PN XtAddRawEventHandler +or +.PN XtInsertRawEventHandler . +.sp +.LP +To register an event handler procedure that receives events before or +after all previously registered event handlers, use +.PN XtInsertEventHandler . +.LP +.IN "XtListPosition" "" "@DEF@" +.IN "XtInsertEventHandler" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.Ds 0 +typedef enum {XtListHead, XtListTail} XtListPosition; +.De +.LP +.FD 0 +void XtInsertEventHandler(\fIw\fP, \fIevent_mask\fP, \fInonmaskable\fP, \ +\fIproc\fP, \fIclient_data\fP, \fIposition\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + EventMask \fIevent_mask\fP; +.br + Boolean \fInonmaskable\fP; +.br + XtEventHandler \fIproc\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; +.br + XtListPosition \fIposition\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget for which this event handler is being registered. \*(cI +.IP \fIevent_mask\fP 1i +Specifies the event mask for which to call this procedure. +.IP \fInonmaskable\fP 1i +Specifies whether this procedure should be +called on the nonmaskable events +.Pn ( GraphicsExpose , +.PN NoExpose , +.PN SelectionClear , +.PN SelectionRequest , +.PN SelectionNotify , +.PN ClientMessage , +and +.PN MappingNotify ). +.IP \fIproc\fP 1i +Specifies the procedure to be called. +.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i +Specifies additional data to be passed to the client's event handler. +.IP \fIposition\fP 1i +Specifies when the event handler is to be called +relative to other previously registered handlers. +.LP +.eM +.PN XtInsertEventHandler +is identical to +.PN XtAddEventHandler +with the additional \fIposition\fP argument. If \fIposition\fP is +.PN XtListHead , +the event +handler is registered so that it is called before any event +handlers that were previously registered for the same widget. If +\fIposition\fP is +.PN XtListTail , +the event handler is registered to be called +after any previously registered event handlers. If the procedure is +already registered with the same \fIclient_data\fP value, the specified mask +augments the existing mask and the procedure is repositioned in +the list. + +.NH 3 +Event Handlers That Do Not Select Events +.XS +\*(SN Event Handlers That Do Not Select Events +.XE +.LP +On occasion, +clients need to register an event handler procedure with the +dispatch mechanism without explicitly +causing the X server to select for that event. +To do this, use +.PN XtAddRawEventHandler . +.LP +.IN "XtAddRawEventHandler" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtAddRawEventHandler(\fIw\fP, \fIevent_mask\fP, \fInonmaskable\fP, \ +\fIproc\fP, \fIclient_data\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + EventMask \fIevent_mask\fP; +.br + Boolean \fInonmaskable\fP; +.br + XtEventHandler \fIproc\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget for which this event handler is being registered. \*(cI +.IP \fIevent_mask\fP 1i +Specifies the event mask for which to call this procedure. +.IP \fInonmaskable\fP 1i +Specifies whether this procedure should be +called on the nonmaskable events +.Pn ( GraphicsExpose , +.PN NoExpose , +.PN SelectionClear , +.PN SelectionRequest , +.PN SelectionNotify , +.PN ClientMessage , +and +.PN MappingNotify ). +.IP \fIproc\fP 1i +Specifies the procedure to be called. +.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i +Specifies additional data to be passed to the client's event handler. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtAddRawEventHandler +function is similar to +.PN XtAddEventHandler +except that it does not affect the widget's event mask and never causes an +.PN XSelectInput +for its events. +Note that the widget might already have those mask bits set +because of other nonraw event handlers registered on it. +If the procedure is already registered with the same \fIclient_data\fP, +the specified mask augments the existing mask. +The order in which this procedure is called relative to other handlers +registered for the same event is not defined. +.sp +.LP +To remove a previously registered raw event handler, use +.PN XtRemoveRawEventHandler . +.LP +.IN "XtRemoveRawEventHandler" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtRemoveRawEventHandler(\fIw\fP, \fIevent_mask\fP, \fInonmaskable\fP, \ +\fIproc\fP, \fIclient_data\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + EventMask \fIevent_mask\fP; +.br + Boolean \fInonmaskable\fP; +.br + XtEventHandler \fIproc\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget for which this procedure is registered. \*(cI +.IP \fIevent_mask\fP 1i +Specifies the event mask for which to unregister this procedure. +.IP \fInonmaskable\fP 1i +Specifies whether this procedure should be +removed on the nonmaskable events +.Pn ( GraphicsExpose , +.PN NoExpose , +.PN SelectionClear , +.PN SelectionRequest , +.PN SelectionNotify , +.PN ClientMessage , +and +.PN MappingNotify ). +.IP \fIproc\fP 1i +Specifies the procedure to be registered. +.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i +Specifies the registered client data. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtRemoveRawEventHandler +function unregisters an event handler registered with +.PN XtAddRawEventHandler +or +.PN XtInsertRawEventHandler +for the specified events without changing +the window event mask. +The request is ignored if \fIclient_data\fP does not match the value given +when the handler was registered. +If the specified procedure has not been registered +or if it has been registered with a different value of \fIclient_data\fP, +.PN XtRemoveRawEventHandler +returns without reporting an error. +.LP +To stop a procedure +registered with +.PN XtAddRawEventHandler +or +.PN XtInsertRawEventHandler +from receiving all nonselected events, call +.PN XtRemoveRawEventHandler +with an \fIevent_mask\fP of +.PN XtAllEvents +and \fInonmaskable\fP +.PN True . +The procedure +will continue to receive any events that have been specified in calls to +.PN XtAddEventHandler +or +.PN XtInsertEventHandler . +.sp +.LP +To register an event handler procedure that receives events before or +after all previously registered event handlers without selecting for +the events, use +.PN XtInsertRawEventHandler . +.LP +.IN "XtInsertRawEventHandler" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtInsertRawEventHandler(\fIw\fP, \fIevent_mask\fP, \fInonmaskable\fP, \ +\fIproc\fP, \fIclient_data\fP, \fIposition\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + EventMask \fIevent_mask\fP; +.br + Boolean \fInonmaskable\fP; +.br + XtEventHandler \fIproc\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; +.br + XtListPosition \fIposition\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget for which this event handler is being registered. \*(cI +.IP \fIevent_mask\fP 1i +Specifies the event mask for which to call this procedure. +.IP \fInonmaskable\fP 1i +Specifies whether this procedure should be +called on the nonmaskable events +.Pn ( GraphicsExpose , +.PN NoExpose , +.PN SelectionClear , +.PN SelectionRequest , +.PN SelectionNotify , +.PN ClientMessage , +and +.PN MappingNotify ). +.IP \fIproc\fP 1i +Specifies the procedure to be registered. +.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i +Specifies additional data to be passed to the client's event handler. +.IP \fIposition\fP 1i +Specifies when the event handler is to be called +relative to other previously registered handlers. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtInsertRawEventHandler +function is similar to +.PN XtInsertEventHandler +except that it does not modify the widget's event +mask and never causes an +.PN XSelectInput +for the specified events. If +the procedure is already registered with the same \fIclient_data\fP +value, the +specified mask augments the existing mask and the procedure is +repositioned in the list. + +.NH 3 +Current Event Mask +.XS +\*(SN Current Event Mask +.XE +.LP +To retrieve the event mask for a given widget, use +.PN XtBuildEventMask . +.LP +.IN "XtBuildEventMask" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +EventMask XtBuildEventMask(\fIw\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget. \*(cI +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtBuildEventMask +function returns the event mask representing the logical OR +of all event masks for event handlers registered on the widget with +.PN XtAddEventHandler +and +.PN XtInsertEventHandler +and all event translations, including accelerators, +installed on the widget. +This is the same event mask stored into the +.PN XSetWindowAttributes +structure by +.PN XtRealizeWidget +and sent to the server when event handlers and translations are installed or +removed on the realized widget. + +.NH 3 +Event Handlers for X11 Protocol Extensions +.XS +\fB\*(SN Event Handlers for X11 Protocol Extensions\fP +.XE +.LP +To register an event handler procedure with the \*(xI dispatch +mechanism according to an event type, use +.PN XtInsertEventTypeHandler . +.LP +.IN "XtInsertEventTypeHandler" "" "@DEF" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtInsertEventTypeHandler(\fIwidget\fP, \fIevent_type\fP, \ +\fIselect_data\fP, \fIproc\fP, \fIclient_data\fP, \fIposition\fP) +.br + Widget \fIwidget\fP; +.br + int \fIevent_type\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIselect_data\fP; +.br + XtEventHandler \fIproc\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; +.br + XtListPosition \fIposition\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIwidget\fP 1i +Specifies the widget for which this event handler is being registered. \*(cI +.IP \fIevent_type\fP 1i +Specifies the event type for which to call this event handler. +.IP \fIselect_data\fP 1i +Specifies data used to request events of the specified type from the server, +or NULL. +.IP \fIproc\fP 1i +Specifies the event handler to be called. +.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i +Specifies additional data to be passed to the event handler. +.IP \fIposition\fP 1i +Specifies when the event handler is to be called relative to other +previously registered handlers. +.LP +.eM +.PN XtInsertEventTypeHandler +registers a procedure with the +dispatch mechanism that is to be called when an event that matches the +specified \fIevent_type\fP is dispatched to the specified \fIwidget\fP. +.LP +If \fIevent_type\fP specifies one of the core X protocol events, then +\fIselect_data\fP must be a pointer to a value of type +.PN EventMask , +indicating +the event mask to be used to select for the desired event. This event +mask is included in the value returned by +.PN XtBuildEventMask . +If the widget is realized, +.PN XtInsertEventTypeHandler +calls +.PN XSelectInput +if necessary. Specifying NULL for \fIselect_data\fP is equivalent to +specifying a pointer to an event mask containing 0. This is similar +to the +.PN XtInsertRawEventHandler +function. +.LP +If \fIevent_type\fP specifies an extension event type, then the semantics of +the data pointed to by \fIselect_data\fP are defined by the extension +selector registered for the specified event type. +.LP +In either case the \*(xI are not required to copy the data +pointed to by \fIselect_data\fP, so the caller must ensure that it remains +valid as long as the event handler remains registered with this value +of \fIselect_data\fP. +.LP +The \fIposition\fP argument allows the client to control the order of +invocation of event handlers registered for the same event type. If +the client does not care about the order, it should normally specify +.PN XtListTail , +which registers this event handler after any previously +registered handlers for this event type. +.LP +Each widget has a single registered event handler list, which will +contain any procedure/client_data pair exactly once if it is +registered with +.PN XtInsertEventTypeHandler , +regardless of the manner +in which it is registered and regardless of the value(s) +of \fIselect_data\fP. If the procedure is already registered with the +same \fIclient_data\fP value, the specified mask augments the existing +mask and the procedure is repositioned in the list. +.sp +.LP +To remove an event handler registered with +.PN XtInsertEventTypeHandler , +use +.PN XtRemoveEventTypeHandler . +.LP +.IN "XtRemoveEventTypeHandler" "" "@DEF" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtRemoveEventTypeHandler(\fIwidget\fP, \fIevent_type\fP, \ +\fIselect_data\fP, \fIproc\fP, \fIclient_data\fP) +.br + Widget \fIwidget\fP; +.br + int \fIevent_type\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIselect_data\fP; +.br + XtEventHandler \fIproc\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIwidget\fP 1i +Specifies the widget for which the event handler was registered. \*(cI +.IP \fIevent_type\fP 1i +Specifies the event type for which the handler was registered. +.IP \fIselect_data\fP 1i +Specifies data used to deselect events of the specified type +from the server, or NULL. +.IP \fIproc\fP 1i +Specifies the event handler to be removed. +.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i +Specifies the additional client data with which the procedure was registered. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtRemoveEventTypeHandler +function unregisters an event handler +registered with +.PN XtInsertEventTypeHandler +for the specified event type. +The request is ignored if \fIclient_data\fP does not match the value given +when the handler was registered. +.LP +If \fIevent_type\fP specifies one of the core X protocol events, +\fIselect_data\fP must be a pointer to a value of type +.PN EventMask, indicating the event +mask to be used to deselect for the appropriate event. If the widget +is realized, +.PN XtRemoveEventTypeHandler +calls +.PN XSelectInput +if necessary. +Specifying NULL for \fIselect_data\fP is equivalent to specifying a pointer +to an event mask containing 0. This is similar to the +.PN XtRemoveRawEventHandler +function. +.LP +If \fIevent_type\fP specifies an extension event type, then the semantics of +the data pointed to by \fIselect_data\fP are defined by the extension +selector registered for the specified event type. +.sp +.LP +To register a procedure to select extension events for a widget, use +.PN XtRegisterExtensionSelector . +.LP +.IN "XtRegisterExtensionSelector" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtRegisterExtensionSelector(\fIdisplay\fP, \fImin_event_type\fP, \ +\fImax_event_type\fP, \fIproc\fP, + \fIclient_data\fP) +.br + Display \fI*display\fP; +.br + int \fImin_event_type\fP; +.br + int \fImax_event_type\fP; +.br + XtExtensionSelectProc \fIproc\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1.5i +Specifies the display for which the extension selector is to be registered. +.IP \fImin_event_type\fP +.IP \fImax_event_type\fP 1.5i +Specifies the range of event types for the extension. +.IP \fIproc\fP 1.5i +Specifies the extension selector procedure. +.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1.5i +Specifies additional data to be passed to the extension selector. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtRegisterExtensionSelector +function registers a procedure to arrange +for the delivery of extension events to widgets. +.LP +If \fImin_event_type\fP and \fImax_event_type\fP match the parameters +to a previous call to +.PN XtRegisterExtensionSelector +for the same \fIdisplay\fP, then \fIproc\fP and \fIclient_data\fP +replace the previously +registered values. If the range specified by \fImin_event_type\fP +and \fImax_event_type\fP overlaps the range of the parameters to a +previous call for the same display in any other way, an error results. +.LP +When a widget is realized, +after the \fIcore.realize\fP method is called, +the \*(xI check to see if any event +handler specifies an event type within the range of a registered +extension selector. If so, the \*(xI call each such selector. +If an event type handler is added or removed, the \*(xI check to +see if the event type falls within the range of a registered extension +selector, and if it does, calls the selector. In either case the \*(xI +pass a list of all the widget's event types that are within the +selector's range. The corresponding select data are also passed. The +selector is responsible for enabling the delivery of extension events +required by the widget. +.sp +.LP +An extension selector is of type +.PN XtExtensionSelectProc . +.LP +.IN "XtExtensionSelectProc" "" "@DEF" +.sM +.FD 0 +typedef void (*XtExtensionSelectProc)(Widget, int *, XtPointer *, int, \ +XtPointer); +.br + Widget \fIwidget\fP; +.br + int *\fIevent_types\fP; +.br + XtPointer *\fIselect_data\fP; +.br + int \fIcount\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIwidget\fP 1i +Specifies the widget that is being realized or is having +an event handler added or removed. +.IP \fIevent_types\fP 1i +Specifies a list of event types that the widget has +registered event handlers for. +.IP \fIselect_data\fP 1i +Specifies a list of the select_data parameters specified in +.PN XtInsertEventTypeHandler . +.IP \fIcount\fP 1i +Specifies the number of entries in the \fIevent_types\fP and \fIselect_data\fP +lists. +.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i +Specifies the additional client data with which the procedure was registered. +.LP +.eM +The \fIevent_types\fP and \fIselect_data\fP lists will always have the +same number of elements, specified by \fIcount\fP. +Each event type/select data pair represents one call to +.PN XtInsertEventTypeHandler . +.sp +.LP +To register a procedure to dispatch events of a specific type within +.PN XtDispatchEvent , +use +.PN XtSetEventDispatcher . +.LP +.IN "XtSetEventDispatcher" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +XtEventDispatchProc XtSetEventDispatcher(\fIdisplay\fP, \fIevent_type\fP, \ +\fIproc\fP) +.br + Display *\fIdisplay\fP; +.br + int \fIevent_type\fP; +.br + XtEventDispatchProc \fIproc\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i +Specifies the display for which the event dispatcher is to be registered. +.IP \fIevent_type\fP 1i +Specifies the event type for which the dispatcher should be invoked. +.IP \fIproc\fP 1i +Specifies the event dispatcher procedure. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtSetEventDispatcher +function registers the event dispatcher procedure specified by \fIproc\fP +for events with the type \fIevent_type\fP. The previously registered +dispatcher (or the default dispatcher if there was no previously registered +dispatcher) is returned. If \fIproc\fP is NULL, the default procedure is +restored for the specified type. +.LP +In the future, when +.PN XtDispatchEvent +is called with an event type of \fIevent_type\fP, the specified \fIproc\fP +(or the default dispatcher) is invoked to determine a widget +to which to dispatch the event. +.LP +The default dispatcher handles the \*(xI modal cascade and keyboard +focus mechanisms, handles the semantics of \fIcompress_enterleave\fP +and \fIcompress_motion\fP, and discards all extension events. +.sp +.LP +An event dispatcher procedure pointer is of type +.PN XtEventDispatchProc . +.LP +.IN "XtEventDispatchProc" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +typedef Boolean (*XtEventDispatchProc)(XEvent*) +.br + XEvent *\fIevent\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIevent\fP 1i +Passes the event to be dispatched. +.LP +.eM +The event dispatcher procedure should determine whether this event is of +a type that should be dispatched to a widget. +.LP +If the event should be dispatched to a widget, the event dispatcher +procedure should determine the appropriate widget to receive the +event, call +.PN XFilterEvent +with the window of this widget, or +.PN None +if the event is to be discarded, and if +.PN XFilterEvent +returns +.PN False , +dispatch the event to the widget using +.PN XtDispatchEventToWidget . +The procedure should return +.PN True +if either +.PN XFilterEvent +or +.PN XtDispatchEventToWidget +returned +.PN True +and +.PN False +otherwise. +.LP +If the event should not be dispatched to a widget, the event +dispatcher procedure should attempt to dispatch the event elsewhere as +appropriate and return +.PN True +if it successfully dispatched the event and +.PN False +otherwise. +.sp +.LP +Some dispatchers for extension events may wish to forward events +according to the Intrinsics' keyboard focus mechanism. To determine +which widget is the end result of keyboard event forwarding, use +.PN XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget . +.LP +.IN "XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +Widget XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget(\fIwidget\fP) +.br + Widget \fIwidget\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIwidget\fP 1i +Specifies the widget to get forwarding information for. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget +function returns the widget that would be the end result of keyboard +event forwarding for a keyboard event for the specified widget. +.sp +.LP +To dispatch an event to a specified widget, use +.PN XtDispatchEventToWidget . +.LP +.IN "XtDispatchEventToWidget" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +Boolean XtDispatchEventToWidget(\fIwidget\fP, \fIevent\fP) +.br + Widget \fIwidget\fP; +.br + XEvent *\fIevent\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIwidget\fP 1i +Specifies the widget to which to dispatch the event. +.IP \fIevent\fP 1i +Specifies a pointer to the event to be dispatched. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtDispatchEventToWidget +function scans the list of registered event handlers for the +specified widget and calls each handler that has been registered +for the specified event type, subject to the \fIcontinue_to_dispatch\fP +value returned by each handler. +The \*(xI behave as if event handlers were registered at the head +of the list for +.PN Expose , +.PN NoExpose , +.PN GraphicsExpose , +and +.PN VisibilityNotify +events to invoke the widget's expose procedure according to the exposure +compression rules and to update the widget's \fIvisible\fP field +if \fIvisible_interest\fP is +.PN True . +These internal event handlers never set \fIcontinue_to_dispatch\fP to +.PN False . +.LP +.PN XtDispatchEventToWidget +returns +.PN True +if any event handler was called and +.PN False +otherwise. + +.NH 2 +Using the \*(xI in a Multi-Threaded Environment +.XS +\*(SN Using the \*(xI in a Multi-Threaded Environment +.XE +.LP +The \*(xI may be used in environments that offer multiple threads +of execution within the context of a single process. A multi-threaded +application using the \*(xI must explicitly initialize the toolkit +for mutually exclusive access by calling +.PN XtToolkitThreadInitialize . + +.NH 3 +Initializing a Multi-Threaded \*(xI Application +.XS +\fB\*(SN Initializing a Multi-Threaded \*(xI Application\fP +.XE +.LP +To test and initialize \*(xI support for mutually exclusive thread +access, call +.PN XtToolkitThreadInitialize . +.LP +.IN "XtToolkitThreadInitialize" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +Boolean XtToolkitThreadInitialize() +.FN +.LP +.eM +.PN XtToolkitThreadInitialize +returns \fBTrue\fP if the \*(xI support mutually exclusive thread +access, otherwise it returns \fBFalse\fP. \fBXtToolkitThreadInitialize\fP +must be called before +.PN XtCreateApplicationContext , +.PN XtAppInitialize , +.PN XtOpenApplication , +or +.PN XtSetLanguageProc +is called. \fBXtToolkitThreadInitialize\fP may be called more than once; +however, the application writer must ensure that it is not called +simultaneously by two or more threads. + +.NH 3 +Locking \*(tk Data Structures +.XS +\fB\*(SN Locking \*(tk Data Structures\fP +.XE +.LP +The \*(xI employs two levels of locking: application context and +process. Locking an application context ensures mutually exclusive +access by a thread to the state associated with the application context, +including all displays and widgets associated with it. Locking a +process ensures mutually exclusive access by a thread to \*(xI process +global data. +.LP +A client may acquire a lock multiple times and the effect is cumulative. +The client must ensure that the lock is released an equal number of times in +order for the lock to be acquired by another thread. +.LP +Most application writers will have little need to use locking as the +\*(xI performs the necessary locking internally. +Resource converters are an exception. +They require the application context or process to be locked +before the application can safely call them directly, for example: +.LP +.KS +.Ds +.TA .5i 2i +.ta .5i 2i + ... + XtAppLock(app_context); + XtCvtStringToPixel(dpy, args, num_args, fromVal, toVal, closure_ret); + XtAppUnlock(app_context); + ... +.De +.KE +.LP +When the application relies upon +.PN XtConvertAndStore +or a converter to provide the storage for the results of a +conversion, the application should acquire the process lock before +calling out and hold the lock until the results have been copied. +.LP +Application writers who write their own +utility functions, such as one which retrieves the being_destroyed field from +a widget instance, must lock the application context before accessing +widget internal data. For example: +.LP +.KS +.Ds +.TA .5i 2i +.ta .5i 2i +#include <X11/CoreP.h> +Boolean BeingDestroyed (widget) + Widget widget; +{ + Boolean ret; + XtAppLock(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget)); + ret = widget->core.being_destroyed; + XtAppUnlock(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget)); + return ret; +} +.De +.KE +A client that wishes to atomically call two or more \*(xI functions +must lock the application context. For example: +.LP +.KS +.Ds +.TA .5i 2i +.ta .5i 2i + ... + XtAppLock(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget)); + XtUnmanageChild (widget1); + XtManageChild (widget2); + XtAppUnlock(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget)); + ... +.De +.KE + +.NH 4 +Locking the Application Context +.XS +\fB\*(SN Locking the Application Context\fP +.XE +.LP +To ensure mutual exclusion of application context, display, or +widget internal state, use +.PN XtAppLock. +.LP +.IN "XtAppLock" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtAppLock(\fIapp_context\fP) +.br + XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i +Specifies the application context to lock. +.LP +.eM +\fBXtAppLock\fP blocks until it is able to acquire the lock. Locking the +application context also ensures that only the thread holding the lock +makes Xlib calls from within Xt. An application that makes its own +direct Xlib calls must either lock the application context around every +call or enable thread locking in Xlib. +.LP +To unlock a locked application context, use +.PN XtAppUnlock. +.LP +.IN "XtAppUnlock" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtAppUnlock(\fIapp_context\fP) +.br + XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i +Specifies the application context that was previously locked. +.LP +.eM + +.NH 4 +Locking the Process +.XS +\*(SN Locking the Process +.XE +.LP +To ensure mutual exclusion of \*(tk process global data, a +widget writer must use +.PN XtProcessLock. +.LP +.IN "XtProcessLock" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtProcessLock() +.FN +.LP +.eM +\fBXtProcessLock\fP blocks until it is able to acquire the lock. +Widget writers may use XtProcessLock to guarantee mutually exclusive +access to widget static data. +.LP +To unlock a locked process, use +.PN XtProcessUnlock . +.LP +.IN "XtProcessUnlock" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtProcessUnlock() +.FN +.LP +.eM +To lock both an application context and the process at the same +time, call +.PN XtAppLock +first and then +.PN XtProcessLock . +To release both locks, call +.PN XtProcessUnlock +first and then +.PN XtAppUnlock . +The order is important to avoid deadlock. + +.NH 3 +Event Management in a Multi-Threaded Environment +.XS +\fB\*(SN Event Management in a Multi-Threaded Environment\fP +.XE +.LP +In a nonthreaded environment an application writer could reasonably +assume that it is safe to exit the application from a quit callback. +This assumption may no longer hold true in a multi-threaded environment; +therefore it is desirable to provide a mechanism to terminate an +event-processing loop without necessarily terminating its thread. +.LP +To indicate that the event loop should terminate after the current +event dispatch has completed, use +.PN XtAppSetExitFlag . +.LP +.IN "XtAppSetExitFlag" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtAppSetExitFlag(\fIapp_context\fP) +.br + XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i +Specifies the application context. +.LP +.eM +.PN XtAppMainLoop +tests the value of the flag and will return if the flag is \fBTrue\fP. +.LP +Application writers who implement their own main loop may test the +value of the exit flag with +.PN XtAppGetExitFlag . +.LP +.IN "XtAppGetExitFlag" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +Boolean XtAppGetExitFlag(\fIapp_context\fP) +.br + XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i +Specifies the application context. +.LP +.eM +.PN XtAppGetExitFlag +will normally return \fBFalse\fP, indicating that event processing +may continue. When +.PN XtAppGetExitFlag +returns \fBTrue\fP, the loop must terminate and return to the caller, +which might then destroy the application context. +.LP +Application writers should be aware that, if a thread is blocked in +.PN XtAppNextEvent , +.PN XtAppPeekEvent , +or +.PN XtAppProcessEvent +and another thread in the same application context opens a new display, +adds an alternate input, or a timeout, any new source(s) will not +normally be "noticed" by the blocked thread. Any new sources are +"noticed" the next time one of these functions is called. +.LP +The \*(xI manage access to events on a last-in, first-out basis. If +multiple threads in the same application context block in +.PN XtAppNextEvent , +.PN XtAppPeekEvent , +or +.PN XtAppProcessEvent , +the last thread to call one of these functions is the first +thread to return. +.bp diff --git a/libXt/specs/CH08 b/libXt/specs/CH08 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6dfb5290b --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/specs/CH08 @@ -0,0 +1,452 @@ +.\" $Xorg: CH08,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:46 cpqbld Exp $ +.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994 +.\" X Consortium +.\" +.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining +.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the +.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including +.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, +.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to +.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to +.\" the following conditions: +.\" +.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included +.\" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. +.\" +.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS +.\" OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF +.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. +.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR +.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, +.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR +.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. +.\" +.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall +.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or +.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization +.\" from the X Consortium. +.\" +.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994 +.\" Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts. +.\" +.\" Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this documentation for any +.\" purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright +.\" notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this +.\" permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of +.\" Digital not be used in in advertising or publicity pertaining +.\" to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. +.\" Digital makes no representations about the suitability of the +.\" software described herein for any purpose. +.\" It is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty. +.\" +\& +.sp 1 +.ce 3 +\s+1\fBChapter 8\fP\s-1 + +\s+1\fBCallbacks\fP\s-1 +.sp 2 +.nr H1 8 +.nr H2 0 +.nr H3 0 +.nr H4 0 +.nr H5 0 +.LP +.XS +Chapter 8 \(em Callbacks +.XE +.IN "Destroy Callbacks" +Applications and other widgets often need to register a procedure +with a widget that gets called under certain prespecified conditions. +For example, +when a widget is destroyed, +every procedure on the widget's \fIdestroy_callbacks\fP +list is called to notify clients of the widget's impending doom. +.LP +Every widget has an XtNdestroyCallbacks callback list resource. +Widgets can define additional callback lists as they see fit. +For example, the Pushbutton widget has a callback +list to notify clients when the button has been activated. +.LP +Except where otherwise noted, it is the intent that all Intrinsics +functions may be called at any time, including from within callback +procedures, action routines, and event handlers. + +.NH 2 +Using Callback Procedure and Callback List Definitions +.XS +\fB\*(SN Using Callback Procedure and Callback List Definitions\fP +.XE +.IN "XtCallbackList" +.IN "XtCallbackProc" +.LP +Callback procedure pointers for use in callback lists are of type +.PN XtCallbackProc . +.LP +.IN "XtCallbackProc" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +typedef void (*XtCallbackProc)(Widget, XtPointer, XtPointer); +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIcall_data\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget owning the list in which the callback is registered. +.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i +Specifies additional data supplied by the client when the procedure +was registered. +.IP \fIcall_data\fP 1i +Specifies any callback-specific data the widget wants to pass to the client. +For example, when Scrollbar executes its XtNthumbChanged callback list, +it passes the new position of the thumb. +.LP +.eM +The \fIclient_data\fP argument provides a way for the +client registering the callback procedure also to register client-specific data, +for example, a pointer to additional information about the widget, +a reason for invoking the callback, and so on. +The \fIclient_data\fP value may be NULL +if all necessary information is in the widget. +The \fIcall_data\fP argument is a convenience to avoid having simple +cases where the client could otherwise always call +.PN XtGetValues +or a widget-specific function to retrieve data from the widget. +Widgets should generally avoid putting complex state information +in \fIcall_data\fP. +The client can use the more general data retrieval methods, if necessary. +.LP +Whenever a client wants to pass a callback list as an argument in an +.PN XtCreateWidget , +.PN XtSetValues , +or +.PN XtGetValues +call, it should specify the address +of a NULL-terminated array of type +.PN XtCallbackList . +.IN "XtCallbackList" "" "@DEF@" +.IN "XtCallbackRec" "" "@DEF@" +.LP +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 3i +.ta .5i 3i +typedef struct { + XtCallbackProc callback; + XtPointer closure; +} XtCallbackRec, *XtCallbackList; +.De +.LP +.eM +For example, the callback list for procedures A and B with client data +clientDataA and clientDataB, respectively, is +.LP +.KS +.Ds 5 +.TA .5i 3i +.ta .5i 3i +static XtCallbackRec callbacks[] = { + {A, (XtPointer) clientDataA}, + {B, (XtPointer) clientDataB}, + {(XtCallbackProc) NULL, (XtPointer) NULL} +}; +.De +.KE +.LP +Although callback lists are passed by address in arglists +and varargs lists, +the \*(xI recognize callback lists +through the widget resource list and will copy the contents +when necessary. +Widget initialize and set_values procedures +should not allocate memory for the callback list contents. +The \*(xI automatically do this, +potentially using a different structure for their +internal representation. + +.NH 2 +Identifying Callback Lists +.XS +\fB\*(SN Identifying Callback Lists\fP +.XE +.LP +Whenever a widget contains a callback list for use by clients, +it also exports in its public .h file the resource name of the callback list. +Applications and client widgets never access callback list fields directly. +Instead, they always identify the desired callback list by using the exported +resource name. +All the callback manipulation functions described in this chapter +except +.PN XtCallCallbackList +check +to see that the requested callback list is indeed implemented by the widget. +.LP +For the \*(xI to find and correctly handle callback lists, +they must be declared with a resource type of +.PN XtRCallback . +The internal representation of a callback list is +implementation-dependent; widgets may make no assumptions about the +value stored in this resource if it is non-NULL. Except to compare +the value to NULL (which is equivalent to +.PN XtCallbackStatus +.PN XtCallbackHasNone ), +access to callback list resources must be made +through other \*(xI procedures. + +.NH 2 +Adding Callback Procedures +.XS +\fB\*(SN Adding Callback Procedures\fP +.XE +.LP +To add a callback procedure to a widget's callback list, use +.PN XtAddCallback . +.LP +.IN "XtAddCallback" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtAddCallback(\fIw\fP, \fIcallback_name, \fP\fIcallback\fP, \ +\fIclient_data\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + String \fIcallback_name\fP; +.br + XtCallbackProc \fIcallback\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget. \*(oI +.IP \fIcallback_name\fP 1i +Specifies the callback list to which the procedure is to be appended. +.IP \fIcallback\fP 1i +Specifies the callback procedure. +.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i +Specifies additional data to be passed to the specified procedure +when it is invoked, +or NULL. +.LP +.eM +A callback will be invoked as many times as it occurs in the callback list. +.sp +.LP +To add a list of callback procedures to a given widget's callback list, use +.PN XtAddCallbacks . +.LP +.IN "XtAddCallbacks" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtAddCallbacks(\fIw\fP, \fIcallback_name, \fP\fIcallbacks\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + String \fIcallback_name\fP; +.br + XtCallbackList \fIcallbacks\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget. \*(oI +.IP \fIcallback_name\fP 1i +Specifies the callback list to which the procedures are to be appended. +.IP \fIcallbacks\fP 1i +Specifies the null-terminated list of callback procedures and corresponding +client data. +.LP +.eM +.NH 2 +Removing Callback Procedures +.XS +\fB\*(SN Removing Callback Procedures\fP +.XE +.LP +To delete a callback procedure from a widget's callback list, use +.PN XtRemoveCallback . +.LP +.IN "XtRemoveCallback" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtRemoveCallback(\fIw\fP, \fIcallback_name\fP, \fIcallback\fP, \ +\fIclient_data\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + String \fIcallback_name\fP; +.br + XtCallbackProc \fIcallback\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget. \*(oI +.IP \fIcallback_name\fP 1i +Specifies the callback list from which the procedure is to be deleted. +.IP \fIcallback\fP 1i +Specifies the callback procedure. +.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i +Specifies the client data to match with the registered callback entry. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtRemoveCallback +function removes a callback only if both the procedure and the client +data match. +.sp +.LP +To delete a list of callback procedures from a given widget's callback list, use +.PN XtRemoveCallbacks . +.LP +.IN "XtRemoveCallbacks" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtRemoveCallbacks(\fIw\fP, \fIcallback_name\fP, \fIcallbacks\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + String \fIcallback_name\fP; +.br + XtCallbackList \fIcallbacks\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget. \*(oI +.IP \fIcallback_name\fP 1i +Specifies the callback list from which the procedures are to be deleted. +.IP \fIcallbacks\fP 1i +Specifies the null-terminated list of callback procedures and corresponding +client data. +.LP +.eM +To delete all callback procedures from a given widget's callback list +and free all storage associated with the callback list, use +.PN XtRemoveAllCallbacks . +.LP +.IN "XtRemoveAllCallbacks" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtRemoveAllCallbacks(\fIw\fP, \fIcallback_name\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + String \fIcallback_name\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget. \*(oI +.IP \fIcallback_name\fP 1i +Specifies the callback list to be cleared. +.LP +.eM +.NH 2 +Executing Callback Procedures +.XS +\*(SN Executing Callback Procedures +.XE +.LP +To execute the procedures in a given widget's callback list, +specifying the callback list by resource name, use +.PN XtCallCallbacks . +.LP +.IN "XtCallCallbacks" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtCallCallbacks(\fIw\fP, \fIcallback_name\fP, \fIcall_data\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + String \fIcallback_name\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIcall_data\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget. \*(oI +.IP \fIcallback_name\fP 1i +Specifies the callback list to be executed. +.IP \fIcall_data\fP 1i +Specifies a callback-list-specific data value to pass to each of the callback +procedure in the list, or NULL. +.LP +.eM +.LP +.PN XtCallCallbacks +calls each of the callback procedures in the list +named by \fIcallback_name\fP in the specified widget, passing the client +data registered with the procedure and \fIcall-data\fP. +.sp +.LP +To execute the procedures in a callback list, specifying the callback +list by address, use +.PN XtCallCallbackList . +.LP +.IN "XtCallCallbackList" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtCallCallbackList(\fIwidget\fP, \fIcallbacks\fP, \fIcall_data\fP) +.br + Widget \fIwidget\fP; +.br + XtCallbackList \fIcallbacks\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIcall_data\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIwidget\fP 1i +Specifies the widget instance that contains the callback list. \*(oI +.IP \fIcallbacks\fP 1i +Specifies the callback list to be executed. +.IP \fIcall_data\fP 1i +Specifies a callback-list-specific data value to pass +to each of the callback procedures in the list, or NULL. +.LP +.eM +The \fIcallbacks\fP parameter must specify the contents of a widget or +object resource declared with representation type +.PN XtRCallback . +If \fIcallbacks\fP is NULL, +.PN XtCallCallbackList +returns immediately; otherwise it calls each of the callback +procedures in the list, passing the client data and \fIcall_data\fP. + +.NH 2 +Checking the Status of a Callback List +.XS +\*(SN Checking the Status of a Callback List +.XE +.LP +To find out the status of a given widget's callback list, use +.PN XtHasCallbacks . +.LP +.IN "XtHasCallbacks" "" "@DEF@" +.sp +.sM +.FD 0 +typedef enum {XtCallbackNoList, XtCallbackHasNone, XtCallbackHasSome} \ +XtCallbackStatus; +.sp +XtCallbackStatus XtHasCallbacks(\fIw\fP, \fIcallback_name\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + String \fIcallback_name\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget. \*(oI +.IP \fIcallback_name\fP 1i +Specifies the callback list to be checked. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtHasCallbacks +function first checks to see if the widget has a callback list identified +by \fIcallback_name\fP. +If the callback list does not exist, +.PN XtHasCallbacks +returns +.PN XtCallbackNoList . +If the callback list exists but is empty, +it returns +.PN XtCallbackHasNone . +If the callback list exists and has at least one callback registered, +it returns +.PN XtCallbackHasSome . +.bp diff --git a/libXt/specs/CH09 b/libXt/specs/CH09 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9538651bc --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/specs/CH09 @@ -0,0 +1,3211 @@ +.\" $Xorg: CH09,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:46 cpqbld Exp $ +.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994 +.\" X Consortium +.\" +.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining +.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the +.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including +.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, +.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to +.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to +.\" the following conditions: +.\" +.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included +.\" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. +.\" +.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS +.\" OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF +.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. +.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR +.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, +.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR +.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. +.\" +.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall +.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or +.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization +.\" from the X Consortium. +.\" +.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994 +.\" Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts. +.\" +.\" Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this documentation for any +.\" purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright +.\" notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this +.\" permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of +.\" Digital not be used in in advertising or publicity pertaining +.\" to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. +.\" Digital makes no representations about the suitability of the +.\" software described herein for any purpose. +.\" It is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty. +.\" +\& +.sp 1 +.ce 3 +\s+1\fBChapter 9\fP\s-1 + +\s+1\fBResource Management\fP\s-1 +.sp 2 +.nr H1 9 +.nr H2 0 +.nr H3 0 +.nr H4 0 +.nr H5 0 +.LP +.XS +Chapter 9 \(em Resource Management +.XE +A resource is a field in the widget record with a corresponding +resource entry in the \fIresources\fP list of the widget or any of its +superclasses. +This means that the field is +settable by +.PN XtCreateWidget +(by naming the field in the argument list), by an +entry in a resource file (by using either the name or class), and by +.PN XtSetValues . +In addition, it is readable by +.PN XtGetValues . +Not all fields in a widget record are resources. +Some are for bookkeeping use by the +generic routines (like \fImanaged\fP and \fIbeing_destroyed\fP). +Others can be for local bookkeeping, +and still others are derived from resources +(many graphics contexts and pixmaps). +.LP +Widgets typically need to obtain a large set of resources at widget +creation time. +Some of the resources come from the argument list supplied in the call to +.PN XtCreateWidget , +some from the resource database, +and some from the internal defaults specified by the widget. +Resources are obtained first from the argument list, +then from the resource database for all resources not specified +in the argument list, +and last, from the internal default, if needed. + +.NH 2 +Resource Lists +.XS +\*(SN Resource Lists +.XE +.LP +.IN "Resource Management" +A resource entry specifies a field in the widget, +the textual name and class of the field that argument lists +and external resource files use to refer to the field, +and a default value that the field should get if no value is specified. +The declaration for the +.PN XtResource +structure is +.LP +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 3i +.ta .5i 3i +typedef struct { + String resource_name; + String resource_class; + String resource_type; + Cardinal resource_size; + Cardinal resource_offset; + String default_type; + XtPointer default_addr; +} XtResource, *XtResourceList; +.De +.IN "XtResourceList" +.eM + +.LP +When the resource list is specified as the +.PN CoreClassPart , +.PN ObjectClassPart , +.PN RectObjClassPart , +or +.PN ConstraintClassPart +\fIresources\fP field, the strings pointed to by \fIresource_name\fP, +\fIresource_class\fP, \fIresource_type\fP, and \fIdefault_type\fP must +be permanently allocated prior to or during the execution of the class +initialization procedure and must not be subsequently deallocated. + +.LP +The \fIresource_name\fP field contains the name used by clients to access the field +in the widget. +By convention, it starts with a lowercase letter +and is spelled exactly like the field name, +except all underscores (_) are deleted and the next letter is replaced by its +uppercase counterpart. +For example, the resource name for background_pixel becomes backgroundPixel. +Resource names beginning with the two-character +sequence ``xt'', and resource classes beginning with the two-character +sequence ``Xt'' are reserved to the \*(xI for future standard and +implementation-dependent uses. +Widget header files typically contain a symbolic name for each resource name. +All resource names, classes, and types used by the \*(xI are named in +.Pn < X11/StringDefs.h >. +The \*(xI's symbolic resource names begin with +``XtN'' +and are followed by the string name (for example, XtNbackgroundPixel +for backgroundPixel). + +.LP +The \fIresource_class\fP field contains the class string used in resource +specification files to identify the field. +A resource class provides two functions: +.IP \(bu 5 +It isolates an application from different representations that widgets +can use for a similar resource. +.IP \(bu 5 +It lets you specify values for several actual resources with a single name. +A resource class should be chosen to span a group of closely related fields. +.LP +For example, +a widget can have several pixel resources: background, foreground, +border, block cursor, pointer cursor, and so on. +Typically, the background defaults to white +and everything else to black. +The resource class for each of these resources in the resource list +should be chosen so that it takes the minimal number of entries +in the resource database to make the background ivory +and everything else darkblue. +.LP +In this case, the background pixel should have a resource class of +``Background'' +and all the other pixel entries a resource class of +``Foreground''. +Then, the resource file needs only two lines to +change all pixels to ivory or darkblue: +.LP +.Ds 5 +.TA .5i 1.5i +.ta .5i 1.5i +*Background: ivory +*Foreground: darkblue +.De +.LP +Similarly, a widget may have several font resources (such as normal and bold), +but all fonts should have the class Font. +Thus, changing all fonts simply requires only a single line in the +default resource file: +.LP +.Ds 5 +.TA .5i 3i +.ta .5i 3i +*Font: 6x13 +.De +.LP +By convention, +resource classes are always spelled starting with a capital letter +to distinguish them from resource names. +Their symbolic names are preceded with +``XtC'' +(for example, XtCBackground). +.LP +The \fIresource_type\fP field gives the physical representation type of the resource +and also encodes information about the specific usage of the field. +By convention, it starts with an uppercase letter and is +spelled identically to the type name of the field. +The resource type is used when resources are fetched to +convert from the resource database format (usually +.PN String ) +or the format of the resource default value +(almost anything, but often +.PN String ) +to the desired +physical representation (see Section 9.6). +The \*(xI define the following resource types: +.TS H +lw(2.5i) lw(2.5i). +_ +.sp 6p +Resource Type Structure or Field Type +.sp 6p +_ +.sp 6p +.TH +.R +T{ +.PN XtRAcceleratorTable +T} XtAccelerators +T{ +.PN XtRAtom +T} Atom +T{ +.PN XtRBitmap +T} Pixmap, depth=1 +T{ +.PN XtRBoolean +T} Boolean +T{ +.PN XtRBool +T} Bool +T{ +.PN XtRCallback +T} XtCallbackList +T{ +.PN XtRCardinal +T} Cardinal +T{ +.PN XtRColor +T} XColor +T{ +.PN XtRColormap +T} Colormap +T{ +.PN XtRCommandArgArray +T} String* +T{ +.PN XtRCursor +T} Cursor +T{ +.PN XtRDimension +T} Dimension +T{ +.PN XtRDirectoryString +T} String +T{ +.PN XtRDisplay +T} Display* +T{ +.PN XtREnum +T} XtEnum +T{ +.PN XtREnvironmentArray +T} String* +T{ +.PN XtRFile +T} FILE* +T{ +.PN XtRFloat +T} float +T{ +.PN XtRFont +T} Font +T{ +.PN XtRFontSet +T} XFontSet +T{ +.PN XtRFontStruct +T} XFontStruct* +T{ +.PN XtRFunction +T} (*)() +T{ +.PN XtRGeometry +T} T{ +char*, format as defined by +.PN XParseGeometry +T} +T{ +.PN XtRGravity +T} int +T{ +.PN XtRInitialState +T} int +T{ +.PN XtRInt +T} int +T{ +.PN XtRLongBoolean +T} long +T{ +.PN XtRObject +T} Object +T{ +.PN XtRPixel +T} Pixel +T{ +.PN XtRPixmap +T} Pixmap +T{ +.PN XtRPointer +T} XtPointer +T{ +.PN XtRPosition +T} Position +T{ +.PN XtRRestartStyle +T} unsigned char +T{ +.PN XtRScreen +T} Screen* +T{ +.PN XtRShort +T} short +T{ +.PN XtRSmcConn +T} XtPointer +T{ +.PN XtRString +T} String +T{ +.PN XtRStringArray +T} String* +T{ +.PN XtRStringTable +T} String* +T{ +.PN XtRTranslationTable +T} XtTranslations +T{ +.PN XtRUnsignedChar +T} unsigned char +T{ +.PN XtRVisual +T} Visual* +T{ +.PN XtRWidget +T} Widget +T{ +.PN XtRWidgetClass +T} WidgetClass +T{ +.PN XtRWidgetList +T} WidgetList +T{ +.PN XtRWindow +T} Window +.sp 6p +_ +.TE +.sp +.LP +.Pn < X11/StringDefs.h > +also defines the following resource types as a +convenience for widgets, although they do not have any corresponding +data type assigned: +.PN XtREditMode , +.PN XtRJustify , +and +.PN XtROrientation . +.LP +The \fIresource_size\fP field is the size of the physical representation in bytes; +you should specify it as +.PN sizeof (\fItype\fP) +so that the +compiler fills in the value. +The \fIresource_offset\fP field is the offset in bytes of the field +within the widget. +You should use the +.PN XtOffsetOf +macro to retrieve this value. +The \fIdefault_type\fP field is the representation type of the default +resource value. +If \fIdefault_type\fP is different from \fIresource_type\fP and the default value +is needed, +the resource manager invokes a conversion procedure from \fIdefault_type\fP +to \fIresource_type\fP. +Whenever possible, +the default type should be identical to the resource type in order +to minimize widget creation time. +However, there are sometimes no values of the type that the program +can easily specify. +In this case, +it should be a value for which the converter is guaranteed to work (for example, +.PN XtDefaultForeground +for a pixel resource). +The \fIdefault_addr\fP field specifies the address of the default resource value. +As a special case, if \fIdefault_type\fP is +.PN XtRString , +then the value in the \fIdefault_addr\fP field is the pointer to +the string rather than a pointer to the pointer. +The default is used if a resource is not specified in the argument list +or in the resource database or if the conversion from the representation +type stored in the resource database fails, +which can happen for various reasons (for example, a misspelled entry in a +resource file). +.LP +Two special representation types +(XtRImmediate +and +XtRCallProc) +are usable only as default resource types. +XtRImmediate +indicates that the value in the \fIdefault_addr\fP field is the actual value of +the resource rather than the address of the value. +The value must be in the correct representation type for the resource, +coerced to an +.PN XtPointer . +No conversion is possible, since there is no source representation type. +XtRCallProc +indicates that the value in the \fIdefault_addr\fP field is a procedure +pointer. +This procedure is automatically invoked with the widget, +\fIresource_offset\fP, and a pointer to an +.PN XrmValue +in which to store the result. +XtRCallProc +procedure pointers are of type +.PN XtResourceDefaultProc . +.LP +.sM +.FD 0 +typedef void (*XtResourceDefaultProc)(Widget, int, XrmValue*); +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + int \fIoffset\fP; +.br + XrmValue *\fIvalue\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget whose resource value is to be obtained. +.IP \fIoffset\fP 1i +Specifies the offset of the field in the widget record. +.IP \fIvalue\fP 1i +Specifies the resource value descriptor to return. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtResourceDefaultProc +procedure should fill in the \fIvalue->addr\fP field with a pointer +to the resource value in its correct representation type. +.sp +.LP +To get the resource list structure for a particular class, use +.PN XtGetResourceList . +.LP +.IN "XtGetResourceList" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtGetResourceList(\fIclass\fP, \fIresources_return\fP, \fInum_resources_return\fP); +.br + WidgetClass \fIclass\fP; +.br + XtResourceList *\fIresources_return\fP; +.br + Cardinal *\fInum_resources_return\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIclass\fP 1.5i +Specifies the object class to be queried. It must be +.PN objectClass +or any subclass thereof. +.IP \fIresources_return\fP 1.5i +Returns the resource list. +.IP \fInum_resources_return\fP 1.5i +Returns the number of entries in the resource list. +.LP +.eM +If +.PN XtGetResourceList +is called before the class is initialized, +it returns the resource list as specified in the class record. +If it is called after the class has been initialized, +.PN XtGetResourceList +returns a merged resource list that includes the resources +for all superclasses. +The list returned by +.PN XtGetResourceList +should be freed using +.PN XtFree +when it is no longer needed. +.sp +.LP +To get the constraint resource list structure for a particular widget +class, use +.PN XtGetConstraintResourceList . +.LP +.IN "XtGetConstraintResourceList" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtGetConstraintResourceList(\fIclass\fP, \fIresources_return\fP, \ +\fInum_resources_return\fP) +.br + WidgetClass \fIclass\fP; +.br + XtResourceList *\fIresources_return\fP; +.br + Cardinal *\fInum_resources_return\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIclass\fP 1.5i +Specifies the object class to be queried. It must be +.PN objectClass +or any subclass thereof. +.IP \fIresources_return\fP 1.5i +Returns the constraint resource list. +.IP \fInum_resources_return\fP 1.5i +Returns the number of entries in the constraint resource list. +.LP +.eM +If +.PN XtGetConstraintResourceList +is called before the widget class is +initialized, the resource list as specified in the widget +class Constraint part is returned. If +.PN XtGetConstraintResourceList +is called after the widget class has been initialized, the merged +resource list for the class and all Constraint superclasses is +returned. If the +specified class is not a subclass of +.PN constraintWidgetClass , +*\fIresources_return\fP is set to NULL +and *\fInum_resources_return\fP is set to zero. +The list returned by +.PN XtGetConstraintResourceList +should be freed using +.PN XtFree +when it is no longer needed. +.sp +.LP +The routines +.PN XtSetValues +and +.PN XtGetValues +also use the resource list to set and get widget state; +see Sections 9.7.1 and 9.7.2. +.LP +Here is an abbreviated version of a possible resource list for a Label widget: +.LP +.Ds +.TA .5i 1.5i 3i +.ta .5i 1.5i 3i +/* Resources specific to Label */ +static XtResource resources[] = { +{XtNforeground, XtCForeground, XtRPixel, sizeof(Pixel), + XtOffsetOf(LabelRec, label.foreground), XtRString, XtDefaultForeground}, +{XtNfont, XtCFont, XtRFontStruct, sizeof(XFontStruct*), + XtOffsetOf(LabelRec, label.font), XtRString, XtDefaultFont}, +{XtNlabel, XtCLabel, XtRString, sizeof(String), + XtOffsetOf(LabelRec, label.label), XtRString, NULL}, + . + . + . +} +.De +.LP +The complete resource name for a field of a widget instance is the +concatenation of the application shell name (from +.PN XtAppCreateShell ), +the instance names of all the widget's parents up to the +top of the widget tree, +the instance name of the widget itself, +and the resource name of the specified field of the widget. +Similarly, +the full resource class of a field of a widget instance is the +concatenation of the application class (from +.PN XtAppCreateShell ), +the widget class names of all the widget's parents up to the +top of the widget tree, +the widget class name of the widget itself, +and the resource class of the specified field of the widget. + +.NH 2 +Byte Offset Calculations +.XS +\*(SN Byte Offset Calculations +.XE +.LP +To determine the byte offset of a field within a structure type, use +.PN XtOffsetOf . +.LP +.IN "XtOffsetOf" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +Cardinal XtOffsetOf(\fIstructure_type\fP, \fIfield_name\fP) +.br + \fIType structure_type\fP; +.br + \fIField field_name\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIstructure_type\fP 1i +Specifies a type that is declared as a structure. +.IP \fIfield_name\fP 1i +Specifies the name of a member within the structure. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtOffsetOf +macro expands to a constant expression that gives the +offset in bytes to the specified structure member from the beginning +of the structure. It is normally used to statically initialize +resource lists and is more portable than +.PN XtOffset , +which serves the same function. + +.LP +To determine the byte offset of a field within a structure pointer type, use +.PN XtOffset . +.LP +.IN "XtOffset" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +Cardinal XtOffset(\fIpointer_type\fP, \fIfield_name\fP) +.br + \fIType pointer_type\fP; +.br + \fIField field_name\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIpointer_type\fP 1i +Specifies a type that is declared as a pointer to a structure. +.IP \fIfield_name\fP 1i +Specifies the name of a member within the structure. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtOffset +macro expands to a constant expression that gives the +offset in bytes to the specified structure member from the beginning +of the structure. It may be used to statically initialize +resource lists. +.PN XtOffset +is less portable than +.PN XtOffsetOf . + +.NH 2 +Superclass-to-Subclass Chaining of Resource Lists +.XS +\*(SN Superclass-to-Subclass Chaining of Resource Lists +.XE +.LP +.IN "Inheritance" +.IN "Superclass Chaining" +.IN "Chaining" +The +.PN XtCreateWidget +function gets resources as a superclass-to-subclass chained operation. +That is, the resources specified in the +.PN objectClass +resource list are fetched, +then those in +.PN rectObjClass , +and so on down to the resources specified +for this widget's class. Within a class, resources are fetched in the order +they are declared. +.LP +In general, if a widget resource field is declared in a superclass, +that field is included in the superclass's resource list and need not be +included in the subclass's resource list. +For example, the +Core +class contains a resource entry for \fIbackground_pixel\fP. +Consequently, +the implementation of Label need not also have a resource entry +for \fIbackground_pixel\fP. +However, a subclass, +by specifying a resource entry for that field in its own resource list, +can override the resource entry for any field declared in a superclass. +This is most often done to override the defaults provided in the +superclass with new ones. +At class initialization time, +resource lists for that class are scanned from the superclass down +to the class to look for resources with the same offset. +A matching resource in a subclass will be reordered to override +the superclass entry. +If reordering is necessary, a copy of the superclass resource list is made to +avoid affecting other subclasses of the superclass. +.LP +.IN "class_initialize procedure" +.IN "Widget" "class initialization" +Also at class initialization time, the \*(xI produce an +internal representation of the resource list to optimize access time +when creating widgets. In order to save memory, the \*(xI may +overwrite the storage allocated for the resource list in the class +record; therefore, widgets must allocate resource lists in writable +storage and must not access the list contents directly after the +class_initialize procedure has returned. + +.NH 2 +Subresources +.XS +\*(SN Subresources +.XE +.LP +A widget does not do anything to retrieve its own resources; +instead, +.PN XtCreateWidget +does this automatically before calling the class initialize procedure. +.LP +Some widgets have subparts that are not widgets but for which the widget +would like to fetch resources. +Such widgets call +.PN XtGetSubresources +to accomplish this. +.LP +.IN "XtGetSubresources" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtGetSubresources(\fIw\fP, \fIbase\fP, \fIname\fP, \fIclass\fP, \ +\fIresources\fP, \fInum_resources\fP, \fIargs\fP, \fInum_args\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIbase\fP; +.br + String \fIname\fP; +.br + String \fIclass\fP; +.br + XtResourceList \fIresources\fP; +.br + Cardinal \fInum_resources\fP; +.br + ArgList \fIargs\fP; +.br + Cardinal \fInum_args\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the object used to qualify the subpart resource name and +class. \*(oI +.IP \fIbase\fP 1i +Specifies the base address of the subpart data structure into which the +resources will be written. +.IP \fIname\fP 1i +Specifies the name of the subpart. +.IP \fIclass\fP 1i +Specifies the class of the subpart. +.IP \fIresources\fP 1i +Specifies the resource list for the subpart. +.IP \fInum_resources\fP 1i +Specifies the number of entries in the resource list. +.IP \fIargs\fP 1i +Specifies the argument list to override any other resource specifications. +.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i +Specifies the number of entries in the argument list. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtGetSubresources +function constructs a name and class list from the application name and class, +the names and classes of all the object's ancestors, and the object itself. +Then it appends to this list the \fIname\fP and \fIclass\fP pair passed in. +The resources are fetched from the argument list, the resource database, +or the default values in the resource list. +Then they are copied into the subpart record. +If \fIargs\fP is NULL, +\fInum_args\fP must be zero. +However, if \fInum_args\fP is zero, +the argument list is not referenced. +.LP +.PN XtGetSubresources +may overwrite the specified resource list with an +equivalent representation in an internal format, which optimizes access +time if the list is used repeatedly. The resource list must be +allocated in writable storage, and the caller must not modify the list +contents after the call if the same list is to be used again. +Resources fetched by +.PN XtGetSubresources +are reference-counted as +if they were referenced by the specified object. Subresources might +therefore be freed from the conversion cache and destroyed +when the object is destroyed, but not before then. +.sp +.LP +To fetch resources for widget subparts using varargs lists, use +.PN XtVaGetSubresources . +.LP +.IN "XtVaGetSubresources" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtVaGetSubresources(\fIw\fP, \fIbase\fP, \fIname\fP, \fIclass\fP, \ +\fIresources\fP, \fInum_resources\fP, ...) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIbase\fP; +.br + String \fIname\fP; +.br + String \fIclass\fP; +.br + XtResourceList \fIresources\fP; +.br + Cardinal \fInum_resources\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the object used to qualify the subpart resource name and +class. \*(oI +.IP \fIbase\fP 1i +Specifies the base address of the subpart data structure into which the +resources will be written. +.IP \fIname\fP 1i +Specifies the name of the subpart. +.IP \fIclass\fP 1i +Specifies the class of the subpart. +.IP \fIresources\fP 1i +Specifies the resource list for the subpart. +.IP \fInum_resources\fP 1i +Specifies the number of entries in the resource list. +.IP ... 1i +Specifies the variable argument list to override any other +resource specifications. +.LP +.eM +.PN XtVaGetSubresources +is identical in function to +.PN XtGetSubresources +with the \fIargs\fP and \fInum_args\fP parameters replaced by a varargs list, as +described in Section 2.5.1. + +.NH 2 +Obtaining Application Resources +.XS +\fB\*(SN Obtaining Application Resources\fP +.XE +.LP +To retrieve resources that are not specific to a widget +but apply to the overall application, use +.PN XtGetApplicationResources . +.LP +.IN "XtGetApplicationResources" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtGetApplicationResources(\fIw\fP, \fIbase\fP, \fIresources\fP, \ +\fInum_resources\fP, \fIargs\fP, \fInum_args\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIbase\fP; +.br + XtResourceList \fIresources\fP; +.br + Cardinal \fInum_resources\fP; +.br + ArgList \fIargs\fP; +.br + Cardinal \fInum_args\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the object that identifies the resource database to search +(the database is that associated with the display for this object). \*(oI +.IP \fIbase\fP 1i +Specifies the base address into which +the resource values will be written. +.IP \fIresources\fP 1i +Specifies the resource list. +.IP \fInum_resources\fP 1i +Specifies the number of entries in the resource list. +.IP \fIargs\fP 1i +Specifies the argument list to override any other resource specifications. +.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i +Specifies the number of entries in the argument list. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtGetApplicationResources +function first uses the passed object, +which is usually an application shell widget, +to construct a resource name and class list. +The full name and class of the specified object (that is, including its +ancestors, if any) is logically added to the +front of each resource name and class. +Then it retrieves the resources from the argument list, +the resource database, or the resource list default values. +After adding base to each address, +.PN XtGetApplicationResources +copies the resources into the addresses +obtained by adding \fIbase\fP to each \fIoffset\fP in the resource list. +If \fIargs\fP is NULL, +\fInum_args\fP must be zero. +However, if \fInum_args\fP is zero, +the argument list is not referenced. +The portable way to specify application resources is to declare them +as members of a structure and pass the address of the structure +as the \fIbase\fP argument. +.LP +.PN XtGetApplicationResources +may overwrite the specified resource list +with an equivalent representation in an internal format, which +optimizes access time if the list is used repeatedly. The resource +list must be allocated in writable storage, and the caller must not +modify the list contents after the call if the same list is to be +used again. Any per-display resources fetched by +.PN XtGetApplicationResources +will not be freed from the resource cache until the display is closed. +.sp +.LP +To retrieve resources for the overall application using varargs lists, use +.PN XtVaGetApplicationResources . +.LP +.IN "XtVaGetApplicationResources" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtVaGetApplicationResources(\fIw\fP, \fIbase\fP, \fIresources\fP, \ +\fInum_resources\fP, ...) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIbase\fP; +.br + XtResourceList \fIresources\fP; +.br + Cardinal \fInum_resources\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the object that identifies the resource database to search +(the database is that associated with the display for this object). \*(oI +.IP \fIbase\fP 1i +Specifies the base address into which +the resource values will be written. +.IP \fIresources\fP 1i +Specifies the resource list for the subpart. +.IP \fInum_resources\fP 1i +Specifies the number of entries in the resource list. +.IP ... 1i +Specifies the variable argument list to override any other +resource specifications. +.LP +.eM +.PN XtVaGetApplicationResources +is identical in function to +.PN XtGetApplicationResources +with the \fIargs\fP and \fInum_args\fP parameters +replaced by a varargs list, as described in Section 2.5.1. + +.NH 2 +Resource Conversions +.XS +\*(SN Resource Conversions +.XE +.LP +The \*(xI provide a mechanism for registering representation converters that +are automatically invoked by the resource-fetching routines. +The \*(xI additionally provide and register several commonly used converters. +This resource conversion mechanism serves several purposes: +.IP \(bu 5 +It permits user and application resource files to contain textual +representations of nontextual values. +.IP \(bu 5 +It allows textual or other representations of default resource values that +are dependent on the display, screen, or colormap, and thus must be +computed at runtime. +.IP \(bu 5 +It caches conversion source and result data. +Conversions that require much computation or space +(for example, string-to-translation-table) +or that require round-trips to the server +(for example, string-to-font or string-to-color) are performed only once. + +.NH 3 +Predefined Resource Converters +.XS +\*(SN Predefined Resource Converters +.XE +.LP +The \*(xI define all the representations used in the +Object, +RectObj, +Core, +Composite, +Constraint, +and +Shell +widget classes. +The \*(xI register the following resource converters that accept +input values of representation type +.PN XtRString . +.LP +.TS +lw(1.7i) lw(2.4i) lw(1.5i) . +_ +.sp 6p +Target Representation Converter Name Additional Args +.sp 6p +_ +.sp 6p +T{ +.PN XtRAcceleratorTable +T} T{ +.PN XtCvtStringToAcceleratorTable +T} +T{ +.PN XtRAtom +T} T{ +.PN XtCvtStringToAtom +T} Display* +T{ +.PN XtRBoolean +T} T{ +.PN XtCvtStringToBoolean +T} +T{ +.PN XtRBool +T} T{ +.PN XtCvtStringToBool +T} +T{ +.PN XtRCommandArgArray +T} T{ +.PN XtCvtStringToCommandArgArray +T} +T{ +.PN XtRCursor +T} T{ +.PN XtCvtStringToCursor +T} Display* +T{ +.PN XtRDimension +T} T{ +.PN XtCvtStringToDimension +T} +T{ +.PN XtRDirectoryString +T} T{ +.PN XtCvtStringToDirectoryString +T} +T{ +.PN XtRDisplay +T} T{ +.PN XtCvtStringToDisplay +T} +T{ +.PN XtRFile +T} T{ +.PN XtCvtStringToFile +T} +T{ +.PN XtRFloat +T} T{ +.PN XtCvtStringToFloat +T} +T{ +.PN XtRFont +T} T{ +.PN XtCvtStringToFont +T} Display* +T{ +.PN XtRFontSet +T} T{ +.PN XtCvtStringToFontSet +T} Display*, String \fIlocale\fP +T{ +.PN XtRFontStruct +T} T{ +.PN XtCvtStringToFontStruct +T} Display* +T{ +.PN XtRGravity +T} T{ +.PN XtCvtStringToGravity +T} +T{ +.PN XtRInitialState +T} T{ +.PN XtCvtStringToInitialState +T} +T{ +.PN XtRInt +T} T{ +.PN XtCvtStringToInt +T} +T{ +.PN XtRPixel +T} T{ +.PN XtCvtStringToPixel +T} T{ +.PN colorConvertArgs +T} +T{ +.PN XtRPosition +T} T{ +.PN XtCvtStringToPosition +T} +T{ +.PN XtRRestartStyle +T} T{ +.PN XtCvtStringToRestartStyle +T} +T{ +.PN XtRShort +T} T{ +.PN XtCvtStringToShort +T} +T{ +.PN XtRTranslationTable +T} T{ +.PN XtCvtStringToTranslationTable +T} +T{ +.PN XtRUnsignedChar +T} T{ +.PN XtCvtStringToUnsignedChar +T} +T{ +.PN XtRVisual +T} T{ +.PN XtCvtStringToVisual +T} Screen*, Cardinal \fIdepth\fP +.sp 6p +_ +.TE + +.LP +The String-to-Pixel conversion has two predefined constants that are +guaranteed to work and contrast with each other: +.PN XtDefaultForeground +and +.PN XtDefaultBackground . +.IN "XtDefaultBackground" "" "@DEF@" +.IN "XtDefaultForeground" "" "@DEF@" +They evaluate to the black and white pixel values of the widget's screen, +respectively. +.IN "Resources" "reverseVideo" +If the application resource reverseVideo is +.PN True , +they evaluate to the white and black pixel values of the widget's screen, +respectively. +Similarly, the String-to-Font and String-to-FontStruct converters recognize +the constant +.PN XtDefaultFont +.IN "XtDefaultFont" "" "@DEF@" +.IN "Resources" "xtDefaultFont" +and evaluate this in the following manner: +.IP \(bu 5 +Query the resource database for the resource whose full name +is ``xtDefaultFont'', class ``XtDefaultFont'' (that is, no widget +name/class prefixes), and use a type +.PN XtRString +value returned as the font name or a type +.PN XtRFont +or +.PN XtRFontStruct +value directly as the resource value. +.IP \(bu 5 +If the resource database does not contain a value for xtDefaultFont, +class XtDefaultFont, or if the returned font name cannot be +successfully opened, an implementation-defined font in ISO8859-1 +character set encoding is opened. (One possible algorithm is to +perform an +.PN XListFonts +using a wildcard font name and use the first +font in the list. This wildcard font name should be as broad as +possible to maximize the probability of locating a useable font; +for example, "-*-*-*-R-*-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-ISO8859-1".) +.IP \(bu 5 +If no suitable ISO8859-1 font can be found, issue a warning message +and return +.PN False . +.LP +The String-to-FontSet converter recognizes the constant +.PN XtDefaultFontSet +.IN "XtDefaultFontSet" "" "@DEF@" +.IN "Resources" "xtDefaultFontSet" +and evaluate this in the following manner: +.IP \(bu 5 +Query the resource database for the resource whose full name +is ``xtDefaultFontSet'', class ``XtDefaultFontSet'' (that is, no widget +name/class prefixes), and use a type +.PN XtRString +value returned as the base font name list or a type +.PN XtRFontSet +value directly as the resource value. +.IP \(bu 5 +If the resource database does not contain a value for xtDefaultFontSet, +class XtDefaultFontSet, or if a font set cannot be +successfully created from this resource, +an implementation-defined font set is created. +(One possible algorithm is to +perform an +.PN XCreateFontSet +using a wildcard base font name. +This wildcard base font name should be as broad as +possible to maximize the probability of locating a useable font; +for example, "-*-*-*-R-*-*-*-120-*-*-*-*".) +.IP \(bu 5 +If no suitable font set can be created, issue a warning message +and return +.PN False . +.LP +If a font set is created but \fImissing_charset_list\fP is not +empty, a warning is issued and the partial font set is returned. +The \*(xI register the String-to-FontSet converter with +a conversion argument list that extracts the current process +locale at the time the converter is invoked. This ensures +that the converter is invoked again if the same conversion +is required in a different locale. +.LP +The String-to-Gravity conversion accepts string values that are the +names of window and bit gravities and their numerical equivalents, +as defined in \fI\*(xL\fP: +.PN ForgetGravity , +.PN UnmapGravity , +.PN NorthWestGravity , +.PN NorthGravity , +.PN NorthEastGravity , +.PN WestGravity , +.PN CenterGravity , +.PN EastGravity , +.PN SouthWestGravity , +.PN SouthGravity , +.PN SouthEastGravity , +and +.PN StaticGravity . +Alphabetic case is not significant in the conversion. +.LP +The String-to-CommandArgArray conversion parses a String into an +array of strings. +White space characters separate elements of the command line. +The converter recognizes the backslash character ``\\'' as an escape +character to allow the following white space character to be part of the +array element. +.LP +.IN "XtCurrentDirectory" "" "@DEF@" +The String-to-DirectoryString conversion recognizes the +string ``XtCurrentDirectory'' and returns the result of a call +to the operating system to get the current directory. +.LP +The String-to-RestartStyle conversion accepts the values +.PN RestartIfRunning , +.PN RestartAnyway , +.PN RestartImmediately , +and +.PN RestartNever +as defined by the \fIX Session Management Protocol\fP. +.LP +The String-to-InitialState conversion accepts the values +.PN NormalState +or +.PN IconicState +as defined by the \fI\*(xC\fP. +.LP +The String-to-Visual conversion calls +.PN XMatchVisualInfo +using the +\fIscreen\fP and \fIdepth\fP fields from the core part and returns the first +matching Visual on the list. The widget resource list must be certain +to specify any resource of type +.PN XtRVisual +after the depth resource. +The allowed string values are the visual class names defined in \fI\*(xP\fP, +Section 8; +.PN StaticGray , +.PN StaticColor , +.PN TrueColor , +.PN GrayScale , +.PN PseudoColor , +and +.PN DirectColor . + +.LP +The \*(xI register the following resource converter that accepts +an input value of representation type +.PN XtRColor . +.LP +.TS +lw(1.5i) lw(2.25i) lw(1.5i) . +_ +.sp 6p +Target Representation Converter Name Additional Args +.sp 6p +_ +.sp 6p +T{ +.PN XtRPixel +T} T{ +.PN XtCvtColorToPixel +T} +.sp 6p +_ +.TE + +.LP +The \*(xI register the following resource converters that accept +input values of representation type +.PN XtRInt . +.LP +.TS +lw(1.5i) lw(2.25i) lw(1.5i) . +_ +.sp 6p +Target Representation Converter Name Additional Args +.sp 6p +_ +.sp 6p +T{ +.PN XtRBoolean +T} T{ +.PN XtCvtIntToBoolean +T} +T{ +.PN XtRBool +T} T{ +.PN XtCvtIntToBool +T} +T{ +.PN XtRColor +T} T{ +.PN XtCvtIntToColor +T} T{ +.PN colorConvertArgs +T} +T{ +.PN XtRDimension +T} T{ +.PN XtCvtIntToDimension +T} +T{ +.PN XtRFloat +T} T{ +.PN XtCvtIntToFloat +T} +T{ +.PN XtRFont +T} T{ +.PN XtCvtIntToFont +T} +T{ +.PN XtRPixel +T} T{ +.PN XtCvtIntToPixel +T} +T{ +.PN XtRPixmap +T} T{ +.PN XtCvtIntToPixmap +T} +T{ +.PN XtRPosition +T} T{ +.PN XtCvtIntToPosition +T} +T{ +.PN XtRShort +T} T{ +.PN XtCvtIntToShort +T} +T{ +.PN XtRUnsignedChar +T} T{ +.PN XtCvtIntToUnsignedChar +T} +.sp 6p +_ +.TE + +.LP +The \*(xI register the following resource converter that accepts +an input value of representation type +.PN XtRPixel . +.LP +.TS +lw(1.5i) lw(2.25i) lw(1.5i) . +_ +.sp 6p +Target Representation Converter Name Additional Args +.sp 6p +_ +.sp 6p +T{ +.PN XtRColor +T} T{ +.PN XtCvtPixelToColor +T} +.sp 6p +_ +.TE + +.NH 3 +New Resource Converters +.XS +\*(SN New Resource Converters +.XE +.LP +Type converters use pointers to +.PN XrmValue +structures (defined in +.Pn < X11/Xresource.h >; +see Section 15.4 in \fI\*(xL\fP) +for input and output values. +.LP +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 3i +.ta .5i 3i +typedef struct { + unsigned int size; + XPointer addr; +} XrmValue, *XrmValuePtr; +.De +.LP +.eM +The \fIaddr\fP field specifies the address of the data, and the \fIsize\fP +field gives the total number of significant bytes in the data. +For values of type +.PN String , +\fIaddr\fP is the address of the first character and \fIsize\fP +includes the NULL-terminating byte. +.LP +A resource converter procedure pointer is of type +.PN XtTypeConverter . +.LP +.IN "XtTypeConverter" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +typedef Boolean (*XtTypeConverter)(Display*, XrmValue*, Cardinal*, + XrmValue*, XrmValue*, XtPointer*); +.br + Display *\fIdisplay\fP; +.br + XrmValue *\fIargs\fP; +.br + Cardinal *\fInum_args\fP; +.br + XrmValue *\fIfrom\fP; +.br + XrmValue *\fIto\fP; +.br + XtPointer *\fIconverter_data\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i +Specifies the display connection with which this conversion is associated. +.IP \fIargs\fP 1i +Specifies a list of additional +.PN XrmValue +arguments to the converter if additional context is needed +to perform the conversion, or NULL. +For example, the String-to-Font converter needs the widget's \fIdisplay\fP, +and the String-to-Pixel converter needs the widget's \fIscreen\fP and \fIcolormap\fP. +.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i +Specifies the number of entries in \fIargs\fP. +.IP \fIfrom\fP 1i +Specifies the value to convert. +.IP \fIto\fP 1i +Specifies a descriptor for a location into which to store the converted value. +.IP \fIconverter_data\fP 1i +Specifies a location into which the converter may +store converter-specific data associated +with this conversion. +.LP +.eM +The \fIdisplay\fP argument is normally used only when generating error +messages, to identify the application context (with the function +.PN XtDisplayToApplicationContext ). +.LP +The \fIto\fP argument specifies the size and location into which the +converter should store the converted value. If the \fIaddr\fP field is NULL, +the converter should allocate appropriate storage and store the size +and location into the \fIto\fP descriptor. If the type converter allocates +the storage, it remains under the ownership of the converter and must +not be modified by the caller. The type converter is permitted to use +static storage for this purpose, and therefore the caller must +immediately copy the data upon return from the converter. If the +\fIaddr\fP field is not NULL, the converter must check the \fIsize\fP field to +ensure that sufficient space has been allocated before storing the +converted value. If insufficient space is specified, the converter +should update the \fIsize\fP field with the number of bytes required and +return +.PN False +without modifying the data at the specified location. +If sufficient space was allocated by the caller, the converter should +update the \fIsize\fP field with the number of bytes actually occupied by the +converted value. For converted values of type +.PN XtRString , +the size should +include the NULL-terminating byte, if any. +The converter may store any value in the location specified +in \fIconverter_data\fP; this value will be passed to the destructor, if any, +when the resource is freed by the \*(xI. +.LP +The converter must return +.PN True +if the conversion was successful and +.PN False +otherwise. If the conversion cannot be performed because of an +improper source value, a warning message should also be issued with +.PN XtAppWarningMsg . + +.LP +Most type converters just take the data described by the specified \fIfrom\fP +argument and return data by writing into the location specified in +the \fIto\fP argument. +A few need other information, which is available in \fIargs\fP. +A type converter can invoke another type converter, +which allows differing sources that may convert into a common intermediate +result to make maximum use of the type converter cache. +.LP +Note that if an address is written into \fIto->addr\fP, it cannot be that +of a local variable of the converter because the data will not be +valid after the converter returns. Static variables may be used, +as in the following example. +If the converter modifies the resource database, +the changes affect any in-progress widget creation, +.PN XtGetApplicationResources , +or +.PN XtGetSubresources +in an implementation-defined manner; however, insertion of new entries +or changes to existing entries is allowed and will not directly cause +an error. + +.LP +The following is an example of a converter that takes a +.PN string +and converts it to a +.PN Pixel . +Note that the \fIdisplay\fP parameter is +used only to generate error messages; the +.PN Screen +conversion argument is +still required to inform the \*(xI that the converted value is +a function of the particular display (and colormap). +.LP +.Ds 0 +.TA .3i .7i 1i 1.3i 1.7i 2i 4i +.ta .3i .7i 1i 1.3i 1.7i 2i 4i + +#define done(type, value) \\ + { \\ + if (toVal->addr != NULL) { \\ + if (toVal->size < sizeof(type)) { \\ + toVal->size = sizeof(type); \\ + return False; \\ + } \\ + *(type*)(toVal->addr) = (value); \\ + } \\ + else { \\ + static type static_val; \\ + static_val = (value); \\ + toVal->addr = (XPointer)&static_val; \\ + } \\ + toVal->size = sizeof(type); \\ + return True; \\ + } + +static Boolean CvtStringToPixel(dpy, args, num_args, fromVal, toVal, converter_data) + Display *dpy; + XrmValue *args; + Cardinal *num_args; + XrmValue *fromVal; + XrmValue *toVal; + XtPointer *converter_data; +{ + static XColor screenColor; + XColor exactColor; + Screen *screen; + Colormap colormap; + Status status; + + if (*num_args != 2) + XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy), + "wrongParameters", "cvtStringToPixel", "XtToolkitError", + "String to pixel conversion needs screen and colormap arguments", + (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL); + + screen = *((Screen**) args[0].addr); + colormap = *((Colormap *) args[1].addr); + + if (CompareISOLatin1(str, XtDefaultBackground) == 0) { + *closure_ret = False; + done(Pixel, WhitePixelOfScreen(screen)); + } + if (CompareISOLatin1(str, XtDefaultForeground) == 0) { + *closure_ret = False; + done(Pixel, BlackPixelOfScreen(screen)); + } + + + status = XAllocNamedColor(DisplayOfScreen(screen), colormap, (char*)fromVal->addr, + &screenColor, &exactColor); + + if (status == 0) { + String params[1]; + Cardinal num_params = 1; + params[0] = (String)fromVal->addr; + XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy), + "noColormap", "cvtStringToPixel", "XtToolkitError", + "Cannot allocate colormap entry for \\"%s\\"", params,\ + &num_params); + *converter_data = (char *) False; + return False; + } else { + *converter_data = (char *) True; + done(Pixel, &screenColor.pixel); + } +} +.De +.LP +All type converters should define some set of conversion values for which they +are guaranteed to succeed so these can be used in the resource defaults. +This issue arises only with conversions, such as fonts and colors, +where there is no string representation that all server implementations +will necessarily recognize. +For resources like these, +the converter should define a symbolic constant +in the same manner as +.PN XtDefaultForeground , +.PN XtDefaultBackground , +and +.PN XtDefaultFont . +.sp +.LP +To allow the \*(xI to deallocate resources produced by type +converters, a resource destructor procedure may also be provided. +.LP +A resource destructor procedure pointer is of type +.PN XtDestructor . +.LP +.IN "XtDestructor" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +typedef void (*XtDestructor) (XtAppContext, XrmValue*, XtPointer, XrmValue*, \ +Cardinal*); +.br + XtAppContext \fIapp\fP; +.br + XrmValue *\fIto\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIconverter_data\fP; +.br + XrmValue *\fIargs\fP; +.br + Cardinal *\fInum_args\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIapp\fP 1i +Specifies an application context in which the resource is being freed. +.IP \fIto\fP 1i +Specifies a descriptor for the resource produced by the type converter. +.IP \fIconverter_data\fP 1i +Specifies the converter-specific data returned by the type converter. +.IP \fIargs\fP 1i +Specifies the additional converter arguments as passed +to the type converter when the conversion was performed. +.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i +Specifies the number of entries in \fIargs\fP. +.LP +.eM +The destructor procedure is responsible for freeing the resource +specified by the \fIto\fP argument, including any auxiliary storage +associated with that resource, but not the memory directly addressed +by the size and location in the \fIto\fP argument or the memory specified +by \fIargs\fP. + +.NH 3 +Issuing Conversion Warnings +.XS +\*(SN Issuing Conversion Warnings +.XE +.LP +The +.PN XtDisplayStringConversionWarning +procedure is a convenience routine for resource type converters +that convert from string values. +.LP +.IN "XtDisplayStringConversionWarning" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtDisplayStringConversionWarning(\fIdisplay\fP, \fIfrom_value\fP, \ +\fIto_type\fP) +.br + Display *\fIdisplay\fP; +.br + String \fIfrom_value\fP, \fIto_type\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i +Specifies the display connection with which the conversion is associated. +.IP \fIfrom_value\fP 1i +Specifies the string that could not be converted. +.IP \fIto_type\fP 1i +Specifies the target representation type requested. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtDisplayStringConversionWarning +procedure issues a warning message using +.PN XtAppWarningMsg +with \fIname\fP ``conversionError'', +\fItype\fP ``string'', \fIclass\fP ``XtToolkitError'', and the default message +``Cannot convert "\fIfrom_value\fP" to type \fIto_type\fP''. +.LP +To issue other types of warning or error messages, the type converter +should use +.PN XtAppWarningMsg +or +.PN XtAppErrorMsg . +.sp +.LP +To retrieve the application context associated with a given +display connection, use +.PN XtDisplayToApplicationContext . +.LP +.IN "XtDisplayToApplicationContext" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +XtAppContext XtDisplayToApplicationContext( \fIdisplay\fP ) +.br + Display *\fIdisplay\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i +Specifies an open and initialized display connection. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtDisplayToApplicationContext +function returns the application +context in which the specified \fIdisplay\fP was initialized. If the +display is not known to the \*(xI, an error message is issued. + +.NH 3 +Registering a New Resource Converter +.XS +\fB\*(SN Registering a New Resource Converter\fP +.XE +.LP +When registering a resource converter, the client must specify the +manner in which the conversion cache is to be used when there are multiple +calls to the converter. Conversion cache control is specified +via an +.PN XtCacheType +.LP +.IN "XtCacheType" "" "@DEF@" +argument. +.sM +.Ds 0 +typedef int XtCacheType; +.De +.LP +.eM +An +.PN XtCacheType +field may contain one of the following values: +.br +.sp +.LP +.PN XtCacheNone +.IN "XtCacheNone" "" "@DEF@" +.IP +Specifies that the results of a previous conversion +may not be reused to satisfy any other resource +requests; the specified converter will be called +each time the converted value is required. +.br +.sp +.LP +.PN XtCacheAll +.IN "XtCacheAll" "" "@DEF@" +.IP +Specifies that the results of a previous conversion +should be reused for any resource request that depends +upon the same source value and conversion arguments. +.br +.sp +.LP +.PN XtCacheByDisplay +.IN "XtCacheByDisplay" "" "@DEF@" +.IP +Specifies that the results of a previous conversion +should be used as for +.PN XtCacheAll +but the destructor will be called, if specified, if +.PN XtCloseDisplay +is called +for the display connection associated with the converted value, and +the value will be removed from the conversion cache. +.LP +The qualifier +.PN XtCacheRefCount +.IN "XtCacheRefCount" "" "@DEF@" +may be ORed with any of the above values. If +.PN XtCacheRefCount +is specified, calls to +.PN XtCreateWidget , +.PN XtCreateManagedWidget , +.PN XtGetApplicationResources , +and +.PN XtGetSubresources +that use the converted value will be counted. When a widget using the +converted value is destroyed, the count is decremented, and, if the +count reaches zero, the destructor procedure will be called and the +converted value will be removed from the conversion cache. + +.LP +To register a type converter for all application contexts in a +process, use +.PN XtSetTypeConverter , +and to register a type converter in a single application context, use +.PN XtAppSetTypeConverter . +.LP +.IN "XtSetTypeConverter" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtSetTypeConverter(\fIfrom_type\fP, \fIto_type\fP, \fIconverter\fP, \ +\fIconvert_args\fP, \fInum_args\fP, + \fIcache_type\fP, \fIdestructor\fP) +.br + String \fIfrom_type\fP; +.br + String \fIto_type\fP; +.br + XtTypeConverter \fIconverter\fP; +.br + XtConvertArgList \fIconvert_args\fP; +.br + Cardinal \fInum_args\fP; +.br + XtCacheType \fIcache_type\fP; +.br + XtDestructor \fIdestructor\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIfrom_type\fP 1i +Specifies the source type. +.IP \fIto_type\fP 1i +Specifies the destination type. +.IP \fIconverter\fP 1i +Specifies the resource type converter procedure. +.IP \fIconvert_args\fP 1i +Specifies additional conversion arguments, or NULL. +.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i +Specifies the number of entries in \fIconvert_args\fP. +.IP \fIcache_type\fP 1i +Specifies whether or not resources produced by this +converter are sharable or display-specific and when +they should be freed. +.IP \fIdestructor\fP 1i +Specifies a destroy procedure for resources produced by +this conversion, or NULL if no additional action is +required to deallocate resources produced by the converter. +.LP +.IN "XtAppSetTypeConverter" "" "@DEF@" +.FD 0 +void XtAppSetTypeConverter(\fIapp_context\fP, \fIfrom_type\fP, \fIto_type\fP, \ +\fIconverter\fP, \fIconvert_args\fP, + \fInum_args\fP, \fIcache_type\fP, \fIdestructor\fP) +.br + XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; +.br + String \fIfrom_type\fP; +.br + String \fIto_type\fP; +.br + XtTypeConverter \fIconverter\fP; +.br + XtConvertArgList \fIconvert_args\fP; +.br + Cardinal \fInum_args\fP; +.br + XtCacheType \fIcache_type\fP; +.br + XtDestructor \fIdestructor\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i +Specifies the application context. +.IP \fIfrom_type\fP 1i +Specifies the source type. +.IP \fIto_type\fP 1i +Specifies the destination type. +.IP \fIconverter\fP 1i +Specifies the resource type converter procedure. +.IP \fIconvert_args\fP 1i +Specifies additional conversion arguments, or NULL. +.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i +Specifies the number of entries in \fIconvert_args\fP. +.IP \fIcache_type\fP 1i +Specifies whether or not resources produced by this +converter are sharable or display-specific and when +they should be freed. +.IP \fIdestructor\fP 1i +Specifies a destroy procedure for resources produced by +this conversion, or NULL if no additional action is +required to deallocate resources produced by the converter. +.LP +.eM +.PN XtSetTypeConverter +registers the specified type converter and +destructor in all application contexts created by the calling process, +including any future application contexts that may be created. +.PN XtAppSetTypeConverter +registers the specified type converter in the +single application context specified. If the same \fIfrom_type\fP and +\fIto_type\fP are specified in multiple calls to either function, the most +recent overrides the previous ones. +.sp +.LP +For the few type converters that need additional arguments, +the \*(xI conversion mechanism provides a method of specifying +how these arguments should be computed. +The enumerated type +.PN XtAddressMode +and the structure +.PN XtConvertArgRec +specify how each argument is derived. +These are defined in +.Pn < X11/Intrinsic.h >. +.LP +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 2.5i +.ta .5i 2.5i +typedef enum { + /* address mode parameter representation */ + XtAddress, /* address */ + XtBaseOffset, /* offset */ + XtImmediate, /* constant */ + XtResourceString, /* resource name string */ + XtResourceQuark, /* resource name quark */ + XtWidgetBaseOffset, /* offset */ + XtProcedureArg /* procedure to call */ +} XtAddressMode; +.sp +typedef struct { + XtAddressMode address_mode; + XtPointer address_id; + Cardinal size; +} XtConvertArgRec, *XtConvertArgList; +.De +.eM +.LP +The \fIsize\fP field specifies the length of the data in bytes. +The \fIaddress_mode\fP field specifies how the \fIaddress_id\fP field should be +interpreted. +.PN XtAddress +.IN "XtAddress" "" "@DEF@" +causes \fIaddress_id\fP to be interpreted as the address of the data. +.PN XtBaseOffset +.IN "XtBaseOffset" "" "@DEF@" +causes \fIaddress_id\fP to be interpreted as the offset from the widget base. +.PN XtImmediate +.IN "XtImmediate" "" "@DEF@" +causes \fIaddress_id\fP to be interpreted as a constant. +.PN XtResourceString +.IN "XtResourceString" "" "@DEF@" +causes \fIaddress_id\fP to be interpreted as the name of a resource +that is to be converted into an offset from the widget base. +.PN XtResourceQuark +.IN "XtResourceQuark" "" "@DEF@" +causes \fIaddress_id\fP to be interpreted as the result of an +.PN XrmStringToQuark +conversion on the name of a resource, +which is to be converted into an offset from the widget base. +.PN XtWidgetBaseOffset +.IN "XtWidgetBaseOffset" "" "@DEF@" +is similar to +.PN XtBaseOffset +except that it +searches for the closest windowed ancestor if the object is not +of a subclass of +Core +(see Chapter 12). +.PN XtProcedureArg +.IN "XtProcedureArg" "" "@DEF@" +specifies that \fIaddress_id\fP is a pointer to a procedure to +be invoked to return the conversion argument. If +.PN XtProcedureArg +is specified, \fIaddress_id\fP must contain +the address of a function of type +.PN XtConvertArgProc . +.LP +.IN "XtConvertArgProc" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +typedef void (*XtConvertArgProc)(Widget, Cardinal*, XrmValue*); +.br + Widget \fIobject\fP; +.br + Cardinal *\fIsize\fP; +.br + XrmValue *\fIvalue\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIobject\fP 1i +Passes the object for which the resource is being +converted, or NULL if the converter was invoked by +.PN XtCallConverter +or +.PN XtDirectConvert . +.IP \fIsize\fP 1i +Passes a pointer to the \fIsize\fP field from the +.PN XtConvertArgRec . +.IP \fIvalue\fP 1i +Passes a pointer to a descriptor into which the procedure +must store the conversion argument. +.LP +.eM +When invoked, the +.PN XtConvertArgProc +procedure must derive a conversion +argument and store the address and size of the argument in the location +pointed to by \fIvalue\fP. +.LP +In order to permit reentrancy, the +.PN XtConvertArgProc +should return the address of storage whose lifetime is no shorter than the +lifetime of \fIobject\fP. If \fIobject\fP is NULL, the lifetime of the conversion +argument must be no shorter than the lifetime of the resource with +which the conversion argument is associated. The \*(xI do not +guarantee to copy this storage but do guarantee not to reference it if +the resource is removed from the conversion cache. +.LP +The following example illustrates how to register the CvtStringToPixel +routine given earlier: +.LP +.Ds +.TA .2i 3i +.ta .2i 3i +static XtConvertArgRec colorConvertArgs[] = { + {XtWidgetBaseOffset, (XtPointer)XtOffset(Widget, core.screen), sizeof(Screen*)}, + {XtWidgetBaseOffset, (XtPointer)XtOffset(Widget, core.colormap),sizeof(Colormap)} +}; + +XtSetTypeConverter(XtRString, XtRPixel, CvtStringToPixel, + colorConvertArgs, XtNumber(colorConvertArgs), XtCacheByDisplay, NULL); +.De +.LP +The conversion argument descriptors +.PN colorConvertArgs +and +.PN screenConvertArg +are predefined by the \*(xI. Both take the +values from the closest windowed ancestor if the object is not of a +subclass of +Core. +The +.PN screenConvertArg +descriptor puts the widget's \fIscreen\fP field into \fIargs\fP[0]. The +.PN colorConvertArgs +descriptor puts the widget's \fIscreen\fP field into \fIargs\fP[0], +and the widget's \fIcolormap\fP field into \fIargs\fP[1]. +.LP +Conversion routines should not just put a descriptor for the address of the +base of the widget into \fIargs\fP[0], and use that in the routine. +They should pass in the actual values on which the conversion depends. +By keeping the dependencies of the conversion procedure specific, +it is more likely that subsequent conversions will find what they need +in the conversion cache. +This way the cache is smaller and has fewer and more widely applicable entries. +.LP +If any conversion arguments of type +.PN XtBaseOffset , +.PN XtResourceString , +.PN XtResourceQuark , +and +.PN XtWidgetBaseOffset +are specified for conversions performed by +.PN XtGetApplicationResources , +.PN XtGetSubresources , +.PN XtVaGetApplicationResources , +or +.PN XtVaGetSubresources , +the arguments are +computed with respect to the specified widget, not the base address or +resource list specified in the call. +.LP +If the +.PN XtConvertArgProc +modifies the resource database, +the changes affect any in-progress widget creation, +.PN XtGetApplicationResources , +or +.PN XtGetSubresources +in an implementation-defined manner; however, insertion of new entries +or changes to existing entries are allowed and will not directly cause +an error. + +.NH 3 +Resource Converter Invocation +.XS +\fB\*(SN Resource Converter Invocation\fP +.XE +.LP +All resource-fetching routines (for example, +.PN XtGetSubresources , +.PN XtGetApplicationResources , +and so on) call resource converters if the resource database or +varargs list specifies a value +that has a different representation from the desired representation or if the +widget's default resource value representation is different from the desired +representation. +.sp +.LP +To invoke explicit resource conversions, use +.PN XtConvertAndStore +or +.PN XtCallConverter . +.LP +.sM +.Ds 0 +typedef XtPointer XtCacheRef; +.De +.IN "XtCallConverter" "" "@DEF@" +.FD 0 +Boolean XtCallConverter(\fIdisplay\fP, \fIconverter\fP, \ +\fIconversion_args\fP, \fInum_args\fP, \fIfrom\fP, \fIto_in_out\fP, + \fIcache_ref_return\fP) +.br + Display* \fIdisplay\fP; +.br + XtTypeConverter \fIconverter\fP; +.br + XrmValuePtr \fIconversion_args\fP; +.br + Cardinal \fInum_args\fP; +.br + XrmValuePtr \fIfrom\fP; +.br + XrmValuePtr \fIto_in_out\fP; +.br + XtCacheRef *\fIcache_ref_return\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1.5i +Specifies the display with which the conversion is to be associated. +.IP \fIconverter\fP 1.5i +Specifies the conversion procedure to be called. +.IP \fIconversion_args\fP 1.5i +Specifies the additional conversion arguments needed +to perform the conversion, or NULL. +.IP \fInum_args\fP 1.5i +Specifies the number of entries in \fIconversion_args\fP. +.IP \fIfrom\fP 1.5i +Specifies a descriptor for the source value. +.IP \fIto_in_out\fP 1.5i +Returns the converted value. +.IP \fIcache_ref_return\fP 1.5i +Returns a conversion cache id. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtCallConverter +function looks up the +specified type converter in the application context associated with +the display and, if the converter was not registered or was registered +with cache type +.PN XtCacheAll +or +.PN XtCacheByDisplay , +looks in the conversion cache to see if this conversion procedure +has been called with the specified conversion arguments. If so, it +checks the success status of the prior call, and if +the conversion failed, +.PN XtCallConverter +returns +.PN False +immediately; +otherwise it checks the size specified in the \fIto\fP argument, and, if it is +greater than or equal to the size stored in the cache, copies the +information stored in the cache into the location specified by +\fIto->addr\fP, stores the cache size into \fIto->size\fP, and returns +.PN True . +If the size specified in the \fIto\fP argument is smaller than the size stored +in the cache, +.PN XtCallConverter +copies the cache size into \fIto->size\fP and returns +.PN False . +If the converter was registered with cache type +.PN XtCacheNone +or no value was found in the conversion cache, +.PN XtCallConverter +calls the converter, and if it was not registered with cache type +.PN XtCacheNone , +enters the result in the cache. +.PN XtCallConverter +then returns what the converter returned. +.LP +The \fIcache_ref_return\fP field specifies storage allocated by the caller in which +an opaque value will be stored. If the type converter has been +registered with the +.PN XtCacheRefCount +modifier and if the value returned +in \fIcache_ref_return\fP is non-NULL, then the caller should store the +\fIcache_ref_return\fP value in order to decrement the reference count when +the converted value is no longer required. The \fIcache_ref_return\fP +argument should be +NULL if the caller is unwilling or unable to store the +value. +.sp +.LP +To explicitly decrement the reference counts for resources obtained +from +.PN XtCallConverter , +use +.PN XtAppReleaseCacheRefs . +.LP +.IN "XtAppReleaseCacheRefs" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtAppReleaseCacheRefs(\fIapp_context\fP, \fIrefs\fP) +.br + XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; +.br + XtCacheRef *\fIrefs\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i +Specifies the application context. +.IP \fIrefs\fP 1i +Specifies the list of cache references to be released. +.LP +.eM +.PN XtAppReleaseCacheRefs +decrements the reference count for the +conversion entries identified by the \fIrefs\fP argument. +This argument is a +pointer to a NULL-terminated list of +.PN XtCacheRef +values. If any reference +count reaches zero, the destructor, if any, will be called and +the resource removed from the conversion cache. +.sp +.LP +As a convenience to clients needing to explicitly decrement reference +counts via a callback function, the \*(xI define two callback +procedures, +.PN XtCallbackReleaseCacheRef +and +.PN XtCallbackReleaseCacheRefList . +.LP +.IN "XtCallbackReleaseCacheRef" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtCallbackReleaseCacheRef(\fIobject\fP, \fIclient_data\fP, \fIcall_data\fP) +.br + Widget \fIobject\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIcall_data\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIobject\fP 1i +Specifies the object with which the resource is associated. +.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i +Specifies the conversion cache entry to be released. +.IP \fIcall_data\fP 1i +Is ignored. +.LP +.eM +This callback procedure may be added to a callback list to release a +previously returned +.PN XtCacheRef +value. When adding the callback, the +callback \fIclient_data\fP argument must be specified as the value of the +.PN XtCacheRef +data cast to type +.PN XtPointer . +.LP +.IN "XtCallbackReleaseCacheRefList" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtCallbackReleaseCacheRefList(\fIobject\fP, \fIclient_data\fP, \fIcall_data\fP) +.br + Widget \fIobject\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIcall_data\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIobject\fP 1i +Specifies the object with which the resources are associated. +.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i +Specifies the conversion cache entries to be released. +.IP \fIcall_data\fP 1i +Is ignored. +.LP +.eM +This callback procedure may be added to a callback list to release a +list of previously returned +.PN XtCacheRef +values. When adding the +callback, the callback \fIclient_data\fP argument must be specified as a +pointer to a NULL-terminated list of +.PN XtCacheRef +values. +.sp +.LP +To lookup and call a resource converter, copy the resulting value, +and free a cached resource when a widget is destroyed, use +.PN XtConvertAndStore . +.LP +.IN "XtConvertAndStore" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +Boolean XtConvertAndStore(\fIobject\fP, \fIfrom_type\fP, \fIfrom\fP, \ +\fIto_type\fP, \fIto_in_out\fP) +.br + Widget \fIobject\fP; +.br + String \fIfrom_type\fP; +.br + XrmValuePtr \fIfrom\fP; +.br + String \fIto_type\fP; +.br + XrmValuePtr \fIto_in_out\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIobject\fP 1i +Specifies the object to use for additional arguments, if any are needed, +and the destroy callback list. \*(oI +.IP \fIfrom_type\fP 1i +Specifies the source type. +.IP \fIfrom\fP 1i +Specifies the value to be converted. +.IP \fIto_type\fP 1i +Specifies the destination type. +.IP \fIto_in_out\fP 1i +Specifies a descriptor for storage into which the converted value +will be returned. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtConvertAndStore +function looks up the type converter registered +to convert \fIfrom_type\fP to \fIto_type\fP, computes any additional arguments +needed, and then calls +.PN XtCallConverter +(or +.PN XtDirectConvert +if an old-style converter was registered with +.PN XtAddConverter +or +.PN XtAppAddConverter ; +see Appendix C) with the \fIfrom\fP and \fIto_in_out\fP arguments. The +\fIto_in_out\fP argument specifies the size and location into which the +converted value will be stored and is passed directly to the +converter. If the location is specified as NULL, it will be replaced +with a pointer to private storage and the size will be returned in the +descriptor. The caller is expected to copy this private storage +immediately and must not modify it in any way. If a non-NULL location +is specified, the caller must allocate sufficient storage to hold the +converted value and must also specify the size of that storage in the +descriptor. +The \fIsize\fP field will be modified on return to indicate the actual +size of the converted data. +If the conversion succeeds, +.PN XtConvertAndStore +returns +.PN True ; +otherwise, it returns +.PN False . +.LP +.PN XtConvertAndStore +adds +.PN XtCallbackReleaseCacheRef +.IN "destroyCallback" +to the destroyCallback list of the specified object if the conversion +returns an +.PN XtCacheRef +value. The resulting resource should not be referenced +after the object has been destroyed. +.LP +.PN XtCreateWidget +performs processing equivalent to +.PN XtConvertAndStore +when initializing the object instance. Because there is extra memory +overhead required to implement reference counting, clients may +distinguish those objects that are never destroyed before the +application exits from those that may be destroyed and whose +resources should be deallocated. +.LP +To specify whether reference counting is to be enabled for the +resources of a particular object when the object is created, the +client can specify a value for the +.PN Boolean +resource +XtNinitialResourcesPersistent, +.IN "XtNinitialResourcesPersistent" "" "@DEF@" +class +XtCInitialResourcesPersistent. +.LP +When +.PN XtCreateWidget +is called, if this resource is not specified as +.PN False +in either the arglist or the resource database, then the +resources referenced by this object are not reference-counted, regardless of +how the type converter may have been registered. The effective +default value is +.PN True ; +thus clients that expect to destroy one or +more objects and want resources deallocated must explicitly specify +.PN False +for +.IN XtNinitialResourcesPersistent +XtNinitialResourcesPersistent. +.LP +The resources are still freed and destructors called when +.PN XtCloseDisplay +is called if the conversion was registered as +.PN XtCacheByDisplay . + +.NH 2 +Reading and Writing Widget State +.XS +\fB\*(SN Reading and Writing Widget State\fP +.XE +.LP +Any resource field in a widget can be read or written by a client. +On a write operation, +the widget decides what changes it will actually allow and updates all +derived fields appropriately. + +.NH 3 +Obtaining Widget State +.XS +\fB\*(SN Obtaining Widget State\fP +.XE +.LP +To retrieve the current values of resources associated with a +widget instance, use +.PN XtGetValues . +.LP +.IN "XtGetValues" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtGetValues(\fIobject\fP, \fIargs\fP, \fInum_args\fP) +.br + Widget \fIobject\fP; +.br + ArgList \fIargs\fP; +.br + Cardinal \fInum_args\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIobject\fP 1i +Specifies the object whose resource values are to be returned. \*(oI +.IP \fIargs\fP 1i +Specifies the argument list of name/address pairs that contain the +resource names and the addresses into which the resource values are to +be stored. +The resource names are widget-dependent. +.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i +Specifies the number of entries in the argument list. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtGetValues +function starts with the resources specified for the Object class +and proceeds down the subclass chain to the class of the object. +The \fIvalue\fP field of a passed argument list must contain the +address into which to copy the contents of the corresponding +object instance field. If the field is a pointer type, the lifetime +of the pointed-to data is defined by the object class. For the +\*(xI-defined resources, the following lifetimes apply: +.IP \(bu 3 +Not valid following any operation that modifies the resource: +.RS +.IP \- 3 +XtNchildren resource of composite widgets. +.IP \- 3 +All resources of representation type XtRCallback. +.RE +.IP \(bu 3 +Remain valid at least until the widget is destroyed: +.RS +.IP \- 3 +XtNaccelerators, XtNtranslations. +.RE +.IP \(bu 3 +Remain valid until the Display is closed: +.RS +.IP \- 3 +XtNscreen. +.RE +.LP +It is the caller's responsibility +to allocate and deallocate storage for the copied data +according to the size of the +resource representation type used within the object. +.LP +If the class of the object's parent is a subclass of +.PN constraintWidgetClass , +.PN XtGetValues +then fetches the values for any constraint resources requested. +It starts with the constraint resources specified for +.PN constraintWidgetClass +and proceeds down the subclass chain to the parent's constraint resources. +If the argument list contains a resource name that is not found in any of the +resource lists searched, +the value at the corresponding address is not modified. +.IN "get_values_hook procedure" +If any get_values_hook procedures in the +object's class or superclass records are non-NULL, +they are called in superclass-to-subclass order after +all the resource values have been fetched by +.PN XtGetValues . +Finally, if the object's parent is a +subclass of +.PN constraintWidgetClass , +and if any of the parent's class or +superclass records have declared +.PN ConstraintClassExtension +records in +the Constraint class part \fIextension\fP field with a record type of +.PN \s-1NULLQUARK\s+1 , +and if the \fIget_values_hook\fP field in the extension record is non-NULL, +.PN XtGetValues +calls the get_values_hook procedures in superclass-to-subclass order. +This permits a Constraint parent to provide +nonresource data via +.PN XtGetValues . +.LP +Get_values_hook procedures may modify the data stored at the +location addressed by the \fIvalue\fP field, including (but not +limited to) making a copy of data whose resource representation is a +pointer. None of the \*(xI-defined object classes copy +data in this manner. Any operation that modifies the queried +object resource may invalidate the pointed-to data. + +.sp +.LP +To retrieve the current values of resources associated with a widget +instance using varargs lists, use +.PN XtVaGetValues . +.LP +.IN "XtVaGetValues" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtVaGetValues(\fIobject\fP, ...) +.br + Widget \fIobject\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIobject\fP 1i +Specifies the object whose resource values are to be returned. \*(oI +.IP ... 1i +Specifies the variable argument list for the resources to +be returned. +.LP +.eM +.PN XtVaGetValues +is identical in function to +.PN XtGetValues +with the \fIargs\fP +and \fInum_args\fP parameters replaced by a varargs list, as described in +Section 2.5.1. All value entries in the list must specify pointers to +storage allocated by the caller to which the resource value will be +copied. It is the caller's responsibility to ensure that sufficient +storage is allocated. If +.PN XtVaTypedArg +is specified, the \fItype\fP argument +specifies the representation desired by the caller and \fIthe\fP size argument +specifies the number of bytes allocated to store the result of the +conversion. If the size is insufficient, a warning message is issued +and the list entry is skipped. + +.NH 4 +Widget Subpart Resource Data: The get_values_hook Procedure +.XS +\*(SN Widget Subpart Resource Data: The get_values_hook Procedure +.XE +.LP +Widgets that have subparts can return resource values from them through +.PN XtGetValues +by supplying a get_values_hook procedure. +The get_values_hook procedure pointer is of type +.PN XtArgsProc . +.LP +.IN "get_values_hook procedure" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +typedef void (*XtArgsProc)(Widget, ArgList, Cardinal*); +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + ArgList \fIargs\fP; +.br + Cardinal *\fInum_args\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget whose subpart resource values are to be retrieved. +.IP \fIargs\fP 1i +Specifies the argument list that was passed to +.PN XtGetValues +or the transformed varargs list passed to +.PN XtVaGetValues . +.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i +Specifies the number of entries in the argument list. +.LP +.eM +The widget with subpart resources should call +.PN XtGetSubvalues +in the get_values_hook procedure +and pass in its subresource list and the \fIargs\fP and \fInum_args\fP parameters. + +.NH 4 +Widget Subpart State +.XS +\*(SN Widget Subpart State +.XE +.LP +To retrieve the current values of subpart resource data associated with a +widget instance, use +.PN XtGetSubvalues . +For a discussion of subpart resources, +see Section 9.4. +.LP +.IN "XtGetSubvalues" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtGetSubvalues(\fIbase\fP, \fIresources\fP, \fInum_resources\fP, \ +\fIargs\fP, \fInum_args\fP) +.br + XtPointer \fIbase\fP; +.br + XtResourceList \fIresources\fP; +.br + Cardinal \fInum_resources\fP; +.br + ArgList \fIargs\fP; +.br + Cardinal \fInum_args\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIbase\fP 1i +Specifies the base address of the subpart data structure for which the +resources should be retrieved. +.IP \fIresources\fP 1i +Specifies the subpart resource list. +.IP \fInum_resources\fP 1i +Specifies the number of entries in the resource list. +.IP \fIargs\fP 1i +Specifies the argument list of name/address pairs that contain the +resource names and the addresses into which the resource values are to +be stored. +.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i +Specifies the number of entries in the argument list. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtGetSubvalues +function obtains resource values from the structure identified by \fIbase\fP. +The \fIvalue\fP field in each argument entry must contain the address into +which to store the corresponding resource value. It is the caller's +responsibility to allocate and deallocate this storage according to +the size of the resource representation type used within the subpart. +If the argument list contains a resource name that is not found in the +resource list, the value at the corresponding address is not modified. + +.sp +.LP +To retrieve the current values of subpart resources associated with +a widget instance using varargs lists, use +.PN XtVaGetSubvalues . +.LP +.IN "XtVaGetSubvalues" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtVaGetSubvalues(\fIbase\fP, \fIresources\fP, \fInum_resources\fP, ...) +.br + XtPointer \fIbase\fP; +.br + XtResourceList \fIresources\fP; +.br + Cardinal \fInum_resources\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIbase\fP 1i +Specifies the base address of the subpart data structure for which the +resources should be retrieved. +.IP \fIresources\fP 1i +Specifies the subpart resource list. +.IP \fInum_resources\fP 1i +Specifies the number of entries in the resource list. +.IP ... 1i +Specifies a variable argument list of name/address pairs that +contain the resource names and the addresses into which the resource +values are to be stored. +.LP +.eM +.PN XtVaGetSubvalues +is identical in function to +.PN XtGetSubvalues +with the +\fIargs\fP and \fInum_args\fP parameters replaced by a varargs list, as described +in Section 2.5.1. +.PN XtVaTypedArg +is not supported for +.PN XtVaGetSubvalues . +If +.PN XtVaTypedArg +is specified in the list, a warning message is issued +and the entry is then ignored. + +.NH 3 +Setting Widget State +.XS +\fB\*(SN Setting Widget State\fP +.XE +.LP +To modify the current values of resources associated with a widget +instance, use +.PN XtSetValues . +.LP +.IN "XtSetValues" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtSetValues(\fIobject\fP, \fIargs\fP, \fInum_args\fP) +.br + Widget \fIobject\fP; +.br + ArgList \fIargs\fP; +.br + Cardinal \fInum_args\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIobject\fP 1i +Specifies the object whose resources are to be modified. \*(oI +.IP \fIargs\fP 1i +Specifies the argument list of name/value pairs that contain the +resources to be modified and their new values. +.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i +Specifies the number of entries in the argument list. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtSetValues +function starts with the resources specified for the +Object +class fields and proceeds down the subclass chain to the object. +At each stage, it replaces the \fIobject\fP resource fields with any values +specified in the argument list. +.PN XtSetValues +then calls the set_values procedures for the object in superclass-to-subclass +order. +.IN "set_values_hook procedure" +If the object has any non-NULL \fIset_values_hook\fP fields, +these are called immediately after the +corresponding set_values procedure. +This procedure permits subclasses to set subpart data via +.PN XtSetValues . +.LP +If the class of the object's parent is a subclass of +.PN constraintWidgetClass , +.PN XtSetValues +also updates the object's constraints. +It starts with the constraint resources specified for +.PN constraintWidgetClass +and proceeds down the subclass chain to the parent's class. +At each stage, it replaces the constraint resource fields with any +values specified in the argument list. +It then calls the constraint set_values procedures from +.PN constraintWidgetClass +down to the parent's class. +The constraint set_values procedures are called with widget arguments, +as for all set_values procedures, not just the constraint records, +so that they can make adjustments to the desired values based +on full information about the widget. Any arguments specified that +do not match a resource list entry are silently ignored. +.LP +If the object is of a subclass of +RectObj, +.PN XtSetValues +determines if a geometry request is needed by comparing the old object to +the new object. +If any geometry changes are required, +.PN XtSetValues +restores the original geometry and makes the request on behalf of the widget. +If the geometry manager returns +.PN XtGeometryYes , +.PN XtSetValues +calls the object's resize procedure. +If the geometry manager returns +.PN XtGeometryDone , +.PN XtSetValues +continues, as the object's resize procedure should have been called +by the geometry manager. +If the geometry manager returns +.PN XtGeometryNo , +.PN XtSetValues +ignores the geometry request and continues. +If the geometry manager returns +.PN XtGeometryAlmost , +.PN XtSetValues +calls the set_values_almost procedure, +which determines what should be done. +.PN XtSetValues +then repeats this process, +deciding once more whether the geometry manager should be called. +.LP +Finally, if any of the set_values procedures returned +.PN True , +and the widget is realized, +.PN XtSetValues +causes the widget's expose procedure to be invoked by calling +.PN XClearArea +on the widget's window. +.sp +.LP +To modify the current values of resources associated with a widget +instance using varargs lists, use +.PN XtVaSetValues . +.LP +.IN "XtVaSetValues" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtVaSetValues(\fIobject\fP, ...) +.br + Widget \fIobject\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIobject\fP 1i +Specifies the object whose resources are to be modified. \*(oI +.IP ... 1i +Specifies the variable argument list of name/value pairs that +contain the resources to be modified and their new values. +.LP +.eM +.PN XtVaSetValues +is identical in function to +.PN XtSetValues +with the \fIargs\fP and \fInum_args\fP parameters replaced by a varargs list, as +described in Section 2.5.1. + +.NH 4 +Widget State: The set_values Procedure +.XS +\*(SN Widget State: The set_values Procedure +.XE +.LP +The set_values procedure pointer in a widget class is of type +.PN XtSetValuesFunc . +.LP +.IN "XtSetValuesFunc" "" "@DEF@" +.IN "set_values procedure" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +typedef Boolean (*XtSetValuesFunc)(Widget, Widget, Widget, ArgList, Cardinal*); +.br + Widget \fIcurrent\fP; +.br + Widget \fIrequest\fP; +.br + Widget \fInew\fP; +.br + ArgList \fIargs\fP; +.br + Cardinal *\fInum_args\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIcurrent\fP 1i +Specifies a copy of the widget as it was before the +.PN XtSetValues +call. +.IP \fIrequest\fP 1i +Specifies a copy of the widget with all values changed as asked for by the +.PN XtSetValues +call before any class set_values procedures have been called. +.IP \fInew\fP 1i +Specifies the widget with the new values that are actually allowed. +.IP \fIargs\fP 1i +Specifies the argument list passed to +.PN XtSetValues +or the transformed argument list passed to +.PN XtVaSetValues . +.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i +Specifies the number of entries in the argument list. +.LP +.eM +The set_values procedure should recompute any field +derived from resources that are changed +(for example, many GCs depend on foreground and background pixels). +If no recomputation is necessary, and if none of the resources specific to a +subclass require the window to be redisplayed when their values are changed, +you can specify NULL for the \fIset_values\fP field in the class record. +.LP +Like the initialize procedure, +set_values mostly deals only with the fields defined in the subclass, +but it has to resolve conflicts with its superclass, +especially conflicts over width and height. +.LP +Sometimes a subclass may want to overwrite values filled in by its +superclass. +In particular, size calculations of a superclass are often +incorrect for a subclass, and, in this case, +the subclass must modify or recalculate fields declared +and computed by its superclass. +.LP +As an example, +a subclass can visually surround its superclass display. +In this case, the width and height calculated by the superclass set_values +procedure are too small and need to be incremented by the size of the surround. +The subclass needs to know if its superclass's size was calculated by the +superclass or was specified explicitly. +All widgets must place themselves into whatever size is explicitly given, +but they should compute a reasonable size if no size is requested. +How does a subclass know the difference between a specified size +and a size computed by a superclass? +.LP +The \fIrequest\fP and \fInew\fP parameters provide the necessary information. +The \fIrequest\fP widget is a copy of the widget, updated as originally requested. +The \fInew\fP widget starts with the values in the request, +but it has additionally been updated by all superclass set_values +procedures called so far. +A subclass set_values procedure can compare these two to resolve +any potential conflicts. +The set_values procedure need not refer to the \fIrequest\fP widget +unless it must resolve conflicts between the \fIcurrent\fP and \fInew\fP widgets. +Any changes the widget needs to make, including geometry changes, +should be made in the \fInew\fP widget. +.LP +In the above example, +the subclass with the visual surround can see +if the \fIwidth\fP and \fIheight\fP in the \fIrequest\fP widget are zero. +If so, +it adds its surround size to the \fIwidth\fP and +\fIheight\fP fields in the \fInew\fP widget. +If not, it must make do with the size originally specified. +In this case, zero is a special value defined by the class to permit +the application to invoke this behavior. +.LP +The \fInew\fP widget is the actual widget instance record. +Therefore, +the set_values procedure should do all its work on the \fInew\fP widget; +the \fIrequest\fP widget should never be modified. +If the set_values procedure needs to call any routines that operate on +a widget, it should specify \fInew\fP as the widget instance. +.LP +Before calling the set_values procedures, the \*(xI modify the +resources of the \fIrequest\fP widget according to the contents of the arglist; +if the widget names all its resources in the class resource list, it is +never necessary to examine the contents of \fIargs\fP. +.LP +Finally, the set_values procedure must return a Boolean that indicates whether +the widget needs to be redisplayed. +Note that a change in the geometry fields alone does not require +the set_values procedure to return +.PN True ; +the X server will eventually generate an +.PN Expose +event, if necessary. +After calling all the set_values procedures, +.PN XtSetValues +forces a redisplay by calling +.PN XClearArea +if any of the set_values procedures returned +.PN True . +Therefore, a set_values procedure should not try to do its own redisplaying. +.LP +Set_values procedures should not do any work in response to changes in +geometry because +.PN XtSetValues +eventually will perform a geometry request, and that request might be denied. +If the widget actually changes size in response to a +call to +.PN XtSetValues , +its resize procedure is called. +Widgets should do any geometry-related work in their resize procedure. +.LP +Note that it is permissible to call +.PN XtSetValues +before a widget is realized. +Therefore, the set_values procedure must not assume that the widget is realized. + +.NH 4 +Widget State: The set_values_almost Procedure +.XS +\*(SN Widget State: The set_values_almost Procedure +.XE +.LP +The set_values_almost procedure pointer in the widget class record is of type +.PN XtAlmostProc . +.LP +.IN "set_values_almost procedure" "" "@DEF@" +.IN "XtAlmostProc" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +typedef void (*XtAlmostProc)(Widget, Widget, XtWidgetGeometry*, \ +XtWidgetGeometry*); +.br + Widget \fIold\fP; +.br + Widget \fInew\fP; +.br + XtWidgetGeometry *\fIrequest\fP; +.br + XtWidgetGeometry *\fIreply\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIold\fP 1i +Specifies a copy of the object as it was before the +.PN XtSetValues +call. +.IP \fInew\fP 1i +Specifies the object instance record. +.IP \fIrequest\fP 1i +Specifies the original geometry request that was sent to the geometry +manager that caused +.PN XtGeometryAlmost +to be returned. +.IP \fIreply\fP 1i +Specifies the compromise geometry that was returned by the geometry +manager with +.PN XtGeometryAlmost . +.LP +.eM +Most classes inherit the set_values_almost procedure from their superclass by +specifying +.PN XtInheritSetValuesAlmost +in the class initialization. +The +set_values_almost procedure in +.PN rectObjClass +accepts the compromise suggested. +.LP +The set_values_almost procedure is called when a client tries to set a widget's +geometry by means of a call to +.PN XtSetValues +and the geometry manager cannot +satisfy the request but instead returns +.PN XtGeometryNo +or +.PN XtGeometryAlmost +and a compromise geometry. +The \fInew\fP object is the actual instance record. The \fIx\fP, \fIy\fP, +\fIwidth\fP, \fIheight\fP, +and \fIborder_width\fP fields contain the original values as they were +before the +.PN XtSetValues +call, and all other fields contain the new +values. The \fIrequest\fP parameter contains the new geometry request that +was made to the parent. The \fIreply\fP parameter contains +\fIreply->request_mode\fP equal to zero if the parent returned +.PN XtGeometryNo +and contains the parent's compromise geometry otherwise. The +set_values_almost procedure takes the original geometry and the +compromise geometry and determines if the compromise is +acceptable or whether +to try a different compromise. +It returns its results in the \fIrequest\fP parameter, +which is then sent back to the geometry manager for another try. +To accept the compromise, the procedure must copy the contents +of the \fIreply\fP geometry into the \fIrequest\fP geometry; to attempt an +alternative geometry, the procedure may modify any part of the \fIrequest\fP +argument; to terminate the geometry negotiation and retain the +original geometry, the procedure must set \fIrequest->request_mode\fP to +zero. The geometry fields of the \fIold\fP and \fInew\fP instances must not be modified +directly. + +.NH 4 +Widget State: The ConstraintClassPart set_values Procedure +.XS +\*(SN Widget State: The ConstraintClassPart set_values Procedure +.XE +.IN "set_values procedure" +.LP +The constraint set_values procedure pointer is of type +.PN XtSetValuesFunc . +The values passed to the parent's constraint set_values procedure +are the same as those passed to the child's class +set_values procedure. +A class can specify NULL for the \fIset_values\fP field of the +.PN ConstraintPart +if it need not compute anything. +.LP +The constraint set_values procedure should recompute any constraint fields +derived from constraint resources that are changed. +Furthermore, it may modify other widget fields as appropriate. +For example, if a constraint for the maximum height of a widget is changed +to a value smaller than the widget's current height, +the constraint set_values procedure may reset the \fIheight\fP field in the +widget. + +.NH 4 +Widget Subpart State +.XS +\*(SN Widget Subpart State +.XE +.LP +To set the current values of subpart resources associated with a +widget instance, use +.PN XtSetSubvalues . +For a discussion of subpart resources, +see Section 9.4. +.LP +.IN "XtSetSubvalues" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtSetSubvalues(\fIbase\fP, \fIresources\fP, \fInum_resources\fP, \ +\fIargs\fP, \fInum_args\fP) +.br + XtPointer \fIbase\fP; +.br + XtResourceList \fIresources\fP; +.br + Cardinal \fInum_resources\fP; +.br + ArgList \fIargs\fP; +.br + Cardinal \fInum_args\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIbase\fP 1i +Specifies the base address of the subpart data structure into which the +resources should be written. +.IP \fIresources\fP 1i +Specifies the subpart resource list. +.IP \fInum_resources\fP 1i +Specifies the number of entries in the resource list. +.IP \fIargs\fP 1i +Specifies the argument list of name/value pairs that contain the +resources to be modified and their new values. +.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i +Specifies the number of entries in the argument list. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtSetSubvalues +function updates the resource fields of the structure identified by +\fIbase\fP. Any specified arguments that do not match an entry in the +resource list are silently ignored. +.sp +.LP +To set the current values of subpart resources associated with +a widget instance using varargs lists, use +.PN XtVaSetSubvalues . +.LP +.IN "XtVaSetSubvalues" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtVaSetSubvalues(\fIbase\fP, \fIresources\fP, \fInum_resources\fP, ...) +.br + XtPointer \fIbase\fP; +.br + XtResourceList \fIresources\fP; +.br + Cardinal \fInum_resources\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIbase\fP 1i +Specifies the base address of the subpart data structure into which the +resources should be written. +.IP \fIresources\fP 1i +Specifies the subpart resource list. +.IP \fInum_resources\fP 1i +Specifies the number of entries in the resource list. +.IP ... 1i +Specifies the variable argument list of name/value pairs that +contain the resources to be modified and their new values. +.LP +.eM +.PN XtVaSetSubvalues +is identical in function to +.PN XtSetSubvalues +with the \fIargs\fP and \fInum_args\fP parameters replaced by a varargs list, as +described in Section 2.5.1. +.PN XtVaTypedArg +is not supported for +.PN XtVaSetSubvalues . +If an entry containing +.PN XtVaTypedArg +is specified in the list, a warning message is issued +and the entry is ignored. + +.NH 4 +Widget Subpart Resource Data: The set_values_hook Procedure +.XS +\*(SN Widget Subpart Resource Data: The set_values_hook Procedure +.XE +.IN "set_values_hook procedure" +.NT +The set_values_hook procedure is obsolete, as the same information +is now available to the set_values procedure. The procedure has been +retained for those widgets that used it in versions prior to Release 4. +.NE +.LP +Widgets that have a subpart can set the subpart resource values through +.PN XtSetValues +by supplying a set_values_hook procedure. +The set_values_hook procedure pointer in a widget class is of type +.PN XtArgsFunc . +.LP +.IN "set_values_hook procedure" "" "@DEF@" +.IN "XtArgsFunc" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +typedef Boolean (*XtArgsFunc)(Widget, Arglist, Cardinal*); +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + Arglist \fIargs\fP; +.br + Cardinal *\fInum_args\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget whose subpart resource values are to be changed. +.IP \fIargs\fP 1i +Specifies the argument list that was passed to +.PN XtSetValues +or the transformed varargs list passed to +.PN XtVaSetValues . +.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i +Specifies the number of entries in the argument list. +.LP +.eM +The widget with subpart resources may call +.PN XtSetValues +from the set_values_hook procedure +and pass in its subresource list and the +\fIargs\fP and \fInum_args\fP parameters. +.bp diff --git a/libXt/specs/CH10 b/libXt/specs/CH10 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b7c0139ca --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/specs/CH10 @@ -0,0 +1,1521 @@ +.\" $Xorg: CH10,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:46 cpqbld Exp $ +.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994 +.\" X Consortium +.\" +.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining +.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the +.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including +.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, +.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to +.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to +.\" the following conditions: +.\" +.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included +.\" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. +.\" +.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS +.\" OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF +.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. +.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR +.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, +.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR +.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. +.\" +.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall +.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or +.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization +.\" from the X Consortium. +.\" +.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994 +.\" Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts. +.\" +.\" Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this documentation for any +.\" purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright +.\" notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this +.\" permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of +.\" Digital not be used in in advertising or publicity pertaining +.\" to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. +.\" Digital makes no representations about the suitability of the +.\" software described herein for any purpose. +.\" It is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty. +.\" +\& +.sp 1 +.ce 3 +\s+1\fBChapter 10\fP\s-1 + +\s+1\fBTranslation Management\s-1 +.sp 2 +.nr H1 10 +.nr H2 0 +.nr H3 0 +.nr H4 0 +.nr H5 0 +.LP +.XS +Chapter 10 \(em Translation Management +.XE +Except under unusual circumstances, +widgets do not hardwire the mapping of user events into widget behavior +by using the event manager. +Instead, they provide a default mapping of events into behavior +that you can override. +.LP +The translation manager provides an interface to specify and manage the +mapping of X event sequences into widget-supplied functionality, +for example, calling procedure \fIAbc\fP when the \fIy\fP key +is pressed. +.LP +The translation manager uses two kinds of tables to perform translations: +.IP \(bu 5 +The action tables, which are in the widget class structure, +specify the mapping of externally available procedure name strings +to the corresponding procedure implemented by the widget class. +.IP \(bu 5 +A translation table, which is in the widget class structure, +specifies the mapping of event sequences to procedure name strings. +.LP +You can override the translation table in the class structure +for a specific widget instance by supplying a different translation table +for the widget instance. The resources +XtNtranslations and XtNbaseTranslations are used to modify the class +default translation table; see Section 10.3. + +.NH 2 +Action Tables +.XS +\fB\*(SN Action Tables\fP +.XE +.LP +All widget class records contain an action table, +an array of +.PN XtActionsRec +entries. +In addition, +an application can register its own action tables with the translation manager +so that the translation tables it provides to widget instances can access +application functionality directly. +The translation action procedure pointer is of type +.PN XtActionProc . +.LP +.IN "action_proc procedure" "" "@DEF@" +.IN "XtActionProc" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +typedef void (*XtActionProc)(Widget, XEvent*, String*, Cardinal*); +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + XEvent *\fIevent\fP; +.br + String *\fIparams\fP; +.br + Cardinal *\fInum_params\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget that caused the action to be called. +.IP \fIevent\fP 1i +Specifies the event that caused the action to be called. +If the action is called after a sequence of events, +then the last event in the sequence is used. +.IP \fIparams\fP 1i +Specifies a pointer to the list of strings that were specified +in the translation table as arguments to the action, or NULL. +.IP \fInum_params\fP 1i +Specifies the number of entries in \fIparams\fP. +.IN "XtActionsRec" +.IN "XtActionList" +.LP +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 3i +.ta .5i 3i +typedef struct _XtActionsRec { + String string; + XtActionProc proc; +} XtActionsRec, *XtActionList; +.De +.LP +.eM +The \fIstring\fP field is the name used in translation tables to access +the procedure. +The \fIproc\fP field is a pointer to a procedure that implements +the functionality. +.LP +When the action list is specified as the +.PN CoreClassPart +\fIactions\fP field, the string pointed to by \fIstring\fP must be +permanently allocated prior to or during the execution of the class +initialization procedure and must not be subsequently deallocated. +.LP +Action procedures should not assume that the widget in which they +are invoked is realized; an accelerator specification can cause +an action procedure to be called for a widget that does not yet +have a window. Widget writers should also note which of a widget's +callback lists are invoked from action procedures and warn clients +not to assume the widget is realized in those callbacks. +.LP +For example, a Pushbutton widget has procedures to take the following actions: +.IP \(bu 5 +Set the button to indicate it is activated. +.IP \(bu 5 +Unset the button back to its normal mode. +.IP \(bu 5 +Highlight the button borders. +.IP \(bu 5 +Unhighlight the button borders. +.IP \(bu 5 +Notify any callbacks that the button has been activated. +.LP +The action table for the Pushbutton widget class makes these functions +available to translation tables written for Pushbutton or any subclass. +The string entry is the name used in translation tables. +The procedure entry (usually spelled identically to the string) +is the name of the C procedure that implements that function: +.LP +.IN "Action Table" +.Ds +.TA .5i 1.5i +.ta .5i 1.5i +XtActionsRec actionTable[] = { + {"Set", Set}, + {"Unset", Unset}, + {"Highlight", Highlight}, + {"Unhighlight", Unhighlight} + {"Notify", Notify}, +}; +.De +.LP +The \*(xI reserve all action names and parameters starting with +the characters ``Xt'' for future standard enhancements. Users, +applications, and widgets should not declare action names or pass +parameters starting with these characters except to invoke specified +built-in \*(xI functions. + +.NH 3 +Action Table Registration +.XS +\fB\*(SN Action Table Registration\fP +.XE +.LP +.IN "actions" +The \fIactions\fP and \fInum_actions\fP fields of +.PN CoreClassPart +specify the actions implemented by a widget class. These are +automatically registered with the \*(xI when the class is initialized +and must be allocated in writable storage prior to Core class_part +initialization, and never deallocated. To save memory and optimize +access, the \*(xI may overwrite the storage in order to compile the +list into an internal representation. +.sp +.LP +To declare an action table within an application +and register it with the translation manager, use +.PN XtAppAddActions . +.LP +.IN "XtAppAddActions" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtAppAddActions(\fIapp_context\fP, \fIactions\fP, \fInum_actions\fP) +.br + XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; +.br + XtActionList \fIactions\fP; +.br + Cardinal \fInum_actions\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i +Specifies the application context. +.IP \fIactions\fP 1i +Specifies the action table to register. +.IP \fInum_actions\fP 1i +Specifies the number of entries in this action table. +.LP +.eM +If more than one action is registered with the same name, +the most recently registered action is used. +If duplicate actions exist in an action table, +the first is used. +The \*(xI register an action table containing +.PN XtMenuPopup +and +.PN XtMenuPopdown +as part of +.PN XtCreateApplicationContext . + +.NH 3 +Action Names to Procedure Translations +.XS +\fB\*(SN Action Names to Procedure Translations\fP +.XE +.LP +The translation manager uses a simple algorithm to resolve the name of +a procedure specified in a translation table into the +actual procedure specified +in an action table. +When the widget +is realized, the translation manager +performs a search for the name in the following tables, in order: +.IP \(bu 5 +The widget's class and all superclass action tables, in subclass-to-superclass +order. +.IP \(bu 5 +The parent's class and all superclass action tables, in subclass-to-superclass +order, then on up the ancestor tree. +.IP \(bu 5 +The action tables registered with +.PN XtAppAddActions +and +.PN XtAddActions +from the most recently added table to the oldest table. +.LP +As soon as it finds a name, +the translation manager stops the search. +If it cannot find a name, +the translation manager generates a warning message. + +.NH 3 +Action Hook Registration +.XS +\fB\*(SN Action Hook Registration\fP +.XE +.LP +An application can specify a procedure that will be called just before +every action routine is dispatched by the translation manager. To do +so, the application supplies a procedure pointer of type +.PN XtActionHookProc . +.LP +.IN "XtActionHookProc" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +typedef void (*XtActionHookProc)(Widget, XtPointer, String, XEvent*, \ +String*, Cardinal*); +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; +.br + String \fIaction_name\fP; +.br + XEvent* \fIevent\fP; +.br + String* \fIparams\fP; +.br + Cardinal* \fInum_params\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget whose action is about to be dispatched. +.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i +Specifies the application-specific closure that was passed to +.PN XtAppAddActionHook. +.IP \fIaction_name\fP 1i +Specifies the name of the action to be dispatched. +.IP \fIevent\fP 1i +Specifies the event argument that will be passed to the action routine. +.IP \fIparams\fP 1i +Specifies the action parameters that will be passed to the action routine. +.IP \fInum_params\fP 1i +Specifies the number of entries in \fIparams\fP. +.LP +.eM +Action hooks should not modify any of the data pointed to by the +arguments other than the \fIclient_data\fP argument. +.sp +.LP +To add an action hook, use +.PN XtAppAddActionHook . +.LP +.IN "XtAppAddActionHook" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +XtActionHookId XtAppAddActionHook(\fIapp\fP, \fIproc\fP, \fIclient_data\fP) +.br + XtAppContext \fIapp\fP; +.br + XtActionHookProc \fIproc\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIapp\fP 1i +Specifies the application context. +.IP \fIproc\fP 1i +Specifies the action hook procedure. +.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i +Specifies application-specific data to be passed to the action hook. +.LP +.eM +.PN XtAppAddActionHook +adds the specified procedure to the front of a list +maintained in the application context. In the future, when an action +routine is about to be invoked for any widget in this application +context, either through the translation manager or via +.PN XtCallActionProc , +the action hook procedures will be called in reverse +order of registration just prior to invoking the action routine. +.LP +Action hook procedures are removed automatically and the +.PN XtActionHookId is +destroyed when the application context in which +they were added is destroyed. +.sp +.LP +To remove an action hook procedure without destroying the application +context, use +.PN XtRemoveActionHook . +.LP +.IN "XtRemoveActionHook" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtRemoveActionHook(\fIid\fP) +.br + XtActionHookId \fIid\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIid\fP 1i +Specifies the action hook id returned by +.PN XtAppAddActionHook . +.LP +.eM +.PN XtRemoveActionHook +removes the specified action hook procedure from +the list in which it was registered. + +.NH 2 +Translation Tables +.XS +\fB\*(SN Translation Tables\fP +.XE +.LP +All widget instance records contain a translation table, +which is a resource with a default value specified elsewhere in the +class record. +A translation table specifies what action procedures are invoked for +an event or a sequence of events. +A translation table +is a string containing a list of translations from an event sequence +into one or more action procedure calls. +The translations are separated from one another by newline characters +(ASCII LF). +The complete syntax of translation tables is specified in Appendix B. +.LP +As an example, the default behavior of Pushbutton is +.IP \(bu 5 +Highlight on enter window. +.IP \(bu 5 +Unhighlight on exit window. +.IP \(bu 5 +Invert on left button down. +.IP \(bu 5 +Call callbacks and reinvert on left button up. +.LP +The following illustrates Pushbutton's default translation table: +.LP +.IN "Translation tables" +.Ds +.TA .5i 1.5i +.ta .5i 1.5i +static String defaultTranslations = + "<EnterWindow>: Highlight()\\n\\ + <LeaveWindow>: Unhighlight()\\n\\ + <Btn1Down>: Set()\\n\\ + <Btn1Up>: Notify() Unset()"; +.De +.LP +The \fItm_table\fP field of the +.PN CoreClassPart +should be filled in at class initialization time with +the string containing the class's default translations. +If a class wants to inherit its superclass's translations, +it can store the special value +.PN XtInheritTranslations +into \fItm_table\fP. +In Core's class part initialization procedure, +the \*(xI compile this translation table into an efficient internal form. +Then, at widget creation time, +this default translation table is +combined with the XtNtranslations +and XtNbaseTranslations resources; see Section 10.3. +.LP +The resource conversion mechanism automatically compiles +string translation tables that are specified in the resource database. +If a client uses translation tables that are not retrieved via a +resource conversion, +it must compile them itself using +.PN XtParseTranslationTable . +.LP +The \*(xI use the compiled form of the translation table to register the +necessary events with the event manager. +Widgets need do nothing other than specify the action and translation tables +for events to be processed by the translation manager. + +.NH 3 +Event Sequences +.XS +\fB\*(SN Event Sequences\fP +.XE +.LP +An event sequence is a comma-separated list of X event descriptions +that describes a specific sequence of X events to map to a set of +program actions. +Each X event description consists of three parts: +The X event type, a prefix consisting of the X modifier bits, and +an event-specific suffix. +.LP +Various abbreviations are supported to make translation tables easier +to read. The events must match incoming events in left-to-right order +to trigger the action sequence. + +.NH 3 +Action Sequences +.XS +\fB\*(SN Action Sequences\fP +.XE +.LP +Action sequences specify what program or widget actions to take in response to +incoming X events. An action sequence consists of space-separated +action procedure call specifications. +Each action procedure call consists of the name of an action procedure and a +parenthesized list of zero or more comma-separated +string parameters to pass to that procedure. +The actions are invoked in left-to-right order as specified in the +action sequence. + +.NH 3 +Multi-Click Time +.XS +\fB\*(SN Multi-Click Time\fP +.XE +.LP +Translation table entries may specify actions that are taken when two +or more identical events occur consecutively within a short time +interval, called the multi-click time. The multi-click time value may +be specified as an application resource with name ``multiClickTime'' and +.IN "multiClickTime" "" "@DEF@" +.IN "Resources" "multiClickTime" +class ``MultiClickTime'' and may also be modified dynamically by the +application. The multi-click time is unique for each Display value and +is retrieved from the resource database by +.PN XtDisplayInitialize . +If no value is specified, the initial value is 200 milliseconds. +.sp +.LP +To set the multi-click time dynamically, use +.PN XtSetMultiClickTime . +.LP +.IN "XtSetMultiClickTime" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtSetMultiClickTime(\fIdisplay\fP, \fItime\fP) +.br + Display *\fIdisplay\fP; +.br + int \fItime\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i +Specifies the display connection. +.IP \fItime\fP 1i +Specifies the multi-click time in milliseconds. +.LP +.eM +.PN XtSetMultiClickTime +sets the time interval used by the translation +manager to determine when multiple events are interpreted as a +repeated event. When a repeat count is specified in a translation +entry, the interval between the timestamps in each pair of repeated +events (e.g., between two +.PN ButtonPress +events) must be less than the +multi-click time in order for the translation actions to be taken. +.sp +.LP +To read the multi-click time, use +.PN XtGetMultiClickTime . +.LP +.IN "XtGetMultiClickTime" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +int XtGetMultiClickTime(\fIdisplay\fP) +.br + Display *\fIdisplay\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i +Specifies the display connection. +.LP +.eM +.PN XtGetMultiClickTime +returns the time in milliseconds that the +translation manager uses to determine if multiple events are to be +interpreted as a repeated event for purposes of matching a translation +entry containing a repeat count. + +.NH 2 +Translation Table Management +.XS +\fB\*(SN Translation Table Management\fP +.XE +.LP +Sometimes an application needs to merge +its own translations with a widget's translations. +For example, a window manager provides functions to move a window. +The window manager wishes to bind this operation to a specific +pointer button in the title bar without the possibility of user +override and bind it to other buttons that may be overridden by the user. +.LP +To accomplish this, +the window manager should first create the title bar +and then should merge the two translation tables into +the title bar's translations. +One translation table contains the translations that the window manager +wants only if the user has not specified a translation for a particular event +or event sequence (i.e., those that may be overridden). +The other translation table contains the translations that the +window manager wants regardless of what the user has specified. +.LP +Three \*(xI functions support this merging: +.TS +lw(2i) lw(3.75i). +T{ +.PN XtParseTranslationTable +T} T{ +Compiles a translation table. +T} +.sp +T{ +.PN XtAugmentTranslations +T} T{ +Merges a compiled translation table into a widget's +compiled translation table, ignoring any new translations that +conflict with existing translations. +T} +.sp +T{ +.PN XtOverrideTranslations +T} T{ +Merges a compiled translation table into a widget's +compiled translation table, replacing any existing translations that +conflict with new translations. +T} +.TE +.sp +.LP +To compile a translation table, use +.PN XtParseTranslationTable . +.LP +.IN "XtParseTranslationTable" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +XtTranslations XtParseTranslationTable(\fItable\fP) +.br + String \fItable\fP; +.FN +.IP \fItable\fP 1i +Specifies the translation table to compile. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtParseTranslationTable +function compiles the translation table, provided in the format given +in Appendix B, into an opaque internal representation +of type +.PN XtTranslations . +Note that if an empty translation table is required for any purpose, +one can be obtained by calling +.PN XtParseTranslationTable +and passing an empty string. +.sp +.LP +To merge additional translations into an existing translation table, use +.PN XtAugmentTranslations . +.LP +.IN "XtAugmentTranslations" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtAugmentTranslations(\fIw\fP, \fItranslations\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + XtTranslations \fItranslations\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget into which the new translations are to be merged. \*(cI +.IP \fItranslations\fP 1i +Specifies the compiled translation table to merge in. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtAugmentTranslations +function merges the new translations into the existing widget +translations, ignoring any +.PN #replace , +.PN #augment , +or +.PN #override +directive that may have been specified +in the translation string. The translation table specified by +\fItranslations\fP is not altered by this process. +.PN XtAugmentTranslations +logically appends the string representation of the new translations to +the string representation of the widget's current translations and reparses +the result with no warning messages about duplicate left-hand sides, then +stores the result back into the widget instance; i.e., +if the new translations contain an event or event sequence that +already exists in the widget's translations, +the new translation is ignored. +.sp +.LP +To overwrite existing translations with new translations, use +.PN XtOverrideTranslations . +.LP +.IN "XtOverrideTranslations" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtOverrideTranslations(\fIw\fP, \fItranslations\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + XtTranslations \fItranslations\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget into which the new translations are to be merged. \*(cI +.IP \fItranslations\fP 1i +Specifies the compiled translation table to merge in. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtOverrideTranslations +function merges the new translations into the existing widget +translations, ignoring any +.PN #replace , +.PN #augment , +or +.PN #override +directive that may have been +specified in the translation string. The translation table +specified by \fItranslations\fP is not altered by this process. +.PN XtOverrideTranslations +logically appends the string representation of the widget's current +translations to the string representation of the new translations and +reparses the result with no warning messages about duplicate left-hand +sides, then stores the result back into the widget instance; i.e., +if the new translations contain an event or event sequence that +already exists in the widget's translations, +the new translation overrides the widget's translation. +.LP +To replace a widget's translations completely, use +.PN XtSetValues +on the XtNtranslations resource and specify a compiled translation table +as the value. +.sp +.LP +To make it possible for users to easily modify translation tables in their +resource files, +the string-to-translation-table resource type converter +allows the string to specify whether the table should replace, +augment, or override any +existing translation table in the widget. +To specify this, +a pound sign (#) is given as the first character of the table +followed by one of the keywords ``replace'', ``augment'', or +``override'' to indicate +whether to replace, augment, or override the existing table. +The replace or merge +operation is performed during the +Core +instance initialization. +Each merge operation produces a new +translation resource value; if the original tables were shared by +other widgets, they are unaffected. If no directive is +specified, ``#replace'' is assumed. +.LP +At instance initialization +the XtNtranslations resource is first fetched. Then, if it was +not specified or did not contain ``#replace'', the +resource database is searched for the resource XtNbaseTranslations. +If XtNbaseTranslations is found, it is merged into the widget class +translation table. Then the widget \fItranslations\fP field is +merged into the result or into the class translation table if +XtNbaseTranslations was not found. This final table is then +stored into the widget \fItranslations\fP field. If the XtNtranslations +resource specified ``#replace'', no merge is done. +If neither XtNbaseTranslations or XtNtranslations are specified, +the class translation table is copied into the widget instance. +.sp +.LP +To completely remove existing translations, use +.PN XtUninstallTranslations . +.LP +.IN "XtUninstallTranslations" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtUninstallTranslations(\fIw\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget from which the translations are to be removed. \*(cI +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtUninstallTranslations +function causes the entire translation table for the widget to be removed. + +.NH 2 +Using Accelerators +.XS +\fB\*(SN Using Accelerators\fP +.XE +.LP +It is often desirable to be able to bind events in one widget to actions in +another. +In particular, +it is often useful to be able to invoke menu actions from the keyboard. +The \*(xI provide a facility, called accelerators, that lets you +accomplish this. +.IN "Accelerator" "" "@DEF@" +An accelerator table is a translation table that is bound with its +actions in the context of a particular widget, the \fIsource\fP widget. +The accelerator table can then be installed on one or more \fIdestination\fP widgets. +When an event sequence in the destination widget would cause an +accelerator action to be taken, and if the source widget is sensitive, +the actions are executed as though triggered by the same event sequence +in the accelerator source +widget. The event is +passed to the action procedure without modification. The action +procedures used within accelerators must not assume that the source +widget is realized nor that any fields of the event are in reference +to the source widget's window if the widget is realized. +.LP +Each widget instance contains that widget's exported accelerator table +as a resource. +Each class of widget exports a method that takes a +displayable string representation of the accelerators +so that widgets can display their current accelerators. +The representation is the accelerator table in canonical +translation table form (see Appendix B). +The display_accelerator procedure pointer is of type +.PN XtStringProc . +.LP +.IN "display_accelerator procedure" "" "@DEF@" +.IN "XtStringProc" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +typedef void (*XtStringProc)(Widget, String); +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + String \fIstring\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the source widget that supplied the accelerators. +.IP \fIstring\fP 1i +Specifies the string representation of the accelerators for this widget. +.LP +.eM +Accelerators can be specified in resource files, +and the string representation is the same as for a translation table. +However, +the interpretation of the +.PN #augment +and +.PN #override +directives applies to +what will happen when the accelerator is installed; +that is, whether or not the accelerator translations will override the +translations in the destination widget. +The default is +.PN #augment , +which means that the accelerator translations have lower priority +than the destination translations. +The +.PN #replace +directive is ignored for accelerator tables. +.sp +.LP +To parse an accelerator table, use +.PN XtParseAcceleratorTable . +.LP +.IN "XtParseAcceleratorTable" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +XtAccelerators XtParseAcceleratorTable(\fIsource\fP) +.br + String \fIsource\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIsource\fP 1i +Specifies the accelerator table to compile. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtParseAcceleratorTable +function compiles the accelerator table into an opaque internal representation. +The client +should set the XtNaccelerators resource of +each widget that is to be activated by these translations +to the returned value. +.sp +.LP +To install accelerators from a widget on another widget, use +.PN XtInstallAccelerators . +.LP +.IN "XtInstallAccelerators" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtInstallAccelerators(\fIdestination\fP, \fIsource\fP) +.br + Widget \fIdestination\fP; +.br + Widget \fIsource\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIdestination\fP 1i +Specifies the widget on which the accelerators are to be installed. \*(cI +.IP \fIsource\fP 1i +Specifies the widget from which the accelerators are to come. \*(cI +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtInstallAccelerators +function installs the \fIaccelerators\fP resource value from +\fIsource\fP onto \fIdestination\fP +by merging the source accelerators into the destination translations. +If the source \fIdisplay_accelerator\fP field is non-NULL, +.PN XtInstallAccelerators +calls it with the source widget and a string representation +of the accelerator table, +which indicates that its accelerators have been installed +and that it should display them appropriately. +The string representation of the accelerator table is its +canonical translation table representation. +.sp +.LP +As a convenience for installing all accelerators from a widget and all its +descendants onto one destination, use +.PN XtInstallAllAccelerators . +.LP +.IN "XtInstallAllAccelerators" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtInstallAllAccelerators(\fIdestination\fP, \fIsource\fP) +.br + Widget \fIdestination\fP; +.br + Widget \fIsource\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIdestination\fP 1i +Specifies the widget on which the accelerators are to be installed. \*(cI +.IP \fIsource\fP 1i +Specifies the root widget of the widget tree +from which the accelerators are to come. \*(cI +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtInstallAllAccelerators +function recursively descends the widget tree rooted at \fIsource\fP +and installs the accelerators resource value +of each widget encountered onto \fIdestination\fP. +A common use is to call +.PN XtInstallAllAccelerators +and pass the application main window as the source. + +.NH 2 +KeyCode-to-KeySym Conversions +.XS +\*(SN KeyCode-to-KeySym Conversions +.XE +.LP +The translation manager provides support for automatically translating +KeyCodes in incoming key events into KeySyms. +KeyCode-to-KeySym translator procedure pointers are of type +.PN XtKeyProc . +.LP +.IN "XtKeyProc" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +typedef void (*XtKeyProc)(Display*, KeyCode, Modifiers, Modifiers*, \ +KeySym*); +.br + Display *\fIdisplay\fP; +.br + KeyCode \fIkeycode\fP; +.br + Modifiers \fImodifiers\fP; +.br + Modifiers *\fImodifiers_return\fP; +.br + KeySym *\fIkeysym_return\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1.1i +Specifies the display that the KeyCode is from. +.IP \fIkeycode\fP 1.1i +Specifies the KeyCode to translate. +.IP \fImodifiers\fP 1.1i +Specifies the modifiers to the KeyCode. +.IP \fImodifiers_return\fP 1.1i +Specifies a location in which to store +a mask that indicates the subset of all +modifiers that are examined by the key translator for the specified keycode. +.IP \fIkeysym_return\fP 1.1i +Specifies a location in which to store the resulting KeySym. +.LP +.eM +This procedure takes a KeyCode and modifiers and produces a KeySym. +For any given key translator function and keyboard encoding, +\fImodifiers_return\fP will be a constant per KeyCode that indicates +the subset of all modifiers that are examined by the key translator +for that KeyCode. +.LP +The KeyCode-to-KeySym translator procedure +must be implemented such that multiple calls with the same +\fIdisplay\fP, \fIkeycode\fP, and \fImodifiers\fP return the same +result until either a new case converter, an +.PN XtCaseProc , +is installed or a +.PN MappingNotify +event is received. + +.sp +.LP +The \*(xI maintain tables internally to map KeyCodes to KeySyms +for each open display. Translator procedures and other clients may +share a single copy of this table to perform the same mapping. +.LP +To return a pointer to the KeySym-to-KeyCode mapping table for a +particular display, use +.PN XtGetKeysymTable . +.LP +.IN "XtGetKeysymTable" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +KeySym *XtGetKeysymTable(\fIdisplay\fP, \fImin_keycode_return\fP, \ +\fIkeysyms_per_keycode_return\fP) +.br + Display *\fIdisplay\fP; +.br + KeyCode *\fImin_keycode_return\fP; +.br + int *\fIkeysyms_per_keycode_return\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i +Specifies the display whose table is required. +.IP \fImin_keycode_return\fP 1i +Returns the minimum KeyCode valid for the display. +.IP \fIkeysyms_per_keycode_return\fP 1i +Returns the number of KeySyms stored for each KeyCode. +.LP +.eM +.PN XtGetKeysymTable +returns a pointer to the \*(xI' copy of the +server's KeyCode-to-KeySym table. This table must not be modified. +There are \fIkeysyms_per_keycode_return\fP KeySyms associated with each +KeyCode, located in the table with indices starting at index +.IP + (test_keycode - min_keycode_return) * keysyms_per_keycode_return +.LP +for KeyCode \fItest_keycode\fP. Any entries that have no KeySyms associated +with them contain the value +.PN NoSymbol . +Clients should not cache the KeySym table but should call +.PN XtGetKeysymTable +each time the value is +needed, as the table may change prior to dispatching each event. +.LP +For more information on this table, see Section 12.7 in \fI\*(xL\fP. +.sp +.LP +To register a key translator, use +.PN XtSetKeyTranslator . +.LP +.IN "XtSetKeyTranslator" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtSetKeyTranslator(\fIdisplay\fP, \fIproc\fP) +.br + Display *\fIdisplay\fP; +.br + XtKeyProc \fIproc\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i +Specifies the display from which to translate the events. +.IP \fIproc\fP 1i +Specifies the procedure to perform key translations. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtSetKeyTranslator +function sets the specified procedure as the current key translator. +The default translator is +.PN XtTranslateKey , +an +.PN XtKeyProc +that uses the Shift, Lock, numlock, and group modifiers +with the interpretations defined in \fI\*(xP\fP, Section 5. +It is provided so that new translators can call it to get default +KeyCode-to-KeySym translations and so that the default translator +can be reinstalled. +.sp +.LP +To invoke the currently registered KeyCode-to-KeySym translator, +use +.PN XtTranslateKeycode . +.LP +.IN "XtTranslateKeycode" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtTranslateKeycode(\fIdisplay\fP, \fIkeycode\fP, \fImodifiers\fP, \ +\fImodifiers_return\fP, \fIkeysym_return\fP) +.br + Display *\fIdisplay\fP; +.br + KeyCode \fIkeycode\fP; +.br + Modifiers \fImodifiers\fP; +.br + Modifiers *\fImodifiers_return\fP; +.br + KeySym *\fIkeysym_return\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1.1i +Specifies the display that the KeyCode is from. +.IP \fIkeycode\fP 1.1i +Specifies the KeyCode to translate. +.IP \fImodifiers\fP 1.1i +Specifies the modifiers to the KeyCode. +.IP \fImodifiers_return\fP 1.1i +Returns a mask that indicates the modifiers actually used +to generate the KeySym. +.IP \fIkeysym_return\fP 1.1i +Returns the resulting KeySym. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtTranslateKeycode +function passes the specified arguments +directly to the currently registered KeyCode-to-KeySym translator. +.sp +.LP +To handle capitalization of nonstandard KeySyms, the \*(xI allow +clients to register case conversion routines. +Case converter procedure pointers are of type +.PN XtCaseProc . +.LP +.IN "XtCaseProc" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +typedef void (*XtCaseProc)(Display*, KeySym, KeySym*, KeySym*); +.br + Display *\fIdisplay\fP; +.br + KeySym \fIkeysym\fP; +.br + KeySym *\fIlower_return\fP; +.br + KeySym *\fIupper_return\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i +Specifies the display connection for which the conversion is required. +.IP \fIkeysym\fP 1i +Specifies the KeySym to convert. +.IP \fIlower_return\fP 1i +Specifies a location into which to store the lowercase equivalent for +the KeySym. +.IP \fIupper_return\fP 1i +Specifies a location into which to store the uppercase equivalent for +the KeySym. +.LP +.eM +If there is no case distinction, +this procedure should store the KeySym into both return values. +.sp +.LP +To register a case converter, use +.PN XtRegisterCaseConverter . +.LP +.IN "XtRegisterCaseConverter" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtRegisterCaseConverter(\fIdisplay\fP, \fIproc\fP, \fIstart\fP, \fIstop\fP) +.br + Display *\fIdisplay\fP; +.br + XtCaseProc \fIproc\fP; +.br + KeySym \fIstart\fP; +.br + KeySym \fIstop\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i +Specifies the display from which the key events are to come. +.IP \fIproc\fP 1i +Specifies the +.PN XtCaseProc +to do the conversions. +.IP \fIstart\fP 1i +Specifies the first KeySym for which this converter is valid. +.IP \fIstop\fP 1i +Specifies the last KeySym for which this converter is valid. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtRegisterCaseConverter +registers the specified case converter. +The \fIstart\fP and \fIstop\fP arguments provide the inclusive range of KeySyms +for which this converter is to be called. +The new converter overrides any previous converters for KeySyms in that range. +No interface exists to remove converters; +you need to register an identity converter. +When a new converter is registered, +the \*(xI refresh the keyboard state if necessary. +The default converter understands case conversion for all +Latin KeySyms defined in \fI\*(xP\fP, Appendix A. +.sp +.LP +To determine uppercase and lowercase equivalents for a KeySym, use +.PN XtConvertCase . +.LP +.IN "XtConvertCase" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtConvertCase(\fIdisplay\fP, \fIkeysym\fP, \fIlower_return\fP, \ +\fIupper_return\fP) +.br + Display *\fIdisplay\fP; +.br + KeySym \fIkeysym\fP; +.br + KeySym *\fIlower_return\fP; +.br + KeySym *\fIupper_return\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i +Specifies the display that the KeySym came from. +.IP \fIkeysym\fP 1i +Specifies the KeySym to convert. +.IP \fIlower_return\fP 1i +Returns the lowercase equivalent of the KeySym. +.IP \fIupper_return\fP 1i +Returns the uppercase equivalent of the KeySym. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtConvertCase +function calls the appropriate converter and returns the results. +A user-supplied +.PN XtKeyProc +may need to use this function. + +.NH 2 +Obtaining a KeySym in an Action Procedure +.XS +\fB\*(SN Obtaining a KeySym in an Action Procedure\fP +.XE +.LP +When an action procedure is invoked on a +.PN KeyPress +or +.PN KeyRelease +event, it often has a need to retrieve the KeySym and modifiers +corresponding to the event that caused it to be invoked. In order to +avoid repeating the processing that was just performed by the +\*(xI to match the translation entry, the KeySym and modifiers +are stored for the duration of the action procedure and are made +available to the client. +.LP +To retrieve the KeySym and modifiers that matched the final event +specification in the translation table entry, use +.PN XtGetActionKeysym . +.LP +.IN "XtGetActionKeysym" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +KeySym XtGetActionKeysym(\fIevent\fP, \fImodifiers_return\fP) +.br + XEvent *\fIevent\fP; +.br + Modifiers *\fImodifiers_return\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIevent\fP 1.25i +Specifies the event pointer passed to the action procedure by the \*(xI. +.IP \fImodifiers_return\fP 1.25i +Returns the modifiers that caused the match, if non-NULL. +.LP +.eM +If +.PN XtGetActionKeysym +is called after an action procedure has been +invoked by the \*(xI and before that action procedure returns, and +if the event pointer has the same value as the event pointer passed to +that action routine, and if the event is a +.PN KeyPress +or +.PN KeyRelease +event, then +.PN XtGetActionKeysym +returns the KeySym that matched the final +event specification in the translation table and, if \fImodifiers_return\fP +is non-NULL, the modifier state actually used to generate this KeySym; +otherwise, if the event is a +.PN KeyPress +or +.PN KeyRelease +event, then +.PN XtGetActionKeysym +calls +.PN XtTranslateKeycode +and returns the results; +else it returns +.PN NoSymbol +and does not examine \fImodifiers_return\fP. +.LP +Note that if an action procedure invoked by the \*(xI +invokes a subsequent action procedure (and so on) via +.PN XtCallActionProc , +the nested action procedure may also call +.PN XtGetActionKeysym +to retrieve the \*(xI' KeySym and modifiers. + +.NH 2 +KeySym-to-KeyCode Conversions +.XS +\*(SN KeySym-to-KeyCode Conversions +.XE +.LP +To return the list of KeyCodes that map to a particular KeySym in +the keyboard mapping table maintained by the \*(xI, use +.PN XtKeysymToKeycodeList . +.LP +.IN "XtKeysymToKeycodeList" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtKeysymToKeycodeList(\fIdisplay\fP, \fIkeysym\fP, \fIkeycodes_return\fP, \ +\fIkeycount_return\fP) +.br + Display *\fIdisplay\fP; +.br + KeySym \fIkeysym\fP; +.br + KeyCode **\fIkeycodes_return\fP; +.br + Cardinal *\fIkeycount_return\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1.25i +Specifies the display whose table is required. +.IP \fIkeysym\fP 1.25i +Specifies the KeySym for which to search. +.IP \fIkeycodes_return\fP 1.25i +Returns a list of KeyCodes that have \fIkeysym\fP +associated with them, or NULL if \fIkeycount_return\fP is 0. +.IP \fIkeycount_return\fP 1.25i +Returns the number of KeyCodes in the keycode list. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtKeysymToKeycodeList +procedure returns all the KeyCodes that have \fIkeysym\fP +in their entry for the keyboard mapping table associated with \fIdisplay\fP. +For each entry in the +table, the first four KeySyms (groups 1 and 2) are interpreted as +specified by \fI\*(xP\fP, Section 5. If no KeyCodes map to the +specified KeySym, \fIkeycount_return\fP is zero and *\fIkeycodes_return\fP is NULL. +.LP +The caller should free the storage pointed to by \fIkeycodes_return\fP using +.PN XtFree +when it is no longer useful. If the caller needs to examine +the KeyCode-to-KeySym table for a particular KeyCode, it should call +.PN XtGetKeysymTable . + +.NH 2 +Registering Button and Key Grabs for Actions +.XS +\fB\*(SN Registering Button and Key Grabs for Actions\fP +.XE +.LP +To register button and key grabs for a widget's window according to the +event bindings in the widget's translation table, use +.PN XtRegisterGrabAction . +.LP +.IN "XtRegisterGrabAction" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtRegisterGrabAction(\fIaction_proc\fP, \fIowner_events\fP, \ +\fIevent_mask\fP, \fIpointer_mode\fP, \fIkeyboard_mode\fP) +.br + XtActionProc \fIaction_proc\fP; +.br + Boolean \fIowner_events\fP; +.br + unsigned int \fIevent_mask\fP; +.br + int \fIpointer_mode\fP, \fIkeyboard_mode\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIaction_proc\fP 1i +Specifies the action procedure to search for in translation tables. +.sp +.IP \fIowner_events\fP +.br +.ns +.IP \fIevent_mask\fP +.br +.ns +.IP \fIpointer_mode\fP +.br +.ns +.IP \fIkeyboard_mode\fP 1i +Specify arguments to +.PN XtGrabButton +or +.PN XtGrabKey . +.LP +.eM +.PN XtRegisterGrabAction +adds the specified \fIaction_proc\fP to a list known to +the translation manager. When a widget is realized, or when the +translations of a realized widget or the accelerators installed on a +realized widget are modified, its translation table and any installed +accelerators are scanned for action procedures on this list. +If any are invoked on +.PN ButtonPress +or +.PN KeyPress +events as the only or final event +in a sequence, the \*(xI will call +.PN XtGrabButton +or +.PN XtGrabKey +for the widget with every button or KeyCode which maps to the +event detail field, passing the specified \fIowner_events\fP, \fIevent_mask\fP, +\fIpointer_mode\fP, and \fIkeyboard_mode\fP. For +.PN ButtonPress +events, the modifiers +specified in the grab are determined directly from the translation +specification and \fIconfine_to\fP and \fIcursor\fP are specified as +.PN None . +For +.PN KeyPress +events, if the translation table entry specifies colon (:) in +the modifier list, the modifiers are determined by calling the key +translator procedure registered for the display and calling +.PN XtGrabKey +for every combination of standard modifiers which map the KeyCode to +the specified event detail KeySym, and ORing any modifiers specified in +the translation table entry, and \fIevent_mask\fP is ignored. If the +translation table entry does not specify colon in the modifier list, +the modifiers specified in the grab are those specified in the +translation table entry only. For both +.PN ButtonPress +and +.PN KeyPress +events, don't-care modifiers are ignored unless the translation entry +explicitly specifies ``Any'' in the \fImodifiers\fP field. +.LP +If the specified \fIaction_proc\fP is already registered for the calling +process, the new values will replace the previously specified values +for any widgets that become realized following the call, but existing +grabs are not altered on currently realized widgets. +.LP +When translations or installed accelerators are modified for a +realized widget, any previous key or button grabs registered +as a result of the old bindings are released if they do not appear in +the new bindings and are not explicitly grabbed by the client with +.PN XtGrabKey +or +.PN XtGrabButton . + +.NH 2 +Invoking Actions Directly +.XS +\fB\*(SN Invoking Actions Directly\fP +.XE +.LP +Normally action procedures are invoked by the \*(xI when an +event or event sequence arrives for a widget. To +invoke an action procedure directly, without generating +(or synthesizing) events, use +.PN XtCallActionProc . +.LP +.IN "XtCallActionProc" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtCallActionProc(\fIwidget\fP, \fIaction\fP, \fIevent\fP, \fIparams\fP, \ +\fInum_params\fP) +.br + Widget \fIwidget\fP; +.br + String \fIaction\fP; +.br + XEvent *\fIevent\fP; +.br + String *\fIparams\fP; +.br + Cardinal \fInum_params\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIwidget\fP 1i +Specifies the widget in which the action is to be invoked. \*(cI +.IP \fIaction\fP 1i +Specifies the name of the action routine. +.IP \fIevent\fP 1i +Specifies the contents of the \fIevent\fP passed to the action routine. +.IP \fIparams\fP 1i +Specifies the contents of the \fIparams\fP passed to the action routine. +.IP \fInum_params\fP 1i +Specifies the number of entries in \fIparams\fP. +.LP +.eM +.PN XtCallActionProc +searches for the named action routine in the same +manner and order as translation tables are bound, as described in +Section 10.1.2, except that application action tables are searched, if +necessary, as of the time of the call to +.PN XtCallActionProc . +If found, +the action routine is invoked with the specified widget, event pointer, +and parameters. It is the responsibility of the caller to ensure that +the contents of the \fIevent\fP, \fIparams\fP, and \fInum_params\fP arguments are +appropriate for the specified action routine and, if necessary, that +the specified widget is realized or sensitive. If the named action +routine cannot be found, +.PN XtCallActionProc +generates a warning message and returns. + +.NH 2 +Obtaining a Widget's Action List +.XS +\*(SN Obtaining a Widget's Action List +.XE +.LP +Occasionally a subclass will require the pointers to one or more of +its superclass's action procedures. This would be needed, for +example, in order to envelop the superclass's action. To retrieve +the list of action procedures registered in the superclass's +\fIactions\fP field, use +.PN XtGetActionList . +.LP +.IN "XtGetActionList" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtGetActionList(\fIwidget_class\fP, \fIactions_return\fP, \ +\fInum_actions_return\fP) +.br + WidgetClass \fIwidget_class\fP; +.br + XtActionList *\fIactions_return\fP; +.br + Cardinal *\fInum_actions_return\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIwidget_class\fP 1.5i +Specifies the widget class whose actions are to be returned. +.IP \fIactions_return\fP 1.5i +Returns the action list. +.IP \fInum_actions_return\fP 1.5i +Returns the number of action procedures declared by the class. +.LP +.eM +.PN XtGetActionList +returns the action table defined by the specified +widget class. This table does not include actions defined by the +superclasses. If \fIwidget_class\fP is not initialized, or is not +.PN coreWidgetClass +or a subclass thereof, or if the class does not define any actions, +*\fIactions_return\fP will be NULL and *\fInum_actions_return\fP +will be zero. +If *\fIactions_return\fP is non-NULL the client is responsible for freeing +the table using +.PN XtFree +when it is no longer needed. +.bp diff --git a/libXt/specs/CH11 b/libXt/specs/CH11 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..55b8d92f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/specs/CH11 @@ -0,0 +1,3566 @@ +.\" $Xorg: CH11,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:47 cpqbld Exp $ +.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994 +.\" X Consortium +.\" +.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining +.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the +.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including +.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, +.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to +.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to +.\" the following conditions: +.\" +.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included +.\" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. +.\" +.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS +.\" OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF +.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. +.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR +.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, +.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR +.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. +.\" +.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall +.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or +.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization +.\" from the X Consortium. +.\" +.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994 +.\" Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts. +.\" +.\" Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this documentation for any +.\" purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright +.\" notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this +.\" permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of +.\" Digital not be used in in advertising or publicity pertaining +.\" to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. +.\" Digital makes no representations about the suitability of the +.\" software described herein for any purpose. +.\" It is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty. +.\" +\& +.sp 1 +.ce 3 +\s+1\fBChapter 11\fP\s-1 + +\s+1\fBUtility Functions\fP\s-1 +.sp 2 +.nr H1 11 +.nr H2 0 +.nr H3 0 +.nr H4 0 +.nr H5 0 +.LP +.XS +Chapter 11 \(em Utility Functions +.XE +The \*(xI provide a number of utility functions that you can use to +.IP \(bu 5 +Determine the number of elements in an array. +.IP \(bu 5 +Translate strings to widget instances. +.IP \(bu 5 +Manage memory usage. +.IP \(bu 5 +Share graphics contexts. +.IP \(bu 5 +Manipulate selections. +.IP \(bu 5 +Merge exposure events into a region. +.IP \(bu 5 +Translate widget coordinates. +.IP \(bu 5 +Locate a widget given a window id. +.IP \(bu 5 +Handle errors. +.IP \(bu 5 +Set the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property. +.IP \(bu 5 +Locate files by name with string substitutions. +.IP \(bu 5 +Register callback functions for external agents. +.IP \(bu 5 +Locate all the displays of an application context. + +.NH 2 +Determining the Number of Elements in an Array +.XS +\fB\*(SN Determining the Number of Elements in an Array\fP +.XE +.LP +To determine the number of elements in a fixed-size array, use +.PN XtNumber . +.LP +.IN "XtNumber" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +Cardinal XtNumber(\fIarray\fP) +.br + \fIArrayType array\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIarray\fP 1i +Specifies a fixed-size array of arbitrary type. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtNumber +macro returns the number of elements allocated to the array. + +.NH 2 +Translating Strings to Widget Instances +.XS +\fB\*(SN Translating Strings to Widget Instances\fP +.XE +.LP +To translate a widget name to a widget instance, use +.PN XtNameToWidget . +.LP +.IN "XtNameToWidget" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +Widget XtNameToWidget(\fIreference\fP, \fInames\fP) +.br + Widget \fIreference\fP; +.br + String \fInames\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIreference\fP 1i +Specifies the widget from which the search is to start. \*(cI +.IP \fInames\fP 1i +Specifies the partially qualified name of the desired widget. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtNameToWidget +function searches for a descendant of the \fIreference\fP +widget whose name matches the specified names. The \fInames\fP parameter +specifies a simple object name or a series of simple object name +components separated by periods or asterisks. +.PN XtNameToWidget +returns the descendant with the shortest name matching the specification +according to the following rules, where child is either a pop-up child +or a normal child if the widget's class is a subclass of +Composite : +.IP \(bu 5 +Enumerate the object subtree rooted at the reference widget in +breadth-first order, qualifying the name of each object with the +names of all its ancestors up to, but not including, the reference +widget. The ordering between children of a common parent is +not defined. +.IP \(bu 5 +Return the first object in the enumeration that matches the +specified name, where each component of \fInames\fP matches exactly the +corresponding component of the qualified object name and asterisk +matches any series of components, including none. +.IP \(bu 5 +If no match is found, return NULL. +.LP +Since breadth-first traversal is specified, the descendant with the +shortest matching name (i.e., the fewest number of components), if any, +will always be returned. However, since the order of enumeration of +children is undefined and since the \*(xI do not require that all +children of a widget have unique names, +.PN XtNameToWidget +may return any +child that matches if there are multiple objects in the subtree with +the same name. Consecutive separators (periods or asterisks) +including at least one asterisk are treated as a single asterisk. +Consecutive periods are treated as a single period. + +.NH 2 +Managing Memory Usage +.XS +\fB\*(SN Managing Memory Usage\fP +.XE +.LP +The \*(xI memory management functions provide uniform checking for +null pointers and error reporting on memory allocation errors. +These functions are completely compatible with their standard C language +runtime counterparts +.PN malloc , +.PN calloc , +.PN realloc , +and +.PN free +with the following added functionality: +.IP \(bu 5 +.PN XtMalloc , +.PN XtCalloc , +and +.PN XtRealloc +give an error if there is not enough memory. +.IP \(bu 5 +.PN XtFree +simply returns if passed a NULL pointer. +.IP \(bu 5 +.PN XtRealloc +simply allocates new storage if passed a NULL pointer. +.LP +See the standard C library documentation on +.PN malloc , +.PN calloc , +.PN realloc , +and +.PN free +for more information. +.sp +.LP +To allocate storage, use +.PN XtMalloc . +.LP +.IN "XtMalloc" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +char *XtMalloc(\fIsize\fP) +.br + Cardinal \fIsize\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIsize\fP 1i +Specifies the number of bytes desired. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtMalloc +function returns a pointer to a block of storage of at least +the specified \fIsize\fP bytes. +If there is insufficient memory to allocate the new block, +.PN XtMalloc +calls +.PN XtErrorMsg . +.sp +.LP +To allocate and initialize an array, use +.PN XtCalloc . +.LP +.IN "XtCalloc" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +char *XtCalloc(\fInum\fP, \fIsize\fP) +.br + Cardinal \fInum\fP; +.br + Cardinal \fIsize\fP; +.FN +.IP \fInum\fP 1i +Specifies the number of array elements to allocate. +.IP \fIsize\fP 1i +Specifies the size of each array element in bytes. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtCalloc +function allocates space for the specified number of array elements +of the specified size and initializes the space to zero. +If there is insufficient memory to allocate the new block, +.PN XtCalloc +calls +.PN XtErrorMsg . +.PN XtCalloc +returns the address of the allocated storage. +.sp +.LP +To change the size of an allocated block of storage, use +.PN XtRealloc . +.LP +.IN "XtRealloc" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +char *XtRealloc(\fIptr\fP, \fInum\fP) +.br + char *\fIptr\fP; +.br + Cardinal \fInum\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIptr\fP 1i +Specifies a pointer to the old storage allocated with +.PN XtMalloc , +.PN XtCalloc , +or +.PN XtRealloc , +or NULL. +.IP \fInum\fP 1i +Specifies number of bytes desired in new storage. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtRealloc +function changes the size of a block of storage, possibly moving it. +Then it copies the old contents (or as much as will fit) into the new block +and frees the old block. +If there is insufficient memory to allocate the new block, +.PN XtRealloc +calls +.PN XtErrorMsg . +If \fIptr\fP is NULL, +.PN XtRealloc +simply calls +.PN XtMalloc . +.PN XtRealloc +then returns the address of the new block. +.sp +.LP +To free an allocated block of storage, use +.PN XtFree . +.LP +.IN "XtFree" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtFree(\fIptr\fP) +.br + char *\fIptr\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIptr\fP 1i +Specifies a pointer to a block of storage allocated with +.PN XtMalloc , +.PN XtCalloc , +or +.PN XtRealloc , +or NULL. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtFree +function returns storage, allowing it to be reused. +If \fIptr\fP is NULL, +.PN XtFree +returns immediately. +.sp +.LP +To allocate storage for a new instance of a type, use +.PN XtNew . +.LP +.IN "XtNew" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +\fItype\fP *XtNew(\fItype\fP) +.br + \fItype t\fP; +.FN +.IP \fItype\fP 1i +Specifies a previously declared type. +.LP +.eM +.PN XtNew +returns a pointer to the allocated storage. +If there is insufficient memory to allocate the new block, +.PN XtNew +calls +.PN XtErrorMsg . +.PN XtNew +is a convenience macro that calls +.PN XtMalloc +with the following arguments specified: +.LP +.Ds +.TA .5i +.ta .5i +((type *) XtMalloc((unsigned) sizeof(type))) +.De +.LP +The storage allocated by +.PN XtNew +should be freed using +.PN XtFree . +.sp +.LP +To copy an instance of a string, use +.PN XtNewString . +.LP +.IN "XtNewString" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +String XtNewString(\fIstring\fP) +.br + String \fIstring\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIstring\fP 1i +Specifies a previously declared string. +.LP +.eM +.PN XtNewString +returns a pointer to the allocated storage. +If there is insufficient memory to allocate the new block, +.PN XtNewString +calls +.PN XtErrorMsg . +.PN XtNewString +is a convenience macro that calls +.PN XtMalloc +with the following arguments specified: +.LP +.Ds +.TA .5i +.ta .5i +(strcpy(XtMalloc((unsigned)strlen(str) + 1), str)) +.De +.LP +The storage allocated by +.PN XtNewString +should be freed using +.PN XtFree . + +.NH 2 +Sharing Graphics Contexts +.XS +\fB\*(SN Sharing Graphics Contexts\fP +.XE +.LP +The \*(xI provide a mechanism whereby cooperating objects can share a +graphics context (GC), thereby reducing both the number of GCs +created and the total number of server calls in any given application. +The mechanism is a simple caching scheme +and allows for clients to declare both modifiable and nonmodifiable +fields of the shared GCs. +.LP +To obtain a shareable GC with modifiable fields, use +.PN XtAllocateGC . +.LP +.IN "XtAllocateGC" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +GC XtAllocateGC(\fIwidget\fP, \fIdepth\fP, \fIvalue_mask\fP, \fIvalues\fP, \ +\fIdynamic_mask\fP, \fIunused_mask\fP) +.br + Widget \fIobject\fP; +.br + Cardinal \fIdepth\fP; +.br + XtGCMask \fIvalue_mask\fP; +.br + XGCValues *\fIvalues\fP; +.br + XtGCMask \fIdynamic_mask\fP; +.br + XtGCMask \fIunused_mask\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIobject\fP 1i +Specifies an object, giving the screen for which the +returned GC is valid. \*(oI +.IP \fIdepth\fP 1i +Specifies the depth for which the returned GC is valid, or 0. +.IP \fIvalue_mask\fP 1i +Specifies fields of the GC that are initialized from \fIvalues\fP. +.IP \fIvalues\fP 1i +Specifies the values for the initialized fields. +.IP \fIdynamic_mask\fP 1i +Specifies fields of the GC that will be modified by the caller. +.IP \fIunused_mask\fP 1i +Specifies fields of the GC that will not be needed by the caller. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtAllocateGC +function returns a shareable GC that may be +modified by the client. The \fIscreen\fP field of the specified +widget or of the nearest widget ancestor of the specified +object and the specified \fIdepth\fP argument supply +the root and drawable depths for which the GC is to be +valid. If \fIdepth\fP is zero, the depth is taken from the +\fIdepth\fP field of the specified widget or of the nearest +widget ancestor of the specified object. +.LP +The \fIvalue_mask\fP argument specifies fields of the GC +that are initialized with the respective member of the +\fIvalues\fP structure. The \fIdynamic_mask\fP argument specifies fields +that the caller intends to modify during program execution. +The caller must ensure that the corresponding GC field is set +prior to each use of the GC. The \fIunused_mask\fP argument +specifies fields of the GC that are of no interest to the +caller. The caller may make no assumptions about the contents +of any fields specified in \fIunused_mask\fP. The caller may assume +that at all times all fields not specified in either +\fIdynamic_mask\fP or \fIunused_mask\fP have their default value if not +specified in \fIvalue_mask\fP or the value specified by \fIvalues\fP. +If a field is specified in both \fIvalue_mask\fP and \fIdynamic_mask\fP, +the effect is as if it were specified only in \fIdynamic_mask\fP +and then immediately set to the value in \fIvalues\fP. If a field +is set in \fIunused_mask\fP and also in either \fIvalue_mask\fP or +\fIdynamic_mask\fP, the specification in \fIunused_mask\fP is ignored. +.LP +.PN XtAllocateGC +tries to minimize the number of unique GCs +created by comparing the arguments with those of previous +calls and returning an existing GC when there are no +conflicts. +.PN XtAllocateGC +may modify and return an existing GC if it was allocated with a +nonzero \fIunused_mask\fP. +.sp +.LP +To obtain a shareable GC with no modifiable fields, use +.PN XtGetGC . +.LP +.IN "XtGetGC" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +GC XtGetGC(\fIobject\fP, \fIvalue_mask\fP, \fIvalues\fP) +.br + Widget \fIobject\fP; +.br + XtGCMask \fIvalue_mask\fP; +.br + XGCValues *\fIvalues\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIobject\fP 1i +Specifies an object, giving the screen and depth for which the +returned GC is valid. \*(oI +.IP \fIvalue_mask\fP 1i +Specifies which fields of the \fIvalues\fP structure are specified. +.IP \fIvalues\fP 1i +Specifies the actual values for this GC. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtGetGC +function returns a shareable, read-only GC. +The parameters to this function are the same as those for +.PN XCreateGC +except that an Object is passed instead of a Display. +.PN XtGetGC +is equivalent to +.PN XtAllocateGC +with \fIdepth\fP, \fIdynamic_mask\fP, and \fIunused_mask\fP all zero. +.LP +.PN XtGetGC +shares only GCs in which all values in the GC returned by +.PN XCreateGC +are the same. +In particular, it does not use the \fIvalue_mask\fP provided to +determine which fields of the GC a widget considers relevant. +The \fIvalue_mask\fP is used only to tell the server which fields should be +filled in from \fIvalues\fP and which it should fill in with default values. +.sp +.LP +To deallocate a shared GC when it is no longer needed, use +.PN XtReleaseGC . +.LP +.IN "XtReleaseGC" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtReleaseGC(\fIobject\fP, \fIgc\fP) +.br + Widget \fIobject\fP; +.br + GC \fIgc\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIobject\fP 1i +Specifies any object on the Display for which the GC was created. \*(oI +.IP \fIgc\fP 1i +Specifies the shared GC obtained with either +.PN XtAllocateGC +or +.PN XtGetGC . +.LP +.eM +References to shareable GCs are counted and a free request is generated to the +server when the last user of a given GC releases it. + +.NH 2 +Managing Selections +.XS +\*(SN Managing Selections +.XE +.LP +Arbitrary widgets in multiple applications can communicate +with each other by means of the \*(xI global selection mechanism, +which conforms to the specifications in the \fI\*(xC\fP. +The \*(xI supply functions for providing and receiving selection data in +one logical piece (atomic transfers) +or in smaller logical segments (incremental transfers). +.LP +The incremental interface is provided for a selection owner or +selection requestor that cannot or prefers not to pass the selection +value to and from the \*(xI in a single call. For instance, +either an application that is running on a machine with limited memory +may not be able to store the entire selection value in memory or a +selection owner may already have the selection value available in +discrete chunks, and it would be more efficient not to have to +allocate additional storage to copy the pieces contiguously. Any +owner or requestor that prefers to deal with the selection value in +segments can use the incremental interfaces to do so. +The transfer between the selection owner or requestor and the \*(xI is not +required to match the underlying +transport protocol between the application and the X server; +the \*(xI will break too large a selection +into smaller pieces for transport if necessary +and will coalesce a selection transmitted incrementally if the value +was requested atomically. + +.NH 3 +Setting and Getting the Selection Timeout Value +.XS +\fB\*(SN Setting and Getting the Selection Timeout Value\fP +.XE +.LP +To set the \*(xI selection timeout, use +.PN XtAppSetSelectionTimeout . +.LP +.IN "XtAppSetSelectionTimeout" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtAppSetSelectionTimeout(\fIapp_context\fP, \fItimeout\fP) +.br + XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; +.br + unsigned long \fItimeout\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i +Specifies the application context. +.IP \fItimeout\fP 1i +Specifies the selection timeout in milliseconds. +.eM +.LP +To get the current selection timeout value, use +.PN XtAppGetSelectionTimeout . +.LP +.IN "XtAppGetSelectionTimeout" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +unsigned long XtAppGetSelectionTimeout(\fIapp_context\fP) +.br + XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i +Specifies the application context. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtAppGetSelectionTimeout +function returns the current selection timeout value in milliseconds. +The selection timeout is the time within which the two communicating +applications must respond to one another. +The initial timeout value is set by the +selectionTimeout +.IN "selectionTimeout" +application resource as retrieved by +.PN XtDisplayInitialize . +If +selectionTimeout +is not specified, +the default is five seconds. + +.NH 3 +Using Atomic Transfers +.XS +\*(SN Using Atomic Transfers +.XE +.LP +When using atomic transfers, the owner will completely +process one selection request at a time. +The owner may consider each request individually, +since there is no possibility for overlap +between evaluation of two requests. + +.NH 4 +Atomic Transfer Procedures +.XS +\*(SN Atomic Transfer Procedures +.XE +.IN "Selections" "atomic" +.LP +The following procedures are used by the selection owner when +providing selection data in a single unit. +.LP +The procedure pointer specified by the owner to supply the selection +data to the \*(xI is of type +.PN XtConvertSelectionProc . +.LP +.IN "XtConvertSelectionProc" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +typedef Boolean (*XtConvertSelectionProc)(Widget, Atom*, Atom*, Atom*, +.br + XtPointer*, unsigned long*, int*); +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + Atom *\fIselection\fP; +.br + Atom *\fItarget\fP; +.br + Atom *\fItype_return\fP; +.br + XtPointer *\fIvalue_return\fP; +.br + unsigned long *\fIlength_return\fP; +.br + int *\fIformat_return\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget that currently owns this selection. +.IP \fIselection\fP 1i +Specifies the atom naming the selection requested +(for example, +.PN XA_PRIMARY +or +.PN XA_SECONDARY ). +.IP \fItarget\fP 1i +Specifies the target type of the selection that has been requested, +which indicates the desired information about the selection +(for example, File Name, Text, Window). +.IP \fItype_return\fP 1i +Specifies a pointer to an atom into which the property type of the +converted value of the selection is to be stored. +For instance, either File Name or Text might have property type +.PN XA_STRING . +.IP \fIvalue_return\fP 1i +Specifies a pointer into which a pointer to the converted value of the +selection is to be stored. +The selection owner is responsible for allocating this storage. +If the selection owner has provided an +.PN XtSelectionDoneProc +for the selection, +this storage is owned by the selection owner; +otherwise, it is owned by the \*(xI selection mechanism, +which frees it by calling +.PN XtFree +when it is done with it. +.IP \fIlength_return\fP 1i +Specifies a pointer into which the number of elements in \fIvalue_return\fP, +each of size indicated by \fIformat_return\fP, is to be stored. +.IP \fIformat_return\fP 1i +Specifies a pointer into which the size in bits of the data elements +of the selection value is to be stored. +.LP +.eM +This procedure is called by the \*(xI selection mechanism +to get the value of a selection as a given type +from the current selection owner. +It returns +.PN True +if the owner successfully converted the selection to the target type or +.PN False +otherwise. +If the procedure returns +.PN False , +the values of the return arguments are undefined. +Each +.PN XtConvertSelectionProc +should respond to target value +.PN TARGETS +by returning a value containing the list of the targets +into which it is +prepared to convert the selection. +The value returned in +\fIformat_return\fP must be one of 8, 16, or 32 to allow the server to +byte-swap the data if necessary. +.LP +.IN "Selections" "MULTIPLE" +.IN "Selections" "TIMESTAMP" +This procedure does not need to worry about responding to the +MULTIPLE or the TIMESTAMP target values (see Section 2.6.2 in the \fI\*(xC\fP). +A selection request with +the MULTIPLE target type is transparently transformed into a +series of calls to this procedure, one for each target type, and a +selection request with the TIMESTAMP target value is answered +automatically by the \*(xI using the time specified in the +call to +.PN XtOwnSelection +or +.PN XtOwnSelectionIncremental . +.sp +.LP +To retrieve the +.PN SelectionRequest +event that triggered the +.PN XtConvertSelectionProc +procedure, use +.PN XtGetSelectionRequest . +.LP +.IN "XtGetSelectionRequest" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +XSelectionRequestEvent *XtGetSelectionRequest(\fIw\fP, \fIselection\fP, \ +\fIrequest_id\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + Atom \fIselection\fP; +.br + XtRequestId \fIrequest_id\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget that currently owns this selection. \*(cI +.IP \fIselection\fP 1i +Specifies the selection being processed. +.IP \fIrequest_id\fP 1i +Specifies the requestor id in the case of incremental +selections, or NULL in the case of atomic transfers. +.LP +.eM +.PN XtGetSelectionRequest +may be called only from within an +.PN XtConvertSelectionProc +procedure and returns a pointer to the +.PN SelectionRequest +event that caused the conversion procedure to be invoked. +\fIRequest_id\fP specifies a unique id for the individual request in the +case that multiple incremental transfers are outstanding. For atomic +transfers, \fIrequest_id\fP must be specified as NULL. If no +.PN SelectionRequest +event is being processed for the specified +\fIwidget\fP, \fIselection\fP, and \fIrequest_id\fP, +.PN XtGetSelectionRequest +returns NULL. +.sp +.LP +The procedure pointer specified by the owner when it desires +notification upon losing ownership is of type +.PN XtLoseSelectionProc . +.LP +.IN "XtLoseSelectionProc" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +typedef void (*XtLoseSelectionProc)(Widget, Atom*); +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + Atom *\fIselection\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget that has lost selection ownership. +.IP \fIselection\fP 1i +Specifies the atom naming the selection. +.LP +.eM +This procedure is called by the \*(xI selection mechanism +to inform the specified widget that it has lost the given selection. +Note that this procedure does not ask the widget to relinquish the +selection ownership; it is merely informative. +.sp +.LP +The procedure pointer specified by the owner when it desires +notification of receipt of the data or when it manages the storage +containing the data is of type +.PN XtSelectionDoneProc . +.LP +.IN "XtSelectionDoneProc" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +typedef void (*XtSelectionDoneProc)(Widget, Atom*, Atom*); +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + Atom *\fIselection\fP; +.br + Atom *\fItarget\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget that owns the converted selection. +.IP \fIselection\fP 1i +Specifies the atom naming the selection that was converted. +.IP \fItarget\fP 1i +Specifies the target type to which the conversion was done. +.LP +.eM +This procedure is called by the \*(xI selection mechanism +to inform the selection owner that a selection requestor has successfully +retrieved a selection value. +If the selection owner has registered an +.PN XtSelectionDoneProc , +it should expect it to be called once for each conversion that it performs, +after the converted value has been successfully transferred +to the requestor. +If the selection owner has registered an +.PN XtSelectionDoneProc , +it also owns the storage containing the converted +selection value. + +.NH 4 +Getting the Selection Value +.XS +\*(SN Getting the Selection Value +.XE +.LP +The procedure pointer specified by the requestor to receive the +selection data from the \*(xI is of type +.PN XtSelectionCallbackProc . +.LP +.IN "XtSelectionCallbackProc" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +typedef void (*XtSelectionCallbackProc)(Widget, XtPointer, Atom*, Atom*, \ +XtPointer, unsigned long*, int*); +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; +.br + Atom *\fIselection\fP; +.br + Atom *\fItype\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIvalue\fP; +.br + unsigned long *\fIlength\fP; +.br + int *\fIformat\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget that requested the selection value. +.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i +Specifies a value passed in by the widget when it requested the +selection. +.IP \fIselection\fP 1i +Specifies the name of the selection that was requested. +.IP \fItype\fP 1i +Specifies the representation type of the selection value (for example, +.PN XA_STRING ). +Note that it is not the target that was requested (which the client +must remember for itself), but the type that +is used to represent the target. +The special symbolic constant +.PN XT_CONVERT_FAIL +is used to indicate that the selection conversion failed because the +selection owner did not respond within the \*(xI selection timeout +interval. +.IP \fIvalue\fP 1i +Specifies a pointer to the selection value. +The requesting client owns this storage and is responsible for freeing it +by calling +.PN XtFree +when it is done with it. +.IP \fIlength\fP 1i +Specifies the number of elements in \fIvalue\fP. +.IP \fIformat\fP 1i +Specifies the size in bits of the data in each element of \fIvalue\fP. +.LP +.eM +This procedure is called by the \*(xI selection mechanism to deliver the +requested selection to the requestor. +.LP +If the +.PN SelectionNotify +event returns a property of +.PN None , +meaning the conversion has been refused because there is no owner for the +specified selection or the owner cannot convert the selection to the +requested target for any reason, the procedure is called with a value +of NULL and a length of zero. +.sp +.LP +To obtain the selection value in a single logical unit, use +.PN XtGetSelectionValue +or +.PN XtGetSelectionValues . +.LP +.IN "XtGetSelectionValue" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtGetSelectionValue(\fIw\fP, \fIselection\fP, \fItarget\fP, \ +\fIcallback\fP, \fIclient_data\fP, \fItime\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + Atom \fIselection\fP; +.br + Atom \fItarget\fP; +.br + XtSelectionCallbackProc \fIcallback\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; +.br + Time \fItime\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget making the request. \*(cI +.IP \fIselection\fP 1i +Specifies the particular selection desired; for example, +.PN XA_PRIMARY . +.IP \fItarget\fP 1i +Specifies the type of information needed about the selection. +.IP \fIcallback\fP 1i +Specifies the procedure to be called when the selection value +has been obtained. +Note that this is how the selection value is communicated back to the client. +.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i +Specifies additional data to be passed to the specified procedure +when it is called. +.IP \fItime\fP 1i +Specifies the timestamp that indicates when the selection request was +initiated. +This should be the timestamp of the event that triggered this request; +the value +.PN CurrentTime +is not acceptable. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtGetSelectionValue +function requests the value of the selection converted to +the target type. +The specified callback is called at some time after +.PN XtGetSelectionValue +is called, when the selection value is received from the X server. +It may be called before or after +.PN XtGetSelectionValue +returns. +For more information about \fIselection\fP, \fItarget\fP, and +\fItime\fP, see Section 2.6 in the \fI\*(xC\fP. +.sp +.LP +.IN "XtGetSelectionValues" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtGetSelectionValues(\fIw\fP, \fIselection\fP, \fItargets\fP, \ +\fIcount\fP, \fIcallback\fP, \fIclient_data\fP, \fItime\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + Atom \fIselection\fP; +.br + Atom *\fItargets\fP; +.br + int \fIcount\fP; +.br + XtSelectionCallbackProc \fIcallback\fP; +.br + XtPointer *\fIclient_data\fP; +.br + Time \fItime\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget making the request. \*(cI +.IP \fIselection\fP 1i +Specifies the particular selection desired (that is, primary or secondary). +.IP \fItargets\fP 1i +Specifies the types of information needed about the selection. +.IP \fIcount\fP 1i +Specifies the length of the \fItargets\fP and \fIclient_data\fP lists. +.IP \fIcallback\fP 1i +Specifies the callback procedure +to be called with each selection value obtained. +Note that this is how the selection values are communicated back to the +client. +.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i +Specifies a list of additional data values, one for each target type, +that are passed to the callback procedure when it is called for that target. +.IP \fItime\fP 1i +Specifies the timestamp that indicates when the selection request was +initiated. +This should be the timestamp of the event that triggered this request; +the value +.PN CurrentTime +is not acceptable. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtGetSelectionValues +function is similar to multiple calls to +.PN XtGetSelectionValue +except that it guarantees that no other client can assert ownership +between requests and therefore that all the conversions will refer to +the same selection value. The callback is invoked once for each +target value with the corresponding client data. +For more information about \fIselection\fP, \fItarget\fP, and +\fItime\fP, see Section 2.6 in the \fI\*(xC\fP. + +.NH 4 +Setting the Selection Owner +.XS +\*(SN Setting the Selection Owner +.XE +.LP +To set the selection owner and indicate that the selection value will +be provided in one piece, use +.PN XtOwnSelection . +.LP +.IN "XtOwnSelection" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +Boolean XtOwnSelection(\fIw\fP, \fIselection\fP, \fItime\fP, \ +\fIconvert_proc\fP, \fIlose_selection\fP, \fIdone_proc\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + Atom \fIselection\fP; +.br + Time \fItime\fP; +.br + XtConvertSelectionProc \fIconvert_proc\fP; +.br + XtLoseSelectionProc \fIlose_selection\fP; +.br + XtSelectionDoneProc \fIdone_proc\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget that wishes to become the owner. \*(cI +.IP \fIselection\fP 1i +Specifies the name of the selection (for example, +.PN XA_PRIMARY ). +.IP \fItime\fP 1i +Specifies the timestamp that indicates when the ownership request was +initiated. +This should be the timestamp of the event that triggered ownership; +the value +.PN CurrentTime +is not acceptable. +.IP \fIconvert_proc\fP 1i +Specifies the procedure to be called whenever a client requests the +current value of the selection. +.IP \fIlose_selection\fP 1i +Specifies the procedure to be called whenever the widget has +lost selection ownership, or NULL if the owner is not interested in being +called back. +.IP \fIdone_proc\fP 1i +Specifies the procedure called +after the requestor has received the selection value, or NULL if the +owner is not +interested in being called back. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtOwnSelection +function informs the \*(xI selection mechanism that a +widget wishes to own a selection. +It returns +.PN True +if the widget successfully becomes the owner and +.PN False +otherwise. +The widget may fail to become the owner if some other widget +has asserted ownership at a time later than this widget. +The widget can lose selection ownership either +because some other widget asserted later ownership of the selection +or because the widget voluntarily gave up ownership of the selection. +The lose_selection procedure is not called +if the widget fails to obtain selection ownership in the first place. +.LP +If a done_proc is specified, the client owns the storage allocated +for passing the value to the \*(xI. If \fIdone_proc\fP is NULL, +the convert_proc must allocate storage using +.PN XtMalloc , +.PN XtRealloc , +or +.PN XtCalloc , +and the value specified is freed by the +\*(xI when the transfer is complete. +.sp +.LP +Usually, a selection owner maintains ownership indefinitely until some +other widget requests ownership, at which time +the \*(xI selection mechanism informs the previous owner that it +has lost ownership of the selection. +However, in response to some user actions +(for example, when a user deletes the information selected), +the application may wish to explicitly inform the \*(xI +by using +.PN XtDisownSelection +that it no longer is to be the selection owner. +.LP +.IN "XtDisownSelection" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtDisownSelection(\fIw\fP, \fIselection\fP, \fItime\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + Atom \fIselection\fP; +.br + Time \fItime\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget that wishes to relinquish ownership. +.IP \fIselection\fP 1i +Specifies the atom naming the selection being given up. +.IP \fItime\fP 1i +Specifies the timestamp that indicates when the request to +relinquish selection ownership was initiated. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtDisownSelection +function informs the \*(xI selection mechanism that +the specified widget is to lose ownership of the selection. +If the widget does not currently own the selection, either +because it lost the selection +or because it never had the selection to begin with, +.PN XtDisownSelection +does nothing. +.LP +After a widget has called +.PN XtDisownSelection , +its convert procedure is not called even if a request arrives later +with a timestamp during the period that this widget owned the selection. +However, its done procedure is called if a conversion that started +before the call to +.PN XtDisownSelection +finishes after the call to +.PN XtDisownSelection . + +.NH 3 +Using Incremental Transfers +.XS +\*(SN Using Incremental Transfers +.XE +.LP +When using the incremental interface, an owner may have to process +more than one selection request for the same selection, converted to +the same target, at the same time. The incremental functions take a +\fIrequest_id\fP argument, which is an identifier that is guaranteed to be +unique among all incremental requests that are active concurrently. +.LP +For example, consider the following: +.IP \(bu 5 +Upon receiving a request for the selection value, the owner sends +the first segment. +.IP \(bu 5 +While waiting to be called to provide the next segment value but +before sending it, the owner receives another request from a +different requestor for the same selection value. +.IP \(bu 5 +To distinguish between the requests, the owner uses the request_id +value. This allows the owner to distinguish between the first +requestor, which is asking for the second segment, and the second +requestor, which is asking for the first segment. + +.NH 4 +Incremental Transfer Procedures +.XS +\*(SN Incremental Transfer Procedures +.XE +.IN "Selections" "incremental" +.LP +The following procedures are used by selection owners who wish to +provide the selection data in multiple segments. +.LP +The procedure pointer specified by the incremental owner to supply the +selection data to the \*(xI is of type +.PN XtConvertSelectionIncrProc . +.LP +.sM +.Ds 0 +typedef XtPointer XtRequestId; +.De +.IN "XtRequestId" "" "@DEF@" +.IN "XtConvertSelectionIncrProc" "" "@DEF@" +.FD 0 +typedef Boolean (*XtConvertSelectionIncrProc)(Widget, Atom*, Atom*, \ +Atom*, XtPointer*, + unsigned long*, int*, unsigned long*, \ +XtPointer, XtRequestId*); +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + Atom *\fIselection\fP; +.br + Atom *\fItarget\fP; +.br + Atom *\fItype_return\fP; +.br + XtPointer *\fIvalue_return\fP; +.br + unsigned long *\fIlength_return\fP; +.br + int *\fIformat_return\fP; +.br + unsigned long *\fImax_length\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; +.br + XtRequestId *\fIrequest_id\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget that currently owns this selection. +.IP \fIselection\fP 1i +Specifies the atom that names the selection requested. +.IP \fItarget\fP 1i +Specifies the type of information required about the selection. +.IP \fItype_return\fP 1i +Specifies a pointer to an atom into which the property +type of the converted value of the selection is to be +stored. +.IP \fIvalue_return\fP 1i +Specifies a pointer into which a pointer to the +converted value of the selection is to be stored. +The selection owner is responsible for allocating this storage. +.IP \fIlength_return\fP 1i +Specifies a pointer into which the number of elements +in \fIvalue_return\fP, each of size indicated by +\fIformat_return\fP, is to be stored. +.IP \fIformat_return\fP 1i +Specifies a pointer into which the size in bits of the +data elements of the selection value is to be stored so that the +server may byte-swap the data if necessary. +.IP \fImax_length\fP 1i +Specifies the maximum number of bytes which may be +transferred at any one time. +.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i +Specifies the value passed in by the widget when it +took ownership of the selection. +.IP \fIrequest_id\fP 1i +Specifies an opaque identification for a specific request. +.LP +.eM +This procedure is called repeatedly by the \*(xI selection mechanism to get +the next incremental chunk of data from a selection owner who has +called +.PN XtOwnSelectionIncremental . +It must return +.PN True +if the procedure has succeeded in converting the selection data or +.PN False +otherwise. +On the first call with a particular request id, the owner must begin +a new incremental transfer for the requested selection and target. On +subsequent calls with the same request id, the owner may assume that +the previously supplied value is no longer needed by the \*(xI; +that is, a fixed transfer area may be allocated and returned in \fIvalue_return\fP +for each segment to be transferred. This procedure should store a +non-NULL value in \fIvalue_return\fP and zero in \fIlength_return\fP to indicate that the +entire selection has been delivered. After returning this final +segment, the request id may be reused by the \*(xI to begin a +new transfer. +.LP +To retrieve the +.PN SelectionRequest +event that triggered the selection conversion procedure, use +.PN XtGetSelectionRequest , +described in Section 11.5.2.1. +.sp +.LP +The procedure pointer specified by the incremental selection owner +when it desires notification upon no longer having ownership is of +type +.PN XtLoseSelectionIncrProc . +.LP +.IN "XtLoseSelectionIncrProc" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +typedef void (*XtLoseSelectionIncrProc)(Widget, Atom*, XtPointer); +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + Atom *\fIselection\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget that has lost the selection ownership. +.IP \fIselection\fP 1i +Specifies the atom that names the selection. +.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i +Specifies the value passed in by the widget when it +took ownership of the selection. +.LP +.eM +This procedure, which is optional, is called by the \*(xI to +inform the selection owner that it no longer owns the selection. +.sp +.LP +The procedure pointer specified by the incremental selection owner +when it desires notification of receipt of the data or when it manages +the storage containing the data is of type +.PN XtSelectionDoneIncrProc . +.LP +.IN "XtSelectionDoneIncrProc" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +typedef void (*XtSelectionDoneIncrProc)(Widget, Atom*, Atom*, \ +XtRequestId*, XtPointer); +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + Atom *\fIselection\fP; +.br + Atom *\fItarget\fP; +.br + XtRequestId *\fIrequest_id\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget that owns the selection. +.IP \fIselection\fP 1i +Specifies the atom that names the selection being transferred. +.IP \fItarget\fP 1i +Specifies the target type to which the conversion was done. +.IP \fIrequest_id\fP 1i +Specifies an opaque identification for a specific request. +.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i +Specified the value passed in by the widget when it +took ownership of the selection. +.LP +.eM +This procedure, which is optional, is called by the \*(xI after +the requestor has retrieved the final (zero-length) segment of the +incremental transfer to indicate that the entire transfer is complete. +If this procedure is not specified, the \*(xI will free only the +final value returned by the selection owner using +.PN XtFree . +.sp +.LP +The procedure pointer specified by the incremental selection owner to +notify it if a transfer should be terminated prematurely is of type +.PN XtCancelConvertSelectionProc . +.LP +.IN "XtCancelConvertSelectionProc" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +typedef void (*XtCancelConvertSelectionProc)(Widget, Atom*, Atom*, \ +XtRequestId*, XtPointer); +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + Atom *\fIselection\fP; +.br + Atom *\fItarget\fP; +.br + XtRequestId *\fIrequest_id\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget that owns the selection. +.IP \fIselection\fP 1i +Specifies the atom that names the selection being transferred. +.IP \fItarget\fP 1i +Specifies the target type to which the conversion was done. +.IP \fIrequest_id\fP 1i +Specifies an opaque identification for a specific request. +.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i +Specifies the value passed in by the widget when it took ownership of +the selection. +.LP +.eM +This procedure is called by the \*(xI when it has been determined +by means of a timeout or other mechanism that any remaining segments +of the selection no longer need to be transferred. Upon receiving +this callback, the selection request is considered complete and the +owner can free the memory and any other resources that have been +allocated for the transfer. + +.NH 4 +Getting the Selection Value Incrementally +.XS +\*(SN Getting the Selection Value Incrementally +.XE +.LP +To obtain the value of the selection using incremental transfers, use +.PN XtGetSelectionValueIncremental +or +.PN XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental . +.LP +.IN "XtGetSelectionValueIncremental" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtGetSelectionValueIncremental(\fIw\fP, \fIselection\fP, \fItarget\fP, \ +\fIselection_callback\fP, \fIclient_data\fP, \fItime\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + Atom \fIselection\fP; +.br + Atom \fItarget\fP; +.br + XtSelectionCallbackProc \fIselection_callback\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; +.br + Time \fItime\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget making the request. \*(cI +.IP \fIselection\fP 1i +Specifies the particular selection desired. +.IP \fItarget\fP 1i +Specifies the type of information needed +about the selection. +.IP \fIselection_callback\fP 1i +Specifies the callback procedure to be +called to receive each data segment. +.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i +Specifies client-specific data to be passed to +the specified callback procedure when it is invoked. +.IP \fItime\fP 1i +Specifies the timestamp that indicates when the +selection request was initiated. This should be the +timestamp of the event that triggered this request; +the value +.PN CurrentTime +is not acceptable. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtGetSelectionValueIncremental +function is similar to +.PN XtGetSelectionValue +except that the selection_callback procedure will +be called repeatedly upon delivery of multiple segments of the +selection value. The end of the selection value is indicated when +\fIselection_callback\fP is called with a non-NULL value of length zero, +which must still be freed by the client. If the +transfer of the selection is aborted in the middle of a transfer +(for example, because of a timeout), the selection_callback procedure is +called with a type value equal to the symbolic constant +.PN XT_CONVERT_FAIL +so that the requestor can dispose +of the partial selection value it has collected up until that point. +Upon receiving +.PN XT_CONVERT_FAIL , +the requesting client must determine +for itself whether or not a partially completed data transfer is meaningful. +For more information about \fIselection\fP, \fItarget\fP, and +\fItime\fP, see Section 2.6 in the \fI\*(xC\fP. +.LP +.IN "XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental(\fIw\fP, \fIselection\fP, \fItargets\fP, \ +\fIcount\fP, \fIselection_callback\fP, \fIclient_data\fP, \fItime\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + Atom \fIselection\fP; +.br + Atom *\fItargets\fP; +.br + int \fIcount\fP; +.br + XtSelectionCallbackProc \fIselection_callback\fP; +.br + XtPointer *\fIclient_data\fP; +.br + Time \fItime\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget making the request. \*(cI +.IP \fIselection\fP 1i +Specifies the particular selection desired. +.IP \fItargets\fP 1i +Specifies the types of information needed about +the selection. +.IP \fIcount\fP 1i +Specifies the length of the \fItargets\fP and \fIclient_data\fP lists. +.IP \fIselection_callback\fP 1i +Specifies the callback procedure to be called +to receive each selection value. +.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i +Specifies a list of client data (one for each target +type) values that are passed to the callback procedure when +it is invoked for the corresponding target. +.IP \fItime\fP 1i +Specifies the timestamp that indicates when the +selection request was initiated. This should be the +timestamp of the event that triggered this request; +the value +.PN CurrentTime +is not acceptable. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental +function is similar to +.PN XtGetSelectionValueIncremental +except that it takes a list of targets and client data. +.PN XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental +is equivalent to calling +.PN XtGetSelectionValueIncremental +successively for each \fItarget/client_data\fP pair except that +.PN XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental +does guarantee that all the conversions will use the same selection +value because the ownership of the selection cannot change in the +middle of the list, as would be possible when calling +.PN XtGetSelectionValueIncremental +repeatedly. +For more information about \fIselection\fP, \fItarget\fP, and +\fItime\fP, see Section 2.6 in the \fI\*(xC\fP. + +.NH 4 +Setting the Selection Owner for Incremental Transfers +.XS +\*(SN Setting the Selection Owner for Incremental Transfers +.XE +.LP +To set the selection owner when using incremental transfers, use +.PN XtOwnSelectionIncremental . +.LP +.IN "XtOwnSelectionIncremental" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +Boolean XtOwnSelectionIncremental(\fIw\fP, \fIselection\fP, \fItime\fP, \ +\fIconvert_callback\fP, \fIlose_callback\fP, + \fIdone_callback\fP, \ +\fIcancel_callback\fP, \fIclient_data\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + Atom \fIselection\fP; +.br + Time \fItime\fP; +.br + XtConvertSelectionIncrProc \fIconvert_callback\fP; +.br + XtLoseSelectionIncrProc \fIlose_callback\fP; +.br + XtSelectionDoneIncrProc \fIdone_callback\fP; +.br + XtCancelConvertSelectionProc \fIcancel_callback\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1.25i +Specifies the widget that wishes to become the owner. \*(cI +.IP \fIselection\fP 1.25i +Specifies the atom that names the selection. +.IP \fItime\fP 1.25i +Specifies the timestamp that indicates when the +selection ownership request was initiated. This should be +the timestamp of the event that triggered ownership; the value +.PN CurrentTime +is not acceptable. +.IP \fIconvert_callback\fP 1.25i +Specifies the procedure to be called whenever +the current value of the selection is requested. +.IP \fIlose_callback\fP 1.25i +Specifies the procedure to be called whenever +the widget has lost selection ownership, or NULL if the +owner is not interested in being notified. +.IP \fIdone_callback\fP 1.25i +Specifies the procedure called after the +requestor has received the entire selection, or NULL if +the owner is not interested in being notified. +.IP \fIcancel_callback\fP 1.25i +Specifies the callback procedure to be called +when a selection request aborts because a timeout expires, +or NULL if the owner is not interested in being notified. +.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1.25i +Specifies the argument to be passed to each of +the callback procedures when they are called. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtOwnSelectionIncremental +procedure informs the \*(xI +incremental selection mechanism that the specified widget wishes to +own the selection. It returns +.PN True +if the specified widget successfully becomes the selection owner or +.PN False +otherwise. +For more information about \fIselection\fP, \fItarget\fP, and +\fItime\fP, see Section 2.6 in the \fI\*(xC\fP. +.LP +If a done_callback procedure is specified, the client owns the storage allocated +for passing the value to the \*(xI. If \fIdone_callback\fP is NULL, +the convert_callback procedure must allocate storage using +.PN XtMalloc , +.PN XtRealloc , +or +.PN XtCalloc , +and the final value specified is freed by the +\*(xI when the transfer is complete. After a selection transfer +has started, only one of the done_callback or cancel_callback +procedures is invoked to indicate completion of the transfer. +.LP +The lose_callback procedure does not indicate completion of any in-progress +transfers; it is invoked at the time a +.PN SelectionClear +event is dispatched regardless of any active transfers, which are still +expected to continue. +.LP +A widget that becomes the selection owner using +.PN XtOwnSelectionIncremental +may use +.PN XtDisownSelection +to relinquish selection ownership. + +.NH 3 +Setting and Retrieving Selection Target Parameters +.XS +\*(SN Setting and Retrieving Selection Target Parameters +.XE +.LP +To specify target parameters for a selection request with a single target, +use +.PN XtSetSelectionParameters . +.LP +.IN "XtSetSelectionParameters" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtSetSelectionParameters(\fIrequestor\fP, \fIselection\fP, \fItype\fP, \ +\fIvalue\fP, \fIlength\fP, \fIformat\fP) +.br + Widget \fIrequestor\fP; +.br + Atom \fIselection\fP; +.br + Atom \fItype\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIvalue\fP; +.br + unsigned long \fIlength\fP; +.br + int \fIformat\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIrequestor\fP 1i +Specifies the widget making the request. \*(cI +.IP \fIselection\fP 1i +Specifies the atom that names the selection. +.IP \fItype\fP 1i +Specifies the type of the property in which the parameters are passed. +.IP \fIvalue\fP 1i +Specifies a pointer to the parameters. +.IP \fIlength\fP 1i +Specifies the number of elements containing data in \fIvalue\fP, +each element of a size indicated by \fIformat\fP. +.IP \fIformat\fP 1i +Specifies the size in bits of the data in the elements of \fIvalue\fP. +.LP +The specified parameters are copied and stored in a new property +of the specified type and format on the requestor's window. To initiate +a selection request with a target and these parameters, a subsequent +call to +.PN XtGetSelectionValue +or to +.PN XtGetSelectionValueIncremental +specifying the same requestor widget and selection atom will generate a +.PN ConvertSelection +request referring to the property containing the parameters. If +.PN XtSetSelectionParameters +is called more than once with the same widget and selection without +a call to specify a request, the most recently specified parameters +are used in the subsequent request. +.LP +.eM +The possible values of \fIformat\fP are 8, 16, or 32. If the format is 8, +the elements of \fIvalue\fP are assumed to be sizeof(char); +if 16, sizeof(short); if 32, sizeof(long). +.LP +To generate a MULTIPLE +target request with parameters for any of the multiple targets of the +selection request, precede individual calls to +.PN XtGetSelectionValue +and +.PN XtGetSelectionValueIncremental +with corresponding individual calls to +.PN XtSetSelectionParameters , +and enclose these all within +.PN XtCreateSelectionRequest +and +.PN XtSendSelectionRequest. +.PN XtGetSelectionValues +and +.PN XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental +cannot be used to make selection requests with parameterized targets. +.sp +.LP +To retrieve any target parameters needed to perform a selection conversion, +the selection owner calls +.PN XtGetSelectionParameters . +.LP +.IN "XtGetSelectionParameters" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtGetSelectionParameters(\fIowner\fP, \fIselection\fP, \ +\fIrequest_id\fP, \fItype_return\fP, \fIvalue_return\fP, + \fIlength_return\fP, \ +\fIformat_return\fP) +.br + Widget \fIowner\fP; +.br + Atom \fIselection\fP; +.br + XtRequestId \fIrequest_id\fP; +.br + Atom *\fItype_return\fP; +.br + XtPointer *\fIvalue_return\fP; +.br + unsigned long *\fIlength_return\fP; +.br + int *\fIformat_return\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIowner\fP 1i +Specifies the widget that owns the specified selection. +.IP \fIselection\fP 1i +Specifies the selection being processed. +.IP \fIrequest_id\fP 1i +Specifies the requestor id in the case of incremental selections, +or NULL in the case of atomic transfers. +.IP \fItype_return\fP 1i +Specifies a pointer to an atom in which the property type +of the parameters is stored. +.IP \fIvalue_return\fP 1i +Specifies a pointer into which a pointer to the parameters is to be stored. +A NULL is stored if no parameters accompany the request. +.IP \fIlength_return\fP 1i +Specifies a pointer into which the number of data elements +in \fIvalue_return\fP of size indicated by \fIformat_return\fP are stored. +.IP \fIformat_return\fP 1i +Specifies a pointer into which the size in bits of the parameter data +in the elements of \fIvalue\fP is stored. +.LP +.eM +.PN XtGetSelectionParameters +may be called only from within an +.PN XtConvertSelectionProc +or from within the first call to an +.PN XtConvertSelectionIncrProc +with a new request_id. +.LP +It is the responsibility of the caller to free the returned parameters using +.PN XtFree +when the parameters are no longer needed. + +.NH 3 +Generating MULTIPLE Requests +.XS +\*(SN Generating MULTIPLE Requests +.XE +.LP +To have the \*(xI bundle multiple calls to make selection requests into +a single request using a \s-1MULTIPLE\s+1 target, use +.PN XtCreateSelectionRequest +and +.PN XtSendSelectionRequest . +.LP +.IN "XtCreateSelectionRequest" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtCreateSelectionRequest(\fIrequestor\fP, \fIselection\fP) +.br + Widget \fIrequestor\fP; +.br + Atom \fIselection\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIrequestor\fP 1i +Specifies the widget making the request. \*(cI +.IP \fIselection\fP 1i +Specifies the particular selection desired. +.LP +.eM +When +.PN XtCreateSelectionRequest +is called, subsequent calls to +.PN XtGetSelectionValue , +.PN XtGetSelectionValueIncremental , +.PN XtGetSelectionValues , +and +.PN XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental , +with the requestor and selection as specified to +.PN XtCreateSelectionRequest , +are bundled into a single selection request with +multiple targets. The request is made by calling +.PN XtSendSelectionRequest . +.LP +.IN "XtSendSelectionRequest" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtSendSelectionRequest(\fIrequestor\fP, \fIselection\fP, \fItime\fP) +.br + Widget \fIrequestor\fP; +.br + Atom \fIselection\fP; +.br + Time \fItime\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIrequestor\fP 1i +Specifies the widget making the request. \*(cI +.IP \fIselection\fP 1i +Specifies the particular selection desired. +.IP \fItime\fP 1i +Specifies the timestamp that indicates when the selection request was +initiated. The value +.PN CurrentTime +is not acceptable. +.LP +.eM +When +.PN XtSendSelectionRequest +is called with a value of \fIrequestor\fP and \fIselection\fP matching +a previous call to +.PN XtCreateSelectionRequest , +a selection request is sent to the selection owner. +If a single target request is queued, that request is made. +If multiple targets are queued, they are bundled into a single request +with a target of MULTIPLE using the specified timestamp. +As the values are returned, the callbacks specified in +.PN XtGetSelectionValue , +.PN XtGetSelectionValueIncremental , +.PN XtGetSelectionValues , +and +.PN XtGetSelectionValueIncremental +are invoked. +.LP +Multi-threaded applications should lock the application context before +calling +.PN XtCreateSelectionRequest +and release the lock after calling +.PN XtSendSelectionRequest +to ensure that the thread assembling the request is safe from interference +by another thread assembling a different request naming the same widget +and selection. +.sp +.LP +To relinquish the composition of a MULTIPLE request without sending it, use +.PN XtCancelSelectionRequest . +.LP +.IN "XtCancelSelectionRequest" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtCancelSelectionRequest(\fIrequestor\fP, \fIselection\fP) +.br + Widget \fIrequestor\fP; +.br + Atom \fIselection\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIrequestor\fP 1i +Specifies the widget making the request. \*(cI +.IP \fIselection\fP 1i +Specifies the particular selection desired. +.LP +.eM +When +.PN XtCancelSelectionRequest +is called, any requests queued since the last call to +.PN XtCreateSelectionRequest +for the same widget and selection are discarded +and any resources reserved are released. +A subsequent call to +.PN XtSendSelectionRequest +will not result in any request being made. +Subsequent calls to +.PN XtGetSelectionValue , +.PN XtGetSelectionValues , +.PN XtGetSelectionValueIncremental , +or +.PN XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental +will not be deferred. + +.NH 3 +Auxiliary Selection Properties +.XS +\*(SN Auxiliary Selection Properties +.XE +.LP +Certain uses of parameterized selections require clients to name +other window properties within a selection parameter. To permit +reuse of temporary property names in these circumstances and +thereby reduce the number of unique atoms created in the server, +the \*(xI provides two interfaces for acquiring temporary property names. +.LP +To acquire a temporary property name atom for use in a selection +request, the client may call +.PN XtReservePropertyAtom . +.LP +.IN "XtReservePropertyAtom" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +Atom XtReservePropertyAtom(\fIw\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget making a selection request. +.LP +.eM +.PN XtReservePropertyAtom +returns an atom that may be used as a property name during selection +requests involving the specified widget. +As long as the atom remains reserved, it is unique with respect to all +other reserved atoms for the widget. +.LP +To return a temporary property name atom for reuse and to delete +the property named by that atom, use +.PN XtReleasePropertyAtom . +.LP +.IN "XtReleasePropertyAtom" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtReleasePropertyAtom(\fIw\fP, \fIatom\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + Atom \fIatom\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget used to reserve the property name atom. +.IP \fIatom\fP 1i +Specifies the property name atom returned by +.PN XtReservePropertyAtom +that is to be released for reuse. +.LP +.eM +.PN XtReleasePropertyAtom +marks the specified property name atom as +no longer in use and ensures that any property having that name +on the specified widget's window is deleted. If \fIatom\fP does not +specify a value returned by +.PN XtReservePropertyAtom +for the specified widget, the results are undefined. + +.NH 3 +Retrieving the Most Recent Timestamp +.XS +\*(SN Retrieving the Most Recent Timestamp +.XE +.LP +To retrieve the timestamp from the most recent call to +.PN XtDispatchEvent +that contained a timestamp, use +.PN XtLastTimestampProcessed . +.LP +.IN "XtLastTimestampProcessed" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +Time XtLastTimestampProcessed(\fIdisplay\fP) +.br + Display *\fIdisplay\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i +Specifies an open display connection. +.LP +.eM +If no +.PN KeyPress , +.PN KeyRelease , +.PN ButtonPress , +.PN ButtonRelease , +.PN MotionNotify , +.PN EnterNotify , +.PN LeaveNotify , +.PN PropertyNotify , +or +.PN SelectionClear +event has yet been passed to +.PN XtDispatchEvent +for the specified display, +.PN XtLastTimestampProcessed +returns zero. + +.NH 3 +Retrieving the Most Recent Event +.XS +\*(SN Retrieving the Most Recent Event +.XE +.LP +To retrieve the event from the most recent call to +.PN XtDispatchEvent +for a specific display, use +.PN XtLastEventProcessed . +.LP +.IN "XtLastEventProcessed" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +XEvent *XtLastEventProcessed(\fIdisplay\fP) +.br + Display *\fIdisplay\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i +Specifies the display connection from which to retrieve the event. +.LP +.eM +Returns the last event passed to +.PN XtDispatchEvent +for the specified display. Returns NULL if there is no such event. +The client must not modify the contents of the returned event. + +.NH 2 +Merging Exposure Events into a Region +.XS +\*(SN Merging Exposure Events into a Region +.XE +.LP +The \*(xI provide an +.PN XtAddExposureToRegion +utility function that merges +.PN Expose +and +.PN GraphicsExpose +events into a region for clients to process at once +rather than processing individual rectangles. +For further information about regions, +see Section 16.5 in \fI\*(xL\fP. +.sp +.LP +To merge +.PN Expose +and +.PN GraphicsExpose +events into a region, use +.PN XtAddExposureToRegion . +.LP +.IN "XtAddExposureToRegion" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtAddExposureToRegion(\fIevent\fP, \fIregion\fP) +.br + XEvent *\fIevent\fP; +.br + Region \fIregion\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIevent\fP 1i +Specifies a pointer to the +.PN Expose +or +.PN GraphicsExpose +event. +.IP \fIregion\fP 1i +Specifies the region object (as defined in +.Pn < X11/Xutil.h >). +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtAddExposureToRegion +function computes the union of the rectangle defined by the exposure +event and the specified region. +Then it stores the results back in \fIregion\fP. +If the event argument is not an +.PN Expose +or +.PN GraphicsExpose +event, +.PN XtAddExposureToRegion +returns without an error and without modifying \fIregion\fP. +.LP +This function is used by the exposure compression mechanism; +see Section 7.9.3. + +.NH 2 +Translating Widget Coordinates +.XS +\fB\*(SN Translating Widget Coordinates\fP +.XE +.LP +To translate an x-y coordinate pair from widget coordinates to root +window absolute coordinates, use +.PN XtTranslateCoords . +.LP +.IN "XtTranslateCoords" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtTranslateCoords(\fIw\fP, \fIx\fP, \fIy\fP, \fIrootx_return\fP, \ +\fIrooty_return\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + Position \fIx\fP, \fIy\fP; +.br + Position *\fIrootx_return\fP, *\fIrooty_return\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget. \*(rI +.IP \fIx\fP 1i +.br +.ns +.IP \fIy\fP 1i +Specify the widget-relative x and y coordinates. +.IP \fIrootx_return\fP 1i +.br +.ns +.IP \fIrooty_return\fP 1i +Return the root-relative x and y coordinates. +.LP +.eM +While +.PN XtTranslateCoords +is similar to the Xlib +.PN XTranslateCoordinates +function, it does not generate a server request because all the required +information already is in the widget's data structures. + +.NH 2 +Translating a Window to a Widget +.XS +\fB\*(SN Translating a Window to a Widget\fP +.XE +.LP +To translate a given window and display pointer into a widget instance, use +.PN XtWindowToWidget . +.LP +.IN "XtWindowToWidget" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +Widget XtWindowToWidget(\fIdisplay\fP, \fIwindow\fP) +.br + Display *\fIdisplay\fP; +.br + Window \fIwindow\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i +Specifies the display on which the window is defined. +.IP \fIwindow\fP 1i +Specifies the drawable for which you want the widget. +.LP +.eM +If there is a realized widget whose window is the specified drawable on +the specified \fIdisplay\fP, +.PN XtWindowToWidget +returns that widget. +If not and if the drawable has been associated with a widget through +.PN XtRegisterDrawable , +.PN XtWindowToWidget +returns the widget associated with the drawable. In other cases it +returns NULL. + +.NH 2 +Handling Errors +.XS +\fB\*(SN Handling Errors\fP +.XE +.LP +The \*(xI allow a client to register procedures that are called +whenever a fatal or nonfatal error occurs. +These facilities are intended for both error reporting and logging +and for error correction or recovery. +.LP +Two levels of interface are provided: +.IP \(bu 5 +A high-level interface that takes an error +name and class and retrieves the error message text from +an error resource database. +.IP \(bu 5 +A low-level interface that takes a simple string to display. +.LP +The high-level functions construct a string to pass to the lower-level +interface. +The strings may be specified in application code and are +overridden by the contents of an external systemwide file, +the ``error database file''. The location and name of this file are +implementation-dependent. +.NT +The application-context-specific error handling is not +implemented on many systems, although the interfaces are +always present. +Most implementations will have just one set of error handlers +for all application contexts within a process. +If they are set for different application contexts, +the ones registered last will prevail. +.NE +.sp +.LP +To obtain the error database (for example, to merge with +an application- or widget-specific database), use +.PN XtAppGetErrorDatabase . +.LP +.IN "XtAppGetErrorDatabase" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +XrmDatabase *XtAppGetErrorDatabase(\^\fIapp_context\fP\^) +.br + XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i +Specifies the application context. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtAppGetErrorDatabase +function returns the address of the error database. +The \*(xI do a lazy binding of the error database and do not merge in the +database file until the first call to +.PN XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText . +.LP +For a complete listing of all errors and warnings +that can be generated by the \*(xI, see Appendix D. +.sp +.LP +The high-level error and warning handler procedure pointers are of type +.PN XtErrorMsgHandler . +.LP +.IN "XtErrorMsgHandler" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +typedef void (*XtErrorMsgHandler)(String, String, String, String, \ +String*, Cardinal*); +.br + String \fIname\fP; +.br + String \fItype\fP; +.br + String \fIclass\fP; +.br + String \fIdefaultp\fP; +.br + String *\fIparams\fP; +.br + Cardinal *\fInum_params\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIname\fP 1i +Specifies the name to be concatenated with the specified type to form +the resource name of the error message. +.IP \fItype\fP 1i +Specifies the type to be concatenated with the name to form the +resource name of the error message. +.IP \fIclass\fP 1i +Specifies the resource class of the error message. +.IP \fIdefaultp\fP 1i +Specifies the default message to use if no error database entry is found. +.IP \fIparams\fP 1i +Specifies a pointer to a list of parameters to be substituted in the message. +.IP \fInum_params\fP 1i +Specifies the number of entries in \fIparams\fP. +.LP +.eM +The specified name can be a general kind of error, +like ``invalidParameters'' or ``invalidWindow'', +and the specified type gives extra information +such as the name of the routine in which the error was detected. +Standard +.PN printf +notation is used to substitute the parameters into the message. +.sp +.LP +An error message handler can obtain the error database text for an +error or a warning by calling +.PN XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText . +.LP +.IN "XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText(\fIapp_context\fP, \fIname\fP, \fItype\fP, \fIclass\fP, \fIdefault\fP, \fIbuffer_return\fP, \fInbytes\fP, \fIdatabase\fP) +.br + XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; +.br + String \fIname\fP, \fItype\fP, \fIclass\fP; +.br + String \fIdefault\fP; +.br + String \fIbuffer_return\fP; +.br + int \fInbytes\fP; +.br + XrmDatabase \fIdatabase\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i +Specifies the application context. +.IP \fIname\fP 1i +.br +.ns +.IP \fItype\fP 1i +Specify the name and type concatenated to form the resource name +of the error message. +.IP \fIclass\fP 1i +Specifies the resource class of the error message. +.IP \fIdefault\fP 1i +Specifies the default message to use if an error database entry is not found. +.IP \fIbuffer_return\fP 1i +Specifies the buffer into which the error message is to be returned. +.IP \fInbytes\fP 1i +Specifies the size of the buffer in bytes. +.IP \fIdatabase\fP 1i +Specifies the name of the alternative database to be used, +or NULL if the application context's error database is to be used. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText +returns the appropriate message from the error database +or returns the specified default message if one is not found in the +error database. +To form the full resource name and class when querying the database, +the \fIname\fP and \fItype\fP are concatenated with a single ``.'' +between them and the \fIclass\fP is concatenated with itself with a +single ``.'' if it does not already contain a ``.''. +.sp +.LP +To return the application name and class as passed to +.PN XtDisplayInitialize +for a particular Display, use +.PN XtGetApplicationNameAndClass . +.LP +.IN "XtGetApplicationNameAndClass" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtGetApplicationNameAndClass(\fIdisplay\fP, \fIname_return\fP, \ +\fIclass_return\fP) +.br + Display* \fIdisplay\fP; +.br + String* \fIname_return\fP; +.br + String* \fIclass_return\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i +Specifies an open display connection that has been initialized with +.PN XtDisplayInitialize . +.IP \fIname_return\fP 1i +Returns the application name. +.IP \fIclass_return\fP 1i +Returns the application class. +.LP +.eM +.PN XtGetApplicationNameAndClass +returns the application name and class passed to +.PN XtDisplayInitialize +for the specified display. If the display was +never initialized or has been closed, the result is undefined. The +returned strings are owned by the \*(xI and must not be modified +or freed by the caller. +.sp +.LP +To register a procedure to be called on fatal error conditions, use +.PN XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler . +.LP +.IN "XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +XtErrorMsgHandler XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler(\fIapp_context\fP, \fImsg_handler\fP) +.br + XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; +.br + XtErrorMsgHandler \fImsg_handler\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i +Specifies the application context. +.IP \fImsg_handler\fP 1i +Specifies the new fatal error procedure, which should not return. +.LP +.eM +.PN XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler +returns a pointer to the previously +installed high-level fatal error handler. +The default high-level fatal error handler provided by the \*(xI is named +.PN _XtDefaultErrorMsg +.IN "_XtDefaultErrorMsg" "" "@DEF" +and constructs a string from the error resource database and calls +.PN XtError . +Fatal error message handlers should not return. +If one does, +subsequent \*(xI behavior is undefined. +.sp +.LP +To call the high-level error handler, use +.PN XtAppErrorMsg . +.LP +.IN "XtAppErrorMsg" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtAppErrorMsg(\fIapp_context\fP, \fIname\fP, \fItype\fP, \fIclass\fP, \ +\fIdefault\fP, \ \fIparams\fP, \fInum_params\fP) +.br + XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; +.br + String \fIname\fP; +.br + String \fItype\fP; +.br + String \fIclass\fP; +.br + String \fIdefault\fP; +.br + String *\fIparams\fP; +.br + Cardinal *\fInum_params\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i +Specifies the application context. +.IP \fIname\fP 1i +Specifies the general kind of error. +.IP \fItype\fP 1i +Specifies the detailed name of the error. +.IP \fIclass\fP 1i +Specifies the resource class. +.IP \fIdefault\fP 1i +Specifies the default message to use if an error database entry is not found. +.IP \fIparams\fP 1i +Specifies a pointer to a list of values to be stored in the message. +.IP \fInum_params\fP 1i +Specifies the number of entries in \fIparams\fP. +.LP +.eM +The \*(xI internal errors all have class +``XtToolkitError''. +.sp +.LP +To register a procedure to be called on nonfatal error conditions, use +.PN XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler . +.LP +.IN "XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +XtErrorMsgHandler XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler(\fIapp_context\fP, \fImsg_handler\fP) +.br + XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; +.br + XtErrorMsgHandler \fImsg_handler\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i +Specifies the application context. +.IP \fImsg_handler\fP 1i +Specifies the new nonfatal error procedure, which usually returns. +.LP +.eM +.PN XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler +returns a pointer to the previously +installed high-level warning handler. +The default high-level warning handler provided by the \*(xI is named +.PN _XtDefaultWarningMsg +.IN "_XtDefaultWarningMsg" "" "@DEF@" +and constructs a string +from the error resource database and calls +.PN XtWarning . +.sp +.LP +To call the installed high-level warning handler, use +.PN XtAppWarningMsg . +.LP +.IN "XtAppWarningMsg" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtAppWarningMsg(\fIapp_context\fP, \fIname\fP, \fItype\fP, \fIclass\fP, \fIdefault\fP, \fIparams\fP, \fInum_params\fP) +.br + XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; +.br + String \fIname\fP; +.br + String \fItype\fP; +.br + String \fIclass\fP; +.br + String \fIdefault\fP; +.br + String *\fIparams\fP; +.br + Cardinal *\fInum_params\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i +Specifies the application context. +.IP \fIname\fP 1i +Specifies the general kind of error. +.IP \fItype\fP 1i +Specifies the detailed name of the error. +.IP \fIclass\fP 1i +Specifies the resource class. +.IP \fIdefault\fP 1i +Specifies the default message to use if an error database entry is not found. +.IP \fIparams\fP 1i +Specifies a pointer to a list of values to be stored in the message. +.IP \fInum_params\fP 1i +Specifies the number of entries in \fIparams\fP. +.LP +.eM +The \*(xI internal warnings all have class +``XtToolkitError''. +.sp +.LP +The low-level error and warning handler procedure pointers are of type +.PN XtErrorHandler . +.LP +.IN "XtErrorHandler" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +typedef void (*XtErrorHandler)(String); +.br + String \fImessage\fP; +.FN +.IP \fImessage\fP 1i +Specifies the error message. +.LP +.eM +The error handler should display the message string in some appropriate fashion. +.sp +.LP +To register a procedure to be called on fatal error conditions, use +.PN XtAppSetErrorHandler . +.LP +.IN "XtAppSetErrorHandler" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +XtErrorHandler XtAppSetErrorHandler(\fIapp_context\fP, \fIhandler\fP) +.br + XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; +.br + XtErrorHandler \fIhandler\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i +Specifies the application context. +.IP \fIhandler\fP 1i +Specifies the new fatal error procedure, which should not return. +.LP +.eM +.PN XtAppSetErrorHandler +returns a pointer to the previously installed +low-level fatal error handler. +The default low-level error handler provided by the \*(xI is +.PN _XtDefaultError . +.IN "_XtDefaultError" "" "@DEF@" +On POSIX-based systems, +it prints the message to standard error and terminates the application. +Fatal error message handlers should not return. +If one does, +subsequent \*(xI behavior is undefined. +.sp +.LP +To call the installed fatal error procedure, use +.PN XtAppError . +.LP +.IN "XtAppError" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtAppError(\fIapp_context\fP, \fImessage\fP) +.br + XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; +.br + String \fImessage\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i +Specifies the application context. +.IP \fImessage\fP 1i +Specifies the message to be reported. +.LP +.eM +Most programs should use +.PN XtAppErrorMsg , +not +.PN XtAppError , +to provide for customization and internationalization of error messages. +.sp +.LP +To register a procedure to be called on nonfatal error conditions, use +.PN XtAppSetWarningHandler . +.LP +.IN "XtAppSetWarningHandler" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +XtErrorHandler XtAppSetWarningHandler(\fIapp_context\fP, \fIhandler\fP) +.br + XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; +.br + XtErrorHandler \fIhandler\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i +Specifies the application context. +.IP \fIhandler\fP 1i +Specifies the new nonfatal error procedure, which usually returns. +.LP +.eM +.PN XtAppSetWarningHandler +returns a pointer to the previously installed +low-level warning handler. +The default low-level warning handler provided by the \*(xI is +.PN _XtDefaultWarning . +.IN "_XtDefaultWarning" "" "@DEF@" +On POSIX-based systems, +it prints the message to standard error and returns to the caller. +.sp +.LP +To call the installed nonfatal error procedure, use +.PN XtAppWarning . +.LP +.IN "XtAppWarning" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtAppWarning(\fIapp_context\fP, \fImessage\fP) +.br + XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; +.br + String \fImessage\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i +Specifies the application context. +.IP \fImessage\fP 1i +Specifies the nonfatal error message to be reported. +.LP +.eM +Most programs should use +.PN XtAppWarningMsg , +not +.PN XtAppWarning , +to provide for customization and internationalization of warning messages. + +.NH 2 +Setting WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS +.XS +\fB\*(SN Setting WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS\fP +.XE +.LP +A client may set the value of the \s-1WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS\s+1 +.IN "WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS" "" "@DEF@" +property on a widget's window by calling +.PN XtSetWMColormapWindows . +.LP +.IN "XtSetWMColormapWindows" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtSetWMColormapWindows(\fIwidget\fP, \fIlist\fP, \fIcount\fP) +.br + Widget \fIwidget\fP; +.br + Widget* \fIlist\fP; +.br + Cardinal \fIcount\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIwidget\fP 1i +Specifies the widget on whose window the \s-1WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS\s+1 +property is stored. \*(cI +.IP \fIlist\fP 1i +Specifies a list of widgets whose windows are potentially to be +listed in the \s-1WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS\s+1 property. +.IP \fIcount\fP 1i +Specifies the number of widgets in \fIlist\fP. +.LP +.eM +.PN XtSetWMColormapWindows +returns immediately if \fIwidget\fP is not realized or if \fIcount\fP is 0. +Otherwise, +.PN XtSetWMColormapWindows +constructs an ordered list of windows +by examining each widget in \fIlist\fP in turn and +ignoring the widget if it is not realized, or +adding the widget's window to the window list if the widget is realized +and if its colormap resource is different from the colormap +resources of all widgets whose windows are already on the window list. +.LP +Finally, +.PN XtSetWMColormapWindows +stores the resulting window list in the \s-1WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS\s+1 +property on the specified widget's window. +Refer to Section 4.1.8 in the \fI\*(xC\fP for details of +the semantics of the \s-1WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS\s+1 property. + +.NH 2 +Finding File Names +.XS +\fB\*(SN Finding File Names\fP +.XE +.LP +The \*(xI provide procedures to look for a file by name, allowing +string substitutions in a list of file specifications. Two +routines are provided for this: +.PN XtFindFile +and +.PN XtResolvePathname . +.PN XtFindFile +uses an arbitrary set of client-specified substitutions, and +.PN XtResolvePathname +uses a set of standard substitutions corresponding +to the \fIX/Open Portability Guide\fP language localization conventions. +Most applications should use +.PN XtResolvePathname . +.LP +A string substitution is defined by a list of +.PN Substitution +.IN "Substitution" "" "@DEF@" +entries. +.LP +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 3i +.ta .5i 3i +typedef struct { + char match; + String substitution; +} SubstitutionRec, *Substitution; +.De +.eM +.LP +File name evaluation is handled in an operating-system-dependent +fashion by an +.PN XtFilePredicate +.IN "XtFilePredicate" "" "@DEF@" +procedure. +.LP +.sM +.FD 0 +typedef Boolean (*XtFilePredicate)(String); +.br + String \fIfilename\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIfilename\fP 1i +Specifies a potential filename. +.LP +.eM +A file predicate procedure is called with a string that is +potentially a file name. It should return +.PN True +if this string specifies a file that is appropriate for the intended use and +.PN False +otherwise. +.sp +.LP +To search for a file using substitutions in a path list, use +.PN XtFindFile . +.LP +.IN "XtFindFile" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +String XtFindFile(\fIpath\fP, \fIsubstitutions\fP, \fInum_substitutions\fP, \ +\fIpredicate\fP) +.br + String \fIpath\fP; +.br + Substitution \fIsubstitutions\fP; +.br + Cardinal \fInum_substitutions\fP; +.br + XtFilePredicate \fIpredicate\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIpath\fP 1.2i +Specifies a path of file names, including substitution characters. +.IP \fIsubstitutions\fP 1.2i +Specifies a list of substitutions to make into the path. +.IP \fInum_substitutions\fP 1.2i +Specifies the number of substitutions passed in. +.IP \fIpredicate\fP 1.2i +Specifies a procedure called to judge each potential file name, or NULL. +.LP +.eM +The \fIpath\fP parameter specifies a string that consists of a series of +potential file names delimited by colons. Within each name, the +percent character specifies a string substitution selected by the +following character. The character sequence ``%:'' specifies an +embedded colon that is not a delimiter; the sequence is replaced by a +single colon. The character sequence ``%%'' specifies a percent +character that does not introduce a substitution; the sequence is +replaced by a single percent character. If a percent character is +followed by any other character, +.PN XtFindFile +looks through the +specified \fIsubstitutions\fP for that character in the \fImatch\fP field +and, if found, +replaces the percent and match characters with the string in the +corresponding \fIsubstitution\fP field. A \fIsubstitution\fP field entry of NULL +is equivalent to a pointer to an empty string. If the operating +system does not interpret multiple embedded name separators in the +path (i.e., ``/'' in POSIX) the same way as a single separator, +.PN XtFindFile +will collapse multiple separators into a single one after performing +all string substitutions. Except for collapsing embedded separators, +the contents of the string substitutions are not interpreted by +.PN XtFindFile +and may therefore contain any operating-system-dependent +characters, including additional name separators. Each resulting +string is passed to the predicate procedure until a string is found for +which the procedure returns +.PN True ; +this string is the return value for +.PN XtFindFile . +If no string yields a +.PN True +return from the predicate, +.PN XtFindFile +returns NULL. +.LP +If the \fIpredicate\fP parameter is NULL, an internal procedure that checks +if the file exists, is readable, and is not a directory is used. +.LP +It is the responsibility of the caller to free the returned string using +.PN XtFree +when it is no longer needed. +.sp +.LP +To search for a file using standard substitutions in a path list, use +.PN XtResolvePathname . +.LP +.IN "XtResolvePathname" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +String XtResolvePathname(\fIdisplay\fP, \fItype\fP, \fIfilename\fP, \fIsuffix\fP, \ +\fIpath\fP, \fIsubstitutions\fP, \fInum_substitutions\fP, \fIpredicate\fP) +.br + Display *\fIdisplay\fP; +.br + String \fItype\fP, \fIfilename\fP, \fIsuffix\fP, \fIpath\fP; +.br + Substitution \fIsubstitutions\fP; +.br + Cardinal \fInum_substitutions\fP; +.br + XtFilePredicate \fIpredicate\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1.2i +Specifies the display to use to find the language for language substitutions. +.IP \fItype\fP +.br +.ns +.IP \fIfilename\fP +.br +.ns +.IP \fIsuffix\fP 1.2i +Specify values to substitute into the path. +.IP \fIpath\fP 1.2i +Specifies the list of file specifications, or NULL. +.IP \fIsubstitutions\fP 1.2i +Specifies a list of additional substitutions to make into the path, or NULL. +.IP \fInum_substitutions\fP 1.2i +Specifies the number of entries in \fIsubstitutions\fP. +.IP \fIpredicate\fP 1.2i +Specifies a procedure called to judge each potential file name, or NULL. +.LP +.eM +The substitutions specified by +.PN XtResolvePathname +are determined from the value of the language string retrieved by +.PN XtDisplayInitialize +for the specified display. +To set the +language for all applications specify ``*xnlLanguage: \fIlang\fP'' in the +resource database. +.IN "xnlLanguage" +The format and content of the language string are +implementation-defined. One suggested syntax is to compose +the language string of three parts; a ``language part'', a +``territory part'' and a ``codeset part''. The manner in which +this composition is accomplished is implementation-defined, +and the \*(xI make no interpretation of the parts other +than to use them in substitutions as described below. +.LP +.PN XtResolvePathname +calls +.PN XtFindFile +with the following substitutions +in addition to any passed by the caller and returns the value returned by +.PN XtFindFile : +.IP %N 5 +The value of the \fIfilename\fP parameter, or the application's +class name if \fIfilename\fP is NULL. +.IP %T 5 +The value of the \fItype\fP parameter. +.IP %S 5 +The value of the \fIsuffix\fP parameter. +.IP %L 5 +The language string associated with the specified display. +.IP %l 5 +The language part of the display's language string. +.IP %t 5 +The territory part of the display's language string. +.IP %c 5 +The codeset part of the display's language string. +.IP %C 5 +The customization string retrieved from the resource +database associated with \fIdisplay\fP. +.IP %D 5 +The value of the implementation-specific default path. +.LP +If a path is passed to +.PN XtResolvePathname , +it is passed along to +.PN XtFindFile . +If the \fIpath\fP argument is NULL, the value of the +.PN \s-1XFILESEARCHPATH\s+1 +.IN "XFILESEARCHPATH" "" "@DEF@" +environment variable is passed to +.PN XtFindFile . +If +.PN \s-1XFILESEARCHPATH\s+1 +is not defined, an implementation-specific default path is used +that contains at least six entries. These entries +must contain the following substitutions: + +.nf +.ta .3i 2i 2.5i +1. %C, %N, %S, %T, %L or %C, %N, %S, %T, %l, %t, %c +2. %C, %N, %S, %T, %l +3. %C, %N, %S, %T +4. %N, %S, %T, %L or %N, %S, %T, %l, %t, %c +5. %N, %S, %T, %l +6. %N, %S, %T +.fi + +The order of these six entries within the path must be as given above. +The order and use of substitutions within a given entry +are implementation-dependent. +If the path begins +with a colon, it is preceded by %N%S. If the path includes two +adjacent colons, \fB%N%S\fP is inserted between them. +.LP +The \fItype\fP parameter is intended to be a category of files, usually +being translated into a directory in the pathname. Possible values +might include ``app-defaults'', ``help'', and ``bitmap''. +.LP +The \fIsuffix\fP parameter is intended to be appended to the file name. +Possible values might include ``.txt'', ``.dat'', and ``.bm''. +.LP +A suggested value for the default path on POSIX-based systems is +.IP +/usr/lib/X11/%L/%T/%N%C%S:/usr/lib/X11/%l/%T/%N%C%S:\\ +.br +/usr/lib/X11/%T/%N%C%S:/usr/lib/X11/%L/%T/%N%S:\\ +.br +/usr/lib/X11/%l/%T/%N%S:/usr/lib/X11/%T/%N%S + +.LP +Using this example, if the user has specified a language, it is +used as a subdirectory of /usr/lib/X11 that is searched for other +files. If the desired file is not found there, the lookup is +tried again using just the language part of the specification. If the +file is not there, it is looked for in /usr/lib/X11. The \fItype\fP +parameter is used as a subdirectory of the language directory or of +/usr/lib/X11, and \fIsuffix\fP is appended to the file name. +.LP +The %D substitution allows the addition of path +elements to the implementation-specific default path, typically to +allow additional directories to be searched without preventing +resources in the system directories from being found. For example, a +user installing resource files under a directory called ``ourdir'' +might set +.PN \s-1XFILESEARCHPATH\s+1 +to +.IP +%D:ourdir/%T/%N%C:ourdir/%T/%N +.LP +The customization string is obtained by querying the resource database +currently associated with the display (the database returned by +.PN XrmGetDatabase ) +for the resource \fIapplication_name\fP.customization, class +\fIapplication_class\fP.Customization, where \fIapplication_name\fP +and \fIapplication_class\fP are the values returned by +.PN XtGetApplicationNameAndClass . +If no value is specified in the database, the empty string is used. +.LP +It is the responsibility of the caller to free the returned string using +.PN XtFree +when it is no longer needed. + +.NH 2 +Hooks for External Agents +.XS +\fB\*(SN Hooks for External Agents\fP +.XE +.LP +Applications may register +functions that are called at a particular control points in the \*(xI. +These functions are intended to be used to provide notification +of an \*Q\*(tk event\*U, such as widget creation, to an external agent, +such as an interactive resource editor, drag-and-drop server, or +an aid for physically challenged users. +The control points containing such registration hooks are identified +in a \*Qhook registration\*U object. +.LP +To retrieve the hook registration widget, use +.PN XtHooksOfDisplay . +.LP +.IN "XtHooksOfDisplay" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +Widget XtHooksOfDisplay(\fIdisplay\fP) +.br + Display *\fIdisplay\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i +Specifies the desired display. +.LP +.eM +The class of this object is a private, implementation-dependent +subclass of +.PN Object . +The hook object has no parent. The resources of this object are +the callback lists for hooks and the read-only resources for getting +a list of parentless shells. All of the callback lists are initially +empty. When a display is closed, the hook object associated with it +is destroyed. +.LP +The following procedures can be called with the hook registration object +as an argument: +.sp +.IP +.PN XtAddCallback , +.PN XtAddCallbacks , +.PN XtRemoveCallback , +.PN XtRemoveCallbacks , +.PN XtRemoveAllCallbacks , +.PN XtCallCallbacks , +.PN XtHasCallbacks , +.PN XtCallCallbackList +.IP +.PN XtClass , +.PN XtSuperclass , +.PN XtIsSubclass , +.PN XtCheckSubclass , +.PN XtIsObject , +.PN XtIsRectObj , +.PN XtIsWidget , +.PN XtIsComposite , +.PN XtIsConstraint , +.PN XtIsShell , +.PN XtIsOverrideShell , +.PN XtIsWMShell , +.PN XtIsVendorShell , +.PN XtIsTransientShell , +.PN XtIsToplevelShell , +.PN XtIsApplicationShell , +.PN XtIsSessionShell +.IP +.PN XtWidgetToApplicationContext +.IP +.PN XtName , +.PN XtParent , +.PN XtDisplayOfObject , +.PN XtScreenOfObject +.IP +.PN XtSetValues , +.PN XtGetValues , +.PN XtVaSetValues , +.PN XtVaGetValues +.sp +.LP + +.NH 3 +Hook Object Resources +.XS +\fB\*(SN Hook Object Resources\fP +.XE +.LP +The resource names, classes, and representation types that are specified +in the hook object resource list are: +.KS +.TS +lw(1.5i) lw(1.5i) lw(2.5i) . +_ +.sp 6p +Name Class Representation +.sp 6p +_ +.sp 6p +XtNcreateHook XtCCallback XtRCallback +XtNchangeHook XtCCallback XtRCallback +XtNconfigureHook XtCCallback XtRCallback +XtNgeometryHook XtCCallback XtRCallback +XtNdestroyHook XtCCallback XtRCallback +XtNshells XtCReadOnly XtRWidgetList +XtNnumShells XtCReadOnly XtRCardinal +.sp 6p +_ +.TE +.KE +.LP +Descriptions of each of these resources: +.LP +The XtNcreateHook callback list is called from: +.PN XtCreateWidget , +.PN XtCreateManagedWidget , +.PN XtCreatePopupShell , +.PN XtAppCreateShell , +and their corresponding varargs versions. +.LP +The \fIcall_data\fP parameter in a createHook callback may be +cast to type +.PN XtCreateHookData . +.LP +.IN "XtCreateHookData" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 3i +.ta .5i 3i +typedef struct { + String type; + Widget widget; + ArgList args; + Cardinal num_args; +} XtCreateHookDataRec, *XtCreateHookData; +.De +.eM +.LP +The \fItype\fP is set to +.PN XtHcreate , +\fIwidget\fP is the newly created widget, and \fIargs\fP and \fInum_args\fP +are the arguments passed to the create function. The callbacks are +called before returning from the create function. +.LP +The XtNchangeHook callback list is called from: +.IP +.PN XtSetValues , +.PN XtVaSetValues +.IP +.PN XtManageChild , +.PN XtManageChildren , +.PN XtUnmanageChild , +.PN XtUnmanageChildren +.IP +.PN XtRealizeWidget , +.PN XtUnrealizeWidget +.IP +.PN XtAddCallback , +.PN XtRemoveCallback , +.PN XtAddCallbacks, +.PN XtRemoveCallbacks , +.PN XtRemoveAllCallbacks +.IP +.PN XtAugmentTranslations , +.PN XtOverrideTranslations , +.PN XtUninstallTranslations +.IP +.PN XtSetKeyboardFocus , +.PN XtSetWMColormapWindows +.IP +.PN XtSetMappedWhenManaged , +.PN XtMapWidget , +.PN XtUnmapWidget +.IP +.PN XtPopup , +.PN XtPopupSpringLoaded , +.PN XtPopdown +.LP +.sp +.LP +The \fIcall_data\fP parameter in a changeHook callback may +be cast to type +.PN XtChangeHookData . +.IN "XtChangeHookData" "" "@DFEF@" +.LP +.KS +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 2.5i +.ta .5i 2.5i +typedef struct { + String type; + Widget widget; + XtPointer event_data; + Cardinal num_event_data; +} XtChangeHookDataRec, *XtChangeHookData; +.De +.eM +.KE +.LP +When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to +.PN XtSetValues +or +.PN XtVaSetValues , +\fItype\fP is set to +.PN XtHsetValues , +\fIwidget\fP is the new widget passed to the set_values procedure, and +\fIevent_data\fP may be cast to type +.PN XtChangeHookSetValuesData . +.IN "XtChangeHookSetValuesData" "" "@DEF@" +.LP +.KS +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 2.5i +.ta .5i 2.5i +typedef struct { + Widget old, req; + ArgList args; + Cardinal num_args; +} XtChangeHookSetValuesDataRec, *XtChangeHookSetValuesData; +.De +.eM +.KE +.LP +The \fIold\fP, \fIreq\fP, \fIargs\fP, and \fInum_args\fP are the +parameters passed to the set_values procedure. The callbacks are called +after the set_values and constraint set_values procedures have been called. +.LP +When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to +.PN XtManageChild +or +.PN XtManageChildren , +\fItype\fP is set to +.PN XtHmanageChildren , +\fIwidget\fP is the parent, \fIevent_data\fP may be cast to type +WidgetList and is the list of children being managed, and +\fInum_event_data\fP is the length of the widget list. +The callbacks are called after the children have been managed. +.LP +When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to +.PN XtUnmanageChild +or +.PN XtUnmanageChildren , +\fItype\fP is set to +.PN XtHunmanageChildren , +\fIwidget\fP is the parent, \fIevent_data\fP may be cast to type +WidgetList and is a list of the children being unmanaged, and +\fInum_event_data\fP is the length of the widget list. +The callbacks are called after the children have been unmanaged. +.LP +The changeHook callbacks are called twice as a result of a call to +.PN XtChangeManagedSet , +once after unmanaging and again after managing. +When the callbacks are called the first time, \fItype\fP is set to +.PN XtHunmanageSet , +\fIwidget\fP is the parent, \fIevent_data\fP may be cast to type +WidgetList and is a list of the children being unmanaged, and +\fInum_event_data\fP is the length of the widget list. +When the callbacks are called the second time, the \fItype\fP is set to +.PN XtHmanageSet , +\fIwidget\fP is the parent, \fIevent_data\fP may be cast to type +WidgetList and is a list of the children being managed, and +\fInum_event_data\fP is the length of the widget list. +.LP +When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to +.PN XtRealizeWidget , +the \fItype\fP is set to +.PN XtHrealizeWidget +and \fIwidget\fP is the widget being realized. +The callbacks are called after the widget has been realized. +.LP +When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to +.PN XtUnrealizeWidget , +the \fItype\fP is set to +.PN XtHunrealizeWidget , +and \fIwidget\fP is the widget being unrealized. +The callbacks are called after the widget has been unrealized. +.LP +When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to +.PN XtAddCallback , +\fItype\fP is set to +.PN XtHaddCallback , +\fIwidget\fP is the widget to which the callback is being added, and +\fIevent_data\fP may be cast to type String and is the name of the +callback being added. +The callbacks are called after the callback has been added to the widget. +.LP +When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to +.PN XtAddCallbacks , +the \fItype\fP is set to +.PN XtHaddCallbacks , +\fIwidget\fP is the widget to which the callbacks are being added, and +\fIevent_data\fP may be cast to type String and is the name of the +callbacks being added. +The callbacks are called after the callbacks have been added to the widget. +.LP +When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to +.PN XtRemoveCallback , +the \fItype\fP is set to +.PN XtHremoveCallback , +\fIwidget\fP is the widget from which the callback is being removed, and +\fIevent_data\fP may be cast to type String and is the name of +the callback being removed. The callbacks are called after the callback +has been removed from the widget. +.LP +When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to +.PN XtRemoveCallbacks , +the \fItype\fP is set to +.PN XtHremoveCallbacks , +\fIwidget\fP is the widget from which the callbacks are being removed, and +\fIevent_data\fP may be cast to type String and is the name of the +callbacks being removed. The callbacks are called after the callbacks +have been removed from the widget. +.LP +When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to +.PN XtRemoveAllCallbacks , +the \fItype\fP is set to +.PN XtHremoveAllCallbacks +and \fIwidget\fP is the widget from which the callbacks are being removed. +The callbacks are called after the callbacks have been removed from the +widget. +.LP +When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to +.PN XtAugmentTranslations , +the \fItype\fP is set to +.PN XtHaugmentTranslations +and \fIwidget\fP is the widget whose translations are being modified. +The callbacks are called after the widget's translations have been +modified. +.LP +When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to +.PN XtOverrideTranslations , +the \fItype\fP is set to +.PN XtHoverrideTranslations +and \fIwidget\fP is the widget whose translations are being modified. +The callbacks are called after the widget's translations have been +modified. +.LP +When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to +.PN XtUninstallTranslations , +The \fItype\fP is +.PN XtHuninstallTranslations +and \fIwidget\fP is the widget whose translations are being uninstalled. +The callbacks are called after the widget's translations have been +uninstalled. +.LP +When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to +.PN XtSetKeyboardFocus , +the \fItype\fP is set to +.PN XtHsetKeyboardFocus +and \fIevent_data\fP may be cast to type Widget and is the value of +the descendant argument passed to \fBXtSetKeyboardFocus\fP. The +callbacks are called before returning from \fBXtSetKeyboardFocus\fP. +.LP +When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to +.PN XtSetWMColormapWindows , +\fItype\fP is set to +.PN XtHsetWMColormapWindows , +\fIevent_data\fP may be cast to type WidgetList and is the value of +the list argument passed to \fBXtSetWMColormapWindows\fP, and +\fInum_event_data\fP is the length of the list. The callbacks are +called before returning from \fBXtSetWMColormapWindows\fP. +.LP +When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to +.PN XtSetMappedWhenManaged , +the \fItype\fP is set to +.PN XtHsetMappedWhenManaged +and \fIevent_data\fP may be cast to type Boolean and is the value of +the mapped_when_managed argument passed to \fBXtSetMappedWhenManaged\fP. +The callbacks are called after setting the widget's mapped_when_managed +field and before realizing or unrealizing the widget. +.LP +When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to +.PN XtMapWidget , +the \fItype \fP is set to +.PN XtHmapWidget +and \fIwidget\fP is the widget being mapped. +The callbacks are called after mapping the widget. +.LP +When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to +.PN XtUnmapWidget , +the \fItype \fP is set to +.PN XtHunmapWidget +and \fIwidget\fP is the widget being unmapped. +The callbacks are called after unmapping the widget. +.LP +When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to +.PN XtPopup , +the \fItype\fP is set to +.PN XtHpopup , +\fIwidget\fP is the widget being popped up, and \fIevent_data\fP may +be cast to type XtGrabKind and is the value of the grab_kind argument +passed to \fBXtPopup\fP. +The callbacks are called before returning from \fBXtPopup\fP. +.LP +When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to +.PN XtPopupSpringLoaded , +the \fItype\fP is set to +.PN XtHpopupSpringLoaded +and \fIwidget\fP is the widget being popped up. +The callbacks are called +before returning from \fBXtPopupSpringLoaded\fP. +.LP +When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to +.PN XtPopdown , +the \fItype\fP is set to +.PN XtHpopdown +and \fIwidget\fP is the widget being popped down. +The callbacks are called +before returning from \fBXtPopdown\fP. +.LP +A widget set that exports interfaces that change application state +without employing the \*(xI library should invoke the change hook +itself. This is done by: +.sp +.Ds +.TA .5i 2i +.ta .5i 2i + XtCallCallbacks(XtHooksOfDisplay(dpy), XtNchangeHook, call_data); +.De +.sp +.LP +The XtNconfigureHook callback list is called any time the \*(xI +move, resize, or configure a widget and when +.PN XtResizeWindow +is called. +.LP +The \fIcall_data\fP parameter may be cast to type +.PN XtConfigureHookData. +.LP +.IN "XtConfigureHookData" "" "@DEF@" +.KS +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 3i +.ta .5i 3i +typedef struct { + String type; + Widget widget; + XtGeometryMask changeMask; + XWindowChanges changes; +} XtConfigureHookDataRec, *XtConfigureHookData; +.De +.eM +.KE +.sp +.LP +When the configureHook callbacks are called, the \fItype\fP is +.PN XtHconfigure , +\fIwidget\fP is the widget being configured, and \fIchangeMask\fP and +\fIchanges\fP reflect the changes made to the widget. The callbacks +are called after changes have been made to the widget. +.LP +The XtNgeometryHook callback list is called from +.PN XtMakeGeometryRequest +and +.PN XtMakeResizeRequest +once before and once after geometry negotiation occurs. +.LP +The \fIcall_data\fP parameter may be cast to type +.PN XtGeometryHookData . +.LP +.IN "XtGeometryHookData" "" "@DFEF@" +.LP +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 3i +.ta .5i 3i +typedef struct { + String type; + Widget widget; + XtWidgetGeometry* request; + XtWidgetGeometry* reply; + XtGeometryResult result; +} XtGeometryHookDataRec, *XtGeometryHookData; +.De +.eM +.sp +.LP +When the geometryHook callbacks are called prior to geometry negotiation, +the \fItype\fP is +.PN XtHpreGeometry , +\fIwidget\fP is the widget for which the request is being made, and +\fIrequest\fP is the requested geometry. +When the geometryHook callbacks +are called after geometry negotiation, the \fItype\fP is +.PN XtHpostGeometry , +\fIwidget\fP is the widget for which the request was made, \fIrequest\fP +is the requested geometry, \fIreply\fP is the resulting geometry granted, +and \fIresult\fP is the value returned from the geometry negotiation. +.LP +The XtNdestroyHook callback list is called when a widget is destroyed. +The \fIcall_data parameter\fP may be cast to type +.PN XtDestroyHookData . +.LP +.IN "XtDestroyHookData" "" "@DFEF@" +.sp +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 3i +.ta .5i 3i +typedef struct { + String type; + Widget widget; +} XtDestroyHookDataRec, *XtDestroyHookData; +.De +.eM +.sp +.LP +When the destroyHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to +.PN XtDestroyWidget , +the \fItype\fP is +.PN XtHdestroy +and \fIwidget\fP is the widget being destroyed. The callbacks are +called upon completion of phase one destroy for a widget. +.LP +The XtNshells and XtnumShells are read-only resources that report a +list of all parentless shell widgets associated with a display. +.LP +Clients who use these hooks must exercise caution in calling \*(xI +functions in order to avoid recursion. + +.NH 3 +Querying Open Displays +.XS +\fB\*(SN Querying Open Displays\fP +.XE +.LP +To retrieve a list of the Displays associated with an application context, +use +.PN XtGetDisplays . +.LP +.IN "XtGetDisplays" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtGetDisplays(\fIapp_context\fP, \fIdpy_return\fP, \fInum_dpy_return\fP) +.br + XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; +.br + Display ***\fIdpy_return\fP; +.br + Cardinal *\fInum_dpy_return\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1.5i +Specifies the application context. +.IP \fIdpy_return\fP 1.5i +Returns a list of open Display connections in the specified application +context. +.IP \fInum_dpy_return\fP 1.5i +Returns the count of open Display connections in \fIdpy_return\fP. +.LP +.eM +\fBXtGetDisplays\fP may be used by an external agent to query the +list of open displays that belong to an application context. To free +the list of displays, use +.PN XtFree . +.bp diff --git a/libXt/specs/CH12 b/libXt/specs/CH12 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..34e8ec77e --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/specs/CH12 @@ -0,0 +1,1067 @@ +.\" $Xorg: CH12,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:47 cpqbld Exp $ +.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994 +.\" X Consortium +.\" +.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining +.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the +.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including +.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, +.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to +.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to +.\" the following conditions: +.\" +.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included +.\" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. +.\" +.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS +.\" OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF +.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. +.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR +.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, +.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR +.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. +.\" +.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall +.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or +.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization +.\" from the X Consortium. +.\" +.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994 +.\" Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts. +.\" +.\" Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this documentation for any +.\" purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright +.\" notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this +.\" permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of +.\" Digital not be used in in advertising or publicity pertaining +.\" to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. +.\" Digital makes no representations about the suitability of the +.\" software described herein for any purpose. +.\" It is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty. +.\" +\& +.sp 1 +.ce 3 +\s+1\fBChapter 12\fP\s-1 + +\s+1\fBNonwidget Objects\fP\s-1 +.sp 2 +.nr H1 12 +.nr H2 0 +.nr H3 0 +.nr H4 0 +.nr H5 0 +.LP +.XS +Chapter 12 \(em Nonwidget Objects +.XE +.LP +Although widget writers are free to treat +Core +as the base class of +the widget hierarchy, there are actually three classes above it. +These classes are +Object, +RectObj +(Rectangle Object), and (\fIunnamed\fP), +and members of these classes +are referred to generically as \fIobjects\fP. By convention, the term +\fIwidget\fP refers only to objects that are a subclass of +Core, +and the term \fInonwidget\fP refers to objects that are not a subclass of +Core. +In the preceding portion of this specification, the interface +descriptions indicate explicitly whether the generic \fIwidget\fP argument +is restricted to particular subclasses of Object. Sections 12.2.5, +12.3.5, and 12.5 summarize the permissible classes of the arguments to, and +return values from, each of the \*(xI routines. + +.NH 2 +Data Structures +.XS +\*(SN Data Structures +.XE +.LP +In order not to conflict with previous widget code, the data +structures used by nonwidget objects do not follow all the same +conventions as those for widgets. In particular, the class records +are not composed of parts but instead are complete data structures +with filler for the widget fields they do not use. This +allows the static class initializers for existing widgets to remain +unchanged. + +.NH 2 +Object Objects +.XS +\fB\*(SN Object Objects\fP +.XE +.LP +.IN "Object" "" "@DEF@" +The +Object +object contains the definitions of fields common to all +objects. It encapsulates the mechanisms for resource management. +All objects and widgets are members of subclasses of +Object, +which is defined by the +.PN ObjectClassPart +and +.PN ObjectPart +structures. + +.NH 3 +ObjectClassPart Structure +.XS +\*(SN ObjectClassPart Structure +.XE +.LP +The common fields for all object classes are defined in the +.PN ObjectClassPart +structure. All fields have the same purpose, +function, and restrictions as the corresponding fields in +.PN CoreClassPart ; +fields whose +names are obj\fI\s+1n\s-1\fP for some integer \s+1\fIn\fP\s-1 are not +used for Object, +but exist to pad the data structure so that it matches Core's class +record. The class record initialization must fill all +obj\fI\s+1n\s-1\fP fields with NULL or zero as appropriate to the type. +.LP +.IN "ObjectClassPart" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 3i +.ta .5i 3i +typedef struct _ObjectClassPart { + WidgetClass superclass; + String class_name; + Cardinal widget_size; + XtProc class_initialize; + XtWidgetClassProc class_part_initialize; + XtEnum class_inited; + XtInitProc initialize; + XtArgsProc initialize_hook; + XtProc obj1; + XtPointer obj2; + Cardinal obj3; + XtResourceList resources; + Cardinal num_resources; + XrmClass xrm_class; + Boolean obj4; + XtEnum obj5; + Boolean obj6; + Boolean obj7; + XtWidgetProc destroy; + XtProc obj8; + XtProc obj9; + XtSetValuesFunc set_values; + XtArgsFunc set_values_hook; + XtProc obj10; + XtArgsProc get_values_hook; + XtProc obj11; + XtVersionType version; + XtPointer callback_private; + String obj12; + XtProc obj13; + XtProc obj14; + XtPointer extension; +} ObjectClassPart; +.De +.LP +.eM +The extension record defined for +.PN ObjectClassPart +with a \fIrecord_type\fP equal to +.PN \s-1NULLQUARK\s+1 +is +.PN ObjectClassExtensionRec . +.LP +.IN "ObjectClassExtensionRec" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 3i +.ta .5i 3i +typedef struct { + XtPointer next_extension; See Section 1.6.12 + XrmQuark record_type; See Section 1.6.12 + long version; See Section 1.6.12 + Cardinal record_size; See Section 1.6.12 + XtAllocateProc allocate; See Section 2.5.5. + XtDeallocateProc deallocate; See Section 2.8.4. +} ObjectClassExtensionRec, *ObjectClassExtension; +.De +.LP +.eM +The prototypical +.PN ObjectClass +consists of just the +.PN ObjectClassPart . +.LP +.IN "ObjectClassRec" "" "@DEF@" +.IN "ObjectClass" "" "@DEF@" +.IN "objectClass" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 3i +.ta .5i 3i +typedef struct _ObjectClassRec { + ObjectClassPart object_class; +} ObjectClassRec, *ObjectClass; +.De +.LP +.eM +The predefined class record and pointer for +.PN ObjectClassRec +are +.LP +In +.PN IntrinsicP.h : +.sM +.Ds 0 +extern ObjectClassRec objectClassRec; +.De +.LP +.eM +In +.PN Intrinsic.h : +.sM +.Ds 0 +extern WidgetClass objectClass; +.De +.LP +.eM +The opaque types +.PN Object +and +.PN ObjectClass +and the opaque variable +.PN objectClass +are defined for generic actions on objects. +The symbolic constant for the +.PN ObjectClassExtension +version identifier is +.PN XtObjectExtensionVersion +(see Section 1.6.12). +.PN Intrinsic.h +uses an incomplete structure definition to ensure that the +compiler catches attempts to access private data: +.LP +.sM +.Ds 0 +typedef struct _ObjectClassRec* ObjectClass; +.De +.LP +.eM + +.NH 3 +ObjectPart Structure +.XS +\*(SN ObjectPart Structure +.XE +.LP +The common fields for all object instances are defined in the +.PN ObjectPart +structure. All fields have the same meaning as the +corresponding fields in +.PN CorePart . +.LP +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 3i +.ta .5i 3i +.IN "ObjectPart" "" "@DEF@" +typedef struct _ObjectPart { + Widget self; + WidgetClass widget_class; + Widget parent; + Boolean being_destroyed; + XtCallbackList destroy_callbacks; + XtPointer constraints; +} ObjectPart; +.De +.LP +.eM +All object instances have the +Object +fields as their first component. The prototypical type +.PN Object +is defined with only this set of fields. +Various routines can cast object pointers, as needed, to specific +object types. +.LP +In +.PN IntrinsicP.h : +.LP +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 3i +.ta .5i 3i +typedef struct _ObjectRec { + ObjectPart object; +} ObjectRec, *Object; +.De +.LP +.eM +.IN "ObjectRec" "" "@DEF@" +In +.PN Intrinsic.h : +.LP +.sM +.Ds 0 +typedef struct _ObjectRec *Object; +.De +.LP +.eM + +.NH 3 +Object Resources +.XS +\fB\*(SN Object Resources\fP +.XE +.LP +The resource names, classes, and representation types specified in the +.PN objectClassRec +resource list are: +.LP +.TS +lw(1.5i) lw(1.5i) lw(2.5i) . +_ +.sp 6p +Name Class Representation +.sp 6p +_ +.sp 6p +XtNdestroyCallback XtCCallback XtRCallback +.sp 6p +_ +.TE + +.NH 3 +ObjectPart Default Values +.XS +\fB\*(SN ObjectPart Default Values\fP +.XE +.LP +All fields in +.PN ObjectPart +have the same default values as the corresponding fields in +.PN CorePart . + +.NH 3 +Object Arguments to \*(xI Routines +.XS +\*(SN Object Arguments to \*(xI Routines +.XE +.LP +The WidgetClass arguments to the following procedures may be +.PN objectClass +or any subclass: +.sp +.IP +.PN XtInitializeWidgetClass , +.PN XtCreateWidget , +.PN XtVaCreateWidget +.IP +.PN XtIsSubclass , +.PN XtCheckSubclass +.IP +.PN XtGetResourceList , +.PN XtGetConstraintResourceList +.sp +.LP +The Widget arguments to the following procedures may be of class +Object +or any subclass: +.sp +.IP +.PN XtCreateWidget , +.PN XtVaCreateWidget +.IP +.PN XtAddCallback , +.PN XtAddCallbacks , +.PN XtRemoveCallback , +.PN XtRemoveCallbacks , +.PN XtRemoveAllCallbacks , +.PN XtCallCallbacks , +.PN XtHasCallbacks , +.PN XtCallCallbackList +.IP +.PN XtClass , +.PN XtSuperclass , +.PN XtIsSubclass , +.PN XtCheckSubclass , +.PN XtIsObject , +.PN XtIsRectObj , +.PN XtIsWidget , +.PN XtIsComposite , +.PN XtIsConstraint , +.PN XtIsShell , +.PN XtIsOverrideShell , +.PN XtIsWMShell , +.PN XtIsVendorShell , +.PN XtIsTransientShell , +.PN XtIsToplevelShell , +.PN XtIsApplicationShell , +.PN XtIsSessionShell +.IP +.PN XtIsManaged , +.PN XtIsSensitive +.br +(both will return +.PN False +if argument is not a subclass of +RectObj) +.IP +.PN XtIsRealized +.br +(returns the state of the nearest windowed ancestor +if class of argument is not a subclass of +Core) +.IP +.PN XtWidgetToApplicationContext +.IP +.PN XtDestroyWidget +.IP +.PN XtParent , +.PN XtDisplayOfObject , +.PN XtScreenOfObject , +.PN XtWindowOfObject +.IP +.PN XtSetKeyboardFocus +(descendant) +.IP +.PN XtGetGC , +.PN XtReleaseGC +.IP +.PN XtName +.IP +.PN XtSetValues , +.PN XtGetValues , +.PN XtVaSetValues , +.PN XtVaGetValues +.IP +.PN XtGetSubresources , +.PN XtGetApplicationResources , +.PN XtVaGetSubresources , +.PN XtVaGetApplicationResources +.IP +.PN XtConvert , +.PN XtConvertAndStore +.sp +.LP +The return value of the following procedures will be of class +Object +or a subclass: +.sp +.IP +.PN XtCreateWidget , +.PN XtVaCreateWidget +.IP +.PN XtParent +.IP +.PN XtNameToWidget +.sp +.LP +The return value of the following procedures will be +.PN objectClass +or a subclass: +.sp +.IP +.PN XtClass , +.PN XtSuperclass + +.NH 3 +Use of Objects +.XS +\fB\*(SN Use of Objects\fP +.XE +.LP +The +Object +class exists to enable programmers to use the \*(xI' +classing and resource-handling mechanisms for things smaller +and simpler than widgets. +Objects make obsolete many common uses of subresources as described in +Sections 9.4, 9.7.2.4, and 9.7.2.5. +.LP +Composite +widget classes that wish to accept nonwidget children must +set the \fIaccepts_objects\fP field in the +.PN CompositeClassExtension +structure to +.PN True . +.PN XtCreateWidget +will otherwise generate an error message on an attempt to create a +nonwidget child. +.LP +Of the classes defined by the \*(xI, +ApplicationShell +and +SessionShell +accept nonwidget children, and the class of any nonwidget child +must not be +.PN rectObjClass +or any subclass. The intent of allowing +Object +children of +ApplicationShell +and +SessionShell +is to provide clients a simple mechanism +for establishing the resource-naming root of an object hierarchy. + +.NH 2 +Rectangle Objects +.XS +\fB\*(SN Rectangle Objects\fP +.XE +.LP +The class of rectangle objects is a subclass of +Object +that represents +rectangular areas. It encapsulates the mechanisms for geometry +management and is called RectObj +.IN "RectObj" "" "@DEF@" +to avoid conflict with the Xlib +.PN Rectangle +data type. + +.NH 3 +RectObjClassPart Structure +.XS +\*(SN RectObjClassPart Structure +.XE +.LP +As with the +.PN ObjectClassPart +structure, all fields in the +.PN RectObjClassPart +structure have the same +purpose and function as the corresponding fields in +.PN CoreClassPart ; +fields whose names are rect\fI\s+1n\s-1\fP for some integer +\fI\s+1n\s-1\fP are not used for +RectObj, but exist to pad the data structure so that it matches +Core's +class record. The class record initialization must fill all +rect\fI\s+1n\s-1\fP fields with NULL or zero as appropriate to the type. +.LP +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 3i +.ta .5i 3i +.IN "RectObjClassPart" "" "@DEF@" +typedef struct _RectObjClassPart { + WidgetClass superclass; + String class_name; + Cardinal widget_size; + XtProc class_initialize; + XtWidgetClassProc class_part_initialize; + XtEnum class_inited; + XtInitProc initialize; + XtArgsProc initialize_hook; + XtProc rect1; + XtPointer rect2; + Cardinal rect3; + XtResourceList resources; + Cardinal num_resources; + XrmClass xrm_class; + Boolean rect4; + XtEnum rect5; + Boolean rect6; + Boolean rect7; + XtWidgetProc destroy; + XtWidgetProc resize; + XtExposeProc expose; + XtSetValuesFunc set_values; + XtArgsFunc set_values_hook; + XtAlmostProc set_values_almost; + XtArgsProc get_values_hook; + XtProc rect9; + XtVersionType version; + XtPointer callback_private; + String rect10; + XtGeometryHandler query_geometry; + XtProc rect11; + XtPointer extension ; +} RectObjClassPart; +.De +.LP +.eM +The +RectObj +class record consists of just the +.PN RectObjClassPart . +.LP +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 3i +.ta .5i 3i +.IN "RectObjClassRec" "" "@DEF@" +.IN "RectObjClass" "" "@DEF@" +typedef struct _RectObjClassRec { + RectObjClassPart rect_class; +} RectObjClassRec, *RectObjClass; +.De +.LP +.eM +The predefined class record and pointer for +.PN RectObjClassRec +are +.LP +In +.PN Intrinsic.h : +.LP +.sM +.Ds 0 +extern RectObjClassRec rectObjClassRec; +.De +.LP +.eM +In +.PN Intrinsic.h : +.LP +.sM +.Ds 0 +extern WidgetClass rectObjClass; +.De +.LP +.eM +The opaque types +.PN RectObj +and +.PN RectObjClass +and the opaque variable +.PN rectObjClass +are defined for generic actions on objects +whose class is RectObj or a subclass of +RectObj. +.PN Intrinsic.h +uses an incomplete structure definition to ensure that the compiler +catches attempts to access private data: +.LP +.sM +.Ds 0 +typedef struct _RectObjClassRec* RectObjClass; +.De +.LP +.eM + +.NH 3 +RectObjPart Structure +.XS +\*(SN RectObjPart Structure +.XE +.LP +In addition to the +.PN ObjectPart +fields, +RectObj +objects have the following fields defined in the +.PN RectObjPart +structure. All fields have the same meaning as the corresponding field in +.PN CorePart . +.LP +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 3i +.ta .5i 3i +.IN "RectObjPart" "" "@DEF@" +typedef struct _RectObjPart { + Position x, y; + Dimension width, height; + Dimension border_width; + Boolean managed; + Boolean sensitive; + Boolean ancestor_sensitive; +} RectObjPart; +.De +.LP +.eM +RectObj +objects have the RectObj fields immediately following the Object fields. +.LP +.sM +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 3i +.ta .5i 3i +.IN "RectObjRec" "" "@DEF@" +typedef struct _RectObjRec { + ObjectPart object; + RectObjPart rectangle; +} RectObjRec, *RectObj; +.De +.LP +.eM +In +.PN Intrinsic.h : +.LP +.sM +.Ds 0 +typedef struct _RectObjRec* RectObj; +.De +.LP +.eM + +.NH 3 +RectObj Resources +.XS +\fB\*(SN RectObj Resources\fP +.XE +.LP +The resource names, classes, and representation types that are specified in the +.PN rectObjClassRec +resource list are: +.TS +lw(1.5i) lw(1.5i) lw(2.5i) . +_ +.sp 6p +Name Class Representation +.sp 6p +_ +.sp 6p +XtNancestorSensitive XtCSensitive XtRBoolean +XtNborderWidth XtCBorderWidth XtRDimension +XtNheight XtCHeight XtRDimension +XtNsensitive XtCSensitive XtRBoolean +XtNwidth XtCWidth XtRDimension +XtNx XtCPosition XtRPosition +XtNy XtCPosition XtRPosition +.sp 6p +_ +.TE + +.NH 3 +RectObjPart Default Values +.XS +\fB\*(SN RectObjPart Default Values\fP +.XE +.LP +All fields in +.PN RectObjPart +have the same default values as the corresponding fields in +.PN CorePart . + +.NH 3 +Widget Arguments to \*(xI Routines +.XS +\fB\*(SN Widget Arguments to \*(xI Routines\fP +.XE +.LP +The WidgetClass arguments to the following procedures may be +.PN rectObjClass +or any subclass: +.sp +.IP +.PN XtCreateManagedWidget , +.PN XtVaCreateManagedWidget +.sp +.LP +The Widget arguments to the following procedures may be of class +RectObj +or any subclass: +.sp +.IP +.PN XtConfigureWidget , +.PN XtMoveWidget , +.PN XtResizeWidget +.IP +.PN XtMakeGeometryRequest , +.PN XtMakeResizeRequest +.IP +.PN XtManageChildren , +.PN XtManageChild , +.PN XtUnmanageChildren , +.PN XtUnmanageChild , +.PN XtChangeManagedSet +.IP +.PN XtQueryGeometry +.IP +.PN XtSetSensitive +.IP +.PN XtTranslateCoords +.sp +.LP +The return value of the following procedures will be of class +RectObj +or a subclass: +.sp +.IP +.PN XtCreateManagedWidget , +.PN XtVaCreateManagedWidget + +.NH 3 +Use of Rectangle Objects +.XS +\*(SN Use of Rectangle Objects +.XE +.LP +RectObj +can be subclassed to provide widgetlike objects (sometimes +called gadgets) that do not use windows and do not have those +features that are seldom used in simple widgets. This can save memory +resources both in the server and in applications +but requires additional support code in the parent. +In the following +discussion, \fIrectobj\fP refers only to objects +whose class is RectObj or a subclass of +RectObj, +but not Core or a subclass of +Core. +.LP +Composite +widget classes that wish to accept rectobj children must set +the \fIaccepts_objects\fP field in the +.PN CompositeClassExtension +extension structure to +.PN True . +.PN XtCreateWidget +or +.PN XtCreateManagedWidget +will otherwise generate an error if called to create a nonwidget child. +If the composite widget supports only children of class +RectObj +or a subclass (i.e., not of the general Object class), it +must declare an insert_child procedure and check the subclass of each +new child in that procedure. None of the classes defined by the +\*(xI accept rectobj children. +.LP +If gadgets are defined in an object set, the parent is responsible for +much more than the parent of a widget. The parent must request and handle +input events that occur for the gadget and is responsible for making +sure that when it receives an exposure event the gadget children get +drawn correctly. +Rectobj children may +have expose procedures +specified in their class records, but the parent is free to +ignore them, instead drawing the contents of the child itself. This +can potentially save graphics context switching. The precise contents +of the exposure event and region arguments to the RectObj expose +procedure are not specified by the \*(xI; a particular rectangle object is +free to define the coordinate system origin (self-relative or +parent-relative) and whether or not the rectangle or region is assumed to +have been intersected with the visible region of the object. +.LP +In general, it is expected that a composite widget that accepts +nonwidget children will document those children it is able to handle, +since a gadget cannot be viewed as a completely self-contained entity, +as can a widget. Since a particular composite widget class is usually +designed to handle nonwidget children of only a limited set of classes, it should +check the classes of newly added children in its insert_child +procedure to make sure that it can deal with them. +.LP +The \*(xI will clear areas of a parent window obscured by +rectobj children, causing exposure events, under the following +circumstances: +.IP \(bu 5 +A rectobj child is managed or unmanaged. +.IP \(bu 5 +In a call to +.PN XtSetValues +on a rectobj child, one or more of the set_values procedures returns +.PN True . +.IP \(bu 5 +In a call to +.PN XtConfigureWidget +on a rectobj child, areas will +be cleared corresponding to both the old and the new child +geometries, including the border, if the geometry changes. +.IP \(bu 5 +In a call to +.PN XtMoveWidget +on a rectobj child, areas will be +cleared corresponding to both the old and the new child +geometries, including the border, if the geometry changes. +.IP \(bu 5 +In a call to +.PN XtResizeWidget +on a rectobj child, a single +rectangle will be cleared corresponding to the larger of the +old and the new child geometries if they are different. +.IP \(bu 5 +In a call to +.PN XtMakeGeometryRequest +(or +.PN XtMakeResizeRequest ) +on a rectobj child with +.PN XtQueryOnly +not set, if the manager returns +.PN XtGeometryYes , +two rectangles will be cleared corresponding to both the old and +the new child geometries. +.LP +Stacking order is not supported for rectobj children. Composite widgets with +rectobj children are free to define any semantics desired if the child +geometries overlap, including making this an error. +.LP +When a rectobj is playing the role of a widget, developers must be +reminded to avoid making assumptions about the object passed in the +Widget argument to a callback procedure. + +.NH 2 +Undeclared Class +.XS +\*(SN Undeclared Class +.XE +.LP +The \*(xI define an unnamed class between +RectObj +and +Core +for possible future use by the X Consortium. The only assumptions that +may be made about the unnamed class are +.IP \(bu 5 +The \fIcore_class.superclass\fP field of +.PN coreWidgetClassRec +contains a pointer to the unnamed class record. +.IP \(bu 5 +A pointer to the unnamed class record when dereferenced as an +.PN ObjectClass +will contain a pointer to +.PN rectObjClassRec +in its \fIobject_class.superclass\fP field. +.LP +Except for the above, the contents of the class record for this class +and the result of an attempt to subclass or to create a widget of this +unnamed class are undefined. + +.NH 2 +Widget Arguments to \*(xI Routines +.XS +\*(SN Widget Arguments to \*(xI Routines +.XE +.LP +The WidgetClass arguments to the following procedures must be of class +Shell +or a subclass: +.sp +.IP +.PN XtCreatePopupShell , +.PN XtVaCreatePopupShell , +.PN XtAppCreateShell , +.PN XtVaAppCreateShell , +.PN XtOpenApplication , +.PN XtVaOpenApplication +.sp +.LP +The Widget arguments to the following procedures must be of class +Core +or any subclass: +.sp +.IP +.PN XtCreatePopupShell , +.PN XtVaCreatePopupShell +.IP +.PN XtAddEventHandler , +.PN XtAddRawEventHandler , +.PN XtRemoveEventHandler , +.br +.PN XtRemoveRawEventHandler , +.PN XtInsertEventHandler , +.PN XtInsertRawEventHandler +.br +.PN XtInsertEventTypeHandler , +.PN XtRemoveEventTypeHandler , +.IP +.PN XtRegisterDrawable +.PN XtDispatchEventToWidget +.IP +.PN XtAddGrab , +.PN XtRemoveGrab , +.PN XtGrabKey , +.PN XtGrabKeyboard , +.PN XtUngrabKey , +.PN XtUngrabKeyboard , +.PN XtGrabButton , +.PN XtGrabPointer , +.PN XtUngrabButton , +.br +.PN XtUngrabPointer +.IP +.PN XtBuildEventMask +.IP +.PN XtCreateWindow , +.PN XtDisplay , +.PN XtScreen , +.PN XtWindow +.IP +.PN XtNameToWidget +.IP +.PN XtGetSelectionValue , +.PN XtGetSelectionValues , +.PN XtOwnSelection , +.PN XtDisownSelection , +.PN XtOwnSelectionIncremental , +.PN XtGetSelectionValueIncremental , +.PN XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental , +.br +.PN XtGetSelectionRequest +.IP +.PN XtInstallAccelerators , +.PN XtInstallAllAccelerators +(both destination and source) +.IP +.PN XtAugmentTranslations , +.PN XtOverrideTranslations , +.PN XtUninstallTranslations , +.br +.PN XtCallActionProc +.IP +.PN XtMapWidget , +.PN XtUnmapWidget +.IP +.PN XtRealizeWidget , +.PN XtUnrealizeWidget +.IP +.PN XtSetMappedWhenManaged +.IP +.PN XtCallAcceptFocus , +.PN XtSetKeyboardFocus +(subtree) +.IP +.PN XtResizeWindow +.IP +.PN XtSetWMColormapWindows +.sp +.LP +The Widget arguments to the following procedures must be of class +Composite +or any subclass: +.sp +.IP +.PN XtCreateManagedWidget , +.PN XtVaCreateManagedWidget +.sp +.LP +The Widget arguments to the following procedures must be of a subclass of +Shell: +.sp +.IP +.PN XtPopdown , +.PN XtCallbackPopdown , +.PN XtPopup , +.PN XtCallbackNone , +.PN XtCallbackNonexclusive , +.PN XtCallbackExclusive , +.PN XtPopupSpringLoaded +.sp +.LP +The return value of the following procedure will be of class +Core +or a subclass: +.sp +.IP +.PN XtWindowToWidget +.sp +.LP +The return value of the following procedures will be of a subclass of +Shell: +.sp +.IP +.PN XtAppCreateShell , +.PN XtVaAppCreateShell , +.PN XtAppInitialize , +.PN XtVaAppInitialize , +.PN XtCreatePopupShell , +.PN XtVaCreatePopupShell +.bp diff --git a/libXt/specs/CH13 b/libXt/specs/CH13 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8c944a615 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/specs/CH13 @@ -0,0 +1,805 @@ +.\" $Xorg: CH13,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:47 cpqbld Exp $ +.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994 +.\" X Consortium +.\" +.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining +.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the +.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including +.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, +.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to +.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to +.\" the following conditions: +.\" +.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included +.\" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. +.\" +.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS +.\" OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF +.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. +.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR +.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, +.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR +.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. +.\" +.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall +.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or +.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization +.\" from the X Consortium. +.\" +.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994 +.\" Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts. +.\" +.\" Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this documentation for any +.\" purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright +.\" notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this +.\" permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of +.\" Digital not be used in in advertising or publicity pertaining +.\" to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. +.\" Digital makes no representations about the suitability of the +.\" software described herein for any purpose. +.\" It is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty. +.\" +\& +.sp 1 +.ce 3 +\s+1\fBChapter 13\fP\s-1 + +\s+1\fBEvolution of the \*(xI\fP\s-1 +.sp 2 +.nr H1 13 +.nr H2 0 +.nr H3 0 +.nr H4 0 +.nr H5 0 +.LP +.XS +Chapter 13 \(em Evolution of the \*(xI +.XE +.LP +The interfaces described by this specification have undergone several +sets of revisions in the course of adoption as an X Consortium +standard specification. Having now been adopted by the Consortium as +a standard part of the X Window System, it is expected that this and +future revisions will retain +backward compatibility in the sense that fully conforming +implementations of these specifications may be produced that provide +source compatibility with widgets and applications written to +previous Consortium standard revisions. +.LP +The \*(xI do not place any special requirement on widget +programmers to retain source or binary compatibility for their widgets +as they evolve, but several conventions have been established to +assist those developers who want to provide such compatibility. +.LP +In particular, widget programmers may wish to conform to the convention +described in Section 1.6.12 when defining class extension records. + +.NH 2 +Determining Specification Revision Level +.XS +\fB\*(SN Determining Specification Revision Level\fP +.XE +.LP +Widget and application developers who wish to maintain a common source +pool that will build properly with implementations of the \*(xI +at different revision levels of these specifications but that take +advantage of newer features added in later revisions may use the +symbolic macro +.PN XtSpecificationRelease . +.LP +.Ds 0 +#define XtSpecificationRelease 6 +.De +.IN "XtSpecificationRelease" "" "@DEF@" +.LP +As the symbol +.PN XtSpecificationRelease +was new to Release 4, widgets and +applications desiring to build against earlier implementations should +test for the presence of this symbol and assume only Release 3 +interfaces if the definition is not present. + +.NH 2 +Release 3 to Release 4 Compatibility +.XS +\fB\*(SN Release 3 to Release 4 Compatibility\fP +.XE +.LP +At the data structure level, Release 4 retains binary compatibility +with Release 3 (the first X Consortium standard release) for all data +structures except +.PN WMShellPart, +.PN TopLevelShellPart , +and +.PN TransientShellPart . +Release 4 changed the argument type to most procedures that now take +arguments of type +.PN XtPointer +and structure members that are now of type +.PN XtPointer +in order to avoid potential ANSI C conformance problems. It is +expected that most implementations will be binary compatible with the +previous definition. +.LP +Two fields in +.PN CoreClassPart +were changed from +.PN Boolean +to +.PN XtEnum +to allow implementations additional freedom in specifying the +representations of each. This change should require no source +modification. + +.NH 3 +Additional Arguments +.XS +\*(SN Additional Arguments +.XE +.LP +Arguments were added to the procedure definitions for +.PN XtInitProc , +.PN XtSetValuesFunc , +and +.PN XtEventHandler +to provide more information and to +allow event handlers to abort further dispatching of the current event +(caution is advised!). The added arguments to +.PN XtInitProc +and +.PN XtSetValuesFunc +make the initialize_hook and set_values_hook methods +obsolete, but the hooks have been retained for those widgets that used +them in Release 3. + +.NH 3 +set_values_almost Procedures +.XS +\*(SN set_values_almost Procedures +.XE +.LP +The use of the arguments by a set_values_almost procedure was poorly +described in Release 3 and was inconsistent with other conventions. +.LP +The current specification for the manner in which a set_values_almost +procedure returns information to the \*(xI is not compatible with +the Release 3 specification, and all widget implementations should +verify that any set_values_almost procedures conform to the current +interface. +.LP +No known implementation of the \*(xI correctly implemented the +Release 3 interface, so it is expected that the impact of this +specification change is small. + +.NH 3 +Query Geometry +.XS +\*(SN Query Geometry +.XE +.LP +A composite widget layout routine that calls +.PN XtQueryGeometry +is now expected to store the complete new geometry in the intended structure; +previously the specification said ``store the changes it intends to +make''. Only by storing the complete geometry does the child have +any way to know what other parts of the geometry may still be +flexible. Existing widgets should not be affected by this, except +to take advantage of the new information. + +.NH 3 +unrealizeCallback Callback List +.XS +\*(SN unrealizeCallback Callback List +.XE +.LP +In order to provide a mechanism for widgets to be notified when they +become unrealized through a call to +.PN XtUnrealizeWidget , +the callback +list name ``unrealizeCallback'' has been defined by the \*(xI. A +widget class that requires notification on unrealize may declare a +callback list resource by this name. No class is required to declare +this resource, but any class that did so in a prior revision may find +it necessary to modify the resource name if it does not wish to use the new +semantics. + +.NH 3 +Subclasses of WMShell +.XS +\*(SN Subclasses of WMShell +.XE +.LP +The formal adoption of the \fI\*(xC\fP as +an X Consortium standard has meant the addition of four fields to +.PN WMShellPart +and one field to +.PN TopLevelShellPart . +In deference to some +widget libraries that had developed their own additional conventions +to provide binary compatibility, these five new fields were added at +the end of the respective data structures. +.LP +To provide more convenience for TransientShells, a field was added +to the previously empty +.PN TransientShellPart . +On some architectures the size of the part structure will not +have changed as a result of this. +.LP +Any widget implementation whose class is a subclass of +TopLevelShell +or +TransientShell +must at minimum be +recompiled with the new data structure declarations. Because +.PN WMShellPart +no longer contains a contiguous +.PN XSizeHints +data structure, +a subclass that expected to do a single structure assignment of an +.PN XSizeHints +structure to the \fIsize_hints\fP field of +.PN WMShellPart +must be revised, though the old fields remain at the same positions within +.PN WMShellPart . + +.NH 3 +Resource Type Converters +.XS +\*(SN Resource Type Converters +.XE +.LP +A new interface declaration for resource type converters was defined +to provide more information to converters, to support conversion +cache cleanup with resource reference counting, and to allow +additional procedures to be declared to free resources. The old +interfaces remain (in the compatibility section), and a new set of +procedures was defined that work only with the new type converter +interface. +.LP +In the now obsolete old type converter interface, converters are +reminded that they must return the size of the converted value as well +as its address. The example indicated this, but the description of +.PN XtConverter +was incomplete. + +.NH 3 +KeySym Case Conversion Procedure +.XS +\*(SN KeySym Case Conversion Procedure +.XE +.LP +The specification for the +.PN XtCaseProc +function type has been changed +to match the Release 3 implementation, which included necessary +additional information required by the function (a pointer to the +display connection), and corrects the argument type of the source +KeySym parameter. No known implementation of the \*(xI +implemented the previously documented interface. + +.NH 3 +Nonwidget Objects +.XS +\*(SN Nonwidget Objects +.XE +.LP +Formal support for nonwidget objects is new to Release 4. A +prototype implementation was latent in at least one Release 3 +implementation of the \*(xI, but the specification has changed +somewhat. The most significant change is the requirement for a +composite widget to declare the +.PN CompositeClassExtension +record with the \fIaccepts_objects\fP field set to +.PN True +in order to permit a client to create a nonwidget child. +.LP +The addition of this extension field ensures that composite widgets +written under Release 3 will not encounter unexpected errors if an +application attempts to create a nonwidget child. In Release 4 there +is no requirement that all composite widgets implement the extra +functionality required to manage windowless children, so the +\fIaccepts_objects\fP field allows a composite widget to declare that it +is not prepared to do so. + +.NH 2 +Release 4 to Release 5 Compatibility +.XS +\fB\*(SN Release 4 to Release 5 Compatibility\fP +.XE +.LP +At the data structure level, Release 5 retains complete binary +compatibility with Release 4. The specification of the +.PN ObjectPart , +.PN RectObjPart , +.PN CorePart , +.PN CompositePart , +.PN ShellPart , +.PN WMShellPart , +.PN TopLevelShellPart , +and +.PN ApplicationShellPart +instance records was made less strict to permit implementations to +add internal fields to these structures. Any implementation that +chooses to do so would, of course, force a recompilation. +The Xlib specification for +.PN XrmValue +and +.PN XrmOptionDescRec +was updated to use a new type, +.PN XPointer , +for the \fIaddr\fP and \fIvalue\fP fields, respectively, to avoid +ANSI C conformance problems. The definition of +.PN XPointer +is binary compatible with the previous implementation. + +.NH 3 +baseTranslations Resource +.XS +\fB\*(SN baseTranslations Resource\fP +.XE + +.LP +A new pseudo-resource, XtNbaseTranslations, was defined to permit +application developers to specify translation tables in application +defaults files while still giving end users the ability to augment +or override individual event sequences. This change will affect +only those applications that wish to take advantage of the new +functionality or those widgets that may have previously defined +a resource named ``baseTranslations''. +.LP +Applications wishing to take advantage of the new functionality +would change their application defaults file, e.g., from +.Ds + app.widget.translations: \fIvalue\fP +.DE +to +.Ds + app.widget.baseTranslations: \fIvalue\fP +.DE +If it is important to the application to preserve complete +compatibility of the defaults file between different versions +of the application running under Release 4 and Release 5, +the full translations can be replicated in both the ``translations'' +and the ``baseTranslations'' resource. + +.NH 3 +Resource File Search Path +.XS +\fB\*(SN Resource File Search Path\fP +.XE + +.LP +The current specification allows implementations greater flexibility +in defining the directory structure used to hold the application class +and per-user application defaults files. Previous specifications +required the substitution strings to appear in the default path in a +certain order, preventing sites from collecting all the files for +a specific application together in one directory. The Release 5 +specification allows the default path to specify the substitution +strings in any order within a single path entry. Users will need to +pay close attention to the documentation for the specific +implementation to know where to find these files and how to specify +their own +.PN \s-1XFILESEARCHPATH\s+1 +and +.PN \s-1XUSERFILESEARCHPATH\s+1 +values when overriding the system defaults. + +.NH 3 +Customization Resource +.XS +\fB\*(SN Customization Resource\fP +.XE + +.LP +.PN XtResolvePathname +supports a new substitution string, %C, for specifying separate +application class resource files according to arbitrary user-specified +categories. The primary motivation for this addition was separate +monochrome and color application class defaults files. The +substitution value is obtained by querying the current resource +database for the application resource name ``customization'', class +``Customization''. Any application that previously used this +resource name and class will need to be aware of the possibly +conflicting semantics. + +.NH 3 +Per-Screen Resource Database +.XS +\fB\*(SN Per-Screen Resource Database\fP +.XE + +.LP +To allow a user to specify separate preferences for each screen of a +display, a per-screen resource specification string has been added and +multiple resource databases are created; one for each screen. This +will affect any application that modified the (formerly unique) +resource database associated with the display subsequent to the \*(xI +database initialization. Such applications will need to be aware +of the particular screen on which each shell widget is to be created. +.LP +Although the wording of the specification changed substantially in the +description of the process by which the resource database(s) is +initialized, the net effect is the same as in prior releases with the +exception of the added per-screen resource specification and the new +customization substitution string in +.PN XtResolvePathname . + +.NH 3 +Internationalization of Applications +.XS +\fB\*(SN Internationalization of Applications\fP +.XE + +.LP +Internationalization as defined by ANSI is a technology that +allows support of an application in a single locale. In +adding support for internationalization to the \*(xI +the restrictions of this model have been followed. +In particular, the new \*(xI interfaces are designed not to +preclude an application from using other alternatives. +For this reason, no \*(xI routine makes a call to establish the +locale. However, a convenience routine to establish the +locale at initialize time has been provided, in the form +of a default procedure that must be explicitly installed +if the application desires ANSI C locale behavior. +.LP +As many objects in X, particularly resource databases, now inherit +the global locale when they are created, applications wishing to use +the ANSI C locale model should use the new function +.PN XtSetLanguageProc +to do so. +.LP +The internationalization additions also define event filters +as a part of the Xlib Input Method specifications. The +\*(xI enable the use of event filters through additions to +.PN XtDispatchEvent . +Applications that may not be dispatching all events through +.PN XtDispatchEvent +should be reviewed in the context of this new input method mechanism. +.LP +In order to permit internationalization of error messages, the name +and path of the error database file are now allowed to be +implementation-dependent. +No adequate standard mechanism has yet been suggested to +allow the \*(xI to locate the database from localization information +supplied by the client. +.LP +The previous specification for the syntax of the language string +specified by +.PN xnlLanguage +has been dropped to avoid potential conflicts with other standards. +The language string syntax is now implementation-defined. +The example syntax cited is consistent with the previous +specification. + +.NH 3 +Permanently Allocated Strings +.XS +\*(SN Permanently Allocated Strings +.XE + +.LP +In order to permit additional memory savings, an Xlib interface was +added to allow the resource manager to avoid copying certain string +constants. The \*(xI specification was updated to explicitly require +the Object \fIclass_name\fP, \fIresource_name\fP, \fIresource_class\fP, +\fIresource_type\fP, \fIdefault_type\fP in resource tables, Core \fIactions\fP +\fIstring\fP field, and Constraint \fIresource_name\fP, \fIresource_class\fP, +\fIresource_type\fP, and \fIdefault_type\fP resource fields to be +permanently allocated. This explicit requirement is expected to +affect only applications that may create and destroy classes +on the fly. + +.NH 3 +Arguments to Existing Functions +.XS +\fB\*(SN Arguments to Existing Functions\fP +.XE + +.LP +The \fIargs\fP argument to +.PN XtAppInitialize , +.PN XtVaAppInitialize , +.PN XtOpenDisplay , +.PN XtDisplayInitialize , +and +.PN XtInitialize +were changed from +.PN Cardinal * +to int* to conform to pre-existing convention and avoid otherwise +annoying typecasting in ANSI C environments. + +.NH 2 +Release 5 to Release 6 Compatibility +.XS +\fB\*(SN Release 5 to Release 6 Compatibility\fP +.XE +.LP +At the data structure level, Release 6 retains binary compatibility +with Release 5 for all data structures except +.PN WMShellPart . +Three resources were added to the specification. +The known implementations had unused space in the data structure, +therefore on some architectures and implementations, +the size of the part structure will not have changed as a result of this. + +.NH 3 +Widget Internals +.XS +\*(SN Widget Internals +.XE +.LP +Two new widget methods for instance allocation and deallocation were added +to the Object class. These new methods +allow widgets to be treated as C++ objects in the C++ environment +when an appropriate allocation method is specified or inherited +by the widget class. +.LP +The textual descriptions of the processes of widget creation and +widget destruction have been edited to provide clarification to widget +writers. Widgets writers may have reason to rely on the specific order of +the stages of widget creation and destruction; with that motivation, +the specification now more exactly describes the process. +.LP +As a convenience, an interface to locate a widget class extension +record on a linked list, +.PN XtGetClassExtension , +has been added. +.LP +A new option to allow bundled changes to the managed set of a Composite +widget is introduced in the Composite class extension record. +Widgets that define a change_managed procedure that can accommodate +additions and deletions to the managed set of children in a single +invocation should set allows_change_managed_set to \fBTrue\fP in the +extension record. +.LP +The wording of the process followed by +.PN XtUnmanageChildren +has changed slightly to better handle changes to the managed set +during phase 2 destroy processing. +.LP +A new exposure event compression flag, +.PN XtExposeNoRegion , +was added. Many widgets specify exposure compression, but either +ignore the actual damage region passed to the core expose procedure or +use only the cumulative bounding box data available in the event. +Widgets with expose procedures that do not make use of exact +exposure region information can indicate that the \*(xI need not +compute the region. + +.NH 3 +General Application Development +.XS +\*(SN General Application Development +.XE +.LP +.PN XtOpenApplication +is a new convenience procedure to initialize the toolkit, create an +application context, open an X display connection, and create the +root of the widget instance tree. It is identical to the interface +it replaces, +.PN XtAppInitialize , +in all respects except that it takes an additional argument specifying +the widget class of the root shell to create. +This interface is now the recommended one so that clients may easily +become session participants. +The old convenience procedures appear in the compatibility section. +.LP +The toolkit initialization function +.PN XtToolkitInitialize +may be called multiple times without penalty. +.LP +In order to optimize changes in geometry to a set of geometry-managed +children, a new interface, +.PN XtChangeManagedSet , +has been added. + +.NH 3 +Communication with Window and Session Managers +.XS +\*(SN Communication with Window and Session Managers +.XE +.LP +The revision of the \fI\*(xC\fP as an X Consortium standard has resulted +in the addition of three fields to the specification of +.PN WMShellPart . +These are \fIurgency\fP, \fIclient_leader\fP, and \fIwindow_role\fP. +.LP +The adoption of the \fIX Session Management Protocol\fP as an X Consortium +standard has resulted in the addition of a new shell widget, +.PN SessionShell , +and an accompanying subclass verification interface, +.PN XtIsSessionShell . +This widget provides support for communication between an application +and a session manager, as well as a window manager. +In order to preserve compatibility with existing subclasses of +.PN ApplicationShell , +the +.PN ApplicationShell +was subclassed to create the new widget class. +The session protocol requires a modal response to certain checkpointing +operations by participating applications. The +.PN SessionShell +structures +the application's notification of and responses to messages from the session +manager by use of various callback lists and by use of the new interfaces +.PN XtSessionGetToken +and +.PN XtSessionReturnToken . +There is also a new command line argument, -xtsessionID, which facilitates +the session manager in restarting applications based on the \*(xI. +.LP +The resource name and class strings defined by the \*(xI shell +widgets in +.Pn < X11/Shell.h > +are now listed in Appendix E. The addition of a new symbol +for the +.PN WMShell +\fIwait_for_wm\fP resource was made to bring the external symbol +and the string it represents into agreement. The actual resource name +string in +.PN WMShell +has not changed. +The resource representation type of the XtNwinGravity resource of the +.PN WMShell +was changed to XtRGravity in order to register a type +converter so that window gravity resource values could be specified by name. + +.NH 3 +Geometry Management +.XS +\*(SN Geometry Management +.XE +.LP +A clarification to the specification was made to indicate that geometry +requests may include current values along with the requested changes. + +.NH 3 +Event Management +.XS +\*(SN Event Management +.XE +.LP +In Release 6, support is provided for registering selectors +and event handlers for events generated by X protocol extensions +and for dispatching those events to the appropriate widget. +The new event handler registration interfaces are +.PN XtInsertEventTypeHandler +and +.PN XtRemoveEventTypeHandler . +Since the mechanism to indicate selection of extension events is specific +to the extension being used, the \*(xI introduces +.PN XtRegisterExtensionSelector , +which allows the application to select for the events of interest. +In order to change the dispatching algorithm to accommodate extension events +as well as core X protocol events, +the \*(xI event dispatcher may now be replaced or enveloped +by the application with +.PN XtSetEventDispatcher . +The dispatcher may wish to call +.PN XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget +to determine the widget with the current \*(xI keyboard focus. +A dispatcher, after determining the destination widget, may use +.PN XtDispatchEventToWidget +to cause the event to be dispatched to the event handlers registered +by a specific widget. +.LP +To permit the dispatching of events +for nonwidget drawables, such as pixmaps that are not associated +with a widget's window, +.PN XtRegisterDrawable +and +.PN XtUnregisterDrawable +have been added to the library. A related update was made to +the description of +.PN XtWindowToWidget . +.LP +The library is now thread-safe, allowing one thread at a time to +enter the library and protecting global data as necessary from concurrent use. +Threaded toolkit applications are supported by the +new interfaces +.PN XtToolkitThreadInitialize , +.PN XtAppLock , +.PN XtAppUnlock , +.PN XtAppSetExitFlag , +and +.PN XtAppGetExitFlag . +Widget writers may also use +.PN XtProcessLock +and +.PN XtProcessUnlock . +.LP +Safe handling of POSIX signals and other asynchronous notifications +is now provided by use of +.PN XtAppAddSignal , +.PN XtNoticeSignal , +and +.PN XtRemoveSignal . +.LP +The application can receive notification of an impending block +in the \*(xI event manager by registering interest through +.PN XtAppAddBlockHook +and +.PN XtRemoveBlockHook . +.LP +.PN XtLastEventProcessed +returns the most recent event passed to +.PN XtDispatchEvent +for a specified display. + +.NH 3 +Resource Management +.XS +\*(SN Resource Management +.XE +.LP +Resource converters are registered by the \*(xI for window gravity +and for three new resource types associated with session participation: +RestartStyle, CommandArgArray and DirectoryString. +.LP +The file search path syntax has been extended to make it easier to +include the default search path, which controls resource +database construction, by using the new substitution string, %D. + +.NH 3 +Translation Management +.XS +\*(SN Translation Management +.XE +.LP +The default key translator now recognizes the NumLock modifier. +If NumLock is on and the second keysym is a keypad keysym +(a standard keysym named with a ``KP'' prefix or a +vendor-specific keysym in the hexadecimal range 0x11000000 to 0x1100FFFF), +then the default key translator will +use the first keysym if Shift and/or ShiftLock is on and will +use the second keysym if neither is on. Otherwise, it will +ignore NumLock and apply the normal protocol semantics. + +.NH 3 +Selections +.XS +\*(SN Selections +.XE +.LP +The targets of selection requests may be parameterized, as described +by the revised \fI\*(xC\fP. +When such requests are made, +.PN XtSetSelectionParameters +is used by the requestor to specify the target parameters and +.PN XtGetSelectionParameters +is used by the selection owner to retrieve the parameters. +When a parameterized target is specified in the context of a bundled +request for multiple targets, +.PN XtCreateSelectionRequest , +.PN XtCancelSelectionRequest , +and +.PN XtSendSelectionRequest +are used to envelop the assembly of the request. +When the parameters themselves are the names of properties, +the \*(xI provides support for the economical use of property atom names; +see +.PN XtReservePropertyAtom +and +.PN XtReleasePropertyAtom . + +.NH 3 +External Agent Hooks +.XS +\*(SN External Agent Hooks +.XE +.LP +External agent hooks were added for the benefit of applications +that instrument other applications for purposes of accessibility, +testing, and customization. The external agent and the application +communicate by a shared protocol which is transparent to the application. +The hook callbacks permit the external agent to register interest +in groups or classes of toolkit activity and to be notified of the +type and details of the activity as it occurs. The new interfaces +related to this effort are +.PN XtHooksOfDisplay , +which returns the hook registration widget, and +.PN XtGetDisplays , +which returns a list of the X displays associated with an application context. +.bp diff --git a/libXt/specs/Makefile.am b/libXt/specs/Makefile.am new file mode 100644 index 000000000..887eb7e1e --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/specs/Makefile.am @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +EXTRA_DIST = \ + CH01 \ + CH02 \ + CH03 \ + CH04 \ + CH05 \ + CH06 \ + CH07 \ + CH08 \ + CH09 \ + CH10 \ + CH11 \ + CH12 \ + CH13 \ + appA \ + appB \ + appC \ + appD \ + appE \ + appF \ + intr.idxmac.t \ + postproc \ + strings.mit \ + Xtk.intr.front diff --git a/libXt/specs/Xtk.intr.front b/libXt/specs/Xtk.intr.front new file mode 100644 index 000000000..353467fdf --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/specs/Xtk.intr.front @@ -0,0 +1,333 @@ +.\" MIT header page and copyright notice +.\" MIT page header and footers +.\" +.EH '''' +.OH '''' +.EF '''' +.OF '''' +.ps 11 +.nr PS 11 +\& +.sp 8 +.ce 4 +\s+2\fB\*(xT\fP\s-2 + +\s+1\fBX Window System\fP\s-1 + +\s+1\fBX Version 11, Release \*(Rn\fP\s-1 + + +First Revision - April, 1994 +.sp 5 +.ce 4 +\s-1Joel McCormack +.sp 6p +Digital Equipment Corporation +Western Software Laboratory +.sp 2 +.ce 4 +Paul Asente +.sp 6p +Digital Equipment Corporation +Western Software Laboratory +.sp 2 +.ce 4 +Ralph R. Swick +.sp 6p +Digital Equipment Corporation +External Research Group +MIT X Consortium +.sp 2 +.ce 3 +version 6 edited by Donna Converse +.sp 6p +X Consortium, Inc.\s+1 +.bp +\& +.ps 9 +.nr PS 9 +.sp 8 +.LP +X Window System is a trademark of X Consortium, Inc. +.LP +Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994 +X Consortium +.LP +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining +a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the +"Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including +without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, +distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to +permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to +the following conditions: +.LP +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included +in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. +.LP +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. +IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR +OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, +ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR +OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. +.LP +Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall +not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or +other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization +from the X Consortium. +.LP +Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994 +Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts. +.LP +Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this documentation for any +purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright +notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this +permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of +Digital not be used in in advertising or publicity pertaining +to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. +Digital makes no representations about the suitability of the +software described herein for any purpose. +It is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty. +.ps 11 +.nr PS 11 +.bp 11 +.EF ''\fB \\\\n(PN \fP'' +.OF ''\fB \\\\n(PN \fP'' +.af PN i +.XS ix +Acknowledgments +.XE +\& +.sp 1 +.ce 3 +\s+1\fBAcknowledgments\fP\s-1 +.sp 2 +.na +.LP +The design of the X11 Intrinsics was done primarily +by Joel McCormack of Digital WSL. +Major contributions to the design and implementation also +were done by Charles Haynes, Mike Chow, and Paul Asente of Digital WSL. +Additional contributors to the design and/or implementation were: +.LP +.Ds +.ta 3i +Loretta Guarino-Reid (Digital WSL) Rich Hyde (Digital WSL) +Susan Angebranndt (Digital WSL) Terry Weissman (Digital WSL) +Mary Larson (Digital UEG) Mark Manasse (Digital SRC) +Jim Gettys (Digital SRC) Leo Treggiari (Digital SDT) +Ralph Swick (Project Athena and Digital ERP) Mark Ackerman (Project Athena) +Ron Newman (Project Athena) Bob Scheifler (MIT LCS) +.De +.LP +The contributors to the X10 toolkit also deserve mention. +Although the X11 Intrinsics present an entirely different programming style, +they borrow heavily from the implicit and explicit concepts in the X10 +toolkit. +.LP +The design and implementation of the X10 Intrinsics were done by: +.LP +.Ds +Terry Weissman (Digital WSL) +Smokey Wallace (Digital WSL) +Phil Karlton (Digital WSL) +Charles Haynes (Digital WSL) +Frank Hall (HP) +.De +.LP +The design and implementation of the X10 toolkit's sample widgets were +by the above, as well as by: +.LP +.Ds +Ram Rao (Digital UEG) +Mary Larson (Digital UEG) +Mike Gancarz (Digital UEG) +Kathleen Langone (Digital UEG) +.De +These widgets provided a checklist of requirements that we +had to address in the X11 Intrinsics. +.LP +Thanks go to Al Mento of Digital's UEG Documentation Group for +formatting and generally improving this document +and to John Ousterhout of Berkeley for extensively reviewing +early drafts of it. +.LP +Finally, a special thanks to Mike Chow, +whose extensive performance analysis of the X10 toolkit provided +the justification to redesign it entirely for X11. +.LP +.sp +.Ds 0 +Joel McCormack +Western Software Laboratory +Digital Equipment Corporation + +March 1988 +.De +.bp +.LP +The current design of the \*(xI has benefited greatly from the +input of several dedicated reviewers in the membership of the +X Consortium. +In addition to those already mentioned, +the following individuals have dedicated significant time +to suggesting improvements to the \*(xI: +.LP +.Ds +.ta 3i +Steve Pitschke (Stellar) C. Doug Blewett (AT&T) +Bob Miller (HP) David Schiferl (Tektronix) +Fred Taft (HP) Michael Squires (Sequent) +Marcel Meth (AT&T) Jim Fulton (MIT) +Mike Collins (Digital) Kerry Kimbrough (Texas Instruments) +Scott McGregor (Digital) Phil Karlton (Digital) +Julian Payne (ESS) Jacques Davy (Bull) +Gabriel Beged-Dov (HP) Glenn Widener (Tektronix) +.De +.LP +Thanks go to each of them for the countless hours spent +reviewing drafts and code. +.LP +.sp +.Ds 0 +Ralph R. Swick +External Research Group +Digital Equipment Corporation +MIT Project Athena + +June 1988 +.De +.sp +.LP +From Release 3 to Release 4, several new members joined the design +team. We greatly appreciate the thoughtful comments, suggestions, +lengthy discussions, and in some cases implementation code contributed by each +of the following: +.LP +.Ds +.ta 3i +Don Alecci (AT&T) Ellis Cohen (OSF) +Donna Converse (MIT) Clive Feather (IXI) +Nayeem Islam (Sun) Dana Laursen (HP) +Keith Packard (MIT) Chris Peterson (MIT) +Richard Probst (Sun) Larry Cable (Sun) +.De +.sp +.LP +In Release 5, the effort to define the internationalization additions was +headed by Bill McMahon of Hewlett Packard and Frank Rojas of IBM. This +has been an educational process for many of us, and Bill and Frank's +tutelage has carried us through. Vania Joloboff of the OSF also contributed +to the internationalization additions. The implementation efforts of +Bill, Gabe Beged-Dov, and especially Donna Converse for this release +are also gratefully acknowledged. +.sp +.Ds 0 +Ralph R. Swick + +December 1989 +and +July 1991 +.De +.bp +.LP +The Release 6 Intrinsics is a result of the collaborative +efforts of participants in the X Consortium's \fBintrinsics\fP +working group. +A few individuals contributed substantial design proposals, +participated in lengthy discussions, reviewed final specifications, +and in most cases, were also responsible for sections of the implementation. +They deserve recognition and thanks for their major contributions: +.LP +.Ds +.ta 3i +Paul Asente (Adobe) Larry Cable (SunSoft) +Ellis Cohen (OSF) Daniel Dardailler (OSF) +Vania Joloboff (OSF) Kaleb Keithley (X Consortium) +Courtney Loomis (HP) Douglas Rand (OSF) +Bob Scheifler (X Consortium) Ajay Vohra (SunSoft) +.De +.LP +Many others analyzed designs, offered useful comments and suggestions, +and participated in a significant subset of the process. +The following people deserve thanks for their contributions: +Andy Bovingdon, Sam Chang, Chris Craig, +George Erwin-Grotsky, Keith Edwards, Clive Feather, Stephen Gildea, +Dan Heller, Steve Humphrey, David Kaelbling, +Jaime Lau, Rob Lembree, Stuart Marks, Beth Mynatt, +Tom Paquin, Chris Peterson, Kamesh Ramakrishna, Tom Rodriguez, +Jim VanGilder, Will Walker, and Mike Wexler. +.LP +I am especially grateful to two of my colleagues: Ralph Swick for +expert editorial guidance, and Kaleb Keithley for leadership in +the implementation and the specification work. +.sp +.Ds 0 +Donna Converse +X Consortium +April 1994 +.De +.bp +.XS xii +About This Manual +.XE +\& +.sp 1 +.ce 3 +\s+1\fBAbout This Manual\fP\s-1 +.sp 2 +.na +.LP +\fI\*(xT\fP is intended to be read by both application programmers who will +use one or more of the many widget sets built with the \*(xI +and by widget programmers who will use the \*(xI to build widgets +for one of the widget sets. +Not all the information in this manual, however, applies to both audiences. +That is, because the application programmer is likely to use only a number of +the \*(xI functions in writing an application and because the widget programmer +is likely to use many more, if not all, of the \*(xI functions in building +a widget, +an attempt has been made to highlight those areas of information that are +deemed to be of special interest for the application programmer. +(It is assumed the widget programmer will have to be familiar with all +the information.) +Therefore, all entries in the table of contents that are printed in \fBbold\fP +indicate the information that should be of special interest to an +application programmer. +.LP +It is also assumed that, as application programmers become +more familiar with the concepts discussed in this manual, +they will find it more convenient to implement +portions of their applications as special-purpose or custom widgets. +It is possible, nonetheless, to use widgets without knowing how to build them. +.SH +Conventions Used in this Manual +.LP +This document uses the following conventions: +.IP \(bu 5 +Global symbols are printed in +.PN this +.PN special +.PN font . +These can be either function names, +symbols defined in include files, data types, or structure names. +Arguments to functions, procedures, or macros are printed in \fIitalics\fP. +.IP \(bu 5 +Each function is introduced by a general discussion that +distinguishes it from other functions. +The function declaration itself follows, +and each argument is specifically explained. +General discussion of the function, if any is required, +follows the arguments. +.IP \(bu 5 +To eliminate any ambiguity between those arguments that you pass and those that +a function returns to you, +the explanations for all arguments that you pass start with the word +\fIspecifies\fP or, in the case of multiple arguments, the word \fIspecify\fP. +The explanations for all arguments that are returned to you start with the +word \fIreturns\fP or, in the case of multiple arguments, the word \fIreturn\^\fP. +.bp 1 +.af PN 1 +.EH '\fBX Toolkit Intrinsics\fP''\fBX11 Release \*(Rn\fP' +.OH '\fBX Toolkit Intrinsics\fP''\fBX11 Release \*(Rn\fP' diff --git a/libXt/specs/appA b/libXt/specs/appA new file mode 100644 index 000000000..57a1890a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/specs/appA @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ +.\" $Xorg: appA,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:48 cpqbld Exp $ +.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994 +.\" X Consortium +.\" +.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining +.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the +.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including +.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, +.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to +.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to +.\" the following conditions: +.\" +.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included +.\" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. +.\" +.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS +.\" OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF +.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. +.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR +.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, +.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR +.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. +.\" +.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall +.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or +.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization +.\" from the X Consortium. +.\" +.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994 +.\" Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts. +.\" +.\" Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this documentation for any +.\" purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright +.\" notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this +.\" permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of +.\" Digital not be used in in advertising or publicity pertaining +.\" to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. +.\" Digital makes no representations about the suitability of the +.\" software described herein for any purpose. +.\" It is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty. +.\" +.bp +\& +.sp 1 +.ce 3 +\s+1\fBAppendix A\fP\s-1 + +\s+1\fBResource File Format\fP\s-1 +.sp 2 +.LP +.XS +\fBAppendix A \(em Resource File Format\fP +.XE +A resource file contains text representing the default resource values for an +application or set of applications. +.LP +The format of resource files is defined by \fI\*(xL\fP and is reproduced here +for convenience only. +.LP +The format of a resource specification is +.TS +l l . +ResourceLine = Comment | IncludeFile | ResourceSpec | <empty line> +Comment = ``!'' {<any character except null or newline>} +IncludeFile = ``#'' WhiteSpace ``include'' WhiteSpace FileName WhiteSpace +FileName = <valid filename for operating system> +ResourceSpec = WhiteSpace ResourceName WhiteSpace ``:'' WhiteSpace Value +ResourceName = [Binding] {Component Binding} ComponentName +Binding = ``.'' | ``*'' +WhiteSpace = {<space> | <horizontal tab>} +Component = ``?'' | ComponentName +ComponentName = NameChar {NameChar} +NameChar = ``a''-``z'' | ``A''-``Z'' | ``0''-``9'' | ``_'' | ``-'' +Value = {<any character except null or unescaped newline>} +.TE +.LP +Elements separated by vertical bar (|) are alternatives. +Curly braces ({\&.\&.\&.}) indicate zero or more repetitions +of the enclosed elements. +Square brackets ([\&.\&.\&.]) indicate that the enclosed element is optional. +Quotes (``\&.\&.\&.'') are used around literal characters. +.LP +If the last character on a line is a backslash (\\), +that line is assumed to continue on the next line. +.LP +To allow a Value to begin with whitespace, +the two-character sequence ``\\\^\fIspace\fP'' (backslash followed by space) +is recognized and replaced by a space character, +and the two-character sequence ``\\\^\fItab\fP'' +(backslash followed by horizontal tab) +is recognized and replaced by a horizontal tab character. + +To allow a Value to contain embedded newline characters, +the two-character sequence ``\\\^n'' is recognized and replaced by a +newline character. +To allow a Value to be broken across multiple lines in a text file, +the two-character sequence ``\\\^\fInewline\fP'' +(backslash followed by newline) is +recognized and removed from the value. + +To allow a Value to contain arbitrary character codes, +the four-character sequence ``\\\^\fInnn\fP'', +where each \fIn\fP is a digit character in the range of ``0''\-``7'', +is recognized and replaced with a single byte that contains +the octal value specified by the sequence. +Finally, the two-character sequence ``\\\\'' is recognized +and replaced with a single backslash. diff --git a/libXt/specs/appB b/libXt/specs/appB new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3eb9ccc7b --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/specs/appB @@ -0,0 +1,783 @@ +.\" $Xorg: appB,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:48 cpqbld Exp $ +.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994 +.\" X Consortium +.\" +.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining +.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the +.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including +.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, +.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to +.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to +.\" the following conditions: +.\" +.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included +.\" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. +.\" +.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS +.\" OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF +.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. +.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR +.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, +.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR +.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. +.\" +.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall +.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or +.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization +.\" from the X Consortium. +.\" +.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994 +.\" Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts. +.\" +.\" Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this documentation for any +.\" purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright +.\" notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this +.\" permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of +.\" Digital not be used in in advertising or publicity pertaining +.\" to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. +.\" Digital makes no representations about the suitability of the +.\" software described herein for any purpose. +.\" It is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty. +.\" +.bp +\& +.sp 1 +.ce 3 +\s+1\fBAppendix B\fP\s-1 + +\s+1\fBTranslation Table Syntax\fP\s-1 +.sp 2 +.LP +.XS +\fBAppendix B \(em Translation Table Syntax\fP +.XE +.IN "Translation tables" +.SH +Notation +.LP +Syntax is specified in EBNF notation with the following conventions: +.TS +l l. +[ a ] Means either nothing or ``a'' +{ a } Means zero or more occurrences of ``a'' +( a | b ) Means either ``a'' or ``b'' +\\\\n Is the newline character +.TE +.LP +All terminals are enclosed in double quotation marks (`` ''). +Informal descriptions are enclosed in angle brackets (< >). +.SH +Syntax +.LP +The syntax of a translation table is +.TS +l l . +translationTable = [ directive ] { production } +directive = ( ``#replace'' | ``#override'' | ``#augment'' ) ``\\\\n'' +production = lhs ``:'' rhs ``\\\\n'' +lhs = ( event | keyseq ) { ``,'' (event | keyseq) } +keyseq = ``"'' keychar {keychar} ``"'' +keychar = [ ``^'' | ``$'' | ``\\\\'' ] <ISO Latin 1 character> +event = [modifier_list] ``<''event_type``>'' [ ``('' count[``+''] ``)'' ] {detail} +modifier_list = ( [``!''] [``:''] {modifier} ) | ``None'' +modifier = [``~''] modifier_name +count = (``1'' | ``2'' | ``3'' | ``4'' | ...) +modifier_name = ``@'' <keysym> | <see ModifierNames table below> +event_type = <see Event Types table below> +detail = <event specific details> +rhs = { name ``('' [params] ``)'' } +name = namechar { namechar } +namechar = { ``a''-``z'' | ``A''-``Z'' | ``0''-``9'' | ``_'' | ``-'' } +params = string {``,'' string} +string = quoted_string | unquoted_string +quoted_string = ``"'' {<Latin 1 character> | escape_char} [``\\\\\\\\'' ] ``"'' +escape_char = ``\\\\"'' +unquoted_string = {<Latin 1 character except space, tab, ``,'', ``\\\\n'', ``)''>} +.TE + +.LP +The \fIparams\fP field is parsed into a list of +.PN String +values that will be passed to the named action procedure. A +\fIquoted string\fP may contain an embedded quotation mark if the +quotation mark is preceded by a single backslash (\\). The +three-character sequence ``\\\\"'' is interpreted as ``single backslash +followed by end-of-string''. + +.SH +Modifier Names +.LP +The modifier field is used to specify standard X keyboard and button +modifier mask bits. +Modifiers are legal on event types +.PN KeyPress , +.PN KeyRelease , +.PN ButtonPress , +.PN ButtonRelease , +.PN MotionNotify , +.PN EnterNotify , +.PN LeaveNotify , +and their abbreviations. +An error is generated when a translation table +that contains modifiers for any other events is parsed. +.IP \(bu 5 +If the modifier list has no entries and is not ``None'', +it means ``don't care'' on all modifiers. +.IP \(bu 5 +If an exclamation point (!) is specified at the beginning +of the modifier list, +it means that the listed modifiers must be in the correct state +and no other modifiers can be asserted. +.IP \(bu 5 +If any modifiers are specified +and an exclamation point (!) is not specified, +it means that the listed modifiers must be in the +correct state and ``don't care'' about any other modifiers. +.IP \(bu 5 +If a modifier is preceded by a tilde (~), +it means that that modifier must not be asserted. +.IP \(bu 5 +If ``None'' is specified, it means no modifiers can be asserted. +.IP \(bu 5 +If a colon (:) is specified at the beginning of the modifier list, +it directs the \*(xI to apply any standard modifiers in the +event to map the event keycode into a KeySym. +The default standard modifiers are Shift and Lock, +with the interpretation as defined in \fI\*(xP\fP, Section 5. +The resulting KeySym must exactly match the specified +KeySym, and the nonstandard modifiers in the event must match the +modifier list. +For example, ``:<Key>a'' is distinct from ``:<Key>A'', +and ``:Shift<Key>A'' is distinct from ``:<Key>A''. +.IP \(bu 5 +If both an exclamation point (!) and a colon (:) are specified at +the beginning of the modifier list, it means that the listed +modifiers must be in the correct state and that no other modifiers +except the standard modifiers can be asserted. Any standard +modifiers in the event are applied as for colon (:) above. +.IP \(bu 5 +If a colon (:) is not specified, +no standard modifiers are applied. +Then, for example, ``<Key>A'' and ``<Key>a'' are equivalent. +.LP +In key sequences, +a circumflex (^) is an abbreviation for the Control modifier, +a dollar sign ($) is an abbreviation for Meta, +and a backslash (\\) can be used to quote any +character, in particular a double quote ("), a circumflex (^), +a dollar sign ($), and another backslash (\\). +Briefly: +.LP +.Ds 0 +.TA 2.5i +.ta 2.5i +No modifiers: None <event> detail +Any modifiers: <event> detail +Only these modifiers: ! mod1 mod2 <event> detail +These modifiers and any others: mod1 mod2 <event> detail +.De +.LP +The use of ``None'' for a modifier list is identical to the use +of an exclamation point with no modifers. +.LP +.TS H +lw(1i) lw(1i) lw(3i). +_ +.sp 6p +Modifier Abbreviation Meaning +.sp 6p +_ +.sp 6p +.R +.TH +Ctrl c Control modifier bit +Shift s Shift modifier bit +Lock l Lock modifier bit +Meta m Meta key modifier +Hyper h Hyper key modifier +Super su Super key modifier +Alt a Alt key modifier +Mod1 Mod1 modifier bit +Mod2 Mod2 modifier bit +Mod3 Mod3 modifier bit +Mod4 Mod4 modifier bit +Mod5 Mod5 modifier bit +Button1 Button1 modifier bit +Button2 Button2 modifier bit +Button3 Button3 modifier bit +Button4 Button4 modifier bit +Button5 Button5 modifier bit +None No modifiers +Any Any modifier combination +.sp 6p +_ +.TE +.LP +.IN "key modifier" +A key modifier is any modifier bit one of whose corresponding KeyCodes +contains the corresponding left or right KeySym. +For example, +``m'' or ``Meta'' means any modifier bit mapping to a KeyCode +whose KeySym list contains XK_Meta_L or XK_Meta_R. +Note that this interpretation is for each display, +not global or even for each application context. +The Control, Shift, and Lock modifier names refer +explicitly to the corresponding modifier bits; +there is no additional interpretation of KeySyms for these modifiers. +.LP +Because it is possible to associate arbitrary KeySyms with modifiers, the set of +key modifiers is extensible. The ``@'' <keysym> syntax means any +modifier bit whose corresponding KeyCode contains the specified KeySym name. +.LP +A modifier_list/KeySym combination in a translation matches a +modifiers/KeyCode combination in an event in the following ways: +.IP 1. 5 +If a colon (:) is used, the \*(xI call the display's +.PN XtKeyProc +with the KeyCode and modifiers. +To match, (\fImodifiers\fP & ~\fImodifiers_return\fP) must equal \fImodifier_list\fP, and +\fIkeysym_return\fP must equal the given KeySym. +.IP 2. 5 +If (:) is not used, the \*(xI mask off all don't-care bits from the +modifiers. +This value must be equal to \fImodifier_list\fP. +Then, for each possible combination of +don't-care modifiers in the modifier list, the \*(xI call the display's +.PN XtKeyProc +with the KeyCode and that combination ORed with the cared-about modifier bits +from the event. +\fIKeysym_return\fP must match the KeySym in the translation. +.SH +Event Types +.LP +The event-type field describes XEvent types. +In addition to the standard +Xlib symbolic event type names, the following event type synonyms +are defined: +.TS H +lw(1.5i) lw(3i). +_ +.sp 6p +Type Meaning +.sp 6p +_ +.sp 6p +.TH +Key T{ +.PN KeyPress +T} +KeyDown T{ +.PN KeyPress +T} +KeyUp T{ +.PN KeyRelease +T} +BtnDown T{ +.PN ButtonPress +T} +BtnUp T{ +.PN ButtonRelease +T} +Motion T{ +.PN MotionNotify +T} +PtrMoved T{ +.PN MotionNotify +T} +MouseMoved T{ +.PN MotionNotify +T} +Enter T{ +.PN EnterNotify +T} +EnterWindow T{ +.PN EnterNotify +T} +Leave T{ +.PN LeaveNotify +T} +LeaveWindow T{ +.PN LeaveNotify +T} +FocusIn T{ +.PN FocusIn +T} +FocusOut T{ +.PN FocusOut +T} +Keymap T{ +.PN KeymapNotify +T} +Expose T{ +.PN Expose +T} +GrExp T{ +.PN GraphicsExpose +T} +NoExp T{ +.PN NoExpose +T} +Visible T{ +.PN VisibilityNotify +T} +Create T{ +.PN CreateNotify +T} +Destroy T{ +.PN DestroyNotify +T} +Unmap T{ +.PN UnmapNotify +T} +Map T{ +.PN MapNotify +T} +MapReq T{ +.PN MapRequest +T} +Reparent T{ +.PN ReparentNotify +T} +Configure T{ +.PN ConfigureNotify +T} +ConfigureReq T{ +.PN ConfigureRequest +T} +Grav T{ +.PN GravityNotify +T} +ResReq T{ +.PN ResizeRequest +T} +Circ T{ +.PN CirculateNotify +T} +CircReq T{ +.PN CirculateRequest +T} +Prop T{ +.PN PropertyNotify +T} +SelClr T{ +.PN SelectionClear +T} +SelReq T{ +.PN SelectionRequest +T} +Select T{ +.PN SelectionNotify +T} +Clrmap T{ +.PN ColormapNotify +T} +Message T{ +.PN ClientMessage +T} +Mapping T{ +.PN MappingNotify +T} +.sp 6p +_ +.TE +The supported abbreviations are: +.TS H +lw(1.5i) lw(1.25i) lw(1.75i). +_ +.sp 6p +Abbreviation Event Type Including +.sp 6p +_ +.sp 6p +.TH +.R +Ctrl T{ +.PN KeyPress +T} with Control modifier +Meta T{ +.PN KeyPress +T} with Meta modifier +Shift T{ +.PN KeyPress +T} with Shift modifier +Btn1Down T{ +.PN ButtonPress +T} with Button1 detail +Btn1Up T{ +.PN ButtonRelease +T} with Button1 detail +Btn2Down T{ +.PN ButtonPress +T} with Button2 detail +Btn2Up T{ +.PN ButtonRelease +T} with Button2 detail +Btn3Down T{ +.PN ButtonPress +T} with Button3 detail +Btn3Up T{ +.PN ButtonRelease +T} with Button3 detail +Btn4Down T{ +.PN ButtonPress +T} with Button4 detail +Btn4Up T{ +.PN ButtonRelease +T} with Button4 detail +Btn5Down T{ +.PN ButtonPress +T} with Button5 detail +Btn5Up T{ +.PN ButtonRelease +T} with Button5 detail +BtnMotion T{ +.PN MotionNotify +T} with any button modifier +Btn1Motion T{ +.PN MotionNotify +T} with Button1 modifier +Btn2Motion T{ +.PN MotionNotify +T} with Button2 modifier +Btn3Motion T{ +.PN MotionNotify +T} with Button3 modifier +Btn4Motion T{ +.PN MotionNotify +T} with Button4 modifier +Btn5Motion T{ +.PN MotionNotify +T} with Button5 modifier +.sp 6p +_ +.TE +.sp +.LP +The detail field is event-specific and normally corresponds to the +detail field of the corresponding event as described +by \fI\*(xP\fP, Section 11. The detail field is supported +for the following event types: +.LP +.TS H +l l . +_ +.sp 6p +Event Event Field +.sp 6p +_ +.TH +.sp 6p +KeyPress KeySym from event \fIdetail\fP (keycode) +KeyRelease KeySym from event \fIdetail\fP (keycode) +ButtonPress button from event \fIdetail\fP +ButtonRelease button from event \fIdetail\fP +MotionNotify event \fIdetail\fP +EnterNotify event \fImode\fP +LeaveNotify event \fImode\fP +FocusIn event \fImode\fP +FocusOut event \fImode\fP +PropertyNotify \fIatom\fP +SelectionClear \fIselection\fP +SelectionRequest \fIselection\fP +SelectionNotify \fIselection\fP +ClientMessage \fItype\fP +MappingNotify \fIrequest\fP +.sp 6p +_ +.TE +.LP +If the event type is +.PN KeyPress +or +.PN KeyRelease , +the detail field +specifies a KeySym name in standard format which is matched against +the event as described above, for example, <Key>A. +.LP +For the +.PN PropertyNotify , +.PN SelectionClear , +.PN SelectionRequest , +.PN SelectionNotify , +and +.PN ClientMessage +events the detail field is specified +as an atom name; for example, <Message>WM_PROTOCOLS. For the +.PN MotionNotify , +.PN EnterNotify , +.PN LeaveNotify , +.PN FocusIn , +.PN FocusOut , +and +.PN MappingNotify +events, either the symbolic constants as defined by +\fI\*(xP\fP, Section 11, +or the numeric values may be specified. +.LP +If no detail field is specified, then any value in the event detail is +accepted as a match. +.LP +A KeySym can be specified as any of the standard KeySym names, +a hexadecimal number prefixed with ``0x'' or ``0X'', +an octal number prefixed with ``0'', or a decimal number. +A KeySym expressed as a single digit is interpreted as the +corresponding Latin 1 KeySym, for example, ``0'' is the KeySym XK_0. +Other single character KeySyms are treated as literal constants from Latin 1, +for example, ``!'' is treated as 0x21. +Standard KeySym names are as defined in +.Pn < X11/keysymdef.h > +with the ``XK_'' prefix removed. +.LP +.SH +Canonical Representation +.LP +Every translation table has a unique, canonical text representation. This +representation is passed to a widget's +.PN display_accelerator +procedure to describe the accelerators installed on that widget. +The canonical representation of a translation table is (see also +``Syntax'') +.TS +l l . +translationTable = { production } +production = lhs ``:'' rhs ``\\\\n'' +lhs = event { ``,'' event } +event = [modifier_list] ``<''event_type``>'' [ ``('' count[``+''] ``)'' ] {detail} +modifier_list = [``!''] [``:''] {modifier} +modifier = [``~''] modifier_name +count = (``1'' | ``2'' | ``3'' | ``4'' | ...) +modifier_name = ``@'' <keysym> | <see canonical modifier names below> +event_type = <see canonical event types below> +detail = <event-specific details> +rhs = { name ``('' [params] ``)'' } +name = namechar { namechar } +namechar = { ``a''-``z'' | ``A''-``Z'' | ``0''-``9'' | ``_'' | ``-'' } +params = string {``,'' string} +string = quoted_string +quoted_string = ``"'' {<Latin 1 character> | escape_char} [``\\\\\\\\'' ] ``"'' +escape_char = ``\\\\"'' +.TE +.LP +The canonical modifier names are +.LP +.Ds +.TA 1i 2.5i +.ta 1i 2.5i +Ctrl Mod1 Button1 +Shift Mod2 Button2 +Lock Mod3 Button3 + Mod4 Button4 + Mod5 Button5 +.De +.LP +The canonical event types are +.IP +.TS +l l. +T{ +.PN KeyPress +T} T{ +.PN KeyRelease +T} +T{ +.PN ButtonPress +T} T{ +.PN ButtonRelease +T} +T{ +.PN MotionNotify +T} T{ +.PN EnterNotify +T} +T{ +.PN LeaveNotify +T} T{ +.PN FocusIn +T} +T{ +.PN FocusOut +T} T{ +.PN KeymapNotify +T} +T{ +.PN Expose +T} T{ +.PN GraphicsExpose, +T} +T{ +.PN NoExpose +T} T{ +.PN VisibilityNotify +T} +T{ +.PN CreateNotify +T} T{ +.PN DestroyNotify +T} +T{ +.PN UnmapNotify +T} T{ +.PN MapNotify +T} +T{ +.PN MapRequest +T} T{ +.PN ReparentNotify +T} +T{ +.PN ConfigureNotify +T} T{ +.PN ConfigureRequest +T} +T{ +.PN GravityNotify +T} T{ +.PN ResizeRequest +T} +T{ +.PN CirculateNotify +T} T{ +.PN CirculateRequest +T} +T{ +.PN PropertyNotify +T} T{ +.PN SelectionClear +T} +T{ +.PN SelectionRequest +T} T{ +.PN SelectionNotify +T} +T{ +.PN ColormapNotify +T} T{ +.PN ClientMessage +T} +.TE +.LP + +.SH +Examples +.LP +.IP \(bu 5 +Always put more specific events in the table before more general ones: +.LP +.Ds +Shift <Btn1Down> : twas()\\n\\ +<Btn1Down> : brillig() +.De +.LP +.IP \(bu 5 +For double-click on Button1 Up with Shift, use this specification: +.IP +.Ds +Shift<Btn1Up>(2) : and() +.DE +.IP +This is equivalent to the following line with appropriate timers set +between events: +.IP +.Ds +Shift<Btn1Down>,Shift<Btn1Up>,Shift<Btn1Down>,Shift<Btn1Up> : and() +.De +.IP \(bu 5 +For double-click on Button1 Down with Shift, use this specification: +.IP +.Ds +Shift<Btn1Down>(2) : the() +.De +.IP +This is equivalent to the following line with appropriate timers set +between events: +.IP +.Ds +Shift<Btn1Down>,Shift<Btn1Up>,Shift<Btn1Down> : the() +.De +.IP \(bu 5 +Mouse motion is always discarded when it occurs between events in a table +where no motion event is specified: +.IP +.Ds +<Btn1Down>,<Btn1Up> : slithy() +.De +.IP +This is taken, even if the pointer moves a bit between the down and +up events. +Similarly, any motion event specified in a translation matches any number +of motion events. +If the motion event causes an action procedure to be invoked, +the procedure is invoked after each motion event. +.IP \(bu 5 +If an event sequence consists of a sequence of events that is also a +noninitial subsequence of another translation, +it is not taken if it occurs in the context of the longer sequence. +This occurs mostly in sequences like the following: +.IP +.Ds +<Btn1Down>,<Btn1Up> : toves()\\n\\ +<Btn1Up> : did() +.De +.IP +The second translation is taken only if the button release is not +preceded by a button press or if there are intervening events between the +press and the release. +Be particularly aware of this when using the repeat notation, above, +with buttons and keys, +because their expansion includes additional events; +and when specifying motion events, because they are implicitly included +between any two other events. +In particular, +pointer motion and double-click translations cannot coexist in the same +translation table. +.IP \(bu 5 +For single click on Button1 Up with Shift and Meta, use this specification: +.IP +.Ds +Shift Meta <Btn1Down>, Shift Meta<Btn1Up>: gyre() +.De +.IP \(bu 5 +For multiple clicks greater or equal to a minimum number, +a plus sign (+) may be appended to the final (rightmost) +count in an event sequence. The actions will be invoked +on the \fIcount\fP-th click and each subsequent one arriving +within the multi-click time interval. For example: +.IP +.Ds +Shift <Btn1Up>(2+) : and() +.De +.IP \(bu 5 +To indicate +.PN EnterNotify +with any modifiers, use this specification: +.IP +.Ds +<Enter> : gimble() +.De +.IP \(bu 5 +To indicate +.PN EnterNotify +with no modifiers, use this specification: +.IP +.Ds +None <Enter> : in() +.De +.IP \(bu 5 +To indicate +.PN EnterNotify +with Button1 Down and Button2 Up and ``don't care'' about +the other modifiers, use this specification: +.IP +.Ds +Button1 ~Button2 <Enter> : the() +.De +.IP \(bu 5 +To indicate +.PN EnterNotify +with Button1 down and Button2 down exclusively, use this specification: +.IP +.Ds +! Button1 Button2 <Enter> : wabe() +.De +.IP +You do not need to use a tilde (~) with an exclamation point (!). diff --git a/libXt/specs/appC b/libXt/specs/appC new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6f31fd7d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/specs/appC @@ -0,0 +1,1204 @@ +.\" $Xorg: appC,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:48 cpqbld Exp $ +.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994 +.\" X Consortium +.\" +.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining +.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the +.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including +.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, +.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to +.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to +.\" the following conditions: +.\" +.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included +.\" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. +.\" +.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS +.\" OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF +.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. +.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR +.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, +.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR +.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. +.\" +.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall +.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or +.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization +.\" from the X Consortium. +.\" +.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994 +.\" Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts. +.\" +.\" Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this documentation for any +.\" purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright +.\" notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this +.\" permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of +.\" Digital not be used in in advertising or publicity pertaining +.\" to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. +.\" Digital makes no representations about the suitability of the +.\" software described herein for any purpose. +.\" It is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty. +.\" +.bp +\& +.sp 1 +.ce 3 +\s+1\fBAppendix C\fP\s-1 + +\s+1\fBCompatibility Functions\fP\s-1 +.sp 2 +.LP +.XS +\fBAppendix C \(em Compatibility Functions\fP +.XE +.FS +This appendix is part of the formal Intrinsics Specification. +.FE +.LP +In prototype versions of the \*(tk +each widget class +implemented an Xt<\^\fIWidget\fP\^>Create (for example, +.PN XtLabelCreate ) +function, in which most of the code was identical from widget to widget. +In the \*(xI, a single generic +.PN XtCreateWidget +performs most of the common work and then calls the initialize procedure +implemented for the particular widget class. +.LP +Each Composite class also implemented the procedures +Xt<\^\fIWidget\fP\^>Add and an Xt<\^\fIWidget\fP\^>Delete (for example, +.PN XtButtonBoxAddButton +and +.PN XtButtonBoxDeleteButton ). +In the \*(xI, the Composite generic procedures +.PN XtManageChildren +and +.PN XtUnmanageChildren +perform error checking and screening out of certain children. +Then they call the change_managed procedure +implemented for the widget's Composite class. +If the widget's parent has not yet been realized, +the call to the change_managed procedure is delayed until realization time. +.LP +Old-style calls can be implemented in the \*(tk by defining +one-line procedures or macros that invoke a generic routine. For example, +you could define the macro +.PN XtLabelCreate +as: +.IP +.Ds 0 +.TA .5i 3i +.ta .5i 3i +#define XtLabelCreate(\fIname\fP, \fIparent\fP, \fIargs\fP, \fInum_args\fP) \\ + ((LabelWidget) XtCreateWidget(\fIname\fP, \fIlabelWidgetClass\fP, \ +\fIparent\fP, \fIargs\fP, \fInum_args\fP)) +.De +.sp +.LP +Pop-up shells in some of the prototypes automatically performed an +.PN XtManageChild +on their child within their insert_child procedure. +.IN "insert_child procedure" +Creators of pop-up children need to call +.PN XtManageChild +themselves. +.sp +.LP +.PN XtAppInitialize +and +.PN XtVaAppInitialize +have been replaced by +.PN XtOpenApplication +and +.PN XtVaOpenApplication . +.LP +To initialize the \*(xI internals, create an application context, +open and initialize a display, and create the initial application shell +instance, an application may use +.PN XtAppInitialize +or +.PN XtVaAppInitialize . +.LP +.IN "XtAppInitialize" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +Widget XtAppInitialize(\fIapp_context_return\fP, \fIapplication_class\fP, \ +\fIoptions\fP, \fInum_options\fP, +.br + \fIargc_in_out\fP, \fIargv_in_out\fP, \ +\fIfallback_resources\fP, \fIargs\fP, \fInum_args\fP) +.br + XtAppContext *\fIapp_context_return\fP; +.br + String \fIapplication_class\fP; +.br + XrmOptionDescList \fIoptions\fP; +.br + Cardinal \fInum_options\fP; +.br + int *\fIargc_in_out\fP; +.br + String *\fIargv_in_out\fP; +.br + String *\fIfallback_resources\fP; +.br + ArgList \fIargs\fP; +.br + Cardinal \fInum_args\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIapp_context_return\fP 1.5i +Returns the application context, if non-NULL. +.IP \fIapplication_class\fP 1.5i +Specifies the class name of the application. +.IP \fIoptions\fP 1.5i +Specifies the command line options table. +.IP \fInum_options\fP 1.5i +Specifies the number of entries in \fIoptions\fP. +.IP \fIargc_in_out\fP 1.5i +Specifies a pointer to the number of command line arguments. +.IP \fIargv_in_out\fP 1.5i +Specifies a pointer to the command line arguments. +.IP \fIfallback_resources\fP 1.5i +Specifies resource values to be used if the application class resource +file cannot be opened or read, or NULL. +.IP \fIargs\fP 1.5i +Specifies the argument list to override any +other resource specifications for the created shell widget. +.IP \fInum_args\fP 1.5i +Specifies the number of entries in the argument list. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtAppInitialize +function calls +.PN XtToolkitInitialize +followed by +.PN XtCreateApplicationContext , +then calls +.PN XtOpenDisplay +with \fIdisplay_string\fP NULL and +\fIapplication_name\fP NULL, and finally calls +.PN XtAppCreateShell +with \fIapplication_name\fP NULL, \fIwidget_class\fP +.PN application\%Shell\%Widget\%Class , +and the specified \fIargs\fP and \fInum_args\fP +and returns the created shell. The modified \fIargc\fP and \fIargv\fP returned by +.PN XtDisplayInitialize +are returned in \fIargc_in_out\fP and \fIargv_in_out\fP. If +\fIapp_context_return\fP is not NULL, the created application context is +also returned. If the display specified by the command line cannot be +opened, an error message is issued and +.PN XtAppInitialize +terminates the application. If \fIfallback_resources\fP is non-NULL, +.PN XtAppSetFallbackResources +is called with the value prior to calling +.PN XtOpenDisplay . +.sp +.LP +.IN "XtVaAppInitialize" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +Widget XtVaAppInitialize(\fIapp_context_return\fP, \fIapplication_class\fP, \ +\fIoptions\fP, \fInum_options\fP, +.br + \fIargc_in_out\fP, \fIargv_in_out\fP, \ +\fIfallback_resources\fP, ...) +.br + XtAppContext *\fIapp_context_return\fP; +.br + String \fIapplication_class\fP; +.br + XrmOptionDescList \fIoptions\fP; +.br + Cardinal \fInum_options\fP; +.br + int *\fIargc_in_out\fP; +.br + String *\fIargv_in_out\fP; +.br + String *\fIfallback_resources\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIapp_context_return\fP 1.5i +Returns the application context, if non-NULL. +.IP \fIapplication_class\fP 1.5i +Specifies the class name of the application. +.IP \fIoptions\fP 1.5i +Specifies the command line options table. +.IP \fInum_options\fP 1.5i +Specifies the number of entries in \fIoptions\fP. +.IP \fIargc_in_out\fP 1.5i +Specifies a pointer to the number of command line arguments. +.IP \fIargv_in_out\fP 1.5i +Specifies the command line arguments array. +.IP \fIfallback_resources\fP 1.5i +Specifies resource values to be used if the application class +resource file cannot be opened, or NULL. +.IP ... 1.5i +Specifies the variable argument list to override any other +resource specifications for the created shell. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtVaAppInitialize +procedure is identical in function to +.PN XtAppInitialize +with the \fIargs\fP and \fInum_args\fP parameters replaced by a varargs list, +as described +in Section 2.5.1. +.sp +.LP +As a convenience to people converting from earlier versions of the toolkit +without application contexts, the following routines exist: +.PN XtInitialize , +.PN XtMainLoop , +.PN XtNextEvent , +.PN XtProcessEvent , +.PN XtPeekEvent , +.PN XtPending , +.PN XtAddInput , +.PN XtAddTimeOut , +.PN XtAddWorkProc , +.PN XtCreateApplicationShell , +.PN XtAddActions , +.PN XtSetSelectionTimeout , +and +.PN XtGetSelectionTimeout . +.LP +.IN "XtInitialize" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +Widget XtInitialize(\fIshell_name\fP, \fIapplication_class\fP, \fIoptions\fP, \ +\fInum_options\fP, \fIargc\fP, \fIargv\fP) +.br + String \fIshell_name\fP; +.br + String \fIapplication_class\fP; +.br + XrmOptionDescRec \fIoptions\fP[]; +.br + Cardinal \fInum_options\fP; +.br + int *\fIargc\fP; +.br + String \fIargv\fP[]; +.FN +.IP \fIshell_name\fP 1i +This parameter is ignored; therefore, you can specify NULL. +.IP \fIapplication_class\fP 1i +Specifies the class name of this application. +.IP \fIoptions\fP 1i +Specifies how to parse the command line for any application-specific resources. +The \fIoptions\fP argument is passed as a parameter to +.PN XrmParseCommand . +.IP \fInum_options\fP 1i +Specifies the number of entries in the options list. +.IP \fIargc\fP 1i +Specifies a pointer to the number of command line parameters. +.IP \fIargv\fP 1i +Specifies the command line parameters. +.LP +.eM +.PN XtInitialize +calls +.PN XtToolkitInitialize +to initialize the toolkit internals, +creates a default application context for use by the other convenience +routines, calls +.PN XtOpenDisplay +with \fIdisplay_string\fP NULL and \fIapplication_name\fP NULL, and +finally calls +.PN XtAppCreateShell +with \fIapplication_name\fP NULL and +returns the created shell. +The semantics of calling +.PN XtInitialize +more than once are undefined. +This routine has been replaced by +.PN XtOpenApplication . +.sp +.IN "XtMainLoop" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtMainLoop(void) +.FN +.LP +.eM +.PN XtMainLoop +first reads the next alternate input, timer, or X event by calling +.PN XtNextEvent . +Then it dispatches this to the appropriate registered procedure by calling +.PN XtDispatchEvent . +This routine has been replaced by +.PN XtAppMainLoop . +.sp +.IN "XtNextEvent" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtNextEvent(\fIevent_return\fP) +.br + XEvent *\fIevent_return\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIevent_return\fP 1i +Returns the event information to the specified event structure. +.LP +.eM +If no input is on the X input queue for the default application context, +.PN XtNextEvent +flushes the X output buffer +and waits for an event while looking at the alternate input sources +and timeout values and calling any callback procedures triggered by them. +This routine has been replaced by +.PN XtAppNextEvent . +.PN XtInitialize +must be called before using this routine. +.sp +.IN "XtProcessEvent" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtProcessEvent(\fImask\fP) +.br + XtInputMask \fImask\fP; +.FN +.IP \fImask\fP 1i +Specifies the type of input to process. +.LP +.eM +.PN XtProcessEvent +processes one X event, timeout, or alternate input source +(depending on the value of \fImask\fP), blocking if necessary. +It has been replaced by +.PN XtAppProcessEvent . +.PN XtInitialize +must be called before using this function. +.sp +.IN "XtPeekEvent" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +Boolean XtPeekEvent(\fIevent_return\fP) +.br + XEvent *\fIevent_return\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIevent_return\fP 1i +Returns the event information to the specified event structure. +.LP +.eM +If there is an event in the queue for the default application context, +.PN XtPeekEvent +fills in the event and returns a nonzero value. +If no X input is on the queue, +.PN XtPeekEvent +flushes the output buffer and blocks until input is available, possibly +calling some timeout callbacks in the process. +If the input is an event, +.PN XtPeekEvent +fills in the event and returns a nonzero value. +Otherwise, the input is for an alternate input source, and +.PN XtPeekEvent +returns zero. +This routine has been replaced by +.PN XtAppPeekEvent . +.PN XtInitialize +must be called before using this routine. +.sp +.IN "XtPending" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +Boolean XtPending() +.FN +.LP +.eM +.PN XtPending +returns a nonzero value if there are +events pending from the X server or alternate input sources in the default +application context. +If there are no events pending, +it flushes the output buffer and returns a zero value. +It has been replaced by +.PN XtAppPending . +.PN XtInitialize +must be called before using this routine. +.sp +.IN "XtAddInput" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +XtInputId XtAddInput(\fIsource\fP, \fIcondition\fP, \fIproc\fP, \ +\fIclient_data\fP) +.br + int \fIsource\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIcondition\fP; +.br + XtInputCallbackProc \fIproc\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIsource\fP 1i +Specifies the source file descriptor on a POSIX-based system +or other operating-system-dependent device specification. +.IP \fIcondition\fP 1i +Specifies the mask that indicates either a read, write, or exception condition +or some operating-system-dependent condition. +.IP \fIproc\fP 1i +Specifies the procedure called when input is available. +.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i +Specifies the parameter to be passed to \fIproc\fP when input is available. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtAddInput +function registers in the default application context a new +source of events, +which is usually file input but can also be file output. +(The word \fIfile\fP should be loosely interpreted to mean any sink +or source of data.) +.PN XtAddInput +also specifies the conditions under which the source can generate events. +When input is pending on this source in the default application context, +the callback procedure is called. +This routine has been replaced by +.PN XtAppAddInput . +.PN XtInitialize +must be called before using this routine. +.sp +.IN "XtAddTimeOut" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +XtIntervalId XtAddTimeOut(\fIinterval\fP, \fIproc\fP, \fIclient_data\fP) +.br + unsigned long \fIinterval\fP; +.br + XtTimerCallbackProc \fIproc\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIinterval\fP 1i +Specifies the time interval in milliseconds. +.IP \fIproc\fP 1i +Specifies the procedure to be called when time expires. +.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i +Specifies the parameter to be passed to \fIproc\fP when it is called. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtAddTimeOut +function creates a timeout in the default application context +and returns an identifier for it. +The timeout value is set to \fIinterval\fP. +The callback procedure will be called after +the time interval elapses, after which the timeout is removed. +This routine has been replaced by +.PN XtAppAddTimeOut . +.PN XtInitialize +must be called before using this routine. +.sp +.IN "XtAddWorkProc" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +XtWorkProcId XtAddWorkProc(\fIproc\fP, \fIclient_data\fP) +.br + XtWorkProc \fIproc\fP; +.br + XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIproc\fP 1i +Procedure to call to do the work. +.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i +Client data to pass to \fIproc\fP when it is called. +.LP +.eM +This routine registers a work procedure in the default application context. It has +been replaced by +.PN XtAppAddWorkProc . +.PN XtInitialize +must be called before using this routine. +.sp +.IN "XtCreateApplicationShell" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +Widget XtCreateApplicationShell(\fIname\fP, \fIwidget_class\fP, \fIargs\fP, \ +\fInum_args\fP) +.br + String \fIname\fP; +.br + WidgetClass \fIwidget_class\fP; +.br + ArgList \fIargs\fP; +.br + Cardinal \fInum_args\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIname\fP 1i +This parameter is ignored; therefore, you can specify NULL. +.IP \fIwidget_class\fP 1i +Specifies the widget class pointer for the created application shell widget. +This will usually be +.PN topLevelShellWidgetClass +or a subclass thereof. +.IP \fIargs\fP 1i +Specifies the argument list to override any other resource specifications. +.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i +Specifies the number of entries in \fIargs\fP. +.LP +.eM +The procedure +.PN XtCreateApplicationShell +calls +.PN XtAppCreateShell +with \fIapplication_name\fP NULL, the application class passed to +.PN XtInitialize , +and the default application context created by +.PN XtInitialize . +This routine has been replaced by +.PN XtAppCreateShell . +.sp +.LP +An old-format resource type converter procedure pointer is of type +.PN XtConverter . +.LP +.IN "XtConverter" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +typedef void (*XtConverter)(XrmValue*, Cardinal*, XrmValue*, XrmValue*); +.br + XrmValue *\fIargs\fP; +.br + Cardinal *\fInum_args\fP; +.br + XrmValue *\fIfrom\fP; +.br + XrmValue *\fIto\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIargs\fP 1i +Specifies a list of additional +.PN XrmValue +arguments to the converter if additional context is needed +to perform the conversion, or NULL. +.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i +Specifies the number of entries in \fIargs\fP. +.IP \fIfrom\fP 1i +Specifies the value to convert. +.IP \fIto\fP 1i +Specifies the descriptor to use to return the converted value. +.LP +.eM +Type converters should perform the following actions: +.IP \(bu 5 +Check to see that the number of arguments passed is correct. +.IP \(bu 5 +Attempt the type conversion. +.IP \(bu 5 +If successful, return the size and pointer to the data in the \fIto\fP argument; +otherwise, call +.PN XtWarningMsg +and return without modifying the \fIto\fP argument. +.LP +Most type converters just take the data described by the specified \fIfrom\fP +argument and return data by writing into the specified \fIto\fP argument. +A few need other information, which is available in the specified +argument list. +A type converter can invoke another type converter, +which allows differing sources that may convert into a common intermediate +result to make maximum use of the type converter cache. +.LP +Note that the address returned in \fIto->addr\fP cannot be that of a local variable of +the converter because this is not valid after the converter returns. +It should be a pointer to a static variable. +.LP +The procedure type +.PN XtConverter +has been replaced by +.PN XtTypeConverter . +.sp +.LP +The +.PN XtStringConversionWarning +.IN "XtStringConversionWarning" "" "@DEF@" +function is a convenience routine for old-format resource converters +that convert from strings. +.LP +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtStringConversionWarning(\fIsrc\fP, \fIdst_type\fP) +.br + String \fIsrc\fP, \fIdst_type\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIsrc\fP 1i +Specifies the string that could not be converted. +.IP \fIdst_type\fP 1i +Specifies the name of the type to which the string could not be converted. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtStringConversionWarning +function issues a warning message with name ``conversionError'', +type ``string'', class ``XtToolkitError, and the default message string +``Cannot convert "\fIsrc\fP" to type \fIdst_type\fP''. This routine +has been superseded by +.PN XtDisplayStringConversionWarning . +.sp +.LP +To register an old-format converter, use +.PN XtAddConverter +.IN "XtAddConverter" "" "@DEF@" +or +.PN XtAppAddConverter . +.IN "XtAppAddConverter" "" "@DEF@" +.LP +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtAddConverter(\fIfrom_type\fP, \fIto_type\fP, \fIconverter\fP, \ +\fIconvert_args\fP, \fInum_args\fP) +.br + String \fIfrom_type\fP; +.br + String \fIto_type\fP; +.br + XtConverter \fIconverter\fP; +.br + XtConvertArgList \fIconvert_args\fP; +.br + Cardinal \fInum_args\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIfrom_type\fP 1i +Specifies the source type. +.IP \fIto_type\fP 1i +Specifies the destination type. +.IP \fIconverter\fP 1i +Specifies the type converter procedure. +.IP \fIconvert_args\fP 1i +Specifies how to compute the additional arguments to the converter, or NULL. +.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i +Specifies the number of entries in \fIconvert_args\fP. +.sp +.LP +.eM +.PN XtAddConverter +is equivalent in function to +.PN XtSetTypeConverter +with \fIcache_type\fP equal to +.PN XtCacheAll +for old-format type converters. It has been superseded by +.PN XtSetTypeConverter . +.sp +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtAppAddConverter(\fIapp_context\fP, \fIfrom_type\fP, \fIto_type\fP, \ +\fIconverter\fP, \fIconvert_args\fP, \fInum_args\fP) +.br + XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP; +.br + String \fIfrom_type\fP; +.br + String \fIto_type\fP; +.br + XtConverter \fIconverter\fP; +.br + XtConvertArgList \fIconvert_args\fP; +.br + Cardinal \fInum_args\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i +Specifies the application context. +.IP \fIfrom_type\fP 1i +Specifies the source type. +.IP \fIto_type\fP 1i +Specifies the destination type. +.IP \fIconverter\fP 1i +Specifies the type converter procedure. +.IP \fIconvert_args\fP 1i +Specifies how to compute the additional arguments to the converter, or NULL. +.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i +Specifies the number of entries in \fIconvert_args\fP. +.LP +.eM +.PN XtAppAddConverter +is equivalent in function to +.PN XtAppSetTypeConverter +with \fIcache_type\fP equal to +.PN XtCacheAll +for old-format type converters. It has been superseded by +.PN XtAppSetTypeConverter . +.sp +.LP +To invoke resource conversions, a client may use +.PN XtConvert +or, for old-format converters only, +.PN XtDirectConvert . +.LP +.IN "XtConvert" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtConvert(\fIw\fP, \fIfrom_type\fP, \fIfrom\fP, \fIto_type\fP, \ +\fIto_return\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + String \fIfrom_type\fP; +.br + XrmValuePtr \fIfrom\fP; +.br + String \fIto_type\fP; +.br + XrmValuePtr \fIto_return\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies the widget to use for additional arguments, if any are +needed. +.IP \fIfrom_type\fP 1i +Specifies the source type. +.IP \fIfrom\fP 1i +Specifies the value to be converted. +.IP \fIto_type\fP 1i +Specifies the destination type. +.IP \fIto_return\fP 1i +Returns the converted value. +.LP +.IN "XtDirectConvert" "" "@DEF@" +.FD 0 +void XtDirectConvert(\fIconverter\fP, \fIargs\fP, \fInum_args\fP, \fIfrom\fP, \ +\fIto_return\fP) +.br + XtConverter \fIconverter\fP; +.br + XrmValuePtr \fIargs\fP; +.br + Cardinal \fInum_args\fP; +.br + XrmValuePtr \fIfrom\fP; +.br + XrmValuePtr \fIto_return\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIconverter\fP 1i +Specifies the conversion procedure to be called. +.IP \fIargs\fP 1i +Specifies the argument list that contains the additional arguments +needed to perform the conversion (often NULL). +.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i +Specifies the number of entries in \fIargs\fP. +.IP \fIfrom\fP 1i +Specifies the value to be converted. +.IP \fIto_return\fP 1i +Returns the converted value. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtConvert +function looks up the type converter registered to convert \fIfrom_type\fP +to \fIto_type\fP, computes any additional arguments needed, and then calls +.PN XtDirectConvert +or +.PN XtCallConverter . +The +.PN XtDirectConvert +function looks in the converter cache to see if this conversion procedure +has been called with the specified arguments. +If so, it returns a descriptor for information stored in the cache; +otherwise, it calls the converter and enters the result in the cache. +.LP +Before calling the specified converter, +.PN XtDirectConvert +sets the return value size to zero and the return value address to NULL. +To determine if the conversion was successful, +the client should check \fIto_return.addr\fP for non-NULL. +The data returned by +.PN XtConvert +must be copied immediately by the caller, +as it may point to static data in the type converter. +.LP +.PN XtConvert +has been replaced by +.PN XtConvertAndStore , +and +.PN XtDirectConvert +has been superseded by +.PN XtCallConverter . +.sp +.LP +To deallocate a shared GC when it is no longer needed, use +.PN XtDestroyGC . +.LP +.IN "XtDestroyGC" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtDestroyGC(\fIw\fP, \fIgc\fP) +.br + Widget \fIw\fP; +.br + GC \fIgc\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIw\fP 1i +Specifies any object on the display for which the shared GC was +created. \*(oI +.IP \fIgc\fP 1i +Specifies the shared GC to be deallocated. +.LP +.eM +References to sharable GCs are counted and a free request is generated to the +server when the last user of a given GC destroys it. +Note that some earlier versions of +.PN XtDestroyGC +had only a \fIgc\fP argument. +Therefore, this function is not very portable, +and you are encouraged to use +.PN XtReleaseGC +instead. +.sp +.LP +To declare an action table in the default application context +and register it with the translation manager, use +.PN XtAddActions . +.LP +.IN "XtAddActions" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtAddActions(\fIactions\fP, \fInum_actions\fP) +.br + XtActionList \fIactions\fP; +.br + Cardinal \fInum_actions\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIactions\fP 1i +Specifies the action table to register. +.IP \fInum_actions\fP 1i +Specifies the number of entries in \fIactions\fP. +.LP +.eM +If more than one action is registered with the same name, +the most recently registered action is used. +If duplicate actions exist in an action table, +the first is used. +The \*(xI register an action table for +.PN XtMenuPopup +and +.PN XtMenuPopdown +as part of \*(tk initialization. +This routine has been replaced by +.PN XtAppAddActions . +.PN XtInitialize +must be called before using this routine. +.sp +.LP +To set the \*(xI selection timeout in the default application context, use +.PN XtSetSelectionTimeout . +.LP +.IN "XtSetSelectionTimeout" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtSetSelectionTimeout(\fItimeout\fP) +.br + unsigned long \fItimeout\fP; +.FN +.IP \fItimeout\fP 1i +Specifies the selection timeout in milliseconds. +This routine has been replaced by +.PN XtAppSetSelectionTimeout . +.PN XtInitialize +must be called before using this routine. +.LP +.eM +.sp +.LP +To get the current selection timeout value in the default application +context, use +.PN XtGetSelectionTimeout . +.LP +.IN "XtGetSelectionTimeout" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +unsigned long XtGetSelectionTimeout() +.FN +.LP +.eM +The selection timeout is the time within which the two communicating +applications must respond to one another. +If one of them does not respond within this interval, +the \*(xI abort the selection request. +.LP +This routine has been replaced by +.PN XtAppGetSelectionTimeout . +.PN XtInitialize +must be called before using this routine. +.sp +.LP +To obtain the global error database (for example, to merge with +an application- or widget-specific database), use +.PN XtGetErrorDatabase . +.LP +.IN "XtGetErrorDatabase" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +XrmDatabase *XtGetErrorDatabase() +.FN +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtGetErrorDatabase +function returns the address of the error database. +The \*(xI do a lazy binding of the error database and do not merge in the +database file until the first call to +.PN XtGetErrorDatbaseText . +This routine has been replaced by +.PN XtAppGetErrorDatabase . +.sp +.LP +An error message handler can obtain the error database text for an +error or a warning by calling +.PN XtGetErrorDatabaseText . +.LP +.IN "XtGetErrorDatabaseText" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtGetErrorDatabaseText(\fIname\fP, \fItype\fP, \fIclass\fP, \ +\fIdefault\fP, \fIbuffer_return\fP, \fInbytes\fP) +.br + String \fIname\fP, \fItype\fP, \fIclass\fP; +.br + String \fIdefault\fP; +.br + String \fIbuffer_return\fP; +.br + int \fInbytes\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIname\fP 1i +.br +.ns +.IP \fItype\fP 1i +Specify the name and type that are concatenated to form the resource name +of the error message. +.IP \fIclass\fP 1i +Specifies the resource class of the error message. +.IP \fIdefault\fP 1i +Specifies the default message to use if an error database entry is not found. +.IP \fIbuffer_return\fP 1i +Specifies the buffer into which the error message is to be returned. +.IP \fInbytes\fP 1i +Specifies the size of the buffer in bytes. +.LP +.eM +The +.PN XtGetErrorDatabaseText +returns the appropriate message from the error database +associated with the default application context +or returns the specified default message if one is not found in the +error database. +To form the full resource name and class when querying the database, +the \fIname\fP and \fItype\fP are concatenated with a single ``.'' +between them and the \fIclass\fP is concatenated with itself with a +single ``.'' if it does not already contain a ``.''. +This routine has been superseded by +.PN XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText . +.sp +.LP +To register a procedure to be called on fatal error conditions, use +.PN XtSetErrorMsgHandler . +.LP +.IN "XtSetErrorMsgHandler" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtSetErrorMsgHandler(\fImsg_handler\fP) +.br + XtErrorMsgHandler \fImsg_handler\fP; +.FN +.IP \fImsg_handler\fP 1i +Specifies the new fatal error procedure, which should not return. +.LP +.eM +The default error handler provided by the \*(xI constructs a +string from the error resource database and calls +.PN XtError . +Fatal error message handlers should not return. +If one does, +subsequent \*(xI behavior is undefined. +This routine has been superseded by +.PN XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler . +.sp +.LP +To call the high-level error handler, use +.PN XtErrorMsg . +.LP +.IN "XtErrorMsg" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtErrorMsg(\fIname\fP, \fItype\fP, \fIclass\fP, \fIdefault\fP, \ +\fIparams\fP, \fInum_params\fP) +.br + String \fIname\fP; +.br + String \fItype\fP; +.br + String \fIclass\fP; +.br + String \fIdefault\fP; +.br + String *\fIparams\fP; +.br + Cardinal *\fInum_params\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIname\fP 1i +Specifies the general kind of error. +.IP \fItype\fP 1i +Specifies the detailed name of the error. +.IP \fIclass\fP 1i +Specifies the resource class. +.IP \fIdefault\fP 1i +Specifies the default message to use if an error database entry is not found. +.IP \fIparams\fP 1i +Specifies a pointer to a list of values to be stored in the message. +.IP \fInum_params\fP 1i +Specifies the number of entries in \fIparams\fP. +.LP +.eM +This routine has been superseded by +.PN XtAppErrorMsg . +.sp +.LP +To register a procedure to be called on nonfatal error conditions, use +.PN XtSetWarningMsgHandler . +.LP +.IN "XtSetWarningMsgHandler" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtSetWarningMsgHandler(\fImsg_handler\fP) +.br + XtErrorMsgHandler \fImsg_handler\fP; +.FN +.IP \fImsg_handler\fP 1i +Specifies the new nonfatal error procedure, which usually returns. +.LP +.eM +The default warning handler provided by the \*(xI constructs a string +from the error resource database and calls +.PN XtWarning . +This routine has been superseded by +.PN XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler . +.sp +.LP +To call the installed high-level warning handler, use +.PN XtWarningMsg . +.LP +.IN "XtWarningMsg" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtWarningMsg(\fIname\fP, \fItype\fP, \fIclass\fP, \fIdefault\fP, \ +\fIparams\fP, \fInum_params\fP) +.br + String \fIname\fP; +.br + String \fItype\fP; +.br + String \fIclass\fP; +.br + String \fIdefault\fP; +.br + String *\fIparams\fP; +.br + Cardinal *\fInum_params\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIname\fP 1i +Specifies the general kind of error. +.IP \fItype\fP 1i +Specifies the detailed name of the error. +.IP \fIclass\fP 1i +Specifies the resource class. +.IP \fIdefault\fP 1i +Specifies the default message to use if an error database entry is not found. +.IP \fIparams\fP 1i +Specifies a pointer to a list of values to be stored in the message. +.IP \fInum_params\fP 1i +Specifies the number of entries in \fIparams\fP. +.LP +.eM +This routine has been superseded by +.PN XtAppWarningMsg . +.sp +.LP +To register a procedure to be called on fatal error conditions, use +.PN XtSetErrorHandler . +.LP +.IN "XtSetErrorHandler" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtSetErrorHandler(\fIhandler\fP) +.br + XtErrorHandler \fIhandler\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIhandler\fP 1i +Specifies the new fatal error procedure, which should not return. +.LP +.eM +The default error handler provided by the \*(xI is +.PN _XtError . +On POSIX-based systems, +it prints the message to standard error and terminates the application. +Fatal error message handlers should not return. +If one does, +subsequent \*(tk behavior is undefined. +This routine has been superseded by +.PN XtAppSetErrorHandler . +.sp +.LP +To call the installed fatal error procedure, use +.PN XtError . +.LP +.IN "XtError" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtError(\fImessage\fP) +.br + String \fImessage\fP; +.FN +.IP \fImessage\fP 1i +Specifies the message to be reported. +.LP +.eM +Most programs should use +.PN XtAppErrorMsg , +not +.PN XtError , +to provide for customization and internationalization of error +messages. This routine has been superseded by +.PN XtAppError . +.sp +.LP +To register a procedure to be called on nonfatal error conditions, use +.PN XtSetWarningHandler . +.LP +.IN "XtSetWarningHandler" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtSetWarningHandler(\fIhandler\fP) +.br + XtErrorHandler \fIhandler\fP; +.FN +.IP \fIhandler\fP 1i +Specifies the new nonfatal error procedure, which usually returns. +.LP +.eM +The default warning handler provided by the \*(xI is +.PN _XtWarning . +On POSIX-based systems, +it prints the message to standard error and returns to the caller. +This routine has been superseded by +.PN XtAppSetWarningHandler . +.sp +.LP +To call the installed nonfatal error procedure, use +.PN XtWarning . +.LP +.IN "XtWarning" "" "@DEF@" +.sM +.FD 0 +void XtWarning(\fImessage\fP) +.br + String \fImessage\fP; +.FN +.IP \fImessage\fP 1i +Specifies the nonfatal error message to be reported. +.LP +.eM +Most programs should use +.PN XtAppWarningMsg , +not +.PN XtWarning , +to provide for customization and internationalization of warning messages. +This routine has been superseded by +.PN XtAppWarning . diff --git a/libXt/specs/appD b/libXt/specs/appD new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5322ff97b --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/specs/appD @@ -0,0 +1,602 @@ +.\" $Xorg: appD,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:48 cpqbld Exp $ +.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994 +.\" X Consortium +.\" +.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining +.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the +.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including +.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, +.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to +.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to +.\" the following conditions: +.\" +.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included +.\" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. +.\" +.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS +.\" OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF +.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. +.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR +.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, +.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR +.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. +.\" +.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall +.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or +.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization +.\" from the X Consortium. +.\" +.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994 +.\" Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts. +.\" +.\" Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this documentation for any +.\" purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright +.\" notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this +.\" permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of +.\" Digital not be used in in advertising or publicity pertaining +.\" to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. +.\" Digital makes no representations about the suitability of the +.\" software described herein for any purpose. +.\" It is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty. +.\" +.bp +\& +.sp 1 +.ce 3 +\s+1\fBAppendix D\fP\s-1 + +\s+1\fBIntrinsics Error Messages\fP\s-1 +.sp 2 +.LP +.XS +\fBAppendix D \(em Intrinsics Error Messages\fP +.XE +.LP +All \*(xI errors and warnings have class +``XtToolkitError''. +The following two tables summarize the common errors and warnings that can be +generated by the \*(xI. +Additional implementation-dependent messages are permitted. +.SH +Error Messages +.LP +.ps 9 +.nr PS 9 +.TS +lw(1.3i) lw(1.4i) lw(2.9i). +_ +.sp 6p +Name Type Default Message +.sp 6p +_ +.sp 6p +allocError calloc T{ +Cannot perform calloc +T} +allocError malloc T{ +Cannot perform malloc +T} +allocError realloc T{ +Cannot perform realloc +T} +internalError xtMakeGeometryRequest T{ +internal error; ShellClassExtension is NULL +T} +invalidArgCount xtGetValues T{ +Argument count > 0 on NULL argument list in XtGetValues +T} +invalidArgCount xtSetValues T{ +Argument count > 0 on NULL argument list in XtSetValues +T} +invalidClass applicationShellInsertChild T{ +ApplicationShell does not accept RectObj children; ignored +T} +invalidClass constraintSetValue T{ +Subclass of Constraint required in CallConstraintSetValues +T} +invalidClass xtAppCreateShell T{ +XtAppCreateShell requires non-NULL widget class +T} +invalidClass xtCreatePopupShell T{ +XtCreatePopupShell requires non-NULL widget class +T} +invalidClass xtCreateWidget T{ +XtCreateWidget requires non-NULL widget class +T} +invalidClass xtPopdown T{ +XtPopdown requires a subclass of shellWidgetClass +T} +invalidClass xtPopup T{ +XtPopup requires a subclass of shellWidgetClass +T} +invalidDimension xtCreateWindow T{ +Widget %s has zero width and/or height +T} +invalidDimension shellRealize T{ +Shell widget %s has zero width and/or height +T} +invalidDisplay xtInitialize T{ +Can't open display: %s +T} +invalidGetValues xtGetValues T{ +NULL ArgVal in XtGetValues +T} +invalidExtension shellClassPartInitialize T{ +widget class %s has invalid ShellClassExtension record +T} +invalidExtension xtMakeGeometryRequest T{ +widget class %s has invalid ShellClassExtension record +T} +invalidGeometryManager xtMakeGeometryRequest T{ +XtMakeGeometryRequest - parent has no geometry manager +T} +invalidParameter xtAddInput T{ +invalid condition passed to XtAddInput +T} +invalidParameter xtAddInput T{ +invalid condition passed to XtAppAddInput +T} +invalidParent xtChangeManagedSet T{ +Attempt to manage a child when parent is not Composite +T} +invalidParent xtChangeManagedSet T{ +Attempt to unmanage a child when parent is not Composite +T} +invalidParent xtCreatePopupShell T{ +XtCreatePopupShell requires non-NULL parent +T} +invalidParent xtCreateWidget T{ +XtCreateWidget requires non-NULL parent +T} +invalidParent xtMakeGeometryRequest T{ +non-shell has no parent in XtMakeGeometryRequest +T} +invalidParent xtMakeGeometryRequest T{ +XtMakeGeometryRequest - parent not composite +T} +invalidParent xtManageChildren T{ +Attempt to manage a child when parent is not Composite +T} +invalidParent xtUnmanageChildren T{ +Attempt to unmanage a child when parent is not Composite +T} +invalidProcedure inheritanceProc T{ +Unresolved inheritance operation +T} +invalidProcedure realizeProc T{ +No realize class procedure defined +T} +invalidWindow eventHandler T{ +Event with wrong window +T} +missingWidget fetchDisplayArg T{ +FetchDisplayArg called without a widget to reference +T} +nonWidget xtCreateWidget T{ +attempt to add non-widget child "%s" to parent "%s" which supports only widgets +T} +noPerDisplay closeDisplay T{ +Couldn't find per display information +T} +noPerDisplay getPerDisplay T{ +Couldn't find per display information +T} +noSelectionProperties freeSelectionProperty T{ +internal error: no selection property context for display +T} +noWidgetAncestor windowedAncestor T{ +Object "%s" does not have windowed ancestor +T} +nullDisplay xtRegisterExtensionSelector T{ +XtRegisterExtensionSelector requires a non-NULL display +T} +nullProc insertChild T{ +"%s" parent has NULL insert_child method +T} +r2versionMismatch widget T{ +Widget class %s must be re-compiled. +T} +R3versionMismatch widget T{ +Widget class %s must be re-compiled. +T} +R4orR5versionMismatch widget T{ +Widget class %s must be re-compiled. +T} +rangeError xtRegisterExtensionSelector T{ +Attempt to register multiple selectors for one extension event type +T} +sessionManagement SmcOpenConnection T{ +Tried to connect to session manager, %s +T} +subclassMismatch xtCheckSubclass T{ +Widget class %s found when subclass of %s expected: %s +T} +.sp 6p +_ +.TE +.ps 11 +.nr PS 11 +.SH +Warning Messages +.LP +.ps 9 +.nr PS 9 +.TS +lw(1.3i) lw(1.4i) lw(2.9i). +_ +.sp 6p +Name Type Default Message +.sp 6p +_ +.sp 6p +ambiguousParent xtChangeManagedSet T{ +Not all children have same parent +T} +ambiguousParent xtManageChildren T{ +Not all children have same parent in XtManageChildren +T} +ambiguousParent xtUnmanageChildren T{ +Not all children have same parent in XtUnmanageChildren +T} +badFormat xtGetSelectionValue T{ +Selection owner returned type INCR property with format != 32 +T} +badGeometry shellRealize T{ +Shell widget "%s" has an invalid geometry specification: "%s" +T} +badValue cvtStringToPixel T{ +Color name "%s" is not defined +T} +communicationError select T{ +Select failed; error code %s +T} +conversionError string T{ +Cannot convert string "%s" to type %s +T} +conversionError stringToVisual T{ +Cannot find Visual of class %s for display %s +T} +conversionFailed xtConvertVarToArgList T{ +Type conversion failed +T} +conversionFailed xtGetTypedArg T{ +Type conversion (%s to %s) failed for widget '%s' +T} +displayError invalidDisplay T{ +Can't find display structure +T} +grabError xtAddGrab T{ +XtAddGrab requires exclusive grab if spring_loaded is TRUE +T} +grabError xtRemoveGrab T{ +XtRemoveGrab asked to remove a widget not on the list +T} +.TE +.TS +lw(1.3i) lw(1.4i) lw(2.9i). +initializationError xtInitialize T{ +Initializing Resource Lists twice +T} +insufficientSpace xtGetTypedArg T{ +Insufficient space for converted type '%s' in widget '%s' +T} +internalError shell T{ +Shell's window manager interaction is broken +T} +invalidAddressMode computeArgs T{ +Conversion arguments for widget '%s' contain an unsupported address mode +T} +invalidArgCount getResources T{ +argument count > 0 on NULL argument list +T} +invalidCallbackList xtAddCallback T{ +Cannot find callback list in XtAddCallback +T} +invalidCallbackList xtAddCallback T{ +Cannot find callback list in XtAddCallbacks +T} +invalidCallbackList xtCallCallback T{ +Cannot find callback list in XtCallCallbacks +T} +invalidCallbackList xtRemoveAllCallback T{ +Cannot find callback list in XtRemoveAllCallbacks +T} +invalidCallbackList xtRemoveCallback T{ +Cannot find callback list in XtRemoveCallbacks +T} +invalidChild xtChangeManagedSet T{ +Null child passed to UnmanageChildren +T} +invalidChild xtManageChildren T{ +null child passed to ManageChildren +T} +invalidChild xtManageChildren T{ +null child passed to XtManageChildren +T} +invalidChild xtUnmanageChildren T{ +Null child passed to XtUnmanageChildren +T} +invalidChild xtUnmanageChildren T{ +Null child found in argument list to unmanage +T} +invalidDepth setValues T{ +Can't change widget depth +T} +invalidExtension xtCreateWidget T{ +widget "%s" class %s has invalid CompositeClassExtension record +T} +invalidExtension xtCreateWidget T{ +widget class %s has invalid ConstraintClassExtension record +T} +invalidGrab ungrabKeyOrButton T{ +Attempt to remove nonexistent passive grab +T} +invalidGrabKind xtPopup T{ +grab kind argument has invalid value; XtGrabNone assumed +T} +invalidParameters freeTranslations T{ +Freeing XtTranslations requires no extra arguments +T} +invalidParameters mergeTranslations T{ +MergeTM to TranslationTable needs no extra arguments +T} +invalidParameters xtMenuPopdown T{ +XtMenuPopdown called with num_params != 0 or 1 +T} +invalidParameters xtMenuPopupAction T{ +MenuPopup wants exactly one argument +T} +invalidParent xtCopyFromParent T{ +CopyFromParent must have non-NULL parent +T} +invalidPopup xtMenuPopup T{ +Can't find popup widget "%s" in XtMenuPopup +T} +invalidPopup xtMenuPopdown T{ +Can't find popup in widget "%s" in XtMenuPopdown +T} +invalidPopup unsupportedOperation T{ +Pop-up menu creation is only supported on ButtonPress, KeyPress or EnterNotify events. +T} +invalidPopup unsupportedOperation T{ +Pop-up menu creation is only supported on Button, Key or EnterNotify events. +T} +invalidProcedure deleteChild T{ +null delete_child procedure for class %s in XtDestroy +T} +invalidProcedure inputHandler T{ +XtRemoveInput: Input handler not found +T} +invalidProcedure set_values_almost T{ +set_values_almost procedure shouldn't be NULL +T} +invalidResourceCount getResources T{ +resource count > 0 on NULL resource list +T} +invalidResourceName computeArgs T{ +Cannot find resource name %s as argument to conversion +T} +invalidShell xtTranslateCoords T{ +Widget has no shell ancestor +T} +invalidSizeOverride xtDependencies T{ +Representation size %d must match superclass's to override %s +T} +missingCharsetList cvtStringToFontSet T{ +Missing charsets in String to FontSet conversion +T} +noActionProc xtCallActionProc T{ +No action proc named "%s" is registered for widget "%s" +T} +noColormap cvtStringToPixel T{ +Cannot allocate colormap entry for "%s" +T} +noFont cvtStringToFont T{ +Unable to load any usable ISO8859-1 font +T} +noFont cvtStringToFontSet T{ +Unable to load any usable fontset +T} +noFont cvtStringToFontStruct T{ +Unable to load any usable ISO8859-1 font +T} +.TE +.TS +lw(1.3i) lw(1.4i) lw(2.9i). +notInConvertSelection xtGetSelectionRequest T{ +XtGetSelectionRequest or XtGetSelectionParameters called for widget "%s" outside of ConvertSelection proc +T} +notRectObj xtChangeManagedSet T{ +child "%s", class %s is not a RectObj +T} +notRectObj xtManageChildren T{ +child "%s", class %s is not a RectObj +T} +nullWidget xtConvertVarToArgList T{ +XtVaTypedArg conversion needs non-NULL widget handle +T} +r3versionMismatch widget T{ +Shell Widget class %s binary compiled for R3 +T} +translationError nullTable T{ +Can't remove accelerators from NULL table +T} +translationError nullTable T{ +Tried to remove nonexistent accelerators +T} +translationError ambiguousActions T{ +Overriding earlier translation manager actions. +T} +translationError newActions T{ +New actions are:%s +T} +translationError nullTable T{ +table to (un)merge must not be null +T} +translationError nullTable T{ +Can't translate event through NULL table +T} +translationError oldActions T{ +Previous entry was: %s %s +T} +translationError unboundActions T{ +Actions not found: %s +T} +translationError xtTranslateInitialize T{ +Initializing Translation manager twice. +T} +translationParseError missingComma T{ + ... possibly due to missing ',' in event sequence. +T} +translationParseError nonLatin1 T{ + ... probably due to non-Latin1 character in quoted string +T} +translationParseError parseError T{ +translation table syntax error: %s +T} +translationParseError parseString T{ +Missing '"'. +T} +translationParseError showLine T{ + ... found while parsing '%s' +T} +typeConversionError noConverter T{ +No type converter registered for '%s' to '%s' conversion. +T} +unknownType xtConvertVarToArgList T{ +Unable to find type of resource for conversion +T} +unknownType xtGetTypedArg T{ +Unable to find type of resource for conversion +T} +versionMismatch widget T{ +Widget class %s version mismatch (recompilation needed):\\n widget %d vs. intrinsics %d. +T} +wrongParameters cvtIntOrPixelToXColor T{ +Pixel to color conversion needs screen and colormap arguments +T} +wrongParameters cvtIntToBool T{ +Integer to Bool conversion needs no extra arguments +T} +wrongParameters cvtIntToBoolean T{ +Integer to Boolean conversion needs no extra arguments +T} +wrongParameters cvtIntToFloat T{ +Integer to Float conversion needs no extra arguments +T} +wrongParameters cvtIntToFont T{ +Integer to Font conversion needs no extra arguments +T} +wrongParameters cvtIntToPixel T{ +Integer to Pixel conversion needs no extra arguments +T} +wrongParameters cvtIntToPixmap T{ +Integer to Pixmap conversion needs no extra arguments +T} +wrongParameters cvtIntToShort T{ +Integer to Short conversion needs no extra arguments +T} +wrongParameters cvtIntToUnsignedChar T{ +Integer to UnsignedChar conversion needs no extra arguments +T} +wrongParameters cvtStringToAcceleratorTable T{ +String to AcceleratorTable conversion needs no extra arguments +T} +wrongParameters cvtStringToAtom T{ +String to Atom conversion needs Display argument +T} +wrongParameters cvtStringToBool T{ +String to Bool conversion needs no extra arguments +T} +wrongParameters cvtStringToBoolean T{ +String to Boolean conversion needs no extra arguments +T} +wrongParameters cvtStringToCommandArgArray T{ +String to CommandArgArray conversion needs no extra arguments +T} +wrongParameters cvtStringToCursor T{ +String to cursor conversion needs display argument +T} +wrongParameters cvtStringToDimension T{ +String to Dimension conversion needs no extra arguments +T} +wrongParameters cvtStringToDirectoryString T{ +String to DirectoryString conversion needs no extra arguments +T} +.TE +.TS +lw(1.3i) lw(1.4i) lw(2.9i). +wrongParameters cvtStringToDisplay T{ +String to Display conversion needs no extra arguments +T} +wrongParameters cvtStringToFile T{ +String to File conversion needs no extra arguments +T} +wrongParameters cvtStringToFloat T{ +String to Float conversion needs no extra arguments +T} +wrongParameters cvtStringToFont T{ +String to font conversion needs display argument +T} +wrongParameters cvtStringToFontSet T{ +String to FontSet conversion needs display and locale arguments +T} +wrongParameters cvtStringToFontStruct T{ +String to font conversion needs display argument +T} +wrongParameters cvtStringToGravity T{ +String to Gravity conversion needs no extra arguments +T} +wrongParameters cvtStringToInitialState T{ +String to InitialState conversion needs no extra arguments +T} +wrongParameters cvtStringToInt T{ +String to Integer conversion needs no extra arguments +T} +wrongParameters cvtStringToPixel T{ +String to pixel conversion needs screen and colormap arguments +T} +wrongParameters cvtStringToRestartStyle T{ +String to RestartStyle conversion needs no extra arguments +T} +wrongParameters cvtStringToShort T{ +String to Integer conversion needs no extra arguments +T} +wrongParameters cvtStringToTranslationTable T{ +String to TranslationTable conversion needs no extra arguments +T} +wrongParameters cvtStringToUnsignedChar T{ +String to Integer conversion needs no extra arguments +T} +wrongParameters cvtStringToVisual T{ +String to Visual conversion needs screen and depth arguments +T} +wrongParameters cvtXColorToPixel T{ +Color to Pixel conversion needs no extra arguments +T} +wrongParameters freeCursor T{ +Free Cursor requires display argument +T} +wrongParameters freeDirectoryString T{ +Free Directory String requires no extra arguments +T} +wrongParameters freeFile T{ +Free File requires no extra arguments +T} +wrongParameters freeFont T{ +Free Font needs display argument +T} +wrongParameters freeFontSet T{ +FreeFontSet needs display and locale arguments +T} +wrongParameters freeFontStruct T{ +Free FontStruct requires display argument +T} +wrongParameters freePixel T{ +Freeing a pixel requires screen and colormap arguments +T} +.sp 6p +_ +.TE +.ps 11 +.nr PS 11 diff --git a/libXt/specs/appE b/libXt/specs/appE new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1ce7270bf --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/specs/appE @@ -0,0 +1,606 @@ +.\" $Xorg: appE,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:48 cpqbld Exp $ +.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994 +.\" X Consortium +.\" +.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining +.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the +.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including +.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, +.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to +.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to +.\" the following conditions: +.\" +.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included +.\" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. +.\" +.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS +.\" OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF +.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. +.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR +.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, +.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR +.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. +.\" +.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall +.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or +.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization +.\" from the X Consortium. +.\" +.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994 +.\" Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts. +.\" +.\" Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this documentation for any +.\" purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright +.\" notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this +.\" permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of +.\" Digital not be used in in advertising or publicity pertaining +.\" to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. +.\" Digital makes no representations about the suitability of the +.\" software described herein for any purpose. +.\" It is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty. +.\" +.bp +\& +.sp 1 +.ce 3 +\s+1\fBAppendix E\fP\s-1 + +\s+1\fB\fBDefined Strings\fP\s-1 +.sp 2 +.LP +.XS +\fBAppendix E \(em Defined Strings\fP +.XE +.LP +The +.PN StringDefs.h +header file contains definitions for the following resource name, +class, and representation type symbolic constants. +.IN "String Constants" "resource names" +.LP +Resource names: +.TS +lw(2i) lw(2.5i). +_ +.sp 6p +Symbol Definition +.sp 6p +_ +.sp 6p +XtNaccelerators "accelerators" +XtNallowHoriz "allowHoriz" +XtNallowVert "allowVert" +XtNancestorSensitive "ancestorSensitive" +XtNbackground "background" +XtNbackgroundPixmap "backgroundPixmap" +XtNbitmap "bitmap" +XtNborder "borderColor" +XtNborderColor "borderColor" +XtNborderPixmap "borderPixmap" +XtNborderWidth "borderWidth" +XtNcallback "callback" +XtNchangeHook "changeHook" +XtNchildren "children" +XtNcolormap "colormap" +XtNconfigureHook "configureHook" +XtNcreateHook "createHook" +XtNdepth "depth" +XtNdestroyCallback "destroyCallback" +XtNdestroyHook "destroyHook" +XtNeditType "editType" +XtNfile "file" +XtNfont "font" +XtNfontSet "fontSet" +XtNforceBars "forceBars" +XtNforeground "foreground" +XtNfunction "function" +XtNgeometryHook "geometryHook" +XtNheight "height" +XtNhighlight "highlight" +XtNhSpace "hSpace" +XtNindex "index" +XtNinitialResourcesPersistent "initialResourcesPersistent" +XtNinnerHeight "innerHeight" +XtNinnerWidth "innerWidth" +XtNinnerWindow "innerWindow" +XtNinsertPosition "insertPosition" +XtNinternalHeight "internalHeight" +XtNinternalWidth "internalWidth" +XtNjumpProc "jumpProc" +XtNjustify "justify" +XtNknobHeight "knobHeight" +XtNknobIndent "knobIndent" +XtNknobPixel "knobPixel" +XtNknobWidth "knobWidth" +XtNlabel "label" +XtNlength "length" +XtNlowerRight "lowerRight" +XtNmappedWhenManaged "mappedWhenManaged" +XtNmenuEntry "menuEntry" +XtNname "name" +XtNnotify "notify" +XtNnumChildren "numChildren" +XtNnumShells "numShells" +XtNorientation "orientation" +XtNparameter "parameter" +XtNpixmap "pixmap" +XtNpopupCallback "popupCallback" +XtNpopdownCallback "popdownCallback" +XtNresize "resize" +XtNreverseVideo "reverseVideo" +XtNscreen "screen" +XtNscrollProc "scrollProc" +XtNscrollDCursor "scrollDCursor" +XtNscrollHCursor "scrollHCursor" +XtNscrollLCursor "scrollLCursor" +XtNscrollRCursor "scrollRCursor" +XtNscrollUCursor "scrollUCursor" +XtNscrollVCursor "scrollVCursor" +XtNselection "selection" +XtNselectionArray "selectionArray" +XtNsensitive "sensitive" +XtNsession "session" +XtNshells "shells" +XtNshown "shown" +XtNspace "space" +XtNstring "string" +XtNtextOptions "textOptions" +XtNtextSink "textSink" +XtNtextSource "textSource" +XtNthickness "thickness" +XtNthumb "thumb" +XtNthumbProc "thumbProc" +XtNtop "top" +XtNtranslations "translations" +XtNunrealizeCallback "unrealizeCallback" +XtNupdate "update" +XtNuseBottom "useBottom" +XtNuseRight "useRight" +XtNvalue "value" +XtNvSpace "vSpace" +XtNwidth "width" +XtNwindow "window" +XtNx "x" +XtNy "y" +.sp 6p +_ +.TE +.sp 6p +.IN "String Constants" "resource classes" +.LP +Resource classes: +.TS +lw(2i) lw(2.5i). +_ +.sp 6p +Symbol Definition +.sp 6p +_ +.sp 6p +XtCAccelerators "Accelerators" +XtCBackground "Background" +XtCBitmap "Bitmap" +XtCBoolean "Boolean" +XtCBorderColor "BorderColor" +XtCBorderWidth "BorderWidth" +XtCCallback "Callback" +XtCColormap "Colormap" +XtCColor "Color" +XtCCursor "Cursor" +XtCDepth "Depth" +XtCEditType "EditType" +XtCEventBindings "EventBindings" +XtCFile "File" +XtCFont "Font" +XtCFontSet "FontSet" +XtCForeground "Foreground" +XtCFraction "Fraction" +XtCFunction "Function" +XtCHeight "Height" +XtCHSpace "HSpace" +XtCIndex "Index" +XtCInitialResourcesPersistent "InitialResourcesPersistent" +XtCInsertPosition "InsertPosition" +XtCInterval "Interval" +XtCJustify "Justify" +XtCKnobIndent "KnobIndent" +XtCKnobPixel "KnobPixel" +XtCLabel "Label" +XtCLength "Length" +XtCMappedWhenManaged "MappedWhenManaged" +XtCMargin "Margin" +XtCMenuEntry "MenuEntry" +XtCNotify "Notify" +XtCOrientation "Orientation" +XtCParameter "Parameter" +XtCPixmap "Pixmap" +XtCPosition "Position" +XtCReadOnly "ReadOnly" +XtCResize "Resize" +XtCReverseVideo "ReverseVideo" +XtCScreen "Screen" +XtCScrollProc "ScrollProc" +XtCScrollDCursor "ScrollDCursor" +XtCScrollHCursor "ScrollHCursor" +XtCScrollLCursor "ScrollLCursor" +XtCScrollRCursor "ScrollRCursor" +XtCScrollUCursor "ScrollUCursor" +XtCScrollVCursor "ScrollVCursor" +XtCSelection "Selection" +XtCSelectionArray "SelectionArray" +XtCSensitive "Sensitive" +XtCSession "Session" +XtCSpace "Space" +XtCString "String" +XtCTextOptions "TextOptions" +XtCTextPosition "TextPosition" +XtCTextSink "TextSink" +XtCTextSource "TextSource" +XtCThickness "Thickness" +XtCThumb "Thumb" +XtCTranslations "Translations" +XtCValue "Value" +XtCVSpace "VSpace" +XtCWidth "Width" +XtCWindow "Window" +XtCX "X" +XtCY "Y" +.sp 6p +_ +.TE +.sp 6p +.IN "String Constants" "representation types" +.LP +Resource representation types: +.TS +lw(2i) lw(2.5i). +_ +.sp 6p +Symbol Definition +.sp 6p +_ +.sp 6p +XtRAcceleratorTable "AcceleratorTable" +XtRAtom "Atom" +XtRBitmap "Bitmap" +XtRBool "Bool" +XtRBoolean "Boolean" +XtRCallback "Callback" +XtRCallProc "CallProc" +XtRCardinal "Cardinal" +XtRColor "Color" +XtRColormap "Colormap" +XtRCommandArgArray "CommandArgArray" +XtRCursor "Cursor" +XtRDimension "Dimension" +XtRDirectoryString "DirectoryString" +XtRDisplay "Display" +XtREditMode "EditMode" +XtREnum "Enum" +XtREnvironmentArray "EnvironmentArray" +XtRFile "File" +XtRFloat "Float" +XtRFont "Font" +XtRFontSet "FontSet" +XtRFontStruct "FontStruct" +XtRFunction "Function" +XtRGeometry "Geometry" +XtRGravity "Gravity" +XtRImmediate "Immediate" +XtRInitialState "InitialState" +XtRInt "Int" +XtRJustify "Justify" +XtRLongBoolean XtRBool +XtRObject "Object" +XtROrientation "Orientation" +XtRPixel "Pixel" +XtRPixmap "Pixmap" +XtRPointer "Pointer" +XtRPosition "Position" +XtRRestartStyle "RestartStyle" +XtRScreen "Screen" +XtRShort "Short" +XtRSmcConn "SmcConn" +XtRString "String" +XtRStringArray "StringArray" +XtRStringTable "StringTable" +XtRUnsignedChar "UnsignedChar" +XtRTranslationTable "TranslationTable" +XtRVisual "Visual" +XtRWidget "Widget" +XtRWidgetClass "WidgetClass" +XtRWidgetList "WidgetList" +XtRWindow "Window" +.sp 6p +_ +.TE +.sp 6p +.LP +Boolean enumeration constants: +.TS +lw(2i) lw(2.5i). +_ +.sp 6p +Symbol Definition +.sp 6p +_ +.sp 6p +XtEoff "off" +XtEfalse "false" +XtEno "no" +XtEon "on" +XtEtrue "true" +XtEyes "yes" +.sp 6p +_ +.TE +.sp 6p +.LP +Orientation enumeration constants: +.TS +lw(2i) lw(2.5i). +_ +.sp 6p +Symbol Definition +.sp 6p +_ +.sp 6p +XtEvertical "vertical" +XtEhorizontal "horizontal" +.sp 6p +_ +.TE +.sp 6p +.LP +Text edit enumeration constants: +.TS +lw(2i) lw(2.5i). +_ +.sp 6p +Symbol Definition +.sp 6p +_ +.sp 6p +XtEtextRead "read" +XtEtextAppend "append" +XtEtextEdit "edit" +.sp 6p +_ +.TE +.sp 6p +.LP +Color enumeration constants: +.TS +lw(2i) lw(2.5i). +_ +.sp 6p +Symbol Definition +.sp 6p +_ +.sp 6p +XtExtdefaultbackground "xtdefaultbackground" +XtExtdefaultforeground "xtdefaultforeground" +.sp 6p +_ +.TE +.sp 6p +.LP +Font constant: +.TS +lw(2i) lw(2.5i). +_ +.sp 6p +Symbol Definition +.sp 6p +_ +.sp 6p +XtExtdefaultfont "xtdefaultfont" +.sp 6p +_ +.TE +.sp 6p +.LP +Hooks for External Agents constants: +.TS +lw(2i) lw(2.5i). +_ +.sp 6p +Symbol Definition +.sp 6p +_ +.sp 6p +XtHcreate "Xtcreate" +XtHsetValues "Xtsetvalues" +XtHmanageChildren "XtmanageChildren" +XtHunmanageChildren "XtunmanageChildren" +XtHmanageSet "XtmanageSet" +XtHunmanageSet "XtunmanageSet" +XtHrealizeWidget "XtrealizeWidget" +XtHunrealizeWidget "XtunrealizeWidget" +XtHaddCallback "XtaddCallback" +XtHaddCallbacks "XtaddCallbacks" +XtHremoveCallback "XtremoveCallback" +XtHremoveCallbacks "XtremoveCallbacks" +XtHremoveAllCallbacks "XtremoveAllCallbacks" +XtHaugmentTranslations "XtaugmentTranslations" +XtHoverrideTranslations "XtoverrideTranslations" +XtHuninstallTranslations "XtuninstallTranslations" +XtHsetKeyboardFocus "XtsetKeyboardFocus" +XtHsetWMColormapWindows "XtsetWMColormapWindows" +XtHmapWidget "XtmapWidget" +XtHunmapWidget "XtunmapWidget" +XtHpopup "Xtpopup" +XtHpopupSpringLoaded "XtpopupSpringLoaded" +XtHpopdown "Xtpopdown" +XtHconfigure "Xtconfigure" +XtHpreGeometry "XtpreGeometry" +XtHpostGeometry "XtpostGeometry" +XtHdestroy "Xtdestroy" +.sp 6p +_ +.TE +.sp 6p +.LP +The +.PN Shell.h +header file contains definitions for the following resource name, +class, and representation type symbolic constants. +.IN "String Constants" "resource names" +.LP +Resource names: +.TS +lw(2i) lw(2.5i). +_ +.sp 6p +Symbol Definition +.sp 6p +_ +.sp 6p +XtNallowShellResize "allowShellResize" +XtNargc "argc" +XtNargv "argv" +XtNbaseHeight "baseHeight" +XtNbaseWidth "baseWidth" +XtNcancelCallback "cancelCallback" +XtNclientLeader "clientLeader" +XtNcloneCommand "cloneCommand" +XtNconnection "connection" +XtNcreatePopupChildProc "createPopupChildProc" +XtNcurrentDirectory "currentDirectory" +XtNdieCallback "dieCallback" +XtNdiscardCommand "discardCommand" +XtNenvironment "environment" +XtNerrorCallback "errorCallback" +XtNgeometry "geometry" +XtNheightInc "heightInc" +XtNiconMask "iconMask" +XtNiconName "iconName" +XtNiconNameEncoding "iconNameEncoding" +XtNiconPixmap "iconPixmap" +XtNiconWindow "iconWindow" +XtNiconX "iconX" +XtNiconY "iconY" +XtNiconic "iconic" +XtNinitialState "initialState" +XtNinput "input" +XtNinteractCallback "interactCallback" +XtNjoinSession "joinSession" +XtNmaxAspectX "maxAspectX" +XtNmaxAspectY "maxAspectY" +XtNmaxHeight "maxHeight" +XtNmaxWidth "maxWidth" +XtNminAspectX "minAspectX" +XtNminAspectY "minAspectY" +XtNminHeight "minHeight" +XtNminWidth "minWidth" +XtNoverrideRedirect "overrideRedirect" +XtNprogramPath "programPath" +XtNresignCommand "resignCommand" +XtNrestartCommand "restartCommand" +XtNrestartStyle "restartStyle" +XtNsaveCallback "saveCallback" +XtNsaveCompleteCallback "saveCompleteCallback" +XtNsaveUnder "saveUnder" +XtNsessionID "sessionID" +XtNshutdownCommand "shutdownCommand" +XtNtitle "title" +XtNtitleEncoding "titleEncoding" +XtNtransient "transient" +XtNtransientFor "transientFor" +XtNurgency "urgency" +XtNvisual "visual" +XtNwaitForWm "waitforwm" +XtNwaitforwm "waitforwm" +XtNwidthInc "widthInc" +XtNwindowGroup "windowGroup" +XtNwindowRole "windowRole" +XtNwinGravity "winGravity" +XtNwmTimeout "wmTimeout" +.sp 6p +_ +.TE +.sp 6p +.IN "String Constants" "resource classes" +.LP +Resource classes: +.TS +lw(2i) lw(2.5i). +_ +.sp 6p +Symbol Definition +.sp 6p +_ +.sp 6p +XtCAllowShellResize "allowShellResize" +XtCArgc "Argc" +XtCArgv "Argv" +XtCBaseHeight "BaseHeight" +XtCBaseWidth "BaseWidth" +XtCClientLeader "ClientLeader" +XtCCloneCommand "CloneCommand" +XtCConnection "Connection" +XtCCreatePopupChildProc "CreatePopupChildProc" +XtCCurrentDirectory "CurrentDirectory" +XtCDiscardCommand "DiscardCommand" +XtCEnvironment "Environment" +XtCGeometry "Geometry" +XtCHeightInc "HeightInc" +XtCIconMask "IconMask" +XtCIconName "IconName" +XtCIconNameEncoding "IconNameEncoding" +XtCIconPixmap "IconPixmap" +XtCIconWindow "IconWindow" +XtCIconX "IconX" +XtCIconY "IconY" +XtCIconic "Iconic" +XtCInitialState "InitialState" +XtCInput "Input" +XtCJoinSession "JoinSession" +XtCMaxAspectX "MaxAspectX" +XtCMaxAspectY "MaxAspectY" +XtCMaxHeight "MaxHeight" +XtCMaxWidth "MaxWidth" +XtCMinAspectX "MinAspectX" +XtCMinAspectY "MinAspectY" +XtCMinHeight "MinHeight" +XtCMinWidth "MinWidth" +XtCOverrideRedirect "OverrideRedirect" +XtCProgramPath "ProgramPath" +XtCResignCommand "ResignCommand" +XtCRestartCommand "RestartCommand" +XtCRestartStyle "RestartStyle" +XtCSaveUnder "SaveUnder" +XtCSessionID "SessionID" +XtCShutdownCommand "ShutdownCommand" +XtCTitle "Title" +XtCTitleEncoding "TitleEncoding" +XtCTransient "Transient" +XtCTransientFor "TransientFor" +XtCUrgency "Urgency" +XtCVisual "Visual" +XtCWaitForWm "Waitforwm" +XtCWaitforwm "Waitforwm" +XtCWidthInc "WidthInc" +XtCWindowGroup "WindowGroup" +XtCWindowRole "WindowRole" +XtCWinGravity "WinGravity" +XtCWmTimeout "WmTimeout" +.sp 6p +_ +.TE +.sp 6p +.IN "String Constants" "representation types" +.LP +Resource representation types: +.TS +lw(2i) lw(2.5i). +_ +.sp 6p +Symbol Definition +.sp 6p +_ +.sp 6p +XtRAtom "Atom" +.sp 6p +_ +.TE diff --git a/libXt/specs/appF b/libXt/specs/appF new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b74cf4a3e --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/specs/appF @@ -0,0 +1,125 @@ +.\" $Xorg: appF,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:49 cpqbld Exp $ +.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994 +.\" X Consortium +.\" +.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining +.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the +.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including +.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, +.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to +.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to +.\" the following conditions: +.\" +.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included +.\" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. +.\" +.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS +.\" OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF +.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. +.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR +.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, +.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR +.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. +.\" +.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall +.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or +.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization +.\" from the X Consortium. +.\" +.\" Copyright \(co 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994 +.\" Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts. +.\" +.\" Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this documentation for any +.\" purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright +.\" notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this +.\" permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of +.\" Digital not be used in in advertising or publicity pertaining +.\" to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. +.\" Digital makes no representations about the suitability of the +.\" software described herein for any purpose. +.\" It is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty. +.\" +.bp +\& +.sp 1 +.ce 3 +\s+1\fBAppendix F\fP\s-1 + +\s+1\fBResource Configuration Management\fP\s-1 +.sp 2 +.LP +.XS +\fBAppendix F \(em Resource Configuration Management\fP +.XE +Setting and changing resources in X applications can be difficult for +both the application programmer and the end user. \fBResource +Configuration Management (RCM)\fP addresses this problem by changing +the \fBX Intrinsics\fP to immediately modify a resource for a +specified widget and each child widget in the hierarchy. +In this context, immediate means: no sourcing of a resource +file is required; the application does not need to be restarted for the +new resource values to take effect; and the change +occurs immediately. +.LP +The main difference between \fBRCM\fP and the \fBEditres\fP +protocol is that the \fBRCM\fP +customizing hooks reside in the \fBIntrinsics\fP and thus are linked with +other toolkits such as Motif and the Athena widgets. However, the +\fBEditRes\fP protocol requires the application to link with the +\fBEditRes\fP +routines in the Xmu library and Xmu is not used by all applications that +use Motif. Also, the \fBEditRes\fP protocol uses ClientMessage, +whereas the +\fBRCM\fP \fBIntrinsics\fP hooks use \fBPropertyNotify\fP events. +.LP +X Properties and the \fBPropertyNotify\fP events are used +to implement \fBRCM\fP and +allow on-the-fly resource customization. When the X Toolkit is +initialized, two atoms are interned with the strings +\fICustom Init\fP and +\fICustom Data\fP. Both +.PN _XtCreatePopupShell +and +.PN _XtAppCreateShell +register a \fBPropertyNotify\fP event handler to handle these properties. +.LP +A customization tool uses the \fICustom Init\fP property to \fIping\fP an +application to get the application's toplevel window. When the +application's property notify event handler is invoked, the handler +deletes the property. No data is transferred in this property. +.LP +A customization tool uses the \fICustom Data\fP property to tell an +application that it should change a resource's value. The data in +the property contains the length of the resource name (the number +of bytes in the resource name), the resource name and the new +value for the resource. This property's type is \fBXA_STRING\fP and +the format of the string is: +.IP 1. 5 +The length of the resource name (the number of bytes in +the resource name) +.IP 2. 5 +One space character +.IP 3. 5 +The resource name +.IP 4. 5 +One space character +.IP 5. 5 +The resource value +.LP +When setting the application's resource, the event handler calls +functions to walk the application's widget tree, determining which +widgets are affected by the resource string, and then applying the value +with +.PN XtSetValues. +As the widget tree is recursively descended, at +each level in the widget tree a resource part is tested for a match. +When the entire resource string has been matched, the value is applied +to the widget or widgets. +.LP +Before a value is set on a widget, it is first determined if the last +part of the resource is a valid resource for that widget. It must also +add the resource to the application's resource database and then query +it using specific resource strings that is builds from the widget +information. + + diff --git a/libXt/specs/intr.idxmac.t b/libXt/specs/intr.idxmac.t new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9a3572d2e --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/specs/intr.idxmac.t @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +.eh '\fBX Toolkit Intrinsics\fP''\fBX11 Release \*(Rn\fP' +.oh '\fBX Toolkit Intrinsics\fP''\fBX11 Release \*(Rn\fP' +.so index.pageno diff --git a/libXt/specs/postproc b/libXt/specs/postproc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..588b1de2c --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/specs/postproc @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +.\" $Xorg: postproc,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:42:49 cpqbld Exp $ +.EH '''' +.OH '''' +.if o .bp \" blank page to make index and ToC start on odd page +\& +.nr PN +1 +.XS +Index +.XE +.EQ +delim $$ +.EN +.tm .pn \n(PN +.nr PN -1 +.\" print Table of Contents +.bp 3 +.af PN i +.PX + diff --git a/libXt/specs/strings.mit b/libXt/specs/strings.mit new file mode 100644 index 000000000..87cc71081 --- /dev/null +++ b/libXt/specs/strings.mit @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +.ds tk X Toolkit +.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \(em C Language Interface +.ds xI Intrinsics +.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \(em C Language Interface +.ds xL Xlib \(em C Language X Interface +.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual +.ds xP X Window System Protocol +.ds Rn 6.8 +.ds Vn 2.2 +.ds oI Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof. +.ds rI Must be of class RectObj or any subclass thereof. +.ds cI Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof. +.ds oC Must be \fBobjectClass\fP or any subclass thereof. +.ds rC Must be \fBrectObjClass\fP or any subclass thereof. +.hw XtMake-Geometry-Request XtQuery-Geometry wid-get Composite-Part \ +Rect-Obj-Rec XtIsOverrideShell super-class diff --git a/libXt/src/ActionHook.c b/libXt/src/ActionHook.c index 4e02ca7c6..efa898ed0 100644 --- a/libXt/src/ActionHook.c +++ b/libXt/src/ActionHook.c @@ -1,9 +1,7 @@ -/* $Xorg: ActionHook.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:53 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /*LINTLIBRARY*/ /*********************************************************** -Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. +Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), @@ -71,7 +69,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group. */ -/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/ActionHook.c,v 1.2 2001/08/22 22:52:17 dawes Exp $ */ /* * Contains XtAppAddActionHook, XtRemoveActionHook diff --git a/libXt/src/Alloc.c b/libXt/src/Alloc.c index 871396e02..be643a822 100644 --- a/libXt/src/Alloc.c +++ b/libXt/src/Alloc.c @@ -1,7 +1,5 @@ -/* $Xorg: Alloc.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:53 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /*********************************************************** -Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. +Copyright (c) 1993, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), @@ -69,7 +67,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group. */ -/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/Alloc.c,v 1.9 2001/12/14 19:56:07 dawes Exp $ */ /* * X Toolkit Memory Allocation Routines @@ -85,6 +82,8 @@ in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group. #undef _XBCOPYFUNC #include <stdlib.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdarg.h> #define Xmalloc(size) malloc((size)) #define Xrealloc(ptr, size) realloc((ptr), (size)) @@ -124,6 +123,43 @@ void _XtHeapInit( heap->bytes_remaining = 0; } +/* Version of asprintf() using XtMalloc + * Not currently available in XTTRACEMEMORY version, since that would + * require varargs macros everywhere, which are only standard in C99 & later. + */ +Cardinal XtAsprintf( + String *new_string, + _Xconst char * _X_RESTRICT_KYWD format, + ...) +{ + char buf[256]; + Cardinal len; + va_list ap; + + va_start(ap, format); + len = vsnprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), format, ap); + va_end(ap); + + if (len < 0) + _XtAllocError("vsnprintf"); + + *new_string = XtMalloc(len + 1); /* snprintf doesn't count trailing '\0' */ + if (len < sizeof(buf)) + { + strncpy(*new_string, buf, len); + (*new_string)[len] = '\0'; + } + else + { + va_start(ap, format); + if (vsnprintf(*new_string, len + 1, format, ap) < 0) + _XtAllocError("vsnprintf"); + va_end(ap); + } + return len; +} + + #ifndef XTTRACEMEMORY char *XtMalloc( diff --git a/libXt/src/ArgList.c b/libXt/src/ArgList.c index 622f31351..a88341c38 100644 --- a/libXt/src/ArgList.c +++ b/libXt/src/ArgList.c @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -/* $Xorg: ArgList.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:53 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /*********************************************************** Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group diff --git a/libXt/src/Callback.c b/libXt/src/Callback.c index feb431818..a1231ecae 100644 --- a/libXt/src/Callback.c +++ b/libXt/src/Callback.c @@ -1,7 +1,5 @@ -/* $Xorg: Callback.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:54 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /*********************************************************** -Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. +Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), @@ -69,7 +67,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group. */ -/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/Callback.c,v 1.8 2001/12/14 19:56:08 dawes Exp $ */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include <config.h> diff --git a/libXt/src/ClickTime.c b/libXt/src/ClickTime.c index 25f17a621..7a836cc3d 100644 --- a/libXt/src/ClickTime.c +++ b/libXt/src/ClickTime.c @@ -1,7 +1,5 @@ -/* $Xorg: ClickTime.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:54 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /*********************************************************** -Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. +Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), diff --git a/libXt/src/Composite.c b/libXt/src/Composite.c index 24cf0a1b9..29893d820 100644 --- a/libXt/src/Composite.c +++ b/libXt/src/Composite.c @@ -1,7 +1,5 @@ -/* $Xorg: Composite.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:54 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /*********************************************************** -Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. +Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), @@ -69,7 +67,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group. */ -/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/Composite.c,v 1.5 2001/08/22 22:52:17 dawes Exp $ */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include <config.h> diff --git a/libXt/src/Constraint.c b/libXt/src/Constraint.c index 79bc41a3c..92b61b6ed 100644 --- a/libXt/src/Constraint.c +++ b/libXt/src/Constraint.c @@ -1,7 +1,5 @@ -/* $Xorg: Constraint.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:54 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /*********************************************************** -Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. +Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), @@ -69,7 +67,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group. */ -/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/Constraint.c,v 1.2 2001/08/22 22:52:17 dawes Exp $ */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include <config.h> diff --git a/libXt/src/Convert.c b/libXt/src/Convert.c index f3017d757..cea8fd3ed 100644 --- a/libXt/src/Convert.c +++ b/libXt/src/Convert.c @@ -1,7 +1,5 @@ -/* $Xorg: Convert.c,v 1.5 2001/02/09 02:03:54 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /*********************************************************** -Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. +Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), @@ -43,7 +41,6 @@ ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. ******************************************************************/ -/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/Convert.c,v 3.7 2001/12/14 19:56:09 dawes Exp $ */ /* diff --git a/libXt/src/Converters.c b/libXt/src/Converters.c index 45777bda1..6574ce05b 100644 --- a/libXt/src/Converters.c +++ b/libXt/src/Converters.c @@ -1,7 +1,5 @@ -/* $Xorg: Converters.c,v 1.5 2001/02/09 02:03:54 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /*********************************************************** -Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. +Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), @@ -43,7 +41,6 @@ ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. ******************************************************************/ -/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/Converters.c,v 3.14tsi Exp $ */ /* @@ -1363,7 +1360,7 @@ Boolean XtCvtIntToPixmap( XtNwrongParameters,"cvtIntToPixmap",XtCXtToolkitError, "Integer to Pixmap conversion needs no extra arguments", (String *) NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL); - done(Pixmap, *(Pixmap*)fromVal->addr); + done(Pixmap, *(int*)fromVal->addr); } #ifdef MOTIFBC diff --git a/libXt/src/Core.c b/libXt/src/Core.c index 8a1ca7f82..d61f43e02 100644 --- a/libXt/src/Core.c +++ b/libXt/src/Core.c @@ -1,7 +1,5 @@ -/* $Xorg: Core.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:54 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /*********************************************************** -Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. +Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), diff --git a/libXt/src/Create.c b/libXt/src/Create.c index 7db4a23ce..da0019231 100644 --- a/libXt/src/Create.c +++ b/libXt/src/Create.c @@ -1,7 +1,5 @@ -/* $Xorg: Create.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:54 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /*********************************************************** -Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. +Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), @@ -43,7 +41,6 @@ ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. ******************************************************************/ -/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/Create.c,v 3.10 2002/12/17 04:50:58 dawes Exp $ */ /* diff --git a/libXt/src/Destroy.c b/libXt/src/Destroy.c index 0beacbf38..e952bccc5 100644 --- a/libXt/src/Destroy.c +++ b/libXt/src/Destroy.c @@ -1,7 +1,5 @@ -/* $Xorg: Destroy.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:54 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /*********************************************************** -Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. +Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), @@ -69,7 +67,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group. */ -/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/Destroy.c,v 1.2 2001/08/22 22:52:18 dawes Exp $ */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include <config.h> diff --git a/libXt/src/Display.c b/libXt/src/Display.c index 1e444f89c..4ccf079ce 100644 --- a/libXt/src/Display.c +++ b/libXt/src/Display.c @@ -1,7 +1,5 @@ -/* $Xorg: Display.c,v 1.6 2001/02/09 02:03:54 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /*********************************************************** -Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. +Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), @@ -43,7 +41,6 @@ ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. ******************************************************************/ -/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/Display.c,v 3.15 2002/09/18 01:25:01 dawes Exp $ */ /* diff --git a/libXt/src/Error.c b/libXt/src/Error.c index 7a6cedfe4..fc9b11a84 100644 --- a/libXt/src/Error.c +++ b/libXt/src/Error.c @@ -1,7 +1,5 @@ -/* $Xorg: Error.c,v 1.5 2001/02/09 02:03:54 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /*********************************************************** -Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. +Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), @@ -43,7 +41,6 @@ ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. ******************************************************************/ -/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/Error.c,v 3.13tsi Exp $ */ /* @@ -236,11 +233,6 @@ static void DefaultMsg ( void (*fn)(_Xconst _XtString)) { #define BIGBUF 1024 -#ifdef notyet /* older versions don't, might want to wait until more do */ -#if defined(__linux__) || defined(CSRG_BASED) /* everyone else needs to get with the program */ -#define USE_SNPRINTF -#endif -#endif char buffer[BIGBUF]; char* message; XtGetErrorDatabaseText(name,type,class,defaultp, buffer, BIGBUF); @@ -305,18 +297,9 @@ program as a non-root user or by removing the suid bit on the executable."); * to be a performance issue. */ if ((message = __XtMalloc (BIGBUF))) { -#ifndef USE_SNPRINTF - message[BIGBUF-1] = 0; - (void) sprintf (message, buffer, -#else (void) snprintf (message, BIGBUF, buffer, -#endif - par[0], par[1], par[2], par[3], par[4], - par[5], par[6], par[7], par[8], par[9]); -#ifndef USE_SNPRINTF - if (message[BIGBUF-1] != '\0') - XtWarning ("Possible heap corruption in Xt{Error,Warning}MsgHandler"); -#endif + par[0], par[1], par[2], par[3], par[4], + par[5], par[6], par[7], par[8], par[9]); (*fn)(message); XtFree(message); } else { diff --git a/libXt/src/Event.c b/libXt/src/Event.c index 0bad788f6..7be598787 100644 --- a/libXt/src/Event.c +++ b/libXt/src/Event.c @@ -1,7 +1,5 @@ -/* $Xorg: Event.c,v 1.5 2001/02/09 02:03:54 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /*********************************************************** -Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. +Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), @@ -69,7 +67,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group. */ -/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/Event.c,v 3.10 2001/12/14 19:56:11 dawes Exp $ */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include <config.h> diff --git a/libXt/src/EventUtil.c b/libXt/src/EventUtil.c index 29ae3f370..91ad31fae 100644 --- a/libXt/src/EventUtil.c +++ b/libXt/src/EventUtil.c @@ -1,7 +1,6 @@ -/* $Xorg: EventUtil.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:54 xorgcvs Exp $ */ /* -Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. +Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), @@ -72,7 +71,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group. */ -/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/EventUtil.c,v 1.6 2001/12/14 19:56:13 dawes Exp $ */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include <config.h> diff --git a/libXt/src/Functions.c b/libXt/src/Functions.c index 4be27203a..9937a50ab 100644 --- a/libXt/src/Functions.c +++ b/libXt/src/Functions.c @@ -1,8 +1,6 @@ -/* $Xorg: Functions.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:54 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /* -Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. +Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), diff --git a/libXt/src/GCManager.c b/libXt/src/GCManager.c index 5870459c6..ba3d9c492 100644 --- a/libXt/src/GCManager.c +++ b/libXt/src/GCManager.c @@ -1,7 +1,5 @@ -/* $Xorg: GCManager.c,v 1.5 2001/02/09 02:03:54 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /*********************************************************** -Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. +Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), @@ -69,7 +67,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group. */ -/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/GCManager.c,v 1.5 2001/08/22 22:52:18 dawes Exp $ */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include <config.h> diff --git a/libXt/src/Geometry.c b/libXt/src/Geometry.c index e725be8ef..d64c8e292 100644 --- a/libXt/src/Geometry.c +++ b/libXt/src/Geometry.c @@ -1,7 +1,5 @@ -/* $Xorg: Geometry.c,v 1.5 2001/02/09 02:03:54 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /*********************************************************** -Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. +Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), @@ -69,7 +67,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group. */ -/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/Geometry.c,v 1.12 2001/12/14 19:56:15 dawes Exp $ */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include <config.h> diff --git a/libXt/src/GetActKey.c b/libXt/src/GetActKey.c index b3baf53d4..cf1278ebb 100644 --- a/libXt/src/GetActKey.c +++ b/libXt/src/GetActKey.c @@ -1,9 +1,7 @@ -/* $Xorg: GetActKey.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:55 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /*LINTLIBRARY*/ /*********************************************************** -Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. +Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), diff --git a/libXt/src/GetResList.c b/libXt/src/GetResList.c index fafcbd5a1..c22725c11 100644 --- a/libXt/src/GetResList.c +++ b/libXt/src/GetResList.c @@ -1,7 +1,5 @@ -/* $Xorg: GetResList.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:55 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /*********************************************************** -Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. +Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), @@ -43,7 +41,6 @@ ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. ******************************************************************/ -/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/GetResList.c,v 3.5 2001/08/22 22:52:18 dawes Exp $ */ /* diff --git a/libXt/src/GetValues.c b/libXt/src/GetValues.c index df85b8c6b..511b8d807 100644 --- a/libXt/src/GetValues.c +++ b/libXt/src/GetValues.c @@ -1,8 +1,7 @@ -/* $Xorg: GetValues.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:55 xorgcvs Exp $ */ /*LINTLIBRARY*/ /*********************************************************** -Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. +Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), @@ -70,7 +69,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group. */ -/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/GetValues.c,v 1.2 2001/08/22 22:52:18 dawes Exp $ */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include <config.h> diff --git a/libXt/src/HookObj.c b/libXt/src/HookObj.c index f4ac749b2..8aefa53ac 100644 --- a/libXt/src/HookObj.c +++ b/libXt/src/HookObj.c @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -/* $Xorg: HookObj.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:55 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /* Copyright 1994, 1998 The Open Group @@ -25,7 +23,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group. */ -/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/HookObj.c,v 1.2 2001/08/22 22:52:18 dawes Exp $ */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include <config.h> diff --git a/libXt/src/Hooks.c b/libXt/src/Hooks.c index 05b67ce05..bf26a13e0 100644 --- a/libXt/src/Hooks.c +++ b/libXt/src/Hooks.c @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -/* $Xorg: Hooks.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:55 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /* Copyright 1994, 1998 The Open Group @@ -25,7 +23,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group. */ -/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/Hooks.c,v 1.3 2001/12/14 19:56:18 dawes Exp $ */ /*LINTLIBRARY*/ diff --git a/libXt/src/Initialize.c b/libXt/src/Initialize.c index 27e3d8441..e9543dab1 100644 --- a/libXt/src/Initialize.c +++ b/libXt/src/Initialize.c @@ -1,7 +1,5 @@ -/* $Xorg: Initialize.c,v 1.8 2001/02/09 02:03:55 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /*********************************************************** -Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. +Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), @@ -43,7 +41,6 @@ ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. ******************************************************************/ -/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/Initialize.c,v 3.21 2003/04/21 16:34:27 herrb Exp $ */ /* @@ -383,7 +380,7 @@ static void CombineAppUserDefaults( XrmDatabase *pdb) { char* filename; - char* path; + char* path = NULL; Boolean deallocate = False; if (!(path = getenv("XUSERFILESEARCHPATH"))) { @@ -392,20 +389,14 @@ static void CombineAppUserDefaults( char homedir[PATH_MAX]; GetRootDirName(homedir, PATH_MAX); if (!(old_path = getenv("XAPPLRESDIR"))) { - char *path_default = "%s/%%L/%%N%%C:%s/%%l/%%N%%C:%s/%%N%%C:%s/%%L/%%N:%s/%%l/%%N:%s/%%N"; - if (!(path = - ALLOCATE_LOCAL(6*strlen(homedir) + strlen(path_default)))) - _XtAllocError(NULL); - sprintf( path, path_default, - homedir, homedir, homedir, homedir, homedir, homedir ); + XtAsprintf(&path, + "%s/%%L/%%N%%C:%s/%%l/%%N%%C:%s/%%N%%C:%s/%%L/%%N:%s/%%l/%%N:%s/%%N", + homedir, homedir, homedir, homedir, homedir, homedir); } else { - char *path_default = "%s/%%L/%%N%%C:%s/%%l/%%N%%C:%s/%%N%%C:%s/%%N%%C:%s/%%L/%%N:%s/%%l/%%N:%s/%%N:%s/%%N"; - if (!(path = - ALLOCATE_LOCAL( 6*strlen(old_path) + 2*strlen(homedir) - + strlen(path_default)))) - _XtAllocError(NULL); - sprintf(path, path_default, old_path, old_path, old_path, homedir, - old_path, old_path, old_path, homedir ); + XtAsprintf(&path, + "%s/%%L/%%N%%C:%s/%%l/%%N%%C:%s/%%N%%C:%s/%%N%%C:%s/%%L/%%N:%s/%%l/%%N:%s/%%N:%s/%%N", + old_path, old_path, old_path, homedir, + old_path, old_path, old_path, homedir); } deallocate = True; #endif @@ -417,7 +408,8 @@ static void CombineAppUserDefaults( XtFree(filename); } - if (deallocate) DEALLOCATE_LOCAL(path); + if (deallocate) + XtFree(path); } static void CombineUserDefaults( diff --git a/libXt/src/Intrinsic.c b/libXt/src/Intrinsic.c index 77402ce8e..684bda252 100644 --- a/libXt/src/Intrinsic.c +++ b/libXt/src/Intrinsic.c @@ -1,7 +1,5 @@ -/* $Xorg: Intrinsic.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:55 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /*********************************************************** -Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. +Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), @@ -43,7 +41,6 @@ ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. ******************************************************************/ -/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/Intrinsic.c,v 3.22 2003/01/12 03:55:46 tsi Exp $ */ /* diff --git a/libXt/src/Keyboard.c b/libXt/src/Keyboard.c index c3c5b2732..c8ba863ba 100644 --- a/libXt/src/Keyboard.c +++ b/libXt/src/Keyboard.c @@ -1,7 +1,6 @@ -/* $Xorg: Keyboard.c,v 1.5 2001/02/09 02:03:55 xorgcvs Exp $ */ /* -Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. +Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), @@ -72,7 +71,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group. */ -/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/Keyboard.c,v 3.3 2001/08/22 22:52:19 dawes Exp $ */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include <config.h> @@ -729,18 +727,22 @@ static void QueryEventMask( */ Widget ancestor = (Widget)client_data; XtPerWidgetInput pwi = _XtGetPerWidgetInput(ancestor, FALSE); - Widget target = pwi->queryEventDescendant; - - /* use of 'target' is non-standard hackery; allows focus to non-widget */ - if (pwi && (pwi->focusKid == target)) { - AddFocusHandler(ancestor, target, pwi, - _XtGetPerWidgetInput(GetShell(ancestor), TRUE), - _XtGetPerDisplayInput(XtDisplay(ancestor)), - (EventMask)0); + + if (pwi) { + Widget target = pwi->queryEventDescendant; + + /* use of 'target' is non-standard hackery; + allows focus to non-widget */ + if ( pwi->focusKid == target ) { + AddFocusHandler(ancestor, target, pwi, + _XtGetPerWidgetInput(GetShell(ancestor), TRUE), + _XtGetPerDisplayInput(XtDisplay(ancestor)), + (EventMask)0); + } + XtRemoveEventHandler(widget, XtAllEvents, True, + QueryEventMask, client_data); + pwi->map_handler_added = FALSE; } - XtRemoveEventHandler(widget, XtAllEvents, True, - QueryEventMask, client_data); - pwi->map_handler_added = FALSE; } diff --git a/libXt/src/Makefile.am b/libXt/src/Makefile.am index a43fb2283..2b39ec541 100644 --- a/libXt/src/Makefile.am +++ b/libXt/src/Makefile.am @@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ all-local: $(BUILT_FILES) $(BUILT_HEADER): $(BUILT_SOURCE) $(BUILT_SOURCE): - $(top_builddir)/util/makestrs -i $(top_srcdir) $(STRINGSABIOPTIONS) < $(STRING_LIST) > StringDefs.c - mkdir -p $(top_builddir)/src - mkdir -p $(top_builddir)/include/X11 - cp StringDefs.h $(top_builddir)/include/X11 - cp Shell.h $(top_builddir)/include/X11 - rm StringDefs.h Shell.h + $(AM_V_GEN)$(top_builddir)/util/makestrs -i $(top_srcdir) $(STRINGSABIOPTIONS) < $(STRING_LIST) > StringDefs.c + $(AM_V_at)mkdir -p $(top_builddir)/src + $(AM_V_at)mkdir -p $(top_builddir)/include/X11 + $(AM_V_at)cp StringDefs.h $(top_builddir)/include/X11 + $(AM_V_at)cp Shell.h $(top_builddir)/include/X11 + $(AM_V_at)rm StringDefs.h Shell.h diff --git a/libXt/src/Makefile.in b/libXt/src/Makefile.in deleted file mode 100644 index 8196d5ba9..000000000 --- a/libXt/src/Makefile.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,731 +0,0 @@ -# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.1 from Makefile.am. -# @configure_input@ - -# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, -# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, -# Inc. -# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without -# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A -# PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - -@SET_MAKE@ - -VPATH = @srcdir@ -pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ -pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ -pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ -pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@ -am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd -install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 -install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c -install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c -INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) -transform = $(program_transform_name) -NORMAL_INSTALL = : -PRE_INSTALL = : -POST_INSTALL = : -NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : -PRE_UNINSTALL = : -POST_UNINSTALL = : -build_triplet = @build@ -host_triplet = @host@ -subdir = src -DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in -ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 -am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac -am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ - $(ACLOCAL_M4) -mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d -CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h -CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = -CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES = -am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; -am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \ - $(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \ - *) f=$$p;; \ - esac; -am__strip_dir = f=`echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; -am__install_max = 40 -am__nobase_strip_setup = \ - srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*|]/\\\\&/g'` -am__nobase_strip = \ - for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed -e "s|$$srcdirstrip/||" -am__nobase_list = $(am__nobase_strip_setup); \ - for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \ - sed "s| $$srcdirstrip/| |;"' / .*\//!s/ .*/ ./; s,\( .*\)/[^/]*$$,\1,' | \ - $(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = "" } { files[$$2] = files[$$2] " " $$1; \ - if (++n[$$2] == $(am__install_max)) \ - { print $$2, files[$$2]; n[$$2] = 0; files[$$2] = "" } } \ - END { for (dir in files) print dir, files[dir] }' -am__base_list = \ - sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' | \ - sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' -am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)" -LTLIBRARIES = $(lib_LTLIBRARIES) -libXt_la_DEPENDENCIES = -am_libXt_la_OBJECTS = ActionHook.lo Alloc.lo ArgList.lo Callback.lo \ - ClickTime.lo Composite.lo Constraint.lo Convert.lo \ - Converters.lo Core.lo Create.lo Destroy.lo Display.lo Error.lo \ - Event.lo EventUtil.lo Functions.lo GCManager.lo Geometry.lo \ - GetActKey.lo GetResList.lo GetValues.lo HookObj.lo Hooks.lo \ - Initialize.lo Intrinsic.lo Keyboard.lo Manage.lo NextEvent.lo \ - Object.lo PassivGrab.lo Pointer.lo Popup.lo PopupCB.lo \ - RectObj.lo ResConfig.lo Resources.lo Selection.lo SetSens.lo \ - SetValues.lo SetWMCW.lo Shell.lo TMaction.lo TMgrab.lo \ - TMkey.lo TMparse.lo TMprint.lo TMstate.lo Threads.lo \ - VarCreate.lo VarGet.lo Varargs.lo Vendor.lo sharedlib.lo -nodist_libXt_la_OBJECTS = StringDefs.lo -libXt_la_OBJECTS = $(am_libXt_la_OBJECTS) $(nodist_libXt_la_OBJECTS) -AM_V_lt = $(am__v_lt_$(V)) -am__v_lt_ = $(am__v_lt_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY)) -am__v_lt_0 = --silent -libXt_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ - $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ - $(libXt_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ -DEFAULT_INCLUDES = -I.@am__isrc@ -I$(top_builddir) -depcomp = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/depcomp -am__depfiles_maybe = depfiles -am__mv = mv -f -COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) \ - $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -LTCOMPILE = $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ - $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=compile $(CC) $(DEFS) \ - $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) \ - $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -AM_V_CC = $(am__v_CC_$(V)) -am__v_CC_ = $(am__v_CC_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY)) -am__v_CC_0 = @echo " CC " $@; -AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_$(V)) -am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY)) -am__v_at_0 = @ -CCLD = $(CC) -LINK = $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ - $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ - $(AM_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ -AM_V_CCLD = $(am__v_CCLD_$(V)) -am__v_CCLD_ = $(am__v_CCLD_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY)) -am__v_CCLD_0 = @echo " CCLD " $@; -AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_$(V)) -am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY)) -am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@; -SOURCES = $(libXt_la_SOURCES) $(nodist_libXt_la_SOURCES) -DIST_SOURCES = $(libXt_la_SOURCES) -ETAGS = etags -CTAGS = ctags -DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) -ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ -ADMIN_MAN_DIR = @ADMIN_MAN_DIR@ -ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX = @ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX@ -AMTAR = @AMTAR@ -AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY = @AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@ -APP_MAN_DIR = @APP_MAN_DIR@ -APP_MAN_SUFFIX = @APP_MAN_SUFFIX@ -AR = @AR@ -AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ -AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ -AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ -AWK = @AWK@ -CC = @CC@ -CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ -CC_FOR_BUILD = @CC_FOR_BUILD@ -CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ -CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD = @CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD@ -CHANGELOG_CMD = @CHANGELOG_CMD@ -CPP = @CPP@ -CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ -CWARNFLAGS = @CWARNFLAGS@ -CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ -DEFS = @DEFS@ -DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ -DRIVER_MAN_DIR = @DRIVER_MAN_DIR@ -DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX = @DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX@ -DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@ -DUMPBIN = @DUMPBIN@ -ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ -ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ -ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ -EGREP = @EGREP@ -EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ -FGREP = @FGREP@ -FILE_MAN_DIR = @FILE_MAN_DIR@ -FILE_MAN_SUFFIX = @FILE_MAN_SUFFIX@ -GREP = @GREP@ -INSTALL = @INSTALL@ -INSTALL_CMD = @INSTALL_CMD@ -INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ -INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ -INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ -INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ -LD = @LD@ -LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ -LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD = @LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD@ -LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ -LIBS = @LIBS@ -LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ -LIB_MAN_DIR = @LIB_MAN_DIR@ -LIB_MAN_SUFFIX = @LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@ -LIPO = @LIPO@ -LN_S = @LN_S@ -LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ -MAINT = @MAINT@ -MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ -MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS = @MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS@ -MISC_MAN_DIR = @MISC_MAN_DIR@ -MISC_MAN_SUFFIX = @MISC_MAN_SUFFIX@ -MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ -NM = @NM@ -NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@ -OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@ -OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ -OTOOL = @OTOOL@ -OTOOL64 = @OTOOL64@ -PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ -PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ -PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ -PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ -PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ -PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@ -PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ -PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ -PKG_CONFIG = @PKG_CONFIG@ -RANLIB = @RANLIB@ -RAWCPP = @RAWCPP@ -RAWCPPFLAGS = @RAWCPPFLAGS@ -SED = @SED@ -SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ -SHELL = @SHELL@ -STRINGSABIOPTIONS = @STRINGSABIOPTIONS@ -STRIP = @STRIP@ -VERSION = @VERSION@ -XFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT = @XFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT@ -XMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS = @XMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS@ -XTMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS = @XTMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS@ -XT_CFLAGS = @XT_CFLAGS@ -XT_LIBS = @XT_LIBS@ -abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ -abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ -abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ -abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ -ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ -ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@ -am__include = @am__include@ -am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ -am__quote = @am__quote@ -am__tar = @am__tar@ -am__untar = @am__untar@ -appdefaultdir = @appdefaultdir@ -bindir = @bindir@ -build = @build@ -build_alias = @build_alias@ -build_cpu = @build_cpu@ -build_os = @build_os@ -build_vendor = @build_vendor@ -builddir = @builddir@ -datadir = @datadir@ -datarootdir = @datarootdir@ -docdir = @docdir@ -dvidir = @dvidir@ -exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ -host = @host@ -host_alias = @host_alias@ -host_cpu = @host_cpu@ -host_os = @host_os@ -host_vendor = @host_vendor@ -htmldir = @htmldir@ -includedir = @includedir@ -infodir = @infodir@ -install_sh = @install_sh@ -libdir = @libdir@ -libexecdir = @libexecdir@ -localedir = @localedir@ -localstatedir = @localstatedir@ -lt_ECHO = @lt_ECHO@ -mandir = @mandir@ -mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ -oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ -pdfdir = @pdfdir@ -prefix = @prefix@ -program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ -psdir = @psdir@ -sbindir = @sbindir@ -sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ -srcdir = @srcdir@ -sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ -target_alias = @target_alias@ -top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@ -top_builddir = @top_builddir@ -top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ -lib_LTLIBRARIES = libXt.la -BUILT_SOURCES = $(BUILT_FILES) -CLEANFILES = $(BUILT_SOURCES) -SRCH_DEFINES = -DXFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT=\"$(XFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT)\" -ERRORDB_DEFINES = -DERRORDB=\"$(libdir)/X11/XtErrorDB\" -AM_CFLAGS = $(CWARNFLAGS) $(XT_CFLAGS) $(SRCH_DEFINES) $(ERRORDB_DEFINES) \ - $(XTMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS) - -INCLUDES = -I$(top_srcdir)/include/ -I$(top_srcdir)/include/X11 \ - -I$(top_builddir)/include -I$(top_builddir)/include/X11 - -nodist_libXt_la_SOURCES = StringDefs.c -libXt_la_SOURCES = \ - ActionHook.c \ - Alloc.c \ - ArgList.c \ - Callback.c \ - ClickTime.c \ - Composite.c \ - Constraint.c \ - Convert.c \ - Converters.c \ - Core.c \ - Create.c \ - Destroy.c \ - Display.c \ - Error.c \ - Event.c \ - EventUtil.c \ - Functions.c \ - GCManager.c \ - Geometry.c \ - GetActKey.c \ - GetResList.c \ - GetValues.c \ - HookObj.c \ - Hooks.c \ - Initialize.c \ - Intrinsic.c \ - Keyboard.c \ - Manage.c \ - NextEvent.c \ - Object.c \ - PassivGrab.c \ - Pointer.c \ - Popup.c \ - PopupCB.c \ - RectObj.c \ - ResConfig.c \ - Resources.c \ - Selection.c \ - SetSens.c \ - SetValues.c \ - SetWMCW.c \ - Shell.c \ - TMaction.c \ - TMgrab.c \ - TMkey.c \ - TMparse.c \ - TMprint.c \ - TMstate.c \ - Threads.c \ - VarCreate.c \ - VarGet.c \ - Varargs.c \ - Vendor.c \ - sharedlib.c - -DISTCLEANFILES = StringDefs.c -libXt_la_LIBADD = @XT_LIBS@ -libXt_la_LDFLAGS = -version-number 6:0:0 -no-undefined - -# -# The util directory contains a program that builds some of the sources. -# The input to this program is given in files. Unfortunately those input -# files refers to things like -# -# util/foo -# -# so the generating program must be run from the top directory. -# -BUILT_SOURCE = StringDefs.c -BUILT_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/include/X11/StringDefs.h $(top_builddir)/include/X11/Shell.h -BUILT_FILES = $(BUILT_SOURCE) $(BUILT_HEADER) -STRING_LIST = $(top_srcdir)/util/string.list -all: $(BUILT_SOURCES) - $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) all-am - -.SUFFIXES: -.SUFFIXES: .c .lo .o .obj -$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) - @for dep in $?; do \ - case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ - *$$dep*) \ - ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \ - && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \ - exit 1;; \ - esac; \ - done; \ - echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign src/Makefile'; \ - $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \ - $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign src/Makefile -.PRECIOUS: Makefile -Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status - @case '$?' in \ - *config.status*) \ - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \ - *) \ - echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \ - cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \ - esac; - -$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh - -$(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh -$(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh -$(am__aclocal_m4_deps): -install-libLTLIBRARIES: $(lib_LTLIBRARIES) - @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) - test -z "$(libdir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)" - @list='$(lib_LTLIBRARIES)'; test -n "$(libdir)" || list=; \ - list2=; for p in $$list; do \ - if test -f $$p; then \ - list2="$$list2 $$p"; \ - else :; fi; \ - done; \ - test -z "$$list2" || { \ - echo " $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=install $(INSTALL) $(INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG) $$list2 '$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)'"; \ - $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=install $(INSTALL) $(INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG) $$list2 "$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)"; \ - } - -uninstall-libLTLIBRARIES: - @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) - @list='$(lib_LTLIBRARIES)'; test -n "$(libdir)" || list=; \ - for p in $$list; do \ - $(am__strip_dir) \ - echo " $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=uninstall rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/$$f'"; \ - $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=uninstall rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/$$f"; \ - done - -clean-libLTLIBRARIES: - -test -z "$(lib_LTLIBRARIES)" || rm -f $(lib_LTLIBRARIES) - @list='$(lib_LTLIBRARIES)'; for p in $$list; do \ - dir="`echo $$p | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$$||'`"; \ - test "$$dir" != "$$p" || dir=.; \ - echo "rm -f \"$${dir}/so_locations\""; \ - rm -f "$${dir}/so_locations"; \ - done -libXt.la: $(libXt_la_OBJECTS) $(libXt_la_DEPENDENCIES) - $(AM_V_CCLD)$(libXt_la_LINK) -rpath $(libdir) $(libXt_la_OBJECTS) $(libXt_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) - -mostlyclean-compile: - -rm -f *.$(OBJEXT) - -distclean-compile: - -rm -f *.tab.c - -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/ActionHook.Plo@am__quote@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Alloc.Plo@am__quote@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/ArgList.Plo@am__quote@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Callback.Plo@am__quote@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/ClickTime.Plo@am__quote@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Composite.Plo@am__quote@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Constraint.Plo@am__quote@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Convert.Plo@am__quote@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Converters.Plo@am__quote@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Core.Plo@am__quote@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Create.Plo@am__quote@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Destroy.Plo@am__quote@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Display.Plo@am__quote@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Error.Plo@am__quote@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Event.Plo@am__quote@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/EventUtil.Plo@am__quote@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Functions.Plo@am__quote@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/GCManager.Plo@am__quote@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Geometry.Plo@am__quote@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/GetActKey.Plo@am__quote@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/GetResList.Plo@am__quote@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/GetValues.Plo@am__quote@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/HookObj.Plo@am__quote@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Hooks.Plo@am__quote@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Initialize.Plo@am__quote@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Intrinsic.Plo@am__quote@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Keyboard.Plo@am__quote@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Manage.Plo@am__quote@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/NextEvent.Plo@am__quote@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Object.Plo@am__quote@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/PassivGrab.Plo@am__quote@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Pointer.Plo@am__quote@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Popup.Plo@am__quote@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/PopupCB.Plo@am__quote@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/RectObj.Plo@am__quote@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/ResConfig.Plo@am__quote@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Resources.Plo@am__quote@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Selection.Plo@am__quote@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/SetSens.Plo@am__quote@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/SetValues.Plo@am__quote@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/SetWMCW.Plo@am__quote@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Shell.Plo@am__quote@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/StringDefs.Plo@am__quote@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/TMaction.Plo@am__quote@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/TMgrab.Plo@am__quote@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/TMkey.Plo@am__quote@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/TMparse.Plo@am__quote@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/TMprint.Plo@am__quote@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/TMstate.Plo@am__quote@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Threads.Plo@am__quote@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/VarCreate.Plo@am__quote@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/VarGet.Plo@am__quote@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Varargs.Plo@am__quote@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Vendor.Plo@am__quote@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/sharedlib.Plo@am__quote@ - -.c.o: -@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_CC)$(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ $< -@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Po -@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC) @AM_BACKSLASH@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ -@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(COMPILE) -c $< - -.c.obj: -@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_CC)$(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'` -@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Po -@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC) @AM_BACKSLASH@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ -@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(COMPILE) -c `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'` - -.c.lo: -@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_CC)$(LTCOMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ $< -@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Plo -@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC) @AM_BACKSLASH@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ source='$<' object='$@' libtool=yes @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ -@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(LTCOMPILE) -c -o $@ $< - -mostlyclean-libtool: - -rm -f *.lo - -clean-libtool: - -rm -rf .libs _libs - -ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES) - list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ - unique=`for i in $$list; do \ - if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ - done | \ - $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ - END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ - mkid -fID $$unique -tags: TAGS - -TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ - $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) - set x; \ - here=`pwd`; \ - list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ - unique=`for i in $$list; do \ - if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ - done | \ - $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ - END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ - shift; \ - if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \ - test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \ - if test $$# -gt 0; then \ - $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ - "$$@" $$unique; \ - else \ - $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ - $$unique; \ - fi; \ - fi -ctags: CTAGS -CTAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ - $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) - list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ - unique=`for i in $$list; do \ - if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ - done | \ - $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ - END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ - test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \ - || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \ - $$unique - -GTAGS: - here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \ - && $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \ - && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here" - -distclean-tags: - -rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags - -distdir: $(DISTFILES) - @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ - topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ - list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ - dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ - sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ - -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ - case $$dist_files in \ - */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ - sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ - sort -u` ;; \ - esac; \ - for file in $$dist_files; do \ - if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ - if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ - dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ - if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \ - find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ - fi; \ - if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ - cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ - find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ - fi; \ - cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ - else \ - test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \ - || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \ - || exit 1; \ - fi; \ - done -check-am: all-am -check: $(BUILT_SOURCES) - $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) check-am -all-am: Makefile $(LTLIBRARIES) all-local -installdirs: - for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)"; do \ - test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \ - done -install: $(BUILT_SOURCES) - $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-am -install-exec: install-exec-am -install-data: install-data-am -uninstall: uninstall-am - -install-am: all-am - @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am - -installcheck: installcheck-am -install-strip: - $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ - install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ - `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \ - echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install -mostlyclean-generic: - -clean-generic: - -test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES) - -distclean-generic: - -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) - -test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES) - -test -z "$(DISTCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(DISTCLEANFILES) - -maintainer-clean-generic: - @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" - @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." - -test -z "$(BUILT_SOURCES)" || rm -f $(BUILT_SOURCES) -clean: clean-am - -clean-am: clean-generic clean-libLTLIBRARIES clean-libtool \ - mostlyclean-am - -distclean: distclean-am - -rm -rf ./$(DEPDIR) - -rm -f Makefile -distclean-am: clean-am distclean-compile distclean-generic \ - distclean-tags - -dvi: dvi-am - -dvi-am: - -html: html-am - -html-am: - -info: info-am - -info-am: - -install-data-am: - -install-dvi: install-dvi-am - -install-dvi-am: - -install-exec-am: install-libLTLIBRARIES - -install-html: install-html-am - -install-html-am: - -install-info: install-info-am - -install-info-am: - -install-man: - -install-pdf: install-pdf-am - -install-pdf-am: - -install-ps: install-ps-am - -install-ps-am: - -installcheck-am: - -maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am - -rm -rf ./$(DEPDIR) - -rm -f Makefile -maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic - -mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am - -mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-compile mostlyclean-generic \ - mostlyclean-libtool - -pdf: pdf-am - -pdf-am: - -ps: ps-am - -ps-am: - -uninstall-am: uninstall-libLTLIBRARIES - -.MAKE: all check install install-am install-strip - -.PHONY: CTAGS GTAGS all all-am all-local check check-am clean \ - clean-generic clean-libLTLIBRARIES clean-libtool ctags \ - distclean distclean-compile distclean-generic \ - distclean-libtool distclean-tags distdir dvi dvi-am html \ - html-am info info-am install install-am install-data \ - install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \ - install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \ - install-info-am install-libLTLIBRARIES install-man install-pdf \ - install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am install-strip \ - installcheck installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \ - maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-compile \ - mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am \ - tags uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-libLTLIBRARIES - - -all-local: $(BUILT_FILES) - -$(BUILT_HEADER): $(BUILT_SOURCE) - -$(BUILT_SOURCE): - $(top_builddir)/util/makestrs -i $(top_srcdir) $(STRINGSABIOPTIONS) < $(STRING_LIST) > StringDefs.c - mkdir -p $(top_builddir)/src - mkdir -p $(top_builddir)/include/X11 - cp StringDefs.h $(top_builddir)/include/X11 - cp Shell.h $(top_builddir)/include/X11 - rm StringDefs.h Shell.h - -# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. -# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. -.NOEXPORT: diff --git a/libXt/src/Manage.c b/libXt/src/Manage.c index 4c9a80fdc..575be7dfe 100644 --- a/libXt/src/Manage.c +++ b/libXt/src/Manage.c @@ -1,7 +1,5 @@ -/* $Xorg: Manage.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:55 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /*********************************************************** -Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. +Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), @@ -43,7 +41,6 @@ ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. ******************************************************************/ -/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/Manage.c,v 3.10tsi Exp $ */ /* diff --git a/libXt/src/NextEvent.c b/libXt/src/NextEvent.c index 4bade1322..181d20e87 100644 --- a/libXt/src/NextEvent.c +++ b/libXt/src/NextEvent.c @@ -1,7 +1,5 @@ -/* $Xorg: NextEvent.c,v 1.8 2001/02/09 02:03:55 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /*********************************************************** -Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. +Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), @@ -69,7 +67,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group. */ -/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/NextEvent.c,v 3.26 2002/06/04 21:55:42 dawes Exp $ */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include <config.h> diff --git a/libXt/src/Object.c b/libXt/src/Object.c index 8bfbcb2f7..ae1ac757b 100644 --- a/libXt/src/Object.c +++ b/libXt/src/Object.c @@ -1,7 +1,5 @@ -/* $Xorg: Object.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:56 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /*********************************************************** -Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. +Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), @@ -69,7 +67,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group. */ -/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/Object.c,v 1.5 2001/01/17 19:43:06 dawes Exp $ */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include <config.h> diff --git a/libXt/src/PassivGrab.c b/libXt/src/PassivGrab.c index b7648d1a6..8d3a1d151 100644 --- a/libXt/src/PassivGrab.c +++ b/libXt/src/PassivGrab.c @@ -1,7 +1,6 @@ -/* $Xorg: PassivGrab.c,v 1.5 2001/02/09 02:03:56 xorgcvs Exp $ */ /* -Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. +Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), @@ -46,7 +45,6 @@ ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. ********************************************************/ -/* $XFree86$ */ /* diff --git a/libXt/src/Pointer.c b/libXt/src/Pointer.c index bbcb13371..4e537173d 100644 --- a/libXt/src/Pointer.c +++ b/libXt/src/Pointer.c @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -/* $Xorg: Pointer.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:56 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /******************************************************** Copyright 1988 by Hewlett-Packard Company diff --git a/libXt/src/Popup.c b/libXt/src/Popup.c index aac712da1..3f4554b69 100644 --- a/libXt/src/Popup.c +++ b/libXt/src/Popup.c @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -/* $Xorg: Popup.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:56 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /*********************************************************** Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group @@ -46,7 +44,6 @@ ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. ******************************************************************/ -/* $XFree86$ */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include <config.h> diff --git a/libXt/src/PopupCB.c b/libXt/src/PopupCB.c index be5fd8502..dece66b1f 100644 --- a/libXt/src/PopupCB.c +++ b/libXt/src/PopupCB.c @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -/* $Xorg: PopupCB.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:56 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /*********************************************************** Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group diff --git a/libXt/src/RectObj.c b/libXt/src/RectObj.c index 0835d5b47..73e962506 100644 --- a/libXt/src/RectObj.c +++ b/libXt/src/RectObj.c @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -/* $Xorg: RectObj.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:56 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /*********************************************************** Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group @@ -46,7 +44,6 @@ ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. ******************************************************************/ -/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/RectObj.c,v 1.2 2001/08/22 22:52:19 dawes Exp $ */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include <config.h> diff --git a/libXt/src/ResConfig.c b/libXt/src/ResConfig.c index fd6d057c9..68da5364c 100644 --- a/libXt/src/ResConfig.c +++ b/libXt/src/ResConfig.c @@ -1,4 +1,3 @@ -/* $Xorg: ResConfig.c,v 1.5 2001/02/09 02:03:56 xorgcvs Exp $ */ /* Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group @@ -52,7 +51,6 @@ dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from the IBM Corporation. ******************************************************************/ -/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/ResConfig.c,v 3.7 2001/08/22 22:52:19 dawes Exp $ */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include <config.h> @@ -176,18 +174,13 @@ _set_resource_values ( * create resource name string */ if (resource_name) { - temp = XtMalloc (sizeof(char) * - (2 + strlen(cur->core.name) - + strlen(resource_name))); - sprintf (temp, ".%s%s", cur->core.name, resource_name); + XtAsprintf (&temp, ".%s%s", cur->core.name, resource_name); XtFree (resource_name); } else if (!XtIsWidget (cur) || !cur->core.name) { cur = XtParent(cur); continue; } else { - temp = XtMalloc (sizeof(char) * - (2 + strlen(cur->core.name))); - sprintf (temp, ".%s", cur->core.name); + XtAsprintf (&temp, ".%s", cur->core.name); } resource_name = temp; @@ -199,31 +192,19 @@ _set_resource_values ( (ApplicationShellWidget) (cur); if (resource_class) { - temp = XtMalloc (sizeof(char) * - (2 + strlen(top->application.class) - + strlen(resource_class))); - sprintf (temp, ".%s%s", + XtAsprintf (&temp, ".%s%s", top->application.class, resource_class); } else { - temp = XtMalloc (sizeof(char) * - (2 + strlen(top->application.class))); - sprintf (temp, ".%s", + XtAsprintf (&temp, ".%s", top->application.class); } } else { if (resource_class) { - temp = XtMalloc (sizeof(char) * - (2 + strlen( - cur->core.widget_class->core_class.class_name) - + strlen(resource_class))); - sprintf (temp, ".%s%s", + XtAsprintf (&temp, ".%s%s", cur->core.widget_class->core_class.class_name, resource_class); } else { - temp = XtMalloc (sizeof(char) * - (2 + strlen( - cur->core.widget_class->core_class.class_name))); - sprintf (temp, ".%s", + XtAsprintf (&temp, ".%s", cur->core.widget_class->core_class.class_name); } } @@ -237,9 +218,7 @@ _set_resource_values ( /* * add the resource name to the end of the resource name string */ - temp = XtMalloc (2 + strlen(resource_name) + - strlen(resources_return[res_index].resource_name)); - sprintf (temp, "%s.%s", resource_name, + XtAsprintf (&temp, "%s.%s", resource_name, resources_return[res_index].resource_name); if (resource_name != NULL) XtFree (resource_name); @@ -248,9 +227,7 @@ _set_resource_values ( /* * add the resource class to the end of the resource class string */ - temp = XtMalloc (2 + strlen(resource_class) + - strlen(resources_return[res_index].resource_class)); - sprintf (temp, "%s.%s", resource_class, + XtAsprintf (&temp, "%s.%s", resource_class, resources_return[res_index].resource_class); if (resource_class != NULL) XtFree (resource_class); @@ -748,7 +725,7 @@ _search_widget_tree ( /* * this case covers resources of only one level (eg. *background) */ - if (strcmp (remainder, "") == 0) { + if (remainder[0] == 0) { _set_resource_values (w, resource, value, last_part); if (last_token == '*') _apply_values_to_children (parent, remainder, resource, @@ -759,8 +736,7 @@ _search_widget_tree ( */ } else { if (remainder[0] != '*' && remainder[0] != '.') { - copy = XtMalloc (strlen(remainder) + 2); - sprintf (copy, ".%s", remainder); + XtAsprintf (©, ".%s", remainder); XtFree (remainder); remainder = copy; } diff --git a/libXt/src/Resources.c b/libXt/src/Resources.c index 0f5bf1c32..dc0f563cc 100644 --- a/libXt/src/Resources.c +++ b/libXt/src/Resources.c @@ -1,7 +1,5 @@ -/* $Xorg: Resources.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:56 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /*********************************************************** -Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. +Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), @@ -70,8 +68,6 @@ in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group. */ -/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/Resources.c,v 1.11tsi Exp $ */ - /*LINTLIBRARY*/ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include <config.h> @@ -113,92 +109,6 @@ void _XtCopyFromParent( } /* _XtCopyFromParent */ -/* If the alignment characteristics of your machine are right, these may be - faster */ - -#ifdef UNALIGNED - -void _XtCopyFromArg( - XtArgVal src, - char* dst, - register unsigned int size) -{ - if (size == sizeof(long)) *(long *)dst = (long)src; - else if (size == sizeof(short)) *(short *)dst = (short)src; - else if (size == sizeof(char)) *(char *)dst = (char)src; - else if (size == sizeof(XtPointer)) *(XtPointer *)dst = (XtPointer)src; - else if (size == sizeof(char*)) *(char **)dst = (char*)src; - else if (size == sizeof(XtArgVal)) *(XtArgVal *)dst = src; - else if (size > sizeof(XtArgVal)) - (void) memmove((char *) dst, (char *) src, (int) size); - else - (void) memmove((char *) dst, (char *) &src, (int) size); -} /* _XtCopyFromArg */ - -void _XtCopyToArg( - char* src, - XtArgVal *dst, - register unsigned int size) -{ - if (! (*dst)) { -#ifdef GETVALUES_BUG - /* old GetValues semantics (storing directly into arglists) are bad, - * but preserve for compatibility as long as arglist contains NULL. - */ - if (size == sizeof(long)) *dst = (XtArgVal)*(long*)src; - else if (size == sizeof(short)) *dst = (XtArgVal)*(short*)src; - else if (size == sizeof(char)) *dst = (XtArgVal)*(char*)src; - else if (size == sizeof(XtPointer)) *dst = (XtArgVal)*(XtPointer*)src; - else if (size == sizeof(char*)) *dst = (XtArgVal)*(char**)src; - else if (size == sizeof(XtArgVal)) *dst = *(XtArgVal*)src; - else (void) memmove((char*)dst, (char*)src, (int)size); -#else - XtErrorMsg("invalidGetValues", "xtGetValues", XtCXtToolkitError, - "NULL ArgVal in XtGetValues", (String*) NULL, (Cardinal*) NULL); -#endif - } - else { - /* proper GetValues semantics: argval is pointer to destination */ - if (size == sizeof(long)) *((long*)*dst) = *(long*)src; - else if (size == sizeof(short)) *((short*)*dst) = *(short*)src; - else if (size == sizeof(char)) *((char*)*dst) = *(char*)src; - else if (size == sizeof(XtPointer)) *((XtPointer*)*dst) = *(XtPointer*)src; - else if (size == sizeof(char*)) *((char**)*dst) = *(char**)src; - else if (size == sizeof(XtArgVal)) *((XtArgVal*)*dst)= *(XtArgVal*)src; - else (void) memmove((char*)*dst, (char*)src, (int)size); - } -} /* _XtCopyToArg */ - -static void CopyToArg( - char* src, - XtArgVal *dst, - register unsigned int size) -{ - if (! (*dst)) { - /* old GetValues semantics (storing directly into arglists) are bad, - * but preserve for compatibility as long as arglist contains NULL. - */ - if (size == sizeof(long)) *dst = (XtArgVal)*(long*)src; - else if (size == sizeof(short)) *dst = (XtArgVal)*(short*)src; - else if (size == sizeof(char)) *dst = (XtArgVal)*(char*)src; - else if (size == sizeof(XtPointer)) *dst = (XtArgVal)*(XtPointer*)src; - else if (size == sizeof(char*)) *dst = (XtArgVal)*(char**)src; - else if (size == sizeof(XtArgVal)) *dst = *(XtArgVal*)src; - else (void) memmove((char*)dst, (char*)src, (int)size); - } - else { - /* proper GetValues semantics: argval is pointer to destination */ - if (size == sizeof(long)) *((long*)*dst) = *(long*)src; - else if (size == sizeof(short)) *((short*)*dst) = *(short*)src; - else if (size == sizeof(char)) *((char*)*dst) = *(char*)src; - else if (size == sizeof(XtPointer)) *((XtPointer*)*dst) = *(XtPointer*)src; - else if (size == sizeof(char*)) *((char**)*dst) = *(char**)src; - else if (size == sizeof(XtArgVal)) *((XtArgVal*)*dst)= *(XtArgVal*)src; - else (void) memmove((char*)*dst, (char*)src, (int)size); - } -} /* CopyToArg */ - -#else void _XtCopyFromArg( XtArgVal src, char* dst, @@ -317,7 +227,6 @@ static void CopyToArg( } } /* CopyToArg */ -#endif static Cardinal CountTreeDepth( Widget w) @@ -948,7 +857,7 @@ static XtCacheRef *GetResources( register XtTypedArg* arg = typed_args + typed[j] - 1; register int i; - for (i = num_typed_args - typed[j]; i; i--, arg++) { + for (i = num_typed_args - typed[j]; i > 0; i--, arg++) { *arg = *(arg+1); } num_typed_args--; @@ -971,8 +880,10 @@ static XtCacheRef *GetResources( if (cache_ptr && *cache_ptr) cache_ptr++; } else { - *((XtTranslations *)&widget->core.tm.current_state) = - *((XtTranslations *)value.addr); + /* value.addr can be NULL see: !already_copied */ + if (value.addr) + *((XtTranslations *)&widget->core.tm.current_state) = + *((XtTranslations *)value.addr); } } } diff --git a/libXt/src/Selection.c b/libXt/src/Selection.c index b35b5a06d..101ea6aaa 100644 --- a/libXt/src/Selection.c +++ b/libXt/src/Selection.c @@ -1,7 +1,5 @@ -/* $Xorg: Selection.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:56 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /*********************************************************** -Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. +Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), @@ -69,7 +67,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group. */ -/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/Selection.c,v 3.9 2001/12/14 19:56:29 dawes Exp $ */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include <config.h> @@ -229,7 +226,7 @@ static Atom GetSelectionProperty( propCount = sarray->propCount++; sarray->list = (SelectionProp) XtRealloc((XtPointer)sarray->list, (unsigned)(sarray->propCount*sizeof(SelectionPropRec))); - (void) sprintf(propname, "%s%d", "_XT_SELECTION_", propCount); + (void) snprintf(propname, sizeof(propname), "_XT_SELECTION_%d", propCount); sarray->list[propCount].prop = XInternAtom(dpy, propname, FALSE); sarray->list[propCount].avail = FALSE; return(sarray->list[propCount].prop); @@ -831,9 +828,10 @@ static void HandleSelectionEvents( event->xselectionrequest.property = event->xselectionrequest.target; if (ctx->widget != widget || ctx->was_disowned || ((event->xselectionrequest.time != CurrentTime) - && (event->xselectionrequest.time < ctx->time))) + && (event->xselectionrequest.time < ctx->time))) { ev.property = None; - else { + StartProtectedSection(ev.display, ev.requestor); + } else { if (ev.target == ctx->prop_list->indirect_atom) { IndirectPair *p; int format; diff --git a/libXt/src/SetSens.c b/libXt/src/SetSens.c index 0e2fe4571..fd7777c53 100644 --- a/libXt/src/SetSens.c +++ b/libXt/src/SetSens.c @@ -1,7 +1,5 @@ -/* $Xorg: SetSens.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:58 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /*********************************************************** -Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. +Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), @@ -69,7 +67,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group. */ -/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/SetSens.c,v 1.3 2001/12/14 19:56:29 dawes Exp $ */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include <config.h> diff --git a/libXt/src/SetValues.c b/libXt/src/SetValues.c index 2cbc4e249..e432ec75d 100644 --- a/libXt/src/SetValues.c +++ b/libXt/src/SetValues.c @@ -1,7 +1,5 @@ -/* $Xorg: SetValues.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:58 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /*********************************************************** -Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. +Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), @@ -69,7 +67,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group. */ -/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/SetValues.c,v 1.2 2001/08/22 22:52:19 dawes Exp $ */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include <config.h> diff --git a/libXt/src/SetWMCW.c b/libXt/src/SetWMCW.c index af33a62e2..8a065d776 100644 --- a/libXt/src/SetWMCW.c +++ b/libXt/src/SetWMCW.c @@ -1,12 +1,11 @@ -/* $Xorg: SetWMCW.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:58 xorgcvs Exp $ */ -/* $XdotOrg: $ +/* * * Author: Chris D. Peterson, MIT X Consortium */ /************************************************************ -Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. +Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), diff --git a/libXt/src/Shell.c b/libXt/src/Shell.c index 2699808d3..8a44651d1 100644 --- a/libXt/src/Shell.c +++ b/libXt/src/Shell.c @@ -1,7 +1,5 @@ -/* $Xorg: Shell.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:58 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /*********************************************************** -Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. +Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), @@ -43,7 +41,6 @@ ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. ******************************************************************/ -/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/Shell.c,v 3.16tsi Exp $ */ /* @@ -1783,7 +1780,8 @@ static void GetGeometry( } else hints.flags = 0; - sprintf( def_geom, "%dx%d+%d+%d", width, height, x, y ); + snprintf( def_geom, sizeof(def_geom), "%dx%d+%d+%d", + width, height, x, y ); flag = XWMGeometry( XtDisplay(W), XScreenNumberOfScreen(XtScreen(W)), w->shell.geometry, def_geom, @@ -2484,6 +2482,10 @@ static Boolean TopLevelSetValues( XFree((XPointer)icon_name.value); } } + else if (new->topLevel.iconic != old->topLevel.iconic) { + if (new->topLevel.iconic) + new->wm.wm_hints.initial_state = IconicState; + } return False; } @@ -3016,7 +3018,7 @@ static void SetSessionProperties( user_name = _XtGetUserName(nam_buf, sizeof nam_buf); if (user_name) props[num_props++] = ArrayPack(SmUserID, &user_name); - sprintf(pid, "%ld", (long)getpid()); + snprintf(pid, sizeof(pid), "%ld", (long)getpid()); props[num_props++] = ArrayPack(SmProcessID, &pidp); if (num_props) { diff --git a/libXt/src/TMaction.c b/libXt/src/TMaction.c index 9389ffa54..bbf1e340a 100644 --- a/libXt/src/TMaction.c +++ b/libXt/src/TMaction.c @@ -1,8 +1,7 @@ -/* $Xorg: TMaction.c,v 1.5 2001/02/09 02:03:58 xorgcvs Exp $ */ /*LINTLIBRARY*/ /*********************************************************** -Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. +Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), @@ -70,7 +69,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group. */ -/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/TMaction.c,v 3.7 2001/12/14 19:56:30 dawes Exp $ */ /* TMaction.c -- maintains the state table of actions for the translation * manager. @@ -808,9 +806,11 @@ void XtGetActionList( list = *actions_return = (XtActionList) __XtMalloc(*num_actions_return * sizeof(XtActionsRec)); table = GetClassActions(widget_class); - for (i= (*num_actions_return); --i >= 0; list++, table++) { - list->string = XrmQuarkToString(table->signature); - list->proc = table->proc; + if (table != NULL) { + for (i= (*num_actions_return); --i >= 0; list++, table++) { + list->string = XrmQuarkToString(table->signature); + list->proc = table->proc; + } } } UNLOCK_PROCESS; diff --git a/libXt/src/TMgrab.c b/libXt/src/TMgrab.c index db016eb7f..08cb4869a 100644 --- a/libXt/src/TMgrab.c +++ b/libXt/src/TMgrab.c @@ -1,7 +1,5 @@ -/* $Xorg: TMgrab.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:58 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /*********************************************************** -Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. +Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), @@ -69,7 +67,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group. */ -/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/TMgrab.c,v 1.3 2001/12/14 19:56:30 dawes Exp $ */ /*LINTLIBRARY*/ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H diff --git a/libXt/src/TMkey.c b/libXt/src/TMkey.c index 8ba9d37be..e59bccae2 100644 --- a/libXt/src/TMkey.c +++ b/libXt/src/TMkey.c @@ -1,8 +1,7 @@ -/* $Xorg: TMkey.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:58 xorgcvs Exp $ */ /*LINTLIBRARY*/ /*********************************************************** -Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. +Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), @@ -70,7 +69,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group. */ -/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/TMkey.c,v 3.10 2001/12/14 19:56:30 dawes Exp $ */ #define XK_MISCELLANY #define XK_LATIN1 diff --git a/libXt/src/TMparse.c b/libXt/src/TMparse.c index 4acc92dc0..5fddb8230 100644 --- a/libXt/src/TMparse.c +++ b/libXt/src/TMparse.c @@ -1,7 +1,5 @@ -/* $Xorg: TMparse.c,v 1.6 2001/02/09 02:03:58 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /*********************************************************** -Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. +Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), @@ -43,7 +41,6 @@ ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. ******************************************************************/ -/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/TMparse.c,v 3.10tsi Exp $ */ /* diff --git a/libXt/src/TMprint.c b/libXt/src/TMprint.c index 56f7de1f8..6c469f167 100644 --- a/libXt/src/TMprint.c +++ b/libXt/src/TMprint.c @@ -1,7 +1,5 @@ -/* $Xorg: TMprint.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:58 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /*********************************************************** -Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. +Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), @@ -69,7 +67,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group. */ -/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/TMprint.c,v 1.6 2001/12/14 19:56:31 dawes Exp $ */ /*LINTLIBRARY*/ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H @@ -782,12 +779,16 @@ void _XtDisplayInstalledAccelerators( PrintRec stackPrints[STACKPRINTSIZE]; PrintRec *prints; TMShortCard numPrints, maxPrints; - TMBindData bindData = (TMBindData) eventWidget->core.tm.proc_table; + TMBindData bindData ; TMComplexBindProcs complexBindProcs; if ((eventWidget == NULL) || - ((xlations = eventWidget->core.tm.translations) == NULL) || - (bindData->simple.isComplex == False)) + (eventWidget->core.tm.translations == NULL) ) + return; + + xlations = eventWidget->core.tm.translations; + bindData = (TMBindData) eventWidget->core.tm.proc_table; + if (bindData->simple.isComplex == False) return; sb->current = sb->start = __XtMalloc((Cardinal)1000); diff --git a/libXt/src/TMstate.c b/libXt/src/TMstate.c index bbae90887..4a634b439 100644 --- a/libXt/src/TMstate.c +++ b/libXt/src/TMstate.c @@ -1,7 +1,5 @@ -/* $Xorg: TMstate.c,v 1.6 2001/02/09 02:03:58 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /*********************************************************** -Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. +Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), @@ -43,7 +41,6 @@ ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. ******************************************************************/ -/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/TMstate.c,v 1.8 2001/12/14 19:56:31 dawes Exp $ */ /* diff --git a/libXt/src/Threads.c b/libXt/src/Threads.c index 520a475bd..7ae9e18f4 100644 --- a/libXt/src/Threads.c +++ b/libXt/src/Threads.c @@ -1,7 +1,5 @@ -/* $Xorg: Threads.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:59 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /************************************************************ -Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. +Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), @@ -49,7 +47,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group. */ -/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/Threads.c,v 3.6 2001/12/14 19:56:31 dawes Exp $ */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include <config.h> diff --git a/libXt/src/VarCreate.c b/libXt/src/VarCreate.c index acfe13e37..9821fc124 100644 --- a/libXt/src/VarCreate.c +++ b/libXt/src/VarCreate.c @@ -1,8 +1,6 @@ -/* $Xorg: VarCreate.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:59 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /* -Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. +Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), @@ -50,7 +48,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group. */ -/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/VarCreate.c,v 3.6 2001/08/22 22:52:20 dawes Exp $ */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include <config.h> diff --git a/libXt/src/VarGet.c b/libXt/src/VarGet.c index c38147519..7b4cea65d 100644 --- a/libXt/src/VarGet.c +++ b/libXt/src/VarGet.c @@ -1,7 +1,6 @@ -/* $Xorg: VarGet.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:59 xorgcvs Exp $ */ /* -Copyright 1993 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. +Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), @@ -49,7 +48,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group. */ -/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/VarGet.c,v 1.7 2001/07/29 05:01:12 tsi Exp $ */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include <config.h> diff --git a/libXt/src/Varargs.c b/libXt/src/Varargs.c index 37d3c64db..6c9f9ee5f 100644 --- a/libXt/src/Varargs.c +++ b/libXt/src/Varargs.c @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -/* $Xorg: Varargs.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:59 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /* Copyright 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1994, 1998 The Open Group @@ -25,7 +23,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group. */ -/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/Varargs.c,v 3.10 2001/12/14 19:56:32 dawes Exp $ */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include <config.h> @@ -321,7 +318,7 @@ _XtFreeArgList( if (args) { if (typed_count) for (p = args + total_count; total_count--; ++p) { - if (p->value) XtFree((char *)p->value); + XtFree((char *)p->value); } XtFree((char *)args); } @@ -401,8 +398,7 @@ _XtVaToArgList( } } - if (resources != NULL) - XtFree((XtPointer)resources); + XtFree((XtPointer)resources); *num_args_return = (Cardinal)count; *args_return = (ArgList)args; diff --git a/libXt/src/Vendor.c b/libXt/src/Vendor.c index 2d3090189..e4fd24fa5 100644 --- a/libXt/src/Vendor.c +++ b/libXt/src/Vendor.c @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -/* $Xorg: Vendor.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:59 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /*********************************************************** Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group @@ -46,7 +44,6 @@ ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. ******************************************************************/ -/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/Vendor.c,v 1.7 2002/05/31 18:45:46 dawes Exp $ */ /* Make sure all wm properties can make it out of the resource manager */ diff --git a/libXt/src/sharedlib.c b/libXt/src/sharedlib.c index 699302ced..1322d8c85 100644 --- a/libXt/src/sharedlib.c +++ b/libXt/src/sharedlib.c @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -/* $Xorg: sharedlib.c,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:59 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /* Copyright 1989, 1994, 1998 The Open Group @@ -25,7 +23,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group. */ -/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/sharedlib.c,v 3.7 2002/05/31 18:45:46 dawes Exp $ */ #if (defined(SUNSHLIB) || defined(AIXSHLIB)) && !defined(SHAREDCODE) #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H diff --git a/libXt/util/Makefile.am b/libXt/util/Makefile.am index 892bd80da..dedfa6b56 100644 --- a/libXt/util/Makefile.am +++ b/libXt/util/Makefile.am @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ EXTRA_DIST = \ StrDefs.ht \ string.list -makestrs_CFLAGS = $(XT_CFLAGS) +AM_CFLAGS = $(XT_CFLAGS) makestrs_SOURCES = makestrs.c @@ -22,18 +22,10 @@ appman_PRE = makestrs.man noinst_DATA = $(appman_PRE:man=@APP_MAN_SUFFIX@) EXTRA_DIST += $(appman_PRE) -CLEANFILES = $(appman_DATA) $(noinst_DATA) - -SED = sed - -# Strings to replace in man pages -XORGRELSTRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ - XORGMANNAME = X Version 11 - -MAN_SUBSTS = \ - -e 's|__xorgversion__|"$(XORGRELSTRING)" "$(XORGMANNAME)"|' +CLEANFILES = $(noinst_DATA) SUFFIXES = .$(APP_MAN_SUFFIX) .man +# String replacements in MAN_SUBSTS now come from xorg-macros.m4 via configure .man.$(APP_MAN_SUFFIX): $(AM_V_GEN)$(SED) $(MAN_SUBSTS) < $< > $@ diff --git a/libXt/util/Makefile.in b/libXt/util/Makefile.in deleted file mode 100644 index 3d1530be8..000000000 --- a/libXt/util/Makefile.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,556 +0,0 @@ -# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.1 from Makefile.am. -# @configure_input@ - -# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, -# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, -# Inc. -# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without -# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A -# PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - -@SET_MAKE@ - - -VPATH = @srcdir@ -pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ -pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ -pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ -pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@ -am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd -install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 -install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c -install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c -INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) -transform = $(program_transform_name) -NORMAL_INSTALL = : -PRE_INSTALL = : -POST_INSTALL = : -NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : -PRE_UNINSTALL = : -POST_UNINSTALL = : -build_triplet = @build@ -host_triplet = @host@ -noinst_PROGRAMS = makestrs$(EXEEXT) -subdir = util -DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in -ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 -am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac -am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ - $(ACLOCAL_M4) -mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d -CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h -CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = -CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES = -PROGRAMS = $(noinst_PROGRAMS) -am_makestrs_OBJECTS = makestrs-makestrs.$(OBJEXT) -makestrs_OBJECTS = $(am_makestrs_OBJECTS) -makestrs_LDADD = $(LDADD) -AM_V_lt = $(am__v_lt_$(V)) -am__v_lt_ = $(am__v_lt_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY)) -am__v_lt_0 = --silent -makestrs_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ - $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(makestrs_CFLAGS) \ - $(CFLAGS) $(AM_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ -DEFAULT_INCLUDES = -I.@am__isrc@ -I$(top_builddir) -depcomp = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/depcomp -am__depfiles_maybe = depfiles -am__mv = mv -f -COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) \ - $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -LTCOMPILE = $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ - $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=compile $(CC) $(DEFS) \ - $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) \ - $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -AM_V_CC = $(am__v_CC_$(V)) -am__v_CC_ = $(am__v_CC_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY)) -am__v_CC_0 = @echo " CC " $@; -AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_$(V)) -am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY)) -am__v_at_0 = @ -CCLD = $(CC) -LINK = $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ - $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ - $(AM_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ -AM_V_CCLD = $(am__v_CCLD_$(V)) -am__v_CCLD_ = $(am__v_CCLD_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY)) -am__v_CCLD_0 = @echo " CCLD " $@; -AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_$(V)) -am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY)) -am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@; -SOURCES = $(makestrs_SOURCES) -DIST_SOURCES = $(makestrs_SOURCES) -DATA = $(noinst_DATA) -ETAGS = etags -CTAGS = ctags -DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) -ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ -ADMIN_MAN_DIR = @ADMIN_MAN_DIR@ -ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX = @ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX@ -AMTAR = @AMTAR@ -AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY = @AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@ -APP_MAN_DIR = @APP_MAN_DIR@ -APP_MAN_SUFFIX = @APP_MAN_SUFFIX@ -AR = @AR@ -AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ -AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ -AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ -AWK = @AWK@ -CC = @CC_FOR_BUILD@ -CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ -CC_FOR_BUILD = @CC_FOR_BUILD@ -CFLAGS = @CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD@ -CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD = @CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD@ -CHANGELOG_CMD = @CHANGELOG_CMD@ -CPP = @CPP@ -CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ -CWARNFLAGS = @CWARNFLAGS@ -CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ -DEFS = @DEFS@ -DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ -DRIVER_MAN_DIR = @DRIVER_MAN_DIR@ -DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX = @DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX@ -DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@ -DUMPBIN = @DUMPBIN@ -ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ -ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ -ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ -EGREP = @EGREP@ -EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ -FGREP = @FGREP@ -FILE_MAN_DIR = @FILE_MAN_DIR@ -FILE_MAN_SUFFIX = @FILE_MAN_SUFFIX@ -GREP = @GREP@ -INSTALL = @INSTALL@ -INSTALL_CMD = @INSTALL_CMD@ -INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ -INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ -INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ -INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ -LD = @LD@ -LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD@ -LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD = @LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD@ -LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ -LIBS = @LIBS@ -LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ -LIB_MAN_DIR = @LIB_MAN_DIR@ -LIB_MAN_SUFFIX = @LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@ -LIPO = @LIPO@ -LN_S = @LN_S@ -LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ -MAINT = @MAINT@ -MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ -MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS = @MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS@ -MISC_MAN_DIR = @MISC_MAN_DIR@ -MISC_MAN_SUFFIX = @MISC_MAN_SUFFIX@ -MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ -NM = @NM@ -NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@ -OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@ -OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ -OTOOL = @OTOOL@ -OTOOL64 = @OTOOL64@ -PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ -PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ -PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ -PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ -PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ -PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@ -PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ -PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ -PKG_CONFIG = @PKG_CONFIG@ -RANLIB = @RANLIB@ -RAWCPP = @RAWCPP@ -RAWCPPFLAGS = @RAWCPPFLAGS@ -SED = sed -SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ -SHELL = @SHELL@ -STRINGSABIOPTIONS = @STRINGSABIOPTIONS@ -STRIP = @STRIP@ -VERSION = @VERSION@ -XFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT = @XFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT@ -XMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS = @XMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS@ -XTMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS = @XTMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS@ -XT_CFLAGS = @XT_CFLAGS@ -XT_LIBS = @XT_LIBS@ -abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ -abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ -abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ -abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ -ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ -ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@ -am__include = @am__include@ -am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ -am__quote = @am__quote@ -am__tar = @am__tar@ -am__untar = @am__untar@ -appdefaultdir = @appdefaultdir@ -bindir = @bindir@ -build = @build@ -build_alias = @build_alias@ -build_cpu = @build_cpu@ -build_os = @build_os@ -build_vendor = @build_vendor@ -builddir = @builddir@ -datadir = @datadir@ -datarootdir = @datarootdir@ -docdir = @docdir@ -dvidir = @dvidir@ -exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ -host = @host@ -host_alias = @host_alias@ -host_cpu = @host_cpu@ -host_os = @host_os@ -host_vendor = @host_vendor@ -htmldir = @htmldir@ -includedir = @includedir@ -infodir = @infodir@ -install_sh = @install_sh@ -libdir = @libdir@ -libexecdir = @libexecdir@ -localedir = @localedir@ -localstatedir = @localstatedir@ -lt_ECHO = @lt_ECHO@ -mandir = @mandir@ -mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ -oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ -pdfdir = @pdfdir@ -prefix = @prefix@ -program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ -psdir = @psdir@ -sbindir = @sbindir@ -sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ -srcdir = @srcdir@ -sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ -target_alias = @target_alias@ -top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@ -top_builddir = @top_builddir@ -top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ -EXTRA_DIST = Shell.ht StrDefs.ct StrDefs.ht string.list $(appman_PRE) -makestrs_CFLAGS = $(XT_CFLAGS) -makestrs_SOURCES = makestrs.c - -# Man page -appmandir = $(APP_MAN_DIR) -appman_PRE = makestrs.man -noinst_DATA = $(appman_PRE:man=@APP_MAN_SUFFIX@) -CLEANFILES = $(appman_DATA) $(noinst_DATA) - -# Strings to replace in man pages -XORGRELSTRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ -XORGMANNAME = X Version 11 -MAN_SUBSTS = \ - -e 's|__xorgversion__|"$(XORGRELSTRING)" "$(XORGMANNAME)"|' - -SUFFIXES = .$(APP_MAN_SUFFIX) .man -all: all-am - -.SUFFIXES: -.SUFFIXES: .$(APP_MAN_SUFFIX) .man .c .lo .o .obj -$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) - @for dep in $?; do \ - case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ - *$$dep*) \ - ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \ - && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \ - exit 1;; \ - esac; \ - done; \ - echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign util/Makefile'; \ - $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \ - $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign util/Makefile -.PRECIOUS: Makefile -Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status - @case '$?' in \ - *config.status*) \ - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \ - *) \ - echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \ - cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \ - esac; - -$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh - -$(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh -$(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh -$(am__aclocal_m4_deps): - -clean-noinstPROGRAMS: - @list='$(noinst_PROGRAMS)'; test -n "$$list" || exit 0; \ - echo " rm -f" $$list; \ - rm -f $$list || exit $$?; \ - test -n "$(EXEEXT)" || exit 0; \ - list=`for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed 's/$(EXEEXT)$$//'`; \ - echo " rm -f" $$list; \ - rm -f $$list -makestrs$(EXEEXT): $(makestrs_OBJECTS) $(makestrs_DEPENDENCIES) - @rm -f makestrs$(EXEEXT) - $(AM_V_CCLD)$(makestrs_LINK) $(makestrs_OBJECTS) $(makestrs_LDADD) $(LIBS) - -mostlyclean-compile: - -rm -f *.$(OBJEXT) - -distclean-compile: - -rm -f *.tab.c - -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/makestrs-makestrs.Po@am__quote@ - -.c.o: -@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_CC)$(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ $< -@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Po -@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC) @AM_BACKSLASH@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ -@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(COMPILE) -c $< - -.c.obj: -@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_CC)$(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'` -@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Po -@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC) @AM_BACKSLASH@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ -@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(COMPILE) -c `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'` - -.c.lo: -@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_CC)$(LTCOMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ $< -@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Plo -@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC) @AM_BACKSLASH@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ source='$<' object='$@' libtool=yes @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ -@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(LTCOMPILE) -c -o $@ $< - -makestrs-makestrs.o: makestrs.c -@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_CC)$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(makestrs_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT makestrs-makestrs.o -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/makestrs-makestrs.Tpo -c -o makestrs-makestrs.o `test -f 'makestrs.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`makestrs.c -@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/makestrs-makestrs.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/makestrs-makestrs.Po -@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC) @AM_BACKSLASH@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ source='makestrs.c' object='makestrs-makestrs.o' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ -@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(makestrs_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o makestrs-makestrs.o `test -f 'makestrs.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`makestrs.c - -makestrs-makestrs.obj: makestrs.c -@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_CC)$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(makestrs_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT makestrs-makestrs.obj -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/makestrs-makestrs.Tpo -c -o makestrs-makestrs.obj `if test -f 'makestrs.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'makestrs.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/makestrs.c'; fi` -@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/makestrs-makestrs.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/makestrs-makestrs.Po -@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC) @AM_BACKSLASH@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ source='makestrs.c' object='makestrs-makestrs.obj' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ -@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ -@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(makestrs_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o makestrs-makestrs.obj `if test -f 'makestrs.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'makestrs.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/makestrs.c'; fi` - -mostlyclean-libtool: - -rm -f *.lo - -clean-libtool: - -rm -rf .libs _libs - -ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES) - list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ - unique=`for i in $$list; do \ - if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ - done | \ - $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ - END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ - mkid -fID $$unique -tags: TAGS - -TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ - $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) - set x; \ - here=`pwd`; \ - list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ - unique=`for i in $$list; do \ - if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ - done | \ - $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ - END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ - shift; \ - if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \ - test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \ - if test $$# -gt 0; then \ - $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ - "$$@" $$unique; \ - else \ - $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ - $$unique; \ - fi; \ - fi -ctags: CTAGS -CTAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ - $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) - list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ - unique=`for i in $$list; do \ - if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ - done | \ - $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ - END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ - test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \ - || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \ - $$unique - -GTAGS: - here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \ - && $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \ - && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here" - -distclean-tags: - -rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags - -distdir: $(DISTFILES) - @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ - topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ - list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ - dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ - sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ - -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ - case $$dist_files in \ - */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ - sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ - sort -u` ;; \ - esac; \ - for file in $$dist_files; do \ - if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ - if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ - dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ - if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \ - find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ - fi; \ - if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ - cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ - find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ - fi; \ - cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ - else \ - test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \ - || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \ - || exit 1; \ - fi; \ - done -check-am: all-am -check: check-am -all-am: Makefile $(PROGRAMS) $(DATA) -installdirs: -install: install-am -install-exec: install-exec-am -install-data: install-data-am -uninstall: uninstall-am - -install-am: all-am - @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am - -installcheck: installcheck-am -install-strip: - $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ - install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ - `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \ - echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install -mostlyclean-generic: - -clean-generic: - -test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES) - -distclean-generic: - -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) - -test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES) - -maintainer-clean-generic: - @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" - @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." -clean: clean-am - -clean-am: clean-generic clean-libtool clean-noinstPROGRAMS \ - mostlyclean-am - -distclean: distclean-am - -rm -rf ./$(DEPDIR) - -rm -f Makefile -distclean-am: clean-am distclean-compile distclean-generic \ - distclean-tags - -dvi: dvi-am - -dvi-am: - -html: html-am - -html-am: - -info: info-am - -info-am: - -install-data-am: - -install-dvi: install-dvi-am - -install-dvi-am: - -install-exec-am: - -install-html: install-html-am - -install-html-am: - -install-info: install-info-am - -install-info-am: - -install-man: - -install-pdf: install-pdf-am - -install-pdf-am: - -install-ps: install-ps-am - -install-ps-am: - -installcheck-am: - -maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am - -rm -rf ./$(DEPDIR) - -rm -f Makefile -maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic - -mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am - -mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-compile mostlyclean-generic \ - mostlyclean-libtool - -pdf: pdf-am - -pdf-am: - -ps: ps-am - -ps-am: - -uninstall-am: - -.MAKE: install-am install-strip - -.PHONY: CTAGS GTAGS all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic \ - clean-libtool clean-noinstPROGRAMS ctags distclean \ - distclean-compile distclean-generic distclean-libtool \ - distclean-tags distdir dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am \ - install install-am install-data install-data-am install-dvi \ - install-dvi-am install-exec install-exec-am install-html \ - install-html-am install-info install-info-am install-man \ - install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am \ - install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \ - maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \ - mostlyclean-compile mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool \ - pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags uninstall uninstall-am - - -.man.$(APP_MAN_SUFFIX): - $(AM_V_GEN)$(SED) $(MAN_SUBSTS) < $< > $@ - -# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. -# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. -.NOEXPORT: diff --git a/libXt/util/Shell.ht b/libXt/util/Shell.ht index c9e7e01ea..fc78678f3 100644 --- a/libXt/util/Shell.ht +++ b/libXt/util/Shell.ht @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -/* $Xorg: Shell.ht,v 1.5 2001/02/09 02:03:59 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /*********************************************************** Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group @@ -46,7 +44,6 @@ ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. ******************************************************************/ -/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/util/Shell.ht,v 3.4 2001/07/29 05:01:12 tsi Exp $ */ #ifndef _XtShell_h #define _XtShell_h diff --git a/libXt/util/StrDefs.ct b/libXt/util/StrDefs.ct index ea971f153..c3b15d861 100644 --- a/libXt/util/StrDefs.ct +++ b/libXt/util/StrDefs.ct @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -/* $Xorg: StrDefs.ct,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:04:00 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /*********************************************************** Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group @@ -46,7 +44,6 @@ ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. ******************************************************************/ -/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/util/StrDefs.ct,v 3.4 2001/07/29 05:01:12 tsi Exp $ */ #define Const const diff --git a/libXt/util/StrDefs.ht b/libXt/util/StrDefs.ht index c23759c46..b003bb85b 100644 --- a/libXt/util/StrDefs.ht +++ b/libXt/util/StrDefs.ht @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -/* $Xorg: StrDefs.ht,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:04:00 xorgcvs Exp $ */ - /*********************************************************** Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group @@ -46,7 +44,6 @@ ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. ******************************************************************/ -/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/util/StrDefs.ht,v 3.4 2001/07/29 05:01:12 tsi Exp $ */ #ifndef _XtStringDefs_h_ #define _XtStringDefs_h_ diff --git a/libXt/util/makestrs.c b/libXt/util/makestrs.c index ae8c1572b..902d461c5 100644 --- a/libXt/util/makestrs.c +++ b/libXt/util/makestrs.c @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -/* $XdotOrg: $ */ - /* Copyright (c) 1991, 1998 The Open Group @@ -25,7 +23,6 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group. */ -/* $XFree86: xc/config/util/makestrs.c,v 3.6 2001/07/25 15:04:41 dawes Exp $ */ /* Constructs string definitions */ @@ -33,9 +30,6 @@ in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group. #include <X11/Xos.h> #include <stdlib.h> #include <unistd.h> -#if defined(macII) && !defined(__STDC__) /* stdlib.h fails to define these */ -char *malloc(); -#endif /* macII */ typedef struct _TableEnt { struct _TableEnt* next; diff --git a/libXt/util/makestrs.man b/libXt/util/makestrs.man index bb9183938..0bb1b0ad3 100644 --- a/libXt/util/makestrs.man +++ b/libXt/util/makestrs.man @@ -1,4 +1,3 @@ -.\" $Xorg: makestrs.man,v 1.4 2001/02/09 02:03:17 xorgcvs Exp $ .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994, 1998 The Open Group .\" .\" Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its @@ -23,8 +22,6 @@ .\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from The .\" Open Group. .\" -.\" $XFree86: xc/config/util/makestrs.man,v 3.8 2001/12/14 19:53:22 dawes Exp $ -.\" .TH MAKESTRS 1 __xorgversion__ .SH NAME makestrs \- makes string table C source and header(s) diff --git a/libXt/util/string.list b/libXt/util/string.list index bef098c2f..5e8d8519f 100644 --- a/libXt/util/string.list +++ b/libXt/util/string.list @@ -1,4 +1,3 @@ -! $Xorg: string.list,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:46:22 cpqbld Exp $ ! NOTE: To maintain binary compatibility, you can only APPEND items within ! a given list!!!! ! diff --git a/libXt/xt.pc.in b/libXt/xt.pc.in index 3ea8c6fe2..28ce24a86 100644 --- a/libXt/xt.pc.in +++ b/libXt/xt.pc.in @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ appdefaultdir=@appdefaultdir@ Name: Xt Description: X Toolkit Library Version: @VERSION@ -Requires: xproto x11 sm -Requires.private: x11 sm +Requires: xproto x11 +Requires.private: ice sm Cflags: -I${includedir} Libs: -L${libdir} -lXt |